105 files changed, 109276 insertions, 108200 deletions

diff --git a/libX11/configure.ac b/libX11/configure.ac
index 44c9afc12..a0af80baa 100644
--- a/libX11/configure.ac
+++ b/libX11/configure.ac
@@ -1,493 +1,493 @@
-
-# Initialize Autoconf
-AC_PREREQ([2.60])
-AC_INIT([libX11], [1.4.4],
-        [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], [libX11])
-AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([Makefile.am])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h include/X11/XlibConf.h])
-AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
-AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
-AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-# Set common system defines for POSIX extensions, such as _GNU_SOURCE
-# Must be called before any macros that run the compiler (like AC_PROG_LIBTOOL)
-# to avoid autoconf errors.
-AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
-
-# Initialize Automake
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2])
-AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
-
-# Initialize libtool
-AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
-
-# Require xorg-macros minimum of 1.15 for fop minimum version
-m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
-          [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.15 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
-XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.15)
-XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
-XORG_ENABLE_SPECS
-XORG_WITH_XMLTO(0.0.22)
-XORG_WITH_FOP([],[no])
-XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC
-XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS(1.9)
-XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
-XORG_WITH_PERL
-
-# Required when PKG_CHECK_MODULES called within an if statement
-PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
-
-if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
-	if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then
-	       AC_CHECK_PROGS(CC_FOR_BUILD, gcc cc)
-	else
-	       CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC"
-	fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST([CC_FOR_BUILD])
-
-if test x"$CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
-	if test ! x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then
-		CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CPPFLAGS}
-	fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
-
-if test x"$CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
-	if test ! x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then
-		CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CFLAGS}
-	fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
-
-if test x"$LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
-	if test ! x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then
-		LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS}
-	fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
-
-# Checks for pkg-config packages
-
-# Always required
-X11_REQUIRES='xproto >= 7.0.17 xextproto xtrans xcb >= 1.1.92'
-X11_EXTRA_DEPS="xcb >= 1.1.92"
-
-PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG()
-
-AC_SUBST(X11_EXTRA_DEPS)
-
-# Issue an error if xtrans.m4 was not found and XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS macro
-# was not expanded, since libX11 with no transport types is rather useless.
-#
-# If you're seeing an error here, be sure you installed the lib/xtrans module
-# first and if it's not in the default location, that you set the ACLOCAL
-# environment variable to find it, such as:
-#	ACLOCAL="aclocal -I ${PREFIX}/share/aclocal"
-m4_pattern_forbid([^XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS$])
-
-# Transport selection macro from xtrans.m4
-XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS
-
-# Secure RPC detection macro from xtrans.m4
-XTRANS_SECURE_RPC_FLAGS
-
-# Preferred order to try transports for local connections
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([what order to try transports in for local connections])
-DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS=""
-case $host_os in
-	solaris*)
-		# On Solaris 2.6 through 9, named pipes (LOCAL_TRANS) were
-		# faster than Unix domain sockets, but on Solaris 10 & later,
-		# Unix domain sockets are faster now.
-		if test "$UNIXCONN" = "yes" ; then
-			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then
-				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"
-			fi
-			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}UNIX_TRANS"
-		fi
-		if test "$LOCALCONN" = "yes" ; then
-			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then
-				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"
-			fi
-			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}LOCAL_TRANS"
-		fi
-		if test "$TCPCONN" = "yes" ; then
-			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then
-				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"
-			fi
-			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}TCP_TRANS"
-		fi
-		;;
-	linux*)
-		# LOCAL_TRANS is used for abstract sockets.
-		if test "$UNIXCONN" = "yes" ; then
-			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then
-				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"
-			fi
-			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}LOCAL_TRANS,UNIX_TRANS"
-		fi
-		if test "$TCPCONN" = "yes" ; then
-			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then
-				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"
-			fi
-			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}TCP_TRANS"
-		fi
-		;;
-	*)
-		if test "$LOCALCONN" = "yes" ; then
-			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then
-				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"
-			fi
-			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}LOCAL_TRANS"
-		fi
-		if test "$UNIXCONN" = "yes" ; then
-			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then
-				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"
-			fi
-			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}UNIX_TRANS"
-		fi
-		if test "$TCPCONN" = "yes" ; then
-			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then
-				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"
-			fi
-			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}TCP_TRANS"
-		fi
-		;;
-esac
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(local-transport-order,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-local-transport-order=LIST], [preference sorted list of transport types to try for local connections]),
-	[LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST=$withval],
-	[LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST=$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST], [$LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST],
-   [preference sorted list of transport types to try for local connections])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST])
-
-# Check for dlopen
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([if run-time linking is supported])
-AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen,[dl svld])
-if test "x$ac_cv_search_dlopen" = xno; then
-	AC_SEARCH_LIBS(shl_load,[dld])
-	if test "x$ac_cv_search_shl_load" != xno; then
-		AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHL_LOAD,1,
-			  [Use shl_load to load shared libraries])
-		AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dl.h])
-	fi
-else
-	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DLOPEN,1,[Use dlopen to load shared libraries])
-	AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h])
-fi
-if test x$ac_cv_header_dlcfn_h -o x$ac_cv_header_dl_h; then
-	HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES=yes
-else
-	HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES=no
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([if loadable i18n module support should be enabled])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(loadable-i18n,
-	      AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-loadable-i18n],
-	       [Controls loadable i18n module support]),
-	       [XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N=$enableval],
-	       [XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N="no"])
-if test x$XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N = xyes; then
-	if test x$HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES = xno; then
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([Loadable module support is required to enable loadable i18n module support])
-	fi
-	AC_DEFINE(USE_DYNAMIC_LC,1,
-		  [Split some i18n functions into loadable modules])
-	AC_SUBST(I18N_MODULE_LIBS,'${top_builddir}/src/libX11.la')
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N)
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N, test x$XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N = xyes)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([if loadable Xcursor library support should be enabled])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(loadable-xcursor,
-	      AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-loadable-xcursor],
-	       [Controls loadable xcursor library support]),
-	       [XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR=$enableval],
-	       [XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR=$HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES])
-if test x$XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR = xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(USE_DYNAMIC_XCURSOR,1,
-		  [Use the X cursor library to load cursors])
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR)
-
-# Checks for header files.
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/select.h])
-
-# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
-
-# Checks for library functions.
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strtol])
-# Used in lcFile.c (see also --enable-xlocaledir settings below)
-XLOCALEDIR_IS_SAFE="no"
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([issetugid], [XLOCALEDIR_IS_SAFE="yes"]
-	AC_DEFINE(HASSETUGID,1,[Has issetugid() function]))
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([getresuid], [XLOCALEDIR_IS_SAFE="yes"]
-	AC_DEFINE(HASGETRESUID,1,[Has getresuid() & getresgid() functions]))
-# Used in Font.c
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([shmat], AC_DEFINE(HAS_SHM,1,[Has shm*() functions]))
-
-# Checks for system services
-# AC_PATH_XTRA
-
-# arch specific things
-WCHAR32="1"
-case $host_os in
-  os2*) os2="true" ; WCHAR32="0" ;;
-  *) ;;
-esac
-AC_SUBST(WCHAR32)
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(OS2, test x$os2 = xtrue)
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(launchd, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-launchd], [Build with support for Apple's launchd (default: auto)]), [LAUNCHD=$withval], [LAUNCHD=auto])
-if test "x$LAUNCHD" = xauto; then
-	unset LAUNCHD
-	AC_CHECK_PROG(LAUNCHD, [launchd], [yes], [no], [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/sbin])
-fi
-
-if test "x$LAUNCHD" = xyes ; then
-	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LAUNCHD, 1, [launchd support available])
-	AC_DEFINE(TRANS_REOPEN, 1, [launchd support available])
-fi
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xthreads,
-              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xthreads],
-                [Disable Xlib support for Multithreading]),
-              [xthreads=$enableval],[xthreads=yes])
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB(c, getpwuid_r, [mtsafeapi="yes"], [mtsafeapi="no"])
-
-case x$xthreads in
-xyes)
-	AC_DEFINE(XTHREADS,1,[Whether libX11 is compiled with thread support])
-	if test x$mtsafeapi = xyes
-	then
-	AC_DEFINE(XUSE_MTSAFE_API,1,[Whether libX11 needs to use MT safe API's])
-	fi
-	;;
-*)
-	;;
-esac
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_self, [thrstubs="no"], [thrstubs="yes"])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(THRSTUBS, test x$thrstubs = xyes)
-
-# XXX incomplete, please fill this in
-if test x$xthreads = xyes ; then
-    case $host_os in
-    linux*|gnu*|k*bsd*-gnu)
-        XTHREADLIB=-lpthread ;;
-    netbsd*)
-	XTHREAD_CFLAGS="-D_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS"
-	XTHREADLIB="-lpthread" ;;
-    freebsd*)
-        XTHREAD_CFLAGS="-D_THREAD_SAFE"
-        XTHREADLIB="-pthread" ;;
-    dragonfly*|openbsd*)
-        XTHREADLIB="-pthread" ;;
-    solaris*)
-	XTHREAD_CFLAGS="-D_REENTRANT -D_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS" ;;
-    esac
-fi
-AC_SUBST(XTHREADLIB)
-AC_SUBST(XTHREAD_CFLAGS)
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL, 1, [poll() function is available])], )
-
-#
-# Find keysymdef.h
-#
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([keysym definitions])
-KEYSYMDEFDIR=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=includedir xproto`/X11
-FILES="keysymdef.h XF86keysym.h Sunkeysym.h DECkeysym.h HPkeysym.h"
-for i in $FILES; do
-    if test -f "$KEYSYMDEFDIR/$i"; then
-            KEYSYMDEFS="$KEYSYMDEFS $KEYSYMDEFDIR/$i"
-    elif test "x$i" = "xkeysymdef.h"; then
-	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find keysymdef.h])
-    fi
-done
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$KEYSYMDEFS])
-AC_SUBST(KEYSYMDEFS)
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(UDC, test xfalse = xtrue)
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xcms,
-              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xcms],
-                [Disable Xlib support for CMS *EXPERIMENTAL*]),
-              [XCMS=$enableval],[XCMS=yes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XCMS, [test x$XCMS = xyes ])
-if test x"$XCMS" = "xyes"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(XCMS,1,[Include support for XCMS])
-fi
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xlocale,
-              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xlocale],
-                [Disable Xlib locale implementation *EXPERIMENTAL*]),
-              [XLOCALE=$enableval],[XLOCALE=yes])
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XLOCALE, [ test x$XLOCALE = xyes ])
-if test x"$XLOCALE" = "xyes"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(XLOCALE,1,[support for X Locales])
-fi
-
-# This disables XLOCALEDIR.  Set it if you're using BuildLoadableXlibI18n,
-# don't have either issetugid() or getresuid(), and you need to protect
-# clients that are setgid or setuid to an id other than 0.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([if XLOCALEDIR support should be enabled])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xlocaledir,
-	      AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xlocaledir],
-		[Enable XLOCALEDIR environment variable support]),
-	      [ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR=$enableval],[ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR=$XLOCALEDIR_IS_SAFE])
-if test "x$ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR" = "xno"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(NO_XLOCALEDIR,1,[Disable XLOCALEDIR environment variable])
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR)
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xf86bigfont,
-	      AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xf86bigfont],
-		[Disable XF86BigFont extension support]),
-	      [XF86BIGFONT=$enableval],[XF86BIGFONT="yes"])
-if test "x$XF86BIGFONT" = "xyes"; then
-    PKG_CHECK_MODULES(BIGFONT, [xf86bigfontproto >= 1.2.0],
-         AC_DEFINE(XF86BIGFONT,1,[Enable XF86BIGFONT extension]),XF86BIGFONT="no")
-fi
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb,
-              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xkb],
-                [Disable XKB support *EXPERIMENTAL*]),
-              [XKB=$enableval],[XKB=yes])
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XKB, [ test x$XKB = xyes ])
-if test x"$XKB" = "xyes"; then
-   XKBPROTO_REQUIRES="kbproto"
-   X11_REQUIRES="${X11_REQUIRES} kbproto inputproto"
-   AC_DEFINE(XKB,1,[Use XKB])
-else
-   XKBPROTO_REQUIRES=""
-fi
-AC_SUBST(XKBPROTO_REQUIRES)
-
-AC_FUNC_MMAP()
-composecache_default=$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(nl_langinfo, , [composecache_default=no])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(composecache,
-              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-composecache],
-                [Disable compose table cache support]),
-              [COMPOSECACHE=$enableval],[COMPOSECACHE=$composecache_default])
-if test x"$COMPOSECACHE" = "xyes"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(COMPOSECACHE,1,[Include compose table cache support])
-fi
-
-# Allow checking code with lint, sparse, etc.
-XORG_WITH_LINT
-XORG_LINT_LIBRARY([X11])
-
-X11_DATADIR="${datadir}/X11"
-AX_DEFINE_DIR(X11_DATADIR, X11_DATADIR, [Location of libX11 data])
-AC_SUBST(X11_DATADIR)
-
-X11_LIBDIR="${libdir}/X11"
-AX_DEFINE_DIR(X11_LIBDIR, X11_LIBDIR, [Location of libX11 library data])
-AC_SUBST(X11_LIBDIR)
-
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES(X11, [$X11_REQUIRES])
-X11_CFLAGS="$X11_CFLAGS $XTHREAD_CFLAGS"
-
-#
-# Yes, it would be nice to put the locale data in
-# /usr/share, but the locale stuff includes loadable
-# libraries which must be located in the same directory
-# as the other locale data, so for now, everything lives
-# in ${libdir}
-#
-
-X11_LOCALEDATADIR="${X11_DATADIR}/locale"
-AX_DEFINE_DIR(XLOCALEDATADIR, X11_LOCALEDATADIR, [Location of libX11 locale data])
-AC_SUBST(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(locale-lib-dir,	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-locale-lib-dir=DIR],
- [Directory where locale libraries files are installed (default: $libdir/X11/locale)]),
-				[ X11_LOCALELIBDIR="$withval" ],
-				[ X11_LOCALELIBDIR="${X11_LIBDIR}/locale" ])
-AX_DEFINE_DIR(XLOCALELIBDIR, X11_LOCALELIBDIR, [Location of libX11 locale libraries])
-AC_SUBST(X11_LOCALELIBDIR)
-
-X11_LOCALEDIR="${X11_LOCALEDATADIR}"
-AX_DEFINE_DIR(XLOCALEDIR, X11_LOCALEDIR, [Location of libX11 locale data])
-AC_SUBST(X11_LOCALEDIR)
-
-locales="\
- am_ET.UTF-8  armscii-8   C           el_GR.UTF-8  en_US.UTF-8  fi_FI.UTF-8 \
- georgian-academy         georgian-ps ibm-cp1133   iscii-dev    isiri-3342 \
- iso8859-1    iso8859-10  iso8859-11  iso8859-13   iso8859-14   iso8859-15 \
- iso8859-2    iso8859-3   iso8859-4   iso8859-5    iso8859-6    iso8859-7 \
- iso8859-8    iso8859-9   iso8859-9e  ja           ja.JIS       ja_JP.UTF-8\
- ja.S90       ja.SJIS     ja.U90      ko           koi8-c       koi8-r \
- koi8-u       ko_KR.UTF-8 microsoft-cp1251         microsoft-cp1255 \
- microsoft-cp1256         mulelao-1   nokhchi-1    pt_BR.UTF-8  ru_RU.UTF-8 \
- tatar-cyr    th_TH       th_TH.UTF-8 tscii-0      vi_VN.tcvn   vi_VN.viscii \
- zh_CN        zh_CN.gb18030           zh_CN.gbk    zh_CN.UTF-8  zh_HK.big5 \
- zh_HK.big5hkscs          zh_HK.UTF-8 zh_TW        zh_TW.big5   zh_TW.UTF-8"
-AC_SUBST(locales)
-
-XKEYSYMDB="${X11_DATADIR}/XKeysymDB"
-AX_DEFINE_DIR(XKEYSYMDB, XKEYSYMDB, [Location of keysym database])
-
-XERRORDB="${X11_DATADIR}/XErrorDB"
-AX_DEFINE_DIR(XERRORDB, XERRORDB, [Location of error message database])
-
-XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
-
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
-		include/Makefile
-		man/Makefile
-		man/xkb/Makefile
-		src/Makefile
-		src/util/Makefile
-		src/xcms/Makefile
-		src/xlibi18n/Makefile
-		modules/Makefile
-		modules/im/Makefile
-		modules/im/ximcp/Makefile
-		modules/lc/Makefile
-		modules/lc/def/Makefile
-		modules/lc/gen/Makefile
-		modules/lc/Utf8/Makefile
-		modules/lc/xlocale/Makefile
-		modules/om/Makefile
-		modules/om/generic/Makefile
-		src/xkb/Makefile
-		nls/Makefile
-		specs/Makefile
-		specs/i18n/Makefile
-		specs/i18n/compose/Makefile
-		specs/i18n/framework/Makefile
-		specs/i18n/localedb/Makefile
-		specs/i18n/trans/Makefile
-		specs/libX11/Makefile
-		specs/XIM/Makefile
-		specs/XKB/Makefile
-		x11.pc
-		x11-xcb.pc])
-AC_OUTPUT
-
-echo ""
-echo "X11 will be built with the following settings:"
-echo " Loadable i18n module support:            "$XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N
-echo " Loadable xcursor library support:        "$XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR
-echo " Threading support:                       "$xthreads
-echo " Use Threads safe API:                    "$mtsafeapi
-echo " Threads stubs in libX11:                 "$thrstubs
-echo " XCMS:                                    "$XCMS
-echo " Internationalization support:            "$XLOCALE
-echo " XF86BigFont support:                     "$XF86BIGFONT
-echo " XKB support:                             "$XKB
-echo " XLOCALEDIR environment variable support: "$ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR
-echo " Compose table cache enabled:             "$COMPOSECACHE
-echo " Functional specs building enabled:       "$build_specs
-echo ""
+

+# Initialize Autoconf

+AC_PREREQ([2.60])

+AC_INIT([libX11], [1.4.4],

+        [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], [libX11])

+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([Makefile.am])

+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h include/X11/XlibConf.h])

+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])

+AC_CANONICAL_BUILD

+AC_CANONICAL_HOST

+# Set common system defines for POSIX extensions, such as _GNU_SOURCE

+# Must be called before any macros that run the compiler (like AC_PROG_LIBTOOL)

+# to avoid autoconf errors.

+AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS

+

+# Initialize Automake

+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2])

+AM_MAINTAINER_MODE

+

+# Initialize libtool

+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL

+

+# Require xorg-macros minimum of 1.15 for fop minimum version

+m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],

+          [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.15 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])

+XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.15)

+XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS

+XORG_ENABLE_SPECS

+XORG_WITH_XMLTO(0.0.22)

+XORG_WITH_FOP([],[no])

+XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC

+XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS(1.9)

+XORG_PROG_RAWCPP

+XORG_WITH_PERL

+

+# Required when PKG_CHECK_MODULES called within an if statement

+PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG

+

+if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then

+	if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then

+	       AC_CHECK_PROGS(CC_FOR_BUILD, gcc cc)

+	else

+	       CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC"

+	fi

+fi

+AC_SUBST([CC_FOR_BUILD])

+

+if test x"$CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD" = x; then

+	if test ! x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then

+		CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CPPFLAGS}

+	fi

+fi

+AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)

+

+if test x"$CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD" = x; then

+	if test ! x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then

+		CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CFLAGS}

+	fi

+fi

+AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)

+

+if test x"$LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD" = x; then

+	if test ! x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then

+		LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS}

+	fi

+fi

+AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)

+

+# Checks for pkg-config packages

+

+# Always required

+X11_REQUIRES='xproto >= 7.0.17 xextproto xtrans xcb >= 1.1.92'

+X11_EXTRA_DEPS="xcb >= 1.1.92"

+

+PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG()

+

+AC_SUBST(X11_EXTRA_DEPS)

+

+# Issue an error if xtrans.m4 was not found and XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS macro

+# was not expanded, since libX11 with no transport types is rather useless.

+#

+# If you're seeing an error here, be sure you installed the lib/xtrans module

+# first and if it's not in the default location, that you set the ACLOCAL

+# environment variable to find it, such as:

+#	ACLOCAL="aclocal -I ${PREFIX}/share/aclocal"

+m4_pattern_forbid([^XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS$])

+

+# Transport selection macro from xtrans.m4

+XTRANS_CONNECTION_FLAGS

+

+# Secure RPC detection macro from xtrans.m4

+XTRANS_SECURE_RPC_FLAGS

+

+# Preferred order to try transports for local connections

+AC_MSG_CHECKING([what order to try transports in for local connections])

+DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS=""

+case $host_os in

+	solaris*)

+		# On Solaris 2.6 through 9, named pipes (LOCAL_TRANS) were

+		# faster than Unix domain sockets, but on Solaris 10 & later,

+		# Unix domain sockets are faster now.

+		if test "$UNIXCONN" = "yes" ; then

+			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then

+				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"

+			fi

+			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}UNIX_TRANS"

+		fi

+		if test "$LOCALCONN" = "yes" ; then

+			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then

+				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"

+			fi

+			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}LOCAL_TRANS"

+		fi

+		if test "$TCPCONN" = "yes" ; then

+			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then

+				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"

+			fi

+			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}TCP_TRANS"

+		fi

+		;;

+	linux*)

+		# LOCAL_TRANS is used for abstract sockets.

+		if test "$UNIXCONN" = "yes" ; then

+			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then

+				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"

+			fi

+			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}LOCAL_TRANS,UNIX_TRANS"

+		fi

+		if test "$TCPCONN" = "yes" ; then

+			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then

+				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"

+			fi

+			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}TCP_TRANS"

+		fi

+		;;

+	*)

+		if test "$LOCALCONN" = "yes" ; then

+			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then

+				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"

+			fi

+			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}LOCAL_TRANS"

+		fi

+		if test "$UNIXCONN" = "yes" ; then

+			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then

+				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"

+			fi

+			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}UNIX_TRANS"

+		fi

+		if test "$TCPCONN" = "yes" ; then

+			if test ! "x$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS" = "x" ; then

+				DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS},"

+			fi

+			DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS="${DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS}TCP_TRANS"

+		fi

+		;;

+esac

+

+AC_ARG_WITH(local-transport-order,

+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-local-transport-order=LIST], [preference sorted list of transport types to try for local connections]),

+	[LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST=$withval],

+	[LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST=$DEFAULT_LOCAL_TRANS])

+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST], [$LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST],

+   [preference sorted list of transport types to try for local connections])

+AC_MSG_RESULT([$LOCAL_TRANSPORT_LIST])

+

+# Check for dlopen

+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if run-time linking is supported])

+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen,[dl svld])

+if test "x$ac_cv_search_dlopen" = xno; then

+	AC_SEARCH_LIBS(shl_load,[dld])

+	if test "x$ac_cv_search_shl_load" != xno; then

+		AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHL_LOAD,1,

+			  [Use shl_load to load shared libraries])

+		AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dl.h])

+	fi

+else

+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DLOPEN,1,[Use dlopen to load shared libraries])

+	AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h])

+fi

+if test x$ac_cv_header_dlcfn_h -o x$ac_cv_header_dl_h; then

+	HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES=yes

+else

+	HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES=no

+fi

+AC_MSG_RESULT($HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES)

+

+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if loadable i18n module support should be enabled])

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(loadable-i18n,

+	      AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-loadable-i18n],

+	       [Controls loadable i18n module support]),

+	       [XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N=$enableval],

+	       [XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N="no"])

+if test x$XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N = xyes; then

+	if test x$HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES = xno; then

+		AC_MSG_ERROR([Loadable module support is required to enable loadable i18n module support])

+	fi

+	AC_DEFINE(USE_DYNAMIC_LC,1,

+		  [Split some i18n functions into loadable modules])

+	AC_SUBST(I18N_MODULE_LIBS,'${top_builddir}/src/libX11.la')

+fi

+AC_MSG_RESULT($XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N)

+

+AM_CONDITIONAL(XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N, test x$XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N = xyes)

+

+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if loadable Xcursor library support should be enabled])

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(loadable-xcursor,

+	      AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-loadable-xcursor],

+	       [Controls loadable xcursor library support]),

+	       [XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR=$enableval],

+	       [XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR=$HAVE_LOADABLE_MODULES])

+if test x$XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR = xyes; then

+	AC_DEFINE(USE_DYNAMIC_XCURSOR,1,

+		  [Use the X cursor library to load cursors])

+fi

+AC_MSG_RESULT($XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR)

+

+# Checks for header files.

+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/select.h])

+

+# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.

+

+# Checks for library functions.

+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strtol])

+# Used in lcFile.c (see also --enable-xlocaledir settings below)

+XLOCALEDIR_IS_SAFE="no"

+AC_CHECK_FUNC([issetugid], [XLOCALEDIR_IS_SAFE="yes"]

+	AC_DEFINE(HASSETUGID,1,[Has issetugid() function]))

+AC_CHECK_FUNC([getresuid], [XLOCALEDIR_IS_SAFE="yes"]

+	AC_DEFINE(HASGETRESUID,1,[Has getresuid() & getresgid() functions]))

+# Used in Font.c

+AC_CHECK_FUNC([shmat], AC_DEFINE(HAS_SHM,1,[Has shm*() functions]))

+

+# Checks for system services

+# AC_PATH_XTRA

+

+# arch specific things

+WCHAR32="1"

+case $host_os in

+  os2*) os2="true" ; WCHAR32="0" ;;

+  *) ;;

+esac

+AC_SUBST(WCHAR32)

+

+AM_CONDITIONAL(OS2, test x$os2 = xtrue)

+

+AC_ARG_WITH(launchd, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-launchd], [Build with support for Apple's launchd (default: auto)]), [LAUNCHD=$withval], [LAUNCHD=auto])

+if test "x$LAUNCHD" = xauto; then

+	unset LAUNCHD

+	AC_CHECK_PROG(LAUNCHD, [launchd], [yes], [no], [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/sbin])

+fi

+

+if test "x$LAUNCHD" = xyes ; then

+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LAUNCHD, 1, [launchd support available])

+	AC_DEFINE(TRANS_REOPEN, 1, [launchd support available])

+fi

+

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xthreads,

+              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xthreads],

+                [Disable Xlib support for Multithreading]),

+              [xthreads=$enableval],[xthreads=yes])

+

+AC_CHECK_LIB(c, getpwuid_r, [mtsafeapi="yes"], [mtsafeapi="no"])

+

+case x$xthreads in

+xyes)

+	AC_DEFINE(XTHREADS,1,[Whether libX11 is compiled with thread support])

+	if test x$mtsafeapi = xyes

+	then

+	AC_DEFINE(XUSE_MTSAFE_API,1,[Whether libX11 needs to use MT safe API's])

+	fi

+	;;

+*)

+	;;

+esac

+

+AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_self, [thrstubs="no"], [thrstubs="yes"])

+AM_CONDITIONAL(THRSTUBS, test x$thrstubs = xyes)

+

+# XXX incomplete, please fill this in

+if test x$xthreads = xyes ; then

+    case $host_os in

+    linux*|gnu*|k*bsd*-gnu)

+        XTHREADLIB=-lpthread ;;

+    netbsd*)

+	XTHREAD_CFLAGS="-D_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS"

+	XTHREADLIB="-lpthread" ;;

+    freebsd*)

+        XTHREAD_CFLAGS="-D_THREAD_SAFE"

+        XTHREADLIB="-pthread" ;;

+    dragonfly*|openbsd*)

+        XTHREADLIB="-pthread" ;;

+    solaris*)

+	XTHREAD_CFLAGS="-D_REENTRANT -D_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS" ;;

+    esac

+fi

+AC_SUBST(XTHREADLIB)

+AC_SUBST(XTHREAD_CFLAGS)

+

+AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL, 1, [poll() function is available])], )

+

+#

+# Find keysymdef.h

+#

+AC_MSG_CHECKING([keysym definitions])

+KEYSYMDEFDIR=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=includedir xproto`/X11

+FILES="keysymdef.h XF86keysym.h Sunkeysym.h DECkeysym.h HPkeysym.h"

+for i in $FILES; do

+    if test -f "$KEYSYMDEFDIR/$i"; then

+            KEYSYMDEFS="$KEYSYMDEFS $KEYSYMDEFDIR/$i"

+    elif test "x$i" = "xkeysymdef.h"; then

+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find keysymdef.h])

+    fi

+done

+AC_MSG_RESULT([$KEYSYMDEFS])

+AC_SUBST(KEYSYMDEFS)

+

+AM_CONDITIONAL(UDC, test xfalse = xtrue)

+

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xcms,

+              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xcms],

+                [Disable Xlib support for CMS *EXPERIMENTAL*]),

+              [XCMS=$enableval],[XCMS=yes])

+AM_CONDITIONAL(XCMS, [test x$XCMS = xyes ])

+if test x"$XCMS" = "xyes"; then

+	AC_DEFINE(XCMS,1,[Include support for XCMS])

+fi

+

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xlocale,

+              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xlocale],

+                [Disable Xlib locale implementation *EXPERIMENTAL*]),

+              [XLOCALE=$enableval],[XLOCALE=yes])

+

+AM_CONDITIONAL(XLOCALE, [ test x$XLOCALE = xyes ])

+if test x"$XLOCALE" = "xyes"; then

+	AC_DEFINE(XLOCALE,1,[support for X Locales])

+fi

+

+# This disables XLOCALEDIR.  Set it if you're using BuildLoadableXlibI18n,

+# don't have either issetugid() or getresuid(), and you need to protect

+# clients that are setgid or setuid to an id other than 0.

+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if XLOCALEDIR support should be enabled])

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xlocaledir,

+	      AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xlocaledir],

+		[Enable XLOCALEDIR environment variable support]),

+	      [ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR=$enableval],[ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR=$XLOCALEDIR_IS_SAFE])

+if test "x$ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR" = "xno"; then

+	AC_DEFINE(NO_XLOCALEDIR,1,[Disable XLOCALEDIR environment variable])

+fi

+AC_MSG_RESULT($ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR)

+

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xf86bigfont,

+	      AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xf86bigfont],

+		[Disable XF86BigFont extension support]),

+	      [XF86BIGFONT=$enableval],[XF86BIGFONT="yes"])

+if test "x$XF86BIGFONT" = "xyes"; then

+    PKG_CHECK_MODULES(BIGFONT, [xf86bigfontproto >= 1.2.0],

+         AC_DEFINE(XF86BIGFONT,1,[Enable XF86BIGFONT extension]),XF86BIGFONT="no")

+fi

+

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb,

+              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xkb],

+                [Disable XKB support *EXPERIMENTAL*]),

+              [XKB=$enableval],[XKB=yes])

+

+AM_CONDITIONAL(XKB, [ test x$XKB = xyes ])

+if test x"$XKB" = "xyes"; then

+   XKBPROTO_REQUIRES="kbproto"

+   X11_REQUIRES="${X11_REQUIRES} kbproto inputproto"

+   AC_DEFINE(XKB,1,[Use XKB])

+else

+   XKBPROTO_REQUIRES=""

+fi

+AC_SUBST(XKBPROTO_REQUIRES)

+

+AC_FUNC_MMAP()

+composecache_default=$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped

+AC_CHECK_FUNC(nl_langinfo, , [composecache_default=no])

+AC_ARG_ENABLE(composecache,

+              AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-composecache],

+                [Disable compose table cache support]),

+              [COMPOSECACHE=$enableval],[COMPOSECACHE=$composecache_default])

+if test x"$COMPOSECACHE" = "xyes"; then

+	AC_DEFINE(COMPOSECACHE,1,[Include compose table cache support])

+fi

+

+# Allow checking code with lint, sparse, etc.

+XORG_WITH_LINT

+XORG_LINT_LIBRARY([X11])

+

+X11_DATADIR="${datadir}/X11"

+AX_DEFINE_DIR(X11_DATADIR, X11_DATADIR, [Location of libX11 data])

+AC_SUBST(X11_DATADIR)

+

+X11_LIBDIR="${libdir}/X11"

+AX_DEFINE_DIR(X11_LIBDIR, X11_LIBDIR, [Location of libX11 library data])

+AC_SUBST(X11_LIBDIR)

+

+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(X11, [$X11_REQUIRES])

+X11_CFLAGS="$X11_CFLAGS $XTHREAD_CFLAGS"

+

+#

+# Yes, it would be nice to put the locale data in

+# /usr/share, but the locale stuff includes loadable

+# libraries which must be located in the same directory

+# as the other locale data, so for now, everything lives

+# in ${libdir}

+#

+

+X11_LOCALEDATADIR="${X11_DATADIR}/locale"

+AX_DEFINE_DIR(XLOCALEDATADIR, X11_LOCALEDATADIR, [Location of libX11 locale data])

+AC_SUBST(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)

+

+AC_ARG_WITH(locale-lib-dir,	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-locale-lib-dir=DIR],

+ [Directory where locale libraries files are installed (default: $libdir/X11/locale)]),

+				[ X11_LOCALELIBDIR="$withval" ],

+				[ X11_LOCALELIBDIR="${X11_LIBDIR}/locale" ])

+AX_DEFINE_DIR(XLOCALELIBDIR, X11_LOCALELIBDIR, [Location of libX11 locale libraries])

+AC_SUBST(X11_LOCALELIBDIR)

+

+X11_LOCALEDIR="${X11_LOCALEDATADIR}"

+AX_DEFINE_DIR(XLOCALEDIR, X11_LOCALEDIR, [Location of libX11 locale data])

+AC_SUBST(X11_LOCALEDIR)

+

+locales="\

+ am_ET.UTF-8  armscii-8   C           el_GR.UTF-8  en_US.UTF-8  fi_FI.UTF-8 \

+ georgian-academy         georgian-ps ibm-cp1133   iscii-dev    isiri-3342 \

+ iso8859-1    iso8859-10  iso8859-11  iso8859-13   iso8859-14   iso8859-15 \

+ iso8859-2    iso8859-3   iso8859-4   iso8859-5    iso8859-6    iso8859-7 \

+ iso8859-8    iso8859-9   iso8859-9e  ja           ja.JIS       ja_JP.UTF-8\

+ ja.S90       ja.SJIS     ja.U90      ko           koi8-c       koi8-r \

+ koi8-u       ko_KR.UTF-8 microsoft-cp1251         microsoft-cp1255 \

+ microsoft-cp1256         mulelao-1   nokhchi-1    pt_BR.UTF-8  ru_RU.UTF-8 \

+ tatar-cyr    th_TH       th_TH.UTF-8 tscii-0      vi_VN.tcvn   vi_VN.viscii \

+ zh_CN        zh_CN.gb18030           zh_CN.gbk    zh_CN.UTF-8  zh_HK.big5 \

+ zh_HK.big5hkscs          zh_HK.UTF-8 zh_TW        zh_TW.big5   zh_TW.UTF-8"

+AC_SUBST(locales)

+

+XKEYSYMDB="${X11_DATADIR}/XKeysymDB"

+AX_DEFINE_DIR(XKEYSYMDB, XKEYSYMDB, [Location of keysym database])

+

+XERRORDB="${X11_DATADIR}/XErrorDB"

+AX_DEFINE_DIR(XERRORDB, XERRORDB, [Location of error message database])

+

+XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO

+

+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile

+		include/Makefile

+		man/Makefile

+		man/xkb/Makefile

+		src/Makefile

+		src/util/Makefile

+		src/xcms/Makefile

+		src/xlibi18n/Makefile

+		modules/Makefile

+		modules/im/Makefile

+		modules/im/ximcp/Makefile

+		modules/lc/Makefile

+		modules/lc/def/Makefile

+		modules/lc/gen/Makefile

+		modules/lc/Utf8/Makefile

+		modules/lc/xlocale/Makefile

+		modules/om/Makefile

+		modules/om/generic/Makefile

+		src/xkb/Makefile

+		nls/Makefile

+		specs/Makefile

+		specs/i18n/Makefile

+		specs/i18n/compose/Makefile

+		specs/i18n/framework/Makefile

+		specs/i18n/localedb/Makefile

+		specs/i18n/trans/Makefile

+		specs/libX11/Makefile

+		specs/XIM/Makefile

+		specs/XKB/Makefile

+		x11.pc

+		x11-xcb.pc])

+AC_OUTPUT

+

+echo ""

+echo "X11 will be built with the following settings:"

+echo " Loadable i18n module support:            "$XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N

+echo " Loadable xcursor library support:        "$XLIB_LOADABLE_XCURSOR

+echo " Threading support:                       "$xthreads

+echo " Use Threads safe API:                    "$mtsafeapi

+echo " Threads stubs in libX11:                 "$thrstubs

+echo " XCMS:                                    "$XCMS

+echo " Internationalization support:            "$XLOCALE

+echo " XF86BigFont support:                     "$XF86BIGFONT

+echo " XKB support:                             "$XKB

+echo " XLOCALEDIR environment variable support: "$ENABLE_XLOCALEDIR

+echo " Compose table cache enabled:             "$COMPOSECACHE

+echo " Functional specs building enabled:       "$build_specs

+echo ""

diff --git a/libX11/cpprules.mak b/libX11/cpprules.mak
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f485ac0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/cpprules.mak
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+

+ifdef x11thislocaledir

+

+$(x11thislocaledir)\%: %.pre

+	cl /nologo /EP $< -DXCOMM\#\# > $@

+

+$(x11thislocaledir):

+	$(CREATEDIR)

+

+all: $(x11thislocaledir)

+endif

+

+$(eval $(locales:%=$(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)\%\XLC_LOCALE : %\XLC_LOCALE.pre$n	cl /nologo /EP $$< -DXCOMM\#\# > $$@$n))

+

+$(eval $(locales:%=$(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)\%\Compose : %\Compose.pre$n	cl /nologo /EP $$< -DXCOMM\#\# > $$@$n))

+

+$(eval $(locales:%=$(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)\%\XI18N_OBJS : $(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)\% %\XI18N_OBJS$n	copy %\XI18N_OBJS $$@$n))

+

+$(eval $(locales:%=$(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)\% :$n	mkdir $$@$n ))

diff --git a/libX11/docbook.am b/libX11/docbook.am
index 2ffb7e60a..e94e975f6 100644
--- a/libX11/docbook.am
+++ b/libX11/docbook.am
@@ -1,97 +1,97 @@
-#
-# Generate output formats for a single DocBook/XML with/without chapters
-#
-# Variables set by the calling Makefile:
-# shelfdir: the location where the docs/specs are installed. Typically $(docdir)
-# docbook:  the main DocBook/XML file, no chapters, appendix or image files
-# chapters: all files pulled in by an XInclude statement and images.
-#
-
-#
-# This makefile is intended for Users Documentation and Functional Specifications.
-# Do not use for Developer Documentation which is not installed and does not require olink.
-# Refer to http://www.x.org/releases/X11R7.6/doc/xorg-docs/ReleaseNotes.html#id2584393
-# for an explanation on documents classification.
-#
-
-# DocBook/XML generated output formats to be installed
-shelf_DATA =
-
-# DocBook/XML file with chapters, appendix and images it includes
-dist_shelf_DATA = $(docbook) $(chapters)
-
-if HAVE_XMLTO
-#
-# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
-#
-
-# Stylesheets are available if the package xorg-sgml-doctools is installed
-if HAVE_STYLESHEETS
-
-# The location where all cross reference databases are installed
-sgmldbsdir = $(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11/dbs
-masterdb = "$(sgmldbsdir)/masterdb$(suffix $@).xml"
-XMLTO_FLAGS =							\
-	--searchpath "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11"			\
-	--stringparam target.database.document=$(masterdb)	\
-	--stringparam current.docid="$(<:.xml=)"		\
-	--stringparam collect.xref.targets="no"
-
-XMLTO_XHTML_FLAGS = \
-	-x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-xhtml.xsl \
-	--stringparam html.stylesheet=$(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg.css
-
-XMLTO_FO_FLAGS = \
-	-x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-fo.xsl
-endif HAVE_STYLESHEETS
-
-shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.html)
-%.html: %.xml  $(chapters)
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) $(XMLTO_XHTML_FLAGS) xhtml-nochunks $<
-
-if HAVE_FOP
-shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.pdf) $(docbook:.xml=.ps)
-%.pdf: %.xml $(chapters)
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop pdf $<
-%.ps: %.xml $(chapters)
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop ps $<
-endif HAVE_FOP
-
-if HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT
-shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.txt)
-%.txt: %.xml $(chapters)
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) $(XMLTO_XHTML_FLAGS) txt $<
-endif HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT
-
-#
-# Generate documents cross-reference target databases
-#
-
-# This is only possible if the xorg-sgml-doctools package is installed
-if HAVE_STYLESHEETS
-if HAVE_XSLTPROC
-
-# DocBook/XML generated document cross-reference database
-shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.html.db) $(docbook:.xml=.fo.db)
-
-# Generate DocBook/XML document cross-reference database
-# Flags for the XSL Transformation processor generating xref target databases
-XSLTPROC_FLAGS =					\
-	--path "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11"			\
-	--stringparam targets.filename "$@"		\
-	--stringparam collect.xref.targets "only"	\
-	--nonet --xinclude
-
-%.html.db: %.xml  $(chapters)
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLTPROC_FLAGS) \
-	http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/xhtml/docbook.xsl $<
-
-%.fo.db: %.xml $(chapters)
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLTPROC_FLAGS) \
-	http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/fo/docbook.xsl $<
-
-endif HAVE_XSLTPROC
-endif HAVE_STYLESHEETS
-endif HAVE_XMLTO
-
-CLEANFILES = $(shelf_DATA)
+#

+# Generate output formats for a single DocBook/XML with/without chapters

+#

+# Variables set by the calling Makefile:

+# shelfdir: the location where the docs/specs are installed. Typically $(docdir)

+# docbook:  the main DocBook/XML file, no chapters, appendix or image files

+# chapters: all files pulled in by an XInclude statement and images.

+#

+

+#

+# This makefile is intended for Users Documentation and Functional Specifications.

+# Do not use for Developer Documentation which is not installed and does not require olink.

+# Refer to http://www.x.org/releases/X11R7.6/doc/xorg-docs/ReleaseNotes.html#id2584393

+# for an explanation on documents classification.

+#

+

+# DocBook/XML generated output formats to be installed

+shelf_DATA =

+

+# DocBook/XML file with chapters, appendix and images it includes

+dist_shelf_DATA = $(docbook) $(chapters)

+

+if HAVE_XMLTO

+#

+# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets

+#

+

+# Stylesheets are available if the package xorg-sgml-doctools is installed

+if HAVE_STYLESHEETS

+

+# The location where all cross reference databases are installed

+sgmldbsdir = $(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11/dbs

+masterdb = "$(sgmldbsdir)/masterdb$(suffix $@).xml"

+XMLTO_FLAGS =							\

+	--searchpath "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11"			\

+	--stringparam target.database.document=$(masterdb)	\

+	--stringparam current.docid="$(<:.xml=)"		\

+	--stringparam collect.xref.targets="no"

+

+XMLTO_XHTML_FLAGS = \

+	-x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-xhtml.xsl \

+	--stringparam html.stylesheet=$(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg.css

+

+XMLTO_FO_FLAGS = \

+	-x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-fo.xsl

+endif HAVE_STYLESHEETS

+

+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.html)

+%.html: %.xml  $(chapters)

+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) $(XMLTO_XHTML_FLAGS) xhtml-nochunks $<

+

+if HAVE_FOP

+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.pdf) $(docbook:.xml=.ps)

+%.pdf: %.xml $(chapters)

+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop pdf $<

+%.ps: %.xml $(chapters)

+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop ps $<

+endif HAVE_FOP

+

+if HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT

+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.txt)

+%.txt: %.xml $(chapters)

+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) $(XMLTO_XHTML_FLAGS) txt $<

+endif HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT

+

+#

+# Generate documents cross-reference target databases

+#

+

+# This is only possible if the xorg-sgml-doctools package is installed

+if HAVE_STYLESHEETS

+if HAVE_XSLTPROC

+

+# DocBook/XML generated document cross-reference database

+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.html.db) $(docbook:.xml=.fo.db)

+

+# Generate DocBook/XML document cross-reference database

+# Flags for the XSL Transformation processor generating xref target databases

+XSLTPROC_FLAGS =					\

+	--path "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11"			\

+	--stringparam targets.filename "$@"		\

+	--stringparam collect.xref.targets "only"	\

+	--nonet --xinclude

+

+%.html.db: %.xml  $(chapters)

+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLTPROC_FLAGS) \

+	http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/xhtml/docbook.xsl $<

+

+%.fo.db: %.xml $(chapters)

+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLTPROC_FLAGS) \

+	http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/fo/docbook.xsl $<

+

+endif HAVE_XSLTPROC

+endif HAVE_STYLESHEETS

+endif HAVE_XMLTO

+

+CLEANFILES = $(shelf_DATA)

diff --git a/libX11/include/X11/Xlib.h b/libX11/include/X11/Xlib.h
index 5c6c77077..b32390894 100644
--- a/libX11/include/X11/Xlib.h
+++ b/libX11/include/X11/Xlib.h
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ _Xmblen(
 
 typedef char *XPointer;
 
-#define Bool int
-#define Status int
+typedef int Bool;
+typedef int Status;
 #define True 1
 #define False 0
 
diff --git a/libX11/include/X11/Xlibint.h b/libX11/include/X11/Xlibint.h
index 2ce356d15..a55938b5b 100644
--- a/libX11/include/X11/Xlibint.h
+++ b/libX11/include/X11/Xlibint.h
@@ -1,1402 +1,1402 @@
-
-/*
-
-Copyright 1984, 1985, 1987, 1989, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-#ifndef _X11_XLIBINT_H_
-#define _X11_XLIBINT_H_ 1
-
-/*
- *	Xlibint.h - Header definition and support file for the internal
- *	support routines used by the C subroutine interface
- *	library (Xlib) to the X Window System.
- *
- *	Warning, there be dragons here....
- */
-
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>		/* to declare xEvent */
-#include <X11/XlibConf.h>	/* for configured options like XTHREADS */
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-#define _XFlush _XFlushIt
-#endif
-
-/*
- * If your BytesReadable correctly detects broken connections, then
- * you should NOT define XCONN_CHECK_FREQ.
- */
-#ifndef XCONN_CHECK_FREQ
-#define XCONN_CHECK_FREQ 256
-#endif
-
-struct _XGC
-{
-    XExtData *ext_data;	/* hook for extension to hang data */
-    GContext gid;	/* protocol ID for graphics context */
-    Bool rects;		/* boolean: TRUE if clipmask is list of rectangles */
-    Bool dashes;	/* boolean: TRUE if dash-list is really a list */
-    unsigned long dirty;/* cache dirty bits */
-    XGCValues values;	/* shadow structure of values */
-};
-
-struct _XDisplay
-{
-	XExtData *ext_data;	/* hook for extension to hang data */
-	struct _XFreeFuncs *free_funcs; /* internal free functions */
-	int fd;			/* Network socket. */
-	int conn_checker;         /* ugly thing used by _XEventsQueued */
-	int proto_major_version;/* maj. version of server's X protocol */
-	int proto_minor_version;/* minor version of server's X protocol */
-	char *vendor;		/* vendor of the server hardware */
-        XID resource_base;	/* resource ID base */
-	XID resource_mask;	/* resource ID mask bits */
-	XID resource_id;	/* allocator current ID */
-	int resource_shift;	/* allocator shift to correct bits */
-	XID (*resource_alloc)(	/* allocator function */
-		struct _XDisplay*
-		);
-	int byte_order;		/* screen byte order, LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
-	int bitmap_unit;	/* padding and data requirements */
-	int bitmap_pad;		/* padding requirements on bitmaps */
-	int bitmap_bit_order;	/* LeastSignificant or MostSignificant */
-	int nformats;		/* number of pixmap formats in list */
-	ScreenFormat *pixmap_format;	/* pixmap format list */
-	int vnumber;		/* Xlib's X protocol version number. */
-	int release;		/* release of the server */
-	struct _XSQEvent *head, *tail;	/* Input event queue. */
-	int qlen;		/* Length of input event queue */
-	unsigned long last_request_read; /* seq number of last event read */
-	unsigned long request;	/* sequence number of last request. */
-	char *last_req;		/* beginning of last request, or dummy */
-	char *buffer;		/* Output buffer starting address. */
-	char *bufptr;		/* Output buffer index pointer. */
-	char *bufmax;		/* Output buffer maximum+1 address. */
-	unsigned max_request_size; /* maximum number 32 bit words in request*/
-	struct _XrmHashBucketRec *db;
-	int (*synchandler)(	/* Synchronization handler */
-		struct _XDisplay*
-		);
-	char *display_name;	/* "host:display" string used on this connect*/
-	int default_screen;	/* default screen for operations */
-	int nscreens;		/* number of screens on this server*/
-	Screen *screens;	/* pointer to list of screens */
-	unsigned long motion_buffer;	/* size of motion buffer */
-	volatile unsigned long flags;	   /* internal connection flags */
-	int min_keycode;	/* minimum defined keycode */
-	int max_keycode;	/* maximum defined keycode */
-	KeySym *keysyms;	/* This server's keysyms */
-	XModifierKeymap *modifiermap;	/* This server's modifier keymap */
-	int keysyms_per_keycode;/* number of rows */
-	char *xdefaults;	/* contents of defaults from server */
-	char *scratch_buffer;	/* place to hang scratch buffer */
-	unsigned long scratch_length;	/* length of scratch buffer */
-	int ext_number;		/* extension number on this display */
-	struct _XExten *ext_procs; /* extensions initialized on this display */
-	/*
-	 * the following can be fixed size, as the protocol defines how
-	 * much address space is available.
-	 * While this could be done using the extension vector, there
-	 * may be MANY events processed, so a search through the extension
-	 * list to find the right procedure for each event might be
-	 * expensive if many extensions are being used.
-	 */
-	Bool (*event_vec[128])(	/* vector for wire to event */
-		Display *	/* dpy */,
-		XEvent *	/* re */,
-		xEvent *	/* event */
-		);
-	Status (*wire_vec[128])( /* vector for event to wire */
-		Display *	/* dpy */,
-		XEvent *	/* re */,
-		xEvent *	/* event */
-		);
-	KeySym lock_meaning;	   /* for XLookupString */
-	struct _XLockInfo *lock;   /* multi-thread state, display lock */
-	struct _XInternalAsync *async_handlers; /* for internal async */
-	unsigned long bigreq_size; /* max size of big requests */
-	struct _XLockPtrs *lock_fns; /* pointers to threads functions */
-	void (*idlist_alloc)(	   /* XID list allocator function */
-		Display *	/* dpy */,
-		XID *		/* ids */,
-		int		/* count */
-		);
-	/* things above this line should not move, for binary compatibility */
-	struct _XKeytrans *key_bindings; /* for XLookupString */
-	Font cursor_font;	   /* for XCreateFontCursor */
-	struct _XDisplayAtoms *atoms; /* for XInternAtom */
-	unsigned int mode_switch;  /* keyboard group modifiers */
-	unsigned int num_lock;  /* keyboard numlock modifiers */
-	struct _XContextDB *context_db; /* context database */
-	Bool (**error_vec)(	/* vector for wire to error */
-		Display     *	/* display */,
-		XErrorEvent *	/* he */,
-		xError      *	/* we */
-		);
-	/*
-	 * Xcms information
-	 */
-	struct {
-	   XPointer defaultCCCs;  /* pointer to an array of default XcmsCCC */
-	   XPointer clientCmaps;  /* pointer to linked list of XcmsCmapRec */
-	   XPointer perVisualIntensityMaps;
-				  /* linked list of XcmsIntensityMap */
-	} cms;
-	struct _XIMFilter *im_filters;
-	struct _XSQEvent *qfree; /* unallocated event queue elements */
-	unsigned long next_event_serial_num; /* inserted into next queue elt */
-	struct _XExten *flushes; /* Flush hooks */
-	struct _XConnectionInfo *im_fd_info; /* _XRegisterInternalConnection */
-	int im_fd_length;	/* number of im_fd_info */
-	struct _XConnWatchInfo *conn_watchers; /* XAddConnectionWatch */
-	int watcher_count;	/* number of conn_watchers */
-	XPointer filedes;	/* struct pollfd cache for _XWaitForReadable */
-	int (*savedsynchandler)( /* user synchandler when Xlib usurps */
-		Display *	/* dpy */
-		);
-	XID resource_max;	/* allocator max ID */
-	int xcmisc_opcode;	/* major opcode for XC-MISC */
-	struct _XkbInfoRec *xkb_info; /* XKB info */
-	struct _XtransConnInfo *trans_conn; /* transport connection object */
-	struct _X11XCBPrivate *xcb; /* XCB glue private data */
-
-	/* Generic event cookie handling */
-	unsigned int next_cookie; /* next event cookie */
-	/* vector for wire to generic event, index is (extension - 128) */
-	Bool (*generic_event_vec[128])(
-		Display *	/* dpy */,
-		XGenericEventCookie *	/* Xlib event */,
-		xEvent *	/* wire event */);
-	/* vector for event copy, index is (extension - 128) */
-	Bool (*generic_event_copy_vec[128])(
-		Display *	/* dpy */,
-		XGenericEventCookie *	/* in */,
-		XGenericEventCookie *   /* out*/);
-	void *cookiejar;  /* cookie events returned but not claimed */
-};
-
-#define XAllocIDs(dpy,ids,n) (*(dpy)->idlist_alloc)(dpy,ids,n)
-
-/*
- * define the following if you want the Data macro to be a procedure instead
- */
-#ifdef CRAY
-#define DataRoutineIsProcedure
-#endif /* CRAY */
-
-#ifndef _XEVENT_
-/*
- * _QEvent datatype for use in input queueing.
- */
-typedef struct _XSQEvent
-{
-    struct _XSQEvent *next;
-    XEvent event;
-    unsigned long qserial_num;	/* so multi-threaded code can find new ones */
-} _XQEvent;
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#ifdef __sgi
-#define _SGI_MP_SOURCE  /* turn this on to get MP safe errno */
-#endif
-#include <errno.h>
-#define _XBCOPYFUNC _Xbcopy
-#include <X11/Xfuncs.h>
-#include <X11/Xosdefs.h>
-
-/* Utek leaves kernel macros around in include files (bleah) */
-#ifdef dirty
-#undef dirty
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
-
-_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
-
-/*
- * The following definitions can be used for locking requests in multi-threaded
- * address spaces.
- */
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-/* Author: Stephen Gildea, MIT X Consortium
- *
- * declarations for C Threads locking
- */
-
-typedef struct _LockInfoRec *LockInfoPtr;
-
-/* interfaces for locking.c */
-struct _XLockPtrs {
-    /* used by all, including extensions; do not move */
-    void (*lock_display)(
-		Display *dpy
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-		, char *file
-		, int line
-#endif
-	);
-    void (*unlock_display)(
-		Display *dpy
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-		, char *file
-		, int line
-#endif
-	);
-};
-
-#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(_XLIBINT_)
-#define _XCreateMutex_fn (*_XCreateMutex_fn_p)
-#define _XFreeMutex_fn (*_XFreeMutex_fn_p)
-#define _XLockMutex_fn (*_XLockMutex_fn_p)
-#define _XUnlockMutex_fn (*_XUnlockMutex_fn_p)
-#define _Xglobal_lock (*_Xglobal_lock_p)
-#endif
-
-/* in XlibInt.c */
-extern void (*_XCreateMutex_fn)(
-    LockInfoPtr /* lock */
-);
-extern void (*_XFreeMutex_fn)(
-    LockInfoPtr /* lock */
-);
-extern void (*_XLockMutex_fn)(
-    LockInfoPtr	/* lock */
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-    , char * /* file */
-    , int /* line */
-#endif
-);
-extern void (*_XUnlockMutex_fn)(
-    LockInfoPtr	/* lock */
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-    , char * /* file */
-    , int /* line */
-#endif
-);
-
-extern LockInfoPtr _Xglobal_lock;
-
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-#define LockDisplay(d)	     if ((d)->lock_fns) (*(d)->lock_fns->lock_display)((d),__FILE__,__LINE__)
-#define UnlockDisplay(d)     if ((d)->lock_fns) (*(d)->lock_fns->unlock_display)((d),__FILE__,__LINE__)
-#define _XLockMutex(lock)		if (_XLockMutex_fn) (*_XLockMutex_fn)(lock,__FILE__,__LINE__)
-#define _XUnlockMutex(lock)	if (_XUnlockMutex_fn) (*_XUnlockMutex_fn)(lock,__FILE__,__LINE__)
-#else
-/* used everywhere, so must be fast if not using threads */
-#define LockDisplay(d)	     if ((d)->lock_fns) (*(d)->lock_fns->lock_display)(d)
-#define UnlockDisplay(d)     if ((d)->lock_fns) (*(d)->lock_fns->unlock_display)(d)
-#define _XLockMutex(lock)		if (_XLockMutex_fn) (*_XLockMutex_fn)(lock)
-#define _XUnlockMutex(lock)	if (_XUnlockMutex_fn) (*_XUnlockMutex_fn)(lock)
-#endif
-#define _XCreateMutex(lock)	if (_XCreateMutex_fn) (*_XCreateMutex_fn)(lock);
-#define _XFreeMutex(lock)	if (_XFreeMutex_fn) (*_XFreeMutex_fn)(lock);
-
-#else /* XTHREADS */
-#define LockDisplay(dis)
-#define _XLockMutex(lock)
-#define _XUnlockMutex(lock)
-#define UnlockDisplay(dis)
-#define _XCreateMutex(lock)
-#define _XFreeMutex(lock)
-#endif
-
-#define Xfree(ptr) free((ptr))
-
-/*
- * Note that some machines do not return a valid pointer for malloc(0), in
- * which case we provide an alternate under the control of the
- * define MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL.  This is necessary because some
- * Xlib code expects malloc(0) to return a valid pointer to storage.
- */
-#if defined(MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL) || defined(__clang_analyzer__)
-
-# define Xmalloc(size) malloc(((size) == 0 ? 1 : (size)))
-# define Xrealloc(ptr, size) realloc((ptr), ((size) == 0 ? 1 : (size)))
-# define Xcalloc(nelem, elsize) calloc(((nelem) == 0 ? 1 : (nelem)), (elsize))
-
-#else
-
-# define Xmalloc(size) malloc((size))
-# define Xrealloc(ptr, size) realloc((ptr), (size))
-# define Xcalloc(nelem, elsize) calloc((nelem), (elsize))
-
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-#define LOCKED 1
-#define UNLOCKED 0
-
-#ifndef BUFSIZE
-#define BUFSIZE 2048			/* X output buffer size. */
-#endif
-#ifndef PTSPERBATCH
-#define PTSPERBATCH 1024		/* point batching */
-#endif
-#ifndef WLNSPERBATCH
-#define WLNSPERBATCH 50			/* wide line batching */
-#endif
-#ifndef ZLNSPERBATCH
-#define ZLNSPERBATCH 1024		/* thin line batching */
-#endif
-#ifndef WRCTSPERBATCH
-#define WRCTSPERBATCH 10		/* wide line rectangle batching */
-#endif
-#ifndef ZRCTSPERBATCH
-#define ZRCTSPERBATCH 256		/* thin line rectangle batching */
-#endif
-#ifndef FRCTSPERBATCH
-#define FRCTSPERBATCH 256		/* filled rectangle batching */
-#endif
-#ifndef FARCSPERBATCH
-#define FARCSPERBATCH 256		/* filled arc batching */
-#endif
-#ifndef CURSORFONT
-#define CURSORFONT "cursor"		/* standard cursor fonts */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Display flags
- */
-#define XlibDisplayIOError	(1L << 0)
-#define XlibDisplayClosing	(1L << 1)
-#define XlibDisplayNoXkb	(1L << 2)
-#define XlibDisplayPrivSync	(1L << 3)
-#define XlibDisplayProcConni	(1L << 4) /* in _XProcessInternalConnection */
-#define XlibDisplayReadEvents	(1L << 5) /* in _XReadEvents */
-#define XlibDisplayReply	(1L << 5) /* in _XReply */
-#define XlibDisplayWriting	(1L << 6) /* in _XFlushInt, _XSend */
-#define XlibDisplayDfltRMDB     (1L << 7) /* mark if RM db from XGetDefault */
-
-/*
- * X Protocol packetizing macros.
- */
-
-/*   Need to start requests on 64 bit word boundaries
- *   on a CRAY computer so add a NoOp (127) if needed.
- *   A character pointer on a CRAY computer will be non-zero
- *   after shifting right 61 bits of it is not pointing to
- *   a word boundary.
- */
-#ifdef WORD64
-#define WORD64ALIGN if ((long)dpy->bufptr >> 61) {\
-           dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr;\
-           *(dpy->bufptr)   = X_NoOperation;\
-           *(dpy->bufptr+1) =  0;\
-           *(dpy->bufptr+2) =  0;\
-           *(dpy->bufptr+3) =  1;\
-             dpy->request++;\
-             dpy->bufptr += 4;\
-         }
-#else /* else does not require alignment on 64-bit boundaries */
-#define WORD64ALIGN
-#endif /* WORD64 */
-
-
-/*
- * GetReq - Get the next available X request packet in the buffer and
- * return it.
- *
- * "name" is the name of the request, e.g. CreatePixmap, OpenFont, etc.
- * "req" is the name of the request pointer.
- *
- */
-
-#if !defined(UNIXCPP) || defined(ANSICPP)
-#define GetReq(name, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-		_XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->reqType = X_##name;\
-	req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\
-	dpy->request++
-
-#else  /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */
-#define GetReq(name, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-		_XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->reqType = X_/**/name;\
-	req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\
-	dpy->request++
-#endif
-
-/* GetReqExtra is the same as GetReq, but allocates "n" additional
-   bytes after the request. "n" must be a multiple of 4!  */
-
-#if !defined(UNIXCPP) || defined(ANSICPP)
-#define GetReqExtra(name, n, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req) + n) > dpy->bufmax)\
-		_XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->reqType = X_##name;\
-	req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req) + n)>>2;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req) + n;\
-	dpy->request++
-#else
-#define GetReqExtra(name, n, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req) + n) > dpy->bufmax)\
-		_XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->reqType = X_/**/name;\
-	req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req) + n)>>2;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req) + n;\
-	dpy->request++
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * GetResReq is for those requests that have a resource ID
- * (Window, Pixmap, GContext, etc.) as their single argument.
- * "rid" is the name of the resource.
- */
-
-#if !defined(UNIXCPP) || defined(ANSICPP)
-#define GetResReq(name, rid, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(xResourceReq)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-	    _XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (xResourceReq *) (dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->reqType = X_##name;\
-	req->length = 2;\
-	req->id = (rid);\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(xResourceReq);\
-	dpy->request++
-#else
-#define GetResReq(name, rid, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(xResourceReq)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-	    _XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (xResourceReq *) (dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->reqType = X_/**/name;\
-	req->length = 2;\
-	req->id = (rid);\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(xResourceReq);\
-	dpy->request++
-#endif
-
-/*
- * GetEmptyReq is for those requests that have no arguments
- * at all.
- */
-#if !defined(UNIXCPP) || defined(ANSICPP)
-#define GetEmptyReq(name, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(xReq)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-	    _XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (xReq *) (dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->reqType = X_##name;\
-	req->length = 1;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(xReq);\
-	dpy->request++
-#else
-#define GetEmptyReq(name, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(xReq)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-	    _XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (xReq *) (dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->reqType = X_/**/name;\
-	req->length = 1;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(xReq);\
-	dpy->request++
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WORD64
-#define MakeBigReq(req,n) \
-    { \
-    char _BRdat[4]; \
-    unsigned long _BRlen = req->length - 1; \
-    req->length = 0; \
-    memcpy(_BRdat, ((char *)req) + (_BRlen << 2), 4); \
-    memmove(((char *)req) + 8, ((char *)req) + 4, _BRlen << 2); \
-    memcpy(((char *)req) + 4, _BRdat, 4); \
-    Data32(dpy, (long *)&_BRdat, 4); \
-    }
-#else
-#ifdef LONG64
-#define MakeBigReq(req,n) \
-    { \
-    CARD64 _BRdat; \
-    CARD32 _BRlen = req->length - 1; \
-    req->length = 0; \
-    _BRdat = ((CARD32 *)req)[_BRlen]; \
-    memmove(((char *)req) + 8, ((char *)req) + 4, _BRlen << 2); \
-    ((CARD32 *)req)[1] = _BRlen + n + 2; \
-    Data32(dpy, &_BRdat, 4); \
-    }
-#else
-#define MakeBigReq(req,n) \
-    { \
-    CARD32 _BRdat; \
-    CARD32 _BRlen = req->length - 1; \
-    req->length = 0; \
-    _BRdat = ((CARD32 *)req)[_BRlen]; \
-    memmove(((char *)req) + 8, ((char *)req) + 4, _BRlen << 2); \
-    ((CARD32 *)req)[1] = _BRlen + n + 2; \
-    Data32(dpy, &_BRdat, 4); \
-    }
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __clang_analyzer__
-#define SetReqLen(req,n,badlen) \
-    if ((req->length + n) > (unsigned)65535) { \
-	if (dpy->bigreq_size) { \
-	    MakeBigReq(req,n) \
-	} else { \
-	    n = badlen; \
-	    req->length += n; \
-	} \
-    } else \
-	req->length += n
-#else
-#define SetReqLen(req,n,badlen) \
-    req->length += n
-#endif
-
-#define SyncHandle() \
-	if (dpy->synchandler) (*dpy->synchandler)(dpy)
-
-extern void _XFlushGCCache(Display *dpy, GC gc);
-#define FlushGC(dpy, gc) \
-	if ((gc)->dirty) _XFlushGCCache((dpy), (gc))
-/*
- * Data - Place data in the buffer and pad the end to provide
- * 32 bit word alignment.  Transmit if the buffer fills.
- *
- * "dpy" is a pointer to a Display.
- * "data" is a pinter to a data buffer.
- * "len" is the length of the data buffer.
- */
-#ifndef DataRoutineIsProcedure
-#define Data(dpy, data, len) {\
-	if (dpy->bufptr + (len) <= dpy->bufmax) {\
-		memcpy(dpy->bufptr, data, (int)len);\
-		dpy->bufptr += ((len) + 3) & ~3;\
-	} else\
-		_XSend(dpy, data, len);\
-	}
-#endif /* DataRoutineIsProcedure */
-
-
-/* Allocate bytes from the buffer.  No padding is done, so if
- * the length is not a multiple of 4, the caller must be
- * careful to leave the buffer aligned after sending the
- * current request.
- *
- * "type" is the type of the pointer being assigned to.
- * "ptr" is the pointer being assigned to.
- * "n" is the number of bytes to allocate.
- *
- * Example:
- *    xTextElt *elt;
- *    BufAlloc (xTextElt *, elt, nbytes)
- */
-
-#define BufAlloc(type, ptr, n) \
-    if (dpy->bufptr + (n) > dpy->bufmax) \
-        _XFlush (dpy); \
-    ptr = (type) dpy->bufptr; \
-    memset(ptr, '\0', n); \
-    dpy->bufptr += (n);
-
-#ifdef WORD64
-#define Data16(dpy, data, len) _XData16(dpy, (short *)data, len)
-#define Data32(dpy, data, len) _XData32(dpy, (long *)data, len)
-#else
-#define Data16(dpy, data, len) Data((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))
-#define _XRead16Pad(dpy, data, len) _XReadPad((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))
-#define _XRead16(dpy, data, len) _XRead((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))
-#ifdef LONG64
-#define Data32(dpy, data, len) _XData32(dpy, (long *)data, len)
-extern int _XData32(
-	     Display *dpy,
-	     register long *data,
-	     unsigned len
-);
-extern void _XRead32(
-	     Display *dpy,
-	     register long *data,
-	     long len
-);
-#else
-#define Data32(dpy, data, len) Data((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))
-#define _XRead32(dpy, data, len) _XRead((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))
-#endif
-#endif /* not WORD64 */
-
-#define PackData16(dpy,data,len) Data16 (dpy, data, len)
-#define PackData32(dpy,data,len) Data32 (dpy, data, len)
-
-/* Xlib manual is bogus */
-#define PackData(dpy,data,len) PackData16 (dpy, data, len)
-
-#define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-
-#define CI_NONEXISTCHAR(cs) (((cs)->width == 0) && \
-			     (((cs)->rbearing|(cs)->lbearing| \
-			       (cs)->ascent|(cs)->descent) == 0))
-
-/*
- * CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_1D - return the charinfo struct for the indicated 8bit
- * character.  If the character is in the column and exists, then return the
- * appropriate metrics (note that fonts with common per-character metrics will
- * return min_bounds).  If none of these hold true, try again with the default
- * char.
- */
-#define CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_1D(fs,col,def,cs) \
-{ \
-    cs = def; \
-    if (col >= fs->min_char_or_byte2 && col <= fs->max_char_or_byte2) { \
-	if (fs->per_char == NULL) { \
-	    cs = &fs->min_bounds; \
-	} else { \
-	    cs = &fs->per_char[(col - fs->min_char_or_byte2)]; \
-	    if (CI_NONEXISTCHAR(cs)) cs = def; \
-	} \
-    } \
-}
-
-#define CI_GET_DEFAULT_INFO_1D(fs,cs) \
-  CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_1D (fs, fs->default_char, NULL, cs)
-
-
-
-/*
- * CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_2D - return the charinfo struct for the indicated row and
- * column.  This is used for fonts that have more than row zero.
- */
-#define CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_2D(fs,row,col,def,cs) \
-{ \
-    cs = def; \
-    if (row >= fs->min_byte1 && row <= fs->max_byte1 && \
-	col >= fs->min_char_or_byte2 && col <= fs->max_char_or_byte2) { \
-	if (fs->per_char == NULL) { \
-	    cs = &fs->min_bounds; \
-	} else { \
-	    cs = &fs->per_char[((row - fs->min_byte1) * \
-			        (fs->max_char_or_byte2 - \
-				 fs->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) + \
-			       (col - fs->min_char_or_byte2)]; \
-	    if (CI_NONEXISTCHAR(cs)) cs = def; \
-        } \
-    } \
-}
-
-#define CI_GET_DEFAULT_INFO_2D(fs,cs) \
-{ \
-    unsigned int r = (fs->default_char >> 8); \
-    unsigned int c = (fs->default_char & 0xff); \
-    CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_2D (fs, r, c, NULL, cs); \
-}
-
-
-#ifdef MUSTCOPY
-
-/* for when 32-bit alignment is not good enough */
-#define OneDataCard32(dpy,dstaddr,srcvar) \
-  { dpy->bufptr -= 4; Data32 (dpy, (char *) &(srcvar), 4); }
-
-#else
-
-/* srcvar must be a variable for large architecture version */
-#define OneDataCard32(dpy,dstaddr,srcvar) \
-  { *(CARD32 *)(dstaddr) = (srcvar); }
-
-#endif /* MUSTCOPY */
-
-typedef struct _XInternalAsync {
-    struct _XInternalAsync *next;
-    /*
-     * handler arguments:
-     * rep is the generic reply that caused this handler
-     * to be invoked.  It must also be passed to _XGetAsyncReply.
-     * buf and len are opaque values that must be passed to
-     * _XGetAsyncReply or _XGetAsyncData.
-     * data is the closure stored in this struct.
-     * The handler returns True iff it handled this reply.
-     */
-    Bool (*handler)(
-		    Display*	/* dpy */,
-		    xReply*	/* rep */,
-		    char*	/* buf */,
-		    int		/* len */,
-		    XPointer	/* data */
-		    );
-    XPointer data;
-} _XAsyncHandler;
-
-typedef struct _XAsyncEState {
-    unsigned long min_sequence_number;
-    unsigned long max_sequence_number;
-    unsigned char error_code;
-    unsigned char major_opcode;
-    unsigned short minor_opcode;
-    unsigned char last_error_received;
-    int error_count;
-} _XAsyncErrorState;
-
-extern void _XDeqAsyncHandler(Display *dpy, _XAsyncHandler *handler);
-#define DeqAsyncHandler(dpy,handler) { \
-    if (dpy->async_handlers == (handler)) \
-	dpy->async_handlers = (handler)->next; \
-    else \
-	_XDeqAsyncHandler(dpy, handler); \
-    }
-
-typedef void (*FreeFuncType) (
-    Display*	/* display */
-);
-
-typedef int (*FreeModmapType) (
-    XModifierKeymap*	/* modmap */
-);
-
-/*
- * This structure is private to the library.
- */
-typedef struct _XFreeFuncs {
-    FreeFuncType atoms;		/* _XFreeAtomTable */
-    FreeModmapType modifiermap;	/* XFreeModifiermap */
-    FreeFuncType key_bindings;	/* _XFreeKeyBindings */
-    FreeFuncType context_db;	/* _XFreeContextDB */
-    FreeFuncType defaultCCCs;	/* _XcmsFreeDefaultCCCs */
-    FreeFuncType clientCmaps;	/* _XcmsFreeClientCmaps */
-    FreeFuncType intensityMaps;	/* _XcmsFreeIntensityMaps */
-    FreeFuncType im_filters;	/* _XFreeIMFilters */
-    FreeFuncType xkb;		/* _XkbFreeInfo */
-} _XFreeFuncRec;
-
-/* types for InitExt.c */
-typedef int (*CreateGCType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    GC		/* gc */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */
-);
-
-typedef int (*CopyGCType)(
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    GC		/* gc */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */
-);
-
-typedef int (*FlushGCType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    GC		/* gc */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */
-);
-
-typedef int (*FreeGCType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    GC		/* gc */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */
-);
-
-typedef int (*CreateFontType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XFontStruct* /* fs */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */
-);
-
-typedef int (*FreeFontType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XFontStruct* /* fs */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */
-);
-
-typedef int (*CloseDisplayType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */
-);
-
-typedef int (*ErrorType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    xError*	/* err */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */,
-    int*	/* ret_code */
-);
-
-typedef char* (*ErrorStringType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    int		/* code */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */,
-    char*	/* buffer */,
-    int		/* nbytes */
-);
-
-typedef void (*PrintErrorType)(
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XErrorEvent* /* ev */,
-    void*	/* fp */
-);
-
-typedef void (*BeforeFlushType)(
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XExtCodes*	/* codes */,
-    _Xconst char* /* data */,
-    long	/* len */
-);
-
-/*
- * This structure is private to the library.
- */
-typedef struct _XExten {		/* private to extension mechanism */
-	struct _XExten *next;		/* next in list */
-	XExtCodes codes;		/* public information, all extension told */
-	CreateGCType create_GC;		/* routine to call when GC created */
-	CopyGCType copy_GC;		/* routine to call when GC copied */
-	FlushGCType flush_GC;		/* routine to call when GC flushed */
-	FreeGCType free_GC;		/* routine to call when GC freed */
-	CreateFontType create_Font;	/* routine to call when Font created */
-	FreeFontType free_Font;		/* routine to call when Font freed */
-	CloseDisplayType close_display;	/* routine to call when connection closed */
-	ErrorType error;		/* who to call when an error occurs */
-	ErrorStringType error_string;	/* routine to supply error string */
-	char *name;			/* name of this extension */
-	PrintErrorType error_values;	/* routine to supply error values */
-	BeforeFlushType before_flush;	/* routine to call when sending data */
-	struct _XExten *next_flush;	/* next in list of those with flushes */
-} _XExtension;
-
-/* extension hooks */
-
-#ifdef DataRoutineIsProcedure
-extern void Data(Display *dpy, char *data, long len);
-#endif
-extern int _XError(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    xError*	/* rep */
-);
-extern int _XIOError(
-    Display*	/* dpy */
-) _X_NORETURN;
-extern int (*_XIOErrorFunction)(
-    Display*	/* dpy */
-);
-extern int (*_XErrorFunction)(
-    Display*		/* dpy */,
-    XErrorEvent*	/* error_event */
-);
-extern void _XEatData(
-    Display*		/* dpy */,
-    unsigned long	/* n */
-);
-extern char *_XAllocScratch(
-    Display*		/* dpy */,
-    unsigned long	/* nbytes */
-);
-extern char *_XAllocTemp(
-    Display*		/* dpy */,
-    unsigned long	/* nbytes */
-);
-extern void _XFreeTemp(
-    Display*		/* dpy */,
-    char*		/* buf */,
-    unsigned long	/* nbytes */
-);
-extern Visual *_XVIDtoVisual(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    VisualID	/* id */
-);
-extern unsigned long _XSetLastRequestRead(
-    Display*		/* dpy */,
-    xGenericReply*	/* rep */
-);
-extern int _XGetHostname(
-    char*	/* buf */,
-    int		/* maxlen */
-);
-extern Screen *_XScreenOfWindow(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    Window	/* w */
-);
-extern Bool _XAsyncErrorHandler(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    xReply*	/* rep */,
-    char*	/* buf */,
-    int		/* len */,
-    XPointer	/* data */
-);
-extern char *_XGetAsyncReply(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    char*	/* replbuf */,
-    xReply*	/* rep */,
-    char*	/* buf */,
-    int		/* len */,
-    int		/* extra */,
-    Bool	/* discard */
-);
-extern void _XGetAsyncData(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    char *	/* data */,
-    char *	/* buf */,
-    int		/* len */,
-    int		/* skip */,
-    int		/* datalen */,
-    int		/* discardtotal */
-);
-extern void _XFlush(
-    Display*	/* dpy */
-);
-extern int _XEventsQueued(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    int 	/* mode */
-);
-extern void _XReadEvents(
-    Display*	/* dpy */
-);
-extern int _XRead(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    char*	/* data */,
-    long	/* size */
-);
-extern void _XReadPad(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    char*	/* data */,
-    long	/* size */
-);
-extern void _XSend(
-    Display*		/* dpy */,
-    _Xconst char*	/* data */,
-    long		/* size */
-);
-extern Status _XReply(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    xReply*	/* rep */,
-    int		/* extra */,
-    Bool	/* discard */
-);
-extern void _XEnq(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    xEvent*	/* event */
-);
-extern void _XDeq(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    _XQEvent*	/* prev */,
-    _XQEvent*	/* qelt */
-);
-
-extern Bool _XUnknownWireEvent(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    XEvent*	/* re */,
-    xEvent*	/* event */
-);
-
-extern Bool _XUnknownWireEventCookie(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    XGenericEventCookie*	/* re */,
-    xEvent*	/* event */
-);
-
-extern Bool _XUnknownCopyEventCookie(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    XGenericEventCookie*	/* in */,
-    XGenericEventCookie*	/* out */
-);
-
-extern Status _XUnknownNativeEvent(
-    Display*	/* dpy */,
-    XEvent*	/* re */,
-    xEvent*	/* event */
-);
-
-extern Bool _XWireToEvent(Display *dpy, XEvent *re, xEvent *event);
-extern Bool _XDefaultWireError(Display *display, XErrorEvent *he, xError *we);
-extern Bool _XPollfdCacheInit(Display *dpy);
-extern void _XPollfdCacheAdd(Display *dpy, int fd);
-extern void _XPollfdCacheDel(Display *dpy, int fd);
-extern XID _XAllocID(Display *dpy);
-extern void _XAllocIDs(Display *dpy, XID *ids, int count);
-
-extern int _XFreeExtData(
-    XExtData*	/* extension */
-);
-
-extern int (*XESetCreateGC(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    int (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-	      GC			/* gc */,
-	      XExtCodes*		/* codes */
-	    )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, GC, XExtCodes*
-);
-
-extern int (*XESetCopyGC(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    int (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-              GC			/* gc */,
-              XExtCodes*		/* codes */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, GC, XExtCodes*
-);
-
-extern int (*XESetFlushGC(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    int (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-              GC			/* gc */,
-              XExtCodes*		/* codes */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, GC, XExtCodes*
-);
-
-extern int (*XESetFreeGC(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    int (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-              GC			/* gc */,
-              XExtCodes*		/* codes */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, GC, XExtCodes*
-);
-
-extern int (*XESetCreateFont(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    int (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-              XFontStruct*		/* fs */,
-              XExtCodes*		/* codes */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XFontStruct*, XExtCodes*
-);
-
-extern int (*XESetFreeFont(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    int (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-              XFontStruct*		/* fs */,
-              XExtCodes*		/* codes */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XFontStruct*, XExtCodes*
-);
-
-extern int (*XESetCloseDisplay(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    int (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-              XExtCodes*		/* codes */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XExtCodes*
-);
-
-extern int (*XESetError(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    int (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-              xError*			/* err */,
-              XExtCodes*		/* codes */,
-              int*			/* ret_code */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, xError*, XExtCodes*, int*
-);
-
-extern char* (*XESetErrorString(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    char* (*) (
-	        Display*		/* display */,
-                int			/* code */,
-                XExtCodes*		/* codes */,
-                char*			/* buffer */,
-                int			/* nbytes */
-              )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, int, XExtCodes*, char*, int
-);
-
-extern void (*XESetPrintErrorValues (
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    void (*)(
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-	      XErrorEvent*		/* ev */,
-	      void*			/* fp */
-	     )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XErrorEvent*, void*
-);
-
-extern Bool (*XESetWireToEvent(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* event_number */,
-    Bool (*) (
-	       Display*			/* display */,
-               XEvent*			/* re */,
-               xEvent*			/* event */
-             )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XEvent*, xEvent*
-);
-
-extern Bool (*XESetWireToEventCookie(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    Bool (*) (
-	       Display*			/* display */,
-               XGenericEventCookie*	/* re */,
-               xEvent*			/* event */
-             )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XGenericEventCookie*, xEvent*
-);
-
-extern Bool (*XESetCopyEventCookie(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* extension */,
-    Bool (*) (
-	       Display*			/* display */,
-               XGenericEventCookie*	/* in */,
-               XGenericEventCookie*	/* out */
-             )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XGenericEventCookie*, XGenericEventCookie*
-);
-
-
-extern Status (*XESetEventToWire(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* event_number */,
-    Status (*) (
-	      Display*			/* display */,
-              XEvent*			/* re */,
-              xEvent*			/* event */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XEvent*, xEvent*
-);
-
-extern Bool (*XESetWireToError(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* error_number */,
-    Bool (*) (
-	       Display*			/* display */,
-	       XErrorEvent*		/* he */,
-	       xError*			/* we */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XErrorEvent*, xError*
-);
-
-extern void (*XESetBeforeFlush(
-    Display*		/* display */,
-    int			/* error_number */,
-    void (*) (
-	       Display*			/* display */,
-	       XExtCodes*		/* codes */,
-	       _Xconst char*		/* data */,
-	       long			/* len */
-            )		/* proc */
-))(
-    Display*, XExtCodes*, _Xconst char*, long
-);
-
-/* internal connections for IMs */
-
-typedef void (*_XInternalConnectionProc)(
-    Display*			/* dpy */,
-    int				/* fd */,
-    XPointer			/* call_data */
-);
-
-
-extern Status _XRegisterInternalConnection(
-    Display*			/* dpy */,
-    int				/* fd */,
-    _XInternalConnectionProc	/* callback */,
-    XPointer			/* call_data */
-);
-
-extern void _XUnregisterInternalConnection(
-    Display*			/* dpy */,
-    int				/* fd */
-);
-
-extern void _XProcessInternalConnection(
-    Display*			/* dpy */,
-    struct _XConnectionInfo*	/* conn_info */
-);
-
-/* Display structure has pointers to these */
-
-struct _XConnectionInfo {	/* info from _XRegisterInternalConnection */
-    int fd;
-    _XInternalConnectionProc read_callback;
-    XPointer call_data;
-    XPointer *watch_data;	/* set/used by XConnectionWatchProc */
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *next;
-};
-
-struct _XConnWatchInfo {	/* info from XAddConnectionWatch */
-    XConnectionWatchProc fn;
-    XPointer client_data;
-    struct _XConnWatchInfo *next;
-};
-
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-extern char* __XOS2RedirRoot(
-    char*
-);
-#endif
-
-extern int _XTextHeight(
-    XFontStruct*	/* font_struct */,
-    _Xconst char*	/* string */,
-    int			/* count */
-);
-
-extern int _XTextHeight16(
-    XFontStruct*	/* font_struct */,
-    _Xconst XChar2b*	/* string */,
-    int			/* count */
-);
-
-#if defined(WIN32)
-
-extern int _XOpenFile(
-    _Xconst char*	/* path */,
-    int			/* flags */
-);
-
-extern int _XOpenFileMode(
-    _Xconst char*	/* path */,
-    int			/* flags */,
-    mode_t              /* mode */
-);
-
-extern void* _XFopenFile(
-    _Xconst char*	/* path */,
-    _Xconst char*	/* mode */
-);
-
-extern int _XAccessFile(
-    _Xconst char*	/* path */
-);
-#else
-#define _XOpenFile(path,flags) open(path,flags)
-#define _XOpenFileMode(path,flags,mode) open(path,flags,mode)
-#define _XFopenFile(path,mode) fopen(path,mode)
-#endif
-
-/* EvToWire.c */
-extern Status _XEventToWire(Display *dpy, XEvent *re, xEvent *event);
-
-extern int _XF86LoadQueryLocaleFont(
-    Display*		/* dpy */,
-    _Xconst char*	/* name*/,
-    XFontStruct**	/* xfp*/,
-    Font*		/* fidp */
-);
-
-extern void _XProcessWindowAttributes (
-    register Display *dpy,
-    xChangeWindowAttributesReq *req,
-    register unsigned long valuemask,
-    register XSetWindowAttributes *attributes);
-
-extern int _XDefaultError(
-        Display *dpy,
-        XErrorEvent *event);
-
-extern int _XDefaultIOError(
-        Display *dpy);
-
-extern void _XSetClipRectangles (
-    register Display *dpy,
-    GC gc,
-    int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin,
-    XRectangle *rectangles,
-    int n,
-    int ordering);
-
-Status _XGetWindowAttributes(
-    register Display *dpy,
-    Window w,
-    XWindowAttributes *attr);
-
-int _XPutBackEvent (
-    register Display *dpy,
-    register XEvent *event);
-
-extern Bool _XIsEventCookie(
-        Display *dpy,
-        XEvent *ev);
-
-extern void _XFreeEventCookies(
-        Display *dpy);
-
-extern void _XStoreEventCookie(
-        Display *dpy,
-        XEvent *ev);
-
-extern Bool _XFetchEventCookie(
-        Display *dpy,
-        XGenericEventCookie *ev);
-
-extern Bool _XCopyEventCookie(
-        Display *dpy,
-        XGenericEventCookie *in,
-        XGenericEventCookie *out);
-
-/* lcFile.c */
-
-extern void xlocaledir(
-    char *buf,
-    int buf_len
-);
-
-_XFUNCPROTOEND
-
-#endif /* _X11_XLIBINT_H_ */
+

+/*

+

+Copyright 1984, 1985, 1987, 1989, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+#ifndef _X11_XLIBINT_H_

+#define _X11_XLIBINT_H_ 1

+

+/*

+ *	Xlibint.h - Header definition and support file for the internal

+ *	support routines used by the C subroutine interface

+ *	library (Xlib) to the X Window System.

+ *

+ *	Warning, there be dragons here....

+ */

+

+#include <X11/Xlib.h>

+#include <X11/Xproto.h>		/* to declare xEvent */

+#include <X11/XlibConf.h>	/* for configured options like XTHREADS */

+

+#ifdef WIN32

+#define _XFlush _XFlushIt

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * If your BytesReadable correctly detects broken connections, then

+ * you should NOT define XCONN_CHECK_FREQ.

+ */

+#ifndef XCONN_CHECK_FREQ

+#define XCONN_CHECK_FREQ 256

+#endif

+

+struct _XGC

+{

+    XExtData *ext_data;	/* hook for extension to hang data */

+    GContext gid;	/* protocol ID for graphics context */

+    Bool rects;		/* boolean: TRUE if clipmask is list of rectangles */

+    Bool dashes;	/* boolean: TRUE if dash-list is really a list */

+    unsigned long dirty;/* cache dirty bits */

+    XGCValues values;	/* shadow structure of values */

+};

+

+struct _XDisplay

+{

+	XExtData *ext_data;	/* hook for extension to hang data */

+	struct _XFreeFuncs *free_funcs; /* internal free functions */

+	int fd;			/* Network socket. */

+	int conn_checker;         /* ugly thing used by _XEventsQueued */

+	int proto_major_version;/* maj. version of server's X protocol */

+	int proto_minor_version;/* minor version of server's X protocol */

+	char *vendor;		/* vendor of the server hardware */

+        XID resource_base;	/* resource ID base */

+	XID resource_mask;	/* resource ID mask bits */

+	XID resource_id;	/* allocator current ID */

+	int resource_shift;	/* allocator shift to correct bits */

+	XID (*resource_alloc)(	/* allocator function */

+		struct _XDisplay*

+		);

+	int byte_order;		/* screen byte order, LSBFirst, MSBFirst */

+	int bitmap_unit;	/* padding and data requirements */

+	int bitmap_pad;		/* padding requirements on bitmaps */

+	int bitmap_bit_order;	/* LeastSignificant or MostSignificant */

+	int nformats;		/* number of pixmap formats in list */

+	ScreenFormat *pixmap_format;	/* pixmap format list */

+	int vnumber;		/* Xlib's X protocol version number. */

+	int release;		/* release of the server */

+	struct _XSQEvent *head, *tail;	/* Input event queue. */

+	int qlen;		/* Length of input event queue */

+	unsigned long last_request_read; /* seq number of last event read */

+	unsigned long request;	/* sequence number of last request. */

+	char *last_req;		/* beginning of last request, or dummy */

+	char *buffer;		/* Output buffer starting address. */

+	char *bufptr;		/* Output buffer index pointer. */

+	char *bufmax;		/* Output buffer maximum+1 address. */

+	unsigned max_request_size; /* maximum number 32 bit words in request*/

+	struct _XrmHashBucketRec *db;

+	int (*synchandler)(	/* Synchronization handler */

+		struct _XDisplay*

+		);

+	char *display_name;	/* "host:display" string used on this connect*/

+	int default_screen;	/* default screen for operations */

+	int nscreens;		/* number of screens on this server*/

+	Screen *screens;	/* pointer to list of screens */

+	unsigned long motion_buffer;	/* size of motion buffer */

+	volatile unsigned long flags;	   /* internal connection flags */

+	int min_keycode;	/* minimum defined keycode */

+	int max_keycode;	/* maximum defined keycode */

+	KeySym *keysyms;	/* This server's keysyms */

+	XModifierKeymap *modifiermap;	/* This server's modifier keymap */

+	int keysyms_per_keycode;/* number of rows */

+	char *xdefaults;	/* contents of defaults from server */

+	char *scratch_buffer;	/* place to hang scratch buffer */

+	unsigned long scratch_length;	/* length of scratch buffer */

+	int ext_number;		/* extension number on this display */

+	struct _XExten *ext_procs; /* extensions initialized on this display */

+	/*

+	 * the following can be fixed size, as the protocol defines how

+	 * much address space is available.

+	 * While this could be done using the extension vector, there

+	 * may be MANY events processed, so a search through the extension

+	 * list to find the right procedure for each event might be

+	 * expensive if many extensions are being used.

+	 */

+	Bool (*event_vec[128])(	/* vector for wire to event */

+		Display *	/* dpy */,

+		XEvent *	/* re */,

+		xEvent *	/* event */

+		);

+	Status (*wire_vec[128])( /* vector for event to wire */

+		Display *	/* dpy */,

+		XEvent *	/* re */,

+		xEvent *	/* event */

+		);

+	KeySym lock_meaning;	   /* for XLookupString */

+	struct _XLockInfo *lock;   /* multi-thread state, display lock */

+	struct _XInternalAsync *async_handlers; /* for internal async */

+	unsigned long bigreq_size; /* max size of big requests */

+	struct _XLockPtrs *lock_fns; /* pointers to threads functions */

+	void (*idlist_alloc)(	   /* XID list allocator function */

+		Display *	/* dpy */,

+		XID *		/* ids */,

+		int		/* count */

+		);

+	/* things above this line should not move, for binary compatibility */

+	struct _XKeytrans *key_bindings; /* for XLookupString */

+	Font cursor_font;	   /* for XCreateFontCursor */

+	struct _XDisplayAtoms *atoms; /* for XInternAtom */

+	unsigned int mode_switch;  /* keyboard group modifiers */

+	unsigned int num_lock;  /* keyboard numlock modifiers */

+	struct _XContextDB *context_db; /* context database */

+	Bool (**error_vec)(	/* vector for wire to error */

+		Display     *	/* display */,

+		XErrorEvent *	/* he */,

+		xError      *	/* we */

+		);

+	/*

+	 * Xcms information

+	 */

+	struct {

+	   XPointer defaultCCCs;  /* pointer to an array of default XcmsCCC */

+	   XPointer clientCmaps;  /* pointer to linked list of XcmsCmapRec */

+	   XPointer perVisualIntensityMaps;

+				  /* linked list of XcmsIntensityMap */

+	} cms;

+	struct _XIMFilter *im_filters;

+	struct _XSQEvent *qfree; /* unallocated event queue elements */

+	unsigned long next_event_serial_num; /* inserted into next queue elt */

+	struct _XExten *flushes; /* Flush hooks */

+	struct _XConnectionInfo *im_fd_info; /* _XRegisterInternalConnection */

+	int im_fd_length;	/* number of im_fd_info */

+	struct _XConnWatchInfo *conn_watchers; /* XAddConnectionWatch */

+	int watcher_count;	/* number of conn_watchers */

+	XPointer filedes;	/* struct pollfd cache for _XWaitForReadable */

+	int (*savedsynchandler)( /* user synchandler when Xlib usurps */

+		Display *	/* dpy */

+		);

+	XID resource_max;	/* allocator max ID */

+	int xcmisc_opcode;	/* major opcode for XC-MISC */

+	struct _XkbInfoRec *xkb_info; /* XKB info */

+	struct _XtransConnInfo *trans_conn; /* transport connection object */

+	struct _X11XCBPrivate *xcb; /* XCB glue private data */

+

+	/* Generic event cookie handling */

+	unsigned int next_cookie; /* next event cookie */

+	/* vector for wire to generic event, index is (extension - 128) */

+	Bool (*generic_event_vec[128])(

+		Display *	/* dpy */,

+		XGenericEventCookie *	/* Xlib event */,

+		xEvent *	/* wire event */);

+	/* vector for event copy, index is (extension - 128) */

+	Bool (*generic_event_copy_vec[128])(

+		Display *	/* dpy */,

+		XGenericEventCookie *	/* in */,

+		XGenericEventCookie *   /* out*/);

+	void *cookiejar;  /* cookie events returned but not claimed */

+};

+

+#define XAllocIDs(dpy,ids,n) (*(dpy)->idlist_alloc)(dpy,ids,n)

+

+/*

+ * define the following if you want the Data macro to be a procedure instead

+ */

+#ifdef CRAY

+#define DataRoutineIsProcedure

+#endif /* CRAY */

+

+#ifndef _XEVENT_

+/*

+ * _QEvent datatype for use in input queueing.

+ */

+typedef struct _XSQEvent

+{

+    struct _XSQEvent *next;

+    XEvent event;

+    unsigned long qserial_num;	/* so multi-threaded code can find new ones */

+} _XQEvent;

+#endif

+

+#include <X11/Xproto.h>

+#ifdef __sgi

+#define _SGI_MP_SOURCE  /* turn this on to get MP safe errno */

+#endif

+#include <errno.h>

+#define _XBCOPYFUNC _Xbcopy

+#include <X11/Xfuncs.h>

+#include <X11/Xosdefs.h>

+

+/* Utek leaves kernel macros around in include files (bleah) */

+#ifdef dirty

+#undef dirty

+#endif

+

+#include <stdlib.h>

+#include <string.h>

+

+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>

+

+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN

+

+/*

+ * The following definitions can be used for locking requests in multi-threaded

+ * address spaces.

+ */

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+/* Author: Stephen Gildea, MIT X Consortium

+ *

+ * declarations for C Threads locking

+ */

+

+typedef struct _LockInfoRec *LockInfoPtr;

+

+/* interfaces for locking.c */

+struct _XLockPtrs {

+    /* used by all, including extensions; do not move */

+    void (*lock_display)(

+		Display *dpy

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+		, char *file

+		, int line

+#endif

+	);

+    void (*unlock_display)(

+		Display *dpy

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+		, char *file

+		, int line

+#endif

+	);

+};

+

+#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(_XLIBINT_)

+#define _XCreateMutex_fn (*_XCreateMutex_fn_p)

+#define _XFreeMutex_fn (*_XFreeMutex_fn_p)

+#define _XLockMutex_fn (*_XLockMutex_fn_p)

+#define _XUnlockMutex_fn (*_XUnlockMutex_fn_p)

+#define _Xglobal_lock (*_Xglobal_lock_p)

+#endif

+

+/* in XlibInt.c */

+extern void (*_XCreateMutex_fn)(

+    LockInfoPtr /* lock */

+);

+extern void (*_XFreeMutex_fn)(

+    LockInfoPtr /* lock */

+);

+extern void (*_XLockMutex_fn)(

+    LockInfoPtr	/* lock */

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+    , char * /* file */

+    , int /* line */

+#endif

+);

+extern void (*_XUnlockMutex_fn)(

+    LockInfoPtr	/* lock */

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+    , char * /* file */

+    , int /* line */

+#endif

+);

+

+extern LockInfoPtr _Xglobal_lock;

+

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+#define LockDisplay(d)	     if ((d)->lock_fns) (*(d)->lock_fns->lock_display)((d),__FILE__,__LINE__)

+#define UnlockDisplay(d)     if ((d)->lock_fns) (*(d)->lock_fns->unlock_display)((d),__FILE__,__LINE__)

+#define _XLockMutex(lock)		if (_XLockMutex_fn) (*_XLockMutex_fn)(lock,__FILE__,__LINE__)

+#define _XUnlockMutex(lock)	if (_XUnlockMutex_fn) (*_XUnlockMutex_fn)(lock,__FILE__,__LINE__)

+#else

+/* used everywhere, so must be fast if not using threads */

+#define LockDisplay(d)	     if ((d)->lock_fns) (*(d)->lock_fns->lock_display)(d)

+#define UnlockDisplay(d)     if ((d)->lock_fns) (*(d)->lock_fns->unlock_display)(d)

+#define _XLockMutex(lock)		if (_XLockMutex_fn) (*_XLockMutex_fn)(lock)

+#define _XUnlockMutex(lock)	if (_XUnlockMutex_fn) (*_XUnlockMutex_fn)(lock)

+#endif

+#define _XCreateMutex(lock)	if (_XCreateMutex_fn) (*_XCreateMutex_fn)(lock);

+#define _XFreeMutex(lock)	if (_XFreeMutex_fn) (*_XFreeMutex_fn)(lock);

+

+#else /* XTHREADS */

+#define LockDisplay(dis)

+#define _XLockMutex(lock)

+#define _XUnlockMutex(lock)

+#define UnlockDisplay(dis)

+#define _XCreateMutex(lock)

+#define _XFreeMutex(lock)

+#endif

+

+#define Xfree(ptr) free((ptr))

+

+/*

+ * Note that some machines do not return a valid pointer for malloc(0), in

+ * which case we provide an alternate under the control of the

+ * define MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL.  This is necessary because some

+ * Xlib code expects malloc(0) to return a valid pointer to storage.

+ */

+#if defined(MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL) || defined(__clang_analyzer__)

+

+# define Xmalloc(size) malloc(((size) == 0 ? 1 : (size)))

+# define Xrealloc(ptr, size) realloc((ptr), ((size) == 0 ? 1 : (size)))

+# define Xcalloc(nelem, elsize) calloc(((nelem) == 0 ? 1 : (nelem)), (elsize))

+

+#else

+

+# define Xmalloc(size) malloc((size))

+# define Xrealloc(ptr, size) realloc((ptr), (size))

+# define Xcalloc(nelem, elsize) calloc((nelem), (elsize))

+

+#endif

+

+#include <stddef.h>

+

+#define LOCKED 1

+#define UNLOCKED 0

+

+#ifndef BUFSIZE

+#define BUFSIZE 2048			/* X output buffer size. */

+#endif

+#ifndef PTSPERBATCH

+#define PTSPERBATCH 1024		/* point batching */

+#endif

+#ifndef WLNSPERBATCH

+#define WLNSPERBATCH 50			/* wide line batching */

+#endif

+#ifndef ZLNSPERBATCH

+#define ZLNSPERBATCH 1024		/* thin line batching */

+#endif

+#ifndef WRCTSPERBATCH

+#define WRCTSPERBATCH 10		/* wide line rectangle batching */

+#endif

+#ifndef ZRCTSPERBATCH

+#define ZRCTSPERBATCH 256		/* thin line rectangle batching */

+#endif

+#ifndef FRCTSPERBATCH

+#define FRCTSPERBATCH 256		/* filled rectangle batching */

+#endif

+#ifndef FARCSPERBATCH

+#define FARCSPERBATCH 256		/* filled arc batching */

+#endif

+#ifndef CURSORFONT

+#define CURSORFONT "cursor"		/* standard cursor fonts */

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * Display flags

+ */

+#define XlibDisplayIOError	(1L << 0)

+#define XlibDisplayClosing	(1L << 1)

+#define XlibDisplayNoXkb	(1L << 2)

+#define XlibDisplayPrivSync	(1L << 3)

+#define XlibDisplayProcConni	(1L << 4) /* in _XProcessInternalConnection */

+#define XlibDisplayReadEvents	(1L << 5) /* in _XReadEvents */

+#define XlibDisplayReply	(1L << 5) /* in _XReply */

+#define XlibDisplayWriting	(1L << 6) /* in _XFlushInt, _XSend */

+#define XlibDisplayDfltRMDB     (1L << 7) /* mark if RM db from XGetDefault */

+

+/*

+ * X Protocol packetizing macros.

+ */

+

+/*   Need to start requests on 64 bit word boundaries

+ *   on a CRAY computer so add a NoOp (127) if needed.

+ *   A character pointer on a CRAY computer will be non-zero

+ *   after shifting right 61 bits of it is not pointing to

+ *   a word boundary.

+ */

+#ifdef WORD64

+#define WORD64ALIGN if ((long)dpy->bufptr >> 61) {\

+           dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr;\

+           *(dpy->bufptr)   = X_NoOperation;\

+           *(dpy->bufptr+1) =  0;\

+           *(dpy->bufptr+2) =  0;\

+           *(dpy->bufptr+3) =  1;\

+             dpy->request++;\

+             dpy->bufptr += 4;\

+         }

+#else /* else does not require alignment on 64-bit boundaries */

+#define WORD64ALIGN

+#endif /* WORD64 */

+

+

+/*

+ * GetReq - Get the next available X request packet in the buffer and

+ * return it.

+ *

+ * "name" is the name of the request, e.g. CreatePixmap, OpenFont, etc.

+ * "req" is the name of the request pointer.

+ *

+ */

+

+#if !defined(UNIXCPP) || defined(ANSICPP)

+#define GetReq(name, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+		_XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->reqType = X_##name;\

+	req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\

+	dpy->request++

+

+#else  /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */

+#define GetReq(name, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+		_XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->reqType = X_/**/name;\

+	req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\

+	dpy->request++

+#endif

+

+/* GetReqExtra is the same as GetReq, but allocates "n" additional

+   bytes after the request. "n" must be a multiple of 4!  */

+

+#if !defined(UNIXCPP) || defined(ANSICPP)

+#define GetReqExtra(name, n, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req) + n) > dpy->bufmax)\

+		_XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->reqType = X_##name;\

+	req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req) + n)>>2;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req) + n;\

+	dpy->request++

+#else

+#define GetReqExtra(name, n, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req) + n) > dpy->bufmax)\

+		_XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->reqType = X_/**/name;\

+	req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req) + n)>>2;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req) + n;\

+	dpy->request++

+#endif

+

+

+/*

+ * GetResReq is for those requests that have a resource ID

+ * (Window, Pixmap, GContext, etc.) as their single argument.

+ * "rid" is the name of the resource.

+ */

+

+#if !defined(UNIXCPP) || defined(ANSICPP)

+#define GetResReq(name, rid, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(xResourceReq)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+	    _XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (xResourceReq *) (dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->reqType = X_##name;\

+	req->length = 2;\

+	req->id = (rid);\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(xResourceReq);\

+	dpy->request++

+#else

+#define GetResReq(name, rid, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(xResourceReq)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+	    _XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (xResourceReq *) (dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->reqType = X_/**/name;\

+	req->length = 2;\

+	req->id = (rid);\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(xResourceReq);\

+	dpy->request++

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * GetEmptyReq is for those requests that have no arguments

+ * at all.

+ */

+#if !defined(UNIXCPP) || defined(ANSICPP)

+#define GetEmptyReq(name, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(xReq)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+	    _XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (xReq *) (dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->reqType = X_##name;\

+	req->length = 1;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(xReq);\

+	dpy->request++

+#else

+#define GetEmptyReq(name, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(xReq)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+	    _XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (xReq *) (dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->reqType = X_/**/name;\

+	req->length = 1;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(xReq);\

+	dpy->request++

+#endif

+

+#ifdef WORD64

+#define MakeBigReq(req,n) \

+    { \

+    char _BRdat[4]; \

+    unsigned long _BRlen = req->length - 1; \

+    req->length = 0; \

+    memcpy(_BRdat, ((char *)req) + (_BRlen << 2), 4); \

+    memmove(((char *)req) + 8, ((char *)req) + 4, _BRlen << 2); \

+    memcpy(((char *)req) + 4, _BRdat, 4); \

+    Data32(dpy, (long *)&_BRdat, 4); \

+    }

+#else

+#ifdef LONG64

+#define MakeBigReq(req,n) \

+    { \

+    CARD64 _BRdat; \

+    CARD32 _BRlen = req->length - 1; \

+    req->length = 0; \

+    _BRdat = ((CARD32 *)req)[_BRlen]; \

+    memmove(((char *)req) + 8, ((char *)req) + 4, _BRlen << 2); \

+    ((CARD32 *)req)[1] = _BRlen + n + 2; \

+    Data32(dpy, &_BRdat, 4); \

+    }

+#else

+#define MakeBigReq(req,n) \

+    { \

+    CARD32 _BRdat; \

+    CARD32 _BRlen = req->length - 1; \

+    req->length = 0; \

+    _BRdat = ((CARD32 *)req)[_BRlen]; \

+    memmove(((char *)req) + 8, ((char *)req) + 4, _BRlen << 2); \

+    ((CARD32 *)req)[1] = _BRlen + n + 2; \

+    Data32(dpy, &_BRdat, 4); \

+    }

+#endif

+#endif

+

+#ifndef __clang_analyzer__

+#define SetReqLen(req,n,badlen) \

+    if ((req->length + n) > (unsigned)65535) { \

+	if (dpy->bigreq_size) { \

+	    MakeBigReq(req,n) \

+	} else { \

+	    n = badlen; \

+	    req->length += n; \

+	} \

+    } else \

+	req->length += n

+#else

+#define SetReqLen(req,n,badlen) \

+    req->length += n

+#endif

+

+#define SyncHandle() \

+	if (dpy->synchandler) (*dpy->synchandler)(dpy)

+

+extern void _XFlushGCCache(Display *dpy, GC gc);

+#define FlushGC(dpy, gc) \

+	if ((gc)->dirty) _XFlushGCCache((dpy), (gc))

+/*

+ * Data - Place data in the buffer and pad the end to provide

+ * 32 bit word alignment.  Transmit if the buffer fills.

+ *

+ * "dpy" is a pointer to a Display.

+ * "data" is a pinter to a data buffer.

+ * "len" is the length of the data buffer.

+ */

+#ifndef DataRoutineIsProcedure

+#define Data(dpy, data, len) {\

+	if (dpy->bufptr + (len) <= dpy->bufmax) {\

+		memcpy(dpy->bufptr, data, (int)len);\

+		dpy->bufptr += ((len) + 3) & ~3;\

+	} else\

+		_XSend(dpy, data, len);\

+	}

+#endif /* DataRoutineIsProcedure */

+

+

+/* Allocate bytes from the buffer.  No padding is done, so if

+ * the length is not a multiple of 4, the caller must be

+ * careful to leave the buffer aligned after sending the

+ * current request.

+ *

+ * "type" is the type of the pointer being assigned to.

+ * "ptr" is the pointer being assigned to.

+ * "n" is the number of bytes to allocate.

+ *

+ * Example:

+ *    xTextElt *elt;

+ *    BufAlloc (xTextElt *, elt, nbytes)

+ */

+

+#define BufAlloc(type, ptr, n) \

+    if (dpy->bufptr + (n) > dpy->bufmax) \

+        _XFlush (dpy); \

+    ptr = (type) dpy->bufptr; \

+    memset(ptr, '\0', n); \

+    dpy->bufptr += (n);

+

+#ifdef WORD64

+#define Data16(dpy, data, len) _XData16(dpy, (short *)data, len)

+#define Data32(dpy, data, len) _XData32(dpy, (long *)data, len)

+#else

+#define Data16(dpy, data, len) Data((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))

+#define _XRead16Pad(dpy, data, len) _XReadPad((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))

+#define _XRead16(dpy, data, len) _XRead((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))

+#ifdef LONG64

+#define Data32(dpy, data, len) _XData32(dpy, (long *)data, len)

+extern int _XData32(

+	     Display *dpy,

+	     register long *data,

+	     unsigned len

+);

+extern void _XRead32(

+	     Display *dpy,

+	     register long *data,

+	     long len

+);

+#else

+#define Data32(dpy, data, len) Data((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))

+#define _XRead32(dpy, data, len) _XRead((dpy), (char *)(data), (len))

+#endif

+#endif /* not WORD64 */

+

+#define PackData16(dpy,data,len) Data16 (dpy, data, len)

+#define PackData32(dpy,data,len) Data32 (dpy, data, len)

+

+/* Xlib manual is bogus */

+#define PackData(dpy,data,len) PackData16 (dpy, data, len)

+

+#define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))

+#define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))

+

+#define CI_NONEXISTCHAR(cs) (((cs)->width == 0) && \

+			     (((cs)->rbearing|(cs)->lbearing| \

+			       (cs)->ascent|(cs)->descent) == 0))

+

+/*

+ * CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_1D - return the charinfo struct for the indicated 8bit

+ * character.  If the character is in the column and exists, then return the

+ * appropriate metrics (note that fonts with common per-character metrics will

+ * return min_bounds).  If none of these hold true, try again with the default

+ * char.

+ */

+#define CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_1D(fs,col,def,cs) \

+{ \

+    cs = def; \

+    if (col >= fs->min_char_or_byte2 && col <= fs->max_char_or_byte2) { \

+	if (fs->per_char == NULL) { \

+	    cs = &fs->min_bounds; \

+	} else { \

+	    cs = &fs->per_char[(col - fs->min_char_or_byte2)]; \

+	    if (CI_NONEXISTCHAR(cs)) cs = def; \

+	} \

+    } \

+}

+

+#define CI_GET_DEFAULT_INFO_1D(fs,cs) \

+  CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_1D (fs, fs->default_char, NULL, cs)

+

+

+

+/*

+ * CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_2D - return the charinfo struct for the indicated row and

+ * column.  This is used for fonts that have more than row zero.

+ */

+#define CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_2D(fs,row,col,def,cs) \

+{ \

+    cs = def; \

+    if (row >= fs->min_byte1 && row <= fs->max_byte1 && \

+	col >= fs->min_char_or_byte2 && col <= fs->max_char_or_byte2) { \

+	if (fs->per_char == NULL) { \

+	    cs = &fs->min_bounds; \

+	} else { \

+	    cs = &fs->per_char[((row - fs->min_byte1) * \

+			        (fs->max_char_or_byte2 - \

+				 fs->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) + \

+			       (col - fs->min_char_or_byte2)]; \

+	    if (CI_NONEXISTCHAR(cs)) cs = def; \

+        } \

+    } \

+}

+

+#define CI_GET_DEFAULT_INFO_2D(fs,cs) \

+{ \

+    unsigned int r = (fs->default_char >> 8); \

+    unsigned int c = (fs->default_char & 0xff); \

+    CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_2D (fs, r, c, NULL, cs); \

+}

+

+

+#ifdef MUSTCOPY

+

+/* for when 32-bit alignment is not good enough */

+#define OneDataCard32(dpy,dstaddr,srcvar) \

+  { dpy->bufptr -= 4; Data32 (dpy, (char *) &(srcvar), 4); }

+

+#else

+

+/* srcvar must be a variable for large architecture version */

+#define OneDataCard32(dpy,dstaddr,srcvar) \

+  { *(CARD32 *)(dstaddr) = (srcvar); }

+

+#endif /* MUSTCOPY */

+

+typedef struct _XInternalAsync {

+    struct _XInternalAsync *next;

+    /*

+     * handler arguments:

+     * rep is the generic reply that caused this handler

+     * to be invoked.  It must also be passed to _XGetAsyncReply.

+     * buf and len are opaque values that must be passed to

+     * _XGetAsyncReply or _XGetAsyncData.

+     * data is the closure stored in this struct.

+     * The handler returns True iff it handled this reply.

+     */

+    Bool (*handler)(

+		    Display*	/* dpy */,

+		    xReply*	/* rep */,

+		    char*	/* buf */,

+		    int		/* len */,

+		    XPointer	/* data */

+		    );

+    XPointer data;

+} _XAsyncHandler;

+

+typedef struct _XAsyncEState {

+    unsigned long min_sequence_number;

+    unsigned long max_sequence_number;

+    unsigned char error_code;

+    unsigned char major_opcode;

+    unsigned short minor_opcode;

+    unsigned char last_error_received;

+    int error_count;

+} _XAsyncErrorState;

+

+extern void _XDeqAsyncHandler(Display *dpy, _XAsyncHandler *handler);

+#define DeqAsyncHandler(dpy,handler) { \

+    if (dpy->async_handlers == (handler)) \

+	dpy->async_handlers = (handler)->next; \

+    else \

+	_XDeqAsyncHandler(dpy, handler); \

+    }

+

+typedef void (*FreeFuncType) (

+    Display*	/* display */

+);

+

+typedef int (*FreeModmapType) (

+    XModifierKeymap*	/* modmap */

+);

+

+/*

+ * This structure is private to the library.

+ */

+typedef struct _XFreeFuncs {

+    FreeFuncType atoms;		/* _XFreeAtomTable */

+    FreeModmapType modifiermap;	/* XFreeModifiermap */

+    FreeFuncType key_bindings;	/* _XFreeKeyBindings */

+    FreeFuncType context_db;	/* _XFreeContextDB */

+    FreeFuncType defaultCCCs;	/* _XcmsFreeDefaultCCCs */

+    FreeFuncType clientCmaps;	/* _XcmsFreeClientCmaps */

+    FreeFuncType intensityMaps;	/* _XcmsFreeIntensityMaps */

+    FreeFuncType im_filters;	/* _XFreeIMFilters */

+    FreeFuncType xkb;		/* _XkbFreeInfo */

+} _XFreeFuncRec;

+

+/* types for InitExt.c */

+typedef int (*CreateGCType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    GC		/* gc */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */

+);

+

+typedef int (*CopyGCType)(

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    GC		/* gc */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */

+);

+

+typedef int (*FlushGCType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    GC		/* gc */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */

+);

+

+typedef int (*FreeGCType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    GC		/* gc */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */

+);

+

+typedef int (*CreateFontType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XFontStruct* /* fs */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */

+);

+

+typedef int (*FreeFontType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XFontStruct* /* fs */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */

+);

+

+typedef int (*CloseDisplayType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */

+);

+

+typedef int (*ErrorType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    xError*	/* err */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */,

+    int*	/* ret_code */

+);

+

+typedef char* (*ErrorStringType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    int		/* code */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */,

+    char*	/* buffer */,

+    int		/* nbytes */

+);

+

+typedef void (*PrintErrorType)(

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XErrorEvent* /* ev */,

+    void*	/* fp */

+);

+

+typedef void (*BeforeFlushType)(

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XExtCodes*	/* codes */,

+    _Xconst char* /* data */,

+    long	/* len */

+);

+

+/*

+ * This structure is private to the library.

+ */

+typedef struct _XExten {		/* private to extension mechanism */

+	struct _XExten *next;		/* next in list */

+	XExtCodes codes;		/* public information, all extension told */

+	CreateGCType create_GC;		/* routine to call when GC created */

+	CopyGCType copy_GC;		/* routine to call when GC copied */

+	FlushGCType flush_GC;		/* routine to call when GC flushed */

+	FreeGCType free_GC;		/* routine to call when GC freed */

+	CreateFontType create_Font;	/* routine to call when Font created */

+	FreeFontType free_Font;		/* routine to call when Font freed */

+	CloseDisplayType close_display;	/* routine to call when connection closed */

+	ErrorType error;		/* who to call when an error occurs */

+	ErrorStringType error_string;	/* routine to supply error string */

+	char *name;			/* name of this extension */

+	PrintErrorType error_values;	/* routine to supply error values */

+	BeforeFlushType before_flush;	/* routine to call when sending data */

+	struct _XExten *next_flush;	/* next in list of those with flushes */

+} _XExtension;

+

+/* extension hooks */

+

+#ifdef DataRoutineIsProcedure

+extern void Data(Display *dpy, char *data, long len);

+#endif

+extern int _XError(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    xError*	/* rep */

+);

+extern int _XIOError(

+    Display*	/* dpy */

+) _X_NORETURN;

+extern int (*_XIOErrorFunction)(

+    Display*	/* dpy */

+);

+extern int (*_XErrorFunction)(

+    Display*		/* dpy */,

+    XErrorEvent*	/* error_event */

+);

+extern void _XEatData(

+    Display*		/* dpy */,

+    unsigned long	/* n */

+);

+extern char *_XAllocScratch(

+    Display*		/* dpy */,

+    unsigned long	/* nbytes */

+);

+extern char *_XAllocTemp(

+    Display*		/* dpy */,

+    unsigned long	/* nbytes */

+);

+extern void _XFreeTemp(

+    Display*		/* dpy */,

+    char*		/* buf */,

+    unsigned long	/* nbytes */

+);

+extern Visual *_XVIDtoVisual(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    VisualID	/* id */

+);

+extern unsigned long _XSetLastRequestRead(

+    Display*		/* dpy */,

+    xGenericReply*	/* rep */

+);

+extern int _XGetHostname(

+    char*	/* buf */,

+    int		/* maxlen */

+);

+extern Screen *_XScreenOfWindow(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    Window	/* w */

+);

+extern Bool _XAsyncErrorHandler(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    xReply*	/* rep */,

+    char*	/* buf */,

+    int		/* len */,

+    XPointer	/* data */

+);

+extern char *_XGetAsyncReply(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    char*	/* replbuf */,

+    xReply*	/* rep */,

+    char*	/* buf */,

+    int		/* len */,

+    int		/* extra */,

+    Bool	/* discard */

+);

+extern void _XGetAsyncData(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    char *	/* data */,

+    char *	/* buf */,

+    int		/* len */,

+    int		/* skip */,

+    int		/* datalen */,

+    int		/* discardtotal */

+);

+extern void _XFlush(

+    Display*	/* dpy */

+);

+extern int _XEventsQueued(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    int 	/* mode */

+);

+extern void _XReadEvents(

+    Display*	/* dpy */

+);

+extern int _XRead(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    char*	/* data */,

+    long	/* size */

+);

+extern void _XReadPad(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    char*	/* data */,

+    long	/* size */

+);

+extern void _XSend(

+    Display*		/* dpy */,

+    _Xconst char*	/* data */,

+    long		/* size */

+);

+extern Status _XReply(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    xReply*	/* rep */,

+    int		/* extra */,

+    Bool	/* discard */

+);

+extern void _XEnq(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    xEvent*	/* event */

+);

+extern void _XDeq(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    _XQEvent*	/* prev */,

+    _XQEvent*	/* qelt */

+);

+

+extern Bool _XUnknownWireEvent(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    XEvent*	/* re */,

+    xEvent*	/* event */

+);

+

+extern Bool _XUnknownWireEventCookie(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    XGenericEventCookie*	/* re */,

+    xEvent*	/* event */

+);

+

+extern Bool _XUnknownCopyEventCookie(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    XGenericEventCookie*	/* in */,

+    XGenericEventCookie*	/* out */

+);

+

+extern Status _XUnknownNativeEvent(

+    Display*	/* dpy */,

+    XEvent*	/* re */,

+    xEvent*	/* event */

+);

+

+extern Bool _XWireToEvent(Display *dpy, XEvent *re, xEvent *event);

+extern Bool _XDefaultWireError(Display *display, XErrorEvent *he, xError *we);

+extern Bool _XPollfdCacheInit(Display *dpy);

+extern void _XPollfdCacheAdd(Display *dpy, int fd);

+extern void _XPollfdCacheDel(Display *dpy, int fd);

+extern XID _XAllocID(Display *dpy);

+extern void _XAllocIDs(Display *dpy, XID *ids, int count);

+

+extern int _XFreeExtData(

+    XExtData*	/* extension */

+);

+

+extern int (*XESetCreateGC(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    int (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+	      GC			/* gc */,

+	      XExtCodes*		/* codes */

+	    )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, GC, XExtCodes*

+);

+

+extern int (*XESetCopyGC(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    int (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+              GC			/* gc */,

+              XExtCodes*		/* codes */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, GC, XExtCodes*

+);

+

+extern int (*XESetFlushGC(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    int (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+              GC			/* gc */,

+              XExtCodes*		/* codes */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, GC, XExtCodes*

+);

+

+extern int (*XESetFreeGC(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    int (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+              GC			/* gc */,

+              XExtCodes*		/* codes */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, GC, XExtCodes*

+);

+

+extern int (*XESetCreateFont(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    int (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+              XFontStruct*		/* fs */,

+              XExtCodes*		/* codes */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XFontStruct*, XExtCodes*

+);

+

+extern int (*XESetFreeFont(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    int (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+              XFontStruct*		/* fs */,

+              XExtCodes*		/* codes */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XFontStruct*, XExtCodes*

+);

+

+extern int (*XESetCloseDisplay(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    int (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+              XExtCodes*		/* codes */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XExtCodes*

+);

+

+extern int (*XESetError(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    int (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+              xError*			/* err */,

+              XExtCodes*		/* codes */,

+              int*			/* ret_code */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, xError*, XExtCodes*, int*

+);

+

+extern char* (*XESetErrorString(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    char* (*) (

+	        Display*		/* display */,

+                int			/* code */,

+                XExtCodes*		/* codes */,

+                char*			/* buffer */,

+                int			/* nbytes */

+              )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, int, XExtCodes*, char*, int

+);

+

+extern void (*XESetPrintErrorValues (

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    void (*)(

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+	      XErrorEvent*		/* ev */,

+	      void*			/* fp */

+	     )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XErrorEvent*, void*

+);

+

+extern Bool (*XESetWireToEvent(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* event_number */,

+    Bool (*) (

+	       Display*			/* display */,

+               XEvent*			/* re */,

+               xEvent*			/* event */

+             )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XEvent*, xEvent*

+);

+

+extern Bool (*XESetWireToEventCookie(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    Bool (*) (

+	       Display*			/* display */,

+               XGenericEventCookie*	/* re */,

+               xEvent*			/* event */

+             )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XGenericEventCookie*, xEvent*

+);

+

+extern Bool (*XESetCopyEventCookie(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* extension */,

+    Bool (*) (

+	       Display*			/* display */,

+               XGenericEventCookie*	/* in */,

+               XGenericEventCookie*	/* out */

+             )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XGenericEventCookie*, XGenericEventCookie*

+);

+

+

+extern Status (*XESetEventToWire(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* event_number */,

+    Status (*) (

+	      Display*			/* display */,

+              XEvent*			/* re */,

+              xEvent*			/* event */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XEvent*, xEvent*

+);

+

+extern Bool (*XESetWireToError(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* error_number */,

+    Bool (*) (

+	       Display*			/* display */,

+	       XErrorEvent*		/* he */,

+	       xError*			/* we */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XErrorEvent*, xError*

+);

+

+extern void (*XESetBeforeFlush(

+    Display*		/* display */,

+    int			/* error_number */,

+    void (*) (

+	       Display*			/* display */,

+	       XExtCodes*		/* codes */,

+	       _Xconst char*		/* data */,

+	       long			/* len */

+            )		/* proc */

+))(

+    Display*, XExtCodes*, _Xconst char*, long

+);

+

+/* internal connections for IMs */

+

+typedef void (*_XInternalConnectionProc)(

+    Display*			/* dpy */,

+    int				/* fd */,

+    XPointer			/* call_data */

+);

+

+

+extern Status _XRegisterInternalConnection(

+    Display*			/* dpy */,

+    int				/* fd */,

+    _XInternalConnectionProc	/* callback */,

+    XPointer			/* call_data */

+);

+

+extern void _XUnregisterInternalConnection(

+    Display*			/* dpy */,

+    int				/* fd */

+);

+

+extern void _XProcessInternalConnection(

+    Display*			/* dpy */,

+    struct _XConnectionInfo*	/* conn_info */

+);

+

+/* Display structure has pointers to these */

+

+struct _XConnectionInfo {	/* info from _XRegisterInternalConnection */

+    int fd;

+    _XInternalConnectionProc read_callback;

+    XPointer call_data;

+    XPointer *watch_data;	/* set/used by XConnectionWatchProc */

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *next;

+};

+

+struct _XConnWatchInfo {	/* info from XAddConnectionWatch */

+    XConnectionWatchProc fn;

+    XPointer client_data;

+    struct _XConnWatchInfo *next;

+};

+

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+extern char* __XOS2RedirRoot(

+    char*

+);

+#endif

+

+extern int _XTextHeight(

+    XFontStruct*	/* font_struct */,

+    _Xconst char*	/* string */,

+    int			/* count */

+);

+

+extern int _XTextHeight16(

+    XFontStruct*	/* font_struct */,

+    _Xconst XChar2b*	/* string */,

+    int			/* count */

+);

+

+#if defined(WIN32)

+

+extern int _XOpenFile(

+    _Xconst char*	/* path */,

+    int			/* flags */

+);

+

+extern int _XOpenFileMode(

+    _Xconst char*	/* path */,

+    int			/* flags */,

+    mode_t              /* mode */

+);

+

+extern void* _XFopenFile(

+    _Xconst char*	/* path */,

+    _Xconst char*	/* mode */

+);

+

+extern int _XAccessFile(

+    _Xconst char*	/* path */

+);

+#else

+#define _XOpenFile(path,flags) open(path,flags)

+#define _XOpenFileMode(path,flags,mode) open(path,flags,mode)

+#define _XFopenFile(path,mode) fopen(path,mode)

+#endif

+

+/* EvToWire.c */

+extern Status _XEventToWire(Display *dpy, XEvent *re, xEvent *event);

+

+extern int _XF86LoadQueryLocaleFont(

+    Display*		/* dpy */,

+    _Xconst char*	/* name*/,

+    XFontStruct**	/* xfp*/,

+    Font*		/* fidp */

+);

+

+extern void _XProcessWindowAttributes (

+    register Display *dpy,

+    xChangeWindowAttributesReq *req,

+    register unsigned long valuemask,

+    register XSetWindowAttributes *attributes);

+

+extern int _XDefaultError(

+        Display *dpy,

+        XErrorEvent *event);

+

+extern int _XDefaultIOError(

+        Display *dpy);

+

+extern void _XSetClipRectangles (

+    register Display *dpy,

+    GC gc,

+    int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin,

+    XRectangle *rectangles,

+    int n,

+    int ordering);

+

+Status _XGetWindowAttributes(

+    register Display *dpy,

+    Window w,

+    XWindowAttributes *attr);

+

+int _XPutBackEvent (

+    register Display *dpy,

+    register XEvent *event);

+

+extern Bool _XIsEventCookie(

+        Display *dpy,

+        XEvent *ev);

+

+extern void _XFreeEventCookies(

+        Display *dpy);

+

+extern void _XStoreEventCookie(

+        Display *dpy,

+        XEvent *ev);

+

+extern Bool _XFetchEventCookie(

+        Display *dpy,

+        XGenericEventCookie *ev);

+

+extern Bool _XCopyEventCookie(

+        Display *dpy,

+        XGenericEventCookie *in,

+        XGenericEventCookie *out);

+

+/* lcFile.c */

+

+extern void xlocaledir(

+    char *buf,

+    int buf_len

+);

+

+_XFUNCPROTOEND

+

+#endif /* _X11_XLIBINT_H_ */

diff --git a/libX11/include/X11/Xregion.h b/libX11/include/X11/Xregion.h
index b441312dc..1ae16c487 100644
--- a/libX11/include/X11/Xregion.h
+++ b/libX11/include/X11/Xregion.h
@@ -58,8 +58,10 @@ typedef struct {
 

 #define TRUE 1

 #define FALSE 0

+#ifndef MAXSHORT

 #define MAXSHORT 32767

 #define MINSHORT -MAXSHORT

+#endif

 #ifndef MAX

 #define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))

 #endif

diff --git a/libX11/man/DisplayOfCCC.man b/libX11/man/DisplayOfCCC.man
index 160eeb57f..fef9fb919 100644
--- a/libX11/man/DisplayOfCCC.man
+++ b/libX11/man/DisplayOfCCC.man
@@ -1,188 +1,188 @@
-.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1994, 1996 X Consortium
-.\"
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-.\" the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\"
-.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
-.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-.\" from the X Consortium.
-.\"
-.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 by
-.\" Digital Equipment Corporation
-.\"
-.\" Portions Copyright \(co 1990, 1991 by
-.\" Tektronix, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for
-.\" any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice
-.\" and this permission notice appear in all copies, and that the names of
-.\" Digital and Tektronix not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
-.\" to this documentation without specific, written prior permission.
-.\" Digital and Tektronix makes no representations about the suitability
-.\" of this documentation for any purpose.
-.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
-.\" 
-.\"
-.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
-.ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface
-.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
-.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
-.na
-.de Ds
-.nf
-.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
-.ft 1
-.\".ps \\n(PS
-.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
-.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
-..
-.de De
-.ce 0
-.if \\n(BD .DF
-.nr BD 0
-.in \\n(OIu
-.if \\n(TM .ls 2
-.sp \\n(DDu
-.fi
-..
-.de FD
-.LP
-.KS
-.TA .5i 3i
-.ta .5i 3i
-.nf
-..
-.de FN
-.fi
-.KE
-.LP
-..
-.de IN		\" send an index entry to the stderr
-..
-.de C{
-.KS
-.nf
-.D
-.\"
-.\"	choose appropriate monospace font
-.\"	the imagen conditional, 480,
-.\"	may be changed to L if LB is too
-.\"	heavy for your eyes...
-.\"
-.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
-.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
-.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
-.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
-.el .ft R
-.ps \\n(PS
-.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
-.el .vs \\n(VSp
-..
-.de C}
-.DE
-.R
-..
-.de Pn
-.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
-.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
-..
-.de ZN
-.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
-.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
-..
-.de hN
-.ie t <\fB\\$1\fR>\\$2
-.el <\fI\\$1\fP>\\$2
-..
-.de NT
-.ne 7
-.ds NO Note
-.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
-.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
-.ie n .sp
-.el .sp 10p
-.TB
-.ce
-\\*(NO
-.ie n .sp
-.el .sp 5p
-.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
-.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
-.in +5n
-.ll -5n
-.R
-..
-.		\" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
-.de NE
-.ce 0
-.in -5n
-.ll +5n
-.ie n .sp
-.el .sp 10p
-..
-.ny0
-.TH DisplayOfCCC __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XLIB FUNCTIONS"
-.SH NAME
-DisplayOfCCC, VisualOfCCC, ScreenNumberOfCCC, ScreenWhitePointOfCCC, ClientWhitePointOfCCC \- Color Conversion Context macros
-.SH SYNTAX
-.HP
-Display *DisplayOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 
-.HP
-Visual *VisualOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 
-.HP
-int ScreenNumberOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 
-.HP
-XcmsColor *ScreenWhitePointOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 
-.HP
-XcmsColor *ClientWhitePointOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.IP \fIccc\fP 1i
-Specifies the CCC.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.ZN DisplayOfCCC
-macro returns the display associated with the specified CCC.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN VisualOfCCC
-macro returns the visual associated with the specified CCC.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN ScreenNumberOfCCC
-macro returns the number of the screen associated with the specified CCC.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN ScreenWhitePointOfCCC
-macro returns the screen white point of the screen associated with
-the specified CCC.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN ClientWhitePointOfCCC
-macro returns the client white point of the screen associated with
-the specified CCC.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-XcmsCCCOfColormap(__libmansuffix__),
-XcmsConvertColors(__libmansuffix__),
-XcmsCreateCCC(__libmansuffix__),
-XcmsDefaultCCC(__libmansuffix__),
-XcmsSetWhitePoint(__libmansuffix__)
-.br
-\fI\*(xL\fP
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1994, 1996 X Consortium

+.\"

+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,

+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to

+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to

+.\" the following conditions:

+.\"

+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+.\"

+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+.\"

+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall

+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+.\" from the X Consortium.

+.\"

+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 by

+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation

+.\"

+.\" Portions Copyright \(co 1990, 1991 by

+.\" Tektronix, Inc.

+.\"

+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for

+.\" any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above

+.\" copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice

+.\" and this permission notice appear in all copies, and that the names of

+.\" Digital and Tektronix not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining

+.\" to this documentation without specific, written prior permission.

+.\" Digital and Tektronix makes no representations about the suitability

+.\" of this documentation for any purpose.

+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.

+.\" 

+.\"

+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface

+.ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface

+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface

+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual

+.na

+.de Ds

+.nf

+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1

+.ft 1

+.\".ps \\n(PS

+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu

+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp

+..

+.de De

+.ce 0

+.if \\n(BD .DF

+.nr BD 0

+.in \\n(OIu

+.if \\n(TM .ls 2

+.sp \\n(DDu

+.fi

+..

+.de FD

+.LP

+.KS

+.TA .5i 3i

+.ta .5i 3i

+.nf

+..

+.de FN

+.fi

+.KE

+.LP

+..

+.de IN		\" send an index entry to the stderr

+..

+.de C{

+.KS

+.nf

+.D

+.\"

+.\"	choose appropriate monospace font

+.\"	the imagen conditional, 480,

+.\"	may be changed to L if LB is too

+.\"	heavy for your eyes...

+.\"

+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L

+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L

+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO

+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW

+.el .ft R

+.ps \\n(PS

+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu

+.el .vs \\n(VSp

+..

+.de C}

+.DE

+.R

+..

+.de Pn

+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3

+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3

+..

+.de ZN

+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2

+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2

+..

+.de hN

+.ie t <\fB\\$1\fR>\\$2

+.el <\fI\\$1\fP>\\$2

+..

+.de NT

+.ne 7

+.ds NO Note

+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2

+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1

+.ie n .sp

+.el .sp 10p

+.TB

+.ce

+\\*(NO

+.ie n .sp

+.el .sp 5p

+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99

+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99

+.in +5n

+.ll -5n

+.R

+..

+.		\" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85

+.de NE

+.ce 0

+.in -5n

+.ll +5n

+.ie n .sp

+.el .sp 10p

+..

+.ny0

+.TH DisplayOfCCC __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XLIB FUNCTIONS"

+.SH NAME

+DisplayOfCCC, VisualOfCCC, ScreenNumberOfCCC, ScreenWhitePointOfCCC, ClientWhitePointOfCCC \- Color Conversion Context macros

+.SH SYNTAX

+.HP

+Display *DisplayOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 

+.HP

+Visual *VisualOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 

+.HP

+int ScreenNumberOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 

+.HP

+XcmsColor *ScreenWhitePointOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 

+.HP

+XcmsColor *ClientWhitePointOfCCC\^(\^XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^); 

+.SH ARGUMENTS

+.IP \fIccc\fP 1i

+Specifies the CCC.

+.SH DESCRIPTION

+The

+.ZN DisplayOfCCC

+macro returns the display associated with the specified CCC.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN VisualOfCCC

+macro returns the visual associated with the specified CCC.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN ScreenNumberOfCCC

+macro returns the number of the screen associated with the specified CCC.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN ScreenWhitePointOfCCC

+macro returns the screen white point of the screen associated with

+the specified CCC.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN ClientWhitePointOfCCC

+macro returns the client white point of the screen associated with

+the specified CCC.

+.SH "SEE ALSO"

+XcmsCCCOfColormap(__libmansuffix__),

+XcmsConvertColors(__libmansuffix__),

+XcmsCreateCCC(__libmansuffix__),

+XcmsDefaultCCC(__libmansuffix__),

+XcmsSetWhitePoint(__libmansuffix__)

+.br

+\fI\*(xL\fP

diff --git a/libX11/man/Makefile.am b/libX11/man/Makefile.am
index ef1a7453f..da08e230d 100644
--- a/libX11/man/Makefile.am
+++ b/libX11/man/Makefile.am
@@ -1,1081 +1,1081 @@
-SUBDIRS = xkb
-
-libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR)
-
-libman_PRE = \
-	$(all_shadows:=.man) \
-	$(file_shadows:=.man) \
-	AllPlanes.man \
-	BlackPixelOfScreen.man \
-	DisplayOfCCC.man \
-	ImageByteOrder.man \
-	IsCursorKey.man \
-	XAddConnectionWatch.man \
-	XAddHost.man \
-	XAllocClassHint.man \
-	XAllocColor.man \
-	XAllocIconSize.man \
-	XAllocSizeHints.man \
-	XAllocStandardColormap.man \
-	XAllocWMHints.man \
-	XAllowEvents.man \
-	XAnyEvent.man \
-	XButtonEvent.man \
-	XChangeKeyboardControl.man \
-	XChangeKeyboardMapping.man \
-	XChangePointerControl.man \
-	XChangeSaveSet.man \
-	XChangeWindowAttributes.man \
-	XCirculateEvent.man \
-	XCirculateRequestEvent.man \
-	XClearArea.man \
-	XClientMessageEvent.man \
-	XcmsAllocColor.man \
-	XcmsCCCOfColormap.man \
-	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC.man \
-	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC.man \
-	XcmsColor.man \
-	XcmsConvertColors.man \
-	XcmsCreateCCC.man \
-	XcmsDefaultCCC.man \
-	XcmsQueryBlack.man \
-	XcmsQueryColor.man \
-	XcmsSetWhitePoint.man \
-	XcmsStoreColor.man \
-	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC.man \
-	XColormapEvent.man \
-	XConfigureEvent.man \
-	XConfigureRequestEvent.man \
-	XConfigureWindow.man \
-	XCopyArea.man \
-	XCreateColormap.man \
-	XCreateFontCursor.man \
-	XCreateFontSet.man \
-	XCreateGC.man \
-	XCreateIC.man \
-	XCreateOC.man \
-	XCreatePixmap.man \
-	XCreateRegion.man \
-	XCreateWindowEvent.man \
-	XCreateWindow.man \
-	XCrossingEvent.man \
-	XDefineCursor.man \
-	XDestroyWindowEvent.man \
-	XDestroyWindow.man \
-	XDrawArc.man \
-	XDrawImageString.man \
-	XDrawLine.man \
-	XDrawPoint.man \
-	XDrawRectangle.man \
-	XDrawString.man \
-	XDrawText.man \
-	XEmptyRegion.man \
-	XErrorEvent.man \
-	XExposeEvent.man \
-	XExtentsOfFontSet.man \
-	XFillRectangle.man \
-	XFilterEvent.man \
-	XFlush.man \
-	XFocusChangeEvent.man \
-	XFontSetExtents.man \
-	XFontsOfFontSet.man \
-	XFree.man \
-	XGetEventData.man \
-	XGetVisualInfo.man \
-	XGetWindowAttributes.man \
-	XGetWindowProperty.man \
-	XGetXCBConnection.man \
-	XGrabButton.man \
-	XGrabKeyboard.man \
-	XGrabKey.man \
-	XGrabPointer.man \
-	XGrabServer.man \
-	XGraphicsExposeEvent.man \
-	XGravityEvent.man \
-	XIconifyWindow.man \
-	XIfEvent.man \
-	XInitImage.man \
-	XInitThreads.man \
-	XInstallColormap.man \
-	XInternAtom.man \
-	XIntersectRegion.man \
-	XKeymapEvent.man \
-	XListFonts.man \
-	XLoadFont.man \
-	XLookupKeysym.man \
-	XMapEvent.man \
-	XMapRequestEvent.man \
-	XMapWindow.man \
-	XmbDrawImageString.man \
-	XmbDrawString.man \
-	XmbDrawText.man \
-	XmbLookupString.man \
-	XmbResetIC.man \
-	XmbTextEscapement.man \
-	XmbTextExtents.man \
-	XmbTextListToTextProperty.man \
-	XmbTextPerCharExtents.man \
-	XNextEvent.man \
-	XNoOp.man \
-	XOpenDisplay.man \
-	XOpenIM.man \
-	XOpenOM.man \
-	XParseGeometry.man \
-	XPolygonRegion.man \
-	XPropertyEvent.man \
-	XPutBackEvent.man \
-	XPutImage.man \
-	XQueryBestSize.man \
-	XQueryColor.man \
-	XQueryExtension.man \
-	XQueryPointer.man \
-	XQueryTree.man \
-	XRaiseWindow.man \
-	XReadBitmapFile.man \
-	XRecolorCursor.man \
-	XReparentEvent.man \
-	XReparentWindow.man \
-	XResizeRequestEvent.man \
-	XResourceManagerString.man \
-	XrmEnumerateDatabase.man \
-	XrmGetFileDatabase.man \
-	XrmGetResource.man \
-	XrmInitialize.man \
-	XrmMergeDatabases.man \
-	XrmPutResource.man \
-	XrmUniqueQuark.man \
-	XSaveContext.man \
-	XSelectInput.man \
-	XSelectionClearEvent.man \
-	XSelectionEvent.man \
-	XSelectionRequestEvent.man \
-	XSendEvent.man \
-	XSetArcMode.man \
-	XSetClipOrigin.man \
-	XSetCloseDownMode.man \
-	XSetCommand.man \
-	XSetErrorHandler.man \
-	XSetEventQueueOwner.man \
-	XSetFillStyle.man \
-	XSetFont.man \
-	XSetFontPath.man \
-	XSetICFocus.man \
-	XSetICValues.man \
-	XSetInputFocus.man \
-	XSetLineAttributes.man \
-	XSetPointerMapping.man \
-	XSetScreenSaver.man \
-	XSetSelectionOwner.man \
-	XSetState.man \
-	XSetTextProperty.man \
-	XSetTile.man \
-	XSetTransientForHint.man \
-	XSetWMClientMachine.man \
-	XSetWMColormapWindows.man \
-	XSetWMIconName.man \
-	XSetWMName.man \
-	XSetWMProperties.man \
-	XSetWMProtocols.man \
-	XStoreBytes.man \
-	XStoreColors.man \
-	XStringListToTextProperty.man \
-	XStringToKeysym.man \
-	XSupportsLocale.man \
-	XSynchronize.man \
-	XTextExtents.man \
-	XTextWidth.man \
-	XTranslateCoordinates.man \
-	XUnmapEvent.man \
-	XUnmapWindow.man \
-	XVaCreateNestedList.man \
-	XVisibilityEvent.man \
-	XWarpPointer.man
-
-filemandir = $(FILE_MAN_DIR)
-fileman_PRE = Compose.man
-
-libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) \
-	      $(all_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-
-fileman_DATA = $(fileman_PRE:man=@FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@) \
-	       $(file_shadows:=.@FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE) $(fileman_PRE)
-
-CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA) $(fileman_DATA)
-
-SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
-
-MAN_SUBSTS += -e 's|__xlocaledir__|$(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)|g'
-
-# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
-.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man.$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX):
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
-
-# Generate man page shadow files (Replaces InstallManPageAliases from Imake)
-all_shadows =                                \
-    $(AllPlanes_shadows)                     \
-    $(BlackPixelOfScreen_shadows)            \
-    $(DisplayOfCCC_shadows)                  \
-    $(ImageByteOrder_shadows)                \
-    $(IsCursorKey_shadows)                   \
-    $(XAllocClassHint_shadows)               \
-    $(XAllocIconSize_shadows)                \
-    $(XAllocStandardColormap_shadows)        \
-    $(XAllocSizeHints_shadows)               \
-    $(XAllocWMHints_shadows)                 \
-    $(XAddHost_shadows)                      \
-    $(XAllocColor_shadows)                   \
-    $(XAnyEvent_shadows)                     \
-    $(XButtonEvent_shadows)                  \
-    $(XChangeKeyboardControl_shadows)        \
-    $(XChangeKeyboardMapping_shadows)        \
-    $(XChangePointerControl_shadows)         \
-    $(XChangeSaveSet_shadows)                \
-    $(XChangeWindowAttributes_shadows)       \
-    $(XClearArea_shadows)                    \
-    $(XConfigureWindow_shadows)              \
-    $(XCopyArea_shadows)                     \
-    $(XCreateColormap_shadows)               \
-    $(XCreateFontCursor_shadows)             \
-    $(XCreateFontSet_shadows)                \
-    $(XCreateGC_shadows)                     \
-    $(XCreateIC_shadows)                     \
-    $(XInitImage_shadows)                    \
-    $(XCreateOC_shadows)                     \
-    $(XCreatePixmap_shadows)                 \
-    $(XCreateRegion_shadows)                 \
-    $(XCreateWindow_shadows)                 \
-    $(XDefineCursor_shadows)                 \
-    $(XDestroyWindow_shadows)                \
-    $(XDrawArc_shadows)                      \
-    $(XDrawImageString_shadows)              \
-    $(XDrawLine_shadows)                     \
-    $(XDrawPoint_shadows)                    \
-    $(XDrawRectangle_shadows)                \
-    $(XDrawString_shadows)                   \
-    $(XDrawText_shadows)                     \
-    $(XEmptyRegion_shadows)                  \
-    $(XFillRectangle_shadows)                \
-    $(XFlush_shadows)                        \
-    $(XFontsOfFontSet_shadows)               \
-    $(XGraphicsExposeEvent_shadows)          \
-    $(XrmGetFileDatabase_shadows)            \
-    $(XrmGetResource_shadows)                \
-    $(XGetEventData_shadows)                 \
-    $(XGetVisualInfo_shadows)                \
-    $(XGetWindowAttributes_shadows)          \
-    $(XGetWindowProperty_shadows)            \
-    $(XGrabButton_shadows)                   \
-    $(XGrabKey_shadows)                      \
-    $(XGrabKeyboard_shadows)                 \
-    $(XGrabPointer_shadows)                  \
-    $(XGrabServer_shadows)                   \
-    $(XIconifyWindow_shadows)                \
-    $(XIfEvent_shadows)                      \
-    $(XrmInitialize_shadows)                 \
-    $(XInstallColormap_shadows)              \
-    $(XAddConnectionWatch_shadows)           \
-    $(XIntersectRegion_shadows)              \
-    $(XInternAtom_shadows)                   \
-    $(XListFonts_shadows)                    \
-    $(XLoadFont_shadows)                     \
-    $(XLookupKeysym_shadows)                 \
-    $(XrmMergeDatabases_shadows)             \
-    $(XMapEvent_shadows)                     \
-    $(XMapWindow_shadows)                    \
-    $(XNextEvent_shadows)                    \
-    $(XOpenDisplay_shadows)                  \
-    $(XOpenIM_shadows)                       \
-    $(XOpenOM_shadows)                       \
-    $(XParseGeometry_shadows)                \
-    $(XPolygonRegion_shadows)                \
-    $(XPutImage_shadows)                     \
-    $(XrmPutResource_shadows)                \
-    $(XQueryBestSize_shadows)                \
-    $(XQueryColor_shadows)                   \
-    $(XQueryExtension_shadows)               \
-    $(XResourceManagerString_shadows)        \
-    $(XRaiseWindow_shadows)                  \
-    $(XReadBitmapFile_shadows)               \
-    $(XRecolorCursor_shadows)                \
-    $(XSaveContext_shadows)                  \
-    $(XSetICFocus_shadows)                   \
-    $(XSetICValues_shadows)                  \
-    $(XStringListToTextProperty_shadows)     \
-    $(XSetArcMode_shadows)                   \
-    $(XSetClipOrigin_shadows)                \
-    $(XSetCloseDownMode_shadows)             \
-    $(XSetCommand_shadows)                   \
-    $(XSetErrorHandler_shadows)              \
-    $(XSendEvent_shadows)                    \
-    $(XSetFillStyle_shadows)                 \
-    $(XSetFontPath_shadows)                  \
-    $(XSetInputFocus_shadows)                \
-    $(XSetLineAttributes_shadows)            \
-    $(XSetPointerMapping_shadows)            \
-    $(XSetScreenSaver_shadows)               \
-    $(XSetSelectionOwner_shadows)            \
-    $(XSetState_shadows)                     \
-    $(XSetTransientForHint_shadows)          \
-    $(XSetTextProperty_shadows)              \
-    $(XSetTile_shadows)                      \
-    $(XSetWMClientMachine_shadows)           \
-    $(XSetWMColormapWindows_shadows)         \
-    $(XSetWMIconName_shadows)                \
-    $(XSetWMName_shadows)                    \
-    $(XSetWMProperties_shadows)              \
-    $(XSetWMProtocols_shadows)               \
-    $(XStoreBytes_shadows)                   \
-    $(XStoreColors_shadows)                  \
-    $(XStringToKeysym_shadows)               \
-    $(XSupportsLocale_shadows)               \
-    $(XSynchronize_shadows)                  \
-    $(XmbTextListToTextProperty_shadows)     \
-    $(XTextExtents_shadows)                  \
-    $(XTextWidth_shadows)                    \
-    $(XInitThreads_shadows)                  \
-    $(XrmUniqueQuark_shadows)                \
-    $(XUnmapWindow_shadows)                  \
-    $(XcmsCCCOfColormap_shadows)             \
-    $(XcmsAllocColor_shadows)                \
-    $(XcmsColor_shadows)                     \
-    $(XcmsCreateCCC_shadows)                 \
-    $(XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC_shadows)           \
-    $(XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC_shadows)           \
-    $(XcmsQueryBlack_shadows)                \
-    $(XcmsQueryColor_shadows)                \
-    $(XcmsStoreColor_shadows)                \
-    $(XcmsSetWhitePoint_shadows)             \
-    $(XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC_shadows)           \
-    $(XmbDrawImageString_shadows)            \
-    $(XmbDrawString_shadows)                 \
-    $(XmbDrawText_shadows)                   \
-    $(XmbLookupString_shadows)               \
-    $(XmbResetIC_shadows)                    \
-    $(XmbTextEscapement_shadows)             \
-    $(XmbTextExtents_shadows)                \
-    $(XmbTextPerCharExtents_shadows)
-
-
-AllPlanes_shadows =                         \
-    BlackPixel                              \
-    WhitePixel                              \
-    ConnectionNumber                        \
-    DefaultColormap                         \
-    DefaultDepth                            \
-    XListDepths                             \
-    DefaultGC                               \
-    DefaultRootWindow                       \
-    DefaultScreenOfDisplay                  \
-    DefaultScreen                           \
-    DefaultVisual                           \
-    DisplayCells                            \
-    DisplayPlanes                           \
-    DisplayString                           \
-    XMaxRequestSize                         \
-    XExtendedMaxRequestSize                 \
-    LastKnownRequestProcessed               \
-    NextRequest                             \
-    ProtocolVersion                         \
-    ProtocolRevision                        \
-    QLength                                 \
-    RootWindow                              \
-    ScreenCount                             \
-    ScreenOfDisplay                         \
-    ServerVendor                            \
-    VendorRelease
-
-BlackPixelOfScreen_shadows =                \
-    WhitePixelOfScreen                      \
-    CellsOfScreen                           \
-    DefaultColormapOfScreen                 \
-    DefaultDepthOfScreen                    \
-    DefaultGCOfScreen                       \
-    DefaultVisualOfScreen                   \
-    DoesBackingStore                        \
-    DoesSaveUnders                          \
-    DisplayOfScreen                         \
-    XScreenNumberOfScreen                   \
-    EventMaskOfScreen                       \
-    HeightOfScreen                          \
-    HeightMMOfScreen                        \
-    MaxCmapsOfScreen                        \
-    MinCmapsOfScreen                        \
-    PlanesOfScreen                          \
-    RootWindowOfScreen                      \
-    WidthOfScreen                           \
-    WidthMMOfScreen
-
-DisplayOfCCC_shadows =                      \
-    VisualOfCCC                             \
-    ScreenNumberOfCCC                       \
-    ScreenWhitePointOfCCC                   \
-    ClientWhitePointOfCCC
-
-ImageByteOrder_shadows =                    \
-    BitmapBitOrder                          \
-    BitmapPad                               \
-    BitmapUnit                              \
-    DisplayHeight                           \
-    DisplayHeightMM                         \
-    DisplayWidth                            \
-    DisplayWidthMM                          \
-    XListPixmapFormats                      \
-    XPixmapFormatValues
-
-IsCursorKey_shadows =                       \
-    IsFunctionKey                           \
-    IsKeypadKey                             \
-    IsMiscFunctionKey                       \
-    IsModifierKey                           \
-    IsPFKey                                 \
-    IsPrivateKeypadKey
-
-XAllocClassHint_shadows =                   \
-    XSetClassHint                           \
-    XGetClassHint                           \
-    XClassHint
-
-XAllocIconSize_shadows =                    \
-    XSetIconSizes                           \
-    XGetIconSizes                           \
-    XIconSize
-
-XAllocStandardColormap_shadows =            \
-    XSetRGBColormaps                        \
-    XGetRGBColormaps                        \
-    XStandardColormap
-
-XAllocSizeHints_shadows =                   \
-    XSetWMNormalHints                       \
-    XGetWMNormalHints                       \
-    XSetWMSizeHints                         \
-    XGetWMSizeHints                         \
-    XSizeHints
-
-XAllocWMHints_shadows =                     \
-    XSetWMHints                             \
-    XGetWMHints                             \
-    XWMHints
-
-XAddHost_shadows =                          \
-    XAddHosts                               \
-    XListHosts                              \
-    XRemoveHost                             \
-    XRemoveHosts                            \
-    XSetAccessControl                       \
-    XEnableAccessControl                    \
-    XDisableAccessControl                   \
-    XHostAddress
-
-XAllocColor_shadows =                       \
-    XAllocNamedColor                        \
-    XAllocColorCells                        \
-    XAllocColorPlanes                       \
-    XFreeColors
-
-XAnyEvent_shadows =                         \
-    XEvent
-
-XButtonEvent_shadows =                      \
-    XKeyEvent                               \
-    XMotionEvent
-
-XChangeKeyboardControl_shadows =            \
-    XGetKeyboardControl                     \
-    XAutoRepeatOn                           \
-    XAutoRepeatOff                          \
-    XBell                                   \
-    XQueryKeymap                            \
-    XKeyboardControl
-
-XChangeKeyboardMapping_shadows =            \
-    XGetKeyboardMapping                     \
-    XDisplayKeycodes                        \
-    XSetModifierMapping                     \
-    XGetModifierMapping                     \
-    XNewModifiermap                         \
-    XInsertModifiermapEntry                 \
-    XDeleteModifiermapEntry                 \
-    XFreeModifiermap                        \
-    XModifierKeymap
-
-XChangePointerControl_shadows =             \
-    XGetPointerControl
-
-XChangeSaveSet_shadows =                    \
-    XAddToSaveSet                           \
-    XRemoveFromSaveSet
-
-XChangeWindowAttributes_shadows =           \
-    XSetWindowBackground                    \
-    XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap              \
-    XSetWindowBorder                        \
-    XSetWindowBorderPixmap                  \
-    XSetWindowColormap
-
-XClearArea_shadows =                        \
-    XClearWindow
-
-XConfigureWindow_shadows =                  \
-    XMoveWindow                             \
-    XResizeWindow                           \
-    XMoveResizeWindow                       \
-    XSetWindowBorderWidth                   \
-    XWindowChanges
-
-XCopyArea_shadows =                         \
-    XCopyPlane
-
-XCreateColormap_shadows =                   \
-    XCopyColormapAndFree                    \
-    XFreeColormap                           \
-    XColor
-
-XCreateFontCursor_shadows =                 \
-    XCreatePixmapCursor                     \
-    XCreateGlyphCursor
-
-XCreateFontSet_shadows =                    \
-    XFreeFontSet
-
-XCreateGC_shadows =                         \
-    XCopyGC                                 \
-    XChangeGC                               \
-    XGetGCValues                            \
-    XFreeGC                                 \
-    XGContextFromGC                         \
-    XGCValues
-
-XCreateIC_shadows =                         \
-    XDestroyIC                              \
-    XIMOfIC
-
-XInitImage_shadows =                        \
-    XCreateImage                            \
-    XGetPixel                               \
-    XPutPixel                               \
-    XSubImage                               \
-    XAddPixel                               \
-    XDestroyImage
-
-XCreateOC_shadows =                         \
-    XDestroyOC                              \
-    XSetOCValues                            \
-    XGetOCValues                            \
-    XOMOfOC
-
-XCreatePixmap_shadows =                     \
-    XFreePixmap
-
-XCreateRegion_shadows =                     \
-    XSetRegion                              \
-    XDestroyRegion
-
-XCreateWindow_shadows =                     \
-    XCreateSimpleWindow                     \
-    XSetWindowAttributes
-
-XDefineCursor_shadows =                     \
-    XUndefineCursor
-
-XDestroyWindow_shadows =                    \
-    XDestroySubwindows
-
-XDrawArc_shadows =                          \
-    XDrawArcs                               \
-    XArc
-
-XDrawImageString_shadows =                  \
-    XDrawImageString16
-
-XDrawLine_shadows =                         \
-    XDrawLines                              \
-    XDrawSegments                           \
-    XSegment
-
-XDrawPoint_shadows =                        \
-    XDrawPoints                             \
-    XPoint
-
-XDrawRectangle_shadows =                    \
-    XDrawRectangles                         \
-    XRectangle
-
-XDrawString_shadows =                       \
-    XDrawString16
-
-XDrawText_shadows =                         \
-    XDrawText16                             \
-    XTextItem                               \
-    XTextItem16
-
-XEmptyRegion_shadows =                      \
-    XEqualRegion                            \
-    XPointInRegion                          \
-    XRectInRegion
-
-XFillRectangle_shadows =                    \
-    XFillRectangles                         \
-    XFillPolygon                            \
-    XFillArc                                \
-    XFillArcs
-
-XFlush_shadows =                            \
-    XSync                                   \
-    XEventsQueued                           \
-    XPending
-
-XFontsOfFontSet_shadows =                   \
-    XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet              \
-    XLocaleOfFontSet                        \
-    XContextDependentDrawing                \
-    XContextualDrawing                      \
-    XDirectionalDependentDrawing
-
-XGraphicsExposeEvent_shadows =              \
-    XNoExposeEvent
-
-XrmGetFileDatabase_shadows =                \
-    XrmPutFileDatabase                      \
-    XrmGetStringDatabase                    \
-    XrmLocaleOfDatabase                     \
-    XrmGetDatabase                          \
-    XrmSetDatabase                          \
-    XrmDestroyDatabase
-
-XrmGetResource_shadows =                    \
-    XrmQGetResource                         \
-    XrmQGetSearchList                       \
-    XrmQGetSearchResource
-
-XGetEventData_shadows =                     \
-    XFreeEventData                          \
-    XGenericEventCookie
-
-XGetVisualInfo_shadows =                    \
-    XMatchVisualInfo                        \
-    XVisualIDFromVisual                     \
-    XVisualInfo
-
-XGetWindowAttributes_shadows =              \
-    XGetGeometry                            \
-    XWindowAttributes
-
-XGetWindowProperty_shadows =                \
-    XListProperties                         \
-    XChangeProperty                         \
-    XRotateWindowProperties                 \
-    XDeleteProperty
-
-XGrabButton_shadows =                       \
-    XUngrabButton
-
-XGrabKey_shadows =                          \
-    XUngrabKey
-
-XGrabKeyboard_shadows =                     \
-    XUngrabKeyboard
-
-XGrabPointer_shadows =                      \
-    XUngrabPointer                          \
-    XChangeActivePointerGrab
-
-XGrabServer_shadows =                       \
-    XUngrabServer
-
-XIconifyWindow_shadows =                    \
-    XWithdrawWindow                         \
-    XReconfigureWMWindow
-
-XIfEvent_shadows =                          \
-    XCheckIfEvent                           \
-    XPeekIfEvent
-
-XrmInitialize_shadows =                     \
-    XrmParseCommand                         \
-    XrmValue                                \
-    XrmOptionKind                           \
-    XrmOptionDescRec
-
-XInstallColormap_shadows =                  \
-    XUninstallColormap                      \
-    XListInstalledColormaps
-
-XAddConnectionWatch_shadows =               \
-    XRemoveConnectionWatch                  \
-    XProcessInternalConnection              \
-    XInternalConnectionNumbers
-
-XIntersectRegion_shadows =                  \
-    XUnionRegion                            \
-    XUnionRectWithRegion                    \
-    XSubtractRegion                         \
-    XXorRegion                              \
-    XOffsetRegion                           \
-    XShrinkRegion
-
-XInternAtom_shadows =                       \
-    XInternAtoms                            \
-    XGetAtomName                            \
-    XGetAtomNames
-
-XListFonts_shadows =                        \
-    XFreeFontNames                          \
-    XListFontsWithInfo                      \
-    XFreeFontInfo
-
-XLoadFont_shadows =                         \
-    XQueryFont                              \
-    XLoadQueryFont                          \
-    XFreeFont                               \
-    XGetFontProperty                        \
-    XUnloadFont                             \
-    XCharStruct                             \
-    XFontProp                               \
-    XChar2b                                 \
-    XFontStruct
-
-XLookupKeysym_shadows =                     \
-    XRefreshKeyboardMapping                 \
-    XLookupString                           \
-    XRebindKeysym
-
-XrmMergeDatabases_shadows =                 \
-    XrmCombineDatabase                      \
-    XrmCombineFileDatabase
-
-XMapEvent_shadows =                         \
-    XMappingEvent
-
-XMapWindow_shadows =                        \
-    XMapRaised                              \
-    XMapSubwindows
-
-XNextEvent_shadows =                        \
-    XPeekEvent                              \
-    XWindowEvent                            \
-    XCheckWindowEvent                       \
-    XMaskEvent                              \
-    XCheckMaskEvent                         \
-    XCheckTypedEvent                        \
-    XCheckTypedWindowEvent
-
-XOpenDisplay_shadows =                      \
-    XCloseDisplay
-
-XOpenIM_shadows =                           \
-    XCloseIM                                \
-    XSetIMValues                            \
-    XGetIMValues                            \
-    XDisplayOfIM                            \
-    XLocaleOfIM                             \
-    XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback          \
-    XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
-
-XOpenOM_shadows =                           \
-    XCloseOM                                \
-    XSetOMValues                            \
-    XGetOMValues                            \
-    XDisplayOfOM                            \
-    XLocaleOfOM
-
-XParseGeometry_shadows =                    \
-    XWMGeometry
-
-XPolygonRegion_shadows =                    \
-    XClipBox
-
-XPutImage_shadows =                         \
-    XGetImage                               \
-    XGetSubImage
-
-XrmPutResource_shadows =                    \
-    XrmQPutResource                         \
-    XrmPutStringResource                    \
-    XrmQPutStringResource                   \
-    XrmPutLineResource
-
-XQueryBestSize_shadows =                    \
-    XQueryBestTile                          \
-    XQueryBestStipple
-
-XQueryColor_shadows =                       \
-    XQueryColors                            \
-    XLookupColor                            \
-    XParseColor
-
-XQueryExtension_shadows =                   \
-    XListExtensions                         \
-    XFreeExtensionList
-
-XResourceManagerString_shadows =            \
-    XScreenResourceString
-
-XRaiseWindow_shadows =                      \
-    XLowerWindow                            \
-    XCirculateSubwindows                    \
-    XCirculateSubwindowsUp                  \
-    XCirculateSubwindowsDown                \
-    XRestackWindows
-
-XReadBitmapFile_shadows =                   \
-    XReadBitmapFileData                     \
-    XWriteBitmapFile                        \
-    XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData             \
-    XCreateBitmapFromData
-
-XRecolorCursor_shadows =                    \
-    XFreeCursor                             \
-    XQueryBestCursor
-
-XSaveContext_shadows =                      \
-    XFindContext                            \
-    XDeleteContext                          \
-    XUniqueContext
-
-XSetICFocus_shadows =                       \
-    XUnsetICFocus
-
-XSetICValues_shadows =                      \
-    XGetICValues
-
-XStringListToTextProperty_shadows =         \
-    XTextPropertyToStringList               \
-    XFreeStringList                         \
-    XTextProperty
-
-XSetArcMode_shadows =                       \
-    XSetSubwindowMode                       \
-    XSetGraphicsExposure
-
-XSetClipOrigin_shadows =                    \
-    XSetClipMask                            \
-    XSetClipRectangles
-
-XSetCloseDownMode_shadows =                 \
-    XKillClient
-
-XSetCommand_shadows =                       \
-    XGetCommand
-
-XSetErrorHandler_shadows =                  \
-    XGetErrorText                           \
-    XDisplayName                            \
-    XSetIOErrorHandler                      \
-    XGetErrorDatabaseText
-
-XSendEvent_shadows =                        \
-    XDisplayMotionBufferSize                \
-    XGetMotionEvents                        \
-    XTimeCoord
-
-XSetFillStyle_shadows =                     \
-    XSetFillRule
-
-XSetFontPath_shadows =                      \
-    XGetFontPath                            \
-    XFreeFontPath
-
-XSetInputFocus_shadows =                    \
-    XGetInputFocus
-
-XSetLineAttributes_shadows =                \
-    XSetDashes
-
-XSetPointerMapping_shadows =                \
-    XGetPointerMapping
-
-XSetScreenSaver_shadows =                   \
-    XForceScreenSaver                       \
-    XActivateScreenSaver                    \
-    XResetScreenSaver                       \
-    XGetScreenSaver
-
-XSetSelectionOwner_shadows =                \
-    XGetSelectionOwner                      \
-    XConvertSelection
-
-XSetState_shadows =                         \
-    XSetFunction                            \
-    XSetPlaneMask                           \
-    XSetForeground                          \
-    XSetBackground
-
-XSetTransientForHint_shadows =              \
-    XGetTransientForHint
-
-XSetTextProperty_shadows =                  \
-    XGetTextProperty
-
-XSetTile_shadows =                          \
-    XSetStipple                             \
-    XSetTSOrigin
-
-XSetWMClientMachine_shadows =               \
-    XGetWMClientMachine
-
-XSetWMColormapWindows_shadows =             \
-    XGetWMColormapWindows
-
-XSetWMIconName_shadows =                    \
-    XGetWMIconName                          \
-    XSetIconName                            \
-    XGetIconName
-
-XSetWMName_shadows =                        \
-    XGetWMName                              \
-    XStoreName                              \
-    XFetchName
-
-XSetWMProperties_shadows =                  \
-    XmbSetWMProperties                      \
-    Xutf8SetWMProperties
-
-XSetWMProtocols_shadows =                   \
-    XGetWMProtocols
-
-XStoreBytes_shadows =                       \
-    XStoreBuffer                            \
-    XFetchBytes                             \
-    XFetchBuffer                            \
-    XRotateBuffers
-
-XStoreColors_shadows =                      \
-    XStoreColor                             \
-    XStoreNamedColor
-
-XStringToKeysym_shadows =                   \
-    XKeysymToString                         \
-    XKeycodeToKeysym                        \
-    XKeysymToKeycode                        \
-    XConvertCase
-
-XSupportsLocale_shadows =                   \
-    XSetLocaleModifiers
-
-XSynchronize_shadows =                      \
-    XSetAfterFunction
-
-XmbTextListToTextProperty_shadows =         \
-    XwcTextListToTextProperty               \
-    Xutf8TextListToTextProperty             \
-    XmbTextPropertyToTextList               \
-    XwcTextPropertyToTextList               \
-    Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList             \
-    XwcFreeStringList                       \
-    XDefaultString
-
-XTextExtents_shadows =                      \
-    XTextExtents16                          \
-    XQueryTextExtents                       \
-    XQueryTextExtents16
-
-XTextWidth_shadows =                        \
-    XTextWidth16
-
-XInitThreads_shadows =                      \
-    XLockDisplay                            \
-    XUnlockDisplay
-
-XrmUniqueQuark_shadows =                    \
-    XrmStringToQuark                        \
-    XrmPermStringToQuark                    \
-    XrmQuarkToString                        \
-    XrmStringToQuarkList                    \
-    XrmStringToBindingQuarkList
-
-XUnmapWindow_shadows =                      \
-    XUnmapSubwindows
-
-XcmsCCCOfColormap_shadows =                 \
-    XcmsSetCCCOfColormap
-
-XcmsAllocColor_shadows =                    \
-    XcmsAllocNamedColor
-
-XcmsColor_shadows =                         \
-    XcmsRGB                                 \
-    XcmsRGBi                                \
-    XcmsCIEXYZ                              \
-    XcmsCIEuvY                              \
-    XcmsCIExyY                              \
-    XcmsCIELab                              \
-    XcmsCIELuv                              \
-    XcmsTekHVC                              \
-    XcmsPad
-
-XcmsCreateCCC_shadows =                     \
-    XcmsFreeCCC
-
-XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC_shadows =               \
-    XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL                     \
-    XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC                    \
-    XcmsCIELabQueryMinL
-
-XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC_shadows =               \
-    XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL                     \
-    XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC                    \
-    XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL
-
-XcmsQueryBlack_shadows =                    \
-    XcmsQueryBlue                           \
-    XcmsQueryGreen                          \
-    XcmsQueryRed                            \
-    XcmsQueryWhite
-
-XcmsQueryColor_shadows =                    \
-    XcmsQueryColors                         \
-    XcmsLookupColor
-
-XcmsStoreColor_shadows =                    \
-    XcmsStoreColors
-
-XcmsSetWhitePoint_shadows =                 \
-    XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc
-
-XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC_shadows =               \
-    XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV                     \
-    XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC                    \
-    XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples              \
-    XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV
-
-XmbDrawImageString_shadows =                \
-    XwcDrawImageString                      \
-    Xutf8DrawImageString
-
-XmbDrawString_shadows =                     \
-    XwcDrawString                           \
-    Xutf8DrawString
-
-XmbDrawText_shadows =                       \
-    XwcDrawText                             \
-    Xutf8DrawText
-
-XmbLookupString_shadows =                   \
-    XwcLookupString                         \
-    Xutf8LookupString
-
-XmbResetIC_shadows =                        \
-    XwcResetIC                              \
-    Xutf8ResetIC
-
-XmbTextEscapement_shadows =                 \
-    XwcTextEscapement                       \
-    Xutf8TextEscapement
-
-XmbTextExtents_shadows =                    \
-    XwcTextExtents                          \
-    Xutf8TextExtents
-
-XmbTextPerCharExtents_shadows =             \
-    XwcTextPerCharExtents                   \
-    Xutf8TextPerCharExtents
-
-file_shadows =			            \
-    $(Compose_shadows)
-
-Compose_shadows =			    \
-    XCompose
-
+SUBDIRS = xkb

+

+libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR)

+

+libman_PRE = \

+	$(all_shadows:=.man) \

+	$(file_shadows:=.man) \

+	AllPlanes.man \

+	BlackPixelOfScreen.man \

+	DisplayOfCCC.man \

+	ImageByteOrder.man \

+	IsCursorKey.man \

+	XAddConnectionWatch.man \

+	XAddHost.man \

+	XAllocClassHint.man \

+	XAllocColor.man \

+	XAllocIconSize.man \

+	XAllocSizeHints.man \

+	XAllocStandardColormap.man \

+	XAllocWMHints.man \

+	XAllowEvents.man \

+	XAnyEvent.man \

+	XButtonEvent.man \

+	XChangeKeyboardControl.man \

+	XChangeKeyboardMapping.man \

+	XChangePointerControl.man \

+	XChangeSaveSet.man \

+	XChangeWindowAttributes.man \

+	XCirculateEvent.man \

+	XCirculateRequestEvent.man \

+	XClearArea.man \

+	XClientMessageEvent.man \

+	XcmsAllocColor.man \

+	XcmsCCCOfColormap.man \

+	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC.man \

+	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC.man \

+	XcmsColor.man \

+	XcmsConvertColors.man \

+	XcmsCreateCCC.man \

+	XcmsDefaultCCC.man \

+	XcmsQueryBlack.man \

+	XcmsQueryColor.man \

+	XcmsSetWhitePoint.man \

+	XcmsStoreColor.man \

+	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC.man \

+	XColormapEvent.man \

+	XConfigureEvent.man \

+	XConfigureRequestEvent.man \

+	XConfigureWindow.man \

+	XCopyArea.man \

+	XCreateColormap.man \

+	XCreateFontCursor.man \

+	XCreateFontSet.man \

+	XCreateGC.man \

+	XCreateIC.man \

+	XCreateOC.man \

+	XCreatePixmap.man \

+	XCreateRegion.man \

+	XCreateWindowEvent.man \

+	XCreateWindow.man \

+	XCrossingEvent.man \

+	XDefineCursor.man \

+	XDestroyWindowEvent.man \

+	XDestroyWindow.man \

+	XDrawArc.man \

+	XDrawImageString.man \

+	XDrawLine.man \

+	XDrawPoint.man \

+	XDrawRectangle.man \

+	XDrawString.man \

+	XDrawText.man \

+	XEmptyRegion.man \

+	XErrorEvent.man \

+	XExposeEvent.man \

+	XExtentsOfFontSet.man \

+	XFillRectangle.man \

+	XFilterEvent.man \

+	XFlush.man \

+	XFocusChangeEvent.man \

+	XFontSetExtents.man \

+	XFontsOfFontSet.man \

+	XFree.man \

+	XGetEventData.man \

+	XGetVisualInfo.man \

+	XGetWindowAttributes.man \

+	XGetWindowProperty.man \

+	XGetXCBConnection.man \

+	XGrabButton.man \

+	XGrabKeyboard.man \

+	XGrabKey.man \

+	XGrabPointer.man \

+	XGrabServer.man \

+	XGraphicsExposeEvent.man \

+	XGravityEvent.man \

+	XIconifyWindow.man \

+	XIfEvent.man \

+	XInitImage.man \

+	XInitThreads.man \

+	XInstallColormap.man \

+	XInternAtom.man \

+	XIntersectRegion.man \

+	XKeymapEvent.man \

+	XListFonts.man \

+	XLoadFont.man \

+	XLookupKeysym.man \

+	XMapEvent.man \

+	XMapRequestEvent.man \

+	XMapWindow.man \

+	XmbDrawImageString.man \

+	XmbDrawString.man \

+	XmbDrawText.man \

+	XmbLookupString.man \

+	XmbResetIC.man \

+	XmbTextEscapement.man \

+	XmbTextExtents.man \

+	XmbTextListToTextProperty.man \

+	XmbTextPerCharExtents.man \

+	XNextEvent.man \

+	XNoOp.man \

+	XOpenDisplay.man \

+	XOpenIM.man \

+	XOpenOM.man \

+	XParseGeometry.man \

+	XPolygonRegion.man \

+	XPropertyEvent.man \

+	XPutBackEvent.man \

+	XPutImage.man \

+	XQueryBestSize.man \

+	XQueryColor.man \

+	XQueryExtension.man \

+	XQueryPointer.man \

+	XQueryTree.man \

+	XRaiseWindow.man \

+	XReadBitmapFile.man \

+	XRecolorCursor.man \

+	XReparentEvent.man \

+	XReparentWindow.man \

+	XResizeRequestEvent.man \

+	XResourceManagerString.man \

+	XrmEnumerateDatabase.man \

+	XrmGetFileDatabase.man \

+	XrmGetResource.man \

+	XrmInitialize.man \

+	XrmMergeDatabases.man \

+	XrmPutResource.man \

+	XrmUniqueQuark.man \

+	XSaveContext.man \

+	XSelectInput.man \

+	XSelectionClearEvent.man \

+	XSelectionEvent.man \

+	XSelectionRequestEvent.man \

+	XSendEvent.man \

+	XSetArcMode.man \

+	XSetClipOrigin.man \

+	XSetCloseDownMode.man \

+	XSetCommand.man \

+	XSetErrorHandler.man \

+	XSetEventQueueOwner.man \

+	XSetFillStyle.man \

+	XSetFont.man \

+	XSetFontPath.man \

+	XSetICFocus.man \

+	XSetICValues.man \

+	XSetInputFocus.man \

+	XSetLineAttributes.man \

+	XSetPointerMapping.man \

+	XSetScreenSaver.man \

+	XSetSelectionOwner.man \

+	XSetState.man \

+	XSetTextProperty.man \

+	XSetTile.man \

+	XSetTransientForHint.man \

+	XSetWMClientMachine.man \

+	XSetWMColormapWindows.man \

+	XSetWMIconName.man \

+	XSetWMName.man \

+	XSetWMProperties.man \

+	XSetWMProtocols.man \

+	XStoreBytes.man \

+	XStoreColors.man \

+	XStringListToTextProperty.man \

+	XStringToKeysym.man \

+	XSupportsLocale.man \

+	XSynchronize.man \

+	XTextExtents.man \

+	XTextWidth.man \

+	XTranslateCoordinates.man \

+	XUnmapEvent.man \

+	XUnmapWindow.man \

+	XVaCreateNestedList.man \

+	XVisibilityEvent.man \

+	XWarpPointer.man

+

+filemandir = $(FILE_MAN_DIR)

+fileman_PRE = Compose.man

+

+libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) \

+	      $(all_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)

+

+fileman_DATA = $(fileman_PRE:man=@FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@) \

+	       $(file_shadows:=.@FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@)

+

+EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE) $(fileman_PRE)

+

+CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA) $(fileman_DATA)

+

+SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX) .man

+

+MAN_SUBSTS += -e 's|__xlocaledir__|$(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)|g'

+

+# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure

+.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man.$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX):

+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@

+

+# Generate man page shadow files (Replaces InstallManPageAliases from Imake)

+all_shadows =                                \

+    $(AllPlanes_shadows)                     \

+    $(BlackPixelOfScreen_shadows)            \

+    $(DisplayOfCCC_shadows)                  \

+    $(ImageByteOrder_shadows)                \

+    $(IsCursorKey_shadows)                   \

+    $(XAllocClassHint_shadows)               \

+    $(XAllocIconSize_shadows)                \

+    $(XAllocStandardColormap_shadows)        \

+    $(XAllocSizeHints_shadows)               \

+    $(XAllocWMHints_shadows)                 \

+    $(XAddHost_shadows)                      \

+    $(XAllocColor_shadows)                   \

+    $(XAnyEvent_shadows)                     \

+    $(XButtonEvent_shadows)                  \

+    $(XChangeKeyboardControl_shadows)        \

+    $(XChangeKeyboardMapping_shadows)        \

+    $(XChangePointerControl_shadows)         \

+    $(XChangeSaveSet_shadows)                \

+    $(XChangeWindowAttributes_shadows)       \

+    $(XClearArea_shadows)                    \

+    $(XConfigureWindow_shadows)              \

+    $(XCopyArea_shadows)                     \

+    $(XCreateColormap_shadows)               \

+    $(XCreateFontCursor_shadows)             \

+    $(XCreateFontSet_shadows)                \

+    $(XCreateGC_shadows)                     \

+    $(XCreateIC_shadows)                     \

+    $(XInitImage_shadows)                    \

+    $(XCreateOC_shadows)                     \

+    $(XCreatePixmap_shadows)                 \

+    $(XCreateRegion_shadows)                 \

+    $(XCreateWindow_shadows)                 \

+    $(XDefineCursor_shadows)                 \

+    $(XDestroyWindow_shadows)                \

+    $(XDrawArc_shadows)                      \

+    $(XDrawImageString_shadows)              \

+    $(XDrawLine_shadows)                     \

+    $(XDrawPoint_shadows)                    \

+    $(XDrawRectangle_shadows)                \

+    $(XDrawString_shadows)                   \

+    $(XDrawText_shadows)                     \

+    $(XEmptyRegion_shadows)                  \

+    $(XFillRectangle_shadows)                \

+    $(XFlush_shadows)                        \

+    $(XFontsOfFontSet_shadows)               \

+    $(XGraphicsExposeEvent_shadows)          \

+    $(XrmGetFileDatabase_shadows)            \

+    $(XrmGetResource_shadows)                \

+    $(XGetEventData_shadows)                 \

+    $(XGetVisualInfo_shadows)                \

+    $(XGetWindowAttributes_shadows)          \

+    $(XGetWindowProperty_shadows)            \

+    $(XGrabButton_shadows)                   \

+    $(XGrabKey_shadows)                      \

+    $(XGrabKeyboard_shadows)                 \

+    $(XGrabPointer_shadows)                  \

+    $(XGrabServer_shadows)                   \

+    $(XIconifyWindow_shadows)                \

+    $(XIfEvent_shadows)                      \

+    $(XrmInitialize_shadows)                 \

+    $(XInstallColormap_shadows)              \

+    $(XAddConnectionWatch_shadows)           \

+    $(XIntersectRegion_shadows)              \

+    $(XInternAtom_shadows)                   \

+    $(XListFonts_shadows)                    \

+    $(XLoadFont_shadows)                     \

+    $(XLookupKeysym_shadows)                 \

+    $(XrmMergeDatabases_shadows)             \

+    $(XMapEvent_shadows)                     \

+    $(XMapWindow_shadows)                    \

+    $(XNextEvent_shadows)                    \

+    $(XOpenDisplay_shadows)                  \

+    $(XOpenIM_shadows)                       \

+    $(XOpenOM_shadows)                       \

+    $(XParseGeometry_shadows)                \

+    $(XPolygonRegion_shadows)                \

+    $(XPutImage_shadows)                     \

+    $(XrmPutResource_shadows)                \

+    $(XQueryBestSize_shadows)                \

+    $(XQueryColor_shadows)                   \

+    $(XQueryExtension_shadows)               \

+    $(XResourceManagerString_shadows)        \

+    $(XRaiseWindow_shadows)                  \

+    $(XReadBitmapFile_shadows)               \

+    $(XRecolorCursor_shadows)                \

+    $(XSaveContext_shadows)                  \

+    $(XSetICFocus_shadows)                   \

+    $(XSetICValues_shadows)                  \

+    $(XStringListToTextProperty_shadows)     \

+    $(XSetArcMode_shadows)                   \

+    $(XSetClipOrigin_shadows)                \

+    $(XSetCloseDownMode_shadows)             \

+    $(XSetCommand_shadows)                   \

+    $(XSetErrorHandler_shadows)              \

+    $(XSendEvent_shadows)                    \

+    $(XSetFillStyle_shadows)                 \

+    $(XSetFontPath_shadows)                  \

+    $(XSetInputFocus_shadows)                \

+    $(XSetLineAttributes_shadows)            \

+    $(XSetPointerMapping_shadows)            \

+    $(XSetScreenSaver_shadows)               \

+    $(XSetSelectionOwner_shadows)            \

+    $(XSetState_shadows)                     \

+    $(XSetTransientForHint_shadows)          \

+    $(XSetTextProperty_shadows)              \

+    $(XSetTile_shadows)                      \

+    $(XSetWMClientMachine_shadows)           \

+    $(XSetWMColormapWindows_shadows)         \

+    $(XSetWMIconName_shadows)                \

+    $(XSetWMName_shadows)                    \

+    $(XSetWMProperties_shadows)              \

+    $(XSetWMProtocols_shadows)               \

+    $(XStoreBytes_shadows)                   \

+    $(XStoreColors_shadows)                  \

+    $(XStringToKeysym_shadows)               \

+    $(XSupportsLocale_shadows)               \

+    $(XSynchronize_shadows)                  \

+    $(XmbTextListToTextProperty_shadows)     \

+    $(XTextExtents_shadows)                  \

+    $(XTextWidth_shadows)                    \

+    $(XInitThreads_shadows)                  \

+    $(XrmUniqueQuark_shadows)                \

+    $(XUnmapWindow_shadows)                  \

+    $(XcmsCCCOfColormap_shadows)             \

+    $(XcmsAllocColor_shadows)                \

+    $(XcmsColor_shadows)                     \

+    $(XcmsCreateCCC_shadows)                 \

+    $(XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC_shadows)           \

+    $(XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC_shadows)           \

+    $(XcmsQueryBlack_shadows)                \

+    $(XcmsQueryColor_shadows)                \

+    $(XcmsStoreColor_shadows)                \

+    $(XcmsSetWhitePoint_shadows)             \

+    $(XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC_shadows)           \

+    $(XmbDrawImageString_shadows)            \

+    $(XmbDrawString_shadows)                 \

+    $(XmbDrawText_shadows)                   \

+    $(XmbLookupString_shadows)               \

+    $(XmbResetIC_shadows)                    \

+    $(XmbTextEscapement_shadows)             \

+    $(XmbTextExtents_shadows)                \

+    $(XmbTextPerCharExtents_shadows)

+

+

+AllPlanes_shadows =                         \

+    BlackPixel                              \

+    WhitePixel                              \

+    ConnectionNumber                        \

+    DefaultColormap                         \

+    DefaultDepth                            \

+    XListDepths                             \

+    DefaultGC                               \

+    DefaultRootWindow                       \

+    DefaultScreenOfDisplay                  \

+    DefaultScreen                           \

+    DefaultVisual                           \

+    DisplayCells                            \

+    DisplayPlanes                           \

+    DisplayString                           \

+    XMaxRequestSize                         \

+    XExtendedMaxRequestSize                 \

+    LastKnownRequestProcessed               \

+    NextRequest                             \

+    ProtocolVersion                         \

+    ProtocolRevision                        \

+    QLength                                 \

+    RootWindow                              \

+    ScreenCount                             \

+    ScreenOfDisplay                         \

+    ServerVendor                            \

+    VendorRelease

+

+BlackPixelOfScreen_shadows =                \

+    WhitePixelOfScreen                      \

+    CellsOfScreen                           \

+    DefaultColormapOfScreen                 \

+    DefaultDepthOfScreen                    \

+    DefaultGCOfScreen                       \

+    DefaultVisualOfScreen                   \

+    DoesBackingStore                        \

+    DoesSaveUnders                          \

+    DisplayOfScreen                         \

+    XScreenNumberOfScreen                   \

+    EventMaskOfScreen                       \

+    HeightOfScreen                          \

+    HeightMMOfScreen                        \

+    MaxCmapsOfScreen                        \

+    MinCmapsOfScreen                        \

+    PlanesOfScreen                          \

+    RootWindowOfScreen                      \

+    WidthOfScreen                           \

+    WidthMMOfScreen

+

+DisplayOfCCC_shadows =                      \

+    VisualOfCCC                             \

+    ScreenNumberOfCCC                       \

+    ScreenWhitePointOfCCC                   \

+    ClientWhitePointOfCCC

+

+ImageByteOrder_shadows =                    \

+    BitmapBitOrder                          \

+    BitmapPad                               \

+    BitmapUnit                              \

+    DisplayHeight                           \

+    DisplayHeightMM                         \

+    DisplayWidth                            \

+    DisplayWidthMM                          \

+    XListPixmapFormats                      \

+    XPixmapFormatValues

+

+IsCursorKey_shadows =                       \

+    IsFunctionKey                           \

+    IsKeypadKey                             \

+    IsMiscFunctionKey                       \

+    IsModifierKey                           \

+    IsPFKey                                 \

+    IsPrivateKeypadKey

+

+XAllocClassHint_shadows =                   \

+    XSetClassHint                           \

+    XGetClassHint                           \

+    XClassHint

+

+XAllocIconSize_shadows =                    \

+    XSetIconSizes                           \

+    XGetIconSizes                           \

+    XIconSize

+

+XAllocStandardColormap_shadows =            \

+    XSetRGBColormaps                        \

+    XGetRGBColormaps                        \

+    XStandardColormap

+

+XAllocSizeHints_shadows =                   \

+    XSetWMNormalHints                       \

+    XGetWMNormalHints                       \

+    XSetWMSizeHints                         \

+    XGetWMSizeHints                         \

+    XSizeHints

+

+XAllocWMHints_shadows =                     \

+    XSetWMHints                             \

+    XGetWMHints                             \

+    XWMHints

+

+XAddHost_shadows =                          \

+    XAddHosts                               \

+    XListHosts                              \

+    XRemoveHost                             \

+    XRemoveHosts                            \

+    XSetAccessControl                       \

+    XEnableAccessControl                    \

+    XDisableAccessControl                   \

+    XHostAddress

+

+XAllocColor_shadows =                       \

+    XAllocNamedColor                        \

+    XAllocColorCells                        \

+    XAllocColorPlanes                       \

+    XFreeColors

+

+XAnyEvent_shadows =                         \

+    XEvent

+

+XButtonEvent_shadows =                      \

+    XKeyEvent                               \

+    XMotionEvent

+

+XChangeKeyboardControl_shadows =            \

+    XGetKeyboardControl                     \

+    XAutoRepeatOn                           \

+    XAutoRepeatOff                          \

+    XBell                                   \

+    XQueryKeymap                            \

+    XKeyboardControl

+

+XChangeKeyboardMapping_shadows =            \

+    XGetKeyboardMapping                     \

+    XDisplayKeycodes                        \

+    XSetModifierMapping                     \

+    XGetModifierMapping                     \

+    XNewModifiermap                         \

+    XInsertModifiermapEntry                 \

+    XDeleteModifiermapEntry                 \

+    XFreeModifiermap                        \

+    XModifierKeymap

+

+XChangePointerControl_shadows =             \

+    XGetPointerControl

+

+XChangeSaveSet_shadows =                    \

+    XAddToSaveSet                           \

+    XRemoveFromSaveSet

+

+XChangeWindowAttributes_shadows =           \

+    XSetWindowBackground                    \

+    XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap              \

+    XSetWindowBorder                        \

+    XSetWindowBorderPixmap                  \

+    XSetWindowColormap

+

+XClearArea_shadows =                        \

+    XClearWindow

+

+XConfigureWindow_shadows =                  \

+    XMoveWindow                             \

+    XResizeWindow                           \

+    XMoveResizeWindow                       \

+    XSetWindowBorderWidth                   \

+    XWindowChanges

+

+XCopyArea_shadows =                         \

+    XCopyPlane

+

+XCreateColormap_shadows =                   \

+    XCopyColormapAndFree                    \

+    XFreeColormap                           \

+    XColor

+

+XCreateFontCursor_shadows =                 \

+    XCreatePixmapCursor                     \

+    XCreateGlyphCursor

+

+XCreateFontSet_shadows =                    \

+    XFreeFontSet

+

+XCreateGC_shadows =                         \

+    XCopyGC                                 \

+    XChangeGC                               \

+    XGetGCValues                            \

+    XFreeGC                                 \

+    XGContextFromGC                         \

+    XGCValues

+

+XCreateIC_shadows =                         \

+    XDestroyIC                              \

+    XIMOfIC

+

+XInitImage_shadows =                        \

+    XCreateImage                            \

+    XGetPixel                               \

+    XPutPixel                               \

+    XSubImage                               \

+    XAddPixel                               \

+    XDestroyImage

+

+XCreateOC_shadows =                         \

+    XDestroyOC                              \

+    XSetOCValues                            \

+    XGetOCValues                            \

+    XOMOfOC

+

+XCreatePixmap_shadows =                     \

+    XFreePixmap

+

+XCreateRegion_shadows =                     \

+    XSetRegion                              \

+    XDestroyRegion

+

+XCreateWindow_shadows =                     \

+    XCreateSimpleWindow                     \

+    XSetWindowAttributes

+

+XDefineCursor_shadows =                     \

+    XUndefineCursor

+

+XDestroyWindow_shadows =                    \

+    XDestroySubwindows

+

+XDrawArc_shadows =                          \

+    XDrawArcs                               \

+    XArc

+

+XDrawImageString_shadows =                  \

+    XDrawImageString16

+

+XDrawLine_shadows =                         \

+    XDrawLines                              \

+    XDrawSegments                           \

+    XSegment

+

+XDrawPoint_shadows =                        \

+    XDrawPoints                             \

+    XPoint

+

+XDrawRectangle_shadows =                    \

+    XDrawRectangles                         \

+    XRectangle

+

+XDrawString_shadows =                       \

+    XDrawString16

+

+XDrawText_shadows =                         \

+    XDrawText16                             \

+    XTextItem                               \

+    XTextItem16

+

+XEmptyRegion_shadows =                      \

+    XEqualRegion                            \

+    XPointInRegion                          \

+    XRectInRegion

+

+XFillRectangle_shadows =                    \

+    XFillRectangles                         \

+    XFillPolygon                            \

+    XFillArc                                \

+    XFillArcs

+

+XFlush_shadows =                            \

+    XSync                                   \

+    XEventsQueued                           \

+    XPending

+

+XFontsOfFontSet_shadows =                   \

+    XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet              \

+    XLocaleOfFontSet                        \

+    XContextDependentDrawing                \

+    XContextualDrawing                      \

+    XDirectionalDependentDrawing

+

+XGraphicsExposeEvent_shadows =              \

+    XNoExposeEvent

+

+XrmGetFileDatabase_shadows =                \

+    XrmPutFileDatabase                      \

+    XrmGetStringDatabase                    \

+    XrmLocaleOfDatabase                     \

+    XrmGetDatabase                          \

+    XrmSetDatabase                          \

+    XrmDestroyDatabase

+

+XrmGetResource_shadows =                    \

+    XrmQGetResource                         \

+    XrmQGetSearchList                       \

+    XrmQGetSearchResource

+

+XGetEventData_shadows =                     \

+    XFreeEventData                          \

+    XGenericEventCookie

+

+XGetVisualInfo_shadows =                    \

+    XMatchVisualInfo                        \

+    XVisualIDFromVisual                     \

+    XVisualInfo

+

+XGetWindowAttributes_shadows =              \

+    XGetGeometry                            \

+    XWindowAttributes

+

+XGetWindowProperty_shadows =                \

+    XListProperties                         \

+    XChangeProperty                         \

+    XRotateWindowProperties                 \

+    XDeleteProperty

+

+XGrabButton_shadows =                       \

+    XUngrabButton

+

+XGrabKey_shadows =                          \

+    XUngrabKey

+

+XGrabKeyboard_shadows =                     \

+    XUngrabKeyboard

+

+XGrabPointer_shadows =                      \

+    XUngrabPointer                          \

+    XChangeActivePointerGrab

+

+XGrabServer_shadows =                       \

+    XUngrabServer

+

+XIconifyWindow_shadows =                    \

+    XWithdrawWindow                         \

+    XReconfigureWMWindow

+

+XIfEvent_shadows =                          \

+    XCheckIfEvent                           \

+    XPeekIfEvent

+

+XrmInitialize_shadows =                     \

+    XrmParseCommand                         \

+    XrmValue                                \

+    XrmOptionKind                           \

+    XrmOptionDescRec

+

+XInstallColormap_shadows =                  \

+    XUninstallColormap                      \

+    XListInstalledColormaps

+

+XAddConnectionWatch_shadows =               \

+    XRemoveConnectionWatch                  \

+    XProcessInternalConnection              \

+    XInternalConnectionNumbers

+

+XIntersectRegion_shadows =                  \

+    XUnionRegion                            \

+    XUnionRectWithRegion                    \

+    XSubtractRegion                         \

+    XXorRegion                              \

+    XOffsetRegion                           \

+    XShrinkRegion

+

+XInternAtom_shadows =                       \

+    XInternAtoms                            \

+    XGetAtomName                            \

+    XGetAtomNames

+

+XListFonts_shadows =                        \

+    XFreeFontNames                          \

+    XListFontsWithInfo                      \

+    XFreeFontInfo

+

+XLoadFont_shadows =                         \

+    XQueryFont                              \

+    XLoadQueryFont                          \

+    XFreeFont                               \

+    XGetFontProperty                        \

+    XUnloadFont                             \

+    XCharStruct                             \

+    XFontProp                               \

+    XChar2b                                 \

+    XFontStruct

+

+XLookupKeysym_shadows =                     \

+    XRefreshKeyboardMapping                 \

+    XLookupString                           \

+    XRebindKeysym

+

+XrmMergeDatabases_shadows =                 \

+    XrmCombineDatabase                      \

+    XrmCombineFileDatabase

+

+XMapEvent_shadows =                         \

+    XMappingEvent

+

+XMapWindow_shadows =                        \

+    XMapRaised                              \

+    XMapSubwindows

+

+XNextEvent_shadows =                        \

+    XPeekEvent                              \

+    XWindowEvent                            \

+    XCheckWindowEvent                       \

+    XMaskEvent                              \

+    XCheckMaskEvent                         \

+    XCheckTypedEvent                        \

+    XCheckTypedWindowEvent

+

+XOpenDisplay_shadows =                      \

+    XCloseDisplay

+

+XOpenIM_shadows =                           \

+    XCloseIM                                \

+    XSetIMValues                            \

+    XGetIMValues                            \

+    XDisplayOfIM                            \

+    XLocaleOfIM                             \

+    XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback          \

+    XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback

+

+XOpenOM_shadows =                           \

+    XCloseOM                                \

+    XSetOMValues                            \

+    XGetOMValues                            \

+    XDisplayOfOM                            \

+    XLocaleOfOM

+

+XParseGeometry_shadows =                    \

+    XWMGeometry

+

+XPolygonRegion_shadows =                    \

+    XClipBox

+

+XPutImage_shadows =                         \

+    XGetImage                               \

+    XGetSubImage

+

+XrmPutResource_shadows =                    \

+    XrmQPutResource                         \

+    XrmPutStringResource                    \

+    XrmQPutStringResource                   \

+    XrmPutLineResource

+

+XQueryBestSize_shadows =                    \

+    XQueryBestTile                          \

+    XQueryBestStipple

+

+XQueryColor_shadows =                       \

+    XQueryColors                            \

+    XLookupColor                            \

+    XParseColor

+

+XQueryExtension_shadows =                   \

+    XListExtensions                         \

+    XFreeExtensionList

+

+XResourceManagerString_shadows =            \

+    XScreenResourceString

+

+XRaiseWindow_shadows =                      \

+    XLowerWindow                            \

+    XCirculateSubwindows                    \

+    XCirculateSubwindowsUp                  \

+    XCirculateSubwindowsDown                \

+    XRestackWindows

+

+XReadBitmapFile_shadows =                   \

+    XReadBitmapFileData                     \

+    XWriteBitmapFile                        \

+    XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData             \

+    XCreateBitmapFromData

+

+XRecolorCursor_shadows =                    \

+    XFreeCursor                             \

+    XQueryBestCursor

+

+XSaveContext_shadows =                      \

+    XFindContext                            \

+    XDeleteContext                          \

+    XUniqueContext

+

+XSetICFocus_shadows =                       \

+    XUnsetICFocus

+

+XSetICValues_shadows =                      \

+    XGetICValues

+

+XStringListToTextProperty_shadows =         \

+    XTextPropertyToStringList               \

+    XFreeStringList                         \

+    XTextProperty

+

+XSetArcMode_shadows =                       \

+    XSetSubwindowMode                       \

+    XSetGraphicsExposure

+

+XSetClipOrigin_shadows =                    \

+    XSetClipMask                            \

+    XSetClipRectangles

+

+XSetCloseDownMode_shadows =                 \

+    XKillClient

+

+XSetCommand_shadows =                       \

+    XGetCommand

+

+XSetErrorHandler_shadows =                  \

+    XGetErrorText                           \

+    XDisplayName                            \

+    XSetIOErrorHandler                      \

+    XGetErrorDatabaseText

+

+XSendEvent_shadows =                        \

+    XDisplayMotionBufferSize                \

+    XGetMotionEvents                        \

+    XTimeCoord

+

+XSetFillStyle_shadows =                     \

+    XSetFillRule

+

+XSetFontPath_shadows =                      \

+    XGetFontPath                            \

+    XFreeFontPath

+

+XSetInputFocus_shadows =                    \

+    XGetInputFocus

+

+XSetLineAttributes_shadows =                \

+    XSetDashes

+

+XSetPointerMapping_shadows =                \

+    XGetPointerMapping

+

+XSetScreenSaver_shadows =                   \

+    XForceScreenSaver                       \

+    XActivateScreenSaver                    \

+    XResetScreenSaver                       \

+    XGetScreenSaver

+

+XSetSelectionOwner_shadows =                \

+    XGetSelectionOwner                      \

+    XConvertSelection

+

+XSetState_shadows =                         \

+    XSetFunction                            \

+    XSetPlaneMask                           \

+    XSetForeground                          \

+    XSetBackground

+

+XSetTransientForHint_shadows =              \

+    XGetTransientForHint

+

+XSetTextProperty_shadows =                  \

+    XGetTextProperty

+

+XSetTile_shadows =                          \

+    XSetStipple                             \

+    XSetTSOrigin

+

+XSetWMClientMachine_shadows =               \

+    XGetWMClientMachine

+

+XSetWMColormapWindows_shadows =             \

+    XGetWMColormapWindows

+

+XSetWMIconName_shadows =                    \

+    XGetWMIconName                          \

+    XSetIconName                            \

+    XGetIconName

+

+XSetWMName_shadows =                        \

+    XGetWMName                              \

+    XStoreName                              \

+    XFetchName

+

+XSetWMProperties_shadows =                  \

+    XmbSetWMProperties                      \

+    Xutf8SetWMProperties

+

+XSetWMProtocols_shadows =                   \

+    XGetWMProtocols

+

+XStoreBytes_shadows =                       \

+    XStoreBuffer                            \

+    XFetchBytes                             \

+    XFetchBuffer                            \

+    XRotateBuffers

+

+XStoreColors_shadows =                      \

+    XStoreColor                             \

+    XStoreNamedColor

+

+XStringToKeysym_shadows =                   \

+    XKeysymToString                         \

+    XKeycodeToKeysym                        \

+    XKeysymToKeycode                        \

+    XConvertCase

+

+XSupportsLocale_shadows =                   \

+    XSetLocaleModifiers

+

+XSynchronize_shadows =                      \

+    XSetAfterFunction

+

+XmbTextListToTextProperty_shadows =         \

+    XwcTextListToTextProperty               \

+    Xutf8TextListToTextProperty             \

+    XmbTextPropertyToTextList               \

+    XwcTextPropertyToTextList               \

+    Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList             \

+    XwcFreeStringList                       \

+    XDefaultString

+

+XTextExtents_shadows =                      \

+    XTextExtents16                          \

+    XQueryTextExtents                       \

+    XQueryTextExtents16

+

+XTextWidth_shadows =                        \

+    XTextWidth16

+

+XInitThreads_shadows =                      \

+    XLockDisplay                            \

+    XUnlockDisplay

+

+XrmUniqueQuark_shadows =                    \

+    XrmStringToQuark                        \

+    XrmPermStringToQuark                    \

+    XrmQuarkToString                        \

+    XrmStringToQuarkList                    \

+    XrmStringToBindingQuarkList

+

+XUnmapWindow_shadows =                      \

+    XUnmapSubwindows

+

+XcmsCCCOfColormap_shadows =                 \

+    XcmsSetCCCOfColormap

+

+XcmsAllocColor_shadows =                    \

+    XcmsAllocNamedColor

+

+XcmsColor_shadows =                         \

+    XcmsRGB                                 \

+    XcmsRGBi                                \

+    XcmsCIEXYZ                              \

+    XcmsCIEuvY                              \

+    XcmsCIExyY                              \

+    XcmsCIELab                              \

+    XcmsCIELuv                              \

+    XcmsTekHVC                              \

+    XcmsPad

+

+XcmsCreateCCC_shadows =                     \

+    XcmsFreeCCC

+

+XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC_shadows =               \

+    XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL                     \

+    XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC                    \

+    XcmsCIELabQueryMinL

+

+XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC_shadows =               \

+    XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL                     \

+    XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC                    \

+    XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL

+

+XcmsQueryBlack_shadows =                    \

+    XcmsQueryBlue                           \

+    XcmsQueryGreen                          \

+    XcmsQueryRed                            \

+    XcmsQueryWhite

+

+XcmsQueryColor_shadows =                    \

+    XcmsQueryColors                         \

+    XcmsLookupColor

+

+XcmsStoreColor_shadows =                    \

+    XcmsStoreColors

+

+XcmsSetWhitePoint_shadows =                 \

+    XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc

+

+XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC_shadows =               \

+    XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV                     \

+    XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC                    \

+    XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples              \

+    XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV

+

+XmbDrawImageString_shadows =                \

+    XwcDrawImageString                      \

+    Xutf8DrawImageString

+

+XmbDrawString_shadows =                     \

+    XwcDrawString                           \

+    Xutf8DrawString

+

+XmbDrawText_shadows =                       \

+    XwcDrawText                             \

+    Xutf8DrawText

+

+XmbLookupString_shadows =                   \

+    XwcLookupString                         \

+    Xutf8LookupString

+

+XmbResetIC_shadows =                        \

+    XwcResetIC                              \

+    Xutf8ResetIC

+

+XmbTextEscapement_shadows =                 \

+    XwcTextEscapement                       \

+    Xutf8TextEscapement

+

+XmbTextExtents_shadows =                    \

+    XwcTextExtents                          \

+    Xutf8TextExtents

+

+XmbTextPerCharExtents_shadows =             \

+    XwcTextPerCharExtents                   \

+    Xutf8TextPerCharExtents

+

+file_shadows =			            \

+    $(Compose_shadows)

+

+Compose_shadows =			    \

+    XCompose

+

diff --git a/libX11/man/XChangeKeyboardMapping.man b/libX11/man/XChangeKeyboardMapping.man
index 71b7a9142..37ee0ba43 100644
--- a/libX11/man/XChangeKeyboardMapping.man
+++ b/libX11/man/XChangeKeyboardMapping.man
@@ -1,447 +1,447 @@
-.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1994, 1996 X Consortium
-.\"
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-.\" the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\"
-.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
-.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-.\" from the X Consortium.
-.\"
-.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 by
-.\" Digital Equipment Corporation
-.\"
-.\" Portions Copyright \(co 1990, 1991 by
-.\" Tektronix, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for
-.\" any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice
-.\" and this permission notice appear in all copies, and that the names of
-.\" Digital and Tektronix not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
-.\" to this documentation without specific, written prior permission.
-.\" Digital and Tektronix makes no representations about the suitability
-.\" of this documentation for any purpose.
-.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
-.\" 
-.\"
-.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
-.ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface
-.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
-.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
-.na
-.de Ds
-.nf
-.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
-.ft 1
-.\".ps \\n(PS
-.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
-.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
-..
-.de De
-.ce 0
-.if \\n(BD .DF
-.nr BD 0
-.in \\n(OIu
-.if \\n(TM .ls 2
-.sp \\n(DDu
-.fi
-..
-.de FD
-.LP
-.KS
-.TA .5i 3i
-.ta .5i 3i
-.nf
-..
-.de FN
-.fi
-.KE
-.LP
-..
-.de IN		\" send an index entry to the stderr
-..
-.de C{
-.KS
-.nf
-.D
-.\"
-.\"	choose appropriate monospace font
-.\"	the imagen conditional, 480,
-.\"	may be changed to L if LB is too
-.\"	heavy for your eyes...
-.\"
-.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
-.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
-.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
-.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
-.el .ft R
-.ps \\n(PS
-.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
-.el .vs \\n(VSp
-..
-.de C}
-.DE
-.R
-..
-.de Pn
-.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
-.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
-..
-.de ZN
-.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
-.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
-..
-.de hN
-.ie t <\fB\\$1\fR>\\$2
-.el <\fI\\$1\fP>\\$2
-..
-.de NT
-.ne 7
-.ds NO Note
-.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
-.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
-.ie n .sp
-.el .sp 10p
-.TB
-.ce
-\\*(NO
-.ie n .sp
-.el .sp 5p
-.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
-.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
-.in +5n
-.ll -5n
-.R
-..
-.		\" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
-.de NE
-.ce 0
-.in -5n
-.ll +5n
-.ie n .sp
-.el .sp 10p
-..
-.ny0
-.TH XChangeKeyboardMapping __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XLIB FUNCTIONS"
-.SH NAME
-XChangeKeyboardMapping, XGetKeyboardMapping, XDisplayKeycodes, XSetModifierMapping, XGetModifierMapping, XNewModifiermap, XInsertModifiermapEntry, XDeleteModifiermapEntry, XFreeModifiermap, XModifierKeymap \- manipulate keyboard encoding and keyboard encoding structure
-.SH SYNTAX
-.HP
-int XChangeKeyboardMapping(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP, int \fIfirst_keycode\fP,
-int \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP, KeySym *\fIkeysyms\fP, int \fInum_codes\fP\^); 
-.HP
-KeySym *XGetKeyboardMapping(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP, KeyCode
-\fIfirst_keycode\fP, int \fIkeycode_count\fP, int
-*\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP\^); 
-.HP
-int XDisplayKeycodes\^(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^, int
-*\fImin_keycodes_return\fP\^, int *\fImax_keycodes_return\fP\^); 
-.HP
-int XSetModifierMapping(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP, XModifierKeymap
-*\fImodmap\fP\^); 
-.HP
-XModifierKeymap *XGetModifierMapping(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^); 
-.HP
-XModifierKeymap *XNewModifiermap(\^int \fImax_keys_per_mod\fP\^); 
-.HP
-XModifierKeymap *XInsertModifiermapEntry\^(\^XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP,
-KeyCode \fIkeycode_entry\fP, int \fImodifier\fP\^); 
-.HP
-XModifierKeymap *XDeleteModifiermapEntry\^(\^XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP,
-KeyCode \fIkeycode_entry\fP, int \fImodifier\fP\^); 
-.HP
-int XFreeModifiermap(\^XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP\^); 
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-.ds Kc changed or returned
-.IP \fIfirst_keycode\fP 1i
-Specifies the first KeyCode that is to be \*(Kc.
-.IP \fIkeycode_count\fP 1i
-Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be returned.
-.IP \fIkeycode_entry\fP 1i
-Specifies the KeyCode. 
-.IP \fIkeysyms\fP 1i
-Specifies an array of KeySyms.
-.IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP 1i
-Specifies the number of KeySyms per KeyCode.
-.IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP 1i
-Returns the number of KeySyms per KeyCode.
-.IP \fImax_keys_per_mod\fP 1i
-Specifies the number of KeyCode entries preallocated to the modifiers
-in the map.
-.IP \fImax_keycodes_return\fP 1i
-Returns the maximum number of KeyCodes.
-.IP \fImin_keycodes_return\fP 1i
-Returns the minimum number of KeyCodes.
-.IP \fImodifier\fP 1i
-Specifies the modifier.
-.IP \fImodmap\fP 1i
-Specifies the 
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure.
-.IP \fInum_codes\fP 1i
-Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be changed.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping
-function defines the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes
-starting with first_keycode.
-The symbols for KeyCodes outside this range remain unchanged.  
-The number of elements in keysyms must be:
-.LP
-.Ds
-num_codes * keysyms_per_keycode
-.De
-.LP
-The specified first_keycode must be greater than or equal to min_keycode 
-returned by
-.ZN XDisplayKeycodes ,
-or a 
-.ZN BadValue 
-error results.
-In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal to 
-max_keycode as returned by
-.ZN XDisplayKeycodes ,
-or a
-.ZN BadValue 
-error results:
-.LP
-.Ds
-first_keycode + num_codes \- 1
-.De
-.LP
-KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index
-in keysyms, counting from zero: 
-.LP
-.Ds 
-(K \- first_keycode) * keysyms_per_keycode + N
-.De
-.LP
-The specified keysyms_per_keycode can be chosen arbitrarily by the client
-to be large enough to hold all desired symbols. 
-A special KeySym value of 
-.ZN NoSymbol 
-should be used to fill in unused elements 
-for individual KeyCodes.  
-It is legal for 
-.ZN NoSymbol 
-to appear in nontrailing positions
-of the effective list for a KeyCode.
-.ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping
-generates a 
-.ZN MappingNotify 
-event.
-.LP
-There is no requirement that the X server interpret this mapping. 
-It is merely stored for reading and writing by clients.
-.LP
-.ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping
-can generate
-.ZN BadAlloc 
-and
-.ZN BadValue 
-errors.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN XGetKeyboardMapping
-function returns the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes
-starting with first_keycode.
-The value specified in first_keycode must be greater than 
-or equal to min_keycode as returned by
-.ZN XDisplayKeycodes ,
-or a
-.ZN BadValue 
-error results.
-In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal 
-to max_keycode as returned by
-.ZN XDisplayKeycodes :
-.LP
-.Ds 
-first_keycode + keycode_count \- 1
-.De
-.LP
-If this is not the case, a 
-.ZN BadValue 
-error results. 
-The number of elements in the KeySyms list is:
-.LP
-.Ds 
-keycode_count * keysyms_per_keycode_return
-.De
-.LP
-KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index
-in the list, counting from zero: 
-.Ds
-(K \- first_code) * keysyms_per_code_return + N
-.De
-.LP
-The X server arbitrarily chooses the keysyms_per_keycode_return value 
-to be large enough to report all requested symbols. 
-A special KeySym value of 
-.ZN NoSymbol 
-is used to fill in unused elements for
-individual KeyCodes.
-To free the storage returned by 
-.ZN XGetKeyboardMapping ,
-use
-.ZN XFree .
-.LP
-.ZN XGetKeyboardMapping
-can generate a
-.ZN BadValue 
-error.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN XDisplayKeycodes
-function returns the min-keycodes and max-keycodes supported by the
-specified display.
-The minimum number of KeyCodes returned is never less than 8,
-and the maximum number of KeyCodes returned is never greater than 255.
-Not all KeyCodes in this range are required to have corresponding keys.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN XSetModifierMapping
-function specifies the KeyCodes of the keys (if any) that are to be used 
-as modifiers.
-If it succeeds,
-the X server generates a
-.ZN MappingNotify
-event, and
-.ZN XSetModifierMapping
-returns
-.ZN MappingSuccess .
-X permits at most 8 modifier keys.
-If more than 8 are specified in the
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure, a
-.ZN BadLength
-error results.
-.LP
-The modifiermap member of the 
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure contains 8 sets of max_keypermod KeyCodes, 
-one for each modifier in the order 
-.ZN Shift , 
-.ZN Lock , 
-.ZN Control , 
-.ZN Mod1 , 
-.ZN Mod2 , 
-.ZN Mod3 , 
-.ZN Mod4 , 
-and 
-.ZN Mod5 .
-Only nonzero KeyCodes have meaning in each set, 
-and zero KeyCodes are ignored.
-In addition, all of the nonzero KeyCodes must be in the range specified by 
-min_keycode and max_keycode in the 
-.ZN Display 
-structure,
-or a 
-.ZN BadValue 
-error results.
-.LP
-An X server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be changed, 
-for example,
-if certain keys do not generate up transitions in hardware,
-if auto-repeat cannot be disabled on certain keys,
-or if multiple modifier keys are not supported.  
-If some such restriction is violated, 
-the status reply is
-.ZN MappingFailed ,
-and none of the modifiers are changed.
-If the new KeyCodes specified for a modifier differ from those
-currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that modifier are
-in the logically down state, 
-.ZN XSetModifierMapping
-returns
-.ZN MappingBusy , 
-and none of the modifiers is changed.
-.LP
-.ZN XSetModifierMapping
-can generate
-.ZN BadAlloc
-and 
-.ZN BadValue
-errors.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN XGetModifierMapping
-function returns a pointer to a newly created
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure that contains the keys being used as modifiers.
-The structure should be freed after use by calling
-.ZN XFreeModifiermap .
-If only zero values appear in the set for any modifier, 
-that modifier is disabled.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN XNewModifiermap
-function returns a pointer to
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure for later use.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN XInsertModifiermapEntry
-function adds the specified KeyCode to the set that controls the specified
-modifier and returns the resulting
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure (expanded as needed).
-.LP
-The
-.ZN XDeleteModifiermapEntry
-function deletes the specified KeyCode from the set that controls the
-specified modifier and returns a pointer to the resulting
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure.
-.LP
-The
-.ZN XFreeModifiermap
-function frees the specified
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure.
-.SH STRUCTURES
-The
-.ZN XModifierKeymap
-structure contains:
-.LP
-.Ds 0
-.TA .5i 2.5i
-.ta .5i 2.5i
-typedef struct {
-	int max_keypermod;	/\&* This server's max number of keys per modifier */
-	KeyCode *modifiermap;	/\&* An 8 by max_keypermod array of the modifiers */
-} XModifierKeymap;
-.De
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.TP 1i
-.ZN BadAlloc
-The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory.
-.TP 1i
-.ZN BadValue
-Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request.
-Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined
-by the argument's type is accepted.  Any argument defined as a set of
-alternatives can generate this error.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-XFree(__libmansuffix__),
-XSetPointerMapping(__libmansuffix__) 
-.br
-\fI\*(xL\fP
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1994, 1996 X Consortium

+.\"

+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,

+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to

+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to

+.\" the following conditions:

+.\"

+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+.\"

+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+.\"

+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall

+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+.\" from the X Consortium.

+.\"

+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 by

+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation

+.\"

+.\" Portions Copyright \(co 1990, 1991 by

+.\" Tektronix, Inc.

+.\"

+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for

+.\" any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above

+.\" copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice

+.\" and this permission notice appear in all copies, and that the names of

+.\" Digital and Tektronix not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining

+.\" to this documentation without specific, written prior permission.

+.\" Digital and Tektronix makes no representations about the suitability

+.\" of this documentation for any purpose.

+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.

+.\" 

+.\"

+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface

+.ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface

+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface

+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual

+.na

+.de Ds

+.nf

+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1

+.ft 1

+.\".ps \\n(PS

+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu

+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp

+..

+.de De

+.ce 0

+.if \\n(BD .DF

+.nr BD 0

+.in \\n(OIu

+.if \\n(TM .ls 2

+.sp \\n(DDu

+.fi

+..

+.de FD

+.LP

+.KS

+.TA .5i 3i

+.ta .5i 3i

+.nf

+..

+.de FN

+.fi

+.KE

+.LP

+..

+.de IN		\" send an index entry to the stderr

+..

+.de C{

+.KS

+.nf

+.D

+.\"

+.\"	choose appropriate monospace font

+.\"	the imagen conditional, 480,

+.\"	may be changed to L if LB is too

+.\"	heavy for your eyes...

+.\"

+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L

+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L

+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO

+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW

+.el .ft R

+.ps \\n(PS

+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu

+.el .vs \\n(VSp

+..

+.de C}

+.DE

+.R

+..

+.de Pn

+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3

+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3

+..

+.de ZN

+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2

+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2

+..

+.de hN

+.ie t <\fB\\$1\fR>\\$2

+.el <\fI\\$1\fP>\\$2

+..

+.de NT

+.ne 7

+.ds NO Note

+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2

+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1

+.ie n .sp

+.el .sp 10p

+.TB

+.ce

+\\*(NO

+.ie n .sp

+.el .sp 5p

+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99

+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99

+.in +5n

+.ll -5n

+.R

+..

+.		\" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85

+.de NE

+.ce 0

+.in -5n

+.ll +5n

+.ie n .sp

+.el .sp 10p

+..

+.ny0

+.TH XChangeKeyboardMapping __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XLIB FUNCTIONS"

+.SH NAME

+XChangeKeyboardMapping, XGetKeyboardMapping, XDisplayKeycodes, XSetModifierMapping, XGetModifierMapping, XNewModifiermap, XInsertModifiermapEntry, XDeleteModifiermapEntry, XFreeModifiermap, XModifierKeymap \- manipulate keyboard encoding and keyboard encoding structure

+.SH SYNTAX

+.HP

+int XChangeKeyboardMapping(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP, int \fIfirst_keycode\fP,

+int \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP, KeySym *\fIkeysyms\fP, int \fInum_codes\fP\^); 

+.HP

+KeySym *XGetKeyboardMapping(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP, KeyCode

+\fIfirst_keycode\fP, int \fIkeycode_count\fP, int

+*\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP\^); 

+.HP

+int XDisplayKeycodes\^(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^, int

+*\fImin_keycodes_return\fP\^, int *\fImax_keycodes_return\fP\^); 

+.HP

+int XSetModifierMapping(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP, XModifierKeymap

+*\fImodmap\fP\^); 

+.HP

+XModifierKeymap *XGetModifierMapping(\^Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^); 

+.HP

+XModifierKeymap *XNewModifiermap(\^int \fImax_keys_per_mod\fP\^); 

+.HP

+XModifierKeymap *XInsertModifiermapEntry\^(\^XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP,

+KeyCode \fIkeycode_entry\fP, int \fImodifier\fP\^); 

+.HP

+XModifierKeymap *XDeleteModifiermapEntry\^(\^XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP,

+KeyCode \fIkeycode_entry\fP, int \fImodifier\fP\^); 

+.HP

+int XFreeModifiermap(\^XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP\^); 

+.SH ARGUMENTS

+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+.ds Kc changed or returned

+.IP \fIfirst_keycode\fP 1i

+Specifies the first KeyCode that is to be \*(Kc.

+.IP \fIkeycode_count\fP 1i

+Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be returned.

+.IP \fIkeycode_entry\fP 1i

+Specifies the KeyCode. 

+.IP \fIkeysyms\fP 1i

+Specifies an array of KeySyms.

+.IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP 1i

+Specifies the number of KeySyms per KeyCode.

+.IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP 1i

+Returns the number of KeySyms per KeyCode.

+.IP \fImax_keys_per_mod\fP 1i

+Specifies the number of KeyCode entries preallocated to the modifiers

+in the map.

+.IP \fImax_keycodes_return\fP 1i

+Returns the maximum number of KeyCodes.

+.IP \fImin_keycodes_return\fP 1i

+Returns the minimum number of KeyCodes.

+.IP \fImodifier\fP 1i

+Specifies the modifier.

+.IP \fImodmap\fP 1i

+Specifies the 

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure.

+.IP \fInum_codes\fP 1i

+Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be changed.

+.SH DESCRIPTION

+The

+.ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping

+function defines the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes

+starting with first_keycode.

+The symbols for KeyCodes outside this range remain unchanged.  

+The number of elements in keysyms must be:

+.LP

+.Ds

+num_codes * keysyms_per_keycode

+.De

+.LP

+The specified first_keycode must be greater than or equal to min_keycode 

+returned by

+.ZN XDisplayKeycodes ,

+or a 

+.ZN BadValue 

+error results.

+In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal to 

+max_keycode as returned by

+.ZN XDisplayKeycodes ,

+or a

+.ZN BadValue 

+error results:

+.LP

+.Ds

+first_keycode + num_codes \- 1

+.De

+.LP

+KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index

+in keysyms, counting from zero: 

+.LP

+.Ds 

+(K \- first_keycode) * keysyms_per_keycode + N

+.De

+.LP

+The specified keysyms_per_keycode can be chosen arbitrarily by the client

+to be large enough to hold all desired symbols. 

+A special KeySym value of 

+.ZN NoSymbol 

+should be used to fill in unused elements 

+for individual KeyCodes.  

+It is legal for 

+.ZN NoSymbol 

+to appear in nontrailing positions

+of the effective list for a KeyCode.

+.ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping

+generates a 

+.ZN MappingNotify 

+event.

+.LP

+There is no requirement that the X server interpret this mapping. 

+It is merely stored for reading and writing by clients.

+.LP

+.ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping

+can generate

+.ZN BadAlloc 

+and

+.ZN BadValue 

+errors.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN XGetKeyboardMapping

+function returns the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes

+starting with first_keycode.

+The value specified in first_keycode must be greater than 

+or equal to min_keycode as returned by

+.ZN XDisplayKeycodes ,

+or a

+.ZN BadValue 

+error results.

+In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal 

+to max_keycode as returned by

+.ZN XDisplayKeycodes :

+.LP

+.Ds 

+first_keycode + keycode_count \- 1

+.De

+.LP

+If this is not the case, a 

+.ZN BadValue 

+error results. 

+The number of elements in the KeySyms list is:

+.LP

+.Ds 

+keycode_count * keysyms_per_keycode_return

+.De

+.LP

+KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index

+in the list, counting from zero: 

+.Ds

+(K \- first_code) * keysyms_per_code_return + N

+.De

+.LP

+The X server arbitrarily chooses the keysyms_per_keycode_return value 

+to be large enough to report all requested symbols. 

+A special KeySym value of 

+.ZN NoSymbol 

+is used to fill in unused elements for

+individual KeyCodes.

+To free the storage returned by 

+.ZN XGetKeyboardMapping ,

+use

+.ZN XFree .

+.LP

+.ZN XGetKeyboardMapping

+can generate a

+.ZN BadValue 

+error.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN XDisplayKeycodes

+function returns the min-keycodes and max-keycodes supported by the

+specified display.

+The minimum number of KeyCodes returned is never less than 8,

+and the maximum number of KeyCodes returned is never greater than 255.

+Not all KeyCodes in this range are required to have corresponding keys.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN XSetModifierMapping

+function specifies the KeyCodes of the keys (if any) that are to be used 

+as modifiers.

+If it succeeds,

+the X server generates a

+.ZN MappingNotify

+event, and

+.ZN XSetModifierMapping

+returns

+.ZN MappingSuccess .

+X permits at most 8 modifier keys.

+If more than 8 are specified in the

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure, a

+.ZN BadLength

+error results.

+.LP

+The modifiermap member of the 

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure contains 8 sets of max_keypermod KeyCodes, 

+one for each modifier in the order 

+.ZN Shift , 

+.ZN Lock , 

+.ZN Control , 

+.ZN Mod1 , 

+.ZN Mod2 , 

+.ZN Mod3 , 

+.ZN Mod4 , 

+and 

+.ZN Mod5 .

+Only nonzero KeyCodes have meaning in each set, 

+and zero KeyCodes are ignored.

+In addition, all of the nonzero KeyCodes must be in the range specified by 

+min_keycode and max_keycode in the 

+.ZN Display 

+structure,

+or a 

+.ZN BadValue 

+error results.

+.LP

+An X server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be changed, 

+for example,

+if certain keys do not generate up transitions in hardware,

+if auto-repeat cannot be disabled on certain keys,

+or if multiple modifier keys are not supported.  

+If some such restriction is violated, 

+the status reply is

+.ZN MappingFailed ,

+and none of the modifiers are changed.

+If the new KeyCodes specified for a modifier differ from those

+currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that modifier are

+in the logically down state, 

+.ZN XSetModifierMapping

+returns

+.ZN MappingBusy , 

+and none of the modifiers is changed.

+.LP

+.ZN XSetModifierMapping

+can generate

+.ZN BadAlloc

+and 

+.ZN BadValue

+errors.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN XGetModifierMapping

+function returns a pointer to a newly created

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure that contains the keys being used as modifiers.

+The structure should be freed after use by calling

+.ZN XFreeModifiermap .

+If only zero values appear in the set for any modifier, 

+that modifier is disabled.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN XNewModifiermap

+function returns a pointer to

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure for later use.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN XInsertModifiermapEntry

+function adds the specified KeyCode to the set that controls the specified

+modifier and returns the resulting

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure (expanded as needed).

+.LP

+The

+.ZN XDeleteModifiermapEntry

+function deletes the specified KeyCode from the set that controls the

+specified modifier and returns a pointer to the resulting

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure.

+.LP

+The

+.ZN XFreeModifiermap

+function frees the specified

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure.

+.SH STRUCTURES

+The

+.ZN XModifierKeymap

+structure contains:

+.LP

+.Ds 0

+.TA .5i 2.5i

+.ta .5i 2.5i

+typedef struct {

+	int max_keypermod;	/\&* This server's max number of keys per modifier */

+	KeyCode *modifiermap;	/\&* An 8 by max_keypermod array of the modifiers */

+} XModifierKeymap;

+.De

+.SH DIAGNOSTICS

+.TP 1i

+.ZN BadAlloc

+The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory.

+.TP 1i

+.ZN BadValue

+Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request.

+Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined

+by the argument's type is accepted.  Any argument defined as a set of

+alternatives can generate this error.

+.SH "SEE ALSO"

+XFree(__libmansuffix__),

+XSetPointerMapping(__libmansuffix__) 

+.br

+\fI\*(xL\fP

diff --git a/libX11/man/xkb/XkbPtrActionX.man b/libX11/man/xkb/XkbPtrActionX.man
index 7116185c4..f821245f6 100644
--- a/libX11/man/xkb/XkbPtrActionX.man
+++ b/libX11/man/xkb/XkbPtrActionX.man
@@ -1,104 +1,104 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1999 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-.\" Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
-.\" paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-.\" Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
-.\" THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-.\" FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\"
-.TH XkbPtrActionX __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
-.SH NAME
-XkbPtrActionX \- Returns the high_XXX and low_XXX fields of act converted to a 
-signed int
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.HP
-.B int XkbPtrActionX
-.BI "(\^XkbPtrAction " "act" "\^);"
-.if n .ti +5n
-.if t .ti +.5i
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.TP
-.I \- act
-action from which to extract X
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.LP
-Actions associated with the XkbPtrAction structure move the pointer when keys 
-are pressed and released.
-
-If the MouseKeys control is not enabled, KeyPress and KeyRelease events are 
-treated as though the action is XkbSA_NoAction.
-
-If the MouseKeys control is enabled, a server action of type XkbSA_MovePtr 
-instructs the server to generate core pointer MotionNotify events rather than 
-the usual KeyPress event, and the corresponding KeyRelease event disables any 
-mouse keys timers that were created as a result of handling the XkbSA_MovePtr 
-action.
-
-The 
-.I type 
-field of the XkbPtrAction structure is always XkbSA_MovePtr.
-
-The 
-.I flags 
-field is a bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 1.
-
-.TS
-c s
-l l
-l lw(4i).
-Table 1 Pointer Action Types
-_
-Action Type	Meaning
-_
-XkbSA_NoAcceleration	T{
-If not set, and the MouseKeysAccel control is enabled, the KeyPress initiates a 
-mouse keys timer for this key; every time the timer expires, the cursor moves.
-T}
-XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX	T{
-If set, the X portion of the structure specifies the new pointer X coordinate. 
-Otherwise, the X portion is added to the current pointer X coordinate to 
-determine the new pointer X coordinate.
-T}
-XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY	T{
-If set, the Y portion of the structure specifies the new pointer Y coordinate. 
-Otherwise, the Y portion is added to the current pointer Y coordinate to 
-determine the new pointer Y coordinate.
-T}
-.TE
-
-Each of the X and Y coordinates of the XkbPtrAction structure is composed of
-two signed 16-bit values, that is, the X coordinate is composed of 
-.I high_XXX 
-and 
-.I low_XXX, 
-and similarly for the Y coordinate. Xkb provides the following macros, to 
-convert between a signed integer and two signed 16-bit values in XkbPtrAction 
-structures.
-.SH STRUCTURES
-.LP
-.nf
-
-    typedef struct _XkbPtrAction {
-        unsigned char    type;         /\(** XkbSA_MovePtr */
-        unsigned char    flags;        /\(** determines type of pointer motion */
-        unsigned char    high_XXX;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits*/
-        unsigned char    low_XXX;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */
-        unsigned char    high_YYY;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits */
-        unsigned char    low_YYY;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */
-    } XkbPtrAction;
-
-.fi    
+'\" t

+.\" Copyright 1999 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+.\"

+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+.\" Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+.\"

+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+.\" paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+.\" Software.

+.\"

+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+.\" THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+.\" FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+.\"

+.TH XkbPtrActionX __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"

+.SH NAME

+XkbPtrActionX \- Returns the high_XXX and low_XXX fields of act converted to a 

+signed int

+.SH SYNOPSIS

+.HP

+.B int XkbPtrActionX

+.BI "(\^XkbPtrAction " "act" "\^);"

+.if n .ti +5n

+.if t .ti +.5i

+.SH ARGUMENTS

+.TP

+.I \- act

+action from which to extract X

+.SH DESCRIPTION

+.LP

+Actions associated with the XkbPtrAction structure move the pointer when keys 

+are pressed and released.

+

+If the MouseKeys control is not enabled, KeyPress and KeyRelease events are 

+treated as though the action is XkbSA_NoAction.

+

+If the MouseKeys control is enabled, a server action of type XkbSA_MovePtr 

+instructs the server to generate core pointer MotionNotify events rather than 

+the usual KeyPress event, and the corresponding KeyRelease event disables any 

+mouse keys timers that were created as a result of handling the XkbSA_MovePtr 

+action.

+

+The 

+.I type 

+field of the XkbPtrAction structure is always XkbSA_MovePtr.

+

+The 

+.I flags 

+field is a bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 1.

+

+.TS

+c s

+l l

+l lw(4i).

+Table 1 Pointer Action Types

+_

+Action Type	Meaning

+_

+XkbSA_NoAcceleration	T{

+If not set, and the MouseKeysAccel control is enabled, the KeyPress initiates a 

+mouse keys timer for this key; every time the timer expires, the cursor moves.

+T}

+XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX	T{

+If set, the X portion of the structure specifies the new pointer X coordinate. 

+Otherwise, the X portion is added to the current pointer X coordinate to 

+determine the new pointer X coordinate.

+T}

+XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY	T{

+If set, the Y portion of the structure specifies the new pointer Y coordinate. 

+Otherwise, the Y portion is added to the current pointer Y coordinate to 

+determine the new pointer Y coordinate.

+T}

+.TE

+

+Each of the X and Y coordinates of the XkbPtrAction structure is composed of

+two signed 16-bit values, that is, the X coordinate is composed of 

+.I high_XXX 

+and 

+.I low_XXX, 

+and similarly for the Y coordinate. Xkb provides the following macros, to 

+convert between a signed integer and two signed 16-bit values in XkbPtrAction 

+structures.

+.SH STRUCTURES

+.LP

+.nf

+

+    typedef struct _XkbPtrAction {

+        unsigned char    type;         /\(** XkbSA_MovePtr */

+        unsigned char    flags;        /\(** determines type of pointer motion */

+        unsigned char    high_XXX;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits*/

+        unsigned char    low_XXX;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */

+        unsigned char    high_YYY;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits */

+        unsigned char    low_YYY;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */

+    } XkbPtrAction;

+

+.fi    

diff --git a/libX11/man/xkb/XkbPtrActionY.man b/libX11/man/xkb/XkbPtrActionY.man
index ad10214ea..f4afc180c 100644
--- a/libX11/man/xkb/XkbPtrActionY.man
+++ b/libX11/man/xkb/XkbPtrActionY.man
@@ -1,104 +1,104 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1999 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-.\" Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
-.\" paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-.\" Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
-.\" THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-.\" FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\"
-.TH XkbPtrActionY __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
-.SH NAME
-XkbPtrActionY \- Returns the high_YYY and low_YYY fields of act converted to a 
-signed int
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.HP
-.B int XkbPtrActionY
-.BI "(\^XkbPtrAction " "act" "\^);"
-.if n .ti +5n
-.if t .ti +.5i
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.TP
-.I \- act
-action from which to extract Y
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.LP
-Actions associated with the XkbPtrAction structure move the pointer when keys 
-are pressed and released.
-
-If the MouseKeys control is not enabled, KeyPress and KeyRelease events are 
-treated as though the action is XkbSA_NoAction.
-
-If the MouseKeys control is enabled, a server action of type XkbSA_MovePtr 
-instructs the server to generate core pointer MotionNotify events rather than 
-the usual KeyPress event, and the corresponding KeyRelease event disables any 
-mouse keys timers that were created as a result of handling the XkbSA_MovePtr 
-action.
-
-The 
-.I type 
-field of the XkbPtrAction structure is always XkbSA_MovePtr.
-
-The 
-.I flags 
-field is a bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 1.
-
-.TS
-c s
-l l
-l lw(4i).
-Table 1 Pointer Action Types
-_
-Action Type	Meaning
-_
-XkbSA_NoAcceleration	T{
-If not set, and the MouseKeysAccel control is enabled, the KeyPress initiates a 
-mouse keys timer for this key; every time the timer expires, the cursor moves.
-T}
-XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX	T{
-If set, the X portion of the structure specifies the new pointer X coordinate. 
-Otherwise, the X portion is added to the current pointer X coordinate to 
-determine the new pointer X coordinate.
-T}
-XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY	T{
-If set, the Y portion of the structure specifies the new pointer Y coordinate. 
-Otherwise, the Y portion is added to the current pointer Y coordinate to 
-determine the new pointer Y coordinate.
-T}
-.TE
-
-Each of the X and Y coordinates of the XkbPtrAction structure is composed of
-two signed 16-bit values, that is, the X coordinate is composed of 
-.I high_XXX 
-and 
-.I low_XXX, 
-and similarly for the Y coordinate. Xkb provides the following macros, to 
-convert between a signed integer and two signed 16-bit values in XkbPtrAction 
-structures.
-.SH STRUCTURES
-.LP
-.nf
-
-    typedef struct _XkbPtrAction {
-        unsigned char    type;         /\(** XkbSA_MovePtr */
-        unsigned char    flags;        /\(** determines type of pointer motion */
-        unsigned char    high_XXX;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits*/
-        unsigned char    low_XXX;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */
-        unsigned char    high_YYY;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits */
-        unsigned char    low_YYY;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */
-    } XkbPtrAction;
-
-.fi    
+'\" t

+.\" Copyright 1999 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+.\"

+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+.\" Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+.\"

+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+.\" paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+.\" Software.

+.\"

+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+.\" THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+.\" FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+.\"

+.TH XkbPtrActionY __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"

+.SH NAME

+XkbPtrActionY \- Returns the high_YYY and low_YYY fields of act converted to a 

+signed int

+.SH SYNOPSIS

+.HP

+.B int XkbPtrActionY

+.BI "(\^XkbPtrAction " "act" "\^);"

+.if n .ti +5n

+.if t .ti +.5i

+.SH ARGUMENTS

+.TP

+.I \- act

+action from which to extract Y

+.SH DESCRIPTION

+.LP

+Actions associated with the XkbPtrAction structure move the pointer when keys 

+are pressed and released.

+

+If the MouseKeys control is not enabled, KeyPress and KeyRelease events are 

+treated as though the action is XkbSA_NoAction.

+

+If the MouseKeys control is enabled, a server action of type XkbSA_MovePtr 

+instructs the server to generate core pointer MotionNotify events rather than 

+the usual KeyPress event, and the corresponding KeyRelease event disables any 

+mouse keys timers that were created as a result of handling the XkbSA_MovePtr 

+action.

+

+The 

+.I type 

+field of the XkbPtrAction structure is always XkbSA_MovePtr.

+

+The 

+.I flags 

+field is a bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 1.

+

+.TS

+c s

+l l

+l lw(4i).

+Table 1 Pointer Action Types

+_

+Action Type	Meaning

+_

+XkbSA_NoAcceleration	T{

+If not set, and the MouseKeysAccel control is enabled, the KeyPress initiates a 

+mouse keys timer for this key; every time the timer expires, the cursor moves.

+T}

+XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX	T{

+If set, the X portion of the structure specifies the new pointer X coordinate. 

+Otherwise, the X portion is added to the current pointer X coordinate to 

+determine the new pointer X coordinate.

+T}

+XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY	T{

+If set, the Y portion of the structure specifies the new pointer Y coordinate. 

+Otherwise, the Y portion is added to the current pointer Y coordinate to 

+determine the new pointer Y coordinate.

+T}

+.TE

+

+Each of the X and Y coordinates of the XkbPtrAction structure is composed of

+two signed 16-bit values, that is, the X coordinate is composed of 

+.I high_XXX 

+and 

+.I low_XXX, 

+and similarly for the Y coordinate. Xkb provides the following macros, to 

+convert between a signed integer and two signed 16-bit values in XkbPtrAction 

+structures.

+.SH STRUCTURES

+.LP

+.nf

+

+    typedef struct _XkbPtrAction {

+        unsigned char    type;         /\(** XkbSA_MovePtr */

+        unsigned char    flags;        /\(** determines type of pointer motion */

+        unsigned char    high_XXX;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits*/

+        unsigned char    low_XXX;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */

+        unsigned char    high_YYY;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits */

+        unsigned char    low_YYY;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */

+    } XkbPtrAction;

+

+.fi    

diff --git a/libX11/man/xkb/XkbSetPtrActionX.man b/libX11/man/xkb/XkbSetPtrActionX.man
index 2bd56b255..9b13cd402 100644
--- a/libX11/man/xkb/XkbSetPtrActionX.man
+++ b/libX11/man/xkb/XkbSetPtrActionX.man
@@ -1,108 +1,108 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1999 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-.\" Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
-.\" paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-.\" Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
-.\" THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-.\" FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\"
-.TH XkbSetPtrActionX __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
-.SH NAME
-XkbSetPtrActionX \- Sets the high_XXX and low_XXX fields of act from the signed 
-integer value x
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.HP
-.B void XkbSetPtrActionX
-.BI "(\^XkbPtrAction " "act" "\^,"
-.BI "int " "x" "\^);"
-.if n .ti +5n
-.if t .ti +.5i
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.TP
-.I \- act
-action in which to set X
-.TP
-.I \- x
-new value to set
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.LP
-Actions associated with the XkbPtrAction structure move the pointer when keys 
-are pressed and released.
-
-If the MouseKeys control is not enabled, KeyPress and KeyRelease events are 
-treated as though the action is XkbSA_NoAction.
-
-If the MouseKeys control is enabled, a server action of type XkbSA_MovePtr 
-instructs the server to generate core pointer MotionNotify events rather than 
-the usual KeyPress event, and the corresponding KeyRelease event disables any 
-mouse keys timers that were created as a result of handling the XkbSA_MovePtr 
-action.
-
-The 
-.I type 
-field of the XkbPtrAction structure is always XkbSA_MovePtr.
-
-The 
-.I flags 
-field is a bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 1.
-
-.TS
-c s
-l l
-l lw(4i).
-Table 1 Pointer Action Types
-_
-Action Type	Meaning
-_
-XkbSA_NoAcceleration	T{
-If not set, and the MouseKeysAccel control is enabled, the KeyPress initiates a 
-mouse keys timer for this key; every time the timer expires, the cursor moves.
-T}
-XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX	T{
-If set, the X portion of the structure specifies the new pointer X coordinate. 
-Otherwise, the X portion is added to the current pointer X coordinate to 
-determine the new pointer X coordinate.
-T}
-XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY	T{
-If set, the Y portion of the structure specifies the new pointer Y coordinate. 
-Otherwise, the Y portion is added to the current pointer Y coordinate to 
-determine the new pointer Y coordinate.
-T}
-.TE
-
-Each of the X and Y coordinates of the XkbPtrAction structure is composed of
-two signed 16-bit values, that is, the X coordinate is composed of 
-.I high_XXX 
-and 
-.I low_XXX, 
-and similarly for the Y coordinate. Xkb provides the following macros, to 
-convert between a signed integer and two signed 16-bit values in XkbPtrAction 
-structures.
-.SH STRUCTURES
-.LP
-.nf
-
-    typedef struct _XkbPtrAction {
-        unsigned char    type;         /\(** XkbSA_MovePtr */
-        unsigned char    flags;        /\(** determines type of pointer motion */
-        unsigned char    high_XXX;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits*/
-        unsigned char    low_XXX;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */
-        unsigned char    high_YYY;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits */
-        unsigned char    low_YYY;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */
-    } XkbPtrAction;
-
-.fi    
+'\" t

+.\" Copyright 1999 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+.\"

+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+.\" Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+.\"

+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+.\" paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+.\" Software.

+.\"

+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+.\" THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+.\" FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+.\"

+.TH XkbSetPtrActionX __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"

+.SH NAME

+XkbSetPtrActionX \- Sets the high_XXX and low_XXX fields of act from the signed 

+integer value x

+.SH SYNOPSIS

+.HP

+.B void XkbSetPtrActionX

+.BI "(\^XkbPtrAction " "act" "\^,"

+.BI "int " "x" "\^);"

+.if n .ti +5n

+.if t .ti +.5i

+.SH ARGUMENTS

+.TP

+.I \- act

+action in which to set X

+.TP

+.I \- x

+new value to set

+.SH DESCRIPTION

+.LP

+Actions associated with the XkbPtrAction structure move the pointer when keys 

+are pressed and released.

+

+If the MouseKeys control is not enabled, KeyPress and KeyRelease events are 

+treated as though the action is XkbSA_NoAction.

+

+If the MouseKeys control is enabled, a server action of type XkbSA_MovePtr 

+instructs the server to generate core pointer MotionNotify events rather than 

+the usual KeyPress event, and the corresponding KeyRelease event disables any 

+mouse keys timers that were created as a result of handling the XkbSA_MovePtr 

+action.

+

+The 

+.I type 

+field of the XkbPtrAction structure is always XkbSA_MovePtr.

+

+The 

+.I flags 

+field is a bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 1.

+

+.TS

+c s

+l l

+l lw(4i).

+Table 1 Pointer Action Types

+_

+Action Type	Meaning

+_

+XkbSA_NoAcceleration	T{

+If not set, and the MouseKeysAccel control is enabled, the KeyPress initiates a 

+mouse keys timer for this key; every time the timer expires, the cursor moves.

+T}

+XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX	T{

+If set, the X portion of the structure specifies the new pointer X coordinate. 

+Otherwise, the X portion is added to the current pointer X coordinate to 

+determine the new pointer X coordinate.

+T}

+XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY	T{

+If set, the Y portion of the structure specifies the new pointer Y coordinate. 

+Otherwise, the Y portion is added to the current pointer Y coordinate to 

+determine the new pointer Y coordinate.

+T}

+.TE

+

+Each of the X and Y coordinates of the XkbPtrAction structure is composed of

+two signed 16-bit values, that is, the X coordinate is composed of 

+.I high_XXX 

+and 

+.I low_XXX, 

+and similarly for the Y coordinate. Xkb provides the following macros, to 

+convert between a signed integer and two signed 16-bit values in XkbPtrAction 

+structures.

+.SH STRUCTURES

+.LP

+.nf

+

+    typedef struct _XkbPtrAction {

+        unsigned char    type;         /\(** XkbSA_MovePtr */

+        unsigned char    flags;        /\(** determines type of pointer motion */

+        unsigned char    high_XXX;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits*/

+        unsigned char    low_XXX;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */

+        unsigned char    high_YYY;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits */

+        unsigned char    low_YYY;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */

+    } XkbPtrAction;

+

+.fi    

diff --git a/libX11/man/xkb/XkbSetPtrActionY.man b/libX11/man/xkb/XkbSetPtrActionY.man
index d8da0f20f..308970176 100644
--- a/libX11/man/xkb/XkbSetPtrActionY.man
+++ b/libX11/man/xkb/XkbSetPtrActionY.man
@@ -1,108 +1,108 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1999 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-.\" Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
-.\" paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-.\" Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
-.\" THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-.\" FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\"
-.TH XkbSetPtrActionY __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
-.SH NAME
-XkbSetPtrActionY \- Sets the high_YYY and low_YYY fields of act from the signed 
-integer value y
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.HP
-.B void XkbSetPtrActionY
-.BI "(\^XkbPtrAction " "act" "\^,"
-.BI "int " "y" "\^);"
-.if n .ti +5n
-.if t .ti +.5i
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.TP
-.I \- act
-action in which to set Y
-.TP
-.I \- y
-new value to set
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.LP
-Actions associated with the XkbPtrAction structure move the pointer when keys 
-are pressed and released.
-
-If the MouseKeys control is not enabled, KeyPress and KeyRelease events are 
-treated as though the action is XkbSA_NoAction.
-
-If the MouseKeys control is enabled, a server action of type XkbSA_MovePtr 
-instructs the server to generate core pointer MotionNotify events rather than 
-the usual KeyPress event, and the corresponding KeyRelease event disables any 
-mouse keys timers that were created as a result of handling the XkbSA_MovePtr 
-action.
-
-The 
-.I type 
-field of the XkbPtrAction structure is always XkbSA_MovePtr.
-
-The 
-.I flags 
-field is a bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 1.
-
-.TS
-c s
-l l
-l lw(4i).
-Table 1 Pointer Action Types
-_
-Action Type	Meaning
-_
-XkbSA_NoAcceleration	T{
-If not set, and the MouseKeysAccel control is enabled, the KeyPress initiates a 
-mouse keys timer for this key; every time the timer expires, the cursor moves.
-T}
-XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX	T{
-If set, the X portion of the structure specifies the new pointer X coordinate. 
-Otherwise, the X portion is added to the current pointer X coordinate to 
-determine the new pointer X coordinate.
-T}
-XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY	T{
-If set, the Y portion of the structure specifies the new pointer Y coordinate. 
-Otherwise, the Y portion is added to the current pointer Y coordinate to 
-determine the new pointer Y coordinate.
-T}
-.TE
-
-Each of the X and Y coordinates of the XkbPtrAction structure is composed of
-two signed 16-bit values, that is, the X coordinate is composed of 
-.I high_XXX 
-and 
-.I low_XXX, 
-and similarly for the Y coordinate. Xkb provides the following macros, to 
-convert between a signed integer and two signed 16-bit values in XkbPtrAction 
-structures.
-.SH STRUCTURES
-.LP
-.nf
-
-    typedef struct _XkbPtrAction {
-        unsigned char    type;         /\(** XkbSA_MovePtr */
-        unsigned char    flags;        /\(** determines type of pointer motion */
-        unsigned char    high_XXX;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits*/
-        unsigned char    low_XXX;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */
-        unsigned char    high_YYY;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits */
-        unsigned char    low_YYY;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */
-    } XkbPtrAction;
-
-.fi    
+'\" t

+.\" Copyright 1999 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+.\"

+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+.\" Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+.\"

+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+.\" paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+.\" Software.

+.\"

+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+.\" THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+.\" FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+.\"

+.TH XkbSetPtrActionY __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"

+.SH NAME

+XkbSetPtrActionY \- Sets the high_YYY and low_YYY fields of act from the signed 

+integer value y

+.SH SYNOPSIS

+.HP

+.B void XkbSetPtrActionY

+.BI "(\^XkbPtrAction " "act" "\^,"

+.BI "int " "y" "\^);"

+.if n .ti +5n

+.if t .ti +.5i

+.SH ARGUMENTS

+.TP

+.I \- act

+action in which to set Y

+.TP

+.I \- y

+new value to set

+.SH DESCRIPTION

+.LP

+Actions associated with the XkbPtrAction structure move the pointer when keys 

+are pressed and released.

+

+If the MouseKeys control is not enabled, KeyPress and KeyRelease events are 

+treated as though the action is XkbSA_NoAction.

+

+If the MouseKeys control is enabled, a server action of type XkbSA_MovePtr 

+instructs the server to generate core pointer MotionNotify events rather than 

+the usual KeyPress event, and the corresponding KeyRelease event disables any 

+mouse keys timers that were created as a result of handling the XkbSA_MovePtr 

+action.

+

+The 

+.I type 

+field of the XkbPtrAction structure is always XkbSA_MovePtr.

+

+The 

+.I flags 

+field is a bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 1.

+

+.TS

+c s

+l l

+l lw(4i).

+Table 1 Pointer Action Types

+_

+Action Type	Meaning

+_

+XkbSA_NoAcceleration	T{

+If not set, and the MouseKeysAccel control is enabled, the KeyPress initiates a 

+mouse keys timer for this key; every time the timer expires, the cursor moves.

+T}

+XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteX	T{

+If set, the X portion of the structure specifies the new pointer X coordinate. 

+Otherwise, the X portion is added to the current pointer X coordinate to 

+determine the new pointer X coordinate.

+T}

+XkbSA_MoveAbsoluteY	T{

+If set, the Y portion of the structure specifies the new pointer Y coordinate. 

+Otherwise, the Y portion is added to the current pointer Y coordinate to 

+determine the new pointer Y coordinate.

+T}

+.TE

+

+Each of the X and Y coordinates of the XkbPtrAction structure is composed of

+two signed 16-bit values, that is, the X coordinate is composed of 

+.I high_XXX 

+and 

+.I low_XXX, 

+and similarly for the Y coordinate. Xkb provides the following macros, to 

+convert between a signed integer and two signed 16-bit values in XkbPtrAction 

+structures.

+.SH STRUCTURES

+.LP

+.nf

+

+    typedef struct _XkbPtrAction {

+        unsigned char    type;         /\(** XkbSA_MovePtr */

+        unsigned char    flags;        /\(** determines type of pointer motion */

+        unsigned char    high_XXX;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits*/

+        unsigned char    low_XXX;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */

+        unsigned char    high_YYY;     /\(** x coordinate, high bits */

+        unsigned char    low_YYY;      /\(** y coordinate, low bits */

+    } XkbPtrAction;

+

+.fi    

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imCallbk.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imCallbk.c
index 6275bbf00..761021354 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imCallbk.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imCallbk.c
@@ -1,754 +1,754 @@
-/***********************************************************************
-Copyright 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
-Copyright 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-Copyright 1994 by Sony Corporation
-
-                        All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, FUJITSU
-LIMITED and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity
-pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written
-prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED
-AND SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Hiroyuki Miyamoto  Digital Equipment Corporation
-                             miyamoto@jrd.dec.com
-  Modifier: Takashi Fujiwara FUJITSU LIMITED
-			     fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-	    Makoto Wakamatsu Sony Corporation
-		 	     makoto@sm.sony.co.jp
-
-***********************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-#ifdef X_LOCALE
-#define mblen(a,b)	_Xmblen(a,b)
-extern int _Xmblen ();
-#endif
-
-#define sz_CARD8                 1
-#define sz_INT8                  1
-#define sz_CARD16                2
-#define sz_INT16                 2
-#define sz_BITMASK16             sz_CARD16
-#define sz_CARD32                4
-#define sz_INT32                 4
-#define sz_BITMASK32             sz_CARD32
-#define sz_XIMID                 sizeof(XIMID)
-#define sz_XICID                 sizeof(XICID)
-#define sz_XIMATTRID             sizeof(XIMATTRID)
-#define sz_XICATTRID             sizeof(XICATTRID)
-#define sz_ximPacketHeader       (XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sz_XIMID + sz_XICID)
-#define sz_ximGeometry           0
-#define sz_ximStrConversion      (sz_CARD32 + sz_CARD32 + sz_CARD32 + sz_CARD32)
-#define sz_ximPreeditStart       0
-#define sz_ximPreeditStartReply  sz_INT32
-#define sz_ximPreeditCaret       (sz_INT32 + sz_CARD32 + sz_CARD32)
-#define sz_ximPreeditCaretReply  sz_CARD32
-#define sz_ximPreeditDone        0
-#define sz_ximStatusStart        0
-#define sz_ximStatusDone         0
-
-typedef enum {
-    XimCbSuccess,
-    XimCbNoCallback,
-    XimCbError,
-    XimCbQueued,
-    XimCbBadContextID,
-    XimCbBadOpcode
-} XimCbStatus;
-
-typedef XimCbStatus (*XimCb)(
-			     Xim, Xic, char*, int
-			     );
-
-#define PACKET_TO_MAJOROPCODE(p) (*(CARD8*)((CARD8*)(p)))
-#define PACKET_TO_MINOROPCODE(p) (*(CARD8*)((CARD8*)(p) + sz_CARD8))
-#define PACKET_TO_LENGTH(p) (*(CARD16*)((CARD8*)(p) + sz_CARD8 + sz_CARD8))
-#define PACKET_TO_IMID(p) (*(XIMID*)((CARD8*)(p) + XIM_HEADER_SIZE))
-#define PACKET_TO_ICID(p) (*(XICID*)((CARD8*)(p) + XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sz_XIMID))
-
-#define _XimWriteData(im,len,data) \
-    (im->private.proto.write((im),(len),(XPointer)(data)))
-#define _XimReadData(im,buf,buf_len,len) \
-    (im->private.proto.read((im),(XPointer)(buf),(buf_len),&(len)))
-#define _XimFlushData(im) im->private.proto.flush((im))
-
-Private XimCbStatus _XimGeometryCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimStrConversionCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditStartCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditDoneCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private void _free_memory_for_text(XIMText*);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditDrawCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditCaretCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimStatusStartCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimStatusDoneCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimStatusDrawCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);
-Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditStateNotifyCallback(Xim, Xic, char *, int);
-
-#if defined(__STDC__) && ((defined(sun) && defined(SVR4)) || defined(WIN32))
-#define RConst /**/
-#else
-#define RConst const
-#endif
-
-/* NOTE:
- * the table below depends on the protocol number
- * defined in the IM Protocol document.
- */
-static RConst XimCb callback_table[] = {
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #000-009 */
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #010-019 */
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #020-029 */
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #030-039 */
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #040-049 */
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #050-059 */
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #060-069 */
-    _XimGeometryCallback,	/* #070 */
-    _XimStrConversionCallback,	/* #071 */
-    NULL,			/* #072 */
-    _XimPreeditStartCallback,	/* #073 */
-    NULL,			/* #074 */
-    _XimPreeditDrawCallback,	/* #075 */
-    _XimPreeditCaretCallback,	/* #076 */
-    NULL,			/* #077 */
-    _XimPreeditDoneCallback,	/* #078 */
-    _XimStatusStartCallback,	/* #079 */
-    _XimStatusDrawCallback,	/* #080 */
-    _XimStatusDoneCallback,	/* #081 */
-    _XimPreeditStateNotifyCallback	/* #082 */
-    };
-
-
-Private Bool
-_XimIsReadyForProcess(Xic ic)
-{
-    return(!ic->private.proto.waitCallback); /* check HM */
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimProcessPendingCallbacks(Xic ic)
-{
-    XimPendingCallback pcbq;
-
-    while (((pcbq = ic->private.proto.pend_cb_que) != (XimPendingCallback)NULL)
-	   && _XimIsReadyForProcess(ic)) {
-	(void) (*callback_table[pcbq->major_opcode])(pcbq->im,
-						     pcbq->ic,
-						     pcbq->proto,
-						     pcbq->proto_len);
-	ic->private.proto.pend_cb_que = pcbq->next;
-	Xfree(pcbq->proto);	/* free memory of XimPendingCallback */
-	Xfree(pcbq);
-    }
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimPutCbIntoQueue(Xic ic, XimPendingCallback call_data)
-{
-    XimPendingCallback pcbq = ic->private.proto.pend_cb_que;
-
-    /* Queuing is FIFO
-     */
-    while (pcbq != (XimPendingCallback)NULL) {
-	if (pcbq->next == (XimPendingCallback)NULL) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	pcbq = pcbq->next;
-    }
-    if (pcbq == (XimPendingCallback)NULL) {
-	ic->private.proto.pend_cb_que = call_data;
-    }
-    else {
-	pcbq->next = call_data;
-    }
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimCbDispatch(Xim xim,
-	       INT16 len,
-	       XPointer data,
-	       XPointer call_data)
-{
-    /* `data' points to the beginning of the packet defined in IM Protocol doc.
-     */
-    int major_opcode = PACKET_TO_MAJOROPCODE(data);
-    XIMID imid = PACKET_TO_IMID(data);
-    XICID icid = PACKET_TO_ICID(data);
-    Xim im = (Xim)call_data;	/* check HM */
-    Xic ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid);
-    char* proto;
-    int proto_len;
-
-    /* check validity of im/ic
-     */
-    if ((imid != im->private.proto.imid) || !ic) {
-	return False; /* status = XimCbBadContextID; */
-    }
-
-    /* process pending callbacks
-     */
-    _XimProcessPendingCallbacks(ic);
-
-    /* check if the protocol should be processed here
-     */
-    if (major_opcode > 82) {
-	return False; /* status = XimCbBadOpcode; */
-    }
-    if (!callback_table[major_opcode]) {
-	return False; /* status = XimCbBadOpcode; */
-    }
-
-    /* move the pointer ahead by the IM Protocol packet header size
-     */
-    proto = (char*)data + sz_ximPacketHeader;
-    proto_len = (int)len - sz_ximPacketHeader;
-
-    /* check if it can be processed right away
-     * and if no, queue the protocol, otherwise invoke a callback
-     */
-    if (!_XimIsReadyForProcess(ic)) {
-
-	/* queue the protocol
-	 */
-	XimPendingCallback pcb;
-	char *proto_buf = (proto_len > 0) ? (char*)Xmalloc(proto_len) : NULL;
-
-	pcb = (XimPendingCallback)Xmalloc(sizeof(XimPendingCallbackRec));
-	if (pcb && (proto_len <= 0 || proto_buf)) {
-	    if (proto_len > 0)
-		memcpy(proto_buf, proto, proto_len);
-
-	    pcb->major_opcode = major_opcode;
-	    pcb->im = im;
-	    pcb->ic = ic;
-	    pcb->proto = proto_buf;
-	    pcb->proto_len = proto_len;
-	    pcb->next = (XimPendingCallback)NULL; /* queue is FIFO */
-	    _XimPutCbIntoQueue(ic, pcb);
-	    /* status = XimCbQueued; */
-	} else {
-	    /* status = XimCbError; */
-	    Xfree(pcb);
-	    Xfree(proto_buf);
-	}
-    }
-    else {
-	/* invoke each callback according to the major opcode.
-	 * `proto' points to the next address of IM-ID and IC-ID.
-	 * `proto_len' specifies the packet length.
-	 */
-	(void) (*callback_table[major_opcode])(im, ic, proto, proto_len);
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimGeometryCallback(Xim im,
-		     Xic ic,
-		     char* proto,
-		     int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.geometry_callback;
-
-    /* invoke the callack
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback) {
-	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimStrConversionCallback(Xim im,
-			  Xic ic,
-			  char* proto,
-			  int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.string_conversion_callback; /* check HM */
-    XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct cbrec;
-
-    /* invoke the callback
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback) {
-	int p = XIM_HEADER_SIZE;
-	cbrec.position = (XIMStringConversionPosition)
-	    *(CARD32*)&proto[p]; p += sz_CARD32;
-	cbrec.direction = (XIMCaretDirection)
-	    *(CARD32*)&proto[p]; p += sz_CARD32;
-	cbrec.operation = (XIMStringConversionOperation)
-	    *(CARD32*)&proto[p]; p += sz_CARD32;
-	cbrec.factor = (unsigned short)
-	    *(CARD32*)&proto[p];
-
-	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbrec);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	_XimError(im, ic,
-		  (CARD16)XIM_BadSomething,
-		  (INT16)len,
-		  (CARD16)XIM_STR_CONVERSION,
-		  (char*)proto); /* send XIM_ERROR */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    /* send a reply
-     */
-    {
-	CARD8	*buf;
-	INT16	 buf_len;
-	int	 p, length_in_bytes, i;
-
-	/* Assumption:
-	 * `cbrec.text->length' means the string length in characters
-	 */
-	{
-	    length_in_bytes = (cbrec.text->encoding_is_wchar)?
-		sizeof(wchar_t) * cbrec.text->length: /* wchar */
-		strlen(cbrec.text->string.mbs);	/* mb */
-	    buf_len = XIM_HEADER_SIZE +
-		sz_CARD16 +
-		2 + length_in_bytes +
-		XIM_PAD(2 + length_in_bytes) +
-		2 + 2 + sz_CARD32 * cbrec.text->length;
-	    buf = (CARD8*)Xmalloc(buf_len);
-	}
-	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_STR_CONVERSION_REPLY, 0, &buf_len);
-	buf_len -= XIM_HEADER_SIZE; /* added by _XimSetHeader (HACK) */
-	p = XIM_HEADER_SIZE;
-	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)im->private.proto.imid; p += sz_CARD16;
-	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)ic->private.proto.icid; p += sz_CARD16;
-	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)cbrec.text->length; p += sz_CARD16;
-	memcpy(&buf[p],&cbrec.text->string.mbs,length_in_bytes);
-	p += length_in_bytes;
-	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)(sz_CARD32*cbrec.text->length);
-	p += XIM_PAD(2);
-	for (i = 0; i < (int)cbrec.text->length; i++) {
-	    *(CARD32*)&buf[p] = (CARD32)cbrec.text->feedback[i];
-	    p += sz_CARD32;
-	}
-
-	if (!(_XimWriteData(im, buf_len, buf))) {
-	    return XimCbError;
-	}
-	_XimFlushData(im);
-
-	Xfree(buf);
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimPreeditStartCallback(Xim im,
-			 Xic ic,
-			 char* proto,
-			 int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.start_callback;
-    int ret;
-
-    /* invoke the callback
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback){
-	ret = (*(cb->callback))((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	_XimError(im, ic,
-		  (CARD16)XIM_BadSomething,
-		  (INT16)len,
-		  (CARD16)XIM_PREEDIT_START,
-		  (char*)proto); /* send XIM_ERROR */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    /* send a reply
-     */
-    {
-	CARD32 buf32[(sz_ximPacketHeader + sz_ximPreeditStartReply) / 4];
-	CARD8 *buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-	INT16 buf_len = sz_XIMID + sz_XICID + sz_ximPreeditStartReply;
-	int p;
-
-	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_PREEDIT_START_REPLY, 0, &buf_len);
-	p = XIM_HEADER_SIZE;
-	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)im->private.proto.imid; p += sz_CARD16;
-	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)ic->private.proto.icid; p += sz_CARD16;
-	*(INT32*)&buf[p]  = (INT32)ret;
-
-	if (!(_XimWriteData(im, buf_len, buf))) {
-	    return XimCbError;
-	}
-	_XimFlushData(im);
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimPreeditDoneCallback(Xim im,
-			Xic ic,
-			char* proto,
-			int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.done_callback;
-
-    /* invoke the callback
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback) {
-	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private void
-_read_text_from_packet(Xim im,
-		       char* buf,
-		       XIMText** text_ptr)
-{
-    int status;
-    XIMText* text;
-    int tmp_len;
-    char* tmp_buf;
-    Status s = 0;
-
-    status = (int)*(BITMASK32*)buf; buf += sz_BITMASK32;
-
-    /* string part
-     */
-    if (status & 0x00000001) /* "no string" bit on */ {
-	buf += sz_CARD16;	/* skip "length of preedit string" */
-	buf += 2;		/* pad */
-	*text_ptr = (XIMText*)NULL;
-	return;
-    }
-
-    *text_ptr = text = (XIMText*)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMText));
-    if (text == (XIMText*)NULL) return;
-
-	tmp_len = (int)*(CARD16*)buf;
-	buf += sz_CARD16;
-	if ((tmp_buf = (char*)Xmalloc(tmp_len + 1))) {
-	    memcpy(tmp_buf, buf, tmp_len);
-	    tmp_buf[tmp_len] = '\0';
-
-	    text->encoding_is_wchar = False;
-	    text->length = im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im,
-					tmp_buf, tmp_len,
-					NULL, 0, &s); /* CT? HM */
-	    if (s != XLookupNone) {
-#ifndef NO_DEC_I18N_FIX
-                /* Allow for NULL-terminated */
-                if ((text->string.multi_byte =
-                    (char*)Xmalloc(text->length *
-                      XLC_PUBLIC(im->core.lcd,mb_cur_max) + 1))) {
-#else
-		if (text->string.multi_byte = (char*)Xmalloc(text->length+1)) {
-#endif
-			int tmp;
-#ifndef NO_DEC_I18N_FIX
-                        char *char_tmp;
-                        int char_len;
-#endif
-			tmp = im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im,
-					   tmp_buf, tmp_len,
-#ifndef NO_DEC_I18N_FIX
-                                           text->string.multi_byte,
-                                           text->length * XLC_PUBLIC(im->core.lcd,mb_cur_max) + 1,
-#else
-					   text->string.multi_byte, text->length,
-#endif
-					   &s);
-			text->string.multi_byte[tmp] = '\0';
-#ifndef NO_DEC_I18N_FIX
-                        text->length = 0;
-                        char_tmp =  text->string.multi_byte;
-                        while (*char_tmp != '\0') {
-                              char_len = mblen(char_tmp, strlen(char_tmp));
-                              char_tmp = char_tmp + char_len;
-                              (text->length)++;
-                        }
-#endif
-		}
-	    }
-	    else {
-		text->length = 0;
-		text->string.multi_byte = NULL;
-	    }
-
-	    Xfree(tmp_buf);
-	}
-	buf += tmp_len;
-
-	buf += XIM_PAD(sz_CARD16 + tmp_len); /* pad */
-
-    /* feedback part
-     */
-    if (status & 0x00000002) /* "no feedback" bit on */ {
-	text->feedback = (XIMFeedback*)NULL;
-    }
-    else {
-	int i, j;
-
-	i = (int)*(CARD16*)buf; buf += sz_CARD16;
-	buf += sz_CARD16; /* skip `unused' */
-	text->feedback = (XIMFeedback*)Xmalloc(i*(sizeof(XIMFeedback)/sizeof(CARD32)));
-	j = 0;
-	while (i > 0) {
-	    text->feedback[j] = (XIMFeedback)*(CARD32*)buf;
-	    buf += sz_CARD32;
-	    i -= sz_CARD32;
-	    j++;
-	}
-	/*
-	 * text->length tells how long both the status string and
-	 * the feedback array are. If there's "no string" the
-	 * text->length was set to zero previously. See above.
-	 * But if there is feedback (i.e. not "no feedback") then
-	 * we need to convey the length of the feedback array.
-	 * It might have been better if the protocol sent two
-	 * different values, one for the length of the status
-	 * string and one for the length of the feedback array.
-	 */
-	if (status & 0x00000001) /* "no string" bit on */ {
-	    text->length = j;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-Private void
-_free_memory_for_text(XIMText* text)
-{
-    if (text) {
-	if (text->string.multi_byte)
-	    Xfree(text->string.multi_byte);
-	if (text->feedback)
-	    Xfree(text->feedback);
-	Xfree(text);
-    }
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimPreeditDrawCallback(Xim im,
-			Xic ic,
-			char* proto,
-			int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.draw_callback;
-    XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct cbs;
-
-    /* invoke the callback
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback) {
-	cbs.caret      = (int)*(INT32*)proto; proto += sz_INT32;
-	cbs.chg_first  = (int)*(INT32*)proto; proto += sz_INT32;
-	cbs.chg_length = (int)*(INT32*)proto; proto += sz_INT32;
-	_read_text_from_packet(im, proto, &cbs.text);
-
-	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbs);
-
-	_free_memory_for_text((XIMText*)cbs.text);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimPreeditCaretCallback(Xim im,
-			 Xic ic,
-			 char* proto,
-			 int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.caret_callback;
-    XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct cbs;
-
-    /* invoke the callback
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback) {
-	cbs.position  = (int)*(INT32*)proto; proto += sz_INT32;
-	cbs.direction = (XIMCaretDirection)*(CARD32*)proto; proto += sz_CARD32;
-	cbs.style     = (XIMCaretStyle)*(CARD32*)proto; proto += sz_CARD32;
-
-	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbs);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	_XimError(im, ic,
-		  (CARD16)XIM_BadSomething,
-		  (INT16)len,
-		  (CARD16)XIM_PREEDIT_CARET,
-		  (char*)proto); /* send XIM_ERROR */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    /* Send a reply
-     */
-    {
-	CARD8 buf[sz_ximPacketHeader + sz_ximPreeditCaretReply];
-	INT16 len = sz_XIMID + sz_XICID + sz_ximPreeditCaretReply;
-	int p;
-
-	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_PREEDIT_CARET_REPLY, 0, &len);
-	p = XIM_HEADER_SIZE;
-	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)im->private.proto.imid; p += sz_CARD16;
-	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)ic->private.proto.icid; p += sz_CARD16;
-	*(CARD32*)&buf[p] = (CARD32)cbs.position;
-
-	if (!(_XimWriteData(im, len, buf))) {
-	    return XimCbError;
-	}
-	_XimFlushData(im);
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimStatusStartCallback(Xim im,
-			Xic ic,
-			char* proto,
-			int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.status_attr.start_callback;
-
-    /* invoke the callback
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback) {
-	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimStatusDoneCallback(Xim im,
-		       Xic ic,
-		       char* proto,
-		       int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.status_attr.done_callback;
-
-    /* invoke the callback
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback) {
-	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimStatusDrawCallback(Xim im,
-		       Xic ic,
-		       char* proto,
-		       int len)
-{
-    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.status_attr.draw_callback;
-    XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct cbs;
-
-    /* invoke the callback
-     */
-    if (cb && cb->callback) {
-	cbs.type = (XIMStatusDataType)*(CARD32*)proto; proto += sz_CARD32;
-	if (cbs.type == XIMTextType) {
-	    _read_text_from_packet(im, proto, &cbs.data.text);
-	}
-	else if (cbs.type == XIMBitmapType) {
-	    cbs.data.bitmap = (Pixmap)*(CARD32*)proto;
-	}
-
-	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbs);
-
-	if (cbs.type == XIMTextType)
-	    _free_memory_for_text((XIMText *)cbs.data.text);
-    }
-    else {
-
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
-Private XimCbStatus
-_XimPreeditStateNotifyCallback( Xim im, Xic ic, char* proto, int len )
-{
-    XICCallback	*cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.state_notify_callback;
-
-    /* invoke the callack
-     */
-    if( cb  &&  cb->callback ) {
-	XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct cbrec;
-
-	cbrec.state = *(BITMASK32 *)proto;
-	(*cb->callback)( (XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbrec );
-    }
-    else {
-	/* no callback registered
-	 */
-	return XimCbNoCallback;
-    }
-
-    return XimCbSuccess;
-}
-
+/***********************************************************************

+Copyright 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,

+Copyright 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+Copyright 1994 by Sony Corporation

+

+                        All Rights Reserved

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

+supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, FUJITSU

+LIMITED and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity

+pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written

+prior permission.

+

+DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES

+WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED

+AND SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Hiroyuki Miyamoto  Digital Equipment Corporation

+                             miyamoto@jrd.dec.com

+  Modifier: Takashi Fujiwara FUJITSU LIMITED

+			     fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+	    Makoto Wakamatsu Sony Corporation

+		 	     makoto@sm.sony.co.jp

+

+***********************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+#ifdef X_LOCALE

+#define mblen(a,b)	_Xmblen(a,b)

+extern int _Xmblen ();

+#endif

+

+#define sz_CARD8                 1

+#define sz_INT8                  1

+#define sz_CARD16                2

+#define sz_INT16                 2

+#define sz_BITMASK16             sz_CARD16

+#define sz_CARD32                4

+#define sz_INT32                 4

+#define sz_BITMASK32             sz_CARD32

+#define sz_XIMID                 sizeof(XIMID)

+#define sz_XICID                 sizeof(XICID)

+#define sz_XIMATTRID             sizeof(XIMATTRID)

+#define sz_XICATTRID             sizeof(XICATTRID)

+#define sz_ximPacketHeader       (XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sz_XIMID + sz_XICID)

+#define sz_ximGeometry           0

+#define sz_ximStrConversion      (sz_CARD32 + sz_CARD32 + sz_CARD32 + sz_CARD32)

+#define sz_ximPreeditStart       0

+#define sz_ximPreeditStartReply  sz_INT32

+#define sz_ximPreeditCaret       (sz_INT32 + sz_CARD32 + sz_CARD32)

+#define sz_ximPreeditCaretReply  sz_CARD32

+#define sz_ximPreeditDone        0

+#define sz_ximStatusStart        0

+#define sz_ximStatusDone         0

+

+typedef enum {

+    XimCbSuccess,

+    XimCbNoCallback,

+    XimCbError,

+    XimCbQueued,

+    XimCbBadContextID,

+    XimCbBadOpcode

+} XimCbStatus;

+

+typedef XimCbStatus (*XimCb)(

+			     Xim, Xic, char*, int

+			     );

+

+#define PACKET_TO_MAJOROPCODE(p) (*(CARD8*)((CARD8*)(p)))

+#define PACKET_TO_MINOROPCODE(p) (*(CARD8*)((CARD8*)(p) + sz_CARD8))

+#define PACKET_TO_LENGTH(p) (*(CARD16*)((CARD8*)(p) + sz_CARD8 + sz_CARD8))

+#define PACKET_TO_IMID(p) (*(XIMID*)((CARD8*)(p) + XIM_HEADER_SIZE))

+#define PACKET_TO_ICID(p) (*(XICID*)((CARD8*)(p) + XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sz_XIMID))

+

+#define _XimWriteData(im,len,data) \

+    (im->private.proto.write((im),(len),(XPointer)(data)))

+#define _XimReadData(im,buf,buf_len,len) \

+    (im->private.proto.read((im),(XPointer)(buf),(buf_len),&(len)))

+#define _XimFlushData(im) im->private.proto.flush((im))

+

+Private XimCbStatus _XimGeometryCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimStrConversionCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditStartCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditDoneCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private void _free_memory_for_text(XIMText*);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditDrawCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditCaretCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimStatusStartCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimStatusDoneCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimStatusDrawCallback(Xim, Xic, char*, int);

+Private XimCbStatus _XimPreeditStateNotifyCallback(Xim, Xic, char *, int);

+

+#if defined(__STDC__) && ((defined(sun) && defined(SVR4)) || defined(WIN32))

+#define RConst /**/

+#else

+#define RConst const

+#endif

+

+/* NOTE:

+ * the table below depends on the protocol number

+ * defined in the IM Protocol document.

+ */

+static RConst XimCb callback_table[] = {

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #000-009 */

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #010-019 */

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #020-029 */

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #030-039 */

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #040-049 */

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #050-059 */

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, /* #060-069 */

+    _XimGeometryCallback,	/* #070 */

+    _XimStrConversionCallback,	/* #071 */

+    NULL,			/* #072 */

+    _XimPreeditStartCallback,	/* #073 */

+    NULL,			/* #074 */

+    _XimPreeditDrawCallback,	/* #075 */

+    _XimPreeditCaretCallback,	/* #076 */

+    NULL,			/* #077 */

+    _XimPreeditDoneCallback,	/* #078 */

+    _XimStatusStartCallback,	/* #079 */

+    _XimStatusDrawCallback,	/* #080 */

+    _XimStatusDoneCallback,	/* #081 */

+    _XimPreeditStateNotifyCallback	/* #082 */

+    };

+

+

+Private Bool

+_XimIsReadyForProcess(Xic ic)

+{

+    return(!ic->private.proto.waitCallback); /* check HM */

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimProcessPendingCallbacks(Xic ic)

+{

+    XimPendingCallback pcbq;

+

+    while (((pcbq = ic->private.proto.pend_cb_que) != (XimPendingCallback)NULL)

+	   && _XimIsReadyForProcess(ic)) {

+	(void) (*callback_table[pcbq->major_opcode])(pcbq->im,

+						     pcbq->ic,

+						     pcbq->proto,

+						     pcbq->proto_len);

+	ic->private.proto.pend_cb_que = pcbq->next;

+	Xfree(pcbq->proto);	/* free memory of XimPendingCallback */

+	Xfree(pcbq);

+    }

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimPutCbIntoQueue(Xic ic, XimPendingCallback call_data)

+{

+    XimPendingCallback pcbq = ic->private.proto.pend_cb_que;

+

+    /* Queuing is FIFO

+     */

+    while (pcbq != (XimPendingCallback)NULL) {

+	if (pcbq->next == (XimPendingCallback)NULL) {

+	    break;

+	}

+	pcbq = pcbq->next;

+    }

+    if (pcbq == (XimPendingCallback)NULL) {

+	ic->private.proto.pend_cb_que = call_data;

+    }

+    else {

+	pcbq->next = call_data;

+    }

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimCbDispatch(Xim xim,

+	       INT16 len,

+	       XPointer data,

+	       XPointer call_data)

+{

+    /* `data' points to the beginning of the packet defined in IM Protocol doc.

+     */

+    int major_opcode = PACKET_TO_MAJOROPCODE(data);

+    XIMID imid = PACKET_TO_IMID(data);

+    XICID icid = PACKET_TO_ICID(data);

+    Xim im = (Xim)call_data;	/* check HM */

+    Xic ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid);

+    char* proto;

+    int proto_len;

+

+    /* check validity of im/ic

+     */

+    if ((imid != im->private.proto.imid) || !ic) {

+	return False; /* status = XimCbBadContextID; */

+    }

+

+    /* process pending callbacks

+     */

+    _XimProcessPendingCallbacks(ic);

+

+    /* check if the protocol should be processed here

+     */

+    if (major_opcode > 82) {

+	return False; /* status = XimCbBadOpcode; */

+    }

+    if (!callback_table[major_opcode]) {

+	return False; /* status = XimCbBadOpcode; */

+    }

+

+    /* move the pointer ahead by the IM Protocol packet header size

+     */

+    proto = (char*)data + sz_ximPacketHeader;

+    proto_len = (int)len - sz_ximPacketHeader;

+

+    /* check if it can be processed right away

+     * and if no, queue the protocol, otherwise invoke a callback

+     */

+    if (!_XimIsReadyForProcess(ic)) {

+

+	/* queue the protocol

+	 */

+	XimPendingCallback pcb;

+	char *proto_buf = (proto_len > 0) ? (char*)Xmalloc(proto_len) : NULL;

+

+	pcb = (XimPendingCallback)Xmalloc(sizeof(XimPendingCallbackRec));

+	if (pcb && (proto_len <= 0 || proto_buf)) {

+	    if (proto_len > 0)

+		memcpy(proto_buf, proto, proto_len);

+

+	    pcb->major_opcode = major_opcode;

+	    pcb->im = im;

+	    pcb->ic = ic;

+	    pcb->proto = proto_buf;

+	    pcb->proto_len = proto_len;

+	    pcb->next = (XimPendingCallback)NULL; /* queue is FIFO */

+	    _XimPutCbIntoQueue(ic, pcb);

+	    /* status = XimCbQueued; */

+	} else {

+	    /* status = XimCbError; */

+	    Xfree(pcb);

+	    Xfree(proto_buf);

+	}

+    }

+    else {

+	/* invoke each callback according to the major opcode.

+	 * `proto' points to the next address of IM-ID and IC-ID.

+	 * `proto_len' specifies the packet length.

+	 */

+	(void) (*callback_table[major_opcode])(im, ic, proto, proto_len);

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimGeometryCallback(Xim im,

+		     Xic ic,

+		     char* proto,

+		     int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.geometry_callback;

+

+    /* invoke the callack

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback) {

+	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimStrConversionCallback(Xim im,

+			  Xic ic,

+			  char* proto,

+			  int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.string_conversion_callback; /* check HM */

+    XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct cbrec;

+

+    /* invoke the callback

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback) {

+	int p = XIM_HEADER_SIZE;

+	cbrec.position = (XIMStringConversionPosition)

+	    *(CARD32*)&proto[p]; p += sz_CARD32;

+	cbrec.direction = (XIMCaretDirection)

+	    *(CARD32*)&proto[p]; p += sz_CARD32;

+	cbrec.operation = (XIMStringConversionOperation)

+	    *(CARD32*)&proto[p]; p += sz_CARD32;

+	cbrec.factor = (unsigned short)

+	    *(CARD32*)&proto[p];

+

+	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbrec);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	_XimError(im, ic,

+		  (CARD16)XIM_BadSomething,

+		  (INT16)len,

+		  (CARD16)XIM_STR_CONVERSION,

+		  (char*)proto); /* send XIM_ERROR */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    /* send a reply

+     */

+    {

+	CARD8	*buf;

+	INT16	 buf_len;

+	int	 p, length_in_bytes, i;

+

+	/* Assumption:

+	 * `cbrec.text->length' means the string length in characters

+	 */

+	{

+	    length_in_bytes = (cbrec.text->encoding_is_wchar)?

+		sizeof(wchar_t) * cbrec.text->length: /* wchar */

+		strlen(cbrec.text->string.mbs);	/* mb */

+	    buf_len = XIM_HEADER_SIZE +

+		sz_CARD16 +

+		2 + length_in_bytes +

+		XIM_PAD(2 + length_in_bytes) +

+		2 + 2 + sz_CARD32 * cbrec.text->length;

+	    buf = (CARD8*)Xmalloc(buf_len);

+	}

+	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_STR_CONVERSION_REPLY, 0, &buf_len);

+	buf_len -= XIM_HEADER_SIZE; /* added by _XimSetHeader (HACK) */

+	p = XIM_HEADER_SIZE;

+	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)im->private.proto.imid; p += sz_CARD16;

+	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)ic->private.proto.icid; p += sz_CARD16;

+	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)cbrec.text->length; p += sz_CARD16;

+	memcpy(&buf[p],&cbrec.text->string.mbs,length_in_bytes);

+	p += length_in_bytes;

+	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)(sz_CARD32*cbrec.text->length);

+	p += XIM_PAD(2);

+	for (i = 0; i < (int)cbrec.text->length; i++) {

+	    *(CARD32*)&buf[p] = (CARD32)cbrec.text->feedback[i];

+	    p += sz_CARD32;

+	}

+

+	if (!(_XimWriteData(im, buf_len, buf))) {

+	    return XimCbError;

+	}

+	_XimFlushData(im);

+

+	Xfree(buf);

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimPreeditStartCallback(Xim im,

+			 Xic ic,

+			 char* proto,

+			 int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.start_callback;

+    int ret;

+

+    /* invoke the callback

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback){

+	ret = (*(cb->callback))((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	_XimError(im, ic,

+		  (CARD16)XIM_BadSomething,

+		  (INT16)len,

+		  (CARD16)XIM_PREEDIT_START,

+		  (char*)proto); /* send XIM_ERROR */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    /* send a reply

+     */

+    {

+	CARD32 buf32[(sz_ximPacketHeader + sz_ximPreeditStartReply) / 4];

+	CARD8 *buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+	INT16 buf_len = sz_XIMID + sz_XICID + sz_ximPreeditStartReply;

+	int p;

+

+	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_PREEDIT_START_REPLY, 0, &buf_len);

+	p = XIM_HEADER_SIZE;

+	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)im->private.proto.imid; p += sz_CARD16;

+	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)ic->private.proto.icid; p += sz_CARD16;

+	*(INT32*)&buf[p]  = (INT32)ret;

+

+	if (!(_XimWriteData(im, buf_len, buf))) {

+	    return XimCbError;

+	}

+	_XimFlushData(im);

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimPreeditDoneCallback(Xim im,

+			Xic ic,

+			char* proto,

+			int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.done_callback;

+

+    /* invoke the callback

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback) {

+	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private void

+_read_text_from_packet(Xim im,

+		       char* buf,

+		       XIMText** text_ptr)

+{

+    int status;

+    XIMText* text;

+    int tmp_len;

+    char* tmp_buf;

+    Status s = 0;

+

+    status = (int)*(BITMASK32*)buf; buf += sz_BITMASK32;

+

+    /* string part

+     */

+    if (status & 0x00000001) /* "no string" bit on */ {

+	buf += sz_CARD16;	/* skip "length of preedit string" */

+	buf += 2;		/* pad */

+	*text_ptr = (XIMText*)NULL;

+	return;

+    }

+

+    *text_ptr = text = (XIMText*)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMText));

+    if (text == (XIMText*)NULL) return;

+

+	tmp_len = (int)*(CARD16*)buf;

+	buf += sz_CARD16;

+	if ((tmp_buf = (char*)Xmalloc(tmp_len + 1))) {

+	    memcpy(tmp_buf, buf, tmp_len);

+	    tmp_buf[tmp_len] = '\0';

+

+	    text->encoding_is_wchar = False;

+	    text->length = im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im,

+					tmp_buf, tmp_len,

+					NULL, 0, &s); /* CT? HM */

+	    if (s != XLookupNone) {

+#ifndef NO_DEC_I18N_FIX

+                /* Allow for NULL-terminated */

+                if ((text->string.multi_byte =

+                    (char*)Xmalloc(text->length *

+                      XLC_PUBLIC(im->core.lcd,mb_cur_max) + 1))) {

+#else

+		if (text->string.multi_byte = (char*)Xmalloc(text->length+1)) {

+#endif

+			int tmp;

+#ifndef NO_DEC_I18N_FIX

+                        char *char_tmp;

+                        int char_len;

+#endif

+			tmp = im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im,

+					   tmp_buf, tmp_len,

+#ifndef NO_DEC_I18N_FIX

+                                           text->string.multi_byte,

+                                           text->length * XLC_PUBLIC(im->core.lcd,mb_cur_max) + 1,

+#else

+					   text->string.multi_byte, text->length,

+#endif

+					   &s);

+			text->string.multi_byte[tmp] = '\0';

+#ifndef NO_DEC_I18N_FIX

+                        text->length = 0;

+                        char_tmp =  text->string.multi_byte;

+                        while (*char_tmp != '\0') {

+                              char_len = mblen(char_tmp, strlen(char_tmp));

+                              char_tmp = char_tmp + char_len;

+                              (text->length)++;

+                        }

+#endif

+		}

+	    }

+	    else {

+		text->length = 0;

+		text->string.multi_byte = NULL;

+	    }

+

+	    Xfree(tmp_buf);

+	}

+	buf += tmp_len;

+

+	buf += XIM_PAD(sz_CARD16 + tmp_len); /* pad */

+

+    /* feedback part

+     */

+    if (status & 0x00000002) /* "no feedback" bit on */ {

+	text->feedback = (XIMFeedback*)NULL;

+    }

+    else {

+	int i, j;

+

+	i = (int)*(CARD16*)buf; buf += sz_CARD16;

+	buf += sz_CARD16; /* skip `unused' */

+	text->feedback = (XIMFeedback*)Xmalloc(i*(sizeof(XIMFeedback)/sizeof(CARD32)));

+	j = 0;

+	while (i > 0) {

+	    text->feedback[j] = (XIMFeedback)*(CARD32*)buf;

+	    buf += sz_CARD32;

+	    i -= sz_CARD32;

+	    j++;

+	}

+	/*

+	 * text->length tells how long both the status string and

+	 * the feedback array are. If there's "no string" the

+	 * text->length was set to zero previously. See above.

+	 * But if there is feedback (i.e. not "no feedback") then

+	 * we need to convey the length of the feedback array.

+	 * It might have been better if the protocol sent two

+	 * different values, one for the length of the status

+	 * string and one for the length of the feedback array.

+	 */

+	if (status & 0x00000001) /* "no string" bit on */ {

+	    text->length = j;

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+Private void

+_free_memory_for_text(XIMText* text)

+{

+    if (text) {

+	if (text->string.multi_byte)

+	    Xfree(text->string.multi_byte);

+	if (text->feedback)

+	    Xfree(text->feedback);

+	Xfree(text);

+    }

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimPreeditDrawCallback(Xim im,

+			Xic ic,

+			char* proto,

+			int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.draw_callback;

+    XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct cbs;

+

+    /* invoke the callback

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback) {

+	cbs.caret      = (int)*(INT32*)proto; proto += sz_INT32;

+	cbs.chg_first  = (int)*(INT32*)proto; proto += sz_INT32;

+	cbs.chg_length = (int)*(INT32*)proto; proto += sz_INT32;

+	_read_text_from_packet(im, proto, &cbs.text);

+

+	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbs);

+

+	_free_memory_for_text((XIMText*)cbs.text);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimPreeditCaretCallback(Xim im,

+			 Xic ic,

+			 char* proto,

+			 int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.caret_callback;

+    XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct cbs;

+

+    /* invoke the callback

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback) {

+	cbs.position  = (int)*(INT32*)proto; proto += sz_INT32;

+	cbs.direction = (XIMCaretDirection)*(CARD32*)proto; proto += sz_CARD32;

+	cbs.style     = (XIMCaretStyle)*(CARD32*)proto; proto += sz_CARD32;

+

+	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbs);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	_XimError(im, ic,

+		  (CARD16)XIM_BadSomething,

+		  (INT16)len,

+		  (CARD16)XIM_PREEDIT_CARET,

+		  (char*)proto); /* send XIM_ERROR */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    /* Send a reply

+     */

+    {

+	CARD8 buf[sz_ximPacketHeader + sz_ximPreeditCaretReply];

+	INT16 len = sz_XIMID + sz_XICID + sz_ximPreeditCaretReply;

+	int p;

+

+	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_PREEDIT_CARET_REPLY, 0, &len);

+	p = XIM_HEADER_SIZE;

+	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)im->private.proto.imid; p += sz_CARD16;

+	*(CARD16*)&buf[p] = (CARD16)ic->private.proto.icid; p += sz_CARD16;

+	*(CARD32*)&buf[p] = (CARD32)cbs.position;

+

+	if (!(_XimWriteData(im, len, buf))) {

+	    return XimCbError;

+	}

+	_XimFlushData(im);

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimStatusStartCallback(Xim im,

+			Xic ic,

+			char* proto,

+			int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.status_attr.start_callback;

+

+    /* invoke the callback

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback) {

+	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimStatusDoneCallback(Xim im,

+		       Xic ic,

+		       char* proto,

+		       int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.status_attr.done_callback;

+

+    /* invoke the callback

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback) {

+	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)NULL);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimStatusDrawCallback(Xim im,

+		       Xic ic,

+		       char* proto,

+		       int len)

+{

+    XICCallback* cb = &ic->core.status_attr.draw_callback;

+    XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct cbs;

+

+    /* invoke the callback

+     */

+    if (cb && cb->callback) {

+	cbs.type = (XIMStatusDataType)*(CARD32*)proto; proto += sz_CARD32;

+	if (cbs.type == XIMTextType) {

+	    _read_text_from_packet(im, proto, &cbs.data.text);

+	}

+	else if (cbs.type == XIMBitmapType) {

+	    cbs.data.bitmap = (Pixmap)*(CARD32*)proto;

+	}

+

+	(*cb->callback)((XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbs);

+

+	if (cbs.type == XIMTextType)

+	    _free_memory_for_text((XIMText *)cbs.data.text);

+    }

+    else {

+

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

+Private XimCbStatus

+_XimPreeditStateNotifyCallback( Xim im, Xic ic, char* proto, int len )

+{

+    XICCallback	*cb = &ic->core.preedit_attr.state_notify_callback;

+

+    /* invoke the callack

+     */

+    if( cb  &&  cb->callback ) {

+	XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct cbrec;

+

+	cbrec.state = *(BITMASK32 *)proto;

+	(*cb->callback)( (XIC)ic, cb->client_data, (XPointer)&cbrec );

+    }

+    else {

+	/* no callback registered

+	 */

+	return XimCbNoCallback;

+    }

+

+    return XimCbSuccess;

+}

+

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefIc.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefIc.c
index a962c1b0f..cd3ed5854 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefIc.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefIc.c
@@ -1,1581 +1,1581 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1991, 1992 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-/******************************************************************
-
-           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED
-not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.
-FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of
-this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Hideki Hiura (hhiura@Sun.COM) Sun Microsystems, Inc.
-          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCreateICCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_CREATE_IC_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Public Bool
-_XimReCreateIC(ic)
-    Xic			 ic;
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    Xic			 save_ic;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    unsigned int         num;
-    XIMStyle		 input_style = ic->core.input_style;
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    char		*tmp;
-    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;
-    char		*buf;
-    int			 buf_size;
-    char		*data;
-    int			 data_len;
-    int			 ret_len;
-    int			 total;
-    int			 idx;
-    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer		 preply;
-    int			 ret_code;
-
-    if (!(save_ic = (Xic)Xmalloc(sizeof(XicRec))))
-	return False;
-    memcpy((char *)save_ic, (char *)ic, sizeof(XicRec));
-
-    ic->core.filter_events = im->private.proto.forward_event_mask;
-    ic->private.proto.forward_event_mask =
-				im->private.proto.forward_event_mask;
-    ic->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask =
-				im->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask;
-
-    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;
-    buf_size = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;
-    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(buf_size)))
-	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, buf_size);
-    ic->private.proto.ic_resources     = res;
-    ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources = num;
-
-    num = im->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources;
-    buf_size = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;
-    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(buf_size)))
-	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-    (void)memcpy((char *)res,
-			(char *)im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources, buf_size);
-    ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources     = res;
-    ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources = num;
-
-    _XimSetICMode(ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, input_style);
-
-    _XimSetICMode(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, input_style);
-
-    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    buf = tmp_buf;
-    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16);
-    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;
-    total = 0;
-    idx = 0;
-    for (;;) {
-	data = &buf[buf_size];
-	if (!_XimEncodeSavedICATTRIBUTE(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-		ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, &idx, data, data_len,
-		&ret_len, (XPointer)&ic_values, XIM_CREATEIC)) {
-	    if (buf != tmp_buf)
-		Xfree(buf);
-	    goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-	}
-
-	total += ret_len;
-	if (idx == -1) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	buf_size += ret_len;
-	if (buf == tmp_buf) {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {
-		goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-	    }
-	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);
-	    buf = tmp;
-	} else {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {
-		Xfree(buf);
-		goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-	    }
-	    buf = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;
-    buf_s[1] = (INT16)total;
-
-    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + total);
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_CREATE_IC, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {
-	if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	    Xfree(buf);
-	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-    }
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	Xfree(buf);
-    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = True;
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-						 _XimCreateICCheck, 0);
-    if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if (len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = (int)len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-						 _XimCreateICCheck, 0);
-	    if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-		ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-		goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-    }
-    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	if (reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;
-    }
-
-    ic->private.proto.icid = buf_s[1];		/* icid */
-    if (reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);
-    MARK_IC_CONNECTED(ic);
-    if (save_ic->private.proto.ic_resources)
-	Xfree(save_ic->private.proto.ic_resources);
-    if (save_ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources)
-	Xfree(save_ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources);
-    Xfree(save_ic);
-    return True;
-
-ErrorOnReCreateIC:
-    memcpy((char *)ic, (char *)save_ic, sizeof(XicRec));
-    Xfree(save_ic);
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimDelayModeGetICValues(ic, arg)
-    Xic			 ic;
-    XIMArg		*arg;
-{
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    return  _XimGetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,
-				ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-				ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources,
-				arg, XIM_GETICVALUES);
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Private Bool
-_XimGetICValuesCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)arg;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_GET_IC_VALUES_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimProtoGetICValues(
-    XIC			 xic,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    register XIMArg	*pp;
-    register int	 n;
-    CARD8		*buf;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer		 preply = NULL;
-    int			 buf_size;
-    int			 ret_code;
-    char		*makeid_name;
-    char		*decode_name;
-    CARD16		*data = NULL;
-    INT16		 data_len = 0;
-
-#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))
-	return arg->name;
-#else
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic)) {
-	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	    if (_XimConnectServer(im)) {
-		if (!_XimReCreateIC(ic)) {
-		    _XimDelayModeSetAttr(im);
-	            return _XimDelayModeGetICValues(ic, arg);
-		}
-	    } else {
-	        return _XimDelayModeGetICValues(ic, arg);
-	    }
-        } else {
-	    return arg->name;
-        }
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    for (n = 0, p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {
-	n++;
-	if ((strcmp(p->name, XNPreeditAttributes) == 0)
-	 || (strcmp(p->name, XNStatusAttributes) == 0)) {
-	     n++;
-	     for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value; pp && pp->name; pp++)
-	 	n++;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!n)
-	return (char *)NULL;
-
-    buf_size =  sizeof(CARD16) * n;
-    buf_size += XIM_HEADER_SIZE
-	     + sizeof(CARD16)
-	     + sizeof(CARD16)
-	     + sizeof(INT16)
-	     + XIM_PAD(2 + buf_size);
-
-    if (!(buf = (CARD8 *)Xmalloc(buf_size)))
-	return arg->name;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-
-    makeid_name = _XimMakeICAttrIDList(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-				ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, arg,
-				&buf_s[3], &len, XIM_GETICVALUES);
-
-    if (len > 0) {
-	buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-	buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */
-	buf_s[2] = len;				/* length of ic-attr-id */
-	len += sizeof(INT16);                       /* sizeof length of attr */
-	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */
-	len += sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	     + sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */
-
-	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_GET_IC_VALUES, 0, &len);
-	if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {
-	    Xfree(buf);
-	    return arg->name;
-	}
-	_XimFlush(im);
-	Xfree(buf);
-	buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-				 _XimGetICValuesCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-	if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	    if (len <= 0) {
-		preply = reply;
-	    } else {
-		buf_size = (int)len;
-		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len);
-		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-				_XimGetICValuesCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-		if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		    if (preply != reply)
-		        Xfree(preply);
-		    return arg->name;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    return arg->name;
-	}
-	buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-	if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	    _XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	    if (reply != preply)
-		Xfree(preply);
-	    return arg->name;
-	}
-	data = &buf_s[4];
-	data_len = buf_s[2];
-    }
-    else if (len < 0) {
-	return arg->name;
-    }
-
-    decode_name = _XimDecodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, data, data_len,
-			arg, XIM_GETICVALUES);
-    if (reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-    if (decode_name)
-	return decode_name;
-    else
-	return makeid_name;
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckNestQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark, separator)
-    XrmQuark		*quark_list;
-    int			 num_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 quark;
-    XrmQuark		 separator;
-{
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < num_quark; i++) {
-	if (quark_list[i] == separator) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (quark_list[i] == quark) {
-	    return True;
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckNestedQuarkList(quark_list, idx, num_quark, arg, separator)
-    XrmQuark		**quark_list;
-    int			  idx;
-    int			 *num_quark;
-    XIMArg		 *arg;
-    XrmQuark		  separator;
-{
-    XrmQuark		 *q_list = *quark_list;
-    int			  n_quark = *num_quark;
-    register XIMArg	 *p;
-    XrmQuark		  quark;
-    XrmQuark		 *tmp;
-    register int	  i;
-
-    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {
-	quark = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);
-	if (_XimCheckNestQuarkList(&q_list[idx], n_quark - idx,
-							quark, separator)) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (!(tmp = (XrmQuark *)Xmalloc((sizeof(XrmQuark) * (n_quark + 1))))) {
-	    *quark_list = q_list;
-	    *num_quark = n_quark;
-	    return False;
-	}
-	n_quark++;
-	for (i = 0; i < idx; i++) {
-	    tmp[i] = q_list[i];
-	}
-	tmp[i] = quark;
-	for (i = idx  + 1; i < n_quark; i++) {
-	    tmp[i] = q_list[i - 1];
-	}
-	q_list = tmp;
-    }
-    *quark_list = q_list;
-    *num_quark = n_quark;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckICQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark, idx)
-    XrmQuark		*quark_list;
-    int			 num_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 quark;
-    int			*idx;
-{
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < num_quark; i++) {
-	if (quark_list[i] == quark) {
-	    *idx = i;
-	    return True;
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSaveICValues(ic, arg)
-    Xic			 ic;
-    XIMArg		*arg;
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    register int	 n;
-    XrmQuark		*quark_list;
-    XrmQuark		*tmp;
-    XrmQuark		 quark;
-    int			 num_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 separator;
-    int			 idx;
-
-    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);
-    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);
-    separator = XrmStringToQuark(XNSeparatorofNestedList);
-
-    if (quark_list = ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues) {
-	num_quark = ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues;
-	for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {
-	    quark = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);
-	    if ((quark == pre_quark) || (quark == sts_quark)) {
-	        if (!_XimCheckICQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark, &idx)) {
-		    register XIMArg	*pp;
-		    int			 nn;
-		    XrmQuark		*q_list;
-
-		    for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value, nn = 0;
-						pp && pp->name; pp++, nn++);
-	            if (!(tmp = (XrmQuark *)Xrealloc(quark_list,
-				(sizeof(XrmQuark) * (num_quark + nn + 2))))) {
-		        ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;
-		        ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = num_quark;
-		        return False;
-	            }
-	            quark_list = tmp;
-		    q_list = &quark_list[num_quark];
-	            num_quark += nn + 2;
-		    *q_list++ = quark;
-		    for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value;
-					pp && pp->name; pp++, quark_list++) {
-			*q_list = XrmStringToQuark(pp->name);
-		    }
-		    *q_list = separator;
-		} else {
-		    if (!_XimCheckNestedQuarkList(&quark_list, idx + 1,
-				&num_quark, (XIMArg *)p->value, separator)) {
-		        ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;
-		        ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = num_quark;
-		        return False;
-		    }
-		}
-	    } else {
-	        if (_XimCheckICQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark, &idx)) {
-		    continue;
-	        }
-	        if (!(tmp = (XrmQuark *)Xrealloc(quark_list,
-				(sizeof(XrmQuark) * (num_quark + 1))))) {
-		    ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;
-		    ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = num_quark;
-		    return False;
-	        }
-	        quark_list = tmp;
-	        quark_list[num_quark] = quark;
-	        num_quark++;
-	    }
-	}
-	ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;
-	ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = num_quark;
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    for (p = arg, n = 0; p && p->name; p++, n++) {
-	if ((!strcmp(p->name, XNPreeditAttributes))
-	 || (!strcmp(p->name, XNStatusAttributes))) {
-	    register XIMArg	*pp;
-	    int			 nn;
-
-	    for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value, nn = 0; pp && pp->name; pp++, nn++);
-	    n += nn + 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!(quark_list = (XrmQuark *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XrmQuark) * n))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;
-    ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = n;
-    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++, quark_list++) {
-	*quark_list = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);
-	if ((*quark_list == pre_quark) || (*quark_list == sts_quark)) {
-	    register XIMArg	*pp;
-
-	    quark_list++;
-	    for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value; pp && pp->name; pp++, quark_list++) {
-		*quark_list = XrmStringToQuark(pp->name);
-	    }
-	    *quark_list = separator;
-	}
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimDelayModeSetICValues(ic, arg)
-    Xic			 ic;
-    XIMArg		*arg;
-{
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-    char		*name;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    name = _XimSetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources,
-			arg, XIM_SETICVALUES, False);
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    return name;
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetICValuesCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)arg;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_SET_IC_VALUES_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimProtoSetICValues(
-    XIC			 xic,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    char		*tmp;
-    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;
-    char		*buf;
-    int			 buf_size;
-    char		*data;
-    int			 data_len;
-    int			 ret_len;
-    int			 total;
-    XIMArg		*arg_ret;
-    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer		 preply = NULL;
-    int			 ret_code;
-    BITMASK32		 flag = 0L;
-    char		*name;
-    char		*tmp_name = (arg) ? arg->name : NULL;
-
-#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))
-	return tmp_name;
-#else
-    if (!_XimSaveICValues(ic, arg))
-	return NULL;
-
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic)) {
-	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	    if (_XimConnectServer(im)) {
-	        if (!_XimReCreateIC(ic)) {
-		    _XimDelayModeSetAttr(im);
-	            return _XimDelayModeSetICValues(ic, arg);
-		}
-	    } else {
-	        return _XimDelayModeSetICValues(ic, arg);
-	    }
-        } else {
-	    return tmp_name;
-        }
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    buf = tmp_buf;
-    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE
-	+ sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + sizeof(CARD16);
-    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;
-    total = 0;
-    arg_ret = arg;
-    for (;;) {
-	data = &buf[buf_size];
-	if ((name = _XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, arg, &arg_ret,
-			data, data_len, &ret_len, (XPointer)&ic_values,
-			&flag, XIM_SETICVALUES))) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	total += ret_len;
-	if (!(arg = arg_ret)) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	buf_size += ret_len;
-	if (buf == tmp_buf) {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {
-		return tmp_name;
-	    }
-	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);
-	    buf = tmp;
-	} else {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {
-		Xfree(buf);
-		return tmp_name;
-	    }
-	    buf = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-
-    if (!total) {
-        return tmp_name;
-    }
-
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-
-#ifdef EXT_MOVE
-    if (_XimExtenMove(im, ic, flag, &buf_s[4], (INT16)total))
-	return name;
-#endif
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;
-    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;
-    buf_s[2] = (INT16)total;
-    buf_s[3] = 0;
-    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(CARD16)
-				+ sizeof(INT16) + sizeof(CARD16) + total);
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SET_IC_VALUES, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {
-	if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	    Xfree(buf);
-	return tmp_name;
-    }
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	Xfree(buf);
-    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = True;
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-					_XimSetICValuesCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-    if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	buf_size = (int)len;
-	preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-					_XimSetICValuesCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-	if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-	    return tmp_name;
-	}
-    } else {
-	ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-	return tmp_name;
-    }
-    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	if (reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return tmp_name;
-    }
-    if (reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-    return name;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimDestroyICCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)arg;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];
-    Bool	 ret = False;
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_DESTROY_IC_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	ret = True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-    ret = False;
-    return ret;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimProtoICFree(
-    Xic		 ic)
-{
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-#endif
-
-    if (ic->private.proto.preedit_font) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.proto.preedit_font);
-	ic->private.proto.preedit_font = NULL;
-    }
-    if (ic->private.proto.status_font) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.proto.status_font);
-	ic->private.proto.status_font = NULL;
-    }
-    if (ic->private.proto.commit_info) {
-	_XimFreeCommitInfo(ic);
-	ic->private.proto.commit_info = NULL;
-    }
-    if (ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources);
-	ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources = NULL;
-    }
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	return;
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    if (ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues);
-	ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = NULL;
-    }
-    if (ic->private.proto.ic_resources) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.proto.ic_resources);
-	ic->private.proto.ic_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    if (ic->core.hotkey) {
-	Xfree(ic->core.hotkey);
-	ic->core.hotkey = NULL;
-    }
-
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimProtoDestroyIC(
-    XIC		 xic)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim	 	 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    INT16	 len;
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-
-    if (IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {
-	buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-	buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */
-
-	len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	    + sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */
-
-	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_DESTROY_IC, 0, &len);
-	(void)_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf);
-	_XimFlush(im);
-	buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-					_XimDestroyICCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-	if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	    buf_size = len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	    (void)_XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-					_XimDestroyICCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	}
-    }
-    UNMARK_IC_CONNECTED(ic);
-    _XimUnregisterFilter(ic);
-    _XimProtoICFree(ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimProtoSetFocus(
-    XIC		 xic)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    INT16	 len;
-
-#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))
-	return;
-#else
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic)) {
-	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	    if (_XimConnectServer(im)) {
-		if (!_XimReCreateIC(ic)) {
-		    _XimDelayModeSetAttr(im);
-		    return;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		return;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */
-
-    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SET_IC_FOCUS, 0, &len);
-    (void)_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf);
-    _XimFlush(im);
-
-    MARK_FOCUSED(ic);
-
-    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimProtoUnsetFocus(
-    XIC		 xic)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    INT16	 len;
-
-#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))
-	return;
-#else
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic)) {
-	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	    if (_XimConnectServer(im)) {
-		if (!_XimReCreateIC(ic)) {
-		    _XimDelayModeSetAttr(im);
-		    return;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		return;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */
-
-    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_UNSET_IC_FOCUS, 0, &len);
-    (void)_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf);
-    _XimFlush(im);
-
-    UNMARK_FOCUSED(ic);
-
-    _XimUnregisterFilter(ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimResetICCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)arg;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_RESET_IC_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimProtoReset(
-    XIC		 xic,
-    char *     (*retfunc) (Xim im, Xic ic, XPointer buf) )
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim	 	 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    INT16	 len;
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-    char	*commit;
-
-    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))
-	return (char *)NULL;
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */
-
-    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_RESET_IC, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	return NULL;
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = True;
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-    					_XimResetICCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-    if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-    	preply = reply;
-    } else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-    	if (len < 0) {
-    	    preply = reply;
-    	} else {
-    	    buf_size = len;
-    	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-    	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-    					_XimResetICCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-    	    if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-    		ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-    		return NULL;
-    	    }
-    	}
-    } else {
-	ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-    	if (reply != preply)
-    	    free(preply);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    commit = retfunc(im, ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);
-
-    if (reply != preply)
-    	Xfree(preply);
-    return commit;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimCommitedMbString(
-    Xim			 im,
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XPointer		 buf)
-{
-    CARD16		*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-    XimCommitInfo	 info;
-    int			 len;
-    int			 new_len;
-    char		*commit;
-    char		*new_commit = NULL;
-    char		*str;
-    Status		 status;
-
-    len = 0;
-    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next)
-	len += info->string_len;
-    len += buf_s[0];
-    if ( len == 0 )
-	return( NULL );
-
-    if (!(commit = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1)))
-	goto Error_On_Reset;
-
-    str = commit;
-    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next) {
-	(void)memcpy(str, info->string, info->string_len);
-	str += info->string_len;
-    }
-    (void)memcpy(str, (char *)&buf_s[1], buf_s[0]);
-    commit[len] = '\0';
-
-    new_len = im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im, commit, len, NULL, 0, &status);
-    if (status != XLookupNone) {
-	if (!(new_commit = Xmalloc(new_len + 1))) {
-	    Xfree(commit);
-	    goto Error_On_Reset;
-	}
-	(void)im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im, commit, len,
-						new_commit, new_len, NULL);
-	new_commit[new_len] = '\0';
-    }
-    Xfree(commit);
-
-Error_On_Reset:
-    _XimFreeCommitInfo( ic );
-    return new_commit;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimProtoMbReset(
-    XIC		 xic)
-{
-    return _XimProtoReset(xic, _XimCommitedMbString);
-}
-
-Private wchar_t *
-_XimCommitedWcString(
-    Xim		 im,
-    Xic		 ic,
-    XPointer	 buf)
-{
-    CARD16		*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-    XimCommitInfo	 info;
-    int			 len;
-    int			 new_len;
-    char		*commit;
-    wchar_t		*new_commit = (wchar_t *)NULL;
-    char		*str;
-    Status		 status;
-
-    len = 0;
-    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next)
-	len += info->string_len;
-    len += buf_s[0];
-    if ( len == 0 )
-	return( (wchar_t *)NULL );
-
-    if (!(commit = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1)))
-	goto Error_On_Reset;
-
-    str = commit;
-    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next) {
-	(void)memcpy(str, info->string, info->string_len);
-	str += info->string_len;
-    }
-    (void)memcpy(str, (char *)&buf_s[1], buf_s[0]);
-    commit[len] = '\0';
-
-    new_len = im->methods->ctstowcs((XIM)im, commit, len, NULL, 0, &status);
-    if (status != XLookupNone) {
-	if (!(new_commit =
-		     (wchar_t *)Xmalloc(sizeof(wchar_t) * (new_len + 1)))) {
-	    Xfree(commit);
-	    goto Error_On_Reset;
-	}
-	(void)im->methods->ctstowcs((XIM)im, commit, len,
-						new_commit, new_len, NULL);
-	new_commit[new_len] = (wchar_t)'\0';
-    }
-    Xfree(commit);
-
-Error_On_Reset:
-    _XimFreeCommitInfo( ic );
-    return new_commit;
-}
-
-Private wchar_t *
-_XimProtoWcReset(
-    XIC		 xic)
-{
-    return (wchar_t *) _XimProtoReset(xic,
-			(char * (*) (Xim, Xic, XPointer)) _XimCommitedWcString);
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimCommitedUtf8String(
-    Xim			 im,
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XPointer		 buf)
-{
-    CARD16		*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-    XimCommitInfo	 info;
-    int			 len;
-    int			 new_len;
-    char		*commit;
-    char		*new_commit = NULL;
-    char		*str;
-    Status		 status;
-
-    len = 0;
-    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next)
-	len += info->string_len;
-    len += buf_s[0];
-    if ( len == 0 )
-	return( NULL );
-
-    if (!(commit = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1)))
-	goto Error_On_Reset;
-
-    str = commit;
-    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next) {
-	(void)memcpy(str, info->string, info->string_len);
-	str += info->string_len;
-    }
-    (void)memcpy(str, (char *)&buf_s[1], buf_s[0]);
-    commit[len] = '\0';
-
-    new_len = im->methods->ctstoutf8((XIM)im, commit, len, NULL, 0, &status);
-    if (status != XLookupNone) {
-	if (!(new_commit = Xmalloc(new_len + 1))) {
-	    Xfree(commit);
-	    goto Error_On_Reset;
-	}
-	(void)im->methods->ctstoutf8((XIM)im, commit, len,
-						new_commit, new_len, NULL);
-	new_commit[new_len] = '\0';
-    }
-    Xfree(commit);
-
-Error_On_Reset:
-    _XimFreeCommitInfo( ic );
-    return new_commit;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimProtoUtf8Reset(
-    XIC		 xic)
-{
-    return _XimProtoReset(xic, _XimCommitedUtf8String);
-}
-
-Private XICMethodsRec ic_methods = {
-    _XimProtoDestroyIC,		/* destroy */
-    _XimProtoSetFocus,		/* set_focus */
-    _XimProtoUnsetFocus,	/* unset_focus */
-    _XimProtoSetICValues,	/* set_values */
-    _XimProtoGetICValues,	/* get_values */
-    _XimProtoMbReset,		/* mb_reset */
-    _XimProtoWcReset,		/* wc_reset */
-    _XimProtoUtf8Reset,		/* utf8_reset */
-    _XimProtoMbLookupString,	/* mb_lookup_string */
-    _XimProtoWcLookupString,	/* wc_lookup_string */
-    _XimProtoUtf8LookupString	/* utf8_lookup_string */
-};
-
-Private Bool
-_XimGetInputStyle(
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    XIMStyle		*input_style)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-
-    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {
-	if (!(strcmp(p->name, XNInputStyle))) {
-	    *input_style = (XIMStyle)p->value;
-	    return True;
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Private Bool
-_XimDelayModeCreateIC(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMArg		*values,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    unsigned int	 num)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-    int			 len;
-    XIMStyle		 input_style;
-
-    bzero((char *)&ic_values, sizeof(XimDefICValues));
-    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    if (!(_XimGetInputStyle(values, &input_style)))
-	return False;
-
-    _XimSetICMode(res, num, input_style);
-
-    if (_XimSetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values, res, num,
-					values, XIM_CREATEIC, False)) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    if (!_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,
-					XIM_SETICDEFAULTS, res, num)) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    ic_values.filter_events = KeyPressMask;
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimReconnectModeCreateIC(ic)
-    Xic			 ic;
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    int			 len;
-    XIMStyle		 input_style = ic->core.input_style;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    unsigned int	 num;
-
-    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;
-    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;
-    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)))
-	return False;
-    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, len);
-    ic->private.proto.ic_resources     = res;
-    ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources = num;
-
-    _XimSetICMode(res, num, input_style);
-
-    ic->core.filter_events = KeyPressMask;
-
-    return True;
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Public XIC
-_XimProtoCreateIC(
-    XIM			 xim,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;
-    Xic			 ic;
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    unsigned int         num;
-    XIMStyle		 input_style;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    char		*tmp;
-    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;
-    char		*buf;
-    int			 buf_size;
-    char		*data;
-    int			 data_len;
-    int			 ret_len;
-    int			 total;
-    XIMArg		*arg_ret;
-    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer		 preply;
-    int			 ret_code;
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && !IS_CONNECTABLE(im))
-	return (XIC)NULL;
-#else
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))
-	return (XIC)NULL;
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    if (!(_XimGetInputStyle(arg, &input_style)))
-	return (XIC)NULL;
-
-    if ((ic = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XicRec))) == (Xic)NULL)
-	return (XIC)NULL;
-
-    ic->methods = &ic_methods;
-    ic->core.im = (XIM)im;
-    ic->core.input_style = input_style;
-
-    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;
-    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;
-    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)))
-	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, len);
-    ic->private.proto.ic_resources     = res;
-    ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources = num;
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!_XimSaveICValues(ic, arg))
-	return False;
-
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {
-	if (!_XimConnectServer(im)) {
-	    if (_XimDelayModeCreateIC(ic, arg, res, num)) {
-		return (XIC)ic;
-	    }
-	    goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-	}
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    ic->core.filter_events = im->private.proto.forward_event_mask;
-    ic->private.proto.forward_event_mask =
-				im->private.proto.forward_event_mask;
-    ic->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask =
-				im->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask;
-
-    num = im->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources;
-    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;
-    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)))
-	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-    (void)memcpy((char *)res,
-			 (char *)im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources, len);
-    ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources     = res;
-    ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources = num;
-
-    _XimSetICMode(ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, input_style);
-
-    _XimSetICMode(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, input_style);
-
-    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    buf = tmp_buf;
-    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16);
-    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;
-    total = 0;
-    arg_ret = arg;
-    for (;;) {
-	data = &buf[buf_size];
-	if (_XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-		ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, arg, &arg_ret, data,
-		data_len, &ret_len, (XPointer)&ic_values, 0, XIM_CREATEIC)) {
-	    goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-	}
-
-	total += ret_len;
-	if (!(arg = arg_ret)) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	buf_size += ret_len;
-	if (buf == tmp_buf) {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {
-	        goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-	    }
-	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);
-	    buf = tmp;
-	} else {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {
-		Xfree(buf);
-	        goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-	    }
-	    buf = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-
-    if (!(_XimCheckCreateICValues(ic->private.proto.ic_resources,
-					ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources)))
-	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-
-    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);
-
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;
-    buf_s[1] = (INT16)total;
-
-    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + total);
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_CREATE_IC, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {
-	if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	    Xfree(buf);
-	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-    }
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	Xfree(buf);
-    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = True;
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-						 _XimCreateICCheck, 0);
-    if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if (len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = (int)len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-						 _XimCreateICCheck, 0);
-	    if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-		ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-		goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-    }
-    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	if (reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;
-    }
-
-    ic->private.proto.icid = buf_s[1];		/* icid */
-    if (reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-    MARK_IC_CONNECTED(ic);
-    return (XIC)ic;
-
-ErrorOnCreatingIC:
-    _XimUnregisterFilter(ic);
-    if (ic->private.proto.ic_resources)
-	Xfree(ic->private.proto.ic_resources);
-    if (ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources)
-	Xfree(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources);
-    Xfree(ic);
-    return (XIC)NULL;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1991, 1992 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+ * Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ */

+/******************************************************************

+

+           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED

+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific, written prior permission.

+FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of

+this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Hideki Hiura (hhiura@Sun.COM) Sun Microsystems, Inc.

+          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCreateICCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_CREATE_IC_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Public Bool

+_XimReCreateIC(ic)

+    Xic			 ic;

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    Xic			 save_ic;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    unsigned int         num;

+    XIMStyle		 input_style = ic->core.input_style;

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    char		*tmp;

+    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;

+    char		*buf;

+    int			 buf_size;

+    char		*data;

+    int			 data_len;

+    int			 ret_len;

+    int			 total;

+    int			 idx;

+    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer		 preply;

+    int			 ret_code;

+

+    if (!(save_ic = (Xic)Xmalloc(sizeof(XicRec))))

+	return False;

+    memcpy((char *)save_ic, (char *)ic, sizeof(XicRec));

+

+    ic->core.filter_events = im->private.proto.forward_event_mask;

+    ic->private.proto.forward_event_mask =

+				im->private.proto.forward_event_mask;

+    ic->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask =

+				im->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask;

+

+    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;

+    buf_size = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;

+    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(buf_size)))

+	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, buf_size);

+    ic->private.proto.ic_resources     = res;

+    ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources = num;

+

+    num = im->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources;

+    buf_size = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;

+    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(buf_size)))

+	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+    (void)memcpy((char *)res,

+			(char *)im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources, buf_size);

+    ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources     = res;

+    ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources = num;

+

+    _XimSetICMode(ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, input_style);

+

+    _XimSetICMode(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, input_style);

+

+    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    buf = tmp_buf;

+    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16);

+    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;

+    total = 0;

+    idx = 0;

+    for (;;) {

+	data = &buf[buf_size];

+	if (!_XimEncodeSavedICATTRIBUTE(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+		ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, &idx, data, data_len,

+		&ret_len, (XPointer)&ic_values, XIM_CREATEIC)) {

+	    if (buf != tmp_buf)

+		Xfree(buf);

+	    goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+	}

+

+	total += ret_len;

+	if (idx == -1) {

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	buf_size += ret_len;

+	if (buf == tmp_buf) {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {

+		goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+	    }

+	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);

+	    buf = tmp;

+	} else {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {

+		Xfree(buf);

+		goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+	    }

+	    buf = tmp;

+	}

+    }

+

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;

+    buf_s[1] = (INT16)total;

+

+    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + total);

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_CREATE_IC, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {

+	if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	    Xfree(buf);

+	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+    }

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	Xfree(buf);

+    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = True;

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+						 _XimCreateICCheck, 0);

+    if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if (len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = (int)len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+						 _XimCreateICCheck, 0);

+	    if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+		ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+		goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+	    }

+	}

+    } else {

+	ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+    }

+    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	if (reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	goto ErrorOnReCreateIC;

+    }

+

+    ic->private.proto.icid = buf_s[1];		/* icid */

+    if (reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);

+    MARK_IC_CONNECTED(ic);

+    if (save_ic->private.proto.ic_resources)

+	Xfree(save_ic->private.proto.ic_resources);

+    if (save_ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources)

+	Xfree(save_ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources);

+    Xfree(save_ic);

+    return True;

+

+ErrorOnReCreateIC:

+    memcpy((char *)ic, (char *)save_ic, sizeof(XicRec));

+    Xfree(save_ic);

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimDelayModeGetICValues(ic, arg)

+    Xic			 ic;

+    XIMArg		*arg;

+{

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    return  _XimGetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,

+				ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+				ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources,

+				arg, XIM_GETICVALUES);

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Private Bool

+_XimGetICValuesCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)arg;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_GET_IC_VALUES_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimProtoGetICValues(

+    XIC			 xic,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    register XIMArg	*pp;

+    register int	 n;

+    CARD8		*buf;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer		 preply = NULL;

+    int			 buf_size;

+    int			 ret_code;

+    char		*makeid_name;

+    char		*decode_name;

+    CARD16		*data = NULL;

+    INT16		 data_len = 0;

+

+#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))

+	return arg->name;

+#else

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic)) {

+	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	    if (_XimConnectServer(im)) {

+		if (!_XimReCreateIC(ic)) {

+		    _XimDelayModeSetAttr(im);

+	            return _XimDelayModeGetICValues(ic, arg);

+		}

+	    } else {

+	        return _XimDelayModeGetICValues(ic, arg);

+	    }

+        } else {

+	    return arg->name;

+        }

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    for (n = 0, p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {

+	n++;

+	if ((strcmp(p->name, XNPreeditAttributes) == 0)

+	 || (strcmp(p->name, XNStatusAttributes) == 0)) {

+	     n++;

+	     for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value; pp && pp->name; pp++)

+	 	n++;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!n)

+	return (char *)NULL;

+

+    buf_size =  sizeof(CARD16) * n;

+    buf_size += XIM_HEADER_SIZE

+	     + sizeof(CARD16)

+	     + sizeof(CARD16)

+	     + sizeof(INT16)

+	     + XIM_PAD(2 + buf_size);

+

+    if (!(buf = (CARD8 *)Xmalloc(buf_size)))

+	return arg->name;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+

+    makeid_name = _XimMakeICAttrIDList(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+				ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, arg,

+				&buf_s[3], &len, XIM_GETICVALUES);

+

+    if (len > 0) {

+	buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+	buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */

+	buf_s[2] = len;				/* length of ic-attr-id */

+	len += sizeof(INT16);                       /* sizeof length of attr */

+	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */

+	len += sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	     + sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */

+

+	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_GET_IC_VALUES, 0, &len);

+	if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {

+	    Xfree(buf);

+	    return arg->name;

+	}

+	_XimFlush(im);

+	Xfree(buf);

+	buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+				 _XimGetICValuesCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+	if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	    if (len <= 0) {

+		preply = reply;

+	    } else {

+		buf_size = (int)len;

+		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len);

+		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+				_XimGetICValuesCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+		if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		    if (preply != reply)

+		        Xfree(preply);

+		    return arg->name;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    return arg->name;

+	}

+	buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+	if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	    _XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	    if (reply != preply)

+		Xfree(preply);

+	    return arg->name;

+	}

+	data = &buf_s[4];

+	data_len = buf_s[2];

+    }

+    else if (len < 0) {

+	return arg->name;

+    }

+

+    decode_name = _XimDecodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, data, data_len,

+			arg, XIM_GETICVALUES);

+    if (reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+    if (decode_name)

+	return decode_name;

+    else

+	return makeid_name;

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckNestQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark, separator)

+    XrmQuark		*quark_list;

+    int			 num_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 quark;

+    XrmQuark		 separator;

+{

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < num_quark; i++) {

+	if (quark_list[i] == separator) {

+	    break;

+	}

+	if (quark_list[i] == quark) {

+	    return True;

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckNestedQuarkList(quark_list, idx, num_quark, arg, separator)

+    XrmQuark		**quark_list;

+    int			  idx;

+    int			 *num_quark;

+    XIMArg		 *arg;

+    XrmQuark		  separator;

+{

+    XrmQuark		 *q_list = *quark_list;

+    int			  n_quark = *num_quark;

+    register XIMArg	 *p;

+    XrmQuark		  quark;

+    XrmQuark		 *tmp;

+    register int	  i;

+

+    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {

+	quark = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);

+	if (_XimCheckNestQuarkList(&q_list[idx], n_quark - idx,

+							quark, separator)) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+	if (!(tmp = (XrmQuark *)Xmalloc((sizeof(XrmQuark) * (n_quark + 1))))) {

+	    *quark_list = q_list;

+	    *num_quark = n_quark;

+	    return False;

+	}

+	n_quark++;

+	for (i = 0; i < idx; i++) {

+	    tmp[i] = q_list[i];

+	}

+	tmp[i] = quark;

+	for (i = idx  + 1; i < n_quark; i++) {

+	    tmp[i] = q_list[i - 1];

+	}

+	q_list = tmp;

+    }

+    *quark_list = q_list;

+    *num_quark = n_quark;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckICQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark, idx)

+    XrmQuark		*quark_list;

+    int			 num_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 quark;

+    int			*idx;

+{

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < num_quark; i++) {

+	if (quark_list[i] == quark) {

+	    *idx = i;

+	    return True;

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSaveICValues(ic, arg)

+    Xic			 ic;

+    XIMArg		*arg;

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    register int	 n;

+    XrmQuark		*quark_list;

+    XrmQuark		*tmp;

+    XrmQuark		 quark;

+    int			 num_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 separator;

+    int			 idx;

+

+    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);

+    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);

+    separator = XrmStringToQuark(XNSeparatorofNestedList);

+

+    if (quark_list = ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues) {

+	num_quark = ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues;

+	for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {

+	    quark = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);

+	    if ((quark == pre_quark) || (quark == sts_quark)) {

+	        if (!_XimCheckICQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark, &idx)) {

+		    register XIMArg	*pp;

+		    int			 nn;

+		    XrmQuark		*q_list;

+

+		    for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value, nn = 0;

+						pp && pp->name; pp++, nn++);

+	            if (!(tmp = (XrmQuark *)Xrealloc(quark_list,

+				(sizeof(XrmQuark) * (num_quark + nn + 2))))) {

+		        ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;

+		        ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = num_quark;

+		        return False;

+	            }

+	            quark_list = tmp;

+		    q_list = &quark_list[num_quark];

+	            num_quark += nn + 2;

+		    *q_list++ = quark;

+		    for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value;

+					pp && pp->name; pp++, quark_list++) {

+			*q_list = XrmStringToQuark(pp->name);

+		    }

+		    *q_list = separator;

+		} else {

+		    if (!_XimCheckNestedQuarkList(&quark_list, idx + 1,

+				&num_quark, (XIMArg *)p->value, separator)) {

+		        ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;

+		        ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = num_quark;

+		        return False;

+		    }

+		}

+	    } else {

+	        if (_XimCheckICQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark, &idx)) {

+		    continue;

+	        }

+	        if (!(tmp = (XrmQuark *)Xrealloc(quark_list,

+				(sizeof(XrmQuark) * (num_quark + 1))))) {

+		    ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;

+		    ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = num_quark;

+		    return False;

+	        }

+	        quark_list = tmp;

+	        quark_list[num_quark] = quark;

+	        num_quark++;

+	    }

+	}

+	ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;

+	ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = num_quark;

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    for (p = arg, n = 0; p && p->name; p++, n++) {

+	if ((!strcmp(p->name, XNPreeditAttributes))

+	 || (!strcmp(p->name, XNStatusAttributes))) {

+	    register XIMArg	*pp;

+	    int			 nn;

+

+	    for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value, nn = 0; pp && pp->name; pp++, nn++);

+	    n += nn + 1;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!(quark_list = (XrmQuark *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XrmQuark) * n))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = quark_list;

+    ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues = n;

+    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++, quark_list++) {

+	*quark_list = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);

+	if ((*quark_list == pre_quark) || (*quark_list == sts_quark)) {

+	    register XIMArg	*pp;

+

+	    quark_list++;

+	    for (pp = (XIMArg *)p->value; pp && pp->name; pp++, quark_list++) {

+		*quark_list = XrmStringToQuark(pp->name);

+	    }

+	    *quark_list = separator;

+	}

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimDelayModeSetICValues(ic, arg)

+    Xic			 ic;

+    XIMArg		*arg;

+{

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+    char		*name;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    name = _XimSetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources,

+			arg, XIM_SETICVALUES, False);

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    return name;

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetICValuesCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)arg;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_SET_IC_VALUES_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimProtoSetICValues(

+    XIC			 xic,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    char		*tmp;

+    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;

+    char		*buf;

+    int			 buf_size;

+    char		*data;

+    int			 data_len;

+    int			 ret_len;

+    int			 total;

+    XIMArg		*arg_ret;

+    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer		 preply = NULL;

+    int			 ret_code;

+    BITMASK32		 flag = 0L;

+    char		*name;

+    char		*tmp_name = (arg) ? arg->name : NULL;

+

+#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))

+	return tmp_name;

+#else

+    if (!_XimSaveICValues(ic, arg))

+	return NULL;

+

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic)) {

+	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	    if (_XimConnectServer(im)) {

+	        if (!_XimReCreateIC(ic)) {

+		    _XimDelayModeSetAttr(im);

+	            return _XimDelayModeSetICValues(ic, arg);

+		}

+	    } else {

+	        return _XimDelayModeSetICValues(ic, arg);

+	    }

+        } else {

+	    return tmp_name;

+        }

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    buf = tmp_buf;

+    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE

+	+ sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + sizeof(CARD16);

+    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;

+    total = 0;

+    arg_ret = arg;

+    for (;;) {

+	data = &buf[buf_size];

+	if ((name = _XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, arg, &arg_ret,

+			data, data_len, &ret_len, (XPointer)&ic_values,

+			&flag, XIM_SETICVALUES))) {

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	total += ret_len;

+	if (!(arg = arg_ret)) {

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	buf_size += ret_len;

+	if (buf == tmp_buf) {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {

+		return tmp_name;

+	    }

+	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);

+	    buf = tmp;

+	} else {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {

+		Xfree(buf);

+		return tmp_name;

+	    }

+	    buf = tmp;

+	}

+    }

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+

+    if (!total) {

+        return tmp_name;

+    }

+

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+

+#ifdef EXT_MOVE

+    if (_XimExtenMove(im, ic, flag, &buf_s[4], (INT16)total))

+	return name;

+#endif

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;

+    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;

+    buf_s[2] = (INT16)total;

+    buf_s[3] = 0;

+    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(CARD16)

+				+ sizeof(INT16) + sizeof(CARD16) + total);

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SET_IC_VALUES, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {

+	if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	    Xfree(buf);

+	return tmp_name;

+    }

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	Xfree(buf);

+    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = True;

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+					_XimSetICValuesCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+    if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	buf_size = (int)len;

+	preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+					_XimSetICValuesCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+	if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+	    return tmp_name;

+	}

+    } else {

+	ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+	return tmp_name;

+    }

+    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	if (reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return tmp_name;

+    }

+    if (reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+    return name;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimDestroyICCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)arg;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];

+    Bool	 ret = False;

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_DESTROY_IC_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	ret = True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+    ret = False;

+    return ret;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimProtoICFree(

+    Xic		 ic)

+{

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+#endif

+

+    if (ic->private.proto.preedit_font) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.proto.preedit_font);

+	ic->private.proto.preedit_font = NULL;

+    }

+    if (ic->private.proto.status_font) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.proto.status_font);

+	ic->private.proto.status_font = NULL;

+    }

+    if (ic->private.proto.commit_info) {

+	_XimFreeCommitInfo(ic);

+	ic->private.proto.commit_info = NULL;

+    }

+    if (ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources);

+	ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources = NULL;

+    }

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	return;

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    if (ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues);

+	ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues = NULL;

+    }

+    if (ic->private.proto.ic_resources) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.proto.ic_resources);

+	ic->private.proto.ic_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    if (ic->core.hotkey) {

+	Xfree(ic->core.hotkey);

+	ic->core.hotkey = NULL;

+    }

+

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimProtoDestroyIC(

+    XIC		 xic)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim	 	 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    INT16	 len;

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+

+    if (IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {

+	buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+	buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */

+

+	len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	    + sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */

+

+	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_DESTROY_IC, 0, &len);

+	(void)_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf);

+	_XimFlush(im);

+	buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+					_XimDestroyICCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+	if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	    buf_size = len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	    (void)_XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+					_XimDestroyICCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	}

+    }

+    UNMARK_IC_CONNECTED(ic);

+    _XimUnregisterFilter(ic);

+    _XimProtoICFree(ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimProtoSetFocus(

+    XIC		 xic)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    INT16	 len;

+

+#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))

+	return;

+#else

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic)) {

+	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	    if (_XimConnectServer(im)) {

+		if (!_XimReCreateIC(ic)) {

+		    _XimDelayModeSetAttr(im);

+		    return;

+		}

+	    } else {

+		return;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    return;

+	}

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */

+

+    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SET_IC_FOCUS, 0, &len);

+    (void)_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf);

+    _XimFlush(im);

+

+    MARK_FOCUSED(ic);

+

+    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimProtoUnsetFocus(

+    XIC		 xic)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    INT16	 len;

+

+#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))

+	return;

+#else

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic)) {

+	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	    if (_XimConnectServer(im)) {

+		if (!_XimReCreateIC(ic)) {

+		    _XimDelayModeSetAttr(im);

+		    return;

+		}

+	    } else {

+		return;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    return;

+	}

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */

+

+    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_UNSET_IC_FOCUS, 0, &len);

+    (void)_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf);

+    _XimFlush(im);

+

+    UNMARK_FOCUSED(ic);

+

+    _XimUnregisterFilter(ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimResetICCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)arg;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_RESET_IC_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimProtoReset(

+    XIC		 xic,

+    char *     (*retfunc) (Xim im, Xic ic, XPointer buf) )

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim	 	 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    INT16	 len;

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+    char	*commit;

+

+    if (!IS_IC_CONNECTED(ic))

+	return (char *)NULL;

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */

+

+    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_RESET_IC, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	return NULL;

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = True;

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+    					_XimResetICCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+    if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+    	preply = reply;

+    } else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+    	if (len < 0) {

+    	    preply = reply;

+    	} else {

+    	    buf_size = len;

+    	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+    	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+    					_XimResetICCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+    	    if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+    		ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+    		return NULL;

+    	    }

+    	}

+    } else {

+	ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+    	if (reply != preply)

+    	    free(preply);

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    commit = retfunc(im, ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);

+

+    if (reply != preply)

+    	Xfree(preply);

+    return commit;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimCommitedMbString(

+    Xim			 im,

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XPointer		 buf)

+{

+    CARD16		*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+    XimCommitInfo	 info;

+    int			 len;

+    int			 new_len;

+    char		*commit;

+    char		*new_commit = NULL;

+    char		*str;

+    Status		 status;

+

+    len = 0;

+    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next)

+	len += info->string_len;

+    len += buf_s[0];

+    if ( len == 0 )

+	return( NULL );

+

+    if (!(commit = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1)))

+	goto Error_On_Reset;

+

+    str = commit;

+    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next) {

+	(void)memcpy(str, info->string, info->string_len);

+	str += info->string_len;

+    }

+    (void)memcpy(str, (char *)&buf_s[1], buf_s[0]);

+    commit[len] = '\0';

+

+    new_len = im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im, commit, len, NULL, 0, &status);

+    if (status != XLookupNone) {

+	if (!(new_commit = Xmalloc(new_len + 1))) {

+	    Xfree(commit);

+	    goto Error_On_Reset;

+	}

+	(void)im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im, commit, len,

+						new_commit, new_len, NULL);

+	new_commit[new_len] = '\0';

+    }

+    Xfree(commit);

+

+Error_On_Reset:

+    _XimFreeCommitInfo( ic );

+    return new_commit;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimProtoMbReset(

+    XIC		 xic)

+{

+    return _XimProtoReset(xic, _XimCommitedMbString);

+}

+

+Private wchar_t *

+_XimCommitedWcString(

+    Xim		 im,

+    Xic		 ic,

+    XPointer	 buf)

+{

+    CARD16		*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+    XimCommitInfo	 info;

+    int			 len;

+    int			 new_len;

+    char		*commit;

+    wchar_t		*new_commit = (wchar_t *)NULL;

+    char		*str;

+    Status		 status;

+

+    len = 0;

+    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next)

+	len += info->string_len;

+    len += buf_s[0];

+    if ( len == 0 )

+	return( (wchar_t *)NULL );

+

+    if (!(commit = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1)))

+	goto Error_On_Reset;

+

+    str = commit;

+    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next) {

+	(void)memcpy(str, info->string, info->string_len);

+	str += info->string_len;

+    }

+    (void)memcpy(str, (char *)&buf_s[1], buf_s[0]);

+    commit[len] = '\0';

+

+    new_len = im->methods->ctstowcs((XIM)im, commit, len, NULL, 0, &status);

+    if (status != XLookupNone) {

+	if (!(new_commit =

+		     (wchar_t *)Xmalloc(sizeof(wchar_t) * (new_len + 1)))) {

+	    Xfree(commit);

+	    goto Error_On_Reset;

+	}

+	(void)im->methods->ctstowcs((XIM)im, commit, len,

+						new_commit, new_len, NULL);

+	new_commit[new_len] = (wchar_t)'\0';

+    }

+    Xfree(commit);

+

+Error_On_Reset:

+    _XimFreeCommitInfo( ic );

+    return new_commit;

+}

+

+Private wchar_t *

+_XimProtoWcReset(

+    XIC		 xic)

+{

+    return (wchar_t *) _XimProtoReset(xic,

+			(char * (*) (Xim, Xic, XPointer)) _XimCommitedWcString);

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimCommitedUtf8String(

+    Xim			 im,

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XPointer		 buf)

+{

+    CARD16		*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+    XimCommitInfo	 info;

+    int			 len;

+    int			 new_len;

+    char		*commit;

+    char		*new_commit = NULL;

+    char		*str;

+    Status		 status;

+

+    len = 0;

+    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next)

+	len += info->string_len;

+    len += buf_s[0];

+    if ( len == 0 )

+	return( NULL );

+

+    if (!(commit = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1)))

+	goto Error_On_Reset;

+

+    str = commit;

+    for (info = ic->private.proto.commit_info; info; info = info->next) {

+	(void)memcpy(str, info->string, info->string_len);

+	str += info->string_len;

+    }

+    (void)memcpy(str, (char *)&buf_s[1], buf_s[0]);

+    commit[len] = '\0';

+

+    new_len = im->methods->ctstoutf8((XIM)im, commit, len, NULL, 0, &status);

+    if (status != XLookupNone) {

+	if (!(new_commit = Xmalloc(new_len + 1))) {

+	    Xfree(commit);

+	    goto Error_On_Reset;

+	}

+	(void)im->methods->ctstoutf8((XIM)im, commit, len,

+						new_commit, new_len, NULL);

+	new_commit[new_len] = '\0';

+    }

+    Xfree(commit);

+

+Error_On_Reset:

+    _XimFreeCommitInfo( ic );

+    return new_commit;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimProtoUtf8Reset(

+    XIC		 xic)

+{

+    return _XimProtoReset(xic, _XimCommitedUtf8String);

+}

+

+Private XICMethodsRec ic_methods = {

+    _XimProtoDestroyIC,		/* destroy */

+    _XimProtoSetFocus,		/* set_focus */

+    _XimProtoUnsetFocus,	/* unset_focus */

+    _XimProtoSetICValues,	/* set_values */

+    _XimProtoGetICValues,	/* get_values */

+    _XimProtoMbReset,		/* mb_reset */

+    _XimProtoWcReset,		/* wc_reset */

+    _XimProtoUtf8Reset,		/* utf8_reset */

+    _XimProtoMbLookupString,	/* mb_lookup_string */

+    _XimProtoWcLookupString,	/* wc_lookup_string */

+    _XimProtoUtf8LookupString	/* utf8_lookup_string */

+};

+

+Private Bool

+_XimGetInputStyle(

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    XIMStyle		*input_style)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+

+    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {

+	if (!(strcmp(p->name, XNInputStyle))) {

+	    *input_style = (XIMStyle)p->value;

+	    return True;

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Private Bool

+_XimDelayModeCreateIC(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMArg		*values,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    unsigned int	 num)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+    int			 len;

+    XIMStyle		 input_style;

+

+    bzero((char *)&ic_values, sizeof(XimDefICValues));

+    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    if (!(_XimGetInputStyle(values, &input_style)))

+	return False;

+

+    _XimSetICMode(res, num, input_style);

+

+    if (_XimSetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values, res, num,

+					values, XIM_CREATEIC, False)) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    if (!_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,

+					XIM_SETICDEFAULTS, res, num)) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    ic_values.filter_events = KeyPressMask;

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimReconnectModeCreateIC(ic)

+    Xic			 ic;

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    int			 len;

+    XIMStyle		 input_style = ic->core.input_style;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    unsigned int	 num;

+

+    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;

+    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;

+    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)))

+	return False;

+    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, len);

+    ic->private.proto.ic_resources     = res;

+    ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources = num;

+

+    _XimSetICMode(res, num, input_style);

+

+    ic->core.filter_events = KeyPressMask;

+

+    return True;

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Public XIC

+_XimProtoCreateIC(

+    XIM			 xim,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;

+    Xic			 ic;

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    unsigned int         num;

+    XIMStyle		 input_style;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    char		*tmp;

+    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;

+    char		*buf;

+    int			 buf_size;

+    char		*data;

+    int			 data_len;

+    int			 ret_len;

+    int			 total;

+    XIMArg		*arg_ret;

+    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer		 preply;

+    int			 ret_code;

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && !IS_CONNECTABLE(im))

+	return (XIC)NULL;

+#else

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))

+	return (XIC)NULL;

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    if (!(_XimGetInputStyle(arg, &input_style)))

+	return (XIC)NULL;

+

+    if ((ic = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XicRec))) == (Xic)NULL)

+	return (XIC)NULL;

+

+    ic->methods = &ic_methods;

+    ic->core.im = (XIM)im;

+    ic->core.input_style = input_style;

+

+    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;

+    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;

+    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)))

+	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, len);

+    ic->private.proto.ic_resources     = res;

+    ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources = num;

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!_XimSaveICValues(ic, arg))

+	return False;

+

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {

+	if (!_XimConnectServer(im)) {

+	    if (_XimDelayModeCreateIC(ic, arg, res, num)) {

+		return (XIC)ic;

+	    }

+	    goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+	}

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    ic->core.filter_events = im->private.proto.forward_event_mask;

+    ic->private.proto.forward_event_mask =

+				im->private.proto.forward_event_mask;

+    ic->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask =

+				im->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask;

+

+    num = im->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources;

+    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;

+    if (!(res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)))

+	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+    (void)memcpy((char *)res,

+			 (char *)im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources, len);

+    ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources     = res;

+    ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources = num;

+

+    _XimSetICMode(ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, input_style);

+

+    _XimSetICMode(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, input_style);

+

+    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    buf = tmp_buf;

+    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16);

+    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;

+    total = 0;

+    arg_ret = arg;

+    for (;;) {

+	data = &buf[buf_size];

+	if (_XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+		ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources, arg, &arg_ret, data,

+		data_len, &ret_len, (XPointer)&ic_values, 0, XIM_CREATEIC)) {

+	    goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+	}

+

+	total += ret_len;

+	if (!(arg = arg_ret)) {

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	buf_size += ret_len;

+	if (buf == tmp_buf) {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {

+	        goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+	    }

+	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);

+	    buf = tmp;

+	} else {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {

+		Xfree(buf);

+	        goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+	    }

+	    buf = tmp;

+	}

+    }

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+

+    if (!(_XimCheckCreateICValues(ic->private.proto.ic_resources,

+					ic->private.proto.ic_num_resources)))

+	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+

+    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);

+

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;

+    buf_s[1] = (INT16)total;

+

+    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + total);

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_CREATE_IC, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {

+	if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	    Xfree(buf);

+	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+    }

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	Xfree(buf);

+    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = True;

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+						 _XimCreateICCheck, 0);

+    if (ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if (ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if (len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = (int)len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+						 _XimCreateICCheck, 0);

+	    if (ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+		ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+		goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+	    }

+	}

+    } else {

+	ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+    }

+    ic->private.proto.waitCallback = False;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	if (reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	goto ErrorOnCreatingIC;

+    }

+

+    ic->private.proto.icid = buf_s[1];		/* icid */

+    if (reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+    MARK_IC_CONNECTED(ic);

+    return (XIC)ic;

+

+ErrorOnCreatingIC:

+    _XimUnregisterFilter(ic);

+    if (ic->private.proto.ic_resources)

+	Xfree(ic->private.proto.ic_resources);

+    if (ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources)

+	Xfree(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources);

+    Xfree(ic);

+    return (XIC)NULL;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefIm.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefIm.c
index 18a3cc85f..2ea4427c3 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefIm.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefIm.c
@@ -1,2044 +1,2044 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/******************************************************************
-         Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-         Copyright 1993, 1994 by Sony Corporation
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, FUJITSU
-LIMITED and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity
-pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written
-prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED
-AND SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Hideki Hiura (hhiura@Sun.COM) Sun Microsystems, Inc.
-          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-          Makoto Wakamatsu     Sony Corporation
-                               makoto@sm.sony.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "XlcPublic.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-#include "XimTrInt.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-
-
-Public int
-_XimCheckDataSize(
-    XPointer	 buf,
-    int		 len)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-
-    if(len < XIM_HEADER_SIZE)
-	return -1;
-    return  buf_s[1];
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimSetHeader(
-    XPointer	 buf,
-    CARD8	 major_opcode,
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode,
-    INT16	*len
-)
-{
-    CARD8	*buf_b = (CARD8 *)buf;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-
-    buf_b[0] = major_opcode;
-    buf_b[1] = minor_opcode;
-    buf_s[1] = ((*len) / 4);
-    *len += XIM_HEADER_SIZE;
-    return;
-}
-
-Public char
-_XimGetMyEndian(void)
-{
-    CARD16	 test_card = 1;
-
-    if(*((char *)&test_card))
-	return LITTLEENDIAN;
-    else
-	return BIGENDIAN;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckServerName(
-    Xim		   im,
-    char	  *str)
-{
-    char	  *server_name = im->core.im_name;
-    int		   len;
-    int		   str_len;
-    int		   category_len = strlen(XIM_SERVER_CATEGORY);
-    char	  *pp;
-    register char *p;
-
-    if(server_name && *server_name)
-	len = strlen(server_name);
-    else
-	return True;
-
-    if((int)strlen(str) < category_len)
-	return False;
-
-    if(strncmp(str, XIM_SERVER_CATEGORY, category_len))
-	return False;
-
-    pp = &str[category_len];
-
-    for(;;) {
-	for(p = pp; (*p != ',') && (*p); p++);
-	str_len = (int)(p - pp);
-
-	if((len == str_len) && (!strncmp(pp, server_name, len)))
-	    break;
-	if(!(*p))
-	    return False;
-	pp = p + 1;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimCheckLocaleName(
-    Xim		   im,
-    char	  *address,
-    int		   address_len,
-    char	  *locale_name[],
-    int		   len)
-{
-    int		   category_len;
-    char	  *pp;
-    register char *p;
-    register int   n;
-    Bool           finish = False;
-
-    category_len = strlen(XIM_LOCAL_CATEGORY);
-    if(address_len < category_len)
-	return (char*)NULL;
-
-    if(strncmp(address, XIM_LOCAL_CATEGORY, category_len))
-	return (char*)NULL;
-
-    pp = &address[category_len];
-
-    for(;;) {
-	for( p = pp; *p && *p != ','; p++);
-	if (!*p)
-	    finish = True;
-	address_len = (int)(p - pp);
-	*p = '\0';
-
-	for( n = 0; n < len; n++ )
-	    if( locale_name[n] && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1( pp, locale_name[n] ) )
-		return locale_name[n];
-	if (finish)
-	    break;
-	pp = p + 1;
-    }
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckTransport(
-    char	  *address,
-    int		   address_len,
-    const char	  *transport,
-    int		   len,
-    char	 **trans_addr)
-{
-    int		   category_len = strlen(XIM_TRANSPORT_CATEGORY);
-    char	  *pp;
-    register char *p;
-
-    if(address_len < category_len)
-	return False;
-
-    if(strncmp(address, XIM_TRANSPORT_CATEGORY, category_len))
-	return False;
-
-    pp = &address[category_len];
-
-    for(;;) {
-	*trans_addr = pp;
-
-	for(p = pp; (*p != '/') && (*p != ',') && (*p); p++);
-	if(*p == ',') {
-	    pp = p + 1;
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if(!(*p))
-	    return False;
-
-	address_len = (int)(p - pp);
-
-	if((len == address_len) && (!strncmp(pp, transport, len)))
-	    break;
-	pp = p + 1;
-    }
-    pp = p + 1;
-    for(p = pp; (*p != ',') && (*p); p++);
-    if (*p)
-	*p = '\0';
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_CheckSNEvent(
-    Display		*display,
-    XEvent		*xevent,
-    XPointer		 arg)
-{
-    XSelectionEvent	*event = (XSelectionEvent *)xevent;
-    Window		 window = *(Window*)arg;
-
-    if((event->type == SelectionNotify) && (window == event->requestor))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimGetSelectionNotify(
-    Display		 *display,
-    Window		  window,
-    Atom		  target,
-    char		**ret_address)
-{
-    XEvent		  event;
-    XSelectionEvent	 *ev = (XSelectionEvent *)&event;
-    Atom		  actual_type;
-    int			  actual_format;
-    unsigned long	  nitems, bytes_after;
-
-    for(;;) {
-	XIfEvent(display, &event, _CheckSNEvent, (XPointer)&window);
-	if((ev->type == SelectionNotify) && (window == ev->requestor))
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    if(ev->property == (Atom)None)
-	return False;
-    if( XGetWindowProperty( display, window, target, 0L, 1000000L,
-			    True, target, &actual_type, &actual_format,
-			    &nitems, &bytes_after,
-			    (unsigned char **)&*ret_address ) != Success )
-	return False;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimPreConnectionIM(
-    Xim			 im,
-    Atom		 selection)
-{
-    Display		*display = im->core.display;
-    Atom		 locales, transport;
-    char		*address;
-    XLCd		 lcd;
-    char		*language;
-    char		*territory;
-    char		*codeset;
-    char		*trans_addr;
-    char		*locale_name[4], *locale;
-    int			 llen, tlen, clen;
-    register int	 i;
-    Window		 window;
-    char		*str;
-
-    if(!(lcd = im->core.lcd))
-	return False;
-
-    for( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
-	locale_name[i] = NULL;
-    /* requestor window */
-    if(!(window = XCreateSimpleWindow(display, DefaultRootWindow(display),
-			 				0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0)))
-	return False;
-
-    /* server name check */
-    if( !(str = XGetAtomName( display, selection )) )
-	return False;
-    if(!_XimCheckServerName(im, str)) {
-	XFree( (XPointer)str );
-	goto Error;
-    }
-    XFree( (XPointer)str );
-
-    /* locale name check */
-    _XGetLCValues(lcd, XlcNLanguage, &language, XlcNTerritory, &territory,
-                    XlcNCodeset, &codeset, NULL);
-    llen = strlen( language );
-    tlen = territory ? strlen( territory ): 0;
-    clen = codeset ? strlen( codeset ): 0;
-
-    if( tlen != 0  &&  clen != 0 ) {
-	if( (locale_name[0] = Xmalloc(llen+tlen+clen+3)) != NULL )
-	    sprintf( locale_name[0], "%s_%s.%s", language, territory, codeset );
-    }
-    if( clen != 0 ) {
-	if( (locale_name[1] = Xmalloc(llen+clen+2)) != NULL )
-	    sprintf( locale_name[1], "%s.%s", language, codeset );
-	else
-	    goto Error;
-    }
-    if( tlen != 0 ) {
-	if( (locale_name[2] = Xmalloc(llen+tlen+2)) != NULL )
-	    sprintf( locale_name[2], "%s_%s", language, territory );
-	else
-	    goto Error;
-    }
-    if( (locale_name[3] = Xmalloc(llen+1)) != NULL )
-	strcpy( locale_name[3], language );
-    else
-	goto Error;
-    if((locales = XInternAtom(display, XIM_LOCALES, True)) == (Atom)None)
-	goto Error;
-
-    XConvertSelection(display, selection, locales, locales, window,
-		      CurrentTime);
-    if(!(_XimGetSelectionNotify(display, window, locales, &address)))
-	goto Error;
-
-    if((locale = _XimCheckLocaleName(im, address, strlen(address), locale_name,
-				     4)) == NULL) {
-	XFree((XPointer)address);
-	goto Error;
-    }
-    im->private.proto.locale_name = locale;
-    for( i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) {
-	if( locale_name[i] != NULL  &&  locale_name[i] != locale ) {
-	    XFree( locale_name[i] );
-	    locale_name[i] = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-    XFree((XPointer)address);
-
-    /* transport check */
-    if((transport = XInternAtom(display, XIM_TRANSPORT, True)) == (Atom)None)
-	goto Error;
-
-    XConvertSelection(display, selection, transport, transport, window,
-		      CurrentTime);
-    if(!_XimGetSelectionNotify(display, window, transport, &address))
-	goto Error;
-
-    for(i = 0; _XimTransportRec[i].transportname ; i++) {
-	if( _XimCheckTransport(address, strlen(address),
-				_XimTransportRec[i].transportname,
-				strlen(_XimTransportRec[i].transportname),
-				 &trans_addr)) {
-	    if( _XimTransportRec[i].config(im, trans_addr) ) {
-		XFree((XPointer)address);
-		XDestroyWindow(display, window);
-		return True;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    XFree((XPointer)address);
-Error:
-    for( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
-	if( locale_name[i] != NULL )
-	    XFree( locale_name[i] );
-    XDestroyWindow(display, window);
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimPreConnect(
-    Xim		    im)
-{
-    Display	   *display = im->core.display;
-    Atom	    imserver;
-    Atom	    actual_type;
-    int		    actual_format;
-    unsigned long   nitems;
-    unsigned long   bytes_after;
-    unsigned char  *prop_return;
-    Atom	   *atoms;
-    Window	    im_window = 0;
-    register int    i;
-
-    if((imserver = XInternAtom(display, XIM_SERVERS, True)) == (Atom)None)
-	return False;
-
-    if(XGetWindowProperty(display, RootWindow(display, 0),
-			imserver, 0L, 1000000L, False, XA_ATOM, &actual_type,
-			&actual_format, &nitems, &bytes_after,
-			&prop_return) != Success)
-	return False;
-
-    if( (actual_type != XA_ATOM) || (actual_format != 32) ) {
-	if( nitems )
-	    XFree((XPointer)prop_return);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    atoms = (Atom *)prop_return;
-    for(i = 0; i < nitems; i++) {
-	if((im_window = XGetSelectionOwner(display, atoms[i])) == (Window)None)
-	    continue;
-
-	if(_XimPreConnectionIM(im, atoms[i]))
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    XFree((XPointer)prop_return);
-    if(i >= nitems)
-	return False;
-
-    im->private.proto.im_window = im_window;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimGetAuthProtocolNames(
-    Xim		 im,
-    CARD16	*buf,
-    CARD8	*num,
-    INT16	*len)
-{
-    if (!IS_USE_AUTHORIZATION_FUNC(im)) {
-	*num = 0;
-	*len = 0;
-	return True;
-    }
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetAuthReplyData(
-    Xim		 im,
-    XPointer	 buf,
-    INT16	*len)
-{
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    *len = 0;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetAuthNextData(
-    Xim		 im,
-    XPointer	 buf,
-    INT16	*len)
-{
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    *len = 0;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetAuthRequiredData(
-    Xim		 im,
-    XPointer	 buf,
-    INT16	*len)
-{
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    *len = 0;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckAuthSetupData(
-    Xim		 im,
-    XPointer	 buf)
-{
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckAuthNextData(
-    Xim		 im,
-    XPointer	 buf)
-{
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    return True;
-}
-
-#define	NO_MORE_AUTH	2
-#define	GOOD_AUTH	1
-#define	BAD_AUTH	0
-
-Private int
-_XimClientAuthCheck(
-    Xim		 im,
-    XPointer	 buf)
-{
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    return NO_MORE_AUTH;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimAuthNG(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    INT16	 len = 0;
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_AUTH_NG, 0, &len);
-    (void)_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf);
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private	Bool
-_XimAllRecv(
-    Xim		 im,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 arg)
-{
-    return True;
-}
-
-#define	CLIENT_WAIT1		1
-#define	CLIENT_WAIT2		2
-
-Private Bool
-_XimConnection(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD8	*buf_b = &buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((XPointer)buf_b);
-    INT16	 len;
-    CARD8	 num;
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-    CARD8	 major_opcode;
-    int		 wait_mode;
-    int		 ret;
-
-    if(!(_XimConnect(im)))	/* Transport Connect */
-	return False;
-
-    if(!_XimDispatchInit(im))
-	return False;
-
-    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_ERROR, 0, _XimErrorCallback, (XPointer)im);
-
-    if(!_XimGetAuthProtocolNames(im, &buf_s[4], &num, &len))
-	return False;
-
-    im->private.proto.protocol_major_version = PROTOCOLMAJORVERSION;
-    im->private.proto.protocol_minor_version = PROTOCOLMINORVERSION;
-
-    buf_b[0] = _XimGetMyEndian();
-    buf_b[1] = 0;
-    buf_s[1] = PROTOCOLMAJORVERSION;
-    buf_s[2] = PROTOCOLMINORVERSION;
-    buf_s[3] = num;
-    len  += sizeof(CARD8)
-          + sizeof(CARD8)
-          + sizeof(CARD16)
-          + sizeof(CARD16)
-          + sizeof(CARD16);
-
-    major_opcode = XIM_CONNECT;
-    wait_mode = (IS_USE_AUTHORIZATION_FUNC(im)) ? CLIENT_WAIT1 : CLIENT_WAIT2;
-
-    for(;;) {
-	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, major_opcode, 0, &len);
-	if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	    return False;
-	_XimFlush(im);
-	buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, reply, buf_size, _XimAllRecv, 0);
-	if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	    if(len <= 0) {
-		preply = reply;
-	    } else {
-		buf_size = len;
-		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size, _XimAllRecv, 0);
-		if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		    return False;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else
-	    return False;
-
-	major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)preply);
-	buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-
-	if (wait_mode == CLIENT_WAIT1) {
-	    if (major_opcode == XIM_AUTH_REQUIRED) {
-		ret = _XimClientAuthCheck(im, (XPointer)buf_s);
-		if(reply != preply)
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		if (ret == NO_MORE_AUTH) {
-		    if (!(_XimSetAuthReplyData(im,
-				(XPointer)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE], &len))) {
-			_XimAuthNG(im);
-			return False;
-		    }
-		    major_opcode = XIM_AUTH_REPLY;
-		    wait_mode = CLIENT_WAIT2;
-		} else if (ret == GOOD_AUTH) {
-		    if (!(_XimSetAuthNextData(im,
-				(XPointer)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE], &len))) {
-			_XimAuthNG(im);
-			return False;
-		    }
-		    major_opcode = XIM_AUTH_NEXT;
-		} else {	/* BAD_AUTH */
-		    _XimAuthNG(im);
-		    return False;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		if(reply != preply)
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		_XimAuthNG(im);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	} else {	/* CLIENT_WAIT2 */
-	    if (major_opcode == XIM_CONNECT_REPLY) {
-		break;
-	    } else if (major_opcode == XIM_AUTH_SETUP) {
-		if (!(_XimCheckAuthSetupData(im, (XPointer)buf_s))) {
-		    _XimAuthNG(im);
-		    return False;
-		}
-		if(reply != preply)
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		if (!(_XimSetAuthRequiredData(im,
-				(XPointer)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE], &len))) {
-		    _XimAuthNG(im);
-		    return False;
-		}
-		major_opcode = XIM_AUTH_REQUIRED;
-	    } else if (major_opcode == XIM_AUTH_NEXT) {
-		if (!(_XimCheckAuthNextData(im, (XPointer)buf_s))) {
-		    _XimAuthNG(im);
-		    return False;
-		}
-		if(reply != preply)
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		if (!(_XimSetAuthRequiredData(im,
-				(XPointer)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE], &len))) {
-		    _XimAuthNG(im);
-		    return False;
-		}
-		major_opcode = XIM_AUTH_REQUIRED;
-	    } else if (major_opcode == XIM_AUTH_NG) {
-		if(reply != preply)
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		return False;
-	    } else {
-		_XimAuthNG(im);
-		if(reply != preply)
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!( buf_s[0] == im->private.proto.protocol_major_version
-        && buf_s[1] == im->private.proto.protocol_minor_version)) {
-	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return False;
-    }
-    if(reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-    MARK_SERVER_CONNECTED(im);
-
-    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_REGISTER_TRIGGERKEYS, 0,
-				 _XimRegisterTriggerKeysCallback, (XPointer)im);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private	Bool
-_XimDisconnectCheck(
-    Xim		 im,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 arg)
-{
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_DISCONNECT_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimDisconnect(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    INT16	 len = 0;
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-
-    if (IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {
-	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_DISCONNECT, 0, &len);
-	if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	    return False;
-	_XimFlush(im);
-	buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-						_XimDisconnectCheck, 0);
-	if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	    if(len > 0) {
-		buf_size = len;
-		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-						 _XimDisconnectCheck, 0);
-		Xfree(preply);
-		if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE)
-		    return False;
-	    }
-	} else if(ret_code == XIM_FALSE)
-	    return False;
-
-    }
-    if (!(_XimShutdown(im)))	/* Transport shutdown */
-	return False;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private	Bool
-_XimOpenCheck(
-    Xim		 im,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 arg)
-{
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_OPEN_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimOpen(
-    Xim			 im)
-{
-    CARD32		 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8		*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD8		*buf_b = &buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer		 preply;
-    int			 buf_size;
-    int			 ret_code;
-    char		*locale_name;
-
-    locale_name = im->private.proto.locale_name;
-    len = strlen(locale_name);
-    buf_b[0] = (BYTE)len;			   /* length of locale name */
-    (void)strcpy((char *)&buf_b[1], locale_name);  /* locale name */
-    len += sizeof(BYTE);			   /* sizeof length */
-    XIM_SET_PAD(buf_b, len);			   /* pad */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_OPEN, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	return False;
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, reply, buf_size,
-					_XimOpenCheck, 0);
-    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if(len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-					_XimOpenCheck, 0);
-	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else
-	return False;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    im->private.proto.imid = buf_s[0];		/* imid */
-
-    if (!(_XimGetAttributeID(im, &buf_s[1]))) {
-	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return False;
-    }
-    if(reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-    if (!(_XimSetInnerIMResourceList(&(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources),
-				&(im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources))))
-	return False;
-
-    if (!(_XimSetInnerICResourceList(&(im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources),
-				&(im->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources))))
-	return False;
-
-    _XimSetIMMode(im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);
-    _XimSetIMMode(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources,
-				im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources);
-
-    /* Transport Callbak */
-    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_SET_EVENT_MASK, 0,
-				 _XimSetEventMaskCallback, (XPointer)im);
-    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_FORWARD_EVENT, 0,
-				 _XimForwardEventCallback, (XPointer)im);
-    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_COMMIT, 0,
-				 _XimCommitCallback, (XPointer)im);
-    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_SYNC, 0,
-				 _XimSyncCallback, (XPointer)im);
-
-    if(!_XimExtension(im))
-	return False;
-
-    /* register a hook for callback protocols */
-    _XimRegisterDispatcher(im, _XimCbDispatch, (XPointer)im);
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private	Bool
-_XimCloseCheck(
-    Xim		 im,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 arg)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_CLOSE_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimClose(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    INT16	 len;
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))
-	return True;
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-    buf_s[1] = 0;				/* unused */
-    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-        + sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof unused */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_CLOSE, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	return False;
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-						_XimCloseCheck, 0);
-    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if(len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size, _XimCloseCheck, 0);
-	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else
-	return False;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    if(reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimProtoIMFree(
-    Xim		  im)
-{
-    /* XIMPrivateRec */
-    if (im->private.proto.im_onkeylist) {
-	Xfree(im->private.proto.im_onkeylist);
-	im->private.proto.im_onkeylist = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.im_offkeylist) {
-	Xfree(im->private.proto.im_offkeylist);
-	im->private.proto.im_offkeylist = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.intrproto) {
-	_XimFreeProtoIntrCallback(im);
-	im->private.proto.intrproto = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.im_inner_resources) {
-	Xfree(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources);
-	im->private.proto.im_inner_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources) {
-	Xfree(im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources);
-	im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.hold_data) {
-	Xfree(im->private.proto.hold_data);
-	im->private.proto.hold_data = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.locale_name) {
-	Xfree(im->private.proto.locale_name);
-	im->private.proto.locale_name = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.ctom_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ctom_conv);
-	im->private.proto.ctom_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.ctow_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ctow_conv);
-	im->private.proto.ctow_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.ctoutf8_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ctoutf8_conv);
-	im->private.proto.ctoutf8_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.cstomb_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.cstomb_conv);
-	im->private.proto.cstomb_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.cstowc_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.cstowc_conv);
-	im->private.proto.cstowc_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.cstoutf8_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.cstoutf8_conv);
-	im->private.proto.cstoutf8_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.ucstoc_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ucstoc_conv);
-	im->private.proto.ucstoc_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.ucstoutf8_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ucstoutf8_conv);
-	im->private.proto.ucstoutf8_conv = NULL;
-    }
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	return;
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    if (im->private.proto.saved_imvalues) {
-        Xfree(im->private.proto.saved_imvalues);
-        im->private.proto.saved_imvalues = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.proto.default_styles) {
-	Xfree(im->private.proto.default_styles);
-	im->private.proto.default_styles = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* core */
-    if (im->core.res_name) {
-        Xfree(im->core.res_name);
-	im->core.res_name = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.res_class) {
-        Xfree(im->core.res_class);
-	im->core.res_class = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.im_values_list) {
-	Xfree(im->core.im_values_list);
-	im->core.im_values_list = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.ic_values_list) {
-	Xfree(im->core.ic_values_list);
-	im->core.ic_values_list = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.im_name) {
-	Xfree(im->core.im_name);
-	im->core.im_name = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.styles) {
-	Xfree(im->core.styles);
-	im->core.styles = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.im_resources) {
-        Xfree(im->core.im_resources);
-	im->core.im_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.ic_resources) {
-        Xfree(im->core.ic_resources);
-	im->core.ic_resources = NULL;
-    }
-
-    return;
-}
-
-Private Status
-_XimProtoCloseIM(
-    XIM		 xim)
-{
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;
-    XIC		 ic;
-    XIC		 next;
-    Status	 status;
-
-    ic = im->core.ic_chain;
-    while (ic) {
-	(*ic->methods->destroy) (ic);
-	next = ic->core.next;
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-	if (!(!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im))) {
-	    Xfree ((char *) ic);
-	}
-#else
-	Xfree ((char *) ic);
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-	ic = next;
-    }
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!(!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im)))
-	im->core.ic_chain = NULL;
-#else
-    im->core.ic_chain = NULL;
-#endif
-
-    _XimUnregisterServerFilter(im);
-    _XimResetIMInstantiateCallback(im);
-    status = (Status)_XimClose(im);
-    status = (Status)_XimDisconnect(im) && status;
-    _XimProtoIMFree(im);
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	_XimReconnectModeSetAttr(im);
-        for (ic = im->core.ic_chain; ic; ic = ic->core.next) {
-	    _XimReconnectModeCreateIC(ic);
-        }
-	return 0;
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-    _XimDestroyIMStructureList(im);
-    return status;
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckIMQuarkList(
-    XrmQuark		*quark_list,
-    int			 num_quark,
-    XrmQuark		 quark)
-{
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < num_quark; i++) {
-	if (quark_list[i] == quark) {
-	    return True;
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSaveIMValues(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    register int	 n;
-    XrmQuark		*quark_list;
-    XrmQuark		*tmp;
-    XrmQuark		 quark;
-    int			 num_quark;
-
-    if (quark_list = im->private.proto.saved_imvalues) {
-	num_quark = im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues;
-	for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {
-	    quark = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);
-	    if (_XimCheckIMQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark)) {
-		continue;
-	    }
-	    if (!(tmp = (XrmQuark *)Xrealloc(quark_list,
-				(sizeof(XrmQuark) * (num_quark + 1))))) {
-		im->private.proto.saved_imvalues = quark_list;
-		im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues = num_quark;
-		return False;
-	    }
-	    num_quark++;
-	    quark_list = tmp;
-	    quark_list[num_quark] = quark;
-	}
-	im->private.proto.saved_imvalues = quark_list;
-	im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues = num_quark;
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    for (p = arg, n = 0; p && p->name; p++, n++);
-
-    if (!(quark_list = (XrmQuark *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XrmQuark) * n))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    im->private.proto.saved_imvalues = quark_list;
-    im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues = n;
-    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++, quark_list++) {
-	*quark_list = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimDelayModeSetIMValues(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-    char		*name;
-    XIMArg		*values;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    name = _XimSetIMValueData(im, (XPointer)&im_values, values,
-		im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);
-    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-
-    return name;
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetIMValuesCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_SET_IM_VALUES_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimProtoSetIMValues(
-    XIM			 xim,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    char		*tmp;
-    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;
-    char		*buf;
-    int			 buf_size;
-    char		*data;
-    int			 data_len;
-    int			 ret_len;
-    int			 total;
-    XIMArg		*arg_ret;
-    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer		 preply;
-    int			 ret_code;
-    char		*name;
-
-#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))
-	return arg->name;
-#else
-    if (!_XimSaveIMValues(im, arg))
-	return arg->name;
-
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {
-	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	    if (!_XimConnectServer(im)) {
-	        return _XimDelayModeSetIMValues(im, arg);
-	    }
-        } else {
-	    return arg->name;
-        }
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    buf = tmp_buf;
-    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16);
-    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;
-    total = 0;
-    arg_ret = arg;
-    for (;;) {
-	data = &buf[buf_size];
-	if ((name = _XimEncodeIMATTRIBUTE(im, im->core.im_resources,
-		im->core.im_num_resources, arg, &arg_ret, data, data_len,
-		&ret_len, (XPointer)&im_values, XIM_SETIMVALUES))) {
-	    if (buf != tmp_buf)
-		Xfree(buf);
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	total += ret_len;
-	if (!(arg = arg_ret)) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	buf_size += ret_len;
-	if (buf == tmp_buf) {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {
-		return arg->name;
-	    }
-	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);
-	    buf = tmp;
-	} else {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {
-		Xfree(buf);
-		return arg->name;
-	    }
-	    buf = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-
-    if (!total)
-	return (char *)NULL;
-
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;
-    buf_s[1] = (INT16)total;
-
-    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + total);
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SET_IM_VALUES, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {
-	if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	    Xfree(buf);
-	return arg->name;
-    }
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	Xfree(buf);
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-					 _XimSetIMValuesCheck, 0);
-    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if(len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = (int)len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, reply, buf_size,
-					_XimSetIMValuesCheck, 0);
-	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-		return arg->name;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else
-	return arg->name;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return arg->name;
-    }
-    if(reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-    return name;
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Private char *
-_XimDelayModeGetIMValues(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    return(_XimGetIMValueData(im, (XPointer)&im_values, arg,
-			im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources));
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Private Bool
-_XimGetIMValuesCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_GET_IM_VALUES_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimProtoGetIMValues(
-    XIM			 xim,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    register int	 n;
-    CARD8		*buf;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer		 preply = NULL;
-    int			 buf_size;
-    int			 ret_code;
-    char		*makeid_name;
-    char		*decode_name;
-    CARD16		*data = NULL;
-    INT16		 data_len = 0;
-
-#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))
-	return arg->name;
-#else
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {
-	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	    if (!_XimConnectServer(im)) {
-	        return _XimDelayModeGetIMValues(im, arg);
-	    }
-        } else {
-	    return arg->name;
-        }
-    }
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    for (n = 0, p = arg; p->name; p++)
-	n++;
-
-    if (!n)
-	return (char *)NULL;
-
-    buf_size =  sizeof(CARD16) * n;
-    buf_size += XIM_HEADER_SIZE
-	     + sizeof(CARD16)
-	     + sizeof(INT16)
-	     + XIM_PAD(buf_size);
-
-    if (!(buf = (CARD8 *)Xmalloc(buf_size)))
-	return arg->name;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-
-    makeid_name = _XimMakeIMAttrIDList(im, im->core.im_resources,
-				im->core.im_num_resources, arg,
-				&buf_s[2], &len, XIM_GETIMVALUES);
-
-    if (len) {
-	buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;	/* imid */
-	buf_s[1] = len;				/* length of im-attr-id */
-	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */
-	len += sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	     + sizeof(INT16);			/* sizeof length of attr */
-
-	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_GET_IM_VALUES, 0, &len);
-	if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {
-	    Xfree(buf);
-	    return arg->name;
-	}
-	_XimFlush(im);
-	Xfree(buf);
-    	buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-    						_XimGetIMValuesCheck, 0);
-	if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	    if(len <= 0) {
-		preply = reply;
-	    } else {
-		buf_size = len;
-		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-						_XimGetIMValuesCheck, 0);
-		if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		    return arg->name;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else
-	    return arg->name;
-	buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-	if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	    _XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	    if(reply != preply)
-		Xfree(preply);
-	    return arg->name;
-	}
-	data = &buf_s[2];
-	data_len = buf_s[1];
-    }
-    decode_name = _XimDecodeIMATTRIBUTE(im, im->core.im_resources,
-			im->core.im_num_resources, data, data_len,
-			arg, XIM_GETIMVALUES);
-    if (reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-    if (decode_name)
-	return decode_name;
-    else
-	return makeid_name;
-}
-
-Private XIMMethodsRec     im_methods = {
-    _XimProtoCloseIM,           /* close */
-    _XimProtoSetIMValues,       /* set_values */
-    _XimProtoGetIMValues,       /* get_values */
-    _XimProtoCreateIC,          /* create_ic */
-    _Ximctstombs,		/* ctstombs */
-    _Ximctstowcs,		/* ctstowcs */
-    _Ximctstoutf8		/* ctstoutf8 */
-};
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetEncodingByName(
-    Xim		  im,
-    char	**buf,
-    int		 *len)
-{
-    char	*encoding = (char *)NULL;
-    int		 encoding_len;
-    int		 compound_len;
-    BYTE	*ret;
-
-    _XGetLCValues(im->core.lcd, XlcNCodeset, &encoding, NULL);
-    if (!encoding) {
-	*buf = (char *)NULL;
-	*len = 0;
-	return True;
-    }
-    encoding_len = strlen(encoding);
-    compound_len = strlen("COMPOUND_TEXT");
-    *len = encoding_len + sizeof(BYTE) + compound_len + sizeof(BYTE);
-    if (!(ret = (BYTE *)Xmalloc(*len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    *buf = (char *)ret;
-
-    ret[0] = (BYTE)encoding_len;
-    (void)strncpy((char *)&ret[1], encoding, encoding_len);
-    ret += (encoding_len + sizeof(BYTE));
-    ret[0] = (BYTE)compound_len;
-    (void)strncpy((char *)&ret[1], "COMPOUND_TEXT", compound_len);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetEncodingByDetail(
-    Xim		 im,
-    char	**buf,
-    int		 *len)
-{
-    *len = 0;
-    *buf = NULL;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimGetEncoding(
-    Xim		 im,
-    CARD16	*buf,
-    char	*name,
-    int		 name_len,
-    char	*detail,
-    int		 detail_len)
-{
-    XLCd	 lcd = im->core.lcd;
-    CARD16	 category = buf[0];
-    CARD16	 idx = buf[1];
-    int		 len;
-    XlcConv	 ctom_conv = NULL;
-    XlcConv	 ctow_conv = NULL;
-    XlcConv	 ctoutf8_conv = NULL;
-    XlcConv	 conv;
-    XimProtoPrivateRec *private = &im->private.proto;
-
-    if (idx == (CARD16)XIM_Default_Encoding_IDX) { /* XXX */
-	if (!(ctom_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,
-				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))
-	    return False;
-	if (!(ctow_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,
-				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))
-	    return False;
-	if (!(ctoutf8_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,
-				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))
-	    return False;
-    }
-
-    if (category == XIM_Encoding_NameCategory) {
-	while (name_len > 0) {
-	    len = (int)name[0];
-	    if (!strncmp(&name[1], "COMPOUND_TEXT", len)) {
-		if (!(ctom_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,
-				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))
-		    return False;
-		if (!(ctow_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,
-				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))
-		    return False;
-		if (!(ctoutf8_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,
-				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))
-		    return False;
-		break;
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		 * Not yet
-		 */
-	    }
-	    len += sizeof(BYTE);
-	    name_len -= len;
-	    name += len;
-	}
-    } else if (category == XIM_Encoding_DetailCategory) {
-	/*
-	 * Not yet
-	 */
-    } else {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    private->ctom_conv = ctom_conv;
-    private->ctow_conv = ctow_conv;
-    private->ctoutf8_conv = ctoutf8_conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))
-	return False;
-    private->cstomb_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))
-	return False;
-    private->cstowc_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))
-	return False;
-    private->cstoutf8_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNUcsChar, lcd, XlcNChar)))
-	return False;
-    private->ucstoc_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNUcsChar, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))
-	return False;
-    private->ucstoutf8_conv = conv;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private	Bool
-_XimEncodingNegoCheck(
-    Xim		 im,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 arg)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ENCODING_NEGOTIATION_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodingNegotiation(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    char	*name_ptr = 0;
-    int		 name_len = 0;
-    char	*detail_ptr = 0;
-    int		 detail_len = 0;
-    CARD8	*buf;
-    CARD16	*buf_s;
-    INT16	 len;
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-
-    if (!(_XimSetEncodingByName(im, &name_ptr, &name_len)))
-	return False;
-
-    if (!(_XimSetEncodingByDetail(im, &detail_ptr, &detail_len)))
-	goto free_name_ptr;
-
-    len = sizeof(CARD16)
-	+ sizeof(INT16)
-	+ name_len
-	+ XIM_PAD(name_len)
-	+ sizeof(INT16)
-	+ sizeof(CARD16)
-	+ detail_len;
-
-    if (!(buf = (CARD8 *)Xmalloc(XIM_HEADER_SIZE + len)))
-	goto free_detail_ptr;
-
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;
-    buf_s[1] = (INT16)name_len;
-    if (name_ptr)
-	(void)memcpy((char *)&buf_s[2], name_ptr, name_len);
-    XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], name_len);
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)&buf_s[2] + name_len);
-    buf_s[0] = detail_len;
-    buf_s[1] = 0;
-    if (detail_ptr)
-	(void)memcpy((char *)&buf_s[2], detail_ptr, detail_len);
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_ENCODING_NEGOTIATION, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {
-	Xfree(buf);
-	goto free_detail_ptr;
-    }
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    Xfree(buf);
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-					_XimEncodingNegoCheck, 0);
-    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if(len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-					_XimEncodingNegoCheck, 0);
-	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE)
-		goto free_preply;
-	}
-    } else
-	goto free_detail_ptr;
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	goto free_preply;
-    }
-
-    if (!(_XimGetEncoding(im, &buf_s[1], name_ptr, name_len,
-						detail_ptr, detail_len)))
-	goto free_preply;
-
-    if (name_ptr)
-	Xfree(name_ptr);
-    if (detail_ptr)
-	Xfree(detail_ptr);
-
-    if(reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-    return True;
-
-free_preply:
-    if (reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-free_detail_ptr:
-    Xfree(detail_ptr);
-
-free_name_ptr:
-    Xfree(name_ptr);
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Private Bool
-_XimSendSavedIMValues(
-    Xim			 im)
-{
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    char		*tmp;
-    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;
-    char		*buf;
-    int			 buf_size;
-    char		*data;
-    int			 data_len;
-    int			 ret_len;
-    int			 total;
-    int			 idx;
-    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer		 preply;
-    int			 ret_code;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    buf = tmp_buf;
-    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16);
-    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;
-    total = 0;
-    idx = 0;
-    for (;;) {
-	data = &buf[buf_size];
-	if (!_XimEncodeSavedIMATTRIBUTE(im, im->core.im_resources,
-		im->core.im_num_resources, &idx, data, data_len,
-		&ret_len, (XPointer)&im_values, XIM_SETIMVALUES)) {
-	    if (buf != tmp_buf)
-		Xfree(buf);
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	total += ret_len;
-	if (idx == -1) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	buf_size += ret_len;
-	if (buf == tmp_buf) {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);
-	    buf = tmp;
-	} else {
-	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {
-		Xfree(buf);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	    buf = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!total)
-	return True;
-
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;
-    buf_s[1] = (INT16)total;
-
-    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + total);
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SET_IM_VALUES, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {
-	if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	    Xfree(buf);
-	return False;
-    }
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    if (buf != tmp_buf)
-	Xfree(buf);
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-    					 _XimSetIMValuesCheck, 0);
-    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if(len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = (int)len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, reply, buf_size,
-					_XimSetIMValuesCheck, 0);
-    	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else
-	return False;
-
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-    	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return False;
-    }
-    if(reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimDelayModeIMFree(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    if (im->core.im_resources) {
-	Xfree(im->core.im_resources);
-	im->core.im_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.ic_resources) {
-	Xfree(im->core.ic_resources);
-	im->core.ic_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.im_values_list) {
-	Xfree(im->core.im_values_list);
-	im->core.im_values_list = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->core.ic_values_list) {
-	Xfree(im->core.ic_values_list);
-	im->core.ic_values_list = NULL;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimConnectServer(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    Xim		 save_im;
-
-    if (!(save_im = (Xim)Xmalloc(sizeof(XimRec))))
-	return False;
-    memcpy((char *)save_im, (char *)im, sizeof(XimRec));
-
-    if (_XimPreConnect(im) && _XimConnection(im)
-			&& _XimOpen(im) && _XimEncodingNegotiation(im)) {
-	if (_XimSendSavedIMValues(im)) {
-	    _XimDelayModeIMFree(save_im);
-	    _XimRegisterServerFilter(im);
-	    Xfree(save_im);
-	    return True;
-	}
-    }
-    memcpy((char *)im, (char *)save_im, sizeof(XimRec));
-    Xfree(save_im);
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimDelayModeSetAttr(
-    Xim			 im)
-{
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-
-    if(!_XimSetIMResourceList(&im->core.im_resources,
-						&im->core.im_num_resources)) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    if(!_XimSetICResourceList(&im->core.ic_resources,
-						&im->core.ic_num_resources)) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    _XimSetIMMode(im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    if(!_XimSetLocalIMDefaults(im, (XPointer)&im_values,
-			im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources)) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    if (im->private.proto.default_styles) {
-        if (im->core.styles)
-	    Xfree(im->core.styles);
-        im->core.styles = im->private.proto.default_styles;
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimReconnectModeSetAttr(
-    Xim			 im)
-{
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-
-    if(!_XimSetIMResourceList(&im->core.im_resources,
-						&im->core.im_num_resources)) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    if(!_XimSetICResourceList(&im->core.ic_resources,
-						&im->core.ic_num_resources)) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    _XimSetIMMode(im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);
-
-    if (im->private.proto.default_styles) {
-        if (im->core.styles)
-	    Xfree(im->core.styles);
-        im->core.styles = im->private.proto.default_styles;
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Public Bool
-_XimProtoOpenIM(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    _XimInitialResourceInfo();
-
-    im->methods = &im_methods;
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    _XimSetProtoResource(im);
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-    if (_XimPreConnect(im)) {
-	if (_XimConnection(im) && _XimOpen(im) && _XimEncodingNegotiation(im)) {
-	    _XimRegisterServerFilter(im);
-	    return True;
-	}
-	_XimShutdown(im);
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-    } else if (IS_DELAYBINDABLE(im)) {
-	if (_XimDelayModeSetAttr(im))
-	    return True;
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-    }
-    _XimProtoIMFree(im);
-    return False;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+ * Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/******************************************************************

+         Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+         Copyright 1993, 1994 by Sony Corporation

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

+supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, FUJITSU

+LIMITED and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity

+pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written

+prior permission.

+

+DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES

+WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED

+AND SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Hideki Hiura (hhiura@Sun.COM) Sun Microsystems, Inc.

+          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+          Makoto Wakamatsu     Sony Corporation

+                               makoto@sm.sony.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "XlcPublic.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+#include "XimTrInt.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+

+

+Public int

+_XimCheckDataSize(

+    XPointer	 buf,

+    int		 len)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+

+    if(len < XIM_HEADER_SIZE)

+	return -1;

+    return  buf_s[1];

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimSetHeader(

+    XPointer	 buf,

+    CARD8	 major_opcode,

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode,

+    INT16	*len

+)

+{

+    CARD8	*buf_b = (CARD8 *)buf;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+

+    buf_b[0] = major_opcode;

+    buf_b[1] = minor_opcode;

+    buf_s[1] = ((*len) / 4);

+    *len += XIM_HEADER_SIZE;

+    return;

+}

+

+Public char

+_XimGetMyEndian(void)

+{

+    CARD16	 test_card = 1;

+

+    if(*((char *)&test_card))

+	return LITTLEENDIAN;

+    else

+	return BIGENDIAN;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckServerName(

+    Xim		   im,

+    char	  *str)

+{

+    char	  *server_name = im->core.im_name;

+    int		   len;

+    int		   str_len;

+    int		   category_len = strlen(XIM_SERVER_CATEGORY);

+    char	  *pp;

+    register char *p;

+

+    if(server_name && *server_name)

+	len = strlen(server_name);

+    else

+	return True;

+

+    if((int)strlen(str) < category_len)

+	return False;

+

+    if(strncmp(str, XIM_SERVER_CATEGORY, category_len))

+	return False;

+

+    pp = &str[category_len];

+

+    for(;;) {

+	for(p = pp; (*p != ',') && (*p); p++);

+	str_len = (int)(p - pp);

+

+	if((len == str_len) && (!strncmp(pp, server_name, len)))

+	    break;

+	if(!(*p))

+	    return False;

+	pp = p + 1;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimCheckLocaleName(

+    Xim		   im,

+    char	  *address,

+    int		   address_len,

+    char	  *locale_name[],

+    int		   len)

+{

+    int		   category_len;

+    char	  *pp;

+    register char *p;

+    register int   n;

+    Bool           finish = False;

+

+    category_len = strlen(XIM_LOCAL_CATEGORY);

+    if(address_len < category_len)

+	return (char*)NULL;

+

+    if(strncmp(address, XIM_LOCAL_CATEGORY, category_len))

+	return (char*)NULL;

+

+    pp = &address[category_len];

+

+    for(;;) {

+	for( p = pp; *p && *p != ','; p++);

+	if (!*p)

+	    finish = True;

+	address_len = (int)(p - pp);

+	*p = '\0';

+

+	for( n = 0; n < len; n++ )

+	    if( locale_name[n] && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1( pp, locale_name[n] ) )

+		return locale_name[n];

+	if (finish)

+	    break;

+	pp = p + 1;

+    }

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckTransport(

+    char	  *address,

+    int		   address_len,

+    const char	  *transport,

+    int		   len,

+    char	 **trans_addr)

+{

+    int		   category_len = strlen(XIM_TRANSPORT_CATEGORY);

+    char	  *pp;

+    register char *p;

+

+    if(address_len < category_len)

+	return False;

+

+    if(strncmp(address, XIM_TRANSPORT_CATEGORY, category_len))

+	return False;

+

+    pp = &address[category_len];

+

+    for(;;) {

+	*trans_addr = pp;

+

+	for(p = pp; (*p != '/') && (*p != ',') && (*p); p++);

+	if(*p == ',') {

+	    pp = p + 1;

+	    continue;

+	}

+	if(!(*p))

+	    return False;

+

+	address_len = (int)(p - pp);

+

+	if((len == address_len) && (!strncmp(pp, transport, len)))

+	    break;

+	pp = p + 1;

+    }

+    pp = p + 1;

+    for(p = pp; (*p != ',') && (*p); p++);

+    if (*p)

+	*p = '\0';

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_CheckSNEvent(

+    Display		*display,

+    XEvent		*xevent,

+    XPointer		 arg)

+{

+    XSelectionEvent	*event = (XSelectionEvent *)xevent;

+    Window		 window = *(Window*)arg;

+

+    if((event->type == SelectionNotify) && (window == event->requestor))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimGetSelectionNotify(

+    Display		 *display,

+    Window		  window,

+    Atom		  target,

+    char		**ret_address)

+{

+    XEvent		  event;

+    XSelectionEvent	 *ev = (XSelectionEvent *)&event;

+    Atom		  actual_type;

+    int			  actual_format;

+    unsigned long	  nitems, bytes_after;

+

+    for(;;) {

+	XIfEvent(display, &event, _CheckSNEvent, (XPointer)&window);

+	if((ev->type == SelectionNotify) && (window == ev->requestor))

+	    break;

+    }

+

+    if(ev->property == (Atom)None)

+	return False;

+    if( XGetWindowProperty( display, window, target, 0L, 1000000L,

+			    True, target, &actual_type, &actual_format,

+			    &nitems, &bytes_after,

+			    (unsigned char **)&*ret_address ) != Success )

+	return False;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimPreConnectionIM(

+    Xim			 im,

+    Atom		 selection)

+{

+    Display		*display = im->core.display;

+    Atom		 locales, transport;

+    char		*address;

+    XLCd		 lcd;

+    char		*language;

+    char		*territory;

+    char		*codeset;

+    char		*trans_addr;

+    char		*locale_name[4], *locale;

+    int			 llen, tlen, clen;

+    register int	 i;

+    Window		 window;

+    char		*str;

+

+    if(!(lcd = im->core.lcd))

+	return False;

+

+    for( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )

+	locale_name[i] = NULL;

+    /* requestor window */

+    if(!(window = XCreateSimpleWindow(display, DefaultRootWindow(display),

+			 				0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0)))

+	return False;

+

+    /* server name check */

+    if( !(str = XGetAtomName( display, selection )) )

+	return False;

+    if(!_XimCheckServerName(im, str)) {

+	XFree( (XPointer)str );

+	goto Error;

+    }

+    XFree( (XPointer)str );

+

+    /* locale name check */

+    _XGetLCValues(lcd, XlcNLanguage, &language, XlcNTerritory, &territory,

+                    XlcNCodeset, &codeset, NULL);

+    llen = strlen( language );

+    tlen = territory ? strlen( territory ): 0;

+    clen = codeset ? strlen( codeset ): 0;

+

+    if( tlen != 0  &&  clen != 0 ) {

+	if( (locale_name[0] = Xmalloc(llen+tlen+clen+3)) != NULL )

+	    sprintf( locale_name[0], "%s_%s.%s", language, territory, codeset );

+    }

+    if( clen != 0 ) {

+	if( (locale_name[1] = Xmalloc(llen+clen+2)) != NULL )

+	    sprintf( locale_name[1], "%s.%s", language, codeset );

+	else

+	    goto Error;

+    }

+    if( tlen != 0 ) {

+	if( (locale_name[2] = Xmalloc(llen+tlen+2)) != NULL )

+	    sprintf( locale_name[2], "%s_%s", language, territory );

+	else

+	    goto Error;

+    }

+    if( (locale_name[3] = Xmalloc(llen+1)) != NULL )

+	strcpy( locale_name[3], language );

+    else

+	goto Error;

+    if((locales = XInternAtom(display, XIM_LOCALES, True)) == (Atom)None)

+	goto Error;

+

+    XConvertSelection(display, selection, locales, locales, window,

+		      CurrentTime);

+    if(!(_XimGetSelectionNotify(display, window, locales, &address)))

+	goto Error;

+

+    if((locale = _XimCheckLocaleName(im, address, strlen(address), locale_name,

+				     4)) == NULL) {

+	XFree((XPointer)address);

+	goto Error;

+    }

+    im->private.proto.locale_name = locale;

+    for( i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) {

+	if( locale_name[i] != NULL  &&  locale_name[i] != locale ) {

+	    XFree( locale_name[i] );

+	    locale_name[i] = NULL;

+	}

+    }

+    XFree((XPointer)address);

+

+    /* transport check */

+    if((transport = XInternAtom(display, XIM_TRANSPORT, True)) == (Atom)None)

+	goto Error;

+

+    XConvertSelection(display, selection, transport, transport, window,

+		      CurrentTime);

+    if(!_XimGetSelectionNotify(display, window, transport, &address))

+	goto Error;

+

+    for(i = 0; _XimTransportRec[i].transportname ; i++) {

+	if( _XimCheckTransport(address, strlen(address),

+				_XimTransportRec[i].transportname,

+				strlen(_XimTransportRec[i].transportname),

+				 &trans_addr)) {

+	    if( _XimTransportRec[i].config(im, trans_addr) ) {

+		XFree((XPointer)address);

+		XDestroyWindow(display, window);

+		return True;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    XFree((XPointer)address);

+Error:

+    for( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )

+	if( locale_name[i] != NULL )

+	    XFree( locale_name[i] );

+    XDestroyWindow(display, window);

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimPreConnect(

+    Xim		    im)

+{

+    Display	   *display = im->core.display;

+    Atom	    imserver;

+    Atom	    actual_type;

+    int		    actual_format;

+    unsigned long   nitems;

+    unsigned long   bytes_after;

+    unsigned char  *prop_return;

+    Atom	   *atoms;

+    Window	    im_window = 0;

+    register int    i;

+

+    if((imserver = XInternAtom(display, XIM_SERVERS, True)) == (Atom)None)

+	return False;

+

+    if(XGetWindowProperty(display, RootWindow(display, 0),

+			imserver, 0L, 1000000L, False, XA_ATOM, &actual_type,

+			&actual_format, &nitems, &bytes_after,

+			&prop_return) != Success)

+	return False;

+

+    if( (actual_type != XA_ATOM) || (actual_format != 32) ) {

+	if( nitems )

+	    XFree((XPointer)prop_return);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    atoms = (Atom *)prop_return;

+    for(i = 0; i < nitems; i++) {

+	if((im_window = XGetSelectionOwner(display, atoms[i])) == (Window)None)

+	    continue;

+

+	if(_XimPreConnectionIM(im, atoms[i]))

+	    break;

+    }

+

+    XFree((XPointer)prop_return);

+    if(i >= nitems)

+	return False;

+

+    im->private.proto.im_window = im_window;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimGetAuthProtocolNames(

+    Xim		 im,

+    CARD16	*buf,

+    CARD8	*num,

+    INT16	*len)

+{

+    if (!IS_USE_AUTHORIZATION_FUNC(im)) {

+	*num = 0;

+	*len = 0;

+	return True;

+    }

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetAuthReplyData(

+    Xim		 im,

+    XPointer	 buf,

+    INT16	*len)

+{

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    *len = 0;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetAuthNextData(

+    Xim		 im,

+    XPointer	 buf,

+    INT16	*len)

+{

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    *len = 0;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetAuthRequiredData(

+    Xim		 im,

+    XPointer	 buf,

+    INT16	*len)

+{

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    *len = 0;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckAuthSetupData(

+    Xim		 im,

+    XPointer	 buf)

+{

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckAuthNextData(

+    Xim		 im,

+    XPointer	 buf)

+{

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    return True;

+}

+

+#define	NO_MORE_AUTH	2

+#define	GOOD_AUTH	1

+#define	BAD_AUTH	0

+

+Private int

+_XimClientAuthCheck(

+    Xim		 im,

+    XPointer	 buf)

+{

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    return NO_MORE_AUTH;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimAuthNG(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    INT16	 len = 0;

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_AUTH_NG, 0, &len);

+    (void)_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf);

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private	Bool

+_XimAllRecv(

+    Xim		 im,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 arg)

+{

+    return True;

+}

+

+#define	CLIENT_WAIT1		1

+#define	CLIENT_WAIT2		2

+

+Private Bool

+_XimConnection(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD8	*buf_b = &buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((XPointer)buf_b);

+    INT16	 len;

+    CARD8	 num;

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+    CARD8	 major_opcode;

+    int		 wait_mode;

+    int		 ret;

+

+    if(!(_XimConnect(im)))	/* Transport Connect */

+	return False;

+

+    if(!_XimDispatchInit(im))

+	return False;

+

+    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_ERROR, 0, _XimErrorCallback, (XPointer)im);

+

+    if(!_XimGetAuthProtocolNames(im, &buf_s[4], &num, &len))

+	return False;

+

+    im->private.proto.protocol_major_version = PROTOCOLMAJORVERSION;

+    im->private.proto.protocol_minor_version = PROTOCOLMINORVERSION;

+

+    buf_b[0] = _XimGetMyEndian();

+    buf_b[1] = 0;

+    buf_s[1] = PROTOCOLMAJORVERSION;

+    buf_s[2] = PROTOCOLMINORVERSION;

+    buf_s[3] = num;

+    len  += sizeof(CARD8)

+          + sizeof(CARD8)

+          + sizeof(CARD16)

+          + sizeof(CARD16)

+          + sizeof(CARD16);

+

+    major_opcode = XIM_CONNECT;

+    wait_mode = (IS_USE_AUTHORIZATION_FUNC(im)) ? CLIENT_WAIT1 : CLIENT_WAIT2;

+

+    for(;;) {

+	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, major_opcode, 0, &len);

+	if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	    return False;

+	_XimFlush(im);

+	buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, reply, buf_size, _XimAllRecv, 0);

+	if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	    if(len <= 0) {

+		preply = reply;

+	    } else {

+		buf_size = len;

+		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size, _XimAllRecv, 0);

+		if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		    return False;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else

+	    return False;

+

+	major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)preply);

+	buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+

+	if (wait_mode == CLIENT_WAIT1) {

+	    if (major_opcode == XIM_AUTH_REQUIRED) {

+		ret = _XimClientAuthCheck(im, (XPointer)buf_s);

+		if(reply != preply)

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		if (ret == NO_MORE_AUTH) {

+		    if (!(_XimSetAuthReplyData(im,

+				(XPointer)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE], &len))) {

+			_XimAuthNG(im);

+			return False;

+		    }

+		    major_opcode = XIM_AUTH_REPLY;

+		    wait_mode = CLIENT_WAIT2;

+		} else if (ret == GOOD_AUTH) {

+		    if (!(_XimSetAuthNextData(im,

+				(XPointer)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE], &len))) {

+			_XimAuthNG(im);

+			return False;

+		    }

+		    major_opcode = XIM_AUTH_NEXT;

+		} else {	/* BAD_AUTH */

+		    _XimAuthNG(im);

+		    return False;

+		}

+	    } else {

+		if(reply != preply)

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		_XimAuthNG(im);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	} else {	/* CLIENT_WAIT2 */

+	    if (major_opcode == XIM_CONNECT_REPLY) {

+		break;

+	    } else if (major_opcode == XIM_AUTH_SETUP) {

+		if (!(_XimCheckAuthSetupData(im, (XPointer)buf_s))) {

+		    _XimAuthNG(im);

+		    return False;

+		}

+		if(reply != preply)

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		if (!(_XimSetAuthRequiredData(im,

+				(XPointer)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE], &len))) {

+		    _XimAuthNG(im);

+		    return False;

+		}

+		major_opcode = XIM_AUTH_REQUIRED;

+	    } else if (major_opcode == XIM_AUTH_NEXT) {

+		if (!(_XimCheckAuthNextData(im, (XPointer)buf_s))) {

+		    _XimAuthNG(im);

+		    return False;

+		}

+		if(reply != preply)

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		if (!(_XimSetAuthRequiredData(im,

+				(XPointer)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE], &len))) {

+		    _XimAuthNG(im);

+		    return False;

+		}

+		major_opcode = XIM_AUTH_REQUIRED;

+	    } else if (major_opcode == XIM_AUTH_NG) {

+		if(reply != preply)

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		return False;

+	    } else {

+		_XimAuthNG(im);

+		if(reply != preply)

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!( buf_s[0] == im->private.proto.protocol_major_version

+        && buf_s[1] == im->private.proto.protocol_minor_version)) {

+	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return False;

+    }

+    if(reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+    MARK_SERVER_CONNECTED(im);

+

+    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_REGISTER_TRIGGERKEYS, 0,

+				 _XimRegisterTriggerKeysCallback, (XPointer)im);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private	Bool

+_XimDisconnectCheck(

+    Xim		 im,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 arg)

+{

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_DISCONNECT_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimDisconnect(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    INT16	 len = 0;

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+

+    if (IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {

+	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_DISCONNECT, 0, &len);

+	if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	    return False;

+	_XimFlush(im);

+	buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+						_XimDisconnectCheck, 0);

+	if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	    if(len > 0) {

+		buf_size = len;

+		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+						 _XimDisconnectCheck, 0);

+		Xfree(preply);

+		if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE)

+		    return False;

+	    }

+	} else if(ret_code == XIM_FALSE)

+	    return False;

+

+    }

+    if (!(_XimShutdown(im)))	/* Transport shutdown */

+	return False;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private	Bool

+_XimOpenCheck(

+    Xim		 im,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 arg)

+{

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_OPEN_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimOpen(

+    Xim			 im)

+{

+    CARD32		 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8		*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD8		*buf_b = &buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer		 preply;

+    int			 buf_size;

+    int			 ret_code;

+    char		*locale_name;

+

+    locale_name = im->private.proto.locale_name;

+    len = strlen(locale_name);

+    buf_b[0] = (BYTE)len;			   /* length of locale name */

+    (void)strcpy((char *)&buf_b[1], locale_name);  /* locale name */

+    len += sizeof(BYTE);			   /* sizeof length */

+    XIM_SET_PAD(buf_b, len);			   /* pad */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_OPEN, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	return False;

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, reply, buf_size,

+					_XimOpenCheck, 0);

+    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if(len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+					_XimOpenCheck, 0);

+	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+    } else

+	return False;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    im->private.proto.imid = buf_s[0];		/* imid */

+

+    if (!(_XimGetAttributeID(im, &buf_s[1]))) {

+	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return False;

+    }

+    if(reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+    if (!(_XimSetInnerIMResourceList(&(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources),

+				&(im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources))))

+	return False;

+

+    if (!(_XimSetInnerICResourceList(&(im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources),

+				&(im->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources))))

+	return False;

+

+    _XimSetIMMode(im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);

+    _XimSetIMMode(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources,

+				im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources);

+

+    /* Transport Callbak */

+    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_SET_EVENT_MASK, 0,

+				 _XimSetEventMaskCallback, (XPointer)im);

+    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_FORWARD_EVENT, 0,

+				 _XimForwardEventCallback, (XPointer)im);

+    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_COMMIT, 0,

+				 _XimCommitCallback, (XPointer)im);

+    _XimRegProtoIntrCallback(im, XIM_SYNC, 0,

+				 _XimSyncCallback, (XPointer)im);

+

+    if(!_XimExtension(im))

+	return False;

+

+    /* register a hook for callback protocols */

+    _XimRegisterDispatcher(im, _XimCbDispatch, (XPointer)im);

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private	Bool

+_XimCloseCheck(

+    Xim		 im,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 arg)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_CLOSE_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimClose(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    INT16	 len;

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))

+	return True;

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+    buf_s[1] = 0;				/* unused */

+    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+        + sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof unused */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_CLOSE, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	return False;

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+						_XimCloseCheck, 0);

+    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if(len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size, _XimCloseCheck, 0);

+	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+    } else

+	return False;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    if(reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimProtoIMFree(

+    Xim		  im)

+{

+    /* XIMPrivateRec */

+    if (im->private.proto.im_onkeylist) {

+	Xfree(im->private.proto.im_onkeylist);

+	im->private.proto.im_onkeylist = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.im_offkeylist) {

+	Xfree(im->private.proto.im_offkeylist);

+	im->private.proto.im_offkeylist = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.intrproto) {

+	_XimFreeProtoIntrCallback(im);

+	im->private.proto.intrproto = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.im_inner_resources) {

+	Xfree(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources);

+	im->private.proto.im_inner_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources) {

+	Xfree(im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources);

+	im->private.proto.ic_inner_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.hold_data) {

+	Xfree(im->private.proto.hold_data);

+	im->private.proto.hold_data = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.locale_name) {

+	Xfree(im->private.proto.locale_name);

+	im->private.proto.locale_name = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.ctom_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ctom_conv);

+	im->private.proto.ctom_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.ctow_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ctow_conv);

+	im->private.proto.ctow_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.ctoutf8_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ctoutf8_conv);

+	im->private.proto.ctoutf8_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.cstomb_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.cstomb_conv);

+	im->private.proto.cstomb_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.cstowc_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.cstowc_conv);

+	im->private.proto.cstowc_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.cstoutf8_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.cstoutf8_conv);

+	im->private.proto.cstoutf8_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.ucstoc_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ucstoc_conv);

+	im->private.proto.ucstoc_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.ucstoutf8_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.proto.ucstoutf8_conv);

+	im->private.proto.ucstoutf8_conv = NULL;

+    }

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	return;

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    if (im->private.proto.saved_imvalues) {

+        Xfree(im->private.proto.saved_imvalues);

+        im->private.proto.saved_imvalues = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.proto.default_styles) {

+	Xfree(im->private.proto.default_styles);

+	im->private.proto.default_styles = NULL;

+    }

+

+    /* core */

+    if (im->core.res_name) {

+        Xfree(im->core.res_name);

+	im->core.res_name = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.res_class) {

+        Xfree(im->core.res_class);

+	im->core.res_class = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.im_values_list) {

+	Xfree(im->core.im_values_list);

+	im->core.im_values_list = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.ic_values_list) {

+	Xfree(im->core.ic_values_list);

+	im->core.ic_values_list = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.im_name) {

+	Xfree(im->core.im_name);

+	im->core.im_name = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.styles) {

+	Xfree(im->core.styles);

+	im->core.styles = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.im_resources) {

+        Xfree(im->core.im_resources);

+	im->core.im_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.ic_resources) {

+        Xfree(im->core.ic_resources);

+	im->core.ic_resources = NULL;

+    }

+

+    return;

+}

+

+Private Status

+_XimProtoCloseIM(

+    XIM		 xim)

+{

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;

+    XIC		 ic;

+    XIC		 next;

+    Status	 status;

+

+    ic = im->core.ic_chain;

+    while (ic) {

+	(*ic->methods->destroy) (ic);

+	next = ic->core.next;

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+	if (!(!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im))) {

+	    Xfree ((char *) ic);

+	}

+#else

+	Xfree ((char *) ic);

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+	ic = next;

+    }

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!(!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im)))

+	im->core.ic_chain = NULL;

+#else

+    im->core.ic_chain = NULL;

+#endif

+

+    _XimUnregisterServerFilter(im);

+    _XimResetIMInstantiateCallback(im);

+    status = (Status)_XimClose(im);

+    status = (Status)_XimDisconnect(im) && status;

+    _XimProtoIMFree(im);

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im) && IS_RECONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	_XimReconnectModeSetAttr(im);

+        for (ic = im->core.ic_chain; ic; ic = ic->core.next) {

+	    _XimReconnectModeCreateIC(ic);

+        }

+	return 0;

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+    _XimDestroyIMStructureList(im);

+    return status;

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckIMQuarkList(

+    XrmQuark		*quark_list,

+    int			 num_quark,

+    XrmQuark		 quark)

+{

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < num_quark; i++) {

+	if (quark_list[i] == quark) {

+	    return True;

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSaveIMValues(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    register int	 n;

+    XrmQuark		*quark_list;

+    XrmQuark		*tmp;

+    XrmQuark		 quark;

+    int			 num_quark;

+

+    if (quark_list = im->private.proto.saved_imvalues) {

+	num_quark = im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues;

+	for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {

+	    quark = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);

+	    if (_XimCheckIMQuarkList(quark_list, num_quark, quark)) {

+		continue;

+	    }

+	    if (!(tmp = (XrmQuark *)Xrealloc(quark_list,

+				(sizeof(XrmQuark) * (num_quark + 1))))) {

+		im->private.proto.saved_imvalues = quark_list;

+		im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues = num_quark;

+		return False;

+	    }

+	    num_quark++;

+	    quark_list = tmp;

+	    quark_list[num_quark] = quark;

+	}

+	im->private.proto.saved_imvalues = quark_list;

+	im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues = num_quark;

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    for (p = arg, n = 0; p && p->name; p++, n++);

+

+    if (!(quark_list = (XrmQuark *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XrmQuark) * n))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    im->private.proto.saved_imvalues = quark_list;

+    im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues = n;

+    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++, quark_list++) {

+	*quark_list = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimDelayModeSetIMValues(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+    char		*name;

+    XIMArg		*values;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    name = _XimSetIMValueData(im, (XPointer)&im_values, values,

+		im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);

+    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+

+    return name;

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetIMValuesCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_SET_IM_VALUES_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimProtoSetIMValues(

+    XIM			 xim,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    char		*tmp;

+    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;

+    char		*buf;

+    int			 buf_size;

+    char		*data;

+    int			 data_len;

+    int			 ret_len;

+    int			 total;

+    XIMArg		*arg_ret;

+    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer		 preply;

+    int			 ret_code;

+    char		*name;

+

+#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))

+	return arg->name;

+#else

+    if (!_XimSaveIMValues(im, arg))

+	return arg->name;

+

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {

+	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	    if (!_XimConnectServer(im)) {

+	        return _XimDelayModeSetIMValues(im, arg);

+	    }

+        } else {

+	    return arg->name;

+        }

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    buf = tmp_buf;

+    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16);

+    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;

+    total = 0;

+    arg_ret = arg;

+    for (;;) {

+	data = &buf[buf_size];

+	if ((name = _XimEncodeIMATTRIBUTE(im, im->core.im_resources,

+		im->core.im_num_resources, arg, &arg_ret, data, data_len,

+		&ret_len, (XPointer)&im_values, XIM_SETIMVALUES))) {

+	    if (buf != tmp_buf)

+		Xfree(buf);

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	total += ret_len;

+	if (!(arg = arg_ret)) {

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	buf_size += ret_len;

+	if (buf == tmp_buf) {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {

+		return arg->name;

+	    }

+	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);

+	    buf = tmp;

+	} else {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {

+		Xfree(buf);

+		return arg->name;

+	    }

+	    buf = tmp;

+	}

+    }

+    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+

+    if (!total)

+	return (char *)NULL;

+

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;

+    buf_s[1] = (INT16)total;

+

+    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + total);

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SET_IM_VALUES, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {

+	if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	    Xfree(buf);

+	return arg->name;

+    }

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	Xfree(buf);

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+					 _XimSetIMValuesCheck, 0);

+    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if(len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = (int)len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, reply, buf_size,

+					_XimSetIMValuesCheck, 0);

+	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+		return arg->name;

+	    }

+	}

+    } else

+	return arg->name;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return arg->name;

+    }

+    if(reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+    return name;

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Private char *

+_XimDelayModeGetIMValues(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    return(_XimGetIMValueData(im, (XPointer)&im_values, arg,

+			im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources));

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Private Bool

+_XimGetIMValuesCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_GET_IM_VALUES_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimProtoGetIMValues(

+    XIM			 xim,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    register int	 n;

+    CARD8		*buf;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer		 preply = NULL;

+    int			 buf_size;

+    int			 ret_code;

+    char		*makeid_name;

+    char		*decode_name;

+    CARD16		*data = NULL;

+    INT16		 data_len = 0;

+

+#ifndef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))

+	return arg->name;

+#else

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im)) {

+	if (IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	    if (!_XimConnectServer(im)) {

+	        return _XimDelayModeGetIMValues(im, arg);

+	    }

+        } else {

+	    return arg->name;

+        }

+    }

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    for (n = 0, p = arg; p->name; p++)

+	n++;

+

+    if (!n)

+	return (char *)NULL;

+

+    buf_size =  sizeof(CARD16) * n;

+    buf_size += XIM_HEADER_SIZE

+	     + sizeof(CARD16)

+	     + sizeof(INT16)

+	     + XIM_PAD(buf_size);

+

+    if (!(buf = (CARD8 *)Xmalloc(buf_size)))

+	return arg->name;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+

+    makeid_name = _XimMakeIMAttrIDList(im, im->core.im_resources,

+				im->core.im_num_resources, arg,

+				&buf_s[2], &len, XIM_GETIMVALUES);

+

+    if (len) {

+	buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;	/* imid */

+	buf_s[1] = len;				/* length of im-attr-id */

+	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */

+	len += sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	     + sizeof(INT16);			/* sizeof length of attr */

+

+	_XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_GET_IM_VALUES, 0, &len);

+	if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {

+	    Xfree(buf);

+	    return arg->name;

+	}

+	_XimFlush(im);

+	Xfree(buf);

+    	buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+    						_XimGetIMValuesCheck, 0);

+	if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	    if(len <= 0) {

+		preply = reply;

+	    } else {

+		buf_size = len;

+		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+						_XimGetIMValuesCheck, 0);

+		if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		    return arg->name;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else

+	    return arg->name;

+	buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+	if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	    _XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	    if(reply != preply)

+		Xfree(preply);

+	    return arg->name;

+	}

+	data = &buf_s[2];

+	data_len = buf_s[1];

+    }

+    decode_name = _XimDecodeIMATTRIBUTE(im, im->core.im_resources,

+			im->core.im_num_resources, data, data_len,

+			arg, XIM_GETIMVALUES);

+    if (reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+    if (decode_name)

+	return decode_name;

+    else

+	return makeid_name;

+}

+

+Private XIMMethodsRec     im_methods = {

+    _XimProtoCloseIM,           /* close */

+    _XimProtoSetIMValues,       /* set_values */

+    _XimProtoGetIMValues,       /* get_values */

+    _XimProtoCreateIC,          /* create_ic */

+    _Ximctstombs,		/* ctstombs */

+    _Ximctstowcs,		/* ctstowcs */

+    _Ximctstoutf8		/* ctstoutf8 */

+};

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetEncodingByName(

+    Xim		  im,

+    char	**buf,

+    int		 *len)

+{

+    char	*encoding = (char *)NULL;

+    int		 encoding_len;

+    int		 compound_len;

+    BYTE	*ret;

+

+    _XGetLCValues(im->core.lcd, XlcNCodeset, &encoding, NULL);

+    if (!encoding) {

+	*buf = (char *)NULL;

+	*len = 0;

+	return True;

+    }

+    encoding_len = strlen(encoding);

+    compound_len = strlen("COMPOUND_TEXT");

+    *len = encoding_len + sizeof(BYTE) + compound_len + sizeof(BYTE);

+    if (!(ret = (BYTE *)Xmalloc(*len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    *buf = (char *)ret;

+

+    ret[0] = (BYTE)encoding_len;

+    (void)strncpy((char *)&ret[1], encoding, encoding_len);

+    ret += (encoding_len + sizeof(BYTE));

+    ret[0] = (BYTE)compound_len;

+    (void)strncpy((char *)&ret[1], "COMPOUND_TEXT", compound_len);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetEncodingByDetail(

+    Xim		 im,

+    char	**buf,

+    int		 *len)

+{

+    *len = 0;

+    *buf = NULL;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimGetEncoding(

+    Xim		 im,

+    CARD16	*buf,

+    char	*name,

+    int		 name_len,

+    char	*detail,

+    int		 detail_len)

+{

+    XLCd	 lcd = im->core.lcd;

+    CARD16	 category = buf[0];

+    CARD16	 idx = buf[1];

+    int		 len;

+    XlcConv	 ctom_conv = NULL;

+    XlcConv	 ctow_conv = NULL;

+    XlcConv	 ctoutf8_conv = NULL;

+    XlcConv	 conv;

+    XimProtoPrivateRec *private = &im->private.proto;

+

+    if (idx == (CARD16)XIM_Default_Encoding_IDX) { /* XXX */

+	if (!(ctom_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,

+				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))

+	    return False;

+	if (!(ctow_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,

+				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))

+	    return False;

+	if (!(ctoutf8_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,

+				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))

+	    return False;

+    }

+

+    if (category == XIM_Encoding_NameCategory) {

+	while (name_len > 0) {

+	    len = (int)name[0];

+	    if (!strncmp(&name[1], "COMPOUND_TEXT", len)) {

+		if (!(ctom_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,

+				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))

+		    return False;

+		if (!(ctow_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,

+				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))

+		    return False;

+		if (!(ctoutf8_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,

+				 XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))

+		    return False;

+		break;

+	    } else {

+		/*

+		 * Not yet

+		 */

+	    }

+	    len += sizeof(BYTE);

+	    name_len -= len;

+	    name += len;

+	}

+    } else if (category == XIM_Encoding_DetailCategory) {

+	/*

+	 * Not yet

+	 */

+    } else {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    private->ctom_conv = ctom_conv;

+    private->ctow_conv = ctow_conv;

+    private->ctoutf8_conv = ctoutf8_conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))

+	return False;

+    private->cstomb_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))

+	return False;

+    private->cstowc_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))

+	return False;

+    private->cstoutf8_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNUcsChar, lcd, XlcNChar)))

+	return False;

+    private->ucstoc_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNUcsChar, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))

+	return False;

+    private->ucstoutf8_conv = conv;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private	Bool

+_XimEncodingNegoCheck(

+    Xim		 im,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 arg)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ENCODING_NEGOTIATION_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodingNegotiation(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    char	*name_ptr = 0;

+    int		 name_len = 0;

+    char	*detail_ptr = 0;

+    int		 detail_len = 0;

+    CARD8	*buf;

+    CARD16	*buf_s;

+    INT16	 len;

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+

+    if (!(_XimSetEncodingByName(im, &name_ptr, &name_len)))

+	return False;

+

+    if (!(_XimSetEncodingByDetail(im, &detail_ptr, &detail_len)))

+	goto free_name_ptr;

+

+    len = sizeof(CARD16)

+	+ sizeof(INT16)

+	+ name_len

+	+ XIM_PAD(name_len)

+	+ sizeof(INT16)

+	+ sizeof(CARD16)

+	+ detail_len;

+

+    if (!(buf = (CARD8 *)Xmalloc(XIM_HEADER_SIZE + len)))

+	goto free_detail_ptr;

+

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;

+    buf_s[1] = (INT16)name_len;

+    if (name_ptr)

+	(void)memcpy((char *)&buf_s[2], name_ptr, name_len);

+    XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], name_len);

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)&buf_s[2] + name_len);

+    buf_s[0] = detail_len;

+    buf_s[1] = 0;

+    if (detail_ptr)

+	(void)memcpy((char *)&buf_s[2], detail_ptr, detail_len);

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_ENCODING_NEGOTIATION, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {

+	Xfree(buf);

+	goto free_detail_ptr;

+    }

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    Xfree(buf);

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+					_XimEncodingNegoCheck, 0);

+    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if(len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+					_XimEncodingNegoCheck, 0);

+	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE)

+		goto free_preply;

+	}

+    } else

+	goto free_detail_ptr;

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	goto free_preply;

+    }

+

+    if (!(_XimGetEncoding(im, &buf_s[1], name_ptr, name_len,

+						detail_ptr, detail_len)))

+	goto free_preply;

+

+    if (name_ptr)

+	Xfree(name_ptr);

+    if (detail_ptr)

+	Xfree(detail_ptr);

+

+    if(reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+    return True;

+

+free_preply:

+    if (reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+free_detail_ptr:

+    Xfree(detail_ptr);

+

+free_name_ptr:

+    Xfree(name_ptr);

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Private Bool

+_XimSendSavedIMValues(

+    Xim			 im)

+{

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    char		*tmp;

+    CARD32		 tmp_buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*tmp_buf = (char *)tmp_buf32;

+    char		*buf;

+    int			 buf_size;

+    char		*data;

+    int			 data_len;

+    int			 ret_len;

+    int			 total;

+    int			 idx;

+    CARD32		 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char		*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer		 preply;

+    int			 ret_code;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    buf = tmp_buf;

+    buf_size = XIM_HEADER_SIZE + sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16);

+    data_len = BUFSIZE - buf_size;

+    total = 0;

+    idx = 0;

+    for (;;) {

+	data = &buf[buf_size];

+	if (!_XimEncodeSavedIMATTRIBUTE(im, im->core.im_resources,

+		im->core.im_num_resources, &idx, data, data_len,

+		&ret_len, (XPointer)&im_values, XIM_SETIMVALUES)) {

+	    if (buf != tmp_buf)

+		Xfree(buf);

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	total += ret_len;

+	if (idx == -1) {

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	buf_size += ret_len;

+	if (buf == tmp_buf) {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(buf_size + data_len))) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	    memcpy(tmp, buf, buf_size);

+	    buf = tmp;

+	} else {

+	    if (!(tmp = (char *)Xrealloc(buf, (buf_size + data_len)))) {

+		Xfree(buf);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	    buf = tmp;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!total)

+	return True;

+

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;

+    buf_s[1] = (INT16)total;

+

+    len = (INT16)(sizeof(CARD16) + sizeof(INT16) + total);

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SET_IM_VALUES, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf))) {

+	if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	    Xfree(buf);

+	return False;

+    }

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    if (buf != tmp_buf)

+	Xfree(buf);

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+    					 _XimSetIMValuesCheck, 0);

+    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if(len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = (int)len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(buf_size);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, reply, buf_size,

+					_XimSetIMValuesCheck, 0);

+    	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+    } else

+	return False;

+

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+    	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return False;

+    }

+    if(reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimDelayModeIMFree(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    if (im->core.im_resources) {

+	Xfree(im->core.im_resources);

+	im->core.im_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.ic_resources) {

+	Xfree(im->core.ic_resources);

+	im->core.ic_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.im_values_list) {

+	Xfree(im->core.im_values_list);

+	im->core.im_values_list = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->core.ic_values_list) {

+	Xfree(im->core.ic_values_list);

+	im->core.ic_values_list = NULL;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimConnectServer(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    Xim		 save_im;

+

+    if (!(save_im = (Xim)Xmalloc(sizeof(XimRec))))

+	return False;

+    memcpy((char *)save_im, (char *)im, sizeof(XimRec));

+

+    if (_XimPreConnect(im) && _XimConnection(im)

+			&& _XimOpen(im) && _XimEncodingNegotiation(im)) {

+	if (_XimSendSavedIMValues(im)) {

+	    _XimDelayModeIMFree(save_im);

+	    _XimRegisterServerFilter(im);

+	    Xfree(save_im);

+	    return True;

+	}

+    }

+    memcpy((char *)im, (char *)save_im, sizeof(XimRec));

+    Xfree(save_im);

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimDelayModeSetAttr(

+    Xim			 im)

+{

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+

+    if(!_XimSetIMResourceList(&im->core.im_resources,

+						&im->core.im_num_resources)) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    if(!_XimSetICResourceList(&im->core.ic_resources,

+						&im->core.ic_num_resources)) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    _XimSetIMMode(im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    if(!_XimSetLocalIMDefaults(im, (XPointer)&im_values,

+			im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources)) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    if (im->private.proto.default_styles) {

+        if (im->core.styles)

+	    Xfree(im->core.styles);

+        im->core.styles = im->private.proto.default_styles;

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimReconnectModeSetAttr(

+    Xim			 im)

+{

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+

+    if(!_XimSetIMResourceList(&im->core.im_resources,

+						&im->core.im_num_resources)) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    if(!_XimSetICResourceList(&im->core.ic_resources,

+						&im->core.ic_num_resources)) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    _XimSetIMMode(im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);

+

+    if (im->private.proto.default_styles) {

+        if (im->core.styles)

+	    Xfree(im->core.styles);

+        im->core.styles = im->private.proto.default_styles;

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Public Bool

+_XimProtoOpenIM(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    _XimInitialResourceInfo();

+

+    im->methods = &im_methods;

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    _XimSetProtoResource(im);

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+    if (_XimPreConnect(im)) {

+	if (_XimConnection(im) && _XimOpen(im) && _XimEncodingNegotiation(im)) {

+	    _XimRegisterServerFilter(im);

+	    return True;

+	}

+	_XimShutdown(im);

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+    } else if (IS_DELAYBINDABLE(im)) {

+	if (_XimDelayModeSetAttr(im))

+	    return True;

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+    }

+    _XimProtoIMFree(im);

+    return False;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefLkup.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefLkup.c
index 996d36aef..e53845d4c 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefLkup.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imDefLkup.c
@@ -1,1170 +1,1170 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED
-not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.
-FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of
-this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-
-Public Xic
-_XimICOfXICID(
-    Xim		  im,
-    XICID	  icid)
-{
-    Xic		  pic;
-
-    for (pic = (Xic)im->core.ic_chain; pic; pic = (Xic)pic->core.next) {
-	if (pic->private.proto.icid == icid)
-	    return pic;
-    }
-    return (Xic)0;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimProcIMSetEventMask(
-    Xim		 im,
-    XPointer	 buf)
-{
-    EVENTMASK	*buf_l = (EVENTMASK *)buf;
-
-    im->private.proto.forward_event_mask     = buf_l[0];
-    im->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask = buf_l[1];
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimProcICSetEventMask(
-    Xic		 ic,
-    XPointer	 buf)
-{
-    EVENTMASK	*buf_l = (EVENTMASK *)buf;
-
-    ic->private.proto.forward_event_mask     = buf_l[0];
-    ic->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask = buf_l[1];
-    _XimReregisterFilter(ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSetEventMaskCallback(
-    Xim		 xim,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 call_data)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    XIMID        imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID        icid = buf_s[1];
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;
-    Xic		 ic;
-
-    if (imid == im->private.proto.imid) {
-	if (icid) {
-	    ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid);
-	    _XimProcICSetEventMask(ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);
-	} else {
-	    _XimProcIMSetEventMask(im, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);
-	}
-	return True;
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSyncCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    Xic		 ic  = (Xic)arg;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_SYNC_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSync(
-    Xim		 im,
-    Xic		 ic)
-{
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    INT16	 len;
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */
-
-    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SYNC, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	return False;
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-					_XimSyncCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if(len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-					_XimSyncCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	return False;
-    }
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return False;
-    }
-    if(reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimProcSyncReply(
-    Xim		 im,
-    Xic		 ic)
-{
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    INT16	 len;
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */
-
-    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SYNC_REPLY, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	return False;
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimRespSyncReply(
-    Xic		 ic,
-    BITMASK16	 mode)
-{
-    if (mode & XimSYNCHRONUS) /* SYNC Request */ {
-	if (IS_FOCUSED(ic))
-	    MARK_NEED_SYNC_REPLY(ic);
-	else
-	    _XimProcSyncReply((Xim)ic->core.im, ic);
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSyncCallback(
-    Xim		 xim,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 call_data)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    XIMID        imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID        icid = buf_s[1];
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;
-    Xic		 ic;
-
-    if ((imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid))) {
-	(void)_XimProcSyncReply(im, ic);
-	return True;
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private INT16
-_XimSetEventToWire(
-    XEvent	*ev,
-    xEvent	*event)
-{
-    if (!(_XimProtoEventToWire(ev, event, False)))
-	return 0;
-    event->u.u.sequenceNumber =
-		((XAnyEvent *)ev)->serial & (unsigned long)0xffff;
-    return sz_xEvent;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimForwardEventCore(
-    Xic		 ic,
-    XEvent	*ev,
-    Bool	 sync)
-{
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-    INT16	 len;
-
-    if (!(len = _XimSetEventToWire(ev, (xEvent *)&buf_s[4])))
-	return False;				/* X event */
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */
-    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */
-    buf_s[2] = sync ? XimSYNCHRONUS : 0;	/* flag */
-    buf_s[3] =
-        (CARD16)((((XAnyEvent *)ev)->serial & ~((unsigned long)0xffff)) >> 16);
-						/* serial number */
-
-    len += sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */
-	 + sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof icid */
-	 + sizeof(BITMASK16)			/* sizeof flag */
-	 + sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof serila number */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_FORWARD_EVENT, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	return False;
-    _XimFlush(im);
-
-    if (sync) {
-	buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-					_XimSyncCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-	if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	    if(len <= 0) {
-		preply = reply;
-	    } else {
-		buf_size = len;
-		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len);
-		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,
-					_XimSyncCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-		if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		    Xfree(preply);
-		    return False;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    return False;
-	}
-	buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-	if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	    _XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	    if(reply != preply)
-		Xfree(preply);
-	    return False;
-	}
-	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimForwardEvent(
-    Xic		 ic,
-    XEvent	*ev,
-    Bool	 sync)
-{
-#ifdef EXT_FORWARD
-    if (((ev->type == KeyPress) || (ev->type == KeyRelease)))
-	if (_XimExtForwardKeyEvent(ic, (XKeyEvent *)ev, sync))
-	    return True;
-#endif
-    return _XimForwardEventCore(ic, ev, sync);
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimProcEvent(
-    Display		*d,
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XEvent		*ev,
-    CARD16		*buf)
-{
-    INT16	 serial = buf[0];
-    xEvent	*xev = (xEvent *)&buf[1];
-
-    _XimProtoWireToEvent(ev, xev, False);
-    ev->xany.serial |= serial << 16;
-    ev->xany.send_event = False;
-    ev->xany.display = d;
-    MARK_FABLICATED(ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimForwardEventRecv(
-    Xim		 im,
-    Xic		 ic,
-    XPointer	 buf)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-    Display	*d = im->core.display;
-    XEvent	 ev;
-
-    _XimProcEvent(d, ic, &ev, &buf_s[1]);
-
-    (void)_XimRespSyncReply(ic, buf_s[0]);
-
-    XPutBackEvent(d, &ev);
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimForwardEventCallback(
-    Xim		 xim,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 call_data)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    XIMID        imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID        icid = buf_s[1];
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;
-    Xic		 ic;
-
-    if ((imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid))) {
-	(void)_XimForwardEventRecv(im, ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);
-	return True;
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimRegisterTriggerkey(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XPointer		 buf)
-{
-    CARD32		*buf_l = (CARD32 *)buf;
-    CARD32		 len;
-    CARD32 		*key;
-
-    if (IS_DYNAMIC_EVENT_FLOW(im))	/* already Dynamic event flow mode */
-	return True;
-
-    /*
-     *  register onkeylist
-     */
-
-    len = buf_l[0];				/* length of on-keys */
-    len += sizeof(INT32);			/* sizeof length of on-keys */
-
-    if (!(key = (CARD32 *)Xmalloc(len))) {
-	_XimError(im, 0, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);
-	return False;
-    }
-    memcpy((char *)key, (char *)buf_l, len);
-    im->private.proto.im_onkeylist = key;
-
-    MARK_DYNAMIC_EVENT_FLOW(im);
-
-    /*
-     *  register offkeylist
-     */
-
-    buf_l = (CARD32 *)((char *)buf + len);
-    len = buf_l[0];				/* length of off-keys */
-    len += sizeof(INT32);			/* sizeof length of off-keys */
-
-    if (!(key = (CARD32 *)Xmalloc(len))) {
-	_XimError(im, 0, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    memcpy((char *)key, (char *)buf_l, len);
-    im->private.proto.im_offkeylist = key;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimRegisterTriggerKeysCallback(
-    Xim		 xim,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 call_data)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;
-
-    (void )_XimRegisterTriggerkey(im, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public EVENTMASK
-_XimGetWindowEventmask(
-    Xic		 ic)
-{
-    Xim			im = (Xim )ic->core.im;
-    XWindowAttributes	atr;
-
-    if (!XGetWindowAttributes(im->core.display, ic->core.focus_window, &atr))
-	return 0;
-    return (EVENTMASK)atr.your_event_mask;
-}
-
-
-Private Bool
-_XimTriggerNotifyCheck(
-    Xim          im,
-    INT16        len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer     arg)
-{
-    Xic		 ic  = (Xic)arg;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);
-    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);
-    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];
-
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_TRIGGER_NOTIFY_REPLY)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)
-     && (minor_opcode == 0)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)
-     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)
-     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimTriggerNotify(
-    Xim		 im,
-    Xic		 ic,
-    int		 mode,
-    CARD32	 idx)
-{
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    CARD32	*buf_l = (CARD32 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;
-    XPointer	 preply;
-    int		 buf_size;
-    int		 ret_code;
-    INT16	 len;
-    EVENTMASK	 mask = _XimGetWindowEventmask(ic);
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;	/* imid */
-    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;	/* icid */
-    buf_l[1] = mode;			/* flag */
-    buf_l[2] = idx;			/* index of keys list */
-    buf_l[3] = mask;			/* select-event-mask */
-
-    len = sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof imid */
-	+ sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof icid */
-	+ sizeof(CARD32)		/* sizeof flag */
-	+ sizeof(CARD32)		/* sizeof index of key list */
-	+ sizeof(EVENTMASK);		/* sizeof select-event-mask */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_TRIGGER_NOTIFY, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	return False;
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    buf_size = BUFSIZE;
-    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-				_XimTriggerNotifyCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {
-	preply = reply;
-    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {
-	if(len <= 0) {
-	    preply = reply;
-	} else {
-	    buf_size = len;
-	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len);
-	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,
-				_XimTriggerNotifyCheck, (XPointer)ic);
-	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {
-		Xfree(preply);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	return False;
-    }
-    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {
-	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-	if(reply != preply)
-	    Xfree(preply);
-	return False;
-    }
-    if(reply != preply)
-	Xfree(preply);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimRegCommitInfo(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    char		*string,
-    int			 string_len,
-    KeySym		*keysym,
-    int			 keysym_len)
-{
-    XimCommitInfo	info;
-
-    if (!(info = (XimCommitInfo)Xmalloc(sizeof(XimCommitInfoRec))))
-	return False;
-    info->string	= string;
-    info->string_len	= string_len;
-    info->keysym	= keysym;
-    info->keysym_len	= keysym_len;
-    info->next = ic->private.proto.commit_info;
-    ic->private.proto.commit_info = info;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimUnregCommitInfo(
-    Xic			ic)
-{
-    XimCommitInfo	info;
-
-    if (!(info = ic->private.proto.commit_info))
-	return;
-
-    if (info->string)
-	Xfree(info->string);
-    if (info->keysym)
-	Xfree(info->keysym);
-    ic->private.proto.commit_info = info->next;
-    Xfree(info);
-    return;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimFreeCommitInfo(
-    Xic			ic)
-{
-    while (ic->private.proto.commit_info)
-	_XimUnregCommitInfo(ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimProcKeySym(
-    Xic			  ic,
-    CARD32		  sym,
-    KeySym		**xim_keysym,
-    int			 *xim_keysym_len)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-
-    if (!(*xim_keysym = (KeySym *)Xmalloc(sizeof(KeySym)))) {
-	_XimError(im, ic, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    **xim_keysym = (KeySym)sym;
-    *xim_keysym_len = 1;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimProcCommit(
-    Xic		  ic,
-    BYTE	 *buf,
-    int		  len,
-    char	**xim_string,
-    int		 *xim_string_len)
-{
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    char	*string;
-
-    if (!(string = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1))) {
-	_XimError(im, ic, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    (void)memcpy(string, (char *)buf, len);
-    string[len] = '\0';
-
-    *xim_string = string;
-    *xim_string_len = len;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCommitRecv(
-    Xim		 im,
-    Xic		 ic,
-    XPointer	 buf)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-    BITMASK16	 flag = buf_s[0];
-    XKeyEvent	 ev;
-    char	*string = NULL;
-    int		 string_len = 0;
-    KeySym	*keysym = NULL;
-    int		 keysym_len = 0;
-
-    if ((flag & XimLookupBoth) == XimLookupChars) {
-	if (!(_XimProcCommit(ic, (BYTE *)&buf_s[2],
-			 		(int)buf_s[1], &string, &string_len)))
-	    return False;
-
-    } else if ((flag & XimLookupBoth) == XimLookupKeySym) {
-	if (!(_XimProcKeySym(ic, *(CARD32 *)&buf_s[2], &keysym, &keysym_len)))
-	    return False;
-
-    } else if ((flag & XimLookupBoth) == XimLookupBoth) {
-	if (!(_XimProcKeySym(ic, *(CARD32 *)&buf_s[2], &keysym, &keysym_len)))
-	    return False;
-
-	if (!(_XimProcCommit(ic, (BYTE *)&buf_s[5],
-					(int)buf_s[4], &string, &string_len))) {
-	    Xfree(keysym);
-	    return False;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!(_XimRegCommitInfo(ic, string, string_len, keysym, keysym_len))) {
-	if (string)
-	    Xfree(string);
-	if (keysym)
-	    Xfree(keysym);
-	_XimError(im, ic, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    (void)_XimRespSyncReply(ic, flag);
-
-    MARK_FABLICATED(ic);
-
-    ev.type = KeyPress;
-    ev.send_event = False;
-    ev.display = im->core.display;
-    ev.window = ic->core.focus_window;
-    ev.keycode = 0;
-    ev.state = 0;
-
-    XPutBackEvent(im->core.display, (XEvent *)&ev);
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimCommitCallback(
-    Xim		 xim,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 call_data)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    XIMID        imid = buf_s[0];
-    XICID        icid = buf_s[1];
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;
-    Xic		 ic;
-
-    if ((imid == im->private.proto.imid)
-     && (ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid))) {
-	(void)_XimCommitRecv(im, ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);
-	return True;
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimProcError(
-    Xim		 im,
-    Xic		 ic,
-    XPointer	 data)
-{
-    return;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimErrorCallback(
-    Xim		 xim,
-    INT16	 len,
-    XPointer	 data,
-    XPointer	 call_data)
-{
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);
-    BITMASK16	 flag = buf_s[2];
-    XIMID        imid;
-    XICID        icid;
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;
-    Xic		 ic = NULL;
-
-    if (flag & XIM_IMID_VALID) {
-	imid = buf_s[0];
-	if (imid != im->private.proto.imid)
-	    return False;
-    }
-    if (flag & XIM_ICID_VALID) {
-	icid = buf_s[1];
-	if (!(ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid)))
-	    return False;
-    }
-    _XimProcError(im, ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimError(
-    Xim		 im,
-    Xic		 ic,
-    CARD16	 error_code,
-    INT16	 detail_length,
-    CARD16	 type,
-    char	*detail)
-{
-    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];
-    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;
-    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];
-    INT16	 len = 0;
-
-    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;	/* imid */
-    buf_s[2] = XIM_IMID_VALID;		/* flag */
-    if (ic) {
-    	buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;	/* icid */
-	buf_s[2] |= XIM_ICID_VALID;		/* flag */
-    }
-    buf_s[3] = error_code;			/* Error Code */
-    buf_s[4] = detail_length;			/* length of error detail */
-    buf_s[5] = type;				/* type of error detail */
-
-    if (detail_length && detail) {
-	len = detail_length;
-	memcpy((char *)&buf_s[6], detail, len);
-	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[6], len);
-    }
-
-    len += sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof imid */
-	 + sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof icid */
-	 + sizeof(BITMASK16)		/* sizeof flag */
-	 + sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof error_code */
-	 + sizeof(INT16)		/* sizeof length of detail */
-	 + sizeof(CARD16);		/* sizeof type */
-
-    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_ERROR, 0, &len);
-    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))
-	return False;
-    _XimFlush(im);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private int
-_Ximctsconvert(
-    XlcConv	 conv,
-    char	*from,
-    int		 from_len,
-    char	*to,
-    int		 to_len,
-    Status	*state)
-{
-    int		 from_left;
-    int		 to_left;
-    int		 from_savelen;
-    int		 to_savelen;
-    int		 from_cnvlen;
-    int		 to_cnvlen;
-    char	*from_buf;
-    char	*to_buf;
-    char	 scratchbuf[BUFSIZ];
-    Status	 tmp_state;
-
-    if (!state)
-	state = &tmp_state;
-
-    if (!conv || !from || !from_len) {
-	*state = XLookupNone;
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the converter.  The CompoundText at 'from' starts in
-       initial state.  */
-    _XlcResetConverter(conv);
-
-    from_left = from_len;
-    to_left = BUFSIZ;
-    from_cnvlen = 0;
-    to_cnvlen = 0;
-    for (;;) {
-	from_buf = &from[from_cnvlen];
-	from_savelen = from_left;
-	to_buf = &scratchbuf[to_cnvlen];
-	to_savelen = to_left;
-	if (_XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *)&from_buf, &from_left,
-				 (XPointer *)&to_buf, &to_left, NULL, 0) < 0) {
-	    *state = XLookupNone;
-	    return 0;
-	}
-	from_cnvlen += (from_savelen - from_left);
-	to_cnvlen += (to_savelen - to_left);
-	if (from_left == 0) {
-	    if (!to_cnvlen) {
-		*state = XLookupNone;
-		return 0;
-           }
-	   break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!to || !to_len || (to_len < to_cnvlen)) {
-       *state = XBufferOverflow;
-    } else {
-       memcpy(to, scratchbuf, to_cnvlen);
-       *state = XLookupChars;
-    }
-    return to_cnvlen;
-}
-
-Public int
-_Ximctstombs(XIM xim, char *from, int from_len,
-	     char *to, int to_len, Status *state)
-{
-    return _Ximctsconvert(((Xim)xim)->private.proto.ctom_conv,
-			  from, from_len, to, to_len, state);
-}
-
-Public int
-_Ximctstowcs(
-    XIM		 xim,
-    char	*from,
-    int		 from_len,
-    wchar_t	*to,
-    int		 to_len,
-    Status	*state)
-{
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;
-    XlcConv	 conv = im->private.proto.ctow_conv;
-    int		 from_left;
-    int		 to_left;
-    int		 from_savelen;
-    int		 to_savelen;
-    int		 from_cnvlen;
-    int		 to_cnvlen;
-    char	*from_buf;
-    wchar_t	*to_buf;
-    wchar_t	 scratchbuf[BUFSIZ];
-    Status	 tmp_state;
-
-    if (!state)
-	state = &tmp_state;
-
-    if (!conv || !from || !from_len) {
-	*state = XLookupNone;
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the converter.  The CompoundText at 'from' starts in
-       initial state.  */
-    _XlcResetConverter(conv);
-
-    from_left = from_len;
-    to_left = BUFSIZ;
-    from_cnvlen = 0;
-    to_cnvlen = 0;
-    for (;;) {
-	from_buf = &from[from_cnvlen];
-       from_savelen = from_left;
-       to_buf = &scratchbuf[to_cnvlen];
-       to_savelen = to_left;
-	if (_XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *)&from_buf, &from_left,
-				 (XPointer *)&to_buf, &to_left, NULL, 0) < 0) {
-	    *state = XLookupNone;
-	    return 0;
-	}
-	from_cnvlen += (from_savelen - from_left);
-       to_cnvlen += (to_savelen - to_left);
-	if (from_left == 0) {
-           if (!to_cnvlen){
-		*state = XLookupNone;
-               return 0;
-           }
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!to || !to_len || (to_len < to_cnvlen)) {
-       *state = XBufferOverflow;
-    } else {
-       memcpy(to, scratchbuf, to_cnvlen * sizeof(wchar_t));
-       *state = XLookupChars;
-    }
-    return to_cnvlen;
-}
-
-Public int
-_Ximctstoutf8(
-    XIM		 xim,
-    char	*from,
-    int		 from_len,
-    char	*to,
-    int		 to_len,
-    Status	*state)
-{
-    return _Ximctsconvert(((Xim)xim)->private.proto.ctoutf8_conv,
-			  from, from_len, to, to_len, state);
-}
-
-Public int
-_XimProtoMbLookupString(
-    XIC			 xic,
-    XKeyEvent		*ev,
-    char		*buffer,
-    int			 bytes,
-    KeySym		*keysym,
-    Status		*state)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    int			 ret;
-    Status		 tmp_state;
-    XimCommitInfo	 info;
-
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))
-	return 0;
-
-    if (!state)
-	state = &tmp_state;
-
-    if ((ev->type == KeyPress) && (ev->keycode == 0)) { /* Filter function */
-	if (!(info = ic->private.proto.commit_info)) {
-	    *state = XLookupNone;
-	    return 0;
-	}
-
-	ret = im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im, info->string,
-			 	info->string_len, buffer, bytes, state);
-	if (*state == XBufferOverflow)
-            return ret;
-	if (keysym && (info->keysym && *(info->keysym))) {
-	    *keysym = *(info->keysym);
-	    if (*state == XLookupChars)
-		*state = XLookupBoth;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupKeySym;
-	}
-	_XimUnregCommitInfo(ic);
-
-    } else  if (ev->type == KeyPress) {
-	ret = _XimLookupMBText(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);
-	if (ret > 0) {
-           if (ret > bytes)
-               *state = XBufferOverflow;
-           else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)
-		*state = XLookupBoth;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupChars;
-	} else {
-	    if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)
-		*state = XLookupKeySym;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupNone;
-	}
-    } else {
-	*state = XLookupNone;
-	ret = 0;
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-Public int
-_XimProtoWcLookupString(
-    XIC			 xic,
-    XKeyEvent		*ev,
-    wchar_t		*buffer,
-    int			 bytes,
-    KeySym		*keysym,
-    Status		*state)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    int			 ret;
-    Status		 tmp_state;
-    XimCommitInfo	 info;
-
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))
-	return 0;
-
-    if (!state)
-	state = &tmp_state;
-
-    if (ev->type == KeyPress && ev->keycode == 0) { /* Filter function */
-	if (!(info = ic->private.proto.commit_info)) {
-           *state = XLookupNone;
-	    return 0;
-	}
-
-	ret = im->methods->ctstowcs((XIM)im, info->string,
-			 	info->string_len, buffer, bytes, state);
-	if (*state == XBufferOverflow)
-           return ret;
-	if (keysym && (info->keysym && *(info->keysym))) {
-	    *keysym = *(info->keysym);
-	    if (*state == XLookupChars)
-		*state = XLookupBoth;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupKeySym;
-	}
-	_XimUnregCommitInfo(ic);
-
-    } else if (ev->type == KeyPress) {
-	ret = _XimLookupWCText(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);
-	if (ret > 0) {
-           if (ret > bytes)
-               *state = XBufferOverflow;
-           else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)
-		*state = XLookupBoth;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupChars;
-	} else {
-	    if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)
-		*state = XLookupKeySym;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupNone;
-	}
-    } else {
-	*state = XLookupNone;
-	ret = 0;
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-Public int
-_XimProtoUtf8LookupString(
-    XIC			 xic,
-    XKeyEvent		*ev,
-    char		*buffer,
-    int			 bytes,
-    KeySym		*keysym,
-    Status		*state)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    int			 ret;
-    Status		 tmp_state;
-    XimCommitInfo	 info;
-
-    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))
-	return 0;
-
-    if (!state)
-	state = &tmp_state;
-
-    if (ev->type == KeyPress && ev->keycode == 0) { /* Filter function */
-	if (!(info = ic->private.proto.commit_info)) {
-           *state = XLookupNone;
-	    return 0;
-	}
-
-	ret = im->methods->ctstoutf8((XIM)im, info->string,
-			 	info->string_len, buffer, bytes, state);
-	if (*state == XBufferOverflow)
-           return ret;
-	if (keysym && (info->keysym && *(info->keysym))) {
-	    *keysym = *(info->keysym);
-	    if (*state == XLookupChars)
-		*state = XLookupBoth;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupKeySym;
-	}
-	_XimUnregCommitInfo(ic);
-
-    } else if (ev->type == KeyPress) {
-	ret = _XimLookupUTF8Text(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);
-	if (ret > 0) {
-           if (ret > bytes)
-               *state = XBufferOverflow;
-           else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)
-		*state = XLookupBoth;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupChars;
-	} else {
-	    if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)
-		*state = XLookupKeySym;
-	    else
-		*state = XLookupNone;
-	}
-    } else {
-	*state = XLookupNone;
-	ret = 0;
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED

+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific, written prior permission.

+FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of

+this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+

+Public Xic

+_XimICOfXICID(

+    Xim		  im,

+    XICID	  icid)

+{

+    Xic		  pic;

+

+    for (pic = (Xic)im->core.ic_chain; pic; pic = (Xic)pic->core.next) {

+	if (pic->private.proto.icid == icid)

+	    return pic;

+    }

+    return (Xic)0;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimProcIMSetEventMask(

+    Xim		 im,

+    XPointer	 buf)

+{

+    EVENTMASK	*buf_l = (EVENTMASK *)buf;

+

+    im->private.proto.forward_event_mask     = buf_l[0];

+    im->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask = buf_l[1];

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimProcICSetEventMask(

+    Xic		 ic,

+    XPointer	 buf)

+{

+    EVENTMASK	*buf_l = (EVENTMASK *)buf;

+

+    ic->private.proto.forward_event_mask     = buf_l[0];

+    ic->private.proto.synchronous_event_mask = buf_l[1];

+    _XimReregisterFilter(ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSetEventMaskCallback(

+    Xim		 xim,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 call_data)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    XIMID        imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID        icid = buf_s[1];

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;

+    Xic		 ic;

+

+    if (imid == im->private.proto.imid) {

+	if (icid) {

+	    ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid);

+	    _XimProcICSetEventMask(ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);

+	} else {

+	    _XimProcIMSetEventMask(im, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);

+	}

+	return True;

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSyncCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    Xic		 ic  = (Xic)arg;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_SYNC_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSync(

+    Xim		 im,

+    Xic		 ic)

+{

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    INT16	 len;

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */

+

+    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SYNC, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	return False;

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+					_XimSyncCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if(len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+					_XimSyncCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+    } else {

+	return False;

+    }

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return False;

+    }

+    if(reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimProcSyncReply(

+    Xim		 im,

+    Xic		 ic)

+{

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    INT16	 len;

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */

+

+    len = sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	+ sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof icid */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_SYNC_REPLY, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	return False;

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimRespSyncReply(

+    Xic		 ic,

+    BITMASK16	 mode)

+{

+    if (mode & XimSYNCHRONUS) /* SYNC Request */ {

+	if (IS_FOCUSED(ic))

+	    MARK_NEED_SYNC_REPLY(ic);

+	else

+	    _XimProcSyncReply((Xim)ic->core.im, ic);

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSyncCallback(

+    Xim		 xim,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 call_data)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    XIMID        imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID        icid = buf_s[1];

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;

+    Xic		 ic;

+

+    if ((imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid))) {

+	(void)_XimProcSyncReply(im, ic);

+	return True;

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private INT16

+_XimSetEventToWire(

+    XEvent	*ev,

+    xEvent	*event)

+{

+    if (!(_XimProtoEventToWire(ev, event, False)))

+	return 0;

+    event->u.u.sequenceNumber =

+		((XAnyEvent *)ev)->serial & (unsigned long)0xffff;

+    return sz_xEvent;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimForwardEventCore(

+    Xic		 ic,

+    XEvent	*ev,

+    Bool	 sync)

+{

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+    INT16	 len;

+

+    if (!(len = _XimSetEventToWire(ev, (xEvent *)&buf_s[4])))

+	return False;				/* X event */

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;		/* imid */

+    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;		/* icid */

+    buf_s[2] = sync ? XimSYNCHRONUS : 0;	/* flag */

+    buf_s[3] =

+        (CARD16)((((XAnyEvent *)ev)->serial & ~((unsigned long)0xffff)) >> 16);

+						/* serial number */

+

+    len += sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof imid */

+	 + sizeof(CARD16)			/* sizeof icid */

+	 + sizeof(BITMASK16)			/* sizeof flag */

+	 + sizeof(CARD16);			/* sizeof serila number */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_FORWARD_EVENT, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	return False;

+    _XimFlush(im);

+

+    if (sync) {

+	buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+	ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+					_XimSyncCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+	if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	    if(len <= 0) {

+		preply = reply;

+	    } else {

+		buf_size = len;

+		preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len);

+		ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, preply, buf_size,

+					_XimSyncCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+		if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		    Xfree(preply);

+		    return False;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    return False;

+	}

+	buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+	if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	    _XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	    if(reply != preply)

+		Xfree(preply);

+	    return False;

+	}

+	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimForwardEvent(

+    Xic		 ic,

+    XEvent	*ev,

+    Bool	 sync)

+{

+#ifdef EXT_FORWARD

+    if (((ev->type == KeyPress) || (ev->type == KeyRelease)))

+	if (_XimExtForwardKeyEvent(ic, (XKeyEvent *)ev, sync))

+	    return True;

+#endif

+    return _XimForwardEventCore(ic, ev, sync);

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimProcEvent(

+    Display		*d,

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XEvent		*ev,

+    CARD16		*buf)

+{

+    INT16	 serial = buf[0];

+    xEvent	*xev = (xEvent *)&buf[1];

+

+    _XimProtoWireToEvent(ev, xev, False);

+    ev->xany.serial |= serial << 16;

+    ev->xany.send_event = False;

+    ev->xany.display = d;

+    MARK_FABLICATED(ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimForwardEventRecv(

+    Xim		 im,

+    Xic		 ic,

+    XPointer	 buf)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+    Display	*d = im->core.display;

+    XEvent	 ev;

+

+    _XimProcEvent(d, ic, &ev, &buf_s[1]);

+

+    (void)_XimRespSyncReply(ic, buf_s[0]);

+

+    XPutBackEvent(d, &ev);

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimForwardEventCallback(

+    Xim		 xim,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 call_data)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    XIMID        imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID        icid = buf_s[1];

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;

+    Xic		 ic;

+

+    if ((imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid))) {

+	(void)_XimForwardEventRecv(im, ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);

+	return True;

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimRegisterTriggerkey(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XPointer		 buf)

+{

+    CARD32		*buf_l = (CARD32 *)buf;

+    CARD32		 len;

+    CARD32 		*key;

+

+    if (IS_DYNAMIC_EVENT_FLOW(im))	/* already Dynamic event flow mode */

+	return True;

+

+    /*

+     *  register onkeylist

+     */

+

+    len = buf_l[0];				/* length of on-keys */

+    len += sizeof(INT32);			/* sizeof length of on-keys */

+

+    if (!(key = (CARD32 *)Xmalloc(len))) {

+	_XimError(im, 0, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);

+	return False;

+    }

+    memcpy((char *)key, (char *)buf_l, len);

+    im->private.proto.im_onkeylist = key;

+

+    MARK_DYNAMIC_EVENT_FLOW(im);

+

+    /*

+     *  register offkeylist

+     */

+

+    buf_l = (CARD32 *)((char *)buf + len);

+    len = buf_l[0];				/* length of off-keys */

+    len += sizeof(INT32);			/* sizeof length of off-keys */

+

+    if (!(key = (CARD32 *)Xmalloc(len))) {

+	_XimError(im, 0, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    memcpy((char *)key, (char *)buf_l, len);

+    im->private.proto.im_offkeylist = key;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimRegisterTriggerKeysCallback(

+    Xim		 xim,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 call_data)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;

+

+    (void )_XimRegisterTriggerkey(im, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public EVENTMASK

+_XimGetWindowEventmask(

+    Xic		 ic)

+{

+    Xim			im = (Xim )ic->core.im;

+    XWindowAttributes	atr;

+

+    if (!XGetWindowAttributes(im->core.display, ic->core.focus_window, &atr))

+	return 0;

+    return (EVENTMASK)atr.your_event_mask;

+}

+

+

+Private Bool

+_XimTriggerNotifyCheck(

+    Xim          im,

+    INT16        len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer     arg)

+{

+    Xic		 ic  = (Xic)arg;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    CARD8	 major_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data);

+    CARD8	 minor_opcode = *((CARD8 *)data + 1);

+    XIMID	 imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID	 icid = buf_s[1];

+

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_TRIGGER_NOTIFY_REPLY)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    if ((major_opcode == XIM_ERROR)

+     && (minor_opcode == 0)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_IMID_VALID)

+     && (imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (buf_s[2] & XIM_ICID_VALID)

+     && (icid == ic->private.proto.icid))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimTriggerNotify(

+    Xim		 im,

+    Xic		 ic,

+    int		 mode,

+    CARD32	 idx)

+{

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    CARD32	*buf_l = (CARD32 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    CARD32	 reply32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    char	*reply = (char *)reply32;

+    XPointer	 preply;

+    int		 buf_size;

+    int		 ret_code;

+    INT16	 len;

+    EVENTMASK	 mask = _XimGetWindowEventmask(ic);

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;	/* imid */

+    buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;	/* icid */

+    buf_l[1] = mode;			/* flag */

+    buf_l[2] = idx;			/* index of keys list */

+    buf_l[3] = mask;			/* select-event-mask */

+

+    len = sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof imid */

+	+ sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof icid */

+	+ sizeof(CARD32)		/* sizeof flag */

+	+ sizeof(CARD32)		/* sizeof index of key list */

+	+ sizeof(EVENTMASK);		/* sizeof select-event-mask */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_TRIGGER_NOTIFY, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	return False;

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    buf_size = BUFSIZE;

+    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+				_XimTriggerNotifyCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+    if(ret_code == XIM_TRUE) {

+	preply = reply;

+    } else if(ret_code == XIM_OVERFLOW) {

+	if(len <= 0) {

+	    preply = reply;

+	} else {

+	    buf_size = len;

+	    preply = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len);

+	    ret_code = _XimRead(im, &len, (XPointer)reply, buf_size,

+				_XimTriggerNotifyCheck, (XPointer)ic);

+	    if(ret_code != XIM_TRUE) {

+		Xfree(preply);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+    } else {

+	return False;

+    }

+    buf_s = (CARD16 *)((char *)preply + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    if (*((CARD8 *)preply) == XIM_ERROR) {

+	_XimProcError(im, 0, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+	if(reply != preply)

+	    Xfree(preply);

+	return False;

+    }

+    if(reply != preply)

+	Xfree(preply);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimRegCommitInfo(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    char		*string,

+    int			 string_len,

+    KeySym		*keysym,

+    int			 keysym_len)

+{

+    XimCommitInfo	info;

+

+    if (!(info = (XimCommitInfo)Xmalloc(sizeof(XimCommitInfoRec))))

+	return False;

+    info->string	= string;

+    info->string_len	= string_len;

+    info->keysym	= keysym;

+    info->keysym_len	= keysym_len;

+    info->next = ic->private.proto.commit_info;

+    ic->private.proto.commit_info = info;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimUnregCommitInfo(

+    Xic			ic)

+{

+    XimCommitInfo	info;

+

+    if (!(info = ic->private.proto.commit_info))

+	return;

+

+    if (info->string)

+	Xfree(info->string);

+    if (info->keysym)

+	Xfree(info->keysym);

+    ic->private.proto.commit_info = info->next;

+    Xfree(info);

+    return;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimFreeCommitInfo(

+    Xic			ic)

+{

+    while (ic->private.proto.commit_info)

+	_XimUnregCommitInfo(ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimProcKeySym(

+    Xic			  ic,

+    CARD32		  sym,

+    KeySym		**xim_keysym,

+    int			 *xim_keysym_len)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+

+    if (!(*xim_keysym = (KeySym *)Xmalloc(sizeof(KeySym)))) {

+	_XimError(im, ic, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    **xim_keysym = (KeySym)sym;

+    *xim_keysym_len = 1;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimProcCommit(

+    Xic		  ic,

+    BYTE	 *buf,

+    int		  len,

+    char	**xim_string,

+    int		 *xim_string_len)

+{

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    char	*string;

+

+    if (!(string = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1))) {

+	_XimError(im, ic, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    (void)memcpy(string, (char *)buf, len);

+    string[len] = '\0';

+

+    *xim_string = string;

+    *xim_string_len = len;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCommitRecv(

+    Xim		 im,

+    Xic		 ic,

+    XPointer	 buf)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+    BITMASK16	 flag = buf_s[0];

+    XKeyEvent	 ev;

+    char	*string = NULL;

+    int		 string_len = 0;

+    KeySym	*keysym = NULL;

+    int		 keysym_len = 0;

+

+    if ((flag & XimLookupBoth) == XimLookupChars) {

+	if (!(_XimProcCommit(ic, (BYTE *)&buf_s[2],

+			 		(int)buf_s[1], &string, &string_len)))

+	    return False;

+

+    } else if ((flag & XimLookupBoth) == XimLookupKeySym) {

+	if (!(_XimProcKeySym(ic, *(CARD32 *)&buf_s[2], &keysym, &keysym_len)))

+	    return False;

+

+    } else if ((flag & XimLookupBoth) == XimLookupBoth) {

+	if (!(_XimProcKeySym(ic, *(CARD32 *)&buf_s[2], &keysym, &keysym_len)))

+	    return False;

+

+	if (!(_XimProcCommit(ic, (BYTE *)&buf_s[5],

+					(int)buf_s[4], &string, &string_len))) {

+	    Xfree(keysym);

+	    return False;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!(_XimRegCommitInfo(ic, string, string_len, keysym, keysym_len))) {

+	if (string)

+	    Xfree(string);

+	if (keysym)

+	    Xfree(keysym);

+	_XimError(im, ic, XIM_BadAlloc, (INT16)0, (CARD16)0, (char *)NULL);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    (void)_XimRespSyncReply(ic, flag);

+

+    MARK_FABLICATED(ic);

+

+    ev.type = KeyPress;

+    ev.send_event = False;

+    ev.display = im->core.display;

+    ev.window = ic->core.focus_window;

+    ev.keycode = 0;

+    ev.state = 0;

+

+    XPutBackEvent(im->core.display, (XEvent *)&ev);

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimCommitCallback(

+    Xim		 xim,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 call_data)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    XIMID        imid = buf_s[0];

+    XICID        icid = buf_s[1];

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;

+    Xic		 ic;

+

+    if ((imid == im->private.proto.imid)

+     && (ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid))) {

+	(void)_XimCommitRecv(im, ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[2]);

+	return True;

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimProcError(

+    Xim		 im,

+    Xic		 ic,

+    XPointer	 data)

+{

+    return;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimErrorCallback(

+    Xim		 xim,

+    INT16	 len,

+    XPointer	 data,

+    XPointer	 call_data)

+{

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)((CARD8 *)data + XIM_HEADER_SIZE);

+    BITMASK16	 flag = buf_s[2];

+    XIMID        imid;

+    XICID        icid;

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)call_data;

+    Xic		 ic = NULL;

+

+    if (flag & XIM_IMID_VALID) {

+	imid = buf_s[0];

+	if (imid != im->private.proto.imid)

+	    return False;

+    }

+    if (flag & XIM_ICID_VALID) {

+	icid = buf_s[1];

+	if (!(ic = _XimICOfXICID(im, icid)))

+	    return False;

+    }

+    _XimProcError(im, ic, (XPointer)&buf_s[3]);

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimError(

+    Xim		 im,

+    Xic		 ic,

+    CARD16	 error_code,

+    INT16	 detail_length,

+    CARD16	 type,

+    char	*detail)

+{

+    CARD32	 buf32[BUFSIZE/4];

+    CARD8	*buf = (CARD8 *)buf32;

+    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)&buf[XIM_HEADER_SIZE];

+    INT16	 len = 0;

+

+    buf_s[0] = im->private.proto.imid;	/* imid */

+    buf_s[2] = XIM_IMID_VALID;		/* flag */

+    if (ic) {

+    	buf_s[1] = ic->private.proto.icid;	/* icid */

+	buf_s[2] |= XIM_ICID_VALID;		/* flag */

+    }

+    buf_s[3] = error_code;			/* Error Code */

+    buf_s[4] = detail_length;			/* length of error detail */

+    buf_s[5] = type;				/* type of error detail */

+

+    if (detail_length && detail) {

+	len = detail_length;

+	memcpy((char *)&buf_s[6], detail, len);

+	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[6], len);

+    }

+

+    len += sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof imid */

+	 + sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof icid */

+	 + sizeof(BITMASK16)		/* sizeof flag */

+	 + sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof error_code */

+	 + sizeof(INT16)		/* sizeof length of detail */

+	 + sizeof(CARD16);		/* sizeof type */

+

+    _XimSetHeader((XPointer)buf, XIM_ERROR, 0, &len);

+    if (!(_XimWrite(im, len, (XPointer)buf)))

+	return False;

+    _XimFlush(im);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private int

+_Ximctsconvert(

+    XlcConv	 conv,

+    char	*from,

+    int		 from_len,

+    char	*to,

+    int		 to_len,

+    Status	*state)

+{

+    int		 from_left;

+    int		 to_left;

+    int		 from_savelen;

+    int		 to_savelen;

+    int		 from_cnvlen;

+    int		 to_cnvlen;

+    char	*from_buf;

+    char	*to_buf;

+    char	 scratchbuf[BUFSIZ];

+    Status	 tmp_state;

+

+    if (!state)

+	state = &tmp_state;

+

+    if (!conv || !from || !from_len) {

+	*state = XLookupNone;

+	return 0;

+    }

+

+    /* Reset the converter.  The CompoundText at 'from' starts in

+       initial state.  */

+    _XlcResetConverter(conv);

+

+    from_left = from_len;

+    to_left = BUFSIZ;

+    from_cnvlen = 0;

+    to_cnvlen = 0;

+    for (;;) {

+	from_buf = &from[from_cnvlen];

+	from_savelen = from_left;

+	to_buf = &scratchbuf[to_cnvlen];

+	to_savelen = to_left;

+	if (_XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *)&from_buf, &from_left,

+				 (XPointer *)&to_buf, &to_left, NULL, 0) < 0) {

+	    *state = XLookupNone;

+	    return 0;

+	}

+	from_cnvlen += (from_savelen - from_left);

+	to_cnvlen += (to_savelen - to_left);

+	if (from_left == 0) {

+	    if (!to_cnvlen) {

+		*state = XLookupNone;

+		return 0;

+           }

+	   break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!to || !to_len || (to_len < to_cnvlen)) {

+       *state = XBufferOverflow;

+    } else {

+       memcpy(to, scratchbuf, to_cnvlen);

+       *state = XLookupChars;

+    }

+    return to_cnvlen;

+}

+

+Public int

+_Ximctstombs(XIM xim, char *from, int from_len,

+	     char *to, int to_len, Status *state)

+{

+    return _Ximctsconvert(((Xim)xim)->private.proto.ctom_conv,

+			  from, from_len, to, to_len, state);

+}

+

+Public int

+_Ximctstowcs(

+    XIM		 xim,

+    char	*from,

+    int		 from_len,

+    wchar_t	*to,

+    int		 to_len,

+    Status	*state)

+{

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;

+    XlcConv	 conv = im->private.proto.ctow_conv;

+    int		 from_left;

+    int		 to_left;

+    int		 from_savelen;

+    int		 to_savelen;

+    int		 from_cnvlen;

+    int		 to_cnvlen;

+    char	*from_buf;

+    wchar_t	*to_buf;

+    wchar_t	 scratchbuf[BUFSIZ];

+    Status	 tmp_state;

+

+    if (!state)

+	state = &tmp_state;

+

+    if (!conv || !from || !from_len) {

+	*state = XLookupNone;

+	return 0;

+    }

+

+    /* Reset the converter.  The CompoundText at 'from' starts in

+       initial state.  */

+    _XlcResetConverter(conv);

+

+    from_left = from_len;

+    to_left = BUFSIZ;

+    from_cnvlen = 0;

+    to_cnvlen = 0;

+    for (;;) {

+	from_buf = &from[from_cnvlen];

+       from_savelen = from_left;

+       to_buf = &scratchbuf[to_cnvlen];

+       to_savelen = to_left;

+	if (_XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *)&from_buf, &from_left,

+				 (XPointer *)&to_buf, &to_left, NULL, 0) < 0) {

+	    *state = XLookupNone;

+	    return 0;

+	}

+	from_cnvlen += (from_savelen - from_left);

+       to_cnvlen += (to_savelen - to_left);

+	if (from_left == 0) {

+           if (!to_cnvlen){

+		*state = XLookupNone;

+               return 0;

+           }

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!to || !to_len || (to_len < to_cnvlen)) {

+       *state = XBufferOverflow;

+    } else {

+       memcpy(to, scratchbuf, to_cnvlen * sizeof(wchar_t));

+       *state = XLookupChars;

+    }

+    return to_cnvlen;

+}

+

+Public int

+_Ximctstoutf8(

+    XIM		 xim,

+    char	*from,

+    int		 from_len,

+    char	*to,

+    int		 to_len,

+    Status	*state)

+{

+    return _Ximctsconvert(((Xim)xim)->private.proto.ctoutf8_conv,

+			  from, from_len, to, to_len, state);

+}

+

+Public int

+_XimProtoMbLookupString(

+    XIC			 xic,

+    XKeyEvent		*ev,

+    char		*buffer,

+    int			 bytes,

+    KeySym		*keysym,

+    Status		*state)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    int			 ret;

+    Status		 tmp_state;

+    XimCommitInfo	 info;

+

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))

+	return 0;

+

+    if (!state)

+	state = &tmp_state;

+

+    if ((ev->type == KeyPress) && (ev->keycode == 0)) { /* Filter function */

+	if (!(info = ic->private.proto.commit_info)) {

+	    *state = XLookupNone;

+	    return 0;

+	}

+

+	ret = im->methods->ctstombs((XIM)im, info->string,

+			 	info->string_len, buffer, bytes, state);

+	if (*state == XBufferOverflow)

+            return ret;

+	if (keysym && (info->keysym && *(info->keysym))) {

+	    *keysym = *(info->keysym);

+	    if (*state == XLookupChars)

+		*state = XLookupBoth;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupKeySym;

+	}

+	_XimUnregCommitInfo(ic);

+

+    } else  if (ev->type == KeyPress) {

+	ret = _XimLookupMBText(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);

+	if (ret > 0) {

+           if (ret > bytes)

+               *state = XBufferOverflow;

+           else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)

+		*state = XLookupBoth;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupChars;

+	} else {

+	    if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)

+		*state = XLookupKeySym;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupNone;

+	}

+    } else {

+	*state = XLookupNone;

+	ret = 0;

+    }

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+Public int

+_XimProtoWcLookupString(

+    XIC			 xic,

+    XKeyEvent		*ev,

+    wchar_t		*buffer,

+    int			 bytes,

+    KeySym		*keysym,

+    Status		*state)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    int			 ret;

+    Status		 tmp_state;

+    XimCommitInfo	 info;

+

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))

+	return 0;

+

+    if (!state)

+	state = &tmp_state;

+

+    if (ev->type == KeyPress && ev->keycode == 0) { /* Filter function */

+	if (!(info = ic->private.proto.commit_info)) {

+           *state = XLookupNone;

+	    return 0;

+	}

+

+	ret = im->methods->ctstowcs((XIM)im, info->string,

+			 	info->string_len, buffer, bytes, state);

+	if (*state == XBufferOverflow)

+           return ret;

+	if (keysym && (info->keysym && *(info->keysym))) {

+	    *keysym = *(info->keysym);

+	    if (*state == XLookupChars)

+		*state = XLookupBoth;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupKeySym;

+	}

+	_XimUnregCommitInfo(ic);

+

+    } else if (ev->type == KeyPress) {

+	ret = _XimLookupWCText(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);

+	if (ret > 0) {

+           if (ret > bytes)

+               *state = XBufferOverflow;

+           else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)

+		*state = XLookupBoth;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupChars;

+	} else {

+	    if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)

+		*state = XLookupKeySym;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupNone;

+	}

+    } else {

+	*state = XLookupNone;

+	ret = 0;

+    }

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+Public int

+_XimProtoUtf8LookupString(

+    XIC			 xic,

+    XKeyEvent		*ev,

+    char		*buffer,

+    int			 bytes,

+    KeySym		*keysym,

+    Status		*state)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    int			 ret;

+    Status		 tmp_state;

+    XimCommitInfo	 info;

+

+    if (!IS_SERVER_CONNECTED(im))

+	return 0;

+

+    if (!state)

+	state = &tmp_state;

+

+    if (ev->type == KeyPress && ev->keycode == 0) { /* Filter function */

+	if (!(info = ic->private.proto.commit_info)) {

+           *state = XLookupNone;

+	    return 0;

+	}

+

+	ret = im->methods->ctstoutf8((XIM)im, info->string,

+			 	info->string_len, buffer, bytes, state);

+	if (*state == XBufferOverflow)

+           return ret;

+	if (keysym && (info->keysym && *(info->keysym))) {

+	    *keysym = *(info->keysym);

+	    if (*state == XLookupChars)

+		*state = XLookupBoth;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupKeySym;

+	}

+	_XimUnregCommitInfo(ic);

+

+    } else if (ev->type == KeyPress) {

+	ret = _XimLookupUTF8Text(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);

+	if (ret > 0) {

+           if (ret > bytes)

+               *state = XBufferOverflow;

+           else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)

+		*state = XLookupBoth;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupChars;

+	} else {

+	    if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol)

+		*state = XLookupKeySym;

+	    else

+		*state = XLookupNone;

+	}

+    } else {

+	*state = XLookupNone;

+	ret = 0;

+    }

+

+    return ret;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imInt.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imInt.c
index 26f4991a2..e9371827d 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imInt.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imInt.c
@@ -1,263 +1,264 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED
-not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.
-FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of
-this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-#include "XimImSw.h"
-
-Private Xim 		*_XimCurrentIMlist  = (Xim *)NULL;
-Private int		 _XimCurrentIMcount = 0;
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetIMStructureList(
-    Xim		  im)
-{
-    register int  i;
-    Xim		 *xim;
-
-    if(!(_XimCurrentIMlist)) {
-	if(!(_XimCurrentIMlist = (Xim *)Xmalloc(sizeof(Xim))))
-	    return False;
-	_XimCurrentIMlist[0] = im;
-	_XimCurrentIMcount   = 1;
-    }
-    else {
-	for(i = 0; i < _XimCurrentIMcount; i++) {
-	    if(!( _XimCurrentIMlist[i])) {
-		_XimCurrentIMlist[i] = im;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	if(i >= _XimCurrentIMcount) {
-	    if(!(xim = (Xim *)Xrealloc(_XimCurrentIMlist,
-					 ((i + 1) * sizeof(Xim)))))
-		return False;
-	    _XimCurrentIMlist			  = xim;
-	    _XimCurrentIMlist[_XimCurrentIMcount] = im;
-	    _XimCurrentIMcount++;
-	}
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimDestroyIMStructureList(Xim im)
-{
-    register int  i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < _XimCurrentIMcount; i++) {
-	if(_XimCurrentIMlist[i] == im) {
-	    _XimCurrentIMlist[i] = NULL;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimServerDestroy(Xim im_2_destroy)
-{
-    register int  i;
-    Xim		  im;
-    XIC		  ic;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < _XimCurrentIMcount; i++) {
-	if(!(im = _XimCurrentIMlist[i]))
-	    continue;
-	/*
-	 * Only continue if this im is the one to be destroyed.
-	 */
-	if (im != im_2_destroy)
-	    continue;
-
-	if (im->core.destroy_callback.callback)
-	    (*im->core.destroy_callback.callback)((XIM)im,
-			im->core.destroy_callback.client_data, NULL);
-	for (ic = im->core.ic_chain; ic; ic = ic->core.next) {
-	    if (ic->core.destroy_callback.callback) {
-		(*ic->core.destroy_callback.callback)(ic,
-			ic->core.destroy_callback.client_data, NULL);
-	    }
-	}
-	_XimResetIMInstantiateCallback( im );
-	(void)im->methods->close((XIM)im);
-	Xfree(im);
-	_XimCurrentIMlist[i] = NULL;
-	return;
-    }
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Public void
-_XimServerReconectableDestroy(void)
-{
-    register int  i;
-    Xim		  im;
-    XIC		  ic;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < _XimCurrentIMcount; i++) {
-	if(!(im = _XimCurrentIMlist[i]))
-	    continue;
-
-	if (im->core.destroy_callback.callback)
-	    (*im->core.destroy_callback.callback)(im,
-			im->core.destroy_callback.client_data, NULL);
-	for (ic = im->core.ic_chain; ic; ic = ic->core.next) {
-	    if (ic->core.destroy_callback.callback) {
-		(*ic->core.destroy_callback.callback)(ic,
-			ic->core.destroy_callback.client_data, NULL);
-	    }
-	}
-	_XimResetIMInstantiateCallback( im );
-	(void)im->methods->close((XIM)im);
-    }
-    return;
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Private const char *
-_XimStrstr(
-    register const char *src,
-    register const char *dest)
-{
-    int			 len;
-
-    len = strlen(dest);
-    while((src = strchr(src, *dest))) {
-	if(!strncmp(src, dest, len))
-	    return src;
-	src++;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimMakeImName(
-    XLCd	   lcd)
-{
-    const char* begin = NULL;
-    const char* end = NULL;
-    char* ret = NULL;
-    const char* ximmodifier = XIMMODIFIER;
-
-    if(lcd->core->modifiers != NULL && *lcd->core->modifiers != '\0') {
-	begin = _XimStrstr(lcd->core->modifiers, ximmodifier);
-	if (begin != NULL) {
-	    end = begin += strlen(ximmodifier);
-	    while (*end && *end != '@')
-		end++;
-	}
-    }
-    ret = Xmalloc(end - begin + 1);
-    if (ret != NULL) {
-	if (begin != NULL && end != NULL) {
-	    (void)strncpy(ret, begin, end - begin);
-	    ret[end - begin] = '\0';
-	} else {
-	    ret[0] = '\0';
-	}
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-Public XIM
-_XimOpenIM(
-    XLCd		 lcd,
-    Display		*dpy,
-    XrmDatabase		 rdb,
-    char		*res_name,
-    char		*res_class)
-{
-    Xim			 im;
-    register int	 i;
-
-    if (!(im = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XimRec))))
-	return (XIM)NULL;
-
-    im->core.lcd       = lcd;
-    im->core.ic_chain  = (XIC)NULL;
-    im->core.display   = dpy;
-    im->core.rdb       = rdb;
-    im->core.res_name  = NULL;
-    im->core.res_class = NULL;
-    if((res_name != NULL) && (*res_name != '\0')){
-	if(!(im->core.res_name  = strdup(res_name)))
-	    goto Error1;
-    }
-    if((res_class != NULL) && (*res_class != '\0')){
-	if(!(im->core.res_class = strdup(res_class)))
-	    goto Error2;
-    }
-    if(!(im->core.im_name = _XimMakeImName(lcd)))
-	goto Error3;
-
-    for(i= 0; ; i++) {
-	if(_XimImSportRec[i].checkprocessing(im)) {
-	    if(!(_XimImSportRec[i].im_open(im)))
-		goto Error4;
-	    if(!_XimSetIMStructureList(im))
-		goto Error4;
-	    return (XIM)im;
-	}
-    }
-
-Error4 :
-    _XimImSportRec[i].im_free(im);
-    Xfree(im);
-    return NULL;
-Error3 :
-    if(im->core.im_name)
-	Xfree(im->core.im_name);
-Error2:
-    if(im->core.res_class)
-	Xfree(im->core.res_class);
-Error1:
-    if(im->core.res_name)
-	Xfree(im->core.res_name);
-    Xfree(im);
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XInitIM(XLCd lcd)
-{
-    if(lcd == (XLCd)NULL)
-	return False;
-    lcd->methods->open_im = _XimOpenIM;
-    lcd->methods->register_callback = _XimRegisterIMInstantiateCallback;
-    lcd->methods->unregister_callback = _XimUnRegisterIMInstantiateCallback;
-    return True;
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED

+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific, written prior permission.

+FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of

+this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include <X11/Xlib.h>

+#include <X11/Xmd.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+#include "XimImSw.h"

+

+Private Xim 		*_XimCurrentIMlist  = (Xim *)NULL;

+Private int		 _XimCurrentIMcount = 0;

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetIMStructureList(

+    Xim		  im)

+{

+    register int  i;

+    Xim		 *xim;

+

+    if(!(_XimCurrentIMlist)) {

+	if(!(_XimCurrentIMlist = (Xim *)Xmalloc(sizeof(Xim))))

+	    return False;

+	_XimCurrentIMlist[0] = im;

+	_XimCurrentIMcount   = 1;

+    }

+    else {

+	for(i = 0; i < _XimCurrentIMcount; i++) {

+	    if(!( _XimCurrentIMlist[i])) {

+		_XimCurrentIMlist[i] = im;

+		break;

+	    }

+	}

+	if(i >= _XimCurrentIMcount) {

+	    if(!(xim = (Xim *)Xrealloc(_XimCurrentIMlist,

+					 ((i + 1) * sizeof(Xim)))))

+		return False;

+	    _XimCurrentIMlist			  = xim;

+	    _XimCurrentIMlist[_XimCurrentIMcount] = im;

+	    _XimCurrentIMcount++;

+	}

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimDestroyIMStructureList(Xim im)

+{

+    register int  i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < _XimCurrentIMcount; i++) {

+	if(_XimCurrentIMlist[i] == im) {

+	    _XimCurrentIMlist[i] = NULL;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimServerDestroy(Xim im_2_destroy)

+{

+    register int  i;

+    Xim		  im;

+    XIC		  ic;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < _XimCurrentIMcount; i++) {

+	if(!(im = _XimCurrentIMlist[i]))

+	    continue;

+	/*

+	 * Only continue if this im is the one to be destroyed.

+	 */

+	if (im != im_2_destroy)

+	    continue;

+

+	if (im->core.destroy_callback.callback)

+	    (*im->core.destroy_callback.callback)((XIM)im,

+			im->core.destroy_callback.client_data, NULL);

+	for (ic = im->core.ic_chain; ic; ic = ic->core.next) {

+	    if (ic->core.destroy_callback.callback) {

+		(*ic->core.destroy_callback.callback)(ic,

+			ic->core.destroy_callback.client_data, NULL);

+	    }

+	}

+	_XimResetIMInstantiateCallback( im );

+	(void)im->methods->close((XIM)im);

+	Xfree(im);

+	_XimCurrentIMlist[i] = NULL;

+	return;

+    }

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Public void

+_XimServerReconectableDestroy(void)

+{

+    register int  i;

+    Xim		  im;

+    XIC		  ic;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < _XimCurrentIMcount; i++) {

+	if(!(im = _XimCurrentIMlist[i]))

+	    continue;

+

+	if (im->core.destroy_callback.callback)

+	    (*im->core.destroy_callback.callback)(im,

+			im->core.destroy_callback.client_data, NULL);

+	for (ic = im->core.ic_chain; ic; ic = ic->core.next) {

+	    if (ic->core.destroy_callback.callback) {

+		(*ic->core.destroy_callback.callback)(ic,

+			ic->core.destroy_callback.client_data, NULL);

+	    }

+	}

+	_XimResetIMInstantiateCallback( im );

+	(void)im->methods->close((XIM)im);

+    }

+    return;

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Private const char *

+_XimStrstr(

+    register const char *src,

+    register const char *dest)

+{

+    int			 len;

+

+    len = strlen(dest);

+    while((src = strchr(src, *dest))) {

+	if(!strncmp(src, dest, len))

+	    return src;

+	src++;

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimMakeImName(

+    XLCd	   lcd)

+{

+    const char* begin = NULL;

+    const char* end = NULL;

+    char* ret = NULL;

+    const char* ximmodifier = XIMMODIFIER;

+

+    if(lcd->core->modifiers != NULL && *lcd->core->modifiers != '\0') {

+	begin = _XimStrstr(lcd->core->modifiers, ximmodifier);

+	if (begin != NULL) {

+	    end = begin += strlen(ximmodifier);

+	    while (*end && *end != '@')

+		end++;

+	}

+    }

+    ret = Xmalloc(end - begin + 1);

+    if (ret != NULL) {

+	if (begin != NULL && end != NULL) {

+	    (void)strncpy(ret, begin, end - begin);

+	    ret[end - begin] = '\0';

+	} else {

+	    ret[0] = '\0';

+	}

+    }

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+Public XIM

+_XimOpenIM(

+    XLCd		 lcd,

+    Display		*dpy,

+    XrmDatabase		 rdb,

+    char		*res_name,

+    char		*res_class)

+{

+    Xim			 im;

+    register int	 i;

+

+    if (!(im = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XimRec))))

+	return (XIM)NULL;

+

+    im->core.lcd       = lcd;

+    im->core.ic_chain  = (XIC)NULL;

+    im->core.display   = dpy;

+    im->core.rdb       = rdb;

+    im->core.res_name  = NULL;

+    im->core.res_class = NULL;

+    if((res_name != NULL) && (*res_name != '\0')){

+	if(!(im->core.res_name  = strdup(res_name)))

+	    goto Error1;

+    }

+    if((res_class != NULL) && (*res_class != '\0')){

+	if(!(im->core.res_class = strdup(res_class)))

+	    goto Error2;

+    }

+    if(!(im->core.im_name = _XimMakeImName(lcd)))

+	goto Error3;

+

+    for(i= 0; ; i++) {

+	if(_XimImSportRec[i].checkprocessing(im)) {

+	    if(!(_XimImSportRec[i].im_open(im)))

+		goto Error4;

+	    if(!_XimSetIMStructureList(im))

+		goto Error4;

+	    return (XIM)im;

+	}

+    }

+

+Error4 :

+    _XimImSportRec[i].im_free(im);

+    Xfree(im);

+    return NULL;

+Error3 :

+    if(im->core.im_name)

+	Xfree(im->core.im_name);

+Error2:

+    if(im->core.res_class)

+	Xfree(im->core.res_class);

+Error1:

+    if(im->core.res_name)

+	Xfree(im->core.res_name);

+    Xfree(im);

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XInitIM(XLCd lcd)

+{

+    if(lcd == (XLCd)NULL)

+	return False;

+    lcd->methods->open_im = _XimOpenIM;

+    lcd->methods->register_callback = _XimRegisterIMInstantiateCallback;

+    lcd->methods->unregister_callback = _XimUnRegisterIMInstantiateCallback;

+    return True;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcFlt.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcFlt.c
index 06aa9980a..7ab56f8a1 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcFlt.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcFlt.c
@@ -1,125 +1,125 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-              Copyright 1992 by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
-              Copyright 1992, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of Fuji Xerox,
-FUJITSU LIMITED not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
-to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission. Fuji Xerox, FUJITSU LIMITED make no representations
-about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJI XEROX, FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH
-REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJI XEROX,
-FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA
-OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
-TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author   : Kazunori Nishihara	Fuji Xerox
-  Modifier : Takashi Fujiwara   FUJITSU LIMITED
-                                fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include <X11/keysym.h>
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-
-Bool
-_XimLocalFilter(Display *d, Window w, XEvent *ev, XPointer client_data)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)client_data;
-    KeySym	 keysym;
-    static char	 buf[256];
-    DefTree	*b = ic->private.local.base.tree;
-    DTIndex	 t;
-    Bool	 braille = False;
-
-    if(ev->xkey.keycode == 0)
-	return (False);
-
-    XLookupString((XKeyEvent *)ev, buf, sizeof(buf), &keysym, NULL);
-
-    if(IsModifierKey(keysym))
-	return (False);
-
-    if(keysym >= XK_braille_dot_1 && keysym <= XK_braille_dot_8) {
-	if(ev->type == KeyPress) {
-	    ic->private.local.brl_pressed |=
-		1<<(keysym-XK_braille_dot_1);
-	    return(True);
-	} else {
-	    if(!ic->private.local.brl_committing
-		    || ev->xkey.time - ic->private.local.brl_release_start > 300) {
-	    	ic->private.local.brl_committing = ic->private.local.brl_pressed;
-		ic->private.local.brl_release_start = ev->xkey.time;
-	    }
-	    ic->private.local.brl_pressed &= ~(1<<(keysym-XK_braille_dot_1));
-	    if(!ic->private.local.brl_pressed && ic->private.local.brl_committing) {
-		/* Commited a braille pattern, let it go through compose tree */
-		keysym = XK_braille_blank | ic->private.local.brl_committing;
-		ev->type = KeyPress;
-		braille = True;
-	    } else {
-	        return(True);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if(   (ev->type != KeyPress)
-       || (((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top == 0 ) )
-	goto emit_braille;
-
-    for(t = ic->private.local.context; t; t = b[t].next) {
-	if(((ev->xkey.state & b[t].modifier_mask) == b[t].modifier) &&
-	   (keysym == b[t].keysym))
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    if(t) { /* Matched */
-	if(b[t].succession) { /* Intermediate */
-	    ic->private.local.context = b[t].succession;
-	    return(True);
-	} else { /* Terminate (reached to leaf) */
-	    ic->private.local.composed = t;
-	    ic->private.local.brl_committed = 0;
-	    /* return back to client KeyPressEvent keycode == 0 */
-	    ev->xkey.keycode = 0;
-	    XPutBackEvent(d, ev);
-	    /* initialize internal state for next key sequence */
-	    ic->private.local.context = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top;
-	    return(True);
-	}
-    } else { /* Unmatched */
-	if(ic->private.local.context == ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top) {
-	    goto emit_braille;
-	}
-	/* Error (Sequence Unmatch occured) */
-	/* initialize internal state for next key sequence */
-	ic->private.local.context = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top;
-	return(True);
-    }
-
-emit_braille:
-    if(braille) {
-	/* Braille pattern is not in compose tree, emit alone */
-	ic->private.local.brl_committed = ic->private.local.brl_committing;
-	ic->private.local.composed = 0;
-	ev->xkey.keycode = 0;
-	_XPutBackEvent(d, ev);
-	return(True);
-    }
-    return(False);
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+              Copyright 1992 by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.

+              Copyright 1992, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of Fuji Xerox,

+FUJITSU LIMITED not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining

+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior

+permission. Fuji Xerox, FUJITSU LIMITED make no representations

+about the suitability of this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJI XEROX, FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH

+REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJI XEROX,

+FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL

+DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA

+OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author   : Kazunori Nishihara	Fuji Xerox

+  Modifier : Takashi Fujiwara   FUJITSU LIMITED

+                                fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include <X11/keysym.h>

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+

+Bool

+_XimLocalFilter(Display *d, Window w, XEvent *ev, XPointer client_data)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)client_data;

+    KeySym	 keysym;

+    static char	 buf[256];

+    DefTree	*b = ic->private.local.base.tree;

+    DTIndex	 t;

+    Bool	 braille = False;

+

+    if(ev->xkey.keycode == 0)

+	return (False);

+

+    XLookupString((XKeyEvent *)ev, buf, sizeof(buf), &keysym, NULL);

+

+    if(IsModifierKey(keysym))

+	return (False);

+

+    if(keysym >= XK_braille_dot_1 && keysym <= XK_braille_dot_8) {

+	if(ev->type == KeyPress) {

+	    ic->private.local.brl_pressed |=

+		1<<(keysym-XK_braille_dot_1);

+	    return(True);

+	} else {

+	    if(!ic->private.local.brl_committing

+		    || ev->xkey.time - ic->private.local.brl_release_start > 300) {

+	    	ic->private.local.brl_committing = ic->private.local.brl_pressed;

+		ic->private.local.brl_release_start = ev->xkey.time;

+	    }

+	    ic->private.local.brl_pressed &= ~(1<<(keysym-XK_braille_dot_1));

+	    if(!ic->private.local.brl_pressed && ic->private.local.brl_committing) {

+		/* Commited a braille pattern, let it go through compose tree */

+		keysym = XK_braille_blank | ic->private.local.brl_committing;

+		ev->type = KeyPress;

+		braille = True;

+	    } else {

+	        return(True);

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    if(   (ev->type != KeyPress)

+       || (((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top == 0 ) )

+	goto emit_braille;

+

+    for(t = ic->private.local.context; t; t = b[t].next) {

+	if(((ev->xkey.state & b[t].modifier_mask) == b[t].modifier) &&

+	   (keysym == b[t].keysym))

+	    break;

+    }

+

+    if(t) { /* Matched */

+	if(b[t].succession) { /* Intermediate */

+	    ic->private.local.context = b[t].succession;

+	    return(True);

+	} else { /* Terminate (reached to leaf) */

+	    ic->private.local.composed = t;

+	    ic->private.local.brl_committed = 0;

+	    /* return back to client KeyPressEvent keycode == 0 */

+	    ev->xkey.keycode = 0;

+	    XPutBackEvent(d, ev);

+	    /* initialize internal state for next key sequence */

+	    ic->private.local.context = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top;

+	    return(True);

+	}

+    } else { /* Unmatched */

+	if(ic->private.local.context == ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top) {

+	    goto emit_braille;

+	}

+	/* Error (Sequence Unmatch occured) */

+	/* initialize internal state for next key sequence */

+	ic->private.local.context = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top;

+	return(True);

+    }

+

+emit_braille:

+    if(braille) {

+	/* Braille pattern is not in compose tree, emit alone */

+	ic->private.local.brl_committed = ic->private.local.brl_committing;

+	ic->private.local.composed = 0;

+	ev->xkey.keycode = 0;

+	_XPutBackEvent(d, ev);

+	return(True);

+    }

+    return(False);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcIc.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcIc.c
index 49338853c..5cdd7d59d 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcIc.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcIc.c
@@ -1,199 +1,199 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-                Copyright 1992,1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED
-not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.
-FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of
-this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-
-Private void
-_XimLocalUnSetFocus(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    Xic  ic = (Xic)xic;
-    ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)NULL;
-
-    if (ic->core.focus_window)
-	_XUnregisterFilter(ic->core.im->core.display,
-			ic->core.focus_window, _XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimLocalDestroyIC(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;
-
-    if(((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic == (XIC)ic) {
-	((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)NULL;
-    }
-    if (ic->core.focus_window)
-	_XUnregisterFilter(ic->core.im->core.display,
-			ic->core.focus_window, _XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);
-    if(ic->private.local.ic_resources) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);
-	ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimLocalSetFocus(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    XIC	 current_ic = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic;
-
-    if (current_ic == (XIC)ic)
-	return;
-
-    if (current_ic != (XIC)NULL) {
-	_XimLocalUnSetFocus(current_ic);
-    }
-    ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)ic;
-
-    if (ic->core.focus_window)
-	_XRegisterFilterByType(ic->core.im->core.display,
-			ic->core.focus_window, KeyPress, KeyRelease,
-			_XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimLocalReset(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    ic->private.local.composed       = 0;
-    ic->private.local.context        = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top;
-    ic->private.local.brl_pressed    = 0;
-    ic->private.local.brl_committing = 0;
-    ic->private.local.brl_committed  = 0;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimLocalMbReset(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    _XimLocalReset(xic);
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private wchar_t *
-_XimLocalWcReset(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    _XimLocalReset(xic);
-    return (wchar_t *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private XICMethodsRec Local_ic_methods = {
-    _XimLocalDestroyIC, 	/* destroy */
-    _XimLocalSetFocus,  	/* set_focus */
-    _XimLocalUnSetFocus,	/* unset_focus */
-    _XimLocalSetICValues,	/* set_values */
-    _XimLocalGetICValues,	/* get_values */
-    _XimLocalMbReset,		/* mb_reset */
-    _XimLocalWcReset,		/* wc_reset */
-    _XimLocalMbReset,		/* utf8_reset */
-    _XimLocalMbLookupString,	/* mb_lookup_string */
-    _XimLocalWcLookupString,	/* wc_lookup_string */
-    _XimLocalUtf8LookupString	/* utf8_lookup_string */
-};
-
-Public XIC
-_XimLocalCreateIC(
-    XIM			 im,
-    XIMArg		*values)
-{
-    Xic			 ic;
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    unsigned int	 num;
-    int			 len;
-
-    if((ic = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XicRec))) == (Xic)NULL) {
-	return ((XIC)NULL);
-    }
-
-    ic->methods = &Local_ic_methods;
-    ic->core.im = im;
-    ic->private.local.base           = ((Xim)im)->private.local.base;
-    ic->private.local.context        = ((Xim)im)->private.local.top;
-    ic->private.local.composed       = 0;
-    ic->private.local.brl_pressed    = 0;
-    ic->private.local.brl_committing = 0;
-    ic->private.local.brl_committed  = 0;
-
-    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;
-    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;
-    if((res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {
-	goto Set_Error;
-    }
-    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, len);
-    ic->private.local.ic_resources     = res;
-    ic->private.local.ic_num_resources = num;
-
-    bzero((char *)&ic_values, sizeof(XimDefICValues));
-    if(_XimCheckLocalInputStyle(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values, values,
-				 im->core.styles, res, num) == False) {
-	goto Set_Error;
-    }
-
-    _XimSetICMode(res, num, ic_values.input_style);
-
-    if(_XimSetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,
-			ic->private.local.ic_resources,
-			ic->private.local.ic_num_resources,
-			values, XIM_CREATEIC, True)) {
-	goto Set_Error;
-    }
-    ic_values.filter_events = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    if(_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,
-				XIM_SETICDEFAULTS, res, num) == False) {
-	goto Set_Error;
-    }
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-
-    return((XIC)ic);
-
-Set_Error :
-    if (ic->private.local.ic_resources) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);
-	ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    Xfree(ic);
-    return((XIC)NULL);
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+                Copyright 1992,1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED

+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific, written prior permission.

+FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of

+this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <X11/Xlib.h>

+#include <X11/Xmd.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+

+Private void

+_XimLocalUnSetFocus(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    Xic  ic = (Xic)xic;

+    ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)NULL;

+

+    if (ic->core.focus_window)

+	_XUnregisterFilter(ic->core.im->core.display,

+			ic->core.focus_window, _XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimLocalDestroyIC(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;

+

+    if(((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic == (XIC)ic) {

+	((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)NULL;

+    }

+    if (ic->core.focus_window)

+	_XUnregisterFilter(ic->core.im->core.display,

+			ic->core.focus_window, _XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);

+    if(ic->private.local.ic_resources) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);

+	ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimLocalSetFocus(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    XIC	 current_ic = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic;

+

+    if (current_ic == (XIC)ic)

+	return;

+

+    if (current_ic != (XIC)NULL) {

+	_XimLocalUnSetFocus(current_ic);

+    }

+    ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)ic;

+

+    if (ic->core.focus_window)

+	_XRegisterFilterByType(ic->core.im->core.display,

+			ic->core.focus_window, KeyPress, KeyRelease,

+			_XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimLocalReset(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    ic->private.local.composed       = 0;

+    ic->private.local.context        = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.top;

+    ic->private.local.brl_pressed    = 0;

+    ic->private.local.brl_committing = 0;

+    ic->private.local.brl_committed  = 0;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimLocalMbReset(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    _XimLocalReset(xic);

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private wchar_t *

+_XimLocalWcReset(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    _XimLocalReset(xic);

+    return (wchar_t *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private XICMethodsRec Local_ic_methods = {

+    _XimLocalDestroyIC, 	/* destroy */

+    _XimLocalSetFocus,  	/* set_focus */

+    _XimLocalUnSetFocus,	/* unset_focus */

+    _XimLocalSetICValues,	/* set_values */

+    _XimLocalGetICValues,	/* get_values */

+    _XimLocalMbReset,		/* mb_reset */

+    _XimLocalWcReset,		/* wc_reset */

+    _XimLocalMbReset,		/* utf8_reset */

+    _XimLocalMbLookupString,	/* mb_lookup_string */

+    _XimLocalWcLookupString,	/* wc_lookup_string */

+    _XimLocalUtf8LookupString	/* utf8_lookup_string */

+};

+

+Public XIC

+_XimLocalCreateIC(

+    XIM			 im,

+    XIMArg		*values)

+{

+    Xic			 ic;

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    unsigned int	 num;

+    int			 len;

+

+    if((ic = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XicRec))) == (Xic)NULL) {

+	return ((XIC)NULL);

+    }

+

+    ic->methods = &Local_ic_methods;

+    ic->core.im = im;

+    ic->private.local.base           = ((Xim)im)->private.local.base;

+    ic->private.local.context        = ((Xim)im)->private.local.top;

+    ic->private.local.composed       = 0;

+    ic->private.local.brl_pressed    = 0;

+    ic->private.local.brl_committing = 0;

+    ic->private.local.brl_committed  = 0;

+

+    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;

+    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;

+    if((res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {

+	goto Set_Error;

+    }

+    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, len);

+    ic->private.local.ic_resources     = res;

+    ic->private.local.ic_num_resources = num;

+

+    bzero((char *)&ic_values, sizeof(XimDefICValues));

+    if(_XimCheckLocalInputStyle(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values, values,

+				 im->core.styles, res, num) == False) {

+	goto Set_Error;

+    }

+

+    _XimSetICMode(res, num, ic_values.input_style);

+

+    if(_XimSetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,

+			ic->private.local.ic_resources,

+			ic->private.local.ic_num_resources,

+			values, XIM_CREATEIC, True)) {

+	goto Set_Error;

+    }

+    ic_values.filter_events = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    if(_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,

+				XIM_SETICDEFAULTS, res, num) == False) {

+	goto Set_Error;

+    }

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+

+    return((XIC)ic);

+

+Set_Error :

+    if (ic->private.local.ic_resources) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);

+	ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    Xfree(ic);

+    return((XIC)NULL);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcIm.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcIm.c
index 904169830..44516e9ee 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcIm.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcIm.c
@@ -1,732 +1,732 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-          Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-          Copyright 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED and
-Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity
-pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written
-prior permission.  FUJITSU LIMITED and Digital Equipment Corporation
-makes no representations about the suitability of this software for
-any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied
-warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION DISCLAIM ALL
-WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
-IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
-THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author:    Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               	  fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-  Modifier:  Franky Ling          Digital Equipment Corporation
-	                          frankyling@hgrd01.enet.dec.com
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "XlcPublic.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-#ifdef COMPOSECACHE
-#  include <sys/types.h>
-#  include <sys/stat.h>
-#  include <sys/mman.h>
-#  include <langinfo.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef COMPOSECACHE
-
-/* include trailing '/' for cache directory, file prefix otherwise */
-#define XIM_GLOBAL_CACHE_DIR "/var/cache/libx11/compose/"
-#define XIM_HOME_CACHE_DIR   "/.compose-cache/"
-#define XIM_CACHE_MAGIC      ('X' | 'i'<<8 | 'm'<<16 | 'C'<<24)
-#define XIM_CACHE_VERSION    4
-#define XIM_CACHE_TREE_ALIGNMENT 4
-
-#define XIM_HASH_PRIME_1 13
-#define XIM_HASH_PRIME_2 1234096939
-
-typedef INT32 DTStructIndex;
-struct _XimCacheStruct {
-    INT32           id;
-    INT32           version;
-    DTStructIndex   tree;
-    DTStructIndex   mb;
-    DTStructIndex   wc;
-    DTStructIndex   utf8;
-    DTStructIndex   size;
-    DTIndex         top;
-    DTIndex         treeused;
-    DTCharIndex     mbused;
-    DTCharIndex     wcused;
-    DTCharIndex     utf8used;
-    char            fname[1];
-    /* char encoding[1] */
-};
-
-Private struct  _XimCacheStruct* _XimCache_mmap = NULL;
-Private DefTreeBase _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase;
-Private int     _XimCachedDefaultTreeRefcount = 0;
-
-#endif
-
-
-Public Bool
-_XimCheckIfLocalProcessing(Xim im)
-{
-    FILE        *fp;
-    char        *name;
-
-    if(strcmp(im->core.im_name, "") == 0) {
-	name = _XlcFileName(im->core.lcd, COMPOSE_FILE);
-	if (name != (char *)NULL) {
-	    fp = _XFopenFile (name, "r");
-	    Xfree(name);
-	    if (fp != (FILE *)NULL) {
-		fclose(fp);
-		return(True);
-	    }
-	}
-	return(False);
-    } else if(strcmp(im->core.im_name, "local") == 0 ||
-	      strcmp(im->core.im_name, "none" ) == 0 ) {
-	return(True);
-    }
-    return(False);
-}
-
-Private void
-XimFreeDefaultTree(
-    DefTreeBase *b)
-{
-    if (!b) return;
-    if (b->tree == NULL) return;
-#ifdef COMPOSECACHE
-    if (b->tree == _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.tree) {
-        _XimCachedDefaultTreeRefcount--;
-        /* No deleting, it's a cache after all. */
-        return;
-    }
-#endif
-    Xfree (b->tree);
-    if (b->mb)    Xfree (b->mb);
-    if (b->wc)    Xfree (b->wc);
-    if (b->utf8)  Xfree (b->utf8);
-    b->tree = NULL;
-    b->mb   = NULL;
-    b->wc   = NULL;
-    b->utf8 = NULL;
-    b->treeused = b->treesize = 0;
-    b->mbused   = b->mbsize   = 0;
-    b->wcused   = b->wcsize   = 0;
-    b->utf8used = b->utf8size = 0;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimLocalIMFree(
-    Xim		im)
-{
-    XimFreeDefaultTree(&im->private.local.base);
-    im->private.local.top = 0;
-
-    if(im->core.im_resources) {
-	Xfree(im->core.im_resources);
-	im->core.im_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    if(im->core.ic_resources) {
-	Xfree(im->core.ic_resources);
-	im->core.ic_resources = NULL;
-    }
-    if(im->core.im_values_list) {
-	Xfree(im->core.im_values_list);
-	im->core.im_values_list = NULL;
-    }
-    if(im->core.ic_values_list) {
-	Xfree(im->core.ic_values_list);
-	im->core.ic_values_list = NULL;
-    }
-    if(im->core.styles) {
-	Xfree(im->core.styles);
-	im->core.styles = NULL;
-    }
-    if(im->core.res_name) {
-	Xfree(im->core.res_name);
-	im->core.res_name = NULL;
-    }
-    if(im->core.res_class) {
-	Xfree(im->core.res_class);
-	im->core.res_class = NULL;
-    }
-    if(im->core.im_name) {
-	Xfree(im->core.im_name);
-	im->core.im_name = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.local.ctom_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ctom_conv);
-        im->private.local.ctom_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.local.ctow_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ctow_conv);
-	im->private.local.ctow_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.local.ctoutf8_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ctoutf8_conv);
-	im->private.local.ctoutf8_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.local.cstomb_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.cstomb_conv);
-        im->private.local.cstomb_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.local.cstowc_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.cstowc_conv);
-	im->private.local.cstowc_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.local.cstoutf8_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.cstoutf8_conv);
-	im->private.local.cstoutf8_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.local.ucstoc_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ucstoc_conv);
-	im->private.local.ucstoc_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (im->private.local.ucstoutf8_conv) {
-	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ucstoutf8_conv);
-	im->private.local.ucstoutf8_conv = NULL;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-Private Status
-_XimLocalCloseIM(
-    XIM		xim)
-{
-    Xim		im = (Xim)xim;
-    XIC		ic;
-    XIC		next;
-
-    ic = im->core.ic_chain;
-    im->core.ic_chain = NULL;
-    while (ic) {
-	(*ic->methods->destroy) (ic);
-	next = ic->core.next;
-	Xfree ((char *) ic);
-	ic = next;
-    }
-    _XimLocalIMFree(im);
-    _XimDestroyIMStructureList(im);
-    return(True);
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimLocalGetIMValues(
-    XIM			 xim,
-    XIMArg		*values)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    return(_XimGetIMValueData(im, (XPointer)&im_values, values,
-			im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources));
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimLocalSetIMValues(
-    XIM			 xim,
-    XIMArg		*values)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-    char		*name = (char *)NULL;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    name = _XimSetIMValueData(im, (XPointer)&im_values, values,
-		im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);
-    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    return(name);
-}
-
-
-#ifdef COMPOSECACHE
-
-Private Bool
-_XimReadCachedDefaultTree(
-    int          fd_cache,
-    const char  *name,
-    const char  *encoding,
-    DTStructIndex size)
-{
-    struct _XimCacheStruct* m;
-    int namelen = strlen (name) + 1;
-    int encodinglen = strlen (encoding) + 1;
-
-    m = mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd_cache, 0);
-    if (m == NULL || m == MAP_FAILED)
-        return False;
-    assert (m->id == XIM_CACHE_MAGIC);
-    assert (m->version == XIM_CACHE_VERSION);
-    if (size != m->size ||
-	size < XOffsetOf (struct _XimCacheStruct, fname) + namelen + encodinglen) {
-	fprintf (stderr, "Ignoring broken XimCache %s [%s]\n", name, encoding);
-        munmap (m, size);
-        return False;
-    }
-    if (strncmp (name, m->fname, namelen) != 0) {
-	/* m->fname may *not* be terminated - but who cares here */
-	fprintf (stderr, "Filename hash clash - expected %s, got %s\n",
-		 name, m->fname);
-        munmap (m, size);
-        return False;
-    }
-    if (strncmp (encoding, m->fname + namelen, encodinglen) != 0) {
-	/* m->fname+namelen may *not* be terminated - but who cares here */
-	fprintf (stderr, "Enoding hash clash - expected %s, got %s\n",
-		 encoding, m->fname + namelen);
-        munmap (m, size);
-        return False;
-    }
-    _XimCache_mmap    = m;
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.tree = (DefTree *) (((char *) m) + m->tree);
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.mb   =             (((char *) m) + m->mb);
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.wc   = (wchar_t *) (((char *) m) + m->wc);
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.utf8 =             (((char *) m) + m->utf8);
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.treeused = m->treeused;
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.mbused   = m->mbused;
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.wcused   = m->wcused;
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.utf8used = m->utf8used;
-    /* treesize etc. is ignored because only used during parsing */
-    _XimCachedDefaultTreeRefcount = 0;
-/* fprintf (stderr, "read cached tree at %p: %s\n", (void *) m, name); */
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private unsigned int strToHash (
-    const char *name)
-{
-    unsigned int hash = 0;
-    while (*name)
-	hash = hash * XIM_HASH_PRIME_1 + *(unsigned const char *)name++;
-    return hash % XIM_HASH_PRIME_2;
-}
-
-
-/* Returns read-only fd of cache file, -1 if none.
- * Sets *res to cache filename if safe. Sets *size to file size of cache. */
-Private int _XimCachedFileName (
-    const char *dir, const char *name,
-    const char *intname, const char *encoding,
-    uid_t uid, int isglobal, char **res, off_t *size)
-{
-    struct stat st_name, st;
-    int    fd;
-    unsigned int len, hash, hash2;
-    struct _XimCacheStruct *m;
-    /* There are some races here with 'dir', but we are either in our own home
-     * or the global cache dir, and not inside some public writable dir */
-/* fprintf (stderr, "XimCachedFileName for dir %s name %s intname %s encoding %s uid %d\n", dir, name, intname, encoding, uid); */
-    if (stat (name, &st_name) == -1 || ! S_ISREG (st_name.st_mode)
-       || stat (dir, &st) == -1 || ! S_ISDIR (st.st_mode) || st.st_uid != uid
-       || (st.st_mode & 0022) != 0000) {
-       *res = NULL;
-       return -1;
-    }
-    len   = strlen (dir);
-    hash  = strToHash (intname);
-    hash2 = strToHash (encoding);
-    *res  = Xmalloc (len + 1 + 27 + 1);  /* Max VERSION 9999 */
-
-    if (len == 0 || dir [len-1] != '/')
-       sprintf (*res, "%s/%c%d_%03x_%08x_%08x", dir, _XimGetMyEndian(),
-		XIM_CACHE_VERSION, (unsigned int)sizeof (DefTree), hash, hash2);
-    else
-       sprintf (*res, "%s%c%d_%03x_%08x_%08x", dir, _XimGetMyEndian(),
-		XIM_CACHE_VERSION, (unsigned int)sizeof (DefTree), hash, hash2);
-
-/* fprintf (stderr, "-> %s\n", *res); */
-    if ( (fd = _XOpenFile (*res, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
-       return -1;
-
-    if (fstat (fd, &st) == -1) {
-       Xfree (*res);
-       *res = NULL;
-       close (fd);
-       return -1;
-    }
-    *size = st.st_size;
-
-    if (! S_ISREG (st.st_mode) || st.st_uid != uid
-       || (st.st_mode & 0022) != 0000 || st.st_mtime <= st_name.st_mtime
-       || (st.st_mtime < time (NULL) - 24*60*60 && ! isglobal)) {
-
-       close (fd);
-       if (unlink (*res) != 0) {
-           Xfree (*res);
-           *res = NULL;                /* cache is not safe */
-       }
-       return -1;
-    }
-
-    m = mmap (NULL, sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct), PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE,
-	      fd, 0);
-    if (m == NULL || m == MAP_FAILED) {
-	close (fd);
-	Xfree (*res);
-	*res = NULL;
-        return -1;
-    }
-    if (*size < sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct) || m->id != XIM_CACHE_MAGIC) {
-	munmap (m, sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct));
-	close (fd);
-	fprintf (stderr, "Ignoring broken XimCache %s\n", *res);
-	Xfree (*res);
-	*res = NULL;
-        return -1;
-    }
-    if (m->version != XIM_CACHE_VERSION) {
-	munmap (m, sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct));
-	close (fd);
-	if (unlink (*res) != 0) {
-	    Xfree (*res);
-	    *res = NULL;                /* cache is not safe */
-	}
-	return -1;
-    }
-    munmap (m, sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct));
-
-    return fd;
-}
-
-
-Private Bool _XimLoadCache (
-    int         fd,
-    const char *name,
-    const char *encoding,
-    off_t       size,
-    Xim         im)
-{
-    if (_XimCache_mmap ||
-       _XimReadCachedDefaultTree (fd, name, encoding, size)) {
-       _XimCachedDefaultTreeRefcount++;
-       memcpy (&im->private.local.base, &_XimCachedDefaultTreeBase,
-	       sizeof (_XimCachedDefaultTreeBase));
-       im->private.local.top = _XimCache_mmap->top;
-       return True;
-    }
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-
-Private void
-_XimWriteCachedDefaultTree(
-    const char *name,
-    const char *encoding,
-    const char *cachename,
-    Xim                im)
-{
-    int   fd;
-    FILE *fp;
-    struct _XimCacheStruct *m;
-    int   msize = (XOffsetOf(struct _XimCacheStruct, fname)
-		   + strlen(name) + strlen(encoding) + 2
-		   + XIM_CACHE_TREE_ALIGNMENT-1) & -XIM_CACHE_TREE_ALIGNMENT;
-    DefTreeBase *b = &im->private.local.base;
-
-    if (! b->tree && ! (b->tree = Xmalloc (sizeof(DefTree))) )
-	return;
-    if (! b->mb   && ! (b->mb   = Xmalloc (1)) )
-	return;
-    if (! b->wc   && ! (b->wc   = Xmalloc (sizeof(wchar_t))) )
-	return;
-    if (! b->utf8 && ! (b->utf8 = Xmalloc (1)) )
-	return;
-
-    /* First entry is always unused */
-    memset (b->tree, 0, sizeof(DefTree));
-    b->mb[0]   = 0;
-    b->wc[0]   = 0;
-    b->utf8[0] = 0;
-
-    m = Xmalloc (msize);
-    memset (m, 0, msize);
-    m->id       = XIM_CACHE_MAGIC;
-    m->version  = XIM_CACHE_VERSION;
-    m->top      = im->private.local.top;
-    m->treeused = b->treeused;
-    m->mbused   = b->mbused;
-    m->wcused   = b->wcused;
-    m->utf8used = b->utf8used;
-    /* Tree first, then wide chars, then the rest due to alignment */
-    m->tree     = msize;
-    m->wc       = msize   + sizeof (DefTree) * m->treeused;
-    m->mb       = m->wc   + sizeof (wchar_t) * m->wcused;
-    m->utf8     = m->mb   +                    m->mbused;
-    m->size     = m->utf8 +                    m->utf8used;
-    strcpy (m->fname, name);
-    strcpy (m->fname+strlen(name)+1, encoding);
-
-    /* This STILL might be racy on NFS */
-    if ( (fd = _XOpenFileMode (cachename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL,
-			       0600)) < 0) {
-       Xfree(m);
-       return;
-    }
-    if (! (fp = fdopen (fd, "wb")) ) {
-       close (fd);
-       Xfree(m);
-       return;
-    }
-    fwrite (m, msize, 1, fp);
-    fwrite (im->private.local.base.tree, sizeof(DefTree), m->treeused, fp);
-    fwrite (im->private.local.base.wc,   sizeof(wchar_t), m->wcused,   fp);
-    fwrite (im->private.local.base.mb,   1,               m->mbused,   fp);
-    fwrite (im->private.local.base.utf8, 1,               m->utf8used, fp);
-    if (fclose (fp) != 0)
-	unlink (cachename);
-    _XimCache_mmap = m;
-    memcpy (&_XimCachedDefaultTreeBase, &im->private.local.base,
-	    sizeof (_XimCachedDefaultTreeBase));
-/* fprintf (stderr, "wrote tree %s size %ld to %s\n", name, m->size, cachename); */
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-Private void
-_XimCreateDefaultTree(
-    Xim		im)
-{
-    FILE *fp = NULL;
-    char *name, *tmpname = NULL, *intname;
-    char *cachename = NULL;
-    /* Should use getpwent() instead of $HOME (cross-platform?) */
-    char *home = getenv("HOME");
-    char *cachedir = NULL;
-    char *tmpcachedir = NULL;
-    int   hl = home ? strlen (home) : 0;
-#ifdef COMPOSECACHE
-    const char *encoding = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
-    uid_t euid = geteuid ();
-    gid_t egid = getegid ();
-    int   cachefd = -1;
-    off_t size;
-#endif
-
-    name = getenv("XCOMPOSEFILE");
-    if (name == (char *) NULL) {
-    	if (home != (char *) NULL) {
-            tmpname = name = Xmalloc(hl + 10 + 1);
-            if (name != (char *) NULL) {
-		int fd;
-            	strcpy(name, home);
-            	strcpy(name + hl, "/.XCompose");
-		if ( (fd = _XOpenFile (name, O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
-		    Xfree (name);
-		    name = tmpname = NULL;
-		} else
-		    close (fd);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (name == (char *) NULL) {
-        tmpname = name = _XlcFileName(im->core.lcd, COMPOSE_FILE);
-    }
-    intname = name;
-
-#ifdef COMPOSECACHE
-    if (getuid () == euid && getgid () == egid && euid != 0) {
-	char *c;
-	/* Usage: XCOMPOSECACHE=<cachedir>[=<filename>]
-	 * cachedir: directory of cache files
-	 * filename: internally used name for cache file */
-        cachedir = getenv("XCOMPOSECACHE");
-	if (cachedir && (c = strchr (cachedir, '='))) {
-	    tmpcachedir = strdup (cachedir);
-	    intname = tmpcachedir + (c-cachedir) + 1;
-	    tmpcachedir[c-cachedir] = '\0';
-	    cachedir = tmpcachedir;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (! cachedir) {
-	cachefd = _XimCachedFileName (XIM_GLOBAL_CACHE_DIR, name, intname,
-				      encoding, 0, 1, &cachename, &size);
-	if (cachefd != -1) {
-	    if (_XimLoadCache (cachefd, intname, encoding, size, im)) {
-		if (tmpcachedir)
-		    Xfree  (tmpcachedir);
-		if (tmpname)
-		    Xfree (tmpname);
-		if (cachename)
-		    Xfree (cachename);
-		close (cachefd);
-		return;
-	    }
-	    close (cachefd);
-	}
-	if (cachename)
-	    Xfree (cachename);
-	cachename = NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (getuid () == euid && getgid () == egid && euid != 0 && home) {
-
-	if (! cachedir) {
-	    tmpcachedir = cachedir = Xmalloc (hl+strlen(XIM_HOME_CACHE_DIR)+1);
-	    strcpy (cachedir, home);
-	    strcat (cachedir, XIM_HOME_CACHE_DIR);
-	}
-	cachefd = _XimCachedFileName (cachedir, name, intname, encoding,
-				      euid, 0, &cachename, &size);
-	if (cachefd != -1) {
-	    if (_XimLoadCache (cachefd, intname, encoding, size, im)) {
-		if (tmpcachedir)
-		    Xfree  (tmpcachedir);
-		if (tmpname)
-		    Xfree (tmpname);
-		if (cachename)
-		    Xfree (cachename);
-		close (cachefd);
-		return;
-	    }
-	    close (cachefd);
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (! (fp = _XFopenFile (name, "r"))) {
-	if (tmpcachedir)
-	    Xfree  (tmpcachedir);
-	if (tmpname)
-	    Xfree (tmpname);
-	if (cachename)
-	    Xfree (cachename);
-        return;
-    }
-    _XimParseStringFile(fp, im);
-    fclose(fp);
-
-#ifdef COMPOSECACHE
-    if (cachename) {
-	assert (euid != 0);
-	_XimWriteCachedDefaultTree (intname, encoding, cachename, im);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (tmpcachedir)
-	Xfree  (tmpcachedir);
-    if (tmpname)
-	Xfree (tmpname);
-    if (cachename)
-	Xfree (cachename);
-}
-
-Private XIMMethodsRec      Xim_im_local_methods = {
-    _XimLocalCloseIM,           /* close */
-    _XimLocalSetIMValues,       /* set_values */
-    _XimLocalGetIMValues,       /* get_values */
-    _XimLocalCreateIC,          /* create_ic */
-    _XimLcctstombs,		/* ctstombs */
-    _XimLcctstowcs,		/* ctstowcs */
-    _XimLcctstoutf8		/* ctstoutf8 */
-};
-
-Public Bool
-_XimLocalOpenIM(
-    Xim			 im)
-{
-    XLCd		 lcd = im->core.lcd;
-    XlcConv		 conv;
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-    XimLocalPrivateRec*  private = &im->private.local;
-
-    _XimInitialResourceInfo();
-    if(_XimSetIMResourceList(&im->core.im_resources,
-		 		&im->core.im_num_resources) == False) {
-	goto Open_Error;
-    }
-    if(_XimSetICResourceList(&im->core.ic_resources,
-				&im->core.ic_num_resources) == False) {
-	goto Open_Error;
-    }
-
-    _XimSetIMMode(im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    if(_XimSetLocalIMDefaults(im, (XPointer)&im_values,
-		im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources) == False) {
-	goto Open_Error;
-    }
-    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))
-	goto Open_Error;
-    private->ctom_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))
-	goto Open_Error;
-    private->ctow_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))
-	goto Open_Error;
-    private->ctoutf8_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))
-	goto Open_Error;
-    private->cstomb_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))
-	goto Open_Error;
-    private->cstowc_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))
-	goto Open_Error;
-    private->cstoutf8_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNUcsChar, lcd, XlcNChar)))
-	goto Open_Error;
-    private->ucstoc_conv = conv;
-
-    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNUcsChar, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))
-	goto Open_Error;
-    private->ucstoutf8_conv = conv;
-
-    private->base.treeused = 1;
-    private->base.mbused   = 1;
-    private->base.wcused   = 1;
-    private->base.utf8used = 1;
-
-    _XimCreateDefaultTree(im);
-
-    im->methods = &Xim_im_local_methods;
-    private->current_ic = (XIC)NULL;
-
-    return(True);
-
-Open_Error :
-    _XimLocalIMFree(im);
-    return(False);
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+          Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+          Copyright 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

+supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED and

+Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity

+pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written

+prior permission.  FUJITSU LIMITED and Digital Equipment Corporation

+makes no representations about the suitability of this software for

+any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied

+warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION DISCLAIM ALL

+WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED

+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR

+ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES

+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER

+IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF

+THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author:    Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               	  fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+  Modifier:  Franky Ling          Digital Equipment Corporation

+	                          frankyling@hgrd01.enet.dec.com

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+

+#include <X11/Xmd.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "XlcPublic.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+#include <ctype.h>

+#include <assert.h>

+

+#ifdef COMPOSECACHE

+#  include <sys/types.h>

+#  include <sys/stat.h>

+#  include <sys/mman.h>

+#  include <langinfo.h>

+#endif

+

+

+#ifdef COMPOSECACHE

+

+/* include trailing '/' for cache directory, file prefix otherwise */

+#define XIM_GLOBAL_CACHE_DIR "/var/cache/libx11/compose/"

+#define XIM_HOME_CACHE_DIR   "/.compose-cache/"

+#define XIM_CACHE_MAGIC      ('X' | 'i'<<8 | 'm'<<16 | 'C'<<24)

+#define XIM_CACHE_VERSION    4

+#define XIM_CACHE_TREE_ALIGNMENT 4

+

+#define XIM_HASH_PRIME_1 13

+#define XIM_HASH_PRIME_2 1234096939

+

+typedef INT32 DTStructIndex;

+struct _XimCacheStruct {

+    INT32           id;

+    INT32           version;

+    DTStructIndex   tree;

+    DTStructIndex   mb;

+    DTStructIndex   wc;

+    DTStructIndex   utf8;

+    DTStructIndex   size;

+    DTIndex         top;

+    DTIndex         treeused;

+    DTCharIndex     mbused;

+    DTCharIndex     wcused;

+    DTCharIndex     utf8used;

+    char            fname[1];

+    /* char encoding[1] */

+};

+

+Private struct  _XimCacheStruct* _XimCache_mmap = NULL;

+Private DefTreeBase _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase;

+Private int     _XimCachedDefaultTreeRefcount = 0;

+

+#endif

+

+

+Public Bool

+_XimCheckIfLocalProcessing(Xim im)

+{

+    FILE        *fp;

+    char        *name;

+

+    if(strcmp(im->core.im_name, "") == 0) {

+	name = _XlcFileName(im->core.lcd, COMPOSE_FILE);

+	if (name != (char *)NULL) {

+	    fp = _XFopenFile (name, "r");

+	    Xfree(name);

+	    if (fp != (FILE *)NULL) {

+		fclose(fp);

+		return(True);

+	    }

+	}

+	return(False);

+    } else if(strcmp(im->core.im_name, "local") == 0 ||

+	      strcmp(im->core.im_name, "none" ) == 0 ) {

+	return(True);

+    }

+    return(False);

+}

+

+Private void

+XimFreeDefaultTree(

+    DefTreeBase *b)

+{

+    if (!b) return;

+    if (b->tree == NULL) return;

+#ifdef COMPOSECACHE

+    if (b->tree == _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.tree) {

+        _XimCachedDefaultTreeRefcount--;

+        /* No deleting, it's a cache after all. */

+        return;

+    }

+#endif

+    Xfree (b->tree);

+    if (b->mb)    Xfree (b->mb);

+    if (b->wc)    Xfree (b->wc);

+    if (b->utf8)  Xfree (b->utf8);

+    b->tree = NULL;

+    b->mb   = NULL;

+    b->wc   = NULL;

+    b->utf8 = NULL;

+    b->treeused = b->treesize = 0;

+    b->mbused   = b->mbsize   = 0;

+    b->wcused   = b->wcsize   = 0;

+    b->utf8used = b->utf8size = 0;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimLocalIMFree(

+    Xim		im)

+{

+    XimFreeDefaultTree(&im->private.local.base);

+    im->private.local.top = 0;

+

+    if(im->core.im_resources) {

+	Xfree(im->core.im_resources);

+	im->core.im_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    if(im->core.ic_resources) {

+	Xfree(im->core.ic_resources);

+	im->core.ic_resources = NULL;

+    }

+    if(im->core.im_values_list) {

+	Xfree(im->core.im_values_list);

+	im->core.im_values_list = NULL;

+    }

+    if(im->core.ic_values_list) {

+	Xfree(im->core.ic_values_list);

+	im->core.ic_values_list = NULL;

+    }

+    if(im->core.styles) {

+	Xfree(im->core.styles);

+	im->core.styles = NULL;

+    }

+    if(im->core.res_name) {

+	Xfree(im->core.res_name);

+	im->core.res_name = NULL;

+    }

+    if(im->core.res_class) {

+	Xfree(im->core.res_class);

+	im->core.res_class = NULL;

+    }

+    if(im->core.im_name) {

+	Xfree(im->core.im_name);

+	im->core.im_name = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.local.ctom_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ctom_conv);

+        im->private.local.ctom_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.local.ctow_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ctow_conv);

+	im->private.local.ctow_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.local.ctoutf8_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ctoutf8_conv);

+	im->private.local.ctoutf8_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.local.cstomb_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.cstomb_conv);

+        im->private.local.cstomb_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.local.cstowc_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.cstowc_conv);

+	im->private.local.cstowc_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.local.cstoutf8_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.cstoutf8_conv);

+	im->private.local.cstoutf8_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.local.ucstoc_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ucstoc_conv);

+	im->private.local.ucstoc_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (im->private.local.ucstoutf8_conv) {

+	_XlcCloseConverter(im->private.local.ucstoutf8_conv);

+	im->private.local.ucstoutf8_conv = NULL;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+Private Status

+_XimLocalCloseIM(

+    XIM		xim)

+{

+    Xim		im = (Xim)xim;

+    XIC		ic;

+    XIC		next;

+

+    ic = im->core.ic_chain;

+    im->core.ic_chain = NULL;

+    while (ic) {

+	(*ic->methods->destroy) (ic);

+	next = ic->core.next;

+	Xfree ((char *) ic);

+	ic = next;

+    }

+    _XimLocalIMFree(im);

+    _XimDestroyIMStructureList(im);

+    return(True);

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimLocalGetIMValues(

+    XIM			 xim,

+    XIMArg		*values)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    return(_XimGetIMValueData(im, (XPointer)&im_values, values,

+			im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources));

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimLocalSetIMValues(

+    XIM			 xim,

+    XIMArg		*values)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)xim;

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+    char		*name = (char *)NULL;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    name = _XimSetIMValueData(im, (XPointer)&im_values, values,

+		im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);

+    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    return(name);

+}

+

+

+#ifdef COMPOSECACHE

+

+Private Bool

+_XimReadCachedDefaultTree(

+    int          fd_cache,

+    const char  *name,

+    const char  *encoding,

+    DTStructIndex size)

+{

+    struct _XimCacheStruct* m;

+    int namelen = strlen (name) + 1;

+    int encodinglen = strlen (encoding) + 1;

+

+    m = mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd_cache, 0);

+    if (m == NULL || m == MAP_FAILED)

+        return False;

+    assert (m->id == XIM_CACHE_MAGIC);

+    assert (m->version == XIM_CACHE_VERSION);

+    if (size != m->size ||

+	size < XOffsetOf (struct _XimCacheStruct, fname) + namelen + encodinglen) {

+	fprintf (stderr, "Ignoring broken XimCache %s [%s]\n", name, encoding);

+        munmap (m, size);

+        return False;

+    }

+    if (strncmp (name, m->fname, namelen) != 0) {

+	/* m->fname may *not* be terminated - but who cares here */

+	fprintf (stderr, "Filename hash clash - expected %s, got %s\n",

+		 name, m->fname);

+        munmap (m, size);

+        return False;

+    }

+    if (strncmp (encoding, m->fname + namelen, encodinglen) != 0) {

+	/* m->fname+namelen may *not* be terminated - but who cares here */

+	fprintf (stderr, "Enoding hash clash - expected %s, got %s\n",

+		 encoding, m->fname + namelen);

+        munmap (m, size);

+        return False;

+    }

+    _XimCache_mmap    = m;

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.tree = (DefTree *) (((char *) m) + m->tree);

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.mb   =             (((char *) m) + m->mb);

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.wc   = (wchar_t *) (((char *) m) + m->wc);

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.utf8 =             (((char *) m) + m->utf8);

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.treeused = m->treeused;

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.mbused   = m->mbused;

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.wcused   = m->wcused;

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeBase.utf8used = m->utf8used;

+    /* treesize etc. is ignored because only used during parsing */

+    _XimCachedDefaultTreeRefcount = 0;

+/* fprintf (stderr, "read cached tree at %p: %s\n", (void *) m, name); */

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private unsigned int strToHash (

+    const char *name)

+{

+    unsigned int hash = 0;

+    while (*name)

+	hash = hash * XIM_HASH_PRIME_1 + *(unsigned const char *)name++;

+    return hash % XIM_HASH_PRIME_2;

+}

+

+

+/* Returns read-only fd of cache file, -1 if none.

+ * Sets *res to cache filename if safe. Sets *size to file size of cache. */

+Private int _XimCachedFileName (

+    const char *dir, const char *name,

+    const char *intname, const char *encoding,

+    uid_t uid, int isglobal, char **res, off_t *size)

+{

+    struct stat st_name, st;

+    int    fd;

+    unsigned int len, hash, hash2;

+    struct _XimCacheStruct *m;

+    /* There are some races here with 'dir', but we are either in our own home

+     * or the global cache dir, and not inside some public writable dir */

+/* fprintf (stderr, "XimCachedFileName for dir %s name %s intname %s encoding %s uid %d\n", dir, name, intname, encoding, uid); */

+    if (stat (name, &st_name) == -1 || ! S_ISREG (st_name.st_mode)

+       || stat (dir, &st) == -1 || ! S_ISDIR (st.st_mode) || st.st_uid != uid

+       || (st.st_mode & 0022) != 0000) {

+       *res = NULL;

+       return -1;

+    }

+    len   = strlen (dir);

+    hash  = strToHash (intname);

+    hash2 = strToHash (encoding);

+    *res  = Xmalloc (len + 1 + 27 + 1);  /* Max VERSION 9999 */

+

+    if (len == 0 || dir [len-1] != '/')

+       sprintf (*res, "%s/%c%d_%03x_%08x_%08x", dir, _XimGetMyEndian(),

+		XIM_CACHE_VERSION, (unsigned int)sizeof (DefTree), hash, hash2);

+    else

+       sprintf (*res, "%s%c%d_%03x_%08x_%08x", dir, _XimGetMyEndian(),

+		XIM_CACHE_VERSION, (unsigned int)sizeof (DefTree), hash, hash2);

+

+/* fprintf (stderr, "-> %s\n", *res); */

+    if ( (fd = _XOpenFile (*res, O_RDONLY)) == -1)

+       return -1;

+

+    if (fstat (fd, &st) == -1) {

+       Xfree (*res);

+       *res = NULL;

+       close (fd);

+       return -1;

+    }

+    *size = st.st_size;

+

+    if (! S_ISREG (st.st_mode) || st.st_uid != uid

+       || (st.st_mode & 0022) != 0000 || st.st_mtime <= st_name.st_mtime

+       || (st.st_mtime < time (NULL) - 24*60*60 && ! isglobal)) {

+

+       close (fd);

+       if (unlink (*res) != 0) {

+           Xfree (*res);

+           *res = NULL;                /* cache is not safe */

+       }

+       return -1;

+    }

+

+    m = mmap (NULL, sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct), PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE,

+	      fd, 0);

+    if (m == NULL || m == MAP_FAILED) {

+	close (fd);

+	Xfree (*res);

+	*res = NULL;

+        return -1;

+    }

+    if (*size < sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct) || m->id != XIM_CACHE_MAGIC) {

+	munmap (m, sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct));

+	close (fd);

+	fprintf (stderr, "Ignoring broken XimCache %s\n", *res);

+	Xfree (*res);

+	*res = NULL;

+        return -1;

+    }

+    if (m->version != XIM_CACHE_VERSION) {

+	munmap (m, sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct));

+	close (fd);

+	if (unlink (*res) != 0) {

+	    Xfree (*res);

+	    *res = NULL;                /* cache is not safe */

+	}

+	return -1;

+    }

+    munmap (m, sizeof (struct _XimCacheStruct));

+

+    return fd;

+}

+

+

+Private Bool _XimLoadCache (

+    int         fd,

+    const char *name,

+    const char *encoding,

+    off_t       size,

+    Xim         im)

+{

+    if (_XimCache_mmap ||

+       _XimReadCachedDefaultTree (fd, name, encoding, size)) {

+       _XimCachedDefaultTreeRefcount++;

+       memcpy (&im->private.local.base, &_XimCachedDefaultTreeBase,

+	       sizeof (_XimCachedDefaultTreeBase));

+       im->private.local.top = _XimCache_mmap->top;

+       return True;

+    }

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+

+Private void

+_XimWriteCachedDefaultTree(

+    const char *name,

+    const char *encoding,

+    const char *cachename,

+    Xim                im)

+{

+    int   fd;

+    FILE *fp;

+    struct _XimCacheStruct *m;

+    int   msize = (XOffsetOf(struct _XimCacheStruct, fname)

+		   + strlen(name) + strlen(encoding) + 2

+		   + XIM_CACHE_TREE_ALIGNMENT-1) & -XIM_CACHE_TREE_ALIGNMENT;

+    DefTreeBase *b = &im->private.local.base;

+

+    if (! b->tree && ! (b->tree = Xmalloc (sizeof(DefTree))) )

+	return;

+    if (! b->mb   && ! (b->mb   = Xmalloc (1)) )

+	return;

+    if (! b->wc   && ! (b->wc   = Xmalloc (sizeof(wchar_t))) )

+	return;

+    if (! b->utf8 && ! (b->utf8 = Xmalloc (1)) )

+	return;

+

+    /* First entry is always unused */

+    memset (b->tree, 0, sizeof(DefTree));

+    b->mb[0]   = 0;

+    b->wc[0]   = 0;

+    b->utf8[0] = 0;

+

+    m = Xmalloc (msize);

+    memset (m, 0, msize);

+    m->id       = XIM_CACHE_MAGIC;

+    m->version  = XIM_CACHE_VERSION;

+    m->top      = im->private.local.top;

+    m->treeused = b->treeused;

+    m->mbused   = b->mbused;

+    m->wcused   = b->wcused;

+    m->utf8used = b->utf8used;

+    /* Tree first, then wide chars, then the rest due to alignment */

+    m->tree     = msize;

+    m->wc       = msize   + sizeof (DefTree) * m->treeused;

+    m->mb       = m->wc   + sizeof (wchar_t) * m->wcused;

+    m->utf8     = m->mb   +                    m->mbused;

+    m->size     = m->utf8 +                    m->utf8used;

+    strcpy (m->fname, name);

+    strcpy (m->fname+strlen(name)+1, encoding);

+

+    /* This STILL might be racy on NFS */

+    if ( (fd = _XOpenFileMode (cachename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL,

+			       0600)) < 0) {

+       Xfree(m);

+       return;

+    }

+    if (! (fp = fdopen (fd, "wb")) ) {

+       close (fd);

+       Xfree(m);

+       return;

+    }

+    fwrite (m, msize, 1, fp);

+    fwrite (im->private.local.base.tree, sizeof(DefTree), m->treeused, fp);

+    fwrite (im->private.local.base.wc,   sizeof(wchar_t), m->wcused,   fp);

+    fwrite (im->private.local.base.mb,   1,               m->mbused,   fp);

+    fwrite (im->private.local.base.utf8, 1,               m->utf8used, fp);

+    if (fclose (fp) != 0)

+	unlink (cachename);

+    _XimCache_mmap = m;

+    memcpy (&_XimCachedDefaultTreeBase, &im->private.local.base,

+	    sizeof (_XimCachedDefaultTreeBase));

+/* fprintf (stderr, "wrote tree %s size %ld to %s\n", name, m->size, cachename); */

+}

+

+#endif

+

+

+Private void

+_XimCreateDefaultTree(

+    Xim		im)

+{

+    FILE *fp = NULL;

+    char *name, *tmpname = NULL, *intname;

+    char *cachename = NULL;

+    /* Should use getpwent() instead of $HOME (cross-platform?) */

+    char *home = getenv("HOME");

+    char *cachedir = NULL;

+    char *tmpcachedir = NULL;

+    int   hl = home ? strlen (home) : 0;

+#ifdef COMPOSECACHE

+    const char *encoding = nl_langinfo (CODESET);

+    uid_t euid = geteuid ();

+    gid_t egid = getegid ();

+    int   cachefd = -1;

+    off_t size;

+#endif

+

+    name = getenv("XCOMPOSEFILE");

+    if (name == (char *) NULL) {

+    	if (home != (char *) NULL) {

+            tmpname = name = Xmalloc(hl + 10 + 1);

+            if (name != (char *) NULL) {

+		int fd;

+            	strcpy(name, home);

+            	strcpy(name + hl, "/.XCompose");

+		if ( (fd = _XOpenFile (name, O_RDONLY)) < 0) {

+		    Xfree (name);

+		    name = tmpname = NULL;

+		} else

+		    close (fd);

+            }

+        }

+    }

+

+    if (name == (char *) NULL) {

+        tmpname = name = _XlcFileName(im->core.lcd, COMPOSE_FILE);

+    }

+    intname = name;

+

+#ifdef COMPOSECACHE

+    if (getuid () == euid && getgid () == egid && euid != 0) {

+	char *c;

+	/* Usage: XCOMPOSECACHE=<cachedir>[=<filename>]

+	 * cachedir: directory of cache files

+	 * filename: internally used name for cache file */

+        cachedir = getenv("XCOMPOSECACHE");

+	if (cachedir && (c = strchr (cachedir, '='))) {

+	    tmpcachedir = strdup (cachedir);

+	    intname = tmpcachedir + (c-cachedir) + 1;

+	    tmpcachedir[c-cachedir] = '\0';

+	    cachedir = tmpcachedir;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (! cachedir) {

+	cachefd = _XimCachedFileName (XIM_GLOBAL_CACHE_DIR, name, intname,

+				      encoding, 0, 1, &cachename, &size);

+	if (cachefd != -1) {

+	    if (_XimLoadCache (cachefd, intname, encoding, size, im)) {

+		if (tmpcachedir)

+		    Xfree  (tmpcachedir);

+		if (tmpname)

+		    Xfree (tmpname);

+		if (cachename)

+		    Xfree (cachename);

+		close (cachefd);

+		return;

+	    }

+	    close (cachefd);

+	}

+	if (cachename)

+	    Xfree (cachename);

+	cachename = NULL;

+    }

+

+    if (getuid () == euid && getgid () == egid && euid != 0 && home) {

+

+	if (! cachedir) {

+	    tmpcachedir = cachedir = Xmalloc (hl+strlen(XIM_HOME_CACHE_DIR)+1);

+	    strcpy (cachedir, home);

+	    strcat (cachedir, XIM_HOME_CACHE_DIR);

+	}

+	cachefd = _XimCachedFileName (cachedir, name, intname, encoding,

+				      euid, 0, &cachename, &size);

+	if (cachefd != -1) {

+	    if (_XimLoadCache (cachefd, intname, encoding, size, im)) {

+		if (tmpcachedir)

+		    Xfree  (tmpcachedir);

+		if (tmpname)

+		    Xfree (tmpname);

+		if (cachename)

+		    Xfree (cachename);

+		close (cachefd);

+		return;

+	    }

+	    close (cachefd);

+	}

+    }

+#endif

+

+    if (! (fp = _XFopenFile (name, "r"))) {

+	if (tmpcachedir)

+	    Xfree  (tmpcachedir);

+	if (tmpname)

+	    Xfree (tmpname);

+	if (cachename)

+	    Xfree (cachename);

+        return;

+    }

+    _XimParseStringFile(fp, im);

+    fclose(fp);

+

+#ifdef COMPOSECACHE

+    if (cachename) {

+	assert (euid != 0);

+	_XimWriteCachedDefaultTree (intname, encoding, cachename, im);

+    }

+#endif

+

+    if (tmpcachedir)

+	Xfree  (tmpcachedir);

+    if (tmpname)

+	Xfree (tmpname);

+    if (cachename)

+	Xfree (cachename);

+}

+

+Private XIMMethodsRec      Xim_im_local_methods = {

+    _XimLocalCloseIM,           /* close */

+    _XimLocalSetIMValues,       /* set_values */

+    _XimLocalGetIMValues,       /* get_values */

+    _XimLocalCreateIC,          /* create_ic */

+    _XimLcctstombs,		/* ctstombs */

+    _XimLcctstowcs,		/* ctstowcs */

+    _XimLcctstoutf8		/* ctstoutf8 */

+};

+

+Public Bool

+_XimLocalOpenIM(

+    Xim			 im)

+{

+    XLCd		 lcd = im->core.lcd;

+    XlcConv		 conv;

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+    XimLocalPrivateRec*  private = &im->private.local;

+

+    _XimInitialResourceInfo();

+    if(_XimSetIMResourceList(&im->core.im_resources,

+		 		&im->core.im_num_resources) == False) {

+	goto Open_Error;

+    }

+    if(_XimSetICResourceList(&im->core.ic_resources,

+				&im->core.ic_num_resources) == False) {

+	goto Open_Error;

+    }

+

+    _XimSetIMMode(im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources);

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    if(_XimSetLocalIMDefaults(im, (XPointer)&im_values,

+		im->core.im_resources, im->core.im_num_resources) == False) {

+	goto Open_Error;

+    }

+    _XimSetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))

+	goto Open_Error;

+    private->ctom_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))

+	goto Open_Error;

+    private->ctow_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))

+	goto Open_Error;

+    private->ctoutf8_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNMultiByte)))

+	goto Open_Error;

+    private->cstomb_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNWideChar)))

+	goto Open_Error;

+    private->cstowc_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))

+	goto Open_Error;

+    private->cstoutf8_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNUcsChar, lcd, XlcNChar)))

+	goto Open_Error;

+    private->ucstoc_conv = conv;

+

+    if (!(conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,	XlcNUcsChar, lcd, XlcNUtf8String)))

+	goto Open_Error;

+    private->ucstoutf8_conv = conv;

+

+    private->base.treeused = 1;

+    private->base.mbused   = 1;

+    private->base.wcused   = 1;

+    private->base.utf8used = 1;

+

+    _XimCreateDefaultTree(im);

+

+    im->methods = &Xim_im_local_methods;

+    private->current_ic = (XIC)NULL;

+

+    return(True);

+

+Open_Error :

+    _XimLocalIMFree(im);

+    return(False);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcLkup.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcLkup.c
index 8e4111a6a..c62a9106c 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcLkup.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imLcLkup.c
@@ -1,417 +1,417 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-              Copyright 1992 by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
-              Copyright 1992, 1994  by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of Fuji Xerox,
-FUJITSU LIMITED not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
-to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission.  Fuji Xerox, FUJITSU LIMITED  make no representations
-about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJI XEROX, FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH
-REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJI XEROX,
-FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA
-OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
-TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Kazunori Nishihara   Fuji Xerox
-          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/keysym.h>
-#include <X11/Xutil.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-
-Public int
-_XimLocalMbLookupString(XIC xic, XKeyEvent *ev, char *buffer, int bytes,
-			KeySym *keysym, Status *status)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    int		 ret;
-    DefTree	*b  = ic->private.local.base.tree;
-    char	*mb = ic->private.local.base.mb;
-
-    if(ev->type != KeyPress) {
-	if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-	return(0);
-    }
-    if(ev->keycode == 0 &&
-	   (  (ic->private.local.composed != 0)
-	    ||(ic->private.local.brl_committed != 0))) {
-	if (ic->private.local.brl_committed != 0) { /* Braille Event */
-	    unsigned char pattern = ic->private.local.brl_committed;
-	    char mb[XLC_PUBLIC(ic->core.im->core.lcd, mb_cur_max)];
-	    ret = _Xlcwctomb(ic->core.im->core.lcd, mb, BRL_UC_ROW | pattern);
-	    if(ret > bytes) {
-		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-		return(ret);
-	    }
-	    if(keysym) *keysym = XK_braille_blank | pattern;
-	    if(ret > 0) {
-		if (keysym) {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-		} else {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-		}
-		memcpy(buffer, mb, ret);
-	    } else {
-		if(keysym) {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;
-		} else {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else { /* Composed Event */
-	    ret = strlen(&mb[b[ic->private.local.composed].mb]);
-	    if(ret > bytes) {
-		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-		return(ret);
-	    }
-	    memcpy(buffer, &mb[b[ic->private.local.composed].mb], ret);
-	    if(keysym) *keysym = b[ic->private.local.composed].ks;
-	    if (ret > 0) {
-		if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-		} else {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;
-		} else {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	return (ret);
-    } else { /* Throughed Event */
-	ret = _XimLookupMBText(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);
-	if(ret > 0) {
-	    if (ret > bytes) {
-		if (status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-	    } else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-	    } else {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;
-	    } else {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return (ret);
-}
-
-Public int
-_XimLocalWcLookupString(XIC xic, XKeyEvent *ev, wchar_t *buffer, int wlen,
-			KeySym *keysym, Status *status)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    int		 ret;
-    DefTree	*b  = ic->private.local.base.tree;
-    wchar_t	*wc = ic->private.local.base.wc;
-
-    if(ev->type != KeyPress) {
-	if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-	return(0);
-    }
-    if(ev->keycode == 0) {
-	if (ic->private.local.brl_committed != 0) { /* Braille Event */
-	    unsigned char pattern = ic->private.local.brl_committed;
-	    ret = 1;
-	    if (ret > wlen) {
-		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-		return (ret);
-	    }
-	    *buffer = BRL_UC_ROW | pattern;
-	    if(keysym) {
-		*keysym = XK_braille_blank | pattern;
-		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-	    } else
-		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-	} else { /* Composed Event */
-	    ret = _Xwcslen(&wc[b[ic->private.local.composed].wc]);
-	    if(ret > wlen) {
-		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-		return (ret);
-	    }
-	    memcpy((char *)buffer, (char *)&wc[b[ic->private.local.composed].wc],
-		   ret * sizeof(wchar_t));
-	    if(keysym) *keysym = b[ic->private.local.composed].ks;
-	    if (ret > 0) {
-		if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-		} else {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;
-		} else {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	return (ret);
-    } else { /* Throughed Event */
-	ret = _XimLookupWCText(ic, ev, buffer, wlen, keysym, NULL);
-	if(ret > 0) {
-	    if (ret > wlen) {
-		if (status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-	    } else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-	    } else {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;
-	    } else {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return (ret);
-}
-
-Public int
-_XimLocalUtf8LookupString(XIC xic, XKeyEvent *ev, char *buffer, int bytes,
-			  KeySym *keysym, Status *status)
-{
-    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    int		 ret;
-    DefTree	*b    = ic->private.local.base.tree;
-    char	*utf8 = ic->private.local.base.utf8;
-
-    if(ev->type != KeyPress) {
-	if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-	return(0);
-    }
-    if(ev->keycode == 0) {
-	if (ic->private.local.brl_committed != 0) { /* Braille Event */
-	    unsigned char pattern = ic->private.local.brl_committed;
-	    ret = 3;
-	    if (ret > bytes) {
-		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-		return (ret);
-	    }
-	    buffer[0] = 0xe0 | ((BRL_UC_ROW >> 12) & 0x0f);
-	    buffer[1] = 0x80 | ((BRL_UC_ROW >> 8) & 0x30) | (pattern >> 6);
-	    buffer[2] = 0x80 | (pattern & 0x3f);
-	    if(keysym) {
-		*keysym = XK_braille_blank | pattern;
-		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-	    } else
-		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-	} else { /* Composed Event */
-	    ret = strlen(&utf8[b[ic->private.local.composed].utf8]);
-	    if(ret > bytes) {
-		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-		return (ret);
-	    }
-	    memcpy(buffer, &utf8[b[ic->private.local.composed].utf8], ret);
-	    if(keysym) *keysym = b[ic->private.local.composed].ks;
-	    if (ret > 0) {
-		if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-		} else {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;
-		} else {
-		    if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	return (ret);
-    } else { /* Throughed Event */
-	ret = _XimLookupUTF8Text(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);
-	if(ret > 0) {
-	    if (ret > bytes) {
-		if (status) *status = XBufferOverflow;
-	    } else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;
-	    } else {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;
-	    } else {
-		if(status) *status = XLookupNone;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return (ret);
-}
-
-Private int
-_XimLcctsconvert(
-    XlcConv	 conv,
-    char	*from,
-    int		 from_len,
-    char	*to,
-    int		 to_len,
-    Status	*state)
-{
-    int		 from_left;
-    int		 to_left;
-    int		 from_savelen;
-    int		 to_savelen;
-    int		 from_cnvlen;
-    int		 to_cnvlen;
-    char	*from_buf;
-    char	*to_buf;
-    char	 scratchbuf[BUFSIZ];
-    Status	 tmp_state;
-
-    if (!state)
-	state = &tmp_state;
-
-    if (!conv || !from || !from_len) {
-	*state = XLookupNone;
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the converter.  The CompoundText at 'from' starts in
-       initial state.  */
-    _XlcResetConverter(conv);
-
-    from_left = from_len;
-    to_left = BUFSIZ;
-    from_cnvlen = 0;
-    to_cnvlen = 0;
-    for (;;) {
-	from_buf = &from[from_cnvlen];
-	from_savelen = from_left;
-	to_buf = &scratchbuf[to_cnvlen];
-	to_savelen = to_left;
-	if (_XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *)&from_buf, &from_left,
-				 (XPointer *)&to_buf, &to_left, NULL, 0) < 0) {
-	    *state = XLookupNone;
-	    return 0;
-	}
-	from_cnvlen += (from_savelen - from_left);
-	to_cnvlen += (to_savelen - to_left);
-	if (from_left == 0) {
-	    if (!to_cnvlen) {
-		*state = XLookupNone;
-		return 0;
-           }
-	   break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!to || !to_len || (to_len < to_cnvlen)) {
-       *state = XBufferOverflow;
-    } else {
-       memcpy(to, scratchbuf, to_cnvlen);
-       *state = XLookupChars;
-    }
-    return to_cnvlen;
-}
-
-Public int
-_XimLcctstombs(XIM xim, char *from, int from_len,
-	       char *to, int to_len, Status *state)
-{
-    return _XimLcctsconvert(((Xim)xim)->private.local.ctom_conv,
-			    from, from_len, to, to_len, state);
-}
-
-Public int
-_XimLcctstowcs(XIM xim, char *from, int from_len,
-	       wchar_t *to, int to_len, Status *state)
-{
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;
-    XlcConv	 conv = im->private.local.ctow_conv;
-    int		 from_left;
-    int		 to_left;
-    int		 from_savelen;
-    int		 to_savelen;
-    int		 from_cnvlen;
-    int		 to_cnvlen;
-    char	*from_buf;
-    wchar_t	*to_buf;
-    wchar_t	 scratchbuf[BUFSIZ];
-    Status	 tmp_state;
-
-    if (!state)
-	state = &tmp_state;
-
-    if (!conv || !from || !from_len) {
-	*state = XLookupNone;
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the converter.  The CompoundText at 'from' starts in
-       initial state.  */
-    _XlcResetConverter(conv);
-
-    from_left = from_len;
-    to_left = BUFSIZ;
-    from_cnvlen = 0;
-    to_cnvlen = 0;
-    for (;;) {
-	from_buf = &from[from_cnvlen];
-       from_savelen = from_left;
-       to_buf = &scratchbuf[to_cnvlen];
-       to_savelen = to_left;
-	if (_XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *)&from_buf, &from_left,
-				 (XPointer *)&to_buf, &to_left, NULL, 0) < 0) {
-	    *state = XLookupNone;
-	    return 0;
-	}
-	from_cnvlen += (from_savelen - from_left);
-       to_cnvlen += (to_savelen - to_left);
-	if (from_left == 0) {
-           if (!to_cnvlen){
-		*state = XLookupNone;
-               return 0;
-           }
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!to || !to_len || (to_len < to_cnvlen)) {
-       *state = XBufferOverflow;
-    } else {
-       memcpy(to, scratchbuf, to_cnvlen * sizeof(wchar_t));
-       *state = XLookupChars;
-    }
-    return to_cnvlen;
-}
-
-Public int
-_XimLcctstoutf8(XIM xim, char *from, int from_len,
-		char *to, int to_len, Status *state)
-{
-    return _XimLcctsconvert(((Xim)xim)->private.local.ctoutf8_conv,
-			    from, from_len, to, to_len, state);
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+              Copyright 1992 by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.

+              Copyright 1992, 1994  by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of Fuji Xerox,

+FUJITSU LIMITED not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining

+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior

+permission.  Fuji Xerox, FUJITSU LIMITED  make no representations

+about the suitability of this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJI XEROX, FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH

+REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJI XEROX,

+FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL

+DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA

+OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Kazunori Nishihara   Fuji Xerox

+          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include <X11/Xlib.h>

+#include <X11/keysym.h>

+#include <X11/Xutil.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+

+Public int

+_XimLocalMbLookupString(XIC xic, XKeyEvent *ev, char *buffer, int bytes,

+			KeySym *keysym, Status *status)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    int		 ret;

+    DefTree	*b  = ic->private.local.base.tree;

+    char	*mb = ic->private.local.base.mb;

+

+    if(ev->type != KeyPress) {

+	if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+	return(0);

+    }

+    if(ev->keycode == 0 &&

+	   (  (ic->private.local.composed != 0)

+	    ||(ic->private.local.brl_committed != 0))) {

+	if (ic->private.local.brl_committed != 0) { /* Braille Event */

+	    unsigned char pattern = ic->private.local.brl_committed;

+	    char *mb=alloca(XLC_PUBLIC(ic->core.im->core.lcd, mb_cur_max));

+	    ret = _Xlcwctomb(ic->core.im->core.lcd, mb, BRL_UC_ROW | pattern);

+	    if(ret > bytes) {

+		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+		return(ret);

+	    }

+	    if(keysym) *keysym = XK_braille_blank | pattern;

+	    if(ret > 0) {

+		if (keysym) {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+		} else {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+		}

+		memcpy(buffer, mb, ret);

+	    } else {

+		if(keysym) {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;

+		} else {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else { /* Composed Event */

+	    ret = strlen(&mb[b[ic->private.local.composed].mb]);

+	    if(ret > bytes) {

+		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+		return(ret);

+	    }

+	    memcpy(buffer, &mb[b[ic->private.local.composed].mb], ret);

+	    if(keysym) *keysym = b[ic->private.local.composed].ks;

+	    if (ret > 0) {

+		if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+		} else {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+		}

+	    } else {

+		if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;

+		} else {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+	return (ret);

+    } else { /* Throughed Event */

+	ret = _XimLookupMBText(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);

+	if(ret > 0) {

+	    if (ret > bytes) {

+		if (status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+	    } else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+	    } else {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;

+	    } else {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return (ret);

+}

+

+Public int

+_XimLocalWcLookupString(XIC xic, XKeyEvent *ev, wchar_t *buffer, int wlen,

+			KeySym *keysym, Status *status)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    int		 ret;

+    DefTree	*b  = ic->private.local.base.tree;

+    wchar_t	*wc = ic->private.local.base.wc;

+

+    if(ev->type != KeyPress) {

+	if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+	return(0);

+    }

+    if(ev->keycode == 0) {

+	if (ic->private.local.brl_committed != 0) { /* Braille Event */

+	    unsigned char pattern = ic->private.local.brl_committed;

+	    ret = 1;

+	    if (ret > wlen) {

+		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+		return (ret);

+	    }

+	    *buffer = BRL_UC_ROW | pattern;

+	    if(keysym) {

+		*keysym = XK_braille_blank | pattern;

+		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+	    } else

+		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+	} else { /* Composed Event */

+	    ret = _Xwcslen(&wc[b[ic->private.local.composed].wc]);

+	    if(ret > wlen) {

+		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+		return (ret);

+	    }

+	    memcpy((char *)buffer, (char *)&wc[b[ic->private.local.composed].wc],

+		   ret * sizeof(wchar_t));

+	    if(keysym) *keysym = b[ic->private.local.composed].ks;

+	    if (ret > 0) {

+		if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+		} else {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+		}

+	    } else {

+		if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;

+		} else {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+	return (ret);

+    } else { /* Throughed Event */

+	ret = _XimLookupWCText(ic, ev, buffer, wlen, keysym, NULL);

+	if(ret > 0) {

+	    if (ret > wlen) {

+		if (status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+	    } else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+	    } else {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;

+	    } else {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return (ret);

+}

+

+Public int

+_XimLocalUtf8LookupString(XIC xic, XKeyEvent *ev, char *buffer, int bytes,

+			  KeySym *keysym, Status *status)

+{

+    Xic		 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    int		 ret;

+    DefTree	*b    = ic->private.local.base.tree;

+    char	*utf8 = ic->private.local.base.utf8;

+

+    if(ev->type != KeyPress) {

+	if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+	return(0);

+    }

+    if(ev->keycode == 0) {

+	if (ic->private.local.brl_committed != 0) { /* Braille Event */

+	    unsigned char pattern = ic->private.local.brl_committed;

+	    ret = 3;

+	    if (ret > bytes) {

+		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+		return (ret);

+	    }

+	    buffer[0] = 0xe0 | ((BRL_UC_ROW >> 12) & 0x0f);

+	    buffer[1] = 0x80 | ((BRL_UC_ROW >> 8) & 0x30) | (pattern >> 6);

+	    buffer[2] = 0x80 | (pattern & 0x3f);

+	    if(keysym) {

+		*keysym = XK_braille_blank | pattern;

+		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+	    } else

+		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+	} else { /* Composed Event */

+	    ret = strlen(&utf8[b[ic->private.local.composed].utf8]);

+	    if(ret > bytes) {

+		if(status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+		return (ret);

+	    }

+	    memcpy(buffer, &utf8[b[ic->private.local.composed].utf8], ret);

+	    if(keysym) *keysym = b[ic->private.local.composed].ks;

+	    if (ret > 0) {

+		if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+		} else {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+		}

+	    } else {

+		if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;

+		} else {

+		    if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+	return (ret);

+    } else { /* Throughed Event */

+	ret = _XimLookupUTF8Text(ic, ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, NULL);

+	if(ret > 0) {

+	    if (ret > bytes) {

+		if (status) *status = XBufferOverflow;

+	    } else if (keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupBoth;

+	    } else {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupChars;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    if(keysym && *keysym != NoSymbol) {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupKeySym;

+	    } else {

+		if(status) *status = XLookupNone;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return (ret);

+}

+

+Private int

+_XimLcctsconvert(

+    XlcConv	 conv,

+    char	*from,

+    int		 from_len,

+    char	*to,

+    int		 to_len,

+    Status	*state)

+{

+    int		 from_left;

+    int		 to_left;

+    int		 from_savelen;

+    int		 to_savelen;

+    int		 from_cnvlen;

+    int		 to_cnvlen;

+    char	*from_buf;

+    char	*to_buf;

+    char	 scratchbuf[BUFSIZ];

+    Status	 tmp_state;

+

+    if (!state)

+	state = &tmp_state;

+

+    if (!conv || !from || !from_len) {

+	*state = XLookupNone;

+	return 0;

+    }

+

+    /* Reset the converter.  The CompoundText at 'from' starts in

+       initial state.  */

+    _XlcResetConverter(conv);

+

+    from_left = from_len;

+    to_left = BUFSIZ;

+    from_cnvlen = 0;

+    to_cnvlen = 0;

+    for (;;) {

+	from_buf = &from[from_cnvlen];

+	from_savelen = from_left;

+	to_buf = &scratchbuf[to_cnvlen];

+	to_savelen = to_left;

+	if (_XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *)&from_buf, &from_left,

+				 (XPointer *)&to_buf, &to_left, NULL, 0) < 0) {

+	    *state = XLookupNone;

+	    return 0;

+	}

+	from_cnvlen += (from_savelen - from_left);

+	to_cnvlen += (to_savelen - to_left);

+	if (from_left == 0) {

+	    if (!to_cnvlen) {

+		*state = XLookupNone;

+		return 0;

+           }

+	   break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!to || !to_len || (to_len < to_cnvlen)) {

+       *state = XBufferOverflow;

+    } else {

+       memcpy(to, scratchbuf, to_cnvlen);

+       *state = XLookupChars;

+    }

+    return to_cnvlen;

+}

+

+Public int

+_XimLcctstombs(XIM xim, char *from, int from_len,

+	       char *to, int to_len, Status *state)

+{

+    return _XimLcctsconvert(((Xim)xim)->private.local.ctom_conv,

+			    from, from_len, to, to_len, state);

+}

+

+Public int

+_XimLcctstowcs(XIM xim, char *from, int from_len,

+	       wchar_t *to, int to_len, Status *state)

+{

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;

+    XlcConv	 conv = im->private.local.ctow_conv;

+    int		 from_left;

+    int		 to_left;

+    int		 from_savelen;

+    int		 to_savelen;

+    int		 from_cnvlen;

+    int		 to_cnvlen;

+    char	*from_buf;

+    wchar_t	*to_buf;

+    wchar_t	 scratchbuf[BUFSIZ];

+    Status	 tmp_state;

+

+    if (!state)

+	state = &tmp_state;

+

+    if (!conv || !from || !from_len) {

+	*state = XLookupNone;

+	return 0;

+    }

+

+    /* Reset the converter.  The CompoundText at 'from' starts in

+       initial state.  */

+    _XlcResetConverter(conv);

+

+    from_left = from_len;

+    to_left = BUFSIZ;

+    from_cnvlen = 0;

+    to_cnvlen = 0;

+    for (;;) {

+	from_buf = &from[from_cnvlen];

+       from_savelen = from_left;

+       to_buf = &scratchbuf[to_cnvlen];

+       to_savelen = to_left;

+	if (_XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *)&from_buf, &from_left,

+				 (XPointer *)&to_buf, &to_left, NULL, 0) < 0) {

+	    *state = XLookupNone;

+	    return 0;

+	}

+	from_cnvlen += (from_savelen - from_left);

+       to_cnvlen += (to_savelen - to_left);

+	if (from_left == 0) {

+           if (!to_cnvlen){

+		*state = XLookupNone;

+               return 0;

+           }

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!to || !to_len || (to_len < to_cnvlen)) {

+       *state = XBufferOverflow;

+    } else {

+       memcpy(to, scratchbuf, to_cnvlen * sizeof(wchar_t));

+       *state = XLookupChars;

+    }

+    return to_cnvlen;

+}

+

+Public int

+_XimLcctstoutf8(XIM xim, char *from, int from_len,

+		char *to, int to_len, Status *state)

+{

+    return _XimLcctsconvert(((Xim)xim)->private.local.ctoutf8_conv,

+			    from, from_len, to, to_len, state);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imRm.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imRm.c
index da1207ca1..ae35272fa 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imRm.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imRm.c
@@ -1,3196 +1,3197 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-	  Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992,1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-	  Copyright 1994                        by Sony Corporation
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED
-and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity
-pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-written prior permission. FUJITSU LIMITED and Sony Corporation make
-no representations about the suitability of this software for any
-purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH
-REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED AND
-SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
-PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
-TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-			       fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-  Modifier: Makoto Wakamatsu   Sony Corporation
-			       makoto@sm.sony.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-#include "Xresource.h"
-
-#define GET_NAME(x) name_table + x.name_offset
-
-typedef struct _XimValueOffsetInfo {
-    unsigned short name_offset;
-    XrmQuark		 quark;
-    unsigned int	 offset;
-    Bool		 (*defaults)(
-	struct _XimValueOffsetInfo *, XPointer, XPointer, unsigned long
-			 );
-    Bool		 (*encode)(
-	struct _XimValueOffsetInfo *, XPointer, XPointer
-			 );
-    Bool		 (*decode)(
-	struct _XimValueOffsetInfo *, XPointer, XPointer
-			 );
-} XimValueOffsetInfoRec, *XimValueOffsetInfo;
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckBool(str)
-    char	*str;
-{
-    if(!strcmp(str, "True") || !strcmp(str, "true") ||
-       !strcmp(str, "Yes")  || !strcmp(str, "yes")  ||
-       !strcmp(str, "ON")   || !strcmp(str, "on"))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimSetProtoResource(im)
-    Xim		 im;
-{
-    char	res_name_buf[256];
-    char*	res_name;
-    char	res_class_buf[256];
-    char*	res_class;
-    char*	str_type;
-    XrmValue	value;
-    XIMStyle	preedit_style = 0;
-    XIMStyle	status_style = 0;
-    XIMStyles*	imstyles;
-    char*	dotximdot = ".xim.";
-    char*	ximdot = "xim.";
-    char*	dotXimdot = ".Xim.";
-    char*	Ximdot = "Xim.";
-
-    if (!im->core.rdb)
-	return;
-
-    if (strlen (im->core.res_name) < 200) res_name = res_name_buf;
-    else res_name = Xmalloc (strlen (im->core.res_name) + 50);
-    if (strlen (im->core.res_class) < 200) res_class = res_class_buf;
-    else res_class = Xmalloc (strlen (im->core.res_class) + 50);
-    /* pretend malloc always works */
-
-    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,
-	"useAuth");
-    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,
-	"UseAuth");
-    bzero(&value, sizeof(XrmValue));
-    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {
-	if(_XimCheckBool(value.addr)) {
-	    MARK_USE_AUTHORIZATION_FUNC(im);
-	}
-    }
-
-    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,
-	"delaybinding");
-    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,
-	"Delaybinding");
-    bzero(&value, sizeof(XrmValue));
-    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {
-	if(_XimCheckBool(value.addr)) {
-	    MARK_DELAYBINDABLE(im);
-	}
-    }
-
-    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,
-	"reconnect");
-    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,
-	"Reconnect");
-    bzero(&value, sizeof(XrmValue));
-    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {
-	if(_XimCheckBool(value.addr)) {
-	    MARK_RECONNECTABLE(im);
-	}
-    }
-
-    if(!IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {
-	if (res_name != res_name_buf) Xfree (res_name);
-	if (res_class != res_class_buf) Xfree (res_class);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,
-	"preeditDefaultStyle");
-    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,
-	"PreeditDefaultStyle");
-    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {
-	if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditArea"))
-	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditArea;
-	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditCallbacks"))
-	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditCallbacks;
-	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditPosition"))
-	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditPosition;
-	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditNothing"))
-	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditNothing;
-	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditNone"))
-	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditNone;
-    }
-    if(!preedit_style)
-	preedit_style = XIMPreeditNothing;
-
-    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",
-	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,
-	"statusDefaultStyle");
-    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",
-	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,
-	"StatusDefaultStyle");
-    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {
-	if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMStatusArea"))
-	    status_style = XIMStatusArea;
-	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMStatusCallbacks"))
-	    status_style = XIMStatusCallbacks;
-	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMStatusNothing"))
-	    status_style = XIMStatusNothing;
-	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMStatusNone"))
-	    status_style = XIMStatusNone;
-    }
-    if(!status_style)
-	status_style = XIMStatusNothing;
-
-    if(!(imstyles = (XIMStyles *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMStyles) + sizeof(XIMStyle)))){
-	if (res_name != res_name_buf) Xfree (res_name);
-	if (res_class != res_class_buf) Xfree (res_class);
-	return;
-    }
-    imstyles->count_styles = 1;
-    imstyles->supported_styles =
-			(XIMStyle *)((char *)imstyles + sizeof(XIMStyles));
-    imstyles->supported_styles[0] = preedit_style | status_style;
-    im->private.proto.default_styles = imstyles;
-    if (res_name != res_name_buf) Xfree (res_name);
-    if (res_class != res_class_buf) Xfree (res_class);
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-static const char name_table[] =
-    /*   0 */ XNQueryInputStyle"\0"
-    /*  16 */ XNClientWindow"\0"
-    /*  29 */ XNInputStyle"\0"
-    /*  40 */ XNFocusWindow"\0"
-    /*  52 */ XNResourceName"\0"
-    /*  65 */ XNResourceClass"\0"
-    /*  79 */ XNGeometryCallback"\0"
-    /*  96 */ XNDestroyCallback"\0"
-    /* 112 */ XNFilterEvents"\0"
-    /* 125 */ XNPreeditStartCallback"\0"
-    /* 146 */ XNPreeditDoneCallback"\0"
-    /* 166 */ XNPreeditDrawCallback"\0"
-    /* 186 */ XNPreeditCaretCallback"\0"
-    /* 207 */ XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback"\0"
-    /* 234 */ XNPreeditAttributes"\0"
-    /* 252 */ XNStatusStartCallback"\0"
-    /* 272 */ XNStatusDoneCallback"\0"
-    /* 291 */ XNStatusDrawCallback"\0"
-    /* 310 */ XNStatusAttributes"\0"
-    /* 327 */ XNArea"\0"
-    /* 332 */ XNAreaNeeded"\0"
-    /* 343 */ XNSpotLocation"\0"
-    /* 356 */ XNColormap"\0"
-    /* 365 */ XNStdColormap"\0"
-    /* 377 */ XNForeground"\0"
-    /* 388 */ XNBackground"\0"
-    /* 399 */ XNBackgroundPixmap"\0"
-    /* 416 */ XNFontSet"\0"
-    /* 424 */ XNLineSpace"\0"
-    /* 434 */ XNCursor"\0"
-    /* 441 */ XNQueryIMValuesList"\0"
-    /* 459 */ XNQueryICValuesList"\0"
-    /* 477 */ XNVisiblePosition"\0"
-    /* 493 */ XNStringConversionCallback"\0"
-    /* 518 */ XNStringConversion"\0"
-    /* 535 */ XNResetState"\0"
-    /* 546 */ XNHotKey"\0"
-    /* 553 */ XNHotKeyState"\0"
-    /* 565 */ XNPreeditState
-;
-
-#define OFFSET_XNQUERYINPUTSTYLE 0
-#define OFFSET_XNCLIENTWINDOW 16
-#define OFFSET_XNINPUTSTYLE 29
-#define OFFSET_XNFOCUSWINDOW 40
-#define OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME 52
-#define OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS 65
-#define OFFSET_XNGEOMETRYCALLBACK 79
-#define OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK 96
-#define OFFSET_XNFILTEREVENTS 112
-#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTARTCALLBACK 125
-#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITDONECALLBACK 146
-#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITDRAWCALLBACK 166
-#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITCARETCALLBACK 186
-#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATENOTIFYCALLBACK 207
-#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITATTRIBUTES 234
-#define OFFSET_XNSTATUSSTARTCALLBACK 252
-#define OFFSET_XNSTATUSDONECALLBACK 272
-#define OFFSET_XNSTATUSDRAWCALLBACK 291
-#define OFFSET_XNSTATUSATTRIBUTES 310
-#define OFFSET_XNAREA 327
-#define OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED 332
-#define OFFSET_XNSPOTLOCATION 343
-#define OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP 356
-#define OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP 365
-#define OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND 377
-#define OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND 388
-#define OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP 399
-#define OFFSET_XNFONTSET 416
-#define OFFSET_XNLINESPACE 424
-#define OFFSET_XNCURSOR 434
-#define OFFSET_XNQUERYIMVALUESLIST 441
-#define OFFSET_XNQUERYICVALUESLIST 459
-#define OFFSET_XNVISIBLEPOSITION 477
-#define OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK 493
-#define OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSION 518
-#define OFFSET_XNRESETSTATE 535
-#define OFFSET_XNHOTKEY 546
-#define OFFSET_XNHOTKEYSTATE 553
-#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATE 565
-
-/* offsets into name_table */
-static const unsigned short supported_local_im_values_list[] = {
-    OFFSET_XNQUERYINPUTSTYLE,
-    OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,
-    OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,
-    OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNQUERYIMVALUESLIST,
-    OFFSET_XNQUERYICVALUESLIST,
-    OFFSET_XNVISIBLEPOSITION
-};
-
-/* offsets into name_table */
-static const unsigned short supported_local_ic_values_list[] = {
-    OFFSET_XNINPUTSTYLE,
-    OFFSET_XNCLIENTWINDOW,
-    OFFSET_XNFOCUSWINDOW,
-    OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,
-    OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,
-    OFFSET_XNGEOMETRYCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNFILTEREVENTS,
-    OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNRESETSTATE,
-    OFFSET_XNHOTKEY,
-    OFFSET_XNHOTKEYSTATE,
-    OFFSET_XNPREEDITATTRIBUTES,
-    OFFSET_XNSTATUSATTRIBUTES,
-    OFFSET_XNAREA,
-    OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED,
-    OFFSET_XNSPOTLOCATION,
-    OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP,
-    OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP,
-    OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND,
-    OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND,
-    OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP,
-    OFFSET_XNFONTSET,
-    OFFSET_XNLINESPACE,
-    OFFSET_XNCURSOR,
-    OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTARTCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNPREEDITDONECALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNPREEDITDRAWCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNPREEDITCARETCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNSTATUSSTARTCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNSTATUSDONECALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNSTATUSDRAWCALLBACK,
-    OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATE,
-    OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATENOTIFYCALLBACK
-};
-
-static XIMStyle const supported_local_styles[] = {
-    XIMPreeditNone	| XIMStatusNone,
-    XIMPreeditNothing	| XIMStatusNothing,
-    0						/* dummy */
-};
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultStyles(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  parm,			/* unused */
-    unsigned long	  mode)			/* unused */
-{
-    XIMStyles		 *styles;
-    XIMStyles		**out;
-    register int	  i;
-    unsigned int	  n;
-    int			  len;
-    XPointer		  tmp;
-
-    n = XIMNumber(supported_local_styles) - 1;
-    len = sizeof(XIMStyles) + sizeof(XIMStyle) * n;
-    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    styles = (XIMStyles *)tmp;
-    if (n > 0) {
-	styles->count_styles = (unsigned short)n;
-	styles->supported_styles =
-				(XIMStyle *)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMStyles));
-	for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	    styles->supported_styles[i] = supported_local_styles[i];
-	}
-    }
-
-    out = (XIMStyles **)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = styles;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultIMValues(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  parm,			/* unused */
-    unsigned long	  mode)			/* unused */
-{
-    XIMValuesList	 *values_list;
-    XIMValuesList	**out;
-    register int	  i;
-    unsigned int	  n;
-    int			  len;
-    XPointer		  tmp;
-
-    n = XIMNumber(supported_local_im_values_list);
-    len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + sizeof(char **) * n;
-    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    values_list = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;
-    if (n > 0) {
-	values_list->count_values = (unsigned short)n;
-	values_list->supported_values
-			 = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));
-	for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	    values_list->supported_values[i] =
-		(char *)name_table + supported_local_im_values_list[i];
-	}
-    }
-
-    out = (XIMValuesList **)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = values_list;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultICValues(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  parm,			/* unused */
-    unsigned long	  mode)			/* unused */
-{
-    XIMValuesList	 *values_list;
-    XIMValuesList	**out;
-    register int	  i;
-    unsigned int	  n;
-    int			  len;
-    XPointer		  tmp;
-
-    n = XIMNumber(supported_local_ic_values_list);
-    len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + sizeof(char **) * n;
-    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    values_list = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;
-    if (n > 0) {
-	values_list->count_values = (unsigned short)n;
-	values_list->supported_values
-			 = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));
-	for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	    values_list->supported_values[i] =
-		(char *)name_table + supported_local_ic_values_list[i];
-	}
-    }
-
-    out = (XIMValuesList **)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = values_list;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultVisiblePos(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  parm,			/* unused */
-    unsigned long	  mode)			/* unused */
-{
-    Bool		*out;
-
-    out = (Bool *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = False;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultFocusWindow(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;
-    Window		*out;
-
-    if(ic->core.client_window == (Window)NULL) {
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    out = (Window *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = ic->core.client_window;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultResName(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  parm,
-    unsigned long	  mode)
-{
-    Xic			  ic = (Xic)parm;
-    Xim			  im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    char		**out;
-
-    if(im->core.res_name == (char *)NULL) {
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = im->core.res_name;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultResClass(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	   info,
-    XPointer	 	   top,
-    XPointer	 	   parm,
-    unsigned long	   mode)
-{
-    Xic			  ic = (Xic)parm;
-    Xim			  im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    char		**out;
-
-    if(im->core.res_class == (char *)NULL) {
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = im->core.res_class;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultDestroyCB(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  parm,
-    unsigned long	  mode)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    XIMCallback		*out;
-
-    out = (XIMCallback *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = im->core.destroy_callback;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultResetState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  parm,
-    unsigned long	  mode)
-{
-    XIMResetState	*out;
-
-    out = (XIMResetState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = XIMInitialState;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultHotKeyState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  parm,
-    unsigned long	  mode)
-{
-    XIMHotKeyState	*out;
-
-    out = (XIMHotKeyState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = XIMHotKeyStateOFF;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultArea(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    Window		 root_return;
-    int			 x_return, y_return;
-    unsigned int	 width_return, height_return;
-    unsigned int	 border_width_return;
-    unsigned int	 depth_return;
-    XRectangle		 area;
-    XRectangle		*out;
-
-    if(ic->core.focus_window == (Window)NULL) {
-	return True;
-    }
-    if(XGetGeometry(im->core.display, (Drawable)ic->core.focus_window,
-		&root_return, &x_return, &y_return, &width_return,
-		&height_return, &border_width_return, &depth_return)
-		== (Status)Success) {
-	return True;
-    }
-    area.x	= 0;
-    area.y	= 0;
-    area.width	= width_return;
-    area.height	= height_return;
-
-    out = (XRectangle *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = area;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultColormap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    XWindowAttributes	 win_attr;
-    Colormap		*out;
-
-    if(ic->core.client_window == (Window)NULL) {
-	return True;
-    }
-    if(XGetWindowAttributes(im->core.display, ic->core.client_window,
-					&win_attr) == (Status)Success) {
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    out = (Colormap *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = win_attr.colormap;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultStdColormap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Atom		*out;
-
-    out = (Atom *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (Atom)0;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultFg(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    unsigned long	 fg;
-    unsigned long	*out;
-
-    fg = WhitePixel(im->core.display, DefaultScreen(im->core.display));
-    out = (unsigned long *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = fg;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultBg(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
-    unsigned long	 bg;
-    unsigned long	*out;
-
-    bg = BlackPixel(im->core.display, DefaultScreen(im->core.display));
-    out = (unsigned long *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = bg;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultBgPixmap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Pixmap		*out;
-
-    out = (Pixmap *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (Pixmap)0;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultFontSet(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    XFontSet		*out;
-
-    out = (XFontSet *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = 0;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultLineSpace(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;
-    XFontSet		 fontset;
-    XFontSetExtents	*fset_extents;
-    int			 line_space = 0;
-    int			*out;
-
-    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	fontset = ic->core.preedit_attr.fontset;
-    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	fontset = ic->core.status_attr.fontset;
-    } else {
-	return True;
-    }
-    if (fontset) {
-	fset_extents = XExtentsOfFontSet(fontset);
-	line_space = fset_extents->max_logical_extent.height;
-    }
-    out = (int *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = line_space;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultCursor(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    Cursor		*out;
-
-    out = (Cursor *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (Cursor)0;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultPreeditState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    XIMPreeditState	*out;
-
-    out = (XIMPreeditState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = XIMPreeditDisable;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDefaultNest(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 parm,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeCallback(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMCallback		*out;
-
-    out = (XIMCallback *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = *((XIMCallback *)val);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeString(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  val)
-{
-    char		 *string;
-    char		**out;
-
-    if(val == (XPointer)NULL) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    if (!(string = strdup((char *)val))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    if(*out) {
-	Xfree(*out);
-    }
-    *out = string;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeStyle(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMStyle		*out;
-
-    out = (XIMStyle *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (XIMStyle)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeWindow(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Window		*out;
-
-    out = (Window *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (Window)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeStringConv(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo		 info,
-    XPointer		 	 top,
-    XPointer		 	 val)
-{
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeResetState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMResetState	*out;
-
-    out = (XIMResetState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (XIMResetState)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeHotKey(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,
-    XPointer	 	  top,
-    XPointer	 	  val)
-{
-    XIMHotKeyTriggers	 *hotkey = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)val;
-    XIMHotKeyTriggers	**out;
-    XIMHotKeyTriggers	 *key_list;
-    XIMHotKeyTrigger	 *key;
-    XPointer		  tmp;
-    int			  num;
-    int			  len;
-    register int	  i;
-
-    if(hotkey == (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)NULL) {
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    if((num = hotkey->num_hot_key) == 0) {
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    len = sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers) + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTrigger) * num;
-    if(!(tmp = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    key_list = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)tmp;
-    key = (XIMHotKeyTrigger *)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers));
-
-    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-	key[i] = hotkey->key[i];
-    }
-
-    key_list->num_hot_key = num;
-    key_list->key = key;
-
-    out = (XIMHotKeyTriggers **)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = key_list;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeHotKetState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMHotKeyState	*out;
-
-    out = (XIMHotKeyState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (XIMHotKeyState)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeRectangle(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XRectangle		*out;
-
-    out = (XRectangle *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = *((XRectangle *)val);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeSpot(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XPoint		*out;
-
-    out = (XPoint *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = *((XPoint *)val);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeColormap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Colormap		*out;
-
-    out = (Colormap *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (Colormap)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeStdColormap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Atom		*out;
-
-    out = (Atom *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (Atom)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeLong(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    unsigned long	*out;
-
-    out = (unsigned long *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (unsigned long)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeBgPixmap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Pixmap		*out;
-
-    out = (Pixmap *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (Pixmap)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeFontSet(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XFontSet		*out;
-
-    out = (XFontSet *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (XFontSet)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeLineSpace(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    int			*out;
-
-    out = (int *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (long)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeCursor(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Cursor		*out;
-
-    out = (Cursor *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (Cursor)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodePreeditState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMPreeditState	*out;
-
-    out = (XIMPreeditState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *out = (XIMPreeditState)val;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimEncodeNest(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeStyles(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMStyles		*styles;
-    XIMStyles		*out;
-    register int	 i;
-    unsigned int	 num;
-    int			 len;
-    XPointer		 tmp;
-
-    if(val == (XPointer)NULL) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    styles = *((XIMStyles **)((char *)top + info->offset));
-    num = styles->count_styles;
-
-    len = sizeof(XIMStyles) + sizeof(XIMStyle) * num;
-    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    out = (XIMStyles *)tmp;
-    if(num >0) {
-	out->count_styles = (unsigned short)num;
-	out->supported_styles = (XIMStyle *)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMStyles));
-
-	for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-	    out->supported_styles[i] = styles->supported_styles[i];
-	}
-    }
-    *((XIMStyles **)val) = out;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeValues(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMValuesList	*values_list;
-    XIMValuesList	*out;
-    register int	 i;
-    unsigned int	 num;
-    int			 len;
-    XPointer		 tmp;
-
-    if(val == (XPointer)NULL) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    values_list = *((XIMValuesList **)((char *)top + info->offset));
-    num = values_list->count_values;
-
-    len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + sizeof(char **) * num;
-    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    out = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;
-    if(num) {
-	out->count_values = (unsigned short)num;
-	out->supported_values = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));
-
-	for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-	    out->supported_values[i] = values_list->supported_values[i];
-	}
-    }
-    *((XIMValuesList **)val) = out;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeCallback(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMCallback		*in;
-    XIMCallback		*callback;
-
-    in = (XIMCallback *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    if(!(callback = (XIMCallback *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMCallback)))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    callback->client_data = in->client_data;
-    callback->callback    = in->callback;
-
-    *((XIMCallback **)val) = callback;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeString(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    char		*in;
-    char		*string;
-
-    in = *((char **)((char *)top + info->offset));
-    if (in != NULL) {
-	string = strdup(in);
-    } else {
-	string = Xcalloc(1, 1); /* strdup("") */
-    }
-    if (string == NULL) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    *((char **)val) = string;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeBool(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Bool		*in;
-
-    in = (Bool *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((Bool *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeStyle(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMStyle		*in;
-
-    in = (XIMStyle *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((XIMStyle *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeWindow(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Window		*in;
-
-    in = (Window *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((Window *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeStringConv(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    /*
-     * Not yet
-     */
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeResetState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMResetState	*in;
-
-    in = (XIMResetState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((XIMResetState *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeHotKey(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMHotKeyTriggers	*in;
-    XIMHotKeyTriggers	*hotkey;
-    XIMHotKeyTrigger	*key;
-    XPointer		 tmp;
-    int			 num;
-    int			 len;
-    register int	 i;
-
-    in = *((XIMHotKeyTriggers **)((char *)top + info->offset));
-    num = in->num_hot_key;
-    len = sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers) + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTrigger) * num;
-    if(!(tmp = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    hotkey = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)tmp;
-    key = (XIMHotKeyTrigger *)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers));
-
-    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-	key[i] = in->key[i];
-    }
-    hotkey->num_hot_key = num;
-    hotkey->key = key;
-
-    *((XIMHotKeyTriggers **)val) = hotkey;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeHotKetState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMHotKeyState	*in;
-
-    in = (XIMHotKeyState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((XIMHotKeyState *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeRectangle(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XRectangle		*in;
-    XRectangle		*rect;
-
-    in = (XRectangle *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    if(!(rect = (XRectangle *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XRectangle)))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    *rect = *in;
-    *((XRectangle **)val) = rect;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeSpot(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XPoint		*in;
-    XPoint		*spot;
-
-    in = (XPoint *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    if(!(spot = (XPoint *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XPoint)))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-    *spot = *in;
-    *((XPoint **)val) = spot;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeColormap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Colormap		*in;
-
-    in = (Colormap *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((Colormap *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeStdColormap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Atom		*in;
-
-    in = (Atom *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((Atom *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeLong(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    unsigned long	*in;
-
-    in = (unsigned long *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((unsigned long *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeBgPixmap(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Pixmap		*in;
-
-    in = (Pixmap *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((Pixmap *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeFontSet(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XFontSet		*in;
-
-    in = (XFontSet *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((XFontSet *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeLineSpace(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    int		*in;
-
-    in = (int *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((int *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeCursor(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    Cursor		*in;
-
-    in = (Cursor *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((Cursor *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodePreeditState(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    XIMPreeditState	*in;
-
-    in = (XIMPreeditState *)((char *)top + info->offset);
-    *((XIMPreeditState *)val) = *in;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private  Bool
-_XimDecodeNest(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    XPointer	 	 top,
-    XPointer	 	 val)
-{
-    return True;
-}
-
-static	XIMResource	im_resources[] = {
-    {XNQueryInputStyle,		   0, XimType_XIMStyles,	0, 0, 0},
-    {XNDestroyCallback,		   0,  0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNResourceName,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNResourceClass,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNQueryIMValuesList,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNQueryICValuesList,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNVisiblePosition,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-static	XIMResource	im_inner_resources[] = {
-    {XNDestroyCallback,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNResourceName,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNResourceClass,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNQueryIMValuesList,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNQueryICValuesList,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNVisiblePosition,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-static	XIMResource	ic_resources[] = {
-    {XNInputStyle,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNClientWindow,		   0, XimType_Window,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNFocusWindow,		   0, XimType_Window,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNResourceName,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNResourceClass,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNGeometryCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNFilterEvents,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNDestroyCallback,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStringConversionCallback,   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStringConversion,	   0, XimType_XIMStringConversion,0, 0, 0},
-    {XNResetState,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNHotKey,			   0, XimType_XIMHotKeyTriggers,0, 0, 0},
-    {XNHotKeyState,		   0, XimType_XIMHotKeyState, 	0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditAttributes,	   0, XimType_NEST,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStatusAttributes,	   0, XimType_NEST,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNArea,			   0, XimType_XRectangle,	0, 0, 0},
-    {XNAreaNeeded,		   0, XimType_XRectangle,	0, 0, 0},
-    {XNSpotLocation,		   0, XimType_XPoint,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNColormap,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStdColormap,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNForeground,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNBackground,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNBackgroundPixmap,	   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNFontSet,			   0, XimType_XFontSet,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNLineSpace,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNCursor,			   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditStartCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditDoneCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditDrawCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditCaretCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStatusStartCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStatusDoneCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStatusDrawCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditState,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback, 0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-};
-
-static	XIMResource	ic_inner_resources[] = {
-    {XNResourceName,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNResourceClass,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},
-    {XNGeometryCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNDestroyCallback,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStringConversionCallback,   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditStartCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditDoneCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditDrawCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditCaretCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStatusStartCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStatusDoneCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNStatusDrawCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-    {XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback, 0, 0,			0, 0, 0},
-};
-
-static XimValueOffsetInfoRec im_attr_info[] = {
-    {OFFSET_XNQUERYINPUTSTYLE,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, styles),
-	_XimDefaultStyles,	 NULL,			_XimDecodeStyles},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, destroy_callback),
-	NULL,		 	 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, res_name),
-	NULL,		 	 _XimEncodeString,	_XimDecodeString},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, res_class),
-	NULL,		 	 _XimEncodeString,	_XimDecodeString},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNQUERYIMVALUESLIST,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, im_values_list),
-	_XimDefaultIMValues,	 NULL,			_XimDecodeValues},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNQUERYICVALUESLIST,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, ic_values_list),
-	_XimDefaultICValues,	 NULL,			_XimDecodeValues},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNVISIBLEPOSITION,			 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, visible_position),
-	_XimDefaultVisiblePos,	 NULL,			_XimDecodeBool}
-};
-
-static XimValueOffsetInfoRec ic_attr_info[] = {
-    {OFFSET_XNINPUTSTYLE,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, input_style),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeStyle,	_XimDecodeStyle},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNCLIENTWINDOW,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, client_window),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeWindow,	_XimDecodeWindow},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNFOCUSWINDOW,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, focus_window),
-	_XimDefaultFocusWindow,  _XimEncodeWindow,	_XimDecodeWindow},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, res_name),
-	_XimDefaultResName,	 _XimEncodeString,	_XimDecodeString},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, res_class),
-	_XimDefaultResClass,	 _XimEncodeString,	_XimDecodeString},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNGEOMETRYCALLBACK,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, geometry_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNFILTEREVENTS,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, filter_events),
-	NULL,			 NULL,			_XimDecodeLong},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, destroy_callback),
-	_XimDefaultDestroyCB,	 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK, 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, string_conversion_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSION,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, string_conversion),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeStringConv,	_XimDecodeStringConv},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNRESETSTATE,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, reset_state),
-	_XimDefaultResetState,	 _XimEncodeResetState,	_XimDecodeResetState},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNHOTKEY,			 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, hotkey),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeHotKey,	_XimDecodeHotKey},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNHOTKEYSTATE,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, hotkey_state),
-	_XimDefaultHotKeyState,	 _XimEncodeHotKetState,	_XimDecodeHotKetState},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITATTRIBUTES,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, preedit_attr),
-	_XimDefaultNest,	 _XimEncodeNest,	_XimDecodeNest},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSATTRIBUTES,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, status_attr),
-	_XimDefaultNest,	 _XimEncodeNest,	_XimDecodeNest},
-};
-
-static XimValueOffsetInfoRec ic_pre_attr_info[] = {
-    {OFFSET_XNAREA,			 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, area),
-	_XimDefaultArea,	 _XimEncodeRectangle,	_XimDecodeRectangle},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, area_needed),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeRectangle,	_XimDecodeRectangle},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSPOTLOCATION,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, spot_location),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeSpot,	_XimDecodeSpot},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, colormap),
-	_XimDefaultColormap,	 _XimEncodeColormap,	_XimDecodeColormap},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, std_colormap),
-	_XimDefaultStdColormap,	 _XimEncodeStdColormap,	_XimDecodeStdColormap},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, foreground),
-	_XimDefaultFg,		 _XimEncodeLong,	_XimDecodeLong},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, background),
-	_XimDefaultBg,		 _XimEncodeLong,	_XimDecodeLong},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, background_pixmap),
-	_XimDefaultBgPixmap, 	 _XimEncodeBgPixmap,	_XimDecodeBgPixmap},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNFONTSET,			 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, fontset),
-	_XimDefaultFontSet,	 _XimEncodeFontSet,	_XimDecodeFontSet},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNLINESPACE,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, line_spacing),
-	_XimDefaultLineSpace,	 _XimEncodeLineSpace,	_XimDecodeLineSpace},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNCURSOR,			 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, cursor),
-	_XimDefaultCursor,	 _XimEncodeCursor,	_XimDecodeCursor},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTARTCALLBACK,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, start_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITDONECALLBACK,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, done_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITDRAWCALLBACK,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, draw_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITCARETCALLBACK,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, caret_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATE,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, preedit_state),
-	_XimDefaultPreeditState, _XimEncodePreeditState,_XimDecodePreeditState},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATENOTIFYCALLBACK, 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, state_notify_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-};
-
-static XimValueOffsetInfoRec ic_sts_attr_info[] = {
-    {OFFSET_XNAREA,			 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, area),
-	_XimDefaultArea,	 _XimEncodeRectangle,	_XimDecodeRectangle},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, area_needed),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeRectangle,	_XimDecodeRectangle},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, colormap),
-	_XimDefaultColormap,	 _XimEncodeColormap,	_XimDecodeColormap},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, std_colormap),
-	_XimDefaultStdColormap,	 _XimEncodeStdColormap,	_XimDecodeStdColormap},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, foreground),
-	_XimDefaultFg,		 _XimEncodeLong,	_XimDecodeLong},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, background),
-	_XimDefaultBg,		 _XimEncodeLong,	_XimDecodeLong},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, background_pixmap),
-	_XimDefaultBgPixmap, 	 _XimEncodeBgPixmap,	_XimDecodeBgPixmap},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNFONTSET,			 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, fontset),
-	_XimDefaultFontSet,	 _XimEncodeFontSet,	_XimDecodeFontSet},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNLINESPACE,		 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, line_spacing),
-	_XimDefaultLineSpace,	 _XimEncodeLineSpace,	_XimDecodeLineSpace},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNCURSOR,			 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, cursor),
-	_XimDefaultCursor,	 _XimEncodeCursor,	_XimDecodeCursor},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSSTARTCALLBACK,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, start_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSDONECALLBACK,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, done_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},
-
-    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSDRAWCALLBACK,	 0,
-	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, draw_callback),
-	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback}
-};
-
-typedef struct _XimIMMode {
-    unsigned short name_offset;
-    unsigned short	 mode;
-} XimIMMode;
-
-static const XimIMMode im_mode[] = {
-    {OFFSET_XNQUERYINPUTSTYLE,
-		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},
-    {OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,
-		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_SET | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},
-    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,
-		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_SET | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},
-    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,
-		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_SET | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},
-    {OFFSET_XNQUERYIMVALUESLIST,
-		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},
-    {OFFSET_XNQUERYICVALUESLIST,
-		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},
-    {OFFSET_XNVISIBLEPOSITION,
-		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)}
-};
-
-typedef struct _XimICMode {
-    unsigned short name_offset;
-    unsigned short	 preedit_callback_mode;
-    unsigned short	 preedit_position_mode;
-    unsigned short	 preedit_area_mode;
-    unsigned short	 preedit_nothing_mode;
-    unsigned short	 preedit_none_mode;
-    unsigned short	 status_callback_mode;
-    unsigned short	 status_area_mode;
-    unsigned short	 status_nothing_mode;
-    unsigned short	 status_none_mode;
-} XimICMode;
-
-static const XimICMode ic_mode[] = {
-    {OFFSET_XNINPUTSTYLE,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET)},
-    {OFFSET_XNCLIENTWINDOW,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNFOCUSWINDOW,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNGEOMETRYCALLBACK,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNFILTEREVENTS,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_GET,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_GET,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_GET,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_GET,
-		0,
-		XIM_MODE_STS_GET,
-		XIM_MODE_STS_GET,
-		XIM_MODE_STS_GET,
-		XIM_MODE_STS_GET},
-    {OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSION,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,
-		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNRESETSTATE,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNHOTKEY,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNHOTKEYSTATE,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITATTRIBUTES,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSATTRIBUTES,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNAREA,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNSPOTLOCATION,
-		0, /*(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),*/
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNFONTSET,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNLINESPACE,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNCURSOR,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTARTCALLBACK,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITDONECALLBACK,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITDRAWCALLBACK,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITCARETCALLBACK,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATE,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATENOTIFYCALLBACK,
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSSTARTCALLBACK,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSDONECALLBACK,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0},
-    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSDRAWCALLBACK,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		0,
-		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),
-		0,
-		0,
-		0}
-};
-
-/* the quarks are separated from im_mode/ic_mode so those arrays
- * can be const.
- */
-static XrmQuark im_mode_quark[sizeof(im_mode) / sizeof(im_mode[0])];
-static XrmQuark ic_mode_quark[sizeof(ic_mode) / sizeof(ic_mode[0])];
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetResourceList(
-    XIMResourceList	 *res_list,
-    unsigned int	 *list_num,
-    XIMResourceList	  resource,
-    unsigned int	  num_resource,
-    unsigned short	  id)
-{
-    register int	  i;
-    int			  len;
-    XIMResourceList	  res;
-
-    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num_resource;
-    if(!(res = Xcalloc(1, len))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    for(i = 0; i < num_resource; i++, id++) {
-	res[i]    = resource[i];
-	res[i].id = id;
-    }
-
-    _XIMCompileResourceList(res, num_resource);
-    *res_list  = res;
-    *list_num  = num_resource;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSetIMResourceList(
-    XIMResourceList	*res_list,
-    unsigned int	*list_num)
-{
-    return _XimSetResourceList(res_list, list_num,
-				im_resources, XIMNumber(im_resources), 100);
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSetICResourceList(
-    XIMResourceList	*res_list,
-    unsigned int	*list_num)
-{
-    return _XimSetResourceList(res_list, list_num,
-				ic_resources, XIMNumber(ic_resources), 200);
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSetInnerIMResourceList(
-    XIMResourceList	*res_list,
-    unsigned int	*list_num)
-{
-    return _XimSetResourceList(res_list, list_num,
-		im_inner_resources, XIMNumber(im_inner_resources), 100);
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSetInnerICResourceList(
-    XIMResourceList	*res_list,
-    unsigned int	*list_num)
-{
-    return _XimSetResourceList(res_list, list_num,
-		ic_inner_resources, XIMNumber(ic_inner_resources), 200);
-}
-
-Private XIMResourceList
-_XimGetResourceListRecByMode(
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num,
-    unsigned short	 mode)
-{
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < list_num; i++) {
-	if (res_list[i].mode & mode) {
-	    return (XIMResourceList)&res_list[i];
-	}
-    }
-    return (XIMResourceList)NULL;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimCheckCreateICValues(
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num)
-{
-    if (!_XimGetResourceListRecByMode(res_list, list_num, XIM_MODE_IC_CREATE)) {
-	return True;
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public XIMResourceList
-_XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num,
-    XrmQuark		 quark)
-{
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < list_num; i++) {
-	if (res_list[i].xrm_name == quark) {
-	    return (XIMResourceList)&res_list[i];
-	}
-    }
-    return (XIMResourceList)NULL;
-}
-
-Public XIMResourceList
-_XimGetResourceListRec(
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num,
-    const char		*name)
-{
-    XrmQuark		 quark = XrmStringToQuark(name);
-
-    return _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list, list_num, quark);
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimSetIMValueData(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XIMArg		*values,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-
-    for(p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num, p->name))) {
-	    return p->value;
-	}
-	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, XIM_SETIMVALUES);
-	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {
-	    continue;
-	} else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {
-	    return p->value;
-	}
-
-	if(!_XimEncodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, p->value)) {
-	    return p->value;
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimGetIMValueData(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XIMArg		*values,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-
-    for(p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num, p->name))) {
-	    return p->value;
-	}
-	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, XIM_GETIMVALUES);
-	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {
-	    continue;
-	} else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {
-	    return p->value;
-	}
-
-	if(!_XimDecodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, p->value)) {
-	    return p->value;
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimSetIMMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res_list,
-    unsigned int	list_num)
-{
-    XIMResourceList	res;
-    unsigned int	n = XIMNumber(im_mode);
-    register int	i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list,
-						list_num, im_mode_quark[i]))) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	res->mode = im_mode[i].mode;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-Private int
-_XimCheckSetIMDefaultsMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res)
-{
-    if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT) {
-	return XIM_CHECK_VALID;
-    }
-    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-}
-
-Private int
-_XimCheckSetIMValuesMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res)
-{
-    if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IM_SET) {
-	return XIM_CHECK_VALID;
-    }
-    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-}
-
-Private int
- _XimCheckGetIMValuesMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res)
-{
-    if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IM_GET) {
-	return XIM_CHECK_VALID;
-    }
-    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-}
-
-Public int
- _XimCheckIMMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res,
-    unsigned long	mode)
-{
-    if(res->mode == 0) {
-	return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-    }
-    if(mode & XIM_SETIMDEFAULTS) {
-	return _XimCheckSetIMDefaultsMode(res);
-    } else if (mode & XIM_SETIMVALUES) {
-	return _XimCheckSetIMValuesMode(res);
-    } else if (mode & XIM_GETIMVALUES) {
-	return _XimCheckGetIMValuesMode(res);
-    } else {
-	return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-    }
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimSetICMode(XIMResourceList res_list, unsigned int list_num, XIMStyle style)
-{
-    XIMResourceList	res;
-    unsigned int	n = XIMNumber(ic_mode);
-    register int	i;
-    unsigned int	pre_offset;
-    unsigned int	sts_offset;
-
-    if(style & XIMPreeditArea) {
-	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_area_mode);
-    } else if(style & XIMPreeditCallbacks) {
-	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_callback_mode);
-    } else if(style & XIMPreeditPosition) {
-	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_position_mode);
-    } else if(style & XIMPreeditNothing) {
-	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_nothing_mode);
-    } else {
-	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_none_mode);
-    }
-
-    if(style & XIMStatusArea) {
-	sts_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, status_area_mode);
-    } else if(style & XIMStatusCallbacks) {
-	sts_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, status_callback_mode);
-    } else if(style & XIMStatusNothing) {
-	sts_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, status_nothing_mode);
-    } else {
-	sts_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, status_none_mode);
-    }
-
-    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list,
-						list_num, ic_mode_quark[i]))) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	res->mode = ( (*(unsigned short *)((char *)&ic_mode[i] + pre_offset))
-		    | (*(unsigned short *)((char *)&ic_mode[i] + sts_offset)));
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-Private int
-_XimCheckSetICDefaultsMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res,
-    unsigned long	mode)
-{
-    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_MASK)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	} else if (!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_MASK)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-    } else {
-	if(!res->mode) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_CREATE) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_DEFAULT)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-    }
-    return XIM_CHECK_VALID;
-}
-
-Private int
-_XimCheckCreateICMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res,
-    unsigned long	mode)
-{
-    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_MASK)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE;
-	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE;
-	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT;
-	} else if (!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_SET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-
-    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_MASK)) {
-	    return  XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE;
-	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE;
-	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT;
-	} else if (!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_SET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-
-    } else {
-	if(!res->mode) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_CREATE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_IC_CREATE;
-	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_ONCE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_IC_ONCE;
-	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_DEFAULT) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_IC_DEFAULT;
-	} else if (!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_SET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-    return XIM_CHECK_VALID;
-}
-
-Private int
-_XimCheckSetICValuesMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res,
-    unsigned long	mode)
-{
-    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_MASK)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE;
-	} else if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_SET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-
-    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_MASK)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE;
-	} else if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_SET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-
-    } else {
-	if(!res->mode) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_ONCE) {
-	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_IC_ONCE;
-	} else if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_SET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-    return XIM_CHECK_VALID;
-}
-
-Private int
-_XimCheckGetICValuesMode(
-    XIMResourceList	res,
-    unsigned long	mode)
-{
-    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_MASK)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_GET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-
-    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_MASK)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_GET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-
-    } else {
-	if(!res->mode) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_GET)) {
-	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-    return XIM_CHECK_VALID;
-}
-
-Public int
- _XimCheckICMode(
-    XIMResourceList     res,
-    unsigned long       mode)
-{
-    if(mode &XIM_SETICDEFAULTS) {
-	return _XimCheckSetICDefaultsMode(res, mode);
-    } else if (mode & XIM_CREATEIC) {
-	return _XimCheckCreateICMode(res, mode);
-    } else if (mode & XIM_SETICVALUES) {
-	return _XimCheckSetICValuesMode(res, mode);
-    } else if (mode & XIM_GETICVALUES) {
-	return _XimCheckGetICValuesMode(res, mode);
-    } else {
-	return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;
-    }
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSetLocalIMDefaults(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num)
-{
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info;
-    unsigned int	 num;
-    register int	 i;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-
-    info = im_attr_info;
-    num  = XIMNumber(im_attr_info);
-
-    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-	if((res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark( res_list, list_num,
-				info[i].quark)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, XIM_SETIMDEFAULTS);
-	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {
-	    continue;
-	} else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	if(!info[i].defaults) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if(!(info[i].defaults(&info[i], top, (XPointer)NULL, 0))) {
-	    return False;
-	}
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimSetICDefaults(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    unsigned long	 mode,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num)
-{
-    unsigned int	 num;
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info;
-    register int	 i;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;
-
-    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);
-    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);
-
-    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	info = ic_pre_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_pre_attr_info);
-    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	info = ic_sts_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_sts_attr_info);
-    } else {
-	info = ic_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_attr_info);
-    }
-
-    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-	if(info[i].quark == pre_quark) {
-	    if(!_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)((char *)top + info[i].offset),
-			(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR), res_list, list_num)) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	} else if (info[i].quark == sts_quark) {
-	    if(!_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)((char *)top + info[i].offset),
-			(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR), res_list, list_num)) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list, list_num,
-							info[i].quark))) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);
-	    if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {
-		continue;
-	    } else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    if (!info[i].defaults) {
-		continue;
-	    }
-	    if (!(info[i].defaults(&info[i], top, (XPointer)ic, mode))) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodeAttr(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    unsigned int	 num,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XPointer		 val)
-{
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {
-	if(info[i].quark == res->xrm_name) {
-	    if(!info[i].encode) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	    return (*info[i].encode)(&info[i], top, val);
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimEncodeLocalIMAttr(
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XPointer		 val)
-{
-    return _XimEncodeAttr(im_attr_info, XIMNumber(im_attr_info),
-					res, top, val);
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimEncodeLocalICAttr(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    unsigned int	 num;
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info;
-
-    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	info = ic_pre_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_pre_attr_info);
-    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	info = ic_sts_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_sts_attr_info);
-    } else {
-	info = ic_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_attr_info);
-    }
-
-    return _XimEncodeAttr(info, num, res, top, arg->value);
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodeLocalTopValue(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 val,
-    Bool		 flag)
-{
-    XIMArg		*p = (XIMArg *)val;
-
-    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNClientWindow)) {
-	ic->core.client_window = (Window)p->value;
-	if (ic->core.focus_window == (Window)0)
-	    ic->core.focus_window = ic->core.client_window;
-	if (flag) {
-	    _XRegisterFilterByType(ic->core.im->core.display,
-			ic->core.focus_window,
-			KeyPress, KeyRelease, _XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);
-	}
-    } else if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFocusWindow)) {
-	if (ic->core.client_window) {
-	    if (flag) {
-	        _XUnregisterFilter(ic->core.im->core.display,
-			ic->core.focus_window, _XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);
-	    }
-	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value;
-	    if (flag) {
-	        _XRegisterFilterByType(ic->core.im->core.display,
-			ic->core.focus_window, KeyPress, KeyRelease,
-			_XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);
-	    }
-	} else
-	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodeLocalPreeditValue(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 val)
-{
-    XIMArg		*p = (XIMArg *)val;
-
-    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNStdColormap)) {
-	XStandardColormap	*colormap_ret;
-	int			 count;
-
-	if (!(XGetRGBColormaps(ic->core.im->core.display,
-				ic->core.focus_window, &colormap_ret,
-				&count, (Atom)p->value)))
-	    return False;
-
-	Xfree(colormap_ret);
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodeLocalStatusValue(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 val)
-{
-    XIMArg		*p = (XIMArg *)val;
-
-    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNStdColormap)) {
-	XStandardColormap	*colormap_ret;
-	int			 count;
-
-	if (!(XGetRGBColormaps(ic->core.im->core.display,
-				ic->core.focus_window, &colormap_ret,
-				&count, (Atom)p->value)))
-	    return False;
-
-	Xfree(colormap_ret);
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimSetICValueData(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num,
-    XIMArg		*values,
-    unsigned long	 mode,
-    Bool		 flag)
-{
-    register  XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    char		*name;
-    int			 check;
-    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;
-
-    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);
-    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);
-
-    for(p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	if((res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num,
-					p->name)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-	if(res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {
-	    if(((name = _XimSetICValueData(ic,
-			(XPointer)(&((XimDefICValues *)top)->preedit_attr),
-			res_list, list_num, (XIMArg *)p->value,
-			(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR), flag)))) {
-		return name;
-	    }
-	} else if(res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {
-	    if(((name = _XimSetICValueData(ic,
-			(XPointer)(&((XimDefICValues *)top)->status_attr),
-			res_list, list_num, (XIMArg *)p->value,
-			(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR), flag)))) {
-		return name;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);
-	    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {
-		continue;
-	    } else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {
-		return p->name;
-	    }
-
-	    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-		if (!_XimEncodeLocalPreeditValue(ic, res, (XPointer)p))
-	    	    return False;
-    	    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-		if (!_XimEncodeLocalStatusValue(ic, res, (XPointer)p))
-	    	    return False;
-    	    } else {
-		if (!_XimEncodeLocalTopValue(ic, res, (XPointer)p, flag))
-	    	    return False;
-    	    }
-	    if(_XimEncodeLocalICAttr(ic, res, top, p, mode) == False) {
-		return p->name;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckInputStyle(
-    XIMStyles		*styles,
-    XIMStyle		 style)
-{
-    int			 num = styles->count_styles;
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-	if(styles->supported_styles[i] == style) {
-	    return True;
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimCheckLocalInputStyle(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XIMArg		*values,
-    XIMStyles		*styles,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 list_num)
-{
-    XrmQuark		 quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNInputStyle);
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-
-    for(p = values; p && p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	if(quark == XrmStringToQuark(p->name)) {
-	    if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num, p->name))) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	    if(!_XimEncodeLocalICAttr(ic, res, top, p, 0)) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	    if (_XimCheckInputStyle(styles,
-			((XimDefICValues *)top)->input_style)) {
-		return True;
-	    }
-	    return False;
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimDecodeAttr(
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,
-    unsigned int	 num,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XPointer		 val)
-{
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {
-	if(info[i].quark == res->xrm_name) {
-	    if(!info[i].decode) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	    return (*info[i].decode)(&info[i], top, val);
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimDecodeLocalIMAttr(
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XPointer		 val)
-{
-    return _XimDecodeAttr(im_attr_info, XIMNumber(im_attr_info),
-					res, top, val);
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimDecodeLocalICAttr(
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XPointer		 val,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    unsigned int	 num;
-    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info;
-
-    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	info = ic_pre_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_pre_attr_info);
-    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	info = ic_sts_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_sts_attr_info);
-    } else {
-	info = ic_attr_info;
-	num  = XIMNumber(ic_attr_info);
-    }
-
-    return _XimDecodeAttr(info, num, res, top, val);
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimGetICValueData(Xic ic, XPointer top, XIMResourceList res_list,
-		   unsigned int	 list_num, XIMArg *values, unsigned long mode)
-{
-    register  XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    char		*name;
-    int			 check;
-    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;
-
-    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);
-    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);
-
-    for(p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	if((res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num,
-					p->name)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-	if(res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {
-	    if((name = _XimGetICValueData(ic,
-			(XPointer)(&((XimDefICValues *)top)->preedit_attr),
-			res_list, list_num, (XIMArg *)p->value,
-			(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR)))) {
-		return name;
-	    }
-	} else if(res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {
-	    if((name = _XimGetICValueData(ic,
-			(XPointer)(&((XimDefICValues *)top)->status_attr),
-			res_list, list_num, (XIMArg *)p->value,
-			(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR)))) {
-		return name;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);
-	    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {
-		continue;
-	    } else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {
-		return p->name;
-	    }
-
-	    if(_XimDecodeLocalICAttr(res, top, p->value, mode) == False) {
-		return p->name;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimGetCurrentIMValues(Xim im, XimDefIMValues *im_values)
-{
-    bzero((char *)im_values, sizeof(XimDefIMValues));
-
-    im_values->styles		= im->core.styles;
-    im_values->im_values_list	= im->core.im_values_list;
-    im_values->ic_values_list	= im->core.ic_values_list;
-    im_values->destroy_callback = im->core.destroy_callback;
-    im_values->res_name		= im->core.res_name;
-    im_values->res_class	= im->core.res_class;
-    im_values->visible_position	= im->core.visible_position;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimSetCurrentIMValues(Xim im, XimDefIMValues *im_values)
-{
-    im->core.styles		= im_values->styles;
-    im->core.im_values_list	= im_values->im_values_list;
-    im->core.ic_values_list	= im_values->ic_values_list;
-    im->core.destroy_callback	= im_values->destroy_callback;
-    im->core.res_name		= im_values->res_name;
-    im->core.res_class		= im_values->res_class;
-    im->core.visible_position	= im_values->visible_position;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimGetCurrentICValues(Xic ic, XimDefICValues *ic_values)
-{
-    bzero((char *)ic_values, sizeof(XimDefICValues));
-
-    ic_values->input_style	 = ic->core.input_style;
-    ic_values->client_window	 = ic->core.client_window;
-    ic_values->focus_window	 = ic->core.focus_window;
-    ic_values->filter_events	 = ic->core.filter_events;
-    ic_values->geometry_callback = ic->core.geometry_callback;
-    ic_values->res_name		 = ic->core.res_name;
-    ic_values->res_class	 = ic->core.res_class;
-    ic_values->destroy_callback	 = ic->core.destroy_callback;
-    ic_values->string_conversion_callback
-				 = ic->core.string_conversion_callback;
-    ic_values->string_conversion = ic->core.string_conversion;
-    ic_values->reset_state	 = ic->core.reset_state;
-    ic_values->hotkey		 = ic->core.hotkey;
-    ic_values->hotkey_state	 = ic->core.hotkey_state;
-    ic_values->preedit_attr	 = ic->core.preedit_attr;
-    ic_values->status_attr	 = ic->core.status_attr;
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimSetCurrentICValues(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XimDefICValues	*ic_values)
-{
-    ic->core.input_style	= ic_values->input_style;
-    ic->core.client_window	= ic_values->client_window;
-    if (ic_values->focus_window)
-	ic->core.focus_window	= ic_values->focus_window;
-    ic->core.filter_events	= ic_values->filter_events;
-    ic->core.geometry_callback	= ic_values->geometry_callback;
-    ic->core.res_name		= ic_values->res_name;
-    ic->core.res_class		= ic_values->res_class;
-    ic->core.destroy_callback 	= ic_values->destroy_callback;
-    ic->core.string_conversion_callback
-				= ic_values->string_conversion_callback;
-    ic->core.string_conversion	= ic_values->string_conversion;
-    ic->core.reset_state	= ic_values->reset_state;
-    ic->core.hotkey		= ic_values->hotkey;
-    ic->core.hotkey_state	= ic_values->hotkey_state;
-    ic->core.preedit_attr	= ic_values->preedit_attr;
-    ic->core.status_attr	= ic_values->status_attr;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimInitialIMOffsetInfo(void)
-{
-    unsigned int	 n = XIMNumber(im_attr_info);
-    register int	 i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	im_attr_info[i].quark = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(im_attr_info[i]));
-    }
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimInitialICOffsetInfo(void)
-{
-    unsigned int	 n;
-    register int	 i;
-
-    n = XIMNumber(ic_attr_info);
-    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	ic_attr_info[i].quark = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(ic_attr_info[i]));
-    }
-
-    n = XIMNumber(ic_pre_attr_info);
-    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	ic_pre_attr_info[i].quark = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(ic_pre_attr_info[i]));
-    }
-
-    n = XIMNumber(ic_sts_attr_info);
-    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	ic_sts_attr_info[i].quark = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(ic_sts_attr_info[i]));
-    }
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimInitialIMMode(void)
-{
-    unsigned int	n = XIMNumber(im_mode);
-    register int	i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	im_mode_quark[i] = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(im_mode[i]));
-    }
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimInitialICMode(void)
-{
-    unsigned int	n = XIMNumber(ic_mode);
-    register int	i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	ic_mode_quark[i] = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(ic_mode[i]));
-    }
-}
-
-Public void
-_XimInitialResourceInfo(void)
-{
-    static Bool	init_flag = False;
-
-    if(init_flag == True) {
-	return;
-    }
-    _XimInitialIMOffsetInfo();
-    _XimInitialICOffsetInfo();
-    _XimInitialIMMode();
-    _XimInitialICMode();
-    init_flag = True;
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+	  Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992,1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+	  Copyright 1994                        by Sony Corporation

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED

+and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity

+pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+written prior permission. FUJITSU LIMITED and Sony Corporation make

+no representations about the suitability of this software for any

+purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH

+REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED AND

+SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL

+DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR

+PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+			       fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+  Modifier: Makoto Wakamatsu   Sony Corporation

+			       makoto@sm.sony.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include <X11/Xlib.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+#include "Xresource.h"

+

+#define GET_NAME(x) name_table + x.name_offset

+

+typedef struct _XimValueOffsetInfo {

+    unsigned short name_offset;

+    XrmQuark		 quark;

+    unsigned int	 offset;

+    Bool		 (*defaults)(

+	struct _XimValueOffsetInfo *, XPointer, XPointer, unsigned long

+			 );

+    Bool		 (*encode)(

+	struct _XimValueOffsetInfo *, XPointer, XPointer

+			 );

+    Bool		 (*decode)(

+	struct _XimValueOffsetInfo *, XPointer, XPointer

+			 );

+} XimValueOffsetInfoRec, *XimValueOffsetInfo;

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckBool(str)

+    char	*str;

+{

+    if(!strcmp(str, "True") || !strcmp(str, "true") ||

+       !strcmp(str, "Yes")  || !strcmp(str, "yes")  ||

+       !strcmp(str, "ON")   || !strcmp(str, "on"))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimSetProtoResource(im)

+    Xim		 im;

+{

+    char	res_name_buf[256];

+    char*	res_name;

+    char	res_class_buf[256];

+    char*	res_class;

+    char*	str_type;

+    XrmValue	value;

+    XIMStyle	preedit_style = 0;

+    XIMStyle	status_style = 0;

+    XIMStyles*	imstyles;

+    char*	dotximdot = ".xim.";

+    char*	ximdot = "xim.";

+    char*	dotXimdot = ".Xim.";

+    char*	Ximdot = "Xim.";

+

+    if (!im->core.rdb)

+	return;

+

+    if (strlen (im->core.res_name) < 200) res_name = res_name_buf;

+    else res_name = Xmalloc (strlen (im->core.res_name) + 50);

+    if (strlen (im->core.res_class) < 200) res_class = res_class_buf;

+    else res_class = Xmalloc (strlen (im->core.res_class) + 50);

+    /* pretend malloc always works */

+

+    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,

+	"useAuth");

+    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,

+	"UseAuth");

+    bzero(&value, sizeof(XrmValue));

+    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {

+	if(_XimCheckBool(value.addr)) {

+	    MARK_USE_AUTHORIZATION_FUNC(im);

+	}

+    }

+

+    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,

+	"delaybinding");

+    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,

+	"Delaybinding");

+    bzero(&value, sizeof(XrmValue));

+    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {

+	if(_XimCheckBool(value.addr)) {

+	    MARK_DELAYBINDABLE(im);

+	}

+    }

+

+    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,

+	"reconnect");

+    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,

+	"Reconnect");

+    bzero(&value, sizeof(XrmValue));

+    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {

+	if(_XimCheckBool(value.addr)) {

+	    MARK_RECONNECTABLE(im);

+	}

+    }

+

+    if(!IS_CONNECTABLE(im)) {

+	if (res_name != res_name_buf) Xfree (res_name);

+	if (res_class != res_class_buf) Xfree (res_class);

+	return;

+    }

+

+    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,

+	"preeditDefaultStyle");

+    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,

+	"PreeditDefaultStyle");

+    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {

+	if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditArea"))

+	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditArea;

+	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditCallbacks"))

+	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditCallbacks;

+	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditPosition"))

+	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditPosition;

+	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditNothing"))

+	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditNothing;

+	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMPreeditNone"))

+	    preedit_style = XIMPreeditNone;

+    }

+    if(!preedit_style)

+	preedit_style = XIMPreeditNothing;

+

+    (void) sprintf (res_name, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? im->core.res_name : "*",

+	im->core.res_name != NULL ? dotximdot : ximdot,

+	"statusDefaultStyle");

+    (void) sprintf (res_class, "%s%s%s",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? im->core.res_class : "*",

+	im->core.res_class != NULL ? dotXimdot : Ximdot,

+	"StatusDefaultStyle");

+    if(XrmGetResource(im->core.rdb, res_name, res_class, &str_type, &value)) {

+	if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMStatusArea"))

+	    status_style = XIMStatusArea;

+	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMStatusCallbacks"))

+	    status_style = XIMStatusCallbacks;

+	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMStatusNothing"))

+	    status_style = XIMStatusNothing;

+	else if(!strcmp(value.addr, "XIMStatusNone"))

+	    status_style = XIMStatusNone;

+    }

+    if(!status_style)

+	status_style = XIMStatusNothing;

+

+    if(!(imstyles = (XIMStyles *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMStyles) + sizeof(XIMStyle)))){

+	if (res_name != res_name_buf) Xfree (res_name);

+	if (res_class != res_class_buf) Xfree (res_class);

+	return;

+    }

+    imstyles->count_styles = 1;

+    imstyles->supported_styles =

+			(XIMStyle *)((char *)imstyles + sizeof(XIMStyles));

+    imstyles->supported_styles[0] = preedit_style | status_style;

+    im->private.proto.default_styles = imstyles;

+    if (res_name != res_name_buf) Xfree (res_name);

+    if (res_class != res_class_buf) Xfree (res_class);

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+static const char name_table[] =

+    /*   0 */ XNQueryInputStyle"\0"

+    /*  16 */ XNClientWindow"\0"

+    /*  29 */ XNInputStyle"\0"

+    /*  40 */ XNFocusWindow"\0"

+    /*  52 */ XNResourceName"\0"

+    /*  65 */ XNResourceClass"\0"

+    /*  79 */ XNGeometryCallback"\0"

+    /*  96 */ XNDestroyCallback"\0"

+    /* 112 */ XNFilterEvents"\0"

+    /* 125 */ XNPreeditStartCallback"\0"

+    /* 146 */ XNPreeditDoneCallback"\0"

+    /* 166 */ XNPreeditDrawCallback"\0"

+    /* 186 */ XNPreeditCaretCallback"\0"

+    /* 207 */ XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback"\0"

+    /* 234 */ XNPreeditAttributes"\0"

+    /* 252 */ XNStatusStartCallback"\0"

+    /* 272 */ XNStatusDoneCallback"\0"

+    /* 291 */ XNStatusDrawCallback"\0"

+    /* 310 */ XNStatusAttributes"\0"

+    /* 327 */ XNArea"\0"

+    /* 332 */ XNAreaNeeded"\0"

+    /* 343 */ XNSpotLocation"\0"

+    /* 356 */ XNColormap"\0"

+    /* 365 */ XNStdColormap"\0"

+    /* 377 */ XNForeground"\0"

+    /* 388 */ XNBackground"\0"

+    /* 399 */ XNBackgroundPixmap"\0"

+    /* 416 */ XNFontSet"\0"

+    /* 424 */ XNLineSpace"\0"

+    /* 434 */ XNCursor"\0"

+    /* 441 */ XNQueryIMValuesList"\0"

+    /* 459 */ XNQueryICValuesList"\0"

+    /* 477 */ XNVisiblePosition"\0"

+    /* 493 */ XNStringConversionCallback"\0"

+    /* 518 */ XNStringConversion"\0"

+    /* 535 */ XNResetState"\0"

+    /* 546 */ XNHotKey"\0"

+    /* 553 */ XNHotKeyState"\0"

+    /* 565 */ XNPreeditState

+;

+

+#define OFFSET_XNQUERYINPUTSTYLE 0

+#define OFFSET_XNCLIENTWINDOW 16

+#define OFFSET_XNINPUTSTYLE 29

+#define OFFSET_XNFOCUSWINDOW 40

+#define OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME 52

+#define OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS 65

+#define OFFSET_XNGEOMETRYCALLBACK 79

+#define OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK 96

+#define OFFSET_XNFILTEREVENTS 112

+#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTARTCALLBACK 125

+#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITDONECALLBACK 146

+#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITDRAWCALLBACK 166

+#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITCARETCALLBACK 186

+#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATENOTIFYCALLBACK 207

+#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITATTRIBUTES 234

+#define OFFSET_XNSTATUSSTARTCALLBACK 252

+#define OFFSET_XNSTATUSDONECALLBACK 272

+#define OFFSET_XNSTATUSDRAWCALLBACK 291

+#define OFFSET_XNSTATUSATTRIBUTES 310

+#define OFFSET_XNAREA 327

+#define OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED 332

+#define OFFSET_XNSPOTLOCATION 343

+#define OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP 356

+#define OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP 365

+#define OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND 377

+#define OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND 388

+#define OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP 399

+#define OFFSET_XNFONTSET 416

+#define OFFSET_XNLINESPACE 424

+#define OFFSET_XNCURSOR 434

+#define OFFSET_XNQUERYIMVALUESLIST 441

+#define OFFSET_XNQUERYICVALUESLIST 459

+#define OFFSET_XNVISIBLEPOSITION 477

+#define OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK 493

+#define OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSION 518

+#define OFFSET_XNRESETSTATE 535

+#define OFFSET_XNHOTKEY 546

+#define OFFSET_XNHOTKEYSTATE 553

+#define OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATE 565

+

+/* offsets into name_table */

+static const unsigned short supported_local_im_values_list[] = {

+    OFFSET_XNQUERYINPUTSTYLE,

+    OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,

+    OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,

+    OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNQUERYIMVALUESLIST,

+    OFFSET_XNQUERYICVALUESLIST,

+    OFFSET_XNVISIBLEPOSITION

+};

+

+/* offsets into name_table */

+static const unsigned short supported_local_ic_values_list[] = {

+    OFFSET_XNINPUTSTYLE,

+    OFFSET_XNCLIENTWINDOW,

+    OFFSET_XNFOCUSWINDOW,

+    OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,

+    OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,

+    OFFSET_XNGEOMETRYCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNFILTEREVENTS,

+    OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNRESETSTATE,

+    OFFSET_XNHOTKEY,

+    OFFSET_XNHOTKEYSTATE,

+    OFFSET_XNPREEDITATTRIBUTES,

+    OFFSET_XNSTATUSATTRIBUTES,

+    OFFSET_XNAREA,

+    OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED,

+    OFFSET_XNSPOTLOCATION,

+    OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP,

+    OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP,

+    OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND,

+    OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND,

+    OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP,

+    OFFSET_XNFONTSET,

+    OFFSET_XNLINESPACE,

+    OFFSET_XNCURSOR,

+    OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTARTCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNPREEDITDONECALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNPREEDITDRAWCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNPREEDITCARETCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNSTATUSSTARTCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNSTATUSDONECALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNSTATUSDRAWCALLBACK,

+    OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATE,

+    OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATENOTIFYCALLBACK

+};

+

+static XIMStyle const supported_local_styles[] = {

+    XIMPreeditNone	| XIMStatusNone,

+    XIMPreeditNothing	| XIMStatusNothing,

+    0						/* dummy */

+};

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultStyles(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  parm,			/* unused */

+    unsigned long	  mode)			/* unused */

+{

+    XIMStyles		 *styles;

+    XIMStyles		**out;

+    register int	  i;

+    unsigned int	  n;

+    int			  len;

+    XPointer		  tmp;

+

+    n = XIMNumber(supported_local_styles) - 1;

+    len = sizeof(XIMStyles) + sizeof(XIMStyle) * n;

+    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    styles = (XIMStyles *)tmp;

+    if (n > 0) {

+	styles->count_styles = (unsigned short)n;

+	styles->supported_styles =

+				(XIMStyle *)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMStyles));

+	for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	    styles->supported_styles[i] = supported_local_styles[i];

+	}

+    }

+

+    out = (XIMStyles **)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = styles;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultIMValues(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  parm,			/* unused */

+    unsigned long	  mode)			/* unused */

+{

+    XIMValuesList	 *values_list;

+    XIMValuesList	**out;

+    register int	  i;

+    unsigned int	  n;

+    int			  len;

+    XPointer		  tmp;

+

+    n = XIMNumber(supported_local_im_values_list);

+    len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + sizeof(char **) * n;

+    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    values_list = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;

+    if (n > 0) {

+	values_list->count_values = (unsigned short)n;

+	values_list->supported_values

+			 = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));

+	for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	    values_list->supported_values[i] =

+		(char *)name_table + supported_local_im_values_list[i];

+	}

+    }

+

+    out = (XIMValuesList **)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = values_list;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultICValues(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  parm,			/* unused */

+    unsigned long	  mode)			/* unused */

+{

+    XIMValuesList	 *values_list;

+    XIMValuesList	**out;

+    register int	  i;

+    unsigned int	  n;

+    int			  len;

+    XPointer		  tmp;

+

+    n = XIMNumber(supported_local_ic_values_list);

+    len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + sizeof(char **) * n;

+    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    values_list = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;

+    if (n > 0) {

+	values_list->count_values = (unsigned short)n;

+	values_list->supported_values

+			 = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));

+	for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	    values_list->supported_values[i] =

+		(char *)name_table + supported_local_ic_values_list[i];

+	}

+    }

+

+    out = (XIMValuesList **)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = values_list;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultVisiblePos(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  parm,			/* unused */

+    unsigned long	  mode)			/* unused */

+{

+    Bool		*out;

+

+    out = (Bool *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = False;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultFocusWindow(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;

+    Window		*out;

+

+    if(ic->core.client_window == (Window)NULL) {

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    out = (Window *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = ic->core.client_window;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultResName(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  parm,

+    unsigned long	  mode)

+{

+    Xic			  ic = (Xic)parm;

+    Xim			  im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    char		**out;

+

+    if(im->core.res_name == (char *)NULL) {

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = im->core.res_name;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultResClass(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	   info,

+    XPointer	 	   top,

+    XPointer	 	   parm,

+    unsigned long	   mode)

+{

+    Xic			  ic = (Xic)parm;

+    Xim			  im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    char		**out;

+

+    if(im->core.res_class == (char *)NULL) {

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = im->core.res_class;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultDestroyCB(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  parm,

+    unsigned long	  mode)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    XIMCallback		*out;

+

+    out = (XIMCallback *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = im->core.destroy_callback;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultResetState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  parm,

+    unsigned long	  mode)

+{

+    XIMResetState	*out;

+

+    out = (XIMResetState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = XIMInitialState;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultHotKeyState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  parm,

+    unsigned long	  mode)

+{

+    XIMHotKeyState	*out;

+

+    out = (XIMHotKeyState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = XIMHotKeyStateOFF;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultArea(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    Window		 root_return;

+    int			 x_return, y_return;

+    unsigned int	 width_return, height_return;

+    unsigned int	 border_width_return;

+    unsigned int	 depth_return;

+    XRectangle		 area;

+    XRectangle		*out;

+

+    if(ic->core.focus_window == (Window)NULL) {

+	return True;

+    }

+    if(XGetGeometry(im->core.display, (Drawable)ic->core.focus_window,

+		&root_return, &x_return, &y_return, &width_return,

+		&height_return, &border_width_return, &depth_return)

+		== (Status)Success) {

+	return True;

+    }

+    area.x	= 0;

+    area.y	= 0;

+    area.width	= width_return;

+    area.height	= height_return;

+

+    out = (XRectangle *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = area;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultColormap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    XWindowAttributes	 win_attr;

+    Colormap		*out;

+

+    if(ic->core.client_window == (Window)NULL) {

+	return True;

+    }

+    if(XGetWindowAttributes(im->core.display, ic->core.client_window,

+					&win_attr) == (Status)Success) {

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    out = (Colormap *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = win_attr.colormap;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultStdColormap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Atom		*out;

+

+    out = (Atom *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (Atom)0;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultFg(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    unsigned long	 fg;

+    unsigned long	*out;

+

+    fg = WhitePixel(im->core.display, DefaultScreen(im->core.display));

+    out = (unsigned long *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = fg;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultBg(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)ic->core.im;

+    unsigned long	 bg;

+    unsigned long	*out;

+

+    bg = BlackPixel(im->core.display, DefaultScreen(im->core.display));

+    out = (unsigned long *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = bg;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultBgPixmap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Pixmap		*out;

+

+    out = (Pixmap *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (Pixmap)0;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultFontSet(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    XFontSet		*out;

+

+    out = (XFontSet *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = 0;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultLineSpace(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Xic			 ic = (Xic)parm;

+    XFontSet		 fontset;

+    XFontSetExtents	*fset_extents;

+    int			 line_space = 0;

+    int			*out;

+

+    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	fontset = ic->core.preedit_attr.fontset;

+    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	fontset = ic->core.status_attr.fontset;

+    } else {

+	return True;

+    }

+    if (fontset) {

+	fset_extents = XExtentsOfFontSet(fontset);

+	line_space = fset_extents->max_logical_extent.height;

+    }

+    out = (int *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = line_space;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultCursor(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    Cursor		*out;

+

+    out = (Cursor *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (Cursor)0;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultPreeditState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    XIMPreeditState	*out;

+

+    out = (XIMPreeditState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = XIMPreeditDisable;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDefaultNest(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 parm,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeCallback(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMCallback		*out;

+

+    out = (XIMCallback *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = *((XIMCallback *)val);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeString(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  val)

+{

+    char		 *string;

+    char		**out;

+

+    if(val == (XPointer)NULL) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    if (!(string = strdup((char *)val))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    if(*out) {

+	Xfree(*out);

+    }

+    *out = string;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeStyle(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMStyle		*out;

+

+    out = (XIMStyle *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (XIMStyle)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeWindow(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Window		*out;

+

+    out = (Window *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (Window)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeStringConv(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo		 info,

+    XPointer		 	 top,

+    XPointer		 	 val)

+{

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeResetState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMResetState	*out;

+

+    out = (XIMResetState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (XIMResetState)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeHotKey(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	  info,

+    XPointer	 	  top,

+    XPointer	 	  val)

+{

+    XIMHotKeyTriggers	 *hotkey = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)val;

+    XIMHotKeyTriggers	**out;

+    XIMHotKeyTriggers	 *key_list;

+    XIMHotKeyTrigger	 *key;

+    XPointer		  tmp;

+    int			  num;

+    int			  len;

+    register int	  i;

+

+    if(hotkey == (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)NULL) {

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    if((num = hotkey->num_hot_key) == 0) {

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    len = sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers) + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTrigger) * num;

+    if(!(tmp = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    key_list = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)tmp;

+    key = (XIMHotKeyTrigger *)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers));

+

+    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+	key[i] = hotkey->key[i];

+    }

+

+    key_list->num_hot_key = num;

+    key_list->key = key;

+

+    out = (XIMHotKeyTriggers **)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = key_list;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeHotKetState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMHotKeyState	*out;

+

+    out = (XIMHotKeyState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (XIMHotKeyState)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeRectangle(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XRectangle		*out;

+

+    out = (XRectangle *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = *((XRectangle *)val);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeSpot(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XPoint		*out;

+

+    out = (XPoint *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = *((XPoint *)val);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeColormap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Colormap		*out;

+

+    out = (Colormap *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (Colormap)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeStdColormap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Atom		*out;

+

+    out = (Atom *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (Atom)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeLong(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    unsigned long	*out;

+

+    out = (unsigned long *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (unsigned long)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeBgPixmap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Pixmap		*out;

+

+    out = (Pixmap *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (Pixmap)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeFontSet(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XFontSet		*out;

+

+    out = (XFontSet *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (XFontSet)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeLineSpace(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    int			*out;

+

+    out = (int *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (long)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeCursor(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Cursor		*out;

+

+    out = (Cursor *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (Cursor)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodePreeditState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMPreeditState	*out;

+

+    out = (XIMPreeditState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *out = (XIMPreeditState)val;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimEncodeNest(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeStyles(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMStyles		*styles;

+    XIMStyles		*out;

+    register int	 i;

+    unsigned int	 num;

+    int			 len;

+    XPointer		 tmp;

+

+    if(val == (XPointer)NULL) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    styles = *((XIMStyles **)((char *)top + info->offset));

+    num = styles->count_styles;

+

+    len = sizeof(XIMStyles) + sizeof(XIMStyle) * num;

+    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    out = (XIMStyles *)tmp;

+    if(num >0) {

+	out->count_styles = (unsigned short)num;

+	out->supported_styles = (XIMStyle *)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMStyles));

+

+	for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+	    out->supported_styles[i] = styles->supported_styles[i];

+	}

+    }

+    *((XIMStyles **)val) = out;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeValues(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMValuesList	*values_list;

+    XIMValuesList	*out;

+    register int	 i;

+    unsigned int	 num;

+    int			 len;

+    XPointer		 tmp;

+

+    if(val == (XPointer)NULL) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    values_list = *((XIMValuesList **)((char *)top + info->offset));

+    num = values_list->count_values;

+

+    len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + sizeof(char **) * num;

+    if(!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    out = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;

+    if(num) {

+	out->count_values = (unsigned short)num;

+	out->supported_values = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));

+

+	for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+	    out->supported_values[i] = values_list->supported_values[i];

+	}

+    }

+    *((XIMValuesList **)val) = out;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeCallback(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMCallback		*in;

+    XIMCallback		*callback;

+

+    in = (XIMCallback *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    if(!(callback = (XIMCallback *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMCallback)))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    callback->client_data = in->client_data;

+    callback->callback    = in->callback;

+

+    *((XIMCallback **)val) = callback;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeString(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    char		*in;

+    char		*string;

+

+    in = *((char **)((char *)top + info->offset));

+    if (in != NULL) {

+	string = strdup(in);

+    } else {

+	string = Xcalloc(1, 1); /* strdup("") */

+    }

+    if (string == NULL) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    *((char **)val) = string;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeBool(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Bool		*in;

+

+    in = (Bool *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((Bool *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeStyle(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMStyle		*in;

+

+    in = (XIMStyle *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((XIMStyle *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeWindow(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Window		*in;

+

+    in = (Window *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((Window *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeStringConv(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    /*

+     * Not yet

+     */

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeResetState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMResetState	*in;

+

+    in = (XIMResetState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((XIMResetState *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeHotKey(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMHotKeyTriggers	*in;

+    XIMHotKeyTriggers	*hotkey;

+    XIMHotKeyTrigger	*key;

+    XPointer		 tmp;

+    int			 num;

+    int			 len;

+    register int	 i;

+

+    in = *((XIMHotKeyTriggers **)((char *)top + info->offset));

+    num = in->num_hot_key;

+    len = sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers) + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTrigger) * num;

+    if(!(tmp = (XPointer)Xmalloc(len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    hotkey = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)tmp;

+    key = (XIMHotKeyTrigger *)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers));

+

+    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+	key[i] = in->key[i];

+    }

+    hotkey->num_hot_key = num;

+    hotkey->key = key;

+

+    *((XIMHotKeyTriggers **)val) = hotkey;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeHotKetState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMHotKeyState	*in;

+

+    in = (XIMHotKeyState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((XIMHotKeyState *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeRectangle(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XRectangle		*in;

+    XRectangle		*rect;

+

+    in = (XRectangle *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    if(!(rect = (XRectangle *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XRectangle)))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    *rect = *in;

+    *((XRectangle **)val) = rect;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeSpot(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XPoint		*in;

+    XPoint		*spot;

+

+    in = (XPoint *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    if(!(spot = (XPoint *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XPoint)))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+    *spot = *in;

+    *((XPoint **)val) = spot;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeColormap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Colormap		*in;

+

+    in = (Colormap *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((Colormap *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeStdColormap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Atom		*in;

+

+    in = (Atom *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((Atom *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeLong(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    unsigned long	*in;

+

+    in = (unsigned long *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((unsigned long *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeBgPixmap(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Pixmap		*in;

+

+    in = (Pixmap *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((Pixmap *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeFontSet(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XFontSet		*in;

+

+    in = (XFontSet *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((XFontSet *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeLineSpace(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    int		*in;

+

+    in = (int *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((int *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeCursor(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    Cursor		*in;

+

+    in = (Cursor *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((Cursor *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodePreeditState(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    XIMPreeditState	*in;

+

+    in = (XIMPreeditState *)((char *)top + info->offset);

+    *((XIMPreeditState *)val) = *in;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private  Bool

+_XimDecodeNest(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    XPointer	 	 top,

+    XPointer	 	 val)

+{

+    return True;

+}

+

+static	XIMResource	im_resources[] = {

+    {XNQueryInputStyle,		   0, XimType_XIMStyles,	0, 0, 0},

+    {XNDestroyCallback,		   0,  0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNResourceName,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNResourceClass,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNQueryIMValuesList,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNQueryICValuesList,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNVisiblePosition,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0}

+};

+

+static	XIMResource	im_inner_resources[] = {

+    {XNDestroyCallback,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNResourceName,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNResourceClass,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNQueryIMValuesList,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNQueryICValuesList,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNVisiblePosition,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0}

+};

+

+static	XIMResource	ic_resources[] = {

+    {XNInputStyle,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNClientWindow,		   0, XimType_Window,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNFocusWindow,		   0, XimType_Window,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNResourceName,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNResourceClass,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNGeometryCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNFilterEvents,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNDestroyCallback,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStringConversionCallback,   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStringConversion,	   0, XimType_XIMStringConversion,0, 0, 0},

+    {XNResetState,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNHotKey,			   0, XimType_XIMHotKeyTriggers,0, 0, 0},

+    {XNHotKeyState,		   0, XimType_XIMHotKeyState, 	0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditAttributes,	   0, XimType_NEST,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStatusAttributes,	   0, XimType_NEST,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNArea,			   0, XimType_XRectangle,	0, 0, 0},

+    {XNAreaNeeded,		   0, XimType_XRectangle,	0, 0, 0},

+    {XNSpotLocation,		   0, XimType_XPoint,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNColormap,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStdColormap,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNForeground,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNBackground,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNBackgroundPixmap,	   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNFontSet,			   0, XimType_XFontSet,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNLineSpace,		   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNCursor,			   0, XimType_CARD32,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditStartCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditDoneCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditDrawCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditCaretCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStatusStartCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStatusDoneCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStatusDrawCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditState,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback, 0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+};

+

+static	XIMResource	ic_inner_resources[] = {

+    {XNResourceName,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNResourceClass,		   0, XimType_STRING8,		0, 0, 0},

+    {XNGeometryCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNDestroyCallback,		   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStringConversionCallback,   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditStartCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditDoneCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditDrawCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditCaretCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStatusStartCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStatusDoneCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNStatusDrawCallback,	   0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+    {XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback, 0, 0,			0, 0, 0},

+};

+

+static XimValueOffsetInfoRec im_attr_info[] = {

+    {OFFSET_XNQUERYINPUTSTYLE,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, styles),

+	_XimDefaultStyles,	 NULL,			_XimDecodeStyles},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, destroy_callback),

+	NULL,		 	 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, res_name),

+	NULL,		 	 _XimEncodeString,	_XimDecodeString},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, res_class),

+	NULL,		 	 _XimEncodeString,	_XimDecodeString},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNQUERYIMVALUESLIST,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, im_values_list),

+	_XimDefaultIMValues,	 NULL,			_XimDecodeValues},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNQUERYICVALUESLIST,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, ic_values_list),

+	_XimDefaultICValues,	 NULL,			_XimDecodeValues},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNVISIBLEPOSITION,			 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefIMValues, visible_position),

+	_XimDefaultVisiblePos,	 NULL,			_XimDecodeBool}

+};

+

+static XimValueOffsetInfoRec ic_attr_info[] = {

+    {OFFSET_XNINPUTSTYLE,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, input_style),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeStyle,	_XimDecodeStyle},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNCLIENTWINDOW,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, client_window),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeWindow,	_XimDecodeWindow},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNFOCUSWINDOW,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, focus_window),

+	_XimDefaultFocusWindow,  _XimEncodeWindow,	_XimDecodeWindow},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, res_name),

+	_XimDefaultResName,	 _XimEncodeString,	_XimDecodeString},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, res_class),

+	_XimDefaultResClass,	 _XimEncodeString,	_XimDecodeString},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNGEOMETRYCALLBACK,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, geometry_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNFILTEREVENTS,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, filter_events),

+	NULL,			 NULL,			_XimDecodeLong},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, destroy_callback),

+	_XimDefaultDestroyCB,	 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK, 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, string_conversion_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSION,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, string_conversion),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeStringConv,	_XimDecodeStringConv},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNRESETSTATE,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, reset_state),

+	_XimDefaultResetState,	 _XimEncodeResetState,	_XimDecodeResetState},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNHOTKEY,			 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, hotkey),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeHotKey,	_XimDecodeHotKey},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNHOTKEYSTATE,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, hotkey_state),

+	_XimDefaultHotKeyState,	 _XimEncodeHotKetState,	_XimDecodeHotKetState},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITATTRIBUTES,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, preedit_attr),

+	_XimDefaultNest,	 _XimEncodeNest,	_XimDecodeNest},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSATTRIBUTES,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(XimDefICValues, status_attr),

+	_XimDefaultNest,	 _XimEncodeNest,	_XimDecodeNest},

+};

+

+static XimValueOffsetInfoRec ic_pre_attr_info[] = {

+    {OFFSET_XNAREA,			 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, area),

+	_XimDefaultArea,	 _XimEncodeRectangle,	_XimDecodeRectangle},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, area_needed),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeRectangle,	_XimDecodeRectangle},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSPOTLOCATION,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, spot_location),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeSpot,	_XimDecodeSpot},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, colormap),

+	_XimDefaultColormap,	 _XimEncodeColormap,	_XimDecodeColormap},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, std_colormap),

+	_XimDefaultStdColormap,	 _XimEncodeStdColormap,	_XimDecodeStdColormap},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, foreground),

+	_XimDefaultFg,		 _XimEncodeLong,	_XimDecodeLong},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, background),

+	_XimDefaultBg,		 _XimEncodeLong,	_XimDecodeLong},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, background_pixmap),

+	_XimDefaultBgPixmap, 	 _XimEncodeBgPixmap,	_XimDecodeBgPixmap},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNFONTSET,			 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, fontset),

+	_XimDefaultFontSet,	 _XimEncodeFontSet,	_XimDecodeFontSet},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNLINESPACE,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, line_spacing),

+	_XimDefaultLineSpace,	 _XimEncodeLineSpace,	_XimDecodeLineSpace},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNCURSOR,			 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, cursor),

+	_XimDefaultCursor,	 _XimEncodeCursor,	_XimDecodeCursor},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTARTCALLBACK,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, start_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITDONECALLBACK,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, done_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITDRAWCALLBACK,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, draw_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITCARETCALLBACK,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, caret_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATE,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, preedit_state),

+	_XimDefaultPreeditState, _XimEncodePreeditState,_XimDecodePreeditState},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATENOTIFYCALLBACK, 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICPreeditAttributes, state_notify_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+};

+

+static XimValueOffsetInfoRec ic_sts_attr_info[] = {

+    {OFFSET_XNAREA,			 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, area),

+	_XimDefaultArea,	 _XimEncodeRectangle,	_XimDecodeRectangle},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, area_needed),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeRectangle,	_XimDecodeRectangle},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, colormap),

+	_XimDefaultColormap,	 _XimEncodeColormap,	_XimDecodeColormap},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, std_colormap),

+	_XimDefaultStdColormap,	 _XimEncodeStdColormap,	_XimDecodeStdColormap},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, foreground),

+	_XimDefaultFg,		 _XimEncodeLong,	_XimDecodeLong},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, background),

+	_XimDefaultBg,		 _XimEncodeLong,	_XimDecodeLong},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, background_pixmap),

+	_XimDefaultBgPixmap, 	 _XimEncodeBgPixmap,	_XimDecodeBgPixmap},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNFONTSET,			 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, fontset),

+	_XimDefaultFontSet,	 _XimEncodeFontSet,	_XimDecodeFontSet},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNLINESPACE,		 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, line_spacing),

+	_XimDefaultLineSpace,	 _XimEncodeLineSpace,	_XimDecodeLineSpace},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNCURSOR,			 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, cursor),

+	_XimDefaultCursor,	 _XimEncodeCursor,	_XimDecodeCursor},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSSTARTCALLBACK,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, start_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSDONECALLBACK,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, done_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback},

+

+    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSDRAWCALLBACK,	 0,

+	XOffsetOf(ICStatusAttributes, draw_callback),

+	NULL,			 _XimEncodeCallback,	_XimDecodeCallback}

+};

+

+typedef struct _XimIMMode {

+    unsigned short name_offset;

+    unsigned short	 mode;

+} XimIMMode;

+

+static const XimIMMode im_mode[] = {

+    {OFFSET_XNQUERYINPUTSTYLE,

+		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},

+    {OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,

+		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_SET | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},

+    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,

+		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_SET | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},

+    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,

+		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_SET | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},

+    {OFFSET_XNQUERYIMVALUESLIST,

+		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},

+    {OFFSET_XNQUERYICVALUESLIST,

+		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)},

+    {OFFSET_XNVISIBLEPOSITION,

+		(XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_IM_GET)}

+};

+

+typedef struct _XimICMode {

+    unsigned short name_offset;

+    unsigned short	 preedit_callback_mode;

+    unsigned short	 preedit_position_mode;

+    unsigned short	 preedit_area_mode;

+    unsigned short	 preedit_nothing_mode;

+    unsigned short	 preedit_none_mode;

+    unsigned short	 status_callback_mode;

+    unsigned short	 status_area_mode;

+    unsigned short	 status_nothing_mode;

+    unsigned short	 status_none_mode;

+} XimICMode;

+

+static const XimICMode ic_mode[] = {

+    {OFFSET_XNINPUTSTYLE,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET)},

+    {OFFSET_XNCLIENTWINDOW,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNFOCUSWINDOW,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCENAME,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNRESOURCECLASS,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNGEOMETRYCALLBACK,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNFILTEREVENTS,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_GET,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_GET,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_GET,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_GET,

+		0,

+		XIM_MODE_STS_GET,

+		XIM_MODE_STS_GET,

+		XIM_MODE_STS_GET,

+		XIM_MODE_STS_GET},

+    {OFFSET_XNDESTROYCALLBACK,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSIONCALLBACK,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNSTRINGCONVERSION,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,

+		XIM_MODE_PRE_SET,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNRESETSTATE,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNHOTKEY,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNHOTKEYSTATE,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITATTRIBUTES,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSATTRIBUTES,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNAREA,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNAREANEEDED,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNSPOTLOCATION,

+		0, /*(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),*/

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNCOLORMAP,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNSTDCOLORMAP,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNFOREGROUND,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUND,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNBACKGROUNDPIXMAP,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNFONTSET,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNLINESPACE,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNCURSOR,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTARTCALLBACK,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITDONECALLBACK,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITDRAWCALLBACK,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITCARETCALLBACK,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATE,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT | XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNPREEDITSTATENOTIFYCALLBACK,

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		(XIM_MODE_PRE_SET | XIM_MODE_PRE_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSSTARTCALLBACK,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSDONECALLBACK,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0},

+    {OFFSET_XNSTATUSDRAWCALLBACK,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		0,

+		(XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE | XIM_MODE_STS_SET | XIM_MODE_STS_GET),

+		0,

+		0,

+		0}

+};

+

+/* the quarks are separated from im_mode/ic_mode so those arrays

+ * can be const.

+ */

+static XrmQuark im_mode_quark[sizeof(im_mode) / sizeof(im_mode[0])];

+static XrmQuark ic_mode_quark[sizeof(ic_mode) / sizeof(ic_mode[0])];

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetResourceList(

+    XIMResourceList	 *res_list,

+    unsigned int	 *list_num,

+    XIMResourceList	  resource,

+    unsigned int	  num_resource,

+    unsigned short	  id)

+{

+    register int	  i;

+    int			  len;

+    XIMResourceList	  res;

+

+    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num_resource;

+    if(!(res = Xcalloc(1, len))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    for(i = 0; i < num_resource; i++, id++) {

+	res[i]    = resource[i];

+	res[i].id = id;

+    }

+

+    _XIMCompileResourceList(res, num_resource);

+    *res_list  = res;

+    *list_num  = num_resource;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSetIMResourceList(

+    XIMResourceList	*res_list,

+    unsigned int	*list_num)

+{

+    return _XimSetResourceList(res_list, list_num,

+				im_resources, XIMNumber(im_resources), 100);

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSetICResourceList(

+    XIMResourceList	*res_list,

+    unsigned int	*list_num)

+{

+    return _XimSetResourceList(res_list, list_num,

+				ic_resources, XIMNumber(ic_resources), 200);

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSetInnerIMResourceList(

+    XIMResourceList	*res_list,

+    unsigned int	*list_num)

+{

+    return _XimSetResourceList(res_list, list_num,

+		im_inner_resources, XIMNumber(im_inner_resources), 100);

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSetInnerICResourceList(

+    XIMResourceList	*res_list,

+    unsigned int	*list_num)

+{

+    return _XimSetResourceList(res_list, list_num,

+		ic_inner_resources, XIMNumber(ic_inner_resources), 200);

+}

+

+Private XIMResourceList

+_XimGetResourceListRecByMode(

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num,

+    unsigned short	 mode)

+{

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < list_num; i++) {

+	if (res_list[i].mode & mode) {

+	    return (XIMResourceList)&res_list[i];

+	}

+    }

+    return (XIMResourceList)NULL;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimCheckCreateICValues(

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num)

+{

+    if (!_XimGetResourceListRecByMode(res_list, list_num, XIM_MODE_IC_CREATE)) {

+	return True;

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public XIMResourceList

+_XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num,

+    XrmQuark		 quark)

+{

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < list_num; i++) {

+	if (res_list[i].xrm_name == quark) {

+	    return (XIMResourceList)&res_list[i];

+	}

+    }

+    return (XIMResourceList)NULL;

+}

+

+Public XIMResourceList

+_XimGetResourceListRec(

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num,

+    const char		*name)

+{

+    XrmQuark		 quark = XrmStringToQuark(name);

+

+    return _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list, list_num, quark);

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimSetIMValueData(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XIMArg		*values,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+

+    for(p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num, p->name))) {

+	    return p->value;

+	}

+	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, XIM_SETIMVALUES);

+	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {

+	    continue;

+	} else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {

+	    return p->value;

+	}

+

+	if(!_XimEncodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, p->value)) {

+	    return p->value;

+	}

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimGetIMValueData(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XIMArg		*values,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+

+    for(p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num, p->name))) {

+	    return p->value;

+	}

+	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, XIM_GETIMVALUES);

+	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {

+	    continue;

+	} else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {

+	    return p->value;

+	}

+

+	if(!_XimDecodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, p->value)) {

+	    return p->value;

+	}

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimSetIMMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res_list,

+    unsigned int	list_num)

+{

+    XIMResourceList	res;

+    unsigned int	n = XIMNumber(im_mode);

+    register int	i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list,

+						list_num, im_mode_quark[i]))) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+	res->mode = im_mode[i].mode;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+Private int

+_XimCheckSetIMDefaultsMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res)

+{

+    if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IM_DEFAULT) {

+	return XIM_CHECK_VALID;

+    }

+    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+}

+

+Private int

+_XimCheckSetIMValuesMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res)

+{

+    if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IM_SET) {

+	return XIM_CHECK_VALID;

+    }

+    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+}

+

+Private int

+ _XimCheckGetIMValuesMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res)

+{

+    if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IM_GET) {

+	return XIM_CHECK_VALID;

+    }

+    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+}

+

+Public int

+ _XimCheckIMMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res,

+    unsigned long	mode)

+{

+    if(res->mode == 0) {

+	return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+    }

+    if(mode & XIM_SETIMDEFAULTS) {

+	return _XimCheckSetIMDefaultsMode(res);

+    } else if (mode & XIM_SETIMVALUES) {

+	return _XimCheckSetIMValuesMode(res);

+    } else if (mode & XIM_GETIMVALUES) {

+	return _XimCheckGetIMValuesMode(res);

+    } else {

+	return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+    }

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimSetICMode(XIMResourceList res_list, unsigned int list_num, XIMStyle style)

+{

+    XIMResourceList	res;

+    unsigned int	n = XIMNumber(ic_mode);

+    register int	i;

+    unsigned int	pre_offset;

+    unsigned int	sts_offset;

+

+    if(style & XIMPreeditArea) {

+	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_area_mode);

+    } else if(style & XIMPreeditCallbacks) {

+	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_callback_mode);

+    } else if(style & XIMPreeditPosition) {

+	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_position_mode);

+    } else if(style & XIMPreeditNothing) {

+	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_nothing_mode);

+    } else {

+	pre_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, preedit_none_mode);

+    }

+

+    if(style & XIMStatusArea) {

+	sts_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, status_area_mode);

+    } else if(style & XIMStatusCallbacks) {

+	sts_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, status_callback_mode);

+    } else if(style & XIMStatusNothing) {

+	sts_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, status_nothing_mode);

+    } else {

+	sts_offset = XOffsetOf(XimICMode, status_none_mode);

+    }

+

+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list,

+						list_num, ic_mode_quark[i]))) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+	res->mode = ( (*(unsigned short *)((char *)&ic_mode[i] + pre_offset))

+		    | (*(unsigned short *)((char *)&ic_mode[i] + sts_offset)));

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+Private int

+_XimCheckSetICDefaultsMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res,

+    unsigned long	mode)

+{

+    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_MASK)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	} else if (!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_MASK)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+    } else {

+	if(!res->mode) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_CREATE) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_DEFAULT)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+    }

+    return XIM_CHECK_VALID;

+}

+

+Private int

+_XimCheckCreateICMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res,

+    unsigned long	mode)

+{

+    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_MASK)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_PRE_CREATE;

+	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE;

+	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_PRE_DEFAULT;

+	} else if (!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_SET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+

+    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_MASK)) {

+	    return  XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_STS_CREATE;

+	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE;

+	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_STS_DEFAULT;

+	} else if (!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_SET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+

+    } else {

+	if(!res->mode) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_CREATE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_IC_CREATE;

+	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_ONCE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_IC_ONCE;

+	} else if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_DEFAULT) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_IC_DEFAULT;

+	} else if (!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_SET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+    }

+    return XIM_CHECK_VALID;

+}

+

+Private int

+_XimCheckSetICValuesMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res,

+    unsigned long	mode)

+{

+    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_MASK)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_PRE_ONCE;

+	} else if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_SET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+

+    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_MASK)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_STS_ONCE;

+	} else if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_SET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+

+    } else {

+	if(!res->mode) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_ONCE) {

+	    res->mode &= ~XIM_MODE_IC_ONCE;

+	} else if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_SET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+    }

+    return XIM_CHECK_VALID;

+}

+

+Private int

+_XimCheckGetICValuesMode(

+    XIMResourceList	res,

+    unsigned long	mode)

+{

+    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_MASK)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_PRE_GET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+

+    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_MASK)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_STS_GET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+

+    } else {

+	if(!res->mode) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_INVALID;

+	}

+

+	if(!(res->mode & XIM_MODE_IC_GET)) {

+	    return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+	}

+    }

+    return XIM_CHECK_VALID;

+}

+

+Public int

+ _XimCheckICMode(

+    XIMResourceList     res,

+    unsigned long       mode)

+{

+    if(mode &XIM_SETICDEFAULTS) {

+	return _XimCheckSetICDefaultsMode(res, mode);

+    } else if (mode & XIM_CREATEIC) {

+	return _XimCheckCreateICMode(res, mode);

+    } else if (mode & XIM_SETICVALUES) {

+	return _XimCheckSetICValuesMode(res, mode);

+    } else if (mode & XIM_GETICVALUES) {

+	return _XimCheckGetICValuesMode(res, mode);

+    } else {

+	return XIM_CHECK_ERROR;

+    }

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSetLocalIMDefaults(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num)

+{

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info;

+    unsigned int	 num;

+    register int	 i;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+

+    info = im_attr_info;

+    num  = XIMNumber(im_attr_info);

+

+    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+	if((res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark( res_list, list_num,

+				info[i].quark)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, XIM_SETIMDEFAULTS);

+	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {

+	    continue;

+	} else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	if(!info[i].defaults) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+	if(!(info[i].defaults(&info[i], top, (XPointer)NULL, 0))) {

+	    return False;

+	}

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimSetICDefaults(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    unsigned long	 mode,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num)

+{

+    unsigned int	 num;

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info;

+    register int	 i;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;

+

+    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);

+    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);

+

+    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	info = ic_pre_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_pre_attr_info);

+    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	info = ic_sts_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_sts_attr_info);

+    } else {

+	info = ic_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_attr_info);

+    }

+

+    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+	if(info[i].quark == pre_quark) {

+	    if(!_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)((char *)top + info[i].offset),

+			(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR), res_list, list_num)) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	} else if (info[i].quark == sts_quark) {

+	    if(!_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)((char *)top + info[i].offset),

+			(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR), res_list, list_num)) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list, list_num,

+							info[i].quark))) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);

+	    if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {

+		continue;

+	    } else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    if (!info[i].defaults) {

+		continue;

+	    }

+	    if (!(info[i].defaults(&info[i], top, (XPointer)ic, mode))) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodeAttr(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    unsigned int	 num,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XPointer		 val)

+{

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {

+	if(info[i].quark == res->xrm_name) {

+	    if(!info[i].encode) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	    return (*info[i].encode)(&info[i], top, val);

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimEncodeLocalIMAttr(

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XPointer		 val)

+{

+    return _XimEncodeAttr(im_attr_info, XIMNumber(im_attr_info),

+					res, top, val);

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimEncodeLocalICAttr(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    unsigned int	 num;

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info;

+

+    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	info = ic_pre_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_pre_attr_info);

+    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	info = ic_sts_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_sts_attr_info);

+    } else {

+	info = ic_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_attr_info);

+    }

+

+    return _XimEncodeAttr(info, num, res, top, arg->value);

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodeLocalTopValue(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 val,

+    Bool		 flag)

+{

+    XIMArg		*p = (XIMArg *)val;

+

+    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNClientWindow)) {

+	ic->core.client_window = (Window)p->value;

+	if (ic->core.focus_window == (Window)0)

+	    ic->core.focus_window = ic->core.client_window;

+	if (flag) {

+	    _XRegisterFilterByType(ic->core.im->core.display,

+			ic->core.focus_window,

+			KeyPress, KeyRelease, _XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);

+	}

+    } else if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFocusWindow)) {

+	if (ic->core.client_window) {

+	    if (flag) {

+	        _XUnregisterFilter(ic->core.im->core.display,

+			ic->core.focus_window, _XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);

+	    }

+	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value;

+	    if (flag) {

+	        _XRegisterFilterByType(ic->core.im->core.display,

+			ic->core.focus_window, KeyPress, KeyRelease,

+			_XimLocalFilter, (XPointer)ic);

+	    }

+	} else

+	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodeLocalPreeditValue(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 val)

+{

+    XIMArg		*p = (XIMArg *)val;

+

+    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNStdColormap)) {

+	XStandardColormap	*colormap_ret;

+	int			 count;

+

+	if (!(XGetRGBColormaps(ic->core.im->core.display,

+				ic->core.focus_window, &colormap_ret,

+				&count, (Atom)p->value)))

+	    return False;

+

+	Xfree(colormap_ret);

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodeLocalStatusValue(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 val)

+{

+    XIMArg		*p = (XIMArg *)val;

+

+    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNStdColormap)) {

+	XStandardColormap	*colormap_ret;

+	int			 count;

+

+	if (!(XGetRGBColormaps(ic->core.im->core.display,

+				ic->core.focus_window, &colormap_ret,

+				&count, (Atom)p->value)))

+	    return False;

+

+	Xfree(colormap_ret);

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimSetICValueData(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num,

+    XIMArg		*values,

+    unsigned long	 mode,

+    Bool		 flag)

+{

+    register  XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    char		*name;

+    int			 check;

+    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;

+

+    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);

+    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);

+

+    for(p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	if((res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num,

+					p->name)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+	if(res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {

+	    if(((name = _XimSetICValueData(ic,

+			(XPointer)(&((XimDefICValues *)top)->preedit_attr),

+			res_list, list_num, (XIMArg *)p->value,

+			(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR), flag)))) {

+		return name;

+	    }

+	} else if(res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {

+	    if(((name = _XimSetICValueData(ic,

+			(XPointer)(&((XimDefICValues *)top)->status_attr),

+			res_list, list_num, (XIMArg *)p->value,

+			(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR), flag)))) {

+		return name;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);

+	    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {

+		continue;

+	    } else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {

+		return p->name;

+	    }

+

+	    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+		if (!_XimEncodeLocalPreeditValue(ic, res, (XPointer)p))

+	    	    return False;

+    	    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+		if (!_XimEncodeLocalStatusValue(ic, res, (XPointer)p))

+	    	    return False;

+    	    } else {

+		if (!_XimEncodeLocalTopValue(ic, res, (XPointer)p, flag))

+	    	    return False;

+    	    }

+	    if(_XimEncodeLocalICAttr(ic, res, top, p, mode) == False) {

+		return p->name;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckInputStyle(

+    XIMStyles		*styles,

+    XIMStyle		 style)

+{

+    int			 num = styles->count_styles;

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+	if(styles->supported_styles[i] == style) {

+	    return True;

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimCheckLocalInputStyle(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XIMArg		*values,

+    XIMStyles		*styles,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 list_num)

+{

+    XrmQuark		 quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNInputStyle);

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+

+    for(p = values; p && p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	if(quark == XrmStringToQuark(p->name)) {

+	    if(!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num, p->name))) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	    if(!_XimEncodeLocalICAttr(ic, res, top, p, 0)) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	    if (_XimCheckInputStyle(styles,

+			((XimDefICValues *)top)->input_style)) {

+		return True;

+	    }

+	    return False;

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimDecodeAttr(

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info,

+    unsigned int	 num,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XPointer		 val)

+{

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {

+	if(info[i].quark == res->xrm_name) {

+	    if(!info[i].decode) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	    return (*info[i].decode)(&info[i], top, val);

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimDecodeLocalIMAttr(

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XPointer		 val)

+{

+    return _XimDecodeAttr(im_attr_info, XIMNumber(im_attr_info),

+					res, top, val);

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimDecodeLocalICAttr(

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XPointer		 val,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    unsigned int	 num;

+    XimValueOffsetInfo	 info;

+

+    if(mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	info = ic_pre_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_pre_attr_info);

+    } else if(mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	info = ic_sts_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_sts_attr_info);

+    } else {

+	info = ic_attr_info;

+	num  = XIMNumber(ic_attr_info);

+    }

+

+    return _XimDecodeAttr(info, num, res, top, val);

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimGetICValueData(Xic ic, XPointer top, XIMResourceList res_list,

+		   unsigned int	 list_num, XIMArg *values, unsigned long mode)

+{

+    register  XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    char		*name;

+    int			 check;

+    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;

+

+    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);

+    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);

+

+    for(p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	if((res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, list_num,

+					p->name)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+	if(res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {

+	    if((name = _XimGetICValueData(ic,

+			(XPointer)(&((XimDefICValues *)top)->preedit_attr),

+			res_list, list_num, (XIMArg *)p->value,

+			(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR)))) {

+		return name;

+	    }

+	} else if(res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {

+	    if((name = _XimGetICValueData(ic,

+			(XPointer)(&((XimDefICValues *)top)->status_attr),

+			res_list, list_num, (XIMArg *)p->value,

+			(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR)))) {

+		return name;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);

+	    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID) {

+		continue;

+	    } else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {

+		return p->name;

+	    }

+

+	    if(_XimDecodeLocalICAttr(res, top, p->value, mode) == False) {

+		return p->name;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimGetCurrentIMValues(Xim im, XimDefIMValues *im_values)

+{

+    bzero((char *)im_values, sizeof(XimDefIMValues));

+

+    im_values->styles		= im->core.styles;

+    im_values->im_values_list	= im->core.im_values_list;

+    im_values->ic_values_list	= im->core.ic_values_list;

+    im_values->destroy_callback = im->core.destroy_callback;

+    im_values->res_name		= im->core.res_name;

+    im_values->res_class	= im->core.res_class;

+    im_values->visible_position	= im->core.visible_position;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimSetCurrentIMValues(Xim im, XimDefIMValues *im_values)

+{

+    im->core.styles		= im_values->styles;

+    im->core.im_values_list	= im_values->im_values_list;

+    im->core.ic_values_list	= im_values->ic_values_list;

+    im->core.destroy_callback	= im_values->destroy_callback;

+    im->core.res_name		= im_values->res_name;

+    im->core.res_class		= im_values->res_class;

+    im->core.visible_position	= im_values->visible_position;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimGetCurrentICValues(Xic ic, XimDefICValues *ic_values)

+{

+    bzero((char *)ic_values, sizeof(XimDefICValues));

+

+    ic_values->input_style	 = ic->core.input_style;

+    ic_values->client_window	 = ic->core.client_window;

+    ic_values->focus_window	 = ic->core.focus_window;

+    ic_values->filter_events	 = ic->core.filter_events;

+    ic_values->geometry_callback = ic->core.geometry_callback;

+    ic_values->res_name		 = ic->core.res_name;

+    ic_values->res_class	 = ic->core.res_class;

+    ic_values->destroy_callback	 = ic->core.destroy_callback;

+    ic_values->string_conversion_callback

+				 = ic->core.string_conversion_callback;

+    ic_values->string_conversion = ic->core.string_conversion;

+    ic_values->reset_state	 = ic->core.reset_state;

+    ic_values->hotkey		 = ic->core.hotkey;

+    ic_values->hotkey_state	 = ic->core.hotkey_state;

+    ic_values->preedit_attr	 = ic->core.preedit_attr;

+    ic_values->status_attr	 = ic->core.status_attr;

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimSetCurrentICValues(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XimDefICValues	*ic_values)

+{

+    ic->core.input_style	= ic_values->input_style;

+    ic->core.client_window	= ic_values->client_window;

+    if (ic_values->focus_window)

+	ic->core.focus_window	= ic_values->focus_window;

+    ic->core.filter_events	= ic_values->filter_events;

+    ic->core.geometry_callback	= ic_values->geometry_callback;

+    ic->core.res_name		= ic_values->res_name;

+    ic->core.res_class		= ic_values->res_class;

+    ic->core.destroy_callback 	= ic_values->destroy_callback;

+    ic->core.string_conversion_callback

+				= ic_values->string_conversion_callback;

+    ic->core.string_conversion	= ic_values->string_conversion;

+    ic->core.reset_state	= ic_values->reset_state;

+    ic->core.hotkey		= ic_values->hotkey;

+    ic->core.hotkey_state	= ic_values->hotkey_state;

+    ic->core.preedit_attr	= ic_values->preedit_attr;

+    ic->core.status_attr	= ic_values->status_attr;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimInitialIMOffsetInfo(void)

+{

+    unsigned int	 n = XIMNumber(im_attr_info);

+    register int	 i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	im_attr_info[i].quark = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(im_attr_info[i]));

+    }

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimInitialICOffsetInfo(void)

+{

+    unsigned int	 n;

+    register int	 i;

+

+    n = XIMNumber(ic_attr_info);

+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	ic_attr_info[i].quark = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(ic_attr_info[i]));

+    }

+

+    n = XIMNumber(ic_pre_attr_info);

+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	ic_pre_attr_info[i].quark = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(ic_pre_attr_info[i]));

+    }

+

+    n = XIMNumber(ic_sts_attr_info);

+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	ic_sts_attr_info[i].quark = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(ic_sts_attr_info[i]));

+    }

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimInitialIMMode(void)

+{

+    unsigned int	n = XIMNumber(im_mode);

+    register int	i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	im_mode_quark[i] = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(im_mode[i]));

+    }

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimInitialICMode(void)

+{

+    unsigned int	n = XIMNumber(ic_mode);

+    register int	i;

+

+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	ic_mode_quark[i] = XrmStringToQuark(GET_NAME(ic_mode[i]));

+    }

+}

+

+Public void

+_XimInitialResourceInfo(void)

+{

+    static Bool	init_flag = False;

+

+    if(init_flag == True) {

+	return;

+    }

+    _XimInitialIMOffsetInfo();

+    _XimInitialICOffsetInfo();

+    _XimInitialIMMode();

+    _XimInitialICMode();

+    init_flag = True;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imRmAttr.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imRmAttr.c
index 2e732658a..ac47f3bbe 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imRmAttr.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imRmAttr.c
@@ -1,1515 +1,1515 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED
-not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.
-FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of
-this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-
-
-Private XIMResourceList
-_XimGetNestedListSeparator(
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,		/* LISTofIMATTR or IMATTR */
-    unsigned int	 res_num)
-{
-    return  _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, XNSeparatorofNestedList);
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckInnerIMAttributes(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-
-    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources,
-			im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))
-	return False;
-
-    check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);
-    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	return True;
-    else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	return False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimMakeIMAttrIDList(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 res_num,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    CARD16		*buf,
-    INT16		*len,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-
-    *len = 0;
-    if (!arg)
-	return (char *)NULL;
-
-    for (p = arg; p->name; p++) {
-	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {
-	    if (_XimCheckInnerIMAttributes(im, p, mode))
-		continue;
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-
-	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);
-	if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	    continue;
-	else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	    return p->name;
-
-	*buf = res->id;
-	*len += sizeof(CARD16);
-	 buf++;
-    }
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimCheckInnerICAttributes(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-
-    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))
-	return False;
-
-    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);
-    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	return True;
-    else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	return False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimMakeICAttrIDList(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 res_num,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    CARD16		*buf,
-    INT16		*len,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;
-    char		*name;
-    INT16		 new_len;
-
-    *len = 0;
-    if (!arg)
-	return (char *)NULL;
-
-    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);
-    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);
-
-    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {
-	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {
-	    if (_XimCheckInnerICAttributes(ic, p, mode))
-		continue;
-	    *len = -1;
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-
-	check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);
-	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	    continue;
-	else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {
-	    *len = -1;
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-
-	*buf = res->id;
-	*len += sizeof(CARD16);
-	buf++;
-	if (res->resource_size == XimType_NEST) {
-	    if (res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {
-		if ((name = _XimMakeICAttrIDList(ic, res_list, res_num,
-				(XIMArg *)p->value, buf, &new_len,
-				(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR)))) {
-		    if (new_len < 0) *len = -1;
-		    else *len += new_len;
-		    return name;
-		}
-	    } else if (res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {
-		if ((name = _XimMakeICAttrIDList(ic, res_list, res_num,
-				(XIMArg *)p->value, buf, &new_len,
-				(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR)))) {
-		    if (new_len < 0) *len = -1;
-		    else *len += new_len;
-		    return name;
-		}
-	    }
-	    *len += new_len;
-	    buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + new_len);
-	    if (!(res = _XimGetNestedListSeparator(res_list, res_num))) {
-		p++;
-		if (p) {
-		    *len = -1;
-		    return p->name;
-		}
-		else {
-		    return (char *)NULL;
-		}
-	    }
-	    *buf = res->id;
-	    *len += sizeof(CARD16);
-	    buf++;
-	}
-    }
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimAttributeToValue(
-    Xic			  ic,
-    XIMResourceList	  res,
-    CARD16		 *data,
-    INT16		  data_len,
-    XPointer		  value,
-    BITMASK32		  mode)
-{
-    switch (res->resource_size) {
-    case XimType_SeparatorOfNestedList:
-    case XimType_NEST:
-	break;
-
-    case XimType_CARD8:
-    case XimType_CARD16:
-    case XimType_CARD32:
-    case XimType_Window:
-    case XimType_XIMHotKeyState:
-	_XCopyToArg((XPointer)data, (XPointer *)&value, data_len);
-	break;
-
-    case XimType_STRING8:
-	{
-	    char	*str;
-
-	    if (!(value))
-		return False;
-
-	    if (!(str = (char *)Xmalloc(data_len + 1)))
-		return False;
-
-	    (void)memcpy(str, (char *)data, data_len);
-	    str[data_len] = '\0';
-
-	    *((char **)value) = str;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XIMStyles:
-	{
-	    INT16		 num = data[0];
-	    register CARD32	*style_list = (CARD32 *)&data[2];
-	    XIMStyle		*style;
-	    XIMStyles		*rep;
-	    register int	 i;
-	    char		*p;
-	    int			 alloc_len;
-
-	    if (!(value))
-		return False;
-
-	    alloc_len = sizeof(XIMStyles) + sizeof(XIMStyle) * num;
-	    if (!(p = (char *)Xmalloc(alloc_len)))
-		return False;
-
-	    rep   = (XIMStyles *)p;
-	    style = (XIMStyle *)(p + sizeof(XIMStyles));
-
-	    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
-		style[i] = (XIMStyle)style_list[i];
-
-	    rep->count_styles = (unsigned short)num;
-	    rep->supported_styles = style;
-	    *((XIMStyles **)value) = rep;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XRectangle:
-	{
-	    XRectangle	*rep;
-
-	    if (!(value))
-		return False;
-
-	    if (!(rep = (XRectangle *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XRectangle))))
-		return False;
-
-	    rep->x      = data[0];
-	    rep->y      = data[1];
-	    rep->width  = data[2];
-	    rep->height = data[3];
-	    *((XRectangle **)value) = rep;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XPoint:
-	{
-	    XPoint	*rep;
-
-	    if (!(value))
-		return False;
-
-	    if (!(rep = (XPoint *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XPoint))))
-		return False;
-
-	    rep->x = data[0];
-	    rep->y = data[1];
-	    *((XPoint **)value) = rep;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XFontSet:
-	{
-	    INT16	 len = data[0];
-	    char	*base_name;
-	    XFontSet	 rep = (XFontSet)NULL;
-	    char	**missing_list = NULL;
-	    int		 missing_count;
-	    char	*def_string;
-
-	    if (!(value))
-		return False;
-	    if (!ic)
-		return False;
-
-	    if (!(base_name = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1)))
-		return False;
-
-	    (void)strncpy(base_name, (char *)&data[1], (int)len);
-	    base_name[len] = '\0';
-
-	    if (mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-		if (!strcmp(base_name, ic->private.proto.preedit_font)) {
-		    rep = ic->core.preedit_attr.fontset;
-		} else if (!ic->private.proto.preedit_font_length) {
-		    rep = XCreateFontSet(ic->core.im->core.display,
-					base_name, &missing_list,
-					&missing_count, &def_string);
-		}
-	    } else if (mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-		if (!strcmp(base_name, ic->private.proto.status_font)) {
-		    rep = ic->core.status_attr.fontset;
-		} else if (!ic->private.proto.status_font_length) {
-		    rep = XCreateFontSet(ic->core.im->core.display,
-					base_name, &missing_list,
-					&missing_count, &def_string);
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    Xfree(base_name);
-	    Xfree(missing_list);
-	    *((XFontSet *)value) = rep;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XIMHotKeyTriggers:
-	{
-	    INT32			 num = *((CARD32 *)data);
-	    register CARD32		*key_list = (CARD32 *)&data[2];
-	    XIMHotKeyTrigger		*key;
-	    XIMHotKeyTriggers		*rep;
-	    register int		 i;
-	    char			*p;
-	    int				 alloc_len;
-
-	    if (!(value))
-		return False;
-
-	    alloc_len = sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers)
-		      + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTrigger) * num;
-	    if (!(p = (char *)Xmalloc(alloc_len)))
-		return False;
-
-	    rep = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)p;
-	    key = (XIMHotKeyTrigger *)(p + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers));
-
-	    for (i = 0; i < num; i++, key_list += 3) {
-		key[i].keysym        = (KeySym)key_list[0]; /* keysym */
-		key[i].modifier      = (int)key_list[1];    /* modifier */
-		key[i].modifier_mask = (int)key_list[2];    /* modifier_mask */
-	    }
-
-	    rep->num_hot_key = (int)num;
-	    rep->key = key;
-	    *((XIMHotKeyTriggers **)value) = rep;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XIMStringConversion:
-	{
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    default:
-	return False;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimDecodeInnerIMATTRIBUTE(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XIMArg		*arg)
-{
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;
-
-    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources,
-			im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))
-	return False;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);
-    return _XimDecodeLocalIMAttr(res, (XPointer)&im_values, arg->value);
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimDecodeIMATTRIBUTE(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 res_num,
-    CARD16		*data,
-    INT16		 data_len,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    BITMASK32		 mode)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD16		*buf;
-    INT16		 total;
-    INT16		 min_len = sizeof(CARD16)	/* sizeof attributeID */
-			 	 + sizeof(INT16);	/* sizeof length */
-
-    for (p = arg; p->name; p++) {
-	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {
-	    if (_XimDecodeInnerIMATTRIBUTE(im, p))
-		continue;
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-
-	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);
-	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	    continue;
-	else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	    return p->name;
-
-	total = data_len;
-	buf = data;
-	while (total >= min_len) {
-	    if (res->id == buf[0])
-		break;
-
-	    len = buf[1];
-	    len += XIM_PAD(len) + min_len;
-	    buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + len);
-	    total -= len;
-	}
-	if (total < min_len)
-	    return p->name;
-
-	if (!(_XimAttributeToValue((Xic) im->private.local.current_ic,
-				   res, &buf[2], buf[1], p->value, mode)))
-	    return p->name;
-    }
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimDecodeInnerICATTRIBUTE(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-
-    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))
-	return False;
-
-    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    if (!_XimDecodeLocalICAttr(res, (XPointer)&ic_values, arg->value, mode))
-	return False;
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimDecodeICATTRIBUTE(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 res_num,
-    CARD16		*data,
-    INT16		 data_len,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    BITMASK32		 mode)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-    INT16		 len;
-    CARD16		*buf;
-    INT16		 total;
-    char		*name;
-    INT16		 min_len = sizeof(CARD16)	/* sizeof attributeID */
-			 	 + sizeof(INT16);	/* sizeof length */
-    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;
-
-    if (!arg)
-	return (char *)NULL;
-
-    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);
-    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);
-
-    for (p = arg; p->name; p++) {
-	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {
-	    if (_XimDecodeInnerICATTRIBUTE(ic, p, mode))
-		continue;
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-
-	check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);
-	if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	    continue;
-	else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	    return p->name;
-
-	total = data_len;
-	buf = data;
-	while (total >= min_len) {
-	    if (res->id == buf[0])
-		break;
-
-	    len = buf[1];
-	    len += XIM_PAD(len) + min_len;
-	    buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + len);
-	    total -= len;
-	}
-	if (total < min_len)
-	    return p->name;
-
-	if (res->resource_size == XimType_NEST) {
-	    if (res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {
-	        if ((name = _XimDecodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,
-			&buf[2], buf[1], (XIMArg *)p->value,
-			(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR))))
-		    return name;
-	    } else if (res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {
-	        if ((name = _XimDecodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,
-			&buf[2], buf[1], (XIMArg *)p->value,
-			(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR))))
-		    return name;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if (!(_XimAttributeToValue(ic, res, &buf[2], buf[1],
-							p->value, mode)))
-		return p->name;
-	}
-    }
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimValueToAttribute(
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XPointer		 buf,
-    int			 buf_size,
-    XPointer		 value,
-    int			*len,
-    unsigned long	 mode,
-    XPointer		 param)
-{
-    int			 ret_len;
-
-    switch (res->resource_size) {
-    case XimType_SeparatorOfNestedList:
-    case XimType_NEST:
-	*len = 0;
-	break;
-
-    case XimType_CARD8:
-	ret_len = sizeof(CARD8);
-	if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {
-	    *len = -1;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	*((CARD8 *)buf) = (CARD8)(long)value;
-	*len = ret_len;
-	break;
-
-    case XimType_CARD16:
-	ret_len = sizeof(CARD16);
-	if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {
-	    *len = -1;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	*((CARD16 *)buf) = (CARD16)(long)value;
-	*len = ret_len;
-	break;
-
-    case XimType_CARD32:
-    case XimType_Window:
-    case XimType_XIMHotKeyState:
-	ret_len = sizeof(CARD32);
-	if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {
-	    *len = -1;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	*((CARD32 *)buf) = (CARD32)(long)value;
-	*len = ret_len;
-	break;
-
-    case XimType_STRING8:
-	if (!value) {
-	    *len = 0;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	ret_len = strlen((char *)value);
-	if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {
-	    *len = -1;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	(void)memcpy((char *)buf, (char *)value, ret_len);
-	*len = ret_len;
-	break;
-
-    case XimType_XRectangle:
-	{
-	    XRectangle	*rect = (XRectangle *)value;
-	    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-
-	    if (!rect) {
-		*len = 0;
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    ret_len = sizeof(INT16)		/* sizeof X */
-	    	    + sizeof(INT16)		/* sizeof Y */
-	            + sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof width */
-	            + sizeof(CARD16);		/* sizeof height */
-	    if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {
-		*len = -1;
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    buf_s[0] = (CARD16)rect->x;		/* X */
-	    buf_s[1] = (CARD16)rect->y;		/* Y */
-	    buf_s[2] = (CARD16)rect->width;	/* width */
-	    buf_s[3] = (CARD16)rect->height;	/* heght */
-	    *len = ret_len;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XPoint:
-	{
-	    XPoint	*point = (XPoint *)value;
-	    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-
-	    if (!point) {
-		*len = 0;
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    ret_len = sizeof(INT16)		/* sizeof X */
-	            + sizeof(INT16);		/* sizeof Y */
-	    if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {
-		*len = -1;
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    buf_s[0] = (CARD16)point->x;		/* X */
-	    buf_s[1] = (CARD16)point->y;		/* Y */
-	    *len = ret_len;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XFontSet:
-	{
-	    XFontSet	 font = (XFontSet)value;
-	    Xic		 ic = (Xic)param;
-	    char	*base_name = NULL;
-	    int		 length = 0;
-	    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-
-	    if (!font) {
-		*len = 0;
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    if (mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-		base_name = ic->private.proto.preedit_font;
-		length	  = ic->private.proto.preedit_font_length;
-	    } else if (mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-		base_name = ic->private.proto.status_font;
-		length	  = ic->private.proto.status_font_length;
-	    }
-
-	    if (!base_name) {
-		*len = 0;
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    ret_len = sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof length of Base name */
-		    + length;			/* sizeof Base font name list */
-	    if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {
-		*len = -1;
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    buf_s[0] = (INT16)length;		/* length of Base font name */
-	    (void)memcpy((char *)&buf_s[1], base_name, length);
-						/* Base font name list */
-	    *len = ret_len;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XIMHotKeyTriggers:
-	{
-	    XIMHotKeyTriggers	*hotkey = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)value;
-	    INT32		 num;
-	    CARD32		*buf_l = (CARD32 *)buf;
-	    register CARD32	*key = (CARD32 *)&buf_l[1];
-	    register int	 i;
-
-	    if (!hotkey) {
-		*len = 0;
-		return False;
-	    }
-	    num = (INT32)hotkey->num_hot_key;
-
-	    ret_len = sizeof(INT32)		/* sizeof number of key list */
-	           + (sizeof(CARD32)		/* sizeof keysyn */
-	           +  sizeof(CARD32)		/* sizeof modifier */
-	           +  sizeof(CARD32))		/* sizeof modifier_mask */
-	           *  num;			/* number of key list */
-	    if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {
-		*len = -1;
-		return False;
-	    }
-
-	    buf_l[0] = num;		/* number of key list */
-	    for (i = 0; i < num; i++, key += 3) {
-		key[0] = (CARD32)(hotkey->key[i].keysym);
-						/* keysym */
-		key[1] = (CARD32)(hotkey->key[i].modifier);
-						/* modifier */
-		key[2] = (CARD32)(hotkey->key[i].modifier_mask);
-						/* modifier_mask */
-	    }
-	    *len = ret_len;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    case XimType_XIMStringConversion:
-	{
-	    *len = 0;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    default:
-	return False;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetInnerIMAttributes(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-
-    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources,
-			im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))
-	return False;
-
-    check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);
-    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	return True;
-    else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	return False;
-
-    return _XimEncodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, arg->value);
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimEncodeIMATTRIBUTE(
-    Xim			  im,
-    XIMResourceList	  res_list,
-    unsigned int	  res_num,
-    XIMArg		 *arg,
-    XIMArg		**arg_ret,
-    char		 *buf,
-    int			  size,
-    int			 *ret_len,
-    XPointer		  top,
-    unsigned long	  mode)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    int			 len;
-    int			 min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */
-				 + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof value length */
-
-    *ret_len = 0;
-    for (p = arg; p->name; p++) {
-	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {
-	    if (_XimSetInnerIMAttributes(im, top, p, mode))
-		continue;
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-
-	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);
-	if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	    continue;
-	else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	    return p->name;
-
-	if (!(_XimEncodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, p->value)))
-	    return p->name;
-
-	buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-	if (!(_XimValueToAttribute(res, (XPointer)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),
-				p->value, &len, mode, (XPointer)NULL)))
-	    return p->name;
-
-	if (len == 0) {
-	    continue;
-	} else if (len < 0) {
-	    *arg_ret = p;
-	    return (char *)NULL;
-	}
-
-	buf_s[0] = res->id;			/* attribute ID */
-	buf_s[1] = len;				/* value length */
-	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */
-	len += min_len;
-
-	buf += len;
-	*ret_len += len;
-	size -= len;
-    }
-    *arg_ret = (XIMArg *)NULL;
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Public	Bool
-_XimEncodeSavedIMATTRIBUTE(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 res_num,
-    int			*idx,
-    char		*buf,
-    int			 size,
-    int			*ret_len,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    register int	 i;
-    int			 num = im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues;
-    XrmQuark		*quark_list = im->private.proto.saved_imvalues;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    XPointer		 value;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    int			 len;
-    int			 min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */
-				 + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof value length */
-
-    if (!im->private.proto.saved_imvalues) {
-	*idx = -1;
-	*ret_len = 0;
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    *ret_len = 0;
-    for (i = *idx; i < num; i++) {
-	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list,
-						res_num, quark_list[i])))
-	    continue;
-
-	if (!_XimDecodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, value))
-	    return False;
-
-	buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-	if (!(_XimValueToAttribute(res, (XPointer)&buf_s[2],
-			(size - min_len), value, &len, mode, (XPointer)NULL)))
-	    return False;
-
-	if (len == 0) {
-	    continue;
-	} else if (len < 0) {
-	    *idx = i;
-	    return True;
-	}
-
-	buf_s[0] = res->id;			/* attribute ID */
-	buf_s[1] = len;				/* value length */
-	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */
-	len += min_len;
-
-	buf += len;
-	*ret_len += len;
-	size -= len;
-    }
-    *idx = -1;
-    return True;
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodeTopValue(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XIMArg		*p)
-{
-    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNClientWindow)) {
-	ic->core.client_window = (Window)p->value;
-	if (ic->core.focus_window == (Window)0)
-	    ic->core.focus_window = ic->core.client_window;
-	_XimRegisterFilter(ic);
-
-    } else if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFocusWindow)) {
-	if (ic->core.client_window) {
-	    _XimUnregisterFilter(ic);
-	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value;
-	    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);
-	} else /* client_window not yet */
-	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodePreeditValue(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XIMArg		*p)
-{
-    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNStdColormap)) {
-	XStandardColormap	*colormap_ret;
-	int			 count;
-
-	if (!(XGetRGBColormaps(ic->core.im->core.display,
-				ic->core.focus_window, &colormap_ret,
-				&count, (Atom)p->value)))
-	    return False;
-
-	XFree(colormap_ret);
-    } else if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFontSet)) {
-	int		  list_ret;
-	XFontStruct	**struct_list;
-	char		**name_list;
-	char		 *tmp;
-	int		  len;
-	register int	  i;
-
-	if (!p->value)
-	    return False;
-
-	if (ic->private.proto.preedit_font)
-	    Xfree(ic->private.proto.preedit_font);
-
-	list_ret = XFontsOfFontSet((XFontSet)p->value,
-						 &struct_list, &name_list);
-	for (i = 0, len = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {
-	     len += (strlen(name_list[i]) + sizeof(char));
-	}
-	if (!(tmp = Xmalloc(len + 1))) {
-	    ic->private.proto.preedit_font = NULL;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	tmp[0] = '\0';
-	for (i = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {
-	    strcat(tmp, name_list[i]);
-	    strcat(tmp, ",");
-	}
-	tmp[len - 1] = 0;
-	ic->private.proto.preedit_font        = tmp;
-	ic->private.proto.preedit_font_length = len - 1;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodeStatusValue(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res,
-    XIMArg		*p)
-{
-    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNStdColormap)) {
-	XStandardColormap	*colormap_ret = NULL;
-	int			 count;
-
-	if (!(XGetRGBColormaps(ic->core.im->core.display,
-				ic->core.focus_window, &colormap_ret,
-				&count, (Atom)p->value)))
-	    return False;
-
-	XFree(colormap_ret);
-    } else if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFontSet)) {
-	int		  list_ret;
-	XFontStruct	**struct_list;
-	char		**name_list;
-	char		 *tmp;
-	int		  len;
-	register int	  i;
-
-	if (!p->value)
-	    return False;
-
-	if (ic->private.proto.status_font)
-	    Xfree(ic->private.proto.status_font);
-
-	list_ret = XFontsOfFontSet((XFontSet)p->value,
-						 &struct_list, &name_list);
-	for (i = 0, len = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {
-	     len += (strlen(name_list[i]) + sizeof(char));
-	}
-	if (!(tmp = Xmalloc(len+1))) {
-	    ic->private.proto.status_font = NULL;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	tmp[0] = '\0';
-	for(i = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {
-	    strcat(tmp, name_list[i]);
-	    strcat(tmp, ",");
-	}
-	tmp[len - 1] = 0;
-	ic->private.proto.status_font        = tmp;
-	ic->private.proto.status_font_length = len - 1;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimSetInnerICAttributes(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    XIMArg		*arg,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-
-    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,
-			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))
-	return False;
-
-    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);
-    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	return True;
-    else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	return False;
-
-    return _XimEncodeLocalICAttr(ic, res, top, arg, mode);
-}
-
-Public char *
-_XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(
-    Xic			  ic,
-    XIMResourceList	  res_list,
-    unsigned int	  res_num,
-    XIMArg		 *arg,
-    XIMArg		**arg_ret,
-    char		 *buf,
-    int			  size,
-    int			 *ret_len,
-    XPointer		  top,
-    BITMASK32		 *flag,
-    unsigned long	  mode)
-{
-    register XIMArg	*p;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    int			 check;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    int			 len;
-    int			 min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */
-				 + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof value length */
-    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;
-    char		*name;
-
-    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);
-    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);
-
-    *ret_len = 0;
-    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {
-	buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {
-	    if (_XimSetInnerICAttributes(ic, top, p, mode))
-		continue;
-	    return p->name;
-	}
-
-	check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);
-	if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)
-	    continue;
-	else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)
-	    return p->name;
-
-	if (mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	    if (!(_XimEncodePreeditValue(ic, res, p)))
-		return p->name;
-	} else if (mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	    if (!(_XimEncodeStatusValue(ic, res, p)))
-		return p->name;
-	} else {
-	    if (!(_XimEncodeTopValue(ic, res, p)))
-		return p->name;
-	}
-
-	if (res->resource_size == XimType_NEST) {
-	    XimDefICValues	*ic_attr = (XimDefICValues *)top;
-
-	    if (res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {
-		XIMArg		*arg_rt;
-		if ((name = _XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,
-				(XIMArg *)p->value, &arg_rt,
-				(char *)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),
-				 &len, (XPointer)&ic_attr->preedit_attr, flag,
-				(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR)))) {
-		    return name;
-		}
-
-	    } else if (res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {
-		XIMArg		*arg_rt;
-		if ((name = _XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,
-				(XIMArg *)p->value,  &arg_rt,
-				(char *)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),
-				 &len, (XPointer)&ic_attr->status_attr, flag,
-				(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR)))) {
-		    return name;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else {
-#ifdef EXT_MOVE
-	    if (flag)
-		*flag |= _XimExtenArgCheck(p);
-#endif
-    	    if (!(_XimEncodeLocalICAttr(ic, res, top, p, mode)))
-		return p->name;
-
-	    if (!(_XimValueToAttribute(res, (XPointer)&buf_s[2],
-			 	(size - min_len), p->value,
-				&len, mode, (XPointer)ic)))
-		return p->name;
-	}
-
-	if (len == 0) {
-	    continue;
-	} else if (len < 0) {
-	    *arg_ret = p;
-	    return (char *)NULL;
-	}
-
-	buf_s[0] = res->id;			/* attribute ID */
-	buf_s[1] = len;				/* value length */
-	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */
-	len += min_len;
-
-	buf += len;
-	*ret_len += len;
-	size -= len;
-    }
-    *arg_ret = (XIMArg *)NULL;
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodeSavedPreeditValue(
-    Xic			  ic,
-    XIMResourceList	  res,
-    XPointer		  value)
-{
-    int			  list_ret;
-    XFontStruct		**struct_list;
-    char		**name_list;
-    char		 *tmp;
-    int			  len;
-    register int	  i;
-
-    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFontSet)) {
-	if (!value)
-	    return False;
-
-	if (ic->private.proto.preedit_font)
-	    Xfree(ic->private.proto.preedit_font);
-
-	list_ret = XFontsOfFontSet((XFontSet)value,
-						&struct_list, &name_list);
-	for(i = 0, len = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {
-	    len += (strlen(name_list[i]) + sizeof(char));
-	}
-	if(!(tmp = Xmalloc(len + 1))) {
-	    ic->private.proto.preedit_font = NULL;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	tmp[0] = '\0';
-	for(i = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {
-	    strcat(tmp, name_list[i]);
-	    strcat(tmp, ",");
-	}
-	tmp[len - 1] = 0;
-	ic->private.proto.preedit_font        = tmp;
-	ic->private.proto.preedit_font_length = len - 1;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimEncodeSavedStatusValue(
-    Xic			  ic,
-    XIMResourceList	  res,
-    XPointer		  value)
-{
-    int			  list_ret;
-    XFontStruct		**struct_list;
-    char		**name_list;
-    char		 *tmp;
-    int			  len;
-    register int	  i;
-
-    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFontSet)) {
-	if (!value)
-	    return False;
-
-	if (ic->private.proto.status_font)
-	    Xfree(ic->private.proto.status_font);
-
-	list_ret = XFontsOfFontSet((XFontSet)value,
-						&struct_list, &name_list);
-	for(i = 0, len = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {
-	    len += (strlen(name_list[i]) + sizeof(char));
-	}
-	if(!(tmp = Xmalloc(len + 1))) {
-	    ic->private.proto.status_font = NULL;
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	tmp[0] = '\0';
-	for(i = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {
-	    strcat(tmp, name_list[i]);
-	    strcat(tmp, ",");
-	}
-	tmp[len - 1] = 0;
-	ic->private.proto.status_font        = tmp;
-	ic->private.proto.status_font_length = len - 1;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Public	Bool
-_XimEncodeSavedICATTRIBUTE(
-    Xic			 ic,
-    XIMResourceList	 res_list,
-    unsigned int	 res_num,
-    int			*idx,
-    char		*buf,
-    int			 size,
-    int			*ret_len,
-    XPointer		 top,
-    unsigned long	 mode)
-{
-    int			 i;
-    int			 num = ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues;
-    XrmQuark		*quark_list = ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    XPointer		 value;
-    CARD16		*buf_s;
-    int			 len;
-    int			 min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */
-				 + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof value length */
-    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;
-    XrmQuark		 separator;
-
-    if (!ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues) {
-	*idx = -1;
-	*ret_len = 0;
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);
-    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);
-    separator = XrmStringToQuark(XNSeparatorofNestedList);
-
-    *ret_len = 0;
-    for (i = *idx; i < num; i++) {
-	if (quark_list[i] == separator) {
-	    *idx = i;
-	    return True;
-	}
-
-	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list,
-						res_num, quark_list[i])))
-	    continue;
-
-	if (!_XimDecodeLocalICAttr(res, top,(XPointer)&value, mode))
-	    return False;
-
-	if (mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {
-	    if (!(_XimEncodeSavedPreeditValue(ic, res, value))) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	} else if (mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {
-	    if (!(_XimEncodeSavedStatusValue(ic, res, value))) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;
-	if (res->resource_size == XimType_NEST) {
-	    XimDefICValues	*ic_attr = (XimDefICValues *)top;
-
-	    i++;
-	    if (res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {
-		if (!_XimEncodeSavedICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,
-				 &i, (char *)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),
-				 &len, (XPointer)&ic_attr->preedit_attr,
-				(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR))) {
-		    return False;
-		}
-
-	    } else if (res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {
-		if (!_XimEncodeSavedICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,
-				&i, (char *)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),
-				&len, (XPointer)&ic_attr->status_attr,
-				(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR))) {
-		    return False;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if (!(_XimValueToAttribute(res, (XPointer)&buf_s[2],
-			 	(size - min_len), value,
-				&len, mode, (XPointer)ic))) {
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (len == 0) {
-	    continue;
-	} else if (len < 0) {
-	    if (quark_list[i] == separator)
-		i++;
-	    *idx = i;
-	    return True;
-	}
-
-	buf_s[0] = res->id;			/* attribute ID */
-	buf_s[1] = len;				/* value length */
-	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */
-	len += min_len;
-
-	buf += len;
-	*ret_len += len;
-	size -= len;
-    }
-    *idx = -1;
-    return True;
-}
-#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */
-
-Private unsigned int
-_XimCountNumberOfAttr(
-    INT16	 total,
-    CARD16	*attr,
-    int		*names_len)
-{
-    unsigned int n;
-    INT16	 len;
-    INT16	 min_len = sizeof(CARD16)	/* sizeof attribute ID */
-			 + sizeof(CARD16)	/* sizeof type of value */
-			 + sizeof(INT16);	/* sizeof length of attribute */
-
-    n = 0;
-    *names_len = 0;
-    while (total > min_len) {
-	len = attr[2];
-	*names_len += (len + 1);
-	len += (min_len + XIM_PAD(len + 2));
-	total -= len;
-	attr = (CARD16 *)((char *)attr + len);
-	n++;
-    }
-    return n;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimGetAttributeID(
-    Xim			  im,
-    CARD16		 *buf)
-{
-    unsigned int	  n;
-    XIMResourceList	  res;
-    char		 *names;
-    int			  names_len;
-    XPointer		  tmp;
-    XIMValuesList	 *values_list;
-    char		**values;
-    int			  values_len;
-    register int	  i;
-    INT16		  len;
-    INT16		  min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */
-				  + sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof type of value */
-				  + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof length of attr */
-    /*
-     * IM attribute ID
-     */
-
-    if (!(n = _XimCountNumberOfAttr(buf[0], &buf[1], &names_len)))
-	return False;
-
-    if (!(res = Xcalloc(n, sizeof(XIMResource))))
-	return False;
-
-    values_len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + (sizeof(char **) * n) + names_len;
-    if (!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, values_len))) {
-	Xfree(res);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    values_list = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;
-    values = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));
-    names = (char *)((char *)values + (sizeof(char **) * n));
-
-    values_list->count_values = n;
-    values_list->supported_values = values;
-
-    buf++;
-    for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	len = buf[2];
-	(void)memcpy(names, (char *)&buf[3], len);
-	values[i] = names;
-	names[len] = '\0';
-	res[i].resource_name = names;
-	res[i].resource_size = buf[1];
-	res[i].id	     = buf[0];
-	names += (len + 1);
-	len += (min_len + XIM_PAD(len + 2));
-	buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + len);
-    }
-    _XIMCompileResourceList(res, n);
-
-    if (im->core.im_resources)
-	Xfree(im->core.im_resources);
-    if (im->core.im_values_list)
-	Xfree(im->core.im_values_list);
-    im->core.im_resources     = res;
-    im->core.im_num_resources = n;
-    im->core.im_values_list   = values_list;
-
-    /*
-     * IC attribute ID
-     */
-
-    if (!(n = _XimCountNumberOfAttr(buf[0], &buf[2], &names_len)))
-	return False;
-
-    if (!(res = Xcalloc(n, sizeof(XIMResource))))
-	return False;
-
-    values_len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + (sizeof(char **) * n) + names_len;
-    if (!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, values_len))) {
-	Xfree(res);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    values_list = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;
-    values = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));
-    names = (char *)((char *)values + (sizeof(char **) * n));
-
-    values_list->count_values = n;
-    values_list->supported_values = values;
-
-    buf += 2;
-    for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-	len = buf[2];
-	(void)memcpy(names, (char *)&buf[3], len);
-	values[i] = names;
-	names[len] = '\0';
-	res[i].resource_name = names;
-	res[i].resource_size = buf[1];
-	res[i].id	     = buf[0];
-	names += (len + 1);
-	len += (min_len + XIM_PAD(len + 2));
-	buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + len);
-    }
-    _XIMCompileResourceList(res, n);
-
-    if (im->core.ic_resources)
-	Xfree(im->core.ic_resources);
-    if (im->core.ic_values_list)
-	Xfree(im->core.ic_values_list);
-    im->core.ic_resources     = res;
-    im->core.ic_num_resources = n;
-    im->core.ic_values_list   = values_list;
-
-    return True;
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED

+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific, written prior permission.

+FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of

+this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+

+

+Private XIMResourceList

+_XimGetNestedListSeparator(

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,		/* LISTofIMATTR or IMATTR */

+    unsigned int	 res_num)

+{

+    return  _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, XNSeparatorofNestedList);

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckInnerIMAttributes(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+

+    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources,

+			im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))

+	return False;

+

+    check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);

+    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	return True;

+    else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	return False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimMakeIMAttrIDList(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 res_num,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    CARD16		*buf,

+    INT16		*len,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+

+    *len = 0;

+    if (!arg)

+	return (char *)NULL;

+

+    for (p = arg; p->name; p++) {

+	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {

+	    if (_XimCheckInnerIMAttributes(im, p, mode))

+		continue;

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+

+	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);

+	if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	    continue;

+	else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	    return p->name;

+

+	*buf = res->id;

+	*len += sizeof(CARD16);

+	 buf++;

+    }

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimCheckInnerICAttributes(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+

+    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))

+	return False;

+

+    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);

+    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	return True;

+    else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	return False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimMakeICAttrIDList(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 res_num,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    CARD16		*buf,

+    INT16		*len,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;

+    char		*name;

+    INT16		 new_len;

+

+    *len = 0;

+    if (!arg)

+	return (char *)NULL;

+

+    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);

+    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);

+

+    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {

+	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {

+	    if (_XimCheckInnerICAttributes(ic, p, mode))

+		continue;

+	    *len = -1;

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+

+	check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);

+	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	    continue;

+	else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR) {

+	    *len = -1;

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+

+	*buf = res->id;

+	*len += sizeof(CARD16);

+	buf++;

+	if (res->resource_size == XimType_NEST) {

+	    if (res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {

+		if ((name = _XimMakeICAttrIDList(ic, res_list, res_num,

+				(XIMArg *)p->value, buf, &new_len,

+				(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR)))) {

+		    if (new_len < 0) *len = -1;

+		    else *len += new_len;

+		    return name;

+		}

+	    } else if (res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {

+		if ((name = _XimMakeICAttrIDList(ic, res_list, res_num,

+				(XIMArg *)p->value, buf, &new_len,

+				(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR)))) {

+		    if (new_len < 0) *len = -1;

+		    else *len += new_len;

+		    return name;

+		}

+	    }

+	    *len += new_len;

+	    buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + new_len);

+	    if (!(res = _XimGetNestedListSeparator(res_list, res_num))) {

+		p++;

+		if (p) {

+		    *len = -1;

+		    return p->name;

+		}

+		else {

+		    return (char *)NULL;

+		}

+	    }

+	    *buf = res->id;

+	    *len += sizeof(CARD16);

+	    buf++;

+	}

+    }

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimAttributeToValue(

+    Xic			  ic,

+    XIMResourceList	  res,

+    CARD16		 *data,

+    INT16		  data_len,

+    XPointer		  value,

+    BITMASK32		  mode)

+{

+    switch (res->resource_size) {

+    case XimType_SeparatorOfNestedList:

+    case XimType_NEST:

+	break;

+

+    case XimType_CARD8:

+    case XimType_CARD16:

+    case XimType_CARD32:

+    case XimType_Window:

+    case XimType_XIMHotKeyState:

+	_XCopyToArg((XPointer)data, (XPointer *)&value, data_len);

+	break;

+

+    case XimType_STRING8:

+	{

+	    char	*str;

+

+	    if (!(value))

+		return False;

+

+	    if (!(str = (char *)Xmalloc(data_len + 1)))

+		return False;

+

+	    (void)memcpy(str, (char *)data, data_len);

+	    str[data_len] = '\0';

+

+	    *((char **)value) = str;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XIMStyles:

+	{

+	    INT16		 num = data[0];

+	    register CARD32	*style_list = (CARD32 *)&data[2];

+	    XIMStyle		*style;

+	    XIMStyles		*rep;

+	    register int	 i;

+	    char		*p;

+	    int			 alloc_len;

+

+	    if (!(value))

+		return False;

+

+	    alloc_len = sizeof(XIMStyles) + sizeof(XIMStyle) * num;

+	    if (!(p = (char *)Xmalloc(alloc_len)))

+		return False;

+

+	    rep   = (XIMStyles *)p;

+	    style = (XIMStyle *)(p + sizeof(XIMStyles));

+

+	    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)

+		style[i] = (XIMStyle)style_list[i];

+

+	    rep->count_styles = (unsigned short)num;

+	    rep->supported_styles = style;

+	    *((XIMStyles **)value) = rep;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XRectangle:

+	{

+	    XRectangle	*rep;

+

+	    if (!(value))

+		return False;

+

+	    if (!(rep = (XRectangle *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XRectangle))))

+		return False;

+

+	    rep->x      = data[0];

+	    rep->y      = data[1];

+	    rep->width  = data[2];

+	    rep->height = data[3];

+	    *((XRectangle **)value) = rep;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XPoint:

+	{

+	    XPoint	*rep;

+

+	    if (!(value))

+		return False;

+

+	    if (!(rep = (XPoint *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XPoint))))

+		return False;

+

+	    rep->x = data[0];

+	    rep->y = data[1];

+	    *((XPoint **)value) = rep;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XFontSet:

+	{

+	    INT16	 len = data[0];

+	    char	*base_name;

+	    XFontSet	 rep = (XFontSet)NULL;

+	    char	**missing_list = NULL;

+	    int		 missing_count;

+	    char	*def_string;

+

+	    if (!(value))

+		return False;

+	    if (!ic)

+		return False;

+

+	    if (!(base_name = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1)))

+		return False;

+

+	    (void)strncpy(base_name, (char *)&data[1], (int)len);

+	    base_name[len] = '\0';

+

+	    if (mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+		if (!strcmp(base_name, ic->private.proto.preedit_font)) {

+		    rep = ic->core.preedit_attr.fontset;

+		} else if (!ic->private.proto.preedit_font_length) {

+		    rep = XCreateFontSet(ic->core.im->core.display,

+					base_name, &missing_list,

+					&missing_count, &def_string);

+		}

+	    } else if (mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+		if (!strcmp(base_name, ic->private.proto.status_font)) {

+		    rep = ic->core.status_attr.fontset;

+		} else if (!ic->private.proto.status_font_length) {

+		    rep = XCreateFontSet(ic->core.im->core.display,

+					base_name, &missing_list,

+					&missing_count, &def_string);

+		}

+	    }

+

+	    Xfree(base_name);

+	    Xfree(missing_list);

+	    *((XFontSet *)value) = rep;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XIMHotKeyTriggers:

+	{

+	    INT32			 num = *((CARD32 *)data);

+	    register CARD32		*key_list = (CARD32 *)&data[2];

+	    XIMHotKeyTrigger		*key;

+	    XIMHotKeyTriggers		*rep;

+	    register int		 i;

+	    char			*p;

+	    int				 alloc_len;

+

+	    if (!(value))

+		return False;

+

+	    alloc_len = sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers)

+		      + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTrigger) * num;

+	    if (!(p = (char *)Xmalloc(alloc_len)))

+		return False;

+

+	    rep = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)p;

+	    key = (XIMHotKeyTrigger *)(p + sizeof(XIMHotKeyTriggers));

+

+	    for (i = 0; i < num; i++, key_list += 3) {

+		key[i].keysym        = (KeySym)key_list[0]; /* keysym */

+		key[i].modifier      = (int)key_list[1];    /* modifier */

+		key[i].modifier_mask = (int)key_list[2];    /* modifier_mask */

+	    }

+

+	    rep->num_hot_key = (int)num;

+	    rep->key = key;

+	    *((XIMHotKeyTriggers **)value) = rep;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XIMStringConversion:

+	{

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    default:

+	return False;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimDecodeInnerIMATTRIBUTE(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XIMArg		*arg)

+{

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    XimDefIMValues	 im_values;

+

+    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources,

+			im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))

+	return False;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentIMValues(im, &im_values);

+    return _XimDecodeLocalIMAttr(res, (XPointer)&im_values, arg->value);

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimDecodeIMATTRIBUTE(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 res_num,

+    CARD16		*data,

+    INT16		 data_len,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    BITMASK32		 mode)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD16		*buf;

+    INT16		 total;

+    INT16		 min_len = sizeof(CARD16)	/* sizeof attributeID */

+			 	 + sizeof(INT16);	/* sizeof length */

+

+    for (p = arg; p->name; p++) {

+	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {

+	    if (_XimDecodeInnerIMATTRIBUTE(im, p))

+		continue;

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+

+	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);

+	if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	    continue;

+	else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	    return p->name;

+

+	total = data_len;

+	buf = data;

+	while (total >= min_len) {

+	    if (res->id == buf[0])

+		break;

+

+	    len = buf[1];

+	    len += XIM_PAD(len) + min_len;

+	    buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + len);

+	    total -= len;

+	}

+	if (total < min_len)

+	    return p->name;

+

+	if (!(_XimAttributeToValue((Xic) im->private.local.current_ic,

+				   res, &buf[2], buf[1], p->value, mode)))

+	    return p->name;

+    }

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimDecodeInnerICATTRIBUTE(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+

+    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))

+	return False;

+

+    _XimGetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    if (!_XimDecodeLocalICAttr(res, (XPointer)&ic_values, arg->value, mode))

+	return False;

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimDecodeICATTRIBUTE(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 res_num,

+    CARD16		*data,

+    INT16		 data_len,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    BITMASK32		 mode)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+    INT16		 len;

+    CARD16		*buf;

+    INT16		 total;

+    char		*name;

+    INT16		 min_len = sizeof(CARD16)	/* sizeof attributeID */

+			 	 + sizeof(INT16);	/* sizeof length */

+    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;

+

+    if (!arg)

+	return (char *)NULL;

+

+    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);

+    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);

+

+    for (p = arg; p->name; p++) {

+	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {

+	    if (_XimDecodeInnerICATTRIBUTE(ic, p, mode))

+		continue;

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+

+	check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);

+	if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	    continue;

+	else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	    return p->name;

+

+	total = data_len;

+	buf = data;

+	while (total >= min_len) {

+	    if (res->id == buf[0])

+		break;

+

+	    len = buf[1];

+	    len += XIM_PAD(len) + min_len;

+	    buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + len);

+	    total -= len;

+	}

+	if (total < min_len)

+	    return p->name;

+

+	if (res->resource_size == XimType_NEST) {

+	    if (res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {

+	        if ((name = _XimDecodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,

+			&buf[2], buf[1], (XIMArg *)p->value,

+			(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR))))

+		    return name;

+	    } else if (res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {

+	        if ((name = _XimDecodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,

+			&buf[2], buf[1], (XIMArg *)p->value,

+			(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR))))

+		    return name;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    if (!(_XimAttributeToValue(ic, res, &buf[2], buf[1],

+							p->value, mode)))

+		return p->name;

+	}

+    }

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimValueToAttribute(

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XPointer		 buf,

+    int			 buf_size,

+    XPointer		 value,

+    int			*len,

+    unsigned long	 mode,

+    XPointer		 param)

+{

+    int			 ret_len;

+

+    switch (res->resource_size) {

+    case XimType_SeparatorOfNestedList:

+    case XimType_NEST:

+	*len = 0;

+	break;

+

+    case XimType_CARD8:

+	ret_len = sizeof(CARD8);

+	if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {

+	    *len = -1;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	*((CARD8 *)buf) = (CARD8)(long)value;

+	*len = ret_len;

+	break;

+

+    case XimType_CARD16:

+	ret_len = sizeof(CARD16);

+	if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {

+	    *len = -1;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	*((CARD16 *)buf) = (CARD16)(long)value;

+	*len = ret_len;

+	break;

+

+    case XimType_CARD32:

+    case XimType_Window:

+    case XimType_XIMHotKeyState:

+	ret_len = sizeof(CARD32);

+	if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {

+	    *len = -1;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	*((CARD32 *)buf) = (CARD32)(long)value;

+	*len = ret_len;

+	break;

+

+    case XimType_STRING8:

+	if (!value) {

+	    *len = 0;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	ret_len = strlen((char *)value);

+	if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {

+	    *len = -1;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	(void)memcpy((char *)buf, (char *)value, ret_len);

+	*len = ret_len;

+	break;

+

+    case XimType_XRectangle:

+	{

+	    XRectangle	*rect = (XRectangle *)value;

+	    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+

+	    if (!rect) {

+		*len = 0;

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    ret_len = sizeof(INT16)		/* sizeof X */

+	    	    + sizeof(INT16)		/* sizeof Y */

+	            + sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof width */

+	            + sizeof(CARD16);		/* sizeof height */

+	    if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {

+		*len = -1;

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    buf_s[0] = (CARD16)rect->x;		/* X */

+	    buf_s[1] = (CARD16)rect->y;		/* Y */

+	    buf_s[2] = (CARD16)rect->width;	/* width */

+	    buf_s[3] = (CARD16)rect->height;	/* heght */

+	    *len = ret_len;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XPoint:

+	{

+	    XPoint	*point = (XPoint *)value;

+	    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+

+	    if (!point) {

+		*len = 0;

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    ret_len = sizeof(INT16)		/* sizeof X */

+	            + sizeof(INT16);		/* sizeof Y */

+	    if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {

+		*len = -1;

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    buf_s[0] = (CARD16)point->x;		/* X */

+	    buf_s[1] = (CARD16)point->y;		/* Y */

+	    *len = ret_len;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XFontSet:

+	{

+	    XFontSet	 font = (XFontSet)value;

+	    Xic		 ic = (Xic)param;

+	    char	*base_name = NULL;

+	    int		 length = 0;

+	    CARD16	*buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+

+	    if (!font) {

+		*len = 0;

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    if (mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+		base_name = ic->private.proto.preedit_font;

+		length	  = ic->private.proto.preedit_font_length;

+	    } else if (mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+		base_name = ic->private.proto.status_font;

+		length	  = ic->private.proto.status_font_length;

+	    }

+

+	    if (!base_name) {

+		*len = 0;

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    ret_len = sizeof(CARD16)		/* sizeof length of Base name */

+		    + length;			/* sizeof Base font name list */

+	    if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {

+		*len = -1;

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    buf_s[0] = (INT16)length;		/* length of Base font name */

+	    (void)memcpy((char *)&buf_s[1], base_name, length);

+						/* Base font name list */

+	    *len = ret_len;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XIMHotKeyTriggers:

+	{

+	    XIMHotKeyTriggers	*hotkey = (XIMHotKeyTriggers *)value;

+	    INT32		 num;

+	    CARD32		*buf_l = (CARD32 *)buf;

+	    register CARD32	*key = (CARD32 *)&buf_l[1];

+	    register int	 i;

+

+	    if (!hotkey) {

+		*len = 0;

+		return False;

+	    }

+	    num = (INT32)hotkey->num_hot_key;

+

+	    ret_len = sizeof(INT32)		/* sizeof number of key list */

+	           + (sizeof(CARD32)		/* sizeof keysyn */

+	           +  sizeof(CARD32)		/* sizeof modifier */

+	           +  sizeof(CARD32))		/* sizeof modifier_mask */

+	           *  num;			/* number of key list */

+	    if (buf_size < ret_len + XIM_PAD(ret_len)) {

+		*len = -1;

+		return False;

+	    }

+

+	    buf_l[0] = num;		/* number of key list */

+	    for (i = 0; i < num; i++, key += 3) {

+		key[0] = (CARD32)(hotkey->key[i].keysym);

+						/* keysym */

+		key[1] = (CARD32)(hotkey->key[i].modifier);

+						/* modifier */

+		key[2] = (CARD32)(hotkey->key[i].modifier_mask);

+						/* modifier_mask */

+	    }

+	    *len = ret_len;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    case XimType_XIMStringConversion:

+	{

+	    *len = 0;

+	    break;

+	}

+

+    default:

+	return False;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetInnerIMAttributes(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+

+    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(im->private.proto.im_inner_resources,

+			im->private.proto.im_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))

+	return False;

+

+    check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);

+    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	return True;

+    else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	return False;

+

+    return _XimEncodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, arg->value);

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimEncodeIMATTRIBUTE(

+    Xim			  im,

+    XIMResourceList	  res_list,

+    unsigned int	  res_num,

+    XIMArg		 *arg,

+    XIMArg		**arg_ret,

+    char		 *buf,

+    int			  size,

+    int			 *ret_len,

+    XPointer		  top,

+    unsigned long	  mode)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    int			 len;

+    int			 min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */

+				 + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof value length */

+

+    *ret_len = 0;

+    for (p = arg; p->name; p++) {

+	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {

+	    if (_XimSetInnerIMAttributes(im, top, p, mode))

+		continue;

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+

+	check = _XimCheckIMMode(res, mode);

+	if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	    continue;

+	else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	    return p->name;

+

+	if (!(_XimEncodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, p->value)))

+	    return p->name;

+

+	buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+	if (!(_XimValueToAttribute(res, (XPointer)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),

+				p->value, &len, mode, (XPointer)NULL)))

+	    return p->name;

+

+	if (len == 0) {

+	    continue;

+	} else if (len < 0) {

+	    *arg_ret = p;

+	    return (char *)NULL;

+	}

+

+	buf_s[0] = res->id;			/* attribute ID */

+	buf_s[1] = len;				/* value length */

+	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */

+	len += min_len;

+

+	buf += len;

+	*ret_len += len;

+	size -= len;

+    }

+    *arg_ret = (XIMArg *)NULL;

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Public	Bool

+_XimEncodeSavedIMATTRIBUTE(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 res_num,

+    int			*idx,

+    char		*buf,

+    int			 size,

+    int			*ret_len,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    register int	 i;

+    int			 num = im->private.proto.num_saved_imvalues;

+    XrmQuark		*quark_list = im->private.proto.saved_imvalues;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    XPointer		 value;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    int			 len;

+    int			 min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */

+				 + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof value length */

+

+    if (!im->private.proto.saved_imvalues) {

+	*idx = -1;

+	*ret_len = 0;

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    *ret_len = 0;

+    for (i = *idx; i < num; i++) {

+	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list,

+						res_num, quark_list[i])))

+	    continue;

+

+	if (!_XimDecodeLocalIMAttr(res, top, value))

+	    return False;

+

+	buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+	if (!(_XimValueToAttribute(res, (XPointer)&buf_s[2],

+			(size - min_len), value, &len, mode, (XPointer)NULL)))

+	    return False;

+

+	if (len == 0) {

+	    continue;

+	} else if (len < 0) {

+	    *idx = i;

+	    return True;

+	}

+

+	buf_s[0] = res->id;			/* attribute ID */

+	buf_s[1] = len;				/* value length */

+	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */

+	len += min_len;

+

+	buf += len;

+	*ret_len += len;

+	size -= len;

+    }

+    *idx = -1;

+    return True;

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodeTopValue(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XIMArg		*p)

+{

+    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNClientWindow)) {

+	ic->core.client_window = (Window)p->value;

+	if (ic->core.focus_window == (Window)0)

+	    ic->core.focus_window = ic->core.client_window;

+	_XimRegisterFilter(ic);

+

+    } else if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFocusWindow)) {

+	if (ic->core.client_window) {

+	    _XimUnregisterFilter(ic);

+	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value;

+	    _XimRegisterFilter(ic);

+	} else /* client_window not yet */

+	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodePreeditValue(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XIMArg		*p)

+{

+    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNStdColormap)) {

+	XStandardColormap	*colormap_ret;

+	int			 count;

+

+	if (!(XGetRGBColormaps(ic->core.im->core.display,

+				ic->core.focus_window, &colormap_ret,

+				&count, (Atom)p->value)))

+	    return False;

+

+	XFree(colormap_ret);

+    } else if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFontSet)) {

+	int		  list_ret;

+	XFontStruct	**struct_list;

+	char		**name_list;

+	char		 *tmp;

+	int		  len;

+	register int	  i;

+

+	if (!p->value)

+	    return False;

+

+	if (ic->private.proto.preedit_font)

+	    Xfree(ic->private.proto.preedit_font);

+

+	list_ret = XFontsOfFontSet((XFontSet)p->value,

+						 &struct_list, &name_list);

+	for (i = 0, len = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {

+	     len += (strlen(name_list[i]) + sizeof(char));

+	}

+	if (!(tmp = Xmalloc(len + 1))) {

+	    ic->private.proto.preedit_font = NULL;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	tmp[0] = '\0';

+	for (i = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {

+	    strcat(tmp, name_list[i]);

+	    strcat(tmp, ",");

+	}

+	tmp[len - 1] = 0;

+	ic->private.proto.preedit_font        = tmp;

+	ic->private.proto.preedit_font_length = len - 1;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodeStatusValue(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res,

+    XIMArg		*p)

+{

+    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNStdColormap)) {

+	XStandardColormap	*colormap_ret = NULL;

+	int			 count;

+

+	if (!(XGetRGBColormaps(ic->core.im->core.display,

+				ic->core.focus_window, &colormap_ret,

+				&count, (Atom)p->value)))

+	    return False;

+

+	XFree(colormap_ret);

+    } else if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFontSet)) {

+	int		  list_ret;

+	XFontStruct	**struct_list;

+	char		**name_list;

+	char		 *tmp;

+	int		  len;

+	register int	  i;

+

+	if (!p->value)

+	    return False;

+

+	if (ic->private.proto.status_font)

+	    Xfree(ic->private.proto.status_font);

+

+	list_ret = XFontsOfFontSet((XFontSet)p->value,

+						 &struct_list, &name_list);

+	for (i = 0, len = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {

+	     len += (strlen(name_list[i]) + sizeof(char));

+	}

+	if (!(tmp = Xmalloc(len+1))) {

+	    ic->private.proto.status_font = NULL;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	tmp[0] = '\0';

+	for(i = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {

+	    strcat(tmp, name_list[i]);

+	    strcat(tmp, ",");

+	}

+	tmp[len - 1] = 0;

+	ic->private.proto.status_font        = tmp;

+	ic->private.proto.status_font_length = len - 1;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimSetInnerICAttributes(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    XIMArg		*arg,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+

+    if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(ic->private.proto.ic_inner_resources,

+			ic->private.proto.ic_num_inner_resources, arg->name)))

+	return False;

+

+    check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);

+    if(check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	return True;

+    else if(check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	return False;

+

+    return _XimEncodeLocalICAttr(ic, res, top, arg, mode);

+}

+

+Public char *

+_XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(

+    Xic			  ic,

+    XIMResourceList	  res_list,

+    unsigned int	  res_num,

+    XIMArg		 *arg,

+    XIMArg		**arg_ret,

+    char		 *buf,

+    int			  size,

+    int			 *ret_len,

+    XPointer		  top,

+    BITMASK32		 *flag,

+    unsigned long	  mode)

+{

+    register XIMArg	*p;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    int			 check;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    int			 len;

+    int			 min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */

+				 + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof value length */

+    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;

+    char		*name;

+

+    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);

+    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);

+

+    *ret_len = 0;

+    for (p = arg; p && p->name; p++) {

+	buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRec(res_list, res_num, p->name))) {

+	    if (_XimSetInnerICAttributes(ic, top, p, mode))

+		continue;

+	    return p->name;

+	}

+

+	check = _XimCheckICMode(res, mode);

+	if (check == XIM_CHECK_INVALID)

+	    continue;

+	else if (check == XIM_CHECK_ERROR)

+	    return p->name;

+

+	if (mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	    if (!(_XimEncodePreeditValue(ic, res, p)))

+		return p->name;

+	} else if (mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	    if (!(_XimEncodeStatusValue(ic, res, p)))

+		return p->name;

+	} else {

+	    if (!(_XimEncodeTopValue(ic, res, p)))

+		return p->name;

+	}

+

+	if (res->resource_size == XimType_NEST) {

+	    XimDefICValues	*ic_attr = (XimDefICValues *)top;

+

+	    if (res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {

+		XIMArg		*arg_rt;

+		if ((name = _XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,

+				(XIMArg *)p->value, &arg_rt,

+				(char *)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),

+				 &len, (XPointer)&ic_attr->preedit_attr, flag,

+				(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR)))) {

+		    return name;

+		}

+

+	    } else if (res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {

+		XIMArg		*arg_rt;

+		if ((name = _XimEncodeICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,

+				(XIMArg *)p->value,  &arg_rt,

+				(char *)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),

+				 &len, (XPointer)&ic_attr->status_attr, flag,

+				(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR)))) {

+		    return name;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else {

+#ifdef EXT_MOVE

+	    if (flag)

+		*flag |= _XimExtenArgCheck(p);

+#endif

+    	    if (!(_XimEncodeLocalICAttr(ic, res, top, p, mode)))

+		return p->name;

+

+	    if (!(_XimValueToAttribute(res, (XPointer)&buf_s[2],

+			 	(size - min_len), p->value,

+				&len, mode, (XPointer)ic)))

+		return p->name;

+	}

+

+	if (len == 0) {

+	    continue;

+	} else if (len < 0) {

+	    *arg_ret = p;

+	    return (char *)NULL;

+	}

+

+	buf_s[0] = res->id;			/* attribute ID */

+	buf_s[1] = len;				/* value length */

+	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */

+	len += min_len;

+

+	buf += len;

+	*ret_len += len;

+	size -= len;

+    }

+    *arg_ret = (XIMArg *)NULL;

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+#ifdef XIM_CONNECTABLE

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodeSavedPreeditValue(

+    Xic			  ic,

+    XIMResourceList	  res,

+    XPointer		  value)

+{

+    int			  list_ret;

+    XFontStruct		**struct_list;

+    char		**name_list;

+    char		 *tmp;

+    int			  len;

+    register int	  i;

+

+    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFontSet)) {

+	if (!value)

+	    return False;

+

+	if (ic->private.proto.preedit_font)

+	    Xfree(ic->private.proto.preedit_font);

+

+	list_ret = XFontsOfFontSet((XFontSet)value,

+						&struct_list, &name_list);

+	for(i = 0, len = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {

+	    len += (strlen(name_list[i]) + sizeof(char));

+	}

+	if(!(tmp = Xmalloc(len + 1))) {

+	    ic->private.proto.preedit_font = NULL;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	tmp[0] = '\0';

+	for(i = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {

+	    strcat(tmp, name_list[i]);

+	    strcat(tmp, ",");

+	}

+	tmp[len - 1] = 0;

+	ic->private.proto.preedit_font        = tmp;

+	ic->private.proto.preedit_font_length = len - 1;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimEncodeSavedStatusValue(

+    Xic			  ic,

+    XIMResourceList	  res,

+    XPointer		  value)

+{

+    int			  list_ret;

+    XFontStruct		**struct_list;

+    char		**name_list;

+    char		 *tmp;

+    int			  len;

+    register int	  i;

+

+    if (res->xrm_name == XrmStringToQuark(XNFontSet)) {

+	if (!value)

+	    return False;

+

+	if (ic->private.proto.status_font)

+	    Xfree(ic->private.proto.status_font);

+

+	list_ret = XFontsOfFontSet((XFontSet)value,

+						&struct_list, &name_list);

+	for(i = 0, len = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {

+	    len += (strlen(name_list[i]) + sizeof(char));

+	}

+	if(!(tmp = Xmalloc(len + 1))) {

+	    ic->private.proto.status_font = NULL;

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	tmp[0] = '\0';

+	for(i = 0; i < list_ret; i++) {

+	    strcat(tmp, name_list[i]);

+	    strcat(tmp, ",");

+	}

+	tmp[len - 1] = 0;

+	ic->private.proto.status_font        = tmp;

+	ic->private.proto.status_font_length = len - 1;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Public	Bool

+_XimEncodeSavedICATTRIBUTE(

+    Xic			 ic,

+    XIMResourceList	 res_list,

+    unsigned int	 res_num,

+    int			*idx,

+    char		*buf,

+    int			 size,

+    int			*ret_len,

+    XPointer		 top,

+    unsigned long	 mode)

+{

+    int			 i;

+    int			 num = ic->private.proto.num_saved_icvalues;

+    XrmQuark		*quark_list = ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    XPointer		 value;

+    CARD16		*buf_s;

+    int			 len;

+    int			 min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */

+				 + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof value length */

+    XrmQuark		 pre_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 sts_quark;

+    XrmQuark		 separator;

+

+    if (!ic->private.proto.saved_icvalues) {

+	*idx = -1;

+	*ret_len = 0;

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    pre_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNPreeditAttributes);

+    sts_quark = XrmStringToQuark(XNStatusAttributes);

+    separator = XrmStringToQuark(XNSeparatorofNestedList);

+

+    *ret_len = 0;

+    for (i = *idx; i < num; i++) {

+	if (quark_list[i] == separator) {

+	    *idx = i;

+	    return True;

+	}

+

+	if (!(res = _XimGetResourceListRecByQuark(res_list,

+						res_num, quark_list[i])))

+	    continue;

+

+	if (!_XimDecodeLocalICAttr(res, top,(XPointer)&value, mode))

+	    return False;

+

+	if (mode & XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR) {

+	    if (!(_XimEncodeSavedPreeditValue(ic, res, value))) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	} else if (mode & XIM_STATUS_ATTR) {

+	    if (!(_XimEncodeSavedStatusValue(ic, res, value))) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+

+	buf_s = (CARD16 *)buf;

+	if (res->resource_size == XimType_NEST) {

+	    XimDefICValues	*ic_attr = (XimDefICValues *)top;

+

+	    i++;

+	    if (res->xrm_name == pre_quark) {

+		if (!_XimEncodeSavedICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,

+				 &i, (char *)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),

+				 &len, (XPointer)&ic_attr->preedit_attr,

+				(mode | XIM_PREEDIT_ATTR))) {

+		    return False;

+		}

+

+	    } else if (res->xrm_name == sts_quark) {

+		if (!_XimEncodeSavedICATTRIBUTE(ic, res_list, res_num,

+				&i, (char *)&buf_s[2], (size - min_len),

+				&len, (XPointer)&ic_attr->status_attr,

+				(mode | XIM_STATUS_ATTR))) {

+		    return False;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    if (!(_XimValueToAttribute(res, (XPointer)&buf_s[2],

+			 	(size - min_len), value,

+				&len, mode, (XPointer)ic))) {

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+

+	if (len == 0) {

+	    continue;

+	} else if (len < 0) {

+	    if (quark_list[i] == separator)

+		i++;

+	    *idx = i;

+	    return True;

+	}

+

+	buf_s[0] = res->id;			/* attribute ID */

+	buf_s[1] = len;				/* value length */

+	XIM_SET_PAD(&buf_s[2], len);		/* pad */

+	len += min_len;

+

+	buf += len;

+	*ret_len += len;

+	size -= len;

+    }

+    *idx = -1;

+    return True;

+}

+#endif /* XIM_CONNECTABLE */

+

+Private unsigned int

+_XimCountNumberOfAttr(

+    INT16	 total,

+    CARD16	*attr,

+    int		*names_len)

+{

+    unsigned int n;

+    INT16	 len;

+    INT16	 min_len = sizeof(CARD16)	/* sizeof attribute ID */

+			 + sizeof(CARD16)	/* sizeof type of value */

+			 + sizeof(INT16);	/* sizeof length of attribute */

+

+    n = 0;

+    *names_len = 0;

+    while (total > min_len) {

+	len = attr[2];

+	*names_len += (len + 1);

+	len += (min_len + XIM_PAD(len + 2));

+	total -= len;

+	attr = (CARD16 *)((char *)attr + len);

+	n++;

+    }

+    return n;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimGetAttributeID(

+    Xim			  im,

+    CARD16		 *buf)

+{

+    unsigned int	  n;

+    XIMResourceList	  res;

+    char		 *names;

+    int			  names_len;

+    XPointer		  tmp;

+    XIMValuesList	 *values_list;

+    char		**values;

+    int			  values_len;

+    register int	  i;

+    INT16		  len;

+    INT16		  min_len = sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof attribute ID */

+				  + sizeof(CARD16) /* sizeof type of value */

+				  + sizeof(INT16); /* sizeof length of attr */

+    /*

+     * IM attribute ID

+     */

+

+    if (!(n = _XimCountNumberOfAttr(buf[0], &buf[1], &names_len)))

+	return False;

+

+    if (!(res = Xcalloc(n, sizeof(XIMResource))))

+	return False;

+

+    values_len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + (sizeof(char **) * n) + names_len;

+    if (!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, values_len))) {

+	Xfree(res);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    values_list = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;

+    values = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));

+    names = (char *)((char *)values + (sizeof(char **) * n));

+

+    values_list->count_values = n;

+    values_list->supported_values = values;

+

+    buf++;

+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	len = buf[2];

+	(void)memcpy(names, (char *)&buf[3], len);

+	values[i] = names;

+	names[len] = '\0';

+	res[i].resource_name = names;

+	res[i].resource_size = buf[1];

+	res[i].id	     = buf[0];

+	names += (len + 1);

+	len += (min_len + XIM_PAD(len + 2));

+	buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + len);

+    }

+    _XIMCompileResourceList(res, n);

+

+    if (im->core.im_resources)

+	Xfree(im->core.im_resources);

+    if (im->core.im_values_list)

+	Xfree(im->core.im_values_list);

+    im->core.im_resources     = res;

+    im->core.im_num_resources = n;

+    im->core.im_values_list   = values_list;

+

+    /*

+     * IC attribute ID

+     */

+

+    if (!(n = _XimCountNumberOfAttr(buf[0], &buf[2], &names_len)))

+	return False;

+

+    if (!(res = Xcalloc(n, sizeof(XIMResource))))

+	return False;

+

+    values_len = sizeof(XIMValuesList) + (sizeof(char **) * n) + names_len;

+    if (!(tmp = Xcalloc(1, values_len))) {

+	Xfree(res);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    values_list = (XIMValuesList *)tmp;

+    values = (char **)((char *)tmp + sizeof(XIMValuesList));

+    names = (char *)((char *)values + (sizeof(char **) * n));

+

+    values_list->count_values = n;

+    values_list->supported_values = values;

+

+    buf += 2;

+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {

+	len = buf[2];

+	(void)memcpy(names, (char *)&buf[3], len);

+	values[i] = names;

+	names[len] = '\0';

+	res[i].resource_name = names;

+	res[i].resource_size = buf[1];

+	res[i].id	     = buf[0];

+	names += (len + 1);

+	len += (min_len + XIM_PAD(len + 2));

+	buf = (CARD16 *)((char *)buf + len);

+    }

+    _XIMCompileResourceList(res, n);

+

+    if (im->core.ic_resources)

+	Xfree(im->core.ic_resources);

+    if (im->core.ic_values_list)

+	Xfree(im->core.ic_values_list);

+    im->core.ic_resources     = res;

+    im->core.ic_num_resources = n;

+    im->core.ic_values_list   = values_list;

+

+    return True;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imThaiIc.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imThaiIc.c
index 95433f3d7..6b8784387 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imThaiIc.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imThaiIc.c
@@ -1,227 +1,227 @@
-/******************************************************************
-
-          Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-          Copyright 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED and
-Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity
-pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written
-prior permission.  FUJITSU LIMITED and Digital Equipment Corporation
-makes no representations about the suitability of this software for
-any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied
-warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION DISCLAIM ALL
-WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
-IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
-THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author:    Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               	  fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-  Modifier:  Franky Ling          Digital Equipment Corporation
-	                          frankyling@hgrd01.enet.dec.com
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-
-Private void
-_XimThaiUnSetFocus(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    Xic  ic = (Xic)xic;
-    ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)NULL;
-
-    if (ic->core.focus_window)
-	_XUnregisterFilter(ic->core.im->core.display, ic->core.focus_window,
-			_XimThaiFilter, (XPointer)ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimThaiDestroyIC(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    DefTreeBase *b = &ic->private.local.base;
-
-    if(((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic == (XIC)ic) {
-	_XimThaiUnSetFocus(xic);
-    }
-    if(ic->private.local.ic_resources) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);
-	ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (b->tree)  Xfree (b->tree);
-    if (b->mb)    Xfree (b->mb);
-    if (b->wc)    Xfree (b->wc);
-    if (b->utf8)  Xfree (b->utf8);
-    b->tree = NULL;
-    b->mb   = NULL;
-    b->wc   = NULL;
-    b->utf8 = NULL;
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimThaiSetFocus(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    XIC	 current_ic = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic;
-
-    if (current_ic == (XIC)ic)
-	return;
-
-    if (current_ic != (XIC)NULL) {
-	_XimThaiUnSetFocus(current_ic);
-    }
-    ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)ic;
-
-    if (ic->core.focus_window)
-	_XRegisterFilterByType(ic->core.im->core.display, ic->core.focus_window,
-			KeyPress, KeyPress, _XimThaiFilter, (XPointer)ic);
-    return;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimThaiReset(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;
-    DefTreeBase *b   = &ic->private.local.base;
-    ic->private.local.thai.comp_state = 0;
-    ic->private.local.thai.keysym = 0;
-    b->mb[b->tree[ic->private.local.composed].mb] = '\0';
-    b->wc[b->tree[ic->private.local.composed].wc] = '\0';
-    b->utf8[b->tree[ic->private.local.composed].utf8] = '\0';
-}
-
-Private char *
-_XimThaiMbReset(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    _XimThaiReset(xic);
-    return (char *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private wchar_t *
-_XimThaiWcReset(
-    XIC	 xic)
-{
-    _XimThaiReset(xic);
-    return (wchar_t *)NULL;
-}
-
-Private XICMethodsRec Thai_ic_methods = {
-    _XimThaiDestroyIC, 	/* destroy */
-    _XimThaiSetFocus,  	/* set_focus */
-    _XimThaiUnSetFocus,	/* unset_focus */
-    _XimLocalSetICValues,	/* set_values */
-    _XimLocalGetICValues,	/* get_values */
-    _XimThaiMbReset,		/* mb_reset */
-    _XimThaiWcReset,		/* wc_reset */
-    _XimThaiMbReset,		/* utf8_reset */
-    _XimLocalMbLookupString,	/* mb_lookup_string */
-    _XimLocalWcLookupString,	/* wc_lookup_string */
-    _XimLocalUtf8LookupString	/* utf8_lookup_string */
-};
-
-XIC
-_XimThaiCreateIC(
-    XIM			 im,
-    XIMArg		*values)
-{
-    Xic			 ic;
-    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;
-    XIMResourceList	 res;
-    unsigned int	 num;
-    int			 len;
-    DefTree             *tree;
-
-    if((ic = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XicRec))) == (Xic)NULL) {
-	return ((XIC)NULL);
-    }
-
-    ic->methods = &Thai_ic_methods;
-    ic->core.im = im;
-    ic->core.filter_events = KeyPressMask;
-
-    if (! (ic->private.local.base.tree = tree = (DefTree *)Xmalloc(sizeof(DefTree)*3)) )
-	goto Set_Error;
-    if (! (ic->private.local.base.mb = (char *)Xmalloc(21)) )
-	goto Set_Error;
-    if (! (ic->private.local.base.wc = (wchar_t*)Xmalloc(sizeof(wchar_t)*21)) )
-	goto Set_Error;
-    if (! (ic->private.local.base.utf8 = (char *)Xmalloc(21)) )
-	goto Set_Error;
-    ic->private.local.context = 1;
-    tree[1].mb   = 1;
-    tree[1].wc   = 1;
-    tree[1].utf8 = 1;
-    ic->private.local.composed = 2;
-    tree[2].mb   = 11;
-    tree[2].wc   = 11;
-    tree[2].utf8 = 11;
-
-    ic->private.local.thai.comp_state = 0;
-    ic->private.local.thai.keysym = 0;
-    ic->private.local.thai.input_mode = 0;
-
-    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;
-    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;
-    if((res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {
-	goto Set_Error;
-    }
-    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, len);
-    ic->private.local.ic_resources     = res;
-    ic->private.local.ic_num_resources = num;
-
-    bzero((char *)&ic_values, sizeof(XimDefICValues));
-    if(_XimCheckLocalInputStyle(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values, values,
-				 im->core.styles, res, num) == False) {
-	goto Set_Error;
-    }
-
-    _XimSetICMode(res, num, ic_values.input_style);
-
-    if(_XimSetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,
-			ic->private.local.ic_resources,
-			ic->private.local.ic_num_resources,
-			values, XIM_CREATEIC, True)) {
-	goto Set_Error;
-    }
-    if(_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,
-				XIM_SETICDEFAULTS, res, num) == False) {
-	goto Set_Error;
-    }
-    ic_values.filter_events = KeyPressMask;
-    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);
-
-    return ((XIC)ic);
-
-Set_Error :
-    if (ic->private.local.ic_resources) {
-	Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);
-    }
-    Xfree(ic);
-    return((XIC)NULL);
-}
+/******************************************************************

+

+          Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+          Copyright 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

+supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED and

+Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity

+pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written

+prior permission.  FUJITSU LIMITED and Digital Equipment Corporation

+makes no representations about the suitability of this software for

+any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied

+warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION DISCLAIM ALL

+WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED

+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR

+ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES

+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER

+IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF

+THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author:    Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               	  fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+  Modifier:  Franky Ling          Digital Equipment Corporation

+	                          frankyling@hgrd01.enet.dec.com

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <X11/Xlib.h>

+#include <X11/Xmd.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+

+Private void

+_XimThaiUnSetFocus(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    Xic  ic = (Xic)xic;

+    ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)NULL;

+

+    if (ic->core.focus_window)

+	_XUnregisterFilter(ic->core.im->core.display, ic->core.focus_window,

+			_XimThaiFilter, (XPointer)ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimThaiDestroyIC(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    DefTreeBase *b = &ic->private.local.base;

+

+    if(((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic == (XIC)ic) {

+	_XimThaiUnSetFocus(xic);

+    }

+    if(ic->private.local.ic_resources) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);

+	ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL;

+    }

+

+    if (b->tree)  Xfree (b->tree);

+    if (b->mb)    Xfree (b->mb);

+    if (b->wc)    Xfree (b->wc);

+    if (b->utf8)  Xfree (b->utf8);

+    b->tree = NULL;

+    b->mb   = NULL;

+    b->wc   = NULL;

+    b->utf8 = NULL;

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimThaiSetFocus(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    XIC	 current_ic = ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic;

+

+    if (current_ic == (XIC)ic)

+	return;

+

+    if (current_ic != (XIC)NULL) {

+	_XimThaiUnSetFocus(current_ic);

+    }

+    ((Xim)ic->core.im)->private.local.current_ic = (XIC)ic;

+

+    if (ic->core.focus_window)

+	_XRegisterFilterByType(ic->core.im->core.display, ic->core.focus_window,

+			KeyPress, KeyPress, _XimThaiFilter, (XPointer)ic);

+    return;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimThaiReset(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    Xic	 ic = (Xic)xic;

+    DefTreeBase *b   = &ic->private.local.base;

+    ic->private.local.thai.comp_state = 0;

+    ic->private.local.thai.keysym = 0;

+    b->mb[b->tree[ic->private.local.composed].mb] = '\0';

+    b->wc[b->tree[ic->private.local.composed].wc] = '\0';

+    b->utf8[b->tree[ic->private.local.composed].utf8] = '\0';

+}

+

+Private char *

+_XimThaiMbReset(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    _XimThaiReset(xic);

+    return (char *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private wchar_t *

+_XimThaiWcReset(

+    XIC	 xic)

+{

+    _XimThaiReset(xic);

+    return (wchar_t *)NULL;

+}

+

+Private XICMethodsRec Thai_ic_methods = {

+    _XimThaiDestroyIC, 	/* destroy */

+    _XimThaiSetFocus,  	/* set_focus */

+    _XimThaiUnSetFocus,	/* unset_focus */

+    _XimLocalSetICValues,	/* set_values */

+    _XimLocalGetICValues,	/* get_values */

+    _XimThaiMbReset,		/* mb_reset */

+    _XimThaiWcReset,		/* wc_reset */

+    _XimThaiMbReset,		/* utf8_reset */

+    _XimLocalMbLookupString,	/* mb_lookup_string */

+    _XimLocalWcLookupString,	/* wc_lookup_string */

+    _XimLocalUtf8LookupString	/* utf8_lookup_string */

+};

+

+XIC

+_XimThaiCreateIC(

+    XIM			 im,

+    XIMArg		*values)

+{

+    Xic			 ic;

+    XimDefICValues	 ic_values;

+    XIMResourceList	 res;

+    unsigned int	 num;

+    int			 len;

+    DefTree             *tree;

+

+    if((ic = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XicRec))) == (Xic)NULL) {

+	return ((XIC)NULL);

+    }

+

+    ic->methods = &Thai_ic_methods;

+    ic->core.im = im;

+    ic->core.filter_events = KeyPressMask;

+

+    if (! (ic->private.local.base.tree = tree = (DefTree *)Xmalloc(sizeof(DefTree)*3)) )

+	goto Set_Error;

+    if (! (ic->private.local.base.mb = (char *)Xmalloc(21)) )

+	goto Set_Error;

+    if (! (ic->private.local.base.wc = (wchar_t*)Xmalloc(sizeof(wchar_t)*21)) )

+	goto Set_Error;

+    if (! (ic->private.local.base.utf8 = (char *)Xmalloc(21)) )

+	goto Set_Error;

+    ic->private.local.context = 1;

+    tree[1].mb   = 1;

+    tree[1].wc   = 1;

+    tree[1].utf8 = 1;

+    ic->private.local.composed = 2;

+    tree[2].mb   = 11;

+    tree[2].wc   = 11;

+    tree[2].utf8 = 11;

+

+    ic->private.local.thai.comp_state = 0;

+    ic->private.local.thai.keysym = 0;

+    ic->private.local.thai.input_mode = 0;

+

+    num = im->core.ic_num_resources;

+    len = sizeof(XIMResource) * num;

+    if((res = (XIMResourceList)Xmalloc(len)) == (XIMResourceList)NULL) {

+	goto Set_Error;

+    }

+    (void)memcpy((char *)res, (char *)im->core.ic_resources, len);

+    ic->private.local.ic_resources     = res;

+    ic->private.local.ic_num_resources = num;

+

+    bzero((char *)&ic_values, sizeof(XimDefICValues));

+    if(_XimCheckLocalInputStyle(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values, values,

+				 im->core.styles, res, num) == False) {

+	goto Set_Error;

+    }

+

+    _XimSetICMode(res, num, ic_values.input_style);

+

+    if(_XimSetICValueData(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,

+			ic->private.local.ic_resources,

+			ic->private.local.ic_num_resources,

+			values, XIM_CREATEIC, True)) {

+	goto Set_Error;

+    }

+    if(_XimSetICDefaults(ic, (XPointer)&ic_values,

+				XIM_SETICDEFAULTS, res, num) == False) {

+	goto Set_Error;

+    }

+    ic_values.filter_events = KeyPressMask;

+    _XimSetCurrentICValues(ic, &ic_values);

+

+    return ((XIC)ic);

+

+Set_Error :

+    if (ic->private.local.ic_resources) {

+	Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);

+    }

+    Xfree(ic);

+    return((XIC)NULL);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imTrX.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imTrX.c
index d85d1d114..27ef03e21 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imTrX.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imTrX.c
@@ -1,518 +1,518 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1992 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-/******************************************************************
-
-           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED
-not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.
-FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of
-this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Hideki Hiura (hhiura@Sun.COM) Sun Microsystems, Inc.
-          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <string.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-#include "XimTrInt.h"
-#include "XimTrX.h"
-
-Private Bool
-_XimXRegisterDispatcher(
-    Xim			 im,
-    Bool		 (*callback)(
-				     Xim, INT16, XPointer, XPointer
-				     ),
-    XPointer		 call_data)
-{
-    XIntrCallbackPtr	 rec;
-    XSpecRec		*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-
-    if (!(rec = (XIntrCallbackPtr)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIntrCallbackRec))))
-        return False;
-
-    rec->func       = callback;
-    rec->call_data  = call_data;
-    rec->next       = spec->intr_cb;
-    spec->intr_cb   = rec;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimXFreeIntrCallback(
-    Xim			 im)
-{
-    XSpecRec		*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    register XIntrCallbackPtr rec, next;
-
-    for (rec = spec->intr_cb; rec;) {
-	next = rec->next;
-	Xfree(rec);
-	rec = next;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimXCallDispatcher(Xim im, INT16 len, XPointer data)
-{
-    register XIntrCallbackRec	*rec;
-    XSpecRec		*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-
-    for (rec = spec->intr_cb; rec; rec = rec->next) {
-	if ((*rec->func)(im, len, data, rec->call_data))
-	    return True;
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimXFilterWaitEvent(
-    Display	*d,
-    Window	 w,
-    XEvent	*ev,
-    XPointer	 arg)
-{
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)arg;
-    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    Bool ret;
-
-    spec->ev = (XPointer)ev;
-    ret = _XimFilterWaitEvent(im);
-
-    /*
-     * If ev is a pointer to a stack variable, there could be
-     * a coredump later on if the pointer is dereferenced.
-     * Therefore, reset to NULL to force reinitialization in
-     * _XimXRead().
-     *
-     * Keep in mind _XimXRead may be called again when the stack
-     * is very different.
-     */
-     spec->ev = (XPointer)NULL;
-
-     return ret;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_CheckConnect(
-    Display	*display,
-    XEvent	*event,
-    XPointer	 xim)
-{
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;
-    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-
-    if ((event->type == ClientMessage)
-     && (event->xclient.message_type == spec->imconnectid)) {
-	return True;
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimXConnect(Xim im)
-{
-    XEvent	 event;
-    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    CARD32	 major_code;
-    CARD32	 minor_code;
-
-    if (!(spec->lib_connect_wid = XCreateSimpleWindow(im->core.display,
-		DefaultRootWindow(im->core.display), 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0))) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    event.xclient.type         = ClientMessage;
-    event.xclient.display      = im->core.display;
-    event.xclient.window       = im->private.proto.im_window;
-    event.xclient.message_type = spec->imconnectid;
-    event.xclient.format       = 32;
-    event.xclient.data.l[0]    = (CARD32)spec->lib_connect_wid;
-    event.xclient.data.l[1]    = spec->major_code;
-    event.xclient.data.l[2]    = spec->minor_code;
-    event.xclient.data.l[3]    = 0;
-    event.xclient.data.l[4]    = 0;
-
-    if(event.xclient.data.l[1] == 1 || event.xclient.data.l[1] == 2) {
-	XWindowAttributes	 atr;
-	long			 event_mask;
-
-	XGetWindowAttributes(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, &atr);
-	event_mask = atr.your_event_mask | PropertyChangeMask;
-	XSelectInput(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, event_mask);
-	_XRegisterFilterByType(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid,
-			PropertyNotify, PropertyNotify,
-			 _XimXFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);
-    }
-
-    XSendEvent(im->core.display, im->private.proto.im_window,
-		 False, NoEventMask, &event);
-    XFlush(im->core.display);
-
-    for (;;) {
-	XIfEvent(im->core.display, &event, _CheckConnect, (XPointer)im);
-	if (event.xclient.type != ClientMessage) {
-	    return False;
-	}
-	if (event.xclient.message_type == spec->imconnectid)
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    spec->ims_connect_wid = (Window)event.xclient.data.l[0];
-    major_code = (CARD32)event.xclient.data.l[1];
-    minor_code = (CARD32)event.xclient.data.l[2];
-
-    if (((major_code == 0) && (minor_code <= 2)) ||
-	((major_code == 1) && (minor_code == 0)) ||
-	((major_code == 2) && (minor_code <= 1))) {
-	spec->major_code = major_code;
-	spec->minor_code = minor_code;
-    }
-    if (((major_code == 0) && (minor_code == 2)) ||
-	((major_code == 2) && (minor_code == 1))) {
-	spec->BoundarySize = (CARD32)event.xclient.data.l[3];
-    }
-
-    /* ClientMessage Event Filter */
-    _XRegisterFilterByType(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid,
-			ClientMessage, ClientMessage,
-			 _XimXFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimXShutdown(Xim im)
-{
-    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-
-    if (!spec)
-	return True;
-
-    /* ClientMessage Event Filter */
-    _XUnregisterFilter(im->core.display,
-	    ((XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec)->lib_connect_wid,
-	    _XimXFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);
-    XDestroyWindow(im->core.display,
-	    ((XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec)->lib_connect_wid);
-    _XimXFreeIntrCallback(im);
-    Xfree(spec);
-    im->private.proto.spec = 0;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private char *
-_NewAtom(
-    char	*atomName)
-{
-    static int	 sequence = 0;
-
-    (void)sprintf(atomName, "_client%d", sequence);
-    sequence = ((sequence < 20) ? sequence + 1 : 0);
-    return atomName;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimXWrite(Xim im, INT16 len, XPointer data)
-{
-    Atom	 atom;
-    char	 atomName[16];
-    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    XEvent	 event;
-    CARD8	*p;
-    CARD32	 major_code = spec->major_code;
-    CARD32	 minor_code = spec->minor_code;
-    int		 BoundSize;
-
-    bzero(&event,sizeof(XEvent));
-    event.xclient.type         = ClientMessage;
-    event.xclient.display      = im->core.display;
-    event.xclient.window       = spec->ims_connect_wid;
-    if(major_code == 1 && minor_code == 0) {
-        BoundSize = 0;
-    } else if((major_code == 0 && minor_code == 2) ||
-              (major_code == 2 && minor_code == 1)) {
-        BoundSize = spec->BoundarySize;
-    } else if(major_code == 0 && minor_code == 1) {
-        BoundSize = len;
-    } else {
-        BoundSize = XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE;
-    }
-    if (len > BoundSize) {
-	event.xclient.message_type = spec->improtocolid;
-	atom = XInternAtom(im->core.display, _NewAtom(atomName), False);
-	XChangeProperty(im->core.display, spec->ims_connect_wid,
-			atom, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeAppend,
-			(unsigned char *)data, len);
-	if(major_code == 0) {
-	    event.xclient.format = 32;
-	    event.xclient.data.l[0] = (long)len;
-	    event.xclient.data.l[1] = (long)atom;
-	    XSendEvent(im->core.display, spec->ims_connect_wid,
-					False, NoEventMask, &event);
-	}
-    } else {
-	int		 length;
-
-	event.xclient.format = 8;
-	for(length = 0 ; length < len ; length += XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE) {
-	    p = (CARD8 *)&event.xclient.data.b[0];
-	    if((length + XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE) >= len) {
-		event.xclient.message_type = spec->improtocolid;
-		bzero(p, XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE);
-		memcpy((char *)p, (data + length), (len - length));
-	    } else {
-		event.xclient.message_type = spec->immoredataid;
-		memcpy((char *)p, (data + length), XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE);
-	    }
-	    XSendEvent(im->core.display, spec->ims_connect_wid,
-					False, NoEventMask, &event);
-	}
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimXGetReadData(
-    Xim			  im,
-    char		 *buf,
-    int			  buf_len,
-    int			 *ret_len,
-    XEvent		 *event)
-{
-    char		 *data;
-    int			  len;
-
-    char		  tmp_buf[XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE];
-    XSpecRec		 *spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    unsigned long	  length;
-    Atom		  prop;
-    int			  return_code;
-    Atom		  type_ret;
-    int			  format_ret;
-    unsigned long	  nitems;
-    unsigned long	  bytes_after_ret;
-    unsigned char	 *prop_ret;
-
-    if ((event->type == ClientMessage) &&
-        !((event->xclient.message_type == spec->improtocolid) ||
-          (event->xclient.message_type == spec->immoredataid))) {
-         /* This event has nothing to do with us,
-          * FIXME should not have gotten here then...
-          */
-         return False;
-    } else if ((event->type == ClientMessage) && (event->xclient.format == 8)) {
-        data = event->xclient.data.b;
-	if (buf_len >= XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE) {
-	    (void)memcpy(buf, data, XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE);
-	    *ret_len = XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE;
-	} else {
-	    (void)memcpy(buf, data, buf_len);
-	    len = XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE - buf_len;
-	    (void)memcpy(tmp_buf, &data[buf_len], len);
-	    bzero(data, XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE);
-	    (void)memcpy(data, tmp_buf, len);
-	    XPutBackEvent(im->core.display, event);
-	    *ret_len = buf_len;
-	}
-    } else if ((event->type == ClientMessage)
-				&& (event->xclient.format == 32)) {
-	length = (unsigned long)event->xclient.data.l[0];
-	prop   = (Atom)event->xclient.data.l[1];
-	return_code = XGetWindowProperty(im->core.display,
-		spec->lib_connect_wid, prop, 0L,
-		(long)((length + 3)/ 4), True, AnyPropertyType,
-		&type_ret, &format_ret, &nitems, &bytes_after_ret, &prop_ret);
-	if (return_code != Success || format_ret == 0 || nitems == 0) {
-	    if (return_code == Success)
-		XFree(prop_ret);
-	    return False;
-	}
-	if (buf_len >= length) {
-	    (void)memcpy(buf, prop_ret, (int)nitems);
-	    *ret_len  = (int)nitems;
-	    if (bytes_after_ret > 0) {
-		XFree(prop_ret);
-		if (XGetWindowProperty(im->core.display,
-				       spec->lib_connect_wid, prop, 0L,
-				       ((length + bytes_after_ret + 3)/ 4),
-				       True, AnyPropertyType,
-				       &type_ret, &format_ret, &nitems,
-				       &bytes_after_ret,
-				       &prop_ret) == Success) {
-		    XChangeProperty(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, prop,
-				    XA_STRING, 8, PropModePrepend, &prop_ret[length],
-				    (nitems - length));
-		} else {
-		    return False;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    (void)memcpy(buf, prop_ret, buf_len);
-	    *ret_len  = buf_len;
-	    len = nitems - buf_len;
-
-	    if (bytes_after_ret > 0) {
-		XFree(prop_ret);
-		if (XGetWindowProperty(im->core.display,
-				       spec->lib_connect_wid, prop, 0L,
-				       ((length + bytes_after_ret + 3)/ 4),
-				       True, AnyPropertyType,
-				       &type_ret, &format_ret, &nitems,
-				       &bytes_after_ret, &prop_ret) != Success) {
-		    return False;
-		}
-	    }
-	    XChangeProperty(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, prop,
-		    XA_STRING, 8, PropModePrepend, &prop_ret[buf_len], len);
-	    event->xclient.data.l[0] = (long)len;
-	    event->xclient.data.l[1] = (long)prop;
-	    XPutBackEvent(im->core.display, event);
-	}
-	XFree(prop_ret);
-    } else if (event->type == PropertyNotify) {
-	prop = event->xproperty.atom;
-	return_code = XGetWindowProperty(im->core.display,
-		spec->lib_connect_wid, prop, 0L,
-		1000000L, True, AnyPropertyType,
-		&type_ret, &format_ret, &nitems, &bytes_after_ret, &prop_ret);
-	if (return_code != Success || format_ret == 0 || nitems == 0) {
-	    if (return_code == Success)
-		XFree(prop_ret);
-	    return False;
-	}
-	if (buf_len >= nitems) {
-	    (void)memcpy(buf, prop_ret, (int)nitems);
-	    *ret_len  = (int)nitems;
-	} else {
-	    (void)memcpy(buf, prop_ret, buf_len);
-	    *ret_len  = buf_len;
-	    len = nitems - buf_len;
-	    XChangeProperty(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, prop,
-		XA_STRING, 8, PropModePrepend, &prop_ret[buf_len], len);
-	}
-	XFree(prop_ret);
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_CheckCMEvent(
-    Display	*display,
-    XEvent	*event,
-    XPointer	 xim)
-{
-    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;
-    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    CARD32	 major_code = spec->major_code;
-
-    if ((event->type == ClientMessage)
-     &&((event->xclient.message_type == spec->improtocolid) ||
-        (event->xclient.message_type == spec->immoredataid)))
-	return True;
-    if((major_code == 1 || major_code == 2) &&
-       (event->type == PropertyNotify) &&
-       (event->xproperty.state == PropertyNewValue))
-	return True;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Private Bool
-_XimXRead(Xim im, XPointer recv_buf, int buf_len, int *ret_len)
-{
-    XEvent	*ev;
-    XEvent	 event;
-    int		 len = 0;
-    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    XPointer	  arg = spec->ev;
-
-    if (!arg) {
-	bzero(&event, sizeof(XEvent));
-	ev = &event;
-	XIfEvent(im->core.display, ev, _CheckCMEvent, (XPointer)im);
-    } else {
-	ev = (XEvent *)arg;
-	spec->ev = (XPointer)NULL;
-    }
-    if (!(_XimXGetReadData(im, recv_buf, buf_len, &len, ev)))
-	return False;
-    *ret_len = len;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Private void
-_XimXFlush(Xim im)
-{
-    XFlush(im->core.display);
-    return;
-}
-
-Public Bool
-_XimXConf(Xim im, char *address)
-{
-    XSpecRec	*spec;
-
-    if (!(spec = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XSpecRec))))
-	return False;
-
-    spec->improtocolid = XInternAtom(im->core.display, _XIM_PROTOCOL, False);
-    spec->imconnectid  = XInternAtom(im->core.display, _XIM_XCONNECT, False);
-    spec->immoredataid = XInternAtom(im->core.display, _XIM_MOREDATA, False);
-    spec->major_code = MAJOR_TRANSPORT_VERSION;
-    spec->minor_code = MINOR_TRANSPORT_VERSION;
-
-    im->private.proto.spec     = (XPointer)spec;
-    im->private.proto.connect  = _XimXConnect;
-    im->private.proto.shutdown = _XimXShutdown;
-    im->private.proto.write    = _XimXWrite;
-    im->private.proto.read     = _XimXRead;
-    im->private.proto.flush    = _XimXFlush;
-    im->private.proto.register_dispatcher  = _XimXRegisterDispatcher;
-    im->private.proto.call_dispatcher = _XimXCallDispatcher;
-
-    return True;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1992 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+ * Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ */

+/******************************************************************

+

+           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED

+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific, written prior permission.

+FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of

+this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Hideki Hiura (hhiura@Sun.COM) Sun Microsystems, Inc.

+          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <string.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+#include "XimTrInt.h"

+#include "XimTrX.h"

+

+Private Bool

+_XimXRegisterDispatcher(

+    Xim			 im,

+    Bool		 (*callback)(

+				     Xim, INT16, XPointer, XPointer

+				     ),

+    XPointer		 call_data)

+{

+    XIntrCallbackPtr	 rec;

+    XSpecRec		*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+

+    if (!(rec = (XIntrCallbackPtr)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIntrCallbackRec))))

+        return False;

+

+    rec->func       = callback;

+    rec->call_data  = call_data;

+    rec->next       = spec->intr_cb;

+    spec->intr_cb   = rec;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimXFreeIntrCallback(

+    Xim			 im)

+{

+    XSpecRec		*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    register XIntrCallbackPtr rec, next;

+

+    for (rec = spec->intr_cb; rec;) {

+	next = rec->next;

+	Xfree(rec);

+	rec = next;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimXCallDispatcher(Xim im, INT16 len, XPointer data)

+{

+    register XIntrCallbackRec	*rec;

+    XSpecRec		*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+

+    for (rec = spec->intr_cb; rec; rec = rec->next) {

+	if ((*rec->func)(im, len, data, rec->call_data))

+	    return True;

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimXFilterWaitEvent(

+    Display	*d,

+    Window	 w,

+    XEvent	*ev,

+    XPointer	 arg)

+{

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)arg;

+    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    Bool ret;

+

+    spec->ev = (XPointer)ev;

+    ret = _XimFilterWaitEvent(im);

+

+    /*

+     * If ev is a pointer to a stack variable, there could be

+     * a coredump later on if the pointer is dereferenced.

+     * Therefore, reset to NULL to force reinitialization in

+     * _XimXRead().

+     *

+     * Keep in mind _XimXRead may be called again when the stack

+     * is very different.

+     */

+     spec->ev = (XPointer)NULL;

+

+     return ret;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_CheckConnect(

+    Display	*display,

+    XEvent	*event,

+    XPointer	 xim)

+{

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;

+    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+

+    if ((event->type == ClientMessage)

+     && (event->xclient.message_type == spec->imconnectid)) {

+	return True;

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimXConnect(Xim im)

+{

+    XEvent	 event;

+    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    CARD32	 major_code;

+    CARD32	 minor_code;

+

+    if (!(spec->lib_connect_wid = XCreateSimpleWindow(im->core.display,

+		DefaultRootWindow(im->core.display), 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0))) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    event.xclient.type         = ClientMessage;

+    event.xclient.display      = im->core.display;

+    event.xclient.window       = im->private.proto.im_window;

+    event.xclient.message_type = spec->imconnectid;

+    event.xclient.format       = 32;

+    event.xclient.data.l[0]    = (CARD32)spec->lib_connect_wid;

+    event.xclient.data.l[1]    = spec->major_code;

+    event.xclient.data.l[2]    = spec->minor_code;

+    event.xclient.data.l[3]    = 0;

+    event.xclient.data.l[4]    = 0;

+

+    if(event.xclient.data.l[1] == 1 || event.xclient.data.l[1] == 2) {

+	XWindowAttributes	 atr;

+	long			 event_mask;

+

+	XGetWindowAttributes(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, &atr);

+	event_mask = atr.your_event_mask | PropertyChangeMask;

+	XSelectInput(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, event_mask);

+	_XRegisterFilterByType(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid,

+			PropertyNotify, PropertyNotify,

+			 _XimXFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);

+    }

+

+    XSendEvent(im->core.display, im->private.proto.im_window,

+		 False, NoEventMask, &event);

+    XFlush(im->core.display);

+

+    for (;;) {

+	XIfEvent(im->core.display, &event, _CheckConnect, (XPointer)im);

+	if (event.xclient.type != ClientMessage) {

+	    return False;

+	}

+	if (event.xclient.message_type == spec->imconnectid)

+	    break;

+    }

+

+    spec->ims_connect_wid = (Window)event.xclient.data.l[0];

+    major_code = (CARD32)event.xclient.data.l[1];

+    minor_code = (CARD32)event.xclient.data.l[2];

+

+    if (((major_code == 0) && (minor_code <= 2)) ||

+	((major_code == 1) && (minor_code == 0)) ||

+	((major_code == 2) && (minor_code <= 1))) {

+	spec->major_code = major_code;

+	spec->minor_code = minor_code;

+    }

+    if (((major_code == 0) && (minor_code == 2)) ||

+	((major_code == 2) && (minor_code == 1))) {

+	spec->BoundarySize = (CARD32)event.xclient.data.l[3];

+    }

+

+    /* ClientMessage Event Filter */

+    _XRegisterFilterByType(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid,

+			ClientMessage, ClientMessage,

+			 _XimXFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimXShutdown(Xim im)

+{

+    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+

+    if (!spec)

+	return True;

+

+    /* ClientMessage Event Filter */

+    _XUnregisterFilter(im->core.display,

+	    ((XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec)->lib_connect_wid,

+	    _XimXFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);

+    XDestroyWindow(im->core.display,

+	    ((XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec)->lib_connect_wid);

+    _XimXFreeIntrCallback(im);

+    Xfree(spec);

+    im->private.proto.spec = 0;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private char *

+_NewAtom(

+    char	*atomName)

+{

+    static int	 sequence = 0;

+

+    (void)sprintf(atomName, "_client%d", sequence);

+    sequence = ((sequence < 20) ? sequence + 1 : 0);

+    return atomName;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimXWrite(Xim im, INT16 len, XPointer data)

+{

+    Atom	 atom;

+    char	 atomName[16];

+    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    XEvent	 event;

+    CARD8	*p;

+    CARD32	 major_code = spec->major_code;

+    CARD32	 minor_code = spec->minor_code;

+    int		 BoundSize;

+

+    bzero(&event,sizeof(XEvent));

+    event.xclient.type         = ClientMessage;

+    event.xclient.display      = im->core.display;

+    event.xclient.window       = spec->ims_connect_wid;

+    if(major_code == 1 && minor_code == 0) {

+        BoundSize = 0;

+    } else if((major_code == 0 && minor_code == 2) ||

+              (major_code == 2 && minor_code == 1)) {

+        BoundSize = spec->BoundarySize;

+    } else if(major_code == 0 && minor_code == 1) {

+        BoundSize = len;

+    } else {

+        BoundSize = XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE;

+    }

+    if (len > BoundSize) {

+	event.xclient.message_type = spec->improtocolid;

+	atom = XInternAtom(im->core.display, _NewAtom(atomName), False);

+	XChangeProperty(im->core.display, spec->ims_connect_wid,

+			atom, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeAppend,

+			(unsigned char *)data, len);

+	if(major_code == 0) {

+	    event.xclient.format = 32;

+	    event.xclient.data.l[0] = (long)len;

+	    event.xclient.data.l[1] = (long)atom;

+	    XSendEvent(im->core.display, spec->ims_connect_wid,

+					False, NoEventMask, &event);

+	}

+    } else {

+	int		 length;

+

+	event.xclient.format = 8;

+	for(length = 0 ; length < len ; length += XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE) {

+	    p = (CARD8 *)&event.xclient.data.b[0];

+	    if((length + XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE) >= len) {

+		event.xclient.message_type = spec->improtocolid;

+		bzero(p, XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE);

+		memcpy((char *)p, (data + length), (len - length));

+	    } else {

+		event.xclient.message_type = spec->immoredataid;

+		memcpy((char *)p, (data + length), XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE);

+	    }

+	    XSendEvent(im->core.display, spec->ims_connect_wid,

+					False, NoEventMask, &event);

+	}

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimXGetReadData(

+    Xim			  im,

+    char		 *buf,

+    int			  buf_len,

+    int			 *ret_len,

+    XEvent		 *event)

+{

+    char		 *data;

+    int			  len;

+

+    char		  tmp_buf[XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE];

+    XSpecRec		 *spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    unsigned long	  length;

+    Atom		  prop;

+    int			  return_code;

+    Atom		  type_ret;

+    int			  format_ret;

+    unsigned long	  nitems;

+    unsigned long	  bytes_after_ret;

+    unsigned char	 *prop_ret;

+

+    if ((event->type == ClientMessage) &&

+        !((event->xclient.message_type == spec->improtocolid) ||

+          (event->xclient.message_type == spec->immoredataid))) {

+         /* This event has nothing to do with us,

+          * FIXME should not have gotten here then...

+          */

+         return False;

+    } else if ((event->type == ClientMessage) && (event->xclient.format == 8)) {

+        data = event->xclient.data.b;

+	if (buf_len >= XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE) {

+	    (void)memcpy(buf, data, XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE);

+	    *ret_len = XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE;

+	} else {

+	    (void)memcpy(buf, data, buf_len);

+	    len = XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE - buf_len;

+	    (void)memcpy(tmp_buf, &data[buf_len], len);

+	    bzero(data, XIM_CM_DATA_SIZE);

+	    (void)memcpy(data, tmp_buf, len);

+	    XPutBackEvent(im->core.display, event);

+	    *ret_len = buf_len;

+	}

+    } else if ((event->type == ClientMessage)

+				&& (event->xclient.format == 32)) {

+	length = (unsigned long)event->xclient.data.l[0];

+	prop   = (Atom)event->xclient.data.l[1];

+	return_code = XGetWindowProperty(im->core.display,

+		spec->lib_connect_wid, prop, 0L,

+		(long)((length + 3)/ 4), True, AnyPropertyType,

+		&type_ret, &format_ret, &nitems, &bytes_after_ret, &prop_ret);

+	if (return_code != Success || format_ret == 0 || nitems == 0) {

+	    if (return_code == Success)

+		XFree(prop_ret);

+	    return False;

+	}

+	if (buf_len >= length) {

+	    (void)memcpy(buf, prop_ret, (int)nitems);

+	    *ret_len  = (int)nitems;

+	    if (bytes_after_ret > 0) {

+		XFree(prop_ret);

+		if (XGetWindowProperty(im->core.display,

+				       spec->lib_connect_wid, prop, 0L,

+				       ((length + bytes_after_ret + 3)/ 4),

+				       True, AnyPropertyType,

+				       &type_ret, &format_ret, &nitems,

+				       &bytes_after_ret,

+				       &prop_ret) == Success) {

+		    XChangeProperty(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, prop,

+				    XA_STRING, 8, PropModePrepend, &prop_ret[length],

+				    (nitems - length));

+		} else {

+		    return False;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    (void)memcpy(buf, prop_ret, buf_len);

+	    *ret_len  = buf_len;

+	    len = nitems - buf_len;

+

+	    if (bytes_after_ret > 0) {

+		XFree(prop_ret);

+		if (XGetWindowProperty(im->core.display,

+				       spec->lib_connect_wid, prop, 0L,

+				       ((length + bytes_after_ret + 3)/ 4),

+				       True, AnyPropertyType,

+				       &type_ret, &format_ret, &nitems,

+				       &bytes_after_ret, &prop_ret) != Success) {

+		    return False;

+		}

+	    }

+	    XChangeProperty(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, prop,

+		    XA_STRING, 8, PropModePrepend, &prop_ret[buf_len], len);

+	    event->xclient.data.l[0] = (long)len;

+	    event->xclient.data.l[1] = (long)prop;

+	    XPutBackEvent(im->core.display, event);

+	}

+	XFree(prop_ret);

+    } else if (event->type == PropertyNotify) {

+	prop = event->xproperty.atom;

+	return_code = XGetWindowProperty(im->core.display,

+		spec->lib_connect_wid, prop, 0L,

+		1000000L, True, AnyPropertyType,

+		&type_ret, &format_ret, &nitems, &bytes_after_ret, &prop_ret);

+	if (return_code != Success || format_ret == 0 || nitems == 0) {

+	    if (return_code == Success)

+		XFree(prop_ret);

+	    return False;

+	}

+	if (buf_len >= nitems) {

+	    (void)memcpy(buf, prop_ret, (int)nitems);

+	    *ret_len  = (int)nitems;

+	} else {

+	    (void)memcpy(buf, prop_ret, buf_len);

+	    *ret_len  = buf_len;

+	    len = nitems - buf_len;

+	    XChangeProperty(im->core.display, spec->lib_connect_wid, prop,

+		XA_STRING, 8, PropModePrepend, &prop_ret[buf_len], len);

+	}

+	XFree(prop_ret);

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_CheckCMEvent(

+    Display	*display,

+    XEvent	*event,

+    XPointer	 xim)

+{

+    Xim		 im = (Xim)xim;

+    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    CARD32	 major_code = spec->major_code;

+

+    if ((event->type == ClientMessage)

+     &&((event->xclient.message_type == spec->improtocolid) ||

+        (event->xclient.message_type == spec->immoredataid)))

+	return True;

+    if((major_code == 1 || major_code == 2) &&

+       (event->type == PropertyNotify) &&

+       (event->xproperty.state == PropertyNewValue))

+	return True;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Private Bool

+_XimXRead(Xim im, XPointer recv_buf, int buf_len, int *ret_len)

+{

+    XEvent	*ev;

+    XEvent	 event;

+    int		 len = 0;

+    XSpecRec	*spec = (XSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    XPointer	  arg = spec->ev;

+

+    if (!arg) {

+	bzero(&event, sizeof(XEvent));

+	ev = &event;

+	XIfEvent(im->core.display, ev, _CheckCMEvent, (XPointer)im);

+    } else {

+	ev = (XEvent *)arg;

+	spec->ev = (XPointer)NULL;

+    }

+    if (!(_XimXGetReadData(im, recv_buf, buf_len, &len, ev)))

+	return False;

+    *ret_len = len;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Private void

+_XimXFlush(Xim im)

+{

+    XFlush(im->core.display);

+    return;

+}

+

+Public Bool

+_XimXConf(Xim im, char *address)

+{

+    XSpecRec	*spec;

+

+    if (!(spec = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XSpecRec))))

+	return False;

+

+    spec->improtocolid = XInternAtom(im->core.display, _XIM_PROTOCOL, False);

+    spec->imconnectid  = XInternAtom(im->core.display, _XIM_XCONNECT, False);

+    spec->immoredataid = XInternAtom(im->core.display, _XIM_MOREDATA, False);

+    spec->major_code = MAJOR_TRANSPORT_VERSION;

+    spec->minor_code = MINOR_TRANSPORT_VERSION;

+

+    im->private.proto.spec     = (XPointer)spec;

+    im->private.proto.connect  = _XimXConnect;

+    im->private.proto.shutdown = _XimXShutdown;

+    im->private.proto.write    = _XimXWrite;

+    im->private.proto.read     = _XimXRead;

+    im->private.proto.flush    = _XimXFlush;

+    im->private.proto.register_dispatcher  = _XimXRegisterDispatcher;

+    im->private.proto.call_dispatcher = _XimXCallDispatcher;

+

+    return True;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imTrans.c b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imTrans.c
index 0ac08aa60..a601affda 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imTrans.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/imTrans.c
@@ -1,313 +1,315 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1992 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-/******************************************************************
-
-           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
-that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
-in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED
-not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.
-FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of
-this software for any purpose.
-It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-  Author: Hideki Hiura (hhiura@Sun.COM) Sun Microsystems, Inc.
-          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED
-                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include <X11/Xtrans/Xtrans.h>
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "Ximint.h"
-#include "XimTrans.h"
-#include "XimTrInt.h"
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-#include <X11/Xwindows.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef XIM_CONNECTION_RETRIES
-#define XIM_CONNECTION_RETRIES 5
-#endif
-
-
-Private Bool
-_XimTransConnect(
-    Xim			 im)
-{
-    TransSpecRec	*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    int			connect_stat, retry;
-    Window		window;
-
-    for (retry = XIM_CONNECTION_RETRIES; retry >= 0; retry--)
-    {
-	if ((spec->trans_conn = _XimXTransOpenCOTSClient (
-	    spec->address)) == NULL)
-	{
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	if ((connect_stat = _XimXTransConnect (
-	    spec->trans_conn, spec->address)) < 0)
-	{
-	    _XimXTransClose (spec->trans_conn);
-	    spec->trans_conn = NULL;
-
-	    if (connect_stat == TRANS_TRY_CONNECT_AGAIN)
-		continue;
-	    else
-		break;
-	}
-	else
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    if (spec->trans_conn == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    spec->fd = _XimXTransGetConnectionNumber (spec->trans_conn);
-
-    if (!(window = XCreateSimpleWindow(im->core.display,
-		DefaultRootWindow(im->core.display), 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0)))
-	return False;
-    spec->window = window;
-
-    _XRegisterFilterByType(im->core.display, window, KeyPress, KeyPress,
-				_XimTransFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);
-
-    return _XRegisterInternalConnection(im->core.display, spec->fd,
-			(_XInternalConnectionProc)_XimTransInternalConnection,
-			(XPointer)im);
-}
-
-
-Private Bool
-_XimTransShutdown(
-    Xim im)
-{
-    TransSpecRec *spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-
-    _XimXTransDisconnect(spec->trans_conn);
-    (void)_XimXTransClose(spec->trans_conn);
-    _XimFreeTransIntrCallback(im);
-    _XUnregisterInternalConnection(im->core.display, spec->fd);
-    _XUnregisterFilter(im->core.display, spec->window,
-				_XimTransFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);
-    XDestroyWindow(im->core.display, spec->window);
-    Xfree(spec->address);
-    Xfree(spec);
-    return True;
-}
-
-
-
-Public Bool
-_XimTransRegisterDispatcher(
-    Xim				 im,
-    Bool			 (*callback)(
-					     Xim, INT16, XPointer, XPointer
-					     ),
-    XPointer			 call_data)
-{
-    TransSpecRec		*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    TransIntrCallbackPtr	 rec;
-
-    if (!(rec = (TransIntrCallbackPtr)Xmalloc(sizeof(TransIntrCallbackRec))))
-        return False;
-
-    rec->func       = callback;
-    rec->call_data  = call_data;
-    rec->next       = spec->intr_cb;
-    spec->intr_cb   = rec;
-    return True;
-}
-
-
-Public void
-_XimFreeTransIntrCallback(
-    Xim				 im)
-{
-    TransSpecRec		*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    register TransIntrCallbackPtr	 rec, next;
-
-    for (rec = spec->intr_cb; rec;) {
-	next = rec->next;
-	Xfree(rec);
-	rec = next;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-
-Public Bool
-_XimTransCallDispatcher(Xim im, INT16 len, XPointer data)
-{
-    TransSpecRec		*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    TransIntrCallbackRec	*rec;
-
-    for (rec = spec->intr_cb; rec; rec = rec->next) {
-	if ((*rec->func)(im, len, data, rec->call_data))
-	    return True;
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-
-Public Bool
-_XimTransFilterWaitEvent(
-    Display		*d,
-    Window		 w,
-    XEvent		*ev,
-    XPointer		 arg)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)arg;
-    TransSpecRec	*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-
-    spec->is_putback  = False;
-    return _XimFilterWaitEvent(im);
-}
-
-
-Public void
-_XimTransInternalConnection(
-    Display		*d,
-    int			 fd,
-    XPointer		 arg)
-{
-    Xim			 im = (Xim)arg;
-    XEvent		 ev;
-    XKeyEvent		*kev;
-    TransSpecRec	*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-
-    if (spec->is_putback)
-	return;
-    kev = (XKeyEvent *)&ev;
-    kev->type = KeyPress;
-    kev->send_event = False;
-    kev->display = im->core.display;
-    kev->window = spec->window;
-    kev->keycode = 0;
-    XPutBackEvent(im->core.display, &ev);
-    XFlush(im->core.display);
-    spec->is_putback = True;
-    return;
-}
-
-
-Public Bool
-_XimTransWrite(Xim im, INT16 len, XPointer data)
-{
-    TransSpecRec	*spec	= (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    char		*buf = (char *)data;
-    register int	 nbyte;
-
-    while (len > 0) {
-	if ((nbyte = _XimXTransWrite(spec->trans_conn, buf, len)) <= 0)
-	    return False;
-	len -= nbyte;
-	buf += nbyte;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-
-Public Bool
-_XimTransRead(
-    Xim			 im,
-    XPointer		 recv_buf,
-    int			 buf_len,
-    int			*ret_len)
-{
-    TransSpecRec	*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;
-    int			 len;
-
-    if (buf_len == 0) {
-	*ret_len = 0;
-	return True;
-    }
-    if ((len = _XimXTransRead(spec->trans_conn, recv_buf, buf_len)) <= 0)
-	return False;
-    *ret_len = len;
-    return True;
-}
-
-
-Public void
-_XimTransFlush(
-    Xim		 im)
-{
-    return;
-}
-
-
-
-Public Bool
-_XimTransConf(
-    Xim		   	 im,
-    char	 	*address)
-{
-    char		*paddr;
-    TransSpecRec	*spec;
-
-    if (!(paddr = strdup(address)))
-	return False;
-
-    if (!(spec = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(TransSpecRec)))) {
-	Xfree(paddr);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    spec->address   = paddr;
-
-    im->private.proto.spec     = (XPointer)spec;
-    im->private.proto.connect  = _XimTransConnect;
-    im->private.proto.shutdown = _XimTransShutdown;
-    im->private.proto.write    = _XimTransWrite;
-    im->private.proto.read     = _XimTransRead;
-    im->private.proto.flush    = _XimTransFlush;
-    im->private.proto.register_dispatcher = _XimTransRegisterDispatcher;
-    im->private.proto.call_dispatcher = _XimTransCallDispatcher;
-
-    return True;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1992 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+ * Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ */

+/******************************************************************

+

+           Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software

+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and

+that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear

+in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED

+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific, written prior permission.

+FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of

+this software for any purpose.

+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+

+FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+  Author: Hideki Hiura (hhiura@Sun.COM) Sun Microsystems, Inc.

+          Takashi Fujiwara     FUJITSU LIMITED

+                               fujiwara@a80.tech.yk.fujitsu.co.jp

+

+******************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include <X11/Xmd.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include <X11/Xwindows.h>

+#include <X11/Xtrans/Xtrans.h>

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "Ximint.h"

+#include "XimTrans.h"

+#include "XimTrInt.h"

+

+#ifdef WIN32

+#include <X11/Xwindows.h>

+#endif

+

+

+#ifndef XIM_CONNECTION_RETRIES

+#define XIM_CONNECTION_RETRIES 5

+#endif

+

+

+Private Bool

+_XimTransConnect(

+    Xim			 im)

+{

+    TransSpecRec	*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    int			connect_stat, retry;

+    Window		window;

+

+    for (retry = XIM_CONNECTION_RETRIES; retry >= 0; retry--)

+    {

+	if ((spec->trans_conn = _XimXTransOpenCOTSClient (

+	    spec->address)) == NULL)

+	{

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	if ((connect_stat = _XimXTransConnect (

+	    spec->trans_conn, spec->address)) < 0)

+	{

+	    _XimXTransClose (spec->trans_conn);

+	    spec->trans_conn = NULL;

+

+	    if (connect_stat == TRANS_TRY_CONNECT_AGAIN)

+		continue;

+	    else

+		break;

+	}

+	else

+	    break;

+    }

+

+    if (spec->trans_conn == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    spec->fd = _XimXTransGetConnectionNumber (spec->trans_conn);

+

+    if (!(window = XCreateSimpleWindow(im->core.display,

+		DefaultRootWindow(im->core.display), 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0)))

+	return False;

+    spec->window = window;

+

+    _XRegisterFilterByType(im->core.display, window, KeyPress, KeyPress,

+				_XimTransFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);

+

+    return _XRegisterInternalConnection(im->core.display, spec->fd,

+			(_XInternalConnectionProc)_XimTransInternalConnection,

+			(XPointer)im);

+}

+

+

+Private Bool

+_XimTransShutdown(

+    Xim im)

+{

+    TransSpecRec *spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+

+    _XimXTransDisconnect(spec->trans_conn);

+    (void)_XimXTransClose(spec->trans_conn);

+    _XimFreeTransIntrCallback(im);

+    _XUnregisterInternalConnection(im->core.display, spec->fd);

+    _XUnregisterFilter(im->core.display, spec->window,

+				_XimTransFilterWaitEvent, (XPointer)im);

+    XDestroyWindow(im->core.display, spec->window);

+    Xfree(spec->address);

+    Xfree(spec);

+    return True;

+}

+

+

+

+Public Bool

+_XimTransRegisterDispatcher(

+    Xim				 im,

+    Bool			 (*callback)(

+					     Xim, INT16, XPointer, XPointer

+					     ),

+    XPointer			 call_data)

+{

+    TransSpecRec		*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    TransIntrCallbackPtr	 rec;

+

+    if (!(rec = (TransIntrCallbackPtr)Xmalloc(sizeof(TransIntrCallbackRec))))

+        return False;

+

+    rec->func       = callback;

+    rec->call_data  = call_data;

+    rec->next       = spec->intr_cb;

+    spec->intr_cb   = rec;

+    return True;

+}

+

+

+Public void

+_XimFreeTransIntrCallback(

+    Xim				 im)

+{

+    TransSpecRec		*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    register TransIntrCallbackPtr	 rec, next;

+

+    for (rec = spec->intr_cb; rec;) {

+	next = rec->next;

+	Xfree(rec);

+	rec = next;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+

+Public Bool

+_XimTransCallDispatcher(Xim im, INT16 len, XPointer data)

+{

+    TransSpecRec		*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    TransIntrCallbackRec	*rec;

+

+    for (rec = spec->intr_cb; rec; rec = rec->next) {

+	if ((*rec->func)(im, len, data, rec->call_data))

+	    return True;

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+

+Public Bool

+_XimTransFilterWaitEvent(

+    Display		*d,

+    Window		 w,

+    XEvent		*ev,

+    XPointer		 arg)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)arg;

+    TransSpecRec	*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+

+    spec->is_putback  = False;

+    return _XimFilterWaitEvent(im);

+}

+

+

+Public void

+_XimTransInternalConnection(

+    Display		*d,

+    int			 fd,

+    XPointer		 arg)

+{

+    Xim			 im = (Xim)arg;

+    XEvent		 ev;

+    XKeyEvent		*kev;

+    TransSpecRec	*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+

+    if (spec->is_putback)

+	return;

+    kev = (XKeyEvent *)&ev;

+    kev->type = KeyPress;

+    kev->send_event = False;

+    kev->display = im->core.display;

+    kev->window = spec->window;

+    kev->keycode = 0;

+    XPutBackEvent(im->core.display, &ev);

+    XFlush(im->core.display);

+    spec->is_putback = True;

+    return;

+}

+

+

+Public Bool

+_XimTransWrite(Xim im, INT16 len, XPointer data)

+{

+    TransSpecRec	*spec	= (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    char		*buf = (char *)data;

+    register int	 nbyte;

+

+    while (len > 0) {

+	if ((nbyte = _XimXTransWrite(spec->trans_conn, buf, len)) <= 0)

+	    return False;

+	len -= nbyte;

+	buf += nbyte;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+

+Public Bool

+_XimTransRead(

+    Xim			 im,

+    XPointer		 recv_buf,

+    int			 buf_len,

+    int			*ret_len)

+{

+    TransSpecRec	*spec = (TransSpecRec *)im->private.proto.spec;

+    int			 len;

+

+    if (buf_len == 0) {

+	*ret_len = 0;

+	return True;

+    }

+    if ((len = _XimXTransRead(spec->trans_conn, recv_buf, buf_len)) <= 0)

+	return False;

+    *ret_len = len;

+    return True;

+}

+

+

+Public void

+_XimTransFlush(

+    Xim		 im)

+{

+    return;

+}

+

+

+

+Public Bool

+_XimTransConf(

+    Xim		   	 im,

+    char	 	*address)

+{

+    char		*paddr;

+    TransSpecRec	*spec;

+

+    if (!(paddr = strdup(address)))

+	return False;

+

+    if (!(spec = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(TransSpecRec)))) {

+	Xfree(paddr);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    spec->address   = paddr;

+

+    im->private.proto.spec     = (XPointer)spec;

+    im->private.proto.connect  = _XimTransConnect;

+    im->private.proto.shutdown = _XimTransShutdown;

+    im->private.proto.write    = _XimTransWrite;

+    im->private.proto.read     = _XimTransRead;

+    im->private.proto.flush    = _XimTransFlush;

+    im->private.proto.register_dispatcher = _XimTransRegisterDispatcher;

+    im->private.proto.call_dispatcher = _XimTransCallDispatcher;

+

+    return True;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/makefile b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca80ad90e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/modules/im/ximcp/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+DEFINES += XIM_t TRANS_CLIENT
+
+LIBRARY=libximcp
+
+CSRCS = \
+	imCallbk.c \
+	imDefFlt.c \
+	imDefIc.c \
+	imDefIm.c \
+	imDefLkup.c \
+	imDispch.c \
+	imEvToWire.c \
+	imExten.c \
+	imImSw.c \
+	imInsClbk.c \
+	imInt.c \
+	imLcFlt.c \
+	imLcGIc.c \
+	imLcIc.c \
+	imLcIm.c \
+	imLcLkup.c \
+	imLcPrs.c \
+	imLcSIc.c \
+	imRmAttr.c \
+	imRm.c \
+	imThaiFlt.c \
+	imThaiIc.c \
+	imThaiIm.c \
+	imTrans.c \
+	imTransR.c \
+	imTrX.c
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\..\include\X11 ..\..\..\src\xlibi18n
+
diff --git a/libX11/modules/lc/Utf8/makefile b/libX11/modules/lc/Utf8/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f814c760
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/modules/lc/Utf8/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+LIBRARY = libxlcUTF8Load
+
+CSRCS=lcUTF8Load.c
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\..\include\X11 ..\..\..\src\xlibi18n ..\..\..\src
+
diff --git a/libX11/modules/lc/def/makefile b/libX11/modules/lc/def/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b89ce455d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/modules/lc/def/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+LIBRARY = libxlcDef
+CSRCS = lcDefConv.c
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\..\include\X11 ..\..\..\src\xlibi18n ..\..\..\src
+
diff --git a/libX11/modules/lc/gen/lcGenConv.c b/libX11/modules/lc/gen/lcGenConv.c
index 7a113a78a..c222c1f2a 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/lc/gen/lcGenConv.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/lc/gen/lcGenConv.c
@@ -1,3148 +1,3148 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
- * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising
- * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the
- * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
- * without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
- * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
- * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
- * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.
- *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp
- */
-/*
- *  (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED
- *  This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint
- *  Development Agreement for the CDE/Motif PST.
- *
- *   Modifier: Masayoshi Shimamura      FUJITSU LIMITED
- *
- */
-/*
- *  2000
- *  Modifier: Ivan Pascal      The XFree86 Project
- */
-
-/*
- * A generic locale loader for all kinds of ISO-2022 based codesets.
- * Supports: all locales.
- * How: Provides generic converters for ISO-2022 based codesets. Extensible as
- *      far as ISO-2022 is extensible: codesets can be given by name in the
- *      stream. Overall distinction between GL (0x00..0x7f) and GR (0x80..0xff).
- *      In every chunk between escape sequences, the number of bytes per
- *      character (char_size) is constant.
- * Platforms: all systems.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XlcGeneric.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if !defined(Lynx_22) && !defined(X_LOCALE)
-#define STDCVT
-#endif
-
-typedef struct _CTDataRec {
-    const char *name;
-    const char *encoding; /* Compound Text encoding */
-} CTDataRec, *CTData;
-
-static CTDataRec directionality_data[] =
-{
-    { "BEGIN_LEFT-TO-RIGHT_TEXT", "\2331]" },
-    { "BEGIN_RIGHT-TO-LEFT_TEXT", "\2332]" },
-    { "END_OF_STRING", "\233]" },
-};
-
-typedef struct _StateRec {
-    XLCd lcd;
-    /* CT state */
-    XlcCharSet charset;		/* charset of current state */
-    XlcCharSet GL_charset;	/* charset of initial state in GL */
-    XlcCharSet GR_charset;	/* charset of initial state in GR */
-    /* MB shift state */
-    CodeSet  GL_codeset;
-    CodeSet  GR_codeset;
-} StateRec, *State;
-
-#define GR      0x80    /* begins right-side (non-ascii) region */
-#define GL      0x7f    /* ends left-side (ascii) region        */
-#define ESC	0x1b
-#define CSI	0x9b
-#define STX	0x02
-
-#define isrightside(c)   ((c) & GR)
-#define isleftside(c)  (!isrightside(c))
-
-/* Forward declarations for local routines. */
-static int mbstocts (XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,
-		     XPointer *to, int *to_left, XPointer *args, int num_args);
-static int ctstombs (XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,
-		     XPointer *to, int *to_left, XPointer *args, int num_args);
-static int cstombs (XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,
-		    XPointer *to, int *to_left, XPointer *args, int num_args);
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*				Misc                                         */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-static int
-compare(
-    const char *src,
-    const char *encoding,
-    int length)
-{
-    const char *start = src;
-
-    while (length-- > 0) {
-	if (*src++ != *encoding++)
-	    return 0;
-	if (*encoding == '\0')
-	    return src - start;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static unsigned long
-conv_to_dest(
-    Conversion conv,
-    unsigned long code)
-{
-    int i;
-    int conv_num = conv->conv_num;
-    FontScope convlist = conv->convlist;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < conv_num; i++) {
-  	if (convlist[i].start <= code && code <= convlist[i].end) {
-	    switch (convlist[i].shift_direction) {
-	    case '+':
-	        return(code + convlist[i].shift);
-	    case '-':
-		return(code - convlist[i].shift);
-            default:
-		return(code);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    return(code);
-}
-
-static unsigned long
-conv_to_source(
-    Conversion conv,
-    unsigned long code)
-{
-    int i;
-    int conv_num;
-    FontScope convlist;
-    unsigned long start_p;
-    unsigned long start_m;
-    unsigned long end_p;
-    unsigned long end_m;
-
-    if (!conv)
-	return(code);
-
-    conv_num = conv->conv_num;
-    convlist = conv->convlist;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < conv_num; i++) {
-        switch (convlist[i].shift_direction) {
-	case '+':
-            start_p = convlist[i].start + convlist[i].shift;
-            end_p = convlist[i].end + convlist[i].shift;
-	    if (start_p <= code && code <= end_p)
-		return(code - convlist[i].shift);
-            break;
-	case '-':
-            start_m = convlist[i].start - convlist[i].shift;
-            end_m = convlist[i].end - convlist[i].shift;
-	    if (start_m <= code && code <= end_m)
-		return(code + convlist[i].shift);
-            break;
-        default:
-	    continue;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return(code);
-}
-
-static unsigned long
-mb_to_gi(
-    unsigned long mb,
-    CodeSet codeset)
-{
-    int i;
-    unsigned long mb_tmp, mask = 0;
-
-    if (codeset->mbconv) {
-	mb_tmp = conv_to_dest(codeset->mbconv, mb);
-	if (mb_tmp != mb)
-	    return(mb_tmp);
-    }
-
-    if (codeset->side == XlcC0 || codeset->side == XlcGL ||
-	codeset->side == XlcC1 || codeset->side == XlcGR) {
-
-        for (i = 0; i < codeset->length; i++)
-	    mask = (mask << 8) | GL;
-	mb = mb & mask;
-    }
-
-    return(mb);
-}
-
-static unsigned long
-gi_to_mb(
-    unsigned long glyph_index,
-    CodeSet codeset)
-{
-    int i;
-    unsigned long mask = 0;
-
-    if (codeset->side == XlcC1 || codeset->side == XlcGR) {
-        for (i = 0; i < codeset->length; i++)
-	    mask = (mask << 8) | GR;
-	glyph_index = glyph_index | mask;
-    }
-
-    if (codeset->mbconv)
-        return( conv_to_source(codeset->mbconv, glyph_index) );
-
-    return(glyph_index);
-}
-
-static Bool
-gi_to_wc(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    unsigned long glyph_index,
-    CodeSet codeset,
-    wchar_t *wc)
-{
-    unsigned char mask = 0;
-    unsigned long wc_encoding = codeset->wc_encoding;
-    int length = codeset->length;
-    unsigned long wc_shift_bits = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);
-
-    mask = (1 << wc_shift_bits) - 1 ;
-
-    for (*wc = 0, length--; length >= 0; length--)
-	*wc = (*wc << wc_shift_bits) | ((glyph_index >> (length * 8 )) & mask);
-
-    *wc = *wc | wc_encoding;
-
-    return(True);
-}
-
-static Bool
-wc_to_gi(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    wchar_t wc,
-    unsigned long *glyph_index,
-    CodeSet *codeset)
-{
-    int i;
-    unsigned char mask = 0;
-    unsigned long wc_encoding;
-    unsigned long wc_encode_mask = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_encode_mask);
-    unsigned long wc_shift_bits = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);
-    int codeset_num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);
-    CodeSet *codeset_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);
-
-    wc_encoding = wc & wc_encode_mask;
-    for (*codeset = NULL, i = 0; i < codeset_num; i++) {
-	if (wc_encoding == codeset_list[i]->wc_encoding) {
-	    *codeset = codeset_list[i];
-	    break;
-        }
-    }
-    if (*codeset == NULL)
-	return(False);
-
-    mask = (1 << wc_shift_bits) - 1 ;
-
-    wc = wc & ~wc_encode_mask;
-    for (*glyph_index = 0, i = (*codeset)->length - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-	*glyph_index = (*glyph_index << 8) |
-		      ( ((unsigned long)wc >> (i * wc_shift_bits)) & mask );
-
-    return(True);
-}
-
-static CodeSet
-mb_parse_codeset(
-    State state,
-    int num,
-    const char **inbufptr,
-    int *from_left)
-{
-    int len;
-    int from_len = (*from_left) + 1;
-    const char *src = (*inbufptr) - 1;
-    ParseInfo *mb_parse_list = XLC_GENERIC(state->lcd, mb_parse_list);
-    ParseInfo parse_info;
-    CodeSet codeset;
-
-    for (--num ; (parse_info = mb_parse_list[num]) != NULL; num++) {
-       len = compare(src, parse_info->encoding, from_len);
-       if (len > 0) {
-           codeset = parse_info->codeset;
-           if (parse_info->type == E_LSL)
-               state->GL_codeset = codeset;
-           else if (parse_info->type == E_LSR)
-               state->GR_codeset = codeset;
-           --len;
-           *inbufptr += len;
-           *from_left -= len;
-           return codeset;
-       }
-    }
-    return (CodeSet) NULL;
-}
-
-static CodeSet
-byteM_parse_codeset(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    const char *inbufptr)
-{
-    unsigned char ch;
-    CodeSet codeset;
-    ByteInfoList byteM;
-    ByteInfoListRec byteM_rec;
-    ByteInfo byteinfo;
-    ByteInfoRec byteinfo_rec;
-    Bool hit = False;
-    int i, j, k;
-
-    int codeset_num               = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);
-    CodeSet *codeset_list         = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < codeset_num; i++) {
-        codeset = codeset_list[i];
-        byteM = codeset->byteM;
-        if (codeset->side != XlcNONE || byteM == NULL)
-	    continue;
-
-        for (j = 0; j < codeset->length; j++) {
-	    ch = *((unsigned char *)(inbufptr + j));
-	    byteM_rec = byteM[j];
-	    byteinfo = byteM_rec.byteinfo;
-
-	    for (hit = False, k = 0; k < byteM_rec.byteinfo_num; k++) {
-	        byteinfo_rec = byteinfo[k];
-	        if (byteinfo_rec.start <= ch && ch <= byteinfo_rec.end) {
-	            hit = True;
-		    break;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if (!hit)
-		break;
-        }
-
-        if (hit)
-	    return(codeset);
-    }
-
-    return(NULL);
-}
-
-#define GLGR_parse_codeset(ch) \
-     (isrightside(ch) ? (state->GR_codeset) : \
-                        (state->GL_codeset) )
-
-static XlcCharSet
-gi_parse_charset(
-    unsigned long glyph_index,
-    CodeSet codeset)
-{
-    int i;
-    XlcCharSet *charset_list = codeset->charset_list;
-    int num_charsets = codeset->num_charsets;
-    ExtdSegment ctextseg = codeset->ctextseg;
-    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;
-    int area_num;
-    FontScope area;
-
-    /* lockup ct sequence */
-    for (i = 0; i < num_charsets; i++) {
-	charset = charset_list[i];
-        if (*charset->ct_sequence != '\0')
-	    break;
-    }
-    if (i >= num_charsets)
-	return(NULL);
-
-    if (charset->source != CSsrcStd)
-        return (charset);
-
-    if (!ctextseg)
-        return(charset);
-
-    area = ctextseg->area;
-    area_num = ctextseg->area_num;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < area_num; i++) {
-
-        if (area[i].start <= glyph_index && glyph_index <= area[i].end) {
-
-	    charset = ctextseg->charset;
-
-            if (*charset->ct_sequence == '\0')
-                return(NULL);
-
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return(charset);
-}
-
-static Bool
-ct_parse_csi(
-    const char *inbufptr,
-    int *ctr_seq_len)
-{
-    int i;
-    int num = sizeof(directionality_data) / sizeof(directionality_data[0]);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-	if ( !(*ctr_seq_len = strlen(directionality_data[i].encoding)) )
-	    continue;
-
-	if ( strncmp(inbufptr, directionality_data[i].encoding,
-						*ctr_seq_len) == 0)
-            return(True);
-    }
-
-    return(False);
-}
-
-static int
-cmp_esc_sequence(
-    const char *inbufptr,
-    XlcCharSet charset)
-{
-    int seq_len, name_len, total_len;
-    unsigned char byte_m, byte_l;
-    const char *ct_sequence =  charset->ct_sequence;
-    const char *encoding_name = charset->encoding_name;
-
-    /* check esc sequence */
-    if ( !(seq_len = strlen(ct_sequence) ) )
-	return(0);
-    if ( strncmp(inbufptr, ct_sequence, seq_len) != 0)
-	return(0);
-
-    /* Standard Character Set Encoding ? */
-    if (charset->source == CSsrcStd)
-        return(seq_len);
-
-    /*
-     *   Non-Standard Character Set Encoding
-     *
-     * +--- ---+-----+-----+-----+----   ----+-----+-----+-------   ------+
-     * | ctseq |  M  |  L  |     encoding name     | STX |     contents   |
-     * +--- ---+-----+-----+-----+----   ----+-----+-----+-------   ------+
-     *  4bytes  1byte 1byte     variable length     1byte  variable length
-     * 	                   |                                              |
-     * 	                   +----------------------------------------------+
-     * 	                     rest length  = ((M - 128) * 128) + (L - 128)
-     */
-
-    /* get length of encoding name */
-    inbufptr += seq_len;
-    byte_m = *inbufptr++;
-    byte_l = *inbufptr++;
-    name_len = strlen(encoding_name);
-
-    if (((byte_m - 128) * 128 + (byte_l - 128) - 1) < name_len)
-	return(0);
-
-    if ( _XlcNCompareISOLatin1(inbufptr, encoding_name, name_len) != 0 )
-	return(0);
-
-    /* check STX (Start of Text) */
-    inbufptr = inbufptr + name_len;
-    if ( *inbufptr != STX )
-	return(0);
-
-    total_len = seq_len + name_len + 3;
-    return(total_len);
-}
-
-static Bool
-ct_parse_charset(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    const char *inbufptr,
-    XlcCharSet *charset,
-    int *ctr_seq_len)
-{
-    int i, j;
-    ExtdSegment ctextseg;
-    int num_charsets;
-    XlcCharSet *charset_list;
-    CodeSet codeset;
-    int codeset_num       = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);
-    CodeSet *codeset_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);
-    int segment_conv_num  = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, segment_conv_num);
-    SegConv segment_conv  = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, segment_conv);
-
-    /* get charset from XLC_XLOCALE by escape sequence */
-
-    for (i = 0; i < codeset_num; i++) {
-	codeset = codeset_list[i];
-
-	num_charsets = codeset->num_charsets;
-	charset_list = codeset->charset_list;
-	ctextseg     = codeset->ctextseg;
-
-	for (j = 0; j < num_charsets; j++) {
-	    *charset = charset_list[j];
-            if ((*ctr_seq_len = cmp_esc_sequence(inbufptr, *charset)))
-		return(True);
-	}
-
-	if (ctextseg) {
-	    *charset = ctextseg->charset;
-            if ((*ctr_seq_len = cmp_esc_sequence(inbufptr, *charset)))
-		return(True);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* get charset from XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION by escape sequence */
-
-    if (!segment_conv)
-	return(False);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < segment_conv_num; i++) {
-	*charset = segment_conv[i].source;
-        if ((*ctr_seq_len = cmp_esc_sequence(inbufptr, *charset)))
-	    return(True);
-	*charset = segment_conv[i].dest;
-        if ((*ctr_seq_len = cmp_esc_sequence(inbufptr, *charset)))
-	    return(True);
-    }
-
-    return(False);
-}
-
-static Bool
-segment_conversion(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    XlcCharSet *charset,
-    unsigned long *glyph_index)
-{
-    int i;
-    int segment_conv_num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, segment_conv_num);
-    SegConv segment_conv = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, segment_conv);
-    FontScopeRec range;
-    ConversionRec conv_rec;
-
-    if (!segment_conv)
-	return(True);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < segment_conv_num; i++) {
-	if (segment_conv[i].source == *charset)
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    if (i >= segment_conv_num)
-	return(True);
-
-    range = segment_conv[i].range;
-    if (*glyph_index < range.start || range.end < *glyph_index)
-	return(True);
-
-    *charset = segment_conv[i].dest;
-    conv_rec.conv_num = segment_conv[i].conv_num;
-    conv_rec.convlist = segment_conv[i].conv;
-    *glyph_index = conv_to_dest(&conv_rec, *glyph_index);
-
-    return(True);
-}
-
-static CodeSet
-_XlcGetCodeSetFromName(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    const char *name)
-{
-    int i, j;
-    XlcCharSet charset;
-    int num_charsets;
-    XlcCharSet *charset_list;
-    CodeSet codeset;
-
-    int codeset_num       = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);
-    CodeSet *codeset_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < codeset_num; i++) {
-        codeset = codeset_list[i];
-
-        num_charsets = codeset->num_charsets;
-        charset_list = codeset->charset_list;
-
-        for (j = 0; j < num_charsets; j++) {
-            charset = charset_list[j];
-
-            if (!strlen(charset->name))
-                continue;
-            if ( strcmp(charset->name, name) == 0)
-                return(codeset);
-        }
-    }
-
-    return(NULL);
-}
-
-static Bool
-_XlcGetCodeSetFromCharSet(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    XlcCharSet charset,
-    CodeSet *codeset,
-    unsigned long *glyph_index)
-{
-    int j, num;
-    CodeSet *codeset_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);
-    XlcCharSet *charset_list;
-    int codeset_num, num_charsets;
-    Conversion ctconv;
-    unsigned long glyph_index_tmp = 0;
-    ExtdSegment ctextseg;
-
-    codeset_num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);
-
-    for (num = 0 ; num < codeset_num; num++) {
-        *codeset = codeset_list[num];
-        ctconv = (*codeset)->ctconv;
-	ctextseg = (*codeset)->ctextseg;
-
-        num_charsets = (*codeset)->num_charsets;
-        charset_list = (*codeset)->charset_list;
-
-        glyph_index_tmp = conv_to_source(ctconv, *glyph_index);
-
-        if (charset->source == CSsrcStd) {
-
-            /* Standard Character Set Encoding */
-	    if (glyph_index_tmp == *glyph_index) {
-                for (j = 0; j < num_charsets; j++) {
-                    if (charset_list[j] == charset) {
-                        goto end_loop;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-
-	} else {
-
-            /* Non-Standard Character Set Encoding */
-            for (j = 0; j < num_charsets; j++) {
-                if (charset_list[j] == charset) {
-                    goto end_loop;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if (glyph_index_tmp != *glyph_index) {
-		if (ctextseg && ctextseg->charset == charset) {
-		    goto end_loop;
-                }
-            }
-
-	}
-
-    }
-
-end_loop:
-    if (num < codeset_num) {
-	*glyph_index = glyph_index_tmp;
-	return(True);
-    }
-
-    return(False);
-}
-
-#define check_string_encoding(codeset)	(codeset->string_encoding)
-
-static void
-output_ulong_value(
-    char *outbufptr,
-    unsigned long code,
-    int length,
-    XlcSide side)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = (length - 1) * 8; i >= 0; i -= 8) {
-	*outbufptr = ( code >> i) & 0xff;
-
-	if (side == XlcC0 || side == XlcGL) {
-	    *outbufptr = *outbufptr & GL;
-	} else if (side == XlcC1 || side == XlcGR) {
-	    *outbufptr = *outbufptr | GR;
-	}
-
-	outbufptr++;
-    }
-}
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*				Init                                          */
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-static XlcCharSet default_GL_charset = 0;
-static XlcCharSet default_GR_charset = 0;
-
-static void
-init_state(
-    XlcConv conv)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-
-    /* for CT */
-    state->charset = NULL;
-    state->GL_charset = default_GL_charset;
-    state->GR_charset = default_GR_charset;
-
-    /* for MB shift state */
-    state->GL_codeset = XLC_GENERIC(state->lcd, initial_state_GL);
-    state->GR_codeset = XLC_GENERIC(state->lcd, initial_state_GR);
-}
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*				Convert                                       */
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-static int
-mbstowcs_org(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    unsigned char ch;
-    unsigned long mb = 0;
-    wchar_t wc;
-
-    int length = 0, len_left = 0;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-    int num;
-
-    CodeSet codeset = NULL;
-
-    const char *inbufptr = *from;
-    wchar_t *outbufptr = (wchar_t *) *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    unsigned char *mb_parse_table = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_table);
-
-    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {
-	_XlcResetConverter(conv);
-        return( 0 );
-    }
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-	ch = *inbufptr++;
-	(*from_left)--;
-
-	/* null ? */
-	if (!ch) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = L'\0';}
-	    (*to_left)--;
-
-	    /* error check */
-            if (len_left) {
-	        unconv_num += (length - len_left);
-		len_left = 0;
-            }
-
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	/* same mb char data */
-        if (len_left)
-	    goto output_one_wc;
-
-        /* next mb char data for single shift ? */
-	if (mb_parse_table && (num = mb_parse_table[ch]) ) {
-	    codeset = mb_parse_codeset(state, num, &inbufptr, from_left);
-            if (codeset != NULL) {
-		length = len_left = codeset->length;
-		mb = 0;
-		continue;
-	    }
-        }
-
-	/* next mb char data for byteM ? */
-	if ((codeset = byteM_parse_codeset(lcd, (inbufptr - 1))))
-	    goto next_mb_char;
-
-	/* next mb char data for GL or GR side ? */
-	if ((codeset = GLGR_parse_codeset(ch)))
-	    goto next_mb_char;
-
-        /* can't find codeset for the ch */
-        unconv_num++;
-        continue;
-
-next_mb_char:
-        length = len_left = codeset->length;
-	mb = 0;
-
-output_one_wc:
-	mb = (mb << 8) | ch;  /* 1 byte left shift */
-	len_left--;
-
-        /* last of one mb char data */
-        if (!len_left) {
-            gi_to_wc(lcd, mb_to_gi(mb, codeset), codeset, &wc);
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = wc;}
-	    (*to_left)--;
-        }
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    /* error check on last char */
-    if (len_left) {
-	inbufptr -= (length - len_left);
-	(*from_left) += (length - len_left);
-	unconv_num += (length - len_left);
-    }
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_mbstowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    const char *src = *((const char **) from);
-    wchar_t *dst = *((wchar_t **) to);
-    int src_left = *from_left;
-    int dst_left = *to_left;
-    int length, unconv_num = 0;
-
-    while (src_left > 0 && dst_left > 0) {
-	length = mbtowc(dst, src, src_left);
-
-	if (length > 0) {
-	    src += length;
-	    src_left -= length;
-	    if (dst)
-	        dst++;
-	    dst_left--;
-	} else if (length < 0) {
-	    src++;
-	    src_left--;
-	    unconv_num++;
-        } else {
-            /* null ? */
-            src++;
-            src_left--;
-            if (dst)
-                *dst++ = L'\0';
-            dst_left--;
-        }
-    }
-
-    *from = (XPointer) src;
-    if (dst)
-	*to = (XPointer) dst;
-    *from_left = src_left;
-    *to_left = dst_left;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-wcstombs_org(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    char *encoding;
-    unsigned long mb, glyph_index;
-    wchar_t wc;
-
-    int length;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-
-    CodeSet codeset;
-
-    const wchar_t *inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;
-    char *outbufptr = *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    const char *default_string = XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, default_string);
-    int defstr_len = strlen(default_string);
-
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-        wc = *inbufptr++;
-        (*from_left)--;
-
-        /* null ? */
-        if (!wc) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}
-            (*to_left)--;
-
-            continue;
-        }
-
-        /* convert */
-	if ( !wc_to_gi(lcd, wc, &glyph_index, &codeset) ) {
-
-	    /* output default_string of XDefaultString() */
-            if (*to_left < defstr_len)
-		break;
-	    if (outbufptr) {
-                strncpy((char *)outbufptr, default_string, defstr_len);
-                outbufptr += defstr_len;
-            }
-	    (*to_left) -= defstr_len;
-
-            unconv_num++;
-
-        } else {
-            mb = gi_to_mb(glyph_index, codeset);
-	    if (codeset->parse_info) {
-                Bool need_shift = False;
-                switch (codeset->parse_info->type) {
-                    case E_LSL :
-                        if (codeset != state->GL_codeset) {
-                            need_shift = True;
-                            state->GL_codeset = codeset;
-                        }
-                        break;
-                    case E_LSR :
-                        if (codeset != state->GR_codeset) {
-                            need_shift = True;
-                            state->GR_codeset = codeset;
-                        }
-                        break;
-                    /* case E_SS */
-                    default:
-                        need_shift = True;
-                }
-
-		/* output shift sequence */
-                if (need_shift) {
-		    encoding = codeset->parse_info->encoding;
-                    length = strlen(encoding);
-                    if (*to_left < length)
-		        break;
-	            if (outbufptr) {
-                        strncpy((char *)outbufptr, encoding, length);
-	                outbufptr += length;
-                    }
-	            (*to_left) -= length;
-                }
-            }
-
-            /* output characters */
-	    length = codeset->length;
-            if (*to_left < length)
-		break;
-
-	    if (outbufptr) {
-		output_ulong_value(outbufptr, mb, length, XlcNONE);
-	        outbufptr += length;
-	    }
-
-	    (*to_left) -= length;
-        }
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_wcstombs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    const wchar_t *src = *((const wchar_t **) from);
-    char *dst = *((char **) to);
-    int src_left = *from_left;
-    int dst_left = *to_left;
-    int length, unconv_num = 0;
-
-    while (src_left > 0 && dst_left >= MB_CUR_MAX) {
-	length = wctomb(dst, *src);		/* XXX */
-
-        if (length > 0) {
-	    src++;
-	    src_left--;
-	    if (dst)
-		dst += length;
-	    dst_left -= length;
-	} else if (length < 0) {
-	    src++;
-	    src_left--;
-	    unconv_num++;
-	}
-    }
-
-    *from = (XPointer) src;
-    if (dst)
-      *to = (XPointer) dst;
-    *from_left = src_left;
-    *to_left = dst_left;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-wcstocts(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    unsigned long glyph_index;
-    wchar_t wc;
-
-    int total_len, seq_len, name_len;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-    Bool first_flag = True, standard_flag;
-    XlcSide side;
-
-    CodeSet codeset;
-    XlcCharSet charset, old_charset = NULL;
-    const char *ct_sequence;
-
-    const wchar_t *inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;
-    char *outbufptr = *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-    char *ext_seg_len = NULL;
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-        wc = *inbufptr++;
-        (*from_left)--;
-
-        /* null ? */
-        if (!wc) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}
-            (*to_left)--;
-
-            continue;
-        }
-
-        /* convert */
-	if ( !wc_to_gi(lcd, wc, &glyph_index, &codeset) ) {
-            unconv_num++;
-	    continue;
-        }
-
-        /* parse charset */
-        if ( !(charset = gi_parse_charset(glyph_index, codeset)) ) {
-            unconv_num++;
-	    continue;
-        }
-
-        /* Standard Character Set Encoding ? */
-	standard_flag = charset->source == CSsrcStd ? True : False;
-
-        /*
-         *   Non-Standard Character Set Encoding
-         *
-         * +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+----   ----+-----+-----+
-         * |     esc sequence      |  M  |  L  |     encoding name     | STX |
-         * +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+----   ----+-----+-----+
-         *           4bytes         1byte 1byte     variable length     1byte
-         * 	                   |                                         |
-         * 	                   +-----------------------------------------+
-         * 	                     name length  = ((M - 128) * 128) + (L - 128)
-         */
-
-        /* make encoding data */
-	ct_sequence = charset->ct_sequence;
-	side = charset->side;
-        seq_len = strlen(ct_sequence);
-	if (standard_flag) {
-            name_len = 0;
-	    total_len = seq_len;
-	} else {
-            name_len = strlen(charset->encoding_name) + 1;
-	    total_len = seq_len + name_len + 2;
-	}
-
-        /* output escape sequence of CT */
-	if ( (charset != old_charset) &&
-	    !(first_flag && charset->string_encoding) ){
-
-            if ( (ext_seg_len != NULL) && outbufptr) {
-                int i = (outbufptr - ext_seg_len) - 2;
-                *ext_seg_len++ = i / 128 + 128;
-                *ext_seg_len   = i % 128 + 128;
-                ext_seg_len = NULL;
-            }
-
-	    if (*to_left < total_len + 1) {
-                unconv_num++;
-	        break;
-	    }
-
-	    if (outbufptr) {
-	        strcpy((char *)outbufptr, ct_sequence);
-		outbufptr += seq_len;
-
-                if (!standard_flag) {
-                    const char *i = charset->encoding_name;
-                    ext_seg_len = outbufptr;
-                    outbufptr += 2;
-	            for (; *i ; i++)
-                        *outbufptr++ = ((*i >= 'A') && (*i <= 'Z')) ?
-                                       *i - 'A' + 'a' : *i;
-		    *outbufptr++ = STX;
-                }
-	    }
-
-	    (*to_left) -= total_len;
-
-	    first_flag = False;
-	    old_charset = charset;
-	}
-
-        /* output glyph index */
-	if (codeset->ctconv)
-            glyph_index = conv_to_dest(codeset->ctconv, glyph_index);
-        if (*to_left < charset->char_size) {
-            unconv_num++;
-	    break;
-        }
-
-	if (outbufptr) {
-	   output_ulong_value(outbufptr, glyph_index, charset->char_size, side);
-	   outbufptr += charset->char_size;
-	}
-
-	(*to_left) -= charset->char_size;
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    if ( (ext_seg_len != NULL) && outbufptr) {
-        int i = (outbufptr - ext_seg_len) - 2;
-        *ext_seg_len++ = i / 128 + 128;
-        *ext_seg_len   = i % 128 + 128;
-    }
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_wcstocts(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);
-    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;
-    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;
-    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;
-    int buf_left2;
-    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;
-
-    unconv_num1 = stdc_wcstombs(conv,
-		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num1 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;
-
-    unconv_num2 = mbstocts(conv,
-		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num2 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-ret:
-    if (buf)
-	Xfree((char *)buf);
-
-    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);
-}
-
-static int
-ctstowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    unsigned char ch;
-    unsigned long glyph_index = 0;
-    wchar_t wc;
-
-    int ctr_seq_len = 0, gi_len_left = 0, gi_len = 0;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-
-    CodeSet codeset = NULL;
-    XlcCharSet charset_tmp;
-
-    const char *inbufptr = *from;
-    wchar_t *outbufptr = (wchar_t *) *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    _XlcResetConverter(conv); /* ??? */
-
-    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {
-	_XlcResetConverter(conv);
-        return( 0 );
-    }
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-	ch = *inbufptr++;
-	(*from_left)--;
-
-	/* null ? */
-	if (!ch) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = L'\0';}
-	    (*to_left)--;
-
-	    /* error check */
-            if (gi_len_left) {
-	        unconv_num += (gi_len - gi_len_left);
-		gi_len_left = 0;
-            }
-
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	/* same glyph_index data */
-        if (gi_len_left)
-	    goto output_one_wc;
-
-        /* control sequence ? */
-        if (ch == CSI) {
-            if ( !ct_parse_csi(inbufptr - 1, &ctr_seq_len) )
-	        goto skip_the_seg;
-
-	    if (*from_left + 1 < ctr_seq_len) {
-		inbufptr--;
-		(*from_left)++;
-		unconv_num += *from_left;
-		break;
-	    }
-
-            /* skip the control sequence */
-	    inbufptr += (ctr_seq_len - 1);
-	    *from_left -= (ctr_seq_len - 1);
-
-            continue;
-	}
-
-        /* escape sequence ? */
-        if (ch == ESC) {
-	    if ( !ct_parse_charset(lcd,
-			inbufptr - 1, &state->charset, &ctr_seq_len) )
-		goto skip_the_seg;
-
-	    if (state->charset->side == XlcC0 ||
-		state->charset->side == XlcGL)
-	      {
-		state->GL_charset = state->charset;
-	      }
-	    else if (state->charset->side == XlcC1 ||
-		     state->charset->side == XlcGR)
-	      {
-		state->GR_charset = state->charset;
-	      }
-	    else if (state->charset->side == XlcGLGR)
-	      {
-		state->GL_charset = state->charset;
-		state->GR_charset = state->charset;
-	      }
-
-	    if (*from_left + 1 < ctr_seq_len) {
-		inbufptr--;
-		(*from_left)++;
-		unconv_num += *from_left;
-		break;
-	    }
-
-            /* skip the escape sequence */
-	    inbufptr += (ctr_seq_len - 1);
-	    *from_left -= (ctr_seq_len - 1);
-
-            continue;
-        }
-
- 	/* check current state */
-	if (isleftside(ch))
-	  state->charset = state->GL_charset;
-	else
-	  state->charset = state->GR_charset;
-
-	gi_len = gi_len_left = state->charset->char_size;
-	glyph_index = 0;
-
-output_one_wc:
-        if (state->charset->side == XlcC1 || state->charset->side == XlcGR)
-            glyph_index = (glyph_index << 8) | (ch & GL);
-        else
-            glyph_index = (glyph_index << 8) | ch;
-
-	gi_len_left--;
-
-        /* last of one glyph_index data */
-        if (!gi_len_left) {
-
-	    /* segment conversion */
-	    charset_tmp = state->charset;
-	    segment_conversion(lcd, &charset_tmp, &glyph_index);
-
-            /* get codeset */
-            if ( !_XlcGetCodeSetFromCharSet(lcd, charset_tmp,
-						&codeset, &glyph_index) ) {
-		unconv_num += gi_len;
-		continue;
-            }
-
-            /* convert glyph index to wicd char */
-            gi_to_wc(lcd, glyph_index, codeset, &wc);
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = wc;}
-	    (*to_left)--;
-        }
-
-        continue;
-
-skip_the_seg:
-	/* skip until next escape or control sequence */
-        while ( *from_left ) {
-	    ch = *inbufptr++;
-	    (*from_left)--;
-	    unconv_num++;
-
-            if (ch == ESC || ch == CSI) {
-		inbufptr--;
-		(*from_left)++;
-		unconv_num--;
-		break;
-	    }
-        }
-
-        if ( !(*from_left) )
-	    break;
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    /* error check on last char */
-    if (gi_len_left) {
-	inbufptr -= (gi_len - gi_len_left);
-	(*from_left) += (gi_len - gi_len_left);
-	unconv_num += (gi_len - gi_len_left);
-    }
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-cstowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    unsigned char ch;
-    unsigned long glyph_index = 0;
-    wchar_t wc;
-    int gi_len_left = 0, gi_len = 0;
-
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-
-    CodeSet codeset = NULL;
-    XlcCharSet charset, charset_tmp;
-
-    const char *inbufptr = *from;
-    wchar_t *outbufptr = (wchar_t *) *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {
-        return( 0 );
-    }
-
-    charset = (XlcCharSet) args[0];
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-        if (!gi_len_left) {
-            gi_len_left = gi_len = charset->char_size;
-            glyph_index = 0;
-        }
-
-	ch = *inbufptr++;
-	(*from_left)--;
-
-	/* null ? */
-	if (!ch) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = L'\0';}
-	    (*to_left)--;
-
-	    /* error check */
-            if (gi_len_left) {
-	        unconv_num += (gi_len - gi_len_left);
-		gi_len_left = 0;
-            }
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-        if (charset->side == XlcC1 || charset->side == XlcGR)
-            glyph_index = (glyph_index << 8) | (ch & GL);
-        else
-            glyph_index = (glyph_index << 8) | ch;
-
-	gi_len_left--;
-
-        /* last of one glyph_index data */
-        if (!gi_len_left) {
-
-	    /* segment conversion */
-	    charset_tmp = charset;
-	    segment_conversion(lcd, &charset_tmp, &glyph_index);
-
-            /* get codeset */
-            if ( !_XlcGetCodeSetFromCharSet(lcd, charset_tmp,
-						&codeset, &glyph_index) ) {
-		unconv_num += gi_len;
-		continue;
-            }
-
-            /* convert glyph index to wicd char */
-            gi_to_wc(lcd, glyph_index, codeset, &wc);
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = wc;}
-	    (*to_left)--;
-        }
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    /* error check on last char */
-    if (gi_len_left) {
-	inbufptr -= (gi_len - gi_len_left);
-	(*from_left) += (gi_len - gi_len_left);
-	unconv_num += (gi_len - gi_len_left);
-    }
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_ctstowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);
-    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;
-    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;
-    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;
-    int buf_left2;
-    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;
-
-    unconv_num1 = ctstombs(conv,
-		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num1 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;
-
-    unconv_num2 = stdc_mbstowcs(conv,
-		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num2 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-ret:
-    if (buf)
-	Xfree((char *)buf);
-
-    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_cstowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);
-    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;
-    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;
-    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;
-    int buf_left2;
-    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;
-
-    unconv_num1 = cstombs(conv,
-		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num1 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;
-
-    unconv_num2 = stdc_mbstowcs(conv,
-		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num2 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-ret:
-    if (buf)
-	Xfree((char *)buf);
-
-    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);
-}
-
-static int
-mbstocts(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * sizeof(wchar_t));
-    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;
-    int buf_left1 = (*from_left);
-    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;
-    int buf_left2;
-    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;
-
-    unconv_num1 = mbstowcs_org(conv,
-		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num1 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-    buf_left2 = (buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2) / sizeof(wchar_t);
-
-    unconv_num2 += wcstocts(conv,
-		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num2 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-ret:
-    if (buf)
-	Xfree((char *)buf);
-
-    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);
-}
-
-static int
-mbstostr(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    unsigned char ch;
-    unsigned long mb = 0;
-
-    int length = 0, len_left = 0;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-    int num;
-
-    CodeSet codeset = NULL;
-
-    const char *inbufptr = *from;
-    char *outbufptr = *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    unsigned char *mb_parse_table = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_table);
-
-    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {
-	_XlcResetConverter(conv);
-        return( 0 );
-    }
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-	ch = *inbufptr++;
-	(*from_left)--;
-
-	/* null ? */
-	if (!ch) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}
-	    (*to_left)--;
-
-            /* error check */
-            if (len_left) {
-                unconv_num += (length - len_left);
-                len_left = 0;
-            }
-
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-        /* same mb char data */
-        if (len_left)
-            goto output_one_mb;
-
-        /* next mb char data for single shift ? */
-	if (mb_parse_table && (num = mb_parse_table[ch]) ) {
-	    codeset = mb_parse_codeset(state, num, &inbufptr, from_left);
-            if (codeset != NULL) {
-		length = len_left = codeset->length;
-		mb = 0;
-		continue;
-	    }
-        }
-
-	/* next char data : byteM ? */
-	if ((codeset = byteM_parse_codeset(lcd, (inbufptr - 1))))
-	    goto next_mb_char;
-
-	/* next char data : GL or GR side ? */
-	if ((codeset = GLGR_parse_codeset(ch)))
-	    goto next_mb_char;
-
-        /* can't find codeset for the ch */
-        unconv_num++;
-        continue;
-
-next_mb_char:
-        length = len_left = codeset->length;
-        mb = 0;
-
-output_one_mb:
-        mb = (mb << 8) | ch;  /* 1 byte left shift */
-        len_left--;
-
-        /* last of one mb char data */
-        if (!len_left) {
-            if (check_string_encoding(codeset)) {
-                if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = mb & 0xff;}
-		(*to_left)--;
-            } else {
-	        unconv_num++;
-            }
-        }
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    /* error check on last char */
-    if (len_left) {
-        inbufptr -= (length - len_left);
-        (*from_left) += (length - len_left);
-        unconv_num += (length - len_left);
-    }
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-mbtocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    unsigned char ch;
-    unsigned long mb = 0;
-    unsigned long glyph_index;
-
-    int length = 0, len_left = 0, char_len;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-    int num;
-    XlcSide side;
-
-    CodeSet codeset = NULL;
-    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;
-
-    const char *inbufptr = *from;
-    char *outbufptr = *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    unsigned char *mb_parse_table = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_table);
-
-    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {
-	_XlcResetConverter(conv);
-        return( 0 );
-    }
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-	ch = *inbufptr++;
-	(*from_left)--;
-
-	/* null ? */
-	if (!ch) {
-            unconv_num = 1;
-            if (len_left)
-	        unconv_num += (length - len_left);
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	/* same mb char data */
-        if (len_left)
-	    goto output;
-
-        /* next mb char data for single shift ? */
-	if (mb_parse_table && (num = mb_parse_table[ch]) ) {
-	    codeset = mb_parse_codeset(state, num, &inbufptr, from_left);
-            if (codeset != NULL) {
-		length = len_left = codeset->length;
-		mb = 0;
-		continue;
-	    }
-        }
-
-	/* next mb char data for byteM ? */
-	if ((codeset = byteM_parse_codeset(lcd, (inbufptr - 1))))
-	    goto next_mb_char;
-
-	/* next mb char data for GL or GR side ? */
-	if ((codeset = GLGR_parse_codeset(ch)))
-	    goto next_mb_char;
-
-        /* can't find codeset for the ch */
-        unconv_num = 1;
-        break;
-
-next_mb_char:
-        length = len_left = codeset->length;
-	mb = 0;
-
-output:
-	mb = (mb << 8) | ch;  /* 1 byte left shift */
-	len_left--;
-
-        /* last of one mb char data */
-        if (!len_left) {
-            glyph_index = mb_to_gi(mb, codeset);
-            if (!(charset = gi_parse_charset(glyph_index, codeset))) {
-                unconv_num = length;
-                break;
-            }
-            char_len = charset->char_size;
-	    side = charset->side;
-
-            /* output glyph index */
-            if (codeset->ctconv)
-                glyph_index = conv_to_dest(codeset->ctconv, glyph_index);
-            if (*to_left < char_len) {
-                unconv_num = length;
-                break;
-            }
-
-	    if (outbufptr) {
-	        output_ulong_value(outbufptr, glyph_index, char_len, side);
-	        outbufptr += char_len;
-	    }
-
-            (*to_left) -= char_len;
-
-            break;
-        }
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    /* error end */
-    if (unconv_num) {
-        *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);
-        *from_left = 0;
-        *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-	return -1;
-    }
-
-    /* nomal end */
-    *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    if (num_args > 0)
-        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-mbstocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    int ret;
-    XlcCharSet charset_old, charset = NULL;
-    XPointer tmp_args[1];
-
-    const char *inbufptr;
-    int	in_left;
-    char *outbufptr;
-    int	out_left;
-    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;
-
-    ret = mbtocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);
-    charset_old = charset;
-
-    while ( ret == 0 && *from_left && *to_left) {
-	inbufptr = *from;
-	in_left = *from_left;
-	outbufptr = *to;
-	out_left = *to_left;
-        ret = mbtocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);
-        if (charset_old != charset) {
-           *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;
-           *from_left = in_left;
-           *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-           *to_left = out_left;
-           break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (num_args > 0)
-        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset_old;
-
-    /* error end */
-    if (ret != 0)
-	return( -1 );
-
-    return(0);
-}
-
-static int
-wcstostr(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    char *encoding;
-    unsigned long mb, glyph_index;
-    wchar_t wc;
-
-    int length;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-
-    CodeSet codeset;
-
-    const wchar_t *inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;
-    char *outbufptr = *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    const char *default_string = XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, default_string);
-    int defstr_len = strlen(default_string);
-
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-        wc = *inbufptr++;
-        (*from_left)--;
-
-        /* null ? */
-        if (!wc) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}
-            (*to_left)--;
-
-            continue;
-        }
-
-        /* convert */
-	if ( !wc_to_gi(lcd, wc, &glyph_index, &codeset) ) {
-
-	    /* output default_string of XDefaultString() */
-            if (*to_left < defstr_len)
-		break;
-	    if (outbufptr) {
-                strncpy((char *)outbufptr, default_string, defstr_len);
-	        outbufptr += defstr_len;
-            }
-	    (*to_left) -= defstr_len;
-
-            unconv_num++;
-
-        } else {
-            mb = gi_to_mb(glyph_index, codeset);
-
-	    if (check_string_encoding(codeset)) {
-	        if (codeset->parse_info) {
-                    Bool need_shift = False;
-                    switch (codeset->parse_info->type) {
-                        case E_LSL :
-                            if (codeset != state->GL_codeset) {
-                                need_shift = True;
-                                state->GL_codeset = codeset;
-                            }
-                            break;
-                        case E_LSR :
-                            if (codeset != state->GR_codeset) {
-                                need_shift = True;
-                                state->GR_codeset = codeset;
-                            }
-                            break;
-                        /* case E_SS */
-                        default:
-                            need_shift = True;
-                    }
-
-		    /* output shift sequence */
-                    if (need_shift) {
-		        encoding = codeset->parse_info->encoding;
-                        length = strlen(encoding);
-                        if (*to_left < length)
-		            break;
-
-	                if (outbufptr) {
-                            strncpy((char *)outbufptr, encoding, length);
-	                    outbufptr += length;
-                        }
-	                (*to_left) -= length;
-                    }
-                }
-
-                /* output characters */
-	        length = codeset->length;
-                if (*to_left < length)
-		    break;
-
-	        if (outbufptr) {
-	            output_ulong_value(outbufptr, mb, length, XlcNONE);
-	            outbufptr += length;
-	        }
-
-	        (*to_left) -= length;
-            } else {
-		unconv_num++;
-            }
-        }
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_wcstostr(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);
-    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;
-    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;
-    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;
-    int buf_left2;
-    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;
-
-    unconv_num1 = stdc_wcstombs(conv,
-		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num1 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;
-
-    unconv_num2 = mbstostr(conv,
-		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num2 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-ret:
-    if (buf)
-	Xfree((char *)buf);
-
-    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);
-}
-
-static int
-wctocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    wchar_t wc;
-    unsigned long glyph_index;
-
-    int char_len;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-    XlcSide side;
-
-    CodeSet codeset;
-    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;
-
-    const wchar_t *inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;
-    char *outbufptr = *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    if (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-        wc = *inbufptr++;
-        (*from_left)--;
-
-        /* null ? */
-        if (!wc) {
-            unconv_num = 1;
-            goto end;
-        }
-
-        /* convert */
-	if ( !wc_to_gi(lcd, wc, &glyph_index, &codeset) ) {
-            unconv_num = 1;
-	    goto end;
-        }
-
-        if ( !(charset = gi_parse_charset(glyph_index, codeset)) ) {
-            unconv_num = 1;
-	    goto end;
-        }
-	char_len = charset->char_size;
-	side = charset->side;
-
-        /* output glyph index */
-	if (codeset->ctconv)
-            glyph_index = conv_to_dest(codeset->ctconv, glyph_index);
-        if (*to_left < char_len) {
-            unconv_num++;
-	    goto end;
-        }
-
-        if (outbufptr) {
-            output_ulong_value(outbufptr, glyph_index, char_len, side);
-            outbufptr += char_len;
-        }
-
-	(*to_left) -= char_len;
-
-    }
-
-end:
-
-     /* error end */
-    if (unconv_num) {
-        *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);
-        *from_left = 0;
-        *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-        return -1;
-    }
-
-    /* nomal end */
-    *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    if (num_args > 0)
-        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_wctocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    const wchar_t *src = *((const wchar_t **) from);
-    wchar_t wch;
-    XPointer tmp_from, save_from = *from;
-    char tmp[32];
-    int length, ret, src_left = *from_left;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    if (src_left > 0 && *to_left > 0) {
-	if ((wch = *src)) {
-	    length = wctomb(tmp, wch);
-	} else {
-	    goto end;
-	}
-
-	if (length < 0)
-	    goto end;
-
-	tmp_from = (XPointer) tmp;
-	ret = mbtocs(conv, &tmp_from, &length, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-	if (ret < 0)
-	    goto end;
-
-	src++;
-	src_left--;
-    }
-
-end:
-     /* error end */
-    if (save_from == (XPointer) src) {
-        *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);
-        *from_left = 0;
-	return -1;
-    }
-
-    /* nomal end */
-    *from = (XPointer) src;
-    *from_left = src_left;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-wcstocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    int ret;
-    XlcCharSet charset_old, charset = NULL;
-    XPointer tmp_args[1];
-
-    const wchar_t *inbufptr;
-    int	in_left;
-    XPointer outbufptr;
-    int	out_left;
-    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;
-
-    ret = wctocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);
-    charset_old = charset;
-
-    while ( ret == 0 && *from_left && *to_left) {
-	inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;
-	in_left = *from_left;
-	outbufptr = *to;
-	out_left = *to_left;
-        ret = wctocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);
-        if (charset_old != charset) {
-           *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;
-           *from_left = in_left;
-           *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-           *to_left = out_left;
-           break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (num_args > 0)
-        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset_old;
-
-    /* error end */
-    if (ret != 0)
-	return( -1 );
-
-    return(0);
-}
-
-#ifdef STDCVT
-
-static int
-stdc_wcstocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    int ret;
-    XlcCharSet charset_old, charset = NULL;
-    XPointer tmp_args[1];
-
-    const wchar_t *inbufptr;
-    int	in_left;
-    XPointer outbufptr;
-    int	out_left;
-    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;
-
-    ret = stdc_wctocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);
-    charset_old = charset;
-
-    while ( ret == 0 && *from_left && *to_left ) {
-	inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;
-	in_left = *from_left;
-	outbufptr = *to;
-	out_left = *to_left;
-        ret = stdc_wctocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);
-        if (charset_old != charset) {
-           *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;
-           *from_left = in_left;
-           *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-           *to_left = out_left;
-           break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (num_args > 0)
-        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset_old;
-
-    /* error end */
-    if (ret != 0)
-	return( -1 );
-
-    return(0);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-static int
-ctstombs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * sizeof(wchar_t));
-    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;
-    int buf_left1 = (*from_left);
-    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;
-    int buf_left2;
-    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;
-
-    unconv_num1 = ctstowcs(conv,
-		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num1 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-    buf_left2 = (buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2) / sizeof(wchar_t);
-
-    unconv_num2 += wcstombs_org(conv,
-		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num2 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-ret:
-    if (buf)
-	Xfree((char *)buf);
-
-    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);
-}
-
-static int
-cstombs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * sizeof(wchar_t));
-    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;
-    int buf_left1 = (*from_left);
-    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;
-    int buf_left2;
-    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;
-
-    unconv_num1 = cstowcs(conv,
-		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num1 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-    buf_left2 = (buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2) / sizeof(wchar_t);
-
-    unconv_num2 += wcstombs_org(conv,
-		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num2 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-ret:
-    if (buf)
-	Xfree((char *)buf);
-
-    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);
-}
-
-static int
-strtombs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    char *encoding;
-    unsigned long mb, glyph_index;
-    unsigned char ch;
-
-    int length;
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-
-    CodeSet codeset;
-
-    const char *inbufptr = *from;
-    char *outbufptr = *to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-        ch = *inbufptr++;
-        (*from_left)--;
-
-        /* null ? */
-        if (!ch) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}
-            (*to_left)--;
-
-            continue;
-        }
-
-        /* convert */
-        if (isleftside(ch)) {
-	    glyph_index = ch;
-	    codeset = _XlcGetCodeSetFromName(lcd, "ISO8859-1:GL");
-	} else {
-	    glyph_index = ch & GL;
-	    codeset = _XlcGetCodeSetFromName(lcd, "ISO8859-1:GR");
-	}
-
-        if (!codeset) {
-	    unconv_num++;
-	    continue;
-        }
-
-        mb = gi_to_mb(glyph_index, codeset);
-	if (codeset->parse_info) {
-            Bool need_shift = False;
-            switch (codeset->parse_info->type) {
-                case E_LSL :
-                    if (codeset != state->GL_codeset) {
-                        need_shift = True;
-                        state->GL_codeset = codeset;
-                    }
-                    break;
-                case E_LSR :
-                    if (codeset != state->GR_codeset) {
-                        need_shift = True;
-                        state->GR_codeset = codeset;
-                    }
-                    break;
-                /* case E_SS */
-                default:
-                    need_shift = True;
-            }
-
-	    /* output shift sequence */
-            if (need_shift) {
-                encoding = codeset->parse_info->encoding;
-                length = strlen(encoding);
-                if (*to_left < length)
-		    break;
-	        if (outbufptr) {
-                    strncpy((char *)outbufptr, encoding, length);
-	            outbufptr += length;
-                }
-	        (*to_left) -= length;
-	    }
-        }
-
-        /* output characters */
-	length = codeset->length;
-        if (*to_left < length)
-	    break;
-
-        if (outbufptr) {
-            output_ulong_value(outbufptr, mb, length, XlcNONE);
-            outbufptr += length;
-        }
-
-	(*to_left) -= length;
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-strtowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-
-    unsigned char ch;
-    unsigned long glyph_index;
-    wchar_t wc;
-
-    int unconv_num = 0;
-    CodeSet codeset;
-
-    const char *inbufptr = *from;
-    wchar_t *outbufptr = (wchar_t *)*to;
-    int from_size = *from_left;
-
-    if (*from_left > *to_left)
-        *from_left = *to_left;
-
-    while (*from_left && *to_left) {
-
-        ch = *inbufptr++;
-        (*from_left)--;
-
-        /* null ? */
-        if (!ch) {
-            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = L'\0';}
-            (*to_left)--;
-
-            continue;
-        }
-
-        /* convert */
-        if (isleftside(ch)) {
-	    glyph_index = ch;
-	    codeset = _XlcGetCodeSetFromName(lcd, "ISO8859-1:GL");
-	} else {
-	    glyph_index = ch & GL;
-	    codeset = _XlcGetCodeSetFromName(lcd, "ISO8859-1:GR");
-	}
-
-        if (!codeset) {
-	    unconv_num++;
-	    continue;
-        }
-
-        gi_to_wc(lcd, glyph_index, codeset, &wc);
-	if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = wc;}
-	(*to_left)--;
-
-    } /* end of while */
-
-    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);
-    *from_left = 0;
-    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_strtowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);
-    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;
-    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;
-    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;
-    int buf_left2;
-    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;
-
-    unconv_num1 = strtombs(conv,
-		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num1 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;
-
-    unconv_num2 = stdc_mbstowcs(conv,
-		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);
-    if (unconv_num2 < 0)
-        goto ret;
-
-ret:
-    if (buf)
-	Xfree((char *)buf);
-
-    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);
-}
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*				Close                                         */
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-static void
-close_converter(
-    XlcConv conv)
-{
-    if (conv->state) {
-	Xfree((char *) conv->state);
-    }
-
-    if (conv->methods) {
-	Xfree((char *) conv->methods);
-    }
-
-    Xfree((char *) conv);
-}
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*				Open                                          */
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-static XlcConv
-create_conv(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    XlcConvMethods methods)
-{
-    XlcConv conv;
-    State state;
-
-    conv = (XlcConv) Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XlcConvRec));
-    if (conv == NULL)
-	return (XlcConv) NULL;
-
-    conv->methods = (XlcConvMethods) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcConvMethodsRec));
-    if (conv->methods == NULL)
-	goto err;
-    *conv->methods = *methods;
-    conv->methods->reset = init_state;
-
-    conv->state = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(StateRec));
-    if (conv->state == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    state = (State) conv->state;
-    state->lcd = lcd;
-
-    _XlcResetConverter(conv);
-
-    return conv;
-
-err:
-    close_converter(conv);
-
-    return (XlcConv) NULL;
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstocts_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    mbstocts,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_mbstocts(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstocts_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstostr_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    mbstostr,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_mbstostr(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstostr_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    mbstocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_mbstocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec mbtocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    mbtocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_mbtocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbtocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec ctstombs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    ctstombs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_ctstombs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &ctstombs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec cstombs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    cstombs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_cstombs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &cstombs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec strtombs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    strtombs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_strtombs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &strtombs_methods);
-}
-
-#ifdef STDCVT
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_mbstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_mbstowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_mbstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_mbstowcs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstombs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_wcstombs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_wcstombs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstombs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstocts_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_wcstocts,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_wcstocts(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstocts_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstostr_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_wcstostr,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_wcstostr(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstostr_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_wcstocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_wcstocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wctocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_wctocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_wctocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wctocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_ctstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_ctstowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_ctstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_ctstowcs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_cstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_cstowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_cstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_cstowcs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_strtowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_strtowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_strtowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_strtowcs_methods);
-}
-
-#endif /* STDCVT */
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    mbstowcs_org,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_mbstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstowcs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstombs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    wcstombs_org,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_wcstombs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstombs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstocts_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    wcstocts,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_wcstocts(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstocts_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstostr_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    wcstostr,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_wcstostr(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstostr_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    wcstocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_wcstocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec wctocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    wctocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_wctocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wctocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec ctstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    ctstowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_ctstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &ctstowcs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec cstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    cstowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_cstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &cstowcs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec strtowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    strtowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_strtowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &strtowcs_methods);
-}
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*				Loader                                        */
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-XLCd
-_XlcGenericLoader(
-    const char *name)
-{
-    XLCd lcd;
-#ifdef STDCVT
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen;
-#endif
-
-    lcd = _XlcCreateLC(name, _XlcGenericMethods);
-
-    if (lcd == NULL)
-	return lcd;
-
-    default_GL_charset = _XlcGetCharSet("ISO8859-1:GL");
-    default_GR_charset = _XlcGetCharSet("ISO8859-1:GR");
-
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNCompoundText, open_mbstocts);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNString,       open_mbstostr);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNCharSet,      open_mbstocs);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNChar,         open_mbtocs);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte, open_ctstombs);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNString,    lcd, XlcNMultiByte,    open_strtombs);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet,   lcd, XlcNMultiByte,    open_cstombs);
-
-#ifdef STDCVT
-     gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);
-
-     if (gen->use_stdc_env != True) {
-#endif
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_mbstowcs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNMultiByte,    open_wcstombs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNCompoundText, open_wcstocts);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNString,       open_wcstostr);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNCharSet,      open_wcstocs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNChar,         open_wctocs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar,  open_ctstowcs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNString,    lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_strtowcs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet,   lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_cstowcs);
-#ifdef STDCVT
-    }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STDCVT
-    if (gen->use_stdc_env == True) {
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_stdc_mbstowcs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNMultiByte,    open_stdc_wcstombs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNCompoundText, open_stdc_wcstocts);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNString,       open_stdc_wcstostr);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNCharSet,      open_stdc_wcstocs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNChar,         open_stdc_wctocs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar,  open_stdc_ctstowcs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNString,    lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_stdc_strtowcs);
-        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet,   lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_stdc_cstowcs);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    _XlcAddUtf8Converters(lcd);
-
-    return lcd;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided

+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising

+ * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the

+ * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"

+ * without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp

+ */

+/*

+ *  (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED

+ *  This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint

+ *  Development Agreement for the CDE/Motif PST.

+ *

+ *   Modifier: Masayoshi Shimamura      FUJITSU LIMITED

+ *

+ */

+/*

+ *  2000

+ *  Modifier: Ivan Pascal      The XFree86 Project

+ */

+

+/*

+ * A generic locale loader for all kinds of ISO-2022 based codesets.

+ * Supports: all locales.

+ * How: Provides generic converters for ISO-2022 based codesets. Extensible as

+ *      far as ISO-2022 is extensible: codesets can be given by name in the

+ *      stream. Overall distinction between GL (0x00..0x7f) and GR (0x80..0xff).

+ *      In every chunk between escape sequences, the number of bytes per

+ *      character (char_size) is constant.

+ * Platforms: all systems.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XlcGeneric.h"

+#include <stdio.h>

+

+#if !defined(Lynx_22) && !defined(X_LOCALE)

+#define STDCVT

+#endif

+

+typedef struct _CTDataRec {

+    const char *name;

+    const char *encoding; /* Compound Text encoding */

+} CTDataRec, *CTData;

+

+static CTDataRec directionality_data[] =

+{

+    { "BEGIN_LEFT-TO-RIGHT_TEXT", "\2331]" },

+    { "BEGIN_RIGHT-TO-LEFT_TEXT", "\2332]" },

+    { "END_OF_STRING", "\233]" },

+};

+

+typedef struct _StateRec {

+    XLCd lcd;

+    /* CT state */

+    XlcCharSet charset;		/* charset of current state */

+    XlcCharSet GL_charset;	/* charset of initial state in GL */

+    XlcCharSet GR_charset;	/* charset of initial state in GR */

+    /* MB shift state */

+    CodeSet  GL_codeset;

+    CodeSet  GR_codeset;

+} StateRec, *State;

+

+#define GR      0x80    /* begins right-side (non-ascii) region */

+#define GL      0x7f    /* ends left-side (ascii) region        */

+#define ESC	0x1b

+#define CSI	0x9b

+#define STX	0x02

+

+#define isrightside(c)   ((c) & GR)

+#define isleftside(c)  (!isrightside(c))

+

+/* Forward declarations for local routines. */

+static int mbstocts (XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,

+		     XPointer *to, int *to_left, XPointer *args, int num_args);

+static int ctstombs (XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,

+		     XPointer *to, int *to_left, XPointer *args, int num_args);

+static int cstombs (XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,

+		    XPointer *to, int *to_left, XPointer *args, int num_args);

+

+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+/*				Misc                                         */

+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+

+static int

+compare(

+    const char *src,

+    const char *encoding,

+    int length)

+{

+    const char *start = src;

+

+    while (length-- > 0) {

+	if (*src++ != *encoding++)

+	    return 0;

+	if (*encoding == '\0')

+	    return src - start;

+    }

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static unsigned long

+conv_to_dest(

+    Conversion conv,

+    unsigned long code)

+{

+    int i;

+    int conv_num = conv->conv_num;

+    FontScope convlist = conv->convlist;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < conv_num; i++) {

+  	if (convlist[i].start <= code && code <= convlist[i].end) {

+	    switch (convlist[i].shift_direction) {

+	    case '+':

+	        return(code + convlist[i].shift);

+	    case '-':

+		return(code - convlist[i].shift);

+            default:

+		return(code);

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    return(code);

+}

+

+static unsigned long

+conv_to_source(

+    Conversion conv,

+    unsigned long code)

+{

+    int i;

+    int conv_num;

+    FontScope convlist;

+    unsigned long start_p;

+    unsigned long start_m;

+    unsigned long end_p;

+    unsigned long end_m;

+

+    if (!conv)

+	return(code);

+

+    conv_num = conv->conv_num;

+    convlist = conv->convlist;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < conv_num; i++) {

+        switch (convlist[i].shift_direction) {

+	case '+':

+            start_p = convlist[i].start + convlist[i].shift;

+            end_p = convlist[i].end + convlist[i].shift;

+	    if (start_p <= code && code <= end_p)

+		return(code - convlist[i].shift);

+            break;

+	case '-':

+            start_m = convlist[i].start - convlist[i].shift;

+            end_m = convlist[i].end - convlist[i].shift;

+	    if (start_m <= code && code <= end_m)

+		return(code + convlist[i].shift);

+            break;

+        default:

+	    continue;

+	}

+    }

+

+    return(code);

+}

+

+static unsigned long

+mb_to_gi(

+    unsigned long mb,

+    CodeSet codeset)

+{

+    int i;

+    unsigned long mb_tmp, mask = 0;

+

+    if (codeset->mbconv) {

+	mb_tmp = conv_to_dest(codeset->mbconv, mb);

+	if (mb_tmp != mb)

+	    return(mb_tmp);

+    }

+

+    if (codeset->side == XlcC0 || codeset->side == XlcGL ||

+	codeset->side == XlcC1 || codeset->side == XlcGR) {

+

+        for (i = 0; i < codeset->length; i++)

+	    mask = (mask << 8) | GL;

+	mb = mb & mask;

+    }

+

+    return(mb);

+}

+

+static unsigned long

+gi_to_mb(

+    unsigned long glyph_index,

+    CodeSet codeset)

+{

+    int i;

+    unsigned long mask = 0;

+

+    if (codeset->side == XlcC1 || codeset->side == XlcGR) {

+        for (i = 0; i < codeset->length; i++)

+	    mask = (mask << 8) | GR;

+	glyph_index = glyph_index | mask;

+    }

+

+    if (codeset->mbconv)

+        return( conv_to_source(codeset->mbconv, glyph_index) );

+

+    return(glyph_index);

+}

+

+static Bool

+gi_to_wc(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    unsigned long glyph_index,

+    CodeSet codeset,

+    wchar_t *wc)

+{

+    unsigned char mask = 0;

+    unsigned long wc_encoding = codeset->wc_encoding;

+    int length = codeset->length;

+    unsigned long wc_shift_bits = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);

+

+    mask = (1 << wc_shift_bits) - 1 ;

+

+    for (*wc = 0, length--; length >= 0; length--)

+	*wc = (*wc << wc_shift_bits) | ((glyph_index >> (length * 8 )) & mask);

+

+    *wc = *wc | wc_encoding;

+

+    return(True);

+}

+

+static Bool

+wc_to_gi(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    wchar_t wc,

+    unsigned long *glyph_index,

+    CodeSet *codeset)

+{

+    int i;

+    unsigned char mask = 0;

+    unsigned long wc_encoding;

+    unsigned long wc_encode_mask = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_encode_mask);

+    unsigned long wc_shift_bits = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);

+    int codeset_num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);

+    CodeSet *codeset_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);

+

+    wc_encoding = wc & wc_encode_mask;

+    for (*codeset = NULL, i = 0; i < codeset_num; i++) {

+	if (wc_encoding == codeset_list[i]->wc_encoding) {

+	    *codeset = codeset_list[i];

+	    break;

+        }

+    }

+    if (*codeset == NULL)

+	return(False);

+

+    mask = (1 << wc_shift_bits) - 1 ;

+

+    wc = wc & ~wc_encode_mask;

+    for (*glyph_index = 0, i = (*codeset)->length - 1; i >= 0; i--)

+	*glyph_index = (*glyph_index << 8) |

+		      ( ((unsigned long)wc >> (i * wc_shift_bits)) & mask );

+

+    return(True);

+}

+

+static CodeSet

+mb_parse_codeset(

+    State state,

+    int num,

+    const char **inbufptr,

+    int *from_left)

+{

+    int len;

+    int from_len = (*from_left) + 1;

+    const char *src = (*inbufptr) - 1;

+    ParseInfo *mb_parse_list = XLC_GENERIC(state->lcd, mb_parse_list);

+    ParseInfo parse_info;

+    CodeSet codeset;

+

+    for (--num ; (parse_info = mb_parse_list[num]) != NULL; num++) {

+       len = compare(src, parse_info->encoding, from_len);

+       if (len > 0) {

+           codeset = parse_info->codeset;

+           if (parse_info->type == E_LSL)

+               state->GL_codeset = codeset;

+           else if (parse_info->type == E_LSR)

+               state->GR_codeset = codeset;

+           --len;

+           *inbufptr += len;

+           *from_left -= len;

+           return codeset;

+       }

+    }

+    return (CodeSet) NULL;

+}

+

+static CodeSet

+byteM_parse_codeset(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    const char *inbufptr)

+{

+    unsigned char ch;

+    CodeSet codeset;

+    ByteInfoList byteM;

+    ByteInfoListRec byteM_rec;

+    ByteInfo byteinfo;

+    ByteInfoRec byteinfo_rec;

+    Bool hit = False;

+    int i, j, k;

+

+    int codeset_num               = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);

+    CodeSet *codeset_list         = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < codeset_num; i++) {

+        codeset = codeset_list[i];

+        byteM = codeset->byteM;

+        if (codeset->side != XlcNONE || byteM == NULL)

+	    continue;

+

+        for (j = 0; j < codeset->length; j++) {

+	    ch = *((unsigned char *)(inbufptr + j));

+	    byteM_rec = byteM[j];

+	    byteinfo = byteM_rec.byteinfo;

+

+	    for (hit = False, k = 0; k < byteM_rec.byteinfo_num; k++) {

+	        byteinfo_rec = byteinfo[k];

+	        if (byteinfo_rec.start <= ch && ch <= byteinfo_rec.end) {

+	            hit = True;

+		    break;

+                }

+            }

+

+            if (!hit)

+		break;

+        }

+

+        if (hit)

+	    return(codeset);

+    }

+

+    return(NULL);

+}

+

+#define GLGR_parse_codeset(ch) \

+     (isrightside(ch) ? (state->GR_codeset) : \

+                        (state->GL_codeset) )

+

+static XlcCharSet

+gi_parse_charset(

+    unsigned long glyph_index,

+    CodeSet codeset)

+{

+    int i;

+    XlcCharSet *charset_list = codeset->charset_list;

+    int num_charsets = codeset->num_charsets;

+    ExtdSegment ctextseg = codeset->ctextseg;

+    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;

+    int area_num;

+    FontScope area;

+

+    /* lockup ct sequence */

+    for (i = 0; i < num_charsets; i++) {

+	charset = charset_list[i];

+        if (*charset->ct_sequence != '\0')

+	    break;

+    }

+    if (i >= num_charsets)

+	return(NULL);

+

+    if (charset->source != CSsrcStd)

+        return (charset);

+

+    if (!ctextseg)

+        return(charset);

+

+    area = ctextseg->area;

+    area_num = ctextseg->area_num;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < area_num; i++) {

+

+        if (area[i].start <= glyph_index && glyph_index <= area[i].end) {

+

+	    charset = ctextseg->charset;

+

+            if (*charset->ct_sequence == '\0')

+                return(NULL);

+

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    return(charset);

+}

+

+static Bool

+ct_parse_csi(

+    const char *inbufptr,

+    int *ctr_seq_len)

+{

+    int i;

+    int num = sizeof(directionality_data) / sizeof(directionality_data[0]);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+	if ( !(*ctr_seq_len = strlen(directionality_data[i].encoding)) )

+	    continue;

+

+	if ( strncmp(inbufptr, directionality_data[i].encoding,

+						*ctr_seq_len) == 0)

+            return(True);

+    }

+

+    return(False);

+}

+

+static int

+cmp_esc_sequence(

+    const char *inbufptr,

+    XlcCharSet charset)

+{

+    int seq_len, name_len, total_len;

+    unsigned char byte_m, byte_l;

+    const char *ct_sequence =  charset->ct_sequence;

+    const char *encoding_name = charset->encoding_name;

+

+    /* check esc sequence */

+    if ( !(seq_len = strlen(ct_sequence) ) )

+	return(0);

+    if ( strncmp(inbufptr, ct_sequence, seq_len) != 0)

+	return(0);

+

+    /* Standard Character Set Encoding ? */

+    if (charset->source == CSsrcStd)

+        return(seq_len);

+

+    /*

+     *   Non-Standard Character Set Encoding

+     *

+     * +--- ---+-----+-----+-----+----   ----+-----+-----+-------   ------+

+     * | ctseq |  M  |  L  |     encoding name     | STX |     contents   |

+     * +--- ---+-----+-----+-----+----   ----+-----+-----+-------   ------+

+     *  4bytes  1byte 1byte     variable length     1byte  variable length

+     * 	                   |                                              |

+     * 	                   +----------------------------------------------+

+     * 	                     rest length  = ((M - 128) * 128) + (L - 128)

+     */

+

+    /* get length of encoding name */

+    inbufptr += seq_len;

+    byte_m = *inbufptr++;

+    byte_l = *inbufptr++;

+    name_len = strlen(encoding_name);

+

+    if (((byte_m - 128) * 128 + (byte_l - 128) - 1) < name_len)

+	return(0);

+

+    if ( _XlcNCompareISOLatin1(inbufptr, encoding_name, name_len) != 0 )

+	return(0);

+

+    /* check STX (Start of Text) */

+    inbufptr = inbufptr + name_len;

+    if ( *inbufptr != STX )

+	return(0);

+

+    total_len = seq_len + name_len + 3;

+    return(total_len);

+}

+

+static Bool

+ct_parse_charset(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    const char *inbufptr,

+    XlcCharSet *charset,

+    int *ctr_seq_len)

+{

+    int i, j;

+    ExtdSegment ctextseg;

+    int num_charsets;

+    XlcCharSet *charset_list;

+    CodeSet codeset;

+    int codeset_num       = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);

+    CodeSet *codeset_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);

+    int segment_conv_num  = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, segment_conv_num);

+    SegConv segment_conv  = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, segment_conv);

+

+    /* get charset from XLC_XLOCALE by escape sequence */

+

+    for (i = 0; i < codeset_num; i++) {

+	codeset = codeset_list[i];

+

+	num_charsets = codeset->num_charsets;

+	charset_list = codeset->charset_list;

+	ctextseg     = codeset->ctextseg;

+

+	for (j = 0; j < num_charsets; j++) {

+	    *charset = charset_list[j];

+            if ((*ctr_seq_len = cmp_esc_sequence(inbufptr, *charset)))

+		return(True);

+	}

+

+	if (ctextseg) {

+	    *charset = ctextseg->charset;

+            if ((*ctr_seq_len = cmp_esc_sequence(inbufptr, *charset)))

+		return(True);

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* get charset from XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION by escape sequence */

+

+    if (!segment_conv)

+	return(False);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < segment_conv_num; i++) {

+	*charset = segment_conv[i].source;

+        if ((*ctr_seq_len = cmp_esc_sequence(inbufptr, *charset)))

+	    return(True);

+	*charset = segment_conv[i].dest;

+        if ((*ctr_seq_len = cmp_esc_sequence(inbufptr, *charset)))

+	    return(True);

+    }

+

+    return(False);

+}

+

+static Bool

+segment_conversion(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    XlcCharSet *charset,

+    unsigned long *glyph_index)

+{

+    int i;

+    int segment_conv_num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, segment_conv_num);

+    SegConv segment_conv = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, segment_conv);

+    FontScopeRec range;

+    ConversionRec conv_rec;

+

+    if (!segment_conv)

+	return(True);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < segment_conv_num; i++) {

+	if (segment_conv[i].source == *charset)

+	    break;

+    }

+

+    if (i >= segment_conv_num)

+	return(True);

+

+    range = segment_conv[i].range;

+    if (*glyph_index < range.start || range.end < *glyph_index)

+	return(True);

+

+    *charset = segment_conv[i].dest;

+    conv_rec.conv_num = segment_conv[i].conv_num;

+    conv_rec.convlist = segment_conv[i].conv;

+    *glyph_index = conv_to_dest(&conv_rec, *glyph_index);

+

+    return(True);

+}

+

+static CodeSet

+_XlcGetCodeSetFromName(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    const char *name)

+{

+    int i, j;

+    XlcCharSet charset;

+    int num_charsets;

+    XlcCharSet *charset_list;

+    CodeSet codeset;

+

+    int codeset_num       = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);

+    CodeSet *codeset_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < codeset_num; i++) {

+        codeset = codeset_list[i];

+

+        num_charsets = codeset->num_charsets;

+        charset_list = codeset->charset_list;

+

+        for (j = 0; j < num_charsets; j++) {

+            charset = charset_list[j];

+

+            if (!strlen(charset->name))

+                continue;

+            if ( strcmp(charset->name, name) == 0)

+                return(codeset);

+        }

+    }

+

+    return(NULL);

+}

+

+static Bool

+_XlcGetCodeSetFromCharSet(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    XlcCharSet charset,

+    CodeSet *codeset,

+    unsigned long *glyph_index)

+{

+    int j, num;

+    CodeSet *codeset_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);

+    XlcCharSet *charset_list;

+    int codeset_num, num_charsets;

+    Conversion ctconv;

+    unsigned long glyph_index_tmp = 0;

+    ExtdSegment ctextseg;

+

+    codeset_num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);

+

+    for (num = 0 ; num < codeset_num; num++) {

+        *codeset = codeset_list[num];

+        ctconv = (*codeset)->ctconv;

+	ctextseg = (*codeset)->ctextseg;

+

+        num_charsets = (*codeset)->num_charsets;

+        charset_list = (*codeset)->charset_list;

+

+        glyph_index_tmp = conv_to_source(ctconv, *glyph_index);

+

+        if (charset->source == CSsrcStd) {

+

+            /* Standard Character Set Encoding */

+	    if (glyph_index_tmp == *glyph_index) {

+                for (j = 0; j < num_charsets; j++) {

+                    if (charset_list[j] == charset) {

+                        goto end_loop;

+                    }

+                }

+            }

+

+	} else {

+

+            /* Non-Standard Character Set Encoding */

+            for (j = 0; j < num_charsets; j++) {

+                if (charset_list[j] == charset) {

+                    goto end_loop;

+                }

+            }

+

+            if (glyph_index_tmp != *glyph_index) {

+		if (ctextseg && ctextseg->charset == charset) {

+		    goto end_loop;

+                }

+            }

+

+	}

+

+    }

+

+end_loop:

+    if (num < codeset_num) {

+	*glyph_index = glyph_index_tmp;

+	return(True);

+    }

+

+    return(False);

+}

+

+#define check_string_encoding(codeset)	(codeset->string_encoding)

+

+static void

+output_ulong_value(

+    char *outbufptr,

+    unsigned long code,

+    int length,

+    XlcSide side)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = (length - 1) * 8; i >= 0; i -= 8) {

+	*outbufptr = ( code >> i) & 0xff;

+

+	if (side == XlcC0 || side == XlcGL) {

+	    *outbufptr = *outbufptr & GL;

+	} else if (side == XlcC1 || side == XlcGR) {

+	    *outbufptr = *outbufptr | GR;

+	}

+

+	outbufptr++;

+    }

+}

+

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+/*				Init                                          */

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+

+static XlcCharSet default_GL_charset = 0;

+static XlcCharSet default_GR_charset = 0;

+

+static void

+init_state(

+    XlcConv conv)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+

+    /* for CT */

+    state->charset = NULL;

+    state->GL_charset = default_GL_charset;

+    state->GR_charset = default_GR_charset;

+

+    /* for MB shift state */

+    state->GL_codeset = XLC_GENERIC(state->lcd, initial_state_GL);

+    state->GR_codeset = XLC_GENERIC(state->lcd, initial_state_GR);

+}

+

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+/*				Convert                                       */

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+

+static int

+mbstowcs_org(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    unsigned char ch;

+    unsigned long mb = 0;

+    wchar_t wc;

+

+    int length = 0, len_left = 0;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+    int num;

+

+    CodeSet codeset = NULL;

+

+    const char *inbufptr = *from;

+    wchar_t *outbufptr = (wchar_t *) *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    unsigned char *mb_parse_table = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_table);

+

+    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {

+	_XlcResetConverter(conv);

+        return( 0 );

+    }

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+	ch = *inbufptr++;

+	(*from_left)--;

+

+	/* null ? */

+	if (!ch) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = L'\0';}

+	    (*to_left)--;

+

+	    /* error check */

+            if (len_left) {

+	        unconv_num += (length - len_left);

+		len_left = 0;

+            }

+

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+	/* same mb char data */

+        if (len_left)

+	    goto output_one_wc;

+

+        /* next mb char data for single shift ? */

+	if (mb_parse_table && (num = mb_parse_table[ch]) ) {

+	    codeset = mb_parse_codeset(state, num, &inbufptr, from_left);

+            if (codeset != NULL) {

+		length = len_left = codeset->length;

+		mb = 0;

+		continue;

+	    }

+        }

+

+	/* next mb char data for byteM ? */

+	if ((codeset = byteM_parse_codeset(lcd, (inbufptr - 1))))

+	    goto next_mb_char;

+

+	/* next mb char data for GL or GR side ? */

+	if ((codeset = GLGR_parse_codeset(ch)))

+	    goto next_mb_char;

+

+        /* can't find codeset for the ch */

+        unconv_num++;

+        continue;

+

+next_mb_char:

+        length = len_left = codeset->length;

+	mb = 0;

+

+output_one_wc:

+	mb = (mb << 8) | ch;  /* 1 byte left shift */

+	len_left--;

+

+        /* last of one mb char data */

+        if (!len_left) {

+            gi_to_wc(lcd, mb_to_gi(mb, codeset), codeset, &wc);

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = wc;}

+	    (*to_left)--;

+        }

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    /* error check on last char */

+    if (len_left) {

+	inbufptr -= (length - len_left);

+	(*from_left) += (length - len_left);

+	unconv_num += (length - len_left);

+    }

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_mbstowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    const char *src = *((const char **) from);

+    wchar_t *dst = *((wchar_t **) to);

+    int src_left = *from_left;

+    int dst_left = *to_left;

+    int length, unconv_num = 0;

+

+    while (src_left > 0 && dst_left > 0) {

+	length = mbtowc(dst, src, src_left);

+

+	if (length > 0) {

+	    src += length;

+	    src_left -= length;

+	    if (dst)

+	        dst++;

+	    dst_left--;

+	} else if (length < 0) {

+	    src++;

+	    src_left--;

+	    unconv_num++;

+        } else {

+            /* null ? */

+            src++;

+            src_left--;

+            if (dst)

+                *dst++ = L'\0';

+            dst_left--;

+        }

+    }

+

+    *from = (XPointer) src;

+    if (dst)

+	*to = (XPointer) dst;

+    *from_left = src_left;

+    *to_left = dst_left;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+wcstombs_org(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    char *encoding;

+    unsigned long mb, glyph_index;

+    wchar_t wc;

+

+    int length;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+

+    CodeSet codeset;

+

+    const wchar_t *inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;

+    char *outbufptr = *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    const char *default_string = XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, default_string);

+    int defstr_len = strlen(default_string);

+

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+        wc = *inbufptr++;

+        (*from_left)--;

+

+        /* null ? */

+        if (!wc) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}

+            (*to_left)--;

+

+            continue;

+        }

+

+        /* convert */

+	if ( !wc_to_gi(lcd, wc, &glyph_index, &codeset) ) {

+

+	    /* output default_string of XDefaultString() */

+            if (*to_left < defstr_len)

+		break;

+	    if (outbufptr) {

+                strncpy((char *)outbufptr, default_string, defstr_len);

+                outbufptr += defstr_len;

+            }

+	    (*to_left) -= defstr_len;

+

+            unconv_num++;

+

+        } else {

+            mb = gi_to_mb(glyph_index, codeset);

+	    if (codeset->parse_info) {

+                Bool need_shift = False;

+                switch (codeset->parse_info->type) {

+                    case E_LSL :

+                        if (codeset != state->GL_codeset) {

+                            need_shift = True;

+                            state->GL_codeset = codeset;

+                        }

+                        break;

+                    case E_LSR :

+                        if (codeset != state->GR_codeset) {

+                            need_shift = True;

+                            state->GR_codeset = codeset;

+                        }

+                        break;

+                    /* case E_SS */

+                    default:

+                        need_shift = True;

+                }

+

+		/* output shift sequence */

+                if (need_shift) {

+		    encoding = codeset->parse_info->encoding;

+                    length = strlen(encoding);

+                    if (*to_left < length)

+		        break;

+	            if (outbufptr) {

+                        strncpy((char *)outbufptr, encoding, length);

+	                outbufptr += length;

+                    }

+	            (*to_left) -= length;

+                }

+            }

+

+            /* output characters */

+	    length = codeset->length;

+            if (*to_left < length)

+		break;

+

+	    if (outbufptr) {

+		output_ulong_value(outbufptr, mb, length, XlcNONE);

+	        outbufptr += length;

+	    }

+

+	    (*to_left) -= length;

+        }

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_wcstombs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    const wchar_t *src = *((const wchar_t **) from);

+    char *dst = *((char **) to);

+    int src_left = *from_left;

+    int dst_left = *to_left;

+    int length, unconv_num = 0;

+

+    while (src_left > 0 && dst_left >= MB_CUR_MAX) {

+	length = wctomb(dst, *src);		/* XXX */

+

+        if (length > 0) {

+	    src++;

+	    src_left--;

+	    if (dst)

+		dst += length;

+	    dst_left -= length;

+	} else if (length < 0) {

+	    src++;

+	    src_left--;

+	    unconv_num++;

+	}

+    }

+

+    *from = (XPointer) src;

+    if (dst)

+      *to = (XPointer) dst;

+    *from_left = src_left;

+    *to_left = dst_left;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+wcstocts(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    unsigned long glyph_index;

+    wchar_t wc;

+

+    int total_len, seq_len, name_len;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+    Bool first_flag = True, standard_flag;

+    XlcSide side;

+

+    CodeSet codeset;

+    XlcCharSet charset, old_charset = NULL;

+    const char *ct_sequence;

+

+    const wchar_t *inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;

+    char *outbufptr = *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+    char *ext_seg_len = NULL;

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+        wc = *inbufptr++;

+        (*from_left)--;

+

+        /* null ? */

+        if (!wc) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}

+            (*to_left)--;

+

+            continue;

+        }

+

+        /* convert */

+	if ( !wc_to_gi(lcd, wc, &glyph_index, &codeset) ) {

+            unconv_num++;

+	    continue;

+        }

+

+        /* parse charset */

+        if ( !(charset = gi_parse_charset(glyph_index, codeset)) ) {

+            unconv_num++;

+	    continue;

+        }

+

+        /* Standard Character Set Encoding ? */

+	standard_flag = charset->source == CSsrcStd ? True : False;

+

+        /*

+         *   Non-Standard Character Set Encoding

+         *

+         * +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+----   ----+-----+-----+

+         * |     esc sequence      |  M  |  L  |     encoding name     | STX |

+         * +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+----   ----+-----+-----+

+         *           4bytes         1byte 1byte     variable length     1byte

+         * 	                   |                                         |

+         * 	                   +-----------------------------------------+

+         * 	                     name length  = ((M - 128) * 128) + (L - 128)

+         */

+

+        /* make encoding data */

+	ct_sequence = charset->ct_sequence;

+	side = charset->side;

+        seq_len = strlen(ct_sequence);

+	if (standard_flag) {

+            name_len = 0;

+	    total_len = seq_len;

+	} else {

+            name_len = strlen(charset->encoding_name) + 1;

+	    total_len = seq_len + name_len + 2;

+	}

+

+        /* output escape sequence of CT */

+	if ( (charset != old_charset) &&

+	    !(first_flag && charset->string_encoding) ){

+

+            if ( (ext_seg_len != NULL) && outbufptr) {

+                int i = (outbufptr - ext_seg_len) - 2;

+                *ext_seg_len++ = i / 128 + 128;

+                *ext_seg_len   = i % 128 + 128;

+                ext_seg_len = NULL;

+            }

+

+	    if (*to_left < total_len + 1) {

+                unconv_num++;

+	        break;

+	    }

+

+	    if (outbufptr) {

+	        strcpy((char *)outbufptr, ct_sequence);

+		outbufptr += seq_len;

+

+                if (!standard_flag) {

+                    const char *i = charset->encoding_name;

+                    ext_seg_len = outbufptr;

+                    outbufptr += 2;

+	            for (; *i ; i++)

+                        *outbufptr++ = ((*i >= 'A') && (*i <= 'Z')) ?

+                                       *i - 'A' + 'a' : *i;

+		    *outbufptr++ = STX;

+                }

+	    }

+

+	    (*to_left) -= total_len;

+

+	    first_flag = False;

+	    old_charset = charset;

+	}

+

+        /* output glyph index */

+	if (codeset->ctconv)

+            glyph_index = conv_to_dest(codeset->ctconv, glyph_index);

+        if (*to_left < charset->char_size) {

+            unconv_num++;

+	    break;

+        }

+

+	if (outbufptr) {

+	   output_ulong_value(outbufptr, glyph_index, charset->char_size, side);

+	   outbufptr += charset->char_size;

+	}

+

+	(*to_left) -= charset->char_size;

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    if ( (ext_seg_len != NULL) && outbufptr) {

+        int i = (outbufptr - ext_seg_len) - 2;

+        *ext_seg_len++ = i / 128 + 128;

+        *ext_seg_len   = i % 128 + 128;

+    }

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_wcstocts(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);

+    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;

+    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;

+    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;

+    int buf_left2;

+    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;

+

+    unconv_num1 = stdc_wcstombs(conv,

+		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num1 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;

+

+    unconv_num2 = mbstocts(conv,

+		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num2 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+ret:

+    if (buf)

+	Xfree((char *)buf);

+

+    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);

+}

+

+static int

+ctstowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    unsigned char ch;

+    unsigned long glyph_index = 0;

+    wchar_t wc;

+

+    int ctr_seq_len = 0, gi_len_left = 0, gi_len = 0;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+

+    CodeSet codeset = NULL;

+    XlcCharSet charset_tmp;

+

+    const char *inbufptr = *from;

+    wchar_t *outbufptr = (wchar_t *) *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    _XlcResetConverter(conv); /* ??? */

+

+    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {

+	_XlcResetConverter(conv);

+        return( 0 );

+    }

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+	ch = *inbufptr++;

+	(*from_left)--;

+

+	/* null ? */

+	if (!ch) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = L'\0';}

+	    (*to_left)--;

+

+	    /* error check */

+            if (gi_len_left) {

+	        unconv_num += (gi_len - gi_len_left);

+		gi_len_left = 0;

+            }

+

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+	/* same glyph_index data */

+        if (gi_len_left)

+	    goto output_one_wc;

+

+        /* control sequence ? */

+        if (ch == CSI) {

+            if ( !ct_parse_csi(inbufptr - 1, &ctr_seq_len) )

+	        goto skip_the_seg;

+

+	    if (*from_left + 1 < ctr_seq_len) {

+		inbufptr--;

+		(*from_left)++;

+		unconv_num += *from_left;

+		break;

+	    }

+

+            /* skip the control sequence */

+	    inbufptr += (ctr_seq_len - 1);

+	    *from_left -= (ctr_seq_len - 1);

+

+            continue;

+	}

+

+        /* escape sequence ? */

+        if (ch == ESC) {

+	    if ( !ct_parse_charset(lcd,

+			inbufptr - 1, &state->charset, &ctr_seq_len) )

+		goto skip_the_seg;

+

+	    if (state->charset->side == XlcC0 ||

+		state->charset->side == XlcGL)

+	      {

+		state->GL_charset = state->charset;

+	      }

+	    else if (state->charset->side == XlcC1 ||

+		     state->charset->side == XlcGR)

+	      {

+		state->GR_charset = state->charset;

+	      }

+	    else if (state->charset->side == XlcGLGR)

+	      {

+		state->GL_charset = state->charset;

+		state->GR_charset = state->charset;

+	      }

+

+	    if (*from_left + 1 < ctr_seq_len) {

+		inbufptr--;

+		(*from_left)++;

+		unconv_num += *from_left;

+		break;

+	    }

+

+            /* skip the escape sequence */

+	    inbufptr += (ctr_seq_len - 1);

+	    *from_left -= (ctr_seq_len - 1);

+

+            continue;

+        }

+

+ 	/* check current state */

+	if (isleftside(ch))

+	  state->charset = state->GL_charset;

+	else

+	  state->charset = state->GR_charset;

+

+	gi_len = gi_len_left = state->charset->char_size;

+	glyph_index = 0;

+

+output_one_wc:

+        if (state->charset->side == XlcC1 || state->charset->side == XlcGR)

+            glyph_index = (glyph_index << 8) | (ch & GL);

+        else

+            glyph_index = (glyph_index << 8) | ch;

+

+	gi_len_left--;

+

+        /* last of one glyph_index data */

+        if (!gi_len_left) {

+

+	    /* segment conversion */

+	    charset_tmp = state->charset;

+	    segment_conversion(lcd, &charset_tmp, &glyph_index);

+

+            /* get codeset */

+            if ( !_XlcGetCodeSetFromCharSet(lcd, charset_tmp,

+						&codeset, &glyph_index) ) {

+		unconv_num += gi_len;

+		continue;

+            }

+

+            /* convert glyph index to wicd char */

+            gi_to_wc(lcd, glyph_index, codeset, &wc);

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = wc;}

+	    (*to_left)--;

+        }

+

+        continue;

+

+skip_the_seg:

+	/* skip until next escape or control sequence */

+        while ( *from_left ) {

+	    ch = *inbufptr++;

+	    (*from_left)--;

+	    unconv_num++;

+

+            if (ch == ESC || ch == CSI) {

+		inbufptr--;

+		(*from_left)++;

+		unconv_num--;

+		break;

+	    }

+        }

+

+        if ( !(*from_left) )

+	    break;

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    /* error check on last char */

+    if (gi_len_left) {

+	inbufptr -= (gi_len - gi_len_left);

+	(*from_left) += (gi_len - gi_len_left);

+	unconv_num += (gi_len - gi_len_left);

+    }

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+cstowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    unsigned char ch;

+    unsigned long glyph_index = 0;

+    wchar_t wc;

+    int gi_len_left = 0, gi_len = 0;

+

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+

+    CodeSet codeset = NULL;

+    XlcCharSet charset, charset_tmp;

+

+    const char *inbufptr = *from;

+    wchar_t *outbufptr = (wchar_t *) *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {

+        return( 0 );

+    }

+

+    charset = (XlcCharSet) args[0];

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+        if (!gi_len_left) {

+            gi_len_left = gi_len = charset->char_size;

+            glyph_index = 0;

+        }

+

+	ch = *inbufptr++;

+	(*from_left)--;

+

+	/* null ? */

+	if (!ch) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = L'\0';}

+	    (*to_left)--;

+

+	    /* error check */

+            if (gi_len_left) {

+	        unconv_num += (gi_len - gi_len_left);

+		gi_len_left = 0;

+            }

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+        if (charset->side == XlcC1 || charset->side == XlcGR)

+            glyph_index = (glyph_index << 8) | (ch & GL);

+        else

+            glyph_index = (glyph_index << 8) | ch;

+

+	gi_len_left--;

+

+        /* last of one glyph_index data */

+        if (!gi_len_left) {

+

+	    /* segment conversion */

+	    charset_tmp = charset;

+	    segment_conversion(lcd, &charset_tmp, &glyph_index);

+

+            /* get codeset */

+            if ( !_XlcGetCodeSetFromCharSet(lcd, charset_tmp,

+						&codeset, &glyph_index) ) {

+		unconv_num += gi_len;

+		continue;

+            }

+

+            /* convert glyph index to wicd char */

+            gi_to_wc(lcd, glyph_index, codeset, &wc);

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = wc;}

+	    (*to_left)--;

+        }

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    /* error check on last char */

+    if (gi_len_left) {

+	inbufptr -= (gi_len - gi_len_left);

+	(*from_left) += (gi_len - gi_len_left);

+	unconv_num += (gi_len - gi_len_left);

+    }

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_ctstowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);

+    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;

+    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;

+    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;

+    int buf_left2;

+    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;

+

+    unconv_num1 = ctstombs(conv,

+		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num1 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;

+

+    unconv_num2 = stdc_mbstowcs(conv,

+		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num2 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+ret:

+    if (buf)

+	Xfree((char *)buf);

+

+    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_cstowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);

+    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;

+    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;

+    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;

+    int buf_left2;

+    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;

+

+    unconv_num1 = cstombs(conv,

+		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num1 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;

+

+    unconv_num2 = stdc_mbstowcs(conv,

+		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num2 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+ret:

+    if (buf)

+	Xfree((char *)buf);

+

+    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);

+}

+

+static int

+mbstocts(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * sizeof(wchar_t));

+    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;

+    int buf_left1 = (*from_left);

+    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;

+    int buf_left2;

+    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;

+

+    unconv_num1 = mbstowcs_org(conv,

+		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num1 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+    buf_left2 = (buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2) / sizeof(wchar_t);

+

+    unconv_num2 += wcstocts(conv,

+		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num2 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+ret:

+    if (buf)

+	Xfree((char *)buf);

+

+    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);

+}

+

+static int

+mbstostr(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    unsigned char ch;

+    unsigned long mb = 0;

+

+    int length = 0, len_left = 0;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+    int num;

+

+    CodeSet codeset = NULL;

+

+    const char *inbufptr = *from;

+    char *outbufptr = *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    unsigned char *mb_parse_table = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_table);

+

+    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {

+	_XlcResetConverter(conv);

+        return( 0 );

+    }

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+	ch = *inbufptr++;

+	(*from_left)--;

+

+	/* null ? */

+	if (!ch) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}

+	    (*to_left)--;

+

+            /* error check */

+            if (len_left) {

+                unconv_num += (length - len_left);

+                len_left = 0;

+            }

+

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+        /* same mb char data */

+        if (len_left)

+            goto output_one_mb;

+

+        /* next mb char data for single shift ? */

+	if (mb_parse_table && (num = mb_parse_table[ch]) ) {

+	    codeset = mb_parse_codeset(state, num, &inbufptr, from_left);

+            if (codeset != NULL) {

+		length = len_left = codeset->length;

+		mb = 0;

+		continue;

+	    }

+        }

+

+	/* next char data : byteM ? */

+	if ((codeset = byteM_parse_codeset(lcd, (inbufptr - 1))))

+	    goto next_mb_char;

+

+	/* next char data : GL or GR side ? */

+	if ((codeset = GLGR_parse_codeset(ch)))

+	    goto next_mb_char;

+

+        /* can't find codeset for the ch */

+        unconv_num++;

+        continue;

+

+next_mb_char:

+        length = len_left = codeset->length;

+        mb = 0;

+

+output_one_mb:

+        mb = (mb << 8) | ch;  /* 1 byte left shift */

+        len_left--;

+

+        /* last of one mb char data */

+        if (!len_left) {

+            if (check_string_encoding(codeset)) {

+                if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = mb & 0xff;}

+		(*to_left)--;

+            } else {

+	        unconv_num++;

+            }

+        }

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    /* error check on last char */

+    if (len_left) {

+        inbufptr -= (length - len_left);

+        (*from_left) += (length - len_left);

+        unconv_num += (length - len_left);

+    }

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+mbtocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    unsigned char ch;

+    unsigned long mb = 0;

+    unsigned long glyph_index;

+

+    int length = 0, len_left = 0, char_len;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+    int num;

+    XlcSide side;

+

+    CodeSet codeset = NULL;

+    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;

+

+    const char *inbufptr = *from;

+    char *outbufptr = *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    unsigned char *mb_parse_table = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_table);

+

+    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL) {

+	_XlcResetConverter(conv);

+        return( 0 );

+    }

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+	ch = *inbufptr++;

+	(*from_left)--;

+

+	/* null ? */

+	if (!ch) {

+            unconv_num = 1;

+            if (len_left)

+	        unconv_num += (length - len_left);

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	/* same mb char data */

+        if (len_left)

+	    goto output;

+

+        /* next mb char data for single shift ? */

+	if (mb_parse_table && (num = mb_parse_table[ch]) ) {

+	    codeset = mb_parse_codeset(state, num, &inbufptr, from_left);

+            if (codeset != NULL) {

+		length = len_left = codeset->length;

+		mb = 0;

+		continue;

+	    }

+        }

+

+	/* next mb char data for byteM ? */

+	if ((codeset = byteM_parse_codeset(lcd, (inbufptr - 1))))

+	    goto next_mb_char;

+

+	/* next mb char data for GL or GR side ? */

+	if ((codeset = GLGR_parse_codeset(ch)))

+	    goto next_mb_char;

+

+        /* can't find codeset for the ch */

+        unconv_num = 1;

+        break;

+

+next_mb_char:

+        length = len_left = codeset->length;

+	mb = 0;

+

+output:

+	mb = (mb << 8) | ch;  /* 1 byte left shift */

+	len_left--;

+

+        /* last of one mb char data */

+        if (!len_left) {

+            glyph_index = mb_to_gi(mb, codeset);

+            if (!(charset = gi_parse_charset(glyph_index, codeset))) {

+                unconv_num = length;

+                break;

+            }

+            char_len = charset->char_size;

+	    side = charset->side;

+

+            /* output glyph index */

+            if (codeset->ctconv)

+                glyph_index = conv_to_dest(codeset->ctconv, glyph_index);

+            if (*to_left < char_len) {

+                unconv_num = length;

+                break;

+            }

+

+	    if (outbufptr) {

+	        output_ulong_value(outbufptr, glyph_index, char_len, side);

+	        outbufptr += char_len;

+	    }

+

+            (*to_left) -= char_len;

+

+            break;

+        }

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    /* error end */

+    if (unconv_num) {

+        *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);

+        *from_left = 0;

+        *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+	return -1;

+    }

+

+    /* nomal end */

+    *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    if (num_args > 0)

+        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+mbstocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    int ret;

+    XlcCharSet charset_old, charset = NULL;

+    XPointer tmp_args[1];

+

+    const char *inbufptr;

+    int	in_left;

+    char *outbufptr;

+    int	out_left;

+    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;

+

+    ret = mbtocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);

+    charset_old = charset;

+

+    while ( ret == 0 && *from_left && *to_left) {

+	inbufptr = *from;

+	in_left = *from_left;

+	outbufptr = *to;

+	out_left = *to_left;

+        ret = mbtocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);

+        if (charset_old != charset) {

+           *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;

+           *from_left = in_left;

+           *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+           *to_left = out_left;

+           break;

+        }

+    }

+

+    if (num_args > 0)

+        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset_old;

+

+    /* error end */

+    if (ret != 0)

+	return( -1 );

+

+    return(0);

+}

+

+static int

+wcstostr(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    char *encoding;

+    unsigned long mb, glyph_index;

+    wchar_t wc;

+

+    int length;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+

+    CodeSet codeset;

+

+    const wchar_t *inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;

+    char *outbufptr = *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    const char *default_string = XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, default_string);

+    int defstr_len = strlen(default_string);

+

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+        wc = *inbufptr++;

+        (*from_left)--;

+

+        /* null ? */

+        if (!wc) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}

+            (*to_left)--;

+

+            continue;

+        }

+

+        /* convert */

+	if ( !wc_to_gi(lcd, wc, &glyph_index, &codeset) ) {

+

+	    /* output default_string of XDefaultString() */

+            if (*to_left < defstr_len)

+		break;

+	    if (outbufptr) {

+                strncpy((char *)outbufptr, default_string, defstr_len);

+	        outbufptr += defstr_len;

+            }

+	    (*to_left) -= defstr_len;

+

+            unconv_num++;

+

+        } else {

+            mb = gi_to_mb(glyph_index, codeset);

+

+	    if (check_string_encoding(codeset)) {

+	        if (codeset->parse_info) {

+                    Bool need_shift = False;

+                    switch (codeset->parse_info->type) {

+                        case E_LSL :

+                            if (codeset != state->GL_codeset) {

+                                need_shift = True;

+                                state->GL_codeset = codeset;

+                            }

+                            break;

+                        case E_LSR :

+                            if (codeset != state->GR_codeset) {

+                                need_shift = True;

+                                state->GR_codeset = codeset;

+                            }

+                            break;

+                        /* case E_SS */

+                        default:

+                            need_shift = True;

+                    }

+

+		    /* output shift sequence */

+                    if (need_shift) {

+		        encoding = codeset->parse_info->encoding;

+                        length = strlen(encoding);

+                        if (*to_left < length)

+		            break;

+

+	                if (outbufptr) {

+                            strncpy((char *)outbufptr, encoding, length);

+	                    outbufptr += length;

+                        }

+	                (*to_left) -= length;

+                    }

+                }

+

+                /* output characters */

+	        length = codeset->length;

+                if (*to_left < length)

+		    break;

+

+	        if (outbufptr) {

+	            output_ulong_value(outbufptr, mb, length, XlcNONE);

+	            outbufptr += length;

+	        }

+

+	        (*to_left) -= length;

+            } else {

+		unconv_num++;

+            }

+        }

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_wcstostr(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);

+    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;

+    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;

+    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;

+    int buf_left2;

+    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;

+

+    unconv_num1 = stdc_wcstombs(conv,

+		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num1 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;

+

+    unconv_num2 = mbstostr(conv,

+		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num2 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+ret:

+    if (buf)

+	Xfree((char *)buf);

+

+    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);

+}

+

+static int

+wctocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    wchar_t wc;

+    unsigned long glyph_index;

+

+    int char_len;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+    XlcSide side;

+

+    CodeSet codeset;

+    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;

+

+    const wchar_t *inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;

+    char *outbufptr = *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    if (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+        wc = *inbufptr++;

+        (*from_left)--;

+

+        /* null ? */

+        if (!wc) {

+            unconv_num = 1;

+            goto end;

+        }

+

+        /* convert */

+	if ( !wc_to_gi(lcd, wc, &glyph_index, &codeset) ) {

+            unconv_num = 1;

+	    goto end;

+        }

+

+        if ( !(charset = gi_parse_charset(glyph_index, codeset)) ) {

+            unconv_num = 1;

+	    goto end;

+        }

+	char_len = charset->char_size;

+	side = charset->side;

+

+        /* output glyph index */

+	if (codeset->ctconv)

+            glyph_index = conv_to_dest(codeset->ctconv, glyph_index);

+        if (*to_left < char_len) {

+            unconv_num++;

+	    goto end;

+        }

+

+        if (outbufptr) {

+            output_ulong_value(outbufptr, glyph_index, char_len, side);

+            outbufptr += char_len;

+        }

+

+	(*to_left) -= char_len;

+

+    }

+

+end:

+

+     /* error end */

+    if (unconv_num) {

+        *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);

+        *from_left = 0;

+        *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+        return -1;

+    }

+

+    /* nomal end */

+    *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    if (num_args > 0)

+        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_wctocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    const wchar_t *src = *((const wchar_t **) from);

+    wchar_t wch;

+    XPointer tmp_from, save_from = *from;

+    char tmp[32];

+    int length, ret, src_left = *from_left;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    if (src_left > 0 && *to_left > 0) {

+	if ((wch = *src)) {

+	    length = wctomb(tmp, wch);

+	} else {

+	    goto end;

+	}

+

+	if (length < 0)

+	    goto end;

+

+	tmp_from = (XPointer) tmp;

+	ret = mbtocs(conv, &tmp_from, &length, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+	if (ret < 0)

+	    goto end;

+

+	src++;

+	src_left--;

+    }

+

+end:

+     /* error end */

+    if (save_from == (XPointer) src) {

+        *from = (XPointer) ((const wchar_t *) *from + from_size);

+        *from_left = 0;

+	return -1;

+    }

+

+    /* nomal end */

+    *from = (XPointer) src;

+    *from_left = src_left;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+wcstocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    int ret;

+    XlcCharSet charset_old, charset = NULL;

+    XPointer tmp_args[1];

+

+    const wchar_t *inbufptr;

+    int	in_left;

+    XPointer outbufptr;

+    int	out_left;

+    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;

+

+    ret = wctocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);

+    charset_old = charset;

+

+    while ( ret == 0 && *from_left && *to_left) {

+	inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;

+	in_left = *from_left;

+	outbufptr = *to;

+	out_left = *to_left;

+        ret = wctocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);

+        if (charset_old != charset) {

+           *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;

+           *from_left = in_left;

+           *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+           *to_left = out_left;

+           break;

+        }

+    }

+

+    if (num_args > 0)

+        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset_old;

+

+    /* error end */

+    if (ret != 0)

+	return( -1 );

+

+    return(0);

+}

+

+#ifdef STDCVT

+

+static int

+stdc_wcstocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    int ret;

+    XlcCharSet charset_old, charset = NULL;

+    XPointer tmp_args[1];

+

+    const wchar_t *inbufptr;

+    int	in_left;

+    XPointer outbufptr;

+    int	out_left;

+    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;

+

+    ret = stdc_wctocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);

+    charset_old = charset;

+

+    while ( ret == 0 && *from_left && *to_left ) {

+	inbufptr = (const wchar_t *) *from;

+	in_left = *from_left;

+	outbufptr = *to;

+	out_left = *to_left;

+        ret = stdc_wctocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, 1);

+        if (charset_old != charset) {

+           *from = (XPointer) inbufptr;

+           *from_left = in_left;

+           *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+           *to_left = out_left;

+           break;

+        }

+    }

+

+    if (num_args > 0)

+        *((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset_old;

+

+    /* error end */

+    if (ret != 0)

+	return( -1 );

+

+    return(0);

+}

+

+#endif

+

+static int

+ctstombs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * sizeof(wchar_t));

+    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;

+    int buf_left1 = (*from_left);

+    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;

+    int buf_left2;

+    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;

+

+    unconv_num1 = ctstowcs(conv,

+		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num1 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+    buf_left2 = (buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2) / sizeof(wchar_t);

+

+    unconv_num2 += wcstombs_org(conv,

+		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num2 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+ret:

+    if (buf)

+	Xfree((char *)buf);

+

+    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);

+}

+

+static int

+cstombs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * sizeof(wchar_t));

+    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;

+    int buf_left1 = (*from_left);

+    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;

+    int buf_left2;

+    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;

+

+    unconv_num1 = cstowcs(conv,

+		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num1 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+    buf_left2 = (buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2) / sizeof(wchar_t);

+

+    unconv_num2 += wcstombs_org(conv,

+		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num2 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+ret:

+    if (buf)

+	Xfree((char *)buf);

+

+    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);

+}

+

+static int

+strtombs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    char *encoding;

+    unsigned long mb, glyph_index;

+    unsigned char ch;

+

+    int length;

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+

+    CodeSet codeset;

+

+    const char *inbufptr = *from;

+    char *outbufptr = *to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+        ch = *inbufptr++;

+        (*from_left)--;

+

+        /* null ? */

+        if (!ch) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = '\0';}

+            (*to_left)--;

+

+            continue;

+        }

+

+        /* convert */

+        if (isleftside(ch)) {

+	    glyph_index = ch;

+	    codeset = _XlcGetCodeSetFromName(lcd, "ISO8859-1:GL");

+	} else {

+	    glyph_index = ch & GL;

+	    codeset = _XlcGetCodeSetFromName(lcd, "ISO8859-1:GR");

+	}

+

+        if (!codeset) {

+	    unconv_num++;

+	    continue;

+        }

+

+        mb = gi_to_mb(glyph_index, codeset);

+	if (codeset->parse_info) {

+            Bool need_shift = False;

+            switch (codeset->parse_info->type) {

+                case E_LSL :

+                    if (codeset != state->GL_codeset) {

+                        need_shift = True;

+                        state->GL_codeset = codeset;

+                    }

+                    break;

+                case E_LSR :

+                    if (codeset != state->GR_codeset) {

+                        need_shift = True;

+                        state->GR_codeset = codeset;

+                    }

+                    break;

+                /* case E_SS */

+                default:

+                    need_shift = True;

+            }

+

+	    /* output shift sequence */

+            if (need_shift) {

+                encoding = codeset->parse_info->encoding;

+                length = strlen(encoding);

+                if (*to_left < length)

+		    break;

+	        if (outbufptr) {

+                    strncpy((char *)outbufptr, encoding, length);

+	            outbufptr += length;

+                }

+	        (*to_left) -= length;

+	    }

+        }

+

+        /* output characters */

+	length = codeset->length;

+        if (*to_left < length)

+	    break;

+

+        if (outbufptr) {

+            output_ulong_value(outbufptr, mb, length, XlcNONE);

+            outbufptr += length;

+        }

+

+	(*to_left) -= length;

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+strtowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+

+    unsigned char ch;

+    unsigned long glyph_index;

+    wchar_t wc;

+

+    int unconv_num = 0;

+    CodeSet codeset;

+

+    const char *inbufptr = *from;

+    wchar_t *outbufptr = (wchar_t *)*to;

+    int from_size = *from_left;

+

+    if (*from_left > *to_left)

+        *from_left = *to_left;

+

+    while (*from_left && *to_left) {

+

+        ch = *inbufptr++;

+        (*from_left)--;

+

+        /* null ? */

+        if (!ch) {

+            if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = L'\0';}

+            (*to_left)--;

+

+            continue;

+        }

+

+        /* convert */

+        if (isleftside(ch)) {

+	    glyph_index = ch;

+	    codeset = _XlcGetCodeSetFromName(lcd, "ISO8859-1:GL");

+	} else {

+	    glyph_index = ch & GL;

+	    codeset = _XlcGetCodeSetFromName(lcd, "ISO8859-1:GR");

+	}

+

+        if (!codeset) {

+	    unconv_num++;

+	    continue;

+        }

+

+        gi_to_wc(lcd, glyph_index, codeset, &wc);

+	if (outbufptr) {*outbufptr++ = wc;}

+	(*to_left)--;

+

+    } /* end of while */

+

+    *from = (XPointer) ((const char *) *from + from_size);

+    *from_left = 0;

+    *to = (XPointer) outbufptr;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_strtowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XPointer buf = Xmalloc((*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX);

+    char *buf_ptr1 = buf;

+    int buf_left1 = (*from_left) * MB_CUR_MAX;

+    char *buf_ptr2 = buf_ptr1;

+    int buf_left2;

+    int unconv_num1 = 0, unconv_num2 = 0;

+

+    unconv_num1 = strtombs(conv,

+		from, from_left, &buf_ptr1, &buf_left1, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num1 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+    buf_left2 = buf_ptr1 - buf_ptr2;

+

+    unconv_num2 = stdc_mbstowcs(conv,

+		&buf_ptr2, &buf_left2, to, to_left, args, num_args);

+    if (unconv_num2 < 0)

+        goto ret;

+

+ret:

+    if (buf)

+	Xfree((char *)buf);

+

+    return (unconv_num1 + unconv_num2);

+}

+

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+/*				Close                                         */

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+

+static void

+close_converter(

+    XlcConv conv)

+{

+    if (conv->state) {

+	Xfree((char *) conv->state);

+    }

+

+    if (conv->methods) {

+	Xfree((char *) conv->methods);

+    }

+

+    Xfree((char *) conv);

+}

+

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+/*				Open                                          */

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+

+static XlcConv

+create_conv(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    XlcConvMethods methods)

+{

+    XlcConv conv;

+    State state;

+

+    conv = (XlcConv) Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XlcConvRec));

+    if (conv == NULL)

+	return (XlcConv) NULL;

+

+    conv->methods = (XlcConvMethods) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcConvMethodsRec));

+    if (conv->methods == NULL)

+	goto err;

+    *conv->methods = *methods;

+    conv->methods->reset = init_state;

+

+    conv->state = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(StateRec));

+    if (conv->state == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    state = (State) conv->state;

+    state->lcd = lcd;

+

+    _XlcResetConverter(conv);

+

+    return conv;

+

+err:

+    close_converter(conv);

+

+    return (XlcConv) NULL;

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstocts_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    mbstocts,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_mbstocts(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstocts_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstostr_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    mbstostr,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_mbstostr(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstostr_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    mbstocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_mbstocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec mbtocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    mbtocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_mbtocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbtocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec ctstombs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    ctstombs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_ctstombs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &ctstombs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec cstombs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    cstombs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_cstombs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &cstombs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec strtombs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    strtombs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_strtombs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &strtombs_methods);

+}

+

+#ifdef STDCVT

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_mbstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_mbstowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_mbstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_mbstowcs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstombs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_wcstombs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_wcstombs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstombs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstocts_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_wcstocts,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_wcstocts(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstocts_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstostr_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_wcstostr,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_wcstostr(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstostr_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_wcstocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_wcstocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wctocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_wctocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_wctocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wctocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_ctstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_ctstowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_ctstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_ctstowcs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_cstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_cstowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_cstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_cstowcs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_strtowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_strtowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_strtowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_strtowcs_methods);

+}

+

+#endif /* STDCVT */

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    mbstowcs_org,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_mbstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstowcs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstombs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    wcstombs_org,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_wcstombs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstombs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstocts_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    wcstocts,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_wcstocts(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstocts_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstostr_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    wcstostr,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_wcstostr(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstostr_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    wcstocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_wcstocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec wctocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    wctocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_wctocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wctocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec ctstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    ctstowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_ctstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &ctstowcs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec cstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    cstowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_cstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &cstowcs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec strtowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    strtowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_strtowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &strtowcs_methods);

+}

+

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+/*				Loader                                        */

+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

+

+XLCd

+_XlcGenericLoader(

+    const char *name)

+{

+    XLCd lcd;

+#ifdef STDCVT

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen;

+#endif

+

+    lcd = _XlcCreateLC(name, _XlcGenericMethods);

+

+    if (lcd == NULL)

+	return lcd;

+

+    default_GL_charset = _XlcGetCharSet("ISO8859-1:GL");

+    default_GR_charset = _XlcGetCharSet("ISO8859-1:GR");

+

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNCompoundText, open_mbstocts);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNString,       open_mbstostr);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNCharSet,      open_mbstocs);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNChar,         open_mbtocs);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte, open_ctstombs);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNString,    lcd, XlcNMultiByte,    open_strtombs);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet,   lcd, XlcNMultiByte,    open_cstombs);

+

+#ifdef STDCVT

+     gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);

+

+     if (gen->use_stdc_env != True) {

+#endif

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_mbstowcs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNMultiByte,    open_wcstombs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNCompoundText, open_wcstocts);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNString,       open_wcstostr);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNCharSet,      open_wcstocs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNChar,         open_wctocs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar,  open_ctstowcs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNString,    lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_strtowcs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet,   lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_cstowcs);

+#ifdef STDCVT

+    }

+#endif

+

+#ifdef STDCVT

+    if (gen->use_stdc_env == True) {

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_stdc_mbstowcs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNMultiByte,    open_stdc_wcstombs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNCompoundText, open_stdc_wcstocts);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNString,       open_stdc_wcstostr);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNCharSet,      open_stdc_wcstocs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar,  lcd, XlcNChar,         open_stdc_wctocs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar,  open_stdc_ctstowcs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNString,    lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_stdc_strtowcs);

+        _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet,   lcd, XlcNWideChar,     open_stdc_cstowcs);

+    }

+#endif

+

+    _XlcAddUtf8Converters(lcd);

+

+    return lcd;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/modules/lc/gen/makefile b/libX11/modules/lc/gen/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fe90a5e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/modules/lc/gen/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+LIBRARY = liblcGenConvLoad
+
+CSRCS=lcGenConv.c
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\..\include\X11 ..\..\..\src\xlibi18n ..\..\..\src
+
diff --git a/libX11/modules/lc/xlocale/lcJis.c b/libX11/modules/lc/xlocale/lcJis.c
index 551862d9b..c2ca2f560 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/lc/xlocale/lcJis.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/lc/xlocale/lcJis.c
@@ -1,944 +1,944 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
- * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising
- * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the
- * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
- * without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
- * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
- * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
- * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.
- *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp
- */
-
-/*
- * A Japanese JIS locale.
- * Supports: all locales with codeset JIS7.
- * How: Provides converters for JIS.
- * Platforms: Only those defining X_LOCALE (only Lynx, Linux-libc5, OS/2).
- */
-
-#ifdef X_LOCALE
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XlcGeneric.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if !defined(X_LOCALE)
-#define STDCVT
-#endif
-
-typedef struct _StateRec {
-    XLCd lcd;
-    XlcCharSet charset;
-    XlcCharSet GL_charset;
-    XlcCharSet GR_charset;
-} StateRec, *State;
-
-static void
-init_state(
-    XlcConv conv)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(state->lcd);
-    CodeSet codeset;
-
-    codeset = gen->initial_state_GL;
-    if (codeset && codeset->charset_list)
-	state->GL_charset = *codeset->charset_list;
-    codeset = gen->initial_state_GR;
-    if (codeset && codeset->charset_list)
-	state->GR_charset = *codeset->charset_list;
-
-    if (state->GL_charset == NULL)
-	if ((codeset = *gen->codeset_list) != NULL)
-	    state->GL_charset = *codeset->charset_list;
-}
-
-static int
-compare(
-    const char *src,
-    const char *encoding,
-    int length)
-{
-    const char *start = src;
-
-    while (length-- > 0) {
-	if (*src++ != *encoding++)
-	    return 0;
-	if (*encoding == '\0')
-	    return src - start;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-mbtocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-    const char *src;
-    char *dst;
-    unsigned char *mb_parse_table;
-    ParseInfo *parse_list, parse_info;
-    XlcCharSet charset;
-    int length, number, encoding_len = 0;
-    int i;
-
-    src = *((const char **) from);
-    dst = *((char **) to);
-
-    mb_parse_table = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_table);
-    if (mb_parse_table != NULL) {
-	number = mb_parse_table[(unsigned char) *src];
-	if (number > 0) {
-	    parse_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_list) + number - 1;
-	    for ( ; (parse_info = *parse_list) != NULL; parse_list++) {
-		encoding_len = compare(src, parse_info->encoding, *from_left);
-		if (encoding_len > 0) {
-		    switch (parse_info->type) {
-			case E_SS:
-			    src += encoding_len;
-			    charset = *parse_info->codeset->charset_list;
-			    goto found;
-			case E_LSL:
-			case E_LSR:
-			    src += encoding_len;
-			    charset = *parse_info->codeset->charset_list;
-			    if (parse_info->type == E_LSL)
-			    	state->GL_charset = charset;
-			    else
-			    	state->GR_charset = charset;
-			    length = 0;
-			    goto end;
-			case E_GL:
-			    charset = state->GL_charset;
-			    goto found;
-			case E_GR:
-			    charset = state->GR_charset;
-			    goto found;
-			default:
-			    break;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ((*src & 0x80) && state->GR_charset)
-	charset = state->GR_charset;
-    else
-	charset = state->GL_charset;
-
-found:
-    if (charset == NULL ||
-	(num_args == 2 && (XlcCharSet) args[1] != charset))
-	return -1;
-
-    length = charset->char_size;
-    if (length > *from_left - encoding_len)
-	return -1;
-
-    if (dst) {
-	if (length > *to_left)
-	    return -1;
-	if (charset->side == XlcGL) {
-	    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
-		*dst++ = *src++ & 0x7f;
-	} else if (charset->side == XlcGR) {
-	    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
-		*dst++ = *src++ | 0x80;
-	} else {
-	    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
-		*dst++ = *src++;
-	}
-	*to = (XPointer) dst;
-	*to_left -= length;
-    }
-end:
-    *from = (XPointer) src;
-    *from_left -= encoding_len + length;
-    state->charset = charset;
-    if (num_args == 1)
-	*((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-mbstocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;
-    XPointer tmp_args[2], save_from = *from;
-    int ret, unconv_num = 0, tmp_num = 1;
-
-    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;
-
-    while (*from_left > 0 && *to_left > 0) {
-	ret = mbtocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, tmp_num);
-	if (ret < 0)
-	    break;
-	unconv_num += ret;
-	if (tmp_num == 1 && charset) {
-	    tmp_args[1] = (XPointer) charset;
-	    tmp_num = 2;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (save_from == *from)
-	return -1;
-
-    if (num_args > 0)
-	*((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-static CodeSet
-wc_parse_codeset(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    const wchar_t *wcstr)
-{
-    CodeSet *codeset;
-    unsigned long wc_encoding;
-    int num;
-
-    wc_encoding = *wcstr & XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_encode_mask);
-    num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);
-    codeset = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);
-    while (num-- > 0) {
-	if (wc_encoding == (*codeset)->wc_encoding)
-	    return *codeset;
-	codeset++;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-static int
-wcstocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-    const wchar_t *wcptr;
-    char *bufptr;
-    wchar_t wch;
-    char *tmpptr;
-    int length;
-    CodeSet codeset;
-    unsigned long wc_encoding;
-    int wcstr_len, buf_len;
-
-    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    wcptr = *((const wchar_t **) from);
-    bufptr = *((char **) to);
-    wcstr_len = *from_left;
-    buf_len = *to_left;
-
-    codeset = wc_parse_codeset(lcd, wcptr);
-    if (codeset == NULL)
-	return -1;
-    wc_encoding = codeset->wc_encoding;
-
-    if (wcstr_len < buf_len / codeset->length)
-	buf_len = wcstr_len * codeset->length;
-
-    for ( ; wcstr_len > 0 && buf_len > 0; wcptr++, wcstr_len--) {
-	wch = *wcptr;
-	if ((wch & XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_encode_mask)) != wc_encoding)
-	    break;
-	length = codeset->length;
-	buf_len -= length;
-	bufptr += length;
-
-	tmpptr = bufptr - 1;
-	if ((*codeset->charset_list)->side == XlcGL) {
-	    while (length--) {
-		*tmpptr-- = (unsigned char) (wch & 0x7f);
-		wch >>= (wchar_t)XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);
-	    }
-	} else if ((*codeset->charset_list)->side == XlcGR) {
-	    while (length--) {
-		*tmpptr-- = (unsigned char) (wch | 0x80);
-		wch >>= (wchar_t)XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    while (length--) {
-		*tmpptr-- = (unsigned char) wch;
-		wch >>= (wchar_t)XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (num_args > 0)
-	*((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = *codeset->charset_list;
-
-    *from_left -= wcptr - *((wchar_t **) from);
-    *from = (XPointer) wcptr;
-
-    *to_left -= bufptr - *((char **) to);
-    *to = bufptr;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static CodeSet
-GetCodeSetFromCharSet(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    XlcCharSet charset)
-{
-    CodeSet *codeset = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);
-    XlcCharSet *charset_list;
-    int codeset_num, num_charsets;
-
-    codeset_num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);
-
-    for ( ; codeset_num-- > 0; codeset++) {
-	num_charsets = (*codeset)->num_charsets;
-	charset_list = (*codeset)->charset_list;
-
-	for ( ; num_charsets-- > 0; charset_list++)
-	    if (*charset_list == charset)
-		return *codeset;
-    }
-
-    return (CodeSet) NULL;
-}
-
-static int
-cstombs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    const char *csptr;
-    char *bufptr;
-    int csstr_len;
-    int buf_len;
-    int num, encoding_len = 0;
-    CodeSet codeset;
-    XlcCharSet charset;
-    EncodingType type;
-    int cvt_length;
-
-    csptr = *((const char **) from);
-    bufptr = *((char **) to);
-    csstr_len = *from_left;
-    buf_len = *to_left;
-
-    if (num_args < 1)
-	return -1;
-
-    charset = (XlcCharSet) args[0];
-
-    codeset = GetCodeSetFromCharSet(state->lcd, charset);
-    if (codeset == NULL)
-	return -1;
-
-    cvt_length = 0;
-    if (codeset->parse_info) {
-	switch (type = codeset->parse_info->type) {
-	    case E_SS:
-		encoding_len = strlen(codeset->parse_info->encoding);
-		break;
-	    case E_LSL:
-	    case E_LSR:
-		if (type == E_LSL) {
-		    if (charset == state->GL_charset)
-			break;
-		} else {
-		    if (charset == state->GR_charset)
-			break;
-		}
-		encoding_len = strlen(codeset->parse_info->encoding);
-		if (encoding_len > buf_len)
-		    return -1;
-		cvt_length += encoding_len;
-		if (bufptr) {
-		    strcpy(bufptr, codeset->parse_info->encoding);
-		    bufptr += encoding_len;
-		}
-		buf_len -= encoding_len;
-		encoding_len = 0;
-		if (type == E_LSL)
-		    state->GL_charset = charset;
-		else
-		    state->GR_charset = charset;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    csstr_len /= codeset->length;
-    buf_len /= codeset->length + encoding_len;
-    if (csstr_len < buf_len)
-	buf_len = csstr_len;
-
-    cvt_length += buf_len * (encoding_len + codeset->length);
-    if (bufptr) {
-	while (buf_len--) {
-	    if (encoding_len) {
-		strcpy(bufptr, codeset->parse_info->encoding);
-		bufptr += encoding_len;
-	    }
-	    num = codeset->length;
-	    if (codeset->side == XlcGL) {
-		while (num--)
-		    *bufptr++ = *csptr++ & 0x7f;
-	    } else if (codeset->side == XlcGR) {
-		while (num--)
-		    *bufptr++ = *csptr++ | 0x80;
-	    } else {
-		while (num--)
-		    *bufptr++ = *csptr++;
-	    }
-    	}
-    }
-
-    *from_left -= csptr - *((char **) from);
-    *from = (XPointer) csptr;
-
-    if (bufptr)
-	*to = (XPointer) bufptr;
-    *to_left -= cvt_length;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-cstowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    State state = (State) conv->state;
-    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;
-    const char *csptr;
-    wchar_t *bufptr;
-    int csstr_len;
-    int buf_len;
-    wchar_t wch;
-    unsigned long code_mask, wc_encoding;
-    int num, length, wc_shift_bits;
-    CodeSet codeset;
-
-    csptr = *((const char **) from);
-    bufptr = *((wchar_t **) to);
-    csstr_len = *from_left;
-    buf_len = *to_left;
-
-    if (num_args < 1)
-	return -1;
-
-    codeset = GetCodeSetFromCharSet(lcd, (XlcCharSet) args[0]);
-    if (codeset == NULL)
-	return -1;
-
-    length = codeset->length;
-    csstr_len /= length;
-    if (csstr_len < buf_len)
-	buf_len = csstr_len;
-
-    code_mask = ~XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_encode_mask);
-    wc_encoding = codeset->wc_encoding;
-    wc_shift_bits = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);
-
-    *to_left -= buf_len;
-
-    if (bufptr) {
-	while (buf_len--) {
-	    wch = (wchar_t) (*csptr++ & 0x7f);
-	    num = length - 1;
-	    while (num--)
-		wch = (wch << wc_shift_bits) | (*csptr++ & 0x7f);
-
-	    *bufptr++ = (wch & code_mask) | wc_encoding;
-	}
-    }
-
-    *from_left -= csptr - *((char **) from);
-    *from = (XPointer) csptr;
-
-    if (bufptr)
-	*to = (XPointer) bufptr;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-
-static void
-close_converter(
-    XlcConv conv)
-{
-    if (conv->state) {
-	Xfree((char *) conv->state);
-    }
-
-    Xfree((char *) conv);
-}
-
-static XlcConv
-create_conv(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    XlcConvMethods methods)
-{
-    XlcConv conv;
-    State state;
-
-    conv = (XlcConv) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcConvRec));
-    if (conv == NULL)
-	return (XlcConv) NULL;
-
-    conv->methods = (XlcConvMethods) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcConvMethodsRec));
-    if (conv->methods == NULL)
-	goto err;
-    *conv->methods = *methods;
-    if (XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, is_state_depend))
-	conv->methods->reset = init_state;
-
-    conv->state = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(StateRec));
-    if (conv->state == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    state = (State) conv->state;
-    state->lcd = lcd;
-    init_state(conv);
-
-    return conv;
-
-err:
-    close_converter(conv);
-
-    return (XlcConv) NULL;
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    mbstocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_mbstocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    wcstocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_wcstocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec mbtocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    mbtocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_mbtocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbtocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec cstombs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    cstombs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_cstombs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &cstombs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec cstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    cstowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_cstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &cstowcs_methods);
-}
-
-#ifdef STDCVT
-static int
-stdc_mbstowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    const char *src = *((const char **) from);
-    wchar_t *dst = *((wchar_t **) to);
-    int src_left = *from_left;
-    int dst_left = *to_left;
-    int length;
-
-    while (src_left > 0 && dst_left > 0) {
-	length = mbtowc(dst, src, src_left);
-	if (length < 0)
-	    break;
-
-	src += length;
-	src_left -= length;
-	if (dst)
-	    dst++;
-	dst_left--;
-
-	if (length == 0) {
-	    src++;
-	    src_left--;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (*from_left == src_left)
-	return -1;
-
-    *from = (XPointer) src;
-    if (dst)
-	*to = (XPointer) dst;
-    *from_left = src_left;
-    *to_left = dst_left;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_wcstombs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    const wchar_t *src = *((const wchar_t **) from);
-    char *dst = *((char **) to);
-    int src_left = *from_left;
-    int dst_left = *to_left;
-    int length;
-
-    while (src_left > 0 && dst_left > 0) {
-	length = wctomb(dst, *src);		/* XXX */
-	if (length < 0 || dst_left < length)
-	    break;
-
-	src++;
-	src_left--;
-	dst += length;
-	dst_left -= length;
-
-	if (length == 0) {
-	    dst++;
-	    dst_left--;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (*from_left == src_left)
-	return -1;
-
-    *from = (XPointer) src;
-    *to = (XPointer) dst;
-    *from_left = src_left;
-    *to_left = dst_left;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-stdc_wcstocs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    const wchar_t *src = *((const wchar_t **) from);
-    wchar_t wch;
-    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;
-    XPointer tmp_args[2], tmp_from, save_from = *from;
-    char tmp[32];
-    int length, ret, src_left = *from_left;
-    int unconv_num = 0, tmp_num = 1;
-
-    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;
-
-    while (src_left > 0 && *to_left > 0) {
-	if (wch = *src) {
-	    length = wctomb(tmp, wch);
-	} else {
-	    length = 1;
-	    *tmp = '\0';
-	}
-
-	if (length < 0)
-	    break;
-
-	tmp_from = (XPointer) tmp;
-	ret = mbtocs(conv, &tmp_from, &length, to, to_left, tmp_args, tmp_num);
-	if (ret < 0)
-	    break;
-	unconv_num += ret;
-	if (tmp_num == 1 && charset) {
-	    tmp_args[1] = (XPointer) charset;
-	    tmp_num = 2;
-	}
-
-	src++;
-	src_left--;
-    }
-
-    if (save_from == (XPointer) src)
-	return -1;
-
-    *from = (XPointer) src;
-    *from_left = src_left;
-
-    if (num_args > 0)
-	*((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;
-
-    return unconv_num;
-}
-
-#define DefineLocalBuf		char local_buf[BUFSIZ]
-#define AllocLocalBuf(length)	(length > BUFSIZ ? (char*) Xmalloc(length) : local_buf)
-#define FreeLocalBuf(ptr)	if (ptr != local_buf) Xfree(ptr)
-
-static int
-stdc_cstowcs(
-    XlcConv conv,
-    XPointer *from,
-    int *from_left,
-    XPointer *to,
-    int *to_left,
-    XPointer *args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XLCd lcd = ((State) conv->state)->lcd;
-    DefineLocalBuf;
-    XPointer buf, save_buf;
-    int length, left, ret;
-
-    left = length = *to_left * XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, mb_cur_max);
-    buf = save_buf = (XPointer) AllocLocalBuf(length);
-    if (buf == NULL)
-	return -1;
-
-    ret = cstombs(conv, from, from_left, &buf, &left, args, num_args);
-    if (ret < 0)
-	goto err;
-
-    buf = save_buf;
-    length -= left;
-    if (stdc_mbstowcs(conv, &buf, &length, to, to_left, args, num_args) < 0)
-	ret = -1;
-
-err:
-    FreeLocalBuf(save_buf);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_mbstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_mbstowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_mbstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_mbstowcs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstombs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_wcstombs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_wcstombs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstombs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstocs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_wcstocs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_wcstocs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstocs_methods);
-}
-
-static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_cstowcs_methods = {
-    close_converter,
-    stdc_cstowcs,
-    NULL
-};
-
-static XlcConv
-open_stdc_cstowcs(
-    XLCd from_lcd,
-    const char *from_type,
-    XLCd to_lcd,
-    const char *to_type)
-{
-    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_cstowcs_methods);
-}
-#endif /* STDCVT */
-
-XLCd
-_XlcJisLoader(
-    const char *name)
-{
-    XLCd lcd;
-#ifdef STDCVT
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen;
-#endif
-
-    lcd = _XlcCreateLC(name, _XlcGenericMethods);
-    if (lcd == NULL)
-	return lcd;
-
-    if (!XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd)->codeset ||
-	(_XlcCompareISOLatin1(XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd)->codeset, "JIS7"))) {
-        _XlcDestroyLC(lcd);
-        return (XLCd) NULL;
-    }
-
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNChar, open_mbtocs);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNCharSet, open_mbstocs);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNMultiByte, open_cstombs);
-
-#ifdef STDCVT
-    gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);
-
-    if (gen->use_stdc_env == True) {
-	_XlcSetConverter(lcd,XlcNMultiByte,lcd,XlcNWideChar,open_stdc_mbstowcs);
-	_XlcSetConverter(lcd,XlcNWideChar,lcd,XlcNMultiByte,open_stdc_wcstombs);
-    }
-    if (gen->force_convert_to_mb == True) {
-	_XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar, lcd, XlcNCharSet,open_stdc_wcstocs);
-	_XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNWideChar,open_stdc_cstowcs);
-    } else {
-#endif
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar, lcd, XlcNCharSet, open_wcstocs);
-    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNWideChar, open_cstowcs);
-#ifdef STDCVT
-    }
-#endif
-
-    _XlcAddUtf8Converters(lcd);
-
-    return lcd;
-}
-
-#else
-typedef int dummy;
-#endif /* X_LOCALE */
+/*

+ * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided

+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising

+ * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the

+ * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"

+ * without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp

+ */

+

+/*

+ * A Japanese JIS locale.

+ * Supports: all locales with codeset JIS7.

+ * How: Provides converters for JIS.

+ * Platforms: Only those defining X_LOCALE (only Lynx, Linux-libc5, OS/2).

+ */

+

+#ifdef X_LOCALE

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XlcGeneric.h"

+#include <stdio.h>

+

+#if !defined(X_LOCALE)

+#define STDCVT

+#endif

+

+typedef struct _StateRec {

+    XLCd lcd;

+    XlcCharSet charset;

+    XlcCharSet GL_charset;

+    XlcCharSet GR_charset;

+} StateRec, *State;

+

+static void

+init_state(

+    XlcConv conv)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(state->lcd);

+    CodeSet codeset;

+

+    codeset = gen->initial_state_GL;

+    if (codeset && codeset->charset_list)

+	state->GL_charset = *codeset->charset_list;

+    codeset = gen->initial_state_GR;

+    if (codeset && codeset->charset_list)

+	state->GR_charset = *codeset->charset_list;

+

+    if (state->GL_charset == NULL)

+	if ((codeset = *gen->codeset_list) != NULL)

+	    state->GL_charset = *codeset->charset_list;

+}

+

+static int

+compare(

+    const char *src,

+    const char *encoding,

+    int length)

+{

+    const char *start = src;

+

+    while (length-- > 0) {

+	if (*src++ != *encoding++)

+	    return 0;

+	if (*encoding == '\0')

+	    return src - start;

+    }

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+mbtocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+    const char *src;

+    char *dst;

+    unsigned char *mb_parse_table;

+    ParseInfo *parse_list, parse_info;

+    XlcCharSet charset;

+    int length, number, encoding_len = 0;

+    int i;

+

+    src = *((const char **) from);

+    dst = *((char **) to);

+

+    mb_parse_table = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_table);

+    if (mb_parse_table != NULL) {

+	number = mb_parse_table[(unsigned char) *src];

+	if (number > 0) {

+	    parse_list = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, mb_parse_list) + number - 1;

+	    for ( ; (parse_info = *parse_list) != NULL; parse_list++) {

+		encoding_len = compare(src, parse_info->encoding, *from_left);

+		if (encoding_len > 0) {

+		    switch (parse_info->type) {

+			case E_SS:

+			    src += encoding_len;

+			    charset = *parse_info->codeset->charset_list;

+			    goto found;

+			case E_LSL:

+			case E_LSR:

+			    src += encoding_len;

+			    charset = *parse_info->codeset->charset_list;

+			    if (parse_info->type == E_LSL)

+			    	state->GL_charset = charset;

+			    else

+			    	state->GR_charset = charset;

+			    length = 0;

+			    goto end;

+			case E_GL:

+			    charset = state->GL_charset;

+			    goto found;

+			case E_GR:

+			    charset = state->GR_charset;

+			    goto found;

+			default:

+			    break;

+		    }

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    if ((*src & 0x80) && state->GR_charset)

+	charset = state->GR_charset;

+    else

+	charset = state->GL_charset;

+

+found:

+    if (charset == NULL ||

+	(num_args == 2 && (XlcCharSet) args[1] != charset))

+	return -1;

+

+    length = charset->char_size;

+    if (length > *from_left - encoding_len)

+	return -1;

+

+    if (dst) {

+	if (length > *to_left)

+	    return -1;

+	if (charset->side == XlcGL) {

+	    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)

+		*dst++ = *src++ & 0x7f;

+	} else if (charset->side == XlcGR) {

+	    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)

+		*dst++ = *src++ | 0x80;

+	} else {

+	    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)

+		*dst++ = *src++;

+	}

+	*to = (XPointer) dst;

+	*to_left -= length;

+    }

+end:

+    *from = (XPointer) src;

+    *from_left -= encoding_len + length;

+    state->charset = charset;

+    if (num_args == 1)

+	*((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+mbstocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;

+    XPointer tmp_args[2], save_from = *from;

+    int ret, unconv_num = 0, tmp_num = 1;

+

+    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;

+

+    while (*from_left > 0 && *to_left > 0) {

+	ret = mbtocs(conv, from, from_left, to, to_left, tmp_args, tmp_num);

+	if (ret < 0)

+	    break;

+	unconv_num += ret;

+	if (tmp_num == 1 && charset) {

+	    tmp_args[1] = (XPointer) charset;

+	    tmp_num = 2;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (save_from == *from)

+	return -1;

+

+    if (num_args > 0)

+	*((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+static CodeSet

+wc_parse_codeset(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    const wchar_t *wcstr)

+{

+    CodeSet *codeset;

+    unsigned long wc_encoding;

+    int num;

+

+    wc_encoding = *wcstr & XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_encode_mask);

+    num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);

+    codeset = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);

+    while (num-- > 0) {

+	if (wc_encoding == (*codeset)->wc_encoding)

+	    return *codeset;

+	codeset++;

+    }

+

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+static int

+wcstocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+    const wchar_t *wcptr;

+    char *bufptr;

+    wchar_t wch;

+    char *tmpptr;

+    int length;

+    CodeSet codeset;

+    unsigned long wc_encoding;

+    int wcstr_len, buf_len;

+

+    if (from == NULL || *from == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    wcptr = *((const wchar_t **) from);

+    bufptr = *((char **) to);

+    wcstr_len = *from_left;

+    buf_len = *to_left;

+

+    codeset = wc_parse_codeset(lcd, wcptr);

+    if (codeset == NULL)

+	return -1;

+    wc_encoding = codeset->wc_encoding;

+

+    if (wcstr_len < buf_len / codeset->length)

+	buf_len = wcstr_len * codeset->length;

+

+    for ( ; wcstr_len > 0 && buf_len > 0; wcptr++, wcstr_len--) {

+	wch = *wcptr;

+	if ((wch & XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_encode_mask)) != wc_encoding)

+	    break;

+	length = codeset->length;

+	buf_len -= length;

+	bufptr += length;

+

+	tmpptr = bufptr - 1;

+	if ((*codeset->charset_list)->side == XlcGL) {

+	    while (length--) {

+		*tmpptr-- = (unsigned char) (wch & 0x7f);

+		wch >>= (wchar_t)XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);

+	    }

+	} else if ((*codeset->charset_list)->side == XlcGR) {

+	    while (length--) {

+		*tmpptr-- = (unsigned char) (wch | 0x80);

+		wch >>= (wchar_t)XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    while (length--) {

+		*tmpptr-- = (unsigned char) wch;

+		wch >>= (wchar_t)XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (num_args > 0)

+	*((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = *codeset->charset_list;

+

+    *from_left -= wcptr - *((wchar_t **) from);

+    *from = (XPointer) wcptr;

+

+    *to_left -= bufptr - *((char **) to);

+    *to = bufptr;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static CodeSet

+GetCodeSetFromCharSet(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    XlcCharSet charset)

+{

+    CodeSet *codeset = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_list);

+    XlcCharSet *charset_list;

+    int codeset_num, num_charsets;

+

+    codeset_num = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, codeset_num);

+

+    for ( ; codeset_num-- > 0; codeset++) {

+	num_charsets = (*codeset)->num_charsets;

+	charset_list = (*codeset)->charset_list;

+

+	for ( ; num_charsets-- > 0; charset_list++)

+	    if (*charset_list == charset)

+		return *codeset;

+    }

+

+    return (CodeSet) NULL;

+}

+

+static int

+cstombs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    const char *csptr;

+    char *bufptr;

+    int csstr_len;

+    int buf_len;

+    int num, encoding_len = 0;

+    CodeSet codeset;

+    XlcCharSet charset;

+    EncodingType type;

+    int cvt_length;

+

+    csptr = *((const char **) from);

+    bufptr = *((char **) to);

+    csstr_len = *from_left;

+    buf_len = *to_left;

+

+    if (num_args < 1)

+	return -1;

+

+    charset = (XlcCharSet) args[0];

+

+    codeset = GetCodeSetFromCharSet(state->lcd, charset);

+    if (codeset == NULL)

+	return -1;

+

+    cvt_length = 0;

+    if (codeset->parse_info) {

+	switch (type = codeset->parse_info->type) {

+	    case E_SS:

+		encoding_len = strlen(codeset->parse_info->encoding);

+		break;

+	    case E_LSL:

+	    case E_LSR:

+		if (type == E_LSL) {

+		    if (charset == state->GL_charset)

+			break;

+		} else {

+		    if (charset == state->GR_charset)

+			break;

+		}

+		encoding_len = strlen(codeset->parse_info->encoding);

+		if (encoding_len > buf_len)

+		    return -1;

+		cvt_length += encoding_len;

+		if (bufptr) {

+		    strcpy(bufptr, codeset->parse_info->encoding);

+		    bufptr += encoding_len;

+		}

+		buf_len -= encoding_len;

+		encoding_len = 0;

+		if (type == E_LSL)

+		    state->GL_charset = charset;

+		else

+		    state->GR_charset = charset;

+		break;

+	    default:

+		break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    csstr_len /= codeset->length;

+    buf_len /= codeset->length + encoding_len;

+    if (csstr_len < buf_len)

+	buf_len = csstr_len;

+

+    cvt_length += buf_len * (encoding_len + codeset->length);

+    if (bufptr) {

+	while (buf_len--) {

+	    if (encoding_len) {

+		strcpy(bufptr, codeset->parse_info->encoding);

+		bufptr += encoding_len;

+	    }

+	    num = codeset->length;

+	    if (codeset->side == XlcGL) {

+		while (num--)

+		    *bufptr++ = *csptr++ & 0x7f;

+	    } else if (codeset->side == XlcGR) {

+		while (num--)

+		    *bufptr++ = *csptr++ | 0x80;

+	    } else {

+		while (num--)

+		    *bufptr++ = *csptr++;

+	    }

+    	}

+    }

+

+    *from_left -= csptr - *((char **) from);

+    *from = (XPointer) csptr;

+

+    if (bufptr)

+	*to = (XPointer) bufptr;

+    *to_left -= cvt_length;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+cstowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    State state = (State) conv->state;

+    XLCd lcd = state->lcd;

+    const char *csptr;

+    wchar_t *bufptr;

+    int csstr_len;

+    int buf_len;

+    wchar_t wch;

+    unsigned long code_mask, wc_encoding;

+    int num, length, wc_shift_bits;

+    CodeSet codeset;

+

+    csptr = *((const char **) from);

+    bufptr = *((wchar_t **) to);

+    csstr_len = *from_left;

+    buf_len = *to_left;

+

+    if (num_args < 1)

+	return -1;

+

+    codeset = GetCodeSetFromCharSet(lcd, (XlcCharSet) args[0]);

+    if (codeset == NULL)

+	return -1;

+

+    length = codeset->length;

+    csstr_len /= length;

+    if (csstr_len < buf_len)

+	buf_len = csstr_len;

+

+    code_mask = ~XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_encode_mask);

+    wc_encoding = codeset->wc_encoding;

+    wc_shift_bits = XLC_GENERIC(lcd, wc_shift_bits);

+

+    *to_left -= buf_len;

+

+    if (bufptr) {

+	while (buf_len--) {

+	    wch = (wchar_t) (*csptr++ & 0x7f);

+	    num = length - 1;

+	    while (num--)

+		wch = (wch << wc_shift_bits) | (*csptr++ & 0x7f);

+

+	    *bufptr++ = (wch & code_mask) | wc_encoding;

+	}

+    }

+

+    *from_left -= csptr - *((char **) from);

+    *from = (XPointer) csptr;

+

+    if (bufptr)

+	*to = (XPointer) bufptr;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+

+static void

+close_converter(

+    XlcConv conv)

+{

+    if (conv->state) {

+	Xfree((char *) conv->state);

+    }

+

+    Xfree((char *) conv);

+}

+

+static XlcConv

+create_conv(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    XlcConvMethods methods)

+{

+    XlcConv conv;

+    State state;

+

+    conv = (XlcConv) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcConvRec));

+    if (conv == NULL)

+	return (XlcConv) NULL;

+

+    conv->methods = (XlcConvMethods) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcConvMethodsRec));

+    if (conv->methods == NULL)

+	goto err;

+    *conv->methods = *methods;

+    if (XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, is_state_depend))

+	conv->methods->reset = init_state;

+

+    conv->state = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(StateRec));

+    if (conv->state == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    state = (State) conv->state;

+    state->lcd = lcd;

+    init_state(conv);

+

+    return conv;

+

+err:

+    close_converter(conv);

+

+    return (XlcConv) NULL;

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec mbstocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    mbstocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_mbstocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbstocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec wcstocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    wcstocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_wcstocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &wcstocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec mbtocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    mbtocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_mbtocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &mbtocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec cstombs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    cstombs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_cstombs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &cstombs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec cstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    cstowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_cstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &cstowcs_methods);

+}

+

+#ifdef STDCVT

+static int

+stdc_mbstowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    const char *src = *((const char **) from);

+    wchar_t *dst = *((wchar_t **) to);

+    int src_left = *from_left;

+    int dst_left = *to_left;

+    int length;

+

+    while (src_left > 0 && dst_left > 0) {

+	length = mbtowc(dst, src, src_left);

+	if (length < 0)

+	    break;

+

+	src += length;

+	src_left -= length;

+	if (dst)

+	    dst++;

+	dst_left--;

+

+	if (length == 0) {

+	    src++;

+	    src_left--;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (*from_left == src_left)

+	return -1;

+

+    *from = (XPointer) src;

+    if (dst)

+	*to = (XPointer) dst;

+    *from_left = src_left;

+    *to_left = dst_left;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_wcstombs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    const wchar_t *src = *((const wchar_t **) from);

+    char *dst = *((char **) to);

+    int src_left = *from_left;

+    int dst_left = *to_left;

+    int length;

+

+    while (src_left > 0 && dst_left > 0) {

+	length = wctomb(dst, *src);		/* XXX */

+	if (length < 0 || dst_left < length)

+	    break;

+

+	src++;

+	src_left--;

+	dst += length;

+	dst_left -= length;

+

+	if (length == 0) {

+	    dst++;

+	    dst_left--;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (*from_left == src_left)

+	return -1;

+

+    *from = (XPointer) src;

+    *to = (XPointer) dst;

+    *from_left = src_left;

+    *to_left = dst_left;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+stdc_wcstocs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    const wchar_t *src = *((const wchar_t **) from);

+    wchar_t wch;

+    XlcCharSet charset = NULL;

+    XPointer tmp_args[2], tmp_from, save_from = *from;

+    char tmp[32];

+    int length, ret, src_left = *from_left;

+    int unconv_num = 0, tmp_num = 1;

+

+    tmp_args[0] = (XPointer) &charset;

+

+    while (src_left > 0 && *to_left > 0) {

+	if (wch = *src) {

+	    length = wctomb(tmp, wch);

+	} else {

+	    length = 1;

+	    *tmp = '\0';

+	}

+

+	if (length < 0)

+	    break;

+

+	tmp_from = (XPointer) tmp;

+	ret = mbtocs(conv, &tmp_from, &length, to, to_left, tmp_args, tmp_num);

+	if (ret < 0)

+	    break;

+	unconv_num += ret;

+	if (tmp_num == 1 && charset) {

+	    tmp_args[1] = (XPointer) charset;

+	    tmp_num = 2;

+	}

+

+	src++;

+	src_left--;

+    }

+

+    if (save_from == (XPointer) src)

+	return -1;

+

+    *from = (XPointer) src;

+    *from_left = src_left;

+

+    if (num_args > 0)

+	*((XlcCharSet *) args[0]) = charset;

+

+    return unconv_num;

+}

+

+#define DefineLocalBuf		char local_buf[BUFSIZ]

+#define AllocLocalBuf(length)	(length > BUFSIZ ? (char*) Xmalloc(length) : local_buf)

+#define FreeLocalBuf(ptr)	if (ptr != local_buf) Xfree(ptr)

+

+static int

+stdc_cstowcs(

+    XlcConv conv,

+    XPointer *from,

+    int *from_left,

+    XPointer *to,

+    int *to_left,

+    XPointer *args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XLCd lcd = ((State) conv->state)->lcd;

+    DefineLocalBuf;

+    XPointer buf, save_buf;

+    int length, left, ret;

+

+    left = length = *to_left * XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, mb_cur_max);

+    buf = save_buf = (XPointer) AllocLocalBuf(length);

+    if (buf == NULL)

+	return -1;

+

+    ret = cstombs(conv, from, from_left, &buf, &left, args, num_args);

+    if (ret < 0)

+	goto err;

+

+    buf = save_buf;

+    length -= left;

+    if (stdc_mbstowcs(conv, &buf, &length, to, to_left, args, num_args) < 0)

+	ret = -1;

+

+err:

+    FreeLocalBuf(save_buf);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_mbstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_mbstowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_mbstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_mbstowcs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstombs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_wcstombs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_wcstombs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstombs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_wcstocs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_wcstocs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_wcstocs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_wcstocs_methods);

+}

+

+static XlcConvMethodsRec stdc_cstowcs_methods = {

+    close_converter,

+    stdc_cstowcs,

+    NULL

+};

+

+static XlcConv

+open_stdc_cstowcs(

+    XLCd from_lcd,

+    const char *from_type,

+    XLCd to_lcd,

+    const char *to_type)

+{

+    return create_conv(from_lcd, &stdc_cstowcs_methods);

+}

+#endif /* STDCVT */

+

+XLCd

+_XlcJisLoader(

+    const char *name)

+{

+    XLCd lcd;

+#ifdef STDCVT

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen;

+#endif

+

+    lcd = _XlcCreateLC(name, _XlcGenericMethods);

+    if (lcd == NULL)

+	return lcd;

+

+    if (!XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd)->codeset ||

+	(_XlcCompareISOLatin1(XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd)->codeset, "JIS7"))) {

+        _XlcDestroyLC(lcd);

+        return (XLCd) NULL;

+    }

+

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNChar, open_mbtocs);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNMultiByte, lcd, XlcNCharSet, open_mbstocs);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNMultiByte, open_cstombs);

+

+#ifdef STDCVT

+    gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);

+

+    if (gen->use_stdc_env == True) {

+	_XlcSetConverter(lcd,XlcNMultiByte,lcd,XlcNWideChar,open_stdc_mbstowcs);

+	_XlcSetConverter(lcd,XlcNWideChar,lcd,XlcNMultiByte,open_stdc_wcstombs);

+    }

+    if (gen->force_convert_to_mb == True) {

+	_XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar, lcd, XlcNCharSet,open_stdc_wcstocs);

+	_XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNWideChar,open_stdc_cstowcs);

+    } else {

+#endif

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar, lcd, XlcNCharSet, open_wcstocs);

+    _XlcSetConverter(lcd, XlcNCharSet, lcd, XlcNWideChar, open_cstowcs);

+#ifdef STDCVT

+    }

+#endif

+

+    _XlcAddUtf8Converters(lcd);

+

+    return lcd;

+}

+

+#else

+typedef int dummy;

+#endif /* X_LOCALE */

diff --git a/libX11/modules/lc/xlocale/makefile b/libX11/modules/lc/xlocale/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9649982bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/modules/lc/xlocale/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+LIBRARY = libxlocale
+
+CSRCS = \
+	lcEuc.c \
+	lcJis.c \
+	lcSjis.c
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\..\include ..\..\..\include\X11 ..\..\..\src\xlibi18n  ..\..\..\src\xkb  ..\..\..\src\xcms ..\..\..\src
diff --git a/libX11/modules/om/generic/makefile b/libX11/modules/om/generic/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb8e59dfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/modules/om/generic/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+LIBRARY = libxomGeneric
+
+CSRCS = \
+	omDefault.c \
+	omGeneric.c \
+	omImText.c \
+	omText.c \
+	omTextEsc.c \
+	omTextExt.c \
+	omTextPer.c \
+	omXChar.c
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\..\include\X11 ..\..\..\src\xlibi18n ..\..\..\src ..\..\..\src\xlibi18n
+
+
diff --git a/libX11/modules/om/generic/omGeneric.c b/libX11/modules/om/generic/omGeneric.c
index 7f02c8565..9f060cd5e 100644
--- a/libX11/modules/om/generic/omGeneric.c
+++ b/libX11/modules/om/generic/omGeneric.c
@@ -1,2169 +1,2170 @@
-/*  #define FONTDEBUG */
-/*
- * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
- * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising
- * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the
- * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
- * without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
- * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
- * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
- * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.
- *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp
- */
-/*
- * Copyright 1995 by FUJITSU LIMITED
- * This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint
- * Development Agreement for the CDE/Motif PST.
- *
- * Modifier:  Takanori Tateno   FUJITSU LIMITED
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Fixed the algorithms in parse_fontname() and parse_fontdata()
- * to improve the logic for determining which font should be
- * returned for a given CharSet.  We even added some comments
- * so that you can figure out what in the heck we're doing. We
- * realize this is a departure from the norm, but hey, we're
- * rebels! :-) :-)
- *
- * Modifiers: Jeff Walls, Paul Anderson: HEWLETT-PACKARD
- */
-/*
- * Cleaned up mess, removed some blabla
- * Egbert Eich, SuSE Linux AG
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XomGeneric.h"
-#include "XlcGeneric.h"
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#define MAXFONTS		100
-#define	PIXEL_SIZE_FIELD	 7
-#define	POINT_SIZE_FIELD	 8
-#define	CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD	14
-#define XLFD_MAX_LEN		255
-
-#if 0
-extern int _XmbDefaultTextEscapement(), _XwcDefaultTextEscapement(),
-	   _Xutf8DefaultTextEscapement();
-extern int _XmbDefaultTextExtents(), _XwcDefaultTextExtents(),
-	   _Xutf8DefaultTextExtents();
-extern Status _XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents(), _XwcDefaultTextPerCharExtents(),
-	      _Xutf8DefaultTextPerCharExtents();
-extern int _XmbDefaultDrawString(), _XwcDefaultDrawString(),
-	   _Xutf8DefaultDrawString();
-extern void _XmbDefaultDrawImageString(), _XwcDefaultDrawImageString(),
-	    _Xutf8DefaultDrawImageString();
-
-extern int _XmbGenericTextEscapement(), _XwcGenericTextEscapement(),
-	   _Xutf8GenericTextEscapement();
-extern int _XmbGenericTextExtents(), _XwcGenericTextExtents(),
-	   _Xutf8GenericTextExtents();
-extern Status _XmbGenericTextPerCharExtents(), _XwcGenericTextPerCharExtents(),
-	      _Xutf8GenericTextPerCharExtents();
-extern int _XmbGenericDrawString(), _XwcGenericDrawString(),
-	   _Xutf8GenericDrawString();
-extern void _XmbGenericDrawImageString(), _XwcGenericDrawImageString(),
-	    _Xutf8GenericDrawImageString();
-
-extern void _XlcDbg_printValue (const char *str, char **value, int num);
-#endif
-
-/* For VW/UDC start */
-
-static FontData
-init_fontdata(
-    FontData	font_data,
-    int		font_data_count)
-{
-    FontData	fd;
-    int		i;
-
-    fd = (FontData)Xmalloc(sizeof(FontDataRec) * font_data_count);
-    if(fd == (FontData) NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    memset(fd, 0x00, sizeof(FontData) * font_data_count);
-    for(i = 0 ; i < font_data_count ; i++)
-	fd[i] = font_data[i];
-
-    return fd;
-}
-
-static VRotate
-init_vrotate(
-    FontData	font_data,
-    int		font_data_count,
-    int		type,
-    CodeRange	code_range,
-    int		code_range_num)
-{
-    VRotate	vrotate;
-    int		i;
-
-    if(type == VROTATE_NONE)
-	return (VRotate)NULL;
-
-    vrotate = (VRotate)Xmalloc(sizeof(VRotateRec) * font_data_count);
-    if(vrotate == (VRotate) NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    memset(vrotate, 0x00, sizeof(VRotateRec) * font_data_count);
-    for(i = 0 ; i < font_data_count ; i++) {
-	vrotate[i].charset_name = font_data[i].name;
-	vrotate[i].side = font_data[i].side;
-	if(type == VROTATE_PART) {
-	    vrotate[i].num_cr = code_range_num;
-	    vrotate[i].code_range = code_range;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return vrotate;
-}
-
-static Bool
-init_fontset(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen;
-    FontSet font_set;
-    OMData data;
-    int count;
-
-    count = XOM_GENERIC(oc->core.om)->data_num;
-    data = XOM_GENERIC(oc->core.om)->data;
-
-    font_set = (FontSet) Xmalloc(sizeof(FontSetRec) * count);
-    if (font_set == NULL)
-	return False;
-    memset((char *) font_set, 0x00, sizeof(FontSetRec) * count);
-
-    gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    gen->font_set_num = count;
-    gen->font_set = font_set;
-
-    for ( ; count-- > 0; data++, font_set++) {
-	font_set->charset_count = data->charset_count;
-	font_set->charset_list = data->charset_list;
-
-	if((font_set->font_data = init_fontdata(data->font_data,
-				  data->font_data_count)) == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-	font_set->font_data_count = data->font_data_count;
-	if((font_set->substitute = init_fontdata(data->substitute,
-				   data->substitute_num)) == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-	font_set->substitute_num = data->substitute_num;
-	if((font_set->vmap = init_fontdata(data->vmap,
-			     data->vmap_num)) == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-	font_set->vmap_num       = data->vmap_num;
-
-	if(data->vrotate_type != VROTATE_NONE) {
-	    /* A vrotate member is specified primary font data */
-	    /* as initial value.                               */
-	    if((font_set->vrotate = init_vrotate(data->font_data,
-						 data->font_data_count,
-						 data->vrotate_type,
-						 data->vrotate,
-						 data->vrotate_num)) == NULL)
-		goto err;
-	    font_set->vrotate_num = data->font_data_count;
-	}
-    }
-    return True;
-
-err:
-    if(font_set->font_data)
-	Xfree(font_set->font_data);
-    if(font_set->substitute)
-	Xfree(font_set->substitute);
-    if(font_set->vmap)
-	Xfree(font_set->vmap);
-    if(font_set->vrotate)
-	Xfree(font_set->vrotate);
-    if(font_set)
-	Xfree(font_set);
-    gen->font_set = (FontSet) NULL;
-    gen->font_set_num = 0;
-    return False;
-}
-
-/* For VW/UDC end */
-
-static char *
-get_prop_name(
-    Display *dpy,
-    XFontStruct	*fs)
-{
-    unsigned long fp;
-
-    if (XGetFontProperty(fs, XA_FONT, &fp))
-	return XGetAtomName(dpy, fp);
-
-    return (char *) NULL;
-}
-
-/* For VW/UDC start */
-
-static Bool
-load_fontdata(
-    XOC		oc,
-    FontData	font_data,
-    int		font_data_num)
-{
-    Display	*dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-    FontData	fd = font_data;
-
-    if(font_data == NULL) return(True);
-    for( ; font_data_num-- ; fd++) {
-	if(fd->xlfd_name != (char *) NULL && fd->font == NULL) {
-	    fd->font = XLoadQueryFont(dpy, fd->xlfd_name);
-	    if (fd->font == NULL){
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-static Bool
-load_fontset_data(
-    XOC		oc,
-    FontSet	font_set)
-{
-    Display	*dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-
-    if(font_set->font_name == (char *)NULL) return False ;
-
-   /* If font_set->font is not NULL, it contains the *best*
-    * match font for this FontSet.
-    * -- jjw/pma (HP)
-    */
-    if(font_set->font == NULL) {
-       font_set->font = XLoadQueryFont(dpy, font_set->font_name);
-       if (font_set->font == NULL){
-		return False;
-       }
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-static Bool
-load_font(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;
-    int num = gen->font_set_num;
-
-    for ( ; num-- > 0; font_set++) {
-	if (font_set->font_name == NULL)
-	    continue;
-
-        if (load_fontset_data (oc, font_set) != True)
-	    return False;
-#ifndef TESTVERSION
-	if(load_fontdata(oc, font_set->font_data,
-			 font_set->font_data_count) != True)
-	    return False;
-
-	if(load_fontdata(oc, font_set->substitute,
-			 font_set->substitute_num) != True)
-	    return False;
-#endif
-
-/* Add 1996.05.20 */
-        if( oc->core.orientation == XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL ||
-            oc->core.orientation == XOMOrientation_TTB_LTR ){
-	    if (font_set->vpart_initialize == 0) {
-	       load_fontdata(oc, font_set->vmap, font_set->vmap_num);
-	       load_fontdata(oc, (FontData) font_set->vrotate,
-			 font_set->vrotate_num);
-                font_set->vpart_initialize = 1;
-	    }
-        }
-
-	if (font_set->font->min_byte1 || font_set->font->max_byte1)
-	    font_set->is_xchar2b = True;
-	else
-	    font_set->is_xchar2b = False;
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-/* For VW/UDC end */
-
-static Bool
-load_font_info(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;
-    char **fn_list;
-    int fn_num, num = gen->font_set_num;
-
-    for ( ; num-- > 0; font_set++) {
-	if (font_set->font_name == NULL)
-	    continue;
-
-	if (font_set->info == NULL) {
-	    fn_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, font_set->font_name, 1, &fn_num,
-					 &font_set->info);
-	    if (font_set->info == NULL)
-		return False;
-
-	    XFreeFontNames(fn_list);
-	}
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-/* For Vertical Writing start */
-
-static void
-check_fontset_extents(
-    XCharStruct		*overall,
-    int			*logical_ascent,
-    int                 *logical_descent,
-    XFontStruct		*font)
-{
-    overall->lbearing = min(overall->lbearing, font->min_bounds.lbearing);
-    overall->rbearing = max(overall->rbearing, font->max_bounds.rbearing);
-    overall->ascent   = max(overall->ascent,   font->max_bounds.ascent);
-    overall->descent  = max(overall->descent,  font->max_bounds.descent);
-    overall->width    = max(overall->width,    font->max_bounds.width);
-    *logical_ascent   = max(*logical_ascent,   font->ascent);
-    *logical_descent  = max(*logical_descent,  font->descent);
-}
-
-/* For Vertical Writing end */
-
-static void
-set_fontset_extents(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XRectangle *ink = &oc->core.font_set_extents.max_ink_extent;
-    XRectangle *logical = &oc->core.font_set_extents.max_logical_extent;
-    XFontStruct **font_list, *font;
-    XCharStruct overall;
-    int logical_ascent, logical_descent;
-    int	num = oc->core.font_info.num_font;
-
-    font_list = oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list;
-    font = *font_list++;
-    overall = font->max_bounds;
-    overall.lbearing = font->min_bounds.lbearing;
-    logical_ascent = font->ascent;
-    logical_descent = font->descent;
-
-    /* For Vertical Writing start */
-
-    while (--num > 0) {
-	font = *font_list++;
-	check_fontset_extents(&overall, &logical_ascent, &logical_descent,
-			      font);
-    }
-
-    {
-	XOCGenericPart  *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-	FontSet		font_set = gen->font_set;
-	FontData	font_data;
-	int		font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;
-	int		font_data_count;
-
-	for( ; font_set_num-- ; font_set++) {
-	    if(font_set->vmap_num > 0) {
-		font_data = font_set->vmap;
-		font_data_count = font_set->vmap_num;
-		for( ; font_data_count-- ; font_data++) {
-		    if(font_data->font != NULL) {
-			check_fontset_extents(&overall, &logical_ascent,
-					      &logical_descent,
-					      font_data->font);
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    if(font_set->vrotate_num > 0 && font_set->vrotate != NULL) {
-		font_data = (FontData) font_set->vrotate;
-		font_data_count = font_set->vrotate_num;
-		for( ; font_data_count-- ; font_data++) {
-		    if(font_data->font != NULL) {
-			check_fontset_extents(&overall, &logical_ascent,
-					      &logical_descent,
-					      font_data->font);
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* For Vertical Writing start */
-
-    ink->x = overall.lbearing;
-    ink->y = -(overall.ascent);
-    ink->width = overall.rbearing - overall.lbearing;
-    ink->height = overall.ascent + overall.descent;
-
-    logical->x = 0;
-    logical->y = -(logical_ascent);
-    logical->width = overall.width;
-    logical->height = logical_ascent + logical_descent;
-}
-
-static Bool
-init_core_part(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set;
-    int font_set_num;
-    XFontStruct **font_struct_list;
-    char **font_name_list, *font_name_buf;
-    int	count, length;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;
-    count = length = 0;
-
-    for ( ; font_set_num-- > 0; font_set++) {
-	if (font_set->font_name == NULL)
-	    continue;
-
-	length += strlen(font_set->font_name) + 1;
-
-	count++;
-    }
-    if (count == 0)
-        return False;
-
-    font_struct_list = (XFontStruct **) Xmalloc(sizeof(XFontStruct *) * count);
-    if (font_struct_list == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    font_name_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * count);
-    if (font_name_list == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    font_name_buf = (char *) Xmalloc(length);
-    if (font_name_buf == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    oc->core.font_info.num_font = count;
-    oc->core.font_info.font_name_list = font_name_list;
-    oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list = font_struct_list;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;
-
-    for (count = 0; font_set_num-- > 0; font_set++) {
-	if (font_set->font_name == NULL)
-	    continue;
-
-	font_set->id = count;
-	if (font_set->font)
-	    *font_struct_list++ = font_set->font;
-	else
-	    *font_struct_list++ = font_set->info;
-	strcpy(font_name_buf, font_set->font_name);
-	Xfree(font_set->font_name);
-	*font_name_list++ = font_set->font_name = font_name_buf;
-	font_name_buf += strlen(font_name_buf) + 1;
-
-	count++;
-    }
-
-    set_fontset_extents(oc);
-
-    return True;
-
-err:
-    if (font_name_list)
-	Xfree(font_name_list);
-    Xfree(font_struct_list);
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-static char *
-get_font_name(
-    XOC oc,
-    char *pattern)
-{
-    char **list, *name;
-    int count = 0;
-
-    list = XListFonts(oc->core.om->core.display, pattern, 1, &count);
-    if (list == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    name = strdup(*list);
-
-    XFreeFontNames(list);
-
-    return name;
-}
-
-/* For VW/UDC start*/
-
-static char *
-get_rotate_fontname(
-    char *font_name)
-{
-    char *pattern = NULL, *ptr = NULL;
-    char *fields[CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD];
-    char str_pixel[32], str_point[4];
-    char *rotate_font_ptr = NULL;
-    int pixel_size = 0;
-    int field_num = 0, len = 0;
-
-    if(font_name == (char *) NULL || (len = strlen(font_name)) <= 0
-       || len > XLFD_MAX_LEN)
-	return NULL;
-
-    pattern = strdup(font_name);
-    if(!pattern)
-	return NULL;
-
-    memset(fields, 0, sizeof(char *) * 14);
-    ptr = pattern;
-    while(isspace(*ptr)) {
-	ptr++;
-    }
-    if(*ptr == '-')
-	ptr++;
-
-    for(field_num = 0 ; field_num < CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD && ptr && *ptr ;
-			ptr++, field_num++) {
-	fields[field_num] = ptr;
-
-	if((ptr = strchr(ptr, '-'))) {
-	    *ptr = '\0';
-	} else {
-	    field_num++;	/* Count last field */
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if(field_num < CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD)
-	goto free_pattern;
-
-    /* Pixel Size field : fields[6] */
-    for(ptr = fields[PIXEL_SIZE_FIELD - 1] ; ptr && *ptr; ptr++) {
-	if(!isdigit(*ptr)) {
-	    if(*ptr == '['){ /* 960730 */
-	        strcpy(pattern, font_name);
-		return(pattern);
-	    }
-	    goto free_pattern;
-	}
-    }
-    pixel_size = atoi(fields[PIXEL_SIZE_FIELD - 1]);
-    sprintf(str_pixel, "[ 0 ~%d %d 0 ]", pixel_size, pixel_size);
-    fields[6] = str_pixel;
-
-    /* Point Size field : fields[7] */
-    strcpy(str_point, "*");
-    fields[POINT_SIZE_FIELD - 1] = str_point;
-
-    len = 0;
-    for (field_num = 0; field_num < CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD &&
-			fields[field_num]; field_num++) {
-	len += 1 + strlen(fields[field_num]);
-    }
-
-    /* Max XLFD length is 255 */
-    if (len > XLFD_MAX_LEN)
-	goto free_pattern;
-
-    rotate_font_ptr = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1);
-    if(!rotate_font_ptr)
-	goto free_pattern;
-
-    rotate_font_ptr[0] = '\0';
-
-    for(field_num = 0 ; field_num < CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD &&
-			fields[field_num] ; field_num++) {
-	strcat(rotate_font_ptr, "-");
-	strcat(rotate_font_ptr, fields[field_num]);
-    }
-
-free_pattern:
-    Xfree(pattern);
-
-    return rotate_font_ptr;
-}
-
-static Bool
-is_match_charset(
-    FontData	font_data,
-    char	*font_name)
-{
-    char *last;
-    int length, name_len;
-
-    name_len = strlen(font_name);
-    last = font_name + name_len;
-
-    length = strlen(font_data->name);
-    if (length > name_len)
-	return False;
-
-    if (_XlcCompareISOLatin1(last - length, font_data->name) == 0)
-	return True;
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-#if 0
-static char *
-get_font_name_from_list(
-    XOC oc,
-    char *pattern,
-    FontData    font_data)
-{
-    char **list, *name = (char *)NULL, *fname;
-    int count = 0, i;
-
-    list = XListFonts(oc->core.om->core.display, pattern, MAXFONTS, &count);
-    if (list == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-        fname = list[i];
-        if(is_match_charset(font_data, fname) == True) {
-            name = strdup(fname);
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    XFreeFontNames(list);
-
-    return name;
-}
-#endif
-
-static int
-parse_all_name(
-    XOC		oc,
-    FontData	font_data,
-    char	*pattern)
-{
-
-#ifdef OLDCODE
-    if(is_match_charset(font_data, pattern) != True)
- 	return False;
-
-    font_data->xlfd_name = strdup(pattern);
-    if(font_data->xlfd_name == NULL)
-	return (-1);
-
-    return True;
-#else  /* OLDCODE */
-    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-    char **fn_list = NULL, *prop_fname = NULL;
-    int list_num;
-    XFontStruct *fs_list;
-    if(is_match_charset(font_data, pattern) != True) {
-	/*
-	 * pattern should not contain any wildcard (execpt '?')
-	 * this was probably added to make this case insensitive.
-	 */
-	if ((fn_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, pattern,
-				      MAXFONTS,
-				      &list_num, &fs_list)) == NULL) {
-            return False;
-        }
-	/* shouldn't we loop here ? */
-        else if ((prop_fname = get_prop_name(dpy, fs_list)) == NULL) {
-            XFreeFontInfo(fn_list, fs_list, list_num);
-            return False;
-        }
-        else if ((is_match_charset(font_data, prop_fname) != True)) {
-            XFree(prop_fname);
-            XFreeFontInfo(fn_list, fs_list, list_num);
-            return False;
-        }
-        else {
-	    font_data->xlfd_name = prop_fname;
-            XFreeFontInfo(fn_list, fs_list, list_num);
-            return True;
-        }
-    }
-
-    font_data->xlfd_name = strdup(pattern);
-    if(font_data->xlfd_name == NULL)
-	return (-1);
-
-    return True;
-#endif /* OLDCODE */
-}
-
-static int
-parse_omit_name(
-    XOC		oc,
-    FontData	font_data,
-    char	*pattern)
-{
-    char*	last = (char *) NULL;
-    char*	base_name;
-    char	buf[XLFD_MAX_LEN + 1];
-    int		length = 0;
-    int		num_fields;
-   /*
-    * If the font specified by "pattern" is expandable to be
-    * a member of "font_data"'s FontSet, we've found a match.
-    */
-    if(is_match_charset(font_data, pattern) == True) {
-	if ((font_data->xlfd_name = get_font_name(oc, pattern)) != NULL) {
-	    return True;
-	}
-    }
-
-    length = strlen (pattern);
-
-    if (length > XLFD_MAX_LEN)
-	return -1;
-
-    strcpy(buf, pattern);
-    last = buf + length - 1;
-
-    /* Replace the original encoding with the encoding for this FontSet. */
-
-    /* Figure out how many fields have been specified in this xlfd. */
-    for (num_fields = 0, base_name = buf; *base_name != '\0'; base_name++)
-	if (*base_name == '-') num_fields++;
-
-    switch (num_fields) {
-    case 12:
-	/* This is the best way to have specifed the fontset.  In this
-	 * case, there is no original encoding. E.g.,
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*
-	 * To this, we'll append a dash:
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-
-	 * then append the encoding to get:
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-JISX0208.1990-0
-	 */
-	/*
-	 * Take care of:
-	 *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-
-	 */
-	if (*(last) == '-')
-	    *++last = '*';
-
-	*++last = '-';
-	break;
-    case 13:
-	/* Got the charset, not the encoding, zap the charset  In this
-	 * case, there is no original encoding, but there is a charset. E.g.,
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-jisx0212.1990
-	 * To this, we remove the charset:
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-
-	 * then append the new encoding to get:
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-JISX0208.1990-0
-	 */
-	last = strrchr (buf, '-');
-	num_fields = 12;
-	break;
-    case 14:
-	/* Both the charset and the encoding are specified.  Get rid
-	 * of them so that we can append the new charset encoding.  E.g.,
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-jisx0212.1990-0
-	 * To this, we'll remove the encoding and charset to get:
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-
-	 * then append the new encoding to get:
-         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-JISX0208.1990-0
-	 */
-	last = strrchr (buf, '-');
-	*last = '\0';
-	last = strrchr (buf, '-');
-	num_fields = 12;
-	break;
-    default:
-	if (*last != '-')
-	    *++last = '-';
-	break;
-    }
-
-   /* At this point, "last" is pointing to the last "-" in the
-    * xlfd, and all xlfd's at this point take a form similar to:
-    *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-
-    * (i.e., no encoding).
-    * After the strcpy, we'll end up with something similar to:
-    *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-JISX0208.1990-0
-    *
-    * If the modified font is found in the current FontSet,
-    * we've found a match.
-    */
-
-    last++;
-
-    if ((last - buf) + strlen(font_data->name) > XLFD_MAX_LEN)
-	return -1;
-
-    strcpy(last, font_data->name);
-    if ((font_data->xlfd_name = get_font_name(oc, buf)) != NULL)
-	return True;
-
-    /* This may mot be needed anymore as XListFonts() takes care of this */
-    while (num_fields < 12) {
-	if ((last - buf) > (XLFD_MAX_LEN - 2))
-	    return -1;
-	*last = '*';
-	*(last + 1) = '-';
-	strcpy(last + 2, font_data->name);
-	num_fields++;
-	last+=2;
-	if ((font_data->xlfd_name = get_font_name(oc, buf)) != NULL)
-	    return True;
-    }
-
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-
-typedef enum{C_PRIMARY, C_SUBSTITUTE, C_VMAP, C_VROTATE } ClassType;
-
-static int
-parse_fontdata(
-    XOC		 oc,
-    FontSet      font_set,
-    FontData	 font_data,
-    int		 font_data_count,
-    char	 **name_list,
-    int		 name_list_count,
-    ClassType	 class,
-    FontDataRec *font_data_return)
-{
-
-    char	**cur_name_list = name_list;
-    char	*font_name      = (char *) NULL;
-    char	*pattern        = (char *) NULL;
-    int		found_num       = 0, ret = 0;
-    int		count           = name_list_count;
-
-    if(name_list == NULL || count <= 0) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    if(font_data == NULL || font_data_count <= 0) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    /* Loop through each font encoding defined in the "font_data" FontSet. */
-    for ( ; font_data_count-- > 0; font_data++) {
-	Bool	is_found = False;
-	font_name = (char *) NULL;
-	count = name_list_count;
-	cur_name_list = name_list;
-
-       /*
-	* Loop through each font specified by the user
-	* in the call to XCreateFontset().
-	*/
-	while (count-- > 0) {
-            pattern = *cur_name_list++;
-	    if (pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0')
-		continue;
-#ifdef FONTDEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr,"Font pattern: %s %s\n",
-		pattern,font_data->name);
-#endif
-
-	    /*
-	     * If the current font is fully specified (i.e., the
-	     * xlfd contains no wildcards) and the font exists on
-	     * the X Server, we have a match.
-	     */
-	    if (strchr(pattern, '*') == NULL &&
-		(font_name = get_font_name(oc, pattern))) {
-               /*
-		* Find the full xlfd name for this font. If the font is
-		* already in xlfd format, it is simply returned.  If the
-		* font is an alias for another font, the xlfd of the
-		* aliased font is returned.
-		*/
-		ret = parse_all_name(oc, font_data, font_name);
-		Xfree(font_name);
-
-                if (ret == -1)    return -1;
-	        if (ret == False) continue;
-               /*
-		* Since there was an exact match of a fully-specified font
-		* or a font alias, we can return now since the desired font
-		* was found for the current font encoding for this FontSet.
-		*
-		* Previous implementations of this algorithm would
-		* not return here. Instead, they continued searching
-		* through the font encodings for this FontSet. The side-effect
-		* of that behavior is you may return a "substitute" match
-		* instead of an "exact" match.  We believe there should be a
-		* preference on exact matches.  Therefore, as soon as we
-		* find one, we bail.
-		*
-		* Also, previous implementations seemed to think it was
-		* important to find either a primary or substitute font
-		* for each Font encoding in the FontSet before returning an
-		* acceptable font.  We don't believe this is necessary.
-		* All the client cares about is finding a reasonable font
-		* for what was passed in.  If we find an exact match,
-		* there's no reason to look any further.
-		*
-		* -- jjw/pma (HP)
-		*/
-		if (font_data_return) {
-		    font_data_return->xlfd_name = strdup(font_data->xlfd_name);
-		    if (!font_data_return->xlfd_name) return -1;
-
-		    font_data_return->side      = font_data->side;
-		}
-#ifdef FONTDEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr,"XLFD name: %s\n",font_data->xlfd_name);
-#endif
-
-		return True;
-	    }
-	    /*
-	     * If the font name is not fully specified
-	     * (i.e., it has wildcards), we have more work to do.
-	     * See the comments in parse_omit_name()
-	     * for the list of things to do.
-	     */
-	    ret = parse_omit_name(oc, font_data, pattern);
-
-            if (ret == -1)    return -1;
-	    if (ret == False) continue;
-
-           /*
-	    * A font which matched the wild-carded specification was found.
-	    * Only update the return data if a font has not yet been found.
-	    * This maintains the convention that FontSets listed higher in
-	    * a CodeSet in the Locale Database have higher priority than
-	    * those FontSets listed lower in the CodeSet.  In the following
-	    * example:
-	    *
-	    * fs1 {
-	    *        charset     HP-JIS:GR
-	    *        font        JISX0208.1990-0:GL;\
-	    *                    JISX0208.1990-1:GR;\
-	    *                    JISX0208.1983-0:GL;\
-	    *                    JISX0208.1983-1:GR
-	    * }
-	    *
-	    * a font found in the JISX0208.1990-0 FontSet will have a
-	    * higher priority than a font found in the JISX0208.1983-0
-	    * FontSet.
-	    */
-	    if (font_data_return && font_data_return->xlfd_name == NULL) {
-
-#ifdef FONTDEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr,"XLFD name: %s\n",font_data->xlfd_name);
-#endif
-		font_data_return->xlfd_name = strdup(font_data->xlfd_name);
-                if (!font_data_return->xlfd_name) return -1;
-
-	        font_data_return->side      = font_data->side;
-	    }
-
-	    found_num++;
-	    is_found = True;
-
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	switch(class) {
-	  case C_PRIMARY:
-	       if(is_found == False) {
-		 /*
-		  * Did not find a font for the current FontSet.  Check the
-		  * FontSet's "substitute" font for a match.  If we find a
-		  * match, we'll keep searching in hopes of finding an exact
-		  * match later down the FontSet list.
-		  *
-		  * when we return and we have found a font font_data_return
-		  * contains the first (ie. best) match no matter if this
-		  * is a C_PRIMARY or a C_SUBSTITUTE font
-		  */
-		  ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, font_set->substitute,
-				       font_set->substitute_num, name_list,
-				       name_list_count, C_SUBSTITUTE,
-				       font_data_return);
-                  if (ret == -1)    return -1;
-		  if (ret == False) continue;
-
-		  found_num++;
-		  is_found = True;
-               }
-#ifdef TESTVERSION
-	       else
-		   return True;
-#endif
-	       break;
-
-	  case C_SUBSTITUTE:
-	  case C_VMAP:
-	       if(is_found == True)
-		  return True;
-	       break;
-
-	  case C_VROTATE:
-	       if(is_found == True) {
-		  char	*rotate_name;
-
-		  if((rotate_name = get_rotate_fontname(font_data->xlfd_name))
-		     != NULL) {
-		      Xfree(font_data->xlfd_name);
-		      font_data->xlfd_name = rotate_name;
-
-		      return True;
-		  }
-		  Xfree(font_data->xlfd_name);
-		  font_data->xlfd_name = NULL;
-		  return False;
-	       }
-	       break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if(class == C_PRIMARY && found_num >= 1)
-	return True;
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-
-static int
-parse_vw(
-    XOC		oc,
-    FontSet	font_set,
-    char	**name_list,
-    int		count)
-{
-    FontData	vmap = font_set->vmap;
-    VRotate	vrotate = font_set->vrotate;
-    int		vmap_num = font_set->vmap_num;
-    int		vrotate_num = font_set->vrotate_num;
-    int		ret = 0, i = 0;
-
-    if(vmap_num > 0) {
-	if(parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, vmap, vmap_num, name_list,
-			  count, C_VMAP,NULL) == -1)
-	    return (-1);
-    }
-
-    if(vrotate_num > 0) {
-	ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, (FontData) vrotate, vrotate_num,
-			     name_list, count, C_VROTATE, NULL);
-	if(ret == -1) {
-	    return (-1);
-	} else if(ret == False) {
-	    CodeRange	code_range;
-	    int		num_cr;
-	    int		sub_num = font_set->substitute_num;
-
-	    code_range = vrotate[0].code_range; /* ? */
-	    num_cr = vrotate[0].num_cr;         /* ? */
-	    for(i = 0 ; i < vrotate_num ; i++) {
-		if(vrotate[i].xlfd_name)
-		    Xfree(vrotate[i].xlfd_name);
-	    }
-	    Xfree(vrotate);
-
-	    if(sub_num > 0) {
-		vrotate = font_set->vrotate = (VRotate)Xmalloc
-						(sizeof(VRotateRec) * sub_num);
-		if(font_set->vrotate == (VRotate)NULL)
-		    return (-1);
-		memset(font_set->vrotate, 0x00, sizeof(VRotateRec) * sub_num);
-
-		for(i = 0 ; i < sub_num ; i++) {
-		    vrotate[i].charset_name = font_set->substitute[i].name;
-		    vrotate[i].side = font_set->substitute[i].side;
-		    vrotate[i].code_range = code_range;
-		    vrotate[i].num_cr = num_cr;
-		}
-		vrotate_num = font_set->vrotate_num = sub_num;
-	    } else {
-		vrotate = font_set->vrotate = (VRotate)NULL;
-	    }
-
-	    ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, (FontData) vrotate, vrotate_num,
-				 name_list, count, C_VROTATE, NULL);
-	    if(ret == -1)
-		return (-1);
-	}
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static int
-parse_fontname(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet     font_set;
-    FontDataRec font_data_return;
-    char *base_name, **name_list;
-    int font_set_num = 0;
-    int found_num = 0;
-    int count = 0;
-    int	ret;
-    int i;
-
-    name_list = _XParseBaseFontNameList(oc->core.base_name_list, &count);
-    if (name_list == NULL)
-	return -1;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;
-
-   /* Loop through all of the CharSets defined in the Locale
-    * database for the current Locale.
-    */
-    for( ; font_set_num-- > 0 ; font_set++) {
-	if(font_set->font_name)
-	    continue;
-
-	if(font_set->font_data_count > 0) {
-
-           /*
-	    * If there are a non-zero number of FontSets defined
-	    * for this CharSet.
-            * Try to find a font for this CharSet.  If we find an
-	    * acceptable font, we save the information for return
-	    * to the client.  If we do not find an acceptable font,
-	    * a "missing_charset" will be reported to the client
-	    * for this CharSet.
-	    */
-	    font_data_return. xlfd_name = NULL;
-	    font_data_return.side       = XlcUnknown;
-
-	    ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, font_set->font_data,
-				 font_set->font_data_count,
-				 name_list, count, C_PRIMARY,
-				 &font_data_return);
-	    if(ret == -1) {
-		goto err;
-	    } else if(ret == True) {
-		/*
-		 * We can't just loop thru fontset->font_data to
-		 * find the first (ie. best) match: parse_fontdata
-		 * will try a substitute font if no primary one could
-		 * be matched. It returns the required information in
-		 * font_data_return.
-		 */
-		font_set->font_name = strdup(font_data_return.xlfd_name);
-		if(font_set->font_name == (char *) NULL)
-		    goto err;
-
-		font_set->side = font_data_return.side;
-
-                Xfree (font_data_return.xlfd_name);
-                font_data_return.xlfd_name = NULL;
-
-		if(parse_vw(oc, font_set, name_list, count) == -1)
-		    goto err;
-		found_num++;
-	    }
-
-	} else if(font_set->substitute_num > 0) {
-           /*
-	    * If there are no FontSets defined for this
-	    * CharSet.  We can only find "substitute" fonts.
-	    */
-	    ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, font_set->substitute,
-				 font_set->substitute_num,
-				 name_list, count, C_SUBSTITUTE, NULL);
-	    if(ret == -1) {
-		goto err;
-	    } else if(ret == True) {
-		for(i=0;i<font_set->substitute_num;i++){
-		    if(font_set->substitute[i].xlfd_name != NULL){
-			break;
-		    }
-		}
-		font_set->font_name = strdup(font_set->substitute[i].xlfd_name);
-		if(font_set->font_name == (char *) NULL)
-		    goto err;
-
-		font_set->side = font_set->substitute[i].side;
-		if(parse_vw(oc, font_set, name_list, count) == -1)
-		    goto err;
-
-		found_num++;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    base_name = strdup(oc->core.base_name_list);
-    if (base_name == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    oc->core.base_name_list = base_name;
-
-    XFreeStringList(name_list);
-
-    return found_num;
-
-err:
-    XFreeStringList(name_list);
-    /* Prevent this from being freed twice */
-    oc->core.base_name_list = NULL;
-
-    return -1;
-}
-
-/* For VW/UDC end*/
-
-static Bool
-set_missing_list(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set;
-    char **charset_list, *charset_buf;
-    int	count, length, font_set_num;
-    int result = 1;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;
-    count = length = 0;
-
-    for ( ; font_set_num-- > 0; font_set++) {
-	if (font_set->info || font_set->font) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	/* Change 1996.01.23 start */
-	if(font_set->font_data_count <= 0 ||
-	   font_set->font_data == (FontData)NULL) {
-	    if(font_set->substitute_num <= 0 ||
-	       font_set->substitute == (FontData)NULL) {
-		if(font_set->charset_list != NULL){
-		 length +=
-		  strlen(font_set->charset_list[0]->encoding_name) + 1;
-		} else {
-		  length += 1;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		length += strlen(font_set->substitute->name) + 1;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    length += strlen(font_set->font_data->name) + 1;
-	}
-	/* Change 1996.01.23 end */
-	count++;
-    }
-
-    if (count < 1) {
-	return True;
-    }
-
-    charset_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * count);
-    if (charset_list == NULL) {
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    charset_buf = (char *) Xmalloc(length);
-    if (charset_buf == NULL) {
-	Xfree(charset_list);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    oc->core.missing_list.charset_list = charset_list;
-    oc->core.missing_list.charset_count = count;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;
-
-    for ( ; font_set_num-- > 0; font_set++) {
-	if (font_set->info || font_set->font) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	/* Change 1996.01.23 start */
-	if(font_set->font_data_count <= 0 ||
-	   font_set->font_data == (FontData)NULL) {
-	    if(font_set->substitute_num <= 0 ||
-	       font_set->substitute == (FontData)NULL) {
-		if(font_set->charset_list != NULL){
-		 strcpy(charset_buf,
-			font_set->charset_list[0]->encoding_name);
-		} else {
-		 strcpy(charset_buf, "");
-		}
-		result = 0;
-	    } else {
-		strcpy(charset_buf, font_set->substitute->name);
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    strcpy(charset_buf, font_set->font_data->name);
-	}
-	/* Change 1996.01.23 end */
-	*charset_list++ = charset_buf;
-	charset_buf += strlen(charset_buf) + 1;
-    }
-
-    if(result == 0) {
-	return(False);
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static Bool
-create_fontset(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(oc->core.om);
-    int found_num;
-
-    if (init_fontset(oc) == False)
-        return False;
-
-    found_num = parse_fontname(oc);
-    if (found_num <= 0) {
-	if (found_num == 0)
-	    set_missing_list(oc);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    if (gen->on_demand_loading == True) {
-	if (load_font_info(oc) == False)
-	    return False;
-    } else {
-	if (load_font(oc) == False)
-	    return False;
-    }
-
-    if (init_core_part(oc) == False)
-	return False;
-
-    if (set_missing_list(oc) == False)
-	return False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-/* For VW/UDC start */
-static void
-free_fontdataOC(
-    Display	*dpy,
-    FontData	font_data,
-    int		font_data_count)
-{
-    for( ; font_data_count-- ; font_data++) {
-	if(font_data->xlfd_name){
-	    Xfree(font_data->xlfd_name);
-	    font_data->xlfd_name = NULL;
-	}
-	if(font_data->font){				/* ADD 1996.01.7 */
-	    if(font_data->font->fid)			/* Add 1996.01.23 */
-		XFreeFont(dpy,font_data->font);		/* ADD 1996.01.7 */
-	    else					/* Add 1996.01.23 */
-		XFreeFontInfo(NULL, font_data->font, 1);/* Add 1996.01.23 */
-	    font_data->font = NULL;
-	}
-/*
- * font_data->name and font_data->scopes belong to the OM not OC.
- * To save space this data is shared between OM and OC. We are
- * not allowed to free it here.
- * It has been moved to free_fontdataOM()
- */
-/*
-	if(font_data->scopes){
-	    Xfree(font_data->scopes);
-	    font_data->scopes = NULL;
-	}
-	if(font_data->name){
-	    Xfree(font_data->name);
-	    font_data->name = NULL;
-	}
-*/
-    }
-}
-
-static void destroy_fontdata(
-    XOCGenericPart *gen,
-    Display *dpy)
-{
-    FontSet	font_set = (FontSet) NULL;
-    int		font_set_num = 0;
-
-    if (gen->font_set) {
-	font_set = gen->font_set;
-	font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;
-	for( ; font_set_num-- ; font_set++) {
-	    if (font_set->font) {
-		if(font_set->font->fid)
-		    XFreeFont(dpy,font_set->font);
-		else
-		    XFreeFontInfo(NULL, font_set->font, 1);
-		font_set->font = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if(font_set->font_data) {
-		if (font_set->info)
-		    XFreeFontInfo(NULL, font_set->info, 1);
-		free_fontdataOC(dpy,
-			font_set->font_data, font_set->font_data_count);
-		Xfree(font_set->font_data);
-		font_set->font_data = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if(font_set->substitute) {
-		free_fontdataOC(dpy,
-			font_set->substitute, font_set->substitute_num);
-		Xfree(font_set->substitute);
-		font_set->substitute = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if(font_set->vmap) {
-		free_fontdataOC(dpy,
-			font_set->vmap, font_set->vmap_num);
-		Xfree(font_set->vmap);
-		font_set->vmap = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if(font_set->vrotate) {
-		free_fontdataOC(dpy,
-			(FontData)font_set->vrotate,
-			      font_set->vrotate_num);
-		Xfree(font_set->vrotate);
-		font_set->vrotate = NULL;
-	    }
-	}
-	Xfree(gen->font_set);
-	gen->font_set = NULL;
-    }
-}
-/* For VW/UDC end */
-
-static void
-destroy_oc(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-
-    if (gen->mbs_to_cs)
-	_XlcCloseConverter(gen->mbs_to_cs);
-
-    if (gen->wcs_to_cs)
-	_XlcCloseConverter(gen->wcs_to_cs);
-
-    if (gen->utf8_to_cs)
-	_XlcCloseConverter(gen->utf8_to_cs);
-
-/* For VW/UDC start */ /* Change 1996.01.8 */
-    destroy_fontdata(gen,dpy);
-/*
-*/
-/* For VW/UDC end */
-
-    if (oc->core.base_name_list)
-	Xfree(oc->core.base_name_list);
-
-    if (oc->core.font_info.font_name_list)
-	XFreeStringList(oc->core.font_info.font_name_list);
-
-    if (oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list) {
-	Xfree(oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list);
-    }
-
-    if (oc->core.missing_list.charset_list)
-	XFreeStringList(oc->core.missing_list.charset_list);
-
-#ifdef notdef
-    if (oc->core.res_name)
-	Xfree(oc->core.res_name);
-    if (oc->core.res_class)
-	Xfree(oc->core.res_class);
-#endif
-
-    Xfree(oc);
-}
-
-static char *
-set_oc_values(
-    XOC oc,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;
-    char *ret;
-    int num = gen->font_set_num;
-
-    if (oc->core.resources == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    ret = _XlcSetValues((XPointer) oc, oc->core.resources,
-			oc->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcSetMask);
-    if(ret != NULL){
-	return(ret);
-    } else {
-	for ( ; num-- > 0; font_set++) {
-	    if (font_set->font_name == NULL)
-	        continue;
-	    if (font_set->vpart_initialize != 0)
-	        continue;
-	    if( oc->core.orientation == XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL ||
-		oc->core.orientation == XOMOrientation_TTB_LTR ){
-	    	load_fontdata(oc, font_set->vmap, font_set->vmap_num);
-		load_fontdata(oc, (FontData) font_set->vrotate,
-			    font_set->vrotate_num);
-		font_set->vpart_initialize = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-	return(NULL);
-    }
-}
-
-static char *
-get_oc_values(
-    XOC oc,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    if (oc->core.resources == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) oc, oc->core.resources,
-			 oc->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcGetMask);
-}
-
-static XOCMethodsRec oc_default_methods = {
-    destroy_oc,
-    set_oc_values,
-    get_oc_values,
-    _XmbDefaultTextEscapement,
-    _XmbDefaultTextExtents,
-    _XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents,
-    _XmbDefaultDrawString,
-    _XmbDefaultDrawImageString,
-    _XwcDefaultTextEscapement,
-    _XwcDefaultTextExtents,
-    _XwcDefaultTextPerCharExtents,
-    _XwcDefaultDrawString,
-    _XwcDefaultDrawImageString,
-    _Xutf8DefaultTextEscapement,
-    _Xutf8DefaultTextExtents,
-    _Xutf8DefaultTextPerCharExtents,
-    _Xutf8DefaultDrawString,
-    _Xutf8DefaultDrawImageString
-};
-
-static XOCMethodsRec oc_generic_methods = {
-    destroy_oc,
-    set_oc_values,
-    get_oc_values,
-    _XmbGenericTextEscapement,
-    _XmbGenericTextExtents,
-    _XmbGenericTextPerCharExtents,
-    _XmbGenericDrawString,
-    _XmbGenericDrawImageString,
-    _XwcGenericTextEscapement,
-    _XwcGenericTextExtents,
-    _XwcGenericTextPerCharExtents,
-    _XwcGenericDrawString,
-    _XwcGenericDrawImageString,
-    _Xutf8GenericTextEscapement,
-    _Xutf8GenericTextExtents,
-    _Xutf8GenericTextPerCharExtents,
-    _Xutf8GenericDrawString,
-    _Xutf8GenericDrawImageString
-};
-
-typedef struct _XOCMethodsListRec {
-    const char *name;
-    XOCMethods methods;
-} XOCMethodsListRec, *XOCMethodsList;
-
-static XOCMethodsListRec oc_methods_list[] = {
-    { "default", &oc_default_methods },
-    { "generic", &oc_generic_methods }
-};
-
-static XlcResource oc_resources[] = {
-    { XNBaseFontName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.base_name_list), XlcCreateMask | XlcGetMask },
-    { XNOMAutomatic, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.om_automatic), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNMissingCharSet, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMCharSetList),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.missing_list), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNDefaultString, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.default_string), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNOrientation, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOrientation),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.orientation), XlcDefaultMask | XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },
-    { XNResourceName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.res_name), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },
-    { XNResourceClass, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.res_class), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },
-    { XNFontInfo, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMFontInfo),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.font_info), XlcGetMask }
-};
-
-static XOC
-create_oc(
-    XOM om,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XOC oc;
-    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);
-    XOCMethodsList methods_list = oc_methods_list;
-    int count;
-
-    oc = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XOCGenericRec));
-    if (oc == NULL)
-	return (XOC) NULL;
-
-    oc->core.om = om;
-
-    if (oc_resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)
-	_XlcCompileResourceList(oc_resources, XlcNumber(oc_resources));
-
-    if (_XlcSetValues((XPointer) oc, oc_resources, XlcNumber(oc_resources),
-		      args, num_args, XlcCreateMask | XlcDefaultMask))
-	goto err;
-
-    if (oc->core.base_name_list == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    oc->core.resources = oc_resources;
-    oc->core.num_resources = XlcNumber(oc_resources);
-
-    if (create_fontset(oc) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    oc->methods = &oc_generic_methods;
-
-    if (gen->object_name) {
-	count = XlcNumber(oc_methods_list);
-
-	for ( ; count-- > 0; methods_list++) {
-	    if (!_XlcCompareISOLatin1(gen->object_name, methods_list->name)) {
-		oc->methods = methods_list->methods;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    return oc;
-
-err:
-    destroy_oc(oc);
-
-    return (XOC) NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-free_fontdataOM(
-    FontData	font_data,
-    int		font_data_count)
-{
-    for( ; font_data_count-- ; font_data++) {
-	if(font_data->name){
-	    Xfree(font_data->name);
-	    font_data->name = NULL;
-	}
-	if(font_data->scopes){
-	    Xfree(font_data->scopes);
-	    font_data->scopes = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static Status
-close_om(
-    XOM om)
-{
-    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);
-    OMData data;
-    int count;
-
-    if ((data = gen->data)) {
-	for (count = gen->data_num; count-- > 0; data++) {
-	    if (data->charset_list){
-		Xfree(data->charset_list);
-		data->charset_list = NULL;
-	    }
-	    /* free font_data for om */
-	    if (data->font_data) {
-		free_fontdataOM(data->font_data,data->font_data_count);
-		Xfree(data->font_data);
-		data->font_data = NULL;
-	    }
-	    /* free substitute for om */
-	    if (data->substitute) {
-		free_fontdataOM(data->substitute,data->substitute_num);
-		Xfree(data->substitute);
-		data->substitute = NULL;
-	    }
-	    /* free vmap for om */
-	    if (data->vmap) {
-		free_fontdataOM(data->vmap,data->vmap_num);
-		Xfree(data->vmap);
-		data->vmap = NULL;
-	    }
-	    /* free vrotate for om */
-	    if (data->vrotate) {
-		Xfree(data->vrotate);
-		data->vrotate = NULL;
-	    }
-	}
-	Xfree(gen->data);
-	gen->data = NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (gen->object_name){
-	Xfree(gen->object_name);
-	gen->object_name = NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (om->core.res_name){
-	Xfree(om->core.res_name);
-	om->core.res_name = NULL;
-    }
-    if (om->core.res_class){
-	Xfree(om->core.res_class);
-	om->core.res_class = NULL;
-    }
-    if (om->core.required_charset.charset_list &&
-	om->core.required_charset.charset_count > 0){
-	XFreeStringList(om->core.required_charset.charset_list);
-	om->core.required_charset.charset_list = NULL;
-    } else {
-	Xfree((char*)om->core.required_charset.charset_list);
-	om->core.required_charset.charset_list = NULL;
-    }
-    if (om->core.orientation_list.orientation){
-	Xfree(om->core.orientation_list.orientation);
-	om->core.orientation_list.orientation = NULL;
-    }
-
-    Xfree(om);
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static char *
-set_om_values(
-    XOM om,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    if (om->core.resources == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return _XlcSetValues((XPointer) om, om->core.resources,
-			 om->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcSetMask);
-}
-
-static char *
-get_om_values(
-    XOM om,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    if (om->core.resources == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) om, om->core.resources,
-			 om->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcGetMask);
-}
-
-static XOMMethodsRec methods = {
-    close_om,
-    set_om_values,
-    get_om_values,
-    create_oc
-};
-
-static XlcResource om_resources[] = {
-    { XNRequiredCharSet, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMCharSetList),
-      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.required_charset), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNQueryOrientation, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMOrientation),
-      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.orientation_list), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNDirectionalDependentDrawing, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),
-      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.directional_dependent), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNContextualDrawing, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),
-      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.contextual_drawing), XlcGetMask }
-};
-
-static XOM
-create_om(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    Display *dpy,
-    XrmDatabase rdb,
-    _Xconst char *res_name,
-    _Xconst char *res_class)
-{
-    XOM om;
-
-    om = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XOMGenericRec));
-    if (om == NULL)
-	return (XOM) NULL;
-
-    om->methods = &methods;
-    om->core.lcd = lcd;
-    om->core.display = dpy;
-    om->core.rdb = rdb;
-    if (res_name) {
-	om->core.res_name = strdup(res_name);
-	if (om->core.res_name == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-    }
-    if (res_class) {
-	om->core.res_class = strdup(res_class);
-	if (om->core.res_class == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-    }
-
-    if (om_resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)
-	_XlcCompileResourceList(om_resources, XlcNumber(om_resources));
-
-    om->core.resources = om_resources;
-    om->core.num_resources = XlcNumber(om_resources);
-
-    return om;
-
-err:
-    close_om(om);
-
-    return (XOM) NULL;
-}
-
-static OMData
-add_data(
-    XOM om)
-{
-    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);
-    OMData new;
-    int num;
-
-    if ((num = gen->data_num))
-        new = (OMData) Xrealloc(gen->data, (num + 1) * sizeof(OMDataRec));
-    else
-        new = (OMData) Xmalloc(sizeof(OMDataRec));
-
-    if (new == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-
-    gen->data_num = num + 1;
-    gen->data = new;
-
-    new += num;
-    bzero((char *) new, sizeof(OMDataRec));
-
-    return new;
-}
-
-/* For VW/UDC */
-
-FontData
-read_EncodingInfo(
-    int count,
-    char **value)
-{
-    FontData font_data,ret;
-    char *buf, *bufptr,*scp;
-    int len;
-    font_data = Xcalloc(count, sizeof(FontDataRec));
-    if (font_data == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-
-    ret = font_data;
-    for ( ; count-- > 0; font_data++) {
-/*
-        strcpy(buf, *value++);
-*/
-	buf = *value; value++;
-        if ((bufptr = strchr(buf, ':'))) {
-	    len = (int)(bufptr - buf);
-            bufptr++ ;
-	} else
-            len = strlen(buf);
-        font_data->name = (char *) Xmalloc(len + 1);
-        if (font_data->name == NULL) {
-            Xfree(font_data);
-            return NULL;
-	}
-        strncpy(font_data->name, buf,len);
-	font_data->name[len] = 0;
-        if (bufptr && _XlcCompareISOLatin1(bufptr, "GL") == 0)
-            font_data->side = XlcGL;
-        else if (bufptr && _XlcCompareISOLatin1(bufptr, "GR") == 0)
-            font_data->side = XlcGR;
-        else
-            font_data->side = XlcGLGR;
-
-        if (bufptr && (scp = strchr(bufptr, '['))){
-            font_data->scopes = _XlcParse_scopemaps(scp,&(font_data->scopes_num));
-        }
-    }
-    return(ret);
-}
-
-static CodeRange read_vrotate(
-    int count,
-    char **value,
-    int *type,
-    int *vrotate_num)
-{
-    CodeRange   range;
-    if(!strcmp(value[0],"all")){
-	*type 	     = VROTATE_ALL ;
-	*vrotate_num = 0 ;
-	return (NULL);
-    } else if(*(value[0]) == '['){
-	*type 	     = VROTATE_PART ;
-        range = (CodeRange) _XlcParse_scopemaps(value[0],vrotate_num);
-	return (range);
-    } else {
-	*type 	     = VROTATE_NONE ;
-	*vrotate_num = 0 ;
-	return (NULL);
-    }
-}
-
-static void read_vw(
-    XLCd    lcd,
-    OMData  font_set,
-    int     num)
-{
-    char **value, buf[BUFSIZ];
-    int count;
-
-    sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font.vertical_map", num);
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-    if (count > 0){
-        _XlcDbg_printValue(buf,value,count);
-        font_set->vmap_num = count;
-        font_set->vmap = read_EncodingInfo(count,value);
-    }
-
-    sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font.vertical_rotate", num);
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-    if (count > 0){
-        _XlcDbg_printValue(buf,value,count);
-        font_set->vrotate = read_vrotate(count,value,&(font_set->vrotate_type),
-				&(font_set->vrotate_num));
-    }
-}
-/* VW/UDC end */
-static Bool
-init_om(
-    XOM om)
-{
-    XLCd lcd = om->core.lcd;
-    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);
-    OMData data;
-    XlcCharSet *charset_list;
-    FontData font_data;
-    char **required_list;
-    XOrientation *orientation;
-    char **value, buf[BUFSIZ], *bufptr;
-    int count = 0, num = 0, length = 0;
-
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", "on_demand_loading", &value, &count);
-    if (count > 0 && _XlcCompareISOLatin1(*value, "True") == 0)
-	gen->on_demand_loading = True;
-
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", "object_name", &value, &count);
-    if (count > 0) {
-	gen->object_name = strdup(*value);
-	if (gen->object_name == NULL)
-	    return False;
-    }
-
-    for (num = 0; ; num++) {
-
-        sprintf(buf, "fs%d.charset.name", num);
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-
-        if( count < 1){
-            sprintf(buf, "fs%d.charset", num);
-            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-            if (count < 1)
-                break;
-        }
-
-	data = add_data(om);
-	if (data == NULL)
-	    return False;
-
-	charset_list = (XlcCharSet *) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcCharSet) * count);
-	if (charset_list == NULL)
-	    return False;
-	data->charset_list = charset_list;
-	data->charset_count = count;
-
-	while (count-- > 0){
-	    *charset_list++ = _XlcGetCharSet(*value++);
-        }
-        sprintf(buf, "fs%d.charset.udc_area", num);
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-        if( count > 0){
-            UDCArea udc;
-            int i,flag = 0;
-            udc = (UDCArea)Xmalloc(count * sizeof(UDCAreaRec));
-	    if (udc == NULL)
-	        return False;
-            for(i=0;i<count;i++){
-                sscanf(value[i],"\\x%lx,\\x%lx", &(udc[i].start),
-		       &(udc[i].end));
-            }
-            for(i=0;i<data->charset_count;i++){
-		if(data->charset_list[i]->udc_area == NULL){
-		    data->charset_list[i]->udc_area     = udc;
-		    data->charset_list[i]->udc_area_num = count;
-		    flag = 1;
-		}
-            }
-	    if(flag == 0){
-		Xfree(udc);
-	    }
-        }
-
-        sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font.primary", num);
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-        if (count < 1){
-            sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font", num);
-            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-            if (count < 1)
-                return False;
-        }
-
-	font_data = read_EncodingInfo(count,value);
-	if (font_data == NULL)
-	    return False;
-
-	data->font_data = font_data;
-	data->font_data_count = count;
-
-        sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font.substitute", num);
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-        if (count > 0){
-            font_data = read_EncodingInfo(count,value);
-            if (font_data == NULL)
-	        return False;
-            data->substitute      = font_data;
-            data->substitute_num = count;
-        } else {
-            sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font", num);
-            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);
-            if (count < 1) {
-                data->substitute      = NULL;
-                data->substitute_num = 0;
-	    } else {
-                font_data = read_EncodingInfo(count,value);
-                data->substitute      = font_data;
-                data->substitute_num = count;
-	    }
-	}
-        read_vw(lcd,data,num);
-	length += strlen(data->font_data->name) + 1;
-    }
-
-    /* required charset list */
-    required_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * gen->data_num);
-    if (required_list == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    om->core.required_charset.charset_list = required_list;
-    om->core.required_charset.charset_count = gen->data_num;
-
-    count = gen->data_num;
-    data = gen->data;
-
-    if (count > 0) {
-	bufptr = (char *) Xmalloc(length);
-	if (bufptr == NULL) {
-	    Xfree(required_list);
-	    return False;
-	}
-
-	for ( ; count-- > 0; data++) {
-	    strcpy(bufptr, data->font_data->name);
-	    *required_list++ = bufptr;
-	    bufptr += strlen(bufptr) + 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* orientation list */
-    orientation = (XOrientation *) Xmalloc(sizeof(XOrientation) * 2);
-    if (orientation == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    orientation[0] = XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB;
-    orientation[1] = XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL;
-    om->core.orientation_list.orientation = orientation;
-    om->core.orientation_list.num_orientation = 2;
-
-    /* directional dependent drawing */
-    om->core.directional_dependent = False;
-
-    /* contexual drawing */
-    om->core.contextual_drawing = False;
-
-    /* context dependent */
-    om->core.context_dependent = False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-XOM
-_XomGenericOpenOM(XLCd lcd, Display *dpy, XrmDatabase rdb,
-		  _Xconst char *res_name, _Xconst char *res_class)
-{
-    XOM om;
-
-    om = create_om(lcd, dpy, rdb, res_name, res_class);
-    if (om == NULL)
-	return (XOM) NULL;
-
-    if (init_om(om) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    return om;
-
-err:
-    close_om(om);
-
-    return (XOM) NULL;
-}
-
-Bool
-_XInitOM(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    lcd->methods->open_om = _XomGenericOpenOM;
-
-    return True;
-}
+/*  #define FONTDEBUG */

+/*

+ * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided

+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising

+ * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the

+ * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"

+ * without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp

+ */

+/*

+ * Copyright 1995 by FUJITSU LIMITED

+ * This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint

+ * Development Agreement for the CDE/Motif PST.

+ *

+ * Modifier:  Takanori Tateno   FUJITSU LIMITED

+ *

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Fixed the algorithms in parse_fontname() and parse_fontdata()

+ * to improve the logic for determining which font should be

+ * returned for a given CharSet.  We even added some comments

+ * so that you can figure out what in the heck we're doing. We

+ * realize this is a departure from the norm, but hey, we're

+ * rebels! :-) :-)

+ *

+ * Modifiers: Jeff Walls, Paul Anderson: HEWLETT-PACKARD

+ */

+/*

+ * Cleaned up mess, removed some blabla

+ * Egbert Eich, SuSE Linux AG

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XomGeneric.h"

+#include "XlcGeneric.h"

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include <string.h>

+#include <ctype.h>

+

+#define MAXFONTS		100

+#define	PIXEL_SIZE_FIELD	 7

+#define	POINT_SIZE_FIELD	 8

+#define	CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD	14

+#define XLFD_MAX_LEN		255

+

+#if 0

+extern int _XmbDefaultTextEscapement(), _XwcDefaultTextEscapement(),

+	   _Xutf8DefaultTextEscapement();

+extern int _XmbDefaultTextExtents(), _XwcDefaultTextExtents(),

+	   _Xutf8DefaultTextExtents();

+extern Status _XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents(), _XwcDefaultTextPerCharExtents(),

+	      _Xutf8DefaultTextPerCharExtents();

+extern int _XmbDefaultDrawString(), _XwcDefaultDrawString(),

+	   _Xutf8DefaultDrawString();

+extern void _XmbDefaultDrawImageString(), _XwcDefaultDrawImageString(),

+	    _Xutf8DefaultDrawImageString();

+

+extern int _XmbGenericTextEscapement(), _XwcGenericTextEscapement(),

+	   _Xutf8GenericTextEscapement();

+extern int _XmbGenericTextExtents(), _XwcGenericTextExtents(),

+	   _Xutf8GenericTextExtents();

+extern Status _XmbGenericTextPerCharExtents(), _XwcGenericTextPerCharExtents(),

+	      _Xutf8GenericTextPerCharExtents();

+extern int _XmbGenericDrawString(), _XwcGenericDrawString(),

+	   _Xutf8GenericDrawString();

+extern void _XmbGenericDrawImageString(), _XwcGenericDrawImageString(),

+	    _Xutf8GenericDrawImageString();

+

+extern void _XlcDbg_printValue (const char *str, char **value, int num);

+#endif

+

+/* For VW/UDC start */

+

+static FontData

+init_fontdata(

+    FontData	font_data,

+    int		font_data_count)

+{

+    FontData	fd;

+    int		i;

+

+    fd = (FontData)Xmalloc(sizeof(FontDataRec) * font_data_count);

+    if(fd == (FontData) NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    memset(fd, 0x00, sizeof(FontData) * font_data_count);

+    for(i = 0 ; i < font_data_count ; i++)

+	fd[i] = font_data[i];

+

+    return fd;

+}

+

+static VRotate

+init_vrotate(

+    FontData	font_data,

+    int		font_data_count,

+    int		type,

+    CodeRange	code_range,

+    int		code_range_num)

+{

+    VRotate	vrotate;

+    int		i;

+

+    if(type == VROTATE_NONE)

+	return (VRotate)NULL;

+

+    vrotate = (VRotate)Xmalloc(sizeof(VRotateRec) * font_data_count);

+    if(vrotate == (VRotate) NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    memset(vrotate, 0x00, sizeof(VRotateRec) * font_data_count);

+    for(i = 0 ; i < font_data_count ; i++) {

+	vrotate[i].charset_name = font_data[i].name;

+	vrotate[i].side = font_data[i].side;

+	if(type == VROTATE_PART) {

+	    vrotate[i].num_cr = code_range_num;

+	    vrotate[i].code_range = code_range;

+	}

+    }

+

+    return vrotate;

+}

+

+static Bool

+init_fontset(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen;

+    FontSet font_set;

+    OMData data;

+    int count;

+

+    count = XOM_GENERIC(oc->core.om)->data_num;

+    data = XOM_GENERIC(oc->core.om)->data;

+

+    font_set = (FontSet) Xmalloc(sizeof(FontSetRec) * count);

+    if (font_set == NULL)

+	return False;

+    memset((char *) font_set, 0x00, sizeof(FontSetRec) * count);

+

+    gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    gen->font_set_num = count;

+    gen->font_set = font_set;

+

+    for ( ; count-- > 0; data++, font_set++) {

+	font_set->charset_count = data->charset_count;

+	font_set->charset_list = data->charset_list;

+

+	if((font_set->font_data = init_fontdata(data->font_data,

+				  data->font_data_count)) == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+	font_set->font_data_count = data->font_data_count;

+	if((font_set->substitute = init_fontdata(data->substitute,

+				   data->substitute_num)) == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+	font_set->substitute_num = data->substitute_num;

+	if((font_set->vmap = init_fontdata(data->vmap,

+			     data->vmap_num)) == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+	font_set->vmap_num       = data->vmap_num;

+

+	if(data->vrotate_type != VROTATE_NONE) {

+	    /* A vrotate member is specified primary font data */

+	    /* as initial value.                               */

+	    if((font_set->vrotate = init_vrotate(data->font_data,

+						 data->font_data_count,

+						 data->vrotate_type,

+						 data->vrotate,

+						 data->vrotate_num)) == NULL)

+		goto err;

+	    font_set->vrotate_num = data->font_data_count;

+	}

+    }

+    return True;

+

+err:

+    if(font_set->font_data)

+	Xfree(font_set->font_data);

+    if(font_set->substitute)

+	Xfree(font_set->substitute);

+    if(font_set->vmap)

+	Xfree(font_set->vmap);

+    if(font_set->vrotate)

+	Xfree(font_set->vrotate);

+    if(font_set)

+	Xfree(font_set);

+    gen->font_set = (FontSet) NULL;

+    gen->font_set_num = 0;

+    return False;

+}

+

+/* For VW/UDC end */

+

+static char *

+get_prop_name(

+    Display *dpy,

+    XFontStruct	*fs)

+{

+    unsigned long fp;

+

+    if (XGetFontProperty(fs, XA_FONT, &fp))

+	return XGetAtomName(dpy, fp);

+

+    return (char *) NULL;

+}

+

+/* For VW/UDC start */

+

+static Bool

+load_fontdata(

+    XOC		oc,

+    FontData	font_data,

+    int		font_data_num)

+{

+    Display	*dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+    FontData	fd = font_data;

+

+    if(font_data == NULL) return(True);

+    for( ; font_data_num-- ; fd++) {

+	if(fd->xlfd_name != (char *) NULL && fd->font == NULL) {

+	    fd->font = XLoadQueryFont(dpy, fd->xlfd_name);

+	    if (fd->font == NULL){

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+static Bool

+load_fontset_data(

+    XOC		oc,

+    FontSet	font_set)

+{

+    Display	*dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+

+    if(font_set->font_name == (char *)NULL) return False ;

+

+   /* If font_set->font is not NULL, it contains the *best*

+    * match font for this FontSet.

+    * -- jjw/pma (HP)

+    */

+    if(font_set->font == NULL) {

+       font_set->font = XLoadQueryFont(dpy, font_set->font_name);

+       if (font_set->font == NULL){

+		return False;

+       }

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+static Bool

+load_font(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;

+    int num = gen->font_set_num;

+

+    for ( ; num-- > 0; font_set++) {

+	if (font_set->font_name == NULL)

+	    continue;

+

+        if (load_fontset_data (oc, font_set) != True)

+	    return False;

+#ifndef TESTVERSION

+	if(load_fontdata(oc, font_set->font_data,

+			 font_set->font_data_count) != True)

+	    return False;

+

+	if(load_fontdata(oc, font_set->substitute,

+			 font_set->substitute_num) != True)

+	    return False;

+#endif

+

+/* Add 1996.05.20 */

+        if( oc->core.orientation == XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL ||

+            oc->core.orientation == XOMOrientation_TTB_LTR ){

+	    if (font_set->vpart_initialize == 0) {

+	       load_fontdata(oc, font_set->vmap, font_set->vmap_num);

+	       load_fontdata(oc, (FontData) font_set->vrotate,

+			 font_set->vrotate_num);

+                font_set->vpart_initialize = 1;

+	    }

+        }

+

+	if (font_set->font->min_byte1 || font_set->font->max_byte1)

+	    font_set->is_xchar2b = True;

+	else

+	    font_set->is_xchar2b = False;

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+/* For VW/UDC end */

+

+static Bool

+load_font_info(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;

+    char **fn_list;

+    int fn_num, num = gen->font_set_num;

+

+    for ( ; num-- > 0; font_set++) {

+	if (font_set->font_name == NULL)

+	    continue;

+

+	if (font_set->info == NULL) {

+	    fn_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, font_set->font_name, 1, &fn_num,

+					 &font_set->info);

+	    if (font_set->info == NULL)

+		return False;

+

+	    XFreeFontNames(fn_list);

+	}

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+/* For Vertical Writing start */

+

+static void

+check_fontset_extents(

+    XCharStruct		*overall,

+    int			*logical_ascent,

+    int                 *logical_descent,

+    XFontStruct		*font)

+{

+    overall->lbearing = min(overall->lbearing, font->min_bounds.lbearing);

+    overall->rbearing = max(overall->rbearing, font->max_bounds.rbearing);

+    overall->ascent   = max(overall->ascent,   font->max_bounds.ascent);

+    overall->descent  = max(overall->descent,  font->max_bounds.descent);

+    overall->width    = max(overall->width,    font->max_bounds.width);

+    *logical_ascent   = max(*logical_ascent,   font->ascent);

+    *logical_descent  = max(*logical_descent,  font->descent);

+}

+

+/* For Vertical Writing end */

+

+static void

+set_fontset_extents(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XRectangle *ink = &oc->core.font_set_extents.max_ink_extent;

+    XRectangle *logical = &oc->core.font_set_extents.max_logical_extent;

+    XFontStruct **font_list, *font;

+    XCharStruct overall;

+    int logical_ascent, logical_descent;

+    int	num = oc->core.font_info.num_font;

+

+    font_list = oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list;

+    font = *font_list++;

+    overall = font->max_bounds;

+    overall.lbearing = font->min_bounds.lbearing;

+    logical_ascent = font->ascent;

+    logical_descent = font->descent;

+

+    /* For Vertical Writing start */

+

+    while (--num > 0) {

+	font = *font_list++;

+	check_fontset_extents(&overall, &logical_ascent, &logical_descent,

+			      font);

+    }

+

+    {

+	XOCGenericPart  *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+	FontSet		font_set = gen->font_set;

+	FontData	font_data;

+	int		font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;

+	int		font_data_count;

+

+	for( ; font_set_num-- ; font_set++) {

+	    if(font_set->vmap_num > 0) {

+		font_data = font_set->vmap;

+		font_data_count = font_set->vmap_num;

+		for( ; font_data_count-- ; font_data++) {

+		    if(font_data->font != NULL) {

+			check_fontset_extents(&overall, &logical_ascent,

+					      &logical_descent,

+					      font_data->font);

+		    }

+		}

+	    }

+

+	    if(font_set->vrotate_num > 0 && font_set->vrotate != NULL) {

+		font_data = (FontData) font_set->vrotate;

+		font_data_count = font_set->vrotate_num;

+		for( ; font_data_count-- ; font_data++) {

+		    if(font_data->font != NULL) {

+			check_fontset_extents(&overall, &logical_ascent,

+					      &logical_descent,

+					      font_data->font);

+		    }

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* For Vertical Writing start */

+

+    ink->x = overall.lbearing;

+    ink->y = -(overall.ascent);

+    ink->width = overall.rbearing - overall.lbearing;

+    ink->height = overall.ascent + overall.descent;

+

+    logical->x = 0;

+    logical->y = -(logical_ascent);

+    logical->width = overall.width;

+    logical->height = logical_ascent + logical_descent;

+}

+

+static Bool

+init_core_part(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set;

+    int font_set_num;

+    XFontStruct **font_struct_list;

+    char **font_name_list, *font_name_buf;

+    int	count, length;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;

+    count = length = 0;

+

+    for ( ; font_set_num-- > 0; font_set++) {

+	if (font_set->font_name == NULL)

+	    continue;

+

+	length += strlen(font_set->font_name) + 1;

+

+	count++;

+    }

+    if (count == 0)

+        return False;

+

+    font_struct_list = (XFontStruct **) Xmalloc(sizeof(XFontStruct *) * count);

+    if (font_struct_list == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    font_name_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * count);

+    if (font_name_list == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    font_name_buf = (char *) Xmalloc(length);

+    if (font_name_buf == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    oc->core.font_info.num_font = count;

+    oc->core.font_info.font_name_list = font_name_list;

+    oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list = font_struct_list;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;

+

+    for (count = 0; font_set_num-- > 0; font_set++) {

+	if (font_set->font_name == NULL)

+	    continue;

+

+	font_set->id = count;

+	if (font_set->font)

+	    *font_struct_list++ = font_set->font;

+	else

+	    *font_struct_list++ = font_set->info;

+	strcpy(font_name_buf, font_set->font_name);

+	Xfree(font_set->font_name);

+	*font_name_list++ = font_set->font_name = font_name_buf;

+	font_name_buf += strlen(font_name_buf) + 1;

+

+	count++;

+    }

+

+    set_fontset_extents(oc);

+

+    return True;

+

+err:

+    if (font_name_list)

+	Xfree(font_name_list);

+    Xfree(font_struct_list);

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+static char *

+get_font_name(

+    XOC oc,

+    char *pattern)

+{

+    char **list, *name;

+    int count = 0;

+

+    list = XListFonts(oc->core.om->core.display, pattern, 1, &count);

+    if (list == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    name = strdup(*list);

+

+    XFreeFontNames(list);

+

+    return name;

+}

+

+/* For VW/UDC start*/

+

+static char *

+get_rotate_fontname(

+    char *font_name)

+{

+    char *pattern = NULL, *ptr = NULL;

+    char *fields[CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD];

+    char str_pixel[32], str_point[4];

+    char *rotate_font_ptr = NULL;

+    int pixel_size = 0;

+    int field_num = 0, len = 0;

+

+    if(font_name == (char *) NULL || (len = strlen(font_name)) <= 0

+       || len > XLFD_MAX_LEN)

+	return NULL;

+

+    pattern = strdup(font_name);

+    if(!pattern)

+	return NULL;

+

+    memset(fields, 0, sizeof(char *) * 14);

+    ptr = pattern;

+    while(isspace(*ptr)) {

+	ptr++;

+    }

+    if(*ptr == '-')

+	ptr++;

+

+    for(field_num = 0 ; field_num < CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD && ptr && *ptr ;

+			ptr++, field_num++) {

+	fields[field_num] = ptr;

+

+	if((ptr = strchr(ptr, '-'))) {

+	    *ptr = '\0';

+	} else {

+	    field_num++;	/* Count last field */

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if(field_num < CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD)

+	goto free_pattern;

+

+    /* Pixel Size field : fields[6] */

+    for(ptr = fields[PIXEL_SIZE_FIELD - 1] ; ptr && *ptr; ptr++) {

+	if(!isdigit(*ptr)) {

+	    if(*ptr == '['){ /* 960730 */

+	        strcpy(pattern, font_name);

+		return(pattern);

+	    }

+	    goto free_pattern;

+	}

+    }

+    pixel_size = atoi(fields[PIXEL_SIZE_FIELD - 1]);

+    sprintf(str_pixel, "[ 0 ~%d %d 0 ]", pixel_size, pixel_size);

+    fields[6] = str_pixel;

+

+    /* Point Size field : fields[7] */

+    strcpy(str_point, "*");

+    fields[POINT_SIZE_FIELD - 1] = str_point;

+

+    len = 0;

+    for (field_num = 0; field_num < CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD &&

+			fields[field_num]; field_num++) {

+	len += 1 + strlen(fields[field_num]);

+    }

+

+    /* Max XLFD length is 255 */

+    if (len > XLFD_MAX_LEN)

+	goto free_pattern;

+

+    rotate_font_ptr = (char *)Xmalloc(len + 1);

+    if(!rotate_font_ptr)

+	goto free_pattern;

+

+    rotate_font_ptr[0] = '\0';

+

+    for(field_num = 0 ; field_num < CHARSET_ENCODING_FIELD &&

+			fields[field_num] ; field_num++) {

+	strcat(rotate_font_ptr, "-");

+	strcat(rotate_font_ptr, fields[field_num]);

+    }

+

+free_pattern:

+    Xfree(pattern);

+

+    return rotate_font_ptr;

+}

+

+static Bool

+is_match_charset(

+    FontData	font_data,

+    char	*font_name)

+{

+    char *last;

+    int length, name_len;

+

+    name_len = strlen(font_name);

+    last = font_name + name_len;

+

+    length = strlen(font_data->name);

+    if (length > name_len)

+	return False;

+

+    if (_XlcCompareISOLatin1(last - length, font_data->name) == 0)

+	return True;

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+#if 0

+static char *

+get_font_name_from_list(

+    XOC oc,

+    char *pattern,

+    FontData    font_data)

+{

+    char **list, *name = (char *)NULL, *fname;

+    int count = 0, i;

+

+    list = XListFonts(oc->core.om->core.display, pattern, MAXFONTS, &count);

+    if (list == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {

+        fname = list[i];

+        if(is_match_charset(font_data, fname) == True) {

+            name = strdup(fname);

+            break;

+        }

+    }

+

+    XFreeFontNames(list);

+

+    return name;

+}

+#endif

+

+static int

+parse_all_name(

+    XOC		oc,

+    FontData	font_data,

+    char	*pattern)

+{

+

+#ifdef OLDCODE

+    if(is_match_charset(font_data, pattern) != True)

+ 	return False;

+

+    font_data->xlfd_name = strdup(pattern);

+    if(font_data->xlfd_name == NULL)

+	return (-1);

+

+    return True;

+#else  /* OLDCODE */

+    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+    char **fn_list = NULL, *prop_fname = NULL;

+    int list_num;

+    XFontStruct *fs_list;

+    if(is_match_charset(font_data, pattern) != True) {

+	/*

+	 * pattern should not contain any wildcard (execpt '?')

+	 * this was probably added to make this case insensitive.

+	 */

+	if ((fn_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, pattern,

+				      MAXFONTS,

+				      &list_num, &fs_list)) == NULL) {

+            return False;

+        }

+	/* shouldn't we loop here ? */

+        else if ((prop_fname = get_prop_name(dpy, fs_list)) == NULL) {

+            XFreeFontInfo(fn_list, fs_list, list_num);

+            return False;

+        }

+        else if ((is_match_charset(font_data, prop_fname) != True)) {

+            XFree(prop_fname);

+            XFreeFontInfo(fn_list, fs_list, list_num);

+            return False;

+        }

+        else {

+	    font_data->xlfd_name = prop_fname;

+            XFreeFontInfo(fn_list, fs_list, list_num);

+            return True;

+        }

+    }

+

+    font_data->xlfd_name = strdup(pattern);

+    if(font_data->xlfd_name == NULL)

+	return (-1);

+

+    return True;

+#endif /* OLDCODE */

+}

+

+static int

+parse_omit_name(

+    XOC		oc,

+    FontData	font_data,

+    char	*pattern)

+{

+    char*	last = (char *) NULL;

+    char*	base_name;

+    char	buf[XLFD_MAX_LEN + 1];

+    int		length = 0;

+    int		num_fields;

+   /*

+    * If the font specified by "pattern" is expandable to be

+    * a member of "font_data"'s FontSet, we've found a match.

+    */

+    if(is_match_charset(font_data, pattern) == True) {

+	if ((font_data->xlfd_name = get_font_name(oc, pattern)) != NULL) {

+	    return True;

+	}

+    }

+

+    length = strlen (pattern);

+

+    if (length > XLFD_MAX_LEN)

+	return -1;

+

+    strcpy(buf, pattern);

+    last = buf + length - 1;

+

+    /* Replace the original encoding with the encoding for this FontSet. */

+

+    /* Figure out how many fields have been specified in this xlfd. */

+    for (num_fields = 0, base_name = buf; *base_name != '\0'; base_name++)

+	if (*base_name == '-') num_fields++;

+

+    switch (num_fields) {

+    case 12:

+	/* This is the best way to have specifed the fontset.  In this

+	 * case, there is no original encoding. E.g.,

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*

+	 * To this, we'll append a dash:

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-

+	 * then append the encoding to get:

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-JISX0208.1990-0

+	 */

+	/*

+	 * Take care of:

+	 *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-

+	 */

+	if (*(last) == '-')

+	    *++last = '*';

+

+	*++last = '-';

+	break;

+    case 13:

+	/* Got the charset, not the encoding, zap the charset  In this

+	 * case, there is no original encoding, but there is a charset. E.g.,

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-jisx0212.1990

+	 * To this, we remove the charset:

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-

+	 * then append the new encoding to get:

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-JISX0208.1990-0

+	 */

+	last = strrchr (buf, '-');

+	num_fields = 12;

+	break;

+    case 14:

+	/* Both the charset and the encoding are specified.  Get rid

+	 * of them so that we can append the new charset encoding.  E.g.,

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-jisx0212.1990-0

+	 * To this, we'll remove the encoding and charset to get:

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-

+	 * then append the new encoding to get:

+         *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-JISX0208.1990-0

+	 */

+	last = strrchr (buf, '-');

+	*last = '\0';

+	last = strrchr (buf, '-');

+	num_fields = 12;

+	break;

+    default:

+	if (*last != '-')

+	    *++last = '-';

+	break;

+    }

+

+   /* At this point, "last" is pointing to the last "-" in the

+    * xlfd, and all xlfd's at this point take a form similar to:

+    *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-

+    * (i.e., no encoding).

+    * After the strcpy, we'll end up with something similar to:

+    *       -*-*-*-*-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-JISX0208.1990-0

+    *

+    * If the modified font is found in the current FontSet,

+    * we've found a match.

+    */

+

+    last++;

+

+    if ((last - buf) + strlen(font_data->name) > XLFD_MAX_LEN)

+	return -1;

+

+    strcpy(last, font_data->name);

+    if ((font_data->xlfd_name = get_font_name(oc, buf)) != NULL)

+	return True;

+

+    /* This may mot be needed anymore as XListFonts() takes care of this */

+    while (num_fields < 12) {

+	if ((last - buf) > (XLFD_MAX_LEN - 2))

+	    return -1;

+	*last = '*';

+	*(last + 1) = '-';

+	strcpy(last + 2, font_data->name);

+	num_fields++;

+	last+=2;

+	if ((font_data->xlfd_name = get_font_name(oc, buf)) != NULL)

+	    return True;

+    }

+

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+

+typedef enum{C_PRIMARY, C_SUBSTITUTE, C_VMAP, C_VROTATE } ClassType;

+

+static int

+parse_fontdata(

+    XOC		 oc,

+    FontSet      font_set,

+    FontData	 font_data,

+    int		 font_data_count,

+    char	 **name_list,

+    int		 name_list_count,

+    ClassType	 class,

+    FontDataRec *font_data_return)

+{

+

+    char	**cur_name_list = name_list;

+    char	*font_name      = (char *) NULL;

+    char	*pattern        = (char *) NULL;

+    int		found_num       = 0, ret = 0;

+    int		count           = name_list_count;

+

+    if(name_list == NULL || count <= 0) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    if(font_data == NULL || font_data_count <= 0) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    /* Loop through each font encoding defined in the "font_data" FontSet. */

+    for ( ; font_data_count-- > 0; font_data++) {

+	Bool	is_found = False;

+	font_name = (char *) NULL;

+	count = name_list_count;

+	cur_name_list = name_list;

+

+       /*

+	* Loop through each font specified by the user

+	* in the call to XCreateFontset().

+	*/

+	while (count-- > 0) {

+            pattern = *cur_name_list++;

+	    if (pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0')

+		continue;

+#ifdef FONTDEBUG

+		fprintf(stderr,"Font pattern: %s %s\n",

+		pattern,font_data->name);

+#endif

+

+	    /*

+	     * If the current font is fully specified (i.e., the

+	     * xlfd contains no wildcards) and the font exists on

+	     * the X Server, we have a match.

+	     */

+	    if (strchr(pattern, '*') == NULL &&

+		(font_name = get_font_name(oc, pattern))) {

+               /*

+		* Find the full xlfd name for this font. If the font is

+		* already in xlfd format, it is simply returned.  If the

+		* font is an alias for another font, the xlfd of the

+		* aliased font is returned.

+		*/

+		ret = parse_all_name(oc, font_data, font_name);

+		Xfree(font_name);

+

+                if (ret == -1)    return -1;

+	        if (ret == False) continue;

+               /*

+		* Since there was an exact match of a fully-specified font

+		* or a font alias, we can return now since the desired font

+		* was found for the current font encoding for this FontSet.

+		*

+		* Previous implementations of this algorithm would

+		* not return here. Instead, they continued searching

+		* through the font encodings for this FontSet. The side-effect

+		* of that behavior is you may return a "substitute" match

+		* instead of an "exact" match.  We believe there should be a

+		* preference on exact matches.  Therefore, as soon as we

+		* find one, we bail.

+		*

+		* Also, previous implementations seemed to think it was

+		* important to find either a primary or substitute font

+		* for each Font encoding in the FontSet before returning an

+		* acceptable font.  We don't believe this is necessary.

+		* All the client cares about is finding a reasonable font

+		* for what was passed in.  If we find an exact match,

+		* there's no reason to look any further.

+		*

+		* -- jjw/pma (HP)

+		*/

+		if (font_data_return) {

+		    font_data_return->xlfd_name = strdup(font_data->xlfd_name);

+		    if (!font_data_return->xlfd_name) return -1;

+

+		    font_data_return->side      = font_data->side;

+		}

+#ifdef FONTDEBUG

+		fprintf(stderr,"XLFD name: %s\n",font_data->xlfd_name);

+#endif

+

+		return True;

+	    }

+	    /*

+	     * If the font name is not fully specified

+	     * (i.e., it has wildcards), we have more work to do.

+	     * See the comments in parse_omit_name()

+	     * for the list of things to do.

+	     */

+	    ret = parse_omit_name(oc, font_data, pattern);

+

+            if (ret == -1)    return -1;

+	    if (ret == False) continue;

+

+           /*

+	    * A font which matched the wild-carded specification was found.

+	    * Only update the return data if a font has not yet been found.

+	    * This maintains the convention that FontSets listed higher in

+	    * a CodeSet in the Locale Database have higher priority than

+	    * those FontSets listed lower in the CodeSet.  In the following

+	    * example:

+	    *

+	    * fs1 {

+	    *        charset     HP-JIS:GR

+	    *        font        JISX0208.1990-0:GL;\

+	    *                    JISX0208.1990-1:GR;\

+	    *                    JISX0208.1983-0:GL;\

+	    *                    JISX0208.1983-1:GR

+	    * }

+	    *

+	    * a font found in the JISX0208.1990-0 FontSet will have a

+	    * higher priority than a font found in the JISX0208.1983-0

+	    * FontSet.

+	    */

+	    if (font_data_return && font_data_return->xlfd_name == NULL) {

+

+#ifdef FONTDEBUG

+		fprintf(stderr,"XLFD name: %s\n",font_data->xlfd_name);

+#endif

+		font_data_return->xlfd_name = strdup(font_data->xlfd_name);

+                if (!font_data_return->xlfd_name) return -1;

+

+	        font_data_return->side      = font_data->side;

+	    }

+

+	    found_num++;

+	    is_found = True;

+

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	switch(class) {

+	  case C_PRIMARY:

+	       if(is_found == False) {

+		 /*

+		  * Did not find a font for the current FontSet.  Check the

+		  * FontSet's "substitute" font for a match.  If we find a

+		  * match, we'll keep searching in hopes of finding an exact

+		  * match later down the FontSet list.

+		  *

+		  * when we return and we have found a font font_data_return

+		  * contains the first (ie. best) match no matter if this

+		  * is a C_PRIMARY or a C_SUBSTITUTE font

+		  */

+		  ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, font_set->substitute,

+				       font_set->substitute_num, name_list,

+				       name_list_count, C_SUBSTITUTE,

+				       font_data_return);

+                  if (ret == -1)    return -1;

+		  if (ret == False) continue;

+

+		  found_num++;

+		  is_found = True;

+               }

+#ifdef TESTVERSION

+	       else

+		   return True;

+#endif

+	       break;

+

+	  case C_SUBSTITUTE:

+	  case C_VMAP:

+	       if(is_found == True)

+		  return True;

+	       break;

+

+	  case C_VROTATE:

+	       if(is_found == True) {

+		  char	*rotate_name;

+

+		  if((rotate_name = get_rotate_fontname(font_data->xlfd_name))

+		     != NULL) {

+		      Xfree(font_data->xlfd_name);

+		      font_data->xlfd_name = rotate_name;

+

+		      return True;

+		  }

+		  Xfree(font_data->xlfd_name);

+		  font_data->xlfd_name = NULL;

+		  return False;

+	       }

+	       break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if(class == C_PRIMARY && found_num >= 1)

+	return True;

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+

+static int

+parse_vw(

+    XOC		oc,

+    FontSet	font_set,

+    char	**name_list,

+    int		count)

+{

+    FontData	vmap = font_set->vmap;

+    VRotate	vrotate = font_set->vrotate;

+    int		vmap_num = font_set->vmap_num;

+    int		vrotate_num = font_set->vrotate_num;

+    int		ret = 0, i = 0;

+

+    if(vmap_num > 0) {

+	if(parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, vmap, vmap_num, name_list,

+			  count, C_VMAP,NULL) == -1)

+	    return (-1);

+    }

+

+    if(vrotate_num > 0) {

+	ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, (FontData) vrotate, vrotate_num,

+			     name_list, count, C_VROTATE, NULL);

+	if(ret == -1) {

+	    return (-1);

+	} else if(ret == False) {

+	    CodeRange	code_range;

+	    int		num_cr;

+	    int		sub_num = font_set->substitute_num;

+

+	    code_range = vrotate[0].code_range; /* ? */

+	    num_cr = vrotate[0].num_cr;         /* ? */

+	    for(i = 0 ; i < vrotate_num ; i++) {

+		if(vrotate[i].xlfd_name)

+		    Xfree(vrotate[i].xlfd_name);

+	    }

+	    Xfree(vrotate);

+

+	    if(sub_num > 0) {

+		vrotate = font_set->vrotate = (VRotate)Xmalloc

+						(sizeof(VRotateRec) * sub_num);

+		if(font_set->vrotate == (VRotate)NULL)

+		    return (-1);

+		memset(font_set->vrotate, 0x00, sizeof(VRotateRec) * sub_num);

+

+		for(i = 0 ; i < sub_num ; i++) {

+		    vrotate[i].charset_name = font_set->substitute[i].name;

+		    vrotate[i].side = font_set->substitute[i].side;

+		    vrotate[i].code_range = code_range;

+		    vrotate[i].num_cr = num_cr;

+		}

+		vrotate_num = font_set->vrotate_num = sub_num;

+	    } else {

+		vrotate = font_set->vrotate = (VRotate)NULL;

+	    }

+

+	    ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, (FontData) vrotate, vrotate_num,

+				 name_list, count, C_VROTATE, NULL);

+	    if(ret == -1)

+		return (-1);

+	}

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static int

+parse_fontname(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet     font_set;

+    FontDataRec font_data_return;

+    char *base_name, **name_list;

+    int font_set_num = 0;

+    int found_num = 0;

+    int count = 0;

+    int	ret;

+    int i;

+

+    name_list = _XParseBaseFontNameList(oc->core.base_name_list, &count);

+    if (name_list == NULL)

+	return -1;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;

+

+   /* Loop through all of the CharSets defined in the Locale

+    * database for the current Locale.

+    */

+    for( ; font_set_num-- > 0 ; font_set++) {

+	if(font_set->font_name)

+	    continue;

+

+	if(font_set->font_data_count > 0) {

+

+           /*

+	    * If there are a non-zero number of FontSets defined

+	    * for this CharSet.

+            * Try to find a font for this CharSet.  If we find an

+	    * acceptable font, we save the information for return

+	    * to the client.  If we do not find an acceptable font,

+	    * a "missing_charset" will be reported to the client

+	    * for this CharSet.

+	    */

+	    font_data_return. xlfd_name = NULL;

+	    font_data_return.side       = XlcUnknown;

+

+	    ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, font_set->font_data,

+				 font_set->font_data_count,

+				 name_list, count, C_PRIMARY,

+				 &font_data_return);

+	    if(ret == -1) {

+		goto err;

+	    } else if(ret == True) {

+		/*

+		 * We can't just loop thru fontset->font_data to

+		 * find the first (ie. best) match: parse_fontdata

+		 * will try a substitute font if no primary one could

+		 * be matched. It returns the required information in

+		 * font_data_return.

+		 */

+		font_set->font_name = strdup(font_data_return.xlfd_name);

+		if(font_set->font_name == (char *) NULL)

+		    goto err;

+

+		font_set->side = font_data_return.side;

+

+                Xfree (font_data_return.xlfd_name);

+                font_data_return.xlfd_name = NULL;

+

+		if(parse_vw(oc, font_set, name_list, count) == -1)

+		    goto err;

+		found_num++;

+	    }

+

+	} else if(font_set->substitute_num > 0) {

+           /*

+	    * If there are no FontSets defined for this

+	    * CharSet.  We can only find "substitute" fonts.

+	    */

+	    ret = parse_fontdata(oc, font_set, font_set->substitute,

+				 font_set->substitute_num,

+				 name_list, count, C_SUBSTITUTE, NULL);

+	    if(ret == -1) {

+		goto err;

+	    } else if(ret == True) {

+		for(i=0;i<font_set->substitute_num;i++){

+		    if(font_set->substitute[i].xlfd_name != NULL){

+			break;

+		    }

+		}

+		font_set->font_name = strdup(font_set->substitute[i].xlfd_name);

+		if(font_set->font_name == (char *) NULL)

+		    goto err;

+

+		font_set->side = font_set->substitute[i].side;

+		if(parse_vw(oc, font_set, name_list, count) == -1)

+		    goto err;

+

+		found_num++;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    base_name = strdup(oc->core.base_name_list);

+    if (base_name == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    oc->core.base_name_list = base_name;

+

+    XFreeStringList(name_list);

+

+    return found_num;

+

+err:

+    XFreeStringList(name_list);

+    /* Prevent this from being freed twice */

+    oc->core.base_name_list = NULL;

+

+    return -1;

+}

+

+/* For VW/UDC end*/

+

+static Bool

+set_missing_list(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set;

+    char **charset_list, *charset_buf;

+    int	count, length, font_set_num;

+    int result = 1;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;

+    count = length = 0;

+

+    for ( ; font_set_num-- > 0; font_set++) {

+	if (font_set->info || font_set->font) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+	/* Change 1996.01.23 start */

+	if(font_set->font_data_count <= 0 ||

+	   font_set->font_data == (FontData)NULL) {

+	    if(font_set->substitute_num <= 0 ||

+	       font_set->substitute == (FontData)NULL) {

+		if(font_set->charset_list != NULL){

+		 length +=

+		  strlen(font_set->charset_list[0]->encoding_name) + 1;

+		} else {

+		  length += 1;

+		}

+	    } else {

+		length += strlen(font_set->substitute->name) + 1;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    length += strlen(font_set->font_data->name) + 1;

+	}

+	/* Change 1996.01.23 end */

+	count++;

+    }

+

+    if (count < 1) {

+	return True;

+    }

+

+    charset_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * count);

+    if (charset_list == NULL) {

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    charset_buf = (char *) Xmalloc(length);

+    if (charset_buf == NULL) {

+	Xfree(charset_list);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    oc->core.missing_list.charset_list = charset_list;

+    oc->core.missing_list.charset_count = count;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+    font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;

+

+    for ( ; font_set_num-- > 0; font_set++) {

+	if (font_set->info || font_set->font) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+	/* Change 1996.01.23 start */

+	if(font_set->font_data_count <= 0 ||

+	   font_set->font_data == (FontData)NULL) {

+	    if(font_set->substitute_num <= 0 ||

+	       font_set->substitute == (FontData)NULL) {

+		if(font_set->charset_list != NULL){

+		 strcpy(charset_buf,

+			font_set->charset_list[0]->encoding_name);

+		} else {

+		 strcpy(charset_buf, "");

+		}

+		result = 0;

+	    } else {

+		strcpy(charset_buf, font_set->substitute->name);

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    strcpy(charset_buf, font_set->font_data->name);

+	}

+	/* Change 1996.01.23 end */

+	*charset_list++ = charset_buf;

+	charset_buf += strlen(charset_buf) + 1;

+    }

+

+    if(result == 0) {

+	return(False);

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static Bool

+create_fontset(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(oc->core.om);

+    int found_num;

+

+    if (init_fontset(oc) == False)

+        return False;

+

+    found_num = parse_fontname(oc);

+    if (found_num <= 0) {

+	if (found_num == 0)

+	    set_missing_list(oc);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    if (gen->on_demand_loading == True) {

+	if (load_font_info(oc) == False)

+	    return False;

+    } else {

+	if (load_font(oc) == False)

+	    return False;

+    }

+

+    if (init_core_part(oc) == False)

+	return False;

+

+    if (set_missing_list(oc) == False)

+	return False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+/* For VW/UDC start */

+static void

+free_fontdataOC(

+    Display	*dpy,

+    FontData	font_data,

+    int		font_data_count)

+{

+    for( ; font_data_count-- ; font_data++) {

+	if(font_data->xlfd_name){

+	    Xfree(font_data->xlfd_name);

+	    font_data->xlfd_name = NULL;

+	}

+	if(font_data->font){				/* ADD 1996.01.7 */

+	    if(font_data->font->fid)			/* Add 1996.01.23 */

+		XFreeFont(dpy,font_data->font);		/* ADD 1996.01.7 */

+	    else					/* Add 1996.01.23 */

+		XFreeFontInfo(NULL, font_data->font, 1);/* Add 1996.01.23 */

+	    font_data->font = NULL;

+	}

+/*

+ * font_data->name and font_data->scopes belong to the OM not OC.

+ * To save space this data is shared between OM and OC. We are

+ * not allowed to free it here.

+ * It has been moved to free_fontdataOM()

+ */

+/*

+	if(font_data->scopes){

+	    Xfree(font_data->scopes);

+	    font_data->scopes = NULL;

+	}

+	if(font_data->name){

+	    Xfree(font_data->name);

+	    font_data->name = NULL;

+	}

+*/

+    }

+}

+

+static void destroy_fontdata(

+    XOCGenericPart *gen,

+    Display *dpy)

+{

+    FontSet	font_set = (FontSet) NULL;

+    int		font_set_num = 0;

+

+    if (gen->font_set) {

+	font_set = gen->font_set;

+	font_set_num = gen->font_set_num;

+	for( ; font_set_num-- ; font_set++) {

+	    if (font_set->font) {

+		if(font_set->font->fid)

+		    XFreeFont(dpy,font_set->font);

+		else

+		    XFreeFontInfo(NULL, font_set->font, 1);

+		font_set->font = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if(font_set->font_data) {

+		if (font_set->info)

+		    XFreeFontInfo(NULL, font_set->info, 1);

+		free_fontdataOC(dpy,

+			font_set->font_data, font_set->font_data_count);

+		Xfree(font_set->font_data);

+		font_set->font_data = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if(font_set->substitute) {

+		free_fontdataOC(dpy,

+			font_set->substitute, font_set->substitute_num);

+		Xfree(font_set->substitute);

+		font_set->substitute = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if(font_set->vmap) {

+		free_fontdataOC(dpy,

+			font_set->vmap, font_set->vmap_num);

+		Xfree(font_set->vmap);

+		font_set->vmap = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if(font_set->vrotate) {

+		free_fontdataOC(dpy,

+			(FontData)font_set->vrotate,

+			      font_set->vrotate_num);

+		Xfree(font_set->vrotate);

+		font_set->vrotate = NULL;

+	    }

+	}

+	Xfree(gen->font_set);

+	gen->font_set = NULL;

+    }

+}

+/* For VW/UDC end */

+

+static void

+destroy_oc(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+

+    if (gen->mbs_to_cs)

+	_XlcCloseConverter(gen->mbs_to_cs);

+

+    if (gen->wcs_to_cs)

+	_XlcCloseConverter(gen->wcs_to_cs);

+

+    if (gen->utf8_to_cs)

+	_XlcCloseConverter(gen->utf8_to_cs);

+

+/* For VW/UDC start */ /* Change 1996.01.8 */

+    destroy_fontdata(gen,dpy);

+/*

+*/

+/* For VW/UDC end */

+

+    if (oc->core.base_name_list)

+	Xfree(oc->core.base_name_list);

+

+    if (oc->core.font_info.font_name_list)

+	XFreeStringList(oc->core.font_info.font_name_list);

+

+    if (oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list) {

+	Xfree(oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list);

+    }

+

+    if (oc->core.missing_list.charset_list)

+	XFreeStringList(oc->core.missing_list.charset_list);

+

+#ifdef notdef

+    if (oc->core.res_name)

+	Xfree(oc->core.res_name);

+    if (oc->core.res_class)

+	Xfree(oc->core.res_class);

+#endif

+

+    Xfree(oc);

+}

+

+static char *

+set_oc_values(

+    XOC oc,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;

+    char *ret;

+    int num = gen->font_set_num;

+

+    if (oc->core.resources == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    ret = _XlcSetValues((XPointer) oc, oc->core.resources,

+			oc->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcSetMask);

+    if(ret != NULL){

+	return(ret);

+    } else {

+	for ( ; num-- > 0; font_set++) {

+	    if (font_set->font_name == NULL)

+	        continue;

+	    if (font_set->vpart_initialize != 0)

+	        continue;

+	    if( oc->core.orientation == XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL ||

+		oc->core.orientation == XOMOrientation_TTB_LTR ){

+	    	load_fontdata(oc, font_set->vmap, font_set->vmap_num);

+		load_fontdata(oc, (FontData) font_set->vrotate,

+			    font_set->vrotate_num);

+		font_set->vpart_initialize = 1;

+	    }

+	}

+	return(NULL);

+    }

+}

+

+static char *

+get_oc_values(

+    XOC oc,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    if (oc->core.resources == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) oc, oc->core.resources,

+			 oc->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcGetMask);

+}

+

+static XOCMethodsRec oc_default_methods = {

+    destroy_oc,

+    set_oc_values,

+    get_oc_values,

+    _XmbDefaultTextEscapement,

+    _XmbDefaultTextExtents,

+    _XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents,

+    _XmbDefaultDrawString,

+    _XmbDefaultDrawImageString,

+    _XwcDefaultTextEscapement,

+    _XwcDefaultTextExtents,

+    _XwcDefaultTextPerCharExtents,

+    _XwcDefaultDrawString,

+    _XwcDefaultDrawImageString,

+    _Xutf8DefaultTextEscapement,

+    _Xutf8DefaultTextExtents,

+    _Xutf8DefaultTextPerCharExtents,

+    _Xutf8DefaultDrawString,

+    _Xutf8DefaultDrawImageString

+};

+

+static XOCMethodsRec oc_generic_methods = {

+    destroy_oc,

+    set_oc_values,

+    get_oc_values,

+    _XmbGenericTextEscapement,

+    _XmbGenericTextExtents,

+    _XmbGenericTextPerCharExtents,

+    _XmbGenericDrawString,

+    _XmbGenericDrawImageString,

+    _XwcGenericTextEscapement,

+    _XwcGenericTextExtents,

+    _XwcGenericTextPerCharExtents,

+    _XwcGenericDrawString,

+    _XwcGenericDrawImageString,

+    _Xutf8GenericTextEscapement,

+    _Xutf8GenericTextExtents,

+    _Xutf8GenericTextPerCharExtents,

+    _Xutf8GenericDrawString,

+    _Xutf8GenericDrawImageString

+};

+

+typedef struct _XOCMethodsListRec {

+    const char *name;

+    XOCMethods methods;

+} XOCMethodsListRec, *XOCMethodsList;

+

+static XOCMethodsListRec oc_methods_list[] = {

+    { "default", &oc_default_methods },

+    { "generic", &oc_generic_methods }

+};

+

+static XlcResource oc_resources[] = {

+    { XNBaseFontName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.base_name_list), XlcCreateMask | XlcGetMask },

+    { XNOMAutomatic, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.om_automatic), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNMissingCharSet, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMCharSetList),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.missing_list), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNDefaultString, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.default_string), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNOrientation, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOrientation),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.orientation), XlcDefaultMask | XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },

+    { XNResourceName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.res_name), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },

+    { XNResourceClass, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.res_class), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },

+    { XNFontInfo, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMFontInfo),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.font_info), XlcGetMask }

+};

+

+static XOC

+create_oc(

+    XOM om,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XOC oc;

+    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);

+    XOCMethodsList methods_list = oc_methods_list;

+    int count;

+

+    oc = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XOCGenericRec));

+    if (oc == NULL)

+	return (XOC) NULL;

+

+    oc->core.om = om;

+

+    if (oc_resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)

+	_XlcCompileResourceList(oc_resources, XlcNumber(oc_resources));

+

+    if (_XlcSetValues((XPointer) oc, oc_resources, XlcNumber(oc_resources),

+		      args, num_args, XlcCreateMask | XlcDefaultMask))

+	goto err;

+

+    if (oc->core.base_name_list == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    oc->core.resources = oc_resources;

+    oc->core.num_resources = XlcNumber(oc_resources);

+

+    if (create_fontset(oc) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    oc->methods = &oc_generic_methods;

+

+    if (gen->object_name) {

+	count = XlcNumber(oc_methods_list);

+

+	for ( ; count-- > 0; methods_list++) {

+	    if (!_XlcCompareISOLatin1(gen->object_name, methods_list->name)) {

+		oc->methods = methods_list->methods;

+		break;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    return oc;

+

+err:

+    destroy_oc(oc);

+

+    return (XOC) NULL;

+}

+

+static void

+free_fontdataOM(

+    FontData	font_data,

+    int		font_data_count)

+{

+    for( ; font_data_count-- ; font_data++) {

+	if(font_data->name){

+	    Xfree(font_data->name);

+	    font_data->name = NULL;

+	}

+	if(font_data->scopes){

+	    Xfree(font_data->scopes);

+	    font_data->scopes = NULL;

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+static Status

+close_om(

+    XOM om)

+{

+    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);

+    OMData data;

+    int count;

+

+    if ((data = gen->data)) {

+	for (count = gen->data_num; count-- > 0; data++) {

+	    if (data->charset_list){

+		Xfree(data->charset_list);

+		data->charset_list = NULL;

+	    }

+	    /* free font_data for om */

+	    if (data->font_data) {

+		free_fontdataOM(data->font_data,data->font_data_count);

+		Xfree(data->font_data);

+		data->font_data = NULL;

+	    }

+	    /* free substitute for om */

+	    if (data->substitute) {

+		free_fontdataOM(data->substitute,data->substitute_num);

+		Xfree(data->substitute);

+		data->substitute = NULL;

+	    }

+	    /* free vmap for om */

+	    if (data->vmap) {

+		free_fontdataOM(data->vmap,data->vmap_num);

+		Xfree(data->vmap);

+		data->vmap = NULL;

+	    }

+	    /* free vrotate for om */

+	    if (data->vrotate) {

+		Xfree(data->vrotate);

+		data->vrotate = NULL;

+	    }

+	}

+	Xfree(gen->data);

+	gen->data = NULL;

+    }

+

+    if (gen->object_name){

+	Xfree(gen->object_name);

+	gen->object_name = NULL;

+    }

+

+    if (om->core.res_name){

+	Xfree(om->core.res_name);

+	om->core.res_name = NULL;

+    }

+    if (om->core.res_class){

+	Xfree(om->core.res_class);

+	om->core.res_class = NULL;

+    }

+    if (om->core.required_charset.charset_list &&

+	om->core.required_charset.charset_count > 0){

+	XFreeStringList(om->core.required_charset.charset_list);

+	om->core.required_charset.charset_list = NULL;

+    } else {

+	Xfree((char*)om->core.required_charset.charset_list);

+	om->core.required_charset.charset_list = NULL;

+    }

+    if (om->core.orientation_list.orientation){

+	Xfree(om->core.orientation_list.orientation);

+	om->core.orientation_list.orientation = NULL;

+    }

+

+    Xfree(om);

+

+    return 1;

+}

+

+static char *

+set_om_values(

+    XOM om,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    if (om->core.resources == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return _XlcSetValues((XPointer) om, om->core.resources,

+			 om->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcSetMask);

+}

+

+static char *

+get_om_values(

+    XOM om,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    if (om->core.resources == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) om, om->core.resources,

+			 om->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcGetMask);

+}

+

+static XOMMethodsRec methods = {

+    close_om,

+    set_om_values,

+    get_om_values,

+    create_oc

+};

+

+static XlcResource om_resources[] = {

+    { XNRequiredCharSet, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMCharSetList),

+      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.required_charset), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNQueryOrientation, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMOrientation),

+      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.orientation_list), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNDirectionalDependentDrawing, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),

+      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.directional_dependent), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNContextualDrawing, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),

+      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.contextual_drawing), XlcGetMask }

+};

+

+static XOM

+create_om(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    Display *dpy,

+    XrmDatabase rdb,

+    _Xconst char *res_name,

+    _Xconst char *res_class)

+{

+    XOM om;

+

+    om = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XOMGenericRec));

+    if (om == NULL)

+	return (XOM) NULL;

+

+    om->methods = &methods;

+    om->core.lcd = lcd;

+    om->core.display = dpy;

+    om->core.rdb = rdb;

+    if (res_name) {

+	om->core.res_name = strdup(res_name);

+	if (om->core.res_name == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+    }

+    if (res_class) {

+	om->core.res_class = strdup(res_class);

+	if (om->core.res_class == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+    }

+

+    if (om_resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)

+	_XlcCompileResourceList(om_resources, XlcNumber(om_resources));

+

+    om->core.resources = om_resources;

+    om->core.num_resources = XlcNumber(om_resources);

+

+    return om;

+

+err:

+    close_om(om);

+

+    return (XOM) NULL;

+}

+

+static OMData

+add_data(

+    XOM om)

+{

+    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);

+    OMData new;

+    int num;

+

+    if ((num = gen->data_num))

+        new = (OMData) Xrealloc(gen->data, (num + 1) * sizeof(OMDataRec));

+    else

+        new = (OMData) Xmalloc(sizeof(OMDataRec));

+

+    if (new == NULL)

+        return NULL;

+

+    gen->data_num = num + 1;

+    gen->data = new;

+

+    new += num;

+    bzero((char *) new, sizeof(OMDataRec));

+

+    return new;

+}

+

+/* For VW/UDC */

+

+FontData

+read_EncodingInfo(

+    int count,

+    char **value)

+{

+    FontData font_data,ret;

+    char *buf, *bufptr,*scp;

+    int len;

+    font_data = Xcalloc(count, sizeof(FontDataRec));

+    if (font_data == NULL)

+        return NULL;

+

+    ret = font_data;

+    for ( ; count-- > 0; font_data++) {

+/*

+        strcpy(buf, *value++);

+*/

+	buf = *value; value++;

+        if ((bufptr = strchr(buf, ':'))) {

+	    len = (int)(bufptr - buf);

+            bufptr++ ;

+	} else

+            len = strlen(buf);

+        font_data->name = (char *) Xmalloc(len + 1);

+        if (font_data->name == NULL) {

+            Xfree(font_data);

+            return NULL;

+	}

+        strncpy(font_data->name, buf,len);

+	font_data->name[len] = 0;

+        if (bufptr && _XlcCompareISOLatin1(bufptr, "GL") == 0)

+            font_data->side = XlcGL;

+        else if (bufptr && _XlcCompareISOLatin1(bufptr, "GR") == 0)

+            font_data->side = XlcGR;

+        else

+            font_data->side = XlcGLGR;

+

+        if (bufptr && (scp = strchr(bufptr, '['))){

+            font_data->scopes = _XlcParse_scopemaps(scp,&(font_data->scopes_num));

+        }

+    }

+    return(ret);

+}

+

+static CodeRange read_vrotate(

+    int count,

+    char **value,

+    int *type,

+    int *vrotate_num)

+{

+    CodeRange   range;

+    if(!strcmp(value[0],"all")){

+	*type 	     = VROTATE_ALL ;

+	*vrotate_num = 0 ;

+	return (NULL);

+    } else if(*(value[0]) == '['){

+	*type 	     = VROTATE_PART ;

+        range = (CodeRange) _XlcParse_scopemaps(value[0],vrotate_num);

+	return (range);

+    } else {

+	*type 	     = VROTATE_NONE ;

+	*vrotate_num = 0 ;

+	return (NULL);

+    }

+}

+

+static void read_vw(

+    XLCd    lcd,

+    OMData  font_set,

+    int     num)

+{

+    char **value, buf[BUFSIZ];

+    int count;

+

+    sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font.vertical_map", num);

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+    if (count > 0){

+        _XlcDbg_printValue(buf,value,count);

+        font_set->vmap_num = count;

+        font_set->vmap = read_EncodingInfo(count,value);

+    }

+

+    sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font.vertical_rotate", num);

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+    if (count > 0){

+        _XlcDbg_printValue(buf,value,count);

+        font_set->vrotate = read_vrotate(count,value,&(font_set->vrotate_type),

+				&(font_set->vrotate_num));

+    }

+}

+/* VW/UDC end */

+static Bool

+init_om(

+    XOM om)

+{

+    XLCd lcd = om->core.lcd;

+    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);

+    OMData data;

+    XlcCharSet *charset_list;

+    FontData font_data;

+    char **required_list;

+    XOrientation *orientation;

+    char **value, buf[BUFSIZ], *bufptr;

+    int count = 0, num = 0, length = 0;

+

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", "on_demand_loading", &value, &count);

+    if (count > 0 && _XlcCompareISOLatin1(*value, "True") == 0)

+	gen->on_demand_loading = True;

+

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", "object_name", &value, &count);

+    if (count > 0) {

+	gen->object_name = strdup(*value);

+	if (gen->object_name == NULL)

+	    return False;

+    }

+

+    for (num = 0; ; num++) {

+

+        sprintf(buf, "fs%d.charset.name", num);

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+

+        if( count < 1){

+            sprintf(buf, "fs%d.charset", num);

+            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+            if (count < 1)

+                break;

+        }

+

+	data = add_data(om);

+	if (data == NULL)

+	    return False;

+

+	charset_list = (XlcCharSet *) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcCharSet) * count);

+	if (charset_list == NULL)

+	    return False;

+	data->charset_list = charset_list;

+	data->charset_count = count;

+

+	while (count-- > 0){

+	    *charset_list++ = _XlcGetCharSet(*value++);

+        }

+        sprintf(buf, "fs%d.charset.udc_area", num);

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+        if( count > 0){

+            UDCArea udc;

+            int i,flag = 0;

+            udc = (UDCArea)Xmalloc(count * sizeof(UDCAreaRec));

+	    if (udc == NULL)

+	        return False;

+            for(i=0;i<count;i++){

+                sscanf(value[i],"\\x%lx,\\x%lx", &(udc[i].start),

+		       &(udc[i].end));

+            }

+            for(i=0;i<data->charset_count;i++){

+		if(data->charset_list[i]->udc_area == NULL){

+		    data->charset_list[i]->udc_area     = udc;

+		    data->charset_list[i]->udc_area_num = count;

+		    flag = 1;

+		}

+            }

+	    if(flag == 0){

+		Xfree(udc);

+	    }

+        }

+

+        sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font.primary", num);

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+        if (count < 1){

+            sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font", num);

+            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+            if (count < 1)

+                return False;

+        }

+

+	font_data = read_EncodingInfo(count,value);

+	if (font_data == NULL)

+	    return False;

+

+	data->font_data = font_data;

+	data->font_data_count = count;

+

+        sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font.substitute", num);

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+        if (count > 0){

+            font_data = read_EncodingInfo(count,value);

+            if (font_data == NULL)

+	        return False;

+            data->substitute      = font_data;

+            data->substitute_num = count;

+        } else {

+            sprintf(buf, "fs%d.font", num);

+            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_FONTSET", buf, &value, &count);

+            if (count < 1) {

+                data->substitute      = NULL;

+                data->substitute_num = 0;

+	    } else {

+                font_data = read_EncodingInfo(count,value);

+                data->substitute      = font_data;

+                data->substitute_num = count;

+	    }

+	}

+        read_vw(lcd,data,num);

+	length += strlen(data->font_data->name) + 1;

+    }

+

+    /* required charset list */

+    required_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * gen->data_num);

+    if (required_list == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    om->core.required_charset.charset_list = required_list;

+    om->core.required_charset.charset_count = gen->data_num;

+

+    count = gen->data_num;

+    data = gen->data;

+

+    if (count > 0) {

+	bufptr = (char *) Xmalloc(length);

+	if (bufptr == NULL) {

+	    Xfree(required_list);

+	    return False;

+	}

+

+	for ( ; count-- > 0; data++) {

+	    strcpy(bufptr, data->font_data->name);

+	    *required_list++ = bufptr;

+	    bufptr += strlen(bufptr) + 1;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* orientation list */

+    orientation = (XOrientation *) Xmalloc(sizeof(XOrientation) * 2);

+    if (orientation == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    orientation[0] = XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB;

+    orientation[1] = XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL;

+    om->core.orientation_list.orientation = orientation;

+    om->core.orientation_list.num_orientation = 2;

+

+    /* directional dependent drawing */

+    om->core.directional_dependent = False;

+

+    /* contexual drawing */

+    om->core.contextual_drawing = False;

+

+    /* context dependent */

+    om->core.context_dependent = False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+XOM

+_XomGenericOpenOM(XLCd lcd, Display *dpy, XrmDatabase rdb,

+		  _Xconst char *res_name, _Xconst char *res_class)

+{

+    XOM om;

+

+    om = create_om(lcd, dpy, rdb, res_name, res_class);

+    if (om == NULL)

+	return (XOM) NULL;

+

+    if (init_om(om) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    return om;

+

+err:

+    close_om(om);

+

+    return (XOM) NULL;

+}

+

+Bool

+_XInitOM(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    lcd->methods->open_om = _XomGenericOpenOM;

+

+    return True;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/nls/makefile b/libX11/nls/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6bf47297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/nls/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+X11_LOCALEDATADIR = ..\..\xorg-server\locale

+

+x11localedir = $(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)

+x11locale_DATA = locale.alias locale.dir compose.dir

+locales = \

+	am_ET.UTF-8		\

+	armscii-8		\

+	C			\

+	el_GR.UTF-8		\

+	en_US.UTF-8		\

+	fi_FI.UTF-8		\

+	georgian-academy	\

+	georgian-ps		\

+	ibm-cp1133		\

+	iscii-dev		\

+	isiri-3342		\

+	iso8859-1		\

+	iso8859-10		\

+	iso8859-11		\

+	iso8859-13		\

+	iso8859-14		\

+	iso8859-15		\

+	iso8859-2		\

+	iso8859-3		\

+	iso8859-4		\

+	iso8859-5		\

+	iso8859-6		\

+	iso8859-7		\

+	iso8859-8		\

+	iso8859-9		\

+	iso8859-9e		\

+	ja			\

+	ja.JIS			\

+	ja_JP.UTF-8		\

+	ja.S90			\

+	ja.SJIS			\

+	ja.U90			\

+	ko			\

+	koi8-c			\

+	koi8-r			\

+	koi8-u			\

+	ko_KR.UTF-8		\

+	microsoft-cp1251	\

+	microsoft-cp1255	\

+	microsoft-cp1256	\

+	mulelao-1		\

+	nokhchi-1		\

+	pt_BR.UTF-8		\

+	ru_RU.UTF-8		\

+	tatar-cyr		\

+	th_TH			\

+	th_TH.UTF-8		\

+	tscii-0			\

+	vi_VN.tcvn		\

+	vi_VN.viscii		\

+	zh_CN			\

+	zh_CN.gb18030		\

+	zh_CN.gbk		\

+	zh_CN.UTF-8		\

+	zh_HK.big5		\

+	zh_HK.big5hkscs		\

+	zh_HK.UTF-8		\

+	zh_TW			\

+	zh_TW.big5		\

+	zh_TW.UTF-8

+

+include ../cpprules.mak

+

+

+$(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)\%: %.pre

+	cl /nologo /EP $< -DXCOMM\#\# > $<.l1

+	sed -e "/^[^\#][^        ]*:/s/://" -e "/^[^\#].*[        ].*:/d" < $<.l1 > $<.l2

+	type $<.l2 $<.l1 > $@

+	del $<.l1

+	del $<.l2

+

+# Per-locale data files

+

+nobase_dist_x11locale_DATA = $(locales:%=%\XI18N_OBJS)

+

+nobase_x11locale_DATA = $(locales:%=%\XLC_LOCALE) $(locales:%=%\Compose)

+

+all_DATA = $(nobase_dist_x11locale_DATA) $(nobase_x11locale_DATA) $(x11locale_DATA)

+

+all: $(all_DATA:%=$(X11_LOCALEDATADIR)\%)

diff --git a/libX11/specs/XIM/Makefile.am b/libX11/specs/XIM/Makefile.am
index 68b0b3f48..a7da39b6f 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/XIM/Makefile.am
+++ b/libX11/specs/XIM/Makefile.am
@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
-
-if ENABLE_SPECS
-
-# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)
-docbook = xim.xml
-
-# Included chapters, appendix, images
-chapters =				\
-	dynamicflowsampleseq.svg	\
-	dynamicflow.svg			\
-	eventflow.svg			\
-	sampleprotocolflow1.svg		\
-	sampleprotocolflow2.svg		\
-	staticflowsampleseq.svg		\
-	staticflow.svg
-
-# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed
-shelfdir = $(docdir)/XIM
-
-# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
-include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am
-
-endif ENABLE_SPECS
+

+if ENABLE_SPECS

+

+# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)

+docbook = xim.xml

+

+# Included chapters, appendix, images

+chapters =				\

+	dynamicflowsampleseq.svg	\

+	dynamicflow.svg			\

+	eventflow.svg			\

+	sampleprotocolflow1.svg		\

+	sampleprotocolflow2.svg		\

+	staticflowsampleseq.svg		\

+	staticflow.svg

+

+# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed

+shelfdir = $(docdir)/XIM

+

+# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets

+include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am

+

+endif ENABLE_SPECS

diff --git a/libX11/specs/i18n/framework/Makefile.am b/libX11/specs/i18n/framework/Makefile.am
index af7ae1d0e..38db989db 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/i18n/framework/Makefile.am
+++ b/libX11/specs/i18n/framework/Makefile.am
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-
-if ENABLE_SPECS
-
-# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)
-docbook = framework.xml
-
-# Included chapters, appendix, images
-chapters = framework.svg
-
-# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed
-shelfdir = $(docdir)/i18n/framework
-
-# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
-include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am
-
-endif ENABLE_SPECS
+

+if ENABLE_SPECS

+

+# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)

+docbook = framework.xml

+

+# Included chapters, appendix, images

+chapters = framework.svg

+

+# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed

+shelfdir = $(docdir)/i18n/framework

+

+# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets

+include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am

+

+endif ENABLE_SPECS

diff --git a/libX11/specs/i18n/localedb/Makefile.am b/libX11/specs/i18n/localedb/Makefile.am
index 68a917c95..e7ae3523f 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/i18n/localedb/Makefile.am
+++ b/libX11/specs/i18n/localedb/Makefile.am
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-
-if ENABLE_SPECS
-
-# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)
-docbook = localedb.xml
-
-# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed
-shelfdir = $(docdir)/i18n/localedb
-
-# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
-include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am
-
-endif ENABLE_SPECS
+

+if ENABLE_SPECS

+

+# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)

+docbook = localedb.xml

+

+# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed

+shelfdir = $(docdir)/i18n/localedb

+

+# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets

+include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am

+

+endif ENABLE_SPECS

diff --git a/libX11/specs/i18n/localedb/localedb.xml b/libX11/specs/i18n/localedb/localedb.xml
index c4f6d1377..7b27d9f0c 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/i18n/localedb/localedb.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/i18n/localedb/localedb.xml
@@ -1,777 +1,777 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-                   "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-
-<book id="localedb">
-
-<bookinfo>
-   <title>X Locale Database Specification</title>
-   <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-         <firstname>Yoshio</firstname><surname>Horiuchi</surname>
-         <affiliation><orgname>IBM Japan</orgname></affiliation>
-      </author>
-   </authorgroup>
-   <copyright><year>1994</year><holder>IBM Corporation</holder></copyright>
-   <copyright><year>1994</year><holder>X Consortium</holder></copyright>
-
-
-<legalnotice>
-
-<para>
-License to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for
-any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice
-appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
-appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of IBM not be used in advertising
-or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written
-prior permission.
-</para>
-<para>
-IBM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS, AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS,
-IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
-OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
-WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files
-(the &ldquo;Software&rdquo;), to deal in the Software without restriction,
-including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
-persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
-conditions:
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo;, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN
-NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not
-be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from X Consortium.
-</para>
-
-<para>X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group.</para>
-
-</legalnotice>
-</bookinfo>
-
-<chapter id="localeDatabase">
-<title>LocaleDB</title>
-
-<sect1 id="General">
-<title>General</title>
-<para>
-An X Locale Database contains the subset of a user's environment that
-depends on language, in X Window System.  It is made up from one or more
-categories.  Each category consists of some classes and sub-classes.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-It is provided as a plain ASCII text file, so a user can change its
-contents easily.  It allows a user to customize the behavior of
-internationalized portion of Xlib without changing Xlib itself.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-This document describes;
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Database Format Definition
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Contents of Database in sample implementation
-<!-- .RE -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>
-Since it is hard to define the set of required information for all
-platforms, only the flexible database format is defined.
-The available entries in database are implementation dependent.
-</para>
-
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Database_Format_Definition">
-<title>Database Format Definition</title>
-<para>
-The X Locale Database contains one or more category definitions.
-This section describes the format of each category definition.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The category definition consists of one or more class definitions.
-Each class definition has a pair of class name and class value, or
-has several subclasses which are enclosed by the left brace ({) and
-the right brace (}).
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Comments can be placed by using the number sign character (#).
-Putting the number sign character on the top of the line indicates
-that the entire line is comment.  Also, putting any whitespace character
-followed by the number sign character indicates that a part of the line
-(from the number sign to the end of the line) is comment.
-A line can be continued by placing backslash (\) character as the
-last character on the line;  this continuation character will be
-discarded from the input.  Comment lines cannot be continued on
-a subsequent line using an escaped new line character.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-X Locale Database only accepts XPCS, the X Portable Character Set.
-The reserved symbols are;  the quotation mark("), the number sign (#),
-the semicolon(;), the backslash(\), the left brace({) and
-the right brace(}).
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The format of category definition is;
-</para>
-
-<informaltable frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>
-  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="6*" colsep="0"/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>CategoryDefinition</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>CategoryHeader CategorySpec CategoryTrailer</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>CategoryHeader</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>CategoryName NL</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>CategorySpec</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>{ ClassSpec }</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>CategoryTrailer</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>"END" Delimiter CategoryName NL</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>CategoryName</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>String</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>ClassSpec</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>ClassName Delimiter ClassValue NL</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>ClassName</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>String</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>ClassValue</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>ValueList | "{" NL { ClassSpec } "}"</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>ValueList</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>Value | Value ";" ValueList</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Value</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>ValuePiece | ValuePiece Value</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>ValuePiece</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>String | QuotedString | NumericString</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>String</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>Char { Char }</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>QuotedString</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>""" QuotedChar { QuotedChar } """</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>NumericString</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>"\\o" OctDigit { OctDigit }</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>|</entry>
-      <entry>"\\d" DecDigit { DecDigit }</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>|</entry>
-      <entry>"\\x" HexDigit { HexDigit }</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Char</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>&lt;XPCS except NL, Space or unescaped reserved symbols&gt;</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>QuotedChar</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>&lt;XPCS except unescaped """&gt;</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>OctDigit</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>&lt;character in the range of "0" - "7"&gt;</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>DecDigit</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>&lt;character in the range of "0" - "9"&gt;</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>HexDigit</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>&lt;character in the range of "0" - "9", "a" - "f", "A" - "F"&gt;</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Delimiter</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>Space { Space }</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Space</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>&lt;space&gt; | &lt;horizontal tab&gt;</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>NL</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>&lt;newline&gt;</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives.  Curly
-braces ({...}) indicate zero or more repetitions of the enclosed
-elements.  Square brackets ([...]) indicate that the enclosed element
-is optional. Quotes ("...") are used around literal characters.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The backslash, which is not the top character of the NumericString, is
-recognized as an escape character, so that the next one character is
-treated as a literal character.  For example, the two-character
-sequence, ""\"""(the backslash followed by the quotation mark) is
-recognized and replaced with a quotation mark character.
-Any whitespace character, that is not the Delimiter, unquoted and
-unescaped, is ignored.
-</para>
-
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Contents_of_Database_">
-<title>Contents of Database </title>
-<para>
-The available categories and classes depend on implementation, because
-different platform will require different information set.
-For example, some platform have system locale but some platform don't.
-Furthermore, there might be a difference in functionality even if the
-platform has system locale.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-In current sample implementation, categories listed below are available.
-</para>
-
-<informaltable frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>
-  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="2*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>XLC_FONTSET:XFontSet relative information</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>XLC_XLOCALE:Character classification and conversion information</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="XLC_FONTSET_Category">
-<title>XLC_FONTSET Category</title>
-<para>
-The XLC_FONTSET category defines the XFontSet relative information.
-It contains the CHARSET_REGISTRY-CHARSET_ENCODING name and character
-mapping side (GL, GR, etc), and is used in Output Method (OM).
-</para>
-
-<informaltable frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>
-  <thead>
-  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>
-    <row>
-      <entry>class</entry>
-      <entry>super class</entry>
-      <entry>description</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>fsN</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Nth fontset (N=0,1,2, ...)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>charset</entry>
-      <entry>fsN</entry>
-      <entry>list of encoding name</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>font</entry>
-      <entry>fsN</entry>
-      <entry>list of font encoding name</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>fsN</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Includes an encoding information for Nth charset, where N is
-the index number (0,1,2,...).  If there are 4 charsets available
-in current locale, 4 fontsets, fs0, fs1, fs2 and fs3, should be
-defined.
-This class has two subclasses, 'charset' and 'font'.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>charset</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an encoding information to be used internally in Xlib
-for this fontset.  The format of value is;
-      </para>
-<informaltable frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>
-  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="4*" colsep="0"/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>EncodingInfo</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>EncodingName [ ":" EncodingSide ]</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>EncodingName</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>CHARSET_REGISTRY-CHARSET_ENCODING</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>EncodingSide</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>"GL" | "GR"</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-For detail definition of CHARSET_REGISTRY-CHARSET_ENCODING, refer
-"X Logical Font Descriptions" document.
-</para>
-<literallayout>
-example:
-     ISO8859-1:GL
-</literallayout>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>font</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of encoding information which is used for searching
-appropriate font for this fontset.  The left most entry has highest
-priority.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="XLC_XLOCALE_Category">
-<title>XLC_XLOCALE Category</title>
-<para>
-The XLC_XLOCALE category defines character classification, conversion
-and other character attributes.
-</para>
-
-<informaltable frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>
-  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry>class</entry>
-      <entry>super class</entry>
-      <entry>description</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>encoding_name</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>codeset name</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>mb_cur_max</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>MB_CUR_MAX</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>state_depend_encoding</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>state dependent or not</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>wc_encoding_mask</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>for parsing wc string</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>wc_shift_bits</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>for conversion between wc and mb</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>csN</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Nth charset (N=0,1,2,...)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>side</entry>
-      <entry>csN</entry>
-      <entry>mapping side (GL, etc)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>length</entry>
-      <entry>csN</entry>
-      <entry>length of a character</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>mb_encoding</entry>
-      <entry>csN</entry>
-      <entry>for parsing mb string</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>wc_encoding</entry>
-      <entry>csN</entry>
-      <entry>for parsing wc string</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>ct_encoding</entry>
-      <entry>csN</entry>
-      <entry>list of encoding name for ct</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>encoding_name</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a codeset name of current locale.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>mb_cur_max</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a maximum allowable number of bytes in a multi-byte character.
-It is corresponding to MB_CUR_MAX of "ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C Language Standard".
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>state_depend_encoding</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Indicates a current locale is state dependent. The value should be
-specified "True" or "False".
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>wc_encoding_mask</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a bit-mask for parsing wide-char string.  Each wide character is
-applied bit-and operation with this bit-mask, then is classified into
-the unique charset, by using 'wc_encoding'.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>wc_shift_bits</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a number of bit to be shifted for converting from a multi-byte
-character to a wide character, and vice-versa.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>csN</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-Includes a character set information for Nth charset, where N is the
-index number (0,1,2,...).  If there are 4 charsets available in current
-locale, cs0, cs1, cs2 and cs3 should be defined. This class has five
-subclasses, 'side', 'length', 'mb_encoding' 'wc_encoding' and 'ct_encoding'.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>side</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a mapping side of this charset. The format of this value is;
-      </para>
-      <literallayout>
-   Side    ::=  EncodingSide[":Default"]
-      </literallayout>
-      <para>
-The suffix ":Default" can be specified.  It indicates that a character
-belongs to the specified side is mapped to this charset in initial state.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>length</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-Specifies a number of bytes of a multi-byte character of this charset.
-It should not contain the length of any single-shift sequence.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>mb_encoding</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of shift sequence for parsing multi-byte string.
-The format of this value is;
-      </para>
-<informaltable frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>
-  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>MBEncoding</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>ShiftType ShiftSequence</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>|</entry>
-      <entry>ShiftType ShiftSequence ";" MBEncoding</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>ShiftType</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>"&lt;SS&gt;"|"&lt;LSL&gt;"|"&lt;LSR&gt;"</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>ShiftSequence</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>SequenceValue|SequenceValue ShiftSequence</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>SequenceValue</entry>
-      <entry>::=</entry>
-      <entry>NumericString</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-      <literallayout>
-example:
-     &lt;LSL&gt; \x1b \x28 \x4a; &lt;LSL&gt; \x1b \x28 \x42
-      </literallayout>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>wc_encoding</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an integer value for parsing wide-char string.
-It is used to determine the charset for each wide character, after
-applying bit-and operation using 'wc_encoding_mask'.
-This value should be unique in all csN classes.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>ct_encoding</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of encoding information that can be used for Compound
-Text.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="Sample_of_X_Locale_Database">
-<title>Sample of X Locale Database</title>
-<para>
-The following is sample X Locale Database file.
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#  XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.euc
-#
-
-#
-#      XLC_FONTSET category
-#
-XLC_FONTSET
-#      fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
-fs0     {
-        charset              ISO8859-1:GL
-        font                 ISO8859-1:GL; JISX0201.1976-0:GL
-}
-#      fs1 class (Kanji)
-fs1     {
-        charset              JISX0208.1983-0:GL
-        font                 JISX0208.1983-0:GL
-}
-#      fs2 class (Half Kana)
-fs2     {
-        charset              JISX0201.1976-0:GR
-        font                 JISX0201.1976-0:GR
-}
-#      fs3 class (User Defined Character)
-# fs3     {
-#        charset             JISX0212.1990-0:GL
-#        font                JISX0212.1990-0:GL
-# }
-END XLC_FONTSET
-
-#
-#      XLC_XLOCALE category
-#
-XLC_XLOCALE
-
-encoding_name             ja.euc
-mb_cur_max                3
-state_depend_encoding     False
-
-wc_encoding_mask          \x00008080
-wc_shift_bits             8
-
-#      cs0 class
-cs0     {
-        side                 GL:Default
-        length               1
-        wc_encoding          \x00000000
-        ct_encoding          ISO8859-1:GL; JISX0201.1976-0:GL
-}
-#      cs1 class
-cs1     {
-        side                 GR:Default
-        length               2
-
-        wc_encoding          \x00008080
-
-        ct_encoding          JISX0208.1983-0:GL; JISX0208.1983-0:GR;\
-                             JISX0208.1983-1:GL; JISX0208.1983-1:GR
-}
-
-#      cs2 class
-cs2     {
-        side                 GR
-        length               1
-        mb_encoding          &lt;SS&gt; \x8e
-
-        wc_encoding          \x00000080
-
-        ct_encoding          JISX0201.1976-0:GR
-}
-
-#      cs3 class
-# cs3     {
-#         side               GL
-#         length             2
-#         mb_encoding        &lt;SS&gt; \x8f
-# #if HasWChar32
-#         wc_encoding        \x20000000
-# #else
-#         wc_encoding        \x00008000
-# #endif
-#         ct_encoding        JISX0212.1990-0:GL; JISX0212.1990-0:GR
-# }
-
-END XLC_XLOCALE
-</literallayout>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="Reference">
-<title>Reference</title>
-<para>
-[1] <emphasis remap='I'>ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C Language Standard</emphasis>
-</para>
-<para>
-[2] <emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Descriptions</emphasis>
-</para>
-
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
-</book>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+                   "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+

+<book id="localedb">

+

+<bookinfo>

+   <title>X Locale Database Specification</title>

+   <authorgroup>

+      <author>

+         <firstname>Yoshio</firstname><surname>Horiuchi</surname>

+         <affiliation><orgname>IBM Japan</orgname></affiliation>

+      </author>

+   </authorgroup>

+   <copyright><year>1994</year><holder>IBM Corporation</holder></copyright>

+   <copyright><year>1994</year><holder>X Consortium</holder></copyright>

+

+

+<legalnotice>

+

+<para>

+License to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for

+any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice

+appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice

+appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of IBM not be used in advertising

+or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written

+prior permission.

+</para>

+<para>

+IBM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED

+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS, AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS,

+IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

+OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN

+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION

+WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

+of this software and associated documentation files

+(the &ldquo;Software&rdquo;), to deal in the Software without restriction,

+including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,

+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit

+persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following

+conditions:

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all

+copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo;, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN

+NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,

+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN

+THE SOFTWARE.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not

+be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

+in this Software without prior written authorization from X Consortium.

+</para>

+

+<para>X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group.</para>

+

+</legalnotice>

+</bookinfo>

+

+<chapter id="localeDatabase">

+<title>LocaleDB</title>

+

+<sect1 id="General">

+<title>General</title>

+<para>

+An X Locale Database contains the subset of a user's environment that

+depends on language, in X Window System.  It is made up from one or more

+categories.  Each category consists of some classes and sub-classes.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+It is provided as a plain ASCII text file, so a user can change its

+contents easily.  It allows a user to customize the behavior of

+internationalized portion of Xlib without changing Xlib itself.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+This document describes;

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Database Format Definition

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Contents of Database in sample implementation

+<!-- .RE -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<para>

+Since it is hard to define the set of required information for all

+platforms, only the flexible database format is defined.

+The available entries in database are implementation dependent.

+</para>

+

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Database_Format_Definition">

+<title>Database Format Definition</title>

+<para>

+The X Locale Database contains one or more category definitions.

+This section describes the format of each category definition.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The category definition consists of one or more class definitions.

+Each class definition has a pair of class name and class value, or

+has several subclasses which are enclosed by the left brace ({) and

+the right brace (}).

+</para>

+

+<para>

+Comments can be placed by using the number sign character (#).

+Putting the number sign character on the top of the line indicates

+that the entire line is comment.  Also, putting any whitespace character

+followed by the number sign character indicates that a part of the line

+(from the number sign to the end of the line) is comment.

+A line can be continued by placing backslash (\) character as the

+last character on the line;  this continuation character will be

+discarded from the input.  Comment lines cannot be continued on

+a subsequent line using an escaped new line character.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+X Locale Database only accepts XPCS, the X Portable Character Set.

+The reserved symbols are;  the quotation mark("), the number sign (#),

+the semicolon(;), the backslash(\), the left brace({) and

+the right brace(}).

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The format of category definition is;

+</para>

+

+<informaltable frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>

+  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="6*" colsep="0"/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>CategoryDefinition</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>CategoryHeader CategorySpec CategoryTrailer</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>CategoryHeader</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>CategoryName NL</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>CategorySpec</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>{ ClassSpec }</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>CategoryTrailer</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>"END" Delimiter CategoryName NL</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>CategoryName</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>String</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>ClassSpec</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>ClassName Delimiter ClassValue NL</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>ClassName</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>String</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>ClassValue</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>ValueList | "{" NL { ClassSpec } "}"</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>ValueList</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>Value | Value ";" ValueList</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Value</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>ValuePiece | ValuePiece Value</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>ValuePiece</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>String | QuotedString | NumericString</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>String</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>Char { Char }</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>QuotedString</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>""" QuotedChar { QuotedChar } """</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>NumericString</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>"\\o" OctDigit { OctDigit }</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>|</entry>

+      <entry>"\\d" DecDigit { DecDigit }</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>|</entry>

+      <entry>"\\x" HexDigit { HexDigit }</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Char</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>&lt;XPCS except NL, Space or unescaped reserved symbols&gt;</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>QuotedChar</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>&lt;XPCS except unescaped """&gt;</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>OctDigit</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>&lt;character in the range of "0" - "7"&gt;</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>DecDigit</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>&lt;character in the range of "0" - "9"&gt;</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>HexDigit</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>&lt;character in the range of "0" - "9", "a" - "f", "A" - "F"&gt;</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Delimiter</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>Space { Space }</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Space</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>&lt;space&gt; | &lt;horizontal tab&gt;</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>NL</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>&lt;newline&gt;</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives.  Curly

+braces ({...}) indicate zero or more repetitions of the enclosed

+elements.  Square brackets ([...]) indicate that the enclosed element

+is optional. Quotes ("...") are used around literal characters.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The backslash, which is not the top character of the NumericString, is

+recognized as an escape character, so that the next one character is

+treated as a literal character.  For example, the two-character

+sequence, ""\"""(the backslash followed by the quotation mark) is

+recognized and replaced with a quotation mark character.

+Any whitespace character, that is not the Delimiter, unquoted and

+unescaped, is ignored.

+</para>

+

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Contents_of_Database_">

+<title>Contents of Database </title>

+<para>

+The available categories and classes depend on implementation, because

+different platform will require different information set.

+For example, some platform have system locale but some platform don't.

+Furthermore, there might be a difference in functionality even if the

+platform has system locale.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+In current sample implementation, categories listed below are available.

+</para>

+

+<informaltable frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>

+  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="2*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>XLC_FONTSET:XFontSet relative information</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>XLC_XLOCALE:Character classification and conversion information</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="XLC_FONTSET_Category">

+<title>XLC_FONTSET Category</title>

+<para>

+The XLC_FONTSET category defines the XFontSet relative information.

+It contains the CHARSET_REGISTRY-CHARSET_ENCODING name and character

+mapping side (GL, GR, etc), and is used in Output Method (OM).

+</para>

+

+<informaltable frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>

+  <thead>

+  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>

+    <row>

+      <entry>class</entry>

+      <entry>super class</entry>

+      <entry>description</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>fsN</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Nth fontset (N=0,1,2, ...)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>charset</entry>

+      <entry>fsN</entry>

+      <entry>list of encoding name</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>font</entry>

+      <entry>fsN</entry>

+      <entry>list of font encoding name</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>fsN</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Includes an encoding information for Nth charset, where N is

+the index number (0,1,2,...).  If there are 4 charsets available

+in current locale, 4 fontsets, fs0, fs1, fs2 and fs3, should be

+defined.

+This class has two subclasses, 'charset' and 'font'.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>charset</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an encoding information to be used internally in Xlib

+for this fontset.  The format of value is;

+      </para>

+<informaltable frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>

+  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="4*" colsep="0"/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>EncodingInfo</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>EncodingName [ ":" EncodingSide ]</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>EncodingName</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>CHARSET_REGISTRY-CHARSET_ENCODING</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>EncodingSide</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>"GL" | "GR"</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+For detail definition of CHARSET_REGISTRY-CHARSET_ENCODING, refer

+"X Logical Font Descriptions" document.

+</para>

+<literallayout>

+example:

+     ISO8859-1:GL

+</literallayout>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>font</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of encoding information which is used for searching

+appropriate font for this fontset.  The left most entry has highest

+priority.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="XLC_XLOCALE_Category">

+<title>XLC_XLOCALE Category</title>

+<para>

+The XLC_XLOCALE category defines character classification, conversion

+and other character attributes.

+</para>

+

+<informaltable frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>

+  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry>class</entry>

+      <entry>super class</entry>

+      <entry>description</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>encoding_name</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>codeset name</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>mb_cur_max</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>MB_CUR_MAX</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>state_depend_encoding</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>state dependent or not</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>wc_encoding_mask</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>for parsing wc string</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>wc_shift_bits</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>for conversion between wc and mb</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>csN</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Nth charset (N=0,1,2,...)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>side</entry>

+      <entry>csN</entry>

+      <entry>mapping side (GL, etc)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>length</entry>

+      <entry>csN</entry>

+      <entry>length of a character</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>mb_encoding</entry>

+      <entry>csN</entry>

+      <entry>for parsing mb string</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>wc_encoding</entry>

+      <entry>csN</entry>

+      <entry>for parsing wc string</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>ct_encoding</entry>

+      <entry>csN</entry>

+      <entry>list of encoding name for ct</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>encoding_name</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a codeset name of current locale.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>mb_cur_max</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a maximum allowable number of bytes in a multi-byte character.

+It is corresponding to MB_CUR_MAX of "ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C Language Standard".

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>state_depend_encoding</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Indicates a current locale is state dependent. The value should be

+specified "True" or "False".

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>wc_encoding_mask</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a bit-mask for parsing wide-char string.  Each wide character is

+applied bit-and operation with this bit-mask, then is classified into

+the unique charset, by using 'wc_encoding'.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>wc_shift_bits</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a number of bit to be shifted for converting from a multi-byte

+character to a wide character, and vice-versa.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>csN</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+Includes a character set information for Nth charset, where N is the

+index number (0,1,2,...).  If there are 4 charsets available in current

+locale, cs0, cs1, cs2 and cs3 should be defined. This class has five

+subclasses, 'side', 'length', 'mb_encoding' 'wc_encoding' and 'ct_encoding'.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>side</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a mapping side of this charset. The format of this value is;

+      </para>

+      <literallayout>

+   Side    ::=  EncodingSide[":Default"]

+      </literallayout>

+      <para>

+The suffix ":Default" can be specified.  It indicates that a character

+belongs to the specified side is mapped to this charset in initial state.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>length</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+Specifies a number of bytes of a multi-byte character of this charset.

+It should not contain the length of any single-shift sequence.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>mb_encoding</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of shift sequence for parsing multi-byte string.

+The format of this value is;

+      </para>

+<informaltable frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>

+  <colspec colname='c1' colwidth="3*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c2' colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname='c3' colwidth="5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>MBEncoding</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>ShiftType ShiftSequence</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>|</entry>

+      <entry>ShiftType ShiftSequence ";" MBEncoding</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>ShiftType</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>"&lt;SS&gt;"|"&lt;LSL&gt;"|"&lt;LSR&gt;"</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>ShiftSequence</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>SequenceValue|SequenceValue ShiftSequence</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>SequenceValue</entry>

+      <entry>::=</entry>

+      <entry>NumericString</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+      <literallayout>

+example:

+     &lt;LSL&gt; \x1b \x28 \x4a; &lt;LSL&gt; \x1b \x28 \x42

+      </literallayout>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>wc_encoding</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an integer value for parsing wide-char string.

+It is used to determine the charset for each wide character, after

+applying bit-and operation using 'wc_encoding_mask'.

+This value should be unique in all csN classes.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>ct_encoding</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of encoding information that can be used for Compound

+Text.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="Sample_of_X_Locale_Database">

+<title>Sample of X Locale Database</title>

+<para>

+The following is sample X Locale Database file.

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#  XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.euc

+#

+

+#

+#      XLC_FONTSET category

+#

+XLC_FONTSET

+#      fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)

+fs0     {

+        charset              ISO8859-1:GL

+        font                 ISO8859-1:GL; JISX0201.1976-0:GL

+}

+#      fs1 class (Kanji)

+fs1     {

+        charset              JISX0208.1983-0:GL

+        font                 JISX0208.1983-0:GL

+}

+#      fs2 class (Half Kana)

+fs2     {

+        charset              JISX0201.1976-0:GR

+        font                 JISX0201.1976-0:GR

+}

+#      fs3 class (User Defined Character)

+# fs3     {

+#        charset             JISX0212.1990-0:GL

+#        font                JISX0212.1990-0:GL

+# }

+END XLC_FONTSET

+

+#

+#      XLC_XLOCALE category

+#

+XLC_XLOCALE

+

+encoding_name             ja.euc

+mb_cur_max                3

+state_depend_encoding     False

+

+wc_encoding_mask          \x00008080

+wc_shift_bits             8

+

+#      cs0 class

+cs0     {

+        side                 GL:Default

+        length               1

+        wc_encoding          \x00000000

+        ct_encoding          ISO8859-1:GL; JISX0201.1976-0:GL

+}

+#      cs1 class

+cs1     {

+        side                 GR:Default

+        length               2

+

+        wc_encoding          \x00008080

+

+        ct_encoding          JISX0208.1983-0:GL; JISX0208.1983-0:GR;\

+                             JISX0208.1983-1:GL; JISX0208.1983-1:GR

+}

+

+#      cs2 class

+cs2     {

+        side                 GR

+        length               1

+        mb_encoding          &lt;SS&gt; \x8e

+

+        wc_encoding          \x00000080

+

+        ct_encoding          JISX0201.1976-0:GR

+}

+

+#      cs3 class

+# cs3     {

+#         side               GL

+#         length             2

+#         mb_encoding        &lt;SS&gt; \x8f

+# #if HasWChar32

+#         wc_encoding        \x20000000

+# #else

+#         wc_encoding        \x00008000

+# #endif

+#         ct_encoding        JISX0212.1990-0:GL; JISX0212.1990-0:GR

+# }

+

+END XLC_XLOCALE

+</literallayout>

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="Reference">

+<title>Reference</title>

+<para>

+[1] <emphasis remap='I'>ISO/IEC 9899:1990 C Language Standard</emphasis>

+</para>

+<para>

+[2] <emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Descriptions</emphasis>

+</para>

+

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

+</book>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/i18n/trans/Makefile.am b/libX11/specs/i18n/trans/Makefile.am
index 40a135a2f..e3c499744 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/i18n/trans/Makefile.am
+++ b/libX11/specs/i18n/trans/Makefile.am
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-
-if ENABLE_SPECS
-
-# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)
-docbook = trans.xml
-
-# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed
-shelfdir = $(docdir)/i18n/trans
-
-# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
-include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am
-
-endif ENABLE_SPECS
+

+if ENABLE_SPECS

+

+# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)

+docbook = trans.xml

+

+# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed

+shelfdir = $(docdir)/i18n/trans

+

+# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets

+include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am

+

+endif ENABLE_SPECS

diff --git a/libX11/specs/i18n/trans/trans.xml b/libX11/specs/i18n/trans/trans.xml
index 61e2e7976..a61be65bc 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/i18n/trans/trans.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/i18n/trans/trans.xml
@@ -1,1979 +1,1979 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-                   "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-
-<book id="trans">
-
-<bookinfo>
-   <title>The XIM Transport Specification</title>
-   <subtitle>Revision 0.1</subtitle>
-   <releaseinfo>X Version 11, Release 7</releaseinfo>
-   <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-         <firstname>Takashi</firstname><surname>Fujiwara</surname>
-         <affiliation><orgname>FUJITSU LIMITED</orgname></affiliation>
-      </author>
-   </authorgroup>
-   <copyright><year>1994</year><holder>FUJITSU LIMITED</holder></copyright>
-   <copyright><year>1994</year><holder>X Consortium</holder></copyright>
-
-   <productnumber>Revision 0.1</productnumber>
-
-
-<abstract>
-<para>
-This specification describes the transport layer interfaces between Xlib and IM Server,
-which makes various channels usable such as X protocol or TCP/IP, DECnet and etc.
-</para>
-</abstract>
-
-<legalnotice>
-
-<para>
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files
-(the &ldquo;Software&rdquo;), to deal in the Software without restriction,
-including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
-persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
-conditions:
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo;, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN
-NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not
-be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from X Consortium.
-</para>
-
-<para>X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group.</para>
-
-</legalnotice>
-</bookinfo>
-
-<chapter id="xim_transport_specification">
-<title>X Transport Specification</title>
-
-<sect1 id="Introduction">
-<title>Introduction</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Introduction -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The Xlib XIM implementation is layered into three functions, a protocol
-layer, an interface layer and a transport layer. The purpose of this
-layering is to make the protocol independent of transport implementation.
-Each function of these layers are:
-<!-- .RS 3 -->
-</para>
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><emphasis>The protocol layer</emphasis></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-implements overall function of XIM and calls the interface layer
-functions when it needs to communicate to IM Server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><emphasis>The interface layer</emphasis></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-separates the implementation of the transport layer from the protocol
-layer, in other words, it provides implementation independent hook for
-the transport layer functions.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><emphasis>The transport layer</emphasis></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-handles actual data communication with IM Server. It is done by a set
-of several functions named transporters.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-This specification describes the interface layer and the transport
-layer, which makes various communication channels usable such as
-X protocol or, TCP/IP, DECnet, STREAM, etc., and provides
-the information needed for adding another new transport layer.
-In addition, sample implementations for the transporter using the
-X connection is described in section 4. <!-- xref -->
-</para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="Initialization">
-<title>Initialization</title>
-
-<sect2 id="Registering_structure_to_initialize">
-<title>Registering structure to initialize</title>
-
-<para>
-The structure typed as TransportSW contains the list of the transport
-layer the specific implementations supports.
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef struct {
-      char *transport_name;
-      Bool (*config);
-} TransportSW;
-</literallayout>
-
-<informaltable frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols="2">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry><emphasis>transport_name</emphasis></entry>
-      <entry>name of transport<footnote><para>Refer to "The Input Method Protocol: Appendix B</para></footnote></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry><emphasis>config</emphasis></entry>
-      <entry>initial configuration function</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-A sample entry for the Xlib supporting transporters is shown below:
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-TransportSW _XimTransportRec[] = {
-/*     char <emphasis remap='I'>*</emphasis>:
- *     transport_name,     Bool <emphasis remap='I'>(*config)()</emphasis>
- */
-      "X",             _XimXConf,
-      "tcp",           _XimTransConf,
-      "local",         _XimTransConf,
-      "decnet",        _XimTransConf,
-      "streams",       _XimTransConf,
-      (char *)NULL,    (Bool (*)())NULL,
-};
-</literallayout>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Initialization_function">
-<title>Initialization function</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Initialization function -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-The following function will be called once when Xlib configures the
-transporter functions.
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*config)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *transport_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>transport_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the data specific to the transporter, in IM Server address.<footnote><para>Refer to "The Input Method Protocol: Appendix B</para></footnote>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-This function must setup the transporter function pointers.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The actual <emphasis remap='I'>config</emphasis> function will be chosen by IM Server at the
-pre-connection time, matching by the <emphasis remap='I'>transport_name</emphasis> specified
-in the <function>_XimTransportRec</function> array; The specific members of XimProto
-structure listed below must be initialized so that point they
-appropriate transporter functions.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-If the specified transporter has been configured successfully, this
-function returns True. There is no Alternative Entry for config
-function itself.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The structure XimProto contains the following function pointers:
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-Bool (*connect)();               /* Open connection */
-Bool (*shutdown)();              /* Close connection */
-Bool (*write)();                 /* Write data */
-Bool (*read)();                  /* Read data */
-Bool (*flush)();                 /* Flush data buffer */
-Bool (*register_dispatcher)();   /* Register asynchronous data handler */
-Bool (*call_dispatcher)();       /* Call dispatcher */
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-These functions are called when Xlib needs to communicate the
-IM Server. These functions must process the appropriate procedure
-described below.
-</para>
-
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="The_interface_transport_layer_functions">
-<title>The interface/transport layer functions</title>
-<para>
-Following functions are used for the transport interface.
-</para>
-
-<table frame="all" id="transport_layer_functions_2">
-  <title>The Transport Layer Functions</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="3*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="3*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="center">Alternate Entry (Interface Layer)</entry>
-      <entry align="center">XimProto member (Transport Layer)</entry>
-      <entry align="center">Section</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>_XimConnect</entry>
-      <entry>connect</entry>
-      <entry>3.1</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>_XimShutdown</entry>
-      <entry>shutdown</entry>
-      <entry>3.2</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>_XimWrite</entry>
-      <entry>write</entry>
-      <entry>3.3</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>_XimRead</entry>
-      <entry>read</entry>
-      <entry>3.4</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>_XimFlush</entry>
-      <entry>flush</entry>
-      <entry>3.5</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>_XimRegisterDispatcher</entry>
-      <entry>register_dispatcher</entry>
-      <entry>3.6</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>_XimCallDispatcher</entry>
-      <entry>call_dispatcher</entry>
-      <entry>3.7</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-<para>
-The Protocol layer calls the above functions using the Alternative
-Entry in the left column. The transport implementation defines
-XimProto member function in the right column. The Alternative Entry is
-provided so as to make easier to implement the Protocol Layer.
-</para>
-
-<sect2 id="Opening_connection">
-<title>Opening connection</title>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When <function>XOpenIM</function> is called, the following function is called to connect
-with the IM Server.
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*connect)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-This function must establishes the connection to the IM Server. If the
-connection is established successfully, this function returns True.
-The Alternative Entry for this function is:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='_ximconnect'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimConnect</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="Closing_connection">
-<title>Closing connection</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Closing connection -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When <function>XCloseIM</function> is called, the following function is called to
-disconnect the connection with the IM Server. The Alternative Entry
-for this function is:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function> (*shutdown)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function must close connection with the IM Server. If the
-connection is closed successfully, this function returns True. The
-Alternative Entry for this function is:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='_ximshutdown'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>_XimShutdown</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="Writing_data">
-<title>Writing data</title>
-<para>
-The following function is called, when Xlib needs to write data to the
-IM Server.
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='_ximwrite'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimWrite</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the length of writing data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the writing data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-This function writes the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> to the IM Server, regardless
-of the contents.  The number of bytes is passed to <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>. The
-writing data is passed to <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>. If data is sent successfully,
-the function returns True. Refer to "The Input Method Protocol" for
-the contents of the writing data. The Alternative Entry for this
-function is:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>_XimWrite</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the length of writing data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the writing data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Reading_data">
-<title>Reading data</title>
-<para>
-The following function is called when Xlib waits for response from IM
-server synchronously.
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='_ximread'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimRead</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> read_buf</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> buf_len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *ret_len</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>read_buf</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer to store data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buf_len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of the <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis>
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ret_len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the length of stored data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-This function stores the read data in <emphasis remap='I'>read_buf</emphasis>, which size is
-specified as <emphasis remap='I'>buf_len</emphasis>. The size of data is set to <emphasis remap='I'>ret_len</emphasis>.
-This function return True, if the data is read normally or reading
-data is completed.
-</para>
-<para>
-The Alternative Entry for this function is:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimRead</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> *ret_len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> buf</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> buf_len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*predicate)()</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> predicate_arg</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ret_len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buf</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer to store data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buf_len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the length of <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the predicate for the XIM data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate_arg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the predicate specific data.
-<!-- .sp 6p -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-The predicate procedure indicates whether the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> is for the
-XIM or not. <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>
-This function stores the read data in <emphasis remap='I'>buf</emphasis>, which size
-is specified as <emphasis remap='I'>buf_len</emphasis>. The size of data is set to
-<emphasis remap='I'>ret_len</emphasis>.  If <emphasis remap='I'>preedicate()</emphasis>
-returns True, this function returns True.  If not, it calls the registered callback function.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The procedure and its arguments are:
-</para>
-
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>(*predicate)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> predicate_arg</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer to store data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate_arg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the predicate specific data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Flushing_buffer">
-<title>Flushing buffer</title>
-<para>
-The following function is called when Xlib needs to flush the data.
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>(*flush)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-This function must flush the data stored in internal buffer on the
-transport layer. If data transfer is completed, the function returns
-True.  The Alternative Entry for this function is:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='_ximflush'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function> _XimFlush</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Registering_asynchronous_data_handler">
-<title>Registering asynchronous data handler</title>
-<para>
-Xlib needs to handle asynchronous response from IM Server. This is
-because some of the XIM data occur asynchronously to X events.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Those data will be handled in the <emphasis remap='I'>Filter</emphasis>,
-and the <emphasis remap='I'>Filter</emphasis>
-will call asynchronous data handler in the protocol layer. Then it
-calls dispatchers in the transport layer. The dispatchers are
-implemented by the protocol layer. This function must store the
-information and prepare for later call of the dispatchers using
-<function>_XimCallDispatcher</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-When multiple dispatchers are registered, they will be called
-sequentially in order of registration, on arrival of asynchronous
-data. The register_dispatcher is declared as following:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*register_dispatcher)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*dispatcher)()</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dispatcher</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the dispatcher function to register.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a parameter for the <emphasis remap='I'>dispatcher</emphasis>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-The dispatcher is a function of the following type:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*dispatcher)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer to store data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a parameter passed to the register_dispatcher.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-The dispatcher is provided by the protocol layer. They are called once
-for every asynchronous data, in order of registration. If the data is
-used, it must return True. otherwise, it must return False.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-If the dispatcher function returns True, the Transport Layer assume
-that the data has been processed by the upper layer.  The Alternative
-Entry for this function is:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='_ximregisterdispatcher'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimRegisterDispatcher</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*dispatcher)()</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dispatcher</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the dispatcher function to register.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a parameter for the <emphasis remap='I'>dispatcher</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Calling_dispatcher">
-<title>Calling dispatcher</title>
-<para>
-The following function is used to call the registered dispatcher
-function, when the asynchronous response from IM Server has arrived.
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*call_dispatcher)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies XIM structure address.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer to store data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-The call_dispatcher must call the dispatcher function, in order of
-their registration. <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> are the data passed to
-register_dispatcher.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The return values are checked at each invocation, and if it finds
-True, it immediately return with true for its return value.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-It is depend on the upper layer whether the read data is XIM
-Protocol packet unit or not.
-The Alternative Entry for this function is:
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='_ximcalldispatcher'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimCallDispatcher</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Sample_implementations_for_the_Transport_Layer">
-<title>Sample implementations for the Transport Layer</title>
-<para>
-Sample implementations for the transporter using the X connection is
-described here.
-</para>
-
-<sect2 id="X_Transport">
-<title>X Transport</title>
-<para>
-At the beginning of the X Transport connection for the XIM transport
-mechanism, two different windows must be created either in an Xlib XIM
-or in an IM Server, with which the Xlib and the IM Server exchange the
-XIM transports by using the ClientMessage events and Window Properties.
-In the following, the window created by the Xlib is referred as the
-"client communication window", and on the other hand, the window created
-by the IM Server is referred as the "IMS communication window".
-</para>
-
-<sect3 id="Connection">
-<title>Connection</title>
-<para>
-In order to establish a connection, a communication window is created.
-A ClientMessage in the following event's format is sent to the owner
-window of XIM_SERVER selection, which the IM Server has created.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Refer to "The Input Method Protocol" for the XIM_SERVER atom.
-</para>
-
-<table frame="none" id="transport_layer_functions">
-  <title>The ClientMessage sent to the IMS window.</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>type</entry>
-      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_long</entry>
-      <entry>serial</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Bool</entry>
-      <entry>send_event</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>message_type</entry>
-      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_CONNECT", false)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[0]</entry>
-      <entry>client communication window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[1]</entry>
-      <entry>client-major-transport-version(*1)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[2]</entry>
-      <entry>client-major-transport-version(*1)</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-<para>
-In order to establish the connection (to notify the IM Server communication
-window), the IM Server sends a ClientMessage in the following event's
-format to the client communication window.
-</para>
-
-<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_sent_by_im_server">
-  <title>The ClientMessage sent by IM Server.</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>type</entry>
-      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_long</entry>
-      <entry>serial</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Bool</entry>
-      <entry>send_event</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>message_type</entry>
-      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_CONNECT", false)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[0]</entry>
-      <entry>client communication window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[1]</entry>
-      <entry>client-major-transport-version(*1)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[2]</entry>
-      <entry>client-major-transport-version(*1)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[3]</entry>
-      <entry>dividing size between ClientMessage and Property(*2)</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-<para>
-(*1) major/minor-transport-version
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The read/write method is decided by the combination of
-major/minor-transport-version, as follows:
-</para>
-
-<table frame="all" id="readwrite_method_and_the_majorminor_transport_version">
-<title>The read/write method and the major/minor-transport-version</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3*" colsep="1"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="center"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry spanname="span-horiz">Transport-version</entry>
-      <entry>read/write</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>major</entry>
-      <entry>minor</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry morerows="2">0</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-      <entry>only-CM &amp; Property-with-CM</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>1</entry>
-      <entry>only-CM &amp; multi-CM</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="1">
-      <entry>2</entry>
-      <entry>only-CM &amp; multi-CM &amp; Property-with-CM</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="1">
-      <entry>1</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-      <entry>PropertyNotify</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry morerows="1">2</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-      <entry>only-CM &amp; PropertyNotify</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>1</entry>
-      <entry>only-CM &amp; multi-CM &amp; PropertyNotify</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-only-CM            :    data is sent via a ClientMessage
-multi-CM           :    data is sent via multiple ClientMessages
-Property-with-CM   :    data is written in Property, and its Atom
-                        is send via ClientMessage
-PropertyNotify     :    data is written in Property, and its Atom
-                        is send via PropertyNotify
-
-</literallayout>
-
-
-<para>
-The method to decide major/minor-transport-version is as follows:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The client sends 0 as major/minor-transport-version to the IM Server.
-The client must support all methods in Table 4-3. <!-- xref -->
-The client may send another number as major/minor-transport-version to
-use other method than the above in the future.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The IM Server sends its major/minor-transport-version number to
-the client. The client sends data using the method specified by the
-IM Server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If major/minor-transport-version number is not available, it is regarded
-as 0.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>
-(*2) dividing size between ClientMessage and Property
-</para>
-
-<para>
-If data is sent via both of multi-CM and Property, specify the dividing
-size between ClientMessage and Property. The data, which is smaller than
-this size, is sent via multi-CM (or only-CM), and the data, which is
-lager than this size, is sent via Property.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="read_write_">
-<title>read/write  </title>
-<para>
-The data is transferred via either ClientMessage or Window Property in
-the X Window System.
-</para>
-
-<sect4 id="Format_for_the_data_from_the_Client_to_the_IM_Server">
-<title>Format for the data from the Client to the IM Server</title>
-<para>
-<emphasis role="bold">ClientMessage</emphasis>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-If data is sent via ClientMessage event, the format is as follows:
-</para>
-
-<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_first_or_middle">
-  <title>The ClientMessage event's format (first or middle)</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>type</entry>
-      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_long</entry>
-      <entry>serial</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Bool</entry>
-      <entry>send_event</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>message_type</entry>
-      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_MOREDATA", False)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>char</entry>
-      <entry>data.b[20]</entry>
-      <entry>(read/write DATA : 20 byte)</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-
-
-<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_only_or_last">
-  <title>The ClientMessage event's format (only or last)</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>type</entry>
-      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_long</entry>
-      <entry>serial</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Bool</entry>
-      <entry>send_event</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>message_type</entry>
-      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_PROTOCOL", False)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>char</entry>
-      <entry>data.b[20]</entry>
-      <entry>(read/write DATA : MAX 20 byte)
-<footnote><para>If the data is smaller
-than 20 bytes, all data other than available data must be 0.
-</para></footnote>
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-<para>
-<emphasis role="bold">Property</emphasis>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-In the case of large data, data will be sent via the Window Property
-for the efficiency.  There are the following two methods to notify
-Property, and transport-version is decided which method is used.
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The XChangeProperty function is used to store data in the client
-communication window, and Atom of the stored data is notified to the
-IM Server via ClientMessage event.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The XChangeProperty function is used to store data in the client
-communication window, and Atom of the stored data is notified to the
-IM Server via PropertyNotify event.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>
-The arguments of the XChangeProperty are as follows:
-</para>
-
-
-<table frame="none" id="xchangeproperty_events_format">
-  <title>The XChangeProperty event's format</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Argument</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS communication window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>property</entry>
-      <entry>read/write property Atom (*1)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>mode</entry>
-      <entry>PropModeAppend</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_char</entry>
-      <entry>*data</entry>
-      <entry>read/write DATA</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>nelements</entry>
-      <entry>length of DATA</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-<para>
-(*1) The read/write property ATOM allocates the following strings by
-<function>XInternAtom</function>.
-"_clientXXX"
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The client changes the property with the mode of PropModeAppend and
-the IM Server will read it with the delete mode i.e. (delete = True).
-</para>
-
-<para>
-If Atom is notified via ClientMessage event, the format of the ClientMessage
-is as follows:
-</para>
-
-<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_to_send_atom_of_property">
-  <title>The ClientMessage event's format to send Atom of property</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>type</entry>
-      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_long</entry>
-      <entry>serial</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Bool</entry>
-      <entry>send_event</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>message_type</entry>
-      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_PROTOCOL", False)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[0]</entry>
-      <entry>length of read/write property Atom</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[1]</entry>
-      <entry>read/write property Atom</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4 id="Format_for_the_data_from_the_IM_Server_to_the_Client">
-<title>Format for the data from the IM Server to the Client</title>
-<para>
-<emphasis role="bold">ClientMessage</emphasis>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The format of the ClientMessage is as follows:
-</para>
-
-<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_first_or_middle_2">
-  <title>The ClientMessage event's format (first or middle)</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>type</entry>
-      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_long</entry>
-      <entry>serial</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Bool</entry>
-      <entry>send_event</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>message_type</entry>
-      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_MOREDATA", False)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>char</entry>
-      <entry>data.b[20]</entry>
-      <entry>(read/write DATA : 20 byte)</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-
-
-
-
-<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_only_or_last_2">
-  <title>The ClientMessage event's format (only or last)</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>type</entry>
-      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_long</entry>
-      <entry>serial</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Bool</entry>
-      <entry>send_event</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>message_type</entry>
-      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_PROTOCOL", False)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>char</entry>
-      <entry>data.b[20]</entry>
-      <entry>(read/write DATA : MAX 20 byte) (*1)</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-<para>
-(*1) If the data size is smaller than 20 bytes, all data other than available
-data must be 0.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<emphasis role="bold">Property</emphasis>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-In the case of large data, data will be sent via the Window Property
-for the efficiency. There are the following two methods to notify
-Property, and transport-version is decided which method is used.
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The XChangeProperty function is used to store data in the IMS
-communication window, and Atom of the property is sent via the
-ClientMessage event.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The XChangeProperty function is used to store data in the IMS
-communication window, and Atom of the property is sent via
-PropertyNotify event.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>
-The arguments of the XChangeProperty are as follows:
-</para>
-
-<table frame="none" id="xchangeproperty_events_format_b">
-  <title>The XChangeProperty event's format</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Argument</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS communication window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>property</entry>
-      <entry>read/write property Atom (*1)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>mode</entry>
-      <entry>PropModeAppend</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_char</entry>
-      <entry>*data</entry>
-      <entry>read/write DATA</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>nelements</entry>
-      <entry>length of DATA</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-<para>
-(*1) The read/write property ATOM allocates some strings, which are not
-allocated by the client, by <function>XInternAtom</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The IM Server changes the property with the mode of PropModeAppend and
-the client reads it with the delete mode, i.e. (delete = True).
-</para>
-
-<para>
-If Atom is notified via ClientMessage event, the format of the ClientMessage
-is as follows:
-</para>
-
-<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_to_send_atom_of_property_2">
-  <title>The ClientMessage event's format to send Atom of property</title>
-  <tgroup cols="3">
-  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>
-  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>
-  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>
-  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>
-      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>type</entry>
-      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>u_long</entry>
-      <entry>serial</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Bool</entry>
-      <entry>send_event</entry>
-      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Display</entry>
-      <entry>*display</entry>
-      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Window</entry>
-      <entry>window</entry>
-      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>Atom</entry>
-      <entry>message_type</entry>
-      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_PROTOCOL", False)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>int</entry>
-      <entry>format</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[0]</entry>
-      <entry>length of read/write property Atom</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row rowsep="0">
-      <entry>long</entry>
-      <entry>data.1[1]</entry>
-      <entry>read/write property Atom</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</table>
-
-</sect4>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Closing_Connection">
-<title>Closing Connection</title>
-
-<para>
-If the client disconnect with the IM Server, shutdown function should
-free the communication window properties and etc..
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="References">
-<title>References</title>
-<para>
-[1] Masahiko Narita and Hideki Hiura, <emphasis remap='I'>"The Input Method Protocol"</emphasis>
-</para>
-</sect1>
-
-</chapter>
-</book>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+                   "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+

+<book id="trans">

+

+<bookinfo>

+   <title>The XIM Transport Specification</title>

+   <subtitle>Revision 0.1</subtitle>

+   <releaseinfo>X Version 11, Release 7</releaseinfo>

+   <authorgroup>

+      <author>

+         <firstname>Takashi</firstname><surname>Fujiwara</surname>

+         <affiliation><orgname>FUJITSU LIMITED</orgname></affiliation>

+      </author>

+   </authorgroup>

+   <copyright><year>1994</year><holder>FUJITSU LIMITED</holder></copyright>

+   <copyright><year>1994</year><holder>X Consortium</holder></copyright>

+

+   <productnumber>Revision 0.1</productnumber>

+

+

+<abstract>

+<para>

+This specification describes the transport layer interfaces between Xlib and IM Server,

+which makes various channels usable such as X protocol or TCP/IP, DECnet and etc.

+</para>

+</abstract>

+

+<legalnotice>

+

+<para>

+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

+of this software and associated documentation files

+(the &ldquo;Software&rdquo;), to deal in the Software without restriction,

+including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,

+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit

+persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following

+conditions:

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all

+copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo;, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN

+NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,

+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN

+THE SOFTWARE.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not

+be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

+in this Software without prior written authorization from X Consortium.

+</para>

+

+<para>X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group.</para>

+

+</legalnotice>

+</bookinfo>

+

+<chapter id="xim_transport_specification">

+<title>X Transport Specification</title>

+

+<sect1 id="Introduction">

+<title>Introduction</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Introduction -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The Xlib XIM implementation is layered into three functions, a protocol

+layer, an interface layer and a transport layer. The purpose of this

+layering is to make the protocol independent of transport implementation.

+Each function of these layers are:

+<!-- .RS 3 -->

+</para>

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><emphasis>The protocol layer</emphasis></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+implements overall function of XIM and calls the interface layer

+functions when it needs to communicate to IM Server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><emphasis>The interface layer</emphasis></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+separates the implementation of the transport layer from the protocol

+layer, in other words, it provides implementation independent hook for

+the transport layer functions.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><emphasis>The transport layer</emphasis></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+handles actual data communication with IM Server. It is done by a set

+of several functions named transporters.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+This specification describes the interface layer and the transport

+layer, which makes various communication channels usable such as

+X protocol or, TCP/IP, DECnet, STREAM, etc., and provides

+the information needed for adding another new transport layer.

+In addition, sample implementations for the transporter using the

+X connection is described in section 4. <!-- xref -->

+</para>

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="Initialization">

+<title>Initialization</title>

+

+<sect2 id="Registering_structure_to_initialize">

+<title>Registering structure to initialize</title>

+

+<para>

+The structure typed as TransportSW contains the list of the transport

+layer the specific implementations supports.

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef struct {

+      char *transport_name;

+      Bool (*config);

+} TransportSW;

+</literallayout>

+

+<informaltable frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols="2">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry><emphasis>transport_name</emphasis></entry>

+      <entry>name of transport<footnote><para>Refer to "The Input Method Protocol: Appendix B</para></footnote></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry><emphasis>config</emphasis></entry>

+      <entry>initial configuration function</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+A sample entry for the Xlib supporting transporters is shown below:

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+TransportSW _XimTransportRec[] = {

+/*     char <emphasis remap='I'>*</emphasis>:

+ *     transport_name,     Bool <emphasis remap='I'>(*config)()</emphasis>

+ */

+      "X",             _XimXConf,

+      "tcp",           _XimTransConf,

+      "local",         _XimTransConf,

+      "decnet",        _XimTransConf,

+      "streams",       _XimTransConf,

+      (char *)NULL,    (Bool (*)())NULL,

+};

+</literallayout>

+

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Initialization_function">

+<title>Initialization function</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Initialization function -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+The following function will be called once when Xlib configures the

+transporter functions.

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*config)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *transport_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>transport_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the data specific to the transporter, in IM Server address.<footnote><para>Refer to "The Input Method Protocol: Appendix B</para></footnote>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+This function must setup the transporter function pointers.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The actual <emphasis remap='I'>config</emphasis> function will be chosen by IM Server at the

+pre-connection time, matching by the <emphasis remap='I'>transport_name</emphasis> specified

+in the <function>_XimTransportRec</function> array; The specific members of XimProto

+structure listed below must be initialized so that point they

+appropriate transporter functions.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+If the specified transporter has been configured successfully, this

+function returns True. There is no Alternative Entry for config

+function itself.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The structure XimProto contains the following function pointers:

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+Bool (*connect)();               /* Open connection */

+Bool (*shutdown)();              /* Close connection */

+Bool (*write)();                 /* Write data */

+Bool (*read)();                  /* Read data */

+Bool (*flush)();                 /* Flush data buffer */

+Bool (*register_dispatcher)();   /* Register asynchronous data handler */

+Bool (*call_dispatcher)();       /* Call dispatcher */

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+These functions are called when Xlib needs to communicate the

+IM Server. These functions must process the appropriate procedure

+described below.

+</para>

+

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="The_interface_transport_layer_functions">

+<title>The interface/transport layer functions</title>

+<para>

+Following functions are used for the transport interface.

+</para>

+

+<table frame="all" id="transport_layer_functions_2">

+  <title>The Transport Layer Functions</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="3*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="3*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="center">Alternate Entry (Interface Layer)</entry>

+      <entry align="center">XimProto member (Transport Layer)</entry>

+      <entry align="center">Section</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>_XimConnect</entry>

+      <entry>connect</entry>

+      <entry>3.1</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>_XimShutdown</entry>

+      <entry>shutdown</entry>

+      <entry>3.2</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>_XimWrite</entry>

+      <entry>write</entry>

+      <entry>3.3</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>_XimRead</entry>

+      <entry>read</entry>

+      <entry>3.4</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>_XimFlush</entry>

+      <entry>flush</entry>

+      <entry>3.5</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>_XimRegisterDispatcher</entry>

+      <entry>register_dispatcher</entry>

+      <entry>3.6</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>_XimCallDispatcher</entry>

+      <entry>call_dispatcher</entry>

+      <entry>3.7</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+<para>

+The Protocol layer calls the above functions using the Alternative

+Entry in the left column. The transport implementation defines

+XimProto member function in the right column. The Alternative Entry is

+provided so as to make easier to implement the Protocol Layer.

+</para>

+

+<sect2 id="Opening_connection">

+<title>Opening connection</title>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When <function>XOpenIM</function> is called, the following function is called to connect

+with the IM Server.

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*connect)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+This function must establishes the connection to the IM Server. If the

+connection is established successfully, this function returns True.

+The Alternative Entry for this function is:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='_ximconnect'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimConnect</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+</sect2>

+

+<sect2 id="Closing_connection">

+<title>Closing connection</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Closing connection -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When <function>XCloseIM</function> is called, the following function is called to

+disconnect the connection with the IM Server. The Alternative Entry

+for this function is:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function> (*shutdown)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function must close connection with the IM Server. If the

+connection is closed successfully, this function returns True. The

+Alternative Entry for this function is:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='_ximshutdown'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>_XimShutdown</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+</sect2>

+

+<sect2 id="Writing_data">

+<title>Writing data</title>

+<para>

+The following function is called, when Xlib needs to write data to the

+IM Server.

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='_ximwrite'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimWrite</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the length of writing data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the writing data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+This function writes the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> to the IM Server, regardless

+of the contents.  The number of bytes is passed to <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>. The

+writing data is passed to <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>. If data is sent successfully,

+the function returns True. Refer to "The Input Method Protocol" for

+the contents of the writing data. The Alternative Entry for this

+function is:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>_XimWrite</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the length of writing data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the writing data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Reading_data">

+<title>Reading data</title>

+<para>

+The following function is called when Xlib waits for response from IM

+server synchronously.

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='_ximread'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimRead</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> read_buf</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> buf_len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *ret_len</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>read_buf</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer to store data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buf_len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of the <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis>

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ret_len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the length of stored data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+This function stores the read data in <emphasis remap='I'>read_buf</emphasis>, which size is

+specified as <emphasis remap='I'>buf_len</emphasis>. The size of data is set to <emphasis remap='I'>ret_len</emphasis>.

+This function return True, if the data is read normally or reading

+data is completed.

+</para>

+<para>

+The Alternative Entry for this function is:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimRead</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> *ret_len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> buf</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> buf_len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*predicate)()</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> predicate_arg</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ret_len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buf</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer to store data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buf_len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the length of <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the predicate for the XIM data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate_arg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the predicate specific data.

+<!-- .sp 6p -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+The predicate procedure indicates whether the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> is for the

+XIM or not. <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>

+This function stores the read data in <emphasis remap='I'>buf</emphasis>, which size

+is specified as <emphasis remap='I'>buf_len</emphasis>. The size of data is set to

+<emphasis remap='I'>ret_len</emphasis>.  If <emphasis remap='I'>preedicate()</emphasis>

+returns True, this function returns True.  If not, it calls the registered callback function.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The procedure and its arguments are:

+</para>

+

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>(*predicate)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> predicate_arg</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer to store data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate_arg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the predicate specific data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Flushing_buffer">

+<title>Flushing buffer</title>

+<para>

+The following function is called when Xlib needs to flush the data.

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>(*flush)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+This function must flush the data stored in internal buffer on the

+transport layer. If data transfer is completed, the function returns

+True.  The Alternative Entry for this function is:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='_ximflush'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function> _XimFlush</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Registering_asynchronous_data_handler">

+<title>Registering asynchronous data handler</title>

+<para>

+Xlib needs to handle asynchronous response from IM Server. This is

+because some of the XIM data occur asynchronously to X events.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+Those data will be handled in the <emphasis remap='I'>Filter</emphasis>,

+and the <emphasis remap='I'>Filter</emphasis>

+will call asynchronous data handler in the protocol layer. Then it

+calls dispatchers in the transport layer. The dispatchers are

+implemented by the protocol layer. This function must store the

+information and prepare for later call of the dispatchers using

+<function>_XimCallDispatcher</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+When multiple dispatchers are registered, they will be called

+sequentially in order of registration, on arrival of asynchronous

+data. The register_dispatcher is declared as following:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*register_dispatcher)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*dispatcher)()</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dispatcher</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the dispatcher function to register.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a parameter for the <emphasis remap='I'>dispatcher</emphasis>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+The dispatcher is a function of the following type:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*dispatcher)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of the <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer to store data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a parameter passed to the register_dispatcher.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+The dispatcher is provided by the protocol layer. They are called once

+for every asynchronous data, in order of registration. If the data is

+used, it must return True. otherwise, it must return False.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+If the dispatcher function returns True, the Transport Layer assume

+that the data has been processed by the upper layer.  The Alternative

+Entry for this function is:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='_ximregisterdispatcher'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimRegisterDispatcher</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*dispatcher)()</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dispatcher</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the dispatcher function to register.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a parameter for the <emphasis remap='I'>dispatcher</emphasis>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Calling_dispatcher">

+<title>Calling dispatcher</title>

+<para>

+The following function is used to call the registered dispatcher

+function, when the asynchronous response from IM Server has arrived.

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>(*call_dispatcher)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies XIM structure address.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer to store data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+The call_dispatcher must call the dispatcher function, in order of

+their registration. <emphasis remap='I'>len</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> are the data passed to

+register_dispatcher.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The return values are checked at each invocation, and if it finds

+True, it immediately return with true for its return value.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+It is depend on the upper layer whether the read data is XIM

+Protocol packet unit or not.

+The Alternative Entry for this function is:

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='_ximcalldispatcher'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function> _XimCallDispatcher</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>INT16<parameter> len</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Sample_implementations_for_the_Transport_Layer">

+<title>Sample implementations for the Transport Layer</title>

+<para>

+Sample implementations for the transporter using the X connection is

+described here.

+</para>

+

+<sect2 id="X_Transport">

+<title>X Transport</title>

+<para>

+At the beginning of the X Transport connection for the XIM transport

+mechanism, two different windows must be created either in an Xlib XIM

+or in an IM Server, with which the Xlib and the IM Server exchange the

+XIM transports by using the ClientMessage events and Window Properties.

+In the following, the window created by the Xlib is referred as the

+"client communication window", and on the other hand, the window created

+by the IM Server is referred as the "IMS communication window".

+</para>

+

+<sect3 id="Connection">

+<title>Connection</title>

+<para>

+In order to establish a connection, a communication window is created.

+A ClientMessage in the following event's format is sent to the owner

+window of XIM_SERVER selection, which the IM Server has created.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Refer to "The Input Method Protocol" for the XIM_SERVER atom.

+</para>

+

+<table frame="none" id="transport_layer_functions">

+  <title>The ClientMessage sent to the IMS window.</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>type</entry>

+      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_long</entry>

+      <entry>serial</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Bool</entry>

+      <entry>send_event</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>message_type</entry>

+      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_CONNECT", false)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[0]</entry>

+      <entry>client communication window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[1]</entry>

+      <entry>client-major-transport-version(*1)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[2]</entry>

+      <entry>client-major-transport-version(*1)</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+<para>

+In order to establish the connection (to notify the IM Server communication

+window), the IM Server sends a ClientMessage in the following event's

+format to the client communication window.

+</para>

+

+<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_sent_by_im_server">

+  <title>The ClientMessage sent by IM Server.</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>type</entry>

+      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_long</entry>

+      <entry>serial</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Bool</entry>

+      <entry>send_event</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>message_type</entry>

+      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_CONNECT", false)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[0]</entry>

+      <entry>client communication window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[1]</entry>

+      <entry>client-major-transport-version(*1)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[2]</entry>

+      <entry>client-major-transport-version(*1)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[3]</entry>

+      <entry>dividing size between ClientMessage and Property(*2)</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+<para>

+(*1) major/minor-transport-version

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The read/write method is decided by the combination of

+major/minor-transport-version, as follows:

+</para>

+

+<table frame="all" id="readwrite_method_and_the_majorminor_transport_version">

+<title>The read/write method and the major/minor-transport-version</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3*" colsep="1"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="center"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry spanname="span-horiz">Transport-version</entry>

+      <entry>read/write</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>major</entry>

+      <entry>minor</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry morerows="2">0</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+      <entry>only-CM &amp; Property-with-CM</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>1</entry>

+      <entry>only-CM &amp; multi-CM</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="1">

+      <entry>2</entry>

+      <entry>only-CM &amp; multi-CM &amp; Property-with-CM</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="1">

+      <entry>1</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+      <entry>PropertyNotify</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry morerows="1">2</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+      <entry>only-CM &amp; PropertyNotify</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>1</entry>

+      <entry>only-CM &amp; multi-CM &amp; PropertyNotify</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+only-CM            :    data is sent via a ClientMessage

+multi-CM           :    data is sent via multiple ClientMessages

+Property-with-CM   :    data is written in Property, and its Atom

+                        is send via ClientMessage

+PropertyNotify     :    data is written in Property, and its Atom

+                        is send via PropertyNotify

+

+</literallayout>

+

+

+<para>

+The method to decide major/minor-transport-version is as follows:

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The client sends 0 as major/minor-transport-version to the IM Server.

+The client must support all methods in Table 4-3. <!-- xref -->

+The client may send another number as major/minor-transport-version to

+use other method than the above in the future.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The IM Server sends its major/minor-transport-version number to

+the client. The client sends data using the method specified by the

+IM Server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If major/minor-transport-version number is not available, it is regarded

+as 0.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<para>

+(*2) dividing size between ClientMessage and Property

+</para>

+

+<para>

+If data is sent via both of multi-CM and Property, specify the dividing

+size between ClientMessage and Property. The data, which is smaller than

+this size, is sent via multi-CM (or only-CM), and the data, which is

+lager than this size, is sent via Property.

+</para>

+

+</sect3>

+

+<sect3 id="read_write_">

+<title>read/write  </title>

+<para>

+The data is transferred via either ClientMessage or Window Property in

+the X Window System.

+</para>

+

+<sect4 id="Format_for_the_data_from_the_Client_to_the_IM_Server">

+<title>Format for the data from the Client to the IM Server</title>

+<para>

+<emphasis role="bold">ClientMessage</emphasis>

+</para>

+

+<para>

+If data is sent via ClientMessage event, the format is as follows:

+</para>

+

+<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_first_or_middle">

+  <title>The ClientMessage event's format (first or middle)</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>type</entry>

+      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_long</entry>

+      <entry>serial</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Bool</entry>

+      <entry>send_event</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>message_type</entry>

+      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_MOREDATA", False)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>char</entry>

+      <entry>data.b[20]</entry>

+      <entry>(read/write DATA : 20 byte)</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+

+

+<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_only_or_last">

+  <title>The ClientMessage event's format (only or last)</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>type</entry>

+      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_long</entry>

+      <entry>serial</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Bool</entry>

+      <entry>send_event</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>message_type</entry>

+      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_PROTOCOL", False)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>char</entry>

+      <entry>data.b[20]</entry>

+      <entry>(read/write DATA : MAX 20 byte)

+<footnote><para>If the data is smaller

+than 20 bytes, all data other than available data must be 0.

+</para></footnote>

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+<para>

+<emphasis role="bold">Property</emphasis>

+</para>

+

+<para>

+In the case of large data, data will be sent via the Window Property

+for the efficiency.  There are the following two methods to notify

+Property, and transport-version is decided which method is used.

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The XChangeProperty function is used to store data in the client

+communication window, and Atom of the stored data is notified to the

+IM Server via ClientMessage event.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The XChangeProperty function is used to store data in the client

+communication window, and Atom of the stored data is notified to the

+IM Server via PropertyNotify event.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<para>

+The arguments of the XChangeProperty are as follows:

+</para>

+

+

+<table frame="none" id="xchangeproperty_events_format">

+  <title>The XChangeProperty event's format</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Argument</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS communication window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>property</entry>

+      <entry>read/write property Atom (*1)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>mode</entry>

+      <entry>PropModeAppend</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_char</entry>

+      <entry>*data</entry>

+      <entry>read/write DATA</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>nelements</entry>

+      <entry>length of DATA</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+<para>

+(*1) The read/write property ATOM allocates the following strings by

+<function>XInternAtom</function>.

+"_clientXXX"

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The client changes the property with the mode of PropModeAppend and

+the IM Server will read it with the delete mode i.e. (delete = True).

+</para>

+

+<para>

+If Atom is notified via ClientMessage event, the format of the ClientMessage

+is as follows:

+</para>

+

+<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_to_send_atom_of_property">

+  <title>The ClientMessage event's format to send Atom of property</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>type</entry>

+      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_long</entry>

+      <entry>serial</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Bool</entry>

+      <entry>send_event</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>message_type</entry>

+      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_PROTOCOL", False)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[0]</entry>

+      <entry>length of read/write property Atom</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[1]</entry>

+      <entry>read/write property Atom</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+</sect4>

+

+<sect4 id="Format_for_the_data_from_the_IM_Server_to_the_Client">

+<title>Format for the data from the IM Server to the Client</title>

+<para>

+<emphasis role="bold">ClientMessage</emphasis>

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The format of the ClientMessage is as follows:

+</para>

+

+<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_first_or_middle_2">

+  <title>The ClientMessage event's format (first or middle)</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>type</entry>

+      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_long</entry>

+      <entry>serial</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Bool</entry>

+      <entry>send_event</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>message_type</entry>

+      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_MOREDATA", False)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>char</entry>

+      <entry>data.b[20]</entry>

+      <entry>(read/write DATA : 20 byte)</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+

+

+

+

+<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_only_or_last_2">

+  <title>The ClientMessage event's format (only or last)</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>type</entry>

+      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_long</entry>

+      <entry>serial</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Bool</entry>

+      <entry>send_event</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>message_type</entry>

+      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_PROTOCOL", False)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>char</entry>

+      <entry>data.b[20]</entry>

+      <entry>(read/write DATA : MAX 20 byte) (*1)</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+<para>

+(*1) If the data size is smaller than 20 bytes, all data other than available

+data must be 0.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<emphasis role="bold">Property</emphasis>

+</para>

+

+<para>

+In the case of large data, data will be sent via the Window Property

+for the efficiency. There are the following two methods to notify

+Property, and transport-version is decided which method is used.

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The XChangeProperty function is used to store data in the IMS

+communication window, and Atom of the property is sent via the

+ClientMessage event.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The XChangeProperty function is used to store data in the IMS

+communication window, and Atom of the property is sent via

+PropertyNotify event.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<para>

+The arguments of the XChangeProperty are as follows:

+</para>

+

+<table frame="none" id="xchangeproperty_events_format_b">

+  <title>The XChangeProperty event's format</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Argument</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS communication window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>property</entry>

+      <entry>read/write property Atom (*1)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>mode</entry>

+      <entry>PropModeAppend</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_char</entry>

+      <entry>*data</entry>

+      <entry>read/write DATA</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>nelements</entry>

+      <entry>length of DATA</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+<para>

+(*1) The read/write property ATOM allocates some strings, which are not

+allocated by the client, by <function>XInternAtom</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+The IM Server changes the property with the mode of PropModeAppend and

+the client reads it with the delete mode, i.e. (delete = True).

+</para>

+

+<para>

+If Atom is notified via ClientMessage event, the format of the ClientMessage

+is as follows:

+</para>

+

+<table frame="none" id="clientmessage_events_format_to_send_atom_of_property_2">

+  <title>The ClientMessage event's format to send Atom of property</title>

+  <tgroup cols="3">

+  <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="1*" colsep="0"/>

+  <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="1*" colsep="1"/>

+  <colspec colname="col3" colwidth="3.5*" colsep="0"/>

+  <spanspec namest="col1" nameend="col2" spanname="span-horiz" align="left"/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align="left" spanname="span-horiz">Structure Member</entry>

+      <entry align="left">Contents</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>type</entry>

+      <entry>ClientMessage</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>u_long</entry>

+      <entry>serial</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Bool</entry>

+      <entry>send_event</entry>

+      <entry>Set by the X Window System</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Display</entry>

+      <entry>*display</entry>

+      <entry>The display to which connects</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Window</entry>

+      <entry>window</entry>

+      <entry>IMS Window ID</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>Atom</entry>

+      <entry>message_type</entry>

+      <entry>XInternAtom(display, "_XIM_PROTOCOL", False)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>int</entry>

+      <entry>format</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[0]</entry>

+      <entry>length of read/write property Atom</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row rowsep="0">

+      <entry>long</entry>

+      <entry>data.1[1]</entry>

+      <entry>read/write property Atom</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</table>

+

+</sect4>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Closing_Connection">

+<title>Closing Connection</title>

+

+<para>

+If the client disconnect with the IM Server, shutdown function should

+free the communication window properties and etc..

+</para>

+

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="References">

+<title>References</title>

+<para>

+[1] Masahiko Narita and Hideki Hiura, <emphasis remap='I'>"The Input Method Protocol"</emphasis>

+</para>

+</sect1>

+

+</chapter>

+</book>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml
index 72103095b..cb2db3440 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml
@@ -1,3313 +1,3313 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<appendix id="extensions">
-<title>Extensions</title>
-<para>
-<!-- .XE -->
-Because X can evolve by extensions to the core protocol, 
-it is important that extensions not be perceived as second-class citizens.
-At some point, 
-your favorite extensions may be adopted as additional parts of the 
-X Standard.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Therefore, there should be little to distinguish the use of an extension from 
-that of the core protocol.
-To avoid having to initialize extensions explicitly in application programs, 
-it is also important that extensions perform lazy evaluations,
-automatically initializing themselves when called for the first time.  
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This appendix describes techniques for writing extensions to Xlib that will
-run at essentially the same performance as the core protocol requests.
-</para>
-<!-- .NT -->
-<note><para>
-It is expected that a given extension to X consists of multiple
-requests.
-Defining 10 new features as 10 separate extensions is a bad practice.
-Rather, they should be packaged into a single extension
-and should use minor opcodes to distinguish the requests.
-</para></note>
-<!-- .NE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The symbols and macros used for writing stubs to Xlib are listed in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Basic Protocol Support Routines
-</para>
-<para>
-The basic protocol requests for extensions are 
-<function>XQueryExtension</function>
-and
-<function>XListExtensions</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryExtension</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xqueryextension'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XQueryExtension</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *major_opcode_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *first_event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *first_error_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>display</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Specifies the connection to the X server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>name</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Specifies the extension name.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>major_opcode_return</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Returns the major opcode.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>first_event_return</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Returns the first event code, if any.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>first_error_return</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Returns the first error code, if any.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryExtension</function>
-function determines if the named extension is present.  
-If the extension is not present,
-<function>XQueryExtension</function>
-returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>;
-otherwise, it returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-If the extension is present,
-<function>XQueryExtension</function>
-returns the major opcode for the extension to major_opcode_return;
-otherwise,
-it returns zero.
-Any minor opcode and the request formats are specific to the
-extension.  
-If the extension involves additional event types, 
-<function>XQueryExtension</function>
-returns the base event type code to first_event_return;
-otherwise, 
-it returns zero.  
-The format of the events is specific to the extension.  
-If the extension involves additional error codes, 
-<function>XQueryExtension</function>
-returns the base error code to first_error_return;
-otherwise, 
-it returns zero.  
-The format of additional data in the errors is specific to the extension.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the extension name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Uppercase and lowercase matter;
-the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' 
-are all considered different names.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListExtensions</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlistextensions'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char **<function>XListExtensions</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nextensions_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nextensions_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of extensions listed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XListExtensions</function>
-function returns a list of all extensions supported by the server.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeExtensionList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreeextensionlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeExtensionList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the list of extension names.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeExtensionList</function>
-function frees the memory allocated by 
-<function>XListExtensions</function>.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Hooking into Xlib 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-These functions allow you to hook into the library.  
-They are not normally used by application programmers but are used 
-by people who need to extend the core X protocol and
-the X library interface.
-The functions, which generate protocol requests for X, are typically
-called stubs.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In extensions, stubs first should check to see if they have initialized 
-themselves on a connection.
-If they have not, they then should call 
-<function>XInitExtension</function>
-to attempt to initialize themselves on the connection.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the extension needs to be informed of GC/font allocation or
-deallocation or if the extension defines new event types, 
-the functions described here allow the extension to be 
-called when these events occur.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XExtCodes</structname>
-structure returns the information from 
-<function>XInitExtension</function>
-and is defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtCodes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<synopsis>
-typedef struct _XExtCodes {	/* public to extension, cannot be changed */
-	int extension;		/* extension number */
-	int major_opcode;	/* major op-code assigned by server */
-	int first_event;	/* first event number for the extension */
-	int first_error;	/* first error number for the extension */
-} XExtCodes;
-</synopsis>
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitExtension</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xinitextension'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XExtCodes *<function>XInitExtension</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XInitExtension</function>
-function determines if the named extension exists. 
-Then, it allocates storage for maintaining the 
-information about the extension on the connection, 
-chains this onto the extension list for the connection,
-and returns the information the stub implementor will need to access
-the extension.
-If the extension does not exist,
-<function>XInitExtension</function>
-returns NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the extension name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Uppercase and lowercase matter;
-the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' 
-are all considered different names.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The extension number in the 
-<structname>XExtCodes</structname>
-structure is
-needed in the other calls that follow.  
-This extension number is unique only to a single connection.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddExtension</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xaddextension'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XExtCodes *<function>XAddExtension</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-For local Xlib extensions, the
-<function>XAddExtension</function>
-function allocates the
-<structname>XExtCodes</structname>
-structure, bumps the extension number count,
-and chains the extension onto the extension list.
-(This permits extensions to Xlib without requiring server extensions.)
-<!-- .SH -->
-Hooks into the Library
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-These functions allow you to define procedures that are to be
-called when various circumstances occur.
-The procedures include the creation of a new GC for a connection,
-the copying of a GC, the freeing of a GC, the creating and freeing of fonts,
-the conversion of events defined by extensions to and from wire
-format, and the handling of errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All of these functions return the previous procedure defined for this
-extension.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCloseDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetclosedisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XESetCloseDisplay</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when the display is closed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetCloseDisplay</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called whenever
-<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
-is called.  
-It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When 
-<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
-is called, 
-your procedure is called 
-with these arguments:
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCreateGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetcreategc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetCreateGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when a GC is closed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetCreateGC</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called whenever
-a new GC is created.  
-It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When a GC is created, 
-your procedure is called with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC <parameter>gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCopyGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetcopygc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetCopyGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when GC components are copied.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetCopyGC</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called whenever
-a GC is copied.  
-It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When a GC is copied, 
-your procedure is called with these arguments:
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC <parameter>gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetfreegc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetFreeGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when a GC is freed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-The
-<function>XESetFreeGC</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called whenever
-a GC is freed.  
-It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When a GC is freed, 
-your procedure is called with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC <parameter>gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCreateFont</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetcreatefont'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetCreateFont</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when a font is created.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetCreateFont</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called whenever
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>
-and
-<function>XQueryFont</function>
-are called.  
-It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When 
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>
-or
-<function>XQueryFont</function>
-is called, 
-your procedure is called with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct *<parameter>fs</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetFreeFont</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetfreefont'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetFreeFont</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when a font is freed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetFreeFont</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called whenever
-<function>XFreeFont</function>
-is called.  
-It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When 
-<function>XFreeFont</function>
-is called, your procedure is called with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct *<parameter>fs</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XESetWireToEvent</function>
-and
-<function>XESetEventToWire</function>
-functions allow you to define new events to the library.
-An 
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure always has a type code (type
-<type>int</type>)
-as the first component.
-This uniquely identifies what kind of event it is.
-The second component is always the serial number (type
-<type>unsigned</type>
-<type>long</type>)
-of the last request processed by the server.
-The third component is always a Boolean (type
-<type>Bool</type>)
-indicating whether the event came from a
-<systemitem>SendEvent</systemitem>
-protocol request.
-The fourth component is always a pointer to the display
-the event was read from.
-The fifth component is always a resource ID of one kind or another,
-usually a window, carefully selected to be useful to toolkit dispatchers.
-The fifth component should always exist, even if
-the event does not have a natural destination;
-if there is no value
-from the protocol to put in this component, initialize it to zero.
-<!-- .NT -->
-There is an implementation limit such that your host event
-structure size cannot be bigger than the size of the
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-union of structures.
-There also is no way to guarantee that more than 24 elements or 96 characters
-in the structure will be fully portable between machines.
-</para>
-<!-- .NE -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetWireToEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetwiretoevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetWireToEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_number</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Status<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event code.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when converting an event.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetWireToEvent</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called when an event
-needs to be converted from wire format 
-(<structname>xEvent</structname>)
-to host format 
-(<structname>XEvent</structname>).
-The event number defines which protocol event number to install a
-conversion procedure for.
-<function>XESetWireToEvent</function>
-returns any previously defined procedure.
-<!-- .NT -->
-You can replace a core event conversion function with one
-of your own, although this is not encouraged.
-It would, however, allow you to intercept a core event 
-and modify it before being placed in the queue or otherwise examined.
-<!-- .NE -->
-When Xlib needs to convert an event from wire format to host
-format, your procedure is called with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>re</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>xEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Your procedure must return status to indicate if the conversion succeeded.
-The re argument is a pointer to where the host format event should be stored,
-and the event argument is the 32-byte wire event structure.
-In the 
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure you are creating, 
-you must fill in the five required members of the event structure.
-You should fill in the type member with the type specified for the 
-<structname>xEvent</structname>
-structure.
-You should copy all other members from the 
-<structname>xEvent</structname>
-structure (wire format) to the
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure (host format).
-Your conversion procedure should return 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the event should be placed in the queue or
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-if it should not be placed in the queue.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To initialize the serial number component of the event, call
-<function>_XSetLastRequestRead</function>
-with the event and use the return value.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XSetLastRequestRead</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetlastrequestread'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long<function>_XSetLastRequestRead</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>xGenericReply<parameter> *rep</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rep</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the wire event structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>_XSetLastRequestRead</function>
-function computes and returns a complete serial number from the partial
-serial number in the event.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetEventToWire</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xeseteventtowire'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status *<function>XESetEventToWire</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_number</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event code.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when converting an event.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetEventToWire</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called when an event
-needs to be converted from host format
-(<structname>XEvent</structname>)
-to wire format
-(<structname>xEvent</structname>)
-form.  
-The event number defines which protocol event number to install a
-conversion procedure for.
-<function>XESetEventToWire</function>
-returns any previously defined procedure.
-It returns zero if the conversion fails or nonzero otherwise.
-<!-- .NT -->
-You can replace a core event conversion function with one
-of your own, although this is not encouraged.  
-It would, however, allow you to intercept a core event 
-and modify it before being sent to another client.
-<!-- .NE -->
-When Xlib needs to convert an event from host format to wire format, 
-your procedure is called with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>re</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>xEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The re argument is a pointer to the host format event,
-and the event argument is a pointer to where the 32-byte wire event 
-structure should be stored.
-You should fill in the type with the type from the 
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure.
-All other members then should be copied from the host format to the 
-<structname>xEvent</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetWireToError</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetwiretoerror'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool *<function>XESetWireToError</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> error_number</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>error_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the error code.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when an error is received.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetWireToError</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called when an extension
-error needs to be converted from wire format to host format.
-The error number defines which protocol error code to install
-the conversion procedure for.
-<function>XESetWireToError</function>
-returns any previously defined procedure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Use this function for extension errors that contain additional error values
-beyond those in a core X error, when multiple wire errors must be combined
-into a single Xlib error, or when it is necessary to intercept an
-X error before it is otherwise examined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When Xlib needs to convert an error from wire format to host format,
-the procedure is called with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XErrorEvent *<parameter>he</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>xError *<parameter>we</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The he argument is a pointer to where the host format error should be stored.
-The structure pointed at by he is guaranteed to be as large as an
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure and so can be cast to a type larger than an
-<structname>XErrorEvent</structname>
-to store additional values.
-If the error is to be completely ignored by Xlib
-(for example, several protocol error structures will be combined into
-one Xlib error),
-then the function should return
-<symbol>False</symbol>;
-otherwise, it should return
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetError</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xeseterror'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetError</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when an error is received.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Inside Xlib, there are times that you may want to suppress the
-calling of the external error handling when an error occurs.
-This allows status to be returned on a call at the cost of the call
-being synchronous (though most such functions are query operations, in any
-case, and are typically programmed to be synchronous).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When Xlib detects a protocol error in 
-<function>_XReply</function>,
-it calls your procedure with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>xError *<parameter>err</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int *<parameter>ret_code</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The err argument is a pointer to the 32-byte wire format error.
-The codes argument is a pointer to the extension codes structure.
-The ret_code argument is the return code you may want 
-<function>_XReply</function>
-returned to.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If your procedure returns a zero value, 
-the error is not suppressed, and 
-the client's error handler is called.
-(For further information,
-see <link linkend="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">section 11.8.2</link>.)
-If your procedure returns nonzero, 
-the error is suppressed, and 
-<function>_XReply</function>
-returns the value of ret_code.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetErrorString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xeseterrorstring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XESetErrorString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *(*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call to obtain an error string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetErrorText</function>
-function returns a string to the user for an error.
-<function>XESetErrorString</function>
-allows you to define a procedure to be called that
-should return a pointer to the error message.
-The following is an example.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int <parameter>code</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char *<parameter>buffer</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int <parameter>nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Your procedure is called with the error code for every error detected.
-You should copy nbytes of a null-terminated string containing the
-error message into buffer.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetPrintErrorValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetprinterrorvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void *<function>XESetPrintErrorValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>void<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when an error is printed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetPrintErrorValues</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called when an extension
-error is printed, to print the error values.
-Use this function for extension errors that contain additional error values
-beyond those in a core X error.
-It returns any previously defined procedure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When Xlib needs to print an error,
-the procedure is called with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XErrorEvent *<parameter>ev</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>void *<parameter>fp</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The structure pointed at by ev is guaranteed to be as large as an
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure and so can be cast to a type larger than an
-<structname>XErrorEvent</structname>
-to obtain additional values set by using
-<function>XESetWireToError</function>.
-The underlying type of the fp argument is system dependent;
-on a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-compliant system, fp should be cast to type FILE*.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetFlushGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xesetflushgc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetFlushGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *(*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when a GC is flushed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The procedure set by the
-<function>XESetFlushGC</function>
-function has the same interface as the procedure set by the
-<function>XESetCopyGC</function>
-function, but is called when a GC cache needs to be updated in the server.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetBeforeFlush</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetCopyGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *(*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to call when a buffer is flushed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XESetBeforeFlush</function>
-function defines a procedure to be called when data is about to be
-sent to the server.  When data is about to be sent, your procedure is  
-called one or more times with these arguments:
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char *<parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long <parameter>len</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The data argument specifies a portion of the outgoing data buffer,
-and its length in bytes is specified by the len argument.
-Your procedure must not alter the contents of the data and must not
-do additional protocol requests to the same display.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Hooks onto Xlib Data Structures
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Various Xlib data structures have provisions for extension procedures
-to chain extension supplied data onto a list.
-These structures are
-<structname>GC</structname>,
-<structname>Visual</structname>,
-<type>Screen</type>,
-<structname>ScreenFormat</structname>,
-<type>Display</type>,
-and 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>.
-Because the list pointer is always the first member in the structure, 
-a single set of procedures can be used to manipulate the data
-on these lists.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following structure is used in the functions in this section
-and is defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtData</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<synopsis>
-typedef struct _XExtData {
-	int number;	/* number returned by XInitExtension */
-	struct _XExtData *next;	/* next item on list of data for structure */
-	int (*free_private)();	/* if defined,  called to free private */
-	XPointer private_data;	/* data private to this extension. */
-} XExtData;
-</synopsis>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-When any of the data structures listed above are freed, 
-the list is walked, and the structure's free procedure (if any) is called. 
-If free is NULL, 
-then the library frees both the data pointed to by the private_data member
-and the structure itself. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i -->
-<synopsis>
-union {	Display *display;
-	GC gc;
-	Visual *visual;
-	Screen *screen;
-	ScreenFormat *pixmap_format;
-	XFontStruct *font } XEDataObject;
-</synopsis>
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEHeadOfExtensionList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xeheadofextensionlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XExtData **<function>XEHeadOfExtensionList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XEDataObject<parameter> object</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the object.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XEHeadOfExtensionList</function>
-function returns a pointer to the list of extension structures attached
-to the specified object.
-In concert with 
-<function>XAddToExtensionList</function>,
-<function>XEHeadOfExtensionList</function>
-allows an extension to attach arbitrary data to any of the structures
-of types contained in
-<structname>XEDataObject</structname>.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddToExtensionList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xaddtoextensionlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAddToExtensionList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtData<parameter> **structure</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XExtData<parameter> *ext_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>structure</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ext_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension data structure to add.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The structure argument is a pointer to one of the data structures
-enumerated above.
-You must initialize ext_data-&gt;number with the extension number
-before calling this function.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFindOnExtensionList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfindonextensionlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XExtData *<function>XFindOnExtensionList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>struct_XExtData<parameter> **structure</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>structure</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the extension number from
-<function>XInitExtension</function>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFindOnExtensionList</function>
-function returns the first extension data structure
-for the extension numbered number.
-It is expected that an extension will add at most one extension
-data structure to any single data structure's extension data list.
-There is no way to find additional structures.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<function>XAllocID</function>
-macro, which allocates and returns a resource ID, is defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocID</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xallocid'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAllocID</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-This macro is a call through the 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure to an internal resource ID allocator.
-It returns a resource ID that you can use when creating new resources.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<function>XAllocIDs</function>
-macro allocates and returns an array of resource ID.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocIDs</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xallocids'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAllocIDs</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> *ids_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ids_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the resource IDs.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rep</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of resource IDs requested.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-This macro is a call through the 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure to an internal resource ID allocator.
-It returns resource IDs to the array supplied by the caller.
-To correctly handle automatic reuse of resource IDs, you must call
-<function>XAllocIDs</function>
-when requesting multiple resource IDs.  This call might generate
-protocol requests.
-<!-- .SH -->
-GC Caching
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-GCs are cached by the library to allow merging of independent change
-requests to the same GC into single protocol requests.
-This is typically called a write-back cache.
-Any extension procedure whose behavior depends on the contents of a GC
-must flush the GC cache to make sure the server has up-to-date contents
-in its GC.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<function>FlushGC</function>
-macro checks the dirty bits in the library's GC structure and calls
-<function>_XFlushGCCache</function>
-if any elements have changed.
-The
-<function>FlushGC</function>
-macro is defined as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>FlushGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='flushgc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>FlushGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Note that if you extend the GC to add additional resource ID components,
-you should ensure that the library stub sends the change request immediately.
-This is because a client can free a resource immediately after
-using it, so if you only stored the value in the cache without
-forcing a protocol request, the resource might be destroyed before being
-set into the GC.
-You can use the
-<function>_XFlushGCCache</function>
-procedure 
-to force the cache to be flushed.
-The
-<function>_XFlushGCCache</function>
-procedure
-is defined as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XFlushGCCache</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xflushgccache'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>_XFlushGCCache</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .SH -->
-Graphics Batching
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If you extend X to add more poly graphics primitives, you may be able to
-take advantage of facilities in the library to allow back-to-back 
-single calls to be transformed into poly requests.
-This may dramatically improve performance of programs that are not
-written using poly requests. 
-A pointer to an 
-<structname>xReq</structname>,
-called last_req in the display structure, is the last request being processed.  
-By checking that the last request
-type, drawable, gc, and other options are the same as the new one
-and that there is enough space left in the buffer, you may be able
-to just extend the previous graphics request by extending the length
-field of the request and appending the data to the buffer.  
-This can improve performance by five times or more in naive programs.  
-For example, here is the source for the 
-<function>XDrawPoint</function>
-stub.
-(Writing extension stubs is discussed in the next section.)
-</para>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .nf -->
-<programlisting>
-#include &lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;
-
-/* precompute the maximum size of batching request allowed */
-
-static int size = sizeof(xPolyPointReq) + EPERBATCH * sizeof(xPoint);
-
-XDrawPoint(dpy, d, gc, x, y)
-    register Display *dpy;
-    Drawable d;
-    GC gc;
-    int x, y; /* INT16 */
-{
-    xPoint *point;
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    FlushGC(dpy, gc);
-    {
-    register xPolyPointReq *req = (xPolyPointReq *) dpy-&gt;last_req;
-    /* if same as previous request, with same drawable, batch requests */
-    if (
-          (req-&gt;reqType == X_PolyPoint)
-       &amp;&amp; (req-&gt;drawable == d)
-       &amp;&amp; (req-&gt;gc == gc-&gt;gid)
-       &amp;&amp; (req-&gt;coordMode == CoordModeOrigin)
-       &amp;&amp; ((dpy-&gt;bufptr + sizeof (xPoint)) &lt;= dpy-&gt;bufmax)
-       &amp;&amp; (((char *)dpy-&gt;bufptr - (char *)req) &lt; size) ) {
-         point = (xPoint *) dpy-&gt;bufptr;
-         req-&gt;length += sizeof (xPoint) &gt;&gt; 2;
-         dpy-&gt;bufptr += sizeof (xPoint);
-         }
-
-    else {
-        GetReqExtra(PolyPoint, 4, req); /* 1 point = 4 bytes */
-        req-&gt;drawable = d;
-        req-&gt;gc = gc-&gt;gid;
-        req-&gt;coordMode = CoordModeOrigin;
-        point = (xPoint *) (req + 1);
-        }
-    point-&gt;x = x;
-    point-&gt;y = y;
-    }
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-}
-</programlisting>
-<!-- .fi -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-To keep clients from generating very long requests that may monopolize the 
-server,
-there is a symbol defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>
-of EPERBATCH on the number of requests batched.
-Most of the performance benefit occurs in the first few merged requests.
-Note that 
-<function>FlushGC</function>
-is called <emphasis remap='I'>before</emphasis> picking up the value of last_req,
-because it may modify this field.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Writing Extension Stubs
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All X requests always contain the length of the request,
-expressed as a 16-bit quantity of 32 bits.
-This means that a single request can be no more than 256K bytes in
-length.
-Some servers may not support single requests of such a length.
-The value of dpy-&gt;max_request_size contains the maximum length as
-defined by the server implementation.
-For further information,
-see ``X Window System Protocol.''
-<!-- .SH -->
-Requests, Replies, and Xproto.h
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>
-file contains three sets of definitions that
-are of interest to the stub implementor:  
-request names, request structures, and reply structures.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You need to generate a file equivalent to 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>
-for your extension and need to include it in your stub procedure.
-Each stub procedure also must include 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The identifiers are deliberately chosen in such a way that, if the
-request is called X_DoSomething, then its request structure is
-xDoSomethingReq, and its reply is xDoSomethingReply.  
-The GetReq family of macros, defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>,
-takes advantage of this naming scheme.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For each X request, 
-there is a definition in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>
-that looks similar to this:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<programlisting>
-#define X_DoSomething   42
-</programlisting>
-In your extension header file, 
-this will be a minor opcode, 
-instead of a major opcode.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Request Format
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Every request contains an 8-bit major opcode and a 16-bit length field
-expressed in units of 4 bytes.  
-Every request consists of 4 bytes of header
-(containing the major opcode, the length field, and a data byte) followed by
-zero or more additional bytes of data. 
-The length field defines the total length of the request, including the header.
-The length field in a request must equal the minimum length required to contain 
-the request. 
-If the specified length is smaller or larger than the required length, 
-the server should generate a 
-<errorname>BadLength</errorname>
-error.
-Unused bytes in a request are not required to be zero.  
-Extensions should be designed in such a way that long protocol requests
-can be split up into smaller requests,
-if it is possible to exceed the maximum request size of the server.
-The protocol guarantees the maximum request size to be no smaller than
-4096 units (16384 bytes).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Major opcodes 128 through 255 are reserved for extensions.
-Extensions are intended to contain multiple requests, 
-so extension requests typically have an additional minor opcode encoded 
-in the second data byte in the request header, 
-but the placement and interpretation of this minor opcode as well as all
-other fields in extension requests are not defined by the core protocol.
-Every request is implicitly assigned a sequence number (starting with one)
-used in replies, errors, and events.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To help but not cure portability problems to certain machines, the
-<symbol>B16</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>B32</symbol>
-macros have been defined so that they can become bitfield specifications 
-on some machines.
-For example, on a Cray,
-these should be used for all 16-bit and 32-bit quantities, as discussed below.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Most protocol requests have a corresponding structure typedef in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>,
-which looks like:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>xDoSomethingReq</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<synopsis>
-typedef struct _DoSomethingReq {
-	CARD8 reqType;		/* X_DoSomething */
-	CARD8 someDatum;	/* used differently in different requests */
-	CARD16 length B16;	/* total # of bytes in request, divided by 4 */
-	...
-	/* request-specific data */
-	...
-} xDoSomethingReq;
-</synopsis>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If a core protocol request has a single 32-bit argument, 
-you need not declare a request structure in your extension header file.
-Instead, such requests use the
-<structname>xResourceReq</structname>
-structure in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>.
-This structure is used for any request whose single argument is a 
-<type>Window</type>,
-<type>Pixmap</type>,
-<type>Drawable</type>,
-<type>GContext</type>,
-<type>Font</type>,
-<type>Cursor</type>,
-<type>Colormap</type>,
-<type>Atom</type>,
-or
-<type>VisualID</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>xResourceReq</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<synopsis>
-typedef struct _ResourceReq {
-	CARD8 reqType;	/* the request type, e.g. X_DoSomething */
-	BYTE pad;	/* not used */
-	CARD16 length B16;	/* 2 (= total # of bytes in request, divided by 4) */
-	CARD32 id B32;	/* the Window, Drawable, Font, GContext, etc. */
-} xResourceReq;
-</synopsis>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If convenient,
-you can do something similar in your extension header file. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In both of these structures, 
-the reqType field identifies the type of the request (for example, 
-X_MapWindow or X_CreatePixmap).  
-The length field tells how long the request is
-in units of 4-byte longwords. 
-This length includes both the request structure itself and any
-variable-length data, such as strings or lists, that follow the
-request structure.  
-Request structures come in different sizes, 
-but all requests are padded to be multiples of four bytes long.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A few protocol requests take no arguments at all. 
-Instead, they use the
-<structname>xReq</structname>
-structure in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>,
-which contains only a reqType and a length (and a pad byte).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP  -->
-If the protocol request requires a reply, 
-then
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>
-also contains a reply structure typedef:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>xDoSomethingReply</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-<synopsis>
-typedef struct _DoSomethingReply {
-	BYTE type;	/* always X_Reply */
-	BYTE someDatum;	/* used differently in different requests */
-	CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;	/* # of requests sent so far */
-	CARD32 length B32;	/* # of additional bytes, divided by 4 */
-	...
-	/* request-specific data */
-	...
-} xDoSomethingReply;
-</synopsis>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Most of these reply structures are 32 bytes long. 
-If there are not that many reply values, 
-then they contain a sufficient number of pad fields
-to bring them up to 32 bytes.  
-The length field is the total number of bytes in the request minus 32, 
-divided by 4.  
-This length will be nonzero only if:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The reply structure is followed by variable-length data,
-such as a list or string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The reply structure is longer than 32 bytes.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Only 
-<systemitem>GetWindowAttributesl</systemitem>,
-<systemitem>QueryFont</systemitem>,
-<systemitem>QueryKeymap</systemitem>,
-and
-<systemitem>GetKeyboardControl</systemitem>
-have reply structures longer than 32 bytes in the core protocol.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A few protocol requests return replies that contain no data.  
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>
-does not define reply structures for these.
-Instead, they use the 
-<structname>xGenericReply</structname>
-structure, which contains only a type, length,
-and sequence number (and sufficient padding to make it 32 bytes long).
-<!-- .SH -->
-Starting to Write a Stub Procedure
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An Xlib stub procedure should start like this:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<programlisting>
-#include "&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;
-
-XDoSomething (arguments, ... )
-/* argument declarations */
-{
-
-register XDoSomethingReq *req;
-...
-</programlisting>
-If the protocol request has a reply, 
-then the variable declarations should include the reply structure for the request.
-The following is an example:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<programlisting>
-xDoSomethingReply rep;
-</programlisting>
-<!-- .SH -->
-Locking Data Structures
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To lock the display structure for systems that
-want to support multithreaded access to a single display connection,
-each stub will need to lock its critical section.
-Generally, this section is the point from just before the appropriate GetReq
-call until all arguments to the call have been stored into the buffer.
-The precise instructions needed for this locking depend upon the machine
-architecture. 
-Two calls, which are generally implemented as macros, have been provided.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>LockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='lockdisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>LockDisplay</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>UnlockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-<funcsynopsis id='unlockdisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>UnlockDisplay</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .SH -->
-Sending the Protocol Request and Arguments
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-After the variable declarations, 
-a stub procedure should call one of four macros defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>:
-<function>GetReq</function>,
-<function>GetReqExtra</function>,
-<function>GetResReq</function>,
-or 
-<function>GetEmptyReq</function>.
-All of these macros take, as their first argument,
-the name of the protocol request as declared in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>
-except with X_ removed.   
-Each one declares a 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure pointer,
-called dpy, and a pointer to a request structure, called req,
-which is of the appropriate type.
-The macro then appends the request structure to the output buffer, 
-fills in its type and length field, and sets req to point to it.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the protocol request has no arguments (for instance, X_GrabServer),
-then use 
-<function>GetEmptyReq</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R  -->
-<programlisting>
-GetEmptyReq (DoSomething, req);
-</programlisting>
-If the protocol request has a single 32-bit argument (such as a
-<type>Pixmap</type>,
-<type>Window</type>,
-<type>Drawable</type>,
-<type>Atom</type>,
-and so on),
-then use 
-<function>GetResReq</function>.
-The second argument to the macro is the 32-bit object.  
-<symbol>X_MapWindow</symbol>
-is a good example.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<programlisting>
-GetResReq (DoSomething, rid, req);
-</programlisting>
-The rid argument is the 
-<type>Pixmap</type>,
-<type>Window</type>,
-or other resource ID.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the protocol request takes any other argument list, 
-then call 
-<function>GetReq</function>.
-After the 
-<function>GetReq</function>,
-you need to set all the other fields in the request structure,
-usually from arguments to the stub procedure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<programlisting>
-GetReq (DoSomething, req);
-/* fill in arguments here */
-req-&gt;arg1 = arg1;
-req-&gt;arg2 = arg2;
-...
-</programlisting>
-A few stub procedures (such as 
-<function>XCreateGC</function>
-and 
-<function>XCreatePixmap</function>)
-return a resource ID to the caller but pass a resource ID as an argument
-to the protocol request.   
-Such procedures use the macro 
-<function>XAllocID</function>
-to allocate a resource ID from the range of IDs 
-that were assigned to this client when it opened the connection.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<programlisting>
-rid = req-&gt;rid = XAllocID();
-...
-return (rid);
-</programlisting>
-Finally, some stub procedures transmit a fixed amount of variable-length
-data after the request.  
-Typically, these procedures (such as
-<function>XMoveWindow</function>
-and 
-<function>XSetBackground</function>)
-are special cases of more general functions like 
-<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>
-and 
-<function>XChangeGC</function>.
-These procedures use 
-<function>GetReqExtra</function>,
-which is the same as 
-<function>GetReq</function>
-except that it takes an additional argument (the number of
-extra bytes to allocate in the output buffer after the request structure).  
-This number should always be a multiple of four.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Variable Length Arguments
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Some protocol requests take additional variable-length data that
-follow the 
-<type>xDoSomethingReq</type>
-structure.    
-The format of this data varies from request to request. 
-Some requests require a sequence of 8-bit bytes, 
-others a sequence of 16-bit or 32-bit entities, 
-and still others a sequence of structures.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It is necessary to add the length of any variable-length data to the
-length field of the request structure.  
-That length field is in units of 32-bit longwords.  
-If the data is a string or other sequence of 8-bit bytes, 
-then you must round the length up and shift it before adding:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<programlisting>
-req-&gt;length += (nbytes+3)&gt;&gt;2;
-</programlisting>
-To transmit variable-length data, use the 
-<function>Data</function>
-macros.
-If the data fits into the output buffer, 
-then this macro copies it to the buffer.  
-If it does not fit, however,
-the 
-<function>Data</function>
-macro calls 
-<function>_XSend</function>,
-which transmits first the contents of the buffer and then your data.
-The 
-<function>Data</function>
-macros take three arguments:  
-the display, a pointer to the beginning of the data, 
-and the number of bytes to be sent.
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='data'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>Data</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>(char<parameter> *</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>Data</function>,
-<function>Data16</function>,
-and
-<function>Data32</function>
-are macros that may use their last argument
-more than once, so that argument should be a variable rather than
-an expression such as ``nitems*sizeof(item)''.  
-You should do that kind of computation in a separate statement before calling 
-them.
-Use the appropriate macro when sending byte, short, or long data.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the protocol request requires a reply, 
-then call the procedure 
-<function>_XSend</function>
-instead of the 
-<function>Data</function>
-macro.  
-<function>_XSend</function>
-takes the same arguments, but because it sends your data immediately instead of 
-copying it into the output buffer (which would later be flushed
-anyway by the following call on 
-<function>_XReply</function>),
-it is faster.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Replies
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the protocol request has a reply, 
-then call 
-<function>_XReply</function>
-after you have finished dealing with 
-all the fixed-length and variable-length arguments.  
-<function>_XReply</function>
-flushes the output buffer and waits for an 
-<structname>xReply</structname>
-packet to arrive.  
-If any events arrive in the meantime,
-<function>_XReply</function>
-places them in the queue for later use.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XReply</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xreply'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>_XReply</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>xReply<parameter> *rep</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> extra</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> discard</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rep</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the reply structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>extra</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of 32-bit words expected after the replay.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>discard</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies if any data beyond that specified in the extra argument
-should be discarded.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>_XReply</function>
-function waits for a reply packet and copies its contents into the
-specified rep.  
-<function>_XReply</function>
-handles error and event packets that occur before the reply is received.
-<function>_XReply</function>
-takes four arguments:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A 
-<type>Display</type>
-* structure
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A pointer to a reply structure (which must be cast to an 
-<structname>xReply</structname>
-*)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The number of additional 32-bit words (beyond 
-<function>sizeof( xReply</function>)
-= 32 bytes)
-in the reply structure
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A Boolean that indicates whether
-<function>_XReply</function>
-is to discard any additional bytes
-beyond those it was told to read
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because most reply structures are 32 bytes long, 
-the third argument is usually 0.  
-The only core protocol exceptions are the replies to 
-<systemitem>GetWindowAttributesl</systemitem>,
-<systemitem>QueryFont</systemitem>,
-<systemitem>QueryKeymap</systemitem>,
-and 
-<systemitem>GetKeyboardControl</systemitem>,
-which have longer replies.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The last argument should be 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-if the reply structure is followed
-by additional variable-length data (such as a list or string).  
-It should be 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if there is not any variable-length data.
-<!-- .NT -->
-This last argument is provided for upward-compatibility reasons
-to allow a client to communicate properly with a hypothetical later
-version of the server that sends more data than the client expected.
-For example, some later version of 
-<systemitem>GetWindowAttributesl</systemitem>
-might use a
-larger, but compatible, 
-<structname>xGetWindowAttributesReply</structname>
-that contains additional attribute data at the end.
-<!-- .NE -->
-<function>_XReply</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if it received a reply successfully or 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-if it received any sort of error. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For a request with a reply that is not followed by variable-length
-data, you write something like:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .R -->
-<programlisting>
-_XReply(display, (xReply *)&amp;rep, 0, True);
-*ret1 = rep.ret1;
-*ret2 = rep.ret2;
-*ret3 = rep.ret3;
-...
-UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-SyncHandle();
-return (rep.ret4);
-}
-</programlisting>
-If there is variable-length data after the reply, 
-change the 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-to 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-and use the appropriate
-<function>_XRead</function>
-function to read the variable-length data.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xread'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>_XRead</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes required.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>_XRead</function>
-function reads the specified number of bytes into data_return.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xread16'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>_XRead16</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>short<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes required.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>_XRead16</function>
-function reads the specified number of bytes,
-unpacking them as 16-bit quantities,
-into the specified array as shorts.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xread32'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>_XRead32</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes required.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>_XRead32</function>
-function reads the specified number of bytes,
-unpacking them as 32-bit quantities,
-into the specified array as longs.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xread16pad'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>_XRead16Pad</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>short<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes required.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>_XRead16Pad</function>
-function reads the specified number of bytes,
-unpacking them as 16-bit quantities,
-into the specified array as shorts.
-If the number of bytes is not a multiple of four,
-<function>_XRead16Pad</function>
-reads and discards up to two additional pad bytes.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xreadpad'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>_XReadPad</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes required.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>_XReadPad</function>
-function reads the specified number of bytes into data_return.
-If the number of bytes is not a multiple of four,
-<function>_XReadPad</function>
-reads and discards up to three additional pad bytes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each protocol request is a little different. 
-For further information,
-see the Xlib sources for examples.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Synchronous Calling
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each procedure should have a call, just before returning to the user, 
-to a macro called
-<systemitem>SyncHandle</systemitem>.
-If synchronous mode is enabled (see 
-<function>XSynchronize</function>),
-the request is sent immediately.
-The library, however, waits until any error the procedure could generate
-at the server has been handled.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Allocating and Deallocating Memory
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To support the possible reentry of these procedures, 
-you must observe several conventions when allocating and deallocating memory,
-most often done when returning data to the user from the window
-system of a size the caller could not know in advance
-(for example, a list of fonts or a list of extensions).
-The standard C library functions on many systems
-are not protected against signals or other multithreaded uses.
-The following analogies to standard I/O library functions
-have been defined:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-These should be used in place of any calls you would make to the normal
-C library functions.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If you need a single scratch buffer inside a critical section 
-(for example, to pack and unpack data to and from the wire protocol),
-the general memory allocators may be too expensive to use
-(particularly in output functions, which are performance critical).  
-The following function returns a scratch buffer for use within a
-critical section:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XAllocScratch</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xallocscratch'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>_XAllocScratch</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes required.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-This storage must only be used inside of a critical section of your
-stub.  The returned pointer cannot be assumed valid after any call
-that might permit another thread to execute inside Xlib.  For example,
-the pointer cannot be assumed valid after any use of the
-<function>GetReq</function>
-or
-<function>Data</function>
-families of macros,
-after any use of
-<function>_XReply</function>,
-or after any use of the
-<function>_XSend</function>
-or
-<function>_XRead</function>
-families of functions.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-The following function returns a scratch buffer for use across
-critical sections:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XAllocTemp</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xalloctemp'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>_XAllocTemp</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes required.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-This storage can be used across calls that might permit another thread to
-execute inside Xlib.  The storage must be explicitly returned to Xlib.
-The following function returns the storage:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XFreeTemp</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='_xfreetemp'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>_XFreeTemp</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buf</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buf</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer to return.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of the buffer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-You must pass back the same pointer and size that were returned by
-<function>_XAllocTemp</function>.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Portability Considerations
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Many machine architectures, 
-including many of the more recent <acronym>RISC</acronym> architectures,
-do not correctly access data at unaligned locations; 
-their compilers pad out structures to preserve this characteristic.
-Many other machines capable of unaligned references pad inside of structures
-as well to preserve alignment, because accessing aligned data is
-usually much faster.
-Because the library and the server use structures to access data at
-arbitrary points in a byte stream,
-all data in request and reply packets <emphasis remap='I'>must</emphasis> be naturally aligned;
-that is, 16-bit data starts on 16-bit boundaries in the request
-and 32-bit data on 32-bit boundaries.
-All requests <emphasis remap='I'>must</emphasis> be a multiple of 32 bits in length to preserve
-the natural alignment in the data stream.
-You must pad structures out to 32-bit boundaries.
-Pad information does not have to be zeroed unless you want to
-preserve such fields for future use in your protocol requests.
-Floating point varies radically between machines and should be
-avoided completely if at all possible.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This code may run on machines with 16-bit ints.  
-So, if any integer argument, variable, or return value either can take 
-only nonnegative values or is declared as a
-<type>CARD16</type>
-in the protocol, be sure to declare it as
-<type>unsigned</type>
-<type>int</type>
-and not as
-<type>int</type>.
-(This, of course, does not apply to Booleans or enumerations.)
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Similarly, 
-if any integer argument or return value is declared
-<type>CARD32</type>
-in the protocol, 
-declare it as an
-<type>unsigned</type>
-<type>long</type>
-and not as
-<type>int</type>
-or
-<type>long</type>.
-This also goes for any internal variables that may
-take on values larger than the maximum 16-bit
-<type>unsigned</type>
-<type>int</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The library currently assumes that a
-<type>char</type>
-is 8 bits, a
-<type>short</type>
-is 16 bits, an
-<type>int</type>
-is 16 or 32 bits, and a
-<type>long</type>
-is 32 bits.  
-The 
-<function>PackData</function>
-macro is a half-hearted attempt to deal with the possibility of 32 bit shorts. 
-However, much more work is needed to make this work properly.
-<!-- .SH -->
-Deriving the Correct Extension Opcode
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The remaining problem a writer of an extension stub procedure faces that
-the core protocol does not face is to map from the call to the proper
-major and minor opcodes.  
-While there are a number of strategies, 
-the simplest and fastest is outlined below.
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Declare an array of pointers, _NFILE long (this is normally found
-in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;stdio.h&gt;</filename>
-and is the number of file descriptors supported on the system)
-of type 
-<structname>XExtCodes</structname>.
-Make sure these are all initialized to NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-When your stub is entered, your initialization test is just to use
-the display pointer passed in to access the file descriptor and an index
-into the array.  
-If the entry is NULL, then this is the first time you
-are entering the procedure for this display.  
-Call your initialization procedure and pass to it the display pointer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Once in your initialization procedure, call 
-<function>XInitExtension</function>;
-if it succeeds, store the pointer returned into this array.  
-Make sure to establish a close display handler to allow you to zero the entry.
-Do whatever other initialization your extension requires.
-(For example, install event handlers and so on.)
-Your initialization procedure would normally return a pointer to the
-<structname>XExtCodes</structname>
-structure for this extension, which is what would normally
-be found in your array of pointers.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-After returning from your initialization procedure, 
-the stub can now continue normally, because it has its major opcode safely 
-in its hand in the 
-<structname>XExtCodes</structname>
-structure.
-<!-- .bp -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</appendix>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<appendix id="extensions">

+<title>Extensions</title>

+<para>

+<!-- .XE -->

+Because X can evolve by extensions to the core protocol, 

+it is important that extensions not be perceived as second-class citizens.

+At some point, 

+your favorite extensions may be adopted as additional parts of the 

+X Standard.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Therefore, there should be little to distinguish the use of an extension from 

+that of the core protocol.

+To avoid having to initialize extensions explicitly in application programs, 

+it is also important that extensions perform lazy evaluations,

+automatically initializing themselves when called for the first time.  

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This appendix describes techniques for writing extensions to Xlib that will

+run at essentially the same performance as the core protocol requests.

+</para>

+<!-- .NT -->

+<note><para>

+It is expected that a given extension to X consists of multiple

+requests.

+Defining 10 new features as 10 separate extensions is a bad practice.

+Rather, they should be packaged into a single extension

+and should use minor opcodes to distinguish the requests.

+</para></note>

+<!-- .NE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The symbols and macros used for writing stubs to Xlib are listed in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Basic Protocol Support Routines

+</para>

+<para>

+The basic protocol requests for extensions are 

+<function>XQueryExtension</function>

+and

+<function>XListExtensions</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryExtension</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xqueryextension'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XQueryExtension</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *major_opcode_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *first_event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *first_error_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>display</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>Specifies the connection to the X server.</para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>name</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>Specifies the extension name.</para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>major_opcode_return</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>Returns the major opcode.</para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>first_event_return</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>Returns the first event code, if any.</para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>first_error_return</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>Returns the first error code, if any.</para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryExtension</function>

+function determines if the named extension is present.  

+If the extension is not present,

+<function>XQueryExtension</function>

+returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>;

+otherwise, it returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+If the extension is present,

+<function>XQueryExtension</function>

+returns the major opcode for the extension to major_opcode_return;

+otherwise,

+it returns zero.

+Any minor opcode and the request formats are specific to the

+extension.  

+If the extension involves additional event types, 

+<function>XQueryExtension</function>

+returns the base event type code to first_event_return;

+otherwise, 

+it returns zero.  

+The format of the events is specific to the extension.  

+If the extension involves additional error codes, 

+<function>XQueryExtension</function>

+returns the base error code to first_error_return;

+otherwise, 

+it returns zero.  

+The format of additional data in the errors is specific to the extension.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the extension name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Uppercase and lowercase matter;

+the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' 

+are all considered different names.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListExtensions</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlistextensions'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char **<function>XListExtensions</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nextensions_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nextensions_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of extensions listed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XListExtensions</function>

+function returns a list of all extensions supported by the server.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeExtensionList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreeextensionlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeExtensionList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the list of extension names.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeExtensionList</function>

+function frees the memory allocated by 

+<function>XListExtensions</function>.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Hooking into Xlib 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+These functions allow you to hook into the library.  

+They are not normally used by application programmers but are used 

+by people who need to extend the core X protocol and

+the X library interface.

+The functions, which generate protocol requests for X, are typically

+called stubs.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In extensions, stubs first should check to see if they have initialized 

+themselves on a connection.

+If they have not, they then should call 

+<function>XInitExtension</function>

+to attempt to initialize themselves on the connection.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the extension needs to be informed of GC/font allocation or

+deallocation or if the extension defines new event types, 

+the functions described here allow the extension to be 

+called when these events occur.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XExtCodes</structname>

+structure returns the information from 

+<function>XInitExtension</function>

+and is defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtCodes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<synopsis>

+typedef struct _XExtCodes {	/* public to extension, cannot be changed */

+	int extension;		/* extension number */

+	int major_opcode;	/* major op-code assigned by server */

+	int first_event;	/* first event number for the extension */

+	int first_error;	/* first error number for the extension */

+} XExtCodes;

+</synopsis>

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitExtension</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xinitextension'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XExtCodes *<function>XInitExtension</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XInitExtension</function>

+function determines if the named extension exists. 

+Then, it allocates storage for maintaining the 

+information about the extension on the connection, 

+chains this onto the extension list for the connection,

+and returns the information the stub implementor will need to access

+the extension.

+If the extension does not exist,

+<function>XInitExtension</function>

+returns NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the extension name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Uppercase and lowercase matter;

+the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' 

+are all considered different names.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The extension number in the 

+<structname>XExtCodes</structname>

+structure is

+needed in the other calls that follow.  

+This extension number is unique only to a single connection.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddExtension</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xaddextension'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XExtCodes *<function>XAddExtension</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+For local Xlib extensions, the

+<function>XAddExtension</function>

+function allocates the

+<structname>XExtCodes</structname>

+structure, bumps the extension number count,

+and chains the extension onto the extension list.

+(This permits extensions to Xlib without requiring server extensions.)

+<!-- .SH -->

+Hooks into the Library

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+These functions allow you to define procedures that are to be

+called when various circumstances occur.

+The procedures include the creation of a new GC for a connection,

+the copying of a GC, the freeing of a GC, the creating and freeing of fonts,

+the conversion of events defined by extensions to and from wire

+format, and the handling of errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All of these functions return the previous procedure defined for this

+extension.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCloseDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetclosedisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XESetCloseDisplay</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when the display is closed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetCloseDisplay</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called whenever

+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>

+is called.  

+It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When 

+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>

+is called, 

+your procedure is called 

+with these arguments:

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCreateGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetcreategc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetCreateGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when a GC is closed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetCreateGC</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called whenever

+a new GC is created.  

+It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When a GC is created, 

+your procedure is called with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC <parameter>gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCopyGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetcopygc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetCopyGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when GC components are copied.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetCopyGC</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called whenever

+a GC is copied.  

+It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When a GC is copied, 

+your procedure is called with these arguments:

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC <parameter>gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetfreegc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetFreeGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when a GC is freed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+The

+<function>XESetFreeGC</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called whenever

+a GC is freed.  

+It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When a GC is freed, 

+your procedure is called with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC <parameter>gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCreateFont</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetcreatefont'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetCreateFont</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when a font is created.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetCreateFont</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called whenever

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>

+and

+<function>XQueryFont</function>

+are called.  

+It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When 

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>

+or

+<function>XQueryFont</function>

+is called, 

+your procedure is called with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct *<parameter>fs</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetFreeFont</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetfreefont'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetFreeFont</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when a font is freed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetFreeFont</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called whenever

+<function>XFreeFont</function>

+is called.  

+It returns any previously defined procedure, usually NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When 

+<function>XFreeFont</function>

+is called, your procedure is called with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct *<parameter>fs</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XESetWireToEvent</function>

+and

+<function>XESetEventToWire</function>

+functions allow you to define new events to the library.

+An 

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure always has a type code (type

+<type>int</type>)

+as the first component.

+This uniquely identifies what kind of event it is.

+The second component is always the serial number (type

+<type>unsigned</type>

+<type>long</type>)

+of the last request processed by the server.

+The third component is always a Boolean (type

+<type>Bool</type>)

+indicating whether the event came from a

+<systemitem>SendEvent</systemitem>

+protocol request.

+The fourth component is always a pointer to the display

+the event was read from.

+The fifth component is always a resource ID of one kind or another,

+usually a window, carefully selected to be useful to toolkit dispatchers.

+The fifth component should always exist, even if

+the event does not have a natural destination;

+if there is no value

+from the protocol to put in this component, initialize it to zero.

+<!-- .NT -->

+There is an implementation limit such that your host event

+structure size cannot be bigger than the size of the

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+union of structures.

+There also is no way to guarantee that more than 24 elements or 96 characters

+in the structure will be fully portable between machines.

+</para>

+<!-- .NE -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetWireToEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetwiretoevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetWireToEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_number</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Status<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event code.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when converting an event.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetWireToEvent</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called when an event

+needs to be converted from wire format 

+(<structname>xEvent</structname>)

+to host format 

+(<structname>XEvent</structname>).

+The event number defines which protocol event number to install a

+conversion procedure for.

+<function>XESetWireToEvent</function>

+returns any previously defined procedure.

+<!-- .NT -->

+You can replace a core event conversion function with one

+of your own, although this is not encouraged.

+It would, however, allow you to intercept a core event 

+and modify it before being placed in the queue or otherwise examined.

+<!-- .NE -->

+When Xlib needs to convert an event from wire format to host

+format, your procedure is called with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>re</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>xEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Your procedure must return status to indicate if the conversion succeeded.

+The re argument is a pointer to where the host format event should be stored,

+and the event argument is the 32-byte wire event structure.

+In the 

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure you are creating, 

+you must fill in the five required members of the event structure.

+You should fill in the type member with the type specified for the 

+<structname>xEvent</structname>

+structure.

+You should copy all other members from the 

+<structname>xEvent</structname>

+structure (wire format) to the

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure (host format).

+Your conversion procedure should return 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the event should be placed in the queue or

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+if it should not be placed in the queue.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To initialize the serial number component of the event, call

+<function>_XSetLastRequestRead</function>

+with the event and use the return value.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XSetLastRequestRead</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetlastrequestread'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long<function>_XSetLastRequestRead</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>xGenericReply<parameter> *rep</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rep</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the wire event structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>_XSetLastRequestRead</function>

+function computes and returns a complete serial number from the partial

+serial number in the event.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetEventToWire</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xeseteventtowire'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status *<function>XESetEventToWire</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_number</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event code.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when converting an event.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetEventToWire</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called when an event

+needs to be converted from host format

+(<structname>XEvent</structname>)

+to wire format

+(<structname>xEvent</structname>)

+form.  

+The event number defines which protocol event number to install a

+conversion procedure for.

+<function>XESetEventToWire</function>

+returns any previously defined procedure.

+It returns zero if the conversion fails or nonzero otherwise.

+<!-- .NT -->

+You can replace a core event conversion function with one

+of your own, although this is not encouraged.  

+It would, however, allow you to intercept a core event 

+and modify it before being sent to another client.

+<!-- .NE -->

+When Xlib needs to convert an event from host format to wire format, 

+your procedure is called with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>re</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>xEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The re argument is a pointer to the host format event,

+and the event argument is a pointer to where the 32-byte wire event 

+structure should be stored.

+You should fill in the type with the type from the 

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure.

+All other members then should be copied from the host format to the 

+<structname>xEvent</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetWireToError</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetwiretoerror'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool *<function>XESetWireToError</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> error_number</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>error_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the error code.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when an error is received.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetWireToError</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called when an extension

+error needs to be converted from wire format to host format.

+The error number defines which protocol error code to install

+the conversion procedure for.

+<function>XESetWireToError</function>

+returns any previously defined procedure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Use this function for extension errors that contain additional error values

+beyond those in a core X error, when multiple wire errors must be combined

+into a single Xlib error, or when it is necessary to intercept an

+X error before it is otherwise examined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When Xlib needs to convert an error from wire format to host format,

+the procedure is called with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XErrorEvent *<parameter>he</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>xError *<parameter>we</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The he argument is a pointer to where the host format error should be stored.

+The structure pointed at by he is guaranteed to be as large as an

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure and so can be cast to a type larger than an

+<structname>XErrorEvent</structname>

+to store additional values.

+If the error is to be completely ignored by Xlib

+(for example, several protocol error structures will be combined into

+one Xlib error),

+then the function should return

+<symbol>False</symbol>;

+otherwise, it should return

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetError</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xeseterror'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetError</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when an error is received.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Inside Xlib, there are times that you may want to suppress the

+calling of the external error handling when an error occurs.

+This allows status to be returned on a call at the cost of the call

+being synchronous (though most such functions are query operations, in any

+case, and are typically programmed to be synchronous).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When Xlib detects a protocol error in 

+<function>_XReply</function>,

+it calls your procedure with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>xError *<parameter>err</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int *<parameter>ret_code</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The err argument is a pointer to the 32-byte wire format error.

+The codes argument is a pointer to the extension codes structure.

+The ret_code argument is the return code you may want 

+<function>_XReply</function>

+returned to.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If your procedure returns a zero value, 

+the error is not suppressed, and 

+the client's error handler is called.

+(For further information,

+see <link linkend="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">section 11.8.2</link>.)

+If your procedure returns nonzero, 

+the error is suppressed, and 

+<function>_XReply</function>

+returns the value of ret_code.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetErrorString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xeseterrorstring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XESetErrorString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *(*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call to obtain an error string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetErrorText</function>

+function returns a string to the user for an error.

+<function>XESetErrorString</function>

+allows you to define a procedure to be called that

+should return a pointer to the error message.

+The following is an example.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int <parameter>code</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char *<parameter>buffer</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int <parameter>nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Your procedure is called with the error code for every error detected.

+You should copy nbytes of a null-terminated string containing the

+error message into buffer.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetPrintErrorValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetprinterrorvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void *<function>XESetPrintErrorValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>void<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when an error is printed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetPrintErrorValues</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called when an extension

+error is printed, to print the error values.

+Use this function for extension errors that contain additional error values

+beyond those in a core X error.

+It returns any previously defined procedure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When Xlib needs to print an error,

+the procedure is called with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XErrorEvent *<parameter>ev</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>void *<parameter>fp</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The structure pointed at by ev is guaranteed to be as large as an

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure and so can be cast to a type larger than an

+<structname>XErrorEvent</structname>

+to obtain additional values set by using

+<function>XESetWireToError</function>.

+The underlying type of the fp argument is system dependent;

+on a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-compliant system, fp should be cast to type FILE*.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetFlushGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xesetflushgc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetFlushGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *(*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when a GC is flushed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The procedure set by the

+<function>XESetFlushGC</function>

+function has the same interface as the procedure set by the

+<function>XESetCopyGC</function>

+function, but is called when a GC cache needs to be updated in the server.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetBeforeFlush</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XESetCopyGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extension</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *(*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to call when a buffer is flushed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XESetBeforeFlush</function>

+function defines a procedure to be called when data is about to be

+sent to the server.  When data is about to be sent, your procedure is  

+called one or more times with these arguments:

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>(*<replaceable>proc</replaceable>)</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtCodes *<parameter>codes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char *<parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long <parameter>len</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The data argument specifies a portion of the outgoing data buffer,

+and its length in bytes is specified by the len argument.

+Your procedure must not alter the contents of the data and must not

+do additional protocol requests to the same display.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Hooks onto Xlib Data Structures

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Various Xlib data structures have provisions for extension procedures

+to chain extension supplied data onto a list.

+These structures are

+<structname>GC</structname>,

+<structname>Visual</structname>,

+<type>Screen</type>,

+<structname>ScreenFormat</structname>,

+<type>Display</type>,

+and 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>.

+Because the list pointer is always the first member in the structure, 

+a single set of procedures can be used to manipulate the data

+on these lists.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following structure is used in the functions in this section

+and is defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtData</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<synopsis>

+typedef struct _XExtData {

+	int number;	/* number returned by XInitExtension */

+	struct _XExtData *next;	/* next item on list of data for structure */

+	int (*free_private)();	/* if defined,  called to free private */

+	XPointer private_data;	/* data private to this extension. */

+} XExtData;

+</synopsis>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+When any of the data structures listed above are freed, 

+the list is walked, and the structure's free procedure (if any) is called. 

+If free is NULL, 

+then the library frees both the data pointed to by the private_data member

+and the structure itself. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i -->

+<synopsis>

+union {	Display *display;

+	GC gc;

+	Visual *visual;

+	Screen *screen;

+	ScreenFormat *pixmap_format;

+	XFontStruct *font } XEDataObject;

+</synopsis>

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEHeadOfExtensionList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xeheadofextensionlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XExtData **<function>XEHeadOfExtensionList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XEDataObject<parameter> object</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the object.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XEHeadOfExtensionList</function>

+function returns a pointer to the list of extension structures attached

+to the specified object.

+In concert with 

+<function>XAddToExtensionList</function>,

+<function>XEHeadOfExtensionList</function>

+allows an extension to attach arbitrary data to any of the structures

+of types contained in

+<structname>XEDataObject</structname>.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddToExtensionList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xaddtoextensionlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAddToExtensionList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtData<parameter> **structure</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XExtData<parameter> *ext_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>structure</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ext_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension data structure to add.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The structure argument is a pointer to one of the data structures

+enumerated above.

+You must initialize ext_data-&gt;number with the extension number

+before calling this function.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFindOnExtensionList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfindonextensionlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XExtData *<function>XFindOnExtensionList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>struct_XExtData<parameter> **structure</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>structure</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the extension number from

+<function>XInitExtension</function>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFindOnExtensionList</function>

+function returns the first extension data structure

+for the extension numbered number.

+It is expected that an extension will add at most one extension

+data structure to any single data structure's extension data list.

+There is no way to find additional structures.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<function>XAllocID</function>

+macro, which allocates and returns a resource ID, is defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocID</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xallocid'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAllocID</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+This macro is a call through the 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure to an internal resource ID allocator.

+It returns a resource ID that you can use when creating new resources.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<function>XAllocIDs</function>

+macro allocates and returns an array of resource ID.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocIDs</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xallocids'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAllocIDs</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> *ids_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ids_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the resource IDs.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rep</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of resource IDs requested.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+This macro is a call through the 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure to an internal resource ID allocator.

+It returns resource IDs to the array supplied by the caller.

+To correctly handle automatic reuse of resource IDs, you must call

+<function>XAllocIDs</function>

+when requesting multiple resource IDs.  This call might generate

+protocol requests.

+<!-- .SH -->

+GC Caching

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+GCs are cached by the library to allow merging of independent change

+requests to the same GC into single protocol requests.

+This is typically called a write-back cache.

+Any extension procedure whose behavior depends on the contents of a GC

+must flush the GC cache to make sure the server has up-to-date contents

+in its GC.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<function>FlushGC</function>

+macro checks the dirty bits in the library's GC structure and calls

+<function>_XFlushGCCache</function>

+if any elements have changed.

+The

+<function>FlushGC</function>

+macro is defined as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>FlushGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='flushgc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>FlushGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Note that if you extend the GC to add additional resource ID components,

+you should ensure that the library stub sends the change request immediately.

+This is because a client can free a resource immediately after

+using it, so if you only stored the value in the cache without

+forcing a protocol request, the resource might be destroyed before being

+set into the GC.

+You can use the

+<function>_XFlushGCCache</function>

+procedure 

+to force the cache to be flushed.

+The

+<function>_XFlushGCCache</function>

+procedure

+is defined as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XFlushGCCache</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xflushgccache'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>_XFlushGCCache</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .SH -->

+Graphics Batching

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If you extend X to add more poly graphics primitives, you may be able to

+take advantage of facilities in the library to allow back-to-back 

+single calls to be transformed into poly requests.

+This may dramatically improve performance of programs that are not

+written using poly requests. 

+A pointer to an 

+<structname>xReq</structname>,

+called last_req in the display structure, is the last request being processed.  

+By checking that the last request

+type, drawable, gc, and other options are the same as the new one

+and that there is enough space left in the buffer, you may be able

+to just extend the previous graphics request by extending the length

+field of the request and appending the data to the buffer.  

+This can improve performance by five times or more in naive programs.  

+For example, here is the source for the 

+<function>XDrawPoint</function>

+stub.

+(Writing extension stubs is discussed in the next section.)

+</para>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .nf -->

+<programlisting>

+#include &lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;

+

+/* precompute the maximum size of batching request allowed */

+

+static int size = sizeof(xPolyPointReq) + EPERBATCH * sizeof(xPoint);

+

+XDrawPoint(dpy, d, gc, x, y)

+    register Display *dpy;

+    Drawable d;

+    GC gc;

+    int x, y; /* INT16 */

+{

+    xPoint *point;

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    FlushGC(dpy, gc);

+    {

+    register xPolyPointReq *req = (xPolyPointReq *) dpy-&gt;last_req;

+    /* if same as previous request, with same drawable, batch requests */

+    if (

+          (req-&gt;reqType == X_PolyPoint)

+       &amp;&amp; (req-&gt;drawable == d)

+       &amp;&amp; (req-&gt;gc == gc-&gt;gid)

+       &amp;&amp; (req-&gt;coordMode == CoordModeOrigin)

+       &amp;&amp; ((dpy-&gt;bufptr + sizeof (xPoint)) &lt;= dpy-&gt;bufmax)

+       &amp;&amp; (((char *)dpy-&gt;bufptr - (char *)req) &lt; size) ) {

+         point = (xPoint *) dpy-&gt;bufptr;

+         req-&gt;length += sizeof (xPoint) &gt;&gt; 2;

+         dpy-&gt;bufptr += sizeof (xPoint);

+         }

+

+    else {

+        GetReqExtra(PolyPoint, 4, req); /* 1 point = 4 bytes */

+        req-&gt;drawable = d;

+        req-&gt;gc = gc-&gt;gid;

+        req-&gt;coordMode = CoordModeOrigin;

+        point = (xPoint *) (req + 1);

+        }

+    point-&gt;x = x;

+    point-&gt;y = y;

+    }

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+}

+</programlisting>

+<!-- .fi -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+To keep clients from generating very long requests that may monopolize the 

+server,

+there is a symbol defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>

+of EPERBATCH on the number of requests batched.

+Most of the performance benefit occurs in the first few merged requests.

+Note that 

+<function>FlushGC</function>

+is called <emphasis remap='I'>before</emphasis> picking up the value of last_req,

+because it may modify this field.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Writing Extension Stubs

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All X requests always contain the length of the request,

+expressed as a 16-bit quantity of 32 bits.

+This means that a single request can be no more than 256K bytes in

+length.

+Some servers may not support single requests of such a length.

+The value of dpy-&gt;max_request_size contains the maximum length as

+defined by the server implementation.

+For further information,

+see ``X Window System Protocol.''

+<!-- .SH -->

+Requests, Replies, and Xproto.h

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>

+file contains three sets of definitions that

+are of interest to the stub implementor:  

+request names, request structures, and reply structures.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You need to generate a file equivalent to 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>

+for your extension and need to include it in your stub procedure.

+Each stub procedure also must include 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The identifiers are deliberately chosen in such a way that, if the

+request is called X_DoSomething, then its request structure is

+xDoSomethingReq, and its reply is xDoSomethingReply.  

+The GetReq family of macros, defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>,

+takes advantage of this naming scheme.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For each X request, 

+there is a definition in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>

+that looks similar to this:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<programlisting>

+#define X_DoSomething   42

+</programlisting>

+In your extension header file, 

+this will be a minor opcode, 

+instead of a major opcode.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Request Format

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Every request contains an 8-bit major opcode and a 16-bit length field

+expressed in units of 4 bytes.  

+Every request consists of 4 bytes of header

+(containing the major opcode, the length field, and a data byte) followed by

+zero or more additional bytes of data. 

+The length field defines the total length of the request, including the header.

+The length field in a request must equal the minimum length required to contain 

+the request. 

+If the specified length is smaller or larger than the required length, 

+the server should generate a 

+<errorname>BadLength</errorname>

+error.

+Unused bytes in a request are not required to be zero.  

+Extensions should be designed in such a way that long protocol requests

+can be split up into smaller requests,

+if it is possible to exceed the maximum request size of the server.

+The protocol guarantees the maximum request size to be no smaller than

+4096 units (16384 bytes).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Major opcodes 128 through 255 are reserved for extensions.

+Extensions are intended to contain multiple requests, 

+so extension requests typically have an additional minor opcode encoded 

+in the second data byte in the request header, 

+but the placement and interpretation of this minor opcode as well as all

+other fields in extension requests are not defined by the core protocol.

+Every request is implicitly assigned a sequence number (starting with one)

+used in replies, errors, and events.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To help but not cure portability problems to certain machines, the

+<symbol>B16</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>B32</symbol>

+macros have been defined so that they can become bitfield specifications 

+on some machines.

+For example, on a Cray,

+these should be used for all 16-bit and 32-bit quantities, as discussed below.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Most protocol requests have a corresponding structure typedef in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>,

+which looks like:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>xDoSomethingReq</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<synopsis>

+typedef struct _DoSomethingReq {

+	CARD8 reqType;		/* X_DoSomething */

+	CARD8 someDatum;	/* used differently in different requests */

+	CARD16 length B16;	/* total # of bytes in request, divided by 4 */

+	...

+	/* request-specific data */

+	...

+} xDoSomethingReq;

+</synopsis>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If a core protocol request has a single 32-bit argument, 

+you need not declare a request structure in your extension header file.

+Instead, such requests use the

+<structname>xResourceReq</structname>

+structure in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>.

+This structure is used for any request whose single argument is a 

+<type>Window</type>,

+<type>Pixmap</type>,

+<type>Drawable</type>,

+<type>GContext</type>,

+<type>Font</type>,

+<type>Cursor</type>,

+<type>Colormap</type>,

+<type>Atom</type>,

+or

+<type>VisualID</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>xResourceReq</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<synopsis>

+typedef struct _ResourceReq {

+	CARD8 reqType;	/* the request type, e.g. X_DoSomething */

+	BYTE pad;	/* not used */

+	CARD16 length B16;	/* 2 (= total # of bytes in request, divided by 4) */

+	CARD32 id B32;	/* the Window, Drawable, Font, GContext, etc. */

+} xResourceReq;

+</synopsis>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If convenient,

+you can do something similar in your extension header file. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In both of these structures, 

+the reqType field identifies the type of the request (for example, 

+X_MapWindow or X_CreatePixmap).  

+The length field tells how long the request is

+in units of 4-byte longwords. 

+This length includes both the request structure itself and any

+variable-length data, such as strings or lists, that follow the

+request structure.  

+Request structures come in different sizes, 

+but all requests are padded to be multiples of four bytes long.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A few protocol requests take no arguments at all. 

+Instead, they use the

+<structname>xReq</structname>

+structure in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>,

+which contains only a reqType and a length (and a pad byte).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP  -->

+If the protocol request requires a reply, 

+then

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>

+also contains a reply structure typedef:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>xDoSomethingReply</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+<synopsis>

+typedef struct _DoSomethingReply {

+	BYTE type;	/* always X_Reply */

+	BYTE someDatum;	/* used differently in different requests */

+	CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;	/* # of requests sent so far */

+	CARD32 length B32;	/* # of additional bytes, divided by 4 */

+	...

+	/* request-specific data */

+	...

+} xDoSomethingReply;

+</synopsis>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Most of these reply structures are 32 bytes long. 

+If there are not that many reply values, 

+then they contain a sufficient number of pad fields

+to bring them up to 32 bytes.  

+The length field is the total number of bytes in the request minus 32, 

+divided by 4.  

+This length will be nonzero only if:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The reply structure is followed by variable-length data,

+such as a list or string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The reply structure is longer than 32 bytes.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Only 

+<systemitem>GetWindowAttributesl</systemitem>,

+<systemitem>QueryFont</systemitem>,

+<systemitem>QueryKeymap</systemitem>,

+and

+<systemitem>GetKeyboardControl</systemitem>

+have reply structures longer than 32 bytes in the core protocol.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A few protocol requests return replies that contain no data.  

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>

+does not define reply structures for these.

+Instead, they use the 

+<structname>xGenericReply</structname>

+structure, which contains only a type, length,

+and sequence number (and sufficient padding to make it 32 bytes long).

+<!-- .SH -->

+Starting to Write a Stub Procedure

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An Xlib stub procedure should start like this:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<programlisting>

+#include "&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;

+

+XDoSomething (arguments, ... )

+/* argument declarations */

+{

+

+register XDoSomethingReq *req;

+...

+</programlisting>

+If the protocol request has a reply, 

+then the variable declarations should include the reply structure for the request.

+The following is an example:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<programlisting>

+xDoSomethingReply rep;

+</programlisting>

+<!-- .SH -->

+Locking Data Structures

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To lock the display structure for systems that

+want to support multithreaded access to a single display connection,

+each stub will need to lock its critical section.

+Generally, this section is the point from just before the appropriate GetReq

+call until all arguments to the call have been stored into the buffer.

+The precise instructions needed for this locking depend upon the machine

+architecture. 

+Two calls, which are generally implemented as macros, have been provided.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>LockDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='lockdisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>LockDisplay</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>UnlockDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+<funcsynopsis id='unlockdisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>UnlockDisplay</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .SH -->

+Sending the Protocol Request and Arguments

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+After the variable declarations, 

+a stub procedure should call one of four macros defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlibint.h&gt;</filename>:

+<function>GetReq</function>,

+<function>GetReqExtra</function>,

+<function>GetResReq</function>,

+or 

+<function>GetEmptyReq</function>.

+All of these macros take, as their first argument,

+the name of the protocol request as declared in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>

+except with X_ removed.   

+Each one declares a 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure pointer,

+called dpy, and a pointer to a request structure, called req,

+which is of the appropriate type.

+The macro then appends the request structure to the output buffer, 

+fills in its type and length field, and sets req to point to it.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the protocol request has no arguments (for instance, X_GrabServer),

+then use 

+<function>GetEmptyReq</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R  -->

+<programlisting>

+GetEmptyReq (DoSomething, req);

+</programlisting>

+If the protocol request has a single 32-bit argument (such as a

+<type>Pixmap</type>,

+<type>Window</type>,

+<type>Drawable</type>,

+<type>Atom</type>,

+and so on),

+then use 

+<function>GetResReq</function>.

+The second argument to the macro is the 32-bit object.  

+<symbol>X_MapWindow</symbol>

+is a good example.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<programlisting>

+GetResReq (DoSomething, rid, req);

+</programlisting>

+The rid argument is the 

+<type>Pixmap</type>,

+<type>Window</type>,

+or other resource ID.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the protocol request takes any other argument list, 

+then call 

+<function>GetReq</function>.

+After the 

+<function>GetReq</function>,

+you need to set all the other fields in the request structure,

+usually from arguments to the stub procedure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<programlisting>

+GetReq (DoSomething, req);

+/* fill in arguments here */

+req-&gt;arg1 = arg1;

+req-&gt;arg2 = arg2;

+...

+</programlisting>

+A few stub procedures (such as 

+<function>XCreateGC</function>

+and 

+<function>XCreatePixmap</function>)

+return a resource ID to the caller but pass a resource ID as an argument

+to the protocol request.   

+Such procedures use the macro 

+<function>XAllocID</function>

+to allocate a resource ID from the range of IDs 

+that were assigned to this client when it opened the connection.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<programlisting>

+rid = req-&gt;rid = XAllocID();

+...

+return (rid);

+</programlisting>

+Finally, some stub procedures transmit a fixed amount of variable-length

+data after the request.  

+Typically, these procedures (such as

+<function>XMoveWindow</function>

+and 

+<function>XSetBackground</function>)

+are special cases of more general functions like 

+<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>

+and 

+<function>XChangeGC</function>.

+These procedures use 

+<function>GetReqExtra</function>,

+which is the same as 

+<function>GetReq</function>

+except that it takes an additional argument (the number of

+extra bytes to allocate in the output buffer after the request structure).  

+This number should always be a multiple of four.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Variable Length Arguments

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Some protocol requests take additional variable-length data that

+follow the 

+<type>xDoSomethingReq</type>

+structure.    

+The format of this data varies from request to request. 

+Some requests require a sequence of 8-bit bytes, 

+others a sequence of 16-bit or 32-bit entities, 

+and still others a sequence of structures.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It is necessary to add the length of any variable-length data to the

+length field of the request structure.  

+That length field is in units of 32-bit longwords.  

+If the data is a string or other sequence of 8-bit bytes, 

+then you must round the length up and shift it before adding:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<programlisting>

+req-&gt;length += (nbytes+3)&gt;&gt;2;

+</programlisting>

+To transmit variable-length data, use the 

+<function>Data</function>

+macros.

+If the data fits into the output buffer, 

+then this macro copies it to the buffer.  

+If it does not fit, however,

+the 

+<function>Data</function>

+macro calls 

+<function>_XSend</function>,

+which transmits first the contents of the buffer and then your data.

+The 

+<function>Data</function>

+macros take three arguments:  

+the display, a pointer to the beginning of the data, 

+and the number of bytes to be sent.

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='data'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>Data</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>(char<parameter> *</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>Data</function>,

+<function>Data16</function>,

+and

+<function>Data32</function>

+are macros that may use their last argument

+more than once, so that argument should be a variable rather than

+an expression such as ``nitems*sizeof(item)''.  

+You should do that kind of computation in a separate statement before calling 

+them.

+Use the appropriate macro when sending byte, short, or long data.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the protocol request requires a reply, 

+then call the procedure 

+<function>_XSend</function>

+instead of the 

+<function>Data</function>

+macro.  

+<function>_XSend</function>

+takes the same arguments, but because it sends your data immediately instead of 

+copying it into the output buffer (which would later be flushed

+anyway by the following call on 

+<function>_XReply</function>),

+it is faster.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Replies

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the protocol request has a reply, 

+then call 

+<function>_XReply</function>

+after you have finished dealing with 

+all the fixed-length and variable-length arguments.  

+<function>_XReply</function>

+flushes the output buffer and waits for an 

+<structname>xReply</structname>

+packet to arrive.  

+If any events arrive in the meantime,

+<function>_XReply</function>

+places them in the queue for later use.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XReply</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xreply'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>_XReply</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>xReply<parameter> *rep</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> extra</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> discard</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rep</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the reply structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>extra</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of 32-bit words expected after the replay.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>discard</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies if any data beyond that specified in the extra argument

+should be discarded.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>_XReply</function>

+function waits for a reply packet and copies its contents into the

+specified rep.  

+<function>_XReply</function>

+handles error and event packets that occur before the reply is received.

+<function>_XReply</function>

+takes four arguments:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A 

+<type>Display</type>

+* structure

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A pointer to a reply structure (which must be cast to an 

+<structname>xReply</structname>

+*)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The number of additional 32-bit words (beyond 

+<function>sizeof( xReply</function>)

+= 32 bytes)

+in the reply structure

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A Boolean that indicates whether

+<function>_XReply</function>

+is to discard any additional bytes

+beyond those it was told to read

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because most reply structures are 32 bytes long, 

+the third argument is usually 0.  

+The only core protocol exceptions are the replies to 

+<systemitem>GetWindowAttributesl</systemitem>,

+<systemitem>QueryFont</systemitem>,

+<systemitem>QueryKeymap</systemitem>,

+and 

+<systemitem>GetKeyboardControl</systemitem>,

+which have longer replies.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The last argument should be 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+if the reply structure is followed

+by additional variable-length data (such as a list or string).  

+It should be 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if there is not any variable-length data.

+<!-- .NT -->

+This last argument is provided for upward-compatibility reasons

+to allow a client to communicate properly with a hypothetical later

+version of the server that sends more data than the client expected.

+For example, some later version of 

+<systemitem>GetWindowAttributesl</systemitem>

+might use a

+larger, but compatible, 

+<structname>xGetWindowAttributesReply</structname>

+that contains additional attribute data at the end.

+<!-- .NE -->

+<function>_XReply</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if it received a reply successfully or 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+if it received any sort of error. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For a request with a reply that is not followed by variable-length

+data, you write something like:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .R -->

+<programlisting>

+_XReply(display, (xReply *)&amp;rep, 0, True);

+*ret1 = rep.ret1;

+*ret2 = rep.ret2;

+*ret3 = rep.ret3;

+...

+UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+SyncHandle();

+return (rep.ret4);

+}

+</programlisting>

+If there is variable-length data after the reply, 

+change the 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+to 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+and use the appropriate

+<function>_XRead</function>

+function to read the variable-length data.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xread'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>_XRead</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes required.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>_XRead</function>

+function reads the specified number of bytes into data_return.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xread16'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>_XRead16</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>short<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes required.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>_XRead16</function>

+function reads the specified number of bytes,

+unpacking them as 16-bit quantities,

+into the specified array as shorts.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xread32'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>_XRead32</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes required.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>_XRead32</function>

+function reads the specified number of bytes,

+unpacking them as 32-bit quantities,

+into the specified array as longs.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xread16pad'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>_XRead16Pad</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>short<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes required.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>_XRead16Pad</function>

+function reads the specified number of bytes,

+unpacking them as 16-bit quantities,

+into the specified array as shorts.

+If the number of bytes is not a multiple of four,

+<function>_XRead16Pad</function>

+reads and discards up to two additional pad bytes.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xreadpad'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>_XReadPad</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes required.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>_XReadPad</function>

+function reads the specified number of bytes into data_return.

+If the number of bytes is not a multiple of four,

+<function>_XReadPad</function>

+reads and discards up to three additional pad bytes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each protocol request is a little different. 

+For further information,

+see the Xlib sources for examples.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Synchronous Calling

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each procedure should have a call, just before returning to the user, 

+to a macro called

+<systemitem>SyncHandle</systemitem>.

+If synchronous mode is enabled (see 

+<function>XSynchronize</function>),

+the request is sent immediately.

+The library, however, waits until any error the procedure could generate

+at the server has been handled.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Allocating and Deallocating Memory

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To support the possible reentry of these procedures, 

+you must observe several conventions when allocating and deallocating memory,

+most often done when returning data to the user from the window

+system of a size the caller could not know in advance

+(for example, a list of fonts or a list of extensions).

+The standard C library functions on many systems

+are not protected against signals or other multithreaded uses.

+The following analogies to standard I/O library functions

+have been defined:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+These should be used in place of any calls you would make to the normal

+C library functions.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If you need a single scratch buffer inside a critical section 

+(for example, to pack and unpack data to and from the wire protocol),

+the general memory allocators may be too expensive to use

+(particularly in output functions, which are performance critical).  

+The following function returns a scratch buffer for use within a

+critical section:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XAllocScratch</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xallocscratch'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>_XAllocScratch</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes required.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+This storage must only be used inside of a critical section of your

+stub.  The returned pointer cannot be assumed valid after any call

+that might permit another thread to execute inside Xlib.  For example,

+the pointer cannot be assumed valid after any use of the

+<function>GetReq</function>

+or

+<function>Data</function>

+families of macros,

+after any use of

+<function>_XReply</function>,

+or after any use of the

+<function>_XSend</function>

+or

+<function>_XRead</function>

+families of functions.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+The following function returns a scratch buffer for use across

+critical sections:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XAllocTemp</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xalloctemp'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>_XAllocTemp</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes required.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+This storage can be used across calls that might permit another thread to

+execute inside Xlib.  The storage must be explicitly returned to Xlib.

+The following function returns the storage:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XFreeTemp</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='_xfreetemp'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>_XFreeTemp</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buf</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buf</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer to return.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of the buffer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+You must pass back the same pointer and size that were returned by

+<function>_XAllocTemp</function>.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Portability Considerations

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Many machine architectures, 

+including many of the more recent <acronym>RISC</acronym> architectures,

+do not correctly access data at unaligned locations; 

+their compilers pad out structures to preserve this characteristic.

+Many other machines capable of unaligned references pad inside of structures

+as well to preserve alignment, because accessing aligned data is

+usually much faster.

+Because the library and the server use structures to access data at

+arbitrary points in a byte stream,

+all data in request and reply packets <emphasis remap='I'>must</emphasis> be naturally aligned;

+that is, 16-bit data starts on 16-bit boundaries in the request

+and 32-bit data on 32-bit boundaries.

+All requests <emphasis remap='I'>must</emphasis> be a multiple of 32 bits in length to preserve

+the natural alignment in the data stream.

+You must pad structures out to 32-bit boundaries.

+Pad information does not have to be zeroed unless you want to

+preserve such fields for future use in your protocol requests.

+Floating point varies radically between machines and should be

+avoided completely if at all possible.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This code may run on machines with 16-bit ints.  

+So, if any integer argument, variable, or return value either can take 

+only nonnegative values or is declared as a

+<type>CARD16</type>

+in the protocol, be sure to declare it as

+<type>unsigned</type>

+<type>int</type>

+and not as

+<type>int</type>.

+(This, of course, does not apply to Booleans or enumerations.)

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Similarly, 

+if any integer argument or return value is declared

+<type>CARD32</type>

+in the protocol, 

+declare it as an

+<type>unsigned</type>

+<type>long</type>

+and not as

+<type>int</type>

+or

+<type>long</type>.

+This also goes for any internal variables that may

+take on values larger than the maximum 16-bit

+<type>unsigned</type>

+<type>int</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The library currently assumes that a

+<type>char</type>

+is 8 bits, a

+<type>short</type>

+is 16 bits, an

+<type>int</type>

+is 16 or 32 bits, and a

+<type>long</type>

+is 32 bits.  

+The 

+<function>PackData</function>

+macro is a half-hearted attempt to deal with the possibility of 32 bit shorts. 

+However, much more work is needed to make this work properly.

+<!-- .SH -->

+Deriving the Correct Extension Opcode

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The remaining problem a writer of an extension stub procedure faces that

+the core protocol does not face is to map from the call to the proper

+major and minor opcodes.  

+While there are a number of strategies, 

+the simplest and fastest is outlined below.

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Declare an array of pointers, _NFILE long (this is normally found

+in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;stdio.h&gt;</filename>

+and is the number of file descriptors supported on the system)

+of type 

+<structname>XExtCodes</structname>.

+Make sure these are all initialized to NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+When your stub is entered, your initialization test is just to use

+the display pointer passed in to access the file descriptor and an index

+into the array.  

+If the entry is NULL, then this is the first time you

+are entering the procedure for this display.  

+Call your initialization procedure and pass to it the display pointer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Once in your initialization procedure, call 

+<function>XInitExtension</function>;

+if it succeeds, store the pointer returned into this array.  

+Make sure to establish a close display handler to allow you to zero the entry.

+Do whatever other initialization your extension requires.

+(For example, install event handlers and so on.)

+Your initialization procedure would normally return a pointer to the

+<structname>XExtCodes</structname>

+structure for this extension, which is what would normally

+be found in your array of pointers.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+After returning from your initialization procedure, 

+the stub can now continue normally, because it has its major opcode safely 

+in its hand in the 

+<structname>XExtCodes</structname>

+structure.

+<!-- .bp -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+</appendix>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml
index a8cd375c3..4cde16240 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml
@@ -1,1888 +1,1888 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<appendix id="compatibility_functions">
-<title>Compatibility Functions</title>
-<para>
-The X Version 11 and X Version 10 functions discussed in this appendix 
-are obsolete, have been superseded by newer X Version 11 functions,
-and are maintained for compatibility reasons only.
-</para>
-<sect1 id="X_Version_11_Compatibility_Functions">
-<title>X Version 11 Compatibility Functions</title>
-<para>
-You can use the X Version 11 compatibility functions to:
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set standard properties 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and get window sizing hints 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and get an
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Parse window geometry
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Get X environment defaults
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Setting_Standard_Properties">
-<title>Setting Standard Properties</title>
-<para>
-To specify a minimum set of properties describing the simplest application,
-use
-<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>.
-This function has been superseded by
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-and sets all or portions of the 
-<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, 
-and <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> properties.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardProperties</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetstandardproperties'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetStandardProperties</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *window_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *icon_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> icon_pixmap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **argv</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> argc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window name,
-which should be a null-terminated string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the icon name,
-which should be a null-terminated string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_pixmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the bitmap that is to be used for the icon or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the application's argument list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of arguments.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the size hints for the window in its normal state.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>
-function provides a means by which simple applications set the
-most essential properties with a single call.
-<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>
-should be used to give a window manager some information about 
-your program's preferences. 
-It should not be used by applications that need
-to communicate more information than is possible with
-<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>.
-(Typically, argv is the argv array of your main program.)
-If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Getting_Window_Sizing_Hints">
-<title>Setting and Getting Window Sizing Hints</title>
-<para>
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or get window sizing hints.
-The functions discussed in this section use the flags and the
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure, as defined in the
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-header file and use the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the size hints for a given window in its normal state, use
-<function>XSetNormalHints</function>.
-This function has been superseded by
-<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetnormalhints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetNormalHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the size hints for the window in its normal state.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetNormalHints</function>
-function sets the size hints structure for the specified window.
-Applications use
-<function>XSetNormalHints</function>
-to inform the window manager of the size
-or position desirable for that window.
-In addition, 
-an application that wants to move or resize itself should call
-<function>XSetNormalHints</function>
-and specify its new desired location and size
-as well as making direct Xlib calls to move or resize.  
-This is because window managers may ignore redirected
-configure requests, but they pay attention to property changes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set size hints, 
-an application not only must assign values to the appropriate members
-in the hints structure but also must set the flags member of the structure 
-to indicate which information is present and where it came from.  
-A call to
-<function>XSetNormalHints</function>
-is meaningless, unless the flags member is set to indicate which members of
-the structure have been assigned values.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetNormalHints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return the size hints for a window in its normal state, use
-<function>XGetNormalHints</function>.
-This function has been superseded by
-<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetnormalhints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetNormalHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the size hints for the window in its normal state.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetNormalHints</function>
-function returns the size hints for a window in its normal state.
-It returns a nonzero status if it succeeds or zero if
-the application specified no normal size hints for this window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetNormalHints</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-The next two functions set and read the <property>WM_ZOOM_HINTS</property> property.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the zoom hints for a window, use
-<function>XSetZoomHints</function>.
-This function is no longer supported by the
-<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetZoomHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetzoomhints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetZoomHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *zhints</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>zhints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the zoom hints.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Many window managers think of windows in one of three states:
-iconic, normal, or zoomed.
-The
-<function>XSetZoomHints</function>
-function provides the window manager with information for the window in the
-zoomed state.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetZoomHints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To read the zoom hints for a window, use
-<function>XGetZoomHints</function>.
-This function is no longer supported by the
-<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetZoomHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetzoomhints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetZoomHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *zhints_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>zhints_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the zoom hints.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetZoomHints</function>
-function returns the size hints for a window in its zoomed state.
-It returns a nonzero status if it succeeds or zero if
-the application specified no zoom size hints for this window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetZoomHints</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the value of any property of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>, use
-<function>XSetSizeHints</function>.
-This function has been superseded by
-<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetsizehints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetSizeHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the size hints.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetSizeHints</function>
-function sets the
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure for the named property and the specified window.
-This is used by
-<function>XSetNormalHints</function>
-and
-<function>XSetZoomHints</function>
-and can be used to set the value of any property of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>.
-Thus, it may be useful if other properties of that type get defined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetSizeHints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To read the value of any property of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>, use
-<function>XGetSizeHints</function>.
-This function has been superseded by
-<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetsizehints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetSizeHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the size hints.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetSizeHints</function>
-function returns the
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure for the named property and the specified window.
-This is used by
-<function>XGetNormalHints</function>
-and
-<function>XGetZoomHints</function>.
-It also can be used to retrieve the value of any property of type
-<property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>.
-Thus, it may be useful if other properties of that type get defined.
-<function>XGetSizeHints</function>
-returns a nonzero status if a size hint was defined
-or zero otherwise.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetSizeHints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Getting_and_Setting_an_XStandardColormap_Structure">
-<title>Getting and Setting an XStandardColormap Structure</title>
-<para>
-To get the 
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure associated with one of the described atoms, use
-<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>.
-This function has been superseded by
-<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetStandardColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetstandardcolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetStandardColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XStandardColormap<parameter> *colormap_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the colormap associated with the specified atom.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>
-function returns the colormap definition associated with the atom supplied
-as the property argument.
-<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>
-returns a nonzero status if successful and zero otherwise.
-For example,
-to fetch the standard
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-colormap for a display,
-you use
-<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>
-with the following syntax:
-<programlisting>
-XGetStandardColormap(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), &amp;cmap, XA_RGB_GRAY_MAP);
-</programlisting>
-See <link linkend="Standard_Colormaps">section 14.3</link> for the
-semantics of standard colormaps.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set a standard colormap, use
-<function>XSetStandardColormap</function>.
-This function has been superseded by
-<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetstandardcolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetStandardColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XStandardColormap<parameter> *colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetStandardColormap</function>
-function usually is only used by window or session managers.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetStandardColormap</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Parsing_Window_Geometry">
-<title>Parsing Window Geometry</title>
-<para>
-To parse window geometry given a user-specified position 
-and a default position, use
-<function>XGeometry</function>.
-This function has been superseded by
-<function>XWMGeometry</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>determining location</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGeometry</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgeometry'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XGeometry</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char*position,<parameter> *default_position</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> bwidth</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintfwidth,<parameter> fheight</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intxadder,<parameter> yadder</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>default_position</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the geometry specifications.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bwidth</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the border width.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>fheight</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>fwidth</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the font height and width in pixels (increment size).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>xadder</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>yadder</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify additional interior padding needed in the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the x and y offsets.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the width and height determined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-You pass in the border width (bwidth),
-size of the increments fwidth and fheight
-(typically font width and height),
-and any additional interior space (xadder and yadder)
-to make it easy to compute the resulting size.
-The
-<function>XGeometry</function>
-function returns the position the window should be placed given a position and
-a default position.
-<function>XGeometry</function>
-determines the placement of
-a window using a geometry specification as specified by
-<function>XParseGeometry</function>
-and the additional information about the window.
-Given a fully qualified default geometry specification and
-an incomplete geometry specification, 
-<function>XParseGeometry</function>
-returns a bitmask value as defined above in the 
-<function>XParseGeometry</function>
-call,
-by using the position argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The returned width and height will be the width and height specified
-by default_position as overridden by any user-specified position.
-They are not affected by fwidth, fheight, xadder, or yadder.
-The x and y coordinates are computed by using the border width,
-the screen width and height, padding as specified by xadder and yadder,
-and the fheight and fwidth times the width and height from the
-geometry specifications.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Getting_the_X_Environment_Defaults">
-<title>Getting the X Environment Defaults</title>
-<para>
-The
-<function>XGetDefault</function>
-function provides a primitive interface to the resource manager facilities 
-discussed in <link linkend="resource_manager_functions">chapter 15</link>.
-It is only useful in very simple applications.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetDefault</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetdefault'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetDefault</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *program</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *option</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>program</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the program name for the Xlib defaults (usually argv[0] 
-of the main program).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>option</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the option name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetDefault</function>
-function returns the value of the resource <emphasis remap='I'>prog</emphasis>.<emphasis remap='I'>option</emphasis>,
-where <emphasis remap='I'>prog</emphasis> is the program argument with the directory prefix removed
-and <emphasis remap='I'>option</emphasis> must be a single component.
-Note that multilevel resources cannot be used with
-<function>XGetDefault</function>.
-The class "Program.Name" is always used for the resource lookup.
-If the specified option name does not exist for this program,
-<function>XGetDefault</function>
-returns NULL.
-The strings returned by
-<function>XGetDefault</function>
-are owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a database has been set with 
-<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>,
-that database is used for the lookup.
-Otherwise, a database is created
-and is set in the display (as if by calling 
-<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>).
-The database is created in the current locale.
-To create a database,
-<function>XGetDefault</function>
-uses resources from the RESOURCE_MANAGER property on the root
-window of screen zero.
-If no such property exists,
-a resource file in the user's home directory is used.
-On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system,
-this file is
-<function>"$HOME/.Xdefaults"</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename>$HOME/.Xdefaults</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-After loading these defaults,
-<function>XGetDefault</function>
-merges additional defaults specified by the XENVIRONMENT
-environment variable.
-If XENVIRONMENT is defined,
-it contains a full path name for the additional resource file.
-If XENVIRONMENT is not defined,
-<function>XGetDefault</function>
-looks for
-"<filename>$HOME/.Xdefaults-<replaceable>name</replaceable></filename>" ,
-where <replaceable>name</replaceable> specifies the name of the machine on which the application
-is running.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="X_Version_10_Compatibility_Functions">
-<title>X Version 10 Compatibility Functions</title>
-<para>
-You can use the X Version 10 compatibility functions to:
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Draw and fill polygons and curves
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Associate user data with a value
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_and_Filling_Polygons_and_Curves">
-<title>Drawing and Filling Polygons and Curves</title>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to draw or fill
-arbitrary polygons or curves.  
-These functions are provided mainly for compatibility with X Version 10 
-and have no server support.  
-That is, they call other Xlib functions, not the server directly.  
-Thus, if you just have straight lines to draw, using 
-<function>XDrawLines</function>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>
-or
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawSegments</primary></indexterm>
-is much faster.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The functions discussed here provide all the functionality of the 
-X Version 10 functions 
-<function>XDraw</function>,
-<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>
-<function>XDrawFilled</function>,
-<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm>
-<function>XDrawPatterned</function>,
-<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm>
-<function>XDrawDashed</function>,
-<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm>
-and
-<function>XDrawTiled</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>
-They are as compatible as possible given X Version 11's new line-drawing 
-functions.  
-One thing to note, however, is that
-<function>VertexDrawLastPoint</function>
-is no longer supported. 
-Also, the error status returned is the opposite of what it was under 
-X Version 10 (this is the X Version 11 standard error status).  
-<function>XAppendVertex</function>
-and 
-<function>XClearVertexFlag</function>
-from X Version 10 also are not supported.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Just how the graphics context you use is set up actually
-determines whether you get dashes or not, and so on.  
-Lines are properly joined if they connect and include
-the closing of a closed figure  (see 
-<function>XDrawLines</function>).
-The functions discussed here fail (return zero) only if they run out of memory
-or are passed a 
-<structname>Vertex</structname>
-list that has a 
-<structname>Vertex</structname>
-with 
-<symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol>
-set that is not followed by a 
-<structname>Vertex</structname>
-with 
-<symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol>
-set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To achieve the effects of the X Version 10
-<function>XDraw</function>,
-<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>
-<function>XDrawDashed</function>,
-<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm>
-and 
-<function>XDrawPatterned</function>,
-<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm>
-use
-<function>XDraw</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-#include &lt;X11/X10.h&gt;
-</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='xdraw'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XDraw</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Vertex<parameter> *vlist</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> vcount</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>vlist</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the list of vertices that indicate what to draw.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>vcount</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies how many vertices are in vlist.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDraw</function>
-function draws an arbitrary polygon or curve.  
-The figure drawn is defined by the specified list of vertices (vlist).
-The points are connected by lines as specified in the flags in the
-vertex structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each Vertex, as defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename>,
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X10.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-is a structure with the following members:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Vertex</primary></indexterm>
-<synopsis>
-typedef struct _Vertex {
-	short x,y;
-	unsigned short flags;
-} Vertex;
-</synopsis>
-The x and y members are the coordinates of the vertex 
-that are relative to either the upper left inside corner of the drawable 
-(if 
-<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
-is zero) or the previous vertex (if 
-<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
-is one).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The flags, as defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename>,
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X10.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-are as follows:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexRelative</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexDontDraw</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexCurved</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexStartClosed</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexEndClosed</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-
-<synopsis>
-VertexRelative     0x0001     /* else absolute */
-VertexDontDraw     0x0002     /* else draw */
-VertexCurved       0x0004     /* else straight */
-VertexStartClosed  0x0008     /* else not */
-VertexEndClosed    0x0010     /* else not */
-</synopsis>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If 
-<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
-is not set,  
-the coordinates are absolute (that is, relative to the drawable's origin).  
-The first vertex must be an absolute vertex.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If
-<symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol>
-is one, 
-no line or curve is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.  
-This is analogous to picking up the pen and moving to another place 
-before drawing another line.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If 
-<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
-is one, 
-a spline algorithm is used to draw a smooth curve from the previous vertex
-through this one to the next vertex.  
-Otherwise, a straight line is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.  
-It makes sense to set 
-<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
-to one only if a previous and next vertex are both defined
-(either explicitly in the array or through the definition of a closed 
-curve).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It is permissible for 
-<symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol>
-bits and 
-<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
-bits both to be one. 
-This is useful if you want to define the previous point for the smooth curve
-but do not want an actual curve drawing to start until this point.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If 
-<symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol>
-is one, 
-then this point marks the beginning of a closed curve.  
-This vertex must be followed later in the array by another vertex 
-whose effective coordinates are identical
-and that has a
-<symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol>
-bit of one.
-The points in between form a cycle to determine predecessor 
-and successor vertices for the spline algorithm.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function uses these GC components:
-function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style,
-fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and
-clip-mask.
-It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple,
-tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To achieve the effects of the X Version 10
-<function>XDrawTiled</function>
-<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>
-and 
-<function>XDrawFilled</function>,
-<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm>
-use
-<function>XDrawFilled</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>#include &lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</para>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawfilled'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XDrawFilled</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Vertex<parameter> *vlist</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> vcount</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>vlist</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the list of vertices that indicate what to draw.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>vcount</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies how many vertices are in vlist.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDrawFilled</function>
-function draws arbitrary polygons or curves and then fills them.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function uses these GC components:
-function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style,
-fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and
-clip-mask.
-It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple,
-tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, 
-dash-offset, dash-list, fill-style, and fill-rule.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Associating_User_Data_with_a_Value">
-<title>Associating User Data with a Value</title>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-These functions have been superseded by the context management functions
-(see <link linkend="Using_the_Context_Manager">section 16.10</link>).
-It is often necessary to associate arbitrary information with resource IDs.
-Xlib provides the 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>
-functions that you can use to make such an association.
-<indexterm><primary>Hash Lookup</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>IDs</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary></indexterm>
-Application programs often need to be able to easily refer to
-their own data structures when an event arrives.
-The 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>
-system provides users of the X library with a method
-for associating their own data structures with X resources
-(<type>Pixmap</type>s,
-<type>Font</type>s,
-<type>Window</type>s,
-and so on).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>
-can be used to type X resources.  
-For example, the user
-may want to have three or four types of windows,
-each with different properties. 
-This can be accomplished by associating each X window ID
-with a pointer to a window property data structure  defined  by  the
-user.
-A generic type has been defined in the X library for resource IDs.
-It is called an XID.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-There are a few  guidelines  that  should be observed when using an
-<function>XAssocTable</function> :
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-All  XIDs  are  relative  to  the  specified display.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Because  of  the  hashing  scheme  used  by  the  association mechanism,
-the following rules for determining the size of a
-<function>XAssocTable</function>
-should be followed.  
-Associations will be  made  and  looked  up  more
-efficiently  if  the  table  size  (number  of  buckets in the hashing
-system) is a power of two and if there are not more than 8 XIDs  per
-bucket.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return a pointer to a new
-<function>XAssocTable</function>,
-use 
-<function>XCreateAssocTable</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreateassoctable'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XAssocTable *<function>XCreateAssocTable</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> size</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of buckets in the hash system of
-<function>XAssocTable</function>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The size argument specifies the number of buckets in the 
-hash system of
-<function>XAssocTable</function>.
-For  reasons  of  efficiency  the number of buckets
-should be a power of two.
-Some size  suggestions  might  be:  use  32 buckets  per  100  objects,
-and a reasonable maximum number of objects per buckets is 8.
-If  an  error  allocating  memory  for  the
-<function>XAssocTable</function>
-occurs, 
-a NULL pointer is returned. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create an entry in a given 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>,
-use 
-<function>XMakeAssoc</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMakeAssoc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xmakeassoc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XMakeAssoc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> x_id</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the assoc table. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_id</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the X resource ID.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the data to be associated with the X resource ID.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XMakeAssoc</function>
-function inserts data into an 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>
-keyed on an XID.
-Data is inserted into the table only once.
-Redundant inserts are ignored.
-The queue in each association bucket is sorted from the lowest XID to 
-the highest XID.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain data from a given 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>,
-use 
-<function>XLookUpAssoc</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookUpAssoc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlookupassoc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XLookUpAssoc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> x_id</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the assoc table. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_id</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the X resource ID.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLookUpAssoc</function>
-function retrieves the data stored in an 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>
-by its XID.  
-If  an appropriately  matching XID can be found in the table,
-<function>XLookUpAssoc</function>
-returns the data associated with it.
-If the x_id cannot be found in the table,
-it returns NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To delete an entry from a given 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>,
-use 
-<function>XDeleteAssoc</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteAssoc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdeleteassoc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDeleteAssoc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> x_id</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the assoc table. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_id</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the X resource ID.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDeleteAssoc</function>
-function deletes an association in an 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>
-keyed on its XID.
-Redundant deletes (and deletes of nonexistent XIDs) are ignored.
-Deleting associations in no way impairs the performance of an
-<function>XAssocTable</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To free the memory associated with a given 
-<function>XAssocTable</function>,
-use 
-<function>XDestroyAssocTable</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyassoctable'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDestroyAssocTable</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the assoc table. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</appendix>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<appendix id="compatibility_functions">

+<title>Compatibility Functions</title>

+<para>

+The X Version 11 and X Version 10 functions discussed in this appendix 

+are obsolete, have been superseded by newer X Version 11 functions,

+and are maintained for compatibility reasons only.

+</para>

+<sect1 id="X_Version_11_Compatibility_Functions">

+<title>X Version 11 Compatibility Functions</title>

+<para>

+You can use the X Version 11 compatibility functions to:

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set standard properties 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and get window sizing hints 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and get an

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Parse window geometry

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Get X environment defaults

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Setting_Standard_Properties">

+<title>Setting Standard Properties</title>

+<para>

+To specify a minimum set of properties describing the simplest application,

+use

+<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>.

+This function has been superseded by

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+and sets all or portions of the 

+<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, 

+and <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> properties.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardProperties</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetstandardproperties'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetStandardProperties</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *window_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *icon_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> icon_pixmap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **argv</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> argc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window name,

+which should be a null-terminated string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the icon name,

+which should be a null-terminated string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_pixmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the bitmap that is to be used for the icon or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the application's argument list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of arguments.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the size hints for the window in its normal state.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>

+function provides a means by which simple applications set the

+most essential properties with a single call.

+<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>

+should be used to give a window manager some information about 

+your program's preferences. 

+It should not be used by applications that need

+to communicate more information than is possible with

+<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>.

+(Typically, argv is the argv array of your main program.)

+If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetStandardProperties</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Getting_Window_Sizing_Hints">

+<title>Setting and Getting Window Sizing Hints</title>

+<para>

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or get window sizing hints.

+The functions discussed in this section use the flags and the

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure, as defined in the

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+header file and use the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the size hints for a given window in its normal state, use

+<function>XSetNormalHints</function>.

+This function has been superseded by

+<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetNormalHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetnormalhints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetNormalHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the size hints for the window in its normal state.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetNormalHints</function>

+function sets the size hints structure for the specified window.

+Applications use

+<function>XSetNormalHints</function>

+to inform the window manager of the size

+or position desirable for that window.

+In addition, 

+an application that wants to move or resize itself should call

+<function>XSetNormalHints</function>

+and specify its new desired location and size

+as well as making direct Xlib calls to move or resize.  

+This is because window managers may ignore redirected

+configure requests, but they pay attention to property changes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set size hints, 

+an application not only must assign values to the appropriate members

+in the hints structure but also must set the flags member of the structure 

+to indicate which information is present and where it came from.  

+A call to

+<function>XSetNormalHints</function>

+is meaningless, unless the flags member is set to indicate which members of

+the structure have been assigned values.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetNormalHints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return the size hints for a window in its normal state, use

+<function>XGetNormalHints</function>.

+This function has been superseded by

+<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetNormalHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetnormalhints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetNormalHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the size hints for the window in its normal state.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetNormalHints</function>

+function returns the size hints for a window in its normal state.

+It returns a nonzero status if it succeeds or zero if

+the application specified no normal size hints for this window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetNormalHints</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+The next two functions set and read the <property>WM_ZOOM_HINTS</property> property.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the zoom hints for a window, use

+<function>XSetZoomHints</function>.

+This function is no longer supported by the

+<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetZoomHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetzoomhints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetZoomHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *zhints</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>zhints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the zoom hints.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Many window managers think of windows in one of three states:

+iconic, normal, or zoomed.

+The

+<function>XSetZoomHints</function>

+function provides the window manager with information for the window in the

+zoomed state.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetZoomHints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To read the zoom hints for a window, use

+<function>XGetZoomHints</function>.

+This function is no longer supported by the

+<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetZoomHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetzoomhints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetZoomHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *zhints_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>zhints_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the zoom hints.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetZoomHints</function>

+function returns the size hints for a window in its zoomed state.

+It returns a nonzero status if it succeeds or zero if

+the application specified no zoom size hints for this window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetZoomHints</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the value of any property of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>, use

+<function>XSetSizeHints</function>.

+This function has been superseded by

+<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSizeHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetsizehints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetSizeHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the size hints.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetSizeHints</function>

+function sets the

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure for the named property and the specified window.

+This is used by

+<function>XSetNormalHints</function>

+and

+<function>XSetZoomHints</function>

+and can be used to set the value of any property of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>.

+Thus, it may be useful if other properties of that type get defined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetSizeHints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To read the value of any property of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>, use

+<function>XGetSizeHints</function>.

+This function has been superseded by

+<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSizeHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetsizehints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetSizeHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the size hints.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetSizeHints</function>

+function returns the

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure for the named property and the specified window.

+This is used by

+<function>XGetNormalHints</function>

+and

+<function>XGetZoomHints</function>.

+It also can be used to retrieve the value of any property of type

+<property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>.

+Thus, it may be useful if other properties of that type get defined.

+<function>XGetSizeHints</function>

+returns a nonzero status if a size hint was defined

+or zero otherwise.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetSizeHints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Getting_and_Setting_an_XStandardColormap_Structure">

+<title>Getting and Setting an XStandardColormap Structure</title>

+<para>

+To get the 

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure associated with one of the described atoms, use

+<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>.

+This function has been superseded by

+<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetStandardColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetstandardcolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetStandardColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XStandardColormap<parameter> *colormap_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the colormap associated with the specified atom.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>

+function returns the colormap definition associated with the atom supplied

+as the property argument.

+<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>

+returns a nonzero status if successful and zero otherwise.

+For example,

+to fetch the standard

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+colormap for a display,

+you use

+<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>

+with the following syntax:

+<programlisting>

+XGetStandardColormap(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), &amp;cmap, XA_RGB_GRAY_MAP);

+</programlisting>

+See <link linkend="Standard_Colormaps">section 14.3</link> for the

+semantics of standard colormaps.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetStandardColormap</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set a standard colormap, use

+<function>XSetStandardColormap</function>.

+This function has been superseded by

+<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetstandardcolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetStandardColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XStandardColormap<parameter> *colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetStandardColormap</function>

+function usually is only used by window or session managers.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetStandardColormap</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Parsing_Window_Geometry">

+<title>Parsing Window Geometry</title>

+<para>

+To parse window geometry given a user-specified position 

+and a default position, use

+<function>XGeometry</function>.

+This function has been superseded by

+<function>XWMGeometry</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>determining location</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGeometry</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgeometry'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XGeometry</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char*position,<parameter> *default_position</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> bwidth</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintfwidth,<parameter> fheight</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intxadder,<parameter> yadder</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>default_position</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the geometry specifications.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bwidth</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the border width.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>fheight</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>fwidth</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the font height and width in pixels (increment size).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>xadder</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>yadder</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify additional interior padding needed in the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the x and y offsets.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the width and height determined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+You pass in the border width (bwidth),

+size of the increments fwidth and fheight

+(typically font width and height),

+and any additional interior space (xadder and yadder)

+to make it easy to compute the resulting size.

+The

+<function>XGeometry</function>

+function returns the position the window should be placed given a position and

+a default position.

+<function>XGeometry</function>

+determines the placement of

+a window using a geometry specification as specified by

+<function>XParseGeometry</function>

+and the additional information about the window.

+Given a fully qualified default geometry specification and

+an incomplete geometry specification, 

+<function>XParseGeometry</function>

+returns a bitmask value as defined above in the 

+<function>XParseGeometry</function>

+call,

+by using the position argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The returned width and height will be the width and height specified

+by default_position as overridden by any user-specified position.

+They are not affected by fwidth, fheight, xadder, or yadder.

+The x and y coordinates are computed by using the border width,

+the screen width and height, padding as specified by xadder and yadder,

+and the fheight and fwidth times the width and height from the

+geometry specifications.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Getting_the_X_Environment_Defaults">

+<title>Getting the X Environment Defaults</title>

+<para>

+The

+<function>XGetDefault</function>

+function provides a primitive interface to the resource manager facilities 

+discussed in <link linkend="resource_manager_functions">chapter 15</link>.

+It is only useful in very simple applications.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetDefault</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetdefault'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetDefault</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *program</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *option</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>program</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the program name for the Xlib defaults (usually argv[0] 

+of the main program).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>option</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the option name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetDefault</function>

+function returns the value of the resource <emphasis remap='I'>prog</emphasis>.<emphasis remap='I'>option</emphasis>,

+where <emphasis remap='I'>prog</emphasis> is the program argument with the directory prefix removed

+and <emphasis remap='I'>option</emphasis> must be a single component.

+Note that multilevel resources cannot be used with

+<function>XGetDefault</function>.

+The class "Program.Name" is always used for the resource lookup.

+If the specified option name does not exist for this program,

+<function>XGetDefault</function>

+returns NULL.

+The strings returned by

+<function>XGetDefault</function>

+are owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a database has been set with 

+<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>,

+that database is used for the lookup.

+Otherwise, a database is created

+and is set in the display (as if by calling 

+<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>).

+The database is created in the current locale.

+To create a database,

+<function>XGetDefault</function>

+uses resources from the RESOURCE_MANAGER property on the root

+window of screen zero.

+If no such property exists,

+a resource file in the user's home directory is used.

+On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system,

+this file is

+<function>"$HOME/.Xdefaults"</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename>$HOME/.Xdefaults</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+After loading these defaults,

+<function>XGetDefault</function>

+merges additional defaults specified by the XENVIRONMENT

+environment variable.

+If XENVIRONMENT is defined,

+it contains a full path name for the additional resource file.

+If XENVIRONMENT is not defined,

+<function>XGetDefault</function>

+looks for

+"<filename>$HOME/.Xdefaults-<replaceable>name</replaceable></filename>" ,

+where <replaceable>name</replaceable> specifies the name of the machine on which the application

+is running.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="X_Version_10_Compatibility_Functions">

+<title>X Version 10 Compatibility Functions</title>

+<para>

+You can use the X Version 10 compatibility functions to:

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Draw and fill polygons and curves

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Associate user data with a value

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_and_Filling_Polygons_and_Curves">

+<title>Drawing and Filling Polygons and Curves</title>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to draw or fill

+arbitrary polygons or curves.  

+These functions are provided mainly for compatibility with X Version 10 

+and have no server support.  

+That is, they call other Xlib functions, not the server directly.  

+Thus, if you just have straight lines to draw, using 

+<function>XDrawLines</function>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>

+or

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawSegments</primary></indexterm>

+is much faster.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The functions discussed here provide all the functionality of the 

+X Version 10 functions 

+<function>XDraw</function>,

+<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>

+<function>XDrawFilled</function>,

+<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm>

+<function>XDrawPatterned</function>,

+<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm>

+<function>XDrawDashed</function>,

+<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm>

+and

+<function>XDrawTiled</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>

+They are as compatible as possible given X Version 11's new line-drawing 

+functions.  

+One thing to note, however, is that

+<function>VertexDrawLastPoint</function>

+is no longer supported. 

+Also, the error status returned is the opposite of what it was under 

+X Version 10 (this is the X Version 11 standard error status).  

+<function>XAppendVertex</function>

+and 

+<function>XClearVertexFlag</function>

+from X Version 10 also are not supported.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Just how the graphics context you use is set up actually

+determines whether you get dashes or not, and so on.  

+Lines are properly joined if they connect and include

+the closing of a closed figure  (see 

+<function>XDrawLines</function>).

+The functions discussed here fail (return zero) only if they run out of memory

+or are passed a 

+<structname>Vertex</structname>

+list that has a 

+<structname>Vertex</structname>

+with 

+<symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol>

+set that is not followed by a 

+<structname>Vertex</structname>

+with 

+<symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol>

+set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To achieve the effects of the X Version 10

+<function>XDraw</function>,

+<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>

+<function>XDrawDashed</function>,

+<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm>

+and 

+<function>XDrawPatterned</function>,

+<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm>

+use

+<function>XDraw</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+#include &lt;X11/X10.h&gt;

+</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='xdraw'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XDraw</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Vertex<parameter> *vlist</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> vcount</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>vlist</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the list of vertices that indicate what to draw.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>vcount</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies how many vertices are in vlist.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDraw</function>

+function draws an arbitrary polygon or curve.  

+The figure drawn is defined by the specified list of vertices (vlist).

+The points are connected by lines as specified in the flags in the

+vertex structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each Vertex, as defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename>,

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X10.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+is a structure with the following members:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Vertex</primary></indexterm>

+<synopsis>

+typedef struct _Vertex {

+	short x,y;

+	unsigned short flags;

+} Vertex;

+</synopsis>

+The x and y members are the coordinates of the vertex 

+that are relative to either the upper left inside corner of the drawable 

+(if 

+<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>

+is zero) or the previous vertex (if 

+<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>

+is one).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The flags, as defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename>,

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X10.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+are as follows:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexRelative</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexDontDraw</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexCurved</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexStartClosed</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VertexEndClosed</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+

+<synopsis>

+VertexRelative     0x0001     /* else absolute */

+VertexDontDraw     0x0002     /* else draw */

+VertexCurved       0x0004     /* else straight */

+VertexStartClosed  0x0008     /* else not */

+VertexEndClosed    0x0010     /* else not */

+</synopsis>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If 

+<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>

+is not set,  

+the coordinates are absolute (that is, relative to the drawable's origin).  

+The first vertex must be an absolute vertex.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If

+<symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol>

+is one, 

+no line or curve is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.  

+This is analogous to picking up the pen and moving to another place 

+before drawing another line.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If 

+<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>

+is one, 

+a spline algorithm is used to draw a smooth curve from the previous vertex

+through this one to the next vertex.  

+Otherwise, a straight line is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.  

+It makes sense to set 

+<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>

+to one only if a previous and next vertex are both defined

+(either explicitly in the array or through the definition of a closed 

+curve).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It is permissible for 

+<symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol>

+bits and 

+<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>

+bits both to be one. 

+This is useful if you want to define the previous point for the smooth curve

+but do not want an actual curve drawing to start until this point.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If 

+<symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol>

+is one, 

+then this point marks the beginning of a closed curve.  

+This vertex must be followed later in the array by another vertex 

+whose effective coordinates are identical

+and that has a

+<symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol>

+bit of one.

+The points in between form a cycle to determine predecessor 

+and successor vertices for the spline algorithm.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function uses these GC components:

+function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style,

+fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and

+clip-mask.

+It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple,

+tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To achieve the effects of the X Version 10

+<function>XDrawTiled</function>

+<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>

+and 

+<function>XDrawFilled</function>,

+<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm>

+use

+<function>XDrawFilled</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>#include &lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</para>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawfilled'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XDrawFilled</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Vertex<parameter> *vlist</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> vcount</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>vlist</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the list of vertices that indicate what to draw.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>vcount</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies how many vertices are in vlist.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDrawFilled</function>

+function draws arbitrary polygons or curves and then fills them.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function uses these GC components:

+function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style,

+fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and

+clip-mask.

+It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple,

+tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, 

+dash-offset, dash-list, fill-style, and fill-rule.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Associating_User_Data_with_a_Value">

+<title>Associating User Data with a Value</title>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+These functions have been superseded by the context management functions

+(see <link linkend="Using_the_Context_Manager">section 16.10</link>).

+It is often necessary to associate arbitrary information with resource IDs.

+Xlib provides the 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>

+functions that you can use to make such an association.

+<indexterm><primary>Hash Lookup</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>IDs</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary></indexterm>

+Application programs often need to be able to easily refer to

+their own data structures when an event arrives.

+The 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>

+system provides users of the X library with a method

+for associating their own data structures with X resources

+(<type>Pixmap</type>s,

+<type>Font</type>s,

+<type>Window</type>s,

+and so on).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>

+can be used to type X resources.  

+For example, the user

+may want to have three or four types of windows,

+each with different properties. 

+This can be accomplished by associating each X window ID

+with a pointer to a window property data structure  defined  by  the

+user.

+A generic type has been defined in the X library for resource IDs.

+It is called an XID.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+There are a few  guidelines  that  should be observed when using an

+<function>XAssocTable</function> :

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+All  XIDs  are  relative  to  the  specified display.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Because  of  the  hashing  scheme  used  by  the  association mechanism,

+the following rules for determining the size of a

+<function>XAssocTable</function>

+should be followed.  

+Associations will be  made  and  looked  up  more

+efficiently  if  the  table  size  (number  of  buckets in the hashing

+system) is a power of two and if there are not more than 8 XIDs  per

+bucket.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return a pointer to a new

+<function>XAssocTable</function>,

+use 

+<function>XCreateAssocTable</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateAssocTable</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateassoctable'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XAssocTable *<function>XCreateAssocTable</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> size</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of buckets in the hash system of

+<function>XAssocTable</function>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The size argument specifies the number of buckets in the 

+hash system of

+<function>XAssocTable</function>.

+For  reasons  of  efficiency  the number of buckets

+should be a power of two.

+Some size  suggestions  might  be:  use  32 buckets  per  100  objects,

+and a reasonable maximum number of objects per buckets is 8.

+If  an  error  allocating  memory  for  the

+<function>XAssocTable</function>

+occurs, 

+a NULL pointer is returned. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create an entry in a given 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>,

+use 

+<function>XMakeAssoc</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMakeAssoc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xmakeassoc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XMakeAssoc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> x_id</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the assoc table. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_id</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the X resource ID.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the data to be associated with the X resource ID.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XMakeAssoc</function>

+function inserts data into an 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>

+keyed on an XID.

+Data is inserted into the table only once.

+Redundant inserts are ignored.

+The queue in each association bucket is sorted from the lowest XID to 

+the highest XID.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain data from a given 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>,

+use 

+<function>XLookUpAssoc</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookUpAssoc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlookupassoc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XLookUpAssoc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> x_id</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the assoc table. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_id</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the X resource ID.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLookUpAssoc</function>

+function retrieves the data stored in an 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>

+by its XID.  

+If  an appropriately  matching XID can be found in the table,

+<function>XLookUpAssoc</function>

+returns the data associated with it.

+If the x_id cannot be found in the table,

+it returns NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To delete an entry from a given 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>,

+use 

+<function>XDeleteAssoc</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteAssoc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdeleteassoc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDeleteAssoc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> x_id</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the assoc table. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_id</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the X resource ID.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDeleteAssoc</function>

+function deletes an association in an 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>

+keyed on its XID.

+Redundant deletes (and deletes of nonexistent XIDs) are ignored.

+Deleting associations in no way impairs the performance of an

+<function>XAssocTable</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To free the memory associated with a given 

+<function>XAssocTable</function>,

+use 

+<function>XDestroyAssocTable</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyAssocTable</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyassoctable'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDestroyAssocTable</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the assoc table. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+</appendix>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml
index 4a57266bd..aa4389792 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml
@@ -1,3498 +1,3498 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="display_functions">
-<title>Display Functions</title>
-<para>
-Before your program can use a display, you must establish a connection
-to the X server.
-Once you have established a connection,
-you then can use the Xlib macros and functions discussed in this chapter
-to return information about the display.
-This chapter discusses how to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Open (connect to) the display
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Obtain information about the display, image formats, or screens
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Generate a
-<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>
-protocol request
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Free client-created data
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Close (disconnect from) a display
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use X Server connection close operations
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use Xlib with threads
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use internal connections
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect1 id="Opening_the_Display">
-<title>Opening the Display</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Opening the Display -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To open a connection to the X server that controls a display, use
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xopendisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Display *<function>XOpenDisplay</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char *<parameter>display_name</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hardware display name, which determines the display
-and communications domain to be used.
-On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system, if the display_name is NULL, 
-it defaults to the value of the DISPLAY environment variable. 
-<indexterm><primary>Environment</primary><secondary>DISPLAY</secondary></indexterm>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The encoding and interpretation of the display name are
-implementation-dependent.
-Strings in the Host Portable Character Encoding are supported;
-support for other characters is implementation-dependent.
-On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,
-the display name or DISPLAY environment variable can be a string in the format:
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA 1i -->
-<!-- .ta 1i -->
-	<emphasis remap='I'>protocol</emphasis>/<emphasis remap='I'>hostname</emphasis>:<emphasis remap='I'>number</emphasis>.<emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-</literallayout>
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>protocol</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a protocol family or an alias for a protocol family.  Supported 
-protocol families are implementation dependent.  The protocol entry is 
-optional.  If protocol is not specified, the / separating protocol and 
-hostname must also not be specified.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hostname</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the name of the host machine on which the display is physically
-attached.
-You follow the hostname with either a single colon (:) or a double colon (::).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of the display server on that host machine.
-You may optionally follow this display number with a period (.).
-A single <acronym>CPU</acronym> can have more than one display.
-Multiple displays are usually numbered starting with zero.
-<indexterm><primary>Screen</primary></indexterm>
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the screen to be used on that server.
-Multiple screens can be controlled by a single X server.
-The screen_number sets an internal variable that can be accessed by
-using the 
-<function>DefaultScreen</function>
-macro or the 
-<function>XDefaultScreen</function>
-function if you are using languages other than C
-(see <link linkend="Display_Macros_">section 2.2.1</link>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-For example, the following would specify screen 1 of display 0 on the 
-machine named ``dual-headed'':
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-dual-headed:0.1
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-function returns a 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure that serves as the
-connection to the X server and that contains all the information
-about that X server.
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-connects your application to the X server through <acronym>TCP</acronym>
-or DECnet communications protocols,
-or through some local inter-process communication protocol.
-<indexterm><primary>Protocol</primary><secondary><acronym>TCP</acronym></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Protocol</primary><secondary>DECnet</secondary></indexterm>
-If the protocol is specified as "tcp", "inet", or "inet6", or
-if no protocol is specified and the hostname is a host machine name and a single colon (:)
-separates the hostname and display number,
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-connects using <acronym>TCP</acronym> streams.  (If the protocol is specified as "inet", <acronym>TCP</acronym> over
-IPv4 is used.  If the protocol is specified as "inet6", <acronym>TCP</acronym> over IPv6 is used.
-Otherwise, the implementation determines which <acronym>IP</acronym> version is used.)
-If the hostname and protocol are both not specified,
-Xlib uses whatever it believes is the fastest transport.
-If the hostname is a host machine name and a double colon (::)
-separates the hostname and display number,
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-connects using DECnet.
-A single X server can support any or all of these transport mechanisms
-simultaneously.
-A particular Xlib implementation can support many more of these transport
-mechanisms.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Display</primary></indexterm>
-If successful, 
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-returns a pointer to a 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure,
-which is defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-If 
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-does not succeed, it returns NULL.
-After a successful call to
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>,
-all of the screens in the display can be used by the client.
-The screen number specified in the display_name argument is returned 
-by the 
-<function>DefaultScreen</function>
-macro (or the
-<function>XDefaultScreen</function>
-function).
-You can access elements of the
-<type>Display</type>
-and
-<type>Screen</type>
-structures only by using the information macros or functions.
-For information about using macros and functions to obtain information from 
-the
-<type>Display</type>
-structure,
-see <link linkend="Display_Macros_">section 2.2.1</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-X servers may implement various types of access control mechanisms
-(see <link linkend="Controlling_Host_Access">section 9.8</link>).
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Obtaining_Information_about_the_Display_Image_Formats_or_Screens">
-<title>Obtaining Information about the Display, Image Formats, or Screens</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Obtaining Information about the Display, Image Formats, or Screens -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The Xlib library provides a number of useful macros 
-and corresponding functions that return data from the 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure.
-The macros are used for C programming, 
-and their corresponding function equivalents are for other language bindings.
-This section discusses the:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Display macros
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Image format functions and macros
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Screen information macros
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm ><primary>Display</primary><secondary>data structure</secondary></indexterm>
-All other members of the 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure (that is, those for which no macros are defined) are private to Xlib 
-and must not be used.
-Applications must never directly modify or inspect these private members of the 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure.
-<!-- .NT Note -->
-The
-<function>XDisplayWidth</function>,
-<function>XDisplayHeight</function>,
-<function>XDisplayCells</function>,
-<function>XDisplayPlanes</function>,
-<function>XDisplayWidthMM</function>,
-and
-<function>XDisplayHeightMM</function>
-functions in the next sections are misnamed.
-These functions really should be named Screen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis> 
-and XScreen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>, not Display<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis> or XDisplay<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>.
-Our apologies for the resulting confusion.
-<!-- .NE -->
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Display_Macros_">
-<title>Display Macros </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Display Macros -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Applications should not directly modify any part of the
-<type>Display</type>
-and
-<type>Screen</type>
-structures.
-The members should be considered read-only,
-although they may change as the result of other operations on the display.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP  -->
-The following lists the C language macros,
-their corresponding function equivalents that are for other language bindings,
-and what data both can return.
-</para>
-<para>AllPlanes()</para>
-<para>XAllPlanes()</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>AllPlanes</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllPlanes</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a value with all bits set to 1 suitable for use in a plane argument to
-a procedure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-Both 
-<function>BlackPixel</function>
-and 
-<function>WhitePixel</function>
-can be used in implementing a monochrome application.
-These pixel values are for permanently allocated entries in the default
-colormap.
-The actual <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values are settable on some screens 
-and, in any case, may not actually be black or white.
-The names are intended to convey the expected relative intensity of the colors.
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-BlackPixel(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xblackpixel'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XBlackPixel</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BlackPixel</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBlackPixel</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the black pixel value for the specified screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-WhitePixel(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xwhitepixel'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XWhitePixel</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WhitePixel</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWhitePixel</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the white pixel value for the specified screen. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-ConnectionNumber(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xconnectionnumber'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XConnectionNumber</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ConnectionNumber</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConnectionNumber</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a connection number for the specified display.
-On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system,
-this is the file descriptor of the connection.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultColormap(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultcolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Colormap <function>XDefaultColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultColormap</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the default colormap ID for allocation on the specified screen.
-Most routine allocations of color should be made out of this colormap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultDepth(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultdepth'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDefaultDepth</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultDepth</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultDepth</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the depth (number of planes) of the default root window for the
-specified screen.
-Other depths may also be supported on this screen (see
-<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListDepths</primary></indexterm>
-To determine the number of depths that are available on a given screen, use
-<function>XListDepths</function>.
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultGC(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultgc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>GC <function>XDefaultGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-<!-- .ds Cn depths -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XListDepths</function>
-function returns the array of depths 
-that are available on the specified screen.
-If the specified screen_number is valid and sufficient memory for the array
-can be allocated,
-<function>XListDepths</function>
-sets count_return to the number of available depths.
-Otherwise, it does not set count_return and returns NULL.
-To release the memory allocated for the array of depths, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultGC(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>GC <function>XDefaultGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultGC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultGC</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the default graphics context for the root window of the 
-specified screen.
-This GC is created for the convenience of simple applications
-and contains the default GC components with the foreground and
-background pixel values initialized to the black and white
-pixels for the screen, respectively.
-You can modify its contents freely because it is not used in any Xlib
-function.
-This GC should never be freed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultRootWindow(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultrootwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Window <function>XDefaultRootWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultRootWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultRootWindow</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the root window for the default screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultScreenOfDisplay(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultscreenofdisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Screen *<function>XDefaultScreenOfDisplay</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultScreenOfDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultScreenOfDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a pointer to the default screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-ScreenOfDisplay(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xscreenofdisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Screen *<function>XScreenOfDisplay</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenOfDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenOfDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a pointer to the indicated screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDefaultScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the default screen number referenced by the 
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-function. 
-This macro or function should be used to retrieve the screen number 
-in applications that will use only a single screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultVisual(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultvisual'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Visual *<function>XDefaultVisual</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultVisual</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultVisual</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the default visual type for the specified screen.
-For further information about visual types,
-see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DisplayCells(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaycells'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayCells</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayCells</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayCells</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the number of entries in the default colormap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DisplayPlanes(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayplanes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayPlanes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayPlanes</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayPlanes</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the depth of the root window of the specified screen.
-For an explanation of depth,
-see the glossary.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DisplayString(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaystring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XDisplayString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayString</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayString</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the string that was passed to 
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-when the current display was opened. 
-On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,
-if the passed string was NULL, these return the value of
-the DISPLAY environment variable when the current display was opened.
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>POSIX</acronym> System Call</primary><secondary>fork</secondary></indexterm>
-These are useful to applications that invoke the 
-<function>fork</function>
-system call and want to open a new connection to the same display from the 
-child process as well as for printing error messages.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-LastKnownRequestProcessed(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xlastknownrequestprocessed'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtendedMaxRequestSize</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<function>XExtendedMaxRequestSize</function>
-function returns zero if the specified display does not support an
-extended-length protocol encoding; otherwise,
-it returns the maximum request size (in 4-byte units) supported
-by the server using the extended-length encoding.
-The Xlib functions
-<function>XDrawLines</function>,
-<function>XDrawArcs</function>,
-<function>XFillPolygon</function>,
-<function>XChangeProperty</function>,
-<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>,
-and
-<function>XSetRegion</function>
-will use the extended-length encoding as necessary, if supported
-by the server.  Use of the extended-length encoding in other Xlib
-functions (for example,
-<function>XDrawPoints</function>,
-<function>XDrawRectangles</function>,
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>,
-<function>XFillArcs</function>,
-<function>XFillRectangles</function>,
-<function>XPutImage</function>)
-is permitted but not required; an Xlib implementation may choose to
-split the data across multiple smaller requests instead.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-LastKnownRequestProcessed(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaxRequestSize</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<function>XMaxRequestSize</function>
-function returns the maximum request size (in 4-byte units) supported
-by the server without using an extended-length protocol encoding.
-Single protocol requests to the server can be no larger than this size
-unless an extended-length protocol encoding is supported by the server.
-The protocol guarantees the size to be no smaller than 4096 units
-(16384 bytes).
-Xlib automatically breaks data up into multiple protocol requests
-as necessary for the following functions:
-<function>XDrawPoints</function>,
-<function>XDrawRectangles</function>,
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>,
-<function>XFillArcs</function>,
-<function>XFillRectangles</function>,
-and 
-<function>XPutImage</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-LastKnownRequestProcessed(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>LastKnownRequestProcessed</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</primary></indexterm>
-Both extract the full serial number of the last request known by Xlib
-to have been processed by the X server.
-Xlib automatically sets this number when replies, events, and errors
-are received.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-NextRequest(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xnextrequest'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XNextRequest</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>NextRequest</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNextRequest</primary></indexterm>
-Both extract the full serial number that is to be used for the next
-request.
-Serial numbers are maintained separately for each display connection.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-ProtocolVersion(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xprotocolversion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XProtocolVersion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the major version number (11) of the X protocol associated with 
-the connected display.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-ProtocolRevision(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xprotocolrevision'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XProtocolRevision</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ProtocolRevision</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProtocolRevision</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the minor protocol revision number of the X server.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-QLength(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xqlength'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XQLength</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>QLength</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQLength</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the length of the event queue for the connected display.
-Note that there may be more events that have not been read into
-the queue yet (see
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-RootWindow(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xrootwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Window <function>XRootWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>RootWindow</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>RootWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>XRootWindow</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRootWindow</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the root window.
-These are useful with functions that need a drawable of a particular screen
-and for creating top-level windows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-ScreenCount(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xscreencount'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XScreenCount</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenCount</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenCount</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the number of available screens.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-ServerVendor(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xservervendor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XServerVendor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ServerVendor</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XServerVendor</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a pointer to a null-terminated string that provides
-some identification of the owner of the X server implementation.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the contents of the string are implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-VendorRelease(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xvendorrelease'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XVendorRelease</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VendorRelease</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVendorRelease</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a number related to a vendor's release of the X server.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Image_Format_Functions_and_Macros">
-<title>Image Format Functions and Macros</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Image Format Functions and Macros -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Applications are required to present data to the X server
-in a format that the server demands.
-To help simplify applications,
-most of the work required to convert the data is provided by Xlib
-(see sections
-<link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">8.7</link> and
-<link linkend="Manipulating_Images">16.8</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XPixmapFormatValues</structname>
-structure provides an interface to the pixmap format information
-that is returned at the time of a connection setup.
-It contains:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-	int depth;
-	int bits_per_pixel;
-	int scanline_pad;
-} XPixmapFormatValues;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the pixmap format information for a given display, use
-<function>XListPixmapFormats</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListPixmapFormats</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-ImageByteOrder(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='ximagebyteorder'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XImageByteOrder</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Cn pixmap formats that are supported by the display -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XListPixmapFormats</function>
-function returns an array of
-<structname>XPixmapFormatValues</structname>
-structures that describe the types of Z format images supported
-by the specified display.
-If insufficient memory is available,
-<function>XListPixmapFormats</function>
-returns NULL.
-To free the allocated storage for the
-<structname>XPixmapFormatValues</structname>
-structures, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP  -->
-The following lists the C language macros,
-their corresponding function equivalents that are for other language bindings,
-and what data they both return for the specified server and screen.
-These are often used by toolkits as well as by simple applications.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-ImageByteOrder(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XImageByteOrder</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm>
-Both specify the required byte order for images for each scanline unit in 
-XY format (bitmap) or for each pixel value in 
-Z format.
-The macro or function can return either
-<symbol>LSBFirst</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-BitmapUnit(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xbitmapunit'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XBitmapUnit</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BitmapUnit</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBitmapUnit</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the size of a bitmap's scanline unit in bits.
-The scanline is calculated in multiples of this value.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-BitmapBitOrder(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xbitmpabitorder'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XBitmapBitOrder</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BitmapBitOrder</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBitmapBitOrder</primary></indexterm>
-Within each bitmap unit, the left-most bit in the bitmap as displayed
-on the screen is either the least significant or most significant bit in the
-unit.
-This macro or function can return 
-<symbol>LSBFirst</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-BitmapPad(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xbitmappad'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XBitmapPad</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BitmapPad</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBitmapPad</primary></indexterm>
-Each scanline must be padded to a multiple of bits returned
-by this macro or function.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DisplayHeight(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayheight'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayHeight</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayHeight</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayHeight</primary></indexterm>
-Both return an integer that describes the height of the screen
-in pixels.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DisplayHeightMM(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayheightmm'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayHeightMM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayHeightMM</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayHeightMM</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the height of the specified screen in millimeters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DisplayWidth(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaywidth'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayWidth</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayWidth</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayWidth</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the width of the screen in pixels.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DisplayWidthMM(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaywidthmm'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayWidthMM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayWidthMM</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayWidthMM</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the width of the specified screen in millimeters.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Screen_Information_Macros">
-<title>Screen Information Macros</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Screen Information Macros -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following lists the C language macros,
-their corresponding function equivalents that are for other language bindings,
-and what data they both can return.
-These macros or functions all take a pointer to the appropriate screen
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-BlackPixelOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xblackpixelofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XBlackPixelOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BlackPixelOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBlackPixelOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the black pixel value of the specified screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-WhitePixelOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xwhitepixelofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XWhitePixelOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WhitePixelOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWhitePixelOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the white pixel value of the specified screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-CellsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xcellsofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XCellsOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the number of colormap cells in the default colormap 
-of the specified screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultColormapOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultcolormapofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Colormap <function>XDefaultColormapOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultColormapOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultColormapOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the default colormap of the specified screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultDepthOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultdepthofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDefaultDepthOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultDepthOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultDepthOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the depth of the root window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultGCOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultgcofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>GC <function>XDefaultGCOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultGCOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultGCOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a default graphics context (GC) of the specified screen,
-which has the same depth as the root window of the screen.
-The GC must never be freed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DefaultVisualOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultvisualofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Visual *<function>XDefaultVisualOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultVisualOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultVisualOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the default visual of the specified screen.
-For information on visual types,
-see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DoesBackingStore(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdoesbackingstore'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDoesBackingStore</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DoesBackingStore</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDoesBackingStore</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a value indicating whether the screen supports backing
-stores.
-The value returned can be one of 
-<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,
-<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>Always</symbol>
-(see <link linkend="Backing_Store_Attribute">section 3.2.4</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DoesSaveUnders(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdoessaveunders'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XDoesSaveUnders</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DoesSaveUnders</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDoesSaveUnders</primary></indexterm>
-Both return a Boolean value indicating whether the
-screen supports save unders.
-If
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the screen supports save unders.
-If
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-the screen does not support save unders
-(see <link linkend="Save_Under_Flag">section 3.2.5</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-DisplayOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the display of the specified screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenNumberOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-EventMaskOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xeventmaskofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>long <function>XEventMaskOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XScreenNumberOfScreen</function>
-function returns the screen index number of the specified screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-EventMaskOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>long <function>XEventMaskOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>EventMaskOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEventMaskOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the event mask of the root window for the specified screen
-at connection setup time.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-WidthOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xwidthofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XWidthOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WidthOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWidthOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the width of the specified screen in pixels.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-HeightOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xheightofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XHeightOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>HeightOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XHeightOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the height of the specified screen in pixels.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-WidthMMOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xwidthmmofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XWidthMMOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WidthMMOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWidthMMOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the width of the specified screen in millimeters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-HeightMMOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xheightmmofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XHeightMMOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>HeightMMOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XHeightMMOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the height of the specified screen in millimeters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-MaxCmapsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xmaxcmapsofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XMaxCmapsOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the maximum number of installed colormaps supported 
-by the specified screen
-(see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-MinCmapsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xmincmapsofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XMinCmapsOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the minimum number of installed colormaps supported 
-by the specified screen
-(see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-PlanesOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xplanesofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XPlanesOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PlanesOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPlanesOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the depth of the root window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-RootWindowOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xrootwindowofscreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Window <function>XRootWindowOfScreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate 
-<type>Screen</type>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>RootWindowOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRootWindowOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
-Both return the root window of the specified screen.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Generating_a_NoOperation_Protocol_Request">
-<title>Generating a NoOperation Protocol Request</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Generating a NoOperation Protocol Request -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To execute a 
-<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>
-protocol request, use
-<function>XNoOp</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNoOp</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xnoop'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XNoOp</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Specifies the connection to the X server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XNoOp</function>
-function sends a 
-<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>
-protocol request to the X server,
-thereby exercising the connection.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Freeing_Client_Created_Data">
-<title>Freeing Client-Created Data</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Freeing Client-Created Data -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To free in-memory data that was created by an Xlib function, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFree</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xfree'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XFree</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>void<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the data that is to be freed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFree</function>
-function is a general-purpose Xlib routine that frees the specified data.
-You must use it to free any objects that were allocated by Xlib,
-unless an alternate function is explicitly specified for the object.
-A NULL pointer cannot be passed to this function.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Closing_the_Display">
-<title>Closing the Display</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Closing the Display -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To close a display or disconnect from the X server, use
-<function>XCloseDisplay</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xclosedisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XCloseDisplay</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
-function closes the connection to the X server for the display specified in the
-<type>Display</type>
-structure and destroys all windows, resource IDs
-(<type>Window</type>,
-<type>Font</type>,
-<type>Pixmap</type>,
-<type>Colormap</type>,
-<type>Cursor</type>,
-and
-<type>GContext</type>),
-or other resources that the client has created
-on this display, unless the close-down mode of the resource has been changed
-(see
-<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>).
-Therefore, these windows, resource IDs, and other resources should never be 
-referenced again or an error will be generated.
-Before exiting, you should call
-<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
-explicitly so that any pending errors are reported as
-<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
-performs a final
-<function>XSync</function>
-operation.
-<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XCloseDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-error.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides a function to permit the resources owned by a client
-to survive after the client's connection is closed.
-To change a client's close-down mode, use
-<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetCloseDownMode</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetclosedownmode'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XSetCloseDownMode</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> close_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>close_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the client close-down mode.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,
-<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>
-defines what will happen to the client's resources at connection close.
-A connection starts in
-<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>
-mode.
-For information on what happens to the client's resources when the
-close_mode argument is
-<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>,
-see <link linkend="Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations_">section 2.6</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations_">
-<title>Using X Server Connection Close Operations </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using X Server Connection Close Operations -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the X server's connection to a client is closed
-either by an explicit call to
-<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
-or by a process that exits, the X server performs the following
-automatic operations:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It disowns all selections owned by the client
-(see 
-<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It performs an
-<function>XUngrabPointer</function>
-and
-<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>
-if the client has actively grabbed the pointer 
-or the keyboard.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It performs an
-<function>XUngrabServer</function>
-if the client has grabbed the server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It releases all passive grabs made by the client.  
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It marks all resources (including colormap entries) allocated 
-by the client either as permanent or temporary, 
-depending on whether the close-down mode is 
-<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.
-However, this does not prevent other client applications from explicitly
-destroying the resources (see 
-<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the close-down mode is
-<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,
-the X server destroys all of a client's resources as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It examines each window in the client's save-set to determine if it is an inferior
-(subwindow) of a window created by the client.
-(The save-set is a list of other clients' windows
-that are referred to as save-set windows.)
-If so, the X server reparents the save-set window to the closest ancestor so
-that the save-set window is not an inferior of a window created by the client.
-The reparenting leaves unchanged the absolute coordinates (with respect to
-the root window) of the upper-left outer corner of the save-set
-window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It performs a
-<systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem>
-request on the save-set window if the save-set window is unmapped.
-The X server does this even if the save-set window was not an inferior of 
-a window created by the client.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It destroys all windows created by the client.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It performs the appropriate free request on each nonwindow resource created by
-the client in the server (for example, 
-<type>Font</type>,
-<type>Pixmap</type>,
-<type>Cursor</type>,
-<type>Colormap</type>,
-and 
-<type>GContext</type>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It frees all colors and colormap entries allocated by a client application.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Additional processing occurs when the last connection to the X server closes.
-An X server goes through a cycle of having no connections and having some
-connections.
-When the last connection to the X server closes as a result of a connection
-closing with the close_mode of
-<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,
-the X server does the following: 
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It resets its state as if it had just been
-started.  
-The X server begins by destroying all lingering resources from
-clients that have terminated in 
-<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
-mode.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It deletes all but the predefined atom identifiers.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It deletes all properties on all root windows
-(see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It resets all device maps and attributes 
-(for example, key click, bell volume, and acceleration) 
-as well as the access control list.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It restores the standard root tiles and cursors.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It restores the default font path.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It restores the input focus to state
-<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-However, the X server does not reset if you close a connection with a close-down
-mode set to
-<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Using_Xlib_with_Threads">
-<title>Using Xlib with Threads</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using Xlib with Threads -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-On systems that have threads, support may be provided to permit
-multiple threads to use Xlib concurrently.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To initialize support for concurrent threads, use
-<function>XInitThreads</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitThreads</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>Status XInitThreads();</para>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XInitThreads</function>
-function initializes Xlib support for concurrent threads.
-This function must be the first Xlib function a
-multi-threaded program calls, and it must complete
-before any other Xlib call is made.
-This function returns a nonzero status if initialization was
-successful; otherwise, it returns zero.
-On systems that do not support threads, this function always returns zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It is only necessary to call this function if multiple threads
-might use Xlib concurrently.  If all calls to Xlib functions
-are protected by some other access mechanism (for example,
-a mutual exclusion lock in a toolkit or through explicit client
-programming), Xlib thread initialization is not required.
-It is recommended that single-threaded programs not call this function.
-
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To lock a display across several Xlib calls, use
-<function>XLockDisplay</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xlockdisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XLockDisplay</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLockDisplay</function>
-function locks out all other threads from using the specified display.
-Other threads attempting to use the display will block until
-the display is unlocked by this thread.
-Nested calls to
-<function>XLockDisplay</function>
-work correctly; the display will not actually be unlocked until
-<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>
-has been called the same number of times as
-<function>XLockDisplay</function>.
-This function has no effect unless Xlib was successfully initialized
-for threads using
-<function>XInitThreads</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To unlock a display, use
-<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnlockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xunlockdisplay'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XUnlockDisplay</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>
-function allows other threads to use the specified display again.
-Any threads that have blocked on the display are allowed to continue.
-Nested locking works correctly; if
-<function>XLockDisplay</function>
-has been called multiple times by a thread, then
-<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>
-must be called an equal number of times before the display is
-actually unlocked.
-This function has no effect unless Xlib was successfully initialized
-for threads using
-<function>XInitThreads</function>.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Using_Internal_Connections">
-<title>Using Internal Connections</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using Internal Connections -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In addition to the connection to the X server, an Xlib implementation
-may require connections to other kinds of servers (for example, to
-input method servers as described in
-<link linkend="locales_and_internationalized_text_functions">chapter 13</link>).
-Toolkits and clients
-that use multiple displays, or that use displays in combination with
-other inputs, need to obtain these additional connections to correctly
-block until input is available and need to process that input
-when it is available.  Simple clients that use a single display and
-block for input in an Xlib event function do not need to use these
-facilities.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To track internal connections for a display, use
-<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>.
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xconnectionwatch'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>type void XConnectionWatchProc</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> fd</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> opening</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> *watch_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='xaddconnectionwatch'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status XAddConnectionWatch</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XWatchProc<parameter> procedure</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>procedure</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to be called.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>
-function registers a procedure to be called each time Xlib opens or closes an
-internal connection for the specified display.  The procedure is passed the
-display, the specified client_data, the file descriptor for the connection,
-a Boolean indicating whether the connection is being opened or closed, and a
-pointer to a location for private watch data.  If opening is
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the procedure can store a pointer to private data in the location pointed
-to by watch_data;
-when the procedure is later called for this same connection and opening is
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-the location pointed to by watch_data will hold this same private data pointer.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function can be called at any time after a display is opened.
-If internal connections already exist, the registered procedure will
-immediately be called for each of them, before
-<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>
-returns.
-<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>
-returns a nonzero status if the procedure is successfully registered;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The registered procedure should not call any Xlib functions.
-If the procedure directly or indirectly causes the state of internal
-connections or watch procedures to change, the result is not defined.
-If Xlib has been initialized for threads, the procedure is called with
-the display locked and the result of a call by the procedure to any
-Xlib function that locks the display is not defined unless the executing
-thread has externally locked the display using
-<function>XLockDisplay</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To stop tracking internal connections for a display, use
-<function>XRemoveConnectionWatch</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveConnectionWatch</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-()
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xremoveconnectionwatch'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XRemoveConnectionWatch</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XWatchProc<parameter> procedure</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>procedure</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to be called.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRemoveConnectionWatch</function>
-function removes a previously registered connection watch procedure.
-The client_data must match the client_data used when the procedure
-was initially registered.
-
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To process input on an internal connection, use
-<function>XProcessInternalConnection</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProcessInternalConnection</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-()
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xprocessinternalconnection'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XProcessInternalConnection</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> fd</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>fd</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the file descriptor.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XProcessInternalConnection</function>
-function processes input available on an internal connection.
-This function should be called for an internal connection only
-after an operating system facility (for example,
-<function>select</function>
-or
-<function>poll</function>)
-has indicated that input is available; otherwise,
-the effect is not defined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain all of the current internal connections for a display, use
-<function>XInternalConnectionNumbers</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternalConnectionNumbers</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-()
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xinternalconnectionnumbers'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XInternalConnectionNumbers</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int **<parameter> fd</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int *<parameter> count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>fd_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the file descriptors.
-<!-- .ds Cn file descriptors -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XInternalConnectionNumbers</function>
-function returns a list of the file descriptors for all internal
-connections currently open for the specified display.
-When the allocated list is no longer needed,
-free it by using
-<function>XFree</function>.
-This functions returns a nonzero status if the list is successfully allocated;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="display_functions">

+<title>Display Functions</title>

+<para>

+Before your program can use a display, you must establish a connection

+to the X server.

+Once you have established a connection,

+you then can use the Xlib macros and functions discussed in this chapter

+to return information about the display.

+This chapter discusses how to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Open (connect to) the display

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Obtain information about the display, image formats, or screens

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Generate a

+<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>

+protocol request

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Free client-created data

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Close (disconnect from) a display

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use X Server connection close operations

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use Xlib with threads

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use internal connections

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect1 id="Opening_the_Display">

+<title>Opening the Display</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Opening the Display -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To open a connection to the X server that controls a display, use

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xopendisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Display *<function>XOpenDisplay</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char *<parameter>display_name</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hardware display name, which determines the display

+and communications domain to be used.

+On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system, if the display_name is NULL, 

+it defaults to the value of the DISPLAY environment variable. 

+<indexterm><primary>Environment</primary><secondary>DISPLAY</secondary></indexterm>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The encoding and interpretation of the display name are

+implementation-dependent.

+Strings in the Host Portable Character Encoding are supported;

+support for other characters is implementation-dependent.

+On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,

+the display name or DISPLAY environment variable can be a string in the format:

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA 1i -->

+<!-- .ta 1i -->

+	<emphasis remap='I'>protocol</emphasis>/<emphasis remap='I'>hostname</emphasis>:<emphasis remap='I'>number</emphasis>.<emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+</literallayout>

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>protocol</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a protocol family or an alias for a protocol family.  Supported 

+protocol families are implementation dependent.  The protocol entry is 

+optional.  If protocol is not specified, the / separating protocol and 

+hostname must also not be specified.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hostname</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the name of the host machine on which the display is physically

+attached.

+You follow the hostname with either a single colon (:) or a double colon (::).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of the display server on that host machine.

+You may optionally follow this display number with a period (.).

+A single <acronym>CPU</acronym> can have more than one display.

+Multiple displays are usually numbered starting with zero.

+<indexterm><primary>Screen</primary></indexterm>

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the screen to be used on that server.

+Multiple screens can be controlled by a single X server.

+The screen_number sets an internal variable that can be accessed by

+using the 

+<function>DefaultScreen</function>

+macro or the 

+<function>XDefaultScreen</function>

+function if you are using languages other than C

+(see <link linkend="Display_Macros_">section 2.2.1</link>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+For example, the following would specify screen 1 of display 0 on the 

+machine named ``dual-headed'':

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+dual-headed:0.1

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+function returns a 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure that serves as the

+connection to the X server and that contains all the information

+about that X server.

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+connects your application to the X server through <acronym>TCP</acronym>

+or DECnet communications protocols,

+or through some local inter-process communication protocol.

+<indexterm><primary>Protocol</primary><secondary><acronym>TCP</acronym></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Protocol</primary><secondary>DECnet</secondary></indexterm>

+If the protocol is specified as "tcp", "inet", or "inet6", or

+if no protocol is specified and the hostname is a host machine name and a single colon (:)

+separates the hostname and display number,

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+connects using <acronym>TCP</acronym> streams.  (If the protocol is specified as "inet", <acronym>TCP</acronym> over

+IPv4 is used.  If the protocol is specified as "inet6", <acronym>TCP</acronym> over IPv6 is used.

+Otherwise, the implementation determines which <acronym>IP</acronym> version is used.)

+If the hostname and protocol are both not specified,

+Xlib uses whatever it believes is the fastest transport.

+If the hostname is a host machine name and a double colon (::)

+separates the hostname and display number,

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+connects using DECnet.

+A single X server can support any or all of these transport mechanisms

+simultaneously.

+A particular Xlib implementation can support many more of these transport

+mechanisms.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Display</primary></indexterm>

+If successful, 

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+returns a pointer to a 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure,

+which is defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+If 

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+does not succeed, it returns NULL.

+After a successful call to

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>,

+all of the screens in the display can be used by the client.

+The screen number specified in the display_name argument is returned 

+by the 

+<function>DefaultScreen</function>

+macro (or the

+<function>XDefaultScreen</function>

+function).

+You can access elements of the

+<type>Display</type>

+and

+<type>Screen</type>

+structures only by using the information macros or functions.

+For information about using macros and functions to obtain information from 

+the

+<type>Display</type>

+structure,

+see <link linkend="Display_Macros_">section 2.2.1</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+X servers may implement various types of access control mechanisms

+(see <link linkend="Controlling_Host_Access">section 9.8</link>).

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Obtaining_Information_about_the_Display_Image_Formats_or_Screens">

+<title>Obtaining Information about the Display, Image Formats, or Screens</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Obtaining Information about the Display, Image Formats, or Screens -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The Xlib library provides a number of useful macros 

+and corresponding functions that return data from the 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure.

+The macros are used for C programming, 

+and their corresponding function equivalents are for other language bindings.

+This section discusses the:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Display macros

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Image format functions and macros

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Screen information macros

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm ><primary>Display</primary><secondary>data structure</secondary></indexterm>

+All other members of the 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure (that is, those for which no macros are defined) are private to Xlib 

+and must not be used.

+Applications must never directly modify or inspect these private members of the 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure.

+<!-- .NT Note -->

+The

+<function>XDisplayWidth</function>,

+<function>XDisplayHeight</function>,

+<function>XDisplayCells</function>,

+<function>XDisplayPlanes</function>,

+<function>XDisplayWidthMM</function>,

+and

+<function>XDisplayHeightMM</function>

+functions in the next sections are misnamed.

+These functions really should be named Screen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis> 

+and XScreen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>, not Display<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis> or XDisplay<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>.

+Our apologies for the resulting confusion.

+<!-- .NE -->

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Display_Macros_">

+<title>Display Macros </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Display Macros -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Applications should not directly modify any part of the

+<type>Display</type>

+and

+<type>Screen</type>

+structures.

+The members should be considered read-only,

+although they may change as the result of other operations on the display.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP  -->

+The following lists the C language macros,

+their corresponding function equivalents that are for other language bindings,

+and what data both can return.

+</para>

+<para>AllPlanes()</para>

+<para>XAllPlanes()</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>AllPlanes</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllPlanes</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a value with all bits set to 1 suitable for use in a plane argument to

+a procedure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+Both 

+<function>BlackPixel</function>

+and 

+<function>WhitePixel</function>

+can be used in implementing a monochrome application.

+These pixel values are for permanently allocated entries in the default

+colormap.

+The actual <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values are settable on some screens 

+and, in any case, may not actually be black or white.

+The names are intended to convey the expected relative intensity of the colors.

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+BlackPixel(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xblackpixel'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XBlackPixel</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BlackPixel</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBlackPixel</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the black pixel value for the specified screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+WhitePixel(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xwhitepixel'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XWhitePixel</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WhitePixel</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWhitePixel</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the white pixel value for the specified screen. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+ConnectionNumber(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xconnectionnumber'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XConnectionNumber</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ConnectionNumber</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConnectionNumber</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a connection number for the specified display.

+On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system,

+this is the file descriptor of the connection.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultColormap(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultcolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Colormap <function>XDefaultColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultColormap</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the default colormap ID for allocation on the specified screen.

+Most routine allocations of color should be made out of this colormap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultDepth(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultdepth'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDefaultDepth</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultDepth</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultDepth</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the depth (number of planes) of the default root window for the

+specified screen.

+Other depths may also be supported on this screen (see

+<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListDepths</primary></indexterm>

+To determine the number of depths that are available on a given screen, use

+<function>XListDepths</function>.

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultGC(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultgc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>GC <function>XDefaultGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+<!-- .ds Cn depths -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XListDepths</function>

+function returns the array of depths 

+that are available on the specified screen.

+If the specified screen_number is valid and sufficient memory for the array

+can be allocated,

+<function>XListDepths</function>

+sets count_return to the number of available depths.

+Otherwise, it does not set count_return and returns NULL.

+To release the memory allocated for the array of depths, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultGC(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>GC <function>XDefaultGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultGC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultGC</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the default graphics context for the root window of the 

+specified screen.

+This GC is created for the convenience of simple applications

+and contains the default GC components with the foreground and

+background pixel values initialized to the black and white

+pixels for the screen, respectively.

+You can modify its contents freely because it is not used in any Xlib

+function.

+This GC should never be freed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultRootWindow(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultrootwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Window <function>XDefaultRootWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultRootWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultRootWindow</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the root window for the default screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultScreenOfDisplay(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultscreenofdisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Screen *<function>XDefaultScreenOfDisplay</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultScreenOfDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultScreenOfDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a pointer to the default screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+ScreenOfDisplay(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xscreenofdisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Screen *<function>XScreenOfDisplay</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenOfDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenOfDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a pointer to the indicated screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDefaultScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the default screen number referenced by the 

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+function. 

+This macro or function should be used to retrieve the screen number 

+in applications that will use only a single screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultVisual(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultvisual'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Visual *<function>XDefaultVisual</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultVisual</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultVisual</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the default visual type for the specified screen.

+For further information about visual types,

+see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DisplayCells(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaycells'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayCells</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayCells</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayCells</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the number of entries in the default colormap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DisplayPlanes(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayplanes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayPlanes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayPlanes</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayPlanes</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the depth of the root window of the specified screen.

+For an explanation of depth,

+see the glossary.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DisplayString(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaystring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XDisplayString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayString</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayString</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the string that was passed to 

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+when the current display was opened. 

+On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,

+if the passed string was NULL, these return the value of

+the DISPLAY environment variable when the current display was opened.

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>POSIX</acronym> System Call</primary><secondary>fork</secondary></indexterm>

+These are useful to applications that invoke the 

+<function>fork</function>

+system call and want to open a new connection to the same display from the 

+child process as well as for printing error messages.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+LastKnownRequestProcessed(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xlastknownrequestprocessed'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtendedMaxRequestSize</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<function>XExtendedMaxRequestSize</function>

+function returns zero if the specified display does not support an

+extended-length protocol encoding; otherwise,

+it returns the maximum request size (in 4-byte units) supported

+by the server using the extended-length encoding.

+The Xlib functions

+<function>XDrawLines</function>,

+<function>XDrawArcs</function>,

+<function>XFillPolygon</function>,

+<function>XChangeProperty</function>,

+<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>,

+and

+<function>XSetRegion</function>

+will use the extended-length encoding as necessary, if supported

+by the server.  Use of the extended-length encoding in other Xlib

+functions (for example,

+<function>XDrawPoints</function>,

+<function>XDrawRectangles</function>,

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>,

+<function>XFillArcs</function>,

+<function>XFillRectangles</function>,

+<function>XPutImage</function>)

+is permitted but not required; an Xlib implementation may choose to

+split the data across multiple smaller requests instead.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+LastKnownRequestProcessed(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaxRequestSize</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<function>XMaxRequestSize</function>

+function returns the maximum request size (in 4-byte units) supported

+by the server without using an extended-length protocol encoding.

+Single protocol requests to the server can be no larger than this size

+unless an extended-length protocol encoding is supported by the server.

+The protocol guarantees the size to be no smaller than 4096 units

+(16384 bytes).

+Xlib automatically breaks data up into multiple protocol requests

+as necessary for the following functions:

+<function>XDrawPoints</function>,

+<function>XDrawRectangles</function>,

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>,

+<function>XFillArcs</function>,

+<function>XFillRectangles</function>,

+and 

+<function>XPutImage</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+LastKnownRequestProcessed(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>LastKnownRequestProcessed</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</primary></indexterm>

+Both extract the full serial number of the last request known by Xlib

+to have been processed by the X server.

+Xlib automatically sets this number when replies, events, and errors

+are received.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+NextRequest(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xnextrequest'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XNextRequest</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>NextRequest</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNextRequest</primary></indexterm>

+Both extract the full serial number that is to be used for the next

+request.

+Serial numbers are maintained separately for each display connection.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+ProtocolVersion(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xprotocolversion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XProtocolVersion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the major version number (11) of the X protocol associated with 

+the connected display.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+ProtocolRevision(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xprotocolrevision'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XProtocolRevision</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ProtocolRevision</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProtocolRevision</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the minor protocol revision number of the X server.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+QLength(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xqlength'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XQLength</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>QLength</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQLength</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the length of the event queue for the connected display.

+Note that there may be more events that have not been read into

+the queue yet (see

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+RootWindow(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xrootwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Window <function>XRootWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>RootWindow</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>RootWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>XRootWindow</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRootWindow</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the root window.

+These are useful with functions that need a drawable of a particular screen

+and for creating top-level windows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+ScreenCount(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xscreencount'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XScreenCount</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenCount</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenCount</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the number of available screens.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+ServerVendor(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xservervendor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XServerVendor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ServerVendor</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XServerVendor</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a pointer to a null-terminated string that provides

+some identification of the owner of the X server implementation.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the contents of the string are implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+VendorRelease(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xvendorrelease'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XVendorRelease</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VendorRelease</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVendorRelease</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a number related to a vendor's release of the X server.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Image_Format_Functions_and_Macros">

+<title>Image Format Functions and Macros</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Image Format Functions and Macros -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Applications are required to present data to the X server

+in a format that the server demands.

+To help simplify applications,

+most of the work required to convert the data is provided by Xlib

+(see sections

+<link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">8.7</link> and

+<link linkend="Manipulating_Images">16.8</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XPixmapFormatValues</structname>

+structure provides an interface to the pixmap format information

+that is returned at the time of a connection setup.

+It contains:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+	int depth;

+	int bits_per_pixel;

+	int scanline_pad;

+} XPixmapFormatValues;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the pixmap format information for a given display, use

+<function>XListPixmapFormats</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListPixmapFormats</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+ImageByteOrder(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='ximagebyteorder'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XImageByteOrder</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Cn pixmap formats that are supported by the display -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XListPixmapFormats</function>

+function returns an array of

+<structname>XPixmapFormatValues</structname>

+structures that describe the types of Z format images supported

+by the specified display.

+If insufficient memory is available,

+<function>XListPixmapFormats</function>

+returns NULL.

+To free the allocated storage for the

+<structname>XPixmapFormatValues</structname>

+structures, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP  -->

+The following lists the C language macros,

+their corresponding function equivalents that are for other language bindings,

+and what data they both return for the specified server and screen.

+These are often used by toolkits as well as by simple applications.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+ImageByteOrder(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XImageByteOrder</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm>

+Both specify the required byte order for images for each scanline unit in 

+XY format (bitmap) or for each pixel value in 

+Z format.

+The macro or function can return either

+<symbol>LSBFirst</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+BitmapUnit(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xbitmapunit'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XBitmapUnit</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BitmapUnit</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBitmapUnit</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the size of a bitmap's scanline unit in bits.

+The scanline is calculated in multiples of this value.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+BitmapBitOrder(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xbitmpabitorder'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XBitmapBitOrder</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BitmapBitOrder</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBitmapBitOrder</primary></indexterm>

+Within each bitmap unit, the left-most bit in the bitmap as displayed

+on the screen is either the least significant or most significant bit in the

+unit.

+This macro or function can return 

+<symbol>LSBFirst</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+BitmapPad(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xbitmappad'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XBitmapPad</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BitmapPad</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBitmapPad</primary></indexterm>

+Each scanline must be padded to a multiple of bits returned

+by this macro or function.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DisplayHeight(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayheight'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayHeight</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayHeight</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayHeight</primary></indexterm>

+Both return an integer that describes the height of the screen

+in pixels.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DisplayHeightMM(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayheightmm'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayHeightMM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayHeightMM</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayHeightMM</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the height of the specified screen in millimeters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DisplayWidth(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaywidth'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayWidth</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayWidth</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayWidth</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the width of the screen in pixels.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DisplayWidthMM(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaywidthmm'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDisplayWidthMM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayWidthMM</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayWidthMM</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the width of the specified screen in millimeters.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Screen_Information_Macros">

+<title>Screen Information Macros</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Screen Information Macros -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following lists the C language macros,

+their corresponding function equivalents that are for other language bindings,

+and what data they both can return.

+These macros or functions all take a pointer to the appropriate screen

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+BlackPixelOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xblackpixelofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XBlackPixelOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BlackPixelOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBlackPixelOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the black pixel value of the specified screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+WhitePixelOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xwhitepixelofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XWhitePixelOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WhitePixelOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWhitePixelOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the white pixel value of the specified screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+CellsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xcellsofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XCellsOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the number of colormap cells in the default colormap 

+of the specified screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultColormapOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultcolormapofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Colormap <function>XDefaultColormapOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultColormapOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultColormapOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the default colormap of the specified screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultDepthOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultdepthofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDefaultDepthOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultDepthOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultDepthOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the depth of the root window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultGCOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultgcofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>GC <function>XDefaultGCOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultGCOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultGCOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a default graphics context (GC) of the specified screen,

+which has the same depth as the root window of the screen.

+The GC must never be freed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DefaultVisualOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultvisualofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Visual *<function>XDefaultVisualOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultVisualOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultVisualOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the default visual of the specified screen.

+For information on visual types,

+see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DoesBackingStore(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdoesbackingstore'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDoesBackingStore</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DoesBackingStore</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDoesBackingStore</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a value indicating whether the screen supports backing

+stores.

+The value returned can be one of 

+<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,

+<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>Always</symbol>

+(see <link linkend="Backing_Store_Attribute">section 3.2.4</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DoesSaveUnders(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdoessaveunders'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XDoesSaveUnders</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DoesSaveUnders</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDoesSaveUnders</primary></indexterm>

+Both return a Boolean value indicating whether the

+screen supports save unders.

+If

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the screen supports save unders.

+If

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+the screen does not support save unders

+(see <link linkend="Save_Under_Flag">section 3.2.5</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+DisplayOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the display of the specified screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenNumberOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+EventMaskOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xeventmaskofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>long <function>XEventMaskOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XScreenNumberOfScreen</function>

+function returns the screen index number of the specified screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+EventMaskOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>long <function>XEventMaskOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>EventMaskOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEventMaskOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the event mask of the root window for the specified screen

+at connection setup time.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+WidthOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xwidthofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XWidthOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WidthOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWidthOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the width of the specified screen in pixels.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+HeightOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xheightofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XHeightOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>HeightOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XHeightOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the height of the specified screen in pixels.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+WidthMMOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xwidthmmofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XWidthMMOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WidthMMOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWidthMMOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the width of the specified screen in millimeters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+HeightMMOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xheightmmofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XHeightMMOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>HeightMMOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XHeightMMOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the height of the specified screen in millimeters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+MaxCmapsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xmaxcmapsofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XMaxCmapsOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the maximum number of installed colormaps supported 

+by the specified screen

+(see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+MinCmapsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xmincmapsofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XMinCmapsOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the minimum number of installed colormaps supported 

+by the specified screen

+(see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+PlanesOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xplanesofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XPlanesOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PlanesOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPlanesOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the depth of the root window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+RootWindowOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xrootwindowofscreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Window <function>XRootWindowOfScreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate 

+<type>Screen</type>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>RootWindowOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRootWindowOfScreen</primary></indexterm>

+Both return the root window of the specified screen.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Generating_a_NoOperation_Protocol_Request">

+<title>Generating a NoOperation Protocol Request</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Generating a NoOperation Protocol Request -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To execute a 

+<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>

+protocol request, use

+<function>XNoOp</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNoOp</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xnoop'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XNoOp</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>Specifies the connection to the X server.</para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XNoOp</function>

+function sends a 

+<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>

+protocol request to the X server,

+thereby exercising the connection.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Freeing_Client_Created_Data">

+<title>Freeing Client-Created Data</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Freeing Client-Created Data -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To free in-memory data that was created by an Xlib function, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFree</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xfree'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XFree</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>void<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the data that is to be freed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFree</function>

+function is a general-purpose Xlib routine that frees the specified data.

+You must use it to free any objects that were allocated by Xlib,

+unless an alternate function is explicitly specified for the object.

+A NULL pointer cannot be passed to this function.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Closing_the_Display">

+<title>Closing the Display</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Closing the Display -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To close a display or disconnect from the X server, use

+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xclosedisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XCloseDisplay</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>

+function closes the connection to the X server for the display specified in the

+<type>Display</type>

+structure and destroys all windows, resource IDs

+(<type>Window</type>,

+<type>Font</type>,

+<type>Pixmap</type>,

+<type>Colormap</type>,

+<type>Cursor</type>,

+and

+<type>GContext</type>),

+or other resources that the client has created

+on this display, unless the close-down mode of the resource has been changed

+(see

+<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>).

+Therefore, these windows, resource IDs, and other resources should never be 

+referenced again or an error will be generated.

+Before exiting, you should call

+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>

+explicitly so that any pending errors are reported as

+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>

+performs a final

+<function>XSync</function>

+operation.

+<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XCloseDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+error.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides a function to permit the resources owned by a client

+to survive after the client's connection is closed.

+To change a client's close-down mode, use

+<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetCloseDownMode</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetclosedownmode'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XSetCloseDownMode</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> close_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>close_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the client close-down mode.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,

+<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>

+defines what will happen to the client's resources at connection close.

+A connection starts in

+<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>

+mode.

+For information on what happens to the client's resources when the

+close_mode argument is

+<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>,

+see <link linkend="Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations_">section 2.6</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations_">

+<title>Using X Server Connection Close Operations </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using X Server Connection Close Operations -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the X server's connection to a client is closed

+either by an explicit call to

+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>

+or by a process that exits, the X server performs the following

+automatic operations:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It disowns all selections owned by the client

+(see 

+<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It performs an

+<function>XUngrabPointer</function>

+and

+<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>

+if the client has actively grabbed the pointer 

+or the keyboard.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It performs an

+<function>XUngrabServer</function>

+if the client has grabbed the server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It releases all passive grabs made by the client.  

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It marks all resources (including colormap entries) allocated 

+by the client either as permanent or temporary, 

+depending on whether the close-down mode is 

+<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.

+However, this does not prevent other client applications from explicitly

+destroying the resources (see 

+<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the close-down mode is

+<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,

+the X server destroys all of a client's resources as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It examines each window in the client's save-set to determine if it is an inferior

+(subwindow) of a window created by the client.

+(The save-set is a list of other clients' windows

+that are referred to as save-set windows.)

+If so, the X server reparents the save-set window to the closest ancestor so

+that the save-set window is not an inferior of a window created by the client.

+The reparenting leaves unchanged the absolute coordinates (with respect to

+the root window) of the upper-left outer corner of the save-set

+window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It performs a

+<systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem>

+request on the save-set window if the save-set window is unmapped.

+The X server does this even if the save-set window was not an inferior of 

+a window created by the client.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It destroys all windows created by the client.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It performs the appropriate free request on each nonwindow resource created by

+the client in the server (for example, 

+<type>Font</type>,

+<type>Pixmap</type>,

+<type>Cursor</type>,

+<type>Colormap</type>,

+and 

+<type>GContext</type>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It frees all colors and colormap entries allocated by a client application.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Additional processing occurs when the last connection to the X server closes.

+An X server goes through a cycle of having no connections and having some

+connections.

+When the last connection to the X server closes as a result of a connection

+closing with the close_mode of

+<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,

+the X server does the following: 

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It resets its state as if it had just been

+started.  

+The X server begins by destroying all lingering resources from

+clients that have terminated in 

+<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>

+mode.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It deletes all but the predefined atom identifiers.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It deletes all properties on all root windows

+(see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It resets all device maps and attributes 

+(for example, key click, bell volume, and acceleration) 

+as well as the access control list.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It restores the standard root tiles and cursors.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It restores the default font path.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It restores the input focus to state

+<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+However, the X server does not reset if you close a connection with a close-down

+mode set to

+<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Using_Xlib_with_Threads">

+<title>Using Xlib with Threads</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using Xlib with Threads -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+On systems that have threads, support may be provided to permit

+multiple threads to use Xlib concurrently.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To initialize support for concurrent threads, use

+<function>XInitThreads</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitThreads</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>Status XInitThreads();</para>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XInitThreads</function>

+function initializes Xlib support for concurrent threads.

+This function must be the first Xlib function a

+multi-threaded program calls, and it must complete

+before any other Xlib call is made.

+This function returns a nonzero status if initialization was

+successful; otherwise, it returns zero.

+On systems that do not support threads, this function always returns zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It is only necessary to call this function if multiple threads

+might use Xlib concurrently.  If all calls to Xlib functions

+are protected by some other access mechanism (for example,

+a mutual exclusion lock in a toolkit or through explicit client

+programming), Xlib thread initialization is not required.

+It is recommended that single-threaded programs not call this function.

+

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To lock a display across several Xlib calls, use

+<function>XLockDisplay</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLockDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xlockdisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XLockDisplay</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLockDisplay</function>

+function locks out all other threads from using the specified display.

+Other threads attempting to use the display will block until

+the display is unlocked by this thread.

+Nested calls to

+<function>XLockDisplay</function>

+work correctly; the display will not actually be unlocked until

+<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>

+has been called the same number of times as

+<function>XLockDisplay</function>.

+This function has no effect unless Xlib was successfully initialized

+for threads using

+<function>XInitThreads</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To unlock a display, use

+<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnlockDisplay</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xunlockdisplay'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XUnlockDisplay</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>

+function allows other threads to use the specified display again.

+Any threads that have blocked on the display are allowed to continue.

+Nested locking works correctly; if

+<function>XLockDisplay</function>

+has been called multiple times by a thread, then

+<function>XUnlockDisplay</function>

+must be called an equal number of times before the display is

+actually unlocked.

+This function has no effect unless Xlib was successfully initialized

+for threads using

+<function>XInitThreads</function>.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Using_Internal_Connections">

+<title>Using Internal Connections</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using Internal Connections -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In addition to the connection to the X server, an Xlib implementation

+may require connections to other kinds of servers (for example, to

+input method servers as described in

+<link linkend="locales_and_internationalized_text_functions">chapter 13</link>).

+Toolkits and clients

+that use multiple displays, or that use displays in combination with

+other inputs, need to obtain these additional connections to correctly

+block until input is available and need to process that input

+when it is available.  Simple clients that use a single display and

+block for input in an Xlib event function do not need to use these

+facilities.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To track internal connections for a display, use

+<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>.

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xconnectionwatch'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>type void XConnectionWatchProc</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> fd</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> opening</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> *watch_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='xaddconnectionwatch'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status XAddConnectionWatch</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XWatchProc<parameter> procedure</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>procedure</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to be called.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>

+function registers a procedure to be called each time Xlib opens or closes an

+internal connection for the specified display.  The procedure is passed the

+display, the specified client_data, the file descriptor for the connection,

+a Boolean indicating whether the connection is being opened or closed, and a

+pointer to a location for private watch data.  If opening is

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the procedure can store a pointer to private data in the location pointed

+to by watch_data;

+when the procedure is later called for this same connection and opening is

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+the location pointed to by watch_data will hold this same private data pointer.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function can be called at any time after a display is opened.

+If internal connections already exist, the registered procedure will

+immediately be called for each of them, before

+<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>

+returns.

+<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>

+returns a nonzero status if the procedure is successfully registered;

+otherwise, it returns zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The registered procedure should not call any Xlib functions.

+If the procedure directly or indirectly causes the state of internal

+connections or watch procedures to change, the result is not defined.

+If Xlib has been initialized for threads, the procedure is called with

+the display locked and the result of a call by the procedure to any

+Xlib function that locks the display is not defined unless the executing

+thread has externally locked the display using

+<function>XLockDisplay</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To stop tracking internal connections for a display, use

+<function>XRemoveConnectionWatch</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveConnectionWatch</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+()

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xremoveconnectionwatch'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XRemoveConnectionWatch</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XWatchProc<parameter> procedure</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>procedure</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to be called.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRemoveConnectionWatch</function>

+function removes a previously registered connection watch procedure.

+The client_data must match the client_data used when the procedure

+was initially registered.

+

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To process input on an internal connection, use

+<function>XProcessInternalConnection</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProcessInternalConnection</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+()

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xprocessinternalconnection'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XProcessInternalConnection</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> fd</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>fd</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the file descriptor.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XProcessInternalConnection</function>

+function processes input available on an internal connection.

+This function should be called for an internal connection only

+after an operating system facility (for example,

+<function>select</function>

+or

+<function>poll</function>)

+has indicated that input is available; otherwise,

+the effect is not defined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain all of the current internal connections for a display, use

+<function>XInternalConnectionNumbers</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternalConnectionNumbers</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+()

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xinternalconnectionnumbers'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XInternalConnectionNumbers</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int **<parameter> fd</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int *<parameter> count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>fd_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the file descriptors.

+<!-- .ds Cn file descriptors -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XInternalConnectionNumbers</function>

+function returns a list of the file descriptors for all internal

+connections currently open for the specified display.

+When the allocated list is no longer needed,

+free it by using

+<function>XFree</function>.

+This functions returns a nonzero status if the list is successfully allocated;

+otherwise, it returns zero.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml
index c2c70cbdd..dbdcd86be 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml
@@ -1,4174 +1,4174 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="window_functions"><title>Window Functions</title>
-<sect1 id="Visual_Types">
-<title>Visual Types</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Visual Types -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Visual Type</primary></indexterm>
-On some display hardware, 
-it may be possible to deal with color resources in more than one way.
-For example, you may be able to deal with a screen of either 12-bit depth
-with arbitrary mapping of pixel to color (pseudo-color) or 24-bit depth
-with 8 bits of the pixel dedicated to each of red, green, and blue.
-These different ways of dealing with the visual aspects of the screen
-are called visuals.
-For each screen of the display, there may be a list of valid visual types
-supported at different depths of the screen.
-Because default windows and visual types are defined for each screen,
-most simple applications need not deal with this complexity.
-Xlib provides macros and functions that return the default root window, 
-the default depth of the default root window, and the default visual type
-(see sections <link linkend="Display_Macros_">2.2.1</link>
-and <link linkend="Determining_the_Appropriate_Visual_Type">16.7</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib uses an opaque 
-<structname>Visual</structname>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Visual</primary></indexterm>
-structure that contains information about the possible color mapping.
-The visual utility functions
-(see <link linkend="Determining_the_Appropriate_Visual_Type">section 16.7</link>)
-use an
-<structname>XVisualInfo</structname>
-structure to return this information to an application.
-The members of this structure pertinent to this discussion are class, red_mask,
-green_mask, blue_mask, bits_per_rgb, and colormap_size.
-The class member specifies one of the possible visual classes of the screen
-and can be 
-<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>StaticGray</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>StaticColor</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>TrueColor</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>StaticColor</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>GrayScale</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>PseudoColor</secondary></indexterm>
-<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>,
-<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>,
-<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>,
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following concepts may serve to make the explanation of
-visual types clearer. 
-The screen can be color or grayscale,
-can have a colormap that is writable or read-only,
-and can also have a colormap whose indices are decomposed into separate 
-<acronym>RGB</acronym> pieces, provided one is not on a grayscale screen.
-This leads to the following diagram:
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-                      Color        Gray-Scale
-                   R/O    R/W      R/O   R/W
-----------------------------------------------
- Undecomposed    Static  Pseudo   Static  Gray
-   Colormap      Color   Color    Gray    Scale
-
- Decomposed       True   Direct
-   Colormap       Color  Color
-----------------------------------------------
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Conceptually, 
-as each pixel is read out of video memory for display on the screen,
-it goes through a look-up stage by indexing into a colormap.
-Colormaps can be manipulated arbitrarily on some hardware, 
-in limited ways on other hardware, and not at all on other hardware.  
-The visual types affect the colormap and 
-the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values in the following ways:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-For 
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,
-a pixel value indexes a colormap to produce
-independent <acronym>RGB</acronym> values, and the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values can be changed dynamically.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-is treated the same way as 
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>
-except that the primary that drives the screen is undefined. 
-Thus, the client should always store the
-same value for red, green, and blue in the colormaps.  
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-For 
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>,
-a pixel value is decomposed into separate <acronym>RGB</acronym> subfields, and each
-subfield separately indexes the colormap for the corresponding value.
-The <acronym>RGB</acronym> values can be changed dynamically.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>
-is treated the same way as 
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>
-except that the colormap has predefined, read-only <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.
-These <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are server dependent but provide linear or near-linear
-ramps in each primary.  
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>
-is treated the same way as 
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>
-except that the colormap has predefined, 
-read-only, server-dependent <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>
-is treated the same way as 
-<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>
-except that the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are equal for any single pixel
-value, thus resulting in shades of gray.  
-<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>
-with a two-entry
-colormap can be thought of as monochrome.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The red_mask, green_mask, and blue_mask members are only defined for
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>.
-Each has one contiguous set of bits with no
-intersections.
-The bits_per_rgb member specifies the log base 2 of the
-number of distinct color values (individually) of red, green, and blue.
-Actual <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are unsigned 16-bit numbers.
-The colormap_size member defines the number of available colormap entries
-in a newly created colormap.  
-For 
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,
-this is the size of an individual pixel subfield.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the visual ID from a 
-<structname>Visual</structname>,
-use
-<function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVisualIDFromVisual</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xvisualidfromvisual'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>VisualID <function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Visual *<parameter>visual</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the visual type.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function>
-function returns the visual ID for the specified visual type.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Window_Attributes">
-<title>Window Attributes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Window Attributes -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>attributes</secondary></indexterm>
-All 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows have a border width of zero or more pixels, an optional background, 
-an event suppression mask (which suppresses propagation of events from 
-children), and a property list
-(see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>).
-The window border and background can be a solid color or a pattern, called
-a tile.
-All windows except the root have a parent and are clipped by their parent.
-If a window is stacked on top of another window, it obscures that other
-window for the purpose of input.
-If a window has a background (almost all do), it obscures the other
-window for purposes of output.
-Attempts to output to the obscured area do nothing, 
-and no input events (for example, pointer motion) are generated for the 
-obscured area.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Windows also have associated property lists
-(see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-windows have the following common attributes,
-which are the only attributes of an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-win-gravity
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-event-mask
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-do-not-propagate-mask
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-override-redirect
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-cursor
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If you specify any other attributes for an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window,
-a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-windows are used for controlling input events in situations where
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows are unnecessary.
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-windows are invisible; can only be used to control such things as
-cursors, input event generation, and grabbing;
-and cannot be used in any graphics requests.
-Note that
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-windows cannot have
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows as inferiors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Windows have borders of a programmable width and pattern
-as well as a background pattern or tile.
-<indexterm><primary>Tile</primary><secondary>pixmaps</secondary></indexterm>
-Pixel values can be used for solid colors.
-<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Freeing</primary><secondary>resources</secondary></indexterm>
-The background and border pixmaps can be destroyed immediately after
-creating the window if no further explicit references to them
-are to be made.
-<indexterm ><primary>Tile</primary><secondary>mode</secondary></indexterm>
-The pattern can either be relative to the parent 
-or absolute.
-If
-<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>,
-the parent's background is used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When windows are first created, 
-they are not visible (not mapped) on the screen.
-Any output to a window that is not visible on the screen 
-and that does not have backing store will be discarded.
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>mapping</secondary></indexterm>
-An application may wish to create a window long before it is
-mapped to the screen.
-When a window is eventually mapped to the screen 
-(using
-<function>XMapWindow</function>),
-<indexterm><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>
-the X server generates an 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-event for the window if backing store has not been maintained.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A window manager can override your choice of size, 
-border width, and position for a top-level window.
-Your program must be prepared to use the actual size and position
-of the top window.
-It is not acceptable for a client application to resize itself
-unless in direct response to a human command to do so.
-Instead, either your program should use the space given to it,
-or if the space is too small for any useful work, your program
-might ask the user to resize the window.
-The border of your top-level window is considered fair game 
-for window managers.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set an attribute of a window,
-set the appropriate member of the
-<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>
-structure and OR in the corresponding value bitmask in your subsequent calls to
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>
-and
-<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>,
-or use one of the other convenience functions that set the appropriate 
-attribute.
-The symbols for the value mask bits and the
-<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>
-structure are:
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-/* Window attribute value mask bits */
-
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-/* Window attribute value mask bits */
-#define    CWBackPixmap                    (1L&lt;&lt;0)
-#define    CWBackPixel                     (1L&lt;&lt;1)
-#define    CWBorderPixmap                  (1L&lt;&lt;2)
-#define    CWBorderPixel                   (1L&lt;&lt;3)
-#define    CWBitGravity                    (1L&lt;&lt;4)
-#define    CWWinGravity                    (1L&lt;&lt;5)
-#define    CWBackingStore                  (1L&lt;&lt;6)
-#define    CWBackingPlanes                 (1L&lt;&lt;7)
-#define    CWBackingPixel                  (1L&lt;&lt;8)
-#define    CWOverrideRedirect              (1L&lt;&lt;9)
-#define    CWSaveUnder                     (1L&lt;&lt;10)
-#define    CWEventMask                     (1L&lt;&lt;11)
-#define    CWDontPropagate                 (1L&lt;&lt;12)
-#define    CWColormap                      (1L&lt;&lt;13)
-#define    CWCursor                        (1L&lt;&lt;14)
-</literallayout>
-
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-/* Values */
-
-typedef struct {
-     Pixmap background_pixmap;     /* background, None, or ParentRelative */
-     unsigned long background_pixel;     /* background pixel */
-     Pixmap border_pixmap;          /* border of the window or CopyFromParent */
-     unsigned long border_pixel;     /* border pixel value */
-     int bit_gravity;     /* one of bit gravity values */
-     int win_gravity;     /* one of the window gravity values */
-     int backing_store;     /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */
-     unsigned long backing_planes;     /* planes to be preserved if possible */
-     unsigned long backing_pixel;     /* value to use in restoring planes */
-     Bool save_under;     /* should bits under be saved? (popups) */
-     long event_mask;     /* set of events that should be saved */
-     long do_not_propagate_mask;     /* set of events that should not propagate */
-     Bool override_redirect;     /* boolean value for override_redirect */
-     Colormap colormap;     /* color map to be associated with window */
-     Cursor cursor;          /* cursor to be displayed (or None) */
-} XSetWindowAttributes;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The following lists the defaults for each window attribute and indicates
-whether the attribute is applicable to
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-windows:
-</para>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='4'>
-  <colspec colname='c1' align='left'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2' align='left'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3' align='center'/>
-  <colspec colname='c4' align='center'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Attribute</entry>
-      <entry>Default</entry>
-      <entry>InputOutput</entry>
-      <entry>InputOnly</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>background-pixmap</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>None</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>background-pixel</entry>
-      <entry>Undefined</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>border-pixmap</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>border-pixel</entry>
-      <entry>Undefined</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>bit-gravity</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>win-gravity</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>backing-store</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>NotUseful</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>backing-planes</entry>
-      <entry>All ones</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>backing-pixel</entry>
-      <entry>zero</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>save-under</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>False</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>event-mask</entry>
-      <entry>empty set</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>do-not-propagate-mask</entry>
-      <entry>empty set</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>override-redirect</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>False</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>colormap</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>No</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>cursor</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>None</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-      <entry>Yes</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<sect2 id="Background_Attribute">
-<title>Background Attribute</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Background Attribute -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Only
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows can have a background.
-You can set the background of an
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-window by using a pixel or a pixmap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The background-pixmap attribute of a window specifies the pixmap to be used for 
-a window's background.
-This pixmap can be of any size, although some sizes may be faster than others.
-The background-pixel attribute of a window specifies a pixel value used to paint
-a window's background in a single color.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can set the background-pixmap to a pixmap,  
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-(default), or 
-<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>.
-You can set the background-pixel of a window to any pixel value (no default).
-If you specify a background-pixel, 
-it overrides either the default background-pixmap
-or any value you may have set in the background-pixmap.
-A pixmap of an undefined size that is filled with the background-pixel is used 
-for the background.
-Range checking is not performed on the background pixel;
-it simply is truncated to the appropriate number of bits.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If you set the background-pixmap,
-it overrides the default.
-The background-pixmap and the window must have the same depth,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If you set background-pixmap to
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the window has no defined background.  
-If you set the background-pixmap to
-<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The parent window's background-pixmap is used. 
-The child window, however, must have the same depth as 
-its parent,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the parent window has a background-pixmap of
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the window also has a background-pixmap of
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A copy of the parent window's background-pixmap is not made.
-The parent's background-pixmap is examined each time the child window's 
-background-pixmap is required.  
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The background tile origin always aligns with the parent window's
-background tile origin. 
-If the background-pixmap is not
-<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>,
-the background tile origin is the child window's origin.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Setting a new background, whether by setting background-pixmap or
-background-pixel, overrides any previous background.
-The background-pixmap can be freed immediately if no further explicit reference
-is made to it (the X server will keep a copy to use when needed).
-If you later draw into the pixmap used for the background,
-what happens is undefined because the
-X implementation is free to make a copy of the pixmap or
-to use the same pixmap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When no valid contents are available for regions of a window
-and either the regions are visible or the server is maintaining backing store,
-the server automatically tiles the regions with the window's background
-unless the window has a background of
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-If the background is
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the previous screen contents from other windows of the same depth as the window
-are simply left in place as long as the contents come from the parent of the
-window or an inferior of the parent.
-Otherwise, the initial contents of the exposed regions are undefined.
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events are then generated for the regions, even if the background-pixmap
-is
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-(see <link linkend="Exposure_Events">section 10.9</link>).
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Border_Attribute">
-<title>Border Attribute</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Border Attribute -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Only
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows can have a border.
-You can set the border of an
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-window by using a pixel or a pixmap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The border-pixmap attribute of a window specifies the pixmap to be used 
-for a window's border.
-The border-pixel attribute of a window specifies a pixmap of undefined size 
-filled with that pixel be used for a window's border. 
-Range checking is not performed on the background pixel;
-it simply is truncated to the appropriate number of bits.
-The border tile origin is always the same as the background tile origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can also set the border-pixmap to a pixmap of any size (some may be faster
-than others) or to
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>
-(default).
-You can set the border-pixel to any pixel value (no default).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If you set a border-pixmap, 
-it overrides the default.
-The border-pixmap and the window must have the same depth,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If you set the border-pixmap to 
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>,
-the parent window's border-pixmap is copied.
-Subsequent changes to the parent window's border attribute do not affect 
-the child window.
-However, the child window must have the same depth as the parent window,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The border-pixmap can be freed immediately if no further explicit reference
-is made to it.
-If you later draw into the pixmap used for the border,
-what happens is undefined because the
-X implementation is free either to make a copy of the pixmap or
-to use the same pixmap.
-If you specify a border-pixel, 
-it overrides either the default border-pixmap
-or any value you may have set in the border-pixmap.
-All pixels in the window's border will be set to the border-pixel.
-Setting a new border, whether by setting border-pixel or by setting
-border-pixmap, overrides any previous border.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Output to a window is always clipped to the inside of the window. 
-Therefore, graphics operations never affect the window border.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Gravity_Attributes">
-<title>Gravity Attributes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Gravity Attributes -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The bit gravity of a window defines which region of the window should be 
-retained when an
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-window is resized. 
-The default value for the bit-gravity attribute is 
-<symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol>.
-The window gravity of a window allows you to define how the 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window should be repositioned if its parent is resized.  
-The default value for the win-gravity attribute is 
-<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the inside width or height of a window is not changed 
-and if the window is moved or its border is changed, 
-then the contents of the window are not lost but move with the window.
-Changing the inside width or height of the window causes its contents to be
-moved or lost (depending on the bit-gravity of the window) and causes
-children to be reconfigured (depending on their win-gravity).
-For a
-change of width and height, the (x, y) pairs are defined:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1' align='left'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2' align='left'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Gravity Direction</entry>
-      <entry>Coordinates</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(0, 0)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(Width/2, 0)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(Width, 0)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(0, Height/2)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>CenterGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(Width/2, Height/2)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(Width, Height/2)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(0, Height)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(Width/2, Height)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>(Width, Height)</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When a window with one of these bit-gravity values is resized, 
-the corresponding pair
-defines the change in position of each pixel in the window.
-When a window with one of these win-gravities has its parent window resized,
-the corresponding pair defines the change in position of the window 
-within the parent.
-When a window is so repositioned, a
-<symbol>GravityNotify</symbol>
-event is generated
-(see <link linkend="GravityNotify_Events">section 10.10.5</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A bit-gravity of
-<symbol>StaticGravity</symbol>
-indicates that the contents or origin should not move relative to the 
-origin of the root window.
-If the change in size of the window is coupled with a change in position (x, y),
-then for bit-gravity the change in position of each pixel is (&minus;x, &minus;y), and for
-win-gravity the change in position of a child when its parent is so resized is
-(&minus;x, &minus;y).
-Note that
-<symbol>StaticGravity</symbol>
-still only takes effect when the width or height of the window is changed, 
-not when the window is moved.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A bit-gravity of 
-<symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol>
-indicates that the window's contents are always discarded after a size change, 
-even if a backing store or save under has been requested.
-The window is tiled with its background
-and zero or more 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events are generated. 
-If no background is defined, the existing screen contents are not
-altered.
-Some X servers may also ignore the specified bit-gravity and 
-always generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The contents and borders of inferiors are not affected by their parent's
-bit-gravity.
-A server is permitted to ignore the specified bit-gravity and use
-<symbol>Forget</symbol>
-instead.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A win-gravity of 
-<symbol>UnmapGravity</symbol>
-is like 
-<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>
-(the window is not moved),
-except the child is also
-unmapped when the parent is resized,
-and an 
-<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>
-event is
-generated.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Backing_Store_Attribute">
-<title>Backing Store Attribute</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Backing Store Attribute -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Some implementations of the X server may choose to maintain the contents of 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows.
-If the X server maintains the contents of a window, 
-the off-screen saved pixels
-are known as backing store.
-The backing store advises the X server on what to do 
-with the contents of a window.
-The backing-store attribute can be set to
-<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>
-(default),
-<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>Always</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A backing-store attribute of 
-<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>
-advises the X server that 
-maintaining contents is unnecessary, 
-although some X implementations may
-still choose to maintain contents and, therefore, not generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events.
-A backing-store attribute of 
-<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>
-advises the X server that maintaining contents of 
-obscured regions when the window is mapped would be beneficial.
-In this case,
-the server may generate an 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-event when the window is created.
-A backing-store attribute of 
-<symbol>Always</symbol>
-advises the X server that maintaining contents even when 
-the window is unmapped would be beneficial.  
-Even if the window is larger than its parent, 
-this is a request to the X server to maintain complete contents, 
-not just the region within the parent window boundaries.  
-While the X server maintains the window's contents, 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events normally are not generated, 
-but the X server may stop maintaining 
-contents at any time.  
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the contents of obscured regions of a window are being maintained,
-regions obscured by noninferior windows are included in the destination
-of graphics requests (and source, when the window is the source).
-However, regions obscured by inferior windows are not included.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Save_Under_Flag">
-<title>Save Under Flag</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Save Under Flag -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<indexterm><primary>Save Unders</primary></indexterm>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Some server implementations may preserve contents of 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows under other 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows.
-This is not the same as preserving the contents of a window for you.
-You may get better visual
-appeal if transient windows (for example, pop-up menus) request that the system
-preserve the screen contents under them, 
-so the temporarily obscured applications do not have to repaint.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can set the save-under flag to
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-(default).
-If save-under is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the X server is advised that, when this window is mapped, 
-saving the contents of windows it obscures would be beneficial.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Backing_Planes_and_Backing_Pixel_Attributes">
-<title>Backing Planes and Backing Pixel Attributes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Backing Planes and Backing Pixel Attributes -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can set backing planes to indicate (with bits set to 1) 
-which bit planes of an
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing store 
-and during save unders.
-The default value for the backing-planes attribute is all bits set to 1.
-You can set backing pixel to specify what bits to use in planes not 
-covered by backing planes.
-The default value for the backing-pixel attribute is all bits set to 0.
-The X server is free to save only the specified bit planes in the backing store
-or the save under and is free to regenerate the remaining planes with 
-the specified pixel value.
-Any extraneous bits in these values (that is, those bits beyond 
-the specified depth of the window) may be simply ignored.
-If you request backing store or save unders,
-you should use these members to minimize the amount of off-screen memory 
-required to store your window.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Event_Mask_and_Do_Not_Propagate_Mask_Attributes">
-<title>Event Mask and Do Not Propagate Mask Attributes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Event Mask and Do Not Propagate Mask Attributes -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The event mask defines which events the client is interested in for this 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window (or, for some event types, inferiors of this window).
-The event mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the 
-valid event mask bits.
-You can specify that no maskable events are reported by setting 
-<symbol>NoEventMask</symbol>
-(default).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The do-not-propagate-mask attribute
-defines which events should not be propagated to 
-ancestor windows when no client has the event type selected in this 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window.
-The do-not-propagate-mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more
-of the following masks:
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>,
-<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>,
-<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>,
-<symbol>ButtonRelease</symbol>,
-<symbol>PointerMotion</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button1Motion</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button2Motion</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button3Motion</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button4Motion</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button5Motion</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>ButtonMotion</symbol>.
-You can specify that all events are propagated by setting 
-<symbol>NoEventMask</symbol>
-(default).
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Override_Redirect_Flag">
-<title>Override Redirect Flag</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Override Redirect Flag -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To control window placement or to add decoration,
-a window manager often needs to intercept (redirect) any map or configure
-request.
-Pop-up windows, however, often need to be mapped without a window manager
-getting in the way.
-To control whether an
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window is to ignore these structure control facilities,
-use the override-redirect flag.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The override-redirect flag specifies whether map and configure requests 
-on this window should override a 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent.
-You can set the override-redirect flag to
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-(default).
-Window managers use this information to avoid tampering with pop-up windows
-(see also <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link>).
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Colormap_Attribute">
-<title>Colormap Attribute</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Colormap Attribute -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The colormap attribute specifies which colormap best reflects the true
-colors of the 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-window.  
-The colormap must have the same visual type as the window,
-or a 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.  
-X servers capable of supporting multiple 
-hardware colormaps can use this information, 
-and window managers can use it for calls to
-<function>XInstallColormap</function>.
-You can set the colormap attribute to a colormap or to
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>
-(default).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If you set the colormap to
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>,
-the parent window's colormap is copied and used by its child.
-However, the child window must have the same visual type as the parent, 
-or a 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results. 
-The parent window must not have a colormap of 
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-or a 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-The colormap is copied by sharing the colormap object between the child 
-and parent, not by making a complete copy of the colormap contents.
-Subsequent changes to the parent window's colormap attribute do
-not affect the child window.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Cursor_Attribute">
-<title>Cursor Attribute</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Cursor Attribute -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The cursor attribute specifies which cursor is to be used when the pointer is
-in the 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window.
-You can set the cursor to a cursor or
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-(default).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If you set the cursor to
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the parent's cursor is used when the 
-pointer is in the 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window, and any change in the parent's cursor will cause an
-immediate change in the displayed cursor.
-By calling
-<function>XFreeCursor</function>,
-the cursor can be freed immediately as long as no further explicit reference 
-to it is made.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Creating_Windows">
-<title>Creating Windows</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating Windows -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides basic ways for creating windows,
-and toolkits often supply higher-level functions specifically for
-creating and placing top-level windows,
-which are discussed in the appropriate toolkit documentation.
-If you do not use a toolkit, however,
-you must provide some standard information or hints for the window
-manager by using the Xlib inter-client communication functions
-(see <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If you use Xlib to create your own top-level windows
-(direct children of the root window),
-you must observe the following rules so that all applications interact
-reasonably across the different styles of window management:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-You must never fight with the window manager for the size or
-placement of your top-level window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-You must be able to deal with whatever size window you get, 
-even if this means that your application just prints a message 
-like ``Please make me bigger'' in its window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-You should only attempt to resize or move top-level windows in
-direct response to a user request.
-If a request to change the size of a top-level window fails,
-you must be prepared to live with what you get.
-You are free to resize or move the children of top-level
-windows as necessary.
-(Toolkits often have facilities for automatic relayout.)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If you do not use a toolkit that automatically sets standard window properties,
-you should set these properties for top-level windows before mapping them.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For further information,
-see <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link> and
-the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>
-is the more general function that allows you to set specific window attributes 
-when you create a window.
-<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>
-creates a window that inherits its attributes from its parent window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>InputOnly</secondary></indexterm>
-The X server acts as if 
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-windows do not exist for
-the purposes of graphics requests, exposure processing, and
-<symbol>VisibilityNotify</symbol>
-events.
-An 
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window cannot be used as a
-drawable (that is, as a source or destination for graphics requests).
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-windows act identically in other respects (properties,
-grabs, input control, and so on).
-Extension packages can define other classes of windows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To create an unmapped window and set its window attributes, use
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatewindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Window <function>XCreateWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> parent</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> border_width</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> class</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Visual<parameter> *visual</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSetWindowAttributes<parameter> *attributes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the parent window.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are the top-left outside corner of the created window's \ -->
-borders and are relative to the inside of the parent window's borders
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the created window's inside dimensions \ -->
-and do not include the created window's borders
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-The dimensions must be nonzero,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the width of the created window's border in pixels.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window's depth.
-A depth of 
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>
-means the depth is taken from the parent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the created window's class.
-You can pass
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>,
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>.
-A class of 
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>
-means the class
-is taken from the parent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the visual type.
-A visual of 
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>
-means the visual type is taken from the 
-parent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which window attributes are defined in the attributes
-argument.
-This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid attribute mask bits.
-If valuemask is zero,
-the attributes are ignored and are not referenced.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the structure from which the values (as specified by the value mask)
-are to be taken.
-The value mask should have the appropriate bits
-set to indicate which attributes have been set in the structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>
-function creates an unmapped subwindow for a specified parent window, 
-returns the window ID of the created window, 
-and causes the X server to generate a
-<symbol>CreateNotify</symbol>
-event.
-The created window is placed on top in the stacking order 
-with respect to siblings.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The coordinate system has the X axis horizontal and the Y axis vertical
-with the origin [0, 0] at the upper-left corner.
-Coordinates are integral,
-in terms of pixels,
-and coincide with pixel centers.
-Each window and pixmap has its own coordinate system.
-For a window, 
-the origin is inside the border at the inside, upper-left corner.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The border_width for an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window must be zero, or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-For class
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>,
-the visual type and depth must be a combination supported for the screen,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-The depth need not be the same as the parent,
-but the parent must not be a window of class 
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-For an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window,
-the depth must be zero, and the visual must be one supported by the screen.
-If either condition is not met,
-a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-The parent window, however, may have any depth and class.
-If you specify any invalid window attribute for a window, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The created window is not yet displayed (mapped) on the user's display.
-To display the window, call
-<function>XMapWindow</function>.
-The new window initially uses the same cursor as
-its parent. 
-A new cursor can be defined for the new window by calling
-<function>XDefineCursor</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>Cursor</primary><secondary>Initial State</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDefineCursor</primary></indexterm>
-The window will not be visible on the screen unless it and all of its
-ancestors are mapped and it is not obscured by any of its ancestors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create an unmapped 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-subwindow of a given parent window, use
-<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateSimpleWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatesimplewindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Window <function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> parent</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> border_width</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> border</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> background</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the parent window.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are the top-left outside corner of the new window's borders \ -->
-and are relative to the inside of the parent window's borders
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the created window's inside dimensions \ -->
-and do not include the created window's borders
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-The dimensions must be nonzero,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the width of the created window's border in pixels.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>border</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the border pixel value of the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>background</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the background pixel value of the window.
-
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>
-function creates an unmapped
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-subwindow for a specified parent window, returns the
-window ID of the created window, and causes the X server to generate a
-<symbol>CreateNotify</symbol>
-event.
-The created window is placed on top in the stacking order with respect to 
-siblings.
-Any part of the window that extends outside its parent window is clipped.
-The border_width for an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window must be zero, or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>
-inherits its depth, class, and visual from its parent.
-All other window attributes, except background and border, 
-have their default values.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Destroying_Windows">
-<title>Destroying Windows</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Destroying Windows  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to destroy a window or destroy all
-subwindows of a window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To destroy a window and all of its subwindows, use
-<function>XDestroyWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdestroywindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDestroyWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDestroyWindow</function>
-function destroys the specified window as well as all of its subwindows and causes
-the X server to generate a
-<symbol>DestroyNotify</symbol>
-event for each window.
-The window should never be referenced again.
-If the window specified by the w argument is mapped,
-it is unmapped automatically.
-The ordering of the
-<symbol>DestroyNotify</symbol>
-events is such that for any given window being destroyed,
-<symbol>DestroyNotify</symbol>
-is generated on any inferiors of the window before being generated on
-the window itself.
-The ordering among siblings and across subhierarchies is not otherwise
-constrained.
-If the window you specified is a root window, no windows are destroyed.
-Destroying a mapped window will generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on other windows that were obscured by the window being destroyed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDestroyWindow</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To destroy all subwindows of a specified window, use 
-<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroySubwindows</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdestroysubwindows'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDestroySubwindows</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>
-function destroys all inferior windows of the specified window, 
-in bottom-to-top stacking order.
-It causes the X server to generate a
-<symbol>DestroyNotify</symbol>
-event for each window.
-If any mapped
-subwindows were actually destroyed,
-<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>
-causes the X server to generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on the specified window.
-This is much more efficient than deleting many windows
-one at a time because much of the work need be performed only once for all
-of the windows, rather than for each window.
-The subwindows should never be referenced again.  
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Mapping_Windows_">
-<title>Mapping Windows </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Mapping Windows  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A window is considered mapped if an 
-<function>XMapWindow</function>
-call has been made on it.
-It may not be visible on the screen for one of the following reasons:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It is obscured by another opaque window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-One of its ancestors is not mapped.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It is entirely clipped by an ancestor.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events are generated for the window when part or all of
-it becomes visible on the screen. 
-A client receives the
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events only if it has asked for them.
-Windows retain their position in the stacking order when they are unmapped.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A window manager may want to control the placement of subwindows.
-If 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-has been selected by a window manager
-on a parent window (usually a root window),
-a map request initiated by other clients on a child window is not performed,
-and the window manager is sent a 
-<symbol>MapRequest</symbol>
-event.
-However, if the override-redirect flag on the child had been set to
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-(usually only on pop-up menus),
-the map request is performed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A tiling window manager might decide to reposition and resize other clients' 
-windows and then decide to map the window to its final location.
-A window manager that wants to provide decoration might
-reparent the child into a frame first.
-For further information,
-see <link linkend="Override_Redirect_Flag">sections 3.2.8</link>
-and <link linkend="Window_State_Change_Events_">10.10</link>.
-Only a single client at a time can select for 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Similarly, a single client can select for 
-<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>
-on a parent window.
-Then, any attempt to resize the window by another client is suppressed, and
-the client receives a 
-<symbol>ResizeRequest</symbol>
-event.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To map a given window, use 
-<function>XMapWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmapwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XMapWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XMapWindow</function>
-function
-maps the window and all of its
-subwindows that have had map requests.
-Mapping a window that has an unmapped ancestor does not display the
-window but marks it as eligible for display when the ancestor becomes
-mapped.
-Such a window is called unviewable.
-When all its ancestors are mapped,
-the window becomes viewable
-and will be visible on the screen if it is not obscured by another window.
-This function has no effect if the window is already mapped.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the override-redirect of the window is
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-and if some other client has selected
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent window, then the X server generates a
-<symbol>MapRequest</symbol>
-event, and the
-<function>XMapWindow</function>
-function does not map the window.
-Otherwise, the window is mapped, and the X server generates a
-<symbol>MapNotify</symbol>
-event.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the window becomes viewable and no earlier contents for it are remembered,
-the X server tiles the window with its background.
-If the window's background is undefined,
-the existing screen contents are not
-altered, and the X server generates zero or more 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events.
-If backing-store was maintained while the window was unmapped, no 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events
-are generated.
-If backing-store will now be maintained, 
-a full-window exposure is always generated.
-Otherwise, only visible regions may be reported.
-Similar tiling and exposure take place for any newly viewable inferiors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>
-If the window is an
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-window,
-<function>XMapWindow</function>
-generates 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on each 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-window that it causes to be displayed.
-If the client maps and paints the window 
-and if the client begins processing events, 
-the window is painted twice.
-To avoid this,
-first ask for 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events and then map the window,
-so the client processes input events as usual.
-The event list will include 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-for each
-window that has appeared on the screen. 
-The client's normal response to
-an 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-event should be to repaint the window.
-This method usually leads to simpler programs and to proper interaction
-with window managers.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XMapWindow</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To map and raise a window, use
-<function>XMapRaised</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapRaised</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmapraised'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XMapRaised</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XMapRaised</function>
-function
-essentially is similar to
-<function>XMapWindow</function>
-in that it maps the window and all of its
-subwindows that have had map requests.
-However, it also raises the specified window to the top of the stack.
-For additional information,
-see 
-<function>XMapWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XMapRaised</function>
-can generate multiple
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To map all subwindows for a specified window, use 
-<function>XMapSubwindows</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmapsubwindows'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XMapSubwindows</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XMapSubwindows</function>
-<indexterm><primary>XMapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
-function maps all subwindows for a specified window in top-to-bottom stacking 
-order.
-The X server generates
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on each newly displayed window.
-This may be much more efficient than mapping many windows
-one at a time because the server needs to perform much of the work
-only once, for all of the windows, rather than for each window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XMapSubwindows</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Unmapping_Windows">
-<title>Unmapping Windows</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Unmapping Windows  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to unmap a window or all subwindows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To unmap a window, use 
-<function>XUnmapWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnmapWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xunmapwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUnmapWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUnmapWindow</function>
-function unmaps the specified window and causes the X server to generate an
-<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>
-<indexterm><primary>UnmapNotify Event</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XUnmapWindow</primary></indexterm>
-event.
-If the specified window is already unmapped, 
-<function>XUnmapWindow</function>
-has no effect.
-Normal exposure processing on formerly obscured windows is performed.
-Any child window will no longer be visible until another map call is
-made on the parent.
-In other words, the subwindows are still mapped but are not visible
-until the parent is mapped.
-Unmapping a window will generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on windows that were formerly obscured by it.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XUnmapWindow</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To unmap all subwindows for a specified window, use 
-<function>XUnmapSubwindows</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnmapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xunmapsubwindows'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUnmapSubwindows</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUnmapSubwindows</function>
-function unmaps all subwindows for the specified window in bottom-to-top
-stacking order.
-It causes the X server to generate an
-<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>
-event on each subwindow and 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on formerly obscured windows.
-<indexterm><primary>UnmapNotify Event</primary></indexterm>
-Using this function is much more efficient than unmapping multiple windows
-one at a time because the server needs to perform much of the work
-only once, for all of the windows, rather than for each window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XUnmapSubwindows</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Configuring_Windows">
-<title>Configuring Windows</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Configuring Windows  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to
-move a window, resize a window, move and resize a window, or
-change a window's border width.
-To change one of these parameters,
-set the appropriate member of the
-<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>
-structure and OR in the corresponding value mask in subsequent calls to
-<function>XConfigureWindow</function>.
-The symbols for the value mask bits and the
-<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>
-structure are:
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-/* Configure window value mask bits */
-#define      CWX              (1&lt;&lt;0)
-#define      CWY              (1&lt;&lt;1)
-#define      CWWidth          (1&lt;&lt;2)
-#define      CWHeight         (1&lt;&lt;3)
-#define      CWBorderWidth    (1&lt;&lt;4)
-#define      CWSibling        (1&lt;&lt;5)
-#define      CWStackMode      (1&lt;&lt;6)
-</literallayout>
-
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowChanges</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-/* Values */
-
-typedef struct {
-     int x, y;
-     int width, height;
-     int border_width;
-     Window sibling;
-     int stack_mode;
-} XWindowChanges;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The x and y members are used to set the window's x and y coordinates,
-which are relative to the parent's origin
-and indicate the position of the upper-left outer corner of the window.
-The width and height members are used to set the inside size of the window,
-not including the border, and must be nonzero, or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-Attempts to configure a root window have no effect.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The border_width member is used to set the width of the border in pixels.
-Note that setting just the border width leaves the outer-left corner of the window
-in a fixed position but moves the absolute position of the window's origin.
-If you attempt to set the border-width attribute of an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window nonzero, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The sibling member is used to set the sibling window for stacking operations.
-The stack_mode member is used to set how the window is to be restacked 
-and can be set to
-<symbol>Above</symbol>,
-<symbol>Below</symbol>,
-<symbol>TopIf</symbol>,
-<symbol>BottomIf</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>Opposite</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the override-redirect flag of the window is
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-and if some other client has selected
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent, the X server generates a
-<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>
-event, and no further processing is performed.
-Otherwise, 
-if some other client has selected 
-<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the window and the inside
-width or height of the window is being changed,
-a 
-<symbol>ResizeRequest</symbol>
-event is generated, and the current inside width and height are
-used instead.
-Note that the override-redirect flag of the window has no effect
-on
-<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>
-and that
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent has precedence over
-<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the geometry of the window is changed as specified, 
-the window is restacked among siblings, and a
-<symbol>ConfigureNotify</symbol>
-event is generated if the state of the window actually changes.
-<symbol>GravityNotify</symbol>
-events are generated after 
-<symbol>ConfigureNotify</symbol>
-events.
-If the inside width or height of the window has actually changed, 
-children of the window are affected as specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a window's size actually changes,
-the window's subwindows move according to their window gravity.
-Depending on the window's bit gravity,
-the contents of the window also may be moved
-(see <link linkend="Gravity_Attributes">section 3.2.3</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If regions of the window were obscured but now are not,
-exposure processing is performed on these formerly obscured windows, 
-including the window itself and its inferiors. 
-As a result of increasing the width or height,
-exposure processing is also performed on any new regions of the window 
-and any regions where window contents are lost.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The restack check (specifically, the computation for 
-<symbol>BottomIf</symbol>,
-<symbol>TopIf</symbol>,
-and 
-<symbol>Opposite</symbol>)
-is performed with respect to the window's final size and position (as
-controlled by the other arguments of the request), not its initial position.
-If a sibling is specified without a stack_mode,
-a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a sibling and a stack_mode are specified, 
-the window is restacked as follows:
-</para>
-<informaltable  frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>Above</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The window is placed just above the sibling.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>Below</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The window is placed just below the sibling.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>TopIf</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the sibling occludes the window, the window is placed at the top of the stack.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>BottomIf</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the window occludes the sibling, the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>Opposite</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>
-If the sibling occludes the window, the window is placed at the top of the stack.
-If the window occludes the sibling,
-the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a stack_mode is specified but no sibling is specified,
-the window is restacked as follows:
-</para>
-
-<informaltable  frame="none">
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>Above</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The window is placed at the top of the stack.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>Below</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The window is placed at the bottom of the stack.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>TopIf</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>
-If any sibling occludes the window, the window is placed at
-the top of the stack.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>BottomIf</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>
-If the window occludes any sibling, the window is placed at
-the bottom of the stack.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>Opposite</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>
-If any sibling occludes the window, the window
-is placed at the top of the stack.
-If the window occludes any sibling,
-the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Attempts to configure a root window have no effect.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To configure a window's size, location, stacking, or border, use
-<function>XConfigureWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConfigureWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xconfigurewindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XConfigureWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> value_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XWindowChanges<parameter> *values</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi to be reconfigured -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which values are to be set using information in
-the values structure.
-This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid configure window values bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
-function uses the values specified in the
-<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>
-structure to reconfigure a window's size, position, border, and stacking order.
-Values not specified are taken from the existing geometry of the window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a sibling is specified without a stack_mode or if the window
-is not actually a sibling,
-a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results. 
-Note that the computations for
-<symbol>BottomIf</symbol>,
-<symbol>TopIf</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>Opposite</symbol>
-are performed with respect to the window's final geometry (as controlled by the
-other arguments passed to
-<function>XConfigureWindow</function>),
-not its initial geometry.
-Any backing store contents of the window, its
-inferiors, and other newly visible windows are either discarded or
-changed to reflect the current screen contents 
-(depending on the implementation).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To move a window without changing its size, use 
-<function>XMoveWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMoveWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmovewindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XMoveWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN      -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi to be moved -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which define the new location of the top-left pixel \ -->
-of the window's border or the window itself if it has no border
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XMoveWindow</function>
-function moves the specified window to the specified x and y coordinates,
-but it does not change the window's size, raise the window, or
-change the mapping state of the window.
-Moving a mapped window may or may not lose the window's contents 
-depending on if the window is obscured by nonchildren 
-and if no backing store exists.
-If the contents of the window are lost, 
-the X server generates
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events.
-Moving a mapped window generates
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on any formerly obscured windows. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the override-redirect flag of the window is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-and some
-other client has selected 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent, the X server generates a
-<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>
-event, and no further processing is
-performed.  
-Otherwise, the window is moved.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XMoveWindow</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change a window's size without changing the upper-left coordinate, use 
-<function>XResizeWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResizeWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xresizewindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XResizeWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the interior dimensions of the window \ -->
-after the call completes
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XResizeWindow</function>
-function changes the inside dimensions of the specified window, not including
-its borders.
-This function does not change the window's upper-left coordinate or
-the origin and does not restack the window.
-Changing the size of a mapped window may lose its contents and generate
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events.
-If a mapped window is made smaller, 
-changing its size generates
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on windows that the mapped window formerly obscured.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the override-redirect flag of the window is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-and some
-other client has selected 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent, the X server generates a
-<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>
-event, and no further processing is performed.  
-If either width or height is zero,
-a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XResizeWindow</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change the size and location of a window, use 
-<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMoveResizeWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmoveresizewindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XMoveResizeWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi to be reconfigured -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which define the new position of the window relative to its parent -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which define the interior size of the window -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>
-function changes the size and location of the specified window 
-without raising it.
-Moving and resizing a mapped window may generate an
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-event on the window.
-Depending on the new size and location parameters,
-moving and resizing a window may generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on windows that the window formerly obscured. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the override-redirect flag of the window is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-and some
-other client has selected 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent, the X server generates a
-<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>
-event, and no further processing is performed.  
-Otherwise, the window size and location are changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change the border width of a given window, use
-<function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorderWidth</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborderwidth'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> width</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the width of the window border.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function>
-function sets the specified window's border width to the specified width.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Changing_Window_Stacking_Order">
-<title>Changing Window Stacking Order</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Changing Window Stacking Order  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to raise, lower, circulate,
-or restack windows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To raise a window so that no sibling window obscures it, use 
-<function>XRaiseWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRaiseWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xraisewindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRaiseWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRaiseWindow</function>
-function
-raises the specified window to the top of the stack so that no sibling window
-obscures it.
-If the windows are regarded as overlapping sheets of paper stacked 
-on a desk,
-then raising a window is analogous to moving the sheet to the top of
-the stack but leaving its x and y location on the desk constant.
-Raising a mapped window may generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events for the window and any mapped subwindows that were formerly obscured.  
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the override-redirect attribute of the window is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-and some
-other client has selected 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent, the X server generates a
-<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>
-event, and no processing is performed.
-Otherwise, the window is raised.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XRaiseWindow</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To lower a window so that it does not obscure any sibling windows, use 
-<function>XLowerWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLowerWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlowerwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XLowerWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLowerWindow</function>
-function lowers the specified window to the bottom of the stack
-so that it does not obscure any sibling
-windows.
-If the windows are regarded as overlapping sheets of paper
-stacked on a desk, then lowering a window is analogous to moving the
-sheet to the bottom of the stack but leaving its x and y location on
-the desk constant.
-Lowering a mapped window will generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events on any windows it formerly obscured.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the override-redirect attribute of the window is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-and some
-other client has selected 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent, the X server generates a
-<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>
-event, and no processing is performed.  
-Otherwise, the window is lowered to the bottom of the
-stack.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XLowerWindow</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To circulate a subwindow up or down, use
-<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindows'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindows</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> direction</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>direction</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the direction (up or down) that you want to circulate
-the window. 
-You can pass 
-<symbol>RaiseLowest</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>LowerHighest</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>
-function circulates children of the specified window in the specified 
-direction.
-If you specify
-<symbol>RaiseLowest</symbol>,
-<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>
-raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is occluded 
-by another child to the top of the stack.
-If you specify
-<symbol>LowerHighest</symbol>,
-<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>
-lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that occludes another child
-to the bottom of the stack.
-Exposure processing is then performed on formerly obscured windows.
-If some other client has selected 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the window, the X server generates a 
-<symbol>CirculateRequest</symbol>
-event, and no further processing is performed.
-If a child is actually restacked,
-the X server generates a
-<symbol>CirculateNotify</symbol>
-event. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To raise the lowest mapped child of a window that is partially or completely
-occluded by another child, use
-<function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindowsup'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function>
-function raises the lowest mapped child of the specified window that
-is partially
-or completely
-occluded by another child.
-Completely unobscured children are not affected.
-This is a convenience function equivalent to
-<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>
-with
-<symbol>RaiseLowest</symbol>
-specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To lower the highest mapped child of a window that partially or 
-completely occludes another child, use 
-<function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindowsdown'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function>
-function lowers the highest mapped child of the specified window that partially
-or completely occludes another child.
-Completely unobscured children are not affected.
-This is a convenience function equivalent to
-<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>
-with
-<symbol>LowerHighest</symbol>
-specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To restack a set of windows from top to bottom, use 
-<function>XRestackWindows</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRestackWindows</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrestackwindows'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRestackWindows</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> windows[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nwindows</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>windows</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array containing the windows to be restacked.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nwindows</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of windows to be restacked.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRestackWindows</function>
-function restacks the windows in the order specified,
-from top to bottom.
-The stacking order of the first window in the windows array is unaffected,
-but the other windows in the array are stacked underneath the first window,
-in the order of the array.
-The stacking order of the other windows is not affected.
-For each window in the window array that is not a child of the specified window,
-a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the override-redirect attribute of a window is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-and some
-other client has selected 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>
-on the parent, the X server generates 
-<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>
-events for each window whose override-redirect flag is not set, 
-and no further processing is performed.
-Otherwise, the windows will be restacked in top-to-bottom order.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XRestackWindows</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Changing_Window_Attributes">
-<title>Changing Window Attributes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Changing Window Attributes  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set window attributes.
-<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>
-is the more general function that allows you to set one or more window
-attributes provided by the
-<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>
-structure.
-The other functions described in this section allow you to set one specific
-window attribute, such as a window's background.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change one or more attributes for a given window, use
-<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchangewindowattributes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSetWindowAttributes<parameter> *attributes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which window attributes are defined in the attributes
-argument.
-This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid attribute mask bits.
-If valuemask is zero,
-the attributes are ignored and are not referenced.
-The values and restrictions are
-the same as for
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the structure from which the values (as specified by the value mask)
-are to be taken.
-The value mask should have the appropriate bits
-set to indicate which attributes have been set in the structure 
-(see <link linkend="Window_Attributes">section 3.2</link>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Depending on the valuemask,
-the
-<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>
-function uses the window attributes in the
-<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>
-structure to change the specified window attributes.
-Changing the background does not cause the window contents to be
-changed.
-To repaint the window and its background, use 
-<function>XClearWindow</function>.
-Setting the border or changing the background such that the
-border tile origin changes causes the border to be repainted.
-Changing the background of a root window to 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>
-restores the default background pixmap.
-Changing the border of a root window to
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>
-restores the default border pixmap.
-Changing the win-gravity does not affect the current position of the
-window.
-Changing the backing-store of an obscured window to 
-<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>Always</symbol>,
-or changing the backing-planes, backing-pixel, or
-save-under of a mapped window may have no immediate effect.
-Changing the colormap of a window (that is, defining a new map, not
-changing the contents of the existing map) generates a 
-<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
-event.
-Changing the colormap of a visible window may have no
-immediate effect on the screen because the map may not be installed
-(see
-<function>XInstallColormap</function>).
-Changing the cursor of a root window to 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-restores the default
-cursor.
-Whenever possible, you are encouraged to share colormaps.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Multiple clients can select input on the same window. 
-Their event masks are maintained separately.
-When an event is generated, 
-it is reported to all interested clients. 
-However, only one client at a time can select for 
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>ButtonPressMask</symbol>.
-If a client attempts to select any of these event masks 
-and some other client has already selected one, 
-a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-There is only one do-not-propagate-mask for a window, 
-not one per client.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the background of a window to a given pixel, use 
-<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBackground</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowbackground'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBackground</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> background_pixel</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixel</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the pixel that is to be used for the background.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>
-function sets the background of the window to the specified pixel value.
-Changing the background does not cause the window contents to be changed.
-<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>
-uses a pixmap of undefined size filled with the pixel value you passed.
-If you try to change the background of an 
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the background of a window to a given pixmap, use 
-<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>background</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowbackgroundpixmap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> background_pixmap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the background pixmap,
-<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Freeing</primary><secondary>resources</secondary></indexterm>
-The
-<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>
-function sets the background pixmap of the window to the specified pixmap.
-The background pixmap can immediately be freed if no further explicit
-references to it are to be made.
-If 
-<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>
-is specified, 
-the background pixmap of the window's parent is used,
-or on the root window, the default background is restored.
-If you try to change the background of an 
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If the background is set to
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the window has no defined background.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .NT Note -->
-<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>
-and
-<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>
-do not change the current contents of the window.
-<!-- .NE -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change and repaint a window's border to a given pixel, use 
-<function>XSetWindowBorder</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorder</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborder'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorder</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> border_pixel</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>border_pixel</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the entry in the colormap. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWindowBorder</function>
-function sets the border of the window to the pixel value you specify.
-If you attempt to perform this on an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWindowBorder</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change and repaint the border tile of a given window, use 
-<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborderpixmap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> border_pixmap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>border_pixmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the border pixmap or
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>
-function sets the border pixmap of the window to the pixmap you specify.
-The border pixmap can be freed immediately if no further explicit
-references to it are to be made.
-If you specify
-<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>,
-a copy of the parent window's border pixmap is used.
-If you attempt to perform this on an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Freeing</primary><secondary>resources</secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the colormap of a given window, use
-<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowcolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>
-function sets the specified colormap of the specified window.
-The colormap must have the same visual type as the window,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To define which cursor will be used in a window, use
-<function>XDefineCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>defining the cursor</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefineCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdefinecursor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDefineCursor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If a cursor is set, it will be used when the pointer is in the window.
-If the cursor is
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-it is equivalent to
-<function>XUndefineCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDefineCursor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To undefine the cursor in a given window, use
-<function>XUndefineCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>undefining the cursor</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUndefineCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xundefinecursor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUndefineCursor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUndefineCursor</function>
-function undoes the effect of a previous
-<function>XDefineCursor</function>
-for this window.
-When the pointer is in the window,
-the parent's cursor will now be used.
-On the root window,
-the default cursor is restored.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XUndefineCursor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-</para>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="window_functions"><title>Window Functions</title>

+<sect1 id="Visual_Types">

+<title>Visual Types</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Visual Types -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Visual Type</primary></indexterm>

+On some display hardware, 

+it may be possible to deal with color resources in more than one way.

+For example, you may be able to deal with a screen of either 12-bit depth

+with arbitrary mapping of pixel to color (pseudo-color) or 24-bit depth

+with 8 bits of the pixel dedicated to each of red, green, and blue.

+These different ways of dealing with the visual aspects of the screen

+are called visuals.

+For each screen of the display, there may be a list of valid visual types

+supported at different depths of the screen.

+Because default windows and visual types are defined for each screen,

+most simple applications need not deal with this complexity.

+Xlib provides macros and functions that return the default root window, 

+the default depth of the default root window, and the default visual type

+(see sections <link linkend="Display_Macros_">2.2.1</link>

+and <link linkend="Determining_the_Appropriate_Visual_Type">16.7</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib uses an opaque 

+<structname>Visual</structname>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Visual</primary></indexterm>

+structure that contains information about the possible color mapping.

+The visual utility functions

+(see <link linkend="Determining_the_Appropriate_Visual_Type">section 16.7</link>)

+use an

+<structname>XVisualInfo</structname>

+structure to return this information to an application.

+The members of this structure pertinent to this discussion are class, red_mask,

+green_mask, blue_mask, bits_per_rgb, and colormap_size.

+The class member specifies one of the possible visual classes of the screen

+and can be 

+<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>StaticGray</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>StaticColor</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>TrueColor</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>StaticColor</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>GrayScale</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Visual Classes</primary><secondary>PseudoColor</secondary></indexterm>

+<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>,

+<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>,

+<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>,

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following concepts may serve to make the explanation of

+visual types clearer. 

+The screen can be color or grayscale,

+can have a colormap that is writable or read-only,

+and can also have a colormap whose indices are decomposed into separate 

+<acronym>RGB</acronym> pieces, provided one is not on a grayscale screen.

+This leads to the following diagram:

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+                      Color        Gray-Scale

+                   R/O    R/W      R/O   R/W

+----------------------------------------------

+ Undecomposed    Static  Pseudo   Static  Gray

+   Colormap      Color   Color    Gray    Scale

+

+ Decomposed       True   Direct

+   Colormap       Color  Color

+----------------------------------------------

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Conceptually, 

+as each pixel is read out of video memory for display on the screen,

+it goes through a look-up stage by indexing into a colormap.

+Colormaps can be manipulated arbitrarily on some hardware, 

+in limited ways on other hardware, and not at all on other hardware.  

+The visual types affect the colormap and 

+the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values in the following ways:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+For 

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,

+a pixel value indexes a colormap to produce

+independent <acronym>RGB</acronym> values, and the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values can be changed dynamically.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+is treated the same way as 

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>

+except that the primary that drives the screen is undefined. 

+Thus, the client should always store the

+same value for red, green, and blue in the colormaps.  

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+For 

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>,

+a pixel value is decomposed into separate <acronym>RGB</acronym> subfields, and each

+subfield separately indexes the colormap for the corresponding value.

+The <acronym>RGB</acronym> values can be changed dynamically.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>

+is treated the same way as 

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>

+except that the colormap has predefined, read-only <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.

+These <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are server dependent but provide linear or near-linear

+ramps in each primary.  

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>

+is treated the same way as 

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>

+except that the colormap has predefined, 

+read-only, server-dependent <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>

+is treated the same way as 

+<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>

+except that the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are equal for any single pixel

+value, thus resulting in shades of gray.  

+<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>

+with a two-entry

+colormap can be thought of as monochrome.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The red_mask, green_mask, and blue_mask members are only defined for

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>.

+Each has one contiguous set of bits with no

+intersections.

+The bits_per_rgb member specifies the log base 2 of the

+number of distinct color values (individually) of red, green, and blue.

+Actual <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are unsigned 16-bit numbers.

+The colormap_size member defines the number of available colormap entries

+in a newly created colormap.  

+For 

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,

+this is the size of an individual pixel subfield.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the visual ID from a 

+<structname>Visual</structname>,

+use

+<function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVisualIDFromVisual</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xvisualidfromvisual'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>VisualID <function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Visual *<parameter>visual</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the visual type.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function>

+function returns the visual ID for the specified visual type.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Window_Attributes">

+<title>Window Attributes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Window Attributes -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>attributes</secondary></indexterm>

+All 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows have a border width of zero or more pixels, an optional background, 

+an event suppression mask (which suppresses propagation of events from 

+children), and a property list

+(see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>).

+The window border and background can be a solid color or a pattern, called

+a tile.

+All windows except the root have a parent and are clipped by their parent.

+If a window is stacked on top of another window, it obscures that other

+window for the purpose of input.

+If a window has a background (almost all do), it obscures the other

+window for purposes of output.

+Attempts to output to the obscured area do nothing, 

+and no input events (for example, pointer motion) are generated for the 

+obscured area.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Windows also have associated property lists

+(see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+windows have the following common attributes,

+which are the only attributes of an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+win-gravity

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+event-mask

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+do-not-propagate-mask

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+override-redirect

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+cursor

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If you specify any other attributes for an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window,

+a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+windows are used for controlling input events in situations where

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows are unnecessary.

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+windows are invisible; can only be used to control such things as

+cursors, input event generation, and grabbing;

+and cannot be used in any graphics requests.

+Note that

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+windows cannot have

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows as inferiors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Windows have borders of a programmable width and pattern

+as well as a background pattern or tile.

+<indexterm><primary>Tile</primary><secondary>pixmaps</secondary></indexterm>

+Pixel values can be used for solid colors.

+<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Freeing</primary><secondary>resources</secondary></indexterm>

+The background and border pixmaps can be destroyed immediately after

+creating the window if no further explicit references to them

+are to be made.

+<indexterm ><primary>Tile</primary><secondary>mode</secondary></indexterm>

+The pattern can either be relative to the parent 

+or absolute.

+If

+<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>,

+the parent's background is used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When windows are first created, 

+they are not visible (not mapped) on the screen.

+Any output to a window that is not visible on the screen 

+and that does not have backing store will be discarded.

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>mapping</secondary></indexterm>

+An application may wish to create a window long before it is

+mapped to the screen.

+When a window is eventually mapped to the screen 

+(using

+<function>XMapWindow</function>),

+<indexterm><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>

+the X server generates an 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+event for the window if backing store has not been maintained.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A window manager can override your choice of size, 

+border width, and position for a top-level window.

+Your program must be prepared to use the actual size and position

+of the top window.

+It is not acceptable for a client application to resize itself

+unless in direct response to a human command to do so.

+Instead, either your program should use the space given to it,

+or if the space is too small for any useful work, your program

+might ask the user to resize the window.

+The border of your top-level window is considered fair game 

+for window managers.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set an attribute of a window,

+set the appropriate member of the

+<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>

+structure and OR in the corresponding value bitmask in your subsequent calls to

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>

+and

+<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>,

+or use one of the other convenience functions that set the appropriate 

+attribute.

+The symbols for the value mask bits and the

+<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>

+structure are:

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+/* Window attribute value mask bits */

+

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+/* Window attribute value mask bits */

+#define    CWBackPixmap                    (1L&lt;&lt;0)

+#define    CWBackPixel                     (1L&lt;&lt;1)

+#define    CWBorderPixmap                  (1L&lt;&lt;2)

+#define    CWBorderPixel                   (1L&lt;&lt;3)

+#define    CWBitGravity                    (1L&lt;&lt;4)

+#define    CWWinGravity                    (1L&lt;&lt;5)

+#define    CWBackingStore                  (1L&lt;&lt;6)

+#define    CWBackingPlanes                 (1L&lt;&lt;7)

+#define    CWBackingPixel                  (1L&lt;&lt;8)

+#define    CWOverrideRedirect              (1L&lt;&lt;9)

+#define    CWSaveUnder                     (1L&lt;&lt;10)

+#define    CWEventMask                     (1L&lt;&lt;11)

+#define    CWDontPropagate                 (1L&lt;&lt;12)

+#define    CWColormap                      (1L&lt;&lt;13)

+#define    CWCursor                        (1L&lt;&lt;14)

+</literallayout>

+

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+/* Values */

+

+typedef struct {

+     Pixmap background_pixmap;     /* background, None, or ParentRelative */

+     unsigned long background_pixel;     /* background pixel */

+     Pixmap border_pixmap;          /* border of the window or CopyFromParent */

+     unsigned long border_pixel;     /* border pixel value */

+     int bit_gravity;     /* one of bit gravity values */

+     int win_gravity;     /* one of the window gravity values */

+     int backing_store;     /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */

+     unsigned long backing_planes;     /* planes to be preserved if possible */

+     unsigned long backing_pixel;     /* value to use in restoring planes */

+     Bool save_under;     /* should bits under be saved? (popups) */

+     long event_mask;     /* set of events that should be saved */

+     long do_not_propagate_mask;     /* set of events that should not propagate */

+     Bool override_redirect;     /* boolean value for override_redirect */

+     Colormap colormap;     /* color map to be associated with window */

+     Cursor cursor;          /* cursor to be displayed (or None) */

+} XSetWindowAttributes;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The following lists the defaults for each window attribute and indicates

+whether the attribute is applicable to

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+windows:

+</para>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='4'>

+  <colspec colname='c1' align='left'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2' align='left'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3' align='center'/>

+  <colspec colname='c4' align='center'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Attribute</entry>

+      <entry>Default</entry>

+      <entry>InputOutput</entry>

+      <entry>InputOnly</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>background-pixmap</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>None</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>background-pixel</entry>

+      <entry>Undefined</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>border-pixmap</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>border-pixel</entry>

+      <entry>Undefined</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>bit-gravity</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>win-gravity</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>backing-store</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>NotUseful</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>backing-planes</entry>

+      <entry>All ones</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>backing-pixel</entry>

+      <entry>zero</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>save-under</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>False</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>event-mask</entry>

+      <entry>empty set</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>do-not-propagate-mask</entry>

+      <entry>empty set</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>override-redirect</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>False</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>colormap</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>No</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>cursor</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>None</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+      <entry>Yes</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<sect2 id="Background_Attribute">

+<title>Background Attribute</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Background Attribute -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Only

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows can have a background.

+You can set the background of an

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+window by using a pixel or a pixmap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The background-pixmap attribute of a window specifies the pixmap to be used for 

+a window's background.

+This pixmap can be of any size, although some sizes may be faster than others.

+The background-pixel attribute of a window specifies a pixel value used to paint

+a window's background in a single color.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can set the background-pixmap to a pixmap,  

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+(default), or 

+<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>.

+You can set the background-pixel of a window to any pixel value (no default).

+If you specify a background-pixel, 

+it overrides either the default background-pixmap

+or any value you may have set in the background-pixmap.

+A pixmap of an undefined size that is filled with the background-pixel is used 

+for the background.

+Range checking is not performed on the background pixel;

+it simply is truncated to the appropriate number of bits.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If you set the background-pixmap,

+it overrides the default.

+The background-pixmap and the window must have the same depth,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If you set background-pixmap to

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the window has no defined background.  

+If you set the background-pixmap to

+<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The parent window's background-pixmap is used. 

+The child window, however, must have the same depth as 

+its parent,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the parent window has a background-pixmap of

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the window also has a background-pixmap of

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A copy of the parent window's background-pixmap is not made.

+The parent's background-pixmap is examined each time the child window's 

+background-pixmap is required.  

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The background tile origin always aligns with the parent window's

+background tile origin. 

+If the background-pixmap is not

+<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>,

+the background tile origin is the child window's origin.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Setting a new background, whether by setting background-pixmap or

+background-pixel, overrides any previous background.

+The background-pixmap can be freed immediately if no further explicit reference

+is made to it (the X server will keep a copy to use when needed).

+If you later draw into the pixmap used for the background,

+what happens is undefined because the

+X implementation is free to make a copy of the pixmap or

+to use the same pixmap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When no valid contents are available for regions of a window

+and either the regions are visible or the server is maintaining backing store,

+the server automatically tiles the regions with the window's background

+unless the window has a background of

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+If the background is

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the previous screen contents from other windows of the same depth as the window

+are simply left in place as long as the contents come from the parent of the

+window or an inferior of the parent.

+Otherwise, the initial contents of the exposed regions are undefined.

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events are then generated for the regions, even if the background-pixmap

+is

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+(see <link linkend="Exposure_Events">section 10.9</link>).

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Border_Attribute">

+<title>Border Attribute</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Border Attribute -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Only

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows can have a border.

+You can set the border of an

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+window by using a pixel or a pixmap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The border-pixmap attribute of a window specifies the pixmap to be used 

+for a window's border.

+The border-pixel attribute of a window specifies a pixmap of undefined size 

+filled with that pixel be used for a window's border. 

+Range checking is not performed on the background pixel;

+it simply is truncated to the appropriate number of bits.

+The border tile origin is always the same as the background tile origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can also set the border-pixmap to a pixmap of any size (some may be faster

+than others) or to

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>

+(default).

+You can set the border-pixel to any pixel value (no default).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If you set a border-pixmap, 

+it overrides the default.

+The border-pixmap and the window must have the same depth,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If you set the border-pixmap to 

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>,

+the parent window's border-pixmap is copied.

+Subsequent changes to the parent window's border attribute do not affect 

+the child window.

+However, the child window must have the same depth as the parent window,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The border-pixmap can be freed immediately if no further explicit reference

+is made to it.

+If you later draw into the pixmap used for the border,

+what happens is undefined because the

+X implementation is free either to make a copy of the pixmap or

+to use the same pixmap.

+If you specify a border-pixel, 

+it overrides either the default border-pixmap

+or any value you may have set in the border-pixmap.

+All pixels in the window's border will be set to the border-pixel.

+Setting a new border, whether by setting border-pixel or by setting

+border-pixmap, overrides any previous border.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Output to a window is always clipped to the inside of the window. 

+Therefore, graphics operations never affect the window border.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Gravity_Attributes">

+<title>Gravity Attributes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Gravity Attributes -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The bit gravity of a window defines which region of the window should be 

+retained when an

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+window is resized. 

+The default value for the bit-gravity attribute is 

+<symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol>.

+The window gravity of a window allows you to define how the 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window should be repositioned if its parent is resized.  

+The default value for the win-gravity attribute is 

+<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the inside width or height of a window is not changed 

+and if the window is moved or its border is changed, 

+then the contents of the window are not lost but move with the window.

+Changing the inside width or height of the window causes its contents to be

+moved or lost (depending on the bit-gravity of the window) and causes

+children to be reconfigured (depending on their win-gravity).

+For a

+change of width and height, the (x, y) pairs are defined:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1' align='left'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2' align='left'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Gravity Direction</entry>

+      <entry>Coordinates</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(0, 0)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(Width/2, 0)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(Width, 0)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(0, Height/2)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>CenterGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(Width/2, Height/2)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(Width, Height/2)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(0, Height)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(Width/2, Height)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>(Width, Height)</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When a window with one of these bit-gravity values is resized, 

+the corresponding pair

+defines the change in position of each pixel in the window.

+When a window with one of these win-gravities has its parent window resized,

+the corresponding pair defines the change in position of the window 

+within the parent.

+When a window is so repositioned, a

+<symbol>GravityNotify</symbol>

+event is generated

+(see <link linkend="GravityNotify_Events">section 10.10.5</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A bit-gravity of

+<symbol>StaticGravity</symbol>

+indicates that the contents or origin should not move relative to the 

+origin of the root window.

+If the change in size of the window is coupled with a change in position (x, y),

+then for bit-gravity the change in position of each pixel is (&minus;x, &minus;y), and for

+win-gravity the change in position of a child when its parent is so resized is

+(&minus;x, &minus;y).

+Note that

+<symbol>StaticGravity</symbol>

+still only takes effect when the width or height of the window is changed, 

+not when the window is moved.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A bit-gravity of 

+<symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol>

+indicates that the window's contents are always discarded after a size change, 

+even if a backing store or save under has been requested.

+The window is tiled with its background

+and zero or more 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events are generated. 

+If no background is defined, the existing screen contents are not

+altered.

+Some X servers may also ignore the specified bit-gravity and 

+always generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The contents and borders of inferiors are not affected by their parent's

+bit-gravity.

+A server is permitted to ignore the specified bit-gravity and use

+<symbol>Forget</symbol>

+instead.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A win-gravity of 

+<symbol>UnmapGravity</symbol>

+is like 

+<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>

+(the window is not moved),

+except the child is also

+unmapped when the parent is resized,

+and an 

+<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>

+event is

+generated.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Backing_Store_Attribute">

+<title>Backing Store Attribute</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Backing Store Attribute -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Some implementations of the X server may choose to maintain the contents of 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows.

+If the X server maintains the contents of a window, 

+the off-screen saved pixels

+are known as backing store.

+The backing store advises the X server on what to do 

+with the contents of a window.

+The backing-store attribute can be set to

+<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>

+(default),

+<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>Always</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A backing-store attribute of 

+<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>

+advises the X server that 

+maintaining contents is unnecessary, 

+although some X implementations may

+still choose to maintain contents and, therefore, not generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events.

+A backing-store attribute of 

+<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>

+advises the X server that maintaining contents of 

+obscured regions when the window is mapped would be beneficial.

+In this case,

+the server may generate an 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+event when the window is created.

+A backing-store attribute of 

+<symbol>Always</symbol>

+advises the X server that maintaining contents even when 

+the window is unmapped would be beneficial.  

+Even if the window is larger than its parent, 

+this is a request to the X server to maintain complete contents, 

+not just the region within the parent window boundaries.  

+While the X server maintains the window's contents, 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events normally are not generated, 

+but the X server may stop maintaining 

+contents at any time.  

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the contents of obscured regions of a window are being maintained,

+regions obscured by noninferior windows are included in the destination

+of graphics requests (and source, when the window is the source).

+However, regions obscured by inferior windows are not included.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Save_Under_Flag">

+<title>Save Under Flag</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Save Under Flag -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<indexterm><primary>Save Unders</primary></indexterm>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Some server implementations may preserve contents of 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows under other 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows.

+This is not the same as preserving the contents of a window for you.

+You may get better visual

+appeal if transient windows (for example, pop-up menus) request that the system

+preserve the screen contents under them, 

+so the temporarily obscured applications do not have to repaint.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can set the save-under flag to

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+(default).

+If save-under is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the X server is advised that, when this window is mapped, 

+saving the contents of windows it obscures would be beneficial.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Backing_Planes_and_Backing_Pixel_Attributes">

+<title>Backing Planes and Backing Pixel Attributes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Backing Planes and Backing Pixel Attributes -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can set backing planes to indicate (with bits set to 1) 

+which bit planes of an

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing store 

+and during save unders.

+The default value for the backing-planes attribute is all bits set to 1.

+You can set backing pixel to specify what bits to use in planes not 

+covered by backing planes.

+The default value for the backing-pixel attribute is all bits set to 0.

+The X server is free to save only the specified bit planes in the backing store

+or the save under and is free to regenerate the remaining planes with 

+the specified pixel value.

+Any extraneous bits in these values (that is, those bits beyond 

+the specified depth of the window) may be simply ignored.

+If you request backing store or save unders,

+you should use these members to minimize the amount of off-screen memory 

+required to store your window.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Event_Mask_and_Do_Not_Propagate_Mask_Attributes">

+<title>Event Mask and Do Not Propagate Mask Attributes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Event Mask and Do Not Propagate Mask Attributes -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The event mask defines which events the client is interested in for this 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window (or, for some event types, inferiors of this window).

+The event mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the 

+valid event mask bits.

+You can specify that no maskable events are reported by setting 

+<symbol>NoEventMask</symbol>

+(default).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The do-not-propagate-mask attribute

+defines which events should not be propagated to 

+ancestor windows when no client has the event type selected in this 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window.

+The do-not-propagate-mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more

+of the following masks:

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>,

+<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>,

+<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>,

+<symbol>ButtonRelease</symbol>,

+<symbol>PointerMotion</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button1Motion</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button2Motion</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button3Motion</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button4Motion</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button5Motion</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>ButtonMotion</symbol>.

+You can specify that all events are propagated by setting 

+<symbol>NoEventMask</symbol>

+(default).

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Override_Redirect_Flag">

+<title>Override Redirect Flag</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Override Redirect Flag -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To control window placement or to add decoration,

+a window manager often needs to intercept (redirect) any map or configure

+request.

+Pop-up windows, however, often need to be mapped without a window manager

+getting in the way.

+To control whether an

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window is to ignore these structure control facilities,

+use the override-redirect flag.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The override-redirect flag specifies whether map and configure requests 

+on this window should override a 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent.

+You can set the override-redirect flag to

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+(default).

+Window managers use this information to avoid tampering with pop-up windows

+(see also <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link>).

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Colormap_Attribute">

+<title>Colormap Attribute</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Colormap Attribute -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The colormap attribute specifies which colormap best reflects the true

+colors of the 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+window.  

+The colormap must have the same visual type as the window,

+or a 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.  

+X servers capable of supporting multiple 

+hardware colormaps can use this information, 

+and window managers can use it for calls to

+<function>XInstallColormap</function>.

+You can set the colormap attribute to a colormap or to

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>

+(default).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If you set the colormap to

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>,

+the parent window's colormap is copied and used by its child.

+However, the child window must have the same visual type as the parent, 

+or a 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results. 

+The parent window must not have a colormap of 

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+or a 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+The colormap is copied by sharing the colormap object between the child 

+and parent, not by making a complete copy of the colormap contents.

+Subsequent changes to the parent window's colormap attribute do

+not affect the child window.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Cursor_Attribute">

+<title>Cursor Attribute</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Cursor Attribute -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The cursor attribute specifies which cursor is to be used when the pointer is

+in the 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window.

+You can set the cursor to a cursor or

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+(default).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If you set the cursor to

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the parent's cursor is used when the 

+pointer is in the 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window, and any change in the parent's cursor will cause an

+immediate change in the displayed cursor.

+By calling

+<function>XFreeCursor</function>,

+the cursor can be freed immediately as long as no further explicit reference 

+to it is made.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Creating_Windows">

+<title>Creating Windows</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating Windows -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides basic ways for creating windows,

+and toolkits often supply higher-level functions specifically for

+creating and placing top-level windows,

+which are discussed in the appropriate toolkit documentation.

+If you do not use a toolkit, however,

+you must provide some standard information or hints for the window

+manager by using the Xlib inter-client communication functions

+(see <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If you use Xlib to create your own top-level windows

+(direct children of the root window),

+you must observe the following rules so that all applications interact

+reasonably across the different styles of window management:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+You must never fight with the window manager for the size or

+placement of your top-level window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+You must be able to deal with whatever size window you get, 

+even if this means that your application just prints a message 

+like ``Please make me bigger'' in its window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+You should only attempt to resize or move top-level windows in

+direct response to a user request.

+If a request to change the size of a top-level window fails,

+you must be prepared to live with what you get.

+You are free to resize or move the children of top-level

+windows as necessary.

+(Toolkits often have facilities for automatic relayout.)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If you do not use a toolkit that automatically sets standard window properties,

+you should set these properties for top-level windows before mapping them.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For further information,

+see <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link> and

+the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>

+is the more general function that allows you to set specific window attributes 

+when you create a window.

+<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>

+creates a window that inherits its attributes from its parent window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>InputOnly</secondary></indexterm>

+The X server acts as if 

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+windows do not exist for

+the purposes of graphics requests, exposure processing, and

+<symbol>VisibilityNotify</symbol>

+events.

+An 

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window cannot be used as a

+drawable (that is, as a source or destination for graphics requests).

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+windows act identically in other respects (properties,

+grabs, input control, and so on).

+Extension packages can define other classes of windows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To create an unmapped window and set its window attributes, use

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatewindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Window <function>XCreateWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> parent</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> border_width</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> class</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Visual<parameter> *visual</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSetWindowAttributes<parameter> *attributes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the parent window.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are the top-left outside corner of the created window's \ -->

+borders and are relative to the inside of the parent window's borders

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the created window's inside dimensions \ -->

+and do not include the created window's borders

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+The dimensions must be nonzero,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the width of the created window's border in pixels.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window's depth.

+A depth of 

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>

+means the depth is taken from the parent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the created window's class.

+You can pass

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>,

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>.

+A class of 

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>

+means the class

+is taken from the parent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the visual type.

+A visual of 

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>

+means the visual type is taken from the 

+parent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which window attributes are defined in the attributes

+argument.

+This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid attribute mask bits.

+If valuemask is zero,

+the attributes are ignored and are not referenced.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the structure from which the values (as specified by the value mask)

+are to be taken.

+The value mask should have the appropriate bits

+set to indicate which attributes have been set in the structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>

+function creates an unmapped subwindow for a specified parent window, 

+returns the window ID of the created window, 

+and causes the X server to generate a

+<symbol>CreateNotify</symbol>

+event.

+The created window is placed on top in the stacking order 

+with respect to siblings.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The coordinate system has the X axis horizontal and the Y axis vertical

+with the origin [0, 0] at the upper-left corner.

+Coordinates are integral,

+in terms of pixels,

+and coincide with pixel centers.

+Each window and pixmap has its own coordinate system.

+For a window, 

+the origin is inside the border at the inside, upper-left corner.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The border_width for an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window must be zero, or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+For class

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>,

+the visual type and depth must be a combination supported for the screen,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+The depth need not be the same as the parent,

+but the parent must not be a window of class 

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+For an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window,

+the depth must be zero, and the visual must be one supported by the screen.

+If either condition is not met,

+a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+The parent window, however, may have any depth and class.

+If you specify any invalid window attribute for a window, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The created window is not yet displayed (mapped) on the user's display.

+To display the window, call

+<function>XMapWindow</function>.

+The new window initially uses the same cursor as

+its parent. 

+A new cursor can be defined for the new window by calling

+<function>XDefineCursor</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>Cursor</primary><secondary>Initial State</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDefineCursor</primary></indexterm>

+The window will not be visible on the screen unless it and all of its

+ancestors are mapped and it is not obscured by any of its ancestors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create an unmapped 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+subwindow of a given parent window, use

+<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateSimpleWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatesimplewindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Window <function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> parent</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> border_width</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> border</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> background</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the parent window.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are the top-left outside corner of the new window's borders \ -->

+and are relative to the inside of the parent window's borders

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the created window's inside dimensions \ -->

+and do not include the created window's borders

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+The dimensions must be nonzero,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the width of the created window's border in pixels.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>border</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the border pixel value of the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>background</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the background pixel value of the window.

+

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>

+function creates an unmapped

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+subwindow for a specified parent window, returns the

+window ID of the created window, and causes the X server to generate a

+<symbol>CreateNotify</symbol>

+event.

+The created window is placed on top in the stacking order with respect to 

+siblings.

+Any part of the window that extends outside its parent window is clipped.

+The border_width for an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window must be zero, or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>

+inherits its depth, class, and visual from its parent.

+All other window attributes, except background and border, 

+have their default values.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Destroying_Windows">

+<title>Destroying Windows</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Destroying Windows  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to destroy a window or destroy all

+subwindows of a window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To destroy a window and all of its subwindows, use

+<function>XDestroyWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroywindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDestroyWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDestroyWindow</function>

+function destroys the specified window as well as all of its subwindows and causes

+the X server to generate a

+<symbol>DestroyNotify</symbol>

+event for each window.

+The window should never be referenced again.

+If the window specified by the w argument is mapped,

+it is unmapped automatically.

+The ordering of the

+<symbol>DestroyNotify</symbol>

+events is such that for any given window being destroyed,

+<symbol>DestroyNotify</symbol>

+is generated on any inferiors of the window before being generated on

+the window itself.

+The ordering among siblings and across subhierarchies is not otherwise

+constrained.

+If the window you specified is a root window, no windows are destroyed.

+Destroying a mapped window will generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on other windows that were obscured by the window being destroyed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDestroyWindow</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To destroy all subwindows of a specified window, use 

+<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroySubwindows</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroysubwindows'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDestroySubwindows</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>

+function destroys all inferior windows of the specified window, 

+in bottom-to-top stacking order.

+It causes the X server to generate a

+<symbol>DestroyNotify</symbol>

+event for each window.

+If any mapped

+subwindows were actually destroyed,

+<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>

+causes the X server to generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on the specified window.

+This is much more efficient than deleting many windows

+one at a time because much of the work need be performed only once for all

+of the windows, rather than for each window.

+The subwindows should never be referenced again.  

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDestroySubwindows</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Mapping_Windows_">

+<title>Mapping Windows </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Mapping Windows  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A window is considered mapped if an 

+<function>XMapWindow</function>

+call has been made on it.

+It may not be visible on the screen for one of the following reasons:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It is obscured by another opaque window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+One of its ancestors is not mapped.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It is entirely clipped by an ancestor.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events are generated for the window when part or all of

+it becomes visible on the screen. 

+A client receives the

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events only if it has asked for them.

+Windows retain their position in the stacking order when they are unmapped.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A window manager may want to control the placement of subwindows.

+If 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+has been selected by a window manager

+on a parent window (usually a root window),

+a map request initiated by other clients on a child window is not performed,

+and the window manager is sent a 

+<symbol>MapRequest</symbol>

+event.

+However, if the override-redirect flag on the child had been set to

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+(usually only on pop-up menus),

+the map request is performed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A tiling window manager might decide to reposition and resize other clients' 

+windows and then decide to map the window to its final location.

+A window manager that wants to provide decoration might

+reparent the child into a frame first.

+For further information,

+see <link linkend="Override_Redirect_Flag">sections 3.2.8</link>

+and <link linkend="Window_State_Change_Events_">10.10</link>.

+Only a single client at a time can select for 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Similarly, a single client can select for 

+<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>

+on a parent window.

+Then, any attempt to resize the window by another client is suppressed, and

+the client receives a 

+<symbol>ResizeRequest</symbol>

+event.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To map a given window, use 

+<function>XMapWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmapwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XMapWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XMapWindow</function>

+function

+maps the window and all of its

+subwindows that have had map requests.

+Mapping a window that has an unmapped ancestor does not display the

+window but marks it as eligible for display when the ancestor becomes

+mapped.

+Such a window is called unviewable.

+When all its ancestors are mapped,

+the window becomes viewable

+and will be visible on the screen if it is not obscured by another window.

+This function has no effect if the window is already mapped.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the override-redirect of the window is

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+and if some other client has selected

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent window, then the X server generates a

+<symbol>MapRequest</symbol>

+event, and the

+<function>XMapWindow</function>

+function does not map the window.

+Otherwise, the window is mapped, and the X server generates a

+<symbol>MapNotify</symbol>

+event.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the window becomes viewable and no earlier contents for it are remembered,

+the X server tiles the window with its background.

+If the window's background is undefined,

+the existing screen contents are not

+altered, and the X server generates zero or more 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events.

+If backing-store was maintained while the window was unmapped, no 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events

+are generated.

+If backing-store will now be maintained, 

+a full-window exposure is always generated.

+Otherwise, only visible regions may be reported.

+Similar tiling and exposure take place for any newly viewable inferiors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>

+If the window is an

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+window,

+<function>XMapWindow</function>

+generates 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on each 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+window that it causes to be displayed.

+If the client maps and paints the window 

+and if the client begins processing events, 

+the window is painted twice.

+To avoid this,

+first ask for 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events and then map the window,

+so the client processes input events as usual.

+The event list will include 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+for each

+window that has appeared on the screen. 

+The client's normal response to

+an 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+event should be to repaint the window.

+This method usually leads to simpler programs and to proper interaction

+with window managers.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XMapWindow</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To map and raise a window, use

+<function>XMapRaised</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapRaised</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmapraised'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XMapRaised</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XMapRaised</function>

+function

+essentially is similar to

+<function>XMapWindow</function>

+in that it maps the window and all of its

+subwindows that have had map requests.

+However, it also raises the specified window to the top of the stack.

+For additional information,

+see 

+<function>XMapWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XMapRaised</function>

+can generate multiple

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To map all subwindows for a specified window, use 

+<function>XMapSubwindows</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmapsubwindows'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XMapSubwindows</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XMapSubwindows</function>

+<indexterm><primary>XMapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>

+function maps all subwindows for a specified window in top-to-bottom stacking 

+order.

+The X server generates

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on each newly displayed window.

+This may be much more efficient than mapping many windows

+one at a time because the server needs to perform much of the work

+only once, for all of the windows, rather than for each window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XMapSubwindows</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Unmapping_Windows">

+<title>Unmapping Windows</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Unmapping Windows  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to unmap a window or all subwindows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To unmap a window, use 

+<function>XUnmapWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnmapWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xunmapwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUnmapWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUnmapWindow</function>

+function unmaps the specified window and causes the X server to generate an

+<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>

+<indexterm><primary>UnmapNotify Event</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XUnmapWindow</primary></indexterm>

+event.

+If the specified window is already unmapped, 

+<function>XUnmapWindow</function>

+has no effect.

+Normal exposure processing on formerly obscured windows is performed.

+Any child window will no longer be visible until another map call is

+made on the parent.

+In other words, the subwindows are still mapped but are not visible

+until the parent is mapped.

+Unmapping a window will generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on windows that were formerly obscured by it.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XUnmapWindow</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To unmap all subwindows for a specified window, use 

+<function>XUnmapSubwindows</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnmapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xunmapsubwindows'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUnmapSubwindows</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUnmapSubwindows</function>

+function unmaps all subwindows for the specified window in bottom-to-top

+stacking order.

+It causes the X server to generate an

+<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>

+event on each subwindow and 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on formerly obscured windows.

+<indexterm><primary>UnmapNotify Event</primary></indexterm>

+Using this function is much more efficient than unmapping multiple windows

+one at a time because the server needs to perform much of the work

+only once, for all of the windows, rather than for each window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XUnmapSubwindows</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Configuring_Windows">

+<title>Configuring Windows</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Configuring Windows  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to

+move a window, resize a window, move and resize a window, or

+change a window's border width.

+To change one of these parameters,

+set the appropriate member of the

+<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>

+structure and OR in the corresponding value mask in subsequent calls to

+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>.

+The symbols for the value mask bits and the

+<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>

+structure are:

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+/* Configure window value mask bits */

+#define      CWX              (1&lt;&lt;0)

+#define      CWY              (1&lt;&lt;1)

+#define      CWWidth          (1&lt;&lt;2)

+#define      CWHeight         (1&lt;&lt;3)

+#define      CWBorderWidth    (1&lt;&lt;4)

+#define      CWSibling        (1&lt;&lt;5)

+#define      CWStackMode      (1&lt;&lt;6)

+</literallayout>

+

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowChanges</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+/* Values */

+

+typedef struct {

+     int x, y;

+     int width, height;

+     int border_width;

+     Window sibling;

+     int stack_mode;

+} XWindowChanges;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The x and y members are used to set the window's x and y coordinates,

+which are relative to the parent's origin

+and indicate the position of the upper-left outer corner of the window.

+The width and height members are used to set the inside size of the window,

+not including the border, and must be nonzero, or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+Attempts to configure a root window have no effect.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The border_width member is used to set the width of the border in pixels.

+Note that setting just the border width leaves the outer-left corner of the window

+in a fixed position but moves the absolute position of the window's origin.

+If you attempt to set the border-width attribute of an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window nonzero, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The sibling member is used to set the sibling window for stacking operations.

+The stack_mode member is used to set how the window is to be restacked 

+and can be set to

+<symbol>Above</symbol>,

+<symbol>Below</symbol>,

+<symbol>TopIf</symbol>,

+<symbol>BottomIf</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>Opposite</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the override-redirect flag of the window is

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+and if some other client has selected

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent, the X server generates a

+<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>

+event, and no further processing is performed.

+Otherwise, 

+if some other client has selected 

+<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the window and the inside

+width or height of the window is being changed,

+a 

+<symbol>ResizeRequest</symbol>

+event is generated, and the current inside width and height are

+used instead.

+Note that the override-redirect flag of the window has no effect

+on

+<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>

+and that

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent has precedence over

+<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the geometry of the window is changed as specified, 

+the window is restacked among siblings, and a

+<symbol>ConfigureNotify</symbol>

+event is generated if the state of the window actually changes.

+<symbol>GravityNotify</symbol>

+events are generated after 

+<symbol>ConfigureNotify</symbol>

+events.

+If the inside width or height of the window has actually changed, 

+children of the window are affected as specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a window's size actually changes,

+the window's subwindows move according to their window gravity.

+Depending on the window's bit gravity,

+the contents of the window also may be moved

+(see <link linkend="Gravity_Attributes">section 3.2.3</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If regions of the window were obscured but now are not,

+exposure processing is performed on these formerly obscured windows, 

+including the window itself and its inferiors. 

+As a result of increasing the width or height,

+exposure processing is also performed on any new regions of the window 

+and any regions where window contents are lost.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The restack check (specifically, the computation for 

+<symbol>BottomIf</symbol>,

+<symbol>TopIf</symbol>,

+and 

+<symbol>Opposite</symbol>)

+is performed with respect to the window's final size and position (as

+controlled by the other arguments of the request), not its initial position.

+If a sibling is specified without a stack_mode,

+a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a sibling and a stack_mode are specified, 

+the window is restacked as follows:

+</para>

+<informaltable  frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>Above</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The window is placed just above the sibling.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>Below</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The window is placed just below the sibling.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>TopIf</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the sibling occludes the window, the window is placed at the top of the stack.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>BottomIf</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the window occludes the sibling, the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>Opposite</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>

+If the sibling occludes the window, the window is placed at the top of the stack.

+If the window occludes the sibling,

+the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a stack_mode is specified but no sibling is specified,

+the window is restacked as follows:

+</para>

+

+<informaltable  frame="none">

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>Above</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The window is placed at the top of the stack.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>Below</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The window is placed at the bottom of the stack.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>TopIf</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>

+If any sibling occludes the window, the window is placed at

+the top of the stack.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>BottomIf</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>

+If the window occludes any sibling, the window is placed at

+the bottom of the stack.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>Opposite</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>

+If any sibling occludes the window, the window

+is placed at the top of the stack.

+If the window occludes any sibling,

+the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Attempts to configure a root window have no effect.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To configure a window's size, location, stacking, or border, use

+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConfigureWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xconfigurewindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XConfigureWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> value_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XWindowChanges<parameter> *values</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi to be reconfigured -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which values are to be set using information in

+the values structure.

+This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid configure window values bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>

+function uses the values specified in the

+<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>

+structure to reconfigure a window's size, position, border, and stacking order.

+Values not specified are taken from the existing geometry of the window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a sibling is specified without a stack_mode or if the window

+is not actually a sibling,

+a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results. 

+Note that the computations for

+<symbol>BottomIf</symbol>,

+<symbol>TopIf</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>Opposite</symbol>

+are performed with respect to the window's final geometry (as controlled by the

+other arguments passed to

+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>),

+not its initial geometry.

+Any backing store contents of the window, its

+inferiors, and other newly visible windows are either discarded or

+changed to reflect the current screen contents 

+(depending on the implementation).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To move a window without changing its size, use 

+<function>XMoveWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMoveWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmovewindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XMoveWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN      -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi to be moved -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which define the new location of the top-left pixel \ -->

+of the window's border or the window itself if it has no border

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XMoveWindow</function>

+function moves the specified window to the specified x and y coordinates,

+but it does not change the window's size, raise the window, or

+change the mapping state of the window.

+Moving a mapped window may or may not lose the window's contents 

+depending on if the window is obscured by nonchildren 

+and if no backing store exists.

+If the contents of the window are lost, 

+the X server generates

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events.

+Moving a mapped window generates

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on any formerly obscured windows. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the override-redirect flag of the window is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+and some

+other client has selected 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent, the X server generates a

+<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>

+event, and no further processing is

+performed.  

+Otherwise, the window is moved.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XMoveWindow</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change a window's size without changing the upper-left coordinate, use 

+<function>XResizeWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResizeWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xresizewindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XResizeWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the interior dimensions of the window \ -->

+after the call completes

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XResizeWindow</function>

+function changes the inside dimensions of the specified window, not including

+its borders.

+This function does not change the window's upper-left coordinate or

+the origin and does not restack the window.

+Changing the size of a mapped window may lose its contents and generate

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events.

+If a mapped window is made smaller, 

+changing its size generates

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on windows that the mapped window formerly obscured.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the override-redirect flag of the window is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+and some

+other client has selected 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent, the X server generates a

+<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>

+event, and no further processing is performed.  

+If either width or height is zero,

+a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XResizeWindow</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change the size and location of a window, use 

+<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMoveResizeWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmoveresizewindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XMoveResizeWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi to be reconfigured -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which define the new position of the window relative to its parent -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which define the interior size of the window -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>

+function changes the size and location of the specified window 

+without raising it.

+Moving and resizing a mapped window may generate an

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+event on the window.

+Depending on the new size and location parameters,

+moving and resizing a window may generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on windows that the window formerly obscured. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the override-redirect flag of the window is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+and some

+other client has selected 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent, the X server generates a

+<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>

+event, and no further processing is performed.  

+Otherwise, the window size and location are changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change the border width of a given window, use

+<function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorderWidth</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborderwidth'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> width</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the width of the window border.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function>

+function sets the specified window's border width to the specified width.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Changing_Window_Stacking_Order">

+<title>Changing Window Stacking Order</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Changing Window Stacking Order  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to raise, lower, circulate,

+or restack windows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To raise a window so that no sibling window obscures it, use 

+<function>XRaiseWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRaiseWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xraisewindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRaiseWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRaiseWindow</function>

+function

+raises the specified window to the top of the stack so that no sibling window

+obscures it.

+If the windows are regarded as overlapping sheets of paper stacked 

+on a desk,

+then raising a window is analogous to moving the sheet to the top of

+the stack but leaving its x and y location on the desk constant.

+Raising a mapped window may generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events for the window and any mapped subwindows that were formerly obscured.  

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the override-redirect attribute of the window is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+and some

+other client has selected 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent, the X server generates a

+<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>

+event, and no processing is performed.

+Otherwise, the window is raised.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XRaiseWindow</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To lower a window so that it does not obscure any sibling windows, use 

+<function>XLowerWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLowerWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlowerwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XLowerWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLowerWindow</function>

+function lowers the specified window to the bottom of the stack

+so that it does not obscure any sibling

+windows.

+If the windows are regarded as overlapping sheets of paper

+stacked on a desk, then lowering a window is analogous to moving the

+sheet to the bottom of the stack but leaving its x and y location on

+the desk constant.

+Lowering a mapped window will generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events on any windows it formerly obscured.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the override-redirect attribute of the window is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+and some

+other client has selected 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent, the X server generates a

+<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>

+event, and no processing is performed.  

+Otherwise, the window is lowered to the bottom of the

+stack.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XLowerWindow</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To circulate a subwindow up or down, use

+<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindows</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindows'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindows</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> direction</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>direction</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the direction (up or down) that you want to circulate

+the window. 

+You can pass 

+<symbol>RaiseLowest</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>LowerHighest</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>

+function circulates children of the specified window in the specified 

+direction.

+If you specify

+<symbol>RaiseLowest</symbol>,

+<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>

+raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is occluded 

+by another child to the top of the stack.

+If you specify

+<symbol>LowerHighest</symbol>,

+<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>

+lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that occludes another child

+to the bottom of the stack.

+Exposure processing is then performed on formerly obscured windows.

+If some other client has selected 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the window, the X server generates a 

+<symbol>CirculateRequest</symbol>

+event, and no further processing is performed.

+If a child is actually restacked,

+the X server generates a

+<symbol>CirculateNotify</symbol>

+event. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To raise the lowest mapped child of a window that is partially or completely

+occluded by another child, use

+<function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindowsup'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function>

+function raises the lowest mapped child of the specified window that

+is partially

+or completely

+occluded by another child.

+Completely unobscured children are not affected.

+This is a convenience function equivalent to

+<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>

+with

+<symbol>RaiseLowest</symbol>

+specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To lower the highest mapped child of a window that partially or 

+completely occludes another child, use 

+<function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindowsdown'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function>

+function lowers the highest mapped child of the specified window that partially

+or completely occludes another child.

+Completely unobscured children are not affected.

+This is a convenience function equivalent to

+<function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>

+with

+<symbol>LowerHighest</symbol>

+specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To restack a set of windows from top to bottom, use 

+<function>XRestackWindows</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRestackWindows</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrestackwindows'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRestackWindows</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> windows[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nwindows</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>windows</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array containing the windows to be restacked.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nwindows</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of windows to be restacked.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRestackWindows</function>

+function restacks the windows in the order specified,

+from top to bottom.

+The stacking order of the first window in the windows array is unaffected,

+but the other windows in the array are stacked underneath the first window,

+in the order of the array.

+The stacking order of the other windows is not affected.

+For each window in the window array that is not a child of the specified window,

+a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the override-redirect attribute of a window is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+and some

+other client has selected 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>

+on the parent, the X server generates 

+<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>

+events for each window whose override-redirect flag is not set, 

+and no further processing is performed.

+Otherwise, the windows will be restacked in top-to-bottom order.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XRestackWindows</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Changing_Window_Attributes">

+<title>Changing Window Attributes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Changing Window Attributes  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set window attributes.

+<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>

+is the more general function that allows you to set one or more window

+attributes provided by the

+<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>

+structure.

+The other functions described in this section allow you to set one specific

+window attribute, such as a window's background.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change one or more attributes for a given window, use

+<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchangewindowattributes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSetWindowAttributes<parameter> *attributes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which window attributes are defined in the attributes

+argument.

+This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid attribute mask bits.

+If valuemask is zero,

+the attributes are ignored and are not referenced.

+The values and restrictions are

+the same as for

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the structure from which the values (as specified by the value mask)

+are to be taken.

+The value mask should have the appropriate bits

+set to indicate which attributes have been set in the structure 

+(see <link linkend="Window_Attributes">section 3.2</link>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Depending on the valuemask,

+the

+<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>

+function uses the window attributes in the

+<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>

+structure to change the specified window attributes.

+Changing the background does not cause the window contents to be

+changed.

+To repaint the window and its background, use 

+<function>XClearWindow</function>.

+Setting the border or changing the background such that the

+border tile origin changes causes the border to be repainted.

+Changing the background of a root window to 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>

+restores the default background pixmap.

+Changing the border of a root window to

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>

+restores the default border pixmap.

+Changing the win-gravity does not affect the current position of the

+window.

+Changing the backing-store of an obscured window to 

+<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>Always</symbol>,

+or changing the backing-planes, backing-pixel, or

+save-under of a mapped window may have no immediate effect.

+Changing the colormap of a window (that is, defining a new map, not

+changing the contents of the existing map) generates a 

+<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>

+event.

+Changing the colormap of a visible window may have no

+immediate effect on the screen because the map may not be installed

+(see

+<function>XInstallColormap</function>).

+Changing the cursor of a root window to 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+restores the default

+cursor.

+Whenever possible, you are encouraged to share colormaps.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Multiple clients can select input on the same window. 

+Their event masks are maintained separately.

+When an event is generated, 

+it is reported to all interested clients. 

+However, only one client at a time can select for 

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>ButtonPressMask</symbol>.

+If a client attempts to select any of these event masks 

+and some other client has already selected one, 

+a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+There is only one do-not-propagate-mask for a window, 

+not one per client.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the background of a window to a given pixel, use 

+<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBackground</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowbackground'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBackground</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> background_pixel</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixel</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the pixel that is to be used for the background.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>

+function sets the background of the window to the specified pixel value.

+Changing the background does not cause the window contents to be changed.

+<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>

+uses a pixmap of undefined size filled with the pixel value you passed.

+If you try to change the background of an 

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the background of a window to a given pixmap, use 

+<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>background</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowbackgroundpixmap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> background_pixmap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the background pixmap,

+<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Freeing</primary><secondary>resources</secondary></indexterm>

+The

+<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>

+function sets the background pixmap of the window to the specified pixmap.

+The background pixmap can immediately be freed if no further explicit

+references to it are to be made.

+If 

+<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>

+is specified, 

+the background pixmap of the window's parent is used,

+or on the root window, the default background is restored.

+If you try to change the background of an 

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If the background is set to

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the window has no defined background.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .NT Note -->

+<function>XSetWindowBackground</function>

+and

+<function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function>

+do not change the current contents of the window.

+<!-- .NE -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change and repaint a window's border to a given pixel, use 

+<function>XSetWindowBorder</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorder</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborder'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorder</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> border_pixel</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>border_pixel</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the entry in the colormap. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWindowBorder</function>

+function sets the border of the window to the pixel value you specify.

+If you attempt to perform this on an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWindowBorder</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change and repaint the border tile of a given window, use 

+<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborderpixmap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> border_pixmap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>border_pixmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the border pixmap or

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>

+function sets the border pixmap of the window to the pixmap you specify.

+The border pixmap can be freed immediately if no further explicit

+references to it are to be made.

+If you specify

+<symbol>CopyFromParent</symbol>,

+a copy of the parent window's border pixmap is used.

+If you attempt to perform this on an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Freeing</primary><secondary>resources</secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the colormap of a given window, use

+<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowcolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetWindowColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>

+function sets the specified colormap of the specified window.

+The colormap must have the same visual type as the window,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To define which cursor will be used in a window, use

+<function>XDefineCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>defining the cursor</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefineCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdefinecursor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDefineCursor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If a cursor is set, it will be used when the pointer is in the window.

+If the cursor is

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+it is equivalent to

+<function>XUndefineCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDefineCursor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To undefine the cursor in a given window, use

+<function>XUndefineCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>undefining the cursor</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUndefineCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xundefinecursor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUndefineCursor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUndefineCursor</function>

+function undoes the effect of a previous

+<function>XDefineCursor</function>

+for this window.

+When the pointer is in the window,

+the parent's cursor will now be used.

+On the root window,

+the default cursor is restored.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XUndefineCursor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+</para>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml
index 5ace5e1a3..3bd5d04aa 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml
@@ -1,2508 +1,2508 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="window_information_functions">
-<title>Window Information Functions</title>
-
-<para>
-After you connect the display to the X server and create a window, you can use the Xlib window
-information functions to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>Obtain information about a window</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Translate screen coordinates</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Manipulate property lists</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Obtain and change window properties</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Manipulate selections</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<sect1 id="Obtaining_Window_Information">
-<title>Obtaining Window Information</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Obtaining Window Information  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain information about 
-the window tree, the window's current attributes, 
-the window's current geometry, or the current pointer coordinates.
-Because they are most frequently used by window managers,
-these functions all return a status to indicate whether the window still
-exists.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for 
-a given window, use 
-<function>XQueryTree</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Child Window</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Parent Window</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTree</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerytree'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryTree</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *root_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *parent_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> **children_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *nchildren_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose list of children, root, parent, and number of children \ -->
-you want to obtain
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the root window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>parent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the parent window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>children_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the list of children.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nchildren_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of children.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryTree</function>
-function returns the root ID, the parent window ID, 
-a pointer to the list of children windows
-(NULL when there are no children), 
-and the number of children in the list for the specified window.
-The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most 
-(first) to top-most (last).
-<function>XQueryTree</function>
-returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds.
-To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use 
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryTree</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use 
-<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwindowattributes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWindowAttributes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XWindowAttributes<parameter> *window_attributes_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose current attributes you want to obtain -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>window_attributes_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the specified window's attributes in the
-<structname>XWindowAttributes</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>
-function returns the current attributes for the specified window to an
-<structname>XWindowAttributes</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     int x, y;                     /* location of window */
-     int width, height;            /* width and height of window */
-     int border_width;             /* border width of window */
-     int depth;                    /* depth of window */
-     Visual *visual;               /* the associated visual structure */
-     Window root;                  /* root of screen containing window */
-     int class;                    /* InputOutput, InputOnly*/
-     int bit_gravity;              /* one of the bit gravity values */
-     int win_gravity;              /* one of the window gravity values */
-     int backing_store;            /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */
-     unsigned long backing_planes; /* planes to be preserved if possible */
-     unsigned long backing_pixel;  /* value to be used when restoring planes */
-     Bool save_under;              /* boolean, should bits under be saved? */
-     Colormap colormap;            /* color map to be associated with window */
-     Bool map_installed;           /* boolean, is color map currently installed*/
-     int map_state;                /* IsUnmapped, IsUnviewable, IsViewable */
-     long all_event_masks;         /* set of events all people have interest in*/
-     long your_event_mask;         /* my event mask */
-     long do_not_propagate_mask;   /* set of events that should not propagate */
-     Bool override_redirect;       /* boolean value for override-redirect */
-     Screen *screen;               /* back pointer to correct screen */
-} XWindowAttributes;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The x and y members are set to the upper-left outer
-corner relative to the parent window's origin.
-The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window, 
-not including the border.
-The border_width member is set to the window's border width in pixels.
-The depth member is set to the depth of the window 
-(that is, bits per pixel for the object).
-The visual member is a pointer to the screen's associated
-<structname>Visual</structname>
-structure.
-The root member is set to the root window of the screen containing the window.
-The class member is set to the window's class and can be either
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The bit_gravity member is set to the window's bit gravity
-and can be one of the following:
-  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
-    <member><symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></member>
-
-    <member><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>StaticGravity</symbol></member>
-  </simplelist>
-</para>
-<para>
-The win_gravity member is set to the window's window gravity
-and can be one of the following:
-  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
-    <member><symbol>UnmapGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></member>
-
-    <member><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>StaticGravity</symbol></member>
-    <member><symbol>CenterGravity</symbol></member>
-  </simplelist>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For additional information on gravity,
-see <link linkend="Gravity_Attributes">section 3.2.3</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain
-the contents of a window 
-and can be 
-<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,
-<symbol>Always</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>.
-The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit 
-planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores 
-and during save_unders.
-The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use 
-for planes not set in backing_planes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The save_under member is set to 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be
-a colormap ID or 
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is 
-currently installed and can be 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-The map_state member is set to indicate the state of the window and can be
-<symbol>IsUnmapped</symbol>,
-<symbol>IsUnviewable</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>IsViewable</symbol>.
-<symbol>IsUnviewable</symbol>
-is used if the window is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event 
-masks selected on the window by all clients.
-The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event 
-masks selected by the querying client.
-The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the 
-set of events that should not propagate.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides
-structure control facilities and can be 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-Window manager clients should ignore the window if this member is
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer 
-to the correct screen.
-This makes it easier to obtain the screen information without
-having to loop over the root window fields to see which field matches.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use 
-<function>XGetGeometry</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGeometry</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetgeometry'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetGeometry</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *root_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *border_width_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *depth_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Dr , which can be a window or a pixmap -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable(Dr. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the root window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the x and y coordinates that define the location of the drawable.
-For a window, 
-these coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner relative to
-its parent's origin.
-For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the drawable's dimensions (width and height).
-For a window, 
-these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>border_width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the border width in pixels. 
-If the drawable is a pixmap, it returns zero.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>depth_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the depth of the drawable (bits per pixel for the object).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetGeometry</function>
-function returns the root window and the current geometry of the drawable.
-The geometry of the drawable includes the x and y coordinates, width and height,
-border width, and depth.
-These are described in the argument list.
-It is legal to pass to this function a window whose class is
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetGeometry</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Translating_Screen_Coordinates">
-<title>Translating Screen Coordinates</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Translating Screen Coordinates  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Applications sometimes
-need to perform a coordinate transformation from the coordinate
-space of one window to another window or need to determine which
-window the pointing device is in.
-<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
-and
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>
-fulfill these needs (and avoid any race conditions) by
-asking the X server to perform these operations.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To translate a coordinate in one window to the coordinate
-space of another window, use
-<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTranslateCoordinates</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xtranslatecoordinates'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XTranslateCoordinates</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Windowsrc_w,<parameter> dest_w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*dest_x_return,<parameter> *dest_y_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *child_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the source window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the destination window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates within the source window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the x and y coordinates within the destination window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>child_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the child if the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of the
-destination window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If
-<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
-returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative
-to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to 
-dest_x_return and dest_y_return
-relative to the destination window's origin.
-If
-<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-src_w and dest_w are on different screens,
-and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero.
-If the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of dest_w,
-that child is returned to child_return.
-Otherwise, child_return is set to
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the screen coordinates of the pointer
-or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use 
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryPointer</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerypointer'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XQueryPointer</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window*root_return,<parameter> *child_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*root_x_return,<parameter> *root_y_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*win_x_return,<parameter> *win_y_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *mask_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-<!-- .ds Ro that the pointer is in -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the root window (Ro.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>child_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the child window that the pointer is located in, if any.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>root_x_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>root_y_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the pointer coordinates relative to the root window's origin.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>win_x_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>win_y_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the pointer coordinates relative to the specified window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mask_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the current state of the modifier keys and pointer buttons.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>
-function returns the root window the pointer is logically on and the pointer
-coordinates relative to the root window's origin.
-If
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return.
-If 
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return
-are relative to the origin of the specified window.
-In this case, 
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>
-returns the child that contains the pointer, if any,
-or else
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-to child_return.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>
-returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons 
-and the modifier keys in mask_return.
-It sets mask_return to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more
-of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match 
-the current state of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that the logical state of a device (as seen through Xlib)
-may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen
-(see <link linkend="Pointer_Grabbing_">section 12.1</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryPointer</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Properties_and_Atoms">
-<title>Properties and Atoms</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Properties and Atoms  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A property is a collection of named, typed data.
-The window system has a set of predefined properties
-<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>predefined</secondary></indexterm>
-(for example, the name of a window, size hints, and so on), and users can
-define any other arbitrary information and associate it with windows.
-Each property has a name,
-which is an ISO Latin-1 string.
-For each named property,
-a unique identifier (atom) is associated with it. 
-A property also has a type, for example, string or integer.
-These types are also indicated using atoms, so arbitrary new
-types can be defined.
-Data of only one type may be associated with a single
-property name.
-Clients can store and retrieve properties associated with windows.
-For efficiency reasons,
-an atom is used rather than a character string.
-<function>XInternAtom</function>
-can be used to obtain the atom for property names.
-<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A property is also stored in one of several possible formats.
-The X server can store the information as 8-bit quantities, 16-bit
-quantities, or 32-bit quantities.
-This permits the X server to present the data in the byte order that the
-client expects.
-<!-- .NT Note -->
-If you define further properties of complex type, 
-you must encode and decode them yourself.
-These functions must be carefully written if they are to be portable.
-For further information about how to write a library extension,
-see <link linkend="extensions">appendix C</link>.
-<!-- .NE -->
-The type of a property is defined by an atom, which allows for
-arbitrary extension in this type scheme.
-<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Certain property names are
-predefined in the server for commonly used functions.
-The atoms for these properties are defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-To avoid name clashes with user symbols, the 
-<code>#define</code>
-name for each atom has the XA_ prefix.
-For an explanation of the functions that let you get and set
-much of the information stored in these predefined properties,
-see <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The core protocol imposes no semantics on these property names,
-but semantics are specified in other X Consortium standards,
-such as the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>
-and the <emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Description Conventions</emphasis>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can use properties to communicate other information between
-applications.
-The functions described in this section let you define new properties 
-and get the unique atom IDs in your applications.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Although any particular atom can have some client interpretation 
-within each of the name spaces, 
-atoms occur in five distinct name spaces within the protocol: 
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Selections
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Property names
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Property types
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Font properties 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Type of a 
-<symbol>ClientMessage</symbol>
-event (none are built into the X server)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The built-in selection property names are:
-<simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
-  <member><property>PRIMARY</property></member>
-  <member><property>SECONDARY</property></member>
-</simplelist>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The built-in property names are: 
-  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
-    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER0</property></member>
-    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER1</property></member>
-    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER2</property></member>
-    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER3</property></member>
-    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER4</property></member>
-    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER5</property></member>
-    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER6</property></member>
-    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER7</property></member>
-    <member><property>RGB_BEST_MAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>RGB_BLUE_MAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>RGB_DEFAULT_MAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>RGB_GRAY_MAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>RGB_GREEN_MAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>RGB_RED_MAP</property></member>
-
-    <member><property>RESOURCE_MANAGER</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_CLASS</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_COMMAND</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_HINTS</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_ICON_NAME</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_NAME</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_STATE</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_ZOOM_HINTS</property></member>
-  </simplelist>
-</para>
-<para>
-The built-in property types are: 
-  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
-    <member><property>ARC</property></member>
-    <member><property>ATOM</property></member>
-    <member><property>BITMAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>CARDINAL</property></member>
-    <member><property>COLORMAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>CURSOR</property></member>
-    <member><property>DRAWABLE</property></member>
-    <member><property>FONT</property></member>
-    <member><property>INTEGER</property></member>
-    <member><property>PIXMAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>POINT</property></member>
-    <member><property>RGB_COLOR_MAP</property></member>
-    <member><property>RECTANGLE</property></member>
-    <member><property>STRING</property></member>
-    <member><property>VISUALID</property></member>
-    <member><property>WINDOW</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_HINTS</property></member>
-    <member><property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property></member>
-  </simplelist>
-</para>
-<para>
-The built-in font property names are: 
-  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
-    <member><property>MIN_SPACE</property></member>
-    <member><property>NORM_SPACE</property></member>
-    <member><property>MAX_SPACE</property></member>
-    <member><property>END_SPACE</property></member>
-    <member><property>SUPERSCRIPT_X</property></member>
-    <member><property>SUPERSCRIPT_Y</property></member>
-    <member><property>SUBSCRIPT_X</property></member>
-    <member><property>SUBSCRIPT_Y</property></member>
-    <member><property>UNDERLINE_POSITION</property></member>
-    <member><property>UNDERLINE_THICKNESS</property></member>
-    <member><property>FONT_NAME</property></member>
-    <member><property>FULL_NAME</property></member>
-
-    <member><property>STRIKEOUT_DESCENT</property></member>
-    <member><property>STRIKEOUT_ASCENT</property></member>
-    <member><property>ITALIC_ANGLE</property></member>
-    <member><property>X_HEIGHT</property></member>
-    <member><property>QUAD_WIDTH</property></member>
-    <member><property>WEIGHT</property></member>
-    <member><property>POINT_SIZE</property></member>
-    <member><property>RESOLUTION</property></member>
-    <member><property>COPYRIGHT</property></member>
-    <member><property>NOTICE</property></member>
-    <member><property>FAMILY_NAME</property></member>
-    <member><property>CAP_HEIGHT</property></member>
-  </simplelist>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For further information about font properties,
-see <link linkend="Font_Metrics">section 8.5</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return an atom for a given name, use 
-<function>XInternAtom</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtom</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xinternatom'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Atom <function>XInternAtom</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *atom_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> only_if_exists</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>atom_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the name associated with the atom you want returned.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>only_if_exists</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the atom must be created.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XInternAtom</function>
-function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name
-string.
-If only_if_exists is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-the atom is created if it does not exist.
-Therefore,
-<function>XInternAtom</function>
-can return
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Uppercase and lowercase matter;
-the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' 
-all designate different atoms.  
-The atom will remain defined even after the client's connection closes.
-It will become undefined only when the last connection to
-the X server closes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XInternAtom</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return atoms for an array of names, use 
-<function>XInternAtoms</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtoms</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xinternatoms'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XInternAtoms</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **names</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> only_if_exists</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *atoms_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the array of atom names.
-<!-- .ds Cn atom names in the array -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of (Cn.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>only_if_exists</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the atom must be created.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>atoms_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the atoms.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XInternAtoms</function>
-function returns the atom identifiers associated with the specified names.
-The atoms are stored in the atoms_return array supplied by the caller.
-Calling this function is equivalent to calling
-<function>XInternAtom</function>
-for each of the names in turn with the specified value of only_if_exists,
-but this function minimizes the number of round-trip protocol exchanges
-between the client and the X server.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function returns a nonzero status if atoms are returned for
-all of the names;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XInternAtoms</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return a name for a given atom identifier, use 
-<function>XGetAtomName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetatomname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetAtomName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> atom</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>atom</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetAtomName</function>
-function returns the name associated with the specified atom.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-To free the resulting string,
-call
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetAtomName</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use 
-<function>XGetAtomNames</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomNames</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetatomnames'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetAtomNames</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *atoms</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **names_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>atoms</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the array of atoms.
-<!-- .ds Cn atoms in the array -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of (Cn.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>names_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the atom names.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetAtomNames</function>
-function returns the names associated with the specified atoms.
-The names are stored in the names_return array supplied by the caller.
-Calling this function is equivalent to calling
-<function>XGetAtomName</function>
-for each of the atoms in turn,
-but this function minimizes the number of round-trip protocol exchanges
-between the client and the X server.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function returns a nonzero status if names are returned for
-all of the atoms;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetAtomNames</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Obtaining_and_Changing_Window_Properties">
-<title>Obtaining and Changing Window Properties</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Obtaining and Changing Window Properties  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can attach a property list to every window.
-Each property has a name, a type, and a value
-(see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>).
-The value is an array of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities,
-whose interpretation is left to the clients.  The type
-<type>char</type>
-is used to represent 8-bit quantities, the type
-<type>short</type>
-is used to represent 16-bit quantities, and the type
-<type>long</type>
-is used to represent 32-bit quantities.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain, 
-change, update, or interchange window properties.
-In addition, Xlib provides other utility functions for inter-client
-communication
-(see <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use 
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>getting</secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwindowproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XGetWindowProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> long_offset</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> long_length</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> delete</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> req_type</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> actual_type_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> actual_format_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> nitems_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef><parameter> bytes_after_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>.br<parameter> prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to obtain -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>long_offset</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities) 
-where the data is to be retrieved.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>long_length</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the length in 32-bit multiples of the data to be retrieved.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>delete</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that determines whether the property is deleted.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>req_type</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the atom identifier associated with the property type or
-<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>actual_type_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the atom identifier  that defines the actual type of the property.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>actual_format_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the actual format of the property.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items 
-stored in the prop_return data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_after_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if 
-a partial read was performed.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>prop_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the data in the specified format.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
-function returns the actual type of the property; the actual format of the property;
-the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items transferred; the number of bytes remaining
-to be read in the property; and a pointer to the data actually returned.
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
-sets the return arguments as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the specified property does not exist for the specified window,
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-to actual_type_return and the value zero to 
-actual_format_return and bytes_after_return.
-The nitems_return argument is empty.
-In this case, the delete argument is ignored.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the specified property exists 
-but its type does not match the specified type,
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
-returns the actual property type to actual_type_return, 
-the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return, 
-and the property length in bytes
-(even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32) 
-to bytes_after_return.
-It also ignores the delete argument.
-The nitems_return argument is empty.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the specified property exists and either you assign 
-<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>
-to the req_type argument or the specified type matches the actual property type,
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
-returns the actual property type to actual_type_return and the actual
-property format (never zero) to actual_format_return. 
-It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by 
-defining the following
-values:
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<!-- .nf -->
-     N = actual length of the stored property in bytes
-          (even if the format is 16 or 32)
-     I = 4 * long_offset
-     T = N - I
-     L = MINIMUM(T, 4 * long_length)
-     A = N - (I + L)
-<!-- .fi -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The returned value starts at byte index I in the property (indexing
-from zero), and its length in bytes is L.
-If the value for long_offset causes L to be negative,
-a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results. 
-The value of bytes_after_return is A, 
-giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the returned format is 8, the returned data is represented as a
-<type>char</type>
-array.
-If the returned format is 16, the returned data is represented as a
-<type>short</type>
-array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements.
-If the returned format is 32, the returned data is represented as a
-<type>long</type>
-array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
-always allocates one extra byte in prop_return 
-(even if the property is zero length) 
-and sets it to zero so that simple properties consisting of characters
-do not have to be copied into yet another string before use.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If delete is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-and bytes_after_return is zero, 
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
-deletes the property 
-from the window and generates a 
-<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
-event on the window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The function returns
-<symbol>Success</symbol>
-if it executes successfully.
-To free the resulting data,
-use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a given window's property list, use 
-<function>XListProperties</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>listing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListProperties</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlistproperties'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Atom *<function>XListProperties</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose property list you want to obtain -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_prop_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the length of the properties array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XListProperties</function>
-function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for 
-the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found.
-To free the memory allocated by this function, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XListProperties</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change a property of a given window, use
-<function>XChangeProperty</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>changing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>appending</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>prepending</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>replacing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>format</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>type</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchangeproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XChangeProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atomproperty,<parameter> type</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nelements</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to change -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the type of the property.
-The X server does not interpret the type but simply
-passes it back to an application that later calls 
-<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list
-of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities.
-Possible values are 8, 16, and 32.
-This information allows the X server to correctly perform
-byte-swap operations as necessary.
-If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit,
-you must explicitly cast your data pointer to an (unsigned char *) in the call
-to 
-<function>XChangeProperty</function>.
-<!-- .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the mode of the operation.
-You can pass
-<symbol>PropModeReplace</symbol>,
-<symbol>PropModePrepend</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>PropModeAppend</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nelements</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of elements of the specified data format.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XChangeProperty</function>
-function alters the property for the specified window and
-causes the X server to generate a
-<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
-event on that window.
-<function>XChangeProperty</function>
-performs the following:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If mode is
-<symbol>PropModeReplace</symbol>,
-<function>XChangeProperty</function>
-discards the previous property value and stores the new data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If mode is
-<symbol>PropModePrepend</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>PropModeAppend</symbol>,
-<function>XChangeProperty</function>
-inserts the specified data before the beginning of the existing data
-or onto the end of the existing data, respectively.
-The type and format must match the existing property value,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If the property is undefined, 
-it is treated as defined with the correct type and
-format with zero-length data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the specified format is 8, the property data must be a
-<type>char</type>
-array.
-If the specified format is 16, the property data must be a
-<type>short</type>
-array.
-If the specified format is 32, the property data must be a
-<type>long</type>
-array.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The lifetime of a property is not tied to the storing client.
-Properties remain until explicitly deleted, until the window is destroyed,
-or until the server resets.
-For a discussion of what happens when the connection to the X server is closed,
-see <link linkend="Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations_">section 2.6</link>.
-The maximum size of a property is server dependent and can vary dynamically
-depending on the amount of memory the server has available.
-(If there is insufficient space, a
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-error results.)
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XChangeProperty</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To rotate a window's property list, use
-<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateWindowProperties</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrotatewindowproperties'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRotateWindowProperties</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> properties[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_prop</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> npositions</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>properties</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the array of properties that are to be rotated.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_prop</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the length of the properties array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>npositions</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the rotation amount.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>
-function allows you to rotate properties on a window and causes
-the X server to generate
-<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
-events.
-If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered 
-starting from zero and if there are num_prop property names in the list,
-then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated 
-with property name (I + npositions) mod N for all I from zero to N &minus; 1.
-The effect is to rotate the states by npositions places around the virtual ring
-of property names (right for positive npositions, 
-left for negative npositions).
-If npositions mod N is nonzero,
-the X server generates a
-<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
-event for each property in the order that they are listed in the array.
-If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that 
-name is defined for the window,
-a 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If a 
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-or 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results,
-no properties are changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To delete a property on a given window, use 
-<function>XDeleteProperty</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdeleteproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDeleteProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to delete -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDeleteProperty</function>
-function deletes the specified property only if the
-property was defined on the specified window
-and causes the X server to generate a
-<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
-event on the window unless the property does not exist.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDeleteProperty</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Selections">
-<title>Selections</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Selections -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary></indexterm>
-Selections are one method used by applications to exchange data.
-By using the property mechanism,
-applications can exchange data of arbitrary types and can negotiate
-the type of the data.
-A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with a dynamic type.
-That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server,
-the property is maintained by some client (the owner).
-A selection is global in nature (considered to belong to the user 
-but be maintained by clients) rather than being private to a particular 
-window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set, get, or request conversion
-of selections.
-This allows applications to implement the notion of current selection,
-which requires that notification be sent to applications when they no 
-longer own the selection.
-Applications that support selection often highlight the current selection
-and so must be informed when another application has
-acquired the selection so that they can unhighlight the selection.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When a client asks for the contents of
-a selection, it specifies a selection target type.
-This target type
-can be used to control the transmitted representation of the contents.
-For example, if the selection is ``the last thing the user clicked on''
-and that is currently an image, then the target type might specify
-whether the contents of the image should be sent in XY format or Z format.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The target type can also be used to control the class of
-contents transmitted, for example, 
-asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line
-spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, not the
-text of the paragraph.
-The target type can also be used for other
-purposes.
-The protocol does not constrain the semantics.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the selection owner, use 
-<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>setting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetselectionowner'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetSelectionOwner</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> selection</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> owner</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the selection atom.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>owner</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the owner of the specified selection atom.
-You can pass a window or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>
-function changes the owner and last-change time for the specified selection
-and has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current
-last-change time of the specified selection 
-or is later than the current X server time.
-Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time,
-with
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>
-replaced by the current server time.
-If the owner window is specified as
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-then the owner of the selection becomes 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-(that is, no owner).
-Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing
-the request.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP  -->
-If the new owner (whether a client or
-<symbol>None</symbol>)
-is not
-the same as the current owner of the selection and the current
-owner is not
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the current owner is sent a 
-<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>
-event.
-If the client that is the owner of a selection is later
-terminated (that is, its connection is closed)
-or if the owner window it has specified in the request is later
-destroyed,
-the owner of the selection automatically
-reverts to
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-but the last-change time is not affected.
-The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server.
-<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>
-returns the owner window, which is reported in 
-<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>
-events.
-Selections are global to the X server.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return the selection owner, use 
-<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>getting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetselectionowner'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Window <function>XGetSelectionOwner</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> selection</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Se whose owner you want returned -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the selection atom (Se.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>
-function
-returns the window ID associated with the window that currently owns the
-specified selection.
-If no selection was specified, the function returns the constant
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-If
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-is returned,
-there is no owner for the selection.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To request conversion of a selection, use 
-<function>XConvertSelection</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>converting</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertSelection</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xconvertselection'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XConvertSelection</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atomselection,<parameter> target</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> requestor</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the selection atom.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target atom.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-You also can pass 
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the requestor.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XConvertSelection</function>
-requests that the specified selection be converted to the specified target
-type:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the specified selection has an owner, the X server sends a
-<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol>
-event to that owner.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If no owner for the specified
-selection exists, the X server generates a
-<symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol>
-event to the
-requestor with property
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The arguments are passed on unchanged in either of the events.
-There are two predefined selection atoms: PRIMARY and SECONDARY.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XConvertSelection</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-
-</para>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="window_information_functions">

+<title>Window Information Functions</title>

+

+<para>

+After you connect the display to the X server and create a window, you can use the Xlib window

+information functions to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>Obtain information about a window</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Translate screen coordinates</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Manipulate property lists</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Obtain and change window properties</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Manipulate selections</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<sect1 id="Obtaining_Window_Information">

+<title>Obtaining Window Information</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Obtaining Window Information  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain information about 

+the window tree, the window's current attributes, 

+the window's current geometry, or the current pointer coordinates.

+Because they are most frequently used by window managers,

+these functions all return a status to indicate whether the window still

+exists.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for 

+a given window, use 

+<function>XQueryTree</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Child Window</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Parent Window</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTree</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerytree'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryTree</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *root_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *parent_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> **children_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *nchildren_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose list of children, root, parent, and number of children \ -->

+you want to obtain

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the root window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>parent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the parent window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>children_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the list of children.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nchildren_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of children.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryTree</function>

+function returns the root ID, the parent window ID, 

+a pointer to the list of children windows

+(NULL when there are no children), 

+and the number of children in the list for the specified window.

+The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most 

+(first) to top-most (last).

+<function>XQueryTree</function>

+returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds.

+To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use 

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryTree</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use 

+<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwindowattributes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWindowAttributes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XWindowAttributes<parameter> *window_attributes_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose current attributes you want to obtain -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>window_attributes_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the specified window's attributes in the

+<structname>XWindowAttributes</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>

+function returns the current attributes for the specified window to an

+<structname>XWindowAttributes</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     int x, y;                     /* location of window */

+     int width, height;            /* width and height of window */

+     int border_width;             /* border width of window */

+     int depth;                    /* depth of window */

+     Visual *visual;               /* the associated visual structure */

+     Window root;                  /* root of screen containing window */

+     int class;                    /* InputOutput, InputOnly*/

+     int bit_gravity;              /* one of the bit gravity values */

+     int win_gravity;              /* one of the window gravity values */

+     int backing_store;            /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */

+     unsigned long backing_planes; /* planes to be preserved if possible */

+     unsigned long backing_pixel;  /* value to be used when restoring planes */

+     Bool save_under;              /* boolean, should bits under be saved? */

+     Colormap colormap;            /* color map to be associated with window */

+     Bool map_installed;           /* boolean, is color map currently installed*/

+     int map_state;                /* IsUnmapped, IsUnviewable, IsViewable */

+     long all_event_masks;         /* set of events all people have interest in*/

+     long your_event_mask;         /* my event mask */

+     long do_not_propagate_mask;   /* set of events that should not propagate */

+     Bool override_redirect;       /* boolean value for override-redirect */

+     Screen *screen;               /* back pointer to correct screen */

+} XWindowAttributes;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The x and y members are set to the upper-left outer

+corner relative to the parent window's origin.

+The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window, 

+not including the border.

+The border_width member is set to the window's border width in pixels.

+The depth member is set to the depth of the window 

+(that is, bits per pixel for the object).

+The visual member is a pointer to the screen's associated

+<structname>Visual</structname>

+structure.

+The root member is set to the root window of the screen containing the window.

+The class member is set to the window's class and can be either

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The bit_gravity member is set to the window's bit gravity

+and can be one of the following:

+  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">

+    <member><symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></member>

+

+    <member><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>StaticGravity</symbol></member>

+  </simplelist>

+</para>

+<para>

+The win_gravity member is set to the window's window gravity

+and can be one of the following:

+  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">

+    <member><symbol>UnmapGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></member>

+

+    <member><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>StaticGravity</symbol></member>

+    <member><symbol>CenterGravity</symbol></member>

+  </simplelist>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For additional information on gravity,

+see <link linkend="Gravity_Attributes">section 3.2.3</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain

+the contents of a window 

+and can be 

+<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,

+<symbol>Always</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>.

+The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit 

+planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores 

+and during save_unders.

+The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use 

+for planes not set in backing_planes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The save_under member is set to 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be

+a colormap ID or 

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is 

+currently installed and can be 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+The map_state member is set to indicate the state of the window and can be

+<symbol>IsUnmapped</symbol>,

+<symbol>IsUnviewable</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>IsViewable</symbol>.

+<symbol>IsUnviewable</symbol>

+is used if the window is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event 

+masks selected on the window by all clients.

+The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event 

+masks selected by the querying client.

+The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the 

+set of events that should not propagate.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides

+structure control facilities and can be 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+Window manager clients should ignore the window if this member is

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer 

+to the correct screen.

+This makes it easier to obtain the screen information without

+having to loop over the root window fields to see which field matches.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use 

+<function>XGetGeometry</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGeometry</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetgeometry'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetGeometry</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *root_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *border_width_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *depth_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Dr , which can be a window or a pixmap -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable(Dr. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the root window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the x and y coordinates that define the location of the drawable.

+For a window, 

+these coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner relative to

+its parent's origin.

+For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the drawable's dimensions (width and height).

+For a window, 

+these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>border_width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the border width in pixels. 

+If the drawable is a pixmap, it returns zero.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>depth_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the depth of the drawable (bits per pixel for the object).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetGeometry</function>

+function returns the root window and the current geometry of the drawable.

+The geometry of the drawable includes the x and y coordinates, width and height,

+border width, and depth.

+These are described in the argument list.

+It is legal to pass to this function a window whose class is

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetGeometry</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Translating_Screen_Coordinates">

+<title>Translating Screen Coordinates</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Translating Screen Coordinates  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Applications sometimes

+need to perform a coordinate transformation from the coordinate

+space of one window to another window or need to determine which

+window the pointing device is in.

+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>

+and

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>

+fulfill these needs (and avoid any race conditions) by

+asking the X server to perform these operations.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To translate a coordinate in one window to the coordinate

+space of another window, use

+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTranslateCoordinates</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xtranslatecoordinates'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XTranslateCoordinates</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Windowsrc_w,<parameter> dest_w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*dest_x_return,<parameter> *dest_y_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *child_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the source window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the destination window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates within the source window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the x and y coordinates within the destination window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>child_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the child if the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of the

+destination window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If

+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>

+returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative

+to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to 

+dest_x_return and dest_y_return

+relative to the destination window's origin.

+If

+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+src_w and dest_w are on different screens,

+and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero.

+If the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of dest_w,

+that child is returned to child_return.

+Otherwise, child_return is set to

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the screen coordinates of the pointer

+or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use 

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryPointer</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerypointer'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XQueryPointer</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window*root_return,<parameter> *child_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*root_x_return,<parameter> *root_y_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*win_x_return,<parameter> *win_y_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *mask_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+<!-- .ds Ro that the pointer is in -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the root window (Ro.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>child_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the child window that the pointer is located in, if any.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>root_x_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>root_y_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the pointer coordinates relative to the root window's origin.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>win_x_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>win_y_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the pointer coordinates relative to the specified window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mask_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the current state of the modifier keys and pointer buttons.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>

+function returns the root window the pointer is logically on and the pointer

+coordinates relative to the root window's origin.

+If

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return.

+If 

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return

+are relative to the origin of the specified window.

+In this case, 

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>

+returns the child that contains the pointer, if any,

+or else

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+to child_return.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>

+returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons 

+and the modifier keys in mask_return.

+It sets mask_return to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more

+of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match 

+the current state of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen through Xlib)

+may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen

+(see <link linkend="Pointer_Grabbing_">section 12.1</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryPointer</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Properties_and_Atoms">

+<title>Properties and Atoms</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Properties and Atoms  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A property is a collection of named, typed data.

+The window system has a set of predefined properties

+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>predefined</secondary></indexterm>

+(for example, the name of a window, size hints, and so on), and users can

+define any other arbitrary information and associate it with windows.

+Each property has a name,

+which is an ISO Latin-1 string.

+For each named property,

+a unique identifier (atom) is associated with it. 

+A property also has a type, for example, string or integer.

+These types are also indicated using atoms, so arbitrary new

+types can be defined.

+Data of only one type may be associated with a single

+property name.

+Clients can store and retrieve properties associated with windows.

+For efficiency reasons,

+an atom is used rather than a character string.

+<function>XInternAtom</function>

+can be used to obtain the atom for property names.

+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A property is also stored in one of several possible formats.

+The X server can store the information as 8-bit quantities, 16-bit

+quantities, or 32-bit quantities.

+This permits the X server to present the data in the byte order that the

+client expects.

+<!-- .NT Note -->

+If you define further properties of complex type, 

+you must encode and decode them yourself.

+These functions must be carefully written if they are to be portable.

+For further information about how to write a library extension,

+see <link linkend="extensions">appendix C</link>.

+<!-- .NE -->

+The type of a property is defined by an atom, which allows for

+arbitrary extension in this type scheme.

+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Certain property names are

+predefined in the server for commonly used functions.

+The atoms for these properties are defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+To avoid name clashes with user symbols, the 

+<code>#define</code>

+name for each atom has the XA_ prefix.

+For an explanation of the functions that let you get and set

+much of the information stored in these predefined properties,

+see <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The core protocol imposes no semantics on these property names,

+but semantics are specified in other X Consortium standards,

+such as the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>

+and the <emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Description Conventions</emphasis>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can use properties to communicate other information between

+applications.

+The functions described in this section let you define new properties 

+and get the unique atom IDs in your applications.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Although any particular atom can have some client interpretation 

+within each of the name spaces, 

+atoms occur in five distinct name spaces within the protocol: 

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Selections

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Property names

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Property types

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Font properties 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Type of a 

+<symbol>ClientMessage</symbol>

+event (none are built into the X server)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The built-in selection property names are:

+<simplelist type="vert" columns="2">

+  <member><property>PRIMARY</property></member>

+  <member><property>SECONDARY</property></member>

+</simplelist>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The built-in property names are: 

+  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">

+    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER0</property></member>

+    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER1</property></member>

+    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER2</property></member>

+    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER3</property></member>

+    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER4</property></member>

+    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER5</property></member>

+    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER6</property></member>

+    <member><property>CUT_BUFFER7</property></member>

+    <member><property>RGB_BEST_MAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>RGB_BLUE_MAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>RGB_DEFAULT_MAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>RGB_GRAY_MAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>RGB_GREEN_MAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>RGB_RED_MAP</property></member>

+

+    <member><property>RESOURCE_MANAGER</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_CLASS</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_COMMAND</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_HINTS</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_ICON_NAME</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_NAME</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_STATE</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_ZOOM_HINTS</property></member>

+  </simplelist>

+</para>

+<para>

+The built-in property types are: 

+  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">

+    <member><property>ARC</property></member>

+    <member><property>ATOM</property></member>

+    <member><property>BITMAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>CARDINAL</property></member>

+    <member><property>COLORMAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>CURSOR</property></member>

+    <member><property>DRAWABLE</property></member>

+    <member><property>FONT</property></member>

+    <member><property>INTEGER</property></member>

+    <member><property>PIXMAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>POINT</property></member>

+    <member><property>RGB_COLOR_MAP</property></member>

+    <member><property>RECTANGLE</property></member>

+    <member><property>STRING</property></member>

+    <member><property>VISUALID</property></member>

+    <member><property>WINDOW</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_HINTS</property></member>

+    <member><property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property></member>

+  </simplelist>

+</para>

+<para>

+The built-in font property names are: 

+  <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">

+    <member><property>MIN_SPACE</property></member>

+    <member><property>NORM_SPACE</property></member>

+    <member><property>MAX_SPACE</property></member>

+    <member><property>END_SPACE</property></member>

+    <member><property>SUPERSCRIPT_X</property></member>

+    <member><property>SUPERSCRIPT_Y</property></member>

+    <member><property>SUBSCRIPT_X</property></member>

+    <member><property>SUBSCRIPT_Y</property></member>

+    <member><property>UNDERLINE_POSITION</property></member>

+    <member><property>UNDERLINE_THICKNESS</property></member>

+    <member><property>FONT_NAME</property></member>

+    <member><property>FULL_NAME</property></member>

+

+    <member><property>STRIKEOUT_DESCENT</property></member>

+    <member><property>STRIKEOUT_ASCENT</property></member>

+    <member><property>ITALIC_ANGLE</property></member>

+    <member><property>X_HEIGHT</property></member>

+    <member><property>QUAD_WIDTH</property></member>

+    <member><property>WEIGHT</property></member>

+    <member><property>POINT_SIZE</property></member>

+    <member><property>RESOLUTION</property></member>

+    <member><property>COPYRIGHT</property></member>

+    <member><property>NOTICE</property></member>

+    <member><property>FAMILY_NAME</property></member>

+    <member><property>CAP_HEIGHT</property></member>

+  </simplelist>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For further information about font properties,

+see <link linkend="Font_Metrics">section 8.5</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return an atom for a given name, use 

+<function>XInternAtom</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtom</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xinternatom'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Atom <function>XInternAtom</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *atom_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> only_if_exists</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>atom_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the name associated with the atom you want returned.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>only_if_exists</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the atom must be created.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XInternAtom</function>

+function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name

+string.

+If only_if_exists is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+the atom is created if it does not exist.

+Therefore,

+<function>XInternAtom</function>

+can return

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Uppercase and lowercase matter;

+the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' 

+all designate different atoms.  

+The atom will remain defined even after the client's connection closes.

+It will become undefined only when the last connection to

+the X server closes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XInternAtom</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return atoms for an array of names, use 

+<function>XInternAtoms</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtoms</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xinternatoms'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XInternAtoms</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **names</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> only_if_exists</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *atoms_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the array of atom names.

+<!-- .ds Cn atom names in the array -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of (Cn.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>only_if_exists</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the atom must be created.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>atoms_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the atoms.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XInternAtoms</function>

+function returns the atom identifiers associated with the specified names.

+The atoms are stored in the atoms_return array supplied by the caller.

+Calling this function is equivalent to calling

+<function>XInternAtom</function>

+for each of the names in turn with the specified value of only_if_exists,

+but this function minimizes the number of round-trip protocol exchanges

+between the client and the X server.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function returns a nonzero status if atoms are returned for

+all of the names;

+otherwise, it returns zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XInternAtoms</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return a name for a given atom identifier, use 

+<function>XGetAtomName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetatomname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetAtomName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> atom</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>atom</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetAtomName</function>

+function returns the name associated with the specified atom.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+To free the resulting string,

+call

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetAtomName</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use 

+<function>XGetAtomNames</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomNames</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetatomnames'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetAtomNames</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *atoms</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **names_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>atoms</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the array of atoms.

+<!-- .ds Cn atoms in the array -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of (Cn.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>names_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the atom names.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetAtomNames</function>

+function returns the names associated with the specified atoms.

+The names are stored in the names_return array supplied by the caller.

+Calling this function is equivalent to calling

+<function>XGetAtomName</function>

+for each of the atoms in turn,

+but this function minimizes the number of round-trip protocol exchanges

+between the client and the X server.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function returns a nonzero status if names are returned for

+all of the atoms;

+otherwise, it returns zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetAtomNames</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Obtaining_and_Changing_Window_Properties">

+<title>Obtaining and Changing Window Properties</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Obtaining and Changing Window Properties  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can attach a property list to every window.

+Each property has a name, a type, and a value

+(see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>).

+The value is an array of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities,

+whose interpretation is left to the clients.  The type

+<type>char</type>

+is used to represent 8-bit quantities, the type

+<type>short</type>

+is used to represent 16-bit quantities, and the type

+<type>long</type>

+is used to represent 32-bit quantities.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain, 

+change, update, or interchange window properties.

+In addition, Xlib provides other utility functions for inter-client

+communication

+(see <link linkend="inter_client_communication_functions">chapter 14</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use 

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>getting</secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwindowproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XGetWindowProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> long_offset</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> long_length</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> delete</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> req_type</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> actual_type_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> actual_format_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> nitems_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef><parameter> bytes_after_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>.br<parameter> prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to obtain -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>long_offset</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities) 

+where the data is to be retrieved.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>long_length</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the length in 32-bit multiples of the data to be retrieved.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>delete</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that determines whether the property is deleted.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>req_type</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the atom identifier associated with the property type or

+<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>actual_type_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the atom identifier  that defines the actual type of the property.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>actual_format_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the actual format of the property.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items 

+stored in the prop_return data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_after_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if 

+a partial read was performed.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>prop_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the data in the specified format.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>

+function returns the actual type of the property; the actual format of the property;

+the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items transferred; the number of bytes remaining

+to be read in the property; and a pointer to the data actually returned.

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>

+sets the return arguments as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the specified property does not exist for the specified window,

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+to actual_type_return and the value zero to 

+actual_format_return and bytes_after_return.

+The nitems_return argument is empty.

+In this case, the delete argument is ignored.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the specified property exists 

+but its type does not match the specified type,

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>

+returns the actual property type to actual_type_return, 

+the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return, 

+and the property length in bytes

+(even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32) 

+to bytes_after_return.

+It also ignores the delete argument.

+The nitems_return argument is empty.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the specified property exists and either you assign 

+<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>

+to the req_type argument or the specified type matches the actual property type,

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>

+returns the actual property type to actual_type_return and the actual

+property format (never zero) to actual_format_return. 

+It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by 

+defining the following

+values:

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<!-- .nf -->

+     N = actual length of the stored property in bytes

+          (even if the format is 16 or 32)

+     I = 4 * long_offset

+     T = N - I

+     L = MINIMUM(T, 4 * long_length)

+     A = N - (I + L)

+<!-- .fi -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The returned value starts at byte index I in the property (indexing

+from zero), and its length in bytes is L.

+If the value for long_offset causes L to be negative,

+a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results. 

+The value of bytes_after_return is A, 

+giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the returned format is 8, the returned data is represented as a

+<type>char</type>

+array.

+If the returned format is 16, the returned data is represented as a

+<type>short</type>

+array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements.

+If the returned format is 32, the returned data is represented as a

+<type>long</type>

+array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>

+always allocates one extra byte in prop_return 

+(even if the property is zero length) 

+and sets it to zero so that simple properties consisting of characters

+do not have to be copied into yet another string before use.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If delete is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+and bytes_after_return is zero, 

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>

+deletes the property 

+from the window and generates a 

+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>

+event on the window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The function returns

+<symbol>Success</symbol>

+if it executes successfully.

+To free the resulting data,

+use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a given window's property list, use 

+<function>XListProperties</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>listing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListProperties</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlistproperties'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Atom *<function>XListProperties</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose property list you want to obtain -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_prop_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the length of the properties array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XListProperties</function>

+function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for 

+the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found.

+To free the memory allocated by this function, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XListProperties</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change a property of a given window, use

+<function>XChangeProperty</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>changing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>appending</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>prepending</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>replacing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>format</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>type</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchangeproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XChangeProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atomproperty,<parameter> type</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nelements</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to change -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the type of the property.

+The X server does not interpret the type but simply

+passes it back to an application that later calls 

+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list

+of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities.

+Possible values are 8, 16, and 32.

+This information allows the X server to correctly perform

+byte-swap operations as necessary.

+If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit,

+you must explicitly cast your data pointer to an (unsigned char *) in the call

+to 

+<function>XChangeProperty</function>.

+<!-- .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the mode of the operation.

+You can pass

+<symbol>PropModeReplace</symbol>,

+<symbol>PropModePrepend</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>PropModeAppend</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nelements</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of elements of the specified data format.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XChangeProperty</function>

+function alters the property for the specified window and

+causes the X server to generate a

+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>

+event on that window.

+<function>XChangeProperty</function>

+performs the following:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If mode is

+<symbol>PropModeReplace</symbol>,

+<function>XChangeProperty</function>

+discards the previous property value and stores the new data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If mode is

+<symbol>PropModePrepend</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>PropModeAppend</symbol>,

+<function>XChangeProperty</function>

+inserts the specified data before the beginning of the existing data

+or onto the end of the existing data, respectively.

+The type and format must match the existing property value,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If the property is undefined, 

+it is treated as defined with the correct type and

+format with zero-length data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the specified format is 8, the property data must be a

+<type>char</type>

+array.

+If the specified format is 16, the property data must be a

+<type>short</type>

+array.

+If the specified format is 32, the property data must be a

+<type>long</type>

+array.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The lifetime of a property is not tied to the storing client.

+Properties remain until explicitly deleted, until the window is destroyed,

+or until the server resets.

+For a discussion of what happens when the connection to the X server is closed,

+see <link linkend="Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations_">section 2.6</link>.

+The maximum size of a property is server dependent and can vary dynamically

+depending on the amount of memory the server has available.

+(If there is insufficient space, a

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+error results.)

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XChangeProperty</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To rotate a window's property list, use

+<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateWindowProperties</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrotatewindowproperties'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRotateWindowProperties</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> properties[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_prop</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> npositions</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>properties</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the array of properties that are to be rotated.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_prop</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the length of the properties array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>npositions</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the rotation amount.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>

+function allows you to rotate properties on a window and causes

+the X server to generate

+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>

+events.

+If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered 

+starting from zero and if there are num_prop property names in the list,

+then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated 

+with property name (I + npositions) mod N for all I from zero to N &minus; 1.

+The effect is to rotate the states by npositions places around the virtual ring

+of property names (right for positive npositions, 

+left for negative npositions).

+If npositions mod N is nonzero,

+the X server generates a

+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>

+event for each property in the order that they are listed in the array.

+If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that 

+name is defined for the window,

+a 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If a 

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+or 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results,

+no properties are changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To delete a property on a given window, use 

+<function>XDeleteProperty</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdeleteproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDeleteProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to delete -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDeleteProperty</function>

+function deletes the specified property only if the

+property was defined on the specified window

+and causes the X server to generate a

+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>

+event on the window unless the property does not exist.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDeleteProperty</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Selections">

+<title>Selections</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Selections -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary></indexterm>

+Selections are one method used by applications to exchange data.

+By using the property mechanism,

+applications can exchange data of arbitrary types and can negotiate

+the type of the data.

+A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with a dynamic type.

+That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server,

+the property is maintained by some client (the owner).

+A selection is global in nature (considered to belong to the user 

+but be maintained by clients) rather than being private to a particular 

+window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set, get, or request conversion

+of selections.

+This allows applications to implement the notion of current selection,

+which requires that notification be sent to applications when they no 

+longer own the selection.

+Applications that support selection often highlight the current selection

+and so must be informed when another application has

+acquired the selection so that they can unhighlight the selection.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When a client asks for the contents of

+a selection, it specifies a selection target type.

+This target type

+can be used to control the transmitted representation of the contents.

+For example, if the selection is ``the last thing the user clicked on''

+and that is currently an image, then the target type might specify

+whether the contents of the image should be sent in XY format or Z format.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The target type can also be used to control the class of

+contents transmitted, for example, 

+asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line

+spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, not the

+text of the paragraph.

+The target type can also be used for other

+purposes.

+The protocol does not constrain the semantics.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the selection owner, use 

+<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>setting the owner</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetselectionowner'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetSelectionOwner</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> selection</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> owner</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the selection atom.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>owner</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the owner of the specified selection atom.

+You can pass a window or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>

+function changes the owner and last-change time for the specified selection

+and has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current

+last-change time of the specified selection 

+or is later than the current X server time.

+Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time,

+with

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>

+replaced by the current server time.

+If the owner window is specified as

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+then the owner of the selection becomes 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+(that is, no owner).

+Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing

+the request.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP  -->

+If the new owner (whether a client or

+<symbol>None</symbol>)

+is not

+the same as the current owner of the selection and the current

+owner is not

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the current owner is sent a 

+<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>

+event.

+If the client that is the owner of a selection is later

+terminated (that is, its connection is closed)

+or if the owner window it has specified in the request is later

+destroyed,

+the owner of the selection automatically

+reverts to

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+but the last-change time is not affected.

+The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server.

+<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>

+returns the owner window, which is reported in 

+<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>

+events.

+Selections are global to the X server.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return the selection owner, use 

+<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>getting the owner</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetselectionowner'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Window <function>XGetSelectionOwner</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> selection</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Se whose owner you want returned -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the selection atom (Se.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>

+function

+returns the window ID associated with the window that currently owns the

+specified selection.

+If no selection was specified, the function returns the constant

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+If

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+is returned,

+there is no owner for the selection.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To request conversion of a selection, use 

+<function>XConvertSelection</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>converting</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertSelection</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xconvertselection'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XConvertSelection</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atomselection,<parameter> target</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> requestor</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the selection atom.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target atom.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+You also can pass 

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the requestor.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XConvertSelection</function>

+requests that the specified selection be converted to the specified target

+type:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the specified selection has an owner, the X server sends a

+<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol>

+event to that owner.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If no owner for the specified

+selection exists, the X server generates a

+<symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol>

+event to the

+requestor with property

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The arguments are passed on unchanged in either of the events.

+There are two predefined selection atoms: PRIMARY and SECONDARY.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XConvertSelection</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+

+</para>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml
index 134831e60..1dd8e675a 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml
@@ -1,818 +1,818 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="pixmap_and_cursor_functions">
-<title>Pixmap and Cursor Functions</title>
-<sect1 id="Creating_and_Freeing_Pixmaps">
-<title>Creating and Freeing Pixmaps</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating and Freeing Pixmaps -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Pixmaps can only be used on the screen on which they were created.
-Pixmaps are off-screen resources that are used for various operations,
-such as defining cursors as tiling patterns 
-or as the source for certain raster operations.
-Most graphics requests can operate either on a window or on a pixmap.
-A bitmap is a single bit-plane pixmap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a pixmap of a given size, use
-<function>XCreatePixmap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreatePixmap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which screen the pixmap is created on. 
-<!-- .ds Wh , which define the dimensions of the pixmap -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the depth of the pixmap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XCreatePixmap</function>
-function creates a pixmap of the width, height, and depth you specified
-and returns a pixmap ID that identifies it.
-It is valid to pass an 
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window to the drawable argument.
-The width and height arguments must be nonzero,
-or a 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-The depth argument must be one of the depths supported by the screen
-of the specified drawable,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The server uses the specified drawable to determine on which screen
-to create the pixmap.
-The pixmap can be used only on this screen
-and only with other drawables of the same depth (see
-<function>XCopyPlane</function>
-for an exception to this rule).
-The initial contents of the pixmap are undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreatePixmap</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To free all storage associated with a specified pixmap, use
-<function>XFreePixmap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreePixmap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreepixmap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreePixmap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> pixmap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN	 -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pixmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the pixmap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XFreePixmap</function>
-function first deletes the association between the pixmap ID and the pixmap.
-Then, the X server frees the pixmap storage when there are no references to it.
-The pixmap should never be referenced again.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFreePixmap</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Creating_Recoloring_and_Freeing_Cursors">
-<title>Creating, Recoloring, and Freeing Cursors</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating, Recoloring, and Freeing Cursors  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each window can have a different cursor defined for it.
-Whenever the pointer is in a visible window, 
-it is set to the cursor defined for that window.
-If no cursor was defined for that window, 
-the cursor is the one defined for the parent window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-From X's perspective, 
-a cursor consists of a cursor source, mask, colors, and a hotspot. 
-The mask pixmap determines the shape of the cursor and must be a depth
-of one.
-The source pixmap must have a depth of one,
-and the colors determine the colors of the source.
-The hotspot defines the point on the cursor that is reported
-when a pointer event occurs.
-There may be limitations imposed by the hardware on
-cursors as to size and whether a mask is implemented. 
-<indexterm><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>
-can be used to find out what sizes are possible.
-There is a standard font for creating cursors, but
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to create cursors
-from an arbitrary font or from bitmaps.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a cursor from the standard cursor font, use
-<function>XCreateFontCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-#include &lt;X11/cursorfont.h&gt;
-</para>
-
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateFontCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatefontcursor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreateFontCursor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> shape</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>shape</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the shape of the cursor.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-X provides a set of standard cursor shapes in a special font named
-cursor.
-Applications are encouraged to use this interface for their cursors
-because the font can be customized for the individual display type.
-The shape argument specifies which glyph of the standard fonts
-to use.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The hotspot comes from the information stored in the cursor font.
-The initial colors of a cursor are a black foreground and a white
-background (see
-<function>XRecolorCursor</function>).
-For further information about cursor shapes,
-see <link linkend="x_font_cursors">appendix B</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateFontCursor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a cursor from font glyphs, use
-<function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateGlyphCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreateglyphcursor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Fontsource_font,<parameter> mask_font</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintsource_char,<parameter> mask_char</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *foreground_color</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *background_color</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>source_font</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font for the source glyph.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mask_font</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font for the mask glyph or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>source_char</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character glyph for the source.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mask_char</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the glyph character for the mask. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground_color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>background_color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the background of the source.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>
-function is similar to
-<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>
-except that the source and mask bitmaps are obtained from the specified 
-font glyphs.
-The source_char must be a defined glyph in source_font, 
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If mask_font is given, 
-mask_char must be a defined glyph in mask_font,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-The mask_font and character are optional.
-The origins of the source_char and mask_char (if defined) glyphs are
-positioned coincidently and define the hotspot. 
-The source_char and mask_char need not have the same bounding box metrics, 
-and there is no restriction on the placement of the hotspot relative to the bounding
-boxes. 
-If no mask_char is given, all pixels of the source are displayed.
-You can free the fonts immediately by calling
-<function>XFreeFont</function>
-if no further explicit references to them are to be made. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For 2-byte matrix fonts, 
-the 16-bit value should be formed with the byte1
-member in the most significant byte and the byte2 member in the 
-least significant byte.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a cursor from two bitmaps,
-use
-<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmapCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmapcursor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> source</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *foreground_color</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *background_color</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the shape of the source cursor.
-<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED TO CHECK THIS. *** -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the cursor's source bits to be displayed or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground_color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>background_color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the background of the source.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which indicate the hotspot relative to the source's origin -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>
-function creates a cursor and returns the cursor ID associated with it.
-The foreground and background <acronym>RGB</acronym> values must be specified using
-foreground_color and background_color,
-even if the X server only has a
-<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-screen.
-The foreground color is used for the pixels set to 1 in the
-source, and the background color is used for the pixels set to 0.
-Both source and mask, if specified, must have depth one (or a 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results) but can have any root.
-The mask argument defines the shape of the cursor.
-The pixels set to 1 in the mask define which source pixels are displayed,
-and the pixels set to 0 define which pixels are ignored.
-If no mask is given, 
-all pixels of the source are displayed.
-The mask, if present, must be the same size as the pixmap defined by the 
-source argument, or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-The hotspot must be a point within the source,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The components of the cursor can be transformed arbitrarily to meet
-display limitations.
-The pixmaps can be freed immediately if no further explicit references
-to them are to be made.
-Subsequent drawing in the source or mask pixmap has an undefined effect on the
-cursor.
-The X server might or might not make a copy of the pixmap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To determine useful cursor sizes, use
-<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerybestcursor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestCursor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Dr , which indicates the screen -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable(Dr. 
-<!-- .ds Wh \ of the cursor that you want the size information for -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the best width and height that is closest to the specified width 
-and height.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Some displays allow larger cursors than other displays.
-The
-<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>
-function provides a way to find out what size cursors are actually
-possible on the display.
-<indexterm ><primary>Cursor</primary><secondary>limitations</secondary></indexterm>
-It returns the largest size that can be displayed.
-Applications should be prepared to use smaller cursors on displays that
-cannot support large ones.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change the color of a given cursor, use
-<function>XRecolorCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRecolorCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrecolorcursor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRecolorCursor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor*foreground_color,<parameter> *background_color</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the cursor. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground_color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>background_color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the background of the source.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRecolorCursor</function>
-function changes the color of the specified cursor, and
-if the cursor is being displayed on a screen,
-the change is visible immediately.
-The pixel members of the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structures are ignored; only the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XRecolorCursor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To free (destroy) a given cursor, use
-<function>XFreeCursor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreecursor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeCursor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the cursor. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XFreeCursor</function>
-function deletes the association between the cursor resource ID 
-and the specified cursor.
-The cursor storage is freed when no other resource references it.
-The specified cursor ID should not be referred to again.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFreeCursor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>
-error.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-</para>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="pixmap_and_cursor_functions">

+<title>Pixmap and Cursor Functions</title>

+<sect1 id="Creating_and_Freeing_Pixmaps">

+<title>Creating and Freeing Pixmaps</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating and Freeing Pixmaps -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Pixmaps can only be used on the screen on which they were created.

+Pixmaps are off-screen resources that are used for various operations,

+such as defining cursors as tiling patterns 

+or as the source for certain raster operations.

+Most graphics requests can operate either on a window or on a pixmap.

+A bitmap is a single bit-plane pixmap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a pixmap of a given size, use

+<function>XCreatePixmap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreatePixmap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which screen the pixmap is created on. 

+<!-- .ds Wh , which define the dimensions of the pixmap -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the depth of the pixmap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XCreatePixmap</function>

+function creates a pixmap of the width, height, and depth you specified

+and returns a pixmap ID that identifies it.

+It is valid to pass an 

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window to the drawable argument.

+The width and height arguments must be nonzero,

+or a 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+The depth argument must be one of the depths supported by the screen

+of the specified drawable,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The server uses the specified drawable to determine on which screen

+to create the pixmap.

+The pixmap can be used only on this screen

+and only with other drawables of the same depth (see

+<function>XCopyPlane</function>

+for an exception to this rule).

+The initial contents of the pixmap are undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreatePixmap</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To free all storage associated with a specified pixmap, use

+<function>XFreePixmap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreePixmap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreepixmap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreePixmap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> pixmap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN	 -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pixmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the pixmap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XFreePixmap</function>

+function first deletes the association between the pixmap ID and the pixmap.

+Then, the X server frees the pixmap storage when there are no references to it.

+The pixmap should never be referenced again.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFreePixmap</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Creating_Recoloring_and_Freeing_Cursors">

+<title>Creating, Recoloring, and Freeing Cursors</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating, Recoloring, and Freeing Cursors  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each window can have a different cursor defined for it.

+Whenever the pointer is in a visible window, 

+it is set to the cursor defined for that window.

+If no cursor was defined for that window, 

+the cursor is the one defined for the parent window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+From X's perspective, 

+a cursor consists of a cursor source, mask, colors, and a hotspot. 

+The mask pixmap determines the shape of the cursor and must be a depth

+of one.

+The source pixmap must have a depth of one,

+and the colors determine the colors of the source.

+The hotspot defines the point on the cursor that is reported

+when a pointer event occurs.

+There may be limitations imposed by the hardware on

+cursors as to size and whether a mask is implemented. 

+<indexterm><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>

+can be used to find out what sizes are possible.

+There is a standard font for creating cursors, but

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to create cursors

+from an arbitrary font or from bitmaps.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a cursor from the standard cursor font, use

+<function>XCreateFontCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+#include &lt;X11/cursorfont.h&gt;

+</para>

+

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateFontCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatefontcursor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreateFontCursor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> shape</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>shape</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the shape of the cursor.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+X provides a set of standard cursor shapes in a special font named

+cursor.

+Applications are encouraged to use this interface for their cursors

+because the font can be customized for the individual display type.

+The shape argument specifies which glyph of the standard fonts

+to use.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The hotspot comes from the information stored in the cursor font.

+The initial colors of a cursor are a black foreground and a white

+background (see

+<function>XRecolorCursor</function>).

+For further information about cursor shapes,

+see <link linkend="x_font_cursors">appendix B</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateFontCursor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a cursor from font glyphs, use

+<function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateGlyphCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateglyphcursor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Fontsource_font,<parameter> mask_font</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintsource_char,<parameter> mask_char</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *foreground_color</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *background_color</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>source_font</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font for the source glyph.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mask_font</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font for the mask glyph or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>source_char</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character glyph for the source.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mask_char</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the glyph character for the mask. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground_color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>background_color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the background of the source.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>

+function is similar to

+<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>

+except that the source and mask bitmaps are obtained from the specified 

+font glyphs.

+The source_char must be a defined glyph in source_font, 

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If mask_font is given, 

+mask_char must be a defined glyph in mask_font,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+The mask_font and character are optional.

+The origins of the source_char and mask_char (if defined) glyphs are

+positioned coincidently and define the hotspot. 

+The source_char and mask_char need not have the same bounding box metrics, 

+and there is no restriction on the placement of the hotspot relative to the bounding

+boxes. 

+If no mask_char is given, all pixels of the source are displayed.

+You can free the fonts immediately by calling

+<function>XFreeFont</function>

+if no further explicit references to them are to be made. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For 2-byte matrix fonts, 

+the 16-bit value should be formed with the byte1

+member in the most significant byte and the byte2 member in the 

+least significant byte.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a cursor from two bitmaps,

+use

+<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmapCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmapcursor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> source</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *foreground_color</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *background_color</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the shape of the source cursor.

+<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED TO CHECK THIS. *** -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the cursor's source bits to be displayed or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground_color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>background_color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the background of the source.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which indicate the hotspot relative to the source's origin -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>

+function creates a cursor and returns the cursor ID associated with it.

+The foreground and background <acronym>RGB</acronym> values must be specified using

+foreground_color and background_color,

+even if the X server only has a

+<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+screen.

+The foreground color is used for the pixels set to 1 in the

+source, and the background color is used for the pixels set to 0.

+Both source and mask, if specified, must have depth one (or a 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results) but can have any root.

+The mask argument defines the shape of the cursor.

+The pixels set to 1 in the mask define which source pixels are displayed,

+and the pixels set to 0 define which pixels are ignored.

+If no mask is given, 

+all pixels of the source are displayed.

+The mask, if present, must be the same size as the pixmap defined by the 

+source argument, or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+The hotspot must be a point within the source,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The components of the cursor can be transformed arbitrarily to meet

+display limitations.

+The pixmaps can be freed immediately if no further explicit references

+to them are to be made.

+Subsequent drawing in the source or mask pixmap has an undefined effect on the

+cursor.

+The X server might or might not make a copy of the pixmap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To determine useful cursor sizes, use

+<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerybestcursor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestCursor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Dr , which indicates the screen -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable(Dr. 

+<!-- .ds Wh \ of the cursor that you want the size information for -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the best width and height that is closest to the specified width 

+and height.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Some displays allow larger cursors than other displays.

+The

+<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>

+function provides a way to find out what size cursors are actually

+possible on the display.

+<indexterm ><primary>Cursor</primary><secondary>limitations</secondary></indexterm>

+It returns the largest size that can be displayed.

+Applications should be prepared to use smaller cursors on displays that

+cannot support large ones.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryBestCursor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change the color of a given cursor, use

+<function>XRecolorCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRecolorCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrecolorcursor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRecolorCursor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor*foreground_color,<parameter> *background_color</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the cursor. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground_color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>background_color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the background of the source.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRecolorCursor</function>

+function changes the color of the specified cursor, and

+if the cursor is being displayed on a screen,

+the change is visible immediately.

+The pixel members of the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structures are ignored; only the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XRecolorCursor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To free (destroy) a given cursor, use

+<function>XFreeCursor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreecursor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeCursor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the cursor. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XFreeCursor</function>

+function deletes the association between the cursor resource ID 

+and the specified cursor.

+The cursor storage is freed when no other resource references it.

+The specified cursor ID should not be referred to again.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFreeCursor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>

+error.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+</para>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml
index e4c54fd74..87379fff7 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml
@@ -1,7448 +1,7448 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-                   "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="color_management_functions">
-<title>Color Management Functions</title>
-<!-- .sp 2 -->
-<!-- .nr H1 6 -->
-<!-- .nr H2 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H3 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H4 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H5 0 -->
-<!-- .na -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- Chapter 6: Color Management Functions  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-Each X window always has an associated colormap that
-provides a level of indirection between pixel values and colors displayed
-on the screen.
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to manipulate a colormap.
-The X protocol defines colors using values in the <acronym>RGB</acronym> color space.
-The <acronym>RGB</acronym> color space is device dependent;
-rendering an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value on differing output devices typically results
-in different colors.
-Xlib also provides a means for clients to specify color using
-device-independent color spaces for consistent results across devices.
-Xlib supports device-independent color spaces derivable from the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ
-color space.
-This includes the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ, xyY, L*u*v*, and L*a*b* color spaces as well as
-the TekHVC color space.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This chapter discusses how to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Create, copy, and destroy a colormap
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Specify colors by name or value
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Allocate, modify, and free color cells
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Read entries in a colormap
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Convert between color spaces
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Control aspects of color conversion
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Query the color gamut of a screen
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Add new color spaces
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All functions, types, and symbols in this chapter with the prefix ``Xcms''
-are defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xcms.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xcms.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xcms.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xcms.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-The remaining functions and types are defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Functions in this chapter manipulate the representation of color on the
-screen.
-For each possible value that a pixel can take in a window,
-there is a color cell in the colormap.
-For example, 
-if a window is 4 bits deep, pixel values 0 through 15 are defined. 
-A colormap is a collection of color cells.
-A color cell consists of a triple of red, green, and blue (<acronym>RGB</acronym>) values.
-The hardware imposes limits on the number of significant
-bits in these values.
-As each pixel is read out of display memory, the pixel
-is looked up in a colormap.
-The <acronym>RGB</acronym> value of the cell determines what color is displayed on the screen.
-On a grayscale display with a black-and-white monitor, 
-the values are combined to determine the brightness on the screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Typically, an application allocates color cells or sets of color cells
-to obtain the desired colors.
-The client can allocate read-only cells.
-In which case, 
-the pixel values for these colors can be shared among multiple applications, 
-and the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value of the cell cannot be changed.
-If the client allocates read/write cells,
-they are exclusively owned by the client,
-and the color associated with the pixel value can be changed at will.
-Cells must be allocated (and, if read/write, initialized with an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value)
-by a client to obtain desired colors.
-The use of pixel value for an
-unallocated cell results in an undefined color.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because colormaps are associated with windows, X supports displays
-with multiple colormaps and, indeed, different types of colormaps.
-If there are insufficient colormap resources in the display,
-some windows will display in their true colors, and others
-will display with incorrect colors.
-A window manager usually controls which windows are displayed
-in their true colors if more than one colormap is required for
-the color resources the applications are using.
-At any time, there is a set of installed colormaps for a screen.
-Windows using one of the installed colormaps display with true colors, and
-windows using other colormaps generally display with incorrect colors.
-You can control the set of installed colormaps by using
-<function>XInstallColormap</function>
-and
-<function>XUninstallColormap</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Colormaps are local to a particular screen.
-Screens always have a default colormap,
-and programs typically allocate cells out of this colormap.
-Generally, you should not write applications that monopolize 
-color resources.
-Although some hardware supports multiple colormaps installed at one time,
-many of the hardware displays
-built today support only a single installed colormap, so the primitives
-are written to encourage sharing of colormap entries between applications.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<function>DefaultColormap</function>
-macro returns the default colormap.
-The 
-<function>DefaultVisual</function>
-macro
-returns the default visual type for the specified screen.
-<indexterm><primary>Color map</primary></indexterm>
-Possible visual types are 
-<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>,
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>,
-<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>,
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,
-<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>
-(see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>).
-</para>
-<sect1 id="Color_Structures">
-<title>Color Structures</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Color Structures -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Functions that operate only on <acronym>RGB</acronym> color space values use an
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure, which contains:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	unsigned long pixel;	/* pixel value */
-	unsigned short red, green, blue;	/* rgb values */
-	char flags;	/* DoRed, DoGreen, DoBlue */	
-	char pad;
-} XColor;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The red, green, and blue values are always in the range 0 to 65535
-inclusive, independent of the number of bits actually used in the
-display hardware.
-The server scales these values down to the range used by the hardware.
-Black is represented by (0,0,0), 
-and white is represented by (65535,65535,65535).
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary></indexterm>
-In some functions,
-the flags member controls which of the red, green, and blue members is used 
-and can be the inclusive OR of zero or more of
-<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and 
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-Functions that operate on all color space values use an
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure.
-This structure contains a union of substructures,
-each supporting color specification encoding for a particular color space.
-Like the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure, the
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure contains pixel
-and color specification information (the spec member in the 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure).
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 1i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 1i 2.5i -->
-typedef unsigned long XcmsColorFormat;			/* Color Specification Format */
-
-typedef struct {
-	union {
-		XcmsRGB RGB;
-		XcmsRGBi RGBi;
-		XcmsCIEXYZ CIEXYZ;
-		XcmsCIEuvY CIEuvY;
-		XcmsCIExyY CIExyY;
-		XcmsCIELab CIELab;
-		XcmsCIELuv CIELuv;
-		XcmsTekHVC TekHVC;
-		XcmsPad Pad;
-	} spec;
-	unsigned long pixel;
-	XcmsColorFormat format;
-} XcmsColor;			/* Xcms Color Structure */
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Because the color specification can be encoded for the various color spaces, 
-encoding for the spec member is identified by the format member,
-which is of type
-<type>XcmsColorFormat</type>.
-The following macros define standard formats.
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#define          XcmsUndefinedFormat   0x00000000
-#define          XcmsCIEXYZFormat      0x00000001  /* CIE XYZ */
-#define          XcmsCIEuvYFormat      0x00000002  /* CIE u'v'Y */
-#define          XcmsCIExyYFormat      0x00000003  /* CIE xyY */
-#define          XcmsCIELabFormat      0x00000004  /* CIE L*a*b* */
-#define          XcmsCIELuvFormat      0x00000005  /* CIE L*u*v* */
-#define          XcmsTekHVCFormat      0x00000006  /* TekHVC */
-#define          XcmsRGBFormat         0x80000000  /* RGB Device */
-#define          XcmsRGBiFormat        0x80000001  /* RGB Intensity */
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Formats for device-independent color spaces are
-distinguishable from those for device-dependent spaces by the 32nd bit.
-If this bit is set,
-it indicates that the color specification is in a device-dependent form;
-otherwise, it is in a device-independent form.
-If the 31st bit is set,
-this indicates that the color space has been added to Xlib at run time
-(see <link linkend="Creating_Additional_Color_Spaces">section 6.12.4</link>).
-The format value for a color space added at run time may be different each
-time the program is executed.
-If references to such a color space must be made outside the client
-(for example, storing a color specification in a file),
-then reference should be made by color space string prefix
-(see 
-<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>
-and
-<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Data types that describe the color specification encoding for the various
-color spaces are defined as follows:
-<!-- .sM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsRGB</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef double XcmsFloat;
-
-typedef struct {
-	unsigned short red;	/* 0x0000 to 0xffff */
-	unsigned short green;	/* 0x0000 to 0xffff */
-	unsigned short blue;	/* 0x0000 to 0xffff */
-} XcmsRGB;		/* RGB Device */
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsRGBi</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	XcmsFloat red;	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */
-	XcmsFloat green;	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */
-	XcmsFloat blue;	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */
-} XcmsRGBi;		/* RGB Intensity */
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIEXYZ</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	XcmsFloat X;
-	XcmsFloat Y;	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */
-	XcmsFloat Z;
-} XcmsCIEXYZ;		/* CIE XYZ */
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIEuvY</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	XcmsFloat u_prime;	/* 0.0 to ~0.6 */
-	XcmsFloat v_prime;	/* 0.0 to ~0.6 */
-	XcmsFloat Y; 	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */
-} XcmsCIEuvY;		/* CIE u'v'Y */
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIExyY</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	XcmsFloat x; 	/* 0.0 to ~.75 */
-	XcmsFloat y; 	/* 0.0 to ~.85 */
-	XcmsFloat Y; 	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */
-} XcmsCIExyY;		/* CIE xyY */
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELab</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	XcmsFloat L_star; 	/* 0.0 to 100.0 */
-	XcmsFloat a_star;
-	XcmsFloat b_star;
-} XcmsCIELab;		/* CIE L*a*b* */
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuv</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	XcmsFloat L_star; 	/* 0.0 to 100.0 */
-	XcmsFloat u_star;
-	XcmsFloat v_star;
-} XcmsCIELuv;		/* CIE L*u*v* */
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVC</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	XcmsFloat H; 	/* 0.0 to 360.0 */
-	XcmsFloat V; 	/* 0.0 to 100.0 */
-	XcmsFloat C; 	/* 0.0 to 100.0 */
-} XcmsTekHVC;		/* TekHVC */
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsPad</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	XcmsFloat pad0;
-	XcmsFloat pad1;
-	XcmsFloat pad2;
-	XcmsFloat pad3;
-} XcmsPad;		/* four doubles */
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The device-dependent formats provided allow color specification in:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<acronym>RGB</acronym> Intensity
-(<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Red, green, and blue linear intensity values,
-floating-point values from 0.0 to 1.0,
-where 1.0 indicates full intensity, 0.5 half intensity, and so on.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<acronym>RGB</acronym> Device
-(<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Red, green, and blue values appropriate for the specified output device.
-<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>
-values are of type unsigned short,
-scaled from 0 to 65535 inclusive,
-and are interchangeable with the red, green, and blue values in an 
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It is important to note that <acronym>RGB</acronym> Intensity values are not gamma corrected
-values.
-In contrast,
-<acronym>RGB</acronym> Device values generated as a result of converting color specifications 
-are always gamma corrected, and
-<acronym>RGB</acronym> Device values acquired as a result of querying a colormap
-or passed in by the client are assumed by Xlib to be gamma corrected.
-The term <emphasis remap='I'><acronym>RGB</acronym> value</emphasis> in this manual always refers to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> Device value.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Color_Strings">
-<title>Color Strings</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Color Strings -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides a mechanism for using string names for colors.
-A color string may either contain an abstract color name
-or a numerical color specification.
-Color strings are case-insensitive.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Color strings are used in the following functions:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XLookupColor</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XParseColor</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib supports the use of abstract color names, for example, red or blue.
-A value for this abstract name is obtained by searching one or more color
-name databases.
-Xlib first searches zero or more client-side databases;
-the number, location, and content of these databases is
-implementation-dependent and might depend on the current locale.
-If the name is not found, Xlib then looks for the color in the
-X server's database.
-If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A numerical color specification
-consists of a color space name and a set of values in the following syntax:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;color_space_name&gt;</emphasis>:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;value&gt;/.../&lt;value&gt;</emphasis>
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The following are examples of valid color strings.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-"CIEXYZ:0.3227/0.28133/0.2493"
-"RGBi:1.0/0.0/0.0"
-"rgb:00/ff/00"
-"CIELuv:50.0/0.0/0.0"
-</literallayout>
-The syntax and semantics of numerical specifications are given
-for each standard color space in the following sections.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="RGB_Device_String_Specification">
-<title><acronym>RGB</acronym> Device String Specification</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN <acronym>RGB</acronym> Device String Specification -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An <acronym>RGB</acronym> Device specification is identified by
-the prefix ``rgb:'' and conforms to the following syntax:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-rgb:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;red&gt;/&lt;green&gt;/&lt;blue&gt;</emphasis>
-
-    <emphasis remap='I'>&lt;red&gt;</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>&lt;green&gt;</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>&lt;blue&gt;</emphasis> := <emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis> | <emphasis remap='I'>hh</emphasis> | <emphasis remap='I'>hhh</emphasis> | <emphasis remap='I'>hhhh</emphasis>
-    <emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis> := single hexadecimal digits (case insignificant)
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .\" End marker code here -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that <emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis> indicates the value scaled in 4 bits, 
-<emphasis remap='I'>hh</emphasis> the value scaled in 8 bits,
-<emphasis remap='I'>hhh</emphasis> the value scaled in 12 bits,
-and <emphasis remap='I'>hhhh</emphasis> the value scaled in 16 bits, respectively.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Typical examples are the strings ``rgb:ea/75/52'' and ``rgb:ccc/320/320'',
-but mixed numbers of hexadecimal digit strings 
-(``rgb:ff/a5/0'' and ``rgb:ccc/32/0'')
-are also allowed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For backward compatibility, an older syntax for <acronym>RGB</acronym> Device is
-supported, but its continued use is not encouraged.
-The syntax is an initial sharp sign character followed by
-a numeric specification, in one of the following formats:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA 2i -->
-<!-- .ta 2i -->
-#RGB	(4 bits each)
-#RRGGBB	(8 bits each)
-#RRRGGGBBB	(12 bits each)
-#RRRRGGGGBBBB	(16 bits each)
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .\" End marker code here -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The R, G, and B represent single hexadecimal digits.
-When fewer than 16 bits each are specified, 
-they represent the most significant bits of the value
-(unlike the ``rgb:'' syntax, in which values are scaled).
-For example, the string ``#3a7'' is the same as ``#3000a0007000''.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="RGB_Intensity_String_Specification">
-<title><acronym>RGB</acronym> Intensity String Specification</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN RGB Intensity String Specification -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An <acronym>RGB</acronym> intensity specification is identified
-by the prefix ``rgbi:'' and conforms to the following syntax:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-rgbi:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;red&gt;/&lt;green&gt;/&lt;blue&gt;</emphasis>
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .\" End marker code here -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that red, green, and blue are floating-point values
-between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive.
-The input format for these values is an optional sign,
-a string of numbers possibly containing a decimal point,
-and an optional exponent field containing an E or e 
-followed by a possibly signed integer string.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Device_Independent_String_Specifications">
-<title>Device-Independent String Specifications</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Device-Independent String Specifications -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The standard device-independent string specifications have
-the following syntax:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-CIEXYZ:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;X&gt;/&lt;Y&gt;/&lt;Z&gt;</emphasis>
-CIEuvY:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;u&gt;/&lt;v&gt;/&lt;Y&gt;</emphasis>
-CIExyY:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;x&gt;/&lt;y&gt;/&lt;Y&gt;</emphasis>
-CIELab:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;L&gt;/&lt;a&gt;/&lt;b&gt;</emphasis>
-CIELuv:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;L&gt;/&lt;u&gt;/&lt;v&gt;</emphasis>
-TekHVC:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;H&gt;/&lt;V&gt;/&lt;C&gt;</emphasis>
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .\" End marker code here -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All of the values (C, H, V, X, Y, Z, a, b, u, v, y, x) are
-floating-point values.
-The syntax for these values is an optional plus or minus sign,
-a string of digits possibly containing a decimal point,
-and an optional exponent field consisting of an ``E'' or ``e''
-followed by an optional plus or minus followed by a string of digits.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Color_Conversion_Contexts_and_Gamut_Mapping">
-<title>Color Conversion Contexts and Gamut Mapping</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Color Conversion Contexts and Gamut Mapping -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When Xlib converts device-independent color specifications
-into device-dependent specifications and vice versa,
-it uses knowledge about the color limitations of the screen hardware.
-This information, typically called the device profile,
-<indexterm><primary>Device profile</primary></indexterm>
-is available in a Color Conversion Context (CCC).
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because a specified color may be outside the color gamut of the target screen
-and the white point associated with the color specification may differ
-from the white point inherent to the screen,
-Xlib applies gamut mapping when it encounters certain conditions:
-<indexterm><primary>White point</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Gamut compression occurs when conversion of device-independent
-color specifications to device-dependent color specifications
-results in a color out of the target screen's gamut.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-White adjustment occurs when the inherent white point of the screen
-differs from the white point assumed by the client.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Gamut handling methods are stored as callbacks in the CCC,
-which in turn are used by the color space conversion routines.
-Client data is also stored in the CCC for each callback.
-The CCC also contains the white point the client assumes to be
-associated with color specifications (that is, the Client White Point).
-<indexterm><primary>Client White Point</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Gamut handling</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary></indexterm>
-The client can specify the gamut handling callbacks and client data
-as well as the Client White Point.
-Xlib does not preclude the X client from performing other
-forms of gamut handling (for example, gamut expansion); 
-however, Xlib does not provide direct support for gamut handling
-other than white adjustment and gamut compression.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Associated with each colormap is an initial CCC transparently generated by
-Xlib.
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>
-Therefore,
-when you specify a colormap as an argument to an Xlib function,
-you are indirectly specifying a CCC.
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-There is a default CCC associated with each screen.
-Newly created CCCs inherit attributes from the default CCC,
-so the default CCC attributes can be modified to affect new CCCs.
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xcms functions in which gamut mapping can occur return
-<type>Status</type>
-and have specific status values defined for them, 
-as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>
-indicates that the function failed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>
-indicates that the function succeeded.
-In addition,
-if the function performed any color conversion,
-the colors did not need to be compressed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>XcmsSuccessWithCompression</symbol>
-indicates the function performed color conversion
-and at least one of the colors needed to be compressed.
-The gamut compression method is determined by the gamut compression
-procedure in the CCC that is specified directly as a function argument
-or in the CCC indirectly specified by means of the colormap argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Creating_Copying_and_Destroying_Colormaps">
-<title>Creating, Copying, and Destroying Colormaps</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating, Copying, and Destroying Colormaps -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To create a colormap for a screen, use
-<function>XCreateColormap</function>.</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatecolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Colormap <function>XCreateColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Visual<parameter> *visual</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> alloc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi on whose screen you want to create a colormap -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a visual type supported on the screen.
-If the visual type is not one supported by the screen, 
-a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>alloc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap entries to be allocated.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>AllocNone</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateColormap</function>
-function creates a colormap of the specified visual type for the screen 
-on which the specified window resides and returns the colormap ID 
-associated with it.
-Note that the specified window is only used to determine the screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The initial values of the colormap entries are undefined for the 
-visual classes
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>,
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>.
-For
-<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>,
-<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,
-the entries have defined values,
-but those values are specific to the visual and are not defined by X.
-For
-<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>,
-<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,
-alloc must be
-<symbol>AllocNone</symbol>,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-For the other visual classes,
-if alloc is
-<symbol>AllocNone</symbol>,
-the colormap initially has no allocated entries,
-and clients can allocate them.
-For information about the visual types,
-see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If alloc is
-<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>,
-the entire colormap is allocated writable.
-The initial values of all allocated entries are undefined.
-For
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,
-the effect is as if an
-<function>XAllocColorCells</function>
-call returned all pixel values from zero to N - 1,
-where N is the colormap entries value in the specified visual.
-For
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>,
-the effect is as if an
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>
-call returned a pixel value of zero and red_mask, green_mask, 
-and blue_mask values containing the same bits as the corresponding
-masks in the specified visual.
-However, in all cases,
-none of these entries can be freed by using
-<function>XFreeColors</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateColormap</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a new colormap when the allocation out of a previously
-shared colormap has failed because of resource exhaustion, use
-<function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyColormapAndFree</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcopycolormapandfree'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Colormap <function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function>
-function creates a colormap of the same visual type and for the same screen
-as the specified colormap and returns the new colormap ID.
-It also moves all of the client's existing allocation from the specified
-colormap to the new colormap with their color values intact 
-and their read-only or writable characteristics intact and frees those entries 
-in the specified colormap.
-Color values in other entries in the new colormap are undefined.
-If the specified colormap was created by the client with alloc set to
-<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>,
-the new colormap is also created with 
-<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>,
-all color values for all entries are copied from the specified colormap,
-and then all entries in the specified colormap are freed.
-If the specified colormap was not created by the client with
-<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>,
-the allocations to be moved are all those pixels and planes
-that have been allocated by the client using
-<function>XAllocColor</function>,
-<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>,
-<function>XAllocColorCells</function>,
-or
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>
-and that have not been freed since they were allocated.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To destroy a colormap, use 
-<function>XFreeColormap</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeColormap</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreecolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Cm that you want to destroy -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap (Cm.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeColormap</function>
-function deletes the association between the colormap resource ID 
-and the colormap and frees the colormap storage.
-However, this function has no effect on the default colormap for a screen.
-If the specified colormap is an installed map for a screen,
-it is uninstalled (see
-<function>XUninstallColormap</function>).
-If the specified colormap is defined as the colormap for a window (by
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>,
-<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>,
-or
-<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>),
-<function>XFreeColormap</function>
-changes the colormap associated with the window to
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-and generates a
-<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
-event.
-X does not define the colors displayed for a window with a colormap of
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFreeColormap</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Mapping_Color_Names_to_Values">
-<title>Mapping Color Names to Values</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Mapping Color Names to Values -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To map a color name to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use
-<function>XLookupColor</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xlookupcolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XLookupColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor*exact_def_return,<parameter> *screen_def_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color name string (for example, red) whose color 
-definition structure you want returned.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>exact_def_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the exact <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_def_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the closest <acronym>RGB</acronym> values provided by the hardware.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLookupColor</function>
-function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen
-associated with the specified colormap.
-It returns both the exact color values and
-the closest values provided by the screen 
-with respect to the visual type of the specified colormap.
-If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-<function>XLookupColor</function>
-returns nonzero if the name is resolved;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XLookupColor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To map a color name to the exact <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use
-<function>XParseColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XParseColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xparsecolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XParseColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *spec</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *exact_def_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>spec</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color name string;
-case is ignored.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>exact_def_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the exact color value for later use and sets the
-<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>
-flags.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XParseColor</function>
-function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen
-associated with the specified colormap.
-It returns the exact color value.
-If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-<function>XParseColor</function>
-returns nonzero if the name is resolved;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XParseColor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To map a color name to a value in an arbitrary color space, use
-<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsLookupColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmslookupcolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsLookupColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor*color_exact_return,<parameter> *color_screen_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-<!-- .ds St -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color string(St.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_exact_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color specification parsed from the color string
-or parsed from the corresponding string found in a color-name database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_screen_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color that can be reproduced on the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color format for the returned color
-specifications (color_screen_return and color_exact_return arguments).
-If the format is
-<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>
-and the color string contains a
-numerical color specification,
-the specification is returned in the format used in that numerical
-color specification.
-If the format is
-<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>
-and the color string contains a color name,
-the specification is returned in the format used 
-to store the color in the database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>
-function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen
-associated with the specified colormap.
-It returns both the exact color values and
-the closest values provided by the screen 
-with respect to the visual type of the specified colormap.
-The values are returned in the format specified by result_format.
-If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>
-returns
-<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>XcmsSuccessWithCompression</symbol>
-if the name is resolved; otherwise, it returns
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>.
-If
-<symbol>XcmsSuccessWithCompression</symbol>
-is returned, the color specification returned in 
-color_screen_return is the result of gamut compression.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="Allocating_and_Freeing_Color_Cells">
-<title>Allocating and Freeing Color Cells</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Allocating and Freeing Color Cells -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-There are two ways of allocating color cells: 
-explicitly as read-only entries, one pixel value at a time,
-or read/write,
-where you can allocate a number of color cells and planes simultaneously.
-<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary></indexterm>
-A read-only cell has its <acronym>RGB</acronym> value set by the server.
-<indexterm><primary>Read/write colormap cells</primary></indexterm>
-Read/write cells do not have defined colors initially;
-functions described in the next section must be used to store values into them.
-Although it is possible for any client to store values into a read/write
-cell allocated by another client,
-read/write cells normally should be considered private to the client
-that allocated them.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Read-only colormap cells are shared among clients.
-The server counts each allocation and freeing of the cell by clients.
-When the last client frees a shared cell, the cell is finally deallocated.
-If a single client allocates the same read-only cell multiple
-times, the server counts each such allocation, not just the first one.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate a read-only color cell with an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use
-<function>XAllocColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read-only colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *screen_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies and returns the values actually used in the colormap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-function allocates a read-only colormap entry corresponding to the closest
-<acronym>RGB</acronym> value supported by the hardware.
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-returns the pixel value of the color closest to the specified
-<acronym>RGB</acronym> elements supported by the hardware
-and returns the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value actually used.
-The corresponding colormap cell is read-only.
-In addition,
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed.
-<indexterm><primary>Color map</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>read-only colormap cells</primary></indexterm>
-Multiple clients that request the same effective <acronym>RGB</acronym> value can be assigned
-the same read-only entry, thus allowing entries to be shared.
-When the last client deallocates a shared cell, it is deallocated.
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-does not use or affect the flags in the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error.
-<!-- .EQ -->
-delim %%
-<!-- .EN -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate a read-only color cell with a color in arbitrary format, use
-<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read-only colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAllocColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsalloccolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAllocColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color to allocate and returns the pixel and color 
-that is actually used in the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color format for the returned color specification.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>
-function is similar to
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-except the color can be specified in any format.
-The
-<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>
-function ultimately calls 
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-to allocate a read-only color cell (colormap entry) with the specified color.
-<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>
-first converts the color specified
-to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value and then passes this to
-<function>XAllocColor</function>.
-<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>
-returns the pixel value of the color cell and the color specification
-actually allocated.
-This returned color specification is the result of converting the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value
-returned by 
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-into the format specified with the result_format argument.
-If there is no interest in a returned color specification, 
-unnecessary computation can be bypassed if result_format is set to
-<symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol>.
-The corresponding colormap cell is read-only.
-If this routine returns 
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>,
-the color_in_out color specification is left unchanged.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate a read-only color cell using a color name and return the closest
-color supported by the hardware in <acronym>RGB</acronym> format, use
-<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read-only colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocNamedColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xallocnamedcolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XAllocNamedColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor*screen_def_return,<parameter> *exact_def_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color name string (for example, red) whose color 
-definition structure you want returned.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_def_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the closest <acronym>RGB</acronym> values provided by the hardware.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>exact_def_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the exact <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>
-function looks up the named color with respect to the screen that is
-associated with the specified colormap.
-It returns both the exact database definition and
-the closest color supported by the screen.
-The allocated color cell is read-only.
-The pixel value is returned in screen_def_return.
-If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-If screen_def_return and exact_def_return
-point to the same structure, the pixel field will be set correctly,
-but the color values are undefined.
-<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>
-returns nonzero if a cell is allocated;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate a read-only color cell using a color name and return the closest
-color supported by the hardware in an arbitrary format, use
-<function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read-only colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAllocNamedColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsallocnamedcolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_screen_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_exact_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-<!-- .ds St \ whose color definition structure is to be returned -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color string(St.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_screen_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the pixel value of the color cell and color specification 
-that actually is stored for that cell.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_exact_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color specification parsed from the color string
-or parsed from the corresponding string found in a color-name database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color format for the returned color
-specifications (color_screen_return and color_exact_return arguments).
-If the format is
-<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>
-and the color string contains a
-numerical color specification,
-the specification is returned in the format used in that numerical
-color specification.
-If the format is
-<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>
-and the color string contains a color name,
-the specification is returned in the format used 
-to store the color in the database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function>
-function is similar to
-<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>
-except that the color returned can be in any format specified.
-This function
-ultimately calls
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-to allocate a read-only color cell with
-the color specified by a color string.
-The color string is parsed into an
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure (see
-<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>),
-converted
-to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, and finally passed to
-<function>XAllocColor</function>.
-If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function returns both the color specification as a result
-of parsing (exact specification) and the actual color specification
-stored (screen specification).
-This screen specification is the result of converting the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value
-returned by
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-into the format specified in result_format.
-If there is no interest in a returned color specification,
-unnecessary computation can be bypassed if result_format is set to
-<symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol>.
-If color_screen_return and color_exact_return
-point to the same structure, the pixel field will be set correctly,
-but the color values are undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate read/write color cell and color plane combinations for a
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>
-model, use
-<function>XAllocColorCells</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Read/write colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read/write colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColorCells</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolorcells'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColorCells</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> contig</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_masks_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> nplanes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixels_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> npixels</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>contig</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the planes must be contiguous.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of plane masks.
-<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nplanes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of plane masks that are to be returned in the plane masks 
-array. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pixels_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of pixel values. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>npixels</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of pixel values that are to be returned in the 
-pixels_return array. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAllocColorCells</function>
-function allocates read/write color cells.
-The number of colors must be positive and the number of planes nonnegative,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If ncolors and nplanes are requested, 
-then ncolors pixels
-and nplane plane masks are returned.
-No mask will have any bits set to 1 in common with
-any other mask or with any of the pixels.
-By ORing together each pixel with zero or more masks,
-ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>nplanes</emphasis></superscript>
-distinct pixels can be produced.
-All of these are
-allocated writable by the request.
-For 
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,
-each mask has exactly one bit set to 1. 
-For 
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>,
-each has exactly three bits set to 1.
-If contig is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-and if all masks are ORed
-together, a single contiguous set of bits set to 1 will be formed for 
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>
-and three contiguous sets of bits set to 1 (one within each
-pixel subfield) for 
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>.
-The <acronym>RGB</acronym> values of the allocated
-entries are undefined.
-<function>XAllocColorCells</function>
-returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XAllocColorCells</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate read/write color resources for a
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>
-model, use
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Read/write colormap planes</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read/write colormap planes</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColorPlanes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolorplanes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColorPlanes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> contig</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixels_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intnreds,ngreens,<parameter> nblues</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong*rmask_return,*gmask_return,<parameter> *bmask_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>contig</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the planes must be contiguous.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pixels_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of pixel values. 
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>
-returns the pixel values in this array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of pixel values that are to be returned in the 
-pixels_return array. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nreds</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ngreens</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nblues</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-Specify the number of red, green, and blue planes.
-The value you pass must be nonnegative. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rmask_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gmask_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bmask_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return bit masks for the red, green, and blue planes.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The specified ncolors must be positive; 
-and nreds, ngreens, and nblues must be nonnegative,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If ncolors colors, nreds reds, ngreens greens, and nblues blues are requested, 
-ncolors pixels are returned; and the masks have nreds, ngreens, and 
-nblues bits set to 1, respectively.
-If contig is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-each mask will have
-a contiguous set of bits set to 1.
-No mask will have any bits set to 1 in common with
-any other mask or with any of the pixels.
-For 
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>,
-each mask
-will lie within the corresponding pixel subfield.
-By ORing together
-subsets of masks with each pixel value, 
-ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>(nreds+ngreens+nblues)</emphasis></superscript>
-distinct pixel values can be produced.
-All of these are allocated by the request.
-However, in the
-colormap, there are only
-ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>nreds</emphasis></superscript>
-independent red entries,
-ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>ngreens</emphasis></superscript>
-independent green entries, and
-ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>nblues</emphasis></superscript>
-independent blue entries.
-This is true even for 
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>.
-When the colormap entry of a pixel
-value is changed (using 
-<function>XStoreColors</function>,
-<function>XStoreColor</function>,
-or 
-<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>),
-the pixel is decomposed according to the masks, 
-and the corresponding independent entries are updated.
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>
-returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<indexterm><primary>Freeing</primary><secondary>colors</secondary></indexterm>
-To free colormap cells, use
-<function>XFreeColors</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeColors</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>deallocation</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreecolors'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeColors</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixels[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> npixels</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> planes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-<!-- .ds Pi that map to the cells in the specified colormap -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pixels</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of pixel values (Pi. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>npixels</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of pixels. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>planes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the planes you want to free.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeColors</function>
-function frees the cells represented by pixels whose values are in the
-pixels array.
-The planes argument should not have any bits set to 1 in common with any of the
-pixels. 
-The set of all pixels is produced by ORing together subsets of
-the planes argument with the pixels.
-The request frees all of these pixels that
-were allocated by the client (using 
-<indexterm><primary>XAllocColor</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XAllocNamedColor</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XAllocColorCells</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XAllocColorPlanes</primary></indexterm>
-<function>XAllocColor</function>,
-<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>,
-<function>XAllocColorCells</function>,
-and 
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>).
-Note that freeing an
-individual pixel obtained from 
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>
-may not actually allow
-it to be reused until all of its related pixels are also freed.
-Similarly,
-a read-only entry is not actually freed until it has been freed by all clients,
-and if a client allocates the same read-only entry multiple times,
-it must free the entry that many times before the entry is actually freed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All specified pixels that are allocated by the client in the colormap are
-freed, even if one or more pixels produce an error. 
-If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If a specified pixel is not allocated by the
-client (that is, is unallocated or is only allocated by another client)
-or if the colormap was created with all entries writable (by passing
-<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>
-to
-<function>XCreateColormap</function>),
-a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results. 
-If more than one pixel is in error, 
-the one that gets reported is arbitrary.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFreeColors</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Modifying_and_Querying_Colormap_Cells">
-<title>Modifying and Querying Colormap Cells</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Modifying and Querying Colormap Cells  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To store an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value in a single colormap cell, use
-<function>XStoreColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xstorecolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XStoreColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *color</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the pixel and <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XStoreColor</function>
-function changes the colormap entry of the pixel value specified in the
-pixel member of the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure.
-You specified this value in the
-pixel member of the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure.
-This pixel value must be a read/write cell and a valid index into the colormap.
-If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap,
-a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-<function>XStoreColor</function>
-also changes the red, green, and/or blue color components.
-You specify which color components are to be changed by setting
-<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and/or
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>
-in the flags member of the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure.
-If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, 
-the changes are visible immediately.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XStoreColor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To store multiple <acronym>RGB</acronym> values in multiple colormap cells, use
-<function>XStoreColors</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreColors</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xstorecolors'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XStoreColors</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> color[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of color definition structures to be stored.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .\"Specifies the number of color definition structures.  -->
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structures in the color definition array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XStoreColors</function>
-function changes the colormap entries of the pixel values
-specified in the pixel members of the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structures.
-You specify which color components are to be changed by setting 
-<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and/or
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>
-in the flags member of the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structures.
-If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, the
-changes are visible immediately.
-<function>XStoreColors</function>
-changes the specified pixels if they are allocated writable in the colormap 
-by any client, even if one or more pixels generates an error.
-If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If a specified pixel either is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-If more than one pixel is in error, 
-the one that gets reported is arbitrary.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XStoreColors</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To store a color of arbitrary format in a single colormap cell, use
-<function>XcmsStoreColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsStoreColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsstorecolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsStoreColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color cell and the color to store.
-Values specified in this
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure remain unchanged on return.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsStoreColor</function>
-function converts the color specified in the
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure into <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.
-It then uses this <acronym>RGB</acronym> specification in an
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure, whose three flags 
-(<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>)
-are set, in a call to
-<function>XStoreColor</function>
-to change the color cell specified by the pixel member of the
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure.
-This pixel value must be a valid index for the specified colormap,
-and the color cell specified by the pixel value must be a read/write cell.
-If the pixel value is not a valid index, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If the color cell is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, 
-the changes are visible immediately.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that 
-<function>XStoreColor</function>
-has no return value; therefore, an
-<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>
-return value from this function indicates that the conversion 
-to <acronym>RGB</acronym> succeeded and the call to
-<function>XStoreColor</function>
-was made.
-To obtain the actual color stored, use
-<function>XcmsQueryColor</function>.
-Because of the screen's hardware limitations or gamut compression,
-the color stored in the colormap may not be identical
-to the color specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XcmsStoreColor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To store multiple colors of arbitrary format in multiple colormap cells, use
-<function>XcmsStoreColors</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsStoreColors</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsstorecolors'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsStoreColors</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color specification array of
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures, each specifying a color cell and the color to store in that
-cell.
-Values specified in the array remain unchanged upon return.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures in the color-specification array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of Boolean values indicating compression status.
-If a non-NULL pointer is supplied,
-each element of the array is set to
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the corresponding color was compressed and
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-otherwise.
-Pass NULL if the compression status is not useful.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsStoreColors</function>
-function converts the colors specified in the array of
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures into <acronym>RGB</acronym> values and then uses these <acronym>RGB</acronym> specifications in
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structures, whose three flags 
-(<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>)
-are set, in a call to
-<function>XStoreColors</function>
-to change the color cells specified by the pixel member of the corresponding
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure.
-Each pixel value must be a valid index for the specified colormap,
-and the color cell specified by each pixel value must be a read/write cell.
-If a pixel value is not a valid index, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If a color cell is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-If more than one pixel is in error,
-the one that gets reported is arbitrary.
-If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, 
-the changes are visible immediately.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that 
-<function>XStoreColors</function>
-has no return value; therefore, an
-<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>
-return value from this function indicates that conversions 
-to <acronym>RGB</acronym> succeeded and the call to
-<function>XStoreColors</function>
-was made.
-To obtain the actual colors stored, use
-<function>XcmsQueryColors</function>.
-Because of the screen's hardware limitations or gamut compression,
-the colors stored in the colormap may not be identical
-to the colors specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XcmsStoreColors</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To store a color specified by name in a single colormap cell, use
-<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreNamedColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xstorenamedcolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XStoreNamedColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixel</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> flags</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color name string (for example, red). 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pixel</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the entry in the colormap. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>flags</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which red, green, and blue components are set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>
-function looks up the named color with respect to the screen associated with
-the colormap and stores the result in the specified colormap.
-The pixel argument determines the entry in the colormap.
-The flags argument determines which of the red, green, and blue components 
-are set. 
-You can set this member to the
-bitwise inclusive OR of the bits 
-<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and 
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>.
-If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-If the specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If the specified pixel either is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadName</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<function>XQueryColor</function>
-and
-<function>XQueryColors</function>
-functions take pixel values in the pixel member of
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structures and store in the structures the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for those
-pixels from the specified colormap.
-The values returned for an unallocated entry are undefined.
-These functions also set the flags member in the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure to all three colors.
-If a pixel is not a valid index into the specified colormap, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If more than one pixel is in error,
-the one that gets reported is arbitrary.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To query the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value of a single colormap cell, use
-<function>XQueryColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerycolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XQueryColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *def_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>def_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies and returns the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the pixel specified in the structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryColor</function>
-function returns the current <acronym>RGB</acronym> value for the pixel in the
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure and sets the
-<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>
-flags.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryColor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To query the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values of multiple colormap cells, use
-<function>XQueryColors</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryColors</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerycolors'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XQueryColors</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> defs_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>defs_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies and returns an array of color definition structures for the pixel
-specified in the structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .\"Specifies the number of color definition structures.  -->
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structures in the color definition array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryColors</function>
-function returns the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value for each pixel in each
-<structname>XColor</structname>
-structure and sets the
-<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,
-<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>
-flags in each structure.
-
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryColors</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To query the color of a single colormap cell in an arbitrary format, use
-<function>XcmsQueryColor</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryColor</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerycolor'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryColor</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the pixel member that indicates the color cell to query.
-The color specification stored for the color cell is returned in this
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color format for the returned color specification.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsQueryColor</function>
-function obtains the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value
-for the pixel value in the pixel member of the specified
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure and then
-converts the value to the target format as
-specified by the result_format argument.
-If the pixel is not a valid index in the specified colormap, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XcmsQueryColor</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To query the color of multiple colormap cells in an arbitrary format, use
-<function>XcmsQueryColors</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryColors</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerycolors'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryColors</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures, each pixel member indicating the color cell to query.
-The color specifications for the color cells are returned in these structures.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures in the color-specification array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color format for the returned color specification.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsQueryColors</function>
-function obtains the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values
-for pixel values in the pixel members of
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures and then
-converts the values to the target format as
-specified by the result_format argument.
-If a pixel is not a valid index into the specified colormap, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If more than one pixel is in error,
-the one that gets reported is arbitrary.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XcmsQueryColors</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Color_Conversion_Context_Functions">
-<title>Color Conversion Context Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Color Conversion Context Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section describes functions to create, modify,
-and query Color Conversion Contexts (CCCs).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Associated with each colormap is an initial CCC transparently generated by
-Xlib.
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>
-Therefore, when you specify a colormap as an argument to a function,
-you are indirectly specifying a CCC.
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-The CCC attributes that can be modified by the X client are:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Client White Point
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Gamut compression procedure and client data
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-White point adjustment procedure and client data
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The initial values for these attributes are implementation specific.
-The CCC attributes for subsequently created CCCs can be defined
-by changing the CCC attributes of the default CCC.
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
-There is a default CCC associated with each screen.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Getting_and_Setting_the_Color_Conversion_Context_of_a_Colormap">
-<title>Getting and Setting the Color Conversion Context of a Colormap</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Getting and Setting the Color Conversion Context of a Colormap -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the CCC associated with a colormap, use
-<function>XcmsCCCOfColormap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCCCOfColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Colormap</primary><secondary>CCC of</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscccofcolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsCCCOfColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCCCOfColormap</function>
-function returns the CCC associated with the specified colormap.
-Once obtained, 
-the CCC attributes can be queried or modified.
-Unless the CCC associated with the specified colormap is changed with
-<function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function>,
-this CCC is used when the specified colormap is used as an argument 
-to color functions.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To change the CCC associated with a colormap, use
-<function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Colormap</primary><secondary>CCC of</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetcccofcolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function>
-function changes the CCC associated with the specified colormap.
-It returns the CCC previously associated with the colormap.
-If they are not used again in the application,
-CCCs should be freed by calling
-<function>XcmsFreeCCC</function>.
-Several colormaps may share the same CCC without restriction; this
-includes the CCCs generated by Xlib with each colormap.  Xlib, however,
-creates a new CCC with each new colormap.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Obtaining_the_Default_Color_Conversion_Context">
-<title>Obtaining the Default Color Conversion Context</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Obtaining the Default Color Conversion Context -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can change the default CCC attributes for subsequently created CCCs
-by changing the CCC attributes of the default CCC.
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
-A default CCC is associated with each screen.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the default CCC for a screen, use
-<function>XcmsDefaultCCC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsDefaultCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsdefaultccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsDefaultCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsDefaultCCC</function>
-function returns the default CCC for the specified screen.
-Its visual is the default visual of the screen.
-Its initial gamut compression and white point
-adjustment procedures as well as the associated client data are implementation
-specific.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Color_Conversion_Context_Macros">
-<title>Color Conversion Context Macros</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Color Conversion Context Macros -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Applications should not directly modify any part of the
-<structname>XcmsCCC</structname>.
-The following lists the C language macros, their corresponding function
-equivalents for other language bindings, and what data they both
-can return.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsDisplayOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-
-<funcsynopsis id='displayofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>DisplayOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsdisplayofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Display *<function>XcmsDisplayOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Both return the display associated with the specified CCC.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VisualOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsVisualOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='visualofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>VisualOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsvisualofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Visual *<function>XcmsVisualOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Both return the visual associated with the specified CCC.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenNumberOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='screennumberofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>ScreenNumberOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsscreennumberofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Both return the number of the screen associated with the specified CCC.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='screenwhitepointofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>ScreenWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsscreenwhitepointofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsColor <function>XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Both return the white point of the screen associated with the specified CCC.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ClientWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='clientwhitepointofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef> <function>ClientWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsclientwhitepointofccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsColor *<function>XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Both return the Client White Point of the specified CCC.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="Modifying_Attributes_of_a_Color_Conversion_Context">
-<title>Modifying Attributes of a Color Conversion Context</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Modifying Attributes of a Color Conversion Context -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the Client White Point in the CCC, use
-<function>XcmsSetWhitePoint</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetWhitePoint</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Client White Point</primary><secondary>of Color Conversion Context</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetwhitepoint'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsSetWhitePoint</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-<!-- .ds Co new Client White Point -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the new Client White Point.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsSetWhitePoint</function>
-function changes the Client White Point in the specified CCC.
-Note that the pixel member is ignored 
-and that the color specification is left unchanged upon return.
-The format for the new white point must be
-<symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol>,
-<symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol>,
-<symbol>XcmsCIExyYFormat</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>.
-If the color argument is NULL, this function sets the format component of the
-Client White Point specification to
-<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>,
-indicating that the Client White Point is assumed to be the same as the
-Screen White Point.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function returns nonzero status
-if the format for the new white point is valid;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the gamut compression procedure and corresponding client data
-in a specified CCC, use
-<function>XcmsSetCompressionProc</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetCompressionProc</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary><secondary>setting in Color Conversion Context</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary><secondary>procedure</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary><secondary>client data</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetcompressionproc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsCompressionProc <function>XcmsSetCompressionProc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCompressionProc<parameter> compression_proc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the gamut compression procedure that is to be applied 
-when a color lies outside the screen's color gamut.
-If NULL is specified and a function using this CCC must convert
-a color specification to a device-dependent format and encounters a color
-that lies outside the screen's color gamut, 
-that function will return
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>.
-<!-- .ds Cd the gamut compression procedure -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies client data for gamut compression procedure or NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsSetCompressionProc</function>
-function first sets the gamut compression procedure and client data 
-in the specified CCC with the newly specified procedure and client data
-and then returns the old procedure.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the white point adjustment procedure and corresponding client data
-in a specified CCC, use
-<function>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>setting in Color Conversion Context</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>procedure</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>client data</secondary></indexterm>
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetwhiteadjustproc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc <function>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc<parameter> white_adjust_proc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>white_adjust_proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the white point adjustment procedure.
-<!-- .ds Cd the white point adjustment procedure -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies client data for white point adjustment procedure or NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</function>
-function first sets the white point adjustment procedure and client data 
-in the specified CCC with the newly specified procedure and client data
-and then returns the old procedure.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Creating_and_Freeing_a_Color_Conversion_Context">
-<title>Creating and Freeing a Color Conversion Context</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating and Freeing a Color Conversion Context -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can explicitly create a CCC within your application by calling
-<function>XcmsCreateCCC</function>.
-These created CCCs can then be used by those functions that explicitly
-call for a CCC argument.
-Old CCCs that will not be used by the application should be freed using
-<function>XcmsFreeCCC</function>.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To create a CCC, use
-<function>XcmsCreateCCC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCreateCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscreateccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsCreateCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Visual<parameter> *visual</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *client_white_point</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCompressionProc<parameter> compression_proc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> compression_client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc<parameter> white_adjust_proc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> white_adjust_client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the visual type.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_white_point</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the Client White Point.
-If NULL is specified, 
-the Client White Point is to be assumed to be the same as the
-Screen White Point.
-Note that the pixel member is ignored.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the gamut compression procedure that is to be applied 
-when a color lies outside the screen's color gamut.
-If NULL is specified and a function using this CCC must convert
-a color specification to a device-dependent format and encounters a color
-that lies outside the screen's color gamut, 
-that function will return
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies client data for use by the gamut compression procedure or NULL.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>white_adjust_proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the white adjustment procedure that is to be applied
-when the Client White Point differs from the Screen White Point.
-NULL indicates that no white point adjustment is desired.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>white_adjust_client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies client data for use with the white point adjustment procedure or NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCreateCCC</function>
-function creates a CCC for the specified display, screen, and visual.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To free a CCC, use
-<function>XcmsFreeCCC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsFreeCCC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsfreeccc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XcmsFreeCCC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsFreeCCC</function>
-function frees the memory used for the specified CCC.
-Note that default CCCs and those currently associated with colormaps
-are ignored.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Converting_between_Color_Spaces">
-<title>Converting between Color Spaces</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Converting between Color Spaces -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To convert an array of color specifications in arbitrary color formats
-to a single destination format, use
-<function>XcmsConvertColors</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Color conversion</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>conversion</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsConvertColors</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsconvertcolors'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsConvertColors</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-If conversion is between device-independent color spaces only
-(for example, TekHVC to CIELuv),
-the CCC is necessary only to specify the Client White Point.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of color specifications.
-Pixel members are ignored and remain unchanged upon return.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures in the color-specification array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target color specification format.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of Boolean values indicating compression status.
-If a non-NULL pointer is supplied,
-each element of the array is set to
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the corresponding color was compressed and
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-otherwise.
-Pass NULL if the compression status is not useful.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsConvertColors</function>
-function converts the color specifications in the specified array of
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures from their current format to a single target format,
-using the specified CCC.
-When the return value is
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>,
-the contents of the color specification array are left unchanged.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The array may contain a mixture of color specification formats
-(for example, 3 <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ, 2 <acronym>CIE</acronym> Luv, and so on).
-When the array contains both device-independent and
-device-dependent color specifications and the target_format argument specifies
-a device-dependent format (for example,
-<symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol>,
-<symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol>),
-all specifications are converted to <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ format and then to the target
-device-dependent format.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Callback_Functions">
-<title>Callback Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Callback Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section describes the gamut compression and white point
-adjustment callbacks.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The gamut compression procedure specified in the CCC
-is called when an attempt to convert a color specification from
-<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>
-to a device-dependent format (typically
-<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>)
-results in a color that lies outside the screen's color gamut.
-If the gamut compression procedure requires client data, this data is passed
-via the gamut compression client data in the CCC.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-During color specification conversion between device-independent
-and device-dependent color spaces,
-if a white point adjustment procedure is specified in the CCC,
-it is triggered when the Client White Point and Screen White Point differ.
-If required, the client data is obtained from the CCC.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Prototype_Gamut_Compression_Procedure">
-<title>Prototype Gamut Compression Procedure</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Prototype Gamut Compression Procedure -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The gamut compression callback interface must adhere to the
-following:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCompressionProc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscompressionproc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>typedef Status<function>(*XcmsCompressionProc</function>)</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> index</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of color specifications.
-Pixel members should be ignored and must remain unchanged upon return.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures in the color-specification array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>index</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the index into the array of
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures for the encountered color specification that lies outside the 
-screen's color gamut.
-Valid values are 0 (for the first element) to ncolors - 1.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of Boolean values for indicating compression status.
-If a non-NULL pointer is supplied
-and a color at a given index is compressed, then
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-should be stored at the corresponding index in this array;
-otherwise, the array should not be modified.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-When implementing a gamut compression procedure, consider the following
-rules and assumptions:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The gamut compression procedure can attempt to compress one or multiple
-specifications at a time.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-When called, elements 0 to index - 1 in the color specification
-array can be assumed to fall within the screen's color gamut.
-In addition, these color specifications are already in some device-dependent
-format (typically
-<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>).
-If any modifications are made to these color specifications,
-they must be in their initial device-dependent format upon return.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-When called, the element in the color specification array specified
-by the index argument contains the color specification outside the 
-screen's color gamut encountered by the calling routine.
-In addition, this color specification can be assumed to be in
-<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>.
-Upon return, this color specification must be in
-<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-When called, elements from index to ncolors - 1 
-in the color specification array may or may not fall within the
-screen's color gamut.
-In addition, these color specifications can be assumed to be in
-<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>.
-If any modifications are made to these color specifications, 
-they must be in
-<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>
-upon return.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The color specifications passed to the gamut compression procedure
-have already been adjusted to the Screen White Point.
-This means that at this point the color specification's white point
-is the Screen White Point.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the gamut compression procedure uses a device-independent color space not
-initially accessible for use in the color management system, use 
-<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>
-to ensure that it is added.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Supplied_Gamut_Compression_Procedures">
-<title>Supplied Gamut Compression Procedures</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Supplied Gamut Compression Procedures -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following equations are useful in describing gamut compression
-functions:
-<!-- .EQ -->
-delim %%
-<!-- .EN -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-%CIELab~Psychometric~Chroma ~=~ sqrt(a_star sup 2 ~+~ b_star sup 2 )%
-
-%CIELab~Psychometric~Hue ~=~ tan sup -1 left [ b_star over a_star right ]%
-
-%CIELuv~Psychometric~Chroma ~=~ sqrt(u_star sup 2 ~+~ v_star sup 2 )%
-
-%CIELuv~Psychometric~Hue ~=~ tan sup -1 left [ v_star over u_star right ]%
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The gamut compression callback procedures provided by Xlib are as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsCIELabClipL</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the 
-screen's color gamut by reducing or increasing <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*) 
-in the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* color space until the color is within the gamut.
-If the Psychometric Chroma of the color specification 
-is beyond maximum for the Psychometric Hue Angle,
-then while maintaining the same Psychometric Hue Angle,
-the color will be clipped to the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of maximum
-Psychometric Chroma.
-See
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function>.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsCIELabClipab</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the 
-screen's color gamut by reducing Psychometric Chroma,
-while maintaining Psychometric Hue Angle,
-until the color is within the gamut.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsCIELabClipLab</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the
-screen's color gamut by replacing it with <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates
-that fall within the color gamut while maintaining the original
-Psychometric Hue
-Angle and whose vector to the original coordinates is the shortest attainable.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsCIELuvClipL</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the 
-screen's color gamut by reducing or increasing <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)
-in the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* color space until the color is within the gamut.
-If the Psychometric Chroma of the color specification
-is beyond maximum for the Psychometric Hue Angle,
-then, while maintaining the same Psychometric Hue Angle,
-the color will be clipped to the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of maximum
-Psychometric Chroma.
-See
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function>.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsCIELuvClipuv</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the
-screen's color gamut by reducing
-Psychometric Chroma, while maintaining Psychometric Hue Angle,
-until the color is within the gamut.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsCIELuvClipLuv</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the
-screen's color gamut by replacing it with <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates
-that fall within the color gamut while maintaining the original
-Psychometric Hue
-Angle and whose vector to the original coordinates is the shortest attainable.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsTekHVCClipV</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the
-screen's color gamut by reducing or increasing the Value dimension
-in the TekHVC color space until the color is within the gamut.
-If Chroma of the color specification is beyond maximum for the particular Hue,
-then, while maintaining the same Hue,
-the color will be clipped to the Value and Chroma coordinates
-that represent maximum Chroma for that particular Hue.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsTekHVCClipC</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the
-screen's color gamut by reducing the Chroma dimension
-in the TekHVC color space until the color is within the gamut.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsTekHVCClipVC</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the
-screen's color gamut by replacing it with TekHVC coordinates
-that fall within the color gamut while maintaining the original Hue
-and whose vector to the original coordinates is the shortest attainable.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Prototype_White_Point_Adjustment_Procedure">
-<title>Prototype White Point Adjustment Procedure</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Prototype White Point Adjustment Procedure -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The white point adjustment procedure interface must adhere to the following:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmswhiteadjustproc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>typedef Status <function>(*XcmsWhiteAdjustProc</function>)</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *initial_white_point</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *target_white_point</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>initial_white_point</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the initial white point.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_white_point</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target white point.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target color specification format.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of color specifications.
-Pixel members should be ignored and must remain unchanged upon return.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures in the color-specification array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of Boolean values for indicating compression status.
-If a non-NULL pointer is supplied
-and a color at a given index is compressed, then
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-should be stored at the corresponding index in this array;
-otherwise, the array should not be modified.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Supplied_White_Point_Adjustment_Procedures">
-<title>Supplied White Point Adjustment Procedures</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Supplied White Point Adjustment Procedures -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-White point adjustment procedures provided by Xlib are as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This uses the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* color space for adjusting the chromatic character
-of colors to compensate for the chromatic differences between the source
-and destination white points.
-This procedure simply converts the color specifications to 
-<structname>XcmsCIELab</structname>
-using the source white point and then converts to the target specification
-format using the destination's white point.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This uses the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* color space for adjusting the chromatic character
-of colors to compensate for the chromatic differences between the source
-and destination white points.
-This procedure simply converts the color specifications to 
-<structname>XcmsCIELuv</structname>
-using the source white point and then converts to the target specification
-format using the destination's white point.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<function>XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors</function>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-This uses the TekHVC color space for adjusting the chromatic character
-of colors to compensate for the chromatic differences between the source
-and destination white points.
-This procedure simply converts the color specifications to
-<structname>XcmsTekHVC</structname>
-using the source white point and then converts to the target specification
-format using the destination's white point.
-An advantage of this procedure over those previously described
-is an attempt to minimize hue shift.
-No client data is necessary.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-From an implementation point of view,
-these white point adjustment procedures convert the color specifications
-to a device-independent but white-point-dependent color space 
-(for example, <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v*, <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b*, TekHVC) using one white point
-and then converting those specifications to the target color space 
-using another white point.
-In other words,
-the specification goes in the color space with one white point 
-but comes out with another white point, 
-resulting in a chromatic shift based on the chromatic displacement
-between the initial white point and target white point.
-The <acronym>CIE</acronym> color spaces that are assumed to be white-point-independent
-are <acronym>CIE</acronym> u'v'Y, <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ, and <acronym>CIE</acronym> xyY.
-When developing a custom white point adjustment procedure that uses a
-device-independent color space not initially accessible for use in the
-color management system, use
-<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>
-to ensure that it is added.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-As an example, 
-if the CCC specifies a white point adjustment procedure
-and if the Client White Point and Screen White Point differ, the
-<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>
-function will use the white point adjustment
-procedure twice: 
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Once to convert to
-<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A second time to convert from
-<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For example, assume the specification is in
-<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>
-and the adjustment procedure is
-<function>XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors</function>.
-During conversion to
-<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>,
-the call to 
-<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>
-results in the following series of color specification conversions:
-<!-- .\" Do these need to be font coded? -->
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-From 
-<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>
-to
-<structname>XcmsCIELuv</structname>
-using the Client White Point
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-From 
-<structname>XcmsCIELuv</structname>
-to
-<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>
-using the Screen White Point
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-From
-<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>
-to
-<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>
-(<acronym>CIE</acronym> u'v'Y and XYZ are white-point-independent color spaces)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-From 
-<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>
-to 
-<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-From 
-<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>
-to
-<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The resulting <acronym>RGB</acronym> specification is passed to
-<function>XAllocColor</function>,
-and the <acronym>RGB</acronym>
-specification returned by
-<function>XAllocColor</function>
-is converted back to 
-<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>
-by reversing the color conversion sequence.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Gamut_Querying_Functions">
-<title>Gamut Querying Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Gamut Querying Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section describes the gamut querying functions that Xlib provides.
-These functions allow the client to query the boundary 
-of the screen's color gamut in terms of the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b*, <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v*, 
-and TekHVC color spaces.
-<indexterm><primary>Gamut querying</primary></indexterm>
-Functions are also provided that allow you to query 
-the color specification of:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-White (full-intensity red, green, and blue)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Red (full-intensity red while green and blue are zero)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Green (full-intensity green while red and blue are zero)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Blue (full-intensity blue while red and green are zero)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Black (zero-intensity red, green, and blue)
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The white point associated with color specifications passed to 
-and returned from these gamut querying
-functions is assumed to be the Screen White Point.
-<indexterm><primary>Screen White Point</primary></indexterm>
-This is a reasonable assumption,
-because the client is trying to query the screen's color gamut.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following naming convention is used for the Max and Min functions:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-Xcms<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;color_space&gt;</emphasis>QueryMax<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;dimensions&gt;</emphasis>
-
-Xcms<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;color_space&gt;</emphasis>QueryMin<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;dimensions&gt;</emphasis>
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The &lt;dimensions&gt; consists of a letter or letters 
-that identify the dimensions of the color space 
-that are not fixed.
-For example, 
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function>
-is given a fixed Hue and Value for which maximum Chroma is found.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Red_Green_and_Blue_Queries">
-<title>Red, Green, and Blue Queries</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Red, Green, and Blue Queries -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the color specification for black 
-(zero-intensity red, green, and blue), use
-<function>XcmsQueryBlack</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryBlack</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryblack'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryBlack</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target color specification format.
-<!-- .ds Cs zero-intensity red, green, and blue -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for (Cs.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsQueryBlack</function>
-function returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for zero-intensity red, green, and blue.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the color specification for blue 
-(full-intensity blue while red and green are zero), use
-<function>XcmsQueryBlue</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryBlue</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryblue'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryBlue</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target color specification format.
-<!-- .ds Cs full-intensity blue while red and green are zero -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for (Cs.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsQueryBlue</function>
-function returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for full-intensity blue while red and green are zero.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the color specification for green
-(full-intensity green while red and blue are zero), use
-<function>XcmsQueryGreen</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryGreen</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerygreen'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryGreen</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target color specification format.
-<!-- .ds Cs full-intensity green while red and blue are zero -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for (Cs.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsQueryGreen</function>
-function returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for full-intensity green while red and blue are zero.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the color specification for red
-(full-intensity red while green and blue are zero), use
-<function>XcmsQueryRed</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryRed</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryred'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryRed</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target color specification format.
-<!-- .ds Cs full-intensity red while green and blue are zero -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for (Cs.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsQueryRed</function>
-function returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for full-intensity red while green and blue are zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the color specification for white
-(full-intensity red, green, and blue), use
-<function>XcmsQueryWhite</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryWhite</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerywhite'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryWhite</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the target color specification format.
-<!-- .ds Cs full-intensity red, green, and blue -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for (Cs.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsQueryWhite</function>
-function returns the color specification in the specified target format
-for full-intensity red, green, and blue.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="CIELab_Queries">
-<title>CIELab Queries</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN CIELab Queries -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following equations are useful in describing the CIELab query functions:
-<!-- .EQ -->
-delim %%
-<!-- .EN -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-%CIELab~Psychometric~Chroma ~=~ sqrt(a_star sup 2 ~+~ b_star sup 2 )%
-
-%CIELab~Psychometric~Hue ~=~ tan sup -1 left [ b_star over a_star right ]%
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of maximum Psychometric Chroma
-for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*), use
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> L_star</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Ha maximum chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.
-<!-- .ds Ls maximum chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>L_star</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the lightness (L*) at which to find (Ls.
-<!-- .ds Lc maximum chroma -->
-<!-- .ds lC hue angle and lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of (Lc
-displayable by the screen for the given (lC.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function>
-function, given a hue angle and lightness,
-finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen.
-It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of maximum <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)
-for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxl'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Ha maximum lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.
-<!-- .ds Ch maximum lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>chroma</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the chroma at which to find (Ch.
-<!-- .ds Lc maximum lightness -->
-<!-- .ds lC hue angle and chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of (Lc
-displayable by the screen for the given (lC.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</function>
-function, given a hue angle and chroma,
-finds the point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* color space of maximum 
-lightness (L*) displayable by the screen.
-It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates.
-An 
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>
-return value usually indicates that the given chroma
-is beyond maximum for the given hue angle.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of maximum Psychometric Chroma
-for a given Psychometric Hue Angle, use
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxlc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Ha maximum chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.
-<!-- .ds Lc maximum chroma -->
-<!-- .ds lC hue angle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of (Lc
-displayable by the screen for the given (lC.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</function>
-function, given a hue angle,
-finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen.
-It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of minimum <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)
-for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabqueryminlc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Ha minimum lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.
-<!-- .ds Ch minimum lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>chroma</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the chroma at which to find (Ch.
-<!-- .ds Lc minimum lightness -->
-<!-- .ds lC hue angle and chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of (Lc
-displayable by the screen for the given (lC.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</function>
-function, given a hue angle and chroma,
-finds the point of minimum lightness (L*) displayable by the screen.
-It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates.
-An 
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>
-return value usually indicates that the given chroma
-is beyond maximum for the given hue angle.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="CIELuv_Queries">
-<title>CIELuv Queries</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN CIELuv Queries -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following equations are useful in describing the CIELuv query functions:
-<!-- .EQ -->
-delim %%
-<!-- .EN -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-%CIELuv~Psychometric~Chroma ~=~ sqrt(u_star sup 2 ~+~ v_star sup 2 )%
-
-%CIELuv~Psychometric~Hue ~=~ tan sup -1 left [ v_star over u_star right ]%
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of maximum Psychometric Chroma
-for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*), use
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmxcieluvquerymaxc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> L_star</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Ha maximum chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.
-<!-- .ds Ls maximum chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>L_star</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the lightness (L*) at which to find (Ls.
-<!-- .ds Lc maximum chroma -->
-<!-- .ds lC hue angle and lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of (Lc
-displayable by the screen for the given (lC.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function>
-function, given a hue angle and lightness,
-finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen.
-It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of maximum <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)
-for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvquerymaxl'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Ha maximum lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.
-<!-- .ds Ls maximum lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>L_star</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the lightness (L*) at which to find (Ls.
-<!-- .ds Lc maximum lightness -->
-<!-- .ds lC hue angle and chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of (Lc
-displayable by the screen for the given (lC.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</function>
-function, given a hue angle and chroma,
-finds the point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* color space of maximum 
-lightness (L*) displayable by the screen.
-It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates.
-An 
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>
-return value usually indicates that the given chroma
-is beyond maximum for the given hue angle.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of maximum Psychometric Chroma
-for a given Psychometric Hue Angle, use
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvquerymaxlc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Ha maximum chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.
-<!-- .ds Lc maximum chroma -->
-<!-- .ds lC hue angle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of (Lc
-displayable by the screen for the given (lC.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</function>
-function, given a hue angle,
-finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen.
-It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of minimum <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)
-for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvqueryminl'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Ha minimum lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.
-<!-- .ds Ch minimum lightness -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>chroma</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the chroma at which to find (Ch.
-<!-- .ds Lc minimum lightness -->
-<!-- .ds lC hue angle and chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of (Lc
-displayable by the screen for the given (lC.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</function>
-function, given a hue angle and chroma,
-finds the point of minimum lightness (L*) displayable by the screen.
-It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates.
-An 
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>
-return value usually indicates that the given chroma
-is beyond maximum for the given hue angle.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="TekHVC_Queries">
-<title>TekHVC Queries</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN TekHVC Queries -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the maximum Chroma for a given Hue and Value, use
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> value</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Hu in which to find the maximum Chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the Hue (Hu.
-<!-- .ds Va maximum Chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the Value in which to find the (Va.
-<!-- .ds Lc maximum Chroma along with the actual Hue and Value  -->
-<!-- .ds lC maximum Chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the (Lc at which the (lC was found.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function>
-function, given a Hue and Value,
-determines the maximum Chroma in TekHVC color space
-displayable by the screen.
-It returns the maximum Chroma along with the actual Hue
-and Value at which the maximum Chroma was found.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the maximum Value for a given Hue and Chroma, use
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Value</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxv'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Hu in which to find the maximum Value -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the Hue (Hu.
-<!-- .ds Ch maximum Value -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>chroma</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the chroma at which to find (Ch.
-<!-- .ds Lc maximum Value along with the Hue and Chroma -->
-<!-- .ds lC maximum Value -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the (Lc at which the (lC was found.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</function>
-function, given a Hue and Chroma,
-determines the maximum Value in TekHVC color space
-displayable by the screen.
-It returns the maximum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma
-at which the maximum Value was found.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the maximum Chroma and Value at which it is reached
-for a specified Hue, use
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Value</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxvc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Hu in which to find the maximum Chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the Hue (Hu.
-<!-- .ds Lc color specification in \ -->
-XcmsTekHVC for the maximum Chroma, the Value at which \
-that maximum Chroma is reached, and the actual Hue
-<!-- .ds lC maximum Chroma -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the (Lc at which the (lC was found.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</function>
-function, given a Hue,
-determines the maximum Chroma in TekHVC color space displayable by the screen
-and the Value at which that maximum Chroma is reached.
-It returns the maximum Chroma,
-the Value at which that maximum Chroma is reached,
-and the actual Hue for which the maximum Chroma was found.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain a specified number of TekHVC specifications such that they
-contain maximum Values for a specified Hue and the
-Chroma at which the maximum Values are reached, use
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Value</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxvsamples'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> nsamples</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Hu for maximum Chroma/Value samples -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the Hue (Hu.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nsamples</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of samples.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns nsamples of color specifications in XcmsTekHVC
-such that the Chroma is the maximum attainable for the Value and Hue.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</function>
-returns nsamples of maximum Value, the Chroma at which that maximum Value
-is reached, and the actual Hue for which the maximum Chroma was found.
-These sample points may then be used to plot the maximum Value/Chroma
-boundary of the screen's color gamut for the specified Hue in TekHVC color
-space.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the minimum Value for a given Hue and Chroma, use
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Value</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcqueryminv'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures
-are ignored.
-<!-- .ds Hu in which to find the minimum Value -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the Hue (Hu.
-<!-- .ds Va minimum Value -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the Value in which to find the (Va.
-<!-- .ds Lc minimum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma -->
-<!-- .ds lC minimum Value -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the (Lc at which the (lC was found.
-The white point associated with the returned
-color specification is the Screen White Point.
-The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</function>
-function, given a Hue and Chroma,
-determines the minimum Value in TekHVC color space displayable by the screen.
-It returns the minimum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma at which
-the minimum Value was found.
-</para>
-
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Color_Management_Extensions">
-<title>Color Management Extensions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Color Management Extensions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The Xlib color management facilities can be extended in two ways:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Device-Independent Color Spaces
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Device-independent color spaces that are derivable to <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ
-space can be added using the
-<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>
-function.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Color Characterization Function Set
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A Color Characterization Function Set consists of
-device-dependent color spaces and their functions that
-convert between these color spaces and the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ
-color space, bundled together for a specific class of output devices.
-A function set can be added using the
-<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>
-function.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect2 id="Color_Spaces">
-<title>Color Spaces</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Color Spaces -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ color space serves as the hub for all
-conversions between device-independent and device-dependent color spaces.
-Therefore, the knowledge to convert an 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure to and from <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ format is associated with each color space.
-For example, conversion from <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* to <acronym>RGB</acronym> requires the knowledge
-to convert from <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* to <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ and from <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ to <acronym>RGB</acronym>.
-This knowledge is stored as an array of functions that,
-when applied in series, will convert the 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure to or from <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ format.
-This color specification conversion mechanism facilitates
-the addition of color spaces.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Of course, when converting between only device-independent color spaces
-or only device-dependent color spaces,
-shortcuts are taken whenever possible.
-For example, conversion from TekHVC to <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* is performed 
-by intermediate conversion to <acronym>CIE</acronym> u*v*Y and then to <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v*, 
-thus bypassing conversion between <acronym>CIE</acronym> u*v*Y and <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Adding_Device_Independent_Color_Spaces">
-<title>Adding Device-Independent Color Spaces</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Adding Device-Independent Color Spaces -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To add a device-independent color space, use
-<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAddColorSpace</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsaddcolorspace'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorSpace<parameter> *color_space</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_space</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the device-independent color space to add.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>
-function makes a device-independent color space (actually an
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure) accessible by the color management system.
-Because format values for unregistered color spaces are assigned at run time,
-they should be treated as private to the client.
-If references to an unregistered color space must be made
-outside the client (for example, storing color specifications 
-in a file using the unregistered color space), 
-then reference should be made by color space prefix
-(see
-<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>
-and
-<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure is already accessible in the color management system, 
-<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that added 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>s
-must be retained for reference by Xlib.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Querying_Color_Space_Format_and_Prefix">
-<title>Querying Color Space Format and Prefix</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Querying Color Space Format and Prefix -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the format associated with the color space
-associated with a specified color string prefix, use
-<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsformatofprefix'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XcmsColorFormat <function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *prefix</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>prefix</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the string that contains the color space prefix.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>
-function returns the format for the specified color space prefix
-(for example, the string ``CIEXYZ'').
-The prefix is case-insensitive.
-If the color space is not accessible in the color management system,
-<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the color string prefix associated with the color space
-specified by a color format, use
-<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsprefixofformat'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color specification format.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>
-function returns the string prefix associated with the color specification
-encoding specified by the format argument.
-Otherwise, if no encoding is found, it returns NULL.
-The returned string must be treated as read-only.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Creating_Additional_Color_Spaces">
-<title>Creating Additional Color Spaces</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating Additional Color Spaces -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Color space specific information necessary 
-for color space conversion and color string parsing is stored in an
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure.
-Therefore, a new structure containing this information is required
-for each additional color space.
-In the case of device-independent color spaces,
-a handle to this new structure (that is, by means of a global variable)
-is usually made accessible to the client program for use with the
-<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>
-function.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a new 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure specifies a color space not registered with the X Consortium,
-they should be treated as private to the client
-because format values for unregistered color spaces are assigned at run time.
-If references to an unregistered color space must be made outside the
-client (for example, storing color specifications in a file using the
-unregistered color space), then reference should be made by color space prefix
-(see
-<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>
-and
-<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>).
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef (*XcmsConversionProc)();
-typedef XcmsConversionProc *XcmsFuncListPtr;
-		/* A NULL terminated list of function pointers*/
-
-typedef struct _XcmsColorSpace {
-	char *prefix;
-	XcmsColorFormat format;
-	XcmsParseStringProc parseString;
-	XcmsFuncListPtr to_CIEXYZ;
-	XcmsFuncListPtr from_CIEXYZ;
-	int inverse_flag;
-} XcmsColorSpace;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The prefix member specifies the prefix that indicates a color string 
-is in this color space's string format.
-For example, the strings ``ciexyz'' or ``CIEXYZ'' for <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ,
-and ``rgb'' or ``<acronym>RGB</acronym>'' for <acronym>RGB</acronym>.
-The prefix is case insensitive.
-The format member specifies the color specification format.
-Formats for unregistered color spaces are assigned at run time.
-The parseString member contains a pointer to the function 
-that can parse a color string into an 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure.
-This function returns an integer (int): nonzero if it succeeded
-and zero otherwise.
-The to_CIEXYZ and from_CIEXYZ members contain pointers,
-each to a NULL terminated list of function pointers.
-When the list of functions is executed in series,
-it will convert the color specified in an 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structure from/to the current color space format to/from the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ format.
-Each function returns an integer (int): nonzero if it succeeded
-and zero otherwise.
-The white point to be associated with the colors is specified
-explicitly, even though white points can be found in the CCC.
-The inverse_flag member, if nonzero, specifies that for each function listed 
-in to_CIEXYZ,
-its inverse function can be found in from_CIEXYZ such that:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-Given:  n = number of functions in each list
-
-for each i, such that 0 &lt;= i &lt; n
-    from_CIEXYZ[n - i - 1] is the inverse of to_CIEXYZ[i].
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This allows Xlib to use the shortest conversion path,
-thus bypassing <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ if possible (for example, TekHVC to <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v*).
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Parse_String_Callback">
-<title>Parse String Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Parse String Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The callback in the
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure for parsing a color string for the particular color space must
-adhere to the following software interface specification:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsParseStringProc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsparsestringproc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsParseStringProc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the color string to parse.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the color specification in the color space's format.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Color_Specification_Conversion_Callback">
-<title>Color Specification Conversion Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Color Specification Conversion Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Callback functions in the
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure for converting a color specification between device-independent
-spaces must adhere to the
-following software interface specification:
-</para>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='conversionproc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function><replaceable>ConversionProc</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *white_point</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *colors_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>white_point</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the white point associated with color specifications.
-The pixel member should be ignored,
-and the entire structure remain unchanged upon return.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of color specifications.
-Pixel members should be ignored and must remain unchanged upon return.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures in the color-specification array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-Callback functions in the
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure for converting a color specification to or from a device-dependent
-space must adhere to the
-following software interface specification:
-</para>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function><replaceable>ConversionProc</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *colors_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the CCC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of color specifications.
-Pixel members should be ignored and must remain unchanged upon return.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of 
-<structname>XcmsColor</structname>
-structures in the color-specification array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of Boolean values for indicating compression status.
-If a non-NULL pointer is supplied
-and a color at a given index is compressed, then
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-should be stored at the corresponding index in this array;
-otherwise, the array should not be modified.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Conversion functions are available globally for use by other color
-spaces.
-The conversion functions provided by Xlib are:
-</para>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='3'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='center'>Function</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Converts from</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Converts to</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIELabFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIELuvFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIELabFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIExyYFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIELabFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsTekHVCFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIExyYFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsRGBToRGBi</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsRGBiToRGB</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY</function></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsTekHVCFormat</symbol></entry>
-      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Function_Sets">
-<title>Function Sets</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Function Sets -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<indexterm><primary>Function set</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Function set</primary><secondary>LINEAR_RGB</secondary></indexterm>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Functions to convert between device-dependent color spaces
-and <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ may differ for different classes of output devices
-(for example, color versus gray monitors).
-Therefore, the notion of a Color Characterization Function Set
-has been developed.
-A function set consists of device-dependent color spaces
-and the functions that convert color specifications 
-between these device-dependent color spaces and the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ color space
-appropriate for a particular class of output devices.
-The function set also contains a function that reads
-color characterization data off root window properties.
-It is this characterization data that will differ between devices within
-a class of output devices.
-<indexterm><primary>Device Color Characterization</primary></indexterm>
-For details about how color characterization data is
-stored in root window properties,
-see the section on Device Color Characterization in the
-<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
-The LINEAR_RGB function set is provided by Xlib
-and will support most color monitors.
-Function sets may require data that differs
-from those needed for the LINEAR_RGB function set.
-In that case, 
-its corresponding data may be stored on different root window properties.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Adding_Function_Sets">
-<title>Adding Function Sets</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Adding Function Sets -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To add a function set, use
-<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAddFunctionSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcmsaddfunctionset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XcmsFunctionSet<parameter> *function_set</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>function_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the function set to add.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>
-function adds a function set to the color management system.
-If the function set uses device-dependent 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structures not accessible in the color management system,
-<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>
-adds them.
-If an added
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure is for a device-dependent color space not registered
-with the X Consortium,
-they should be treated as private to the client
-because format values for unregistered color spaces are assigned at run time.
-If references to an unregistered color space must be made outside the
-client (for example, storing color specifications in a file
-using the unregistered color space),
-then reference should be made by color space prefix
-(see 
-<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>
-and
-<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Additional function sets should be added before any calls to other
-Xlib routines are made.
-If not, the 
-<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>
-member of a previously created 
-<structname>XcmsCCC</structname>
-does not have the opportunity to initialize
-with the added function set.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Creating_Additional_Function_Sets">
-<title>Creating Additional Function Sets</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating Additional Function Sets -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The creation of additional function sets should be
-required only when an output device does not conform to existing 
-function sets or when additional device-dependent color spaces are necessary.
-A function set consists primarily of a collection of device-dependent
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structures and a means to read and store a 
-screen's color characterization data.
-This data is stored in an
-<structname>XcmsFunctionSet</structname>
-structure.
-A handle to this structure (that is, by means of global variable)
-is usually made accessible to the client program for use with
-<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a function set uses new device-dependent 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structures,
-they will be transparently processed into the color management system.
-Function sets can share an 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structure for a device-dependent color space.
-In addition, multiple 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structures are allowed for a device-dependent color space;
-however, a function set can reference only one of them.
-These 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structures will differ in the functions to convert to and from <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ,
-thus tailored for the specific function set.
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct _XcmsFunctionSet {
-	XcmsColorSpace **DDColorSpaces;
-	XcmsScreenInitProc screenInitProc;
-	XcmsScreenFreeProc screenFreeProc;
-} XcmsFunctionSet;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The DDColorSpaces member is a pointer to a NULL terminated list
-of pointers to 
-<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>
-structures for the device-dependent color spaces that are supported
-by the function set.
-The screenInitProc member is set to the callback procedure (see the following
-interface specification) that initializes the 
-<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>
-structure for a particular screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The screen initialization callback must adhere to the following software
-interface specification:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsScreenInitProc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>typedef Status <function>(*XcmsScreenInitProc</function>)</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>ScmsPerScrnInfo<parameter> *screen_info</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_info</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>
-structure, which contains the per screen information.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The screen initialization callback in the
-<structname>XcmsFunctionSet</structname>
-structure fetches the color characterization data (device profile) for
-the specified screen,
-typically off properties on the 
-screen's root window.
-It then initializes the specified
-<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>
-structure.
-<indexterm><primary>Device profile</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Color Characterization Data</primary></indexterm>
-If successful, the procedure fills in the 
-<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>
-structure as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It sets the screenData member to the address 
-of the created device profile data structure 
-(contents known only by the function set).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It next sets the screenWhitePoint member.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It next sets the functionSet member to the address of the
-<structname>XcmsFunctionSet</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-It then sets the state member to 
-<symbol>XcmsInitSuccess</symbol>
-and finally returns
-<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If unsuccessful, the procedure sets the state member to 
-<symbol>XcmsInitFailure</symbol>
-and returns
-<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>
-structure contains:
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct _XcmsPerScrnInfo {
-	XcmsColor screenWhitePoint;
-	XPointer functionSet;
-	XPointer screenData;
-	unsigned char state;
-	char pad[3];
-} XcmsPerScrnInfo;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The screenWhitePoint member specifies the white point inherent to
-the screen.
-The functionSet member specifies the appropriate function set.
-The screenData member specifies the device profile.
-The state member is set to one of the following:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>XcmsInitNone</symbol>
-indicates initialization has not been previously attempted.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>XcmsInitFailure</symbol>
-indicates initialization has been previously attempted but failed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<symbol>XcmsInitSuccess</symbol>
-indicates initialization has been previously attempted and succeeded.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The screen free callback must adhere to the following software
-interface specification:
-</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>typedef void (*XcmsScreenFreeProc)</funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> screenData</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screenData</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the data to be freed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-This function is called to free the screenData stored in an
-<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>
-structure.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+                   "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="color_management_functions">

+<title>Color Management Functions</title>

+<!-- .sp 2 -->

+<!-- .nr H1 6 -->

+<!-- .nr H2 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H3 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H4 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H5 0 -->

+<!-- .na -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- Chapter 6: Color Management Functions  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+Each X window always has an associated colormap that

+provides a level of indirection between pixel values and colors displayed

+on the screen.

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to manipulate a colormap.

+The X protocol defines colors using values in the <acronym>RGB</acronym> color space.

+The <acronym>RGB</acronym> color space is device dependent;

+rendering an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value on differing output devices typically results

+in different colors.

+Xlib also provides a means for clients to specify color using

+device-independent color spaces for consistent results across devices.

+Xlib supports device-independent color spaces derivable from the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ

+color space.

+This includes the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ, xyY, L*u*v*, and L*a*b* color spaces as well as

+the TekHVC color space.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This chapter discusses how to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Create, copy, and destroy a colormap

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Specify colors by name or value

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Allocate, modify, and free color cells

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Read entries in a colormap

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Convert between color spaces

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Control aspects of color conversion

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Query the color gamut of a screen

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Add new color spaces

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All functions, types, and symbols in this chapter with the prefix ``Xcms''

+are defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xcms.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xcms.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xcms.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xcms.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+The remaining functions and types are defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Functions in this chapter manipulate the representation of color on the

+screen.

+For each possible value that a pixel can take in a window,

+there is a color cell in the colormap.

+For example, 

+if a window is 4 bits deep, pixel values 0 through 15 are defined. 

+A colormap is a collection of color cells.

+A color cell consists of a triple of red, green, and blue (<acronym>RGB</acronym>) values.

+The hardware imposes limits on the number of significant

+bits in these values.

+As each pixel is read out of display memory, the pixel

+is looked up in a colormap.

+The <acronym>RGB</acronym> value of the cell determines what color is displayed on the screen.

+On a grayscale display with a black-and-white monitor, 

+the values are combined to determine the brightness on the screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Typically, an application allocates color cells or sets of color cells

+to obtain the desired colors.

+The client can allocate read-only cells.

+In which case, 

+the pixel values for these colors can be shared among multiple applications, 

+and the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value of the cell cannot be changed.

+If the client allocates read/write cells,

+they are exclusively owned by the client,

+and the color associated with the pixel value can be changed at will.

+Cells must be allocated (and, if read/write, initialized with an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value)

+by a client to obtain desired colors.

+The use of pixel value for an

+unallocated cell results in an undefined color.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because colormaps are associated with windows, X supports displays

+with multiple colormaps and, indeed, different types of colormaps.

+If there are insufficient colormap resources in the display,

+some windows will display in their true colors, and others

+will display with incorrect colors.

+A window manager usually controls which windows are displayed

+in their true colors if more than one colormap is required for

+the color resources the applications are using.

+At any time, there is a set of installed colormaps for a screen.

+Windows using one of the installed colormaps display with true colors, and

+windows using other colormaps generally display with incorrect colors.

+You can control the set of installed colormaps by using

+<function>XInstallColormap</function>

+and

+<function>XUninstallColormap</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Colormaps are local to a particular screen.

+Screens always have a default colormap,

+and programs typically allocate cells out of this colormap.

+Generally, you should not write applications that monopolize 

+color resources.

+Although some hardware supports multiple colormaps installed at one time,

+many of the hardware displays

+built today support only a single installed colormap, so the primitives

+are written to encourage sharing of colormap entries between applications.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<function>DefaultColormap</function>

+macro returns the default colormap.

+The 

+<function>DefaultVisual</function>

+macro

+returns the default visual type for the specified screen.

+<indexterm><primary>Color map</primary></indexterm>

+Possible visual types are 

+<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>,

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>,

+<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>,

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,

+<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>

+(see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>).

+</para>

+<sect1 id="Color_Structures">

+<title>Color Structures</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Color Structures -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Functions that operate only on <acronym>RGB</acronym> color space values use an

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure, which contains:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	unsigned long pixel;	/* pixel value */

+	unsigned short red, green, blue;	/* rgb values */

+	char flags;	/* DoRed, DoGreen, DoBlue */	

+	char pad;

+} XColor;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The red, green, and blue values are always in the range 0 to 65535

+inclusive, independent of the number of bits actually used in the

+display hardware.

+The server scales these values down to the range used by the hardware.

+Black is represented by (0,0,0), 

+and white is represented by (65535,65535,65535).

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary></indexterm>

+In some functions,

+the flags member controls which of the red, green, and blue members is used 

+and can be the inclusive OR of zero or more of

+<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and 

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+Functions that operate on all color space values use an

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure.

+This structure contains a union of substructures,

+each supporting color specification encoding for a particular color space.

+Like the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure, the

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure contains pixel

+and color specification information (the spec member in the 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure).

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 1i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 1i 2.5i -->

+typedef unsigned long XcmsColorFormat;			/* Color Specification Format */

+

+typedef struct {

+	union {

+		XcmsRGB RGB;

+		XcmsRGBi RGBi;

+		XcmsCIEXYZ CIEXYZ;

+		XcmsCIEuvY CIEuvY;

+		XcmsCIExyY CIExyY;

+		XcmsCIELab CIELab;

+		XcmsCIELuv CIELuv;

+		XcmsTekHVC TekHVC;

+		XcmsPad Pad;

+	} spec;

+	unsigned long pixel;

+	XcmsColorFormat format;

+} XcmsColor;			/* Xcms Color Structure */

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Because the color specification can be encoded for the various color spaces, 

+encoding for the spec member is identified by the format member,

+which is of type

+<type>XcmsColorFormat</type>.

+The following macros define standard formats.

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#define          XcmsUndefinedFormat   0x00000000

+#define          XcmsCIEXYZFormat      0x00000001  /* CIE XYZ */

+#define          XcmsCIEuvYFormat      0x00000002  /* CIE u'v'Y */

+#define          XcmsCIExyYFormat      0x00000003  /* CIE xyY */

+#define          XcmsCIELabFormat      0x00000004  /* CIE L*a*b* */

+#define          XcmsCIELuvFormat      0x00000005  /* CIE L*u*v* */

+#define          XcmsTekHVCFormat      0x00000006  /* TekHVC */

+#define          XcmsRGBFormat         0x80000000  /* RGB Device */

+#define          XcmsRGBiFormat        0x80000001  /* RGB Intensity */

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Formats for device-independent color spaces are

+distinguishable from those for device-dependent spaces by the 32nd bit.

+If this bit is set,

+it indicates that the color specification is in a device-dependent form;

+otherwise, it is in a device-independent form.

+If the 31st bit is set,

+this indicates that the color space has been added to Xlib at run time

+(see <link linkend="Creating_Additional_Color_Spaces">section 6.12.4</link>).

+The format value for a color space added at run time may be different each

+time the program is executed.

+If references to such a color space must be made outside the client

+(for example, storing a color specification in a file),

+then reference should be made by color space string prefix

+(see 

+<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>

+and

+<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Data types that describe the color specification encoding for the various

+color spaces are defined as follows:

+<!-- .sM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsRGB</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef double XcmsFloat;

+

+typedef struct {

+	unsigned short red;	/* 0x0000 to 0xffff */

+	unsigned short green;	/* 0x0000 to 0xffff */

+	unsigned short blue;	/* 0x0000 to 0xffff */

+} XcmsRGB;		/* RGB Device */

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsRGBi</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	XcmsFloat red;	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */

+	XcmsFloat green;	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */

+	XcmsFloat blue;	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */

+} XcmsRGBi;		/* RGB Intensity */

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIEXYZ</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	XcmsFloat X;

+	XcmsFloat Y;	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */

+	XcmsFloat Z;

+} XcmsCIEXYZ;		/* CIE XYZ */

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIEuvY</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	XcmsFloat u_prime;	/* 0.0 to ~0.6 */

+	XcmsFloat v_prime;	/* 0.0 to ~0.6 */

+	XcmsFloat Y; 	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */

+} XcmsCIEuvY;		/* CIE u'v'Y */

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIExyY</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	XcmsFloat x; 	/* 0.0 to ~.75 */

+	XcmsFloat y; 	/* 0.0 to ~.85 */

+	XcmsFloat Y; 	/* 0.0 to 1.0 */

+} XcmsCIExyY;		/* CIE xyY */

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELab</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	XcmsFloat L_star; 	/* 0.0 to 100.0 */

+	XcmsFloat a_star;

+	XcmsFloat b_star;

+} XcmsCIELab;		/* CIE L*a*b* */

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuv</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	XcmsFloat L_star; 	/* 0.0 to 100.0 */

+	XcmsFloat u_star;

+	XcmsFloat v_star;

+} XcmsCIELuv;		/* CIE L*u*v* */

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVC</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	XcmsFloat H; 	/* 0.0 to 360.0 */

+	XcmsFloat V; 	/* 0.0 to 100.0 */

+	XcmsFloat C; 	/* 0.0 to 100.0 */

+} XcmsTekHVC;		/* TekHVC */

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsPad</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	XcmsFloat pad0;

+	XcmsFloat pad1;

+	XcmsFloat pad2;

+	XcmsFloat pad3;

+} XcmsPad;		/* four doubles */

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The device-dependent formats provided allow color specification in:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<acronym>RGB</acronym> Intensity

+(<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Red, green, and blue linear intensity values,

+floating-point values from 0.0 to 1.0,

+where 1.0 indicates full intensity, 0.5 half intensity, and so on.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<acronym>RGB</acronym> Device

+(<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Red, green, and blue values appropriate for the specified output device.

+<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>

+values are of type unsigned short,

+scaled from 0 to 65535 inclusive,

+and are interchangeable with the red, green, and blue values in an 

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It is important to note that <acronym>RGB</acronym> Intensity values are not gamma corrected

+values.

+In contrast,

+<acronym>RGB</acronym> Device values generated as a result of converting color specifications 

+are always gamma corrected, and

+<acronym>RGB</acronym> Device values acquired as a result of querying a colormap

+or passed in by the client are assumed by Xlib to be gamma corrected.

+The term <emphasis remap='I'><acronym>RGB</acronym> value</emphasis> in this manual always refers to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> Device value.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Color_Strings">

+<title>Color Strings</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Color Strings -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides a mechanism for using string names for colors.

+A color string may either contain an abstract color name

+or a numerical color specification.

+Color strings are case-insensitive.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Color strings are used in the following functions:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XLookupColor</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XParseColor</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib supports the use of abstract color names, for example, red or blue.

+A value for this abstract name is obtained by searching one or more color

+name databases.

+Xlib first searches zero or more client-side databases;

+the number, location, and content of these databases is

+implementation-dependent and might depend on the current locale.

+If the name is not found, Xlib then looks for the color in the

+X server's database.

+If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A numerical color specification

+consists of a color space name and a set of values in the following syntax:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;color_space_name&gt;</emphasis>:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;value&gt;/.../&lt;value&gt;</emphasis>

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The following are examples of valid color strings.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+"CIEXYZ:0.3227/0.28133/0.2493"

+"RGBi:1.0/0.0/0.0"

+"rgb:00/ff/00"

+"CIELuv:50.0/0.0/0.0"

+</literallayout>

+The syntax and semantics of numerical specifications are given

+for each standard color space in the following sections.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="RGB_Device_String_Specification">

+<title><acronym>RGB</acronym> Device String Specification</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN <acronym>RGB</acronym> Device String Specification -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An <acronym>RGB</acronym> Device specification is identified by

+the prefix ``rgb:'' and conforms to the following syntax:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+rgb:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;red&gt;/&lt;green&gt;/&lt;blue&gt;</emphasis>

+

+    <emphasis remap='I'>&lt;red&gt;</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>&lt;green&gt;</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>&lt;blue&gt;</emphasis> := <emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis> | <emphasis remap='I'>hh</emphasis> | <emphasis remap='I'>hhh</emphasis> | <emphasis remap='I'>hhhh</emphasis>

+    <emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis> := single hexadecimal digits (case insignificant)

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .\" End marker code here -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that <emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis> indicates the value scaled in 4 bits, 

+<emphasis remap='I'>hh</emphasis> the value scaled in 8 bits,

+<emphasis remap='I'>hhh</emphasis> the value scaled in 12 bits,

+and <emphasis remap='I'>hhhh</emphasis> the value scaled in 16 bits, respectively.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Typical examples are the strings ``rgb:ea/75/52'' and ``rgb:ccc/320/320'',

+but mixed numbers of hexadecimal digit strings 

+(``rgb:ff/a5/0'' and ``rgb:ccc/32/0'')

+are also allowed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For backward compatibility, an older syntax for <acronym>RGB</acronym> Device is

+supported, but its continued use is not encouraged.

+The syntax is an initial sharp sign character followed by

+a numeric specification, in one of the following formats:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA 2i -->

+<!-- .ta 2i -->

+#RGB	(4 bits each)

+#RRGGBB	(8 bits each)

+#RRRGGGBBB	(12 bits each)

+#RRRRGGGGBBBB	(16 bits each)

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .\" End marker code here -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The R, G, and B represent single hexadecimal digits.

+When fewer than 16 bits each are specified, 

+they represent the most significant bits of the value

+(unlike the ``rgb:'' syntax, in which values are scaled).

+For example, the string ``#3a7'' is the same as ``#3000a0007000''.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="RGB_Intensity_String_Specification">

+<title><acronym>RGB</acronym> Intensity String Specification</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN RGB Intensity String Specification -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An <acronym>RGB</acronym> intensity specification is identified

+by the prefix ``rgbi:'' and conforms to the following syntax:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+rgbi:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;red&gt;/&lt;green&gt;/&lt;blue&gt;</emphasis>

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .\" End marker code here -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that red, green, and blue are floating-point values

+between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive.

+The input format for these values is an optional sign,

+a string of numbers possibly containing a decimal point,

+and an optional exponent field containing an E or e 

+followed by a possibly signed integer string.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Device_Independent_String_Specifications">

+<title>Device-Independent String Specifications</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Device-Independent String Specifications -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The standard device-independent string specifications have

+the following syntax:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+CIEXYZ:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;X&gt;/&lt;Y&gt;/&lt;Z&gt;</emphasis>

+CIEuvY:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;u&gt;/&lt;v&gt;/&lt;Y&gt;</emphasis>

+CIExyY:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;x&gt;/&lt;y&gt;/&lt;Y&gt;</emphasis>

+CIELab:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;L&gt;/&lt;a&gt;/&lt;b&gt;</emphasis>

+CIELuv:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;L&gt;/&lt;u&gt;/&lt;v&gt;</emphasis>

+TekHVC:<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;H&gt;/&lt;V&gt;/&lt;C&gt;</emphasis>

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .\" End marker code here -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All of the values (C, H, V, X, Y, Z, a, b, u, v, y, x) are

+floating-point values.

+The syntax for these values is an optional plus or minus sign,

+a string of digits possibly containing a decimal point,

+and an optional exponent field consisting of an ``E'' or ``e''

+followed by an optional plus or minus followed by a string of digits.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Color_Conversion_Contexts_and_Gamut_Mapping">

+<title>Color Conversion Contexts and Gamut Mapping</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Color Conversion Contexts and Gamut Mapping -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When Xlib converts device-independent color specifications

+into device-dependent specifications and vice versa,

+it uses knowledge about the color limitations of the screen hardware.

+This information, typically called the device profile,

+<indexterm><primary>Device profile</primary></indexterm>

+is available in a Color Conversion Context (CCC).

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because a specified color may be outside the color gamut of the target screen

+and the white point associated with the color specification may differ

+from the white point inherent to the screen,

+Xlib applies gamut mapping when it encounters certain conditions:

+<indexterm><primary>White point</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Gamut compression occurs when conversion of device-independent

+color specifications to device-dependent color specifications

+results in a color out of the target screen's gamut.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+White adjustment occurs when the inherent white point of the screen

+differs from the white point assumed by the client.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Gamut handling methods are stored as callbacks in the CCC,

+which in turn are used by the color space conversion routines.

+Client data is also stored in the CCC for each callback.

+The CCC also contains the white point the client assumes to be

+associated with color specifications (that is, the Client White Point).

+<indexterm><primary>Client White Point</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Gamut handling</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary></indexterm>

+The client can specify the gamut handling callbacks and client data

+as well as the Client White Point.

+Xlib does not preclude the X client from performing other

+forms of gamut handling (for example, gamut expansion); 

+however, Xlib does not provide direct support for gamut handling

+other than white adjustment and gamut compression.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Associated with each colormap is an initial CCC transparently generated by

+Xlib.

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>

+Therefore,

+when you specify a colormap as an argument to an Xlib function,

+you are indirectly specifying a CCC.

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+There is a default CCC associated with each screen.

+Newly created CCCs inherit attributes from the default CCC,

+so the default CCC attributes can be modified to affect new CCCs.

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xcms functions in which gamut mapping can occur return

+<type>Status</type>

+and have specific status values defined for them, 

+as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>

+indicates that the function failed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>

+indicates that the function succeeded.

+In addition,

+if the function performed any color conversion,

+the colors did not need to be compressed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>XcmsSuccessWithCompression</symbol>

+indicates the function performed color conversion

+and at least one of the colors needed to be compressed.

+The gamut compression method is determined by the gamut compression

+procedure in the CCC that is specified directly as a function argument

+or in the CCC indirectly specified by means of the colormap argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Creating_Copying_and_Destroying_Colormaps">

+<title>Creating, Copying, and Destroying Colormaps</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating, Copying, and Destroying Colormaps -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To create a colormap for a screen, use

+<function>XCreateColormap</function>.</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatecolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Colormap <function>XCreateColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Visual<parameter> *visual</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> alloc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi on whose screen you want to create a colormap -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a visual type supported on the screen.

+If the visual type is not one supported by the screen, 

+a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>alloc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap entries to be allocated.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>AllocNone</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateColormap</function>

+function creates a colormap of the specified visual type for the screen 

+on which the specified window resides and returns the colormap ID 

+associated with it.

+Note that the specified window is only used to determine the screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The initial values of the colormap entries are undefined for the 

+visual classes

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>,

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>.

+For

+<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>,

+<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,

+the entries have defined values,

+but those values are specific to the visual and are not defined by X.

+For

+<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>,

+<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>,

+alloc must be

+<symbol>AllocNone</symbol>,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+For the other visual classes,

+if alloc is

+<symbol>AllocNone</symbol>,

+the colormap initially has no allocated entries,

+and clients can allocate them.

+For information about the visual types,

+see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If alloc is

+<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>,

+the entire colormap is allocated writable.

+The initial values of all allocated entries are undefined.

+For

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,

+the effect is as if an

+<function>XAllocColorCells</function>

+call returned all pixel values from zero to N - 1,

+where N is the colormap entries value in the specified visual.

+For

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>,

+the effect is as if an

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>

+call returned a pixel value of zero and red_mask, green_mask, 

+and blue_mask values containing the same bits as the corresponding

+masks in the specified visual.

+However, in all cases,

+none of these entries can be freed by using

+<function>XFreeColors</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateColormap</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a new colormap when the allocation out of a previously

+shared colormap has failed because of resource exhaustion, use

+<function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyColormapAndFree</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcopycolormapandfree'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Colormap <function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function>

+function creates a colormap of the same visual type and for the same screen

+as the specified colormap and returns the new colormap ID.

+It also moves all of the client's existing allocation from the specified

+colormap to the new colormap with their color values intact 

+and their read-only or writable characteristics intact and frees those entries 

+in the specified colormap.

+Color values in other entries in the new colormap are undefined.

+If the specified colormap was created by the client with alloc set to

+<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>,

+the new colormap is also created with 

+<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>,

+all color values for all entries are copied from the specified colormap,

+and then all entries in the specified colormap are freed.

+If the specified colormap was not created by the client with

+<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>,

+the allocations to be moved are all those pixels and planes

+that have been allocated by the client using

+<function>XAllocColor</function>,

+<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>,

+<function>XAllocColorCells</function>,

+or

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>

+and that have not been freed since they were allocated.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To destroy a colormap, use 

+<function>XFreeColormap</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeColormap</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreecolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Cm that you want to destroy -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap (Cm.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeColormap</function>

+function deletes the association between the colormap resource ID 

+and the colormap and frees the colormap storage.

+However, this function has no effect on the default colormap for a screen.

+If the specified colormap is an installed map for a screen,

+it is uninstalled (see

+<function>XUninstallColormap</function>).

+If the specified colormap is defined as the colormap for a window (by

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>,

+<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>,

+or

+<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>),

+<function>XFreeColormap</function>

+changes the colormap associated with the window to

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+and generates a

+<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>

+event.

+X does not define the colors displayed for a window with a colormap of

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFreeColormap</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Mapping_Color_Names_to_Values">

+<title>Mapping Color Names to Values</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Mapping Color Names to Values -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To map a color name to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use

+<function>XLookupColor</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xlookupcolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XLookupColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor*exact_def_return,<parameter> *screen_def_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color name string (for example, red) whose color 

+definition structure you want returned.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>exact_def_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the exact <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_def_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the closest <acronym>RGB</acronym> values provided by the hardware.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLookupColor</function>

+function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen

+associated with the specified colormap.

+It returns both the exact color values and

+the closest values provided by the screen 

+with respect to the visual type of the specified colormap.

+If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+<function>XLookupColor</function>

+returns nonzero if the name is resolved;

+otherwise, it returns zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XLookupColor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To map a color name to the exact <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use

+<function>XParseColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XParseColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xparsecolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XParseColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *spec</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *exact_def_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>spec</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color name string;

+case is ignored.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>exact_def_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the exact color value for later use and sets the

+<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>

+flags.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XParseColor</function>

+function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen

+associated with the specified colormap.

+It returns the exact color value.

+If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+<function>XParseColor</function>

+returns nonzero if the name is resolved;

+otherwise, it returns zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XParseColor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To map a color name to a value in an arbitrary color space, use

+<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsLookupColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmslookupcolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsLookupColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor*color_exact_return,<parameter> *color_screen_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+<!-- .ds St -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color string(St.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_exact_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color specification parsed from the color string

+or parsed from the corresponding string found in a color-name database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_screen_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color that can be reproduced on the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color format for the returned color

+specifications (color_screen_return and color_exact_return arguments).

+If the format is

+<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>

+and the color string contains a

+numerical color specification,

+the specification is returned in the format used in that numerical

+color specification.

+If the format is

+<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>

+and the color string contains a color name,

+the specification is returned in the format used 

+to store the color in the database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>

+function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen

+associated with the specified colormap.

+It returns both the exact color values and

+the closest values provided by the screen 

+with respect to the visual type of the specified colormap.

+The values are returned in the format specified by result_format.

+If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>

+returns

+<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>XcmsSuccessWithCompression</symbol>

+if the name is resolved; otherwise, it returns

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>.

+If

+<symbol>XcmsSuccessWithCompression</symbol>

+is returned, the color specification returned in 

+color_screen_return is the result of gamut compression.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="Allocating_and_Freeing_Color_Cells">

+<title>Allocating and Freeing Color Cells</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Allocating and Freeing Color Cells -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+There are two ways of allocating color cells: 

+explicitly as read-only entries, one pixel value at a time,

+or read/write,

+where you can allocate a number of color cells and planes simultaneously.

+<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary></indexterm>

+A read-only cell has its <acronym>RGB</acronym> value set by the server.

+<indexterm><primary>Read/write colormap cells</primary></indexterm>

+Read/write cells do not have defined colors initially;

+functions described in the next section must be used to store values into them.

+Although it is possible for any client to store values into a read/write

+cell allocated by another client,

+read/write cells normally should be considered private to the client

+that allocated them.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Read-only colormap cells are shared among clients.

+The server counts each allocation and freeing of the cell by clients.

+When the last client frees a shared cell, the cell is finally deallocated.

+If a single client allocates the same read-only cell multiple

+times, the server counts each such allocation, not just the first one.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate a read-only color cell with an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use

+<function>XAllocColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read-only colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *screen_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies and returns the values actually used in the colormap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+function allocates a read-only colormap entry corresponding to the closest

+<acronym>RGB</acronym> value supported by the hardware.

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+returns the pixel value of the color closest to the specified

+<acronym>RGB</acronym> elements supported by the hardware

+and returns the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value actually used.

+The corresponding colormap cell is read-only.

+In addition,

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed.

+<indexterm><primary>Color map</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>read-only colormap cells</primary></indexterm>

+Multiple clients that request the same effective <acronym>RGB</acronym> value can be assigned

+the same read-only entry, thus allowing entries to be shared.

+When the last client deallocates a shared cell, it is deallocated.

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+does not use or affect the flags in the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error.

+<!-- .EQ -->

+delim %%

+<!-- .EN -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate a read-only color cell with a color in arbitrary format, use

+<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read-only colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAllocColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsalloccolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAllocColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color to allocate and returns the pixel and color 

+that is actually used in the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color format for the returned color specification.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>

+function is similar to

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+except the color can be specified in any format.

+The

+<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>

+function ultimately calls 

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+to allocate a read-only color cell (colormap entry) with the specified color.

+<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>

+first converts the color specified

+to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value and then passes this to

+<function>XAllocColor</function>.

+<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>

+returns the pixel value of the color cell and the color specification

+actually allocated.

+This returned color specification is the result of converting the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value

+returned by 

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+into the format specified with the result_format argument.

+If there is no interest in a returned color specification, 

+unnecessary computation can be bypassed if result_format is set to

+<symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol>.

+The corresponding colormap cell is read-only.

+If this routine returns 

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>,

+the color_in_out color specification is left unchanged.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate a read-only color cell using a color name and return the closest

+color supported by the hardware in <acronym>RGB</acronym> format, use

+<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read-only colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocNamedColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xallocnamedcolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XAllocNamedColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor*screen_def_return,<parameter> *exact_def_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color name string (for example, red) whose color 

+definition structure you want returned.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_def_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the closest <acronym>RGB</acronym> values provided by the hardware.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>exact_def_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the exact <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>

+function looks up the named color with respect to the screen that is

+associated with the specified colormap.

+It returns both the exact database definition and

+the closest color supported by the screen.

+The allocated color cell is read-only.

+The pixel value is returned in screen_def_return.

+If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+If screen_def_return and exact_def_return

+point to the same structure, the pixel field will be set correctly,

+but the color values are undefined.

+<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>

+returns nonzero if a cell is allocated;

+otherwise, it returns zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate a read-only color cell using a color name and return the closest

+color supported by the hardware in an arbitrary format, use

+<function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read-only colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Read-only colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAllocNamedColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsallocnamedcolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_screen_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_exact_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+<!-- .ds St \ whose color definition structure is to be returned -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color string(St.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_screen_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the pixel value of the color cell and color specification 

+that actually is stored for that cell.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_exact_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color specification parsed from the color string

+or parsed from the corresponding string found in a color-name database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color format for the returned color

+specifications (color_screen_return and color_exact_return arguments).

+If the format is

+<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>

+and the color string contains a

+numerical color specification,

+the specification is returned in the format used in that numerical

+color specification.

+If the format is

+<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>

+and the color string contains a color name,

+the specification is returned in the format used 

+to store the color in the database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function>

+function is similar to

+<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>

+except that the color returned can be in any format specified.

+This function

+ultimately calls

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+to allocate a read-only color cell with

+the color specified by a color string.

+The color string is parsed into an

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure (see

+<function>XcmsLookupColor</function>),

+converted

+to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, and finally passed to

+<function>XAllocColor</function>.

+If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function returns both the color specification as a result

+of parsing (exact specification) and the actual color specification

+stored (screen specification).

+This screen specification is the result of converting the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value

+returned by

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+into the format specified in result_format.

+If there is no interest in a returned color specification,

+unnecessary computation can be bypassed if result_format is set to

+<symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol>.

+If color_screen_return and color_exact_return

+point to the same structure, the pixel field will be set correctly,

+but the color values are undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate read/write color cell and color plane combinations for a

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>

+model, use

+<function>XAllocColorCells</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Read/write colormap cells</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read/write colormap cells</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColorCells</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolorcells'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColorCells</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> contig</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_masks_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> nplanes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixels_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> npixels</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>contig</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the planes must be contiguous.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of plane masks.

+<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nplanes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of plane masks that are to be returned in the plane masks 

+array. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pixels_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of pixel values. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>npixels</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of pixel values that are to be returned in the 

+pixels_return array. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAllocColorCells</function>

+function allocates read/write color cells.

+The number of colors must be positive and the number of planes nonnegative,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If ncolors and nplanes are requested, 

+then ncolors pixels

+and nplane plane masks are returned.

+No mask will have any bits set to 1 in common with

+any other mask or with any of the pixels.

+By ORing together each pixel with zero or more masks,

+ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>nplanes</emphasis></superscript>

+distinct pixels can be produced.

+All of these are

+allocated writable by the request.

+For 

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>,

+each mask has exactly one bit set to 1. 

+For 

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>,

+each has exactly three bits set to 1.

+If contig is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+and if all masks are ORed

+together, a single contiguous set of bits set to 1 will be formed for 

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>

+and three contiguous sets of bits set to 1 (one within each

+pixel subfield) for 

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>.

+The <acronym>RGB</acronym> values of the allocated

+entries are undefined.

+<function>XAllocColorCells</function>

+returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XAllocColorCells</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate read/write color resources for a

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>

+model, use

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Read/write colormap planes</primary><secondary>allocating</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Allocation</primary><secondary>read/write colormap planes</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColorPlanes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolorplanes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColorPlanes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> contig</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixels_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intnreds,ngreens,<parameter> nblues</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong*rmask_return,*gmask_return,<parameter> *bmask_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>contig</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the planes must be contiguous.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pixels_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of pixel values. 

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>

+returns the pixel values in this array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of pixel values that are to be returned in the 

+pixels_return array. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nreds</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ngreens</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nblues</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+Specify the number of red, green, and blue planes.

+The value you pass must be nonnegative. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rmask_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gmask_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bmask_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return bit masks for the red, green, and blue planes.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The specified ncolors must be positive; 

+and nreds, ngreens, and nblues must be nonnegative,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If ncolors colors, nreds reds, ngreens greens, and nblues blues are requested, 

+ncolors pixels are returned; and the masks have nreds, ngreens, and 

+nblues bits set to 1, respectively.

+If contig is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+each mask will have

+a contiguous set of bits set to 1.

+No mask will have any bits set to 1 in common with

+any other mask or with any of the pixels.

+For 

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>,

+each mask

+will lie within the corresponding pixel subfield.

+By ORing together

+subsets of masks with each pixel value, 

+ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>(nreds+ngreens+nblues)</emphasis></superscript>

+distinct pixel values can be produced.

+All of these are allocated by the request.

+However, in the

+colormap, there are only

+ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>nreds</emphasis></superscript>

+independent red entries,

+ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>ngreens</emphasis></superscript>

+independent green entries, and

+ncolors &times; 2<superscript><emphasis>nblues</emphasis></superscript>

+independent blue entries.

+This is true even for 

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>.

+When the colormap entry of a pixel

+value is changed (using 

+<function>XStoreColors</function>,

+<function>XStoreColor</function>,

+or 

+<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>),

+the pixel is decomposed according to the masks, 

+and the corresponding independent entries are updated.

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>

+returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<indexterm><primary>Freeing</primary><secondary>colors</secondary></indexterm>

+To free colormap cells, use

+<function>XFreeColors</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeColors</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>deallocation</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreecolors'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeColors</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixels[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> npixels</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> planes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+<!-- .ds Pi that map to the cells in the specified colormap -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pixels</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of pixel values (Pi. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>npixels</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of pixels. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>planes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the planes you want to free.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeColors</function>

+function frees the cells represented by pixels whose values are in the

+pixels array.

+The planes argument should not have any bits set to 1 in common with any of the

+pixels. 

+The set of all pixels is produced by ORing together subsets of

+the planes argument with the pixels.

+The request frees all of these pixels that

+were allocated by the client (using 

+<indexterm><primary>XAllocColor</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XAllocNamedColor</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XAllocColorCells</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XAllocColorPlanes</primary></indexterm>

+<function>XAllocColor</function>,

+<function>XAllocNamedColor</function>,

+<function>XAllocColorCells</function>,

+and 

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>).

+Note that freeing an

+individual pixel obtained from 

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>

+may not actually allow

+it to be reused until all of its related pixels are also freed.

+Similarly,

+a read-only entry is not actually freed until it has been freed by all clients,

+and if a client allocates the same read-only entry multiple times,

+it must free the entry that many times before the entry is actually freed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All specified pixels that are allocated by the client in the colormap are

+freed, even if one or more pixels produce an error. 

+If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If a specified pixel is not allocated by the

+client (that is, is unallocated or is only allocated by another client)

+or if the colormap was created with all entries writable (by passing

+<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>

+to

+<function>XCreateColormap</function>),

+a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results. 

+If more than one pixel is in error, 

+the one that gets reported is arbitrary.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFreeColors</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Modifying_and_Querying_Colormap_Cells">

+<title>Modifying and Querying Colormap Cells</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Modifying and Querying Colormap Cells  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To store an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value in a single colormap cell, use

+<function>XStoreColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xstorecolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XStoreColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *color</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the pixel and <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XStoreColor</function>

+function changes the colormap entry of the pixel value specified in the

+pixel member of the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure.

+You specified this value in the

+pixel member of the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure.

+This pixel value must be a read/write cell and a valid index into the colormap.

+If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap,

+a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+<function>XStoreColor</function>

+also changes the red, green, and/or blue color components.

+You specify which color components are to be changed by setting

+<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and/or

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>

+in the flags member of the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure.

+If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, 

+the changes are visible immediately.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XStoreColor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To store multiple <acronym>RGB</acronym> values in multiple colormap cells, use

+<function>XStoreColors</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreColors</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xstorecolors'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XStoreColors</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> color[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of color definition structures to be stored.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .\"Specifies the number of color definition structures.  -->

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structures in the color definition array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XStoreColors</function>

+function changes the colormap entries of the pixel values

+specified in the pixel members of the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structures.

+You specify which color components are to be changed by setting 

+<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and/or

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>

+in the flags member of the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structures.

+If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, the

+changes are visible immediately.

+<function>XStoreColors</function>

+changes the specified pixels if they are allocated writable in the colormap 

+by any client, even if one or more pixels generates an error.

+If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If a specified pixel either is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+If more than one pixel is in error, 

+the one that gets reported is arbitrary.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XStoreColors</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To store a color of arbitrary format in a single colormap cell, use

+<function>XcmsStoreColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsStoreColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsstorecolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsStoreColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color cell and the color to store.

+Values specified in this

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure remain unchanged on return.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsStoreColor</function>

+function converts the color specified in the

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure into <acronym>RGB</acronym> values.

+It then uses this <acronym>RGB</acronym> specification in an

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure, whose three flags 

+(<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>)

+are set, in a call to

+<function>XStoreColor</function>

+to change the color cell specified by the pixel member of the

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure.

+This pixel value must be a valid index for the specified colormap,

+and the color cell specified by the pixel value must be a read/write cell.

+If the pixel value is not a valid index, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If the color cell is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, 

+the changes are visible immediately.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that 

+<function>XStoreColor</function>

+has no return value; therefore, an

+<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>

+return value from this function indicates that the conversion 

+to <acronym>RGB</acronym> succeeded and the call to

+<function>XStoreColor</function>

+was made.

+To obtain the actual color stored, use

+<function>XcmsQueryColor</function>.

+Because of the screen's hardware limitations or gamut compression,

+the color stored in the colormap may not be identical

+to the color specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XcmsStoreColor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To store multiple colors of arbitrary format in multiple colormap cells, use

+<function>XcmsStoreColors</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsStoreColors</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsstorecolors'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsStoreColors</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color specification array of

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures, each specifying a color cell and the color to store in that

+cell.

+Values specified in the array remain unchanged upon return.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures in the color-specification array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of Boolean values indicating compression status.

+If a non-NULL pointer is supplied,

+each element of the array is set to

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the corresponding color was compressed and

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+otherwise.

+Pass NULL if the compression status is not useful.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsStoreColors</function>

+function converts the colors specified in the array of

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures into <acronym>RGB</acronym> values and then uses these <acronym>RGB</acronym> specifications in

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structures, whose three flags 

+(<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>)

+are set, in a call to

+<function>XStoreColors</function>

+to change the color cells specified by the pixel member of the corresponding

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure.

+Each pixel value must be a valid index for the specified colormap,

+and the color cell specified by each pixel value must be a read/write cell.

+If a pixel value is not a valid index, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If a color cell is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+If more than one pixel is in error,

+the one that gets reported is arbitrary.

+If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, 

+the changes are visible immediately.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that 

+<function>XStoreColors</function>

+has no return value; therefore, an

+<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>

+return value from this function indicates that conversions 

+to <acronym>RGB</acronym> succeeded and the call to

+<function>XStoreColors</function>

+was made.

+To obtain the actual colors stored, use

+<function>XcmsQueryColors</function>.

+Because of the screen's hardware limitations or gamut compression,

+the colors stored in the colormap may not be identical

+to the colors specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XcmsStoreColors</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To store a color specified by name in a single colormap cell, use

+<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreNamedColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xstorenamedcolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XStoreNamedColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixel</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> flags</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color name string (for example, red). 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pixel</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the entry in the colormap. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>flags</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which red, green, and blue components are set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>

+function looks up the named color with respect to the screen associated with

+the colormap and stores the result in the specified colormap.

+The pixel argument determines the entry in the colormap.

+The flags argument determines which of the red, green, and blue components 

+are set. 

+You can set this member to the

+bitwise inclusive OR of the bits 

+<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and 

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>.

+If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, 

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+If the specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If the specified pixel either is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XStoreNamedColor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadName</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<function>XQueryColor</function>

+and

+<function>XQueryColors</function>

+functions take pixel values in the pixel member of

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structures and store in the structures the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for those

+pixels from the specified colormap.

+The values returned for an unallocated entry are undefined.

+These functions also set the flags member in the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure to all three colors.

+If a pixel is not a valid index into the specified colormap, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If more than one pixel is in error,

+the one that gets reported is arbitrary.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To query the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value of a single colormap cell, use

+<function>XQueryColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerycolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XQueryColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> *def_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>def_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies and returns the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the pixel specified in the structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryColor</function>

+function returns the current <acronym>RGB</acronym> value for the pixel in the

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure and sets the

+<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>

+flags.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryColor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To query the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values of multiple colormap cells, use

+<function>XQueryColors</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryColors</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerycolors'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XQueryColors</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XColor<parameter> defs_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>defs_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies and returns an array of color definition structures for the pixel

+specified in the structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .\"Specifies the number of color definition structures.  -->

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structures in the color definition array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryColors</function>

+function returns the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value for each pixel in each

+<structname>XColor</structname>

+structure and sets the

+<symbol>DoRed</symbol>,

+<symbol>DoGreen</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>DoBlue</symbol>

+flags in each structure.

+

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryColors</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To query the color of a single colormap cell in an arbitrary format, use

+<function>XcmsQueryColor</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryColor</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerycolor'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryColor</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the pixel member that indicates the color cell to query.

+The color specification stored for the color cell is returned in this

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color format for the returned color specification.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsQueryColor</function>

+function obtains the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value

+for the pixel value in the pixel member of the specified

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure and then

+converts the value to the target format as

+specified by the result_format argument.

+If the pixel is not a valid index in the specified colormap, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XcmsQueryColor</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To query the color of multiple colormap cells in an arbitrary format, use

+<function>XcmsQueryColors</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryColors</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerycolors'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryColors</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> result_format</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures, each pixel member indicating the color cell to query.

+The color specifications for the color cells are returned in these structures.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures in the color-specification array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>result_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color format for the returned color specification.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsQueryColors</function>

+function obtains the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values

+for pixel values in the pixel members of

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures and then

+converts the values to the target format as

+specified by the result_format argument.

+If a pixel is not a valid index into the specified colormap, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If more than one pixel is in error,

+the one that gets reported is arbitrary.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XcmsQueryColors</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Color_Conversion_Context_Functions">

+<title>Color Conversion Context Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Color Conversion Context Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section describes functions to create, modify,

+and query Color Conversion Contexts (CCCs).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Associated with each colormap is an initial CCC transparently generated by

+Xlib.

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>

+Therefore, when you specify a colormap as an argument to a function,

+you are indirectly specifying a CCC.

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+The CCC attributes that can be modified by the X client are:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Client White Point

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Gamut compression procedure and client data

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+White point adjustment procedure and client data

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The initial values for these attributes are implementation specific.

+The CCC attributes for subsequently created CCCs can be defined

+by changing the CCC attributes of the default CCC.

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>

+There is a default CCC associated with each screen.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Getting_and_Setting_the_Color_Conversion_Context_of_a_Colormap">

+<title>Getting and Setting the Color Conversion Context of a Colormap</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Getting and Setting the Color Conversion Context of a Colormap -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the CCC associated with a colormap, use

+<function>XcmsCCCOfColormap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCCCOfColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Colormap</primary><secondary>CCC of</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscccofcolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsCCCOfColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCCCOfColormap</function>

+function returns the CCC associated with the specified colormap.

+Once obtained, 

+the CCC attributes can be queried or modified.

+Unless the CCC associated with the specified colormap is changed with

+<function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function>,

+this CCC is used when the specified colormap is used as an argument 

+to color functions.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To change the CCC associated with a colormap, use

+<function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Colormap</primary><secondary>CCC of</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetcccofcolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function>

+function changes the CCC associated with the specified colormap.

+It returns the CCC previously associated with the colormap.

+If they are not used again in the application,

+CCCs should be freed by calling

+<function>XcmsFreeCCC</function>.

+Several colormaps may share the same CCC without restriction; this

+includes the CCCs generated by Xlib with each colormap.  Xlib, however,

+creates a new CCC with each new colormap.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Obtaining_the_Default_Color_Conversion_Context">

+<title>Obtaining the Default Color Conversion Context</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Obtaining the Default Color Conversion Context -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can change the default CCC attributes for subsequently created CCCs

+by changing the CCC attributes of the default CCC.

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>

+A default CCC is associated with each screen.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the default CCC for a screen, use

+<function>XcmsDefaultCCC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsDefaultCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsdefaultccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsDefaultCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsDefaultCCC</function>

+function returns the default CCC for the specified screen.

+Its visual is the default visual of the screen.

+Its initial gamut compression and white point

+adjustment procedures as well as the associated client data are implementation

+specific.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Color_Conversion_Context_Macros">

+<title>Color Conversion Context Macros</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Color Conversion Context Macros -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Applications should not directly modify any part of the

+<structname>XcmsCCC</structname>.

+The following lists the C language macros, their corresponding function

+equivalents for other language bindings, and what data they both

+can return.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsDisplayOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+

+<funcsynopsis id='displayofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>DisplayOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsdisplayofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Display *<function>XcmsDisplayOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Both return the display associated with the specified CCC.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VisualOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsVisualOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='visualofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>VisualOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsvisualofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Visual *<function>XcmsVisualOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Both return the visual associated with the specified CCC.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenNumberOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='screennumberofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>ScreenNumberOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsscreennumberofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Both return the number of the screen associated with the specified CCC.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='screenwhitepointofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>ScreenWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsscreenwhitepointofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsColor <function>XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Both return the white point of the screen associated with the specified CCC.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ClientWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='clientwhitepointofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef> <function>ClientWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsclientwhitepointofccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsColor *<function>XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Both return the Client White Point of the specified CCC.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+

+<sect2 id="Modifying_Attributes_of_a_Color_Conversion_Context">

+<title>Modifying Attributes of a Color Conversion Context</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Modifying Attributes of a Color Conversion Context -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the Client White Point in the CCC, use

+<function>XcmsSetWhitePoint</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetWhitePoint</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Client White Point</primary><secondary>of Color Conversion Context</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetwhitepoint'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsSetWhitePoint</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+<!-- .ds Co new Client White Point -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the new Client White Point.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsSetWhitePoint</function>

+function changes the Client White Point in the specified CCC.

+Note that the pixel member is ignored 

+and that the color specification is left unchanged upon return.

+The format for the new white point must be

+<symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol>,

+<symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol>,

+<symbol>XcmsCIExyYFormat</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>.

+If the color argument is NULL, this function sets the format component of the

+Client White Point specification to

+<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>,

+indicating that the Client White Point is assumed to be the same as the

+Screen White Point.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function returns nonzero status

+if the format for the new white point is valid;

+otherwise, it returns zero.

+

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the gamut compression procedure and corresponding client data

+in a specified CCC, use

+<function>XcmsSetCompressionProc</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetCompressionProc</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary><secondary>setting in Color Conversion Context</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary><secondary>procedure</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary><secondary>client data</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetcompressionproc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsCompressionProc <function>XcmsSetCompressionProc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCompressionProc<parameter> compression_proc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the gamut compression procedure that is to be applied 

+when a color lies outside the screen's color gamut.

+If NULL is specified and a function using this CCC must convert

+a color specification to a device-dependent format and encounters a color

+that lies outside the screen's color gamut, 

+that function will return

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>.

+<!-- .ds Cd the gamut compression procedure -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies client data for gamut compression procedure or NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsSetCompressionProc</function>

+function first sets the gamut compression procedure and client data 

+in the specified CCC with the newly specified procedure and client data

+and then returns the old procedure.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the white point adjustment procedure and corresponding client data

+in a specified CCC, use

+<function>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>setting in Color Conversion Context</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>procedure</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>client data</secondary></indexterm>

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetwhiteadjustproc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc <function>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc<parameter> white_adjust_proc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>white_adjust_proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the white point adjustment procedure.

+<!-- .ds Cd the white point adjustment procedure -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies client data for white point adjustment procedure or NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</function>

+function first sets the white point adjustment procedure and client data 

+in the specified CCC with the newly specified procedure and client data

+and then returns the old procedure.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Creating_and_Freeing_a_Color_Conversion_Context">

+<title>Creating and Freeing a Color Conversion Context</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating and Freeing a Color Conversion Context -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can explicitly create a CCC within your application by calling

+<function>XcmsCreateCCC</function>.

+These created CCCs can then be used by those functions that explicitly

+call for a CCC argument.

+Old CCCs that will not be used by the application should be freed using

+<function>XcmsFreeCCC</function>.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To create a CCC, use

+<function>XcmsCreateCCC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCreateCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscreateccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsCreateCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Visual<parameter> *visual</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *client_white_point</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCompressionProc<parameter> compression_proc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> compression_client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc<parameter> white_adjust_proc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> white_adjust_client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the visual type.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_white_point</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the Client White Point.

+If NULL is specified, 

+the Client White Point is to be assumed to be the same as the

+Screen White Point.

+Note that the pixel member is ignored.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the gamut compression procedure that is to be applied 

+when a color lies outside the screen's color gamut.

+If NULL is specified and a function using this CCC must convert

+a color specification to a device-dependent format and encounters a color

+that lies outside the screen's color gamut, 

+that function will return

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies client data for use by the gamut compression procedure or NULL.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>white_adjust_proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the white adjustment procedure that is to be applied

+when the Client White Point differs from the Screen White Point.

+NULL indicates that no white point adjustment is desired.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>white_adjust_client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies client data for use with the white point adjustment procedure or NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCreateCCC</function>

+function creates a CCC for the specified display, screen, and visual.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To free a CCC, use

+<function>XcmsFreeCCC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsFreeCCC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsfreeccc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XcmsFreeCCC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsFreeCCC</function>

+function frees the memory used for the specified CCC.

+Note that default CCCs and those currently associated with colormaps

+are ignored.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Converting_between_Color_Spaces">

+<title>Converting between Color Spaces</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Converting between Color Spaces -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To convert an array of color specifications in arbitrary color formats

+to a single destination format, use

+<function>XcmsConvertColors</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Color conversion</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>conversion</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsConvertColors</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsconvertcolors'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsConvertColors</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+If conversion is between device-independent color spaces only

+(for example, TekHVC to CIELuv),

+the CCC is necessary only to specify the Client White Point.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of color specifications.

+Pixel members are ignored and remain unchanged upon return.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures in the color-specification array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target color specification format.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of Boolean values indicating compression status.

+If a non-NULL pointer is supplied,

+each element of the array is set to

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the corresponding color was compressed and

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+otherwise.

+Pass NULL if the compression status is not useful.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsConvertColors</function>

+function converts the color specifications in the specified array of

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures from their current format to a single target format,

+using the specified CCC.

+When the return value is

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>,

+the contents of the color specification array are left unchanged.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The array may contain a mixture of color specification formats

+(for example, 3 <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ, 2 <acronym>CIE</acronym> Luv, and so on).

+When the array contains both device-independent and

+device-dependent color specifications and the target_format argument specifies

+a device-dependent format (for example,

+<symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol>,

+<symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol>),

+all specifications are converted to <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ format and then to the target

+device-dependent format.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Callback_Functions">

+<title>Callback Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Callback Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section describes the gamut compression and white point

+adjustment callbacks.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The gamut compression procedure specified in the CCC

+is called when an attempt to convert a color specification from

+<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>

+to a device-dependent format (typically

+<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>)

+results in a color that lies outside the screen's color gamut.

+If the gamut compression procedure requires client data, this data is passed

+via the gamut compression client data in the CCC.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+During color specification conversion between device-independent

+and device-dependent color spaces,

+if a white point adjustment procedure is specified in the CCC,

+it is triggered when the Client White Point and Screen White Point differ.

+If required, the client data is obtained from the CCC.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Prototype_Gamut_Compression_Procedure">

+<title>Prototype Gamut Compression Procedure</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Prototype Gamut Compression Procedure -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The gamut compression callback interface must adhere to the

+following:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCompressionProc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscompressionproc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>typedef Status<function>(*XcmsCompressionProc</function>)</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> index</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of color specifications.

+Pixel members should be ignored and must remain unchanged upon return.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures in the color-specification array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>index</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the index into the array of

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures for the encountered color specification that lies outside the 

+screen's color gamut.

+Valid values are 0 (for the first element) to ncolors - 1.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of Boolean values for indicating compression status.

+If a non-NULL pointer is supplied

+and a color at a given index is compressed, then

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+should be stored at the corresponding index in this array;

+otherwise, the array should not be modified.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+When implementing a gamut compression procedure, consider the following

+rules and assumptions:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The gamut compression procedure can attempt to compress one or multiple

+specifications at a time.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+When called, elements 0 to index - 1 in the color specification

+array can be assumed to fall within the screen's color gamut.

+In addition, these color specifications are already in some device-dependent

+format (typically

+<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>).

+If any modifications are made to these color specifications,

+they must be in their initial device-dependent format upon return.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+When called, the element in the color specification array specified

+by the index argument contains the color specification outside the 

+screen's color gamut encountered by the calling routine.

+In addition, this color specification can be assumed to be in

+<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>.

+Upon return, this color specification must be in

+<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+When called, elements from index to ncolors - 1 

+in the color specification array may or may not fall within the

+screen's color gamut.

+In addition, these color specifications can be assumed to be in

+<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>.

+If any modifications are made to these color specifications, 

+they must be in

+<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>

+upon return.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The color specifications passed to the gamut compression procedure

+have already been adjusted to the Screen White Point.

+This means that at this point the color specification's white point

+is the Screen White Point.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the gamut compression procedure uses a device-independent color space not

+initially accessible for use in the color management system, use 

+<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>

+to ensure that it is added.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Supplied_Gamut_Compression_Procedures">

+<title>Supplied Gamut Compression Procedures</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Supplied Gamut Compression Procedures -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following equations are useful in describing gamut compression

+functions:

+<!-- .EQ -->

+delim %%

+<!-- .EN -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+%CIELab~Psychometric~Chroma ~=~ sqrt(a_star sup 2 ~+~ b_star sup 2 )%

+

+%CIELab~Psychometric~Hue ~=~ tan sup -1 left [ b_star over a_star right ]%

+

+%CIELuv~Psychometric~Chroma ~=~ sqrt(u_star sup 2 ~+~ v_star sup 2 )%

+

+%CIELuv~Psychometric~Hue ~=~ tan sup -1 left [ v_star over u_star right ]%

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The gamut compression callback procedures provided by Xlib are as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsCIELabClipL</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the 

+screen's color gamut by reducing or increasing <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*) 

+in the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* color space until the color is within the gamut.

+If the Psychometric Chroma of the color specification 

+is beyond maximum for the Psychometric Hue Angle,

+then while maintaining the same Psychometric Hue Angle,

+the color will be clipped to the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of maximum

+Psychometric Chroma.

+See

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function>.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsCIELabClipab</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the 

+screen's color gamut by reducing Psychometric Chroma,

+while maintaining Psychometric Hue Angle,

+until the color is within the gamut.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsCIELabClipLab</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the

+screen's color gamut by replacing it with <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates

+that fall within the color gamut while maintaining the original

+Psychometric Hue

+Angle and whose vector to the original coordinates is the shortest attainable.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsCIELuvClipL</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the 

+screen's color gamut by reducing or increasing <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)

+in the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* color space until the color is within the gamut.

+If the Psychometric Chroma of the color specification

+is beyond maximum for the Psychometric Hue Angle,

+then, while maintaining the same Psychometric Hue Angle,

+the color will be clipped to the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of maximum

+Psychometric Chroma.

+See

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function>.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsCIELuvClipuv</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the

+screen's color gamut by reducing

+Psychometric Chroma, while maintaining Psychometric Hue Angle,

+until the color is within the gamut.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsCIELuvClipLuv</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the

+screen's color gamut by replacing it with <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates

+that fall within the color gamut while maintaining the original

+Psychometric Hue

+Angle and whose vector to the original coordinates is the shortest attainable.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsTekHVCClipV</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the

+screen's color gamut by reducing or increasing the Value dimension

+in the TekHVC color space until the color is within the gamut.

+If Chroma of the color specification is beyond maximum for the particular Hue,

+then, while maintaining the same Hue,

+the color will be clipped to the Value and Chroma coordinates

+that represent maximum Chroma for that particular Hue.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsTekHVCClipC</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the

+screen's color gamut by reducing the Chroma dimension

+in the TekHVC color space until the color is within the gamut.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsTekHVCClipVC</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This brings the encountered out-of-gamut color specification into the

+screen's color gamut by replacing it with TekHVC coordinates

+that fall within the color gamut while maintaining the original Hue

+and whose vector to the original coordinates is the shortest attainable.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Prototype_White_Point_Adjustment_Procedure">

+<title>Prototype White Point Adjustment Procedure</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Prototype White Point Adjustment Procedure -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The white point adjustment procedure interface must adhere to the following:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmswhiteadjustproc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>typedef Status <function>(*XcmsWhiteAdjustProc</function>)</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *initial_white_point</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *target_white_point</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_in_out[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>initial_white_point</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the initial white point.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_white_point</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target white point.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target color specification format.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of color specifications.

+Pixel members should be ignored and must remain unchanged upon return.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures in the color-specification array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of Boolean values for indicating compression status.

+If a non-NULL pointer is supplied

+and a color at a given index is compressed, then

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+should be stored at the corresponding index in this array;

+otherwise, the array should not be modified.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Supplied_White_Point_Adjustment_Procedures">

+<title>Supplied White Point Adjustment Procedures</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Supplied White Point Adjustment Procedures -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+White point adjustment procedures provided by Xlib are as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This uses the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* color space for adjusting the chromatic character

+of colors to compensate for the chromatic differences between the source

+and destination white points.

+This procedure simply converts the color specifications to 

+<structname>XcmsCIELab</structname>

+using the source white point and then converts to the target specification

+format using the destination's white point.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This uses the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* color space for adjusting the chromatic character

+of colors to compensate for the chromatic differences between the source

+and destination white points.

+This procedure simply converts the color specifications to 

+<structname>XcmsCIELuv</structname>

+using the source white point and then converts to the target specification

+format using the destination's white point.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<function>XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors</function>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+This uses the TekHVC color space for adjusting the chromatic character

+of colors to compensate for the chromatic differences between the source

+and destination white points.

+This procedure simply converts the color specifications to

+<structname>XcmsTekHVC</structname>

+using the source white point and then converts to the target specification

+format using the destination's white point.

+An advantage of this procedure over those previously described

+is an attempt to minimize hue shift.

+No client data is necessary.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+From an implementation point of view,

+these white point adjustment procedures convert the color specifications

+to a device-independent but white-point-dependent color space 

+(for example, <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v*, <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b*, TekHVC) using one white point

+and then converting those specifications to the target color space 

+using another white point.

+In other words,

+the specification goes in the color space with one white point 

+but comes out with another white point, 

+resulting in a chromatic shift based on the chromatic displacement

+between the initial white point and target white point.

+The <acronym>CIE</acronym> color spaces that are assumed to be white-point-independent

+are <acronym>CIE</acronym> u'v'Y, <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ, and <acronym>CIE</acronym> xyY.

+When developing a custom white point adjustment procedure that uses a

+device-independent color space not initially accessible for use in the

+color management system, use

+<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>

+to ensure that it is added.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+As an example, 

+if the CCC specifies a white point adjustment procedure

+and if the Client White Point and Screen White Point differ, the

+<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>

+function will use the white point adjustment

+procedure twice: 

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Once to convert to

+<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A second time to convert from

+<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For example, assume the specification is in

+<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>

+and the adjustment procedure is

+<function>XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors</function>.

+During conversion to

+<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>,

+the call to 

+<function>XcmsAllocColor</function>

+results in the following series of color specification conversions:

+<!-- .\" Do these need to be font coded? -->

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+From 

+<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>

+to

+<structname>XcmsCIELuv</structname>

+using the Client White Point

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+From 

+<structname>XcmsCIELuv</structname>

+to

+<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>

+using the Screen White Point

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+From

+<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>

+to

+<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>

+(<acronym>CIE</acronym> u'v'Y and XYZ are white-point-independent color spaces)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+From 

+<structname>XcmsCIEXYZ</structname>

+to 

+<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+From 

+<structname>XcmsRGBi</structname>

+to

+<structname>XcmsRGB</structname>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The resulting <acronym>RGB</acronym> specification is passed to

+<function>XAllocColor</function>,

+and the <acronym>RGB</acronym>

+specification returned by

+<function>XAllocColor</function>

+is converted back to 

+<structname>XcmsCIEuvY</structname>

+by reversing the color conversion sequence.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Gamut_Querying_Functions">

+<title>Gamut Querying Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Gamut Querying Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section describes the gamut querying functions that Xlib provides.

+These functions allow the client to query the boundary 

+of the screen's color gamut in terms of the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b*, <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v*, 

+and TekHVC color spaces.

+<indexterm><primary>Gamut querying</primary></indexterm>

+Functions are also provided that allow you to query 

+the color specification of:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+White (full-intensity red, green, and blue)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Red (full-intensity red while green and blue are zero)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Green (full-intensity green while red and blue are zero)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Blue (full-intensity blue while red and green are zero)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Black (zero-intensity red, green, and blue)

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The white point associated with color specifications passed to 

+and returned from these gamut querying

+functions is assumed to be the Screen White Point.

+<indexterm><primary>Screen White Point</primary></indexterm>

+This is a reasonable assumption,

+because the client is trying to query the screen's color gamut.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following naming convention is used for the Max and Min functions:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+Xcms<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;color_space&gt;</emphasis>QueryMax<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;dimensions&gt;</emphasis>

+

+Xcms<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;color_space&gt;</emphasis>QueryMin<emphasis remap='I'>&lt;dimensions&gt;</emphasis>

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The &lt;dimensions&gt; consists of a letter or letters 

+that identify the dimensions of the color space 

+that are not fixed.

+For example, 

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function>

+is given a fixed Hue and Value for which maximum Chroma is found.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Red_Green_and_Blue_Queries">

+<title>Red, Green, and Blue Queries</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Red, Green, and Blue Queries -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the color specification for black 

+(zero-intensity red, green, and blue), use

+<function>XcmsQueryBlack</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryBlack</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryblack'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryBlack</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target color specification format.

+<!-- .ds Cs zero-intensity red, green, and blue -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for (Cs.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsQueryBlack</function>

+function returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for zero-intensity red, green, and blue.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the color specification for blue 

+(full-intensity blue while red and green are zero), use

+<function>XcmsQueryBlue</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryBlue</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryblue'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryBlue</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target color specification format.

+<!-- .ds Cs full-intensity blue while red and green are zero -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for (Cs.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsQueryBlue</function>

+function returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for full-intensity blue while red and green are zero.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the color specification for green

+(full-intensity green while red and blue are zero), use

+<function>XcmsQueryGreen</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryGreen</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerygreen'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryGreen</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target color specification format.

+<!-- .ds Cs full-intensity green while red and blue are zero -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for (Cs.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsQueryGreen</function>

+function returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for full-intensity green while red and blue are zero.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the color specification for red

+(full-intensity red while green and blue are zero), use

+<function>XcmsQueryRed</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryRed</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryred'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryRed</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target color specification format.

+<!-- .ds Cs full-intensity red while green and blue are zero -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for (Cs.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsQueryRed</function>

+function returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for full-intensity red while green and blue are zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the color specification for white

+(full-intensity red, green, and blue), use

+<function>XcmsQueryWhite</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryWhite</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerywhite'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryWhite</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> target_format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the target color specification format.

+<!-- .ds Cs full-intensity red, green, and blue -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for (Cs.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsQueryWhite</function>

+function returns the color specification in the specified target format

+for full-intensity red, green, and blue.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="CIELab_Queries">

+<title>CIELab Queries</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN CIELab Queries -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following equations are useful in describing the CIELab query functions:

+<!-- .EQ -->

+delim %%

+<!-- .EN -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+%CIELab~Psychometric~Chroma ~=~ sqrt(a_star sup 2 ~+~ b_star sup 2 )%

+

+%CIELab~Psychometric~Hue ~=~ tan sup -1 left [ b_star over a_star right ]%

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of maximum Psychometric Chroma

+for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*), use

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> L_star</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Ha maximum chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.

+<!-- .ds Ls maximum chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>L_star</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the lightness (L*) at which to find (Ls.

+<!-- .ds Lc maximum chroma -->

+<!-- .ds lC hue angle and lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of (Lc

+displayable by the screen for the given (lC.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function>

+function, given a hue angle and lightness,

+finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen.

+It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of maximum <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)

+for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxl'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Ha maximum lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.

+<!-- .ds Ch maximum lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>chroma</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the chroma at which to find (Ch.

+<!-- .ds Lc maximum lightness -->

+<!-- .ds lC hue angle and chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of (Lc

+displayable by the screen for the given (lC.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</function>

+function, given a hue angle and chroma,

+finds the point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* color space of maximum 

+lightness (L*) displayable by the screen.

+It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates.

+An 

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>

+return value usually indicates that the given chroma

+is beyond maximum for the given hue angle.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of maximum Psychometric Chroma

+for a given Psychometric Hue Angle, use

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxlc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Ha maximum chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.

+<!-- .ds Lc maximum chroma -->

+<!-- .ds lC hue angle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of (Lc

+displayable by the screen for the given (lC.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</function>

+function, given a hue angle,

+finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen.

+It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of minimum <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)

+for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabqueryminlc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Ha minimum lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.

+<!-- .ds Ch minimum lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>chroma</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the chroma at which to find (Ch.

+<!-- .ds Lc minimum lightness -->

+<!-- .ds lC hue angle and chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates of (Lc

+displayable by the screen for the given (lC.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</function>

+function, given a hue angle and chroma,

+finds the point of minimum lightness (L*) displayable by the screen.

+It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*a*b* coordinates.

+An 

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>

+return value usually indicates that the given chroma

+is beyond maximum for the given hue angle.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="CIELuv_Queries">

+<title>CIELuv Queries</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN CIELuv Queries -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following equations are useful in describing the CIELuv query functions:

+<!-- .EQ -->

+delim %%

+<!-- .EN -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+%CIELuv~Psychometric~Chroma ~=~ sqrt(u_star sup 2 ~+~ v_star sup 2 )%

+

+%CIELuv~Psychometric~Hue ~=~ tan sup -1 left [ v_star over u_star right ]%

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of maximum Psychometric Chroma

+for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*), use

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmxcieluvquerymaxc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> L_star</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Ha maximum chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.

+<!-- .ds Ls maximum chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>L_star</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the lightness (L*) at which to find (Ls.

+<!-- .ds Lc maximum chroma -->

+<!-- .ds lC hue angle and lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of (Lc

+displayable by the screen for the given (lC.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function>

+function, given a hue angle and lightness,

+finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen.

+It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of maximum <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)

+for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvquerymaxl'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Ha maximum lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.

+<!-- .ds Ls maximum lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>L_star</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the lightness (L*) at which to find (Ls.

+<!-- .ds Lc maximum lightness -->

+<!-- .ds lC hue angle and chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of (Lc

+displayable by the screen for the given (lC.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</function>

+function, given a hue angle and chroma,

+finds the point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* color space of maximum 

+lightness (L*) displayable by the screen.

+It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates.

+An 

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>

+return value usually indicates that the given chroma

+is beyond maximum for the given hue angle.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of maximum Psychometric Chroma

+for a given Psychometric Hue Angle, use

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvquerymaxlc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Ha maximum chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.

+<!-- .ds Lc maximum chroma -->

+<!-- .ds lC hue angle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of (Lc

+displayable by the screen for the given (lC.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</function>

+function, given a hue angle,

+finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen.

+It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of minimum <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness (L*)

+for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Psychometric Hue Angle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvqueryminl'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue_angle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Ha minimum lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue_angle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the hue angle (in degrees) at which to find (Ha.

+<!-- .ds Ch minimum lightness -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>chroma</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the chroma at which to find (Ch.

+<!-- .ds Lc minimum lightness -->

+<!-- .ds lC hue angle and chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates of (Lc

+displayable by the screen for the given (lC.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</function>

+function, given a hue angle and chroma,

+finds the point of minimum lightness (L*) displayable by the screen.

+It returns this point in <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* coordinates.

+An 

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>

+return value usually indicates that the given chroma

+is beyond maximum for the given hue angle.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="TekHVC_Queries">

+<title>TekHVC Queries</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN TekHVC Queries -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the maximum Chroma for a given Hue and Value, use

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> value</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Hu in which to find the maximum Chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the Hue (Hu.

+<!-- .ds Va maximum Chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the Value in which to find the (Va.

+<!-- .ds Lc maximum Chroma along with the actual Hue and Value  -->

+<!-- .ds lC maximum Chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the (Lc at which the (lC was found.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function>

+function, given a Hue and Value,

+determines the maximum Chroma in TekHVC color space

+displayable by the screen.

+It returns the maximum Chroma along with the actual Hue

+and Value at which the maximum Chroma was found.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the maximum Value for a given Hue and Chroma, use

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Value</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxv'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Hu in which to find the maximum Value -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the Hue (Hu.

+<!-- .ds Ch maximum Value -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>chroma</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the chroma at which to find (Ch.

+<!-- .ds Lc maximum Value along with the Hue and Chroma -->

+<!-- .ds lC maximum Value -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the (Lc at which the (lC was found.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</function>

+function, given a Hue and Chroma,

+determines the maximum Value in TekHVC color space

+displayable by the screen.

+It returns the maximum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma

+at which the maximum Value was found.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the maximum Chroma and Value at which it is reached

+for a specified Hue, use

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Value</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxvc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Hu in which to find the maximum Chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the Hue (Hu.

+<!-- .ds Lc color specification in \ -->

+XcmsTekHVC for the maximum Chroma, the Value at which \

+that maximum Chroma is reached, and the actual Hue

+<!-- .ds lC maximum Chroma -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the (Lc at which the (lC was found.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</function>

+function, given a Hue,

+determines the maximum Chroma in TekHVC color space displayable by the screen

+and the Value at which that maximum Chroma is reached.

+It returns the maximum Chroma,

+the Value at which that maximum Chroma is reached,

+and the actual Hue for which the maximum Chroma was found.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain a specified number of TekHVC specifications such that they

+contain maximum Values for a specified Hue and the

+Chroma at which the maximum Values are reached, use

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Value</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxvsamples'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> colors_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> nsamples</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Hu for maximum Chroma/Value samples -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the Hue (Hu.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nsamples</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of samples.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns nsamples of color specifications in XcmsTekHVC

+such that the Chroma is the maximum attainable for the Value and Hue.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</function>

+returns nsamples of maximum Value, the Chroma at which that maximum Value

+is reached, and the actual Hue for which the maximum Chroma was found.

+These sample points may then be used to plot the maximum Value/Chroma

+boundary of the screen's color gamut for the specified Hue in TekHVC color

+space.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the minimum Value for a given Hue and Chroma, use

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Value</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcqueryminv'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> hue</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFloat<parameter> chroma</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+The CCC's Client White Point and white point adjustment procedures

+are ignored.

+<!-- .ds Hu in which to find the minimum Value -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hue</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the Hue (Hu.

+<!-- .ds Va minimum Value -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the Value in which to find the (Va.

+<!-- .ds Lc minimum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma -->

+<!-- .ds lC minimum Value -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the (Lc at which the (lC was found.

+The white point associated with the returned

+color specification is the Screen White Point.

+The value returned in the pixel member is undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</function>

+function, given a Hue and Chroma,

+determines the minimum Value in TekHVC color space displayable by the screen.

+It returns the minimum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma at which

+the minimum Value was found.

+</para>

+

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Color_Management_Extensions">

+<title>Color Management Extensions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Color Management Extensions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The Xlib color management facilities can be extended in two ways:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Device-Independent Color Spaces

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Device-independent color spaces that are derivable to <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ

+space can be added using the

+<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>

+function.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Color Characterization Function Set

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A Color Characterization Function Set consists of

+device-dependent color spaces and their functions that

+convert between these color spaces and the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ

+color space, bundled together for a specific class of output devices.

+A function set can be added using the

+<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>

+function.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect2 id="Color_Spaces">

+<title>Color Spaces</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Color Spaces -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ color space serves as the hub for all

+conversions between device-independent and device-dependent color spaces.

+Therefore, the knowledge to convert an 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure to and from <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ format is associated with each color space.

+For example, conversion from <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* to <acronym>RGB</acronym> requires the knowledge

+to convert from <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* to <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ and from <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ to <acronym>RGB</acronym>.

+This knowledge is stored as an array of functions that,

+when applied in series, will convert the 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure to or from <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ format.

+This color specification conversion mechanism facilitates

+the addition of color spaces.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Of course, when converting between only device-independent color spaces

+or only device-dependent color spaces,

+shortcuts are taken whenever possible.

+For example, conversion from TekHVC to <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v* is performed 

+by intermediate conversion to <acronym>CIE</acronym> u*v*Y and then to <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v*, 

+thus bypassing conversion between <acronym>CIE</acronym> u*v*Y and <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Adding_Device_Independent_Color_Spaces">

+<title>Adding Device-Independent Color Spaces</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Adding Device-Independent Color Spaces -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To add a device-independent color space, use

+<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAddColorSpace</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsaddcolorspace'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorSpace<parameter> *color_space</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_space</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the device-independent color space to add.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>

+function makes a device-independent color space (actually an

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure) accessible by the color management system.

+Because format values for unregistered color spaces are assigned at run time,

+they should be treated as private to the client.

+If references to an unregistered color space must be made

+outside the client (for example, storing color specifications 

+in a file using the unregistered color space), 

+then reference should be made by color space prefix

+(see

+<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>

+and

+<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure is already accessible in the color management system, 

+<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that added 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>s

+must be retained for reference by Xlib.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Querying_Color_Space_Format_and_Prefix">

+<title>Querying Color Space Format and Prefix</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Querying Color Space Format and Prefix -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the format associated with the color space

+associated with a specified color string prefix, use

+<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsformatofprefix'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XcmsColorFormat <function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *prefix</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>prefix</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the string that contains the color space prefix.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>

+function returns the format for the specified color space prefix

+(for example, the string ``CIEXYZ'').

+The prefix is case-insensitive.

+If the color space is not accessible in the color management system,

+<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>XcmsUndefinedFormat</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the color string prefix associated with the color space

+specified by a color format, use

+<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsprefixofformat'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color specification format.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>

+function returns the string prefix associated with the color specification

+encoding specified by the format argument.

+Otherwise, if no encoding is found, it returns NULL.

+The returned string must be treated as read-only.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Creating_Additional_Color_Spaces">

+<title>Creating Additional Color Spaces</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating Additional Color Spaces -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Color space specific information necessary 

+for color space conversion and color string parsing is stored in an

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure.

+Therefore, a new structure containing this information is required

+for each additional color space.

+In the case of device-independent color spaces,

+a handle to this new structure (that is, by means of a global variable)

+is usually made accessible to the client program for use with the

+<function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function>

+function.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a new 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure specifies a color space not registered with the X Consortium,

+they should be treated as private to the client

+because format values for unregistered color spaces are assigned at run time.

+If references to an unregistered color space must be made outside the

+client (for example, storing color specifications in a file using the

+unregistered color space), then reference should be made by color space prefix

+(see

+<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>

+and

+<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>).

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef (*XcmsConversionProc)();

+typedef XcmsConversionProc *XcmsFuncListPtr;

+		/* A NULL terminated list of function pointers*/

+

+typedef struct _XcmsColorSpace {

+	char *prefix;

+	XcmsColorFormat format;

+	XcmsParseStringProc parseString;

+	XcmsFuncListPtr to_CIEXYZ;

+	XcmsFuncListPtr from_CIEXYZ;

+	int inverse_flag;

+} XcmsColorSpace;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The prefix member specifies the prefix that indicates a color string 

+is in this color space's string format.

+For example, the strings ``ciexyz'' or ``CIEXYZ'' for <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ,

+and ``rgb'' or ``<acronym>RGB</acronym>'' for <acronym>RGB</acronym>.

+The prefix is case insensitive.

+The format member specifies the color specification format.

+Formats for unregistered color spaces are assigned at run time.

+The parseString member contains a pointer to the function 

+that can parse a color string into an 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure.

+This function returns an integer (int): nonzero if it succeeded

+and zero otherwise.

+The to_CIEXYZ and from_CIEXYZ members contain pointers,

+each to a NULL terminated list of function pointers.

+When the list of functions is executed in series,

+it will convert the color specified in an 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structure from/to the current color space format to/from the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ format.

+Each function returns an integer (int): nonzero if it succeeded

+and zero otherwise.

+The white point to be associated with the colors is specified

+explicitly, even though white points can be found in the CCC.

+The inverse_flag member, if nonzero, specifies that for each function listed 

+in to_CIEXYZ,

+its inverse function can be found in from_CIEXYZ such that:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+Given:  n = number of functions in each list

+

+for each i, such that 0 &lt;= i &lt; n

+    from_CIEXYZ[n - i - 1] is the inverse of to_CIEXYZ[i].

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This allows Xlib to use the shortest conversion path,

+thus bypassing <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ if possible (for example, TekHVC to <acronym>CIE</acronym> L*u*v*).

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Parse_String_Callback">

+<title>Parse String Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Parse String Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The callback in the

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure for parsing a color string for the particular color space must

+adhere to the following software interface specification:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsParseStringProc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsparsestringproc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsParseStringProc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *color_string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *color_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the color string to parse.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>color_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the color specification in the color space's format.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Color_Specification_Conversion_Callback">

+<title>Color Specification Conversion Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Color Specification Conversion Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Callback functions in the

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure for converting a color specification between device-independent

+spaces must adhere to the

+following software interface specification:

+</para>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='conversionproc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function><replaceable>ConversionProc</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *white_point</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *colors_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>white_point</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the white point associated with color specifications.

+The pixel member should be ignored,

+and the entire structure remain unchanged upon return.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of color specifications.

+Pixel members should be ignored and must remain unchanged upon return.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures in the color-specification array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+Callback functions in the

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure for converting a color specification to or from a device-dependent

+space must adhere to the

+following software interface specification:

+</para>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function><replaceable>ConversionProc</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsColor<parameter> *colors_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> ncolors</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> compression_flags_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ccc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the CCC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colors_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of color specifications.

+Pixel members should be ignored and must remain unchanged upon return.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ncolors</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of 

+<structname>XcmsColor</structname>

+structures in the color-specification array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>compression_flags_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of Boolean values for indicating compression status.

+If a non-NULL pointer is supplied

+and a color at a given index is compressed, then

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+should be stored at the corresponding index in this array;

+otherwise, the array should not be modified.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Conversion functions are available globally for use by other color

+spaces.

+The conversion functions provided by Xlib are:

+</para>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='3'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='center'>Function</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Converts from</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Converts to</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIELabFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIELuvFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIELabFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIExyYFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIELabFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsTekHVCFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIExyYFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsRGBToRGBi</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEXYZFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsRGBiToRGB</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBiFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsRGBFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY</function></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsTekHVCFormat</symbol></entry>

+      <entry><symbol>XcmsCIEuvYFormat</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Function_Sets">

+<title>Function Sets</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Function Sets -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<indexterm><primary>Function set</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Function set</primary><secondary>LINEAR_RGB</secondary></indexterm>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Functions to convert between device-dependent color spaces

+and <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ may differ for different classes of output devices

+(for example, color versus gray monitors).

+Therefore, the notion of a Color Characterization Function Set

+has been developed.

+A function set consists of device-dependent color spaces

+and the functions that convert color specifications 

+between these device-dependent color spaces and the <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ color space

+appropriate for a particular class of output devices.

+The function set also contains a function that reads

+color characterization data off root window properties.

+It is this characterization data that will differ between devices within

+a class of output devices.

+<indexterm><primary>Device Color Characterization</primary></indexterm>

+For details about how color characterization data is

+stored in root window properties,

+see the section on Device Color Characterization in the

+<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.

+The LINEAR_RGB function set is provided by Xlib

+and will support most color monitors.

+Function sets may require data that differs

+from those needed for the LINEAR_RGB function set.

+In that case, 

+its corresponding data may be stored on different root window properties.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Adding_Function_Sets">

+<title>Adding Function Sets</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Adding Function Sets -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To add a function set, use

+<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAddFunctionSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsaddfunctionset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XcmsFunctionSet<parameter> *function_set</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>function_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the function set to add.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>

+function adds a function set to the color management system.

+If the function set uses device-dependent 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structures not accessible in the color management system,

+<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>

+adds them.

+If an added

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure is for a device-dependent color space not registered

+with the X Consortium,

+they should be treated as private to the client

+because format values for unregistered color spaces are assigned at run time.

+If references to an unregistered color space must be made outside the

+client (for example, storing color specifications in a file

+using the unregistered color space),

+then reference should be made by color space prefix

+(see 

+<function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function>

+and

+<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Additional function sets should be added before any calls to other

+Xlib routines are made.

+If not, the 

+<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>

+member of a previously created 

+<structname>XcmsCCC</structname>

+does not have the opportunity to initialize

+with the added function set.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Creating_Additional_Function_Sets">

+<title>Creating Additional Function Sets</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating Additional Function Sets -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The creation of additional function sets should be

+required only when an output device does not conform to existing 

+function sets or when additional device-dependent color spaces are necessary.

+A function set consists primarily of a collection of device-dependent

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structures and a means to read and store a 

+screen's color characterization data.

+This data is stored in an

+<structname>XcmsFunctionSet</structname>

+structure.

+A handle to this structure (that is, by means of global variable)

+is usually made accessible to the client program for use with

+<function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a function set uses new device-dependent 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structures,

+they will be transparently processed into the color management system.

+Function sets can share an 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structure for a device-dependent color space.

+In addition, multiple 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structures are allowed for a device-dependent color space;

+however, a function set can reference only one of them.

+These 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structures will differ in the functions to convert to and from <acronym>CIE</acronym> XYZ,

+thus tailored for the specific function set.

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct _XcmsFunctionSet {

+	XcmsColorSpace **DDColorSpaces;

+	XcmsScreenInitProc screenInitProc;

+	XcmsScreenFreeProc screenFreeProc;

+} XcmsFunctionSet;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The DDColorSpaces member is a pointer to a NULL terminated list

+of pointers to 

+<structname>XcmsColorSpace</structname>

+structures for the device-dependent color spaces that are supported

+by the function set.

+The screenInitProc member is set to the callback procedure (see the following

+interface specification) that initializes the 

+<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>

+structure for a particular screen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The screen initialization callback must adhere to the following software

+interface specification:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsScreenInitProc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>typedef Status <function>(*XcmsScreenInitProc</function>)</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>ScmsPerScrnInfo<parameter> *screen_info</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_info</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>

+structure, which contains the per screen information.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The screen initialization callback in the

+<structname>XcmsFunctionSet</structname>

+structure fetches the color characterization data (device profile) for

+the specified screen,

+typically off properties on the 

+screen's root window.

+It then initializes the specified

+<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>

+structure.

+<indexterm><primary>Device profile</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Color Characterization Data</primary></indexterm>

+If successful, the procedure fills in the 

+<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>

+structure as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It sets the screenData member to the address 

+of the created device profile data structure 

+(contents known only by the function set).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It next sets the screenWhitePoint member.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It next sets the functionSet member to the address of the

+<structname>XcmsFunctionSet</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+It then sets the state member to 

+<symbol>XcmsInitSuccess</symbol>

+and finally returns

+<symbol>XcmsSuccess</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If unsuccessful, the procedure sets the state member to 

+<symbol>XcmsInitFailure</symbol>

+and returns

+<symbol>XcmsFailure</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>

+structure contains:

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct _XcmsPerScrnInfo {

+	XcmsColor screenWhitePoint;

+	XPointer functionSet;

+	XPointer screenData;

+	unsigned char state;

+	char pad[3];

+} XcmsPerScrnInfo;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The screenWhitePoint member specifies the white point inherent to

+the screen.

+The functionSet member specifies the appropriate function set.

+The screenData member specifies the device profile.

+The state member is set to one of the following:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>XcmsInitNone</symbol>

+indicates initialization has not been previously attempted.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>XcmsInitFailure</symbol>

+indicates initialization has been previously attempted but failed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<symbol>XcmsInitSuccess</symbol>

+indicates initialization has been previously attempted and succeeded.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The screen free callback must adhere to the following software

+interface specification:

+</para>

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>typedef void (*XcmsScreenFreeProc)</funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> screenData</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screenData</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the data to be freed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+This function is called to free the screenData stored in an

+<structname>XcmsPerScrnInfo</structname>

+structure.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml
index 0b873078a..38baccc39 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml
@@ -1,3402 +1,3402 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="graphics_context_functions">
-<title>Graphics Context Functions</title>
-
-<para>
-A number of resources are used when performing graphics operations in X. Most information
-about performing graphics (for example, foreground color, background color, line style, and so
-on) is stored in resources called graphics contexts (GCs). Most graphics operations (see chapter
-8) take a GC as an argument. Although in theory the X protocol permits sharing of GCs between
-applications, it is expected that applications will use their own GCs when performing operations.
-Sharing of GCs is highly discouraged because the library may cache GC state.
-</para>
-<para>
-Graphics operations can be performed to either windows or pixmaps, which collectively are
-called drawables. Each drawable exists on a single screen. A GC is created for a specific screen
-and drawable depth and can only be used with drawables of matching screen and depth.
-</para>
-<para>
-This chapter discusses how to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>Manipulate graphics context/state</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Use graphics context convenience functions</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<sect1 id="Manipulating_Graphics_Context_State">
-<title>Manipulating Graphics Context/State</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Manipulating Graphics Context/State  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Most attributes of graphics operations are stored in GCs.
-These include line width, line style, plane mask, foreground, background,
-tile, stipple, clipping region, end style, join style, and so on.
-Graphics operations (for example, drawing lines) use these values
-to determine the actual drawing operation.
-Extensions to X may add additional components to GCs.
-The contents of a GC are private to Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib implements a write-back cache for all elements of a GC that are not
-resource IDs to allow Xlib to implement the transparent coalescing of changes 
-to GCs.
-For example,
-a call to
-<function>XSetForeground</function>
-of a GC followed by a call to
-<function>XSetLineAttributes</function>
-results in only a single-change GC protocol request to the server.
-GCs are neither expected nor encouraged to be shared between client 
-applications, so this write-back caching should present no problems.
-Applications cannot share GCs without external synchronization.
-Therefore,
-sharing GCs between applications is highly discouraged. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set an attribute of a GC,
-set the appropriate member of the
-<structname>XGCValues</structname>
-structure and OR in the corresponding value bitmask in your subsequent calls to
-<function>XCreateGC</function>.
-The symbols for the value mask bits and the
-<structname>XGCValues</structname>
-structure are:
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-/* GC attribute value mask bits */
-
-#define     GCFunction              (1L&lt;&lt;0)
-#define     GCPlaneMask             (1L&lt;&lt;1)
-#define     GCForeground            (1L&lt;&lt;2)
-#define     GCBackground            (1L&lt;&lt;3)
-#define     GCLineWidth             (1L&lt;&lt;4)
-#define     GCLineStyle             (1L&lt;&lt;5)
-#define     GCCapStyle              (1L&lt;&lt;6)
-#define     GCJoinStyle             (1L&lt;&lt;7)
-#define     GCFillStyle             (1L&lt;&lt;8)
-#define     GCFillRule              (1L&lt;&lt;9)
-#define     GCTile                  (1L&lt;&lt;10)
-#define     GCStipple               (1L&lt;&lt;11)
-#define     GCTileStipXOrigin       (1L&lt;&lt;12)
-#define     GCTileStipYOrigin       (1L&lt;&lt;13)
-#define     GCFont                  (1L&lt;&lt;14)
-#define     GCSubwindowMode         (1L&lt;&lt;15)
-#define     GCGraphicsExposures     (1L&lt;&lt;16)
-#define     GCClipXOrigin           (1L&lt;&lt;17)
-#define     GCClipYOrigin           (1L&lt;&lt;18)
-#define     GCClipMask              (1L&lt;&lt;19)
-#define     GCDashOffset            (1L&lt;&lt;20)
-#define     GCDashList              (1L&lt;&lt;21)
-#define     GCArcMode               (1L&lt;&lt;22)
-</literallayout>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-/* Values */
-
-typedef struct {
-     int function;                 /* logical operation */
-     unsigned long plane_mask;     /* plane mask */
-     unsigned long foreground;     /* foreground pixel */
-     unsigned long background;     /* background pixel */
-     int line_width;               /* line width (in pixels) */
-     int line_style;               /* LineSolid, LineOnOffDash, LineDoubleDash */
-     int cap_style;                /* CapNotLast, CapButt, CapRound, CapProjecting */
-     int join_style;               /* JoinMiter, JoinRound, JoinBevel */
-     int fill_style;               /* FillSolid, FillTiled, FillStippled FillOpaqueStippled*/
-     int fill_rule;                /* EvenOddRule, WindingRule */
-     int arc_mode;                 /* ArcChord, ArcPieSlice */
-     Pixmap tile;                  /* tile pixmap for tiling operations */
-     Pixmap stipple;               /* stipple 1 plane pixmap for stippling */
-     int ts_x_origin;              /* offset for tile or stipple operations */
-     int ts_y_origin
-     Font font;                    /* default text font for text operations */
-     int subwindow_mode;           /* ClipByChildren, IncludeInferiors */
-     Bool graphics_exposures;      /* boolean, should exposures be generated */
-     int clip_x_origin;            /* origin for clipping */
-     int clip_y_origin;
-     Pixmap clip_mask;             /* bitmap clipping; other calls for rects */
-     int dash_offset;              /* patterned/dashed line information */
-     char dashes;
-} XGCValues;
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The default GC values are:
-</para>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='center'>Component</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Default</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>function</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>GXcopy</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>plane_mask</entry>
-      <entry>All ones</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>foreground</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>background</entry>
-      <entry>1</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>line_width</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>line_style</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>LineSolid</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>cap_style</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>CapButt</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>join_style</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>JoinMiter</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>fill_style</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>FillSolid</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>fill_rule</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>arc_mode</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>tile</entry>
-      <entry>
-      <para>Pixmap of unspecified size filled with foreground pixel</para>
-      <para>(that is, client specified pixel if any, else 0)</para>
-      <para>(subsequent changes to foreground do not affect this pixmap)</para>
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>stipple</entry>
-      <entry>Pixmap of unspecified size filled with ones</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>ts_x_origin</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>ts_y_origin</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>font</entry>
-      <entry>&lt;implementation dependent&gt;</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>subwindow_mode</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>graphics_exposures</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>True</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>clip_x_origin</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>clip_y_origin</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>clip_mask</entry>
-      <entry><symbol>None</symbol></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>dash_offset</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>dashes</entry>
-      <entry>4 (that is, the list [4, 4])</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that foreground and background are not set to any values likely
-to be useful in a window.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Display Functions</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Source</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Destination</primary></indexterm>
-The function attributes of a GC are used when you update a section of
-a drawable (the destination) with bits from somewhere else (the source).  
-The function in a GC defines how the new destination bits are to be
-computed from the source bits and the old destination bits.
-<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>
-is typically the most useful because it will work on a color display,
-but special applications may use other functions,
-particularly in concert with particular planes of a color display.
-The 16 GC functions, defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename>,
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-are:
-</para>
-<!-- .\" are listed in Table 5-1 along with the  -->
-<!-- .\"the associated hexadecimal code -->
-<!-- .\" and operation. -->
-<!-- .\".CP T 1 -->
-<!-- .\"Display Functions -->
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='3'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='center'>Function Name</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Value</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Operation</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXclear</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x0</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXand</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x1</entry>
-      <entry>src AND dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXandReverse</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x2</entry>
-      <entry>src AND NOT dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXcopy</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x3</entry>
-      <entry>src</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXandInverted</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x4</entry>
-      <entry>(NOT src) AND dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXnoop</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x5</entry>
-      <entry>dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXxor</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x6</entry>
-      <entry>src XOR dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXor</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x7</entry>
-      <entry>src OR dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXnor</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x8</entry>
-      <entry>(NOT src) AND (NOT dst)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXequiv</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0x9</entry>
-      <entry>(NOT src) XOR dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXinvert</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0xa</entry>
-      <entry>NOT dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXorReverse</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0xb</entry>
-      <entry>src OR (NOT dst)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXcopyInverted</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0xc</entry>
-      <entry>NOT src</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXorInverted</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0xd</entry>
-      <entry>(NOT src) OR dst</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXnand</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0xe</entry>
-      <entry>(NOT src) OR (NOT dst)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>GXset</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>0xf</entry>
-      <entry>1</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Many graphics operations depend on either pixel values or planes in a GC.
-<indexterm><primary>Pixel value</primary></indexterm>
-The planes attribute is of type long, and it specifies which planes of the
-destination are to be modified, one bit per plane.
-<indexterm><primary>Plane</primary><secondary>mask</secondary></indexterm>
-A monochrome display has only one plane and
-will be the least significant bit of the word.
-As planes are added to the display hardware, they will occupy more
-significant bits in the plane mask.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In graphics operations, given a source and destination pixel, 
-the result is computed bitwise on corresponding bits of the pixels.
-That is, a Boolean operation is performed in each bit plane.  
-The plane_mask restricts the operation to a subset of planes.
-A macro constant
-<symbol>AllPlanes</symbol>
-can be used to refer to all planes of the screen simultaneously.
-The result is computed by the following:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-((src FUNC dst) AND plane-mask) OR (dst AND (NOT plane-mask))
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Range checking is not performed on the values for foreground,
-background, or plane_mask.
-They are simply truncated to the appropriate
-number of bits.
-The line-width is measured in pixels and either can be greater than or equal to
-one (wide line) or can be the special value zero (thin line).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Wide lines are drawn centered on the path described by the graphics request.
-Unless otherwise specified by the join-style or cap-style,
-the bounding box of a wide line with endpoints [x1, y1], [x2, y2] and
-width w is a rectangle with vertices at the following real coordinates:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-[x1-(w*sn/2), y1+(w*cs/2)], [x1+(w*sn/2), y1-(w*cs/2)],
-[x2-(w*sn/2), y2+(w*cs/2)], [x2+(w*sn/2), y2-(w*cs/2)]
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Here sn is the sine of the angle of the line,
-and cs is the cosine of the angle of the line.
-A pixel is part of the line and so is drawn
-if the center of the pixel is fully inside the bounding box
-(which is viewed as having infinitely thin edges).
-If the center of the pixel is exactly on the bounding box,
-it is part of the line if and only if the interior is immediately to its right
-(x increasing direction).
-Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case and are part of
-the line if and only if the interior or the boundary is immediately below 
-(y increasing direction) and the interior or the boundary is immediately
-to the right (x increasing direction).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Thin lines (zero line-width) are one-pixel-wide lines drawn using an
-unspecified, device-dependent algorithm.
-There are only two constraints on this algorithm. 
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If a line is drawn unclipped from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] and
-if another line is drawn unclipped from [x1+dx,y1+dy] to [x2+dx,y2+dy],
-a point [x,y] is touched by drawing the first line 
-if and only if the point [x+dx,y+dy] is touched by drawing the second line.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The effective set of points comprising a line cannot be affected by clipping.
-That is, a point is touched in a clipped line if and only if the point 
-lies inside the clipping region and the point would be touched
-by the line when drawn unclipped.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A wide line drawn from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] always draws the same pixels 
-as a wide line drawn from [x2,y2] to [x1,y1], not counting cap-style 
-and join-style.
-It is recommended that this property be true for thin lines, 
-but this is not required.
-A line-width of zero may differ from a line-width of one in which pixels are
-drawn.
-This permits the use of many manufacturers' line drawing hardware,
-which may run many times faster than the more precisely specified
-wide lines.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In general, 
-drawing a thin line will be faster than drawing a wide line of width one.
-However, because of their different drawing algorithms,
-thin lines may not mix well aesthetically with wide lines.
-If it is desirable to obtain precise and uniform results across all displays,
-a client should always use a line-width of one rather than a line-width of zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The line-style defines which sections of a line are drawn:
-</para>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>LineSolid</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>The full path of the line is drawn.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-The full path of the line is drawn,
-but the even dashes are filled differently
-from the odd dashes (see fill-style) with <!-- xref -->
-<symbol>CapButt</symbol>
-style used where even and odd dashes meet.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Only the even dashes are drawn,
-and cap-style applies to 
-all internal ends of the individual dashes,
-except
-<symbol>CapNotLast</symbol>
-is treated as
-<symbol>CapButt</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-The cap-style defines how the endpoints of a path are drawn:
-</para>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>CapNotLast</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-This is equivalent to
-<symbol>CapButt</symbol>
-except that for a line-width of zero the final endpoint is not drawn.
-     </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>CapButt</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-The line is square at the endpoint (perpendicular to the slope of the line)
-with no projection beyond.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>CapRound</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-The line has a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width,
-centered on the endpoint.
-(This is equivalent to 
-<symbol>CapButt</symbol>
-for line-width of zero).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>CapProjecting</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-The line is square at the end, but the path continues beyond the endpoint
-for a distance equal to half the line-width.
-(This is equivalent to
-<symbol>CapButt</symbol>
-for line-width of zero).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-The join-style defines how corners are drawn for wide lines:
-</para>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>JoinMiter</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-The outer edges of two lines extend to meet at an angle.
-However, if the angle is less than 11 degrees,
-then a
-<symbol>JoinBevel</symbol>
-join-style is used instead.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>JoinRound</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-The corner is a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width,
-centered on the joinpoint.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term><symbol>JoinBevel</symbol></term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-The corner has
-<symbol>CapButt</symbol>
-endpoint styles with the triangular notch filled.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), 
-when the cap-style is applied to both endpoints, 
-the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style:
-</para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='3'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>CapNotLast</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>thin</entry>
-      <entry>The results are device dependent,
-      but the desired effect is that nothing is drawn.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>CapButt</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>thin</entry>
-      <entry>The results are device dependent,
-      but the desired effect is that a single pixel is drawn.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>CapRound</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>thin</entry>
-      <entry>The results are the same as for
-      <symbol>CapButt</symbol> /thin.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>CapProjecting</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>thin</entry>
-      <entry>The results are the same as for
-      <symbol>CapButt</symbol> /thin.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>CapButt</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>wide</entry>
-      <entry>Nothing is drawn.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>CapRound</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>wide</entry>
-      <entry>The closed path is a circle, centered at the endpoint, and
-      with the diameter equal to the line-width.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>CapProjecting</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>wide</entry>
-      <entry>The closed path is a square, aligned with the coordinate axes, centered at the
-      endpoint, and with the sides equal to the line-width.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), 
-when the join-style is applied at one or both endpoints, 
-the effect is as if the line was removed from the overall path.
-However, if the total path consists of or is reduced to a single point joined
-with itself, the effect is the same as when the cap-style is applied at both
-endpoints.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The tile/stipple represents an infinite two-dimensional plane,
-with the tile/stipple replicated in all dimensions.
-When that plane is superimposed on the drawable
-for use in a graphics operation, the upper-left corner
-of some instance of the tile/stipple is at the coordinates within
-the drawable specified by the tile/stipple origin.
-The tile/stipple and clip origins are interpreted relative to the
-origin of whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics
-request.
-The tile pixmap must have the same root and depth as the GC,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-The stipple pixmap must have depth one and must have the same root as the
-GC, or a 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.  
-For stipple operations where the fill-style is
-<symbol>FillStippled</symbol>
-but not 
-<symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>,
-the stipple pattern is tiled in a
-single plane and acts as an additional clip mask to be ANDed with the clip-mask.
-Although some sizes may be faster to use than others,
-any size pixmap can be used for tiling or stippling.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The fill-style defines the contents of the source for line, text, and
-fill requests.  
-For all text and fill requests (for example,
-<function>XDrawText</function>,
-<function>XDrawText16</function>,
-<function>XFillRectangle</function>,
-<function>XFillPolygon</function>,
-and
-<function>XFillArc</function>);
-for line requests 
-with line-style 
-<symbol>LineSolid</symbol>
-(for example,
-<function>XDrawLine</function>,
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>,
-<function>XDrawRectangle</function>,
-<function>XDrawArc</function>);
-and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style 
-<symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>,
-the following apply:
-</para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>FillSolid</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Foreground</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>FillTiled</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Tile</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>A tile with the same width and height as stipple,
-      but with background everywhere stipple has a zero
-      and with foreground everywhere stipple has a one</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>FillStippled</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Foreground masked by stipple</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When drawing lines with line-style
-<symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>,
-the odd dashes are controlled by the fill-style in the following manner:
-</para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>FillSolid</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Background</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>FillTiled</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Same as for even dashes</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Same as for even dashes</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>FillStippled</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Background masked by stipple</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Storing a pixmap in a GC might or might not result in a copy
-being made.
-If the pixmap is later used as the destination for a graphics request,
-the change might or might not be reflected in the GC.
-If the pixmap is used simultaneously in a graphics request both as
-a destination and as a tile or stipple,
-the results are undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For optimum performance,
-you should draw as much as possible with the same GC 
-(without changing its components).
-The costs of changing GC components relative to using different GCs
-depend on the display hardware and the server implementation.
-It is quite likely that some amount of GC information will be
-cached in display hardware and that such hardware can only cache a small number
-of GCs.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The dashes value is actually a simplified form of the
-more general patterns that can be set with 
-<function>XSetDashes</function>.
-Specifying a
-value of N is equivalent to specifying the two-element list [N, N] in 
-<function>XSetDashes</function>.
-The value must be nonzero,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The clip-mask restricts writes to the destination drawable.  
-If the clip-mask is set to a pixmap,
-it must have depth one and have the same root as the GC,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If clip-mask is set to
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the pixels are always drawn regardless of the clip origin.
-The clip-mask also can be set by calling the
-<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>
-or
-<function>XSetRegion</function>
-functions.
-Only pixels where the clip-mask has a bit set to 1 are drawn.  
-Pixels are not drawn outside the area covered by the clip-mask 
-or where the clip-mask has a bit set to 0.
-The clip-mask affects all graphics requests.
-The clip-mask does not clip sources.
-The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever
-destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You can set the subwindow-mode to
-<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>.
-For 
-<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>,
-both source and destination windows are
-additionally clipped by all viewable 
-<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
-children.  
-For 
-<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>,
-neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors. 
-This will result in including subwindow contents in the source
-and drawing through subwindow boundaries of the destination.
-The use of 
-<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>
-on a window of one depth with mapped
-inferiors of differing depth is not illegal, but the semantics are
-undefined by the core protocol.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The fill-rule defines what pixels are inside (drawn) for
-paths given in 
-<function>XFillPolygon</function>
-requests and can be set to 
-<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
-For
-<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>,
-a point is inside if
-an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses the path an odd number
-of times.  
-For 
-<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>,
-a point is inside if an infinite ray with the
-point as origin crosses an unequal number of clockwise and
-counterclockwise directed path segments.
-A clockwise directed path segment is one that crosses the ray from left to
-right as observed from the point.
-A counterclockwise segment is one that crosses the ray from right to left
-as observed from the point.
-The case where a directed line segment is coincident with the ray is
-uninteresting because you can simply choose a different ray that is not
-coincident with a segment.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For both 
-<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>,
-a point is infinitely small, 
-and the path is an infinitely thin line.  
-A pixel is inside if the center point of the pixel is inside
-and the center point is not on the boundary.  
-If the center point is on the boundary,
-the pixel is inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately to
-its right (x increasing direction).  
-Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case 
-and are inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately below 
-(y increasing direction).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The arc-mode controls filling in the 
-<function>XFillArcs</function>
-function and can be set to
-<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>ArcChord</symbol>.
-For
-<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>,
-the arcs are pie-slice filled.
-For
-<symbol>ArcChord</symbol>,
-the arcs are chord filled.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The graphics-exposure flag controls 
-<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>
-event generation
-for 
-<function>XCopyArea</function>
-and 
-<function>XCopyPlane</function>
-requests (and any similar requests defined by extensions).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a new GC that is usable on a given screen with a 
-depth of drawable, use
-<function>XCreateGC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Graphics context</primary><secondary>initializing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreategc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>GC <function>XCreateGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display <parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XGCValues *<parameter>values</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-<!-- .ds Vm set using the information in the specified values structure -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which components in the GC are to be (Vm. 
-This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid
-GC component mask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies any values as specified by the valuemask.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateGC</function>
-function creates a graphics context and returns a GC.
-The GC can be used with any destination drawable having the same root
-and depth as the specified drawable.
-Use with other drawables results in a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateGC</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To copy components from a source GC to a destination GC, use
-<function>XCopyGC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcopygc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XCopyGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GCsrc,<parameter> dest</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the components of the source GC.
-<!-- .ds Vm copied to the destination GC -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which components in the GC are to be (Vm. 
-This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid
-GC component mask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the destination GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XCopyGC</function>
-function copies the specified components from the source GC
-to the destination GC.
-The source and destination GCs must have the same root and depth,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-The valuemask specifies which component to copy, as for
-<function>XCreateGC</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCopyGC</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change the components in a given GC, use
-<function>XChangeGC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchangegc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XChangeGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XGCValues<parameter> *values</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Vm changed using information in the specified values structure -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which components in the GC are to be (Vm. 
-This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid
-GC component mask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies any values as specified by the valuemask.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XChangeGC</function>
-function changes the components specified by valuemask for
-the specified GC.
-The values argument contains the values to be set.
-The values and restrictions are the same as for 
-<function>XCreateGC</function>.
-Changing the clip-mask overrides any previous 
-<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>
-request on the context. 
-Changing the dash-offset or dash-list
-overrides any previous 
-<function>XSetDashes</function>
-request on the context.
-The order in which components are verified and altered is server dependent.
-If an error is generated, a subset of the components may have been altered.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XChangeGC</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain components of a given GC, use
-<function>XGetGCValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGCValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetgcvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetGCValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XGCValues<parameter> *values_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Vm returned in the values_return argument -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which components in the GC are to be (Vm. 
-This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid
-GC component mask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>values_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the GC values in the specified
-<structname>XGCValues</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetGCValues</function>
-function returns the components specified by valuemask for the specified GC.
-If the valuemask contains a valid set of GC mask bits
-(<symbol>GCFunction</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCPlaneMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCForeground</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCBackground</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCLineWidth</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCLineStyle</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCCapStyle</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCJoinStyle</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCFillStyle</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCFillRule</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCTile</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCStipple</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCTileStipXOrigin</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCTileStipYOrigin</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCFont</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCSubwindowMode</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCGraphicsExposures</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCClipXOrigin</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCClipYOrigin</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCDashOffset</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>GCArcMode</symbol>)
-and no error occurs,
-<function>XGetGCValues</function>
-sets the requested components in values_return and returns a nonzero status.
-Otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-Note that the clip-mask and dash-list (represented by the
-<symbol>GCClipMask</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>GCDashList</symbol>
-bits, respectively, in the valuemask)
-cannot be requested.
-Also note that an invalid resource ID (with one or more of the three
-most significant bits set to 1) will be returned for
-<symbol>GCFont</symbol>,
-<symbol>GCTile</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>GCStipple</symbol>
-if the component has never been explicitly set by the client.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To free a given GC, use
-<function>XFreeGC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreegc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeGC</function>
-function destroys the specified GC as well as all the associated storage.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFreeGC</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the 
-<type>GContext</type>
-resource ID for a given GC, use 
-<function>XGContextFromGC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGContextFromGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgcontextfromgc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>GContext <function>XGContextFromGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Gc for which you want the resource ID -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC (Gc.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-Xlib usually defers sending changes to the components of a GC to the server
-until a graphics function is actually called with that GC.
-This permits batching of component changes into a single server request.
-In some circumstances, however, it may be necessary for the client
-to explicitly force sending the changes to the server.
-An example might be when a protocol extension uses the GC indirectly,
-in such a way that the extension interface cannot know what GC will be used.
-To force sending GC component changes, use
-<function>XFlushGC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlushGC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xflushgc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XFlushGC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Using_Graphics_Context_Convenience_Routines">
-<title>Using Graphics Context Convenience Routines</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using Graphics Context Convenience Routines  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section discusses how to set the:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Foreground, background, plane mask, or function components
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Line attributes and dashes components
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Fill style and fill rule components
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Fill tile and stipple components
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Font component
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Clip region component
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Arc mode, subwindow mode, and graphics exposure components
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect2 id="Setting_the_Foreground_Background_Function_or_Plane_Mask">
-<title>Setting the Foreground, Background, Function, or Plane Mask</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting the Foreground, Background, Function, or Plane Mask -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the foreground, background, plane mask, and function components
-for a given GC, use
-<function>XSetState</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetState</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetstate'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetState</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlongforeground,<parameter> background</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> function</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the foreground you want to set for the specified GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>background</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the background you want to set for the specified GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>function</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the function you want to set for the specified GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the plane mask.
-<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetState</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the foreground of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetForeground</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetForeground</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetforeground'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetForeground</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> foreground</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the foreground you want to set for the specified GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetForeground</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the background of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetBackground</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetBackground</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetbackground'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetBackground</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> background</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>background</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the background you want to set for the specified GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetBackground</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the display function in a given GC, use
-<function>XSetFunction</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFunction</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetfunction'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetFunction</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> function</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>function</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the function you want to set for the specified GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetFunction</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the plane mask of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetPlaneMask</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetPlaneMask</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetplanemask'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetPlaneMask</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the plane mask.
-<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetPlaneMask</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_the_Line_Attributes_and_Dashes">
-<title>Setting the Line Attributes and Dashes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting the Line Attributes and Dashes  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the line drawing components of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetLineAttributes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetLineAttributes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetlineattributes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetLineAttributes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> line_width</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> line_style</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> cap_style</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> join_style</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>line_width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the line-width you want to set for the specified GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>line_style</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the line-style you want to set for the specified GC.
-You can pass
-<symbol>LineSolid</symbol>,
-<symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>cap_style</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the line-style and cap-style you want to set for the specified GC.
-You can pass
-<symbol>CapNotLast</symbol>,
-<symbol>CapButt</symbol>,
-<symbol>CapRound</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>CapProjecting</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>join_style</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the line join-style you want to set for the specified GC.
-You can pass
-<symbol>JoinMiter</symbol>,
-<symbol>JoinRound</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>JoinBevel</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetLineAttributes</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the dash-offset and dash-list for dashed line styles of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetDashes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetDashes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetdashes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetDashes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> dash_offset</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> dash_list[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> n</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dash_offset</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the phase of the pattern for the dashed line-style you want to set
-for the specified GC. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dash_list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the dash-list for the dashed line-style
-you want to set for the specified GC. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of elements in dash_list. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XSetDashes</function>
-function sets the dash-offset and dash-list attributes for dashed line styles
-in the specified GC.
-There must be at least one element in the specified dash_list,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results. 
-The initial and alternating elements (second, fourth, and so on) 
-of the dash_list are the even dashes, and
-the others are the odd dashes.
-Each element specifies a dash length in pixels.
-All of the elements must be nonzero,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-Specifying an odd-length list is equivalent to specifying the same list
-concatenated with itself to produce an even-length list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The dash-offset defines the phase of the pattern,
-specifying how many pixels into the dash-list the pattern
-should actually begin in any single graphics request.
-Dashing is continuous through path elements combined with a join-style
-but is reset to the dash-offset between each sequence of joined lines.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The unit of measure for dashes is the same for the ordinary coordinate system.
-Ideally, a dash length is measured along the slope of the line, but implementations
-are only required to match this ideal for horizontal and vertical lines.
-Failing the ideal semantics, it is suggested that the length be measured along the
-major axis of the line.
-The major axis is defined as the x axis for lines drawn at an angle of between
-&minus;45 and +45 degrees or between 135 and 225 degrees from the x axis.
-For all other lines, the major axis is the y axis.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetDashes</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_the_Fill_Style_and_Fill_Rule_">
-<title>Setting the Fill Style and Fill Rule </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting the Fill Style and Fill Rule  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the fill-style of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetFillStyle</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFillStyle</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetfillstyle'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetFillStyle</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> fill_style</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>fill_style</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the fill-style you want to set for the specified GC.
-You can pass
-<symbol>FillSolid</symbol>,
-<symbol>FillTiled</symbol>,
-<symbol>FillStippled</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetFillStyle</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the fill-rule of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetFillRule</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFillRule</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetfillrule'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetFillRule</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> fill_rule</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>fill_rule</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetFillRule</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_the_Fill_Tile_and_Stipple_">
-<title>Setting the Fill Tile and Stipple </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting the Fill Tile and Stipple  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Some displays have hardware support for tiling or
-stippling with patterns of specific sizes.
-Tiling and stippling operations that restrict themselves to those specific
-sizes run much faster than such operations with arbitrary size patterns.
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to determine the best size, 
-tile, or stipple for the display
-as well as to set the tile or stipple shape and the tile or stipple origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the best size of a tile, stipple, or cursor, use
-<function>XQueryBestSize</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestSize</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerybestsize'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestSize</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> class</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> which_screen</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the class that you are interested in.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>TileShape</symbol>,
-<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>which_screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies any drawable on the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the width and height of the object best supported 
-by the display hardware.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryBestSize</function>
-function returns the best or closest size to the specified size.
-For 
-<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
-this is the largest size that can be fully displayed on the screen specified by
-which_screen.
-For 
-<symbol>TileShape</symbol>,
-this is the size that can be tiled fastest.
-For 
-<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
-this is the size that can be stippled fastest.
-For 
-<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
-the drawable indicates the desired screen.
-For 
-<symbol>TileShape</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
-the drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.
-An 
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window cannot be used as the drawable for 
-<symbol>TileShape</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryBestSize</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the best fill tile shape, use
-<function>XQueryBestTile</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestTile</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerybesttile'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestTile</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> which_screen</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>which_screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies any drawable on the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the width and height of the object best supported 
-by the display hardware.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryBestTile</function>
-function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be
-tiled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen.
-The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.
-If an 
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window is used as the drawable, a 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryBestTile</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the best stipple shape, use
-<function>XQueryBestStipple</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestStipple</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerybeststipple'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestStipple</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> which_screen</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>which_screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies any drawable on the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the width and height of the object best supported 
-by the display hardware.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryBestStipple</function>
-function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be
-stippled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen.
-The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.
-If an
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-window is used as the drawable, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryBestStipple</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the fill tile of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetTile</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTile</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsettile'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetTile</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> tile</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>tile</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the fill tile you want to set for the specified GC. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The tile and GC must have the same depth,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetTile</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the stipple of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetStipple</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStipple</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetstipple'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetStipple</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> stipple</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>stipple</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the stipple you want to set for the specified GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The stipple must have a depth of one,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetStipple</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the tile or stipple origin of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetTSOrigin</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTSOrigin</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsettsorigin'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetTSOrigin</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intts_x_origin,<parameter> ts_y_origin</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ts_x_origin</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ts_y_origin</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates of the tile and stipple origin.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-When graphics requests call for tiling or stippling,
-the parent's origin will be interpreted relative to whatever destination 
-drawable is specified in the graphics request.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetTSOrigin</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_the_Current_Font_">
-<title>Setting the Current Font </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting the Current Font  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the current font of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetFont</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFont</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetfont'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetFont</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Font<parameter> font</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetFont</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_the_Clip_Region">
-<title>Setting the Clip Region</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting the Clip Region  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set the clip-origin 
-and the clip-mask or set the clip-mask to a list of rectangles.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the clip-origin of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetClipOrigin</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipOrigin</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetcliporigin'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetClipOrigin</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intclip_x_origin,<parameter> clip_y_origin</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>clip_x_origin</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>clip_y_origin</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates of the clip-mask origin.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever 
-destination drawable is specified in the graphics request.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetClipOrigin</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the clip-mask of a given GC to the specified pixmap, use
-<function>XSetClipMask</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipMask</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetclipmask'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetClipMask</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> pixmap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pixmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the pixmap or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If the clip-mask is set to
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the pixels are always drawn (regardless of the clip-origin).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetClipMask</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the clip-mask of a given GC to the specified list of rectangles, use
-<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipRectangles</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetcliprectangles'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetClipRectangles</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intclip_x_origin,<parameter> clip_y_origin</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> rectangles[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> n</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> ordering</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>clip_x_origin</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>clip_y_origin</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates of the clip-mask origin.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rectangles</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of rectangles that define the clip-mask.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of rectangles. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ordering</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the ordering relations on the rectangles.
-You can pass
-<symbol>Unsorted</symbol>,
-<symbol>YSorted</symbol>,
-<symbol>YXSorted</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>YXBanded</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>
-function changes the clip-mask in the specified GC 
-to the specified list of rectangles and sets the clip origin.
-The output is clipped to remain contained within the
-rectangles.
-The clip-origin is interpreted relative to the origin of
-whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.  
-The rectangle coordinates are interpreted relative to the clip-origin.  
-The rectangles should be nonintersecting, or the graphics results will be
-undefined.
-Note that the list of rectangles can be empty, 
-which effectively disables output.
-This is the opposite of passing
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-as the clip-mask in
-<function>XCreateGC</function>,
-<function>XChangeGC</function>,
-and
-<function>XSetClipMask</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If known by the client, ordering relations on the rectangles can be
-specified with the ordering argument. 
-This may provide faster operation
-by the server. 
-If an incorrect ordering is specified, the X server may generate a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error, but it is not required to do so.
-If no error is generated, the graphics
-results are undefined.
-<symbol>Unsorted</symbol>
-means the rectangles are in arbitrary order.
-<symbol>YSorted</symbol>
-means that the rectangles are nondecreasing in their Y origin.
-<symbol>YXSorted</symbol>
-additionally constrains 
-<symbol>YSorted</symbol>
-order in that all
-rectangles with an equal Y origin are nondecreasing in their X
-origin.  
-<symbol>YXBanded</symbol>
-additionally constrains 
-<symbol>YXSorted</symbol>
-by requiring that,
-for every possible Y scanline, all rectangles that include that
-scanline have an identical Y origins and Y extents.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides a set of basic functions for performing
-region arithmetic.
-For information about these functions,
-see <link linkend="Manipulating_Regions">section 16.5</link>.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_the_Arc_Mode_Subwindow_Mode_and_Graphics_Exposure_">
-<title>Setting the Arc Mode, Subwindow Mode, and Graphics Exposure </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting the Arc Mode, Subwindow Mode, and Graphics Exposure  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the arc mode of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetArcMode</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetArcMode</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetarcmode'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetArcMode</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> arc_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>arc_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the arc mode.
-You can pass
-<symbol>ArcChord</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetArcMode</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the subwindow mode of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetSubwindowMode</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSubwindowMode</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetsubwindowmode'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetSubwindowMode</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> subwindow_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>subwindow_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the subwindow mode.
-You can pass
-<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetSubwindowMode</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the graphics-exposures flag of a given GC, use
-<function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetGraphicsExposures</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetgraphicsexposures'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> graphics_exposures</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>graphics_exposures</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether you want
-<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>NoExpose</symbol>
-events to be reported when calling
-<function>XCopyArea</function>
-and
-<function>XCopyPlane</function>
-with this GC.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="graphics_context_functions">

+<title>Graphics Context Functions</title>

+

+<para>

+A number of resources are used when performing graphics operations in X. Most information

+about performing graphics (for example, foreground color, background color, line style, and so

+on) is stored in resources called graphics contexts (GCs). Most graphics operations (see chapter

+8) take a GC as an argument. Although in theory the X protocol permits sharing of GCs between

+applications, it is expected that applications will use their own GCs when performing operations.

+Sharing of GCs is highly discouraged because the library may cache GC state.

+</para>

+<para>

+Graphics operations can be performed to either windows or pixmaps, which collectively are

+called drawables. Each drawable exists on a single screen. A GC is created for a specific screen

+and drawable depth and can only be used with drawables of matching screen and depth.

+</para>

+<para>

+This chapter discusses how to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>Manipulate graphics context/state</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Use graphics context convenience functions</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<sect1 id="Manipulating_Graphics_Context_State">

+<title>Manipulating Graphics Context/State</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Manipulating Graphics Context/State  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Most attributes of graphics operations are stored in GCs.

+These include line width, line style, plane mask, foreground, background,

+tile, stipple, clipping region, end style, join style, and so on.

+Graphics operations (for example, drawing lines) use these values

+to determine the actual drawing operation.

+Extensions to X may add additional components to GCs.

+The contents of a GC are private to Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib implements a write-back cache for all elements of a GC that are not

+resource IDs to allow Xlib to implement the transparent coalescing of changes 

+to GCs.

+For example,

+a call to

+<function>XSetForeground</function>

+of a GC followed by a call to

+<function>XSetLineAttributes</function>

+results in only a single-change GC protocol request to the server.

+GCs are neither expected nor encouraged to be shared between client 

+applications, so this write-back caching should present no problems.

+Applications cannot share GCs without external synchronization.

+Therefore,

+sharing GCs between applications is highly discouraged. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set an attribute of a GC,

+set the appropriate member of the

+<structname>XGCValues</structname>

+structure and OR in the corresponding value bitmask in your subsequent calls to

+<function>XCreateGC</function>.

+The symbols for the value mask bits and the

+<structname>XGCValues</structname>

+structure are:

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+/* GC attribute value mask bits */

+

+#define     GCFunction              (1L&lt;&lt;0)

+#define     GCPlaneMask             (1L&lt;&lt;1)

+#define     GCForeground            (1L&lt;&lt;2)

+#define     GCBackground            (1L&lt;&lt;3)

+#define     GCLineWidth             (1L&lt;&lt;4)

+#define     GCLineStyle             (1L&lt;&lt;5)

+#define     GCCapStyle              (1L&lt;&lt;6)

+#define     GCJoinStyle             (1L&lt;&lt;7)

+#define     GCFillStyle             (1L&lt;&lt;8)

+#define     GCFillRule              (1L&lt;&lt;9)

+#define     GCTile                  (1L&lt;&lt;10)

+#define     GCStipple               (1L&lt;&lt;11)

+#define     GCTileStipXOrigin       (1L&lt;&lt;12)

+#define     GCTileStipYOrigin       (1L&lt;&lt;13)

+#define     GCFont                  (1L&lt;&lt;14)

+#define     GCSubwindowMode         (1L&lt;&lt;15)

+#define     GCGraphicsExposures     (1L&lt;&lt;16)

+#define     GCClipXOrigin           (1L&lt;&lt;17)

+#define     GCClipYOrigin           (1L&lt;&lt;18)

+#define     GCClipMask              (1L&lt;&lt;19)

+#define     GCDashOffset            (1L&lt;&lt;20)

+#define     GCDashList              (1L&lt;&lt;21)

+#define     GCArcMode               (1L&lt;&lt;22)

+</literallayout>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+/* Values */

+

+typedef struct {

+     int function;                 /* logical operation */

+     unsigned long plane_mask;     /* plane mask */

+     unsigned long foreground;     /* foreground pixel */

+     unsigned long background;     /* background pixel */

+     int line_width;               /* line width (in pixels) */

+     int line_style;               /* LineSolid, LineOnOffDash, LineDoubleDash */

+     int cap_style;                /* CapNotLast, CapButt, CapRound, CapProjecting */

+     int join_style;               /* JoinMiter, JoinRound, JoinBevel */

+     int fill_style;               /* FillSolid, FillTiled, FillStippled FillOpaqueStippled*/

+     int fill_rule;                /* EvenOddRule, WindingRule */

+     int arc_mode;                 /* ArcChord, ArcPieSlice */

+     Pixmap tile;                  /* tile pixmap for tiling operations */

+     Pixmap stipple;               /* stipple 1 plane pixmap for stippling */

+     int ts_x_origin;              /* offset for tile or stipple operations */

+     int ts_y_origin

+     Font font;                    /* default text font for text operations */

+     int subwindow_mode;           /* ClipByChildren, IncludeInferiors */

+     Bool graphics_exposures;      /* boolean, should exposures be generated */

+     int clip_x_origin;            /* origin for clipping */

+     int clip_y_origin;

+     Pixmap clip_mask;             /* bitmap clipping; other calls for rects */

+     int dash_offset;              /* patterned/dashed line information */

+     char dashes;

+} XGCValues;

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The default GC values are:

+</para>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='center'>Component</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Default</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>function</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>GXcopy</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>plane_mask</entry>

+      <entry>All ones</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>foreground</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>background</entry>

+      <entry>1</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>line_width</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>line_style</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>LineSolid</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>cap_style</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>CapButt</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>join_style</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>JoinMiter</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>fill_style</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>FillSolid</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>fill_rule</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>arc_mode</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>tile</entry>

+      <entry>

+      <para>Pixmap of unspecified size filled with foreground pixel</para>

+      <para>(that is, client specified pixel if any, else 0)</para>

+      <para>(subsequent changes to foreground do not affect this pixmap)</para>

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>stipple</entry>

+      <entry>Pixmap of unspecified size filled with ones</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>ts_x_origin</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>ts_y_origin</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>font</entry>

+      <entry>&lt;implementation dependent&gt;</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>subwindow_mode</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>graphics_exposures</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>True</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>clip_x_origin</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>clip_y_origin</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>clip_mask</entry>

+      <entry><symbol>None</symbol></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>dash_offset</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>dashes</entry>

+      <entry>4 (that is, the list [4, 4])</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that foreground and background are not set to any values likely

+to be useful in a window.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Display Functions</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Source</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Destination</primary></indexterm>

+The function attributes of a GC are used when you update a section of

+a drawable (the destination) with bits from somewhere else (the source).  

+The function in a GC defines how the new destination bits are to be

+computed from the source bits and the old destination bits.

+<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>

+is typically the most useful because it will work on a color display,

+but special applications may use other functions,

+particularly in concert with particular planes of a color display.

+The 16 GC functions, defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename>,

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+are:

+</para>

+<!-- .\" are listed in Table 5-1 along with the  -->

+<!-- .\"the associated hexadecimal code -->

+<!-- .\" and operation. -->

+<!-- .\".CP T 1 -->

+<!-- .\"Display Functions -->

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='3'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='center'>Function Name</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Value</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Operation</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXclear</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x0</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXand</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x1</entry>

+      <entry>src AND dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXandReverse</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x2</entry>

+      <entry>src AND NOT dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXcopy</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x3</entry>

+      <entry>src</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXandInverted</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x4</entry>

+      <entry>(NOT src) AND dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXnoop</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x5</entry>

+      <entry>dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXxor</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x6</entry>

+      <entry>src XOR dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXor</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x7</entry>

+      <entry>src OR dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXnor</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x8</entry>

+      <entry>(NOT src) AND (NOT dst)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXequiv</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0x9</entry>

+      <entry>(NOT src) XOR dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXinvert</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0xa</entry>

+      <entry>NOT dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXorReverse</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0xb</entry>

+      <entry>src OR (NOT dst)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXcopyInverted</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0xc</entry>

+      <entry>NOT src</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXorInverted</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0xd</entry>

+      <entry>(NOT src) OR dst</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXnand</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0xe</entry>

+      <entry>(NOT src) OR (NOT dst)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>GXset</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>0xf</entry>

+      <entry>1</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Many graphics operations depend on either pixel values or planes in a GC.

+<indexterm><primary>Pixel value</primary></indexterm>

+The planes attribute is of type long, and it specifies which planes of the

+destination are to be modified, one bit per plane.

+<indexterm><primary>Plane</primary><secondary>mask</secondary></indexterm>

+A monochrome display has only one plane and

+will be the least significant bit of the word.

+As planes are added to the display hardware, they will occupy more

+significant bits in the plane mask.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In graphics operations, given a source and destination pixel, 

+the result is computed bitwise on corresponding bits of the pixels.

+That is, a Boolean operation is performed in each bit plane.  

+The plane_mask restricts the operation to a subset of planes.

+A macro constant

+<symbol>AllPlanes</symbol>

+can be used to refer to all planes of the screen simultaneously.

+The result is computed by the following:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+((src FUNC dst) AND plane-mask) OR (dst AND (NOT plane-mask))

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Range checking is not performed on the values for foreground,

+background, or plane_mask.

+They are simply truncated to the appropriate

+number of bits.

+The line-width is measured in pixels and either can be greater than or equal to

+one (wide line) or can be the special value zero (thin line).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Wide lines are drawn centered on the path described by the graphics request.

+Unless otherwise specified by the join-style or cap-style,

+the bounding box of a wide line with endpoints [x1, y1], [x2, y2] and

+width w is a rectangle with vertices at the following real coordinates:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+[x1-(w*sn/2), y1+(w*cs/2)], [x1+(w*sn/2), y1-(w*cs/2)],

+[x2-(w*sn/2), y2+(w*cs/2)], [x2+(w*sn/2), y2-(w*cs/2)]

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Here sn is the sine of the angle of the line,

+and cs is the cosine of the angle of the line.

+A pixel is part of the line and so is drawn

+if the center of the pixel is fully inside the bounding box

+(which is viewed as having infinitely thin edges).

+If the center of the pixel is exactly on the bounding box,

+it is part of the line if and only if the interior is immediately to its right

+(x increasing direction).

+Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case and are part of

+the line if and only if the interior or the boundary is immediately below 

+(y increasing direction) and the interior or the boundary is immediately

+to the right (x increasing direction).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Thin lines (zero line-width) are one-pixel-wide lines drawn using an

+unspecified, device-dependent algorithm.

+There are only two constraints on this algorithm. 

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If a line is drawn unclipped from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] and

+if another line is drawn unclipped from [x1+dx,y1+dy] to [x2+dx,y2+dy],

+a point [x,y] is touched by drawing the first line 

+if and only if the point [x+dx,y+dy] is touched by drawing the second line.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The effective set of points comprising a line cannot be affected by clipping.

+That is, a point is touched in a clipped line if and only if the point 

+lies inside the clipping region and the point would be touched

+by the line when drawn unclipped.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A wide line drawn from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] always draws the same pixels 

+as a wide line drawn from [x2,y2] to [x1,y1], not counting cap-style 

+and join-style.

+It is recommended that this property be true for thin lines, 

+but this is not required.

+A line-width of zero may differ from a line-width of one in which pixels are

+drawn.

+This permits the use of many manufacturers' line drawing hardware,

+which may run many times faster than the more precisely specified

+wide lines.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In general, 

+drawing a thin line will be faster than drawing a wide line of width one.

+However, because of their different drawing algorithms,

+thin lines may not mix well aesthetically with wide lines.

+If it is desirable to obtain precise and uniform results across all displays,

+a client should always use a line-width of one rather than a line-width of zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The line-style defines which sections of a line are drawn:

+</para>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>LineSolid</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>The full path of the line is drawn.</para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+The full path of the line is drawn,

+but the even dashes are filled differently

+from the odd dashes (see fill-style) with <!-- xref -->

+<symbol>CapButt</symbol>

+style used where even and odd dashes meet.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Only the even dashes are drawn,

+and cap-style applies to 

+all internal ends of the individual dashes,

+except

+<symbol>CapNotLast</symbol>

+is treated as

+<symbol>CapButt</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+The cap-style defines how the endpoints of a path are drawn:

+</para>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>CapNotLast</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+This is equivalent to

+<symbol>CapButt</symbol>

+except that for a line-width of zero the final endpoint is not drawn.

+     </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>CapButt</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+The line is square at the endpoint (perpendicular to the slope of the line)

+with no projection beyond.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>CapRound</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+The line has a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width,

+centered on the endpoint.

+(This is equivalent to 

+<symbol>CapButt</symbol>

+for line-width of zero).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>CapProjecting</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+The line is square at the end, but the path continues beyond the endpoint

+for a distance equal to half the line-width.

+(This is equivalent to

+<symbol>CapButt</symbol>

+for line-width of zero).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+The join-style defines how corners are drawn for wide lines:

+</para>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>JoinMiter</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+The outer edges of two lines extend to meet at an angle.

+However, if the angle is less than 11 degrees,

+then a

+<symbol>JoinBevel</symbol>

+join-style is used instead.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>JoinRound</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+The corner is a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width,

+centered on the joinpoint.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term><symbol>JoinBevel</symbol></term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+The corner has

+<symbol>CapButt</symbol>

+endpoint styles with the triangular notch filled.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), 

+when the cap-style is applied to both endpoints, 

+the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style:

+</para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='3'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>CapNotLast</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>thin</entry>

+      <entry>The results are device dependent,

+      but the desired effect is that nothing is drawn.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>CapButt</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>thin</entry>

+      <entry>The results are device dependent,

+      but the desired effect is that a single pixel is drawn.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>CapRound</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>thin</entry>

+      <entry>The results are the same as for

+      <symbol>CapButt</symbol> /thin.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>CapProjecting</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>thin</entry>

+      <entry>The results are the same as for

+      <symbol>CapButt</symbol> /thin.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>CapButt</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>wide</entry>

+      <entry>Nothing is drawn.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>CapRound</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>wide</entry>

+      <entry>The closed path is a circle, centered at the endpoint, and

+      with the diameter equal to the line-width.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>CapProjecting</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>wide</entry>

+      <entry>The closed path is a square, aligned with the coordinate axes, centered at the

+      endpoint, and with the sides equal to the line-width.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), 

+when the join-style is applied at one or both endpoints, 

+the effect is as if the line was removed from the overall path.

+However, if the total path consists of or is reduced to a single point joined

+with itself, the effect is the same as when the cap-style is applied at both

+endpoints.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The tile/stipple represents an infinite two-dimensional plane,

+with the tile/stipple replicated in all dimensions.

+When that plane is superimposed on the drawable

+for use in a graphics operation, the upper-left corner

+of some instance of the tile/stipple is at the coordinates within

+the drawable specified by the tile/stipple origin.

+The tile/stipple and clip origins are interpreted relative to the

+origin of whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics

+request.

+The tile pixmap must have the same root and depth as the GC,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+The stipple pixmap must have depth one and must have the same root as the

+GC, or a 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.  

+For stipple operations where the fill-style is

+<symbol>FillStippled</symbol>

+but not 

+<symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>,

+the stipple pattern is tiled in a

+single plane and acts as an additional clip mask to be ANDed with the clip-mask.

+Although some sizes may be faster to use than others,

+any size pixmap can be used for tiling or stippling.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The fill-style defines the contents of the source for line, text, and

+fill requests.  

+For all text and fill requests (for example,

+<function>XDrawText</function>,

+<function>XDrawText16</function>,

+<function>XFillRectangle</function>,

+<function>XFillPolygon</function>,

+and

+<function>XFillArc</function>);

+for line requests 

+with line-style 

+<symbol>LineSolid</symbol>

+(for example,

+<function>XDrawLine</function>,

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>,

+<function>XDrawRectangle</function>,

+<function>XDrawArc</function>);

+and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style 

+<symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>,

+the following apply:

+</para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>FillSolid</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Foreground</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>FillTiled</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Tile</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>A tile with the same width and height as stipple,

+      but with background everywhere stipple has a zero

+      and with foreground everywhere stipple has a one</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>FillStippled</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Foreground masked by stipple</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When drawing lines with line-style

+<symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>,

+the odd dashes are controlled by the fill-style in the following manner:

+</para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>FillSolid</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Background</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>FillTiled</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Same as for even dashes</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Same as for even dashes</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>FillStippled</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Background masked by stipple</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Storing a pixmap in a GC might or might not result in a copy

+being made.

+If the pixmap is later used as the destination for a graphics request,

+the change might or might not be reflected in the GC.

+If the pixmap is used simultaneously in a graphics request both as

+a destination and as a tile or stipple,

+the results are undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For optimum performance,

+you should draw as much as possible with the same GC 

+(without changing its components).

+The costs of changing GC components relative to using different GCs

+depend on the display hardware and the server implementation.

+It is quite likely that some amount of GC information will be

+cached in display hardware and that such hardware can only cache a small number

+of GCs.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The dashes value is actually a simplified form of the

+more general patterns that can be set with 

+<function>XSetDashes</function>.

+Specifying a

+value of N is equivalent to specifying the two-element list [N, N] in 

+<function>XSetDashes</function>.

+The value must be nonzero,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The clip-mask restricts writes to the destination drawable.  

+If the clip-mask is set to a pixmap,

+it must have depth one and have the same root as the GC,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If clip-mask is set to

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the pixels are always drawn regardless of the clip origin.

+The clip-mask also can be set by calling the

+<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>

+or

+<function>XSetRegion</function>

+functions.

+Only pixels where the clip-mask has a bit set to 1 are drawn.  

+Pixels are not drawn outside the area covered by the clip-mask 

+or where the clip-mask has a bit set to 0.

+The clip-mask affects all graphics requests.

+The clip-mask does not clip sources.

+The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever

+destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You can set the subwindow-mode to

+<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>.

+For 

+<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>,

+both source and destination windows are

+additionally clipped by all viewable 

+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>

+children.  

+For 

+<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>,

+neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors. 

+This will result in including subwindow contents in the source

+and drawing through subwindow boundaries of the destination.

+The use of 

+<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>

+on a window of one depth with mapped

+inferiors of differing depth is not illegal, but the semantics are

+undefined by the core protocol.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The fill-rule defines what pixels are inside (drawn) for

+paths given in 

+<function>XFillPolygon</function>

+requests and can be set to 

+<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.

+For

+<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>,

+a point is inside if

+an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses the path an odd number

+of times.  

+For 

+<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>,

+a point is inside if an infinite ray with the

+point as origin crosses an unequal number of clockwise and

+counterclockwise directed path segments.

+A clockwise directed path segment is one that crosses the ray from left to

+right as observed from the point.

+A counterclockwise segment is one that crosses the ray from right to left

+as observed from the point.

+The case where a directed line segment is coincident with the ray is

+uninteresting because you can simply choose a different ray that is not

+coincident with a segment.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For both 

+<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>,

+a point is infinitely small, 

+and the path is an infinitely thin line.  

+A pixel is inside if the center point of the pixel is inside

+and the center point is not on the boundary.  

+If the center point is on the boundary,

+the pixel is inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately to

+its right (x increasing direction).  

+Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case 

+and are inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately below 

+(y increasing direction).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The arc-mode controls filling in the 

+<function>XFillArcs</function>

+function and can be set to

+<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>ArcChord</symbol>.

+For

+<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>,

+the arcs are pie-slice filled.

+For

+<symbol>ArcChord</symbol>,

+the arcs are chord filled.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The graphics-exposure flag controls 

+<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>

+event generation

+for 

+<function>XCopyArea</function>

+and 

+<function>XCopyPlane</function>

+requests (and any similar requests defined by extensions).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a new GC that is usable on a given screen with a 

+depth of drawable, use

+<function>XCreateGC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Graphics context</primary><secondary>initializing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreategc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>GC <function>XCreateGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display <parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XGCValues *<parameter>values</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+<!-- .ds Vm set using the information in the specified values structure -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which components in the GC are to be (Vm. 

+This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid

+GC component mask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies any values as specified by the valuemask.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateGC</function>

+function creates a graphics context and returns a GC.

+The GC can be used with any destination drawable having the same root

+and depth as the specified drawable.

+Use with other drawables results in a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateGC</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To copy components from a source GC to a destination GC, use

+<function>XCopyGC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcopygc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XCopyGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GCsrc,<parameter> dest</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the components of the source GC.

+<!-- .ds Vm copied to the destination GC -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which components in the GC are to be (Vm. 

+This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid

+GC component mask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the destination GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XCopyGC</function>

+function copies the specified components from the source GC

+to the destination GC.

+The source and destination GCs must have the same root and depth,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+The valuemask specifies which component to copy, as for

+<function>XCreateGC</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCopyGC</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change the components in a given GC, use

+<function>XChangeGC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchangegc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XChangeGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XGCValues<parameter> *values</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Vm changed using information in the specified values structure -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which components in the GC are to be (Vm. 

+This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid

+GC component mask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies any values as specified by the valuemask.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XChangeGC</function>

+function changes the components specified by valuemask for

+the specified GC.

+The values argument contains the values to be set.

+The values and restrictions are the same as for 

+<function>XCreateGC</function>.

+Changing the clip-mask overrides any previous 

+<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>

+request on the context. 

+Changing the dash-offset or dash-list

+overrides any previous 

+<function>XSetDashes</function>

+request on the context.

+The order in which components are verified and altered is server dependent.

+If an error is generated, a subset of the components may have been altered.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XChangeGC</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain components of a given GC, use

+<function>XGetGCValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGCValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetgcvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetGCValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XGCValues<parameter> *values_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Vm returned in the values_return argument -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which components in the GC are to be (Vm. 

+This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid

+GC component mask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>values_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the GC values in the specified

+<structname>XGCValues</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetGCValues</function>

+function returns the components specified by valuemask for the specified GC.

+If the valuemask contains a valid set of GC mask bits

+(<symbol>GCFunction</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCPlaneMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCForeground</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCBackground</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCLineWidth</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCLineStyle</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCCapStyle</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCJoinStyle</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCFillStyle</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCFillRule</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCTile</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCStipple</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCTileStipXOrigin</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCTileStipYOrigin</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCFont</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCSubwindowMode</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCGraphicsExposures</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCClipXOrigin</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCClipYOrigin</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCDashOffset</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>GCArcMode</symbol>)

+and no error occurs,

+<function>XGetGCValues</function>

+sets the requested components in values_return and returns a nonzero status.

+Otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+Note that the clip-mask and dash-list (represented by the

+<symbol>GCClipMask</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>GCDashList</symbol>

+bits, respectively, in the valuemask)

+cannot be requested.

+Also note that an invalid resource ID (with one or more of the three

+most significant bits set to 1) will be returned for

+<symbol>GCFont</symbol>,

+<symbol>GCTile</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>GCStipple</symbol>

+if the component has never been explicitly set by the client.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To free a given GC, use

+<function>XFreeGC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreegc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeGC</function>

+function destroys the specified GC as well as all the associated storage.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFreeGC</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the 

+<type>GContext</type>

+resource ID for a given GC, use 

+<function>XGContextFromGC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGContextFromGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgcontextfromgc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>GContext <function>XGContextFromGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Gc for which you want the resource ID -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC (Gc.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+Xlib usually defers sending changes to the components of a GC to the server

+until a graphics function is actually called with that GC.

+This permits batching of component changes into a single server request.

+In some circumstances, however, it may be necessary for the client

+to explicitly force sending the changes to the server.

+An example might be when a protocol extension uses the GC indirectly,

+in such a way that the extension interface cannot know what GC will be used.

+To force sending GC component changes, use

+<function>XFlushGC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlushGC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xflushgc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XFlushGC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Using_Graphics_Context_Convenience_Routines">

+<title>Using Graphics Context Convenience Routines</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using Graphics Context Convenience Routines  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section discusses how to set the:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Foreground, background, plane mask, or function components

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Line attributes and dashes components

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Fill style and fill rule components

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Fill tile and stipple components

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Font component

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Clip region component

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Arc mode, subwindow mode, and graphics exposure components

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect2 id="Setting_the_Foreground_Background_Function_or_Plane_Mask">

+<title>Setting the Foreground, Background, Function, or Plane Mask</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting the Foreground, Background, Function, or Plane Mask -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the foreground, background, plane mask, and function components

+for a given GC, use

+<function>XSetState</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetState</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetstate'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetState</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlongforeground,<parameter> background</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> function</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the foreground you want to set for the specified GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>background</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the background you want to set for the specified GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>function</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the function you want to set for the specified GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the plane mask.

+<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetState</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the foreground of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetForeground</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetForeground</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetforeground'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetForeground</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> foreground</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>foreground</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the foreground you want to set for the specified GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetForeground</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the background of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetBackground</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetBackground</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetbackground'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetBackground</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> background</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>background</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the background you want to set for the specified GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetBackground</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the display function in a given GC, use

+<function>XSetFunction</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFunction</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfunction'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetFunction</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> function</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>function</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the function you want to set for the specified GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetFunction</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the plane mask of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetPlaneMask</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetPlaneMask</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetplanemask'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetPlaneMask</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the plane mask.

+<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetPlaneMask</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_the_Line_Attributes_and_Dashes">

+<title>Setting the Line Attributes and Dashes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting the Line Attributes and Dashes  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the line drawing components of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetLineAttributes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetLineAttributes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetlineattributes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetLineAttributes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> line_width</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> line_style</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> cap_style</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> join_style</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>line_width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the line-width you want to set for the specified GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>line_style</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the line-style you want to set for the specified GC.

+You can pass

+<symbol>LineSolid</symbol>,

+<symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>cap_style</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the line-style and cap-style you want to set for the specified GC.

+You can pass

+<symbol>CapNotLast</symbol>,

+<symbol>CapButt</symbol>,

+<symbol>CapRound</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>CapProjecting</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>join_style</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the line join-style you want to set for the specified GC.

+You can pass

+<symbol>JoinMiter</symbol>,

+<symbol>JoinRound</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>JoinBevel</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetLineAttributes</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the dash-offset and dash-list for dashed line styles of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetDashes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetDashes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetdashes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetDashes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> dash_offset</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> dash_list[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> n</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dash_offset</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the phase of the pattern for the dashed line-style you want to set

+for the specified GC. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dash_list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the dash-list for the dashed line-style

+you want to set for the specified GC. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of elements in dash_list. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XSetDashes</function>

+function sets the dash-offset and dash-list attributes for dashed line styles

+in the specified GC.

+There must be at least one element in the specified dash_list,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results. 

+The initial and alternating elements (second, fourth, and so on) 

+of the dash_list are the even dashes, and

+the others are the odd dashes.

+Each element specifies a dash length in pixels.

+All of the elements must be nonzero,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+Specifying an odd-length list is equivalent to specifying the same list

+concatenated with itself to produce an even-length list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The dash-offset defines the phase of the pattern,

+specifying how many pixels into the dash-list the pattern

+should actually begin in any single graphics request.

+Dashing is continuous through path elements combined with a join-style

+but is reset to the dash-offset between each sequence of joined lines.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The unit of measure for dashes is the same for the ordinary coordinate system.

+Ideally, a dash length is measured along the slope of the line, but implementations

+are only required to match this ideal for horizontal and vertical lines.

+Failing the ideal semantics, it is suggested that the length be measured along the

+major axis of the line.

+The major axis is defined as the x axis for lines drawn at an angle of between

+&minus;45 and +45 degrees or between 135 and 225 degrees from the x axis.

+For all other lines, the major axis is the y axis.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetDashes</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_the_Fill_Style_and_Fill_Rule_">

+<title>Setting the Fill Style and Fill Rule </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting the Fill Style and Fill Rule  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the fill-style of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetFillStyle</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFillStyle</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfillstyle'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetFillStyle</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> fill_style</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>fill_style</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the fill-style you want to set for the specified GC.

+You can pass

+<symbol>FillSolid</symbol>,

+<symbol>FillTiled</symbol>,

+<symbol>FillStippled</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetFillStyle</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the fill-rule of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetFillRule</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFillRule</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfillrule'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetFillRule</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> fill_rule</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>fill_rule</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetFillRule</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_the_Fill_Tile_and_Stipple_">

+<title>Setting the Fill Tile and Stipple </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting the Fill Tile and Stipple  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Some displays have hardware support for tiling or

+stippling with patterns of specific sizes.

+Tiling and stippling operations that restrict themselves to those specific

+sizes run much faster than such operations with arbitrary size patterns.

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to determine the best size, 

+tile, or stipple for the display

+as well as to set the tile or stipple shape and the tile or stipple origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the best size of a tile, stipple, or cursor, use

+<function>XQueryBestSize</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestSize</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerybestsize'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestSize</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> class</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> which_screen</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the class that you are interested in.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>TileShape</symbol>,

+<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>which_screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies any drawable on the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the width and height of the object best supported 

+by the display hardware.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryBestSize</function>

+function returns the best or closest size to the specified size.

+For 

+<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,

+this is the largest size that can be fully displayed on the screen specified by

+which_screen.

+For 

+<symbol>TileShape</symbol>,

+this is the size that can be tiled fastest.

+For 

+<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,

+this is the size that can be stippled fastest.

+For 

+<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,

+the drawable indicates the desired screen.

+For 

+<symbol>TileShape</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,

+the drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.

+An 

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window cannot be used as the drawable for 

+<symbol>TileShape</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryBestSize</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the best fill tile shape, use

+<function>XQueryBestTile</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestTile</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerybesttile'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestTile</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> which_screen</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>which_screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies any drawable on the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the width and height of the object best supported 

+by the display hardware.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryBestTile</function>

+function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be

+tiled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen.

+The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.

+If an 

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window is used as the drawable, a 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryBestTile</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the best stipple shape, use

+<function>XQueryBestStipple</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestStipple</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerybeststipple'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestStipple</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> which_screen</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>which_screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies any drawable on the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the width and height of the object best supported 

+by the display hardware.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryBestStipple</function>

+function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be

+stippled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen.

+The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.

+If an

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+window is used as the drawable, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryBestStipple</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the fill tile of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetTile</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTile</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsettile'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetTile</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> tile</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>tile</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the fill tile you want to set for the specified GC. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The tile and GC must have the same depth,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetTile</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the stipple of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetStipple</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStipple</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetstipple'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetStipple</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> stipple</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>stipple</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the stipple you want to set for the specified GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The stipple must have a depth of one,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetStipple</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the tile or stipple origin of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetTSOrigin</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTSOrigin</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsettsorigin'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetTSOrigin</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intts_x_origin,<parameter> ts_y_origin</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ts_x_origin</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ts_y_origin</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates of the tile and stipple origin.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+When graphics requests call for tiling or stippling,

+the parent's origin will be interpreted relative to whatever destination 

+drawable is specified in the graphics request.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetTSOrigin</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_the_Current_Font_">

+<title>Setting the Current Font </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting the Current Font  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the current font of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetFont</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFont</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfont'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetFont</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Font<parameter> font</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetFont</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_the_Clip_Region">

+<title>Setting the Clip Region</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting the Clip Region  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set the clip-origin 

+and the clip-mask or set the clip-mask to a list of rectangles.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the clip-origin of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetClipOrigin</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipOrigin</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetcliporigin'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetClipOrigin</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intclip_x_origin,<parameter> clip_y_origin</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>clip_x_origin</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>clip_y_origin</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates of the clip-mask origin.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever 

+destination drawable is specified in the graphics request.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetClipOrigin</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the clip-mask of a given GC to the specified pixmap, use

+<function>XSetClipMask</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipMask</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetclipmask'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetClipMask</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> pixmap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pixmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the pixmap or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If the clip-mask is set to

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the pixels are always drawn (regardless of the clip-origin).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetClipMask</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the clip-mask of a given GC to the specified list of rectangles, use

+<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipRectangles</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetcliprectangles'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetClipRectangles</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intclip_x_origin,<parameter> clip_y_origin</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> rectangles[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> n</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> ordering</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>clip_x_origin</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>clip_y_origin</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates of the clip-mask origin.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rectangles</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of rectangles that define the clip-mask.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of rectangles. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ordering</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the ordering relations on the rectangles.

+You can pass

+<symbol>Unsorted</symbol>,

+<symbol>YSorted</symbol>,

+<symbol>YXSorted</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>YXBanded</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>

+function changes the clip-mask in the specified GC 

+to the specified list of rectangles and sets the clip origin.

+The output is clipped to remain contained within the

+rectangles.

+The clip-origin is interpreted relative to the origin of

+whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.  

+The rectangle coordinates are interpreted relative to the clip-origin.  

+The rectangles should be nonintersecting, or the graphics results will be

+undefined.

+Note that the list of rectangles can be empty, 

+which effectively disables output.

+This is the opposite of passing

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+as the clip-mask in

+<function>XCreateGC</function>,

+<function>XChangeGC</function>,

+and

+<function>XSetClipMask</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If known by the client, ordering relations on the rectangles can be

+specified with the ordering argument. 

+This may provide faster operation

+by the server. 

+If an incorrect ordering is specified, the X server may generate a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error, but it is not required to do so.

+If no error is generated, the graphics

+results are undefined.

+<symbol>Unsorted</symbol>

+means the rectangles are in arbitrary order.

+<symbol>YSorted</symbol>

+means that the rectangles are nondecreasing in their Y origin.

+<symbol>YXSorted</symbol>

+additionally constrains 

+<symbol>YSorted</symbol>

+order in that all

+rectangles with an equal Y origin are nondecreasing in their X

+origin.  

+<symbol>YXBanded</symbol>

+additionally constrains 

+<symbol>YXSorted</symbol>

+by requiring that,

+for every possible Y scanline, all rectangles that include that

+scanline have an identical Y origins and Y extents.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetClipRectangles</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides a set of basic functions for performing

+region arithmetic.

+For information about these functions,

+see <link linkend="Manipulating_Regions">section 16.5</link>.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_the_Arc_Mode_Subwindow_Mode_and_Graphics_Exposure_">

+<title>Setting the Arc Mode, Subwindow Mode, and Graphics Exposure </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting the Arc Mode, Subwindow Mode, and Graphics Exposure  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the arc mode of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetArcMode</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetArcMode</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetarcmode'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetArcMode</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> arc_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>arc_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the arc mode.

+You can pass

+<symbol>ArcChord</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetArcMode</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the subwindow mode of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetSubwindowMode</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSubwindowMode</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetsubwindowmode'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetSubwindowMode</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> subwindow_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>subwindow_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the subwindow mode.

+You can pass

+<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetSubwindowMode</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the graphics-exposures flag of a given GC, use

+<function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetGraphicsExposures</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetgraphicsexposures'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> graphics_exposures</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>graphics_exposures</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether you want

+<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>NoExpose</symbol>

+events to be reported when calling

+<function>XCopyArea</function>

+and

+<function>XCopyPlane</function>

+with this GC.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml
index 8e0bae629..948040982 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml
@@ -1,5967 +1,5967 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="graphics_functions">
-<title>Graphics Functions</title>
-<para>
-Once you have established a connection to a display, you can use the Xlib graphics functions to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>Clear and copy areas</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Draw points, lines, rectangles, and arcs</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Fill areas</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Manipulate fonts</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Draw text</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Transfer images between clients and the server</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-If the same drawable and GC is used for each call, Xlib batches back-to-back
-calls to XDrawPoint, XDrawLine, XDrawRectangle, XFillArc, and XFillRectangle.
-Note that this reduces the total number of requests sent to the server.
-</para>
-<sect1 id="Clearing_Areas">
-<title>Clearing Areas</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Clearing Areas  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to clear an area or the entire window.
-Because pixmaps do not have defined backgrounds, 
-they cannot be filled by using the functions described in this section.
-Instead, to accomplish an analogous operation on a pixmap,
-you should use 
-<function>XFillRectangle</function>,
-which sets the pixmap to a known value.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To clear a rectangular area of a given window, use
-<function>XClearArea</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Areas</primary><secondary>clearing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Clearing</primary><secondary>areas</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClearArea</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcleararea'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XClearArea</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> exposures</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the window \ -->
-and specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of the rectangle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>exposures</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates if
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events are to be generated.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XClearArea</function>
-function paints a rectangular area in the specified window according to the
-specified dimensions with the window's background pixel or pixmap.
-The subwindow-mode effectively is
-<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>.
-If width is zero, it
-is replaced with the current width of the window minus x.
-If height is
-zero, it is replaced with the current height of the window minus y.
-If the window has a defined background tile, 
-the rectangle clipped by any children is filled with this tile.
-If the window has
-background 
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the contents of the window are not changed.  
-In either
-case, if exposures is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-one or more 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events are generated for regions of the rectangle that are either visible or are
-being retained in a backing store.
-If you specify a window whose class is
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,
-a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XClearArea</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To clear the entire area in a given window, use
-<function>XClearWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>clearing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Clearing</primary><secondary>windows</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClearWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xclearwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XClearWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XClearWindow</function>
-function clears the entire area in the specified window and is
-equivalent to
-<function>XClearArea</function>
-(display, w, 0, 0, 0, 0, 
-<symbol>False</symbol>).
-If the window has a defined background tile, the rectangle is tiled with a
-plane-mask of all ones and 
-<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>
-function.
-If the window has
-background 
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the contents of the window are not changed.  
-If you specify a window whose class is
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,
-a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XClearWindow</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Copying_Areas">
-<title>Copying Areas</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Copying Areas  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to copy an area or a bit plane.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To copy an area between drawables of the same
-root and depth, use
-<function>XCopyArea</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Areas</primary><secondary>copying</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Copying</primary><secondary>areas</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyArea</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcopyarea'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XCopyArea</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawablesrc,<parameter> dest</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the source and destination rectangles to be combined. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates, 
-which are relative to the origin of the source rectangle
-and specify its upper-left corner.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of both the source \ -->
-and destination rectangles
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-<!-- .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the destination rectangle \ -->
-and specify its upper-left corner
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCopyArea</function>
-function combines the specified rectangle of src with the specified rectangle 
-of dest.
-The drawables must have the same root and depth,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If regions of the source rectangle are obscured and have not been
-retained in backing store 
-or if regions outside the boundaries of the source drawable are specified, 
-those regions are not copied. 
-Instead, the 
-following occurs on all corresponding destination regions that are either
-visible or are retained in backing store.  
-If the destination is a window with a background other than 
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-corresponding regions
-of the destination are tiled with that background
-(with plane-mask of all ones and
-<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>
-function).
-Regardless of tiling or whether the destination is a window or a pixmap,
-if graphics-exposures is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-then
-<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>
-events for all corresponding destination regions are generated.
-If graphics-exposures is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-but no
-<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>
-events are generated, a
-<symbol>NoExpose</symbol>
-event is generated.
-Note that by default graphics-exposures is
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-in new GCs.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function uses these GC components: function, plane-mask, 
-subwindow-mode, graphics-exposures, clip-x-origin,
-clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCopyArea</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To copy a single bit plane of a given drawable, use
-<function>XCopyPlane</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Plane</primary><secondary>copying</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Copying</primary><secondary>planes</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyPlane</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcopyplane'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XCopyPlane</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawablesrc,<parameter> dest</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the source and destination rectangles to be combined. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates, 
-which are relative to the origin of the source rectangle
-and specify its upper-left corner.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of both the source and destination rectangles -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-<!-- .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the destination rectangle \ -->
-and specify its upper-left corner
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>plane</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the bit plane.
-You must set exactly one bit to 1.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCopyPlane</function>
-function uses a single bit plane of the specified source rectangle
-combined with the specified GC to modify the specified rectangle of dest.
-The drawables must have the same root but need not have the same depth.
-If the drawables do not have the same root, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If plane does not have exactly one bit set to 1 and the value of plane
-is not less than %2 sup n%, where <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is the depth of src, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Effectively, 
-<function>XCopyPlane</function>
-forms a pixmap of the same depth as the rectangle of dest and with a
-size specified by the source region. 
-It uses the foreground/background pixels in the GC (foreground
-everywhere the bit plane in src contains a bit set to 1,
-background everywhere the bit plane in src contains a bit set to 0)
-and the equivalent of a 
-<systemitem>CopyArea</systemitem>
-protocol request is performed with all the same exposure semantics.
-This can also be thought of as using the specified region of the source 
-bit plane as a stipple with a fill-style of
-<symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>
-for filling a rectangular area of the destination.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function uses these GC components: function, plane-mask, foreground,
-background, subwindow-mode, graphics-exposures, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin,
-and clip-mask.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCopyPlane</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Drawing_Points_Lines_Rectangles_and_Arcs">
-<title>Drawing Points, Lines, Rectangles, and Arcs</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Points, Lines, Rectangles, and Arcs  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to draw:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A single point or multiple points
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A single line or multiple lines
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A single rectangle or multiple rectangles
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A single arc or multiple arcs
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Some of the functions described in the following sections
-use these structures:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSegment</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     short x1, y1, x2, y2;
-} XSegment;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPoint</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     short x, y;
-} XPoint;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRectangle</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     short x, y;
-     unsigned short width, height;
-} XRectangle;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XArc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     short x, y;
-     unsigned short width, height;
-     short angle1, angle2;             /* Degrees * 64 */
-} XArc;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-All x and y members are signed integers.
-The width and height members are 16-bit unsigned integers.
-You should be careful not to generate coordinates and sizes
-out of the 16-bit ranges, because the protocol only has 16-bit fields
-for these values.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_Single_and_Multiple_Points">
-<title>Drawing Single and Multiple Points</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Single and Multiple Points  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Points</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>points</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawPoints</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawPoint</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To draw a single point in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawPoint</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawPoint</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawpoint'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawPoint</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates where you want the point drawn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw multiple points in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawPoints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawPoints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawpoints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawPoints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPoint<parameter> *points</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> npoints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>points</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of points.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>npoints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of points in the array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the coordinate mode. 
-You can pass
-<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDrawPoint</function>
-function uses the foreground pixel and function components of the
-GC to draw a single point into the specified drawable; 
-<function>XDrawPoints</function>
-draws multiple points this way.
-<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>
-treats all coordinates as relative to the origin,
-and
-<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>
-treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point.
-<function>XDrawPoints</function>
-draws the points in the order listed in the array.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask,
-foreground, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDrawPoint</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-<function>XDrawPoints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_Single_and_Multiple_Lines">
-<title>Drawing Single and Multiple Lines</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Single and Multiple Lines -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Lines</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>lines</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawLine</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Polygons</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>polygons</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawSegments</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To draw a single line between two points in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawLine</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawLine</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawline'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawLine</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx1,y1,x2,<parameter> y2</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x1</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y1</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x2</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y2</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) to be connected.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw multiple lines in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawLines</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawlines'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawLines</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPoint<parameter> *points</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> npoints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>points</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of points.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>npoints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of points in the array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the coordinate mode. 
-You can pass
-<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw multiple, unconnected lines in a given drawable,
-use
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawSegments</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawsegments'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawSegments</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSegment<parameter> *segments</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nsegments</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>segments</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of segments.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nsegments</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of segments in the array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDrawLine</function>
-function uses the components of the specified GC to
-draw a line between the specified set of points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2).
-It does not perform joining at coincident endpoints.
-For any given line, 
-<function>XDrawLine</function>
-does not draw a pixel more than once.
-If lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.  
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<function>XDrawLines</function>
-function uses the components of the specified GC to draw 
-npoints-1 lines between each pair of points (point[i], point[i+1]) 
-in the array of
-<structname>XPoint</structname>
-structures.
-It draws the lines in the order listed in the array.
-The lines join correctly at all intermediate points, and if the first and last
-points coincide, the first and last lines also join correctly.
-For any given line, 
-<function>XDrawLines</function>
-does not draw a pixel more than once.
-If thin (zero line-width) lines intersect, 
-the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.
-If wide lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn only once, as though
-the entire 
-<systemitem>PolyLine</systemitem>
-protocol request were a single, filled shape.
-<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>
-treats all coordinates as relative to the origin,
-and
-<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>
-treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>
-function draws multiple, unconnected lines. 
-For each segment, 
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>
-draws a
-line between (x1, y1) and (x2, y2).
-It draws the lines in the order listed in the array of
-<structname>XSegment</structname>
-structures and does not perform joining at coincident endpoints.
-For any given line, 
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>
-does not draw a pixel more than once.  
-If lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.  
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All three functions use these GC components:
-function, plane-mask, line-width,
-line-style, cap-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode,
-clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-The
-<function>XDrawLines</function>
-function also uses the join-style GC component.
-All three functions also use these GC mode-dependent components:
-foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 
-tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDrawLine</function>,
-<function>XDrawLines</function>,
-and
-<function>XDrawSegments</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-<function>XDrawLines</function>
-also can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_Single_and_Multiple_Rectangles_">
-<title>Drawing Single and Multiple Rectangles </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Single and Multiple Rectangles  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Rectangles</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>rectangles</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawRectangle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawRectangles</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To draw the outline of a single rectangle in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawRectangle</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawRectangle</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawrectangle'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawRectangle</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which specify the dimensions of the rectangle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw the outline of multiple rectangles
-in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawRectangles</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawRectangles</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawrectangles'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawRectangles</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> rectangles[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nrectangles</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rectangles</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of rectangles.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nrectangles</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of rectangles in the array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDrawRectangle</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawRectangles</function>
-functions draw the outlines of the specified rectangle or rectangles as
-if a five-point 
-<systemitem>PolyLine</systemitem>
-protocol request were specified for each rectangle:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-[x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y]
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP  -->
-For the specified rectangle or rectangles, 
-these functions do not draw a pixel more than once.
-<function>XDrawRectangles</function>
-draws the rectangles in the order listed in the array.
-If rectangles intersect,
-the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both functions use these GC components: 
-function, plane-mask, line-width,
-line-style, cap-style, join-style, fill-style, 
-subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 
-tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDrawRectangle</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawRectangles</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_Single_and_Multiple_Arcs">
-<title>Drawing Single and Multiple Arcs</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Single and Multiple Arcs  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>arcs</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawArc</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Arcs</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawArcs</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw a single arc in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawArc</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawArc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawarc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawArc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intangle1,<parameter> angle2</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->
-and specify the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the major and minor axes of the arc -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>angle1</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the start of the arc relative to the three-o'clock position
-from the center, in units of degrees * 64.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>angle2</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the path and extent of the arc relative to the start of the
-arc, in units of degrees * 64.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw multiple arcs in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawArcs</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawArcs</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawarcs'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawArcs</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XArc<parameter> *arcs</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> narcs</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>arcs</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of arcs.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>narcs</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of arcs in the array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .EQ -->
-delim %%
-<!-- .EN -->
-<function>XDrawArc</function>
-draws a single circular or elliptical arc, and 
-<function>XDrawArcs</function>
-draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs.
-Each arc is specified by a rectangle and two angles.  
-The center of the circle or ellipse is the center of the
-rectangle, and the major and minor axes are specified by the width and height.
-Positive angles indicate counterclockwise motion, 
-and negative angles indicate clockwise motion.  
-If the magnitude of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, 
-<function>XDrawArc</function>
-or 
-<function>XDrawArcs</function>
-truncates it to 360 degrees.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For an arc specified as %[ ~x, ~y, ~width , ~height, ~angle1, ~angle2 ]%, 
-the origin of the major and minor axes is at 
-% [ x +^ {width over 2} , ~y +^ {height over 2}  ]%, 
-and the infinitely thin path describing the entire circle or ellipse 
-intersects the horizontal axis at % [ x, ~y +^ {height over 2}  ]% and 
-% [ x +^ width , ~y +^ { height over 2 }] %
-and intersects the vertical axis at % [ x +^ { width over 2 } , ~y ]% and 
-% [ x +^ { width over 2 }, ~y +^ height ]%.
-These coordinates can be fractional
-and so are not truncated to discrete coordinates.
-The path should be defined by the ideal mathematical path.  
-For a wide line with line-width lw, 
-the bounding outlines for filling are given        
-by the two infinitely thin paths consisting of all points whose perpendicular
-distance from the path of the circle/ellipse is equal to lw/2
-(which may be a fractional value).
-The cap-style and join-style are applied the same as for a line
-corresponding to the tangent of the circle/ellipse at the endpoint.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For an arc specified as % [ ~x, ~y, ~width, ~height, ~angle1, ~angle2  ]%,
-the angles must be specified
-in the effectively skewed coordinate system of the ellipse (for a
-circle, the angles and coordinate systems are identical).  The
-relationship between these angles and angles expressed in the normal
-coordinate system of the screen (as measured with a protractor) is as
-follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-% roman "skewed-angle" ~ = ~ atan left ( tan ( roman "normal-angle" )
- * width over height right ) +^ adjust%
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The skewed-angle and normal-angle are expressed in radians (rather
-than in degrees scaled by 64) in the range % [ 0 , ~2 pi  ]% and where atan
-returns a value in the range % [ - pi over 2 , ~pi over 2  ] %
-and adjust is:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA 1i 2i -->
-<!-- .ta 1i 2i -->
-%0%     for normal-angle in the range % [ 0 , ~pi over 2  ]%
-%pi%     for normal-angle in the range % [ pi over 2 , ~{3 pi} over 2  ]%
-%2 pi%     for normal-angle in the range % [ {3 pi} over 2 , ~2 pi  ]%
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For any given arc, 
-<function>XDrawArc</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawArcs</function>
-do not draw a pixel more than once.  
-If two arcs join correctly and if the line-width is greater than zero 
-and the arcs intersect, 
-<function>XDrawArc</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawArcs</function>
-do not draw a pixel more than once.
-Otherwise, 
-the intersecting pixels of intersecting arcs are drawn multiple times.
-Specifying an arc with one endpoint and a clockwise extent draws the same pixels
-as specifying the other endpoint and an equivalent counterclockwise extent,
-except as it affects joins.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the last point in one arc coincides with the first point in the following 
-arc, the two arcs will join correctly.  
-If the first point in the first arc coincides with the last point in the last 
-arc, the two arcs will join correctly.
-By specifying one axis to be zero, a horizontal or vertical line can be
-drawn.
-Angles are computed based solely on the coordinate system and ignore the
-aspect ratio.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both functions use these GC components: 
-function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style, 
-fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 
-tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDrawArc</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawArcs</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Filling_Areas">
-<title>Filling Areas</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Filling Areas  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to fill:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A single rectangle or multiple rectangles
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A single polygon
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A single arc or multiple arcs
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect2 id="Filling_Single_and_Multiple_Rectangles">
-<title>Filling Single and Multiple Rectangles</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Filling Single and Multiple Rectangles  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>rectangles</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XFillRectangle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Rectangle</primary><secondary>filling</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XFillRectangles</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To fill a single rectangular area in a given drawable, use
-<function>XFillRectangle</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillRectangle</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfillrectangle'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFillRectangle</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->
-and specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of the rectangle to be filled -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To fill multiple rectangular areas in a given drawable, use
-<function>XFillRectangles</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillRectangles</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfillrectangles'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFillRectangles</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *rectangles</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nrectangles</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rectangles</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of rectangles.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nrectangles</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of rectangles in the array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFillRectangle</function>
-and
-<function>XFillRectangles</function>
-functions fill the specified rectangle or rectangles
-as if a four-point 
-<systemitem>FillPolygon</systemitem>
-protocol request were specified for each rectangle:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-[x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height]
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each function uses the x and y coordinates,
-width and height dimensions, and GC you specify.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFillRectangles</function>
-fills the rectangles in the order listed in the array.  
-For any given rectangle,
-<function>XFillRectangle</function>
-and
-<function>XFillRectangles</function>
-do not draw a pixel more than once.  
-If rectangles intersect, the intersecting pixels are
-drawn multiple times.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both functions use these GC components: 
-function, plane-mask, fill-style, subwindow-mode, 
-clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 
-and tile-stipple-y-origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFillRectangle</function>
-and
-<function>XFillRectangles</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Filling_a_Single_Polygon">
-<title>Filling a Single Polygon</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Filling a Single Polygon  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To fill a polygon area in a given drawable, use
-<function>XFillPolygon</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>Polygons</primary><secondary>filling</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>polygon</secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillPolygon</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfillpolygon'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFillPolygon</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPoint<parameter> *points</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> npoints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> shape</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>points</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of points.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>npoints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of points in the array.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>shape</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a shape that helps the server to improve performance.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>Complex</symbol>,
-<symbol>Convex</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>Nonconvex</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the coordinate mode. 
-You can pass
-<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XFillPolygon</function>
-fills the region closed by the specified path.
-The path is closed
-automatically if the last point in the list does not coincide with the
-first point.
-<function>XFillPolygon</function>
-does not draw a pixel of the region more than once.
-<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>
-treats all coordinates as relative to the origin,
-and
-<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>
-treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Depending on the specified shape, the following occurs: 
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If shape is
-<symbol>Complex</symbol>,
-the path may self-intersect. 
-Note that contiguous coincident points in the path are not treated 
-as self-intersection.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If shape is
-<symbol>Convex</symbol>,
-for every pair of points inside the polygon,
-the line segment connecting them does not intersect the path.
-If known by the client,
-specifying 
-<symbol>Convex</symbol>
-can improve performance.  
-If you specify
-<symbol>Convex</symbol>
-for a path that is not convex, 
-the graphics results are undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If shape is
-<symbol>Nonconvex</symbol>,
-the path does not self-intersect, but the shape is not
-wholly convex. 
-If known by the client, 
-specifying 
-<symbol>Nonconvex</symbol>
-instead of
-<symbol>Complex</symbol>
-may improve performance.  
-If you specify
-<symbol>Nonconvex</symbol>
-for a self-intersecting path, the graphics results are undefined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The fill-rule of the GC controls the filling behavior of 
-self-intersecting polygons.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function uses these GC components: 
-function, plane-mask, fill-style, fill-rule, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, 
-clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 
-and tile-stipple-y-origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFillPolygon</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Filling_Single_and_Multiple_Arcs">
-<title>Filling Single and Multiple Arcs</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Filling Single and Multiple Arcs  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>XFillArc</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Arcs</primary><secondary>filling</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>arcs</secondary></indexterm>
-To fill a single arc in a given drawable, use
-<function>XFillArc</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillArc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfillarc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFillArc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intangle1,<parameter> angle2</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->
-and specify the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which are the major and minor axes of the arc -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>angle1</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the start of the arc relative to the three-o'clock position
-from the center, in units of degrees * 64.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>angle2</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the path and extent of the arc relative to the start of the
-arc, in units of degrees * 64.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To fill multiple arcs in a given drawable, use
-<function>XFillArcs</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillArcs</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfillarcs'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFillArcs</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XArc<parameter> *arcs</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> narcs</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>arcs</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of arcs.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>narcs</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of arcs in the array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-For each arc, 
-<function>XFillArc</function>
-or
-<function>XFillArcs</function>
-fills the region closed by the infinitely thin path
-described by the specified arc and, depending on the 
-arc-mode specified in the GC, one or two line segments. 
-For 
-<symbol>ArcChord</symbol>,
-the single line segment joining the endpoints of the arc is used.  
-For 
-<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>,
-the two line segments joining the endpoints of the arc with the center
-point are used.  
-<function>XFillArcs</function>
-fills the arcs in the order listed in the array.  
-For any given arc,  
-<function>XFillArc</function>
-and
-<function>XFillArcs</function>
-do not draw a pixel more than once.  
-If regions intersect, 
-the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both functions use these GC components: 
-function, plane-mask, fill-style, arc-mode, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, 
-clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 
-and tile-stipple-y-origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFillArc</function>
-and
-<function>XFillArcs</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Font_Metrics">
-<title>Font Metrics</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Font Metrics  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Font</primary></indexterm>
-A font is a graphical description of a set of characters that are used to 
-increase efficiency whenever a set of small, similar sized patterns are 
-repeatedly used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section discusses how to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Load and free fonts
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Obtain and free font names
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Compute character string sizes
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Compute logical extents
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Query character string sizes
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The X server loads fonts whenever a program requests a new font.
-The server can cache fonts for quick lookup.
-Fonts are global across all screens in a server.
-Several levels are possible when dealing with fonts.
-Most applications simply use 
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>
-to load a font and query the font metrics.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Characters in fonts are regarded as masks.
-Except for image text requests,
-the only pixels modified are those in which bits are set to 1 in the character.
-This means that it makes sense to draw text using stipples or tiles
-(for example, many menus gray-out unusable entries).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-The
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure contains all of the information for the font
-and consists of the font-specific information as well as
-a pointer to an array of
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structures for the
-characters contained in the font.
-The
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>,
-<structname>XFontProp</structname>,
-and
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structures contain:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCharStruct</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     short lbearing;               /* origin to left edge of raster */
-     short rbearing;               /* origin to right edge of raster */
-     short width;                  /* advance to next char's origin */
-     short ascent;                 /* baseline to top edge of raster */
-     short descent;                /* baseline to bottom edge of raster */
-     unsigned short attributes;    /* per char flags (not predefined) */
-} XCharStruct;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontProp</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 1i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 1i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     Atom     name;
-     unsigned long card32;
-} XFontProp;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChar2b</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {     /* normal 16 bit characters are two bytes */
-    unsigned char byte1;
-    unsigned char byte2;
-} XChar2b;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontStruct</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     XExtData *ext_data;               /* hook for extension to hang data */
-     Font fid;                         /* Font id for this font */
-     unsigned direction;               /* hint about the direction font is painted */
-     unsigned min_char_or_byte2;       /* first character */
-     unsigned max_char_or_byte2;       /* last character */
-     unsigned min_byte1;               /* first row that exists */
-     unsigned max_byte1;               /* last row that exists */
-     Bool all_chars_exist;             /* flag if all characters have nonzero size */
-     unsigned default_char;            /* char to print for undefined character */
-     int n_properties;                 /* how many properties there are */
-     XFontProp *properties;            /* pointer to array of additional properties */
-     XCharStruct min_bounds;           /* minimum bounds over all existing char */
-     XCharStruct max_bounds;           /* maximum bounds over all existing char */
-     XCharStruct *per_char;            /* first_char to last_char information */
-     int ascent;                       /* logical extent above baseline for spacing */
-     int descent;                      /* logical descent below baseline for spacing */
-} XFontStruct;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-X supports single byte/character, two bytes/character matrix,
-and 16-bit character text operations.
-Note that any of these forms can be used with a font, but a
-single byte/character text request can only specify a single byte
-(that is, the first row of a 2-byte font).
-You should view 2-byte fonts as a two-dimensional matrix of defined
-characters: byte1 specifies the range of defined rows and
-byte2 defines the range of defined columns of the font.
-Single byte/character fonts have one row defined, and the byte2 range
-specified in the structure defines a range of characters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The bounding box of a character is defined by the 
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-of that character.
-When characters are absent from a font,
-the default_char is used.
-When fonts have all characters of the same size,
-only the information in the
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-min and max bounds are used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The members of the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-have the following semantics:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The direction member can be either 
-<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>.
-It is just a hint as to whether most 
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-elements 
-have a positive 
-(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>)
-or a negative 
-(<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>)
-character width 
-metric.
-The core protocol defines no support for vertical text.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the min_byte1 and max_byte1 members are both zero, min_char_or_byte2
-specifies the linear character index corresponding to the first element
-of the per_char array, and max_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character
-index of the last element.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
-min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than 256, 
-and the 2-byte character index values corresponding to the
-per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<!-- .nf -->
-     byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
-<!-- .br -->
-     byte2 = N\\D + min_char_or_byte2
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<!-- .fi -->
-where:
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<!-- .nf -->
-        D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
-        / = integer division
-        \\ = integer modulus
-<!-- .fi -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the per_char pointer is NULL, 
-all glyphs between the first and last character indexes
-inclusive have the same information,
-as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If all_chars_exist is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-all characters in the per_char array have nonzero bounding boxes.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The default_char member specifies the character that will be used when an
-undefined or nonexistent character is printed.  
-The default_char is a 16-bit character (not a 2-byte character).
-For a font using 2-byte matrix format, 
-the default_char has byte1 in the most-significant byte
-and byte2 in the least significant byte.
-If the default_char itself specifies an undefined or nonexistent character, 
-no printing is performed for an undefined or nonexistent character.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The min_bounds and max_bounds members contain the most extreme values of
-each individual 
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-component over all elements of this array
-(and ignore nonexistent characters).
-The bounding box of the font (the smallest
-rectangle enclosing the shape obtained by superimposing all of the
-characters at the same origin [x,y]) has its upper-left coordinate at:
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-     [x + min_bounds.lbearing, y - max_bounds.ascent]
-</literallayout>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Its width is:
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-     max_bounds.rbearing - min_bounds.lbearing
-</literallayout>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Its height is:
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-     max_bounds.ascent + max_bounds.descent
-</literallayout>
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The ascent member is the logical extent of the font above the baseline that is
-used for determining line spacing.
-Specific characters may extend beyond
-this.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The descent member is the logical extent of the font at or below the
-baseline that is used for determining line spacing.
-Specific characters may extend beyond this.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the baseline is at Y-coordinate y,
-the logical extent of the font is inclusive between the Y-coordinate 
-values (y - font.ascent) and (y + font.descent - 1).
-Typically,
-the minimum interline spacing between rows of text is given
-by ascent + descent.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For a character origin at [x,y],
-the bounding box of a character (that is, 
-the smallest rectangle that encloses the character's shape)
-described in terms of 
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-components is a rectangle with its upper-left corner at:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-[x + lbearing, y - ascent]
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Its width is:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-rbearing - lbearing
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Its height is:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-ascent + descent
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The origin for the next character is defined to be:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-[x + width, y]
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The lbearing member defines the extent of the left edge of the character ink
-from the origin.
-The rbearing member defines the extent of the right edge of the character ink
-from the origin.
-The ascent member defines the extent of the top edge of the character ink
-from the origin.
-The descent member defines the extent of the bottom edge of the character ink
-from the origin.
-The width member defines the logical width of the character.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that the baseline (the y position of the character origin) 
-is logically viewed as being the scanline just below nondescending characters. 
-When descent is zero,
-only pixels with Y-coordinates less than y are drawn,
-and the origin is logically viewed as being coincident with the left edge of
-a nonkerned character. 
-When lbearing is zero,
-no pixels with X-coordinate less than x are drawn.
-Any of the
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-metric members could be negative.
-If the width is negative,
-the next character will be placed to the left of the current origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The X protocol does not define the interpretation of the attributes member 
-in the
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structure.
-A nonexistent character is represented with all members of its
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-set to zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A font is not guaranteed to have any properties.
-The interpretation of the property value (for example, long or unsigned long)
-must be derived from <emphasis remap='I'>a priori</emphasis> knowledge of the property. 
-A basic set of font properties is specified in the X Consortium standard
-<emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Description Conventions</emphasis>.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Loading_and_Freeing_Fonts">
-<title>Loading and Freeing Fonts</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Loading and Freeing Fonts  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to load fonts, get font information,
-unload fonts, and free font information.
-<indexterm><primary>Fonts</primary><secondary>getting information</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Fonts</primary><secondary>unloading</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Fonts</primary><secondary>freeing font information</secondary></indexterm>
-A few font functions use a 
-<type>GContext</type>
-resource ID or a font ID interchangeably.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To load a given font, use
-<function>XLoadFont</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLoadFont</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xloadfont'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Font <function>XLoadFont</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the name of the font,
-which is a null-terminated string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLoadFont</function>
-function loads the specified font and returns its associated font ID.
-If the font name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-When the characters ``?'' and ``*'' are used in a font name, a
-pattern match is performed and any matching font is used.
-In the pattern, 
-the ``?'' character will match any single character, 
-and the ``*'' character will match any number of characters.
-A structured format for font names is specified in the X Consortium standard 
-<emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Description Conventions</emphasis>.
-If 
-<function>XLoadFont</function>
-was unsuccessful at loading the specified font, 
-a 
-<errorname>BadName</errorname>
-error results.
-Fonts are not associated with a particular screen 
-and can be stored as a component
-of any GC.
-When the font is no longer needed, call 
-<function>XUnloadFont</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XLoadFont</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadName</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return information about an available font, use
-<function>XQueryFont</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryFont</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xqueryfont'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XFontStruct *<function>XQueryFont</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> font_ID</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ID</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font ID or the 
-<type>GContext</type>
-ID.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryFont</function>
-function returns a pointer to the
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure, which contains information associated with the font.
-You can query a font or the font stored in a GC.
-The font ID stored in the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure will be the 
-<type>GContext</type>
-ID, and you need to be careful when using this ID in other functions
-(see
-<function>XGContextFromGC</function>).
-If the font does not exist,
-<function>XQueryFont</function>
-returns NULL.
-To free this data, use
-<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To perform a
-<function>XLoadFont</function>
-and
-<function>XQueryFont</function>
-in a single operation, use
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLoadQueryFont</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xloadqueryfont'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XFontStruct *<function>XLoadQueryFont</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the name of the font,
-which is a null-terminated string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>
-function provides the most common way for accessing a font.
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>
-both opens (loads) the specified font and returns a pointer to the
-appropriate
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure.
-If the font name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-If the font does not exist,
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>
-returns NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To unload the font and free the storage used by the font structure
-that was allocated by
-<function>XQueryFont</function>
-or
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>,
-use
-<function>XFreeFont</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFont</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreefont'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeFont</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the storage associated with the font.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XFreeFont</function>
-function deletes the association between the font resource ID and the specified 
-font and frees the
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure.
-The font itself will be freed when no other resource references it.
-The data and the font should not be referenced again.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFreeFont</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return a given font property, use
-<function>XGetFontProperty</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetFontProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetfontproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XGetFontProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> atom</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> *value_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the storage associated with the font.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>atom</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the value of the font property.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Given the atom for that property,
-the
-<function>XGetFontProperty</function>
-function returns the value of the specified font property. 
-<function>XGetFontProperty</function>
-also returns 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-if the property was not defined or 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if it was defined.
-A set of predefined atoms exists for font properties,
-which can be found in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-This set contains the standard properties associated with
-a font.
-Although it is not guaranteed,
-it is likely that the predefined font properties will be present.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To unload a font that was loaded by
-<function>XLoadFont</function>,
-use
-<function>XUnloadFont</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnloadFont</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xunloadfont'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUnloadFont</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Font<parameter> font</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUnloadFont</function>
-function deletes the association between the font resource ID and the specified font.
-The font itself will be freed when no other resource references it.
-The font should not be referenced again.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XUnloadFont</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Obtaining_and_Freeing_Font_Names_and_Information">
-<title>Obtaining and Freeing Font Names and Information</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Obtaining and Freeing Font Names and Information -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You obtain font names and information by matching a wildcard specification
-when querying a font type for a list of available sizes and so on.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return a list of the available font names, use
-<function>XListFonts</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListFonts</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlistfonts'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char **<function>XListFonts</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *pattern</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> maxnames</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *actual_count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pattern</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the null-terminated pattern string that can contain wildcard 
-characters.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>maxnames</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the maximum number of names to be returned.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>actual_count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the actual number of font names.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XListFonts</function>
-function returns an array of available font names 
-(as controlled by the font search path; see
-<function>XSetFontPath</function>)
-that match the string you passed to the pattern argument.
-The pattern string can contain any characters,
-but each asterisk (*) is a wildcard for any number of characters,
-and each question mark (?) is a wildcard for a single character.
-If the pattern string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-Each returned string is null-terminated.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-If there are no matching font names,
-<function>XListFonts</function>
-returns NULL.
-The client should call
-<function>XFreeFontNames</function>
-when finished with the result to free the memory.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To free a font name array, use
-<function>XFreeFontNames</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontNames</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontnames'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeFontNames</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *list[]</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the array of strings you want to free.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeFontNames</function>
-function frees the array and strings returned by
-<function>XListFonts</function>
-or
-<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the names and information about available fonts, use
-<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListFontsWithInfo</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlistfontswithinfo'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char **<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *pattern</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> maxnames</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> **info_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pattern</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the null-terminated pattern string that can contain wildcard 
-characters.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>maxnames</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the maximum number of names to be returned.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the actual number of matched font names.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>info_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font information.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>
-function returns a list of font names that match the specified pattern and their
-associated font information.
-The list of names is limited to size specified by maxnames.
-The information returned for each font is identical to what
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>
-would return except that the per-character metrics are not returned.
-The pattern string can contain any characters,
-but each asterisk (*) is a wildcard for any number of characters,
-and each question mark (?) is a wildcard for a single character.
-If the pattern string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.
-Each returned string is null-terminated.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-If there are no matching font names,
-<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>
-returns NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To free only the allocated name array,
-the client should call
-<function>XFreeFontNames</function>.
-To free both the name array and the font information array
-or to free just the font information array,
-the client should call
-<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To free font structures and font names, use
-<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontInfo</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontinfo'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeFontInfo</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **names</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *free_info</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> actual_count</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the list of font names.
-
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>free_info</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font information.
-
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>actual_count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the actual number of font names.
-
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>
-function frees a font structure or an array of font structures
-and optionally an array of font names.
-If NULL is passed for names, no font names are freed.
-If a font structure for an open font (returned by
-<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>)
-is passed, the structure is freed,
-but the font is not closed; use
-<function>XUnloadFont</function>
-to close the font.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Computing_Character_String_Sizes">
-<title>Computing Character String Sizes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Computing Character String Sizes  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to compute the width,
-the logical extents, 
-and the server information about 8-bit and 2-byte text strings.
-<indexterm><primary>XTextWidth</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XTextWidth16</primary></indexterm>
-The width is computed by adding the character widths of all the characters.
-It does not matter if the font is an 8-bit or 2-byte font.
-These functions return the sum of the character metrics in pixels.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To determine the width of an 8-bit character string, use
-<function>XTextWidth</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextWidth</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xtextwidth'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XTextWidth</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font used for the width computation.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character count in the specified string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To determine the width of a 2-byte character string, use
-<function>XTextWidth16</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextWidth16</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xtextwidth16'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XTextWidth16</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font used for the width computation.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character count in the specified string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Computing_Logical_Extents">
-<title>Computing Logical Extents</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Computing Logical Extents  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To compute the bounding box of an 8-bit character string in a given font, use
-<function>XTextExtents</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xtextextents'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XTextExtents</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nchars</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *direction_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*font_ascent_return,<parameter> *font_descent_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XCharStruct<parameter> *overall_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>direction_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the value of the direction hint
-(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ascent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font ascent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_descent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font descent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the overall size in the specified
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To compute the bounding box of a 2-byte character string in a given font, use
-<function>XTextExtents16</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextExtents16</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xtextextents16'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XTextExtents16</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nchars</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *direction_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*font_ascent_return,<parameter> *font_descent_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XCharStruct<parameter> *overall_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>direction_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the value of the direction hint
-(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ascent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font ascent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_descent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font descent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the overall size in the specified
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XTextExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XTextExtents16</function>
-functions 
-perform the size computation locally and, thereby,
-avoid the round-trip overhead of
-<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>.
-Both functions return an
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structure, whose members are set to the values as follows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The ascent member is set to the maximum of the ascent metrics of all
-characters in the string.
-The descent member is set to the maximum of the descent metrics.
-The width member is set to the sum of the character-width metrics of all
-characters in the string.
-For each character in the string,
-let W be the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters preceding 
-it in the string.
-Let L be the left-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.
-Let R be the right-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.
-The lbearing member is set to the minimum L of all characters in the string.
-The rbearing member is set to the maximum R.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,
-each 
-<structname>XChar2b</structname>
-structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the 
-most significant byte.
-If the font has no defined default character,
-undefined characters in the string are taken to have all zero metrics.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Querying_Character_String_Sizes">
-<title>Querying Character String Sizes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Querying Character String Sizes  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To query the server for the bounding box of an 8-bit character string in a 
-given font, use 
-<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerytextextents'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XQueryTextExtents</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> font_ID</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nchars</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *direction_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*font_ascent_return,<parameter> *font_descent_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XCharStruct<parameter> *overall_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ID</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies either the font ID or the 
-<type>GContext</type>
-ID that contains the font.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>direction_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the value of the direction hint
-(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ascent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font ascent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_descent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font descent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the overall size in the specified
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To query the server for the bounding box of a 2-byte character string
-in a given font, use
-<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTextExtents16</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerytextextents16'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XQueryTextExtents16</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> font_ID</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nchars</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *direction_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*font_ascent_return,<parameter> *font_descent_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XCharStruct<parameter> *overall_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ID</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies either the font ID or the 
-<type>GContext</type>
-ID that contains the font.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>direction_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the value of the direction hint
-(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ascent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font ascent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_descent_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the font descent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the overall size in the specified
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>
-functions return the bounding box of the specified 8-bit and 16-bit
-character string in the specified font or the font contained in the
-specified GC.
-These functions query the X server and, therefore, suffer the round-trip
-overhead that is avoided by
-<function>XTextExtents</function>
-and 
-<function>XTextExtents16</function>.
-Both functions return a
-<structname>XCharStruct</structname>
-structure, whose members are set to the values as follows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The ascent member is set to the maximum of the ascent metrics 
-of all characters in the string.
-The descent member is set to the maximum of the descent metrics.
-The width member is set to the sum of the character-width metrics 
-of all characters in the string.
-For each character in the string,
-let W be the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters preceding
-it in the string.
-Let L be the left-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.
-Let R be the right-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.
-The lbearing member is set to the minimum L of all characters in the string.
-The rbearing member is set to the maximum R.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,
-each 
-<structname>XChar2b</structname>
-structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the 
-most significant byte.
-If the font has no defined default character,
-undefined characters in the string are taken to have all zero metrics.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Characters with all zero metrics are ignored.
-If the font has no defined default_char,
-the undefined characters in the string are also ignored.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Drawing_Text">
-<title>Drawing Text</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Text -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section discusses how to draw:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Complex text 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Text characters
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Image text characters
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The fundamental text functions
-<function>XDrawText</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawText16</function>
-use the following structures:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextItem</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     char *chars;     /* pointer to string */
-     int nchars;      /* number of characters */
-     int delta;       /* delta between strings */
-     Font font;       /* Font to print it in, None don't change */
-} XTextItem;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextItem16</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     XChar2b *chars;     /* pointer to two-byte characters */
-     int nchars;         /* number of characters */
-     int delta;         /* delta between strings */
-     Font font;         /* font to print it in, None don't change */
-} XTextItem16;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If the font member is not
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the font is changed before printing and also is stored in the GC.
-If an error was generated during text drawing,
-the previous items may have been drawn.
-The baseline of the characters are drawn starting at the x and y
-coordinates that you pass in the text drawing functions.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For example, consider the background rectangle drawn by
-<function>XDrawImageString</function>.
-If you want the upper-left corner of the background rectangle
-to be at pixel coordinate (x,y), pass the (x,y + ascent)
-as the baseline origin coordinates to the text functions.
-The ascent is the font ascent, as given in the
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure.
-If you want the lower-left corner of the background rectangle
-to be at pixel coordinate (x,y), pass the (x,y - descent + 1)
-as the baseline origin coordinates to the text functions.
-The descent is the font descent, as given in the
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_Complex_Text">
-<title>Drawing Complex Text</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Complex Text  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Text</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>text items</secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To draw 8-bit characters in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawText</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawText</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawtext'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawText</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextItem<parameter> *items</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nitems</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->
-and define the origin of the first character
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>items</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of text items.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of text items in the array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw 2-byte characters in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawText16</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawText16</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawtext16'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawText16</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextItem16<parameter> *items</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nitems</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->
-and define the origin of the first character
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>items</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of text items.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of text items in the array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDrawText16</function>
-function is similar to
-<function>XDrawText</function>
-except that it uses 2-byte or 16-bit characters.
-Both functions allow complex spacing and font shifts between counted strings.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each text item is processed in turn.
-A font member other than 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-in an item causes the font to be stored in the GC
-and used for subsequent text.  
-A text element delta specifies an additional change
-in the position along the x axis before the string is drawn. 
-The delta is always added to the character origin
-and is not dependent on any characteristics of the font.
-Each character image, as defined by the font in the GC, is treated as an
-additional mask for a fill operation on the drawable.
-The drawable is modified only where the font character has a bit set to 1.
-If a text item generates a
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>
-error, the previous text items may have been drawn.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,
-each 
-<structname>XChar2b</structname>
-structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the 
-most significant byte.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both functions use these GC components:
-function, plane-mask, fill-style, font, subwindow-mode, 
-clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 
-and tile-stipple-y-origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDrawText</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawText16</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_Text_Characters">
-<title>Drawing Text Characters</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Text Characters  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Strings</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>strings</secondary></indexterm>
-To draw 8-bit characters in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawstring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> x</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->
-and define the origin of the first character
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw 2-byte characters in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawString16</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawString16</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawstring16'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawString16</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->
-and define the origin of the first character
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Each character image, as defined by the font in the GC, is treated as an
-additional mask for a fill operation on the drawable.
-The drawable is modified only where the font character has a bit set to 1.
-For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing
-and used with
-<function>XDrawString16</function>,
-each byte is used as a byte2 with a byte1 of zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both functions use these GC components: 
-function, plane-mask, fill-style, font, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, 
-clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 
-foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 
-and tile-stipple-y-origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDrawString</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawString16</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_Image_Text_Characters">
-<title>Drawing Image Text Characters</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Image Text Characters  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Image text</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>image text</secondary></indexterm>
-Some applications, in particular terminal emulators, need to
-print image text in which both the foreground and background bits of
-each character are painted.
-This prevents annoying flicker on many displays.
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XDrawImageString16</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw 8-bit image text characters in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawImageString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawimagestring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawImageString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->
-and define the origin of the first character
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw 2-byte image text characters in a given drawable, use
-<function>XDrawImageString16</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawImageString16</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdrawimagestring16'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDrawImageString16</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->
-and define the origin of the first character
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDrawImageString16</function>
-function is similar to
-<function>XDrawImageString</function>
-except that it uses 2-byte or 16-bit characters.
-Both functions also use both the foreground and background pixels 
-of the GC in the destination.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The effect is first to fill a
-destination rectangle with the background pixel defined in the GC and then
-to paint the text with the foreground pixel.
-The upper-left corner of the filled rectangle is at:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-[x, y - font-ascent]
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The width is:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-overall-width
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The height is:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-font-ascent + font-descent
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The overall-width, font-ascent, and font-descent
-are as would be returned by 
-<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>
-using gc and string.
-The function and fill-style defined in the GC are ignored for these functions. 
-The effective function is 
-<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>,
-and the effective fill-style is
-<symbol>FillSolid</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing
-and used with
-<function>XDrawImageString</function>,
-each byte is used as a byte2 with a byte1 of zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Both functions use these GC components: 
-plane-mask, foreground, background, font, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, 
-clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDrawImageString</function>
-and
-<function>XDrawImageString16</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">
-<title>Transferring Images between Client and Server</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Transferring Images between Client and Server  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to transfer images between a client 
-and the server.
-Because the server may require diverse data formats, 
-Xlib provides an image object that fully describes the data in memory 
-and that provides for basic operations on that data.  
-You should reference the data 
-through the image object rather than referencing the data directly.
-However, some implementations of the Xlib library may efficiently deal with 
-frequently used data formats by replacing
-functions in the procedure vector with special case functions.
-Supported operations include destroying the image, getting a pixel,
-storing a pixel, extracting a subimage of an image, and adding a constant
-to an image (see <link linkend="Manipulating_Images">section 16.8</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All the image manipulation functions discussed in this section make use of 
-the 
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure,
-which describes an image as it exists in the client's memory.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XImage</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 1i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 1i 3i -->
-typedef struct _XImage {
-     int width, height;         /* size of image */
-     int xoffset;               /* number of pixels offset in X direction */
-     int format;                /* XYBitmap, XYPixmap, ZPixmap */
-     char *data;                /* pointer to image data */
-     int byte_order;            /* data byte order, LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
-     int bitmap_unit;           /* quant. of scanline 8, 16, 32 */
-     int bitmap_bit_order;      /* LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
-     int bitmap_pad;            /* 8, 16, 32 either XY or ZPixmap */
-     int depth;                 /* depth of image */
-     int bytes_per_line;        /* accelerator to next scanline */
-     int bits_per_pixel;        /* bits per pixel (ZPixmap) */
-     unsigned long red_mask;    /* bits in z arrangement */
-     unsigned long green_mask;
-     unsigned long blue_mask;
-     XPointer obdata;           /* hook for the object routines to hang on */
-     struct funcs {             /* image manipulation routines */
-          struct _XImage *(*create_image)();
-          int             (*destroy_image)();
-          unsigned long   (*get_pixel)();
-          int             (*put_pixel)();
-          struct _XImage  *(*sub_image)();
-          int            (*add_pixel)();
-     } f;
-} XImage;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To initialize the image manipulation routines of an image structure, use
-<function>XInitImage</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitImage</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xinitimage'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XInitImage</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *image</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the image.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XInitImage</function>
-function initializes the internal image manipulation routines of an
-image structure, based on the values of the various structure members.
-All fields other than the manipulation routines must already be initialized.
-If the bytes_per_line member is zero,
-<function>XInitImage</function>
-will assume the image data is contiguous in memory and set the
-bytes_per_line member to an appropriate value based on the other
-members; otherwise, the value of bytes_per_line is not changed.
-All of the manipulation routines are initialized to functions
-that other Xlib image manipulation functions need to operate on the
-type of image specified by the rest of the structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function must be called for any image constructed by the client
-before passing it to any other Xlib function.
-Image structures created or returned by Xlib do not need to be
-initialized in this fashion.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function returns a nonzero status if initialization of the
-structure is successful.  It returns zero if it detected some error
-or inconsistency in the structure, in which case the image is not changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To combine an image with a rectangle of a drawable on the display,
-use
-<function>XPutImage</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutImage</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xputimage'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XPutImage</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *image</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>image</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the image you want combined with the rectangle. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the offset in X from the left edge of the image defined
-by the 
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the offset in Y from the top edge of the image defined
-by the 
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure.
-<!-- .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->
-and are the coordinates of the subimage
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx. 
-<!-- .ds Wh \ of the subimage, which define the dimensions of the rectangle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XPutImage</function>
-function
-combines an image with a rectangle of the specified drawable.
-The section of the image defined by the src_x, src_y, width, and height 
-arguments is drawn on the specified part of the drawable.
-If 
-<symbol>XYBitmap</symbol>
-format is used, the depth of the image must be one,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-The foreground pixel in the GC defines the source for the one bits in the image,
-and the background pixel defines the source for the zero bits.
-For 
-<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>,
-the depth of the image must match the depth of the drawable,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the characteristics of the image (for example, byte_order and bitmap_unit)
-differ from what the server requires,
-<function>XPutImage</function>
-automatically makes the appropriate
-conversions.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This function uses these GC components: 
-function, plane-mask, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, 
-and clip-mask.
-It also uses these GC mode-dependent components:
-foreground and background.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XPutImage</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return the contents of a rectangle in a given drawable on the display,
-use
-<function>XGetImage</function>.
-This function specifically supports rudimentary screen dumps.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetImage</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetimage'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XImage *<function>XGetImage</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->
-and define the upper-left corner of the rectangle
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh \ of the subimage, which define the dimensions of the rectangle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the plane mask.
-<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the format for the image.
-You can pass
-<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetImage</function>
-function returns a pointer to an
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure.
-This structure provides you with the contents of the specified rectangle of
-the drawable in the format you specify.
-If the format argument is 
-<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>,
-the image contains only the bit planes you passed to the plane_mask argument.
-If the plane_mask argument only requests a subset of the planes of the
-display, the depth of the returned image will be the number of planes
-requested.
-If the format argument is 
-<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>,
-<function>XGetImage</function>
-returns as zero the bits in all planes not 
-specified in the plane_mask argument.
-The function performs no range checking on the values in plane_mask and ignores
-extraneous bits.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetImage</function>
-returns the depth of the image to the depth member of the
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure.
-The depth of the image is as specified when the drawable was created,
-except when getting a subset of the planes in 
-<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>
-format, when the depth is given by the number of bits set to 1 in plane_mask.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the drawable is a pixmap, 
-the given rectangle must be wholly contained within the pixmap, 
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If the drawable is a window, 
-the window must be viewable, 
-and it must be the case that if there were no inferiors or overlapping windows,
-the specified rectangle of the window would be fully visible on the screen
-and wholly contained within the outside edges of the window,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-Note that the borders of the window can be included and read with
-this request.
-If the window has backing-store, the backing-store contents are
-returned for regions of the window that are obscured by noninferior
-windows. 
-If the window does not have backing-store,
-the returned contents of such obscured regions are undefined.
-The returned contents of visible regions of inferiors
-of a different depth than the specified window's depth are also undefined.
-The pointer cursor image is not included in the returned contents.
-If a problem occurs,
-<function>XGetImage</function>
-returns NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetImage</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To copy the contents of a rectangle on the display
-to a location within a preexisting image structure, use
-<function>XGetSubImage</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSubImage</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetsubimage'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XImage *<function>XGetSubImage</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *dest_image</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->
-and define the upper-left corner of the rectangle
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh \ of the subimage, which define the dimensions of the rectangle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the plane mask.
-<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the format for the image.
-You can pass
-<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_image</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the destination image.
-<!-- .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the destination rectangle, \ -->
-specify its upper-left corner, and determine where the subimage \
-is placed in the destination image
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetSubImage</function>
-function updates dest_image with the specified subimage in the same manner as 
-<function>XGetImage</function>.
-If the format argument is 
-<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>,
-the image contains only the bit planes you passed to the plane_mask argument.
-If the format argument is 
-<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>,
-<function>XGetSubImage</function>
-returns as zero the bits in all planes not 
-specified in the plane_mask argument.
-The function performs no range checking on the values in plane_mask and ignores
-extraneous bits.
-As a convenience,
-<function>XGetSubImage</function>
-returns a pointer to the same
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure specified by dest_image.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The depth of the destination
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure must be the same as that of the drawable.
-If the specified subimage does not fit at the specified location
-on the destination image, the right and bottom edges are clipped.
-If the drawable is a pixmap,
-the given rectangle must be wholly contained within the pixmap,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If the drawable is a window, 
-the window must be viewable, 
-and it must be the case that if there were no inferiors or overlapping windows,
-the specified rectangle of the window would be fully visible on the screen
-and wholly contained within the outside edges of the window,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If the window has backing-store, 
-then the backing-store contents are returned for regions of the window 
-that are obscured by noninferior windows. 
-If the window does not have backing-store, 
-the returned contents of such obscured regions are undefined.
-The returned contents of visible regions of inferiors
-of a different depth than the specified window's depth are also undefined.
-If a problem occurs,
-<function>XGetSubImage</function>
-returns NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetSubImage</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-
-</para>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="graphics_functions">

+<title>Graphics Functions</title>

+<para>

+Once you have established a connection to a display, you can use the Xlib graphics functions to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>Clear and copy areas</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Draw points, lines, rectangles, and arcs</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Fill areas</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Manipulate fonts</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Draw text</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Transfer images between clients and the server</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+If the same drawable and GC is used for each call, Xlib batches back-to-back

+calls to XDrawPoint, XDrawLine, XDrawRectangle, XFillArc, and XFillRectangle.

+Note that this reduces the total number of requests sent to the server.

+</para>

+<sect1 id="Clearing_Areas">

+<title>Clearing Areas</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Clearing Areas  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to clear an area or the entire window.

+Because pixmaps do not have defined backgrounds, 

+they cannot be filled by using the functions described in this section.

+Instead, to accomplish an analogous operation on a pixmap,

+you should use 

+<function>XFillRectangle</function>,

+which sets the pixmap to a known value.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To clear a rectangular area of a given window, use

+<function>XClearArea</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Areas</primary><secondary>clearing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Clearing</primary><secondary>areas</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClearArea</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcleararea'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XClearArea</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> exposures</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the window \ -->

+and specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of the rectangle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>exposures</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates if

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events are to be generated.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XClearArea</function>

+function paints a rectangular area in the specified window according to the

+specified dimensions with the window's background pixel or pixmap.

+The subwindow-mode effectively is

+<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>.

+If width is zero, it

+is replaced with the current width of the window minus x.

+If height is

+zero, it is replaced with the current height of the window minus y.

+If the window has a defined background tile, 

+the rectangle clipped by any children is filled with this tile.

+If the window has

+background 

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the contents of the window are not changed.  

+In either

+case, if exposures is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+one or more 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events are generated for regions of the rectangle that are either visible or are

+being retained in a backing store.

+If you specify a window whose class is

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,

+a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XClearArea</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To clear the entire area in a given window, use

+<function>XClearWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>clearing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Clearing</primary><secondary>windows</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClearWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xclearwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XClearWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XClearWindow</function>

+function clears the entire area in the specified window and is

+equivalent to

+<function>XClearArea</function>

+(display, w, 0, 0, 0, 0, 

+<symbol>False</symbol>).

+If the window has a defined background tile, the rectangle is tiled with a

+plane-mask of all ones and 

+<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>

+function.

+If the window has

+background 

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the contents of the window are not changed.  

+If you specify a window whose class is

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,

+a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XClearWindow</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Copying_Areas">

+<title>Copying Areas</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Copying Areas  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to copy an area or a bit plane.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To copy an area between drawables of the same

+root and depth, use

+<function>XCopyArea</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Areas</primary><secondary>copying</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Copying</primary><secondary>areas</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyArea</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcopyarea'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XCopyArea</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawablesrc,<parameter> dest</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the source and destination rectangles to be combined. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates, 

+which are relative to the origin of the source rectangle

+and specify its upper-left corner.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of both the source \ -->

+and destination rectangles

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+<!-- .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the destination rectangle \ -->

+and specify its upper-left corner

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCopyArea</function>

+function combines the specified rectangle of src with the specified rectangle 

+of dest.

+The drawables must have the same root and depth,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If regions of the source rectangle are obscured and have not been

+retained in backing store 

+or if regions outside the boundaries of the source drawable are specified, 

+those regions are not copied. 

+Instead, the 

+following occurs on all corresponding destination regions that are either

+visible or are retained in backing store.  

+If the destination is a window with a background other than 

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+corresponding regions

+of the destination are tiled with that background

+(with plane-mask of all ones and

+<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>

+function).

+Regardless of tiling or whether the destination is a window or a pixmap,

+if graphics-exposures is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+then

+<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>

+events for all corresponding destination regions are generated.

+If graphics-exposures is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+but no

+<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>

+events are generated, a

+<symbol>NoExpose</symbol>

+event is generated.

+Note that by default graphics-exposures is

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+in new GCs.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function uses these GC components: function, plane-mask, 

+subwindow-mode, graphics-exposures, clip-x-origin,

+clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCopyArea</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To copy a single bit plane of a given drawable, use

+<function>XCopyPlane</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Plane</primary><secondary>copying</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Copying</primary><secondary>planes</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyPlane</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcopyplane'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XCopyPlane</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawablesrc,<parameter> dest</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the source and destination rectangles to be combined. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates, 

+which are relative to the origin of the source rectangle

+and specify its upper-left corner.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of both the source and destination rectangles -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+<!-- .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the destination rectangle \ -->

+and specify its upper-left corner

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>plane</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the bit plane.

+You must set exactly one bit to 1.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCopyPlane</function>

+function uses a single bit plane of the specified source rectangle

+combined with the specified GC to modify the specified rectangle of dest.

+The drawables must have the same root but need not have the same depth.

+If the drawables do not have the same root, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If plane does not have exactly one bit set to 1 and the value of plane

+is not less than %2 sup n%, where <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is the depth of src, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Effectively, 

+<function>XCopyPlane</function>

+forms a pixmap of the same depth as the rectangle of dest and with a

+size specified by the source region. 

+It uses the foreground/background pixels in the GC (foreground

+everywhere the bit plane in src contains a bit set to 1,

+background everywhere the bit plane in src contains a bit set to 0)

+and the equivalent of a 

+<systemitem>CopyArea</systemitem>

+protocol request is performed with all the same exposure semantics.

+This can also be thought of as using the specified region of the source 

+bit plane as a stipple with a fill-style of

+<symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>

+for filling a rectangular area of the destination.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function uses these GC components: function, plane-mask, foreground,

+background, subwindow-mode, graphics-exposures, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin,

+and clip-mask.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCopyPlane</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Drawing_Points_Lines_Rectangles_and_Arcs">

+<title>Drawing Points, Lines, Rectangles, and Arcs</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Points, Lines, Rectangles, and Arcs  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to draw:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A single point or multiple points

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A single line or multiple lines

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A single rectangle or multiple rectangles

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A single arc or multiple arcs

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Some of the functions described in the following sections

+use these structures:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSegment</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     short x1, y1, x2, y2;

+} XSegment;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPoint</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     short x, y;

+} XPoint;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRectangle</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     short x, y;

+     unsigned short width, height;

+} XRectangle;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XArc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     short x, y;

+     unsigned short width, height;

+     short angle1, angle2;             /* Degrees * 64 */

+} XArc;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+All x and y members are signed integers.

+The width and height members are 16-bit unsigned integers.

+You should be careful not to generate coordinates and sizes

+out of the 16-bit ranges, because the protocol only has 16-bit fields

+for these values.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_Single_and_Multiple_Points">

+<title>Drawing Single and Multiple Points</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Single and Multiple Points  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Points</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>points</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawPoints</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawPoint</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To draw a single point in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawPoint</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawPoint</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawpoint'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawPoint</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates where you want the point drawn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw multiple points in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawPoints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawPoints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawpoints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawPoints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPoint<parameter> *points</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> npoints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>points</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of points.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>npoints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of points in the array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the coordinate mode. 

+You can pass

+<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDrawPoint</function>

+function uses the foreground pixel and function components of the

+GC to draw a single point into the specified drawable; 

+<function>XDrawPoints</function>

+draws multiple points this way.

+<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>

+treats all coordinates as relative to the origin,

+and

+<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>

+treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point.

+<function>XDrawPoints</function>

+draws the points in the order listed in the array.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask,

+foreground, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDrawPoint</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+<function>XDrawPoints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_Single_and_Multiple_Lines">

+<title>Drawing Single and Multiple Lines</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Single and Multiple Lines -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Lines</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>lines</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawLine</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Polygons</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>polygons</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawSegments</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To draw a single line between two points in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawLine</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawLine</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawline'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawLine</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx1,y1,x2,<parameter> y2</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x1</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y1</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x2</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y2</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) to be connected.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw multiple lines in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawLines</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawlines'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawLines</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPoint<parameter> *points</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> npoints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>points</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of points.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>npoints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of points in the array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the coordinate mode. 

+You can pass

+<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw multiple, unconnected lines in a given drawable,

+use

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawSegments</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawsegments'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawSegments</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSegment<parameter> *segments</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nsegments</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>segments</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of segments.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nsegments</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of segments in the array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDrawLine</function>

+function uses the components of the specified GC to

+draw a line between the specified set of points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2).

+It does not perform joining at coincident endpoints.

+For any given line, 

+<function>XDrawLine</function>

+does not draw a pixel more than once.

+If lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.  

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<function>XDrawLines</function>

+function uses the components of the specified GC to draw 

+npoints-1 lines between each pair of points (point[i], point[i+1]) 

+in the array of

+<structname>XPoint</structname>

+structures.

+It draws the lines in the order listed in the array.

+The lines join correctly at all intermediate points, and if the first and last

+points coincide, the first and last lines also join correctly.

+For any given line, 

+<function>XDrawLines</function>

+does not draw a pixel more than once.

+If thin (zero line-width) lines intersect, 

+the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.

+If wide lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn only once, as though

+the entire 

+<systemitem>PolyLine</systemitem>

+protocol request were a single, filled shape.

+<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>

+treats all coordinates as relative to the origin,

+and

+<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>

+treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>

+function draws multiple, unconnected lines. 

+For each segment, 

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>

+draws a

+line between (x1, y1) and (x2, y2).

+It draws the lines in the order listed in the array of

+<structname>XSegment</structname>

+structures and does not perform joining at coincident endpoints.

+For any given line, 

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>

+does not draw a pixel more than once.  

+If lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.  

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All three functions use these GC components:

+function, plane-mask, line-width,

+line-style, cap-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode,

+clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+The

+<function>XDrawLines</function>

+function also uses the join-style GC component.

+All three functions also use these GC mode-dependent components:

+foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 

+tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDrawLine</function>,

+<function>XDrawLines</function>,

+and

+<function>XDrawSegments</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+<function>XDrawLines</function>

+also can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_Single_and_Multiple_Rectangles_">

+<title>Drawing Single and Multiple Rectangles </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Single and Multiple Rectangles  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Rectangles</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>rectangles</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawRectangle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawRectangles</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To draw the outline of a single rectangle in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawRectangle</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawRectangle</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawrectangle'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawRectangle</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which specify the dimensions of the rectangle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw the outline of multiple rectangles

+in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawRectangles</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawRectangles</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawrectangles'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawRectangles</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> rectangles[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nrectangles</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rectangles</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of rectangles.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nrectangles</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of rectangles in the array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDrawRectangle</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawRectangles</function>

+functions draw the outlines of the specified rectangle or rectangles as

+if a five-point 

+<systemitem>PolyLine</systemitem>

+protocol request were specified for each rectangle:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+[x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y]

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP  -->

+For the specified rectangle or rectangles, 

+these functions do not draw a pixel more than once.

+<function>XDrawRectangles</function>

+draws the rectangles in the order listed in the array.

+If rectangles intersect,

+the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both functions use these GC components: 

+function, plane-mask, line-width,

+line-style, cap-style, join-style, fill-style, 

+subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 

+tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDrawRectangle</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawRectangles</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_Single_and_Multiple_Arcs">

+<title>Drawing Single and Multiple Arcs</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Single and Multiple Arcs  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>arcs</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawArc</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Arcs</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawArcs</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw a single arc in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawArc</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawArc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawarc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawArc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intangle1,<parameter> angle2</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->

+and specify the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the major and minor axes of the arc -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>angle1</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the start of the arc relative to the three-o'clock position

+from the center, in units of degrees * 64.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>angle2</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the path and extent of the arc relative to the start of the

+arc, in units of degrees * 64.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw multiple arcs in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawArcs</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawArcs</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawarcs'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawArcs</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XArc<parameter> *arcs</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> narcs</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>arcs</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of arcs.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>narcs</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of arcs in the array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .EQ -->

+delim %%

+<!-- .EN -->

+<function>XDrawArc</function>

+draws a single circular or elliptical arc, and 

+<function>XDrawArcs</function>

+draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs.

+Each arc is specified by a rectangle and two angles.  

+The center of the circle or ellipse is the center of the

+rectangle, and the major and minor axes are specified by the width and height.

+Positive angles indicate counterclockwise motion, 

+and negative angles indicate clockwise motion.  

+If the magnitude of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, 

+<function>XDrawArc</function>

+or 

+<function>XDrawArcs</function>

+truncates it to 360 degrees.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For an arc specified as %[ ~x, ~y, ~width , ~height, ~angle1, ~angle2 ]%, 

+the origin of the major and minor axes is at 

+% [ x +^ {width over 2} , ~y +^ {height over 2}  ]%, 

+and the infinitely thin path describing the entire circle or ellipse 

+intersects the horizontal axis at % [ x, ~y +^ {height over 2}  ]% and 

+% [ x +^ width , ~y +^ { height over 2 }] %

+and intersects the vertical axis at % [ x +^ { width over 2 } , ~y ]% and 

+% [ x +^ { width over 2 }, ~y +^ height ]%.

+These coordinates can be fractional

+and so are not truncated to discrete coordinates.

+The path should be defined by the ideal mathematical path.  

+For a wide line with line-width lw, 

+the bounding outlines for filling are given        

+by the two infinitely thin paths consisting of all points whose perpendicular

+distance from the path of the circle/ellipse is equal to lw/2

+(which may be a fractional value).

+The cap-style and join-style are applied the same as for a line

+corresponding to the tangent of the circle/ellipse at the endpoint.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For an arc specified as % [ ~x, ~y, ~width, ~height, ~angle1, ~angle2  ]%,

+the angles must be specified

+in the effectively skewed coordinate system of the ellipse (for a

+circle, the angles and coordinate systems are identical).  The

+relationship between these angles and angles expressed in the normal

+coordinate system of the screen (as measured with a protractor) is as

+follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+% roman "skewed-angle" ~ = ~ atan left ( tan ( roman "normal-angle" )

+ * width over height right ) +^ adjust%

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The skewed-angle and normal-angle are expressed in radians (rather

+than in degrees scaled by 64) in the range % [ 0 , ~2 pi  ]% and where atan

+returns a value in the range % [ - pi over 2 , ~pi over 2  ] %

+and adjust is:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA 1i 2i -->

+<!-- .ta 1i 2i -->

+%0%     for normal-angle in the range % [ 0 , ~pi over 2  ]%

+%pi%     for normal-angle in the range % [ pi over 2 , ~{3 pi} over 2  ]%

+%2 pi%     for normal-angle in the range % [ {3 pi} over 2 , ~2 pi  ]%

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For any given arc, 

+<function>XDrawArc</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawArcs</function>

+do not draw a pixel more than once.  

+If two arcs join correctly and if the line-width is greater than zero 

+and the arcs intersect, 

+<function>XDrawArc</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawArcs</function>

+do not draw a pixel more than once.

+Otherwise, 

+the intersecting pixels of intersecting arcs are drawn multiple times.

+Specifying an arc with one endpoint and a clockwise extent draws the same pixels

+as specifying the other endpoint and an equivalent counterclockwise extent,

+except as it affects joins.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the last point in one arc coincides with the first point in the following 

+arc, the two arcs will join correctly.  

+If the first point in the first arc coincides with the last point in the last 

+arc, the two arcs will join correctly.

+By specifying one axis to be zero, a horizontal or vertical line can be

+drawn.

+Angles are computed based solely on the coordinate system and ignore the

+aspect ratio.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both functions use these GC components: 

+function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style, 

+fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 

+tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDrawArc</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawArcs</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Filling_Areas">

+<title>Filling Areas</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Filling Areas  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to fill:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A single rectangle or multiple rectangles

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A single polygon

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A single arc or multiple arcs

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect2 id="Filling_Single_and_Multiple_Rectangles">

+<title>Filling Single and Multiple Rectangles</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Filling Single and Multiple Rectangles  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>rectangles</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XFillRectangle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Rectangle</primary><secondary>filling</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XFillRectangles</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To fill a single rectangular area in a given drawable, use

+<function>XFillRectangle</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillRectangle</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfillrectangle'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFillRectangle</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->

+and specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of the rectangle to be filled -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To fill multiple rectangular areas in a given drawable, use

+<function>XFillRectangles</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillRectangles</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfillrectangles'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFillRectangles</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *rectangles</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nrectangles</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rectangles</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of rectangles.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nrectangles</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of rectangles in the array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFillRectangle</function>

+and

+<function>XFillRectangles</function>

+functions fill the specified rectangle or rectangles

+as if a four-point 

+<systemitem>FillPolygon</systemitem>

+protocol request were specified for each rectangle:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+[x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height]

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each function uses the x and y coordinates,

+width and height dimensions, and GC you specify.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFillRectangles</function>

+fills the rectangles in the order listed in the array.  

+For any given rectangle,

+<function>XFillRectangle</function>

+and

+<function>XFillRectangles</function>

+do not draw a pixel more than once.  

+If rectangles intersect, the intersecting pixels are

+drawn multiple times.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both functions use these GC components: 

+function, plane-mask, fill-style, subwindow-mode, 

+clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 

+and tile-stipple-y-origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFillRectangle</function>

+and

+<function>XFillRectangles</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Filling_a_Single_Polygon">

+<title>Filling a Single Polygon</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Filling a Single Polygon  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To fill a polygon area in a given drawable, use

+<function>XFillPolygon</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>Polygons</primary><secondary>filling</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>polygon</secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillPolygon</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfillpolygon'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFillPolygon</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPoint<parameter> *points</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> npoints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> shape</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>points</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of points.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>npoints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of points in the array.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>shape</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a shape that helps the server to improve performance.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>Complex</symbol>,

+<symbol>Convex</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>Nonconvex</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the coordinate mode. 

+You can pass

+<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XFillPolygon</function>

+fills the region closed by the specified path.

+The path is closed

+automatically if the last point in the list does not coincide with the

+first point.

+<function>XFillPolygon</function>

+does not draw a pixel of the region more than once.

+<symbol>CoordModeOrigin</symbol>

+treats all coordinates as relative to the origin,

+and

+<symbol>CoordModePrevious</symbol>

+treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Depending on the specified shape, the following occurs: 

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If shape is

+<symbol>Complex</symbol>,

+the path may self-intersect. 

+Note that contiguous coincident points in the path are not treated 

+as self-intersection.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If shape is

+<symbol>Convex</symbol>,

+for every pair of points inside the polygon,

+the line segment connecting them does not intersect the path.

+If known by the client,

+specifying 

+<symbol>Convex</symbol>

+can improve performance.  

+If you specify

+<symbol>Convex</symbol>

+for a path that is not convex, 

+the graphics results are undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If shape is

+<symbol>Nonconvex</symbol>,

+the path does not self-intersect, but the shape is not

+wholly convex. 

+If known by the client, 

+specifying 

+<symbol>Nonconvex</symbol>

+instead of

+<symbol>Complex</symbol>

+may improve performance.  

+If you specify

+<symbol>Nonconvex</symbol>

+for a self-intersecting path, the graphics results are undefined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The fill-rule of the GC controls the filling behavior of 

+self-intersecting polygons.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function uses these GC components: 

+function, plane-mask, fill-style, fill-rule, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, 

+clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 

+and tile-stipple-y-origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFillPolygon</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Filling_Single_and_Multiple_Arcs">

+<title>Filling Single and Multiple Arcs</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Filling Single and Multiple Arcs  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>XFillArc</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Arcs</primary><secondary>filling</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>arcs</secondary></indexterm>

+To fill a single arc in a given drawable, use

+<function>XFillArc</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillArc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfillarc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFillArc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intangle1,<parameter> angle2</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->

+and specify the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which are the major and minor axes of the arc -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>angle1</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the start of the arc relative to the three-o'clock position

+from the center, in units of degrees * 64.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>angle2</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the path and extent of the arc relative to the start of the

+arc, in units of degrees * 64.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To fill multiple arcs in a given drawable, use

+<function>XFillArcs</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillArcs</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfillarcs'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFillArcs</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XArc<parameter> *arcs</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> narcs</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>arcs</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of arcs.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>narcs</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of arcs in the array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+For each arc, 

+<function>XFillArc</function>

+or

+<function>XFillArcs</function>

+fills the region closed by the infinitely thin path

+described by the specified arc and, depending on the 

+arc-mode specified in the GC, one or two line segments. 

+For 

+<symbol>ArcChord</symbol>,

+the single line segment joining the endpoints of the arc is used.  

+For 

+<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>,

+the two line segments joining the endpoints of the arc with the center

+point are used.  

+<function>XFillArcs</function>

+fills the arcs in the order listed in the array.  

+For any given arc,  

+<function>XFillArc</function>

+and

+<function>XFillArcs</function>

+do not draw a pixel more than once.  

+If regions intersect, 

+the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both functions use these GC components: 

+function, plane-mask, fill-style, arc-mode, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, 

+clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 

+and tile-stipple-y-origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFillArc</function>

+and

+<function>XFillArcs</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Font_Metrics">

+<title>Font Metrics</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Font Metrics  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Font</primary></indexterm>

+A font is a graphical description of a set of characters that are used to 

+increase efficiency whenever a set of small, similar sized patterns are 

+repeatedly used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section discusses how to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Load and free fonts

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Obtain and free font names

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Compute character string sizes

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Compute logical extents

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Query character string sizes

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The X server loads fonts whenever a program requests a new font.

+The server can cache fonts for quick lookup.

+Fonts are global across all screens in a server.

+Several levels are possible when dealing with fonts.

+Most applications simply use 

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>

+to load a font and query the font metrics.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Characters in fonts are regarded as masks.

+Except for image text requests,

+the only pixels modified are those in which bits are set to 1 in the character.

+This means that it makes sense to draw text using stipples or tiles

+(for example, many menus gray-out unusable entries).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+The

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure contains all of the information for the font

+and consists of the font-specific information as well as

+a pointer to an array of

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structures for the

+characters contained in the font.

+The

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>,

+<structname>XFontProp</structname>,

+and

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structures contain:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCharStruct</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     short lbearing;               /* origin to left edge of raster */

+     short rbearing;               /* origin to right edge of raster */

+     short width;                  /* advance to next char's origin */

+     short ascent;                 /* baseline to top edge of raster */

+     short descent;                /* baseline to bottom edge of raster */

+     unsigned short attributes;    /* per char flags (not predefined) */

+} XCharStruct;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontProp</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 1i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 1i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     Atom     name;

+     unsigned long card32;

+} XFontProp;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChar2b</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {     /* normal 16 bit characters are two bytes */

+    unsigned char byte1;

+    unsigned char byte2;

+} XChar2b;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontStruct</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     XExtData *ext_data;               /* hook for extension to hang data */

+     Font fid;                         /* Font id for this font */

+     unsigned direction;               /* hint about the direction font is painted */

+     unsigned min_char_or_byte2;       /* first character */

+     unsigned max_char_or_byte2;       /* last character */

+     unsigned min_byte1;               /* first row that exists */

+     unsigned max_byte1;               /* last row that exists */

+     Bool all_chars_exist;             /* flag if all characters have nonzero size */

+     unsigned default_char;            /* char to print for undefined character */

+     int n_properties;                 /* how many properties there are */

+     XFontProp *properties;            /* pointer to array of additional properties */

+     XCharStruct min_bounds;           /* minimum bounds over all existing char */

+     XCharStruct max_bounds;           /* maximum bounds over all existing char */

+     XCharStruct *per_char;            /* first_char to last_char information */

+     int ascent;                       /* logical extent above baseline for spacing */

+     int descent;                      /* logical descent below baseline for spacing */

+} XFontStruct;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+X supports single byte/character, two bytes/character matrix,

+and 16-bit character text operations.

+Note that any of these forms can be used with a font, but a

+single byte/character text request can only specify a single byte

+(that is, the first row of a 2-byte font).

+You should view 2-byte fonts as a two-dimensional matrix of defined

+characters: byte1 specifies the range of defined rows and

+byte2 defines the range of defined columns of the font.

+Single byte/character fonts have one row defined, and the byte2 range

+specified in the structure defines a range of characters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The bounding box of a character is defined by the 

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+of that character.

+When characters are absent from a font,

+the default_char is used.

+When fonts have all characters of the same size,

+only the information in the

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+min and max bounds are used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The members of the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+have the following semantics:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The direction member can be either 

+<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>.

+It is just a hint as to whether most 

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+elements 

+have a positive 

+(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>)

+or a negative 

+(<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>)

+character width 

+metric.

+The core protocol defines no support for vertical text.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the min_byte1 and max_byte1 members are both zero, min_char_or_byte2

+specifies the linear character index corresponding to the first element

+of the per_char array, and max_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character

+index of the last element.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both

+min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than 256, 

+and the 2-byte character index values corresponding to the

+per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<!-- .nf -->

+     byte1 = N/D + min_byte1

+<!-- .br -->

+     byte2 = N\\D + min_char_or_byte2

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<!-- .fi -->

+where:

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<!-- .nf -->

+        D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1

+        / = integer division

+        \\ = integer modulus

+<!-- .fi -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the per_char pointer is NULL, 

+all glyphs between the first and last character indexes

+inclusive have the same information,

+as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If all_chars_exist is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+all characters in the per_char array have nonzero bounding boxes.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The default_char member specifies the character that will be used when an

+undefined or nonexistent character is printed.  

+The default_char is a 16-bit character (not a 2-byte character).

+For a font using 2-byte matrix format, 

+the default_char has byte1 in the most-significant byte

+and byte2 in the least significant byte.

+If the default_char itself specifies an undefined or nonexistent character, 

+no printing is performed for an undefined or nonexistent character.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The min_bounds and max_bounds members contain the most extreme values of

+each individual 

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+component over all elements of this array

+(and ignore nonexistent characters).

+The bounding box of the font (the smallest

+rectangle enclosing the shape obtained by superimposing all of the

+characters at the same origin [x,y]) has its upper-left coordinate at:

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+     [x + min_bounds.lbearing, y - max_bounds.ascent]

+</literallayout>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Its width is:

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+     max_bounds.rbearing - min_bounds.lbearing

+</literallayout>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Its height is:

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+     max_bounds.ascent + max_bounds.descent

+</literallayout>

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The ascent member is the logical extent of the font above the baseline that is

+used for determining line spacing.

+Specific characters may extend beyond

+this.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The descent member is the logical extent of the font at or below the

+baseline that is used for determining line spacing.

+Specific characters may extend beyond this.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the baseline is at Y-coordinate y,

+the logical extent of the font is inclusive between the Y-coordinate 

+values (y - font.ascent) and (y + font.descent - 1).

+Typically,

+the minimum interline spacing between rows of text is given

+by ascent + descent.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For a character origin at [x,y],

+the bounding box of a character (that is, 

+the smallest rectangle that encloses the character's shape)

+described in terms of 

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+components is a rectangle with its upper-left corner at:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+[x + lbearing, y - ascent]

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Its width is:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+rbearing - lbearing

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Its height is:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+ascent + descent

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The origin for the next character is defined to be:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+[x + width, y]

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The lbearing member defines the extent of the left edge of the character ink

+from the origin.

+The rbearing member defines the extent of the right edge of the character ink

+from the origin.

+The ascent member defines the extent of the top edge of the character ink

+from the origin.

+The descent member defines the extent of the bottom edge of the character ink

+from the origin.

+The width member defines the logical width of the character.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that the baseline (the y position of the character origin) 

+is logically viewed as being the scanline just below nondescending characters. 

+When descent is zero,

+only pixels with Y-coordinates less than y are drawn,

+and the origin is logically viewed as being coincident with the left edge of

+a nonkerned character. 

+When lbearing is zero,

+no pixels with X-coordinate less than x are drawn.

+Any of the

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+metric members could be negative.

+If the width is negative,

+the next character will be placed to the left of the current origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The X protocol does not define the interpretation of the attributes member 

+in the

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structure.

+A nonexistent character is represented with all members of its

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+set to zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A font is not guaranteed to have any properties.

+The interpretation of the property value (for example, long or unsigned long)

+must be derived from <emphasis remap='I'>a priori</emphasis> knowledge of the property. 

+A basic set of font properties is specified in the X Consortium standard

+<emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Description Conventions</emphasis>.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Loading_and_Freeing_Fonts">

+<title>Loading and Freeing Fonts</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Loading and Freeing Fonts  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to load fonts, get font information,

+unload fonts, and free font information.

+<indexterm><primary>Fonts</primary><secondary>getting information</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Fonts</primary><secondary>unloading</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Fonts</primary><secondary>freeing font information</secondary></indexterm>

+A few font functions use a 

+<type>GContext</type>

+resource ID or a font ID interchangeably.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To load a given font, use

+<function>XLoadFont</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLoadFont</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xloadfont'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Font <function>XLoadFont</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the name of the font,

+which is a null-terminated string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLoadFont</function>

+function loads the specified font and returns its associated font ID.

+If the font name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+When the characters ``?'' and ``*'' are used in a font name, a

+pattern match is performed and any matching font is used.

+In the pattern, 

+the ``?'' character will match any single character, 

+and the ``*'' character will match any number of characters.

+A structured format for font names is specified in the X Consortium standard 

+<emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Description Conventions</emphasis>.

+If 

+<function>XLoadFont</function>

+was unsuccessful at loading the specified font, 

+a 

+<errorname>BadName</errorname>

+error results.

+Fonts are not associated with a particular screen 

+and can be stored as a component

+of any GC.

+When the font is no longer needed, call 

+<function>XUnloadFont</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XLoadFont</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadName</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return information about an available font, use

+<function>XQueryFont</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryFont</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xqueryfont'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XFontStruct *<function>XQueryFont</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> font_ID</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ID</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font ID or the 

+<type>GContext</type>

+ID.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryFont</function>

+function returns a pointer to the

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure, which contains information associated with the font.

+You can query a font or the font stored in a GC.

+The font ID stored in the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure will be the 

+<type>GContext</type>

+ID, and you need to be careful when using this ID in other functions

+(see

+<function>XGContextFromGC</function>).

+If the font does not exist,

+<function>XQueryFont</function>

+returns NULL.

+To free this data, use

+<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To perform a

+<function>XLoadFont</function>

+and

+<function>XQueryFont</function>

+in a single operation, use

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLoadQueryFont</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xloadqueryfont'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XFontStruct *<function>XLoadQueryFont</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the name of the font,

+which is a null-terminated string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>

+function provides the most common way for accessing a font.

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>

+both opens (loads) the specified font and returns a pointer to the

+appropriate

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure.

+If the font name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+If the font does not exist,

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>

+returns NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To unload the font and free the storage used by the font structure

+that was allocated by

+<function>XQueryFont</function>

+or

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>,

+use

+<function>XFreeFont</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFont</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefont'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeFont</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the storage associated with the font.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XFreeFont</function>

+function deletes the association between the font resource ID and the specified 

+font and frees the

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure.

+The font itself will be freed when no other resource references it.

+The data and the font should not be referenced again.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFreeFont</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return a given font property, use

+<function>XGetFontProperty</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetFontProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetfontproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XGetFontProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> atom</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> *value_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the storage associated with the font.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>atom</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the value of the font property.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Given the atom for that property,

+the

+<function>XGetFontProperty</function>

+function returns the value of the specified font property. 

+<function>XGetFontProperty</function>

+also returns 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+if the property was not defined or 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if it was defined.

+A set of predefined atoms exists for font properties,

+which can be found in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+This set contains the standard properties associated with

+a font.

+Although it is not guaranteed,

+it is likely that the predefined font properties will be present.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To unload a font that was loaded by

+<function>XLoadFont</function>,

+use

+<function>XUnloadFont</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnloadFont</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xunloadfont'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUnloadFont</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Font<parameter> font</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUnloadFont</function>

+function deletes the association between the font resource ID and the specified font.

+The font itself will be freed when no other resource references it.

+The font should not be referenced again.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XUnloadFont</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Obtaining_and_Freeing_Font_Names_and_Information">

+<title>Obtaining and Freeing Font Names and Information</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Obtaining and Freeing Font Names and Information -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You obtain font names and information by matching a wildcard specification

+when querying a font type for a list of available sizes and so on.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return a list of the available font names, use

+<function>XListFonts</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListFonts</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlistfonts'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char **<function>XListFonts</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *pattern</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> maxnames</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *actual_count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pattern</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the null-terminated pattern string that can contain wildcard 

+characters.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>maxnames</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the maximum number of names to be returned.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>actual_count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the actual number of font names.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XListFonts</function>

+function returns an array of available font names 

+(as controlled by the font search path; see

+<function>XSetFontPath</function>)

+that match the string you passed to the pattern argument.

+The pattern string can contain any characters,

+but each asterisk (*) is a wildcard for any number of characters,

+and each question mark (?) is a wildcard for a single character.

+If the pattern string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+Each returned string is null-terminated.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+If there are no matching font names,

+<function>XListFonts</function>

+returns NULL.

+The client should call

+<function>XFreeFontNames</function>

+when finished with the result to free the memory.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To free a font name array, use

+<function>XFreeFontNames</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontNames</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontnames'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeFontNames</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *list[]</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the array of strings you want to free.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeFontNames</function>

+function frees the array and strings returned by

+<function>XListFonts</function>

+or

+<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the names and information about available fonts, use

+<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListFontsWithInfo</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlistfontswithinfo'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char **<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *pattern</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> maxnames</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> **info_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pattern</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the null-terminated pattern string that can contain wildcard 

+characters.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>maxnames</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the maximum number of names to be returned.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the actual number of matched font names.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>info_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font information.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>

+function returns a list of font names that match the specified pattern and their

+associated font information.

+The list of names is limited to size specified by maxnames.

+The information returned for each font is identical to what

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>

+would return except that the per-character metrics are not returned.

+The pattern string can contain any characters,

+but each asterisk (*) is a wildcard for any number of characters,

+and each question mark (?) is a wildcard for a single character.

+If the pattern string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter.

+Each returned string is null-terminated.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+If there are no matching font names,

+<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>

+returns NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To free only the allocated name array,

+the client should call

+<function>XFreeFontNames</function>.

+To free both the name array and the font information array

+or to free just the font information array,

+the client should call

+<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To free font structures and font names, use

+<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontInfo</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontinfo'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeFontInfo</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **names</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *free_info</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> actual_count</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the list of font names.

+

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>free_info</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font information.

+

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>actual_count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the actual number of font names.

+

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeFontInfo</function>

+function frees a font structure or an array of font structures

+and optionally an array of font names.

+If NULL is passed for names, no font names are freed.

+If a font structure for an open font (returned by

+<function>XLoadQueryFont</function>)

+is passed, the structure is freed,

+but the font is not closed; use

+<function>XUnloadFont</function>

+to close the font.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Computing_Character_String_Sizes">

+<title>Computing Character String Sizes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Computing Character String Sizes  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to compute the width,

+the logical extents, 

+and the server information about 8-bit and 2-byte text strings.

+<indexterm><primary>XTextWidth</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XTextWidth16</primary></indexterm>

+The width is computed by adding the character widths of all the characters.

+It does not matter if the font is an 8-bit or 2-byte font.

+These functions return the sum of the character metrics in pixels.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To determine the width of an 8-bit character string, use

+<function>XTextWidth</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextWidth</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xtextwidth'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XTextWidth</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font used for the width computation.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character count in the specified string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To determine the width of a 2-byte character string, use

+<function>XTextWidth16</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextWidth16</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xtextwidth16'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XTextWidth16</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font used for the width computation.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character count in the specified string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Computing_Logical_Extents">

+<title>Computing Logical Extents</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Computing Logical Extents  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To compute the bounding box of an 8-bit character string in a given font, use

+<function>XTextExtents</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextExtents</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xtextextents'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XTextExtents</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nchars</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *direction_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*font_ascent_return,<parameter> *font_descent_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XCharStruct<parameter> *overall_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>direction_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the value of the direction hint

+(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ascent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font ascent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_descent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font descent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the overall size in the specified

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To compute the bounding box of a 2-byte character string in a given font, use

+<function>XTextExtents16</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextExtents16</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xtextextents16'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XTextExtents16</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nchars</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *direction_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*font_ascent_return,<parameter> *font_descent_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XCharStruct<parameter> *overall_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>direction_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the value of the direction hint

+(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ascent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font ascent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_descent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font descent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the overall size in the specified

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XTextExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XTextExtents16</function>

+functions 

+perform the size computation locally and, thereby,

+avoid the round-trip overhead of

+<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>.

+Both functions return an

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structure, whose members are set to the values as follows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The ascent member is set to the maximum of the ascent metrics of all

+characters in the string.

+The descent member is set to the maximum of the descent metrics.

+The width member is set to the sum of the character-width metrics of all

+characters in the string.

+For each character in the string,

+let W be the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters preceding 

+it in the string.

+Let L be the left-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.

+Let R be the right-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.

+The lbearing member is set to the minimum L of all characters in the string.

+The rbearing member is set to the maximum R.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,

+each 

+<structname>XChar2b</structname>

+structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the 

+most significant byte.

+If the font has no defined default character,

+undefined characters in the string are taken to have all zero metrics.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Querying_Character_String_Sizes">

+<title>Querying Character String Sizes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Querying Character String Sizes  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To query the server for the bounding box of an 8-bit character string in a 

+given font, use 

+<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTextExtents</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerytextextents'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XQueryTextExtents</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> font_ID</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nchars</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *direction_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*font_ascent_return,<parameter> *font_descent_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XCharStruct<parameter> *overall_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ID</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies either the font ID or the 

+<type>GContext</type>

+ID that contains the font.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>direction_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the value of the direction hint

+(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ascent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font ascent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_descent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font descent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the overall size in the specified

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To query the server for the bounding box of a 2-byte character string

+in a given font, use

+<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTextExtents16</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerytextextents16'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XQueryTextExtents16</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> font_ID</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nchars</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *direction_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*font_ascent_return,<parameter> *font_descent_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XCharStruct<parameter> *overall_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ID</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies either the font ID or the 

+<type>GContext</type>

+ID that contains the font.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>direction_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the value of the direction hint

+(<symbol>FontLeftToRight</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>FontRightToLeft</symbol>).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_ascent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font ascent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_descent_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the font descent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the overall size in the specified

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>

+functions return the bounding box of the specified 8-bit and 16-bit

+character string in the specified font or the font contained in the

+specified GC.

+These functions query the X server and, therefore, suffer the round-trip

+overhead that is avoided by

+<function>XTextExtents</function>

+and 

+<function>XTextExtents16</function>.

+Both functions return a

+<structname>XCharStruct</structname>

+structure, whose members are set to the values as follows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The ascent member is set to the maximum of the ascent metrics 

+of all characters in the string.

+The descent member is set to the maximum of the descent metrics.

+The width member is set to the sum of the character-width metrics 

+of all characters in the string.

+For each character in the string,

+let W be the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters preceding

+it in the string.

+Let L be the left-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.

+Let R be the right-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.

+The lbearing member is set to the minimum L of all characters in the string.

+The rbearing member is set to the maximum R.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,

+each 

+<structname>XChar2b</structname>

+structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the 

+most significant byte.

+If the font has no defined default character,

+undefined characters in the string are taken to have all zero metrics.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Characters with all zero metrics are ignored.

+If the font has no defined default_char,

+the undefined characters in the string are also ignored.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Drawing_Text">

+<title>Drawing Text</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Text -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section discusses how to draw:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Complex text 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Text characters

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Image text characters

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The fundamental text functions

+<function>XDrawText</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawText16</function>

+use the following structures:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextItem</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     char *chars;     /* pointer to string */

+     int nchars;      /* number of characters */

+     int delta;       /* delta between strings */

+     Font font;       /* Font to print it in, None don't change */

+} XTextItem;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextItem16</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     XChar2b *chars;     /* pointer to two-byte characters */

+     int nchars;         /* number of characters */

+     int delta;         /* delta between strings */

+     Font font;         /* font to print it in, None don't change */

+} XTextItem16;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If the font member is not

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the font is changed before printing and also is stored in the GC.

+If an error was generated during text drawing,

+the previous items may have been drawn.

+The baseline of the characters are drawn starting at the x and y

+coordinates that you pass in the text drawing functions.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For example, consider the background rectangle drawn by

+<function>XDrawImageString</function>.

+If you want the upper-left corner of the background rectangle

+to be at pixel coordinate (x,y), pass the (x,y + ascent)

+as the baseline origin coordinates to the text functions.

+The ascent is the font ascent, as given in the

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure.

+If you want the lower-left corner of the background rectangle

+to be at pixel coordinate (x,y), pass the (x,y - descent + 1)

+as the baseline origin coordinates to the text functions.

+The descent is the font descent, as given in the

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_Complex_Text">

+<title>Drawing Complex Text</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Complex Text  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Text</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>text items</secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To draw 8-bit characters in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawText</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawText</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawtext'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawText</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextItem<parameter> *items</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nitems</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->

+and define the origin of the first character

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>items</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of text items.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of text items in the array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw 2-byte characters in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawText16</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawText16</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawtext16'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawText16</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextItem16<parameter> *items</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nitems</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->

+and define the origin of the first character

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>items</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of text items.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of text items in the array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDrawText16</function>

+function is similar to

+<function>XDrawText</function>

+except that it uses 2-byte or 16-bit characters.

+Both functions allow complex spacing and font shifts between counted strings.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each text item is processed in turn.

+A font member other than 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+in an item causes the font to be stored in the GC

+and used for subsequent text.  

+A text element delta specifies an additional change

+in the position along the x axis before the string is drawn. 

+The delta is always added to the character origin

+and is not dependent on any characteristics of the font.

+Each character image, as defined by the font in the GC, is treated as an

+additional mask for a fill operation on the drawable.

+The drawable is modified only where the font character has a bit set to 1.

+If a text item generates a

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>

+error, the previous text items may have been drawn.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,

+each 

+<structname>XChar2b</structname>

+structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the 

+most significant byte.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both functions use these GC components:

+function, plane-mask, fill-style, font, subwindow-mode, 

+clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 

+and tile-stipple-y-origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDrawText</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawText16</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_Text_Characters">

+<title>Drawing Text Characters</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Text Characters  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Strings</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>strings</secondary></indexterm>

+To draw 8-bit characters in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawstring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> x</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->

+and define the origin of the first character

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw 2-byte characters in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawString16</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawString16</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawstring16'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawString16</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->

+and define the origin of the first character

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Each character image, as defined by the font in the GC, is treated as an

+additional mask for a fill operation on the drawable.

+The drawable is modified only where the font character has a bit set to 1.

+For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing

+and used with

+<function>XDrawString16</function>,

+each byte is used as a byte2 with a byte1 of zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both functions use these GC components: 

+function, plane-mask, fill-style, font, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, 

+clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+They also use these GC mode-dependent components: 

+foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, 

+and tile-stipple-y-origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDrawString</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawString16</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_Image_Text_Characters">

+<title>Drawing Image Text Characters</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Image Text Characters  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Image text</primary><secondary>drawing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Drawing</primary><secondary>image text</secondary></indexterm>

+Some applications, in particular terminal emulators, need to

+print image text in which both the foreground and background bits of

+each character are painted.

+This prevents annoying flicker on many displays.

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XDrawImageString16</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw 8-bit image text characters in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawImageString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawimagestring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawImageString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->

+and define the origin of the first character

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw 2-byte image text characters in a given drawable, use

+<function>XDrawImageString16</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawImageString16</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawimagestring16'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDrawImageString16</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XChar2b<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ -->

+and define the origin of the first character

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDrawImageString16</function>

+function is similar to

+<function>XDrawImageString</function>

+except that it uses 2-byte or 16-bit characters.

+Both functions also use both the foreground and background pixels 

+of the GC in the destination.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The effect is first to fill a

+destination rectangle with the background pixel defined in the GC and then

+to paint the text with the foreground pixel.

+The upper-left corner of the filled rectangle is at:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+[x, y - font-ascent]

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The width is:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+overall-width

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The height is:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+font-ascent + font-descent

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The overall-width, font-ascent, and font-descent

+are as would be returned by 

+<function>XQueryTextExtents</function>

+using gc and string.

+The function and fill-style defined in the GC are ignored for these functions. 

+The effective function is 

+<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>,

+and the effective fill-style is

+<symbol>FillSolid</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing

+and used with

+<function>XDrawImageString</function>,

+each byte is used as a byte2 with a byte1 of zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Both functions use these GC components: 

+plane-mask, foreground, background, font, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, 

+clip-y-origin, and clip-mask.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDrawImageString</function>

+and

+<function>XDrawImageString16</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">

+<title>Transferring Images between Client and Server</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Transferring Images between Client and Server  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to transfer images between a client 

+and the server.

+Because the server may require diverse data formats, 

+Xlib provides an image object that fully describes the data in memory 

+and that provides for basic operations on that data.  

+You should reference the data 

+through the image object rather than referencing the data directly.

+However, some implementations of the Xlib library may efficiently deal with 

+frequently used data formats by replacing

+functions in the procedure vector with special case functions.

+Supported operations include destroying the image, getting a pixel,

+storing a pixel, extracting a subimage of an image, and adding a constant

+to an image (see <link linkend="Manipulating_Images">section 16.8</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All the image manipulation functions discussed in this section make use of 

+the 

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure,

+which describes an image as it exists in the client's memory.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XImage</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 1i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 1i 3i -->

+typedef struct _XImage {

+     int width, height;         /* size of image */

+     int xoffset;               /* number of pixels offset in X direction */

+     int format;                /* XYBitmap, XYPixmap, ZPixmap */

+     char *data;                /* pointer to image data */

+     int byte_order;            /* data byte order, LSBFirst, MSBFirst */

+     int bitmap_unit;           /* quant. of scanline 8, 16, 32 */

+     int bitmap_bit_order;      /* LSBFirst, MSBFirst */

+     int bitmap_pad;            /* 8, 16, 32 either XY or ZPixmap */

+     int depth;                 /* depth of image */

+     int bytes_per_line;        /* accelerator to next scanline */

+     int bits_per_pixel;        /* bits per pixel (ZPixmap) */

+     unsigned long red_mask;    /* bits in z arrangement */

+     unsigned long green_mask;

+     unsigned long blue_mask;

+     XPointer obdata;           /* hook for the object routines to hang on */

+     struct funcs {             /* image manipulation routines */

+          struct _XImage *(*create_image)();

+          int             (*destroy_image)();

+          unsigned long   (*get_pixel)();

+          int             (*put_pixel)();

+          struct _XImage  *(*sub_image)();

+          int            (*add_pixel)();

+     } f;

+} XImage;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To initialize the image manipulation routines of an image structure, use

+<function>XInitImage</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitImage</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xinitimage'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XInitImage</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *image</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the image.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XInitImage</function>

+function initializes the internal image manipulation routines of an

+image structure, based on the values of the various structure members.

+All fields other than the manipulation routines must already be initialized.

+If the bytes_per_line member is zero,

+<function>XInitImage</function>

+will assume the image data is contiguous in memory and set the

+bytes_per_line member to an appropriate value based on the other

+members; otherwise, the value of bytes_per_line is not changed.

+All of the manipulation routines are initialized to functions

+that other Xlib image manipulation functions need to operate on the

+type of image specified by the rest of the structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function must be called for any image constructed by the client

+before passing it to any other Xlib function.

+Image structures created or returned by Xlib do not need to be

+initialized in this fashion.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function returns a nonzero status if initialization of the

+structure is successful.  It returns zero if it detected some error

+or inconsistency in the structure, in which case the image is not changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To combine an image with a rectangle of a drawable on the display,

+use

+<function>XPutImage</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutImage</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xputimage'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XPutImage</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *image</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>image</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the image you want combined with the rectangle. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the offset in X from the left edge of the image defined

+by the 

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the offset in Y from the top edge of the image defined

+by the 

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure.

+<!-- .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->

+and are the coordinates of the subimage

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx. 

+<!-- .ds Wh \ of the subimage, which define the dimensions of the rectangle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XPutImage</function>

+function

+combines an image with a rectangle of the specified drawable.

+The section of the image defined by the src_x, src_y, width, and height 

+arguments is drawn on the specified part of the drawable.

+If 

+<symbol>XYBitmap</symbol>

+format is used, the depth of the image must be one,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+The foreground pixel in the GC defines the source for the one bits in the image,

+and the background pixel defines the source for the zero bits.

+For 

+<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>,

+the depth of the image must match the depth of the drawable,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the characteristics of the image (for example, byte_order and bitmap_unit)

+differ from what the server requires,

+<function>XPutImage</function>

+automatically makes the appropriate

+conversions.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This function uses these GC components: 

+function, plane-mask, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, 

+and clip-mask.

+It also uses these GC mode-dependent components:

+foreground and background.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XPutImage</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return the contents of a rectangle in a given drawable on the display,

+use

+<function>XGetImage</function>.

+This function specifically supports rudimentary screen dumps.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetImage</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetimage'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XImage *<function>XGetImage</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->

+and define the upper-left corner of the rectangle

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh \ of the subimage, which define the dimensions of the rectangle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the plane mask.

+<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the format for the image.

+You can pass

+<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetImage</function>

+function returns a pointer to an

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure.

+This structure provides you with the contents of the specified rectangle of

+the drawable in the format you specify.

+If the format argument is 

+<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>,

+the image contains only the bit planes you passed to the plane_mask argument.

+If the plane_mask argument only requests a subset of the planes of the

+display, the depth of the returned image will be the number of planes

+requested.

+If the format argument is 

+<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>,

+<function>XGetImage</function>

+returns as zero the bits in all planes not 

+specified in the plane_mask argument.

+The function performs no range checking on the values in plane_mask and ignores

+extraneous bits.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetImage</function>

+returns the depth of the image to the depth member of the

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure.

+The depth of the image is as specified when the drawable was created,

+except when getting a subset of the planes in 

+<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>

+format, when the depth is given by the number of bits set to 1 in plane_mask.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the drawable is a pixmap, 

+the given rectangle must be wholly contained within the pixmap, 

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If the drawable is a window, 

+the window must be viewable, 

+and it must be the case that if there were no inferiors or overlapping windows,

+the specified rectangle of the window would be fully visible on the screen

+and wholly contained within the outside edges of the window,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+Note that the borders of the window can be included and read with

+this request.

+If the window has backing-store, the backing-store contents are

+returned for regions of the window that are obscured by noninferior

+windows. 

+If the window does not have backing-store,

+the returned contents of such obscured regions are undefined.

+The returned contents of visible regions of inferiors

+of a different depth than the specified window's depth are also undefined.

+The pointer cursor image is not included in the returned contents.

+If a problem occurs,

+<function>XGetImage</function>

+returns NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetImage</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To copy the contents of a rectangle on the display

+to a location within a preexisting image structure, use

+<function>XGetSubImage</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSubImage</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetsubimage'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XImage *<function>XGetSubImage</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> plane_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *dest_image</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+<!-- .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ -->

+and define the upper-left corner of the rectangle

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh \ of the subimage, which define the dimensions of the rectangle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>plane_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the plane mask.

+<!-- .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the format for the image.

+You can pass

+<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_image</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the destination image.

+<!-- .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the destination rectangle, \ -->

+specify its upper-left corner, and determine where the subimage \

+is placed in the destination image

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Dx. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetSubImage</function>

+function updates dest_image with the specified subimage in the same manner as 

+<function>XGetImage</function>.

+If the format argument is 

+<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>,

+the image contains only the bit planes you passed to the plane_mask argument.

+If the format argument is 

+<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>,

+<function>XGetSubImage</function>

+returns as zero the bits in all planes not 

+specified in the plane_mask argument.

+The function performs no range checking on the values in plane_mask and ignores

+extraneous bits.

+As a convenience,

+<function>XGetSubImage</function>

+returns a pointer to the same

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure specified by dest_image.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The depth of the destination

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure must be the same as that of the drawable.

+If the specified subimage does not fit at the specified location

+on the destination image, the right and bottom edges are clipped.

+If the drawable is a pixmap,

+the given rectangle must be wholly contained within the pixmap,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If the drawable is a window, 

+the window must be viewable, 

+and it must be the case that if there were no inferiors or overlapping windows,

+the specified rectangle of the window would be fully visible on the screen

+and wholly contained within the outside edges of the window,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If the window has backing-store, 

+then the backing-store contents are returned for regions of the window 

+that are obscured by noninferior windows. 

+If the window does not have backing-store, 

+the returned contents of such obscured regions are undefined.

+The returned contents of visible regions of inferiors

+of a different depth than the specified window's depth are also undefined.

+If a problem occurs,

+<function>XGetSubImage</function>

+returns NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetSubImage</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+

+</para>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml
index d37e0863a..50e29e070 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml
@@ -1,2016 +1,2016 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="window_and_session_manager_functions">
-<title>Window and Session Manager Functions</title>
-
-<para>
-Although it is difficult to categorize functions as exclusively for an application,
-a window manager, or a session manager, the functions in this chapter are most
-often used by window managers and session managers. It is not expected that
-these functions will be used by most application programs. Xlib provides
-management functions to:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>Change the parent of a window</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Control the lifetime of a window</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Manage installed colormaps</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Set and retrieve the font search path</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Grab the server</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Kill a client</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Control the screen saver</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Control host access</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<sect1 id="Changing_the_Parent_of_a_Window">
-<title>Changing the Parent of a Window</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Changing the Parent of a Window  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To change a window's parent to another window on the same screen, use
-<function>XReparentWindow</function>.
-There is no way to move a window between screens.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReparentWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xreparentwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XReparentWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> parent</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the parent window.
-<!-- .ds Xy \ of the position in the new parent window -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If the specified window is mapped,
-<function>XReparentWindow</function>
-automatically performs an
-<systemitem>UnmapWindow</systemitem>
-request on it, removes it from its current position in the hierarchy,
-and inserts it as the child of the specified parent.
-The window is placed in the stacking order on top with respect to
-sibling windows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-After reparenting the specified window,
-<function>XReparentWindow</function>
-causes the X server to generate a
-<symbol>ReparentNotify</symbol>
-event.
-The override_redirect member returned in this event is
-set to the window's corresponding attribute.
-Window manager clients usually should ignore this window if this member
-is set to
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-Finally, if the specified window was originally mapped,
-the X server automatically performs a
-<systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem>
-request on it.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The X server performs normal exposure processing on formerly obscured
-windows.
-The X server might not generate 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events for regions from the initial
-<systemitem>UnmapWindow</systemitem>
-request that are immediately obscured by the final
-<systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem>
-request.
-A
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results if:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The new parent window is not on the same screen as
-the old parent window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The new parent window is the specified window or an inferior of the
-specified window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The new parent is
-<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,
-and the window is not.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The specified window has a
-<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>
-background, and the new parent window is not the same depth as the
-specified window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XReparentWindow</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Controlling_the_Lifetime_of_a_Window">
-<title>Controlling the Lifetime of a Window</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Controlling the Lifetime of a Window  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The save-set of a client is a list of other clients' windows that,
-if they are inferiors of one of the client's windows at connection close,
-should not be destroyed and should be remapped if they are unmapped.
-For further information about close-connection processing,
-see <link linkend="Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations_">section 2.6</link>.
-To allow an application's window to survive when a window manager that
-has reparented a window fails,
-Xlib provides the save-set functions that you can 
-use to control the longevity of subwindows
-that are normally destroyed when the parent is destroyed.
-For example, a window manager that wants to add decoration
-to a window by adding a frame might reparent an application's
-window. 
-When the frame is destroyed,
-the application's window should not be destroyed 
-but be returned to its previous place in the window hierarchy.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The X server automatically removes windows from the save-set
-when they are destroyed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To add or remove a window from the client's save-set, use
-<function>XChangeSaveSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchangesaveset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XChangeSaveSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> change_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi that you want to add to or delete from the client's save-set -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>change_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the mode.
-You can pass
-<symbol>SetModeInsert</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>SetModeDelete</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Depending on the specified mode,
-<function>XChangeSaveSet</function>
-either inserts or deletes the specified window from the client's save-set. 
-The specified window must have been created by some other client,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XChangeSaveSet</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To add a window to the client's save-set, use
-<function>XAddToSaveSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddToSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xaddtosaveset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAddToSaveSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi that you want to add to the client's save-set -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAddToSaveSet</function>
-function adds the specified window to the client's save-set.
-The specified window must have been created by some other client,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XAddToSaveSet</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To remove a window from the client's save-set, use
-<function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveFromSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xremovefromsaveset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi that you want to delete from the client's save-set -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function>
-function removes the specified window from the client's save-set.
-The specified window must have been created by some other client,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">
-<title>Managing Installed Colormaps</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Managing Installed Colormaps -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The X server maintains a list of installed colormaps.
-Windows using these colormaps are guaranteed to display with
-correct colors; windows using other colormaps may or may not display
-with correct colors.
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to install a colormap, 
-uninstall a colormap, and obtain a list of installed colormaps.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-At any time,
-there is a subset of the installed maps that is viewed as an ordered list
-and is called the required list.
-The length of the required list is at most M,
-where M is the minimum number of installed colormaps specified for the screen
-in the connection setup.
-The required list is maintained as follows.
-When a colormap is specified to
-<function>XInstallColormap</function>,
-it is added to the head of the list;
-the list is truncated at the tail, if necessary, to keep its length to 
-at most M.
-When a colormap is specified to
-<function>XUninstallColormap</function>
-and it is in the required list,
-it is removed from the list.
-A colormap is not added to the required list when it is implicitly installed
-by the X server,
-and the X server cannot implicitly uninstall a colormap that is in the
-required list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To install a colormap, use
-<function>XInstallColormap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInstallColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xinstallcolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XInstallColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XInstallColormap</function>
-function installs the specified colormap for its associated screen.
-All windows associated with this colormap immediately display with
-true colors.
-You associated the windows with this colormap when you created them by calling
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>,
-<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>,
-<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>,
-or
-<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the specified colormap is not already an installed colormap, 
-the X server generates a
-<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
-event on each window that has that colormap.
-In addition, for every other colormap that is installed as 
-a result of a call to
-<function>XInstallColormap</function>,
-the X server generates a
-<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
-event on each window that has that colormap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XInstallColormap</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To uninstall a colormap, use
-<function>XUninstallColormap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUninstallColormap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xuninstallcolormap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUninstallColormap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the colormap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUninstallColormap</function>
-function removes the specified colormap from the required
-list for its screen.
-As a result,
-the specified colormap might be uninstalled, 
-and the X server might implicitly install or uninstall additional colormaps.
-Which colormaps get installed or uninstalled is server dependent
-except that the required list must remain installed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the specified colormap becomes uninstalled, 
-the X server generates a
-<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
-event on each window that has that colormap.
-In addition, for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a 
-result of a call to 
-<function>XUninstallColormap</function>,
-the X server generates a
-<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
-event on each window that has that colormap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XUninstallColormap</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a list of the currently installed colormaps for a given screen, use
-<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListInstalledColormaps</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlistinstalledcolormaps'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Colormap *<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi that determines the screen -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of currently installed colormaps.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function>
-function returns a list of the currently installed colormaps for the screen 
-of the specified window.
-The order of the colormaps in the list is not significant
-and is no explicit indication of the required list.
-When the allocated list is no longer needed,
-free it by using
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Setting_and_Retrieving_the_Font_Search_Path">
-<title>Setting and Retrieving the Font Search Path</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Retrieving the Font Search Path  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The set of fonts available from a server depends on a font
-search path.  Xlib provides functions to set and retrieve the
-search path for a server.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the font search path, use
-<function>XSetFontPath</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFontPath</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetfontpath'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetFontPath</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **directories</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> ndirs</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>directories</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the directory path used to look for a font.
-Setting the path to the empty list restores the default path defined
-for the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ndirs</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of directories in the path.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetFontPath</function>
-function defines the directory search path for font lookup.
-There is only one search path per X server, not one per client.
-The encoding and interpretation of the strings are implementation-dependent,
-but typically they specify directories or font servers to be searched 
-in the order listed.
-An X server is permitted to cache font information internally;
-for example, it might cache an entire font from a file and not
-check on subsequent opens of that font to see if the underlying
-font file has changed.
-However,
-when the font path is changed,
-the X server is guaranteed to flush all cached information about fonts 
-for which there currently are no explicit resource IDs allocated.
-The meaning of an error from this request is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetFontPath</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the current font search path, use
-<function>XGetFontPath</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetFontPath</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetfontpath'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char **<function>XGetFontPath</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *npaths_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>npaths_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of strings in the font path array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetFontPath</function>
-function allocates and returns an array of strings containing the search path.
-The contents of these strings are implementation-dependent
-and are not intended to be interpreted by client applications.
-When it is no longer needed,
-the data in the font path should be freed by using
-<function>XFreeFontPath</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To free data returned by
-<function>XGetFontPath</function>,
-use
-<function>XFreeFontPath</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontPath</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontpath'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeFontPath</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the array of strings you want to free.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeFontPath</function>
-function
-frees the data allocated by
-<function>XGetFontPath</function>.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Grabbing_the_Server_">
-<title>Grabbing the Server </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Grabbing the Server  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to grab and ungrab the server.
-These functions can be used to control processing of output on other
-connections by the window system server.
-While the server is grabbed,
-no processing of requests or close downs on any other connection will occur.
-A client closing its connection automatically ungrabs the server.
-<indexterm><primary>Menus</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>managers</secondary></indexterm>
-Although grabbing the server is highly discouraged, it is sometimes necessary.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To grab the server, use
-<function>XGrabServer</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Server</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>server</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabServer</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgrabserver'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGrabServer</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGrabServer</function>
-function disables processing of requests and close downs on all other 
-connections than the one this request arrived on.
-You should not grab the X server any more than is absolutely necessary.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To ungrab the server, use
-<function>XUngrabServer</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabServer</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xungrabserver'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUngrabServer</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUngrabServer</function>
-function restarts processing of requests and close downs on other connections.
-You should avoid grabbing the X server as much as possible.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Killing_Clients">
-<title>Killing Clients</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Killing Clients  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides a function to cause the connection to
-a client to be closed and its resources to be destroyed.
-To destroy a client, use
-<function>XKillClient</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKillClient</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xkillclient'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XKillClient</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> resource</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>resource</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies any resource associated with the client that you want to destroy or
-<symbol>AllTemporary</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XKillClient</function>
-function
-forces a close down of the client
-that created the resource
-if a valid resource is specified.
-If the client has already terminated in
-either 
-<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
-mode, all of the client's
-resources are destroyed.
-If 
-<symbol>AllTemporary</symbol>
-is specified, the resources of all clients that have terminated in
-<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
-are destroyed (see <link linkend="Closing_the_Display">section 2.5</link>).
-This permits implementation of window manager facilities that aid debugging.
-A client can set its close-down mode to
-<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.
-If the client then crashes,
-its windows would not be destroyed. 
-The programmer can then inspect the application's window tree 
-and use the window manager to destroy the zombie windows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XKillClient</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Controlling_the_Screen_Saver_">
-<title>Controlling the Screen Saver </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Controlling the Screen Saver  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or reset the mode 
-of the screen saver, to force or activate the screen saver,
-or to obtain the current screen saver values.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the screen saver mode, use
-<function>XSetScreenSaver</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetscreensaver'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>inttimeout,<parameter> interval</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> prefer_blanking</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> allow_exposures</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>timeout</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the timeout, in seconds, until the screen saver turns on.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>interval</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the interval, in seconds, between screen saver alterations.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>prefer_blanking</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies how to enable screen blanking.
-You can pass
-<symbol>DontPreferBlanking</symbol>,
-<symbol>PreferBlanking</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>DefaultBlanking</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>allow_exposures</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the screen save control values.
-You can pass
-<symbol>DontAllowExposures</symbol>,
-<symbol>AllowExposures</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>DefaultExposures</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Timeout and interval are specified in seconds. 
-A timeout of 0 disables the screen saver 
-(but an activated screen saver is not deactivated),
-and a timeout of &minus;1 restores the default.
-Other negative values generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-If the timeout value is nonzero, 
-<function>XSetScreenSaver</function>
-enables the screen saver.
-An interval of 0 disables the random-pattern motion.
-If no input from devices (keyboard, mouse, and so on) is generated 
-for the specified number of timeout seconds once the screen saver is enabled,
-the screen saver is activated.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For each screen, 
-if blanking is preferred and the hardware supports video blanking, 
-the screen simply goes blank.  
-Otherwise, if either exposures are allowed or the screen can be regenerated 
-without sending 
-<symbol>Expose</symbol>
-events to clients, 
-the screen is tiled with the root window background tile randomly 
-re-origined each interval seconds.
-Otherwise, the screens' state do not change, 
-and the screen saver is not activated.
-The screen saver is deactivated,
-and all screen states are restored at the next
-keyboard or pointer input or at the next call to
-<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>
-with mode
-<symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the server-dependent screen saver method supports periodic change,
-the interval argument serves as a hint about how long the change period
-should be, and zero hints that no periodic change should be made.
-Examples of ways to change the screen include scrambling the colormap
-periodically, moving an icon image around the screen periodically, or tiling
-the screen with the root window background tile, randomly re-origined
-periodically.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetScreenSaver</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To force the screen saver on or off, use
-<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XForceScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xforcescreensaver'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XForceScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the mode that is to be applied.
-You can pass
-<symbol>ScreenSaverActive</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If the specified mode is 
-<symbol>ScreenSaverActive</symbol>
-and the screen saver currently is deactivated,
-<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>
-activates the screen saver even if the screen saver had been disabled
-with a timeout of zero.
-If the specified mode is 
-<symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol>
-and the screen saver currently is enabled,
-<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>
-deactivates the screen saver if it was activated,
-and the activation timer is reset to its initial state 
-(as if device input had been received).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To activate the screen saver, use
-<function>XActivateScreenSaver</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XActivateScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xactivatescreensaver'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XActivateScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To reset the screen saver, use
-<function>XResetScreenSaver</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xresetscreensaver'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XResetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the current screen saver values, use
-<function>XGetScreenSaver</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetscreensaver'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*timeout_return,<parameter> *interval_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *prefer_blanking_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *allow_exposures_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>timeout_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the timeout, in seconds, until the screen saver turns on.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>interval_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the interval between screen saver invocations.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>prefer_blanking_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the current screen blanking preference
-(<symbol>DontPreferBlanking</symbol>,
-<symbol>PreferBlanking</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>DefaultBlanking</symbol>).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>allow_exposures_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the current screen save control value
-(<symbol>DontAllowExposures</symbol>,
-<symbol>AllowExposures</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>DefaultExposures</symbol>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Controlling_Host_Access">
-<title>Controlling Host Access</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Controlling Host Access  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section discusses how to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Add, get, or remove hosts from the access control list
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Change, enable, or disable access
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Access control list</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Authentication</primary></indexterm>
-X does not provide any protection on a per-window basis.
-If you find out the resource ID of a resource, you can manipulate it.
-To provide some minimal level of protection, however,
-connections are permitted only from machines you trust.
-This is adequate on single-user workstations but obviously
-breaks down on timesharing machines.
-Although provisions exist in the X protocol for proper connection
-authentication, the lack of a standard authentication server
-leaves host-level access control as the only common mechanism.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Default Protection</primary></indexterm>
-The initial set of hosts allowed to open connections typically consists of:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The host the window system is running on.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems, each host listed in the
-<filename>/etc/X<replaceable>?</replaceable>.hosts</filename>
-file.
-The ? indicates the number of the
-display.
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename>/etc/X<replaceable>?</replaceable>.hosts</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-This file should consist of host names separated by newlines.
-DECnet nodes must terminate in :: to distinguish them from Internet hosts.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a host is not in the access control list when the access control 
-mechanism is enabled and if the host attempts to establish a connection,
-the server refuses the connection.
-To change the access list,
-the client must reside on the same host as the server and/or must
-have been granted permission in the initial authorization at connection
-setup.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Servers also can implement other access control policies in addition to
-or in place of this host access facility.
-For further information about other access control implementations,
-see ``X Window System Protocol.''
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Adding_Getting_or_Removing_Hosts">
-<title>Adding, Getting, or Removing Hosts</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Adding, Getting, or Removing Hosts  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to add, get, or remove hosts
-from the access control list.
-All the host access control functions use the 
-<structname>XHostAddress</structname>
-structure, which contains:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XHostAddress</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     int family;        /* for example FamilyInternet */
-     int length;        /* length of address, in bytes */
-     char *address;     /* pointer to where to find the address */
-} XHostAddress;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The family member specifies which protocol address family to use 
-(for example, <acronym>TCP</acronym>/<acronym>IP</acronym> or DECnet) and can be
-<symbol>FamilyInternet</symbol>,
-<symbol>FamilyInternet6</symbol>,
-<symbol>FamilyServerInterpreted</symbol>,
-<symbol>FamilyDECnet</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>FamilyChaos</symbol>.
-The length member specifies the length of the address in bytes.
-The address member specifies a pointer to the address.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For <acronym>TCP</acronym>/<acronym>IP</acronym>, the address should be in network byte order.
-For <acronym>IP</acronym> version 4 addresses, the family should be FamilyInternet
-and the length should be 4 bytes.  For <acronym>IP</acronym> version 6 addresses, the
-family should be FamilyInternet6 and the length should be 16 bytes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For the DECnet family, 
-the server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes.
-A Phase IV address is 2 bytes long.
-The first byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the node number.
-The second byte contains the most significant 2 bits of the
-node number in the least significant 2 bits of the byte
-and the area in the most significant 6 bits of the byte.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For the ServerInterpreted family, the length is ignored and the address 
-member is a pointer to a 
-<structname>XServerInterpretedAddress</structname>
-structure, which contains:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XServerInterpretedAddress</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     int typelength;     /* length of type string, in bytes */
-     int valuelength;    /* length of value string, in bytes */
-     char *type;         /* pointer to where to find the type string */
-     char *value;        /* pointer to where to find the address */
-} XServerInterpretedAddress;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The type and value members point to strings representing the type and value of
-the server interpreted entry.  These strings may not be NULL-terminated so care
-should be used when accessing them.  The typelength and valuelength members
-specify the length in byte of the type and value strings.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To add a single host, use
-<function>XAddHost</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddHost</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xaddhost'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAddHost</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XHostAddress<parameter> *host</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Ho added -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>host</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the host that is to be (Ho.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAddHost</function>
-function adds the specified host to the access control list for that display.
-The server must be on the same host as the client issuing the command, or a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XAddHost</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To add multiple hosts at one time, use
-<function>XAddHosts</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddHosts</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xaddhosts'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAddHosts</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XHostAddress<parameter> *hosts</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_hosts</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Ho added -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hosts</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies each host that is to be (Ho.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_hosts</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of hosts.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAddHosts</function>
-function adds each specified host to the access control list for that display.
-The server must be on the same host as the client issuing the command, or a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XAddHosts</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a host list, use
-<function>XListHosts</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListHosts</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlisthosts'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XHostAddress *<function>XListHosts</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nhosts_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> *state_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nhosts_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of hosts currently in the access control list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>state_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the state of the access control.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XListHosts</function>
-function returns the current access control list as well as whether the use 
-of the list at connection setup was enabled or disabled.
-<function>XListHosts</function>
-allows a program to find out what machines can make connections.
-It also returns a pointer to a list of host structures that
-were allocated by the function. 
-When no longer needed,
-this memory should be freed by calling
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To remove a single host, use
-<function>XRemoveHost</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveHost</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xremovehost'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRemoveHost</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XHostAddress<parameter> *host</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Ho removed -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>host</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the host that is to be (Ho.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRemoveHost</function>
-function removes the specified host from the access control list 
-for that display.
-The server must be on the same host as the client process, or a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-If you remove your machine from the access list,
-you can no longer connect to that server,
-and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XRemoveHost</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To remove multiple hosts at one time, use
-<function>XRemoveHosts</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveHosts</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xremovehosts'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRemoveHosts</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XHostAddress<parameter> *hosts</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_hosts</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Ho removed -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hosts</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies each host that is to be (Ho.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_hosts</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of hosts.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRemoveHosts</function>
-function removes each specified host from the access control list for that 
-display.  
-The X server must be on the same host as the client process, or a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-If you remove your machine from the access list, 
-you can no longer connect to that server,
-and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XRemoveHosts</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Changing_Enabling_or_Disabling_Access_Control">
-<title>Changing, Enabling, or Disabling Access Control</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Changing, Enabling, or Disabling Access Control  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to enable, disable, 
-or change access control.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For these functions to execute successfully,
-the client application must reside on the same host as the X server
-and/or have been given permission in the initial authorization
-at connection setup.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change access control, use
-<function>XSetAccessControl</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetaccesscontrol'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetAccessControl</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the mode.
-You can pass
-<symbol>EnableAccess</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>DisableAccess</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetAccessControl</function>
-function either enables or disables the use of the access control list 
-at each connection setup.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetAccessControl</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To enable access control, use
-<function>XEnableAccessControl</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEnableAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xenableaccesscontrol'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XEnableAccessControl</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XEnableAccessControl</function>
-function enables the use of the access control list at each connection setup.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XEnableAccessControl</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To disable access control, use
-<function>XDisableAccessControl</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisableAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisableaccesscontrol'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDisableAccessControl</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDisableAccessControl</function>
-function disables the use of the access control list at each connection setup.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XDisableAccessControl</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="window_and_session_manager_functions">

+<title>Window and Session Manager Functions</title>

+

+<para>

+Although it is difficult to categorize functions as exclusively for an application,

+a window manager, or a session manager, the functions in this chapter are most

+often used by window managers and session managers. It is not expected that

+these functions will be used by most application programs. Xlib provides

+management functions to:

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>Change the parent of a window</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Control the lifetime of a window</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Manage installed colormaps</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Set and retrieve the font search path</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Grab the server</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Kill a client</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Control the screen saver</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Control host access</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<sect1 id="Changing_the_Parent_of_a_Window">

+<title>Changing the Parent of a Window</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Changing the Parent of a Window  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To change a window's parent to another window on the same screen, use

+<function>XReparentWindow</function>.

+There is no way to move a window between screens.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReparentWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xreparentwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XReparentWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> parent</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the parent window.

+<!-- .ds Xy \ of the position in the new parent window -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If the specified window is mapped,

+<function>XReparentWindow</function>

+automatically performs an

+<systemitem>UnmapWindow</systemitem>

+request on it, removes it from its current position in the hierarchy,

+and inserts it as the child of the specified parent.

+The window is placed in the stacking order on top with respect to

+sibling windows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+After reparenting the specified window,

+<function>XReparentWindow</function>

+causes the X server to generate a

+<symbol>ReparentNotify</symbol>

+event.

+The override_redirect member returned in this event is

+set to the window's corresponding attribute.

+Window manager clients usually should ignore this window if this member

+is set to

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+Finally, if the specified window was originally mapped,

+the X server automatically performs a

+<systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem>

+request on it.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The X server performs normal exposure processing on formerly obscured

+windows.

+The X server might not generate 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events for regions from the initial

+<systemitem>UnmapWindow</systemitem>

+request that are immediately obscured by the final

+<systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem>

+request.

+A

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results if:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The new parent window is not on the same screen as

+the old parent window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The new parent window is the specified window or an inferior of the

+specified window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The new parent is

+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>,

+and the window is not.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The specified window has a

+<symbol>ParentRelative</symbol>

+background, and the new parent window is not the same depth as the

+specified window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XReparentWindow</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Controlling_the_Lifetime_of_a_Window">

+<title>Controlling the Lifetime of a Window</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Controlling the Lifetime of a Window  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The save-set of a client is a list of other clients' windows that,

+if they are inferiors of one of the client's windows at connection close,

+should not be destroyed and should be remapped if they are unmapped.

+For further information about close-connection processing,

+see <link linkend="Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations_">section 2.6</link>.

+To allow an application's window to survive when a window manager that

+has reparented a window fails,

+Xlib provides the save-set functions that you can 

+use to control the longevity of subwindows

+that are normally destroyed when the parent is destroyed.

+For example, a window manager that wants to add decoration

+to a window by adding a frame might reparent an application's

+window. 

+When the frame is destroyed,

+the application's window should not be destroyed 

+but be returned to its previous place in the window hierarchy.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The X server automatically removes windows from the save-set

+when they are destroyed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To add or remove a window from the client's save-set, use

+<function>XChangeSaveSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeSaveSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchangesaveset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XChangeSaveSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> change_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi that you want to add to or delete from the client's save-set -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>change_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the mode.

+You can pass

+<symbol>SetModeInsert</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>SetModeDelete</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Depending on the specified mode,

+<function>XChangeSaveSet</function>

+either inserts or deletes the specified window from the client's save-set. 

+The specified window must have been created by some other client,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XChangeSaveSet</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To add a window to the client's save-set, use

+<function>XAddToSaveSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddToSaveSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xaddtosaveset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAddToSaveSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi that you want to add to the client's save-set -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAddToSaveSet</function>

+function adds the specified window to the client's save-set.

+The specified window must have been created by some other client,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XAddToSaveSet</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To remove a window from the client's save-set, use

+<function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveFromSaveSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xremovefromsaveset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi that you want to delete from the client's save-set -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function>

+function removes the specified window from the client's save-set.

+The specified window must have been created by some other client,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">

+<title>Managing Installed Colormaps</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Managing Installed Colormaps -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The X server maintains a list of installed colormaps.

+Windows using these colormaps are guaranteed to display with

+correct colors; windows using other colormaps may or may not display

+with correct colors.

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to install a colormap, 

+uninstall a colormap, and obtain a list of installed colormaps.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+At any time,

+there is a subset of the installed maps that is viewed as an ordered list

+and is called the required list.

+The length of the required list is at most M,

+where M is the minimum number of installed colormaps specified for the screen

+in the connection setup.

+The required list is maintained as follows.

+When a colormap is specified to

+<function>XInstallColormap</function>,

+it is added to the head of the list;

+the list is truncated at the tail, if necessary, to keep its length to 

+at most M.

+When a colormap is specified to

+<function>XUninstallColormap</function>

+and it is in the required list,

+it is removed from the list.

+A colormap is not added to the required list when it is implicitly installed

+by the X server,

+and the X server cannot implicitly uninstall a colormap that is in the

+required list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To install a colormap, use

+<function>XInstallColormap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInstallColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xinstallcolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XInstallColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XInstallColormap</function>

+function installs the specified colormap for its associated screen.

+All windows associated with this colormap immediately display with

+true colors.

+You associated the windows with this colormap when you created them by calling

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>,

+<function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>,

+<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>,

+or

+<function>XSetWindowColormap</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the specified colormap is not already an installed colormap, 

+the X server generates a

+<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>

+event on each window that has that colormap.

+In addition, for every other colormap that is installed as 

+a result of a call to

+<function>XInstallColormap</function>,

+the X server generates a

+<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>

+event on each window that has that colormap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XInstallColormap</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To uninstall a colormap, use

+<function>XUninstallColormap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUninstallColormap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xuninstallcolormap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUninstallColormap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Colormap<parameter> colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the colormap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUninstallColormap</function>

+function removes the specified colormap from the required

+list for its screen.

+As a result,

+the specified colormap might be uninstalled, 

+and the X server might implicitly install or uninstall additional colormaps.

+Which colormaps get installed or uninstalled is server dependent

+except that the required list must remain installed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the specified colormap becomes uninstalled, 

+the X server generates a

+<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>

+event on each window that has that colormap.

+In addition, for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a 

+result of a call to 

+<function>XUninstallColormap</function>,

+the X server generates a

+<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>

+event on each window that has that colormap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XUninstallColormap</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a list of the currently installed colormaps for a given screen, use

+<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListInstalledColormaps</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlistinstalledcolormaps'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Colormap *<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi that determines the screen -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of currently installed colormaps.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function>

+function returns a list of the currently installed colormaps for the screen 

+of the specified window.

+The order of the colormaps in the list is not significant

+and is no explicit indication of the required list.

+When the allocated list is no longer needed,

+free it by using

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Setting_and_Retrieving_the_Font_Search_Path">

+<title>Setting and Retrieving the Font Search Path</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Retrieving the Font Search Path  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The set of fonts available from a server depends on a font

+search path.  Xlib provides functions to set and retrieve the

+search path for a server.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the font search path, use

+<function>XSetFontPath</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFontPath</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfontpath'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetFontPath</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **directories</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> ndirs</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>directories</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the directory path used to look for a font.

+Setting the path to the empty list restores the default path defined

+for the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ndirs</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of directories in the path.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetFontPath</function>

+function defines the directory search path for font lookup.

+There is only one search path per X server, not one per client.

+The encoding and interpretation of the strings are implementation-dependent,

+but typically they specify directories or font servers to be searched 

+in the order listed.

+An X server is permitted to cache font information internally;

+for example, it might cache an entire font from a file and not

+check on subsequent opens of that font to see if the underlying

+font file has changed.

+However,

+when the font path is changed,

+the X server is guaranteed to flush all cached information about fonts 

+for which there currently are no explicit resource IDs allocated.

+The meaning of an error from this request is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetFontPath</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the current font search path, use

+<function>XGetFontPath</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetFontPath</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetfontpath'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char **<function>XGetFontPath</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *npaths_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>npaths_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of strings in the font path array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetFontPath</function>

+function allocates and returns an array of strings containing the search path.

+The contents of these strings are implementation-dependent

+and are not intended to be interpreted by client applications.

+When it is no longer needed,

+the data in the font path should be freed by using

+<function>XFreeFontPath</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To free data returned by

+<function>XGetFontPath</function>,

+use

+<function>XFreeFontPath</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontPath</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontpath'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeFontPath</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the array of strings you want to free.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeFontPath</function>

+function

+frees the data allocated by

+<function>XGetFontPath</function>.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Grabbing_the_Server_">

+<title>Grabbing the Server </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Grabbing the Server  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to grab and ungrab the server.

+These functions can be used to control processing of output on other

+connections by the window system server.

+While the server is grabbed,

+no processing of requests or close downs on any other connection will occur.

+A client closing its connection automatically ungrabs the server.

+<indexterm><primary>Menus</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>managers</secondary></indexterm>

+Although grabbing the server is highly discouraged, it is sometimes necessary.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To grab the server, use

+<function>XGrabServer</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Server</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>server</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabServer</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabserver'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGrabServer</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGrabServer</function>

+function disables processing of requests and close downs on all other 

+connections than the one this request arrived on.

+You should not grab the X server any more than is absolutely necessary.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To ungrab the server, use

+<function>XUngrabServer</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabServer</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabserver'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUngrabServer</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUngrabServer</function>

+function restarts processing of requests and close downs on other connections.

+You should avoid grabbing the X server as much as possible.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Killing_Clients">

+<title>Killing Clients</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Killing Clients  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides a function to cause the connection to

+a client to be closed and its resources to be destroyed.

+To destroy a client, use

+<function>XKillClient</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKillClient</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xkillclient'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XKillClient</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> resource</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>resource</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies any resource associated with the client that you want to destroy or

+<symbol>AllTemporary</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XKillClient</function>

+function

+forces a close down of the client

+that created the resource

+if a valid resource is specified.

+If the client has already terminated in

+either 

+<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>

+mode, all of the client's

+resources are destroyed.

+If 

+<symbol>AllTemporary</symbol>

+is specified, the resources of all clients that have terminated in

+<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>

+are destroyed (see <link linkend="Closing_the_Display">section 2.5</link>).

+This permits implementation of window manager facilities that aid debugging.

+A client can set its close-down mode to

+<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.

+If the client then crashes,

+its windows would not be destroyed. 

+The programmer can then inspect the application's window tree 

+and use the window manager to destroy the zombie windows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XKillClient</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Controlling_the_Screen_Saver_">

+<title>Controlling the Screen Saver </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Controlling the Screen Saver  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or reset the mode 

+of the screen saver, to force or activate the screen saver,

+or to obtain the current screen saver values.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the screen saver mode, use

+<function>XSetScreenSaver</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetscreensaver'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>inttimeout,<parameter> interval</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> prefer_blanking</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> allow_exposures</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>timeout</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the timeout, in seconds, until the screen saver turns on.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>interval</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the interval, in seconds, between screen saver alterations.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>prefer_blanking</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies how to enable screen blanking.

+You can pass

+<symbol>DontPreferBlanking</symbol>,

+<symbol>PreferBlanking</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>DefaultBlanking</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>allow_exposures</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the screen save control values.

+You can pass

+<symbol>DontAllowExposures</symbol>,

+<symbol>AllowExposures</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>DefaultExposures</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Timeout and interval are specified in seconds. 

+A timeout of 0 disables the screen saver 

+(but an activated screen saver is not deactivated),

+and a timeout of &minus;1 restores the default.

+Other negative values generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+If the timeout value is nonzero, 

+<function>XSetScreenSaver</function>

+enables the screen saver.

+An interval of 0 disables the random-pattern motion.

+If no input from devices (keyboard, mouse, and so on) is generated 

+for the specified number of timeout seconds once the screen saver is enabled,

+the screen saver is activated.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For each screen, 

+if blanking is preferred and the hardware supports video blanking, 

+the screen simply goes blank.  

+Otherwise, if either exposures are allowed or the screen can be regenerated 

+without sending 

+<symbol>Expose</symbol>

+events to clients, 

+the screen is tiled with the root window background tile randomly 

+re-origined each interval seconds.

+Otherwise, the screens' state do not change, 

+and the screen saver is not activated.

+The screen saver is deactivated,

+and all screen states are restored at the next

+keyboard or pointer input or at the next call to

+<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>

+with mode

+<symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the server-dependent screen saver method supports periodic change,

+the interval argument serves as a hint about how long the change period

+should be, and zero hints that no periodic change should be made.

+Examples of ways to change the screen include scrambling the colormap

+periodically, moving an icon image around the screen periodically, or tiling

+the screen with the root window background tile, randomly re-origined

+periodically.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetScreenSaver</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To force the screen saver on or off, use

+<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XForceScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xforcescreensaver'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XForceScreenSaver</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the mode that is to be applied.

+You can pass

+<symbol>ScreenSaverActive</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If the specified mode is 

+<symbol>ScreenSaverActive</symbol>

+and the screen saver currently is deactivated,

+<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>

+activates the screen saver even if the screen saver had been disabled

+with a timeout of zero.

+If the specified mode is 

+<symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol>

+and the screen saver currently is enabled,

+<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>

+deactivates the screen saver if it was activated,

+and the activation timer is reset to its initial state 

+(as if device input had been received).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XForceScreenSaver</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To activate the screen saver, use

+<function>XActivateScreenSaver</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XActivateScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xactivatescreensaver'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XActivateScreenSaver</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To reset the screen saver, use

+<function>XResetScreenSaver</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xresetscreensaver'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XResetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the current screen saver values, use

+<function>XGetScreenSaver</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetscreensaver'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*timeout_return,<parameter> *interval_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *prefer_blanking_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *allow_exposures_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>timeout_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the timeout, in seconds, until the screen saver turns on.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>interval_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the interval between screen saver invocations.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>prefer_blanking_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the current screen blanking preference

+(<symbol>DontPreferBlanking</symbol>,

+<symbol>PreferBlanking</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>DefaultBlanking</symbol>).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>allow_exposures_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the current screen save control value

+(<symbol>DontAllowExposures</symbol>,

+<symbol>AllowExposures</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>DefaultExposures</symbol>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Controlling_Host_Access">

+<title>Controlling Host Access</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Controlling Host Access  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section discusses how to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Add, get, or remove hosts from the access control list

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Change, enable, or disable access

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Access control list</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Authentication</primary></indexterm>

+X does not provide any protection on a per-window basis.

+If you find out the resource ID of a resource, you can manipulate it.

+To provide some minimal level of protection, however,

+connections are permitted only from machines you trust.

+This is adequate on single-user workstations but obviously

+breaks down on timesharing machines.

+Although provisions exist in the X protocol for proper connection

+authentication, the lack of a standard authentication server

+leaves host-level access control as the only common mechanism.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Default Protection</primary></indexterm>

+The initial set of hosts allowed to open connections typically consists of:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The host the window system is running on.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems, each host listed in the

+<filename>/etc/X<replaceable>?</replaceable>.hosts</filename>

+file.

+The ? indicates the number of the

+display.

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename>/etc/X<replaceable>?</replaceable>.hosts</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+This file should consist of host names separated by newlines.

+DECnet nodes must terminate in :: to distinguish them from Internet hosts.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a host is not in the access control list when the access control 

+mechanism is enabled and if the host attempts to establish a connection,

+the server refuses the connection.

+To change the access list,

+the client must reside on the same host as the server and/or must

+have been granted permission in the initial authorization at connection

+setup.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Servers also can implement other access control policies in addition to

+or in place of this host access facility.

+For further information about other access control implementations,

+see ``X Window System Protocol.''

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Adding_Getting_or_Removing_Hosts">

+<title>Adding, Getting, or Removing Hosts</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Adding, Getting, or Removing Hosts  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to add, get, or remove hosts

+from the access control list.

+All the host access control functions use the 

+<structname>XHostAddress</structname>

+structure, which contains:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XHostAddress</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     int family;        /* for example FamilyInternet */

+     int length;        /* length of address, in bytes */

+     char *address;     /* pointer to where to find the address */

+} XHostAddress;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The family member specifies which protocol address family to use 

+(for example, <acronym>TCP</acronym>/<acronym>IP</acronym> or DECnet) and can be

+<symbol>FamilyInternet</symbol>,

+<symbol>FamilyInternet6</symbol>,

+<symbol>FamilyServerInterpreted</symbol>,

+<symbol>FamilyDECnet</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>FamilyChaos</symbol>.

+The length member specifies the length of the address in bytes.

+The address member specifies a pointer to the address.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For <acronym>TCP</acronym>/<acronym>IP</acronym>, the address should be in network byte order.

+For <acronym>IP</acronym> version 4 addresses, the family should be FamilyInternet

+and the length should be 4 bytes.  For <acronym>IP</acronym> version 6 addresses, the

+family should be FamilyInternet6 and the length should be 16 bytes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For the DECnet family, 

+the server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes.

+A Phase IV address is 2 bytes long.

+The first byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the node number.

+The second byte contains the most significant 2 bits of the

+node number in the least significant 2 bits of the byte

+and the area in the most significant 6 bits of the byte.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For the ServerInterpreted family, the length is ignored and the address 

+member is a pointer to a 

+<structname>XServerInterpretedAddress</structname>

+structure, which contains:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XServerInterpretedAddress</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     int typelength;     /* length of type string, in bytes */

+     int valuelength;    /* length of value string, in bytes */

+     char *type;         /* pointer to where to find the type string */

+     char *value;        /* pointer to where to find the address */

+} XServerInterpretedAddress;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The type and value members point to strings representing the type and value of

+the server interpreted entry.  These strings may not be NULL-terminated so care

+should be used when accessing them.  The typelength and valuelength members

+specify the length in byte of the type and value strings.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To add a single host, use

+<function>XAddHost</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddHost</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xaddhost'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAddHost</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XHostAddress<parameter> *host</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Ho added -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>host</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the host that is to be (Ho.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAddHost</function>

+function adds the specified host to the access control list for that display.

+The server must be on the same host as the client issuing the command, or a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XAddHost</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To add multiple hosts at one time, use

+<function>XAddHosts</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddHosts</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xaddhosts'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAddHosts</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XHostAddress<parameter> *hosts</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_hosts</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Ho added -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hosts</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies each host that is to be (Ho.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_hosts</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of hosts.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAddHosts</function>

+function adds each specified host to the access control list for that display.

+The server must be on the same host as the client issuing the command, or a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XAddHosts</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a host list, use

+<function>XListHosts</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListHosts</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlisthosts'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XHostAddress *<function>XListHosts</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nhosts_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> *state_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nhosts_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of hosts currently in the access control list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>state_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the state of the access control.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XListHosts</function>

+function returns the current access control list as well as whether the use 

+of the list at connection setup was enabled or disabled.

+<function>XListHosts</function>

+allows a program to find out what machines can make connections.

+It also returns a pointer to a list of host structures that

+were allocated by the function. 

+When no longer needed,

+this memory should be freed by calling

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To remove a single host, use

+<function>XRemoveHost</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveHost</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xremovehost'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRemoveHost</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XHostAddress<parameter> *host</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Ho removed -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>host</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the host that is to be (Ho.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRemoveHost</function>

+function removes the specified host from the access control list 

+for that display.

+The server must be on the same host as the client process, or a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+If you remove your machine from the access list,

+you can no longer connect to that server,

+and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XRemoveHost</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To remove multiple hosts at one time, use

+<function>XRemoveHosts</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveHosts</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xremovehosts'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRemoveHosts</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XHostAddress<parameter> *hosts</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_hosts</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Ho removed -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hosts</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies each host that is to be (Ho.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_hosts</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of hosts.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRemoveHosts</function>

+function removes each specified host from the access control list for that 

+display.  

+The X server must be on the same host as the client process, or a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+If you remove your machine from the access list, 

+you can no longer connect to that server,

+and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XRemoveHosts</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Changing_Enabling_or_Disabling_Access_Control">

+<title>Changing, Enabling, or Disabling Access Control</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Changing, Enabling, or Disabling Access Control  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to enable, disable, 

+or change access control.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For these functions to execute successfully,

+the client application must reside on the same host as the X server

+and/or have been given permission in the initial authorization

+at connection setup.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change access control, use

+<function>XSetAccessControl</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetAccessControl</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetaccesscontrol'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetAccessControl</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the mode.

+You can pass

+<symbol>EnableAccess</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>DisableAccess</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetAccessControl</function>

+function either enables or disables the use of the access control list 

+at each connection setup.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetAccessControl</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To enable access control, use

+<function>XEnableAccessControl</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEnableAccessControl</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xenableaccesscontrol'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XEnableAccessControl</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XEnableAccessControl</function>

+function enables the use of the access control list at each connection setup.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XEnableAccessControl</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To disable access control, use

+<function>XDisableAccessControl</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisableAccessControl</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisableaccesscontrol'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDisableAccessControl</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDisableAccessControl</function>

+function disables the use of the access control list at each connection setup.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XDisableAccessControl</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml
index f203f6f10..39140bbf6 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml
@@ -1,2521 +1,2521 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="event_handling_functions">
-<title>Event Handling Functions</title>
-
-<para>
-This chapter discusses the Xlib functions you can use to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>Select events</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Handle the output buffer and the event queue</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Select events from the event queue</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Send and get events</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Handle protocol errors</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<note><para>
-Some toolkits use their own event-handling functions and do not allow you to
-interchange these event-handling functions with those in Xlib. For further
-information, see the documentation supplied with the toolkit.
-</para></note>
-
-<para>
-Most applications simply are event loops: they wait for an event, decide what to do with it,
-execute some amount of code that results in changes to the display, and then wait for the next
-event.
-</para>
-
-<sect1 id="Selecting_Events">
-<title>Selecting Events</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Selecting Events  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-There are two ways to select the events you want reported to your client
-application.
-One way is to set the event_mask member of the
-<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>
-structure when you call
-<function>XCreateWindow</function>
-and
-<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>.
-Another way is to use
-<function>XSelectInput</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSelectInput</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xselectinput'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSelectInput</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN	 -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose events you are interested in -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event mask.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XSelectInput</function>
-function requests that the X server report the events associated with the 
-specified event mask.
-Initially, X will not report any of these events.
-Events are reported relative to a window.
-If a window is not interested in a device event, it usually propagates to
-the closest ancestor that is interested,
-unless the do_not_propagate mask prohibits it.
-<indexterm><primary>Event</primary><secondary>propagation</secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Setting the event-mask attribute of a window overrides any previous call
-for the same window but not for other clients.
-Multiple clients can select for the same events on the same window
-with the following restrictions:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Multiple clients can select events on the same window because their event masks
-are disjoint.
-When the X server generates an event, it reports it
-to all interested clients.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Only one client at a time can select
-<symbol>CirculateRequest</symbol>,
-<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>MapRequest</symbol>
-events, which are associated with
-the event mask
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Only one client at a time can select
-a
-<symbol>ResizeRequest</symbol>
-event, which is associated with
-the event mask
-<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Only one client at a time can select a 
-<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>
-event, which is associated with
-the event mask
-<symbol>ButtonPressMask</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The server reports the event to all interested clients.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSelectInput</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Handling_the_Output_Buffer">
-<title>Handling the Output Buffer</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Handling the Output Buffer -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The output buffer is an area used by Xlib to store requests.
-The functions described in this section flush the output buffer
-if the function would block or not return an event.
-That is, all requests residing in the output buffer that
-have not yet been sent are transmitted to the X server.
-These functions differ in the additional tasks they might perform.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To flush the output buffer, use 
-<function>XFlush</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlush</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xflush'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFlush</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFlush</function>
-function
-flushes the output buffer.
-Most client applications need not use this function because the output
-buffer is automatically flushed as needed by calls to
-<function>XPending</function>,
-<function>XNextEvent</function>,
-and
-<function>XWindowEvent</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XNextEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>XWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
-Events generated by the server may be enqueued into the library's event queue.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To flush the output buffer and then wait until all requests have been processed,
-use 
-<function>XSync</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSync</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsync'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSync</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> discard</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>discard</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether 
-<function>XSync</function>
-discards all events on the event queue.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSync</function>
-function
-flushes the output buffer and then waits until all requests have been received
-and processed by the X server.
-Any errors generated must be handled by the error handler.
-For each protocol error received by Xlib,
-<function>XSync</function>
-calls the client application's error handling routine
-(see <link linkend="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">section 11.8.2</link>).
-Any events generated by the server are enqueued into the library's 
-event queue.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Finally, if you passed 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-<function>XSync</function>
-does not discard the events in the queue.
-If you passed 
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-<function>XSync</function>
-discards all events in the queue,
-including those events that were on the queue before
-<function>XSync</function>
-was called.
-Client applications seldom need to call
-<function>XSync</function>.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Event_Queue_Management">
-<title>Event Queue Management</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Event Queue Management -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib maintains an event queue.
-However, the operating system also may be buffering data 
-in its network connection that is not yet read into the event queue.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To check the number of events in the event queue, use
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEventsQueued</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xeventsqueued'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XEventsQueued</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the mode.
-You can pass
-<symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>,
-<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>QueuedAfterReading</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If mode is 
-<symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>,
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-returns the number of events
-already in the event queue (and never performs a system call).
-If mode is 
-<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>,
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.
-If there are no events in the queue, 
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-flushes the output buffer, 
-attempts to read more events out of the application's connection,
-and returns the number read.
-If mode is 
-<symbol>QueuedAfterReading</symbol>,
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero. 
-If there are no events in the queue, 
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-attempts to read more events out of the application's connection 
-without flushing the output buffer and returns the number read.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-always returns immediately without I/O if there are events already in the
-queue.
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-with mode 
-<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>
-is identical in behavior to
-<function>XPending</function>.
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-with mode
-<symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>
-is identical to the
-<function>XQLength</function>
-function.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return the number of events that are pending, use 
-<function>XPending</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xpending'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XPending</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN	 -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XPending</function>
-function returns the number of events that have been received from the
-X server but have not been removed from the event queue.
-<function>XPending</function>
-is identical to
-<function>XEventsQueued</function>
-with the mode
-<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>
-specified.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Manipulating_the_Event_Queue">
-<title>Manipulating the Event Queue</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Manipulating the Event Queue  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that let you manipulate the event queue.
-This section discusses how to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Obtain events, in order, and remove them from the queue
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Peek at events in the queue without removing them
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Obtain events that match the event mask or the arbitrary
-predicate procedures that you provide
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect2 id="Returning_the_Next_Event">
-<title>Returning the Next Event</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Returning the Next Event -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To get the next event and remove it from the queue, use
-<function>XNextEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNextEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xnextevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XNextEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the next event in the queue.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XNextEvent</function>
-function copies the first event from the event queue into the specified
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure and then removes it from the queue.
-If the event queue is empty,
-<function>XNextEvent</function>
-flushes the output buffer and blocks until an event is received.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To peek at the event queue, use
-<function>XPeekEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPeekEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xpeekevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XPeekEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns a copy of the matched event's associated structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XPeekEvent</function>
-function returns the first event from the event queue,
-but it does not remove the event from the queue.
-If the queue is empty,
-<function>XPeekEvent</function>
-flushes the output buffer and blocks until an event is received.
-It then copies the event into the client-supplied
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure without removing it from the event queue.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Selecting_Events_Using_a_Predicate_Procedure">
-<title>Selecting Events Using a Predicate Procedure</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Selecting Events Using a Predicate Procedure -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each of the functions discussed in this section requires you to
-pass a predicate procedure that determines if an event matches 
-what you want.
-Your predicate procedure must decide if the event is useful
-without calling any Xlib functions.
-If the predicate directly or indirectly causes the state of the event queue
-to change, the result is not defined.
-If Xlib has been initialized for threads, the predicate is called with
-the display locked and the result of a call by the predicate to any
-Xlib function that locks the display is not defined unless the caller
-has first called
-<function>XLockDisplay</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The predicate procedure and its associated arguments are:
-</para>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><type>Bool</type></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the argument passed in from the 
-<function>XIfEvent</function>,
-<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>,
-or
-<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>
-function.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The predicate procedure is called once for each
-event in the queue until it finds a match. 
-After finding a match, the predicate procedure must return 
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-If it did not find a match, it must return
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To check the event queue for a matching event
-and, if found, remove the event from the queue, use
-<function>XIfEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xifevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XIfEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*predicate)()</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the matched event's associated structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure that is to be called to determine
-if the next event in the queue matches what you want.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate procedure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XIfEvent</function>
-function completes only when the specified predicate
-procedure returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-for an event, 
-which indicates an event in the queue matches.
-<function>XIfEvent</function>
-flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events.
-<function>XIfEvent</function>
-removes the matching event from the queue 
-and copies the structure into the client-supplied
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To check the event queue for a matching event without blocking, use
-<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcheckifevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckIfEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*predicate)()</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns a copy of the matched event's associated structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure that is to be called to determine
-if the next event in the queue matches what you want.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate procedure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-When the predicate procedure finds a match,
-<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>
-copies the matched event into the client-supplied
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure and returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-(This event is removed from the queue.)
-If the predicate procedure finds no match,
-<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>
-returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-and the output buffer will have been flushed.
-All earlier events stored in the queue are not discarded.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To check the event queue for a matching event
-without removing the event from the queue, use
-<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPeekIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xpeekifevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XPeekIfEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*predicate)()</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns a copy of the matched event's associated structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure that is to be called to determine
-if the next event in the queue matches what you want.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate procedure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>
-function returns only when the specified predicate
-procedure returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-for an event.
-After the predicate procedure finds a match,
-<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>
-copies the matched event into the client-supplied
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure without removing the event from the queue.
-<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>
-flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Selecting_Events_Using_a_Window_or_Event_Mask">
-<title>Selecting Events Using a Window or Event Mask</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Selecting Events Using a Window or Event Mask -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The functions discussed in this section let you select events by window 
-or event types, allowing you to process events out of order.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To remove the next event that matches both a window and an event mask, use
-<function>XWindowEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwindowevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XWindowEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose events you are interested in -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event mask.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the matched event's associated structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XWindowEvent</function>
-function searches the event queue for an event that matches both the specified
-window and event mask.
-When it finds a match,
-<function>XWindowEvent</function>
-removes that event from the queue and copies it into the specified
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure.
-The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.
-If a matching event is not in the queue,
-<function>XWindowEvent</function>
-flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To remove the next event that matches both a window and an event mask (if any),
-use
-<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
-This function is similar to
-<function>XWindowEvent</function>
-except that it never blocks and it returns a 
-<type>Bool</type>
-indicating if the event was returned.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcheckwindowevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckWindowEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Wi whose events you are interested in -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event mask.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the matched event's associated structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>
-function searches the event queue and then the events available 
-on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified window
-and event mask.
-If it finds a match,
-<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>
-removes that event, copies it into the specified
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure, and returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.
-If the event you requested is not available,
-<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>
-returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-and the output buffer will have been flushed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To remove the next event that matches an event mask, use
-<function>XMaskEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaskEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmaskevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XMaskEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event mask.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the matched event's associated structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XMaskEvent</function>
-function searches the event queue for the events associated with the 
-specified mask.
-When it finds a match,
-<function>XMaskEvent</function>
-removes that event and copies it into the specified
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure.
-The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.
-If the event you requested is not in the queue,
-<function>XMaskEvent</function>
-flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return and remove the next event that matches an event mask (if any), use
-<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>.
-This function is similar to 
-<function>XMaskEvent</function>
-except that it never blocks and it returns a 
-<type>Bool</type>
-indicating if the event was returned.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckMaskEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcheckmaskevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckMaskEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event mask.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the matched event's associated structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>
-function searches the event queue and then any events available on the
-server connection for the first event that matches the specified mask.
-If it finds a match,
-<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>
-removes that event, copies it into the specified
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure, and returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.
-If the event you requested is not available,
-<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>
-returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-and the output buffer will have been flushed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp  -->
-To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type, use
-<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckTypedEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchecktypedevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckTypedEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_type</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event type to be compared.
-
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the matched event's associated structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>
-function searches the event queue and then any events available  
-on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified type.
-If it finds a match,
-<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>
-removes that event, copies it into the specified
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure, and returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-The other events in the queue are not discarded.
-If the event is not available,
-<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>
-returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-and the output buffer will have been flushed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type 
-and a window, use
-<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchecktypedwindowevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_type</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event type to be compared.
-
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the matched event's associated structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>
-function searches the event queue and then any events available  
-on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified
-type and window.
-If it finds a match,
-<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>
-removes the event from the queue, copies it into the specified
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure, and returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-The other events in the queue are not discarded.
-If the event is not available,
-<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>
-returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-and the output buffer will have been flushed.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Putting_an_Event_Back_into_the_Queue">
-<title>Putting an Event Back into the Queue</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Putting an Event Back into the Queue  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To push an event back into the event queue, use
-<function>XPutBackEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutBackEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xputbackevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XPutBackEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XPutBackEvent</function>
-function pushes an event back onto the head of the display's event queue
-by copying the event into the queue.
-This can be useful if you read an event and then decide that you
-would rather deal with it later.
-There is no limit to the number of times in succession that you can call
-<function>XPutBackEvent</function>.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Sending_Events_to_Other_Applications">
-<title>Sending Events to Other Applications</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Sending Events to Other Applications -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To send an event to a specified window, use
-<function>XSendEvent</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm>
-This function is often used in selection processing.
-For example, the owner of a selection should use
-<function>XSendEvent</function>
-to send a
-<symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol>
-event to a requestor when a selection has been converted 
-and stored as a property.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsendevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XSendEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> propagate</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_send</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window the event is to be sent to, or
-<symbol>PointerWindow</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>InputFocus</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>propagate</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event mask.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_send</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event that is to be sent.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSendEvent</function>
-function identifies the destination window, 
-determines which clients should receive the specified events, 
-and ignores any active grabs.
-This function requires you to pass an event mask.
-For a discussion of the valid event mask names,
-see <link linkend="Event_Masks">section 10.3</link>.
-This function uses the w argument to identify the destination window as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If w is
-<symbol>PointerWindow</symbol>,
-the destination window is the window that contains the pointer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If w is
-<symbol>InputFocus</symbol>
-and if the focus window contains the pointer, 
-the destination window is the window that contains the pointer; 
-otherwise, the destination window is the focus window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To determine which clients should receive the specified events,
-<function>XSendEvent</function>
-uses the propagate argument as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If event_mask is the empty set,
-the event is sent to the client that created the destination window.
-If that client no longer exists,
-no event is sent.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If propagate is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-the event is sent to every client selecting on destination any of the event
-types in the event_mask argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If propagate is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-and no clients have selected on destination any of
-the event types in event-mask, the destination is replaced with the
-closest ancestor of destination for which some client has selected a
-type in event-mask and for which no intervening window has that type in its
-do-not-propagate-mask. 
-If no such window exists or if the window is
-an ancestor of the focus window and 
-<symbol>InputFocus</symbol>
-was originally specified
-as the destination, the event is not sent to any clients.
-Otherwise, the event is reported to every client selecting on the final
-destination any of the types specified in event_mask.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The event in the
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure must be one of the core events or one of the events
-defined by an extension (or a 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results) so that the X server can correctly byte-swap 
-the contents as necessary.  
-The contents of the event are
-otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-in the forwarded event and to set the serial number in the event correctly;
-therefore these fields
-and the display field are ignored by
-<function>XSendEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSendEvent</function>
-returns zero if the conversion to wire protocol format failed
-and returns nonzero otherwise.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSendEvent</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Getting_Pointer_Motion_History">
-<title>Getting Pointer Motion History</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Getting Pointer Motion History -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Some X server implementations will maintain a more complete
-history of pointer motion than is reported by event notification.
-The pointer position at each pointer hardware interrupt may be
-stored in a buffer for later retrieval.
-This buffer is called the motion history buffer.
-For example, a few applications, such as paint programs,
-want to have a precise history of where the pointer
-traveled. 
-However, this historical information is highly excessive for most applications.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To determine the approximate maximum number of elements in the motion buffer, 
-use
-<function>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaymotionbuffersize'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned <type>long</type></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The server may retain the recent history of the pointer motion
-and do so to a finer granularity than is reported by
-<symbol>MotionNotify</symbol>
-events.
-The
-<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>
-function makes this history available.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the motion history for a specified window and time, use
-<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetMotionEvents</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetmotionevents'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XTimeCoord *<function>XGetMotionEvents</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Timestart,<parameter> stop</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nevents_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>start</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>stop</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the time interval in which the events are returned from the motion
-history buffer.
-You can pass a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nevents_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of events from the motion history buffer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>
-function returns all events in the motion history buffer that fall between the
-specified start and stop times, inclusive, and that have coordinates
-that lie within the specified window (including its borders) at its present
-placement.
-If the server does not support motion history, 
-if the start time is later than the stop time,
-or if the start time is in the future, 
-no events are returned;
-<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>
-returns NULL.
-If the stop time is in the future, it is equivalent to specifying
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-The return type for this function is a structure defined as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTimeCoord</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	Time time;
-	short x, y;
-} XTimeCoord;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The time member is set to the time, in milliseconds. 
-The x and y members are set to the coordinates of the pointer and
-are reported relative to the origin
-of the specified window.
-To free the data returned from this call, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Handling_Protocol_Errors">
-<title>Handling Protocol Errors</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Handling Protocol Errors -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to enable or disable synchronization
-and to use the default error handlers.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Enabling_or_Disabling_Synchronization">
-<title>Enabling or Disabling Synchronization</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Enabling or Disabling Synchronization  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When debugging X applications, 
-it often is very convenient to require Xlib to behave synchronously
-so that errors are reported as they occur.
-The following function lets you disable or enable synchronous behavior.
-Note that graphics may occur 30 or more times more slowly when 
-synchronization is enabled.
-<indexterm><primary>_Xdebug</primary></indexterm>
-On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,
-there is also a global variable 
-<varname>_Xdebug</varname>
-that, if set to nonzero before starting a program under a debugger, will force
-synchronous library behavior.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-After completing their work,
-all Xlib functions that generate protocol requests call what is known as
-an after function.
-<function>XSetAfterFunction</function>
-sets which function is to be called.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetAfterFunction</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetafterfunction'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*procedure)()</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>procedure</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure to be called.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The specified procedure is called with only a display pointer.
-<function>XSetAfterFunction</function>
-returns the previous after function.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To enable or disable synchronization, use 
-<function>XSynchronize</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>synchronous mode</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSynchronize</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsynchronize'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> onoff</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>onoff</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether to enable 
-or disable synchronization.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSynchronize</function>
-function returns 
-the previous after function.
-If onoff is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-<function>XSynchronize</function>
-turns on synchronous behavior.
-If onoff is
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-<function>XSynchronize</function>
-turns off synchronous behavior.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">
-<title>Using the Default Error Handlers</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using the Default Error Handlers  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error handlers</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Error</primary><secondary>handlers</secondary></indexterm>
-There are two default error handlers in Xlib: 
-one to handle typically fatal conditions (for example, 
-the connection to a display server dying because a machine crashed) 
-and one to handle protocol errors from the X server.
-These error handlers can be changed to user-supplied routines if you
-prefer your own error handling and can be changed as often as you like.
-If either function is passed a NULL pointer, it will
-reinvoke the default handler.
-The action of the default handlers is to print an explanatory
-message and exit.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the error handler, use
-<function>XSetErrorHandler</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetErrorHandler</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xseterrorhandler'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int *<function>XSetErrorHandler</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>int <parameter> *handler</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>handler</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the program's supplied error handler.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-Xlib generally calls the program's
-supplied error handler whenever an error is received.
-It is not called on
-<errorname>BadName</errorname>
-errors from
-<systemitem>OpenFont</systemitem>,
-<systemitem>LookupColor</systemitem>,
-or
-<systemitem>AllocNamedColor</systemitem>
-protocol requests or on
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>
-errors from a
-<systemitem>QueryFont</systemitem>
-protocol request.
-These errors generally are reflected back to the program through the
-procedural interface.
-Because this condition is not assumed to be fatal, 
-it is acceptable for your error handler to return;
-the returned value is ignored.
-However, the error handler should not
-call any functions (directly or indirectly) on the display
-that will generate protocol requests or that will look for input events.
-The previous error handler is returned.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<structname>XErrorEvent</structname>
-structure contains:
-<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error event</secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XErrorEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	int type;
-	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
-	unsigned long serial;		/* serial number of failed request */
-	unsigned char error_code;	/* error code of failed request */
-	unsigned char request_code;	/* Major op-code of failed request */
-	unsigned char minor_code;	/* Minor op-code of failed request */
-	XID resourceid;		/* resource id */
-} XErrorEvent;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Serial Number</primary></indexterm>
-The serial member is the number of requests, starting from one, 
-sent over the network connection since it was opened. 
-It is the number that was the value of 
-<function>NextRequest</function>
-immediately before the failing call was made.  
-The request_code member is a protocol request
-of the procedure that failed, as defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>.
-The following error codes can be returned by the functions described in this
-chapter:
-</para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ne 13 -->
-<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error numbers</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Error</primary><secondary>codes</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .\".CP T 3 -->
-<!-- .\"Error Codes -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadAccess</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadAlloc</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadAtom</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadColor</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadCursor</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadDrawable</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadFont</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadGC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadIDChoice</primary></indexterm>
-<informaltable frame='none'>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='left'>Error Code</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Description</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadAccess'>BadAccess</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>
-      <para>A client attempts to grab a key/button combination already grabbed
-      by another client.</para>
-      <para>A client attempts to free a colormap entry that it had not already allocated
-      or to free an entry in a colormap that was created with all entries writable.</para>
-      <para>A client attempts to store into a read-only or unallocated colormap entry.</para>
-      <para>A client attempts to modify the access control list from other than the local
-      (or otherwise authorized) host.</para>
-      <para>A client attempts to select an event type that another client
-      has already selected.</para>
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadAlloc'>BadAlloc</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>The server fails to allocate the requested resource.
-      Note that the explicit listing of
-      <errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-      errors in requests only covers allocation errors at a very coarse level
-      and is not intended to (nor can it in practice hope to) cover all cases of
-      a server running out of allocation space in the middle of service.
-      The semantics when a server runs out of allocation space are left unspecified,
-      but a server may generate a
-      <errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-      error on any request for this reason,
-      and clients should be prepared to receive such errors and handle or discard
-      them.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadAtom'>BadAtom</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A value for an atom argument does not name a defined atom.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadColor'>BadColor</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A value for a colormap argument does not name a defined colormap.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadCursor'>BadCursor</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A value for a cursor argument does not name a defined cursor.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadDrawable'>BadDrawable</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A value for a drawable argument does not name a defined window or pixmap.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadFont'>BadFont</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A value for a font argument does not name a defined font (or, in some cases,
-      <type>GContext</type>).</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadGC'>BadGC</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A value for a
-      <type>GContext</type>
-      argument does not name a defined 
-      <type>GContext</type>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadIDChoice'>BadIDChoice</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>The value chosen for a resource identifier either is not included in the
-      range assigned to the client or is already in use.
-      Under normal circumstances,
-      this cannot occur and should be considered a server or Xlib error.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadImplementation'>BadImplementation</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>The server does not implement some aspect of the request.
-      A server that generates this error for a core request is deficient.
-      As such, this error is not listed for any of the requests,
-      but clients should be prepared to receive such errors
-      and handle or discard them.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadLength'>BadLength</errorname></entry>
-      <entry><para>The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to
-      contain the arguments.
-      This is an internal Xlib or server error.</para>
-      <para>The length of a request exceeds the maximum length accepted by the server.</para>
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadMatch'>BadMatch</errorname></entry>
-      <entry><para>In a graphics request,
-      the root and depth of the graphics context do not match those of the drawable.</para>
-      <para>An <symbol>InputOnly</symbol> window is used as a drawable.</para>
-      <para>Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range,
-      but it fails to match in some other way required by the request.</para>
-      <para>An <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
-      window lacks this attribute.</para>
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadName'>BadName</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A font or color of the specified name does not exist.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadPixmap'>BadPixmap</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A value for a pixmap argument does not name a defined pixmap.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadRequest'>BadRequest</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>The major or minor opcode does not specify a valid request.
-      This usually is an Xlib or server error.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadValue'>BadValue</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>Some numeric value falls outside of the range of values accepted
-      by the request.
-      Unless a specific range is specified for an argument,
-      the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted.
-      Any argument defined as a set of alternatives typically can generate
-      this error (due to the encoding).</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><errorname id='BadWindow'>BadWindow</errorname></entry>
-      <entry>A value for a window argument does not name a defined window.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadImplementation</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadLength</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadMatch</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadName</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadPixmap</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadRequest</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadValue</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .NT Note -->
-
-<note>
-<para>
-The 
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors are also used when the argument type is extended by a set of
-fixed alternatives.
-</para>
-</note>
-
-<!-- .NE -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain textual descriptions of the specified error code, use 
-<function>XGetErrorText</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorText</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error message strings</secondary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgeterrortext'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGetErrorText</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> code</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>code</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the error code for which you want to obtain a description.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the error description.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of the buffer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XGetErrorText</function>
-function copies a null-terminated string describing the specified error code
-into the specified buffer.
-The returned text is in the encoding of the current locale.
-It is recommended that you use this function to obtain an error description
-because extensions to Xlib may define their own error codes
-and error strings.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain error messages from the error database, use
-<function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorDatabaseText</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgeterrordatabasetext'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char*name,<parameter> *message</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *default_string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the name of the application.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>message</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the type of the error message.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>default_string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the default error message if none is found in the database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the error description.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of the buffer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function>
-function returns a null-terminated message
-(or the default message) from the error message
-database.
-Xlib uses this function internally to look up its error messages.
-The text in the default_string argument is assumed
-to be in the encoding of the current locale,
-and the text stored in the buffer_return argument
-is in the encoding of the current locale.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The name argument should generally be the name of your application.
-The message argument should indicate which type of error message you want.
-If the name and message are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Xlib uses three predefined ``application names'' to report errors.
-In these names,
-uppercase and lowercase matter.
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      XProtoError
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-The protocol error number is used as a string for the message argument.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      XlibMessage
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-These are the message strings that are used internally by the library.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      XRequest
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-For a core protocol request,
-the major request protocol number is used for the message argument.
-For an extension request,
-the extension name (as given by
-<function>InitExtension</function>)
-followed by a period (.) and the minor request protocol number 
-is used for the message argument.
-If no string is found in the error database,
-the default_string is returned to the buffer argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To report an error to the user when the requested display does not exist, use
-<function>XDisplayName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XDisplayName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDisplayName</function>
-function returns the name of the display that 
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-would attempt to use.
-If a NULL string is specified,
-<function>XDisplayName</function>
-looks in the environment for the display and returns the display name that
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
-would attempt to use.
-This makes it easier to report to the user precisely which display the
-program attempted to open when the initial connection attempt failed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To handle fatal I/O errors, use
-<function>XSetIOErrorHandler</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIOErrorHandler</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetioerrorhandler'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>int(*handler)(Display<parameter> *)</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>handler</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the program's supplied error handler.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetIOErrorHandler</function>
-sets the fatal I/O error handler.
-Xlib calls the program's supplied error handler if any sort of system call
-error occurs (for example, the connection to the server was lost).
-This is assumed to be a fatal condition,
-and the called routine should not return.
-If the I/O error handler does return,
-the client process exits.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that the previous error handler is returned.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="event_handling_functions">

+<title>Event Handling Functions</title>

+

+<para>

+This chapter discusses the Xlib functions you can use to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>Select events</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Handle the output buffer and the event queue</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Select events from the event queue</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Send and get events</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Handle protocol errors</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<note><para>

+Some toolkits use their own event-handling functions and do not allow you to

+interchange these event-handling functions with those in Xlib. For further

+information, see the documentation supplied with the toolkit.

+</para></note>

+

+<para>

+Most applications simply are event loops: they wait for an event, decide what to do with it,

+execute some amount of code that results in changes to the display, and then wait for the next

+event.

+</para>

+

+<sect1 id="Selecting_Events">

+<title>Selecting Events</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Selecting Events  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+There are two ways to select the events you want reported to your client

+application.

+One way is to set the event_mask member of the

+<structname>XSetWindowAttributes</structname>

+structure when you call

+<function>XCreateWindow</function>

+and

+<function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>.

+Another way is to use

+<function>XSelectInput</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSelectInput</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xselectinput'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSelectInput</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN	 -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose events you are interested in -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event mask.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XSelectInput</function>

+function requests that the X server report the events associated with the 

+specified event mask.

+Initially, X will not report any of these events.

+Events are reported relative to a window.

+If a window is not interested in a device event, it usually propagates to

+the closest ancestor that is interested,

+unless the do_not_propagate mask prohibits it.

+<indexterm><primary>Event</primary><secondary>propagation</secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Setting the event-mask attribute of a window overrides any previous call

+for the same window but not for other clients.

+Multiple clients can select for the same events on the same window

+with the following restrictions:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Multiple clients can select events on the same window because their event masks

+are disjoint.

+When the X server generates an event, it reports it

+to all interested clients.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Only one client at a time can select

+<symbol>CirculateRequest</symbol>,

+<symbol>ConfigureRequest</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>MapRequest</symbol>

+events, which are associated with

+the event mask

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Only one client at a time can select

+a

+<symbol>ResizeRequest</symbol>

+event, which is associated with

+the event mask

+<symbol>ResizeRedirectMask</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Only one client at a time can select a 

+<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>

+event, which is associated with

+the event mask

+<symbol>ButtonPressMask</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The server reports the event to all interested clients.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSelectInput</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Handling_the_Output_Buffer">

+<title>Handling the Output Buffer</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Handling the Output Buffer -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The output buffer is an area used by Xlib to store requests.

+The functions described in this section flush the output buffer

+if the function would block or not return an event.

+That is, all requests residing in the output buffer that

+have not yet been sent are transmitted to the X server.

+These functions differ in the additional tasks they might perform.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To flush the output buffer, use 

+<function>XFlush</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlush</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xflush'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFlush</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFlush</function>

+function

+flushes the output buffer.

+Most client applications need not use this function because the output

+buffer is automatically flushed as needed by calls to

+<function>XPending</function>,

+<function>XNextEvent</function>,

+and

+<function>XWindowEvent</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XNextEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>XWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>

+Events generated by the server may be enqueued into the library's event queue.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To flush the output buffer and then wait until all requests have been processed,

+use 

+<function>XSync</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSync</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsync'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSync</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> discard</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>discard</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether 

+<function>XSync</function>

+discards all events on the event queue.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSync</function>

+function

+flushes the output buffer and then waits until all requests have been received

+and processed by the X server.

+Any errors generated must be handled by the error handler.

+For each protocol error received by Xlib,

+<function>XSync</function>

+calls the client application's error handling routine

+(see <link linkend="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">section 11.8.2</link>).

+Any events generated by the server are enqueued into the library's 

+event queue.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Finally, if you passed 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+<function>XSync</function>

+does not discard the events in the queue.

+If you passed 

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+<function>XSync</function>

+discards all events in the queue,

+including those events that were on the queue before

+<function>XSync</function>

+was called.

+Client applications seldom need to call

+<function>XSync</function>.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Event_Queue_Management">

+<title>Event Queue Management</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Event Queue Management -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib maintains an event queue.

+However, the operating system also may be buffering data 

+in its network connection that is not yet read into the event queue.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To check the number of events in the event queue, use

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEventsQueued</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xeventsqueued'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XEventsQueued</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the mode.

+You can pass

+<symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>,

+<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>QueuedAfterReading</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If mode is 

+<symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>,

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+returns the number of events

+already in the event queue (and never performs a system call).

+If mode is 

+<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>,

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.

+If there are no events in the queue, 

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+flushes the output buffer, 

+attempts to read more events out of the application's connection,

+and returns the number read.

+If mode is 

+<symbol>QueuedAfterReading</symbol>,

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero. 

+If there are no events in the queue, 

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+attempts to read more events out of the application's connection 

+without flushing the output buffer and returns the number read.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+always returns immediately without I/O if there are events already in the

+queue.

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+with mode 

+<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>

+is identical in behavior to

+<function>XPending</function>.

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+with mode

+<symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>

+is identical to the

+<function>XQLength</function>

+function.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return the number of events that are pending, use 

+<function>XPending</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xpending'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XPending</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN	 -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XPending</function>

+function returns the number of events that have been received from the

+X server but have not been removed from the event queue.

+<function>XPending</function>

+is identical to

+<function>XEventsQueued</function>

+with the mode

+<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>

+specified.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Manipulating_the_Event_Queue">

+<title>Manipulating the Event Queue</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Manipulating the Event Queue  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that let you manipulate the event queue.

+This section discusses how to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Obtain events, in order, and remove them from the queue

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Peek at events in the queue without removing them

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Obtain events that match the event mask or the arbitrary

+predicate procedures that you provide

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect2 id="Returning_the_Next_Event">

+<title>Returning the Next Event</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Returning the Next Event -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To get the next event and remove it from the queue, use

+<function>XNextEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNextEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xnextevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XNextEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the next event in the queue.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XNextEvent</function>

+function copies the first event from the event queue into the specified

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure and then removes it from the queue.

+If the event queue is empty,

+<function>XNextEvent</function>

+flushes the output buffer and blocks until an event is received.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To peek at the event queue, use

+<function>XPeekEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPeekEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xpeekevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XPeekEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns a copy of the matched event's associated structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XPeekEvent</function>

+function returns the first event from the event queue,

+but it does not remove the event from the queue.

+If the queue is empty,

+<function>XPeekEvent</function>

+flushes the output buffer and blocks until an event is received.

+It then copies the event into the client-supplied

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure without removing it from the event queue.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Selecting_Events_Using_a_Predicate_Procedure">

+<title>Selecting Events Using a Predicate Procedure</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Selecting Events Using a Predicate Procedure -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each of the functions discussed in this section requires you to

+pass a predicate procedure that determines if an event matches 

+what you want.

+Your predicate procedure must decide if the event is useful

+without calling any Xlib functions.

+If the predicate directly or indirectly causes the state of the event queue

+to change, the result is not defined.

+If Xlib has been initialized for threads, the predicate is called with

+the display locked and the result of a call by the predicate to any

+Xlib function that locks the display is not defined unless the caller

+has first called

+<function>XLockDisplay</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The predicate procedure and its associated arguments are:

+</para>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><type>Bool</type></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the argument passed in from the 

+<function>XIfEvent</function>,

+<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>,

+or

+<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>

+function.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The predicate procedure is called once for each

+event in the queue until it finds a match. 

+After finding a match, the predicate procedure must return 

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+If it did not find a match, it must return

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To check the event queue for a matching event

+and, if found, remove the event from the queue, use

+<function>XIfEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIfEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xifevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XIfEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*predicate)()</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the matched event's associated structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure that is to be called to determine

+if the next event in the queue matches what you want.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate procedure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XIfEvent</function>

+function completes only when the specified predicate

+procedure returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+for an event, 

+which indicates an event in the queue matches.

+<function>XIfEvent</function>

+flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events.

+<function>XIfEvent</function>

+removes the matching event from the queue 

+and copies the structure into the client-supplied

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To check the event queue for a matching event without blocking, use

+<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckIfEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcheckifevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckIfEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*predicate)()</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns a copy of the matched event's associated structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure that is to be called to determine

+if the next event in the queue matches what you want.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate procedure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+When the predicate procedure finds a match,

+<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>

+copies the matched event into the client-supplied

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure and returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+(This event is removed from the queue.)

+If the predicate procedure finds no match,

+<function>XCheckIfEvent</function>

+returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+and the output buffer will have been flushed.

+All earlier events stored in the queue are not discarded.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To check the event queue for a matching event

+without removing the event from the queue, use

+<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPeekIfEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xpeekifevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XPeekIfEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*predicate)()</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns a copy of the matched event's associated structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure that is to be called to determine

+if the next event in the queue matches what you want.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate procedure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>

+function returns only when the specified predicate

+procedure returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+for an event.

+After the predicate procedure finds a match,

+<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>

+copies the matched event into the client-supplied

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure without removing the event from the queue.

+<function>XPeekIfEvent</function>

+flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Selecting_Events_Using_a_Window_or_Event_Mask">

+<title>Selecting Events Using a Window or Event Mask</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Selecting Events Using a Window or Event Mask -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The functions discussed in this section let you select events by window 

+or event types, allowing you to process events out of order.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To remove the next event that matches both a window and an event mask, use

+<function>XWindowEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwindowevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XWindowEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose events you are interested in -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event mask.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the matched event's associated structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XWindowEvent</function>

+function searches the event queue for an event that matches both the specified

+window and event mask.

+When it finds a match,

+<function>XWindowEvent</function>

+removes that event from the queue and copies it into the specified

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure.

+The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.

+If a matching event is not in the queue,

+<function>XWindowEvent</function>

+flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To remove the next event that matches both a window and an event mask (if any),

+use

+<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>

+This function is similar to

+<function>XWindowEvent</function>

+except that it never blocks and it returns a 

+<type>Bool</type>

+indicating if the event was returned.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcheckwindowevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckWindowEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Wi whose events you are interested in -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event mask.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the matched event's associated structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>

+function searches the event queue and then the events available 

+on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified window

+and event mask.

+If it finds a match,

+<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>

+removes that event, copies it into the specified

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure, and returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.

+If the event you requested is not available,

+<function>XCheckWindowEvent</function>

+returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+and the output buffer will have been flushed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To remove the next event that matches an event mask, use

+<function>XMaskEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaskEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmaskevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XMaskEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event mask.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the matched event's associated structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XMaskEvent</function>

+function searches the event queue for the events associated with the 

+specified mask.

+When it finds a match,

+<function>XMaskEvent</function>

+removes that event and copies it into the specified

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure.

+The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.

+If the event you requested is not in the queue,

+<function>XMaskEvent</function>

+flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return and remove the next event that matches an event mask (if any), use

+<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>.

+This function is similar to 

+<function>XMaskEvent</function>

+except that it never blocks and it returns a 

+<type>Bool</type>

+indicating if the event was returned.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckMaskEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcheckmaskevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckMaskEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event mask.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the matched event's associated structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>

+function searches the event queue and then any events available on the

+server connection for the first event that matches the specified mask.

+If it finds a match,

+<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>

+removes that event, copies it into the specified

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure, and returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+The other events stored in the queue are not discarded.

+If the event you requested is not available,

+<function>XCheckMaskEvent</function>

+returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+and the output buffer will have been flushed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp  -->

+To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type, use

+<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckTypedEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchecktypedevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckTypedEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_type</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event type to be compared.

+

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the matched event's associated structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>

+function searches the event queue and then any events available  

+on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified type.

+If it finds a match,

+<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>

+removes that event, copies it into the specified

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure, and returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+The other events in the queue are not discarded.

+If the event is not available,

+<function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>

+returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+and the output buffer will have been flushed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type 

+and a window, use

+<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchecktypedwindowevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_type</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event type to be compared.

+

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the matched event's associated structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>

+function searches the event queue and then any events available  

+on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified

+type and window.

+If it finds a match,

+<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>

+removes the event from the queue, copies it into the specified

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure, and returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+The other events in the queue are not discarded.

+If the event is not available,

+<function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>

+returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+and the output buffer will have been flushed.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Putting_an_Event_Back_into_the_Queue">

+<title>Putting an Event Back into the Queue</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Putting an Event Back into the Queue  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To push an event back into the event queue, use

+<function>XPutBackEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutBackEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xputbackevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XPutBackEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XPutBackEvent</function>

+function pushes an event back onto the head of the display's event queue

+by copying the event into the queue.

+This can be useful if you read an event and then decide that you

+would rather deal with it later.

+There is no limit to the number of times in succession that you can call

+<function>XPutBackEvent</function>.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Sending_Events_to_Other_Applications">

+<title>Sending Events to Other Applications</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Sending Events to Other Applications -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To send an event to a specified window, use

+<function>XSendEvent</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm>

+This function is often used in selection processing.

+For example, the owner of a selection should use

+<function>XSendEvent</function>

+to send a

+<symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol>

+event to a requestor when a selection has been converted 

+and stored as a property.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsendevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XSendEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> propagate</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event_send</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window the event is to be sent to, or

+<symbol>PointerWindow</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>InputFocus</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>propagate</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event mask.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_send</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event that is to be sent.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSendEvent</function>

+function identifies the destination window, 

+determines which clients should receive the specified events, 

+and ignores any active grabs.

+This function requires you to pass an event mask.

+For a discussion of the valid event mask names,

+see <link linkend="Event_Masks">section 10.3</link>.

+This function uses the w argument to identify the destination window as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If w is

+<symbol>PointerWindow</symbol>,

+the destination window is the window that contains the pointer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If w is

+<symbol>InputFocus</symbol>

+and if the focus window contains the pointer, 

+the destination window is the window that contains the pointer; 

+otherwise, the destination window is the focus window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To determine which clients should receive the specified events,

+<function>XSendEvent</function>

+uses the propagate argument as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If event_mask is the empty set,

+the event is sent to the client that created the destination window.

+If that client no longer exists,

+no event is sent.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If propagate is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+the event is sent to every client selecting on destination any of the event

+types in the event_mask argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If propagate is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+and no clients have selected on destination any of

+the event types in event-mask, the destination is replaced with the

+closest ancestor of destination for which some client has selected a

+type in event-mask and for which no intervening window has that type in its

+do-not-propagate-mask. 

+If no such window exists or if the window is

+an ancestor of the focus window and 

+<symbol>InputFocus</symbol>

+was originally specified

+as the destination, the event is not sent to any clients.

+Otherwise, the event is reported to every client selecting on the final

+destination any of the types specified in event_mask.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The event in the

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure must be one of the core events or one of the events

+defined by an extension (or a 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results) so that the X server can correctly byte-swap 

+the contents as necessary.  

+The contents of the event are

+otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+in the forwarded event and to set the serial number in the event correctly;

+therefore these fields

+and the display field are ignored by

+<function>XSendEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSendEvent</function>

+returns zero if the conversion to wire protocol format failed

+and returns nonzero otherwise.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSendEvent</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Getting_Pointer_Motion_History">

+<title>Getting Pointer Motion History</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Getting Pointer Motion History -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Some X server implementations will maintain a more complete

+history of pointer motion than is reported by event notification.

+The pointer position at each pointer hardware interrupt may be

+stored in a buffer for later retrieval.

+This buffer is called the motion history buffer.

+For example, a few applications, such as paint programs,

+want to have a precise history of where the pointer

+traveled. 

+However, this historical information is highly excessive for most applications.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To determine the approximate maximum number of elements in the motion buffer, 

+use

+<function>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaymotionbuffersize'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned <type>long</type></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The server may retain the recent history of the pointer motion

+and do so to a finer granularity than is reported by

+<symbol>MotionNotify</symbol>

+events.

+The

+<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>

+function makes this history available.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the motion history for a specified window and time, use

+<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetMotionEvents</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetmotionevents'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XTimeCoord *<function>XGetMotionEvents</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Timestart,<parameter> stop</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nevents_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>start</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>stop</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the time interval in which the events are returned from the motion

+history buffer.

+You can pass a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nevents_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of events from the motion history buffer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>

+function returns all events in the motion history buffer that fall between the

+specified start and stop times, inclusive, and that have coordinates

+that lie within the specified window (including its borders) at its present

+placement.

+If the server does not support motion history, 

+if the start time is later than the stop time,

+or if the start time is in the future, 

+no events are returned;

+<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>

+returns NULL.

+If the stop time is in the future, it is equivalent to specifying

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+The return type for this function is a structure defined as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTimeCoord</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	Time time;

+	short x, y;

+} XTimeCoord;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The time member is set to the time, in milliseconds. 

+The x and y members are set to the coordinates of the pointer and

+are reported relative to the origin

+of the specified window.

+To free the data returned from this call, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetMotionEvents</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Handling_Protocol_Errors">

+<title>Handling Protocol Errors</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Handling Protocol Errors -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to enable or disable synchronization

+and to use the default error handlers.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Enabling_or_Disabling_Synchronization">

+<title>Enabling or Disabling Synchronization</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Enabling or Disabling Synchronization  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When debugging X applications, 

+it often is very convenient to require Xlib to behave synchronously

+so that errors are reported as they occur.

+The following function lets you disable or enable synchronous behavior.

+Note that graphics may occur 30 or more times more slowly when 

+synchronization is enabled.

+<indexterm><primary>_Xdebug</primary></indexterm>

+On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,

+there is also a global variable 

+<varname>_Xdebug</varname>

+that, if set to nonzero before starting a program under a debugger, will force

+synchronous library behavior.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+After completing their work,

+all Xlib functions that generate protocol requests call what is known as

+an after function.

+<function>XSetAfterFunction</function>

+sets which function is to be called.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetAfterFunction</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetafterfunction'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> (*procedure)()</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>procedure</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure to be called.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The specified procedure is called with only a display pointer.

+<function>XSetAfterFunction</function>

+returns the previous after function.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To enable or disable synchronization, use 

+<function>XSynchronize</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>synchronous mode</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSynchronize</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsynchronize'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> onoff</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>onoff</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether to enable 

+or disable synchronization.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSynchronize</function>

+function returns 

+the previous after function.

+If onoff is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+<function>XSynchronize</function>

+turns on synchronous behavior.

+If onoff is

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+<function>XSynchronize</function>

+turns off synchronous behavior.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">

+<title>Using the Default Error Handlers</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using the Default Error Handlers  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error handlers</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Error</primary><secondary>handlers</secondary></indexterm>

+There are two default error handlers in Xlib: 

+one to handle typically fatal conditions (for example, 

+the connection to a display server dying because a machine crashed) 

+and one to handle protocol errors from the X server.

+These error handlers can be changed to user-supplied routines if you

+prefer your own error handling and can be changed as often as you like.

+If either function is passed a NULL pointer, it will

+reinvoke the default handler.

+The action of the default handlers is to print an explanatory

+message and exit.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the error handler, use

+<function>XSetErrorHandler</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetErrorHandler</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xseterrorhandler'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int *<function>XSetErrorHandler</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>int <parameter> *handler</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>handler</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the program's supplied error handler.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+Xlib generally calls the program's

+supplied error handler whenever an error is received.

+It is not called on

+<errorname>BadName</errorname>

+errors from

+<systemitem>OpenFont</systemitem>,

+<systemitem>LookupColor</systemitem>,

+or

+<systemitem>AllocNamedColor</systemitem>

+protocol requests or on

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>

+errors from a

+<systemitem>QueryFont</systemitem>

+protocol request.

+These errors generally are reflected back to the program through the

+procedural interface.

+Because this condition is not assumed to be fatal, 

+it is acceptable for your error handler to return;

+the returned value is ignored.

+However, the error handler should not

+call any functions (directly or indirectly) on the display

+that will generate protocol requests or that will look for input events.

+The previous error handler is returned.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<structname>XErrorEvent</structname>

+structure contains:

+<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error event</secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XErrorEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	int type;

+	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */

+	unsigned long serial;		/* serial number of failed request */

+	unsigned char error_code;	/* error code of failed request */

+	unsigned char request_code;	/* Major op-code of failed request */

+	unsigned char minor_code;	/* Minor op-code of failed request */

+	XID resourceid;		/* resource id */

+} XErrorEvent;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Serial Number</primary></indexterm>

+The serial member is the number of requests, starting from one, 

+sent over the network connection since it was opened. 

+It is the number that was the value of 

+<function>NextRequest</function>

+immediately before the failing call was made.  

+The request_code member is a protocol request

+of the procedure that failed, as defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>.

+The following error codes can be returned by the functions described in this

+chapter:

+</para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ne 13 -->

+<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error numbers</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Error</primary><secondary>codes</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .\".CP T 3 -->

+<!-- .\"Error Codes -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadAccess</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadAlloc</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadAtom</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadColor</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadCursor</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadDrawable</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadFont</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadGC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadIDChoice</primary></indexterm>

+<informaltable frame='none'>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='left'>Error Code</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Description</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadAccess'>BadAccess</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>

+      <para>A client attempts to grab a key/button combination already grabbed

+      by another client.</para>

+      <para>A client attempts to free a colormap entry that it had not already allocated

+      or to free an entry in a colormap that was created with all entries writable.</para>

+      <para>A client attempts to store into a read-only or unallocated colormap entry.</para>

+      <para>A client attempts to modify the access control list from other than the local

+      (or otherwise authorized) host.</para>

+      <para>A client attempts to select an event type that another client

+      has already selected.</para>

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadAlloc'>BadAlloc</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>The server fails to allocate the requested resource.

+      Note that the explicit listing of

+      <errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+      errors in requests only covers allocation errors at a very coarse level

+      and is not intended to (nor can it in practice hope to) cover all cases of

+      a server running out of allocation space in the middle of service.

+      The semantics when a server runs out of allocation space are left unspecified,

+      but a server may generate a

+      <errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+      error on any request for this reason,

+      and clients should be prepared to receive such errors and handle or discard

+      them.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadAtom'>BadAtom</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A value for an atom argument does not name a defined atom.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadColor'>BadColor</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A value for a colormap argument does not name a defined colormap.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadCursor'>BadCursor</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A value for a cursor argument does not name a defined cursor.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadDrawable'>BadDrawable</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A value for a drawable argument does not name a defined window or pixmap.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadFont'>BadFont</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A value for a font argument does not name a defined font (or, in some cases,

+      <type>GContext</type>).</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadGC'>BadGC</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A value for a

+      <type>GContext</type>

+      argument does not name a defined 

+      <type>GContext</type>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadIDChoice'>BadIDChoice</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>The value chosen for a resource identifier either is not included in the

+      range assigned to the client or is already in use.

+      Under normal circumstances,

+      this cannot occur and should be considered a server or Xlib error.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadImplementation'>BadImplementation</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>The server does not implement some aspect of the request.

+      A server that generates this error for a core request is deficient.

+      As such, this error is not listed for any of the requests,

+      but clients should be prepared to receive such errors

+      and handle or discard them.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadLength'>BadLength</errorname></entry>

+      <entry><para>The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to

+      contain the arguments.

+      This is an internal Xlib or server error.</para>

+      <para>The length of a request exceeds the maximum length accepted by the server.</para>

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadMatch'>BadMatch</errorname></entry>

+      <entry><para>In a graphics request,

+      the root and depth of the graphics context do not match those of the drawable.</para>

+      <para>An <symbol>InputOnly</symbol> window is used as a drawable.</para>

+      <para>Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range,

+      but it fails to match in some other way required by the request.</para>

+      <para>An <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>

+      window lacks this attribute.</para>

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadName'>BadName</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A font or color of the specified name does not exist.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadPixmap'>BadPixmap</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A value for a pixmap argument does not name a defined pixmap.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadRequest'>BadRequest</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>The major or minor opcode does not specify a valid request.

+      This usually is an Xlib or server error.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadValue'>BadValue</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>Some numeric value falls outside of the range of values accepted

+      by the request.

+      Unless a specific range is specified for an argument,

+      the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted.

+      Any argument defined as a set of alternatives typically can generate

+      this error (due to the encoding).</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><errorname id='BadWindow'>BadWindow</errorname></entry>

+      <entry>A value for a window argument does not name a defined window.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadImplementation</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadLength</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadMatch</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadName</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadPixmap</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadRequest</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadValue</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>BadWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .NT Note -->

+

+<note>

+<para>

+The 

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors are also used when the argument type is extended by a set of

+fixed alternatives.

+</para>

+</note>

+

+<!-- .NE -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain textual descriptions of the specified error code, use 

+<function>XGetErrorText</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorText</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error message strings</secondary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgeterrortext'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGetErrorText</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> code</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>code</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the error code for which you want to obtain a description.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the error description.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of the buffer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XGetErrorText</function>

+function copies a null-terminated string describing the specified error code

+into the specified buffer.

+The returned text is in the encoding of the current locale.

+It is recommended that you use this function to obtain an error description

+because extensions to Xlib may define their own error codes

+and error strings.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain error messages from the error database, use

+<function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorDatabaseText</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgeterrordatabasetext'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char*name,<parameter> *message</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *default_string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> length</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the name of the application.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>message</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the type of the error message.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>default_string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the default error message if none is found in the database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the error description.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of the buffer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function>

+function returns a null-terminated message

+(or the default message) from the error message

+database.

+Xlib uses this function internally to look up its error messages.

+The text in the default_string argument is assumed

+to be in the encoding of the current locale,

+and the text stored in the buffer_return argument

+is in the encoding of the current locale.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The name argument should generally be the name of your application.

+The message argument should indicate which type of error message you want.

+If the name and message are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Xlib uses three predefined ``application names'' to report errors.

+In these names,

+uppercase and lowercase matter.

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      XProtoError

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+The protocol error number is used as a string for the message argument.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      XlibMessage

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+These are the message strings that are used internally by the library.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      XRequest

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+For a core protocol request,

+the major request protocol number is used for the message argument.

+For an extension request,

+the extension name (as given by

+<function>InitExtension</function>)

+followed by a period (.) and the minor request protocol number 

+is used for the message argument.

+If no string is found in the error database,

+the default_string is returned to the buffer argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To report an error to the user when the requested display does not exist, use

+<function>XDisplayName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XDisplayName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDisplayName</function>

+function returns the name of the display that 

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+would attempt to use.

+If a NULL string is specified,

+<function>XDisplayName</function>

+looks in the environment for the display and returns the display name that

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>

+would attempt to use.

+This makes it easier to report to the user precisely which display the

+program attempted to open when the initial connection attempt failed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To handle fatal I/O errors, use

+<function>XSetIOErrorHandler</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIOErrorHandler</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetioerrorhandler'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>int(*handler)(Display<parameter> *)</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>handler</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the program's supplied error handler.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetIOErrorHandler</function>

+sets the fatal I/O error handler.

+Xlib calls the program's supplied error handler if any sort of system call

+error occurs (for example, the connection to the server was lost).

+This is assumed to be a fatal condition,

+and the called routine should not return.

+If the I/O error handler does return,

+the client process exits.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that the previous error handler is returned.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml
index 8334e9eb9..687f575cb 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml
@@ -1,3937 +1,3937 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="input_device_functions">
-<title>Input Device Functions</title>
-
-<para>
-You can use the Xlib input device functions to:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>Grab the pointer and individual buttons on the pointer</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Grab the keyboard and individual keys on the keyboard</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Resume event processing</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Move the pointer</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Set the input focus</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Manipulate the keyboard and pointer settings</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Manipulate the keyboard encoding</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<sect1 id="Pointer_Grabbing_">
-<title>Pointer Grabbing </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Pointer Grabbing   -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to control input from the pointer,
-which usually is a mouse.
-Usually, as soon as keyboard and mouse events occur,
-the X server delivers them to the appropriate client,
-which is determined by the window and input focus.
-The X server provides sufficient control over event delivery to
-allow window managers to support mouse ahead and various other
-styles of user interface.
-Many of these user interfaces depend on synchronous delivery of events.
-The delivery of  pointer and keyboard events can be controlled
-independently.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When mouse buttons or keyboard keys are grabbed, events
-will be sent to the grabbing client rather than the normal
-client who would have received the event.
-If the keyboard or pointer is in asynchronous mode,
-further mouse and keyboard events will continue to be processed.
-If the keyboard or pointer is in synchronous mode, no
-further events are processed until the grabbing client
-allows them (see
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>).
-The keyboard or pointer is considered frozen during this
-interval.
-The event that triggered the grab can also be replayed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications)
-may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Active grab</primary></indexterm>
-There are two kinds of grabs:
-active and passive.
-An active grab occurs when a single client grabs the keyboard and/or pointer
-explicitly (see
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>
-and
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>).
-<indexterm><primary>Passive grab</primary></indexterm>
-A passive grab occurs when clients grab a particular keyboard key 
-or pointer button in a window,
-and the grab will activate when the key or button is actually pressed.
-Passive grabs are convenient for implementing reliable pop-up menus.
-For example, you can guarantee that the pop-up is mapped 
-before the up pointer button event occurs by
-grabbing a button requesting synchronous behavior.
-The down event will trigger the grab and freeze further
-processing of pointer events until you have the chance to
-map the pop-up window.
-You can then allow further event processing.
-The up event will then be correctly processed relative to the
-pop-up window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For many operations,
-there are functions that take a time argument.
-The X server includes a timestamp in various events.
-One special time, called
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CurrentTime</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Time</primary></indexterm>
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>,
-represents the current server time.
-The X server maintains the time when the input focus was last changed,
-when the keyboard was last grabbed,
-when the pointer was last grabbed,
-or when a selection was last changed.
-Your
-application may be slow reacting to an event.
-You often need some way to specify that your
-request should not occur if another application has in the meanwhile
-taken control of the keyboard, pointer, or selection.
-By providing the timestamp from the event in the request, 
-you can arrange that the operation not take effect
-if someone else has performed an operation in the meanwhile.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A timestamp is a time value, expressed in milliseconds. 
-It typically is the time since the last server reset.
-Timestamp values wrap around (after about 49.7 days).
-The server, given its current time is represented by timestamp T, 
-always interprets timestamps from clients by treating half of the timestamp 
-space as being later in time than T.
-One timestamp value, named
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>,
-is never generated by the server.
-This value is reserved for use in requests to represent the current server time.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For many functions in this section,
-you pass pointer event mask bits.
-The valid pointer event mask bits are:
-<symbol>ButtonPressMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>ButtonReleaseMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>EnterWindowMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>LeaveWindowMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>PointerMotionMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>PointerMotionHintMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button1MotionMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button2MotionMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button3MotionMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button4MotionMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Button5MotionMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>ButtonMotionMask</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>KeymapStateMask</symbol>.
-For other functions in this section,
-you pass keymask bits.
-The valid keymask bits are:
-<symbol>ShiftMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>LockMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>ControlMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod1Mask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod2Mask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod3Mask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod4Mask</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>Mod5Mask</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To grab the pointer, use
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>pointer</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabPointer</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgrabpointer'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XGrabPointer</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intpointer_mode,<parameter> keyboard_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> confine_to</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the grab window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the pointer 
-events are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window 
-if selected by the event mask.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which pointer events are reported to the client.
-The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid pointer event mask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies further processing of pointer events.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies further processing of keyboard events.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>confine_to</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window to confine the pointer in or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed during the grab or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>
-function actively grabs control of the pointer and returns
-<symbol>GrabSuccess</symbol>
-if the grab was successful.
-Further pointer events are reported only to the grabbing client.
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>
-overrides any active pointer grab by this client.
-If owner_events is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-all generated pointer events
-are reported with respect to grab_window and are reported only if
-selected by event_mask.
-If owner_events is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-and if a generated
-pointer event would normally be reported to this client, 
-it is reported as usual. 
-Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the
-grab_window and is reported only if selected by event_mask.
-For either value of owner_events, unreported events are discarded.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the pointer_mode is 
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>,
-pointer event processing continues as usual.
-If the pointer is currently frozen by this client, 
-the processing of events for the pointer is resumed.
-If the pointer_mode is 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>,
-the state of the pointer, as seen by
-client applications,
-appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further pointer events
-until the grabbing client calls 
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>
-or until the pointer grab is released.
-Actual pointer changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen;
-they are simply queued in the server for later processing.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the keyboard_mode is 
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>,
-keyboard event processing is unaffected by activation of the grab.
-If the keyboard_mode is 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>,
-the state of the keyboard, as seen by
-client applications,
-appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further keyboard events
-until the grabbing client calls 
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>
-or until the pointer grab is released.
-Actual keyboard changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen;
-they are simply queued in the server for later processing.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a cursor is specified, it is displayed regardless of what
-window the pointer is in.  
-If 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-is specified,
-the normal cursor for that window is displayed
-when the pointer is in grab_window or one of its subwindows;
-otherwise, the cursor for grab_window is displayed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a confine_to window is specified,
-the pointer is restricted to stay contained in that window.
-The confine_to window need have no relationship to the grab_window.
-If the pointer is not initially in the confine_to window, 
-it is warped automatically to the closest edge 
-just before the grab activates and enter/leave events are generated as usual. 
-If the confine_to window is subsequently reconfigured, 
-the pointer is warped automatically, as necessary, 
-to keep it contained in the window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The time argument allows you to avoid certain circumstances that come up
-if applications take a long time to respond or if there are long network
-delays.
-Consider a situation where you have two applications, both
-of which normally grab the pointer when clicked on.
-If both applications specify the timestamp from the event, 
-the second application may wake up faster and successfully grab the pointer
-before the first application. 
-The first application then will get an indication that the other application 
-grabbed the pointer before its request was processed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>
-generates
-<symbol>EnterNotify</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>LeaveNotify</symbol>
-events.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Either if grab_window or confine_to window is not viewable
-or if the confine_to window lies completely outside the boundaries of the root
-window,
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>
-fails and returns
-<symbol>GrabNotViewable</symbol>.
-If the pointer is actively grabbed by some other client,
-it fails and returns
-<symbol>AlreadyGrabbed</symbol>.
-If the pointer is frozen by an active grab of another client,
-it fails and returns
-<symbol>GrabFrozen</symbol>.
-If the specified time is earlier than the last-pointer-grab time or later 
-than the current X server time, it fails and returns
-<symbol>GrabInvalidTime</symbol>.
-Otherwise, the last-pointer-grab time is set to the specified time
-(<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>
-is replaced by the current X server time).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To ungrab the pointer, use
-<function>XUngrabPointer</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>pointer</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabPointer</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xungrabpointer'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUngrabPointer</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUngrabPointer</function>
-function releases the pointer and any queued events
-if this client has actively grabbed the pointer from
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>,
-<function>XGrabButton</function>,
-or from a normal button press.
-<function>XUngrabPointer</function>
-does not release the pointer if the specified
-time is earlier than the last-pointer-grab time or is later than the
-current X server time.
-It also generates 
-<symbol>EnterNotify</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>LeaveNotify</symbol>
-events.
-The X server performs an 
-<systemitem>UngrabPointer</systemitem>
-request automatically if the event window or confine_to window 
-for an active pointer grab becomes not viewable
-or if window reconfiguration causes the confine_to window to lie completely
-outside the boundaries of the root window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change an active pointer grab, use
-<function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm ><primary>Changing</primary><secondary>pointer grab</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeActivePointerGrab</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchangeactivepointergrab'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which pointer events are reported to the client.
-The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid pointer event mask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function>
-function changes the specified dynamic parameters if the pointer is actively
-grabbed by the client and if the specified time is no earlier than the
-last-pointer-grab time and no later than the current X server time.
-This function has no effect on the passive parameters of an
-<function>XGrabButton</function>.
-The interpretation of event_mask and cursor is the same as described in
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To grab a pointer button, use
-<function>XGrabButton</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>buttons</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Button</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabButton</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgrabbutton'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGrabButton</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> button</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intpointer_mode,<parameter> keyboard_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> confine_to</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Bu grabbed -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>button</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the pointer button that is to be (Bu or
-<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the set of keymasks or
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>.
-The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the grab window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the pointer 
-events are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window 
-if selected by the event mask.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which pointer events are reported to the client.
-The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid pointer event mask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies further processing of pointer events.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies further processing of keyboard events.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>confine_to</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window to confine the pointer in or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGrabButton</function>
-function establishes a passive grab.
-In the future,
-the pointer is actively grabbed (as for
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>),
-the last-pointer-grab time is set to the time at which the button was pressed
-(as transmitted in the
-<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>
-event), and the
-<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>
-event is reported if all of the following conditions are true:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The pointer is not grabbed, and the specified button is logically pressed
-when the specified modifier keys are logically down,
-and no other buttons or modifier keys are logically down.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The grab_window contains the pointer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The confine_to window (if any) is viewable.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A passive grab on the same button/key combination does not exist
-on any ancestor of grab_window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for
-<function>XGrabPointer</function>.
-The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the
-pointer has all buttons released
-(independent of the state of the logical modifier keys).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications)
-may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This request overrides all previous grabs by the same client on the same
-button/key combinations on the same window.
-A modifiers of 
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>
-is equivalent to issuing the grab request for all
-possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no modifiers).  
-It is not required that all modifiers specified have currently assigned 
-KeyCodes.
-A button of 
-<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>
-is equivalent to
-issuing the request for all possible buttons.
-Otherwise, it is not required that the specified button currently be assigned
-to a physical button.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If some other client has already issued an
-<function>XGrabButton</function>
-with the same button/key combination on the same window, a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-When using 
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>,
-the request fails completely,
-and a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results (no grabs are
-established) if there is a conflicting grab for any combination.
-<function>XGrabButton</function>
-has no effect on an active grab.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGrabButton</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To ungrab a pointer button, use
-<function>XUngrabButton</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>buttons</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Button</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabButton</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xungrabbutton'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUngrabButton</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> button</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Bu released -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>button</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the pointer button that is to be (Bu or
-<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the set of keymasks or
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>.
-The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the grab window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUngrabButton</function>
-function releases the passive button/key combination on the specified window if
-it was grabbed by this client.
-A modifiers of 
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>
-is
-equivalent to issuing 
-the ungrab request for all possible modifier combinations, including 
-the combination of no modifiers.
-A button of 
-<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>
-is equivalent to issuing the
-request for all possible buttons.
-<function>XUngrabButton</function>
-has no effect on an active grab.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XUngrabButton</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Keyboard_Grabbing_">
-<title>Keyboard Grabbing </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Keyboard Grabbing  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to grab or ungrab the keyboard
-as well as allow events.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For many functions in this section,
-you pass keymask bits.
-The valid keymask bits are:
-<symbol>ShiftMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>LockMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>ControlMask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod1Mask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod2Mask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod3Mask</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod4Mask</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>Mod5Mask</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To grab the keyboard, use
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>keyboard</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabKeyboard</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgrabkeyboard'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XGrabKeyboard</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intpointer_mode,<parameter> keyboard_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the grab window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the keyboard events 
-are to be reported as usual.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies further processing of pointer events.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies further processing of keyboard events.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>
-function actively grabs control of the keyboard and generates
-<symbol>FocusIn</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>FocusOut</symbol>
-events.
-Further key events are reported only to the
-grabbing client.
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>
-overrides any active keyboard grab by this client.
-If owner_events is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-all generated key events are reported with
-respect to grab_window.  
-If owner_events is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-and if a generated
-key event would normally be reported to this client, it is reported
-normally; otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the
-grab_window.  
-Both 
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>
-events are always reported,
-independent of any event selection made by the client.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the keyboard_mode argument is 
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>,
-keyboard event processing continues
-as usual. 
-If the keyboard is currently frozen by this client, 
-then processing of keyboard events is resumed.
-If the keyboard_mode  argument is
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>,
-the state of the keyboard (as seen by client applications) appears to freeze,
-and the X server generates no further keyboard events until the
-grabbing client issues a releasing 
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>
-call or until the keyboard grab is released.
-Actual keyboard changes are not lost while the keyboard is frozen; 
-they are simply queued in the server for later processing.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If pointer_mode is 
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>,
-pointer event processing is unaffected
-by activation of the grab.  
-If pointer_mode is 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>,
-the state of the pointer (as seen by client applications) appears to freeze, 
-and the X server generates no further pointer events 
-until the grabbing client issues a releasing 
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>
-call or until the keyboard grab is released.
-Actual pointer changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen; 
-they are simply queued in the server for later processing.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the keyboard is actively grabbed by some other client,
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>
-fails and returns
-<symbol>AlreadyGrabbed</symbol>.
-If grab_window is not viewable,
-it fails and returns
-<symbol>GrabNotViewable</symbol>.
-If the keyboard is frozen by an active grab of another client,
-it fails and returns
-<symbol>GrabFrozen</symbol>.
-If the specified time is earlier than the last-keyboard-grab time 
-or later than the current X server time,
-it fails and returns
-<symbol>GrabInvalidTime</symbol>.
-Otherwise, the last-keyboard-grab time is set to the specified time
-(<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>
-is replaced by the current X server time).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To ungrab the keyboard, use
-<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>keyboard</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabKeyboard</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xungrabkeyboard'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUngrabKeyboard</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>
-function
-releases the keyboard and any queued events if this client has it actively grabbed from
-either
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>
-or
-<function>XGrabKey</function>.
-<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>
-does not release the keyboard and any queued events
-if the specified time is earlier than
-the last-keyboard-grab time or is later than the current X server time.
-It also generates
-<symbol>FocusIn</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>FocusOut</symbol>
-events.
-The X server automatically performs an 
-<systemitem>UngrabKeyboard</systemitem>
-request if the event window for an
-active keyboard grab becomes not viewable.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To passively grab a single key of the keyboard, use
-<function>XGrabKey</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Key</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>keys</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabKey</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgrabkey'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGrabKey</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intpointer_mode,<parameter> keyboard_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeyCode or
-<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the set of keymasks or
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>.
-The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the grab window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the keyboard events 
-are to be reported as usual.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies further processing of pointer events.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies further processing of keyboard events.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGrabKey</function>
-function establishes a passive grab on the keyboard.
-In the future,
-the keyboard is actively grabbed (as for
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>),
-the last-keyboard-grab time is set to the time at which the key was pressed
-(as transmitted in the
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-event), and the
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-event is reported if all of the following conditions are true:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The keyboard is not grabbed and the specified key
-(which can itself be a modifier key) is logically pressed
-when the specified modifier keys are logically down,
-and no other modifier keys are logically down.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Either the grab_window is an ancestor of (or is) the focus window,
-or the grab_window is a descendant of the focus window and contains the pointer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A passive grab on the same key combination does not exist
-on any ancestor of grab_window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for 
-<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>.
-The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the
-keyboard has the specified key released
-(independent of the logical state of the modifier keys).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications)
-may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A modifiers argument of 
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>
-is equivalent to issuing the request for all
-possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no
-modifiers).  
-It is not required that all modifiers specified have
-currently assigned KeyCodes.
-A keycode argument of 
-<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>
-is equivalent to issuing
-the request for all possible KeyCodes.
-Otherwise, the specified keycode must be in
-the range specified by min_keycode and max_keycode in the connection
-setup, 
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If some other client has issued a 
-<function>XGrabKey</function>
-with the same key combination on the same window, a 
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results.
-When using
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>,
-the request fails completely,
-and a
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
-error results (no grabs are established) 
-if there is a conflicting grab for any combination.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGrabKey</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To ungrab a key, use
-<function>XUngrabKey</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Key</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>keys</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabKey</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xungrabkey'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUngrabKey</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeyCode or
-<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the set of keymasks or
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>.
-The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the grab window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUngrabKey</function>
-function releases the key combination on the specified window if it was grabbed
-by this client.
-It has no effect on an active grab.
-A modifiers of
-<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>
-is equivalent to issuing
-the request for all possible modifier combinations
-(including the combination of no modifiers).
-A keycode argument of
-<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>
-is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible key codes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XUngrabKey</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Resuming_Event_Processing">
-<title>Resuming Event Processing</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Resuming Event Processing -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The previous sections discussed grab mechanisms with which processing
-of events by the server can be temporarily suspended.  This section
-describes the mechanism for resuming event processing.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allow further events to be processed when the device has been frozen, use
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllowEvents</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xallowevents'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAllowEvents</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_mode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the event mode.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol>,
-<symbol>SyncPointer</symbol>,
-<symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol>,
-<symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol>,
-<symbol>ReplayPointer</symbol>,
-<symbol>ReplayKeyboard</symbol>,
-<symbol>AsyncBoth</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>SyncBoth</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>
-function releases some queued events if the client has caused a device 
-to freeze.
-It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab
-time of the most recent active grab for the client or if the specified time
-is later than the current X server time.
-Depending on the event_mode argument, the following occurs:
-</para>
-<informaltable frame='none'>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the pointer is frozen by the client,
-      pointer event processing continues as usual.
-      If the pointer is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
-      <symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol>
-      thaws for both.
-      <symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol>
-      has no effect if the pointer is not frozen by the client,
-      but the pointer need not be grabbed by the client.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>SyncPointer</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the pointer is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,
-      pointer event processing continues as usual until the next
-      <symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>
-      or
-      <symbol>ButtonRelease</symbol>
-      event is reported to the client.
-      At this time,
-      the pointer again appears to freeze.
-      However, if the reported event causes the pointer grab to be released,
-      the pointer does not freeze.
-      <symbol>SyncPointer</symbol>
-      has no effect if the pointer is not frozen by the client
-      or if the pointer is not grabbed by the client.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>ReplayPointer</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the pointer is actively grabbed by the client and is frozen as the result of
-      an event having been sent to the client (either from the activation of an
-      <function>XGrabButton</function>
-      or from a previous
-      <function>XAllowEvents</function>
-      with mode
-      <symbol>SyncPointer</symbol>
-      but not from an 
-      <function>XGrabPointer</function>),
-      the pointer grab is released and that event is completely reprocessed.
-      This time, however, the function ignores any passive grabs at or above 
-      (toward the root of) the grab_window of the grab just released.
-      The request has no effect if the pointer is not grabbed by the client
-      or if the pointer is not frozen as the result of an event.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the keyboard is frozen by the client,
-      keyboard event processing continues as usual.
-      If the keyboard is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
-      <symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol>
-      thaws for both.
-      <symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol>
-      has no effect if the keyboard is not frozen by the client,
-      but the keyboard need not be grabbed by the client.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the keyboard is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,
-      keyboard event processing continues as usual until the next
-      <symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-      or
-      <symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>
-      event is reported to the client.
-      At this time,
-      the keyboard again appears to freeze.
-      However, if the reported event causes the keyboard grab to be released,
-      the keyboard does not freeze.
-      <symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol>
-      has no effect if the keyboard is not frozen by the client
-      or if the keyboard is not grabbed by the client.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>ReplayKeyboard</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the keyboard is actively grabbed by the client and is frozen
-      as the result of an event having been sent to the client (either from the
-      activation of an
-      <function>XGrabKey</function>
-      or from a previous
-      <function>XAllowEvents</function>
-      with mode
-      <symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol>
-      but not from an 
-      <function>XGrabKeyboard</function>),
-      the keyboard grab is released and that event is completely reprocessed.
-      This time, however, the function ignores any passive grabs at or above
-      (toward the root of)
-      the grab_window of the grab just released.
-      The request has no effect if the keyboard is not grabbed by the client
-      or if the keyboard is not frozen as the result of an event.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>SyncBoth</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If both pointer and keyboard are frozen by the client,
-      event processing for both devices continues as usual until the next
-      <symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>,
-      <symbol>ButtonRelease</symbol>,
-      <symbol>KeyPress</symbol>,
-      or 
-      <symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>
-      event is reported to the client for a grabbed device 
-      (button event for the pointer, key event for the keyboard), 
-      at which time the devices again appear to freeze.  
-      However, if the reported event causes the grab to be released,
-      then the devices do not freeze (but if the other device is still
-      grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause both devices
-      to freeze).  
-      <symbol>SyncBoth</symbol>
-      has no effect unless both pointer and keyboard
-      are frozen by the client.
-      If the pointer or keyboard is frozen twice
-      by the client on behalf of two separate grabs, 
-      <symbol>SyncBoth</symbol>
-      thaws for both (but a subsequent freeze for 
-      <symbol>SyncBoth</symbol>
-      will only freeze each device once).</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>AsyncBoth</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If the pointer and the keyboard are frozen by the
-      client, event processing for both devices continues as usual.
-      If a device is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
-      <symbol>AsyncBoth</symbol>
-      thaws for both.
-      <symbol>AsyncBoth</symbol>
-      has no effect unless both
-      pointer and keyboard are frozen by the client.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol>,
-<symbol>SyncPointer</symbol>,
-and 
-<symbol>ReplayPointer</symbol>
-have no effect on the
-processing of keyboard events.
-<symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol>,
-<symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol>,
-and 
-<symbol>ReplayKeyboard</symbol>
-have no effect on the
-processing of pointer events.
-It is possible for both a pointer grab and a keyboard grab (by the same 
-or different clients) to be active simultaneously.
-If a device is frozen on behalf of either grab,
-no event processing is performed for the device.
-It is possible for a single device to be frozen because of both grabs.
-In this case,
-the freeze must be released on behalf of both grabs before events can 
-again be processed.
-If a device is frozen twice by a single client,
-then a single
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>
-releases both.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XAllowEvents</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Moving_the_Pointer">
-<title>Moving the Pointer</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Moving the Pointer -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Although movement of the pointer normally should be left to the
-control of the end user, sometimes it is necessary to move the
-pointer to a new position under program control.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To move the pointer to an arbitrary point in a window, use
-<function>XWarpPointer</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWarpPointer</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwarppointer'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XWarpPointer</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Windowsrc_w,<parameter> dest_w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintsrc_width,<parameter> src_height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the source window or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the destination window or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify a rectangle in the source window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates within the destination window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If dest_w is
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-<function>XWarpPointer</function>
-moves the pointer by the offsets (dest_x, dest_y) relative to the current
-position of the pointer.
-If dest_w is a window,
-<function>XWarpPointer</function>
-moves the pointer to the offsets (dest_x, dest_y) relative to the origin of
-dest_w.
-However, if src_w is a window,
-the move only takes place if the window src_w contains the pointer 
-and if the specified rectangle of src_w contains the pointer.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The src_x and src_y coordinates are relative to the origin of src_w.
-If src_height is zero,
-it is replaced with the current height of src_w minus src_y.
-If src_width is zero,
-it is replaced with the current width of src_w minus src_x.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-There is seldom any reason for calling this function. 
-The pointer should normally be left to the user.
-If you do use this function, however, it generates events just as if the user
-had instantaneously moved the pointer from one position to another.
-Note that you cannot use
-<function>XWarpPointer</function>
-to move the pointer outside the confine_to window of an active pointer grab.
-An attempt to do so will only move the pointer as far as the closest edge of the
-confine_to window. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XWarpPointer</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Controlling_Input_Focus">
-<title>Controlling Input Focus</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Controlling Input Focus  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and get the input focus.
-The input focus is a shared resource, and cooperation among clients is
-required for correct interaction.  See the
-<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis> 
-for input focus policy.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the input focus, use
-<function>XSetInputFocus</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetInputFocus</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetinputfocus'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetInputFocus</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> focus</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> revert_to</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>focus</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window,
-<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>revert_to</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies where the input focus reverts to if the window becomes not
-viewable.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>RevertToParent</symbol>,
-<symbol>RevertToPointerRoot</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>RevertToNone</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the time.
-You can pass either a timestamp or
-<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetInputFocus</function>
-function changes the input focus and the last-focus-change time.
-It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current
-last-focus-change time or is later than the current X server time.
-Otherwise, the last-focus-change time is set to the specified time
-(<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>
-is replaced by the current X server time).
-<function>XSetInputFocus</function>
-causes the X server to generate
-<symbol>FocusIn</symbol>
-and 
-<symbol>FocusOut</symbol>
-events.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Depending on the focus argument,
-the following occurs: 
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If focus is
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-all keyboard events are discarded until a new focus window is set,
-and the revert_to argument is ignored.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If focus is a window, 
-it becomes the keyboard's focus window.
-If a generated keyboard event would normally be reported to this window
-or one of its inferiors, the event is reported as usual. 
-Otherwise, the event is reported relative to the focus window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If focus is
-<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>,
-the focus window is dynamically taken to be the root window of whatever screen 
-the pointer is on at each keyboard event.  
-In this case, the revert_to argument is ignored.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The specified focus window must be viewable at the time 
-<function>XSetInputFocus</function>
-is called,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-If the focus window later becomes not viewable, 
-the X server
-evaluates the revert_to argument to determine the new focus window as follows: 
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If revert_to is
-<symbol>RevertToParent</symbol>,
-the focus reverts to the parent (or the closest viewable ancestor), 
-and the new revert_to value is taken to be
-<symbol>RevertToNone</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If revert_to is
-<symbol>RevertToPointerRoot</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>RevertToNone</symbol>,
-the focus reverts to
-<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-respectively.
-When the focus reverts,
-the X server generates
-<symbol>FocusIn</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>FocusOut</symbol>
-events, but the last-focus-change time is not affected.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetInputFocus</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the current input focus, use
-<function>XGetInputFocus</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetInputFocus</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetinputfocus'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGetInputFocus</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *focus_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *revert_to_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>focus_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the focus window,
-<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>revert_to_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the current focus state
-(<symbol>RevertToParent</symbol>,
-<symbol>RevertToPointerRoot</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>RevertToNone</symbol>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetInputFocus</function>
-function returns the focus window and the current focus state.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Manipulating_the_Keyboard_and_Pointer_Settings">
-<title>Manipulating the Keyboard and Pointer Settings</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Manipulating the Keyboard and Pointer Settings  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to
-change the keyboard control, obtain a list of the auto-repeat keys,
-turn keyboard auto-repeat on or off, ring the bell, 
-set or obtain the pointer button or keyboard mapping, 
-and obtain a bit vector for the keyboard.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>bell volume</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>keyclick volume</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>bit vector</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Mouse</primary><secondary>programming</secondary></indexterm>
-This section discusses 
-the user-preference options of bell, key click,
-pointer behavior, and so on.
-The default values for many of these options are server dependent.
-Not all implementations will actually be able to control all of these
-parameters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function>
-function changes control of a keyboard and operates on a
-<structname>XKeyboardControl</structname>
-structure:
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-/* Mask bits for ChangeKeyboardControl */
-
-
-#define     KBBellPercent           (1L&lt;&lt;0)
-#define     KBBellPitch             (1L&lt;&lt;1)
-#define     KBBellDuration          (1L&lt;&lt;2)
-#define     KBLed                   (1L&lt;&lt;3)
-#define     KBLedMode               (1L&lt;&lt;4)
-#define     KBKey                   (1L&lt;&lt;5)
-#define     KBAutoRepeatMode        (1L&lt;&lt;6)
-
-
-/* Values */
-
-typedef struct {
-int key_click_percent;
-int bell_percent;
-int bell_pitch;
-int bell_duration;
-int led;
-int led_mode;                /* LedModeOn, LedModeOff */
-int key;
-int auto_repeat_mode;        /* AutoRepeatModeOff, AutoRepeatModeOn,
-                                AutoRepeatModeDefault */
-} XKeyboardControl;
-
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The key_click_percent member sets the volume for key clicks between 0 (off) 
-and 100 (loud) inclusive, if possible.  
-A setting of -1 restores the default.
-Other negative values generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The bell_percent sets the base volume for the bell between 0 (off) and 100
-(loud) inclusive, if possible.  
-A setting of -1 restores the default.
-Other negative values generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-The bell_pitch member sets the pitch (specified in Hz) of the bell, if possible.
-A setting of -1 restores the default.
-Other negative values generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-The bell_duration member sets the duration of the
-bell specified in milliseconds, if possible.  
-A setting of -1 restores the default.
-Other negative values generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If both the led_mode and led members are specified,
-the state of that <acronym>LED</acronym> is changed, if possible.  
-The led_mode member can be set to
-<symbol>LedModeOn</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>LedModeOff</symbol>.
-If only led_mode is specified, the state of
-all LEDs are changed, if possible.  
-At most 32 LEDs numbered from one are supported. 
-No standard interpretation of LEDs is defined.
-If led is specified without led_mode, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If both the auto_repeat_mode and key members are specified, 
-the auto_repeat_mode of that key is changed (according to
-<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOn</symbol>,
-<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOff</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>AutoRepeatModeDefault</symbol>),
-if possible.
-If only auto_repeat_mode is
-specified, the global auto_repeat_mode for the entire keyboard is
-changed, if possible, and does not affect the per-key settings.
-If a key is specified without an auto_repeat_mode, a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-Each key has an individual mode of whether or not it should auto-repeat
-and a default setting for the mode.
-In addition,
-there is a global mode of whether auto-repeat should be enabled or not
-and a default setting for that mode.
-When global mode is
-<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOn</symbol>,
-keys should obey their individual auto-repeat modes.
-When global mode is
-<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOff</symbol>,
-no keys should auto-repeat.
-An auto-repeating key generates alternating
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>
-events.
-When a key is used as a modifier,
-it is desirable for the key not to auto-repeat,
-regardless of its auto-repeat setting.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A bell generator connected with the console but not directly on a
-keyboard is treated as if it were part of the keyboard.
-The order in which controls are verified and altered is server-dependent.
-If an error is generated, a subset of the controls may have been altered.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeKeyboardControl</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchangekeyboardcontrol'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> value_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XKeyboardControl<parameter> *values</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which controls to change.
-This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid control mask bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies one value for each bit set to 1 in the mask.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function>
-function controls the keyboard characteristics defined by the
-<structname>XKeyboardControl</structname>
-structure.
-The value_mask argument specifies which values are to be changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the current control values for the keyboard, use
-<function>XGetKeyboardControl</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetKeyboardControl</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetkeyboardcontrol'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGetKeyboardControl</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XKeyboardState<parameter> *values_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>values_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the current keyboard controls in the specified
-<structname>XKeyboardState</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetKeyboardControl</function>
-function returns the current control values for the keyboard to the
-<structname>XKeyboardState</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>XGetKeyboardControl</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeyboardState</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i  -->
-<!-- .ta .5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	int key_click_percent;
-	int bell_percent;
-	unsigned int bell_pitch, bell_duration;
-	unsigned long led_mask;
-	int global_auto_repeat;
-	char auto_repeats[32];
-} XKeyboardState;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-For the LEDs, 
-the least significant bit of led_mask corresponds to <acronym>LED</acronym> one,
-and each bit set to 1 in led_mask indicates an <acronym>LED</acronym> that is lit.
-The global_auto_repeat member can be set to
-<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOn</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOff</symbol>.
-The auto_repeats member is a bit vector.
-Each bit set to 1 indicates that auto-repeat is enabled 
-for the corresponding key.
-The vector is represented as 32 bytes.  
-Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7
-with the least significant bit in the byte representing key 8N.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To turn on keyboard auto-repeat, use
-<function>XAutoRepeatOn</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAutoRepeatOn</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xautorepeaton'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAutoRepeatOn</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAutoRepeatOn</function>
-function turns on auto-repeat for the keyboard on the specified display.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To turn off keyboard auto-repeat, use
-<function>XAutoRepeatOff</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAutoRepeatOff</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xautorepeatoff'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAutoRepeatOff</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAutoRepeatOff</function>
-function turns off auto-repeat for the keyboard on the specified display.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To ring the bell, use
-<function>XBell</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBell</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xbell'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XBell</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> percent</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>percent</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the volume for the bell,
-which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive. 
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XBell</function>
-function rings the bell on the keyboard on the specified display, if possible.
-The specified volume is relative to the base volume for the keyboard.
-If the value for the percent argument is not in the range -100 to 100
-inclusive, a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-The volume at which the bell rings
-when the percent argument is nonnegative is:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-base - [(base * percent) / 100] + percent
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The volume at which the bell rings
-when the percent argument is negative is:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-base + [(base * percent) / 100]
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To change the base volume of the bell, use
-<function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XBell</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a bit vector that describes the state of the keyboard, use
-<function>XQueryKeymap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryKeymap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xquerykeymap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XQueryKeymap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> keys_return[32]</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keys_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns an array of bytes that identifies which keys are pressed down.
-Each bit represents one key of the keyboard.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XQueryKeymap</function>
-function returns a bit vector for the logical state of the keyboard, 
-where each bit set to 1 indicates that the corresponding key is currently 
-pressed down.
-The vector is represented as 32 bytes.
-Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7 
-with the least significant bit in the byte representing key 8N.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications)
-may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the mapping of the pointer buttons, use
-<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetPointerMapping</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetpointermapping'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XSetPointerMapping</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> map[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nmap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>map</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the mapping list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of items in the mapping list.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>
-function sets the mapping of the pointer.
-If it succeeds, the X server generates a
-<symbol>MappingNotify</symbol>
-event, and
-<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>
-returns
-<symbol>MappingSuccess</symbol>.
-Element map[i] defines the logical button number for the physical button
-i+1.
-The length of the list must be the same as
-<function>XGetPointerMapping</function>
-would return,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-A zero element disables a button, and elements are not restricted in
-value by the number of physical buttons.
-However, no two elements can have the same nonzero value,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-If any of the buttons to be altered are logically in the down state,
-<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>
-returns
-<symbol>MappingBusy</symbol>,
-and the mapping is not changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the pointer mapping, use
-<function>XGetPointerMapping</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPointerMapping</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetpointermapping'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XGetPointerMapping</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> map_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nmap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>map_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the mapping list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of items in the mapping list.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetPointerMapping</function>
-function returns the current mapping of the pointer.
-Pointer buttons are numbered starting from one.
-<function>XGetPointerMapping</function>
-returns the number of physical buttons actually on the pointer.
-The nominal mapping for a pointer is map[i]=i+1.
-The nmap argument specifies the length of the array where the pointer
-mapping is returned, and only the first nmap elements are returned 
-in map_return.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To control the pointer's interactive feel, use
-<function>XChangePointerControl</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangePointerControl</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchangepointercontrol'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XChangePointerControl</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Booldo_accel,<parameter> do_threshold</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intaccel_numerator,<parameter> accel_denominator</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> threshold</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>do_accel</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that controls whether the values for 
-the accel_numerator or accel_denominator are used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>do_threshold</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a Boolean value that controls whether the value for the 
-threshold is used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>accel_numerator</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the numerator for the acceleration multiplier.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>accel_denominator</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the denominator for the acceleration multiplier.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>threshold</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the acceleration threshold.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XChangePointerControl</function>
-function defines how the pointing device moves.
-The acceleration, expressed as a fraction, is a
-multiplier for movement. 
-For example,
-specifying 3/1 means the pointer moves three times as fast as normal.
-The fraction may be rounded arbitrarily by the X server.  
-Acceleration
-only takes effect if the pointer moves more than threshold pixels at
-once and only applies to the amount beyond the value in the threshold argument.
-Setting a value to -1 restores the default.
-The values of the do_accel and do_threshold arguments must be 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-for the pointer values to be set,
-or the parameters are unchanged.
-Negative values (other than -1) generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error, as does a zero value
-for the accel_denominator argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XChangePointerControl</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the current pointer parameters, use
-<function>XGetPointerControl</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPointerControl</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetpointercontrol'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XGetPointerControl</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*accel_numerator_return,<parameter> *accel_denominator_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *threshold_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>accel_numerator_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the numerator for the acceleration multiplier.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>accel_denominator_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the denominator for the acceleration multiplier.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>threshold_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the acceleration threshold.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetPointerControl</function>
-function returns the pointer's current acceleration multiplier
-and acceleration threshold.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Manipulating_the_Keyboard_Encoding">
-<title>Manipulating the Keyboard Encoding</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Manipulating the Keyboard Encoding  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A KeyCode represents a physical (or logical) key.  
-KeyCodes lie in the inclusive range [8,255].  
-A KeyCode value carries no intrinsic information,
-although server implementors may attempt to encode geometry 
-(for example, matrix) information in some fashion so that it can
-be interpreted in a server-dependent fashion.
-The mapping between keys and KeyCodes cannot be changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A KeySym is an encoding of a symbol on the cap of a key.  
-The set of defined KeySyms includes the ISO Latin character sets (1-4), 
-Katakana, Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, Technical,
-Special, Publishing, APL, Hebrew, Thai, Korean
-and a miscellany of keys found
-on keyboards (Return, Help, Tab, and so on).  
-To the extent possible, these sets are derived from international
-standards. 
-In areas where no standards exist,
-some of these sets are derived from Digital Equipment Corporation standards.
-The list of defined symbols can be found in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/keysymdef.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-Unfortunately, some C preprocessors have
-limits on the number of defined symbols.
-If you must use KeySyms not
-in the Latin 1-4, Greek, and miscellaneous classes,
-you may have to define a symbol for those sets.
-Most applications usually only include 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysym.h&gt;</filename>,
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/keysym.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysym.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysym.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-which defines symbols for ISO Latin 1-4, Greek, and miscellaneous.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A list of KeySyms is associated with each KeyCode.
-The list is intended to convey the set of symbols on the corresponding key.
-If the list (ignoring trailing
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>
-entries) is 
-a single KeySym ``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis>'',
-then the list is treated as if it were the list 
-``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis> NoSymbol <emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis> NoSymbol''.
-If the list (ignoring trailing
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>
-entries) is a pair of KeySyms ``<emphasis remap='I'>K1 K2</emphasis>'',
-then the list is treated as if it were the list ``<emphasis remap='I'>K1 K2 K1 K2</emphasis>''.
-If the list (ignoring trailing
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>
-entries) is a triple of KeySyms ``<emphasis remap='I'>K1 K2 K3</emphasis>'',
-then the list is treated as if it were the list ``<emphasis remap='I'>K1 K2 K3</emphasis> NoSymbol''.
-When an explicit ``void'' element is desired in the list,
-the value
-<symbol>VoidSymbol</symbol>
-can be used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The first four elements of the list are split into two groups of KeySyms.
-Group 1 contains the first and second KeySyms;
-Group 2 contains the third and fourth KeySyms.
-Within each group,
-if the second element of the group is
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>,
-then the group should be treated as if the second element were 
-the same as the first element,
-except when the first element is an alphabetic KeySym ``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis>'' 
-for which both lowercase and uppercase forms are defined.
-In that case,
-the group should be treated as if the first element were 
-the lowercase form of ``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis>'' and the second element were 
-the uppercase form of ``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis>''.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The standard rules for obtaining a KeySym from a
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-event make use of only the Group 1 and Group 2 KeySyms;
-no interpretation of other KeySyms in the list is given.
-Which group to use is determined by the modifier state.
-Switching between groups is controlled by the KeySym named MODE SWITCH,
-by attaching that KeySym to some KeyCode and attaching 
-that KeyCode to any one of the modifiers
-<symbol>Mod1</symbol>
-through
-<symbol>Mod5</symbol>.
-This modifier is called the <emphasis remap='I'>group modifier</emphasis>.
-For any KeyCode,
-Group 1 is used when the group modifier is off,
-and Group 2 is used when the group modifier is on.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier is interpreted as CapsLock when the KeySym named XK_Caps_Lock
-is attached to some KeyCode and that KeyCode is attached to the
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier.  The
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier is interpreted as ShiftLock when the KeySym named XK_Shift_Lock
-is attached to some KeyCode and that KeyCode is attached to the
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier.  If the
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier could be interpreted as both
-CapsLock and ShiftLock, the CapsLock interpretation is used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The operation of keypad keys is controlled by the KeySym named XK_Num_Lock,
-by attaching that KeySym to some KeyCode and attaching that KeyCode to any
-one of the modifiers
-<symbol>Mod1</symbol>
-through
-<symbol>Mod5</symbol>.
-This modifier is called the
-<emphasis remap='I'>numlock modifier</emphasis>.  The standard KeySyms with the prefix ``XK_KP_''
-in their
-name are called keypad KeySyms; these are KeySyms with numeric value in
-the hexadecimal range 0xFF80 to 0xFFBD inclusive.  In addition,
-vendor-specific KeySyms in the hexadecimal range 0x11000000 to 0x1100FFFF
-are also keypad KeySyms.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Within a group, the choice of KeySym is determined by applying the first
-rule that is satisfied from the following list:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The numlock modifier is on and the second KeySym is a keypad KeySym.  In
-this case, if the
-<symbol>Shift</symbol>
-modifier is on, or if the
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier is on and
-is interpreted as ShiftLock, then the first KeySym is used, otherwise the
-second KeySym is used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The
-<symbol>Shift</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifiers are both off.  In this case, the first
-KeySym is used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The
-<symbol>Shift</symbol>
-modifier is off, and the
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier is on and is
-interpreted as CapsLock.  In this case, the first KeySym is used, but if
-that KeySym is lowercase alphabetic, then the corresponding uppercase
-KeySym is used instead.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The
-<symbol>Shift</symbol>
-modifier is on, and the
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier is on and is interpreted
-as CapsLock.  In this case, the second KeySym is used, but if that KeySym
-is lowercase alphabetic, then the corresponding uppercase KeySym is used
-instead.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The
-<symbol>Shift</symbol>
-modifier is on, or the
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>
-modifier is on and is interpreted
-as ShiftLock, or both.  In this case, the second KeySym is used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-No spatial geometry of the symbols on the key is defined by
-their order in the KeySym list, 
-although a geometry might be defined on a
-server-specific basis.
-The X server does not use the mapping between KeyCodes and KeySyms.
-Rather, it merely stores it for reading and writing by clients.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the legal KeyCodes for a display, use
-<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayKeycodes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaykeycodes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDisplayKeycodes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*min_keycodes_return,<parameter> *max_keycodes_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>min_keycodes_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the minimum number of KeyCodes.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>max_keycodes_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the maximum number of KeyCodes.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>
-function returns the min-keycodes and max-keycodes supported by the
-specified display.
-The minimum number of KeyCodes returned is never less than 8,
-and the maximum number of KeyCodes returned is never greater than 255.
-Not all KeyCodes in this range are required to have corresponding keys.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the symbols for the specified KeyCodes, use
-<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetkeyboardmapping'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>KeySym *<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> first_keycode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode_count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *keysyms_per_keycode_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Kc returned -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>first_keycode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the first KeyCode that is to be (Kc.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode_count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be returned.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms_per_keycode_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of KeySyms per KeyCode.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>
-function returns the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes
-starting with first_keycode.
-The value specified in first_keycode must be greater than 
-or equal to min_keycode as returned by
-<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal 
-to max_keycode as returned by
-<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-first_keycode + keycode_count - 1
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If this is not the case, a 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results. 
-The number of elements in the KeySyms list is:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-keycode_count * keysyms_per_keycode_return
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index
-in the list, counting from zero: 
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-(K - first_code) * keysyms_per_code_return + N
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The X server arbitrarily chooses the keysyms_per_keycode_return value 
-to be large enough to report all requested symbols. 
-A special KeySym value of 
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>
-is used to fill in unused elements for
-individual KeyCodes.
-To free the storage returned by 
-<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>,
-use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To change the keyboard mapping, use
-<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xchangekeyboardmapping'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> first_keycode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> keysyms_per_keycode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysyms</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_codes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Kc changed -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>first_keycode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the first KeyCode that is to be (Kc.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms_per_keycode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of KeySyms per KeyCode.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of KeySyms.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_codes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be changed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>
-function defines the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes
-starting with first_keycode.
-The symbols for KeyCodes outside this range remain unchanged.  
-The number of elements in keysyms must be:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-num_codes * keysyms_per_keycode
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The specified first_keycode must be greater than or equal to min_keycode 
-returned by
-<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>,
-or a 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal to 
-max_keycode as returned by
-<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>,
-or a
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-first_keycode + num_codes - 1
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index
-in keysyms, counting from zero: 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-(K - first_keycode) * keysyms_per_keycode + N
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The specified keysyms_per_keycode can be chosen arbitrarily by the client
-to be large enough to hold all desired symbols. 
-A special KeySym value of 
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>
-should be used to fill in unused elements 
-for individual KeyCodes.  
-It is legal for 
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>
-to appear in nontrailing positions
-of the effective list for a KeyCode.
-<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>
-generates a 
-<symbol>MappingNotify</symbol>
-event.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-There is no requirement that the X server interpret this mapping. 
-It is merely stored for reading and writing by clients.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The next six functions make use of the 
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-data structure, which contains:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XModifierKeymap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	int max_keypermod;	/* This server's max number of keys per modifier */
-	KeyCode *modifiermap;	/* An 8 by max_keypermod array of the modifiers */
-} XModifierKeymap;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-To create an
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XNewModifiermap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNewModifiermap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xnewmodifiermap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XNewModifiermap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> max_keys_per_mod</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>max_keys_per_mod</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of KeyCode entries preallocated to the modifiers
-in the map.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XNewModifiermap</function>
-function returns a pointer to
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure for later use.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To add a new entry to an 
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XInsertModifiermapEntry</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInsertModifiermapEntry</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xinsertmodifiermapentry'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XInsertModifiermapEntry</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> keycode_entry</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> modifier</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode_entry</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeyCode. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the modifier.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XInsertModifiermapEntry</function>
-function adds the specified KeyCode to the set that controls the specified
-modifier and returns the resulting
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure (expanded as needed).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To delete an entry from an 
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdeletemodifiermapentry'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> keycode_entry</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> modifier</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode_entry</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeyCode. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the modifier.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</function>
-function deletes the specified KeyCode from the set that controls the
-specified modifier and returns a pointer to the resulting
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To destroy an
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XFreeModifiermap</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeModifiermap</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreemodifiermap'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XFreeModifiermap</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeModifiermap</function>
-function frees the specified
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the KeyCodes to be used as modifiers, use
-<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetModifierMapping</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetmodifiermapping'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XSetModifierMapping</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>
-function specifies the KeyCodes of the keys (if any) that are to be used 
-as modifiers.
-If it succeeds,
-the X server generates a
-<symbol>MappingNotify</symbol>
-event, and
-<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>
-returns
-<symbol>MappingSuccess</symbol>.
-X permits at most 8 modifier keys.
-If more than 8 are specified in the
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure, a
-<errorname>BadLength</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The modifiermap member of the 
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure contains 8 sets of max_keypermod KeyCodes, 
-one for each modifier in the order 
-<symbol>Shift</symbol>,
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>,
-<symbol>Control</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod1</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod2</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod3</symbol>,
-<symbol>Mod4</symbol>,
-and 
-<symbol>Mod5</symbol>.
-Only nonzero KeyCodes have meaning in each set, 
-and zero KeyCodes are ignored.
-In addition, all of the nonzero KeyCodes must be in the range specified by 
-min_keycode and max_keycode in the 
-<type>Display</type>
-structure,
-or a 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An X server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be changed, 
-for example,
-if certain keys do not generate up transitions in hardware,
-if auto-repeat cannot be disabled on certain keys,
-or if multiple modifier keys are not supported.  
-If some such restriction is violated, 
-the status reply is
-<symbol>MappingFailed</symbol>,
-and none of the modifiers are changed.
-If the new KeyCodes specified for a modifier differ from those
-currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that modifier are
-in the logically down state, 
-<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>
-returns
-<symbol>MappingBusy</symbol>,
-and none of the modifiers is changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and 
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the KeyCodes used as modifiers, use
-<function>XGetModifierMapping</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetModifierMapping</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetmodifiermapping'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XGetModifierMapping</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetModifierMapping</function>
-function returns a pointer to a newly created
-<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>
-structure that contains the keys being used as modifiers.
-The structure should be freed after use by calling
-<function>XFreeModifiermap</function>.
-If only zero values appear in the set for any modifier, 
-that modifier is disabled.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-
-</para>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="input_device_functions">

+<title>Input Device Functions</title>

+

+<para>

+You can use the Xlib input device functions to:

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>Grab the pointer and individual buttons on the pointer</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Grab the keyboard and individual keys on the keyboard</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Resume event processing</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Move the pointer</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Set the input focus</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Manipulate the keyboard and pointer settings</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Manipulate the keyboard encoding</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<sect1 id="Pointer_Grabbing_">

+<title>Pointer Grabbing </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Pointer Grabbing   -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to control input from the pointer,

+which usually is a mouse.

+Usually, as soon as keyboard and mouse events occur,

+the X server delivers them to the appropriate client,

+which is determined by the window and input focus.

+The X server provides sufficient control over event delivery to

+allow window managers to support mouse ahead and various other

+styles of user interface.

+Many of these user interfaces depend on synchronous delivery of events.

+The delivery of  pointer and keyboard events can be controlled

+independently.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When mouse buttons or keyboard keys are grabbed, events

+will be sent to the grabbing client rather than the normal

+client who would have received the event.

+If the keyboard or pointer is in asynchronous mode,

+further mouse and keyboard events will continue to be processed.

+If the keyboard or pointer is in synchronous mode, no

+further events are processed until the grabbing client

+allows them (see

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>).

+The keyboard or pointer is considered frozen during this

+interval.

+The event that triggered the grab can also be replayed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications)

+may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Active grab</primary></indexterm>

+There are two kinds of grabs:

+active and passive.

+An active grab occurs when a single client grabs the keyboard and/or pointer

+explicitly (see

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>

+and

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>).

+<indexterm><primary>Passive grab</primary></indexterm>

+A passive grab occurs when clients grab a particular keyboard key 

+or pointer button in a window,

+and the grab will activate when the key or button is actually pressed.

+Passive grabs are convenient for implementing reliable pop-up menus.

+For example, you can guarantee that the pop-up is mapped 

+before the up pointer button event occurs by

+grabbing a button requesting synchronous behavior.

+The down event will trigger the grab and freeze further

+processing of pointer events until you have the chance to

+map the pop-up window.

+You can then allow further event processing.

+The up event will then be correctly processed relative to the

+pop-up window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For many operations,

+there are functions that take a time argument.

+The X server includes a timestamp in various events.

+One special time, called

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CurrentTime</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Time</primary></indexterm>

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>,

+represents the current server time.

+The X server maintains the time when the input focus was last changed,

+when the keyboard was last grabbed,

+when the pointer was last grabbed,

+or when a selection was last changed.

+Your

+application may be slow reacting to an event.

+You often need some way to specify that your

+request should not occur if another application has in the meanwhile

+taken control of the keyboard, pointer, or selection.

+By providing the timestamp from the event in the request, 

+you can arrange that the operation not take effect

+if someone else has performed an operation in the meanwhile.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A timestamp is a time value, expressed in milliseconds. 

+It typically is the time since the last server reset.

+Timestamp values wrap around (after about 49.7 days).

+The server, given its current time is represented by timestamp T, 

+always interprets timestamps from clients by treating half of the timestamp 

+space as being later in time than T.

+One timestamp value, named

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>,

+is never generated by the server.

+This value is reserved for use in requests to represent the current server time.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For many functions in this section,

+you pass pointer event mask bits.

+The valid pointer event mask bits are:

+<symbol>ButtonPressMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>ButtonReleaseMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>EnterWindowMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>LeaveWindowMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>PointerMotionMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>PointerMotionHintMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button1MotionMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button2MotionMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button3MotionMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button4MotionMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Button5MotionMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>ButtonMotionMask</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>KeymapStateMask</symbol>.

+For other functions in this section,

+you pass keymask bits.

+The valid keymask bits are:

+<symbol>ShiftMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>LockMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>ControlMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod1Mask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod2Mask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod3Mask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod4Mask</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>Mod5Mask</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To grab the pointer, use

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>pointer</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabPointer</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabpointer'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XGrabPointer</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intpointer_mode,<parameter> keyboard_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> confine_to</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the grab window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the pointer 

+events are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window 

+if selected by the event mask.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which pointer events are reported to the client.

+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid pointer event mask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies further processing of pointer events.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies further processing of keyboard events.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>confine_to</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window to confine the pointer in or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed during the grab or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>

+function actively grabs control of the pointer and returns

+<symbol>GrabSuccess</symbol>

+if the grab was successful.

+Further pointer events are reported only to the grabbing client.

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>

+overrides any active pointer grab by this client.

+If owner_events is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+all generated pointer events

+are reported with respect to grab_window and are reported only if

+selected by event_mask.

+If owner_events is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+and if a generated

+pointer event would normally be reported to this client, 

+it is reported as usual. 

+Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the

+grab_window and is reported only if selected by event_mask.

+For either value of owner_events, unreported events are discarded.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the pointer_mode is 

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>,

+pointer event processing continues as usual.

+If the pointer is currently frozen by this client, 

+the processing of events for the pointer is resumed.

+If the pointer_mode is 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>,

+the state of the pointer, as seen by

+client applications,

+appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further pointer events

+until the grabbing client calls 

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>

+or until the pointer grab is released.

+Actual pointer changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen;

+they are simply queued in the server for later processing.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the keyboard_mode is 

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>,

+keyboard event processing is unaffected by activation of the grab.

+If the keyboard_mode is 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>,

+the state of the keyboard, as seen by

+client applications,

+appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further keyboard events

+until the grabbing client calls 

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>

+or until the pointer grab is released.

+Actual keyboard changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen;

+they are simply queued in the server for later processing.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a cursor is specified, it is displayed regardless of what

+window the pointer is in.  

+If 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+is specified,

+the normal cursor for that window is displayed

+when the pointer is in grab_window or one of its subwindows;

+otherwise, the cursor for grab_window is displayed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a confine_to window is specified,

+the pointer is restricted to stay contained in that window.

+The confine_to window need have no relationship to the grab_window.

+If the pointer is not initially in the confine_to window, 

+it is warped automatically to the closest edge 

+just before the grab activates and enter/leave events are generated as usual. 

+If the confine_to window is subsequently reconfigured, 

+the pointer is warped automatically, as necessary, 

+to keep it contained in the window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The time argument allows you to avoid certain circumstances that come up

+if applications take a long time to respond or if there are long network

+delays.

+Consider a situation where you have two applications, both

+of which normally grab the pointer when clicked on.

+If both applications specify the timestamp from the event, 

+the second application may wake up faster and successfully grab the pointer

+before the first application. 

+The first application then will get an indication that the other application 

+grabbed the pointer before its request was processed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>

+generates

+<symbol>EnterNotify</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>LeaveNotify</symbol>

+events.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Either if grab_window or confine_to window is not viewable

+or if the confine_to window lies completely outside the boundaries of the root

+window,

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>

+fails and returns

+<symbol>GrabNotViewable</symbol>.

+If the pointer is actively grabbed by some other client,

+it fails and returns

+<symbol>AlreadyGrabbed</symbol>.

+If the pointer is frozen by an active grab of another client,

+it fails and returns

+<symbol>GrabFrozen</symbol>.

+If the specified time is earlier than the last-pointer-grab time or later 

+than the current X server time, it fails and returns

+<symbol>GrabInvalidTime</symbol>.

+Otherwise, the last-pointer-grab time is set to the specified time

+(<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>

+is replaced by the current X server time).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To ungrab the pointer, use

+<function>XUngrabPointer</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>pointer</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabPointer</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabpointer'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUngrabPointer</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUngrabPointer</function>

+function releases the pointer and any queued events

+if this client has actively grabbed the pointer from

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>,

+<function>XGrabButton</function>,

+or from a normal button press.

+<function>XUngrabPointer</function>

+does not release the pointer if the specified

+time is earlier than the last-pointer-grab time or is later than the

+current X server time.

+It also generates 

+<symbol>EnterNotify</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>LeaveNotify</symbol>

+events.

+The X server performs an 

+<systemitem>UngrabPointer</systemitem>

+request automatically if the event window or confine_to window 

+for an active pointer grab becomes not viewable

+or if window reconfiguration causes the confine_to window to lie completely

+outside the boundaries of the root window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change an active pointer grab, use

+<function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm ><primary>Changing</primary><secondary>pointer grab</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeActivePointerGrab</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchangeactivepointergrab'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which pointer events are reported to the client.

+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid pointer event mask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function>

+function changes the specified dynamic parameters if the pointer is actively

+grabbed by the client and if the specified time is no earlier than the

+last-pointer-grab time and no later than the current X server time.

+This function has no effect on the passive parameters of an

+<function>XGrabButton</function>.

+The interpretation of event_mask and cursor is the same as described in

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To grab a pointer button, use

+<function>XGrabButton</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>buttons</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Button</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabButton</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabbutton'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGrabButton</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> button</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> event_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intpointer_mode,<parameter> keyboard_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> confine_to</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Cursor<parameter> cursor</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Bu grabbed -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>button</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the pointer button that is to be (Bu or

+<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the set of keymasks or

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>.

+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the grab window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the pointer 

+events are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window 

+if selected by the event mask.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which pointer events are reported to the client.

+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid pointer event mask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies further processing of pointer events.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies further processing of keyboard events.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>confine_to</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window to confine the pointer in or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGrabButton</function>

+function establishes a passive grab.

+In the future,

+the pointer is actively grabbed (as for

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>),

+the last-pointer-grab time is set to the time at which the button was pressed

+(as transmitted in the

+<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>

+event), and the

+<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>

+event is reported if all of the following conditions are true:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The pointer is not grabbed, and the specified button is logically pressed

+when the specified modifier keys are logically down,

+and no other buttons or modifier keys are logically down.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The grab_window contains the pointer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The confine_to window (if any) is viewable.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A passive grab on the same button/key combination does not exist

+on any ancestor of grab_window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for

+<function>XGrabPointer</function>.

+The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the

+pointer has all buttons released

+(independent of the state of the logical modifier keys).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications)

+may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This request overrides all previous grabs by the same client on the same

+button/key combinations on the same window.

+A modifiers of 

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>

+is equivalent to issuing the grab request for all

+possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no modifiers).  

+It is not required that all modifiers specified have currently assigned 

+KeyCodes.

+A button of 

+<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>

+is equivalent to

+issuing the request for all possible buttons.

+Otherwise, it is not required that the specified button currently be assigned

+to a physical button.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If some other client has already issued an

+<function>XGrabButton</function>

+with the same button/key combination on the same window, a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+When using 

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>,

+the request fails completely,

+and a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results (no grabs are

+established) if there is a conflicting grab for any combination.

+<function>XGrabButton</function>

+has no effect on an active grab.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGrabButton</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To ungrab a pointer button, use

+<function>XUngrabButton</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>buttons</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Button</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabButton</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabbutton'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUngrabButton</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> button</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Bu released -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>button</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the pointer button that is to be (Bu or

+<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the set of keymasks or

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>.

+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the grab window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUngrabButton</function>

+function releases the passive button/key combination on the specified window if

+it was grabbed by this client.

+A modifiers of 

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>

+is

+equivalent to issuing 

+the ungrab request for all possible modifier combinations, including 

+the combination of no modifiers.

+A button of 

+<symbol>AnyButton</symbol>

+is equivalent to issuing the

+request for all possible buttons.

+<function>XUngrabButton</function>

+has no effect on an active grab.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XUngrabButton</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Keyboard_Grabbing_">

+<title>Keyboard Grabbing </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Keyboard Grabbing  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to grab or ungrab the keyboard

+as well as allow events.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For many functions in this section,

+you pass keymask bits.

+The valid keymask bits are:

+<symbol>ShiftMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>LockMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>ControlMask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod1Mask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod2Mask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod3Mask</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod4Mask</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>Mod5Mask</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To grab the keyboard, use

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>keyboard</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabKeyboard</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabkeyboard'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XGrabKeyboard</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intpointer_mode,<parameter> keyboard_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the grab window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the keyboard events 

+are to be reported as usual.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies further processing of pointer events.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies further processing of keyboard events.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>

+function actively grabs control of the keyboard and generates

+<symbol>FocusIn</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>FocusOut</symbol>

+events.

+Further key events are reported only to the

+grabbing client.

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>

+overrides any active keyboard grab by this client.

+If owner_events is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+all generated key events are reported with

+respect to grab_window.  

+If owner_events is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+and if a generated

+key event would normally be reported to this client, it is reported

+normally; otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the

+grab_window.  

+Both 

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>

+events are always reported,

+independent of any event selection made by the client.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the keyboard_mode argument is 

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>,

+keyboard event processing continues

+as usual. 

+If the keyboard is currently frozen by this client, 

+then processing of keyboard events is resumed.

+If the keyboard_mode  argument is

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>,

+the state of the keyboard (as seen by client applications) appears to freeze,

+and the X server generates no further keyboard events until the

+grabbing client issues a releasing 

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>

+call or until the keyboard grab is released.

+Actual keyboard changes are not lost while the keyboard is frozen; 

+they are simply queued in the server for later processing.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If pointer_mode is 

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>,

+pointer event processing is unaffected

+by activation of the grab.  

+If pointer_mode is 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>,

+the state of the pointer (as seen by client applications) appears to freeze, 

+and the X server generates no further pointer events 

+until the grabbing client issues a releasing 

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>

+call or until the keyboard grab is released.

+Actual pointer changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen; 

+they are simply queued in the server for later processing.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the keyboard is actively grabbed by some other client,

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>

+fails and returns

+<symbol>AlreadyGrabbed</symbol>.

+If grab_window is not viewable,

+it fails and returns

+<symbol>GrabNotViewable</symbol>.

+If the keyboard is frozen by an active grab of another client,

+it fails and returns

+<symbol>GrabFrozen</symbol>.

+If the specified time is earlier than the last-keyboard-grab time 

+or later than the current X server time,

+it fails and returns

+<symbol>GrabInvalidTime</symbol>.

+Otherwise, the last-keyboard-grab time is set to the specified time

+(<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>

+is replaced by the current X server time).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To ungrab the keyboard, use

+<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>keyboard</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabKeyboard</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabkeyboard'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUngrabKeyboard</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>

+function

+releases the keyboard and any queued events if this client has it actively grabbed from

+either

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>

+or

+<function>XGrabKey</function>.

+<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>

+does not release the keyboard and any queued events

+if the specified time is earlier than

+the last-keyboard-grab time or is later than the current X server time.

+It also generates

+<symbol>FocusIn</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>FocusOut</symbol>

+events.

+The X server automatically performs an 

+<systemitem>UngrabKeyboard</systemitem>

+request if the event window for an

+active keyboard grab becomes not viewable.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To passively grab a single key of the keyboard, use

+<function>XGrabKey</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Key</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>keys</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabKey</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabkey'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGrabKey</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intpointer_mode,<parameter> keyboard_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeyCode or

+<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the set of keymasks or

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>.

+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the grab window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the keyboard events 

+are to be reported as usual.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies further processing of pointer events.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies further processing of keyboard events.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>GrabModeSync</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>GrabModeAsync</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGrabKey</function>

+function establishes a passive grab on the keyboard.

+In the future,

+the keyboard is actively grabbed (as for

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>),

+the last-keyboard-grab time is set to the time at which the key was pressed

+(as transmitted in the

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+event), and the

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+event is reported if all of the following conditions are true:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The keyboard is not grabbed and the specified key

+(which can itself be a modifier key) is logically pressed

+when the specified modifier keys are logically down,

+and no other modifier keys are logically down.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Either the grab_window is an ancestor of (or is) the focus window,

+or the grab_window is a descendant of the focus window and contains the pointer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A passive grab on the same key combination does not exist

+on any ancestor of grab_window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for 

+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>.

+The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the

+keyboard has the specified key released

+(independent of the logical state of the modifier keys).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications)

+may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A modifiers argument of 

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>

+is equivalent to issuing the request for all

+possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no

+modifiers).  

+It is not required that all modifiers specified have

+currently assigned KeyCodes.

+A keycode argument of 

+<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>

+is equivalent to issuing

+the request for all possible KeyCodes.

+Otherwise, the specified keycode must be in

+the range specified by min_keycode and max_keycode in the connection

+setup, 

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If some other client has issued a 

+<function>XGrabKey</function>

+with the same key combination on the same window, a 

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results.

+When using

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>,

+the request fails completely,

+and a

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>

+error results (no grabs are established) 

+if there is a conflicting grab for any combination.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGrabKey</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To ungrab a key, use

+<function>XUngrabKey</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Key</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>keys</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabKey</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabkey'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUngrabKey</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeyCode or

+<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the set of keymasks or

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>.

+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the grab window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUngrabKey</function>

+function releases the key combination on the specified window if it was grabbed

+by this client.

+It has no effect on an active grab.

+A modifiers of

+<symbol>AnyModifier</symbol>

+is equivalent to issuing

+the request for all possible modifier combinations

+(including the combination of no modifiers).

+A keycode argument of

+<symbol>AnyKey</symbol>

+is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible key codes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XUngrabKey</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Resuming_Event_Processing">

+<title>Resuming Event Processing</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Resuming Event Processing -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The previous sections discussed grab mechanisms with which processing

+of events by the server can be temporarily suspended.  This section

+describes the mechanism for resuming event processing.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allow further events to be processed when the device has been frozen, use

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllowEvents</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xallowevents'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAllowEvents</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_mode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the event mode.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol>,

+<symbol>SyncPointer</symbol>,

+<symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol>,

+<symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol>,

+<symbol>ReplayPointer</symbol>,

+<symbol>ReplayKeyboard</symbol>,

+<symbol>AsyncBoth</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>SyncBoth</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>

+function releases some queued events if the client has caused a device 

+to freeze.

+It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab

+time of the most recent active grab for the client or if the specified time

+is later than the current X server time.

+Depending on the event_mode argument, the following occurs:

+</para>

+<informaltable frame='none'>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the pointer is frozen by the client,

+      pointer event processing continues as usual.

+      If the pointer is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,

+      <symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol>

+      thaws for both.

+      <symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol>

+      has no effect if the pointer is not frozen by the client,

+      but the pointer need not be grabbed by the client.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>SyncPointer</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the pointer is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,

+      pointer event processing continues as usual until the next

+      <symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>

+      or

+      <symbol>ButtonRelease</symbol>

+      event is reported to the client.

+      At this time,

+      the pointer again appears to freeze.

+      However, if the reported event causes the pointer grab to be released,

+      the pointer does not freeze.

+      <symbol>SyncPointer</symbol>

+      has no effect if the pointer is not frozen by the client

+      or if the pointer is not grabbed by the client.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>ReplayPointer</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the pointer is actively grabbed by the client and is frozen as the result of

+      an event having been sent to the client (either from the activation of an

+      <function>XGrabButton</function>

+      or from a previous

+      <function>XAllowEvents</function>

+      with mode

+      <symbol>SyncPointer</symbol>

+      but not from an 

+      <function>XGrabPointer</function>),

+      the pointer grab is released and that event is completely reprocessed.

+      This time, however, the function ignores any passive grabs at or above 

+      (toward the root of) the grab_window of the grab just released.

+      The request has no effect if the pointer is not grabbed by the client

+      or if the pointer is not frozen as the result of an event.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the keyboard is frozen by the client,

+      keyboard event processing continues as usual.

+      If the keyboard is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,

+      <symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol>

+      thaws for both.

+      <symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol>

+      has no effect if the keyboard is not frozen by the client,

+      but the keyboard need not be grabbed by the client.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the keyboard is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,

+      keyboard event processing continues as usual until the next

+      <symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+      or

+      <symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>

+      event is reported to the client.

+      At this time,

+      the keyboard again appears to freeze.

+      However, if the reported event causes the keyboard grab to be released,

+      the keyboard does not freeze.

+      <symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol>

+      has no effect if the keyboard is not frozen by the client

+      or if the keyboard is not grabbed by the client.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>ReplayKeyboard</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the keyboard is actively grabbed by the client and is frozen

+      as the result of an event having been sent to the client (either from the

+      activation of an

+      <function>XGrabKey</function>

+      or from a previous

+      <function>XAllowEvents</function>

+      with mode

+      <symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol>

+      but not from an 

+      <function>XGrabKeyboard</function>),

+      the keyboard grab is released and that event is completely reprocessed.

+      This time, however, the function ignores any passive grabs at or above

+      (toward the root of)

+      the grab_window of the grab just released.

+      The request has no effect if the keyboard is not grabbed by the client

+      or if the keyboard is not frozen as the result of an event.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>SyncBoth</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If both pointer and keyboard are frozen by the client,

+      event processing for both devices continues as usual until the next

+      <symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>,

+      <symbol>ButtonRelease</symbol>,

+      <symbol>KeyPress</symbol>,

+      or 

+      <symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>

+      event is reported to the client for a grabbed device 

+      (button event for the pointer, key event for the keyboard), 

+      at which time the devices again appear to freeze.  

+      However, if the reported event causes the grab to be released,

+      then the devices do not freeze (but if the other device is still

+      grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause both devices

+      to freeze).  

+      <symbol>SyncBoth</symbol>

+      has no effect unless both pointer and keyboard

+      are frozen by the client.

+      If the pointer or keyboard is frozen twice

+      by the client on behalf of two separate grabs, 

+      <symbol>SyncBoth</symbol>

+      thaws for both (but a subsequent freeze for 

+      <symbol>SyncBoth</symbol>

+      will only freeze each device once).</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>AsyncBoth</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If the pointer and the keyboard are frozen by the

+      client, event processing for both devices continues as usual.

+      If a device is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,

+      <symbol>AsyncBoth</symbol>

+      thaws for both.

+      <symbol>AsyncBoth</symbol>

+      has no effect unless both

+      pointer and keyboard are frozen by the client.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<symbol>AsyncPointer</symbol>,

+<symbol>SyncPointer</symbol>,

+and 

+<symbol>ReplayPointer</symbol>

+have no effect on the

+processing of keyboard events.

+<symbol>AsyncKeyboard</symbol>,

+<symbol>SyncKeyboard</symbol>,

+and 

+<symbol>ReplayKeyboard</symbol>

+have no effect on the

+processing of pointer events.

+It is possible for both a pointer grab and a keyboard grab (by the same 

+or different clients) to be active simultaneously.

+If a device is frozen on behalf of either grab,

+no event processing is performed for the device.

+It is possible for a single device to be frozen because of both grabs.

+In this case,

+the freeze must be released on behalf of both grabs before events can 

+again be processed.

+If a device is frozen twice by a single client,

+then a single

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>

+releases both.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XAllowEvents</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Moving_the_Pointer">

+<title>Moving the Pointer</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Moving the Pointer -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Although movement of the pointer normally should be left to the

+control of the end user, sometimes it is necessary to move the

+pointer to a new position under program control.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To move the pointer to an arbitrary point in a window, use

+<function>XWarpPointer</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWarpPointer</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwarppointer'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XWarpPointer</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Windowsrc_w,<parameter> dest_w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintsrc_width,<parameter> src_height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intdest_x,<parameter> dest_y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the source window or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the destination window or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify a rectangle in the source window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates within the destination window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If dest_w is

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+<function>XWarpPointer</function>

+moves the pointer by the offsets (dest_x, dest_y) relative to the current

+position of the pointer.

+If dest_w is a window,

+<function>XWarpPointer</function>

+moves the pointer to the offsets (dest_x, dest_y) relative to the origin of

+dest_w.

+However, if src_w is a window,

+the move only takes place if the window src_w contains the pointer 

+and if the specified rectangle of src_w contains the pointer.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The src_x and src_y coordinates are relative to the origin of src_w.

+If src_height is zero,

+it is replaced with the current height of src_w minus src_y.

+If src_width is zero,

+it is replaced with the current width of src_w minus src_x.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+There is seldom any reason for calling this function. 

+The pointer should normally be left to the user.

+If you do use this function, however, it generates events just as if the user

+had instantaneously moved the pointer from one position to another.

+Note that you cannot use

+<function>XWarpPointer</function>

+to move the pointer outside the confine_to window of an active pointer grab.

+An attempt to do so will only move the pointer as far as the closest edge of the

+confine_to window. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XWarpPointer</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Controlling_Input_Focus">

+<title>Controlling Input Focus</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Controlling Input Focus  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and get the input focus.

+The input focus is a shared resource, and cooperation among clients is

+required for correct interaction.  See the

+<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis> 

+for input focus policy.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the input focus, use

+<function>XSetInputFocus</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetInputFocus</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetinputfocus'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetInputFocus</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> focus</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> revert_to</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>focus</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window,

+<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>revert_to</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies where the input focus reverts to if the window becomes not

+viewable.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>RevertToParent</symbol>,

+<symbol>RevertToPointerRoot</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>RevertToNone</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the time.

+You can pass either a timestamp or

+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetInputFocus</function>

+function changes the input focus and the last-focus-change time.

+It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current

+last-focus-change time or is later than the current X server time.

+Otherwise, the last-focus-change time is set to the specified time

+(<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>

+is replaced by the current X server time).

+<function>XSetInputFocus</function>

+causes the X server to generate

+<symbol>FocusIn</symbol>

+and 

+<symbol>FocusOut</symbol>

+events.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Depending on the focus argument,

+the following occurs: 

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If focus is

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+all keyboard events are discarded until a new focus window is set,

+and the revert_to argument is ignored.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If focus is a window, 

+it becomes the keyboard's focus window.

+If a generated keyboard event would normally be reported to this window

+or one of its inferiors, the event is reported as usual. 

+Otherwise, the event is reported relative to the focus window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If focus is

+<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>,

+the focus window is dynamically taken to be the root window of whatever screen 

+the pointer is on at each keyboard event.  

+In this case, the revert_to argument is ignored.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The specified focus window must be viewable at the time 

+<function>XSetInputFocus</function>

+is called,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+If the focus window later becomes not viewable, 

+the X server

+evaluates the revert_to argument to determine the new focus window as follows: 

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If revert_to is

+<symbol>RevertToParent</symbol>,

+the focus reverts to the parent (or the closest viewable ancestor), 

+and the new revert_to value is taken to be

+<symbol>RevertToNone</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If revert_to is

+<symbol>RevertToPointerRoot</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>RevertToNone</symbol>,

+the focus reverts to

+<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+respectively.

+When the focus reverts,

+the X server generates

+<symbol>FocusIn</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>FocusOut</symbol>

+events, but the last-focus-change time is not affected.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetInputFocus</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the current input focus, use

+<function>XGetInputFocus</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetInputFocus</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetinputfocus'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGetInputFocus</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *focus_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *revert_to_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>focus_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the focus window,

+<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>revert_to_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the current focus state

+(<symbol>RevertToParent</symbol>,

+<symbol>RevertToPointerRoot</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>RevertToNone</symbol>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetInputFocus</function>

+function returns the focus window and the current focus state.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Manipulating_the_Keyboard_and_Pointer_Settings">

+<title>Manipulating the Keyboard and Pointer Settings</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Manipulating the Keyboard and Pointer Settings  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to

+change the keyboard control, obtain a list of the auto-repeat keys,

+turn keyboard auto-repeat on or off, ring the bell, 

+set or obtain the pointer button or keyboard mapping, 

+and obtain a bit vector for the keyboard.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>bell volume</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>keyclick volume</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Keyboard</primary><secondary>bit vector</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Mouse</primary><secondary>programming</secondary></indexterm>

+This section discusses 

+the user-preference options of bell, key click,

+pointer behavior, and so on.

+The default values for many of these options are server dependent.

+Not all implementations will actually be able to control all of these

+parameters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function>

+function changes control of a keyboard and operates on a

+<structname>XKeyboardControl</structname>

+structure:

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+/* Mask bits for ChangeKeyboardControl */

+

+

+#define     KBBellPercent           (1L&lt;&lt;0)

+#define     KBBellPitch             (1L&lt;&lt;1)

+#define     KBBellDuration          (1L&lt;&lt;2)

+#define     KBLed                   (1L&lt;&lt;3)

+#define     KBLedMode               (1L&lt;&lt;4)

+#define     KBKey                   (1L&lt;&lt;5)

+#define     KBAutoRepeatMode        (1L&lt;&lt;6)

+

+

+/* Values */

+

+typedef struct {

+int key_click_percent;

+int bell_percent;

+int bell_pitch;

+int bell_duration;

+int led;

+int led_mode;                /* LedModeOn, LedModeOff */

+int key;

+int auto_repeat_mode;        /* AutoRepeatModeOff, AutoRepeatModeOn,

+                                AutoRepeatModeDefault */

+} XKeyboardControl;

+

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The key_click_percent member sets the volume for key clicks between 0 (off) 

+and 100 (loud) inclusive, if possible.  

+A setting of -1 restores the default.

+Other negative values generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The bell_percent sets the base volume for the bell between 0 (off) and 100

+(loud) inclusive, if possible.  

+A setting of -1 restores the default.

+Other negative values generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+The bell_pitch member sets the pitch (specified in Hz) of the bell, if possible.

+A setting of -1 restores the default.

+Other negative values generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+The bell_duration member sets the duration of the

+bell specified in milliseconds, if possible.  

+A setting of -1 restores the default.

+Other negative values generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If both the led_mode and led members are specified,

+the state of that <acronym>LED</acronym> is changed, if possible.  

+The led_mode member can be set to

+<symbol>LedModeOn</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>LedModeOff</symbol>.

+If only led_mode is specified, the state of

+all LEDs are changed, if possible.  

+At most 32 LEDs numbered from one are supported. 

+No standard interpretation of LEDs is defined.

+If led is specified without led_mode, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If both the auto_repeat_mode and key members are specified, 

+the auto_repeat_mode of that key is changed (according to

+<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOn</symbol>,

+<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOff</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>AutoRepeatModeDefault</symbol>),

+if possible.

+If only auto_repeat_mode is

+specified, the global auto_repeat_mode for the entire keyboard is

+changed, if possible, and does not affect the per-key settings.

+If a key is specified without an auto_repeat_mode, a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+Each key has an individual mode of whether or not it should auto-repeat

+and a default setting for the mode.

+In addition,

+there is a global mode of whether auto-repeat should be enabled or not

+and a default setting for that mode.

+When global mode is

+<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOn</symbol>,

+keys should obey their individual auto-repeat modes.

+When global mode is

+<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOff</symbol>,

+no keys should auto-repeat.

+An auto-repeating key generates alternating

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>

+events.

+When a key is used as a modifier,

+it is desirable for the key not to auto-repeat,

+regardless of its auto-repeat setting.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A bell generator connected with the console but not directly on a

+keyboard is treated as if it were part of the keyboard.

+The order in which controls are verified and altered is server-dependent.

+If an error is generated, a subset of the controls may have been altered.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeKeyboardControl</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchangekeyboardcontrol'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> value_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XKeyboardControl<parameter> *values</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which controls to change.

+This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid control mask bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies one value for each bit set to 1 in the mask.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function>

+function controls the keyboard characteristics defined by the

+<structname>XKeyboardControl</structname>

+structure.

+The value_mask argument specifies which values are to be changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the current control values for the keyboard, use

+<function>XGetKeyboardControl</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetKeyboardControl</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetkeyboardcontrol'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGetKeyboardControl</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XKeyboardState<parameter> *values_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>values_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the current keyboard controls in the specified

+<structname>XKeyboardState</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetKeyboardControl</function>

+function returns the current control values for the keyboard to the

+<structname>XKeyboardState</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>XGetKeyboardControl</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeyboardState</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i  -->

+<!-- .ta .5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	int key_click_percent;

+	int bell_percent;

+	unsigned int bell_pitch, bell_duration;

+	unsigned long led_mask;

+	int global_auto_repeat;

+	char auto_repeats[32];

+} XKeyboardState;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+For the LEDs, 

+the least significant bit of led_mask corresponds to <acronym>LED</acronym> one,

+and each bit set to 1 in led_mask indicates an <acronym>LED</acronym> that is lit.

+The global_auto_repeat member can be set to

+<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOn</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>AutoRepeatModeOff</symbol>.

+The auto_repeats member is a bit vector.

+Each bit set to 1 indicates that auto-repeat is enabled 

+for the corresponding key.

+The vector is represented as 32 bytes.  

+Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7

+with the least significant bit in the byte representing key 8N.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To turn on keyboard auto-repeat, use

+<function>XAutoRepeatOn</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAutoRepeatOn</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xautorepeaton'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAutoRepeatOn</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAutoRepeatOn</function>

+function turns on auto-repeat for the keyboard on the specified display.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To turn off keyboard auto-repeat, use

+<function>XAutoRepeatOff</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAutoRepeatOff</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xautorepeatoff'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAutoRepeatOff</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAutoRepeatOff</function>

+function turns off auto-repeat for the keyboard on the specified display.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To ring the bell, use

+<function>XBell</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBell</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xbell'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XBell</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> percent</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>percent</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the volume for the bell,

+which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive. 

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XBell</function>

+function rings the bell on the keyboard on the specified display, if possible.

+The specified volume is relative to the base volume for the keyboard.

+If the value for the percent argument is not in the range -100 to 100

+inclusive, a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+The volume at which the bell rings

+when the percent argument is nonnegative is:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+base - [(base * percent) / 100] + percent

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The volume at which the bell rings

+when the percent argument is negative is:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+base + [(base * percent) / 100]

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To change the base volume of the bell, use

+<function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XBell</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a bit vector that describes the state of the keyboard, use

+<function>XQueryKeymap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryKeymap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xquerykeymap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XQueryKeymap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> keys_return[32]</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keys_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns an array of bytes that identifies which keys are pressed down.

+Each bit represents one key of the keyboard.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XQueryKeymap</function>

+function returns a bit vector for the logical state of the keyboard, 

+where each bit set to 1 indicates that the corresponding key is currently 

+pressed down.

+The vector is represented as 32 bytes.

+Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7 

+with the least significant bit in the byte representing key 8N.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications)

+may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the mapping of the pointer buttons, use

+<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetPointerMapping</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetpointermapping'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XSetPointerMapping</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> map[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nmap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>map</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the mapping list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of items in the mapping list.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>

+function sets the mapping of the pointer.

+If it succeeds, the X server generates a

+<symbol>MappingNotify</symbol>

+event, and

+<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>

+returns

+<symbol>MappingSuccess</symbol>.

+Element map[i] defines the logical button number for the physical button

+i+1.

+The length of the list must be the same as

+<function>XGetPointerMapping</function>

+would return,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+A zero element disables a button, and elements are not restricted in

+value by the number of physical buttons.

+However, no two elements can have the same nonzero value,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+If any of the buttons to be altered are logically in the down state,

+<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>

+returns

+<symbol>MappingBusy</symbol>,

+and the mapping is not changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetPointerMapping</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the pointer mapping, use

+<function>XGetPointerMapping</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPointerMapping</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetpointermapping'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XGetPointerMapping</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> map_return[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nmap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>map_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the mapping list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of items in the mapping list.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetPointerMapping</function>

+function returns the current mapping of the pointer.

+Pointer buttons are numbered starting from one.

+<function>XGetPointerMapping</function>

+returns the number of physical buttons actually on the pointer.

+The nominal mapping for a pointer is map[i]=i+1.

+The nmap argument specifies the length of the array where the pointer

+mapping is returned, and only the first nmap elements are returned 

+in map_return.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To control the pointer's interactive feel, use

+<function>XChangePointerControl</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangePointerControl</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchangepointercontrol'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XChangePointerControl</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Booldo_accel,<parameter> do_threshold</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intaccel_numerator,<parameter> accel_denominator</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> threshold</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>do_accel</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that controls whether the values for 

+the accel_numerator or accel_denominator are used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>do_threshold</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a Boolean value that controls whether the value for the 

+threshold is used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>accel_numerator</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the numerator for the acceleration multiplier.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>accel_denominator</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the denominator for the acceleration multiplier.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>threshold</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the acceleration threshold.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XChangePointerControl</function>

+function defines how the pointing device moves.

+The acceleration, expressed as a fraction, is a

+multiplier for movement. 

+For example,

+specifying 3/1 means the pointer moves three times as fast as normal.

+The fraction may be rounded arbitrarily by the X server.  

+Acceleration

+only takes effect if the pointer moves more than threshold pixels at

+once and only applies to the amount beyond the value in the threshold argument.

+Setting a value to -1 restores the default.

+The values of the do_accel and do_threshold arguments must be 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+for the pointer values to be set,

+or the parameters are unchanged.

+Negative values (other than -1) generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error, as does a zero value

+for the accel_denominator argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XChangePointerControl</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the current pointer parameters, use

+<function>XGetPointerControl</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPointerControl</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetpointercontrol'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XGetPointerControl</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*accel_numerator_return,<parameter> *accel_denominator_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *threshold_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>accel_numerator_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the numerator for the acceleration multiplier.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>accel_denominator_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the denominator for the acceleration multiplier.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>threshold_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the acceleration threshold.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetPointerControl</function>

+function returns the pointer's current acceleration multiplier

+and acceleration threshold.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Manipulating_the_Keyboard_Encoding">

+<title>Manipulating the Keyboard Encoding</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Manipulating the Keyboard Encoding  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A KeyCode represents a physical (or logical) key.  

+KeyCodes lie in the inclusive range [8,255].  

+A KeyCode value carries no intrinsic information,

+although server implementors may attempt to encode geometry 

+(for example, matrix) information in some fashion so that it can

+be interpreted in a server-dependent fashion.

+The mapping between keys and KeyCodes cannot be changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A KeySym is an encoding of a symbol on the cap of a key.  

+The set of defined KeySyms includes the ISO Latin character sets (1-4), 

+Katakana, Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, Technical,

+Special, Publishing, APL, Hebrew, Thai, Korean

+and a miscellany of keys found

+on keyboards (Return, Help, Tab, and so on).  

+To the extent possible, these sets are derived from international

+standards. 

+In areas where no standards exist,

+some of these sets are derived from Digital Equipment Corporation standards.

+The list of defined symbols can be found in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/keysymdef.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+Unfortunately, some C preprocessors have

+limits on the number of defined symbols.

+If you must use KeySyms not

+in the Latin 1-4, Greek, and miscellaneous classes,

+you may have to define a symbol for those sets.

+Most applications usually only include 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysym.h&gt;</filename>,

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/keysym.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysym.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysym.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+which defines symbols for ISO Latin 1-4, Greek, and miscellaneous.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A list of KeySyms is associated with each KeyCode.

+The list is intended to convey the set of symbols on the corresponding key.

+If the list (ignoring trailing

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>

+entries) is 

+a single KeySym ``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis>'',

+then the list is treated as if it were the list 

+``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis> NoSymbol <emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis> NoSymbol''.

+If the list (ignoring trailing

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>

+entries) is a pair of KeySyms ``<emphasis remap='I'>K1 K2</emphasis>'',

+then the list is treated as if it were the list ``<emphasis remap='I'>K1 K2 K1 K2</emphasis>''.

+If the list (ignoring trailing

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>

+entries) is a triple of KeySyms ``<emphasis remap='I'>K1 K2 K3</emphasis>'',

+then the list is treated as if it were the list ``<emphasis remap='I'>K1 K2 K3</emphasis> NoSymbol''.

+When an explicit ``void'' element is desired in the list,

+the value

+<symbol>VoidSymbol</symbol>

+can be used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The first four elements of the list are split into two groups of KeySyms.

+Group 1 contains the first and second KeySyms;

+Group 2 contains the third and fourth KeySyms.

+Within each group,

+if the second element of the group is

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>,

+then the group should be treated as if the second element were 

+the same as the first element,

+except when the first element is an alphabetic KeySym ``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis>'' 

+for which both lowercase and uppercase forms are defined.

+In that case,

+the group should be treated as if the first element were 

+the lowercase form of ``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis>'' and the second element were 

+the uppercase form of ``<emphasis remap='I'>K</emphasis>''.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The standard rules for obtaining a KeySym from a

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+event make use of only the Group 1 and Group 2 KeySyms;

+no interpretation of other KeySyms in the list is given.

+Which group to use is determined by the modifier state.

+Switching between groups is controlled by the KeySym named MODE SWITCH,

+by attaching that KeySym to some KeyCode and attaching 

+that KeyCode to any one of the modifiers

+<symbol>Mod1</symbol>

+through

+<symbol>Mod5</symbol>.

+This modifier is called the <emphasis remap='I'>group modifier</emphasis>.

+For any KeyCode,

+Group 1 is used when the group modifier is off,

+and Group 2 is used when the group modifier is on.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier is interpreted as CapsLock when the KeySym named XK_Caps_Lock

+is attached to some KeyCode and that KeyCode is attached to the

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier.  The

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier is interpreted as ShiftLock when the KeySym named XK_Shift_Lock

+is attached to some KeyCode and that KeyCode is attached to the

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier.  If the

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier could be interpreted as both

+CapsLock and ShiftLock, the CapsLock interpretation is used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The operation of keypad keys is controlled by the KeySym named XK_Num_Lock,

+by attaching that KeySym to some KeyCode and attaching that KeyCode to any

+one of the modifiers

+<symbol>Mod1</symbol>

+through

+<symbol>Mod5</symbol>.

+This modifier is called the

+<emphasis remap='I'>numlock modifier</emphasis>.  The standard KeySyms with the prefix ``XK_KP_''

+in their

+name are called keypad KeySyms; these are KeySyms with numeric value in

+the hexadecimal range 0xFF80 to 0xFFBD inclusive.  In addition,

+vendor-specific KeySyms in the hexadecimal range 0x11000000 to 0x1100FFFF

+are also keypad KeySyms.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Within a group, the choice of KeySym is determined by applying the first

+rule that is satisfied from the following list:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The numlock modifier is on and the second KeySym is a keypad KeySym.  In

+this case, if the

+<symbol>Shift</symbol>

+modifier is on, or if the

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier is on and

+is interpreted as ShiftLock, then the first KeySym is used, otherwise the

+second KeySym is used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The

+<symbol>Shift</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifiers are both off.  In this case, the first

+KeySym is used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The

+<symbol>Shift</symbol>

+modifier is off, and the

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier is on and is

+interpreted as CapsLock.  In this case, the first KeySym is used, but if

+that KeySym is lowercase alphabetic, then the corresponding uppercase

+KeySym is used instead.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The

+<symbol>Shift</symbol>

+modifier is on, and the

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier is on and is interpreted

+as CapsLock.  In this case, the second KeySym is used, but if that KeySym

+is lowercase alphabetic, then the corresponding uppercase KeySym is used

+instead.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The

+<symbol>Shift</symbol>

+modifier is on, or the

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>

+modifier is on and is interpreted

+as ShiftLock, or both.  In this case, the second KeySym is used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+No spatial geometry of the symbols on the key is defined by

+their order in the KeySym list, 

+although a geometry might be defined on a

+server-specific basis.

+The X server does not use the mapping between KeyCodes and KeySyms.

+Rather, it merely stores it for reading and writing by clients.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the legal KeyCodes for a display, use

+<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayKeycodes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaykeycodes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDisplayKeycodes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*min_keycodes_return,<parameter> *max_keycodes_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>min_keycodes_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the minimum number of KeyCodes.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>max_keycodes_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the maximum number of KeyCodes.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>

+function returns the min-keycodes and max-keycodes supported by the

+specified display.

+The minimum number of KeyCodes returned is never less than 8,

+and the maximum number of KeyCodes returned is never greater than 255.

+Not all KeyCodes in this range are required to have corresponding keys.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the symbols for the specified KeyCodes, use

+<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetkeyboardmapping'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>KeySym *<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> first_keycode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode_count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *keysyms_per_keycode_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Kc returned -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>first_keycode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the first KeyCode that is to be (Kc.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode_count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be returned.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms_per_keycode_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of KeySyms per KeyCode.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>

+function returns the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes

+starting with first_keycode.

+The value specified in first_keycode must be greater than 

+or equal to min_keycode as returned by

+<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal 

+to max_keycode as returned by

+<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+first_keycode + keycode_count - 1

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If this is not the case, a 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results. 

+The number of elements in the KeySyms list is:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+keycode_count * keysyms_per_keycode_return

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index

+in the list, counting from zero: 

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+(K - first_code) * keysyms_per_code_return + N

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The X server arbitrarily chooses the keysyms_per_keycode_return value 

+to be large enough to report all requested symbols. 

+A special KeySym value of 

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>

+is used to fill in unused elements for

+individual KeyCodes.

+To free the storage returned by 

+<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>,

+use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To change the keyboard mapping, use

+<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xchangekeyboardmapping'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> first_keycode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> keysyms_per_keycode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysyms</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_codes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Kc changed -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>first_keycode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the first KeyCode that is to be (Kc.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms_per_keycode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of KeySyms per KeyCode.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of KeySyms.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_codes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be changed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>

+function defines the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes

+starting with first_keycode.

+The symbols for KeyCodes outside this range remain unchanged.  

+The number of elements in keysyms must be:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+num_codes * keysyms_per_keycode

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The specified first_keycode must be greater than or equal to min_keycode 

+returned by

+<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>,

+or a 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal to 

+max_keycode as returned by

+<function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>,

+or a

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+first_keycode + num_codes - 1

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index

+in keysyms, counting from zero: 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+(K - first_keycode) * keysyms_per_keycode + N

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The specified keysyms_per_keycode can be chosen arbitrarily by the client

+to be large enough to hold all desired symbols. 

+A special KeySym value of 

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>

+should be used to fill in unused elements 

+for individual KeyCodes.  

+It is legal for 

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>

+to appear in nontrailing positions

+of the effective list for a KeyCode.

+<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>

+generates a 

+<symbol>MappingNotify</symbol>

+event.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+There is no requirement that the X server interpret this mapping. 

+It is merely stored for reading and writing by clients.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The next six functions make use of the 

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+data structure, which contains:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XModifierKeymap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	int max_keypermod;	/* This server's max number of keys per modifier */

+	KeyCode *modifiermap;	/* An 8 by max_keypermod array of the modifiers */

+} XModifierKeymap;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+To create an

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XNewModifiermap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNewModifiermap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xnewmodifiermap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XNewModifiermap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> max_keys_per_mod</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>max_keys_per_mod</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of KeyCode entries preallocated to the modifiers

+in the map.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XNewModifiermap</function>

+function returns a pointer to

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure for later use.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To add a new entry to an 

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XInsertModifiermapEntry</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInsertModifiermapEntry</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xinsertmodifiermapentry'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XInsertModifiermapEntry</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> keycode_entry</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> modifier</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode_entry</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeyCode. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the modifier.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XInsertModifiermapEntry</function>

+function adds the specified KeyCode to the set that controls the specified

+modifier and returns the resulting

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure (expanded as needed).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To delete an entry from an 

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdeletemodifiermapentry'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> keycode_entry</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> modifier</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode_entry</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeyCode. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the modifier.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</function>

+function deletes the specified KeyCode from the set that controls the

+specified modifier and returns a pointer to the resulting

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To destroy an

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XFreeModifiermap</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeModifiermap</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreemodifiermap'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XFreeModifiermap</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeModifiermap</function>

+function frees the specified

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the KeyCodes to be used as modifiers, use

+<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetModifierMapping</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetmodifiermapping'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XSetModifierMapping</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>

+function specifies the KeyCodes of the keys (if any) that are to be used 

+as modifiers.

+If it succeeds,

+the X server generates a

+<symbol>MappingNotify</symbol>

+event, and

+<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>

+returns

+<symbol>MappingSuccess</symbol>.

+X permits at most 8 modifier keys.

+If more than 8 are specified in the

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure, a

+<errorname>BadLength</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The modifiermap member of the 

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure contains 8 sets of max_keypermod KeyCodes, 

+one for each modifier in the order 

+<symbol>Shift</symbol>,

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>,

+<symbol>Control</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod1</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod2</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod3</symbol>,

+<symbol>Mod4</symbol>,

+and 

+<symbol>Mod5</symbol>.

+Only nonzero KeyCodes have meaning in each set, 

+and zero KeyCodes are ignored.

+In addition, all of the nonzero KeyCodes must be in the range specified by 

+min_keycode and max_keycode in the 

+<type>Display</type>

+structure,

+or a 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An X server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be changed, 

+for example,

+if certain keys do not generate up transitions in hardware,

+if auto-repeat cannot be disabled on certain keys,

+or if multiple modifier keys are not supported.  

+If some such restriction is violated, 

+the status reply is

+<symbol>MappingFailed</symbol>,

+and none of the modifiers are changed.

+If the new KeyCodes specified for a modifier differ from those

+currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that modifier are

+in the logically down state, 

+<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>

+returns

+<symbol>MappingBusy</symbol>,

+and none of the modifiers is changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and 

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the KeyCodes used as modifiers, use

+<function>XGetModifierMapping</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetModifierMapping</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetmodifiermapping'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XGetModifierMapping</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetModifierMapping</function>

+function returns a pointer to a newly created

+<structname>XModifierKeymap</structname>

+structure that contains the keys being used as modifiers.

+The structure should be freed after use by calling

+<function>XFreeModifiermap</function>.

+If only zero values appear in the set for any modifier, 

+that modifier is disabled.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+

+</para>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml
index 65a92e729..4ebe19c57 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml
@@ -1,10326 +1,10326 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="locales_and_internationalized_text_functions">
-<title>Locales and Internationalized Text Functions</title>
-
-<para>
-An internationalized application is one that is adaptable to the requirements of different native
-languages, local customs, and character string encodings. The process of adapting the operation
-to a particular native language, local custom, or string encoding is called localization. A goal of
-internationalization is to permit localization without program source modifications or recompilation.
-</para>
-<para>
-As one of the localization mechanisms, Xlib provides an X Input Method (<acronym>XIM</acronym>)
-functional interface for internationalized text input and an X Output Method
-(<acronym>XOM</acronym>) functional interface for internationalized text output.
-</para>
-<para>
-Internationalization in X is based on the concept of a locale. A locale defines the localized
-behavior of a program at run time. Locales affect Xlib in its:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>Encoding and processing of input method text</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Encoding of resource files and values</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Encoding and imaging of text strings</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Encoding and decoding for inter-client text communication</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-
-<para>
-•
-Encoding and decoding for inter-client text communication
-Characters from various languages are represented in a computer using an encoding.
-Different languages have different encodings, and there are even different
-encodings for the same characters in the same language.
-</para>
-<para>
-This chapter defines support for localized text imaging and text input and describes the locale
-mechanism that controls all locale-dependent Xlib functions. Sets of functions are provided for
-multibyte (char *) text as well as wide character (wchar_t) text in the form supported by the host
-C language environment. The multibyte and wide character functions are equivalent except for
-the form of the text argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-The Xlib internationalization functions are not meant to provide support for
-multilingual applications (mixing multiple languages within a single piece of text),
-but they make it possible to implement applications that work in limited
-fashion with more than one language in independent contexts.
-</para>
-<para>
-The remainder of this chapter discusses:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>X locale management</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Locale and modifier dependencies</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Variable argument lists</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Output methods</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Input methods</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>String constants</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-
-<sect1 id="X_Locale_Management">
-<title>X Locale Management</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN X Locale Management -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-X supports one or more of the locales defined by the host environment.
-On implementations that conform to the ANSI C library,
-the locale announcement method is
-<function>setlocale</function>.
-This function configures the locale operation of both
-the host C library and Xlib.
-The operation of Xlib is governed by the LC_CTYPE category;
-this is called the <emphasis remap='I'>current locale</emphasis>.
-An implementation is permitted to provide implementation-dependent
-mechanisms for announcing the locale in addition to
-<function>setlocale</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-On implementations that do not conform to the ANSI C library, 
-the locale announcement method is Xlib implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The mechanism by which the semantic operation of Xlib is defined
-for a specific locale is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-X is not required to support all the locales supported by the host.
-To determine if the current locale is supported by X, use
-<function>XSupportsLocale</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>Bool XSupportsLocale()</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XSupportsLocale</function>
-function returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if Xlib functions are capable of operating under the current locale.
-If it returns 
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-Xlib locale-dependent functions for which the 
-<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>
-return status is defined will return 
-<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>.
-Other Xlib locale-dependent routines will operate in the ``C'' locale.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The client is responsible for selecting its locale and X modifiers.
-Clients should provide a means for the user to override the clients'
-locale selection at client invocation.
-Most single-display X clients operate in a single locale 
-for both X and the host processing environment.
-They will configure the locale by calling three functions: 
-the host locale configuration function,
-<function>XSupportsLocale</function>,
-and 
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The semantics of certain categories of X internationalization capabilities
-can be configured by setting modifiers.
-Modifiers are named by implementation-dependent and locale-specific strings.
-The only standard use for this capability at present
-is selecting one of several styles of keyboard input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To configure Xlib locale modifiers for the current locale, use
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetLocaleModifiers</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetlocalemodifiers'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *modifier_list</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier_list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the modifiers.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>
-function sets the X modifiers for the current locale setting.
-The modifier_list argument is a null-terminated string of the form
-``{@<emphasis remap='I'>category</emphasis>=<emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>}'', that is,
-having zero or more concatenated ``@<emphasis remap='I'>category</emphasis>=<emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>''
-entries, where <emphasis remap='I'>category</emphasis> is a category name 
-and <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> is the (possibly empty) setting for that category.
-The values are encoded in the current locale.
-Category names are restricted to the <acronym>POSIX</acronym> Portable Filename Character Set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The local host X locale modifiers announcer (on <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-compliant systems,
-the XMODIFIERS environment variable) is appended to the modifier_list to
-provide default values on the local host.
-If a given category appears more than once in the list,
-the first setting in the list is used.
-If a given category is not included in the full modifier list,
-the category is set to an implementation-dependent default
-for the current locale.
-An empty value for a category explicitly specifies the
-implementation-dependent default.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the function is successful, it returns a pointer to a string.
-The contents of the string are such that a subsequent call with that string
-(in the same locale) will restore the modifiers to the same settings.
-If modifier_list is a NULL pointer,
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>
-also returns a pointer to such a string,
-and the current locale modifiers are not changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If invalid values are given for one or more modifier categories supported by
-the locale, a NULL pointer is returned, and none of the
-current modifiers are changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-At program startup,
-the modifiers that are in effect are unspecified until
-the first successful call to set them.  Whenever the locale is changed, the
-modifiers that are in effect become unspecified until the next successful call
-to set them.
-Clients should always call
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>
-with a non-NULL modifier_list after setting the locale
-before they call any locale-dependent Xlib routine.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The only standard modifier category currently defined is ``im'',
-which identifies the desired input method.
-The values for input method are not standardized.
-A single locale may use multiple input methods,
-switching input method under user control.
-The modifier may specify the initial input method in effect
-or an ordered list of input methods.
-Multiple input methods may be specified in a single im value string
-in an implementation-dependent manner.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The returned modifiers string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or
-freed by the client.
-It may be freed by Xlib after the current locale or modifiers are changed.
-Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The recommended procedure for clients initializing their locale and modifiers
-is to obtain locale and modifier announcers separately from
-one of the following prioritized sources:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A command line option
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A resource
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The empty string ("")
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The first of these that is defined should be used.
-Note that when a locale command line option or locale resource is defined,
-the effect should be to set all categories to the specified locale,
-overriding any category-specific settings in the local host environment.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Locale_and_Modifier_Dependencies">
-<title>Locale and Modifier Dependencies</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Locale and Modifier Dependencies -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The internationalized Xlib functions operate in the current locale
-configured by the host environment and X locale modifiers set by
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>
-or in the locale and modifiers configured at the time
-some object supplied to the function was created.
-For each locale-dependent function,
-the following table describes the locale (and modifiers) dependency:
-</para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='3'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='center'>Locale from</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Affects the Function</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>In</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>
-      <emphasis role='bold'>Locale Query/Configuration:</emphasis></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry morerows='1'><function>setlocale</function></entry>
-      <entry><function>XSupportsLocale</function></entry>
-      <entry>Locale queried</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function></entry>
-      <entry>Locale modified</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>
-      <emphasis role='bold'>Resources:</emphasis></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>setlocale</function></entry>
-      <entry>
-        <para><function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function></para>
-        <para><function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function></para>
-      </entry>
-      <entry>Locale of <type>XrmDatabase</type></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><type>XrmDatabase</type></entry>
-      <entry>
-        <para><function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function></para>
-        <para><function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function></para>
-      </entry>
-      <entry>Locale of <type>XrmDatabase</type></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>
-      <emphasis role='bold'>Setting Standard Properties:</emphasis></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>setlocale</function></entry>
-      <entry><function>XmbSetWMProperties</function></entry>
-      <entry>Encoding of supplied/returned
-      text (some WM_ property
-      text in environment locale)</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>setlocale</function></entry>
-      <entry>
-        <para><function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function></para>
-        <para><function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function></para>
-        <para><function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function></para>
-        <para><function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function></para>
-      </entry>
-      <entry>Encoding of supplied/returned text</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>
-      <emphasis role='bold'>Text Input:</emphasis></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry morerows='2'><function>setlocale</function></entry>
-      <entry><function>XOpenIM</function></entry>
-      <entry><acronym>XIM</acronym> input method selection</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></entry>
-      <entry><acronym>XIM</acronym> selection</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></entry>
-      <entry><acronym>XIM</acronym> selection</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry morerows='1'><type>XIM</type></entry>
-      <entry><function>XCreateIC</function></entry>
-      <entry><acronym>XIC</acronym> input method configuration</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XLocaleOfIM</function>,  and so on</entry>
-      <entry>Queried locale</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry morerows='1'><type>XIC</type></entry>
-      <entry><function>XmbLookupString</function></entry>
-      <entry>Keyboard layout</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XwcLookupString</function></entry>
-      <entry>Encoding of returned text</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>
-      <emphasis role='bold'>Text Drawing:</emphasis></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry morerows='1'><function>setlocale</function></entry>
-      <entry><function>XOpenOM</function></entry>
-      <entry><acronym>XOM</acronym> output method selection</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XCreateFontSet</function></entry>
-      <entry>Charsets of fonts in XFontSet</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry morerows='1'><type>XOM</type></entry>
-      <entry><function>XCreateOC</function></entry>
-      <entry><acronym>XOC</acronym> output method configuration</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XLocaleOfOM</function>,  and so on</entry>
-      <entry>Queried locale</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry morerows='2'><type>XFontSet</type></entry>
-      <entry><function>XmbDrawText</function>,</entry>
-      <entry>Locale of supplied text</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XwcDrawText</function>, and so on</entry>
-      <entry>Locale of supplied text</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>
-        <para><function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function>,  and so on</para>
-        <para><function>XmbTextExtents</function>,</para>
-        <para><function>XwcTextExtents</function>,  and so on</para>
-      </entry>
-      <entry>Locale-dependent metrics</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>
-      <emphasis role='bold'>Xlib Errors:</emphasis></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>setlocale</function></entry>
-      <entry>
-        <para><function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function>,</para>
-        <para><function>XGetErrorText</function>,  and so on</para>
-      </entry>
-      <entry>Locale of error message</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Clients may assume that a locale-encoded text string returned 
-by an X function can be passed to a C library routine, or vice versa,
-if the locale is the same at the two calls.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All text strings processed by internationalized Xlib functions are assumed
-to begin in the initial state of the encoding of the locale, if the encoding
-is state-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All Xlib functions behave as if they do not change the current locale
-or X modifier setting.
-(This means that if they do change locale or call 
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>
-with a non-NULL argument, they must save and restore the current state on
-entry and exit.)
-Also, Xlib functions on implementations that conform to the ANSI C library do
-not alter the global state associated with the ANSI C functions 
-<function>mblen</function>,
-<function>mbtowc</function>,
-<function>wctomb</function>,
-and 
-<function>strtok</function>.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Variable_Argument_Lists">
-<title>Variable Argument Lists</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Variable Argument Lists -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Various functions in this chapter have arguments that conform
-to the ANSI C variable argument list calling convention.
-Each function denoted with an argument of the form ``...'' takes 
-a variable-length list of name and value pairs,
-where each name is a string and each value is of type 
-<type>XPointer</type>.
-A name argument that is NULL identifies the end of the list. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A variable-length argument list may contain a nested list.
-If the name 
-<symbol>XNVaNestedList</symbol>
-is specified in place of an argument name,
-then the following value is interpreted as an 
-<type>XVaNestedList</type>
-value that specifies a list of values logically inserted into the
-original list at the point of declaration.
-A NULL identifies the end of a nested list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate a nested variable argument list dynamically, use
-<function>XVaCreateNestedList</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVaCreateNestedList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xvacreatenestedlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XVaNestedList <function>XVaCreateNestedList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> dummy</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dummy</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an unused argument (required by ANSI C).
-<!-- .ds Al -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XVaCreateNestedList</function>
-function allocates memory and copies its arguments into
-a single list pointer,
-which may be used as a value for arguments requiring a list value.
-Any entries are copied as specified.
-Data passed by reference is not copied;
-the caller must ensure data remains valid for the lifetime
-of the nested list.
-The list should be freed using
-<function>XFree</function>
-when it is no longer needed.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Output_Methods">
-<title>Output Methods</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Output Methods -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section provides discussions of the following X Output Method
-(<acronym>XOM</acronym>) topics:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Output method overview
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Output method functions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Output method values
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Output context functions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Output context values
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Creating and freeing a font set
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Obtaining font set metrics
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Drawing text using font sets
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect2 id="Output_Method_Overview">
-<title>Output Method Overview</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Output Method Overview -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Locale-dependent text may include one or more text components, each of
-which may require different fonts and character set encodings.
-In some languages, each component might have a different
-drawing direction, and some components might contain
-context-dependent characters that change shape based on
-relationships with neighboring characters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When drawing such locale-dependent text, some locale-specific
-knowledge is required;
-for example, what fonts are required to draw the text,
-how the text can be separated into components, and which
-fonts are selected to draw each component.
-Further, when bidirectional text must be drawn,
-the internal representation order of the text must be changed
-into the visual representation order to be drawn.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An X Output Method provides a functional interface so that clients
-do not have to deal directly with such locale-dependent details.
-Output methods provide the following capabilities:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Creating a set of fonts required to draw locale-dependent text.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Drawing locale-dependent text with a font set without the caller
-needing to be aware of locale dependencies.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Obtaining the escapement and extents in pixels of locale-dependent text.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Determining if bidirectional or context-dependent drawing is required
-in a specific locale with a specific font set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Two different abstractions are used in the representation of
-the output method for clients.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The abstraction used to communicate with an output method
-is an opaque data structure represented by the 
-<type>XOM</type>
-data type.
-The abstraction for representing the state of a particular output thread
-is called an <emphasis remap='I'>output context</emphasis>.
-The Xlib representation of an output context is an 
-<type>XOC</type>,
-which is compatible with 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-in terms of its functional interface, but is 
-a broader, more generalized abstraction.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Output_Method_Functions">
-<title>Output Method Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Output Method Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To open an output method, use
-<function>XOpenOM</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenOM</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xopenom'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XOM <function>XOpenOM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> db</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_class</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>res_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the full resource name of the application.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>res_class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the full class name of the application.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XOpenOM</function>
-function opens an output method
-matching the current locale and modifiers specification.
-The current locale and modifiers are bound to the output method
-when
-<function>XOpenOM</function>
-is called.
-The locale associated with an output method cannot be changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The specific output method to which this call will be routed
-is identified on the basis of the current locale and modifiers.
-<function>XOpenOM</function>
-will identify a default output method corresponding to the
-current locale.
-That default can be modified using 
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>
-to set the output method modifier.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The db argument is the resource database to be used by the output method
-for looking up resources that are private to the output method.
-It is not intended that this database be used to look
-up values that can be set as OC values in an output context.
-If db is NULL,
-no database is passed to the output method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The res_name and res_class arguments specify the resource name 
-and class of the application. 
-They are intended to be used as prefixes by the output method
-when looking up resources that are common to all output contexts
-that may be created for this output method.
-The characters used for resource names and classes must be in the
-X Portable Character Set.
-The resources looked up are not fully specified
-if res_name or res_class is NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The res_name and res_class arguments are not assumed to exist beyond
-the call to
-<function>XOpenOM</function>.
-The specified resource database is assumed to exist for the lifetime
-of the output method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XOpenOM</function>
-returns NULL if no output method could be opened.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To close an output method, use
-<function>XCloseOM</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseOM</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcloseom'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XCloseOM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output method.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCloseOM</function>
-function closes the specified output method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set output method attributes, use 
-<function>XSetOMValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetOMValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetomvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetOMValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output method.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XOM</acronym> values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetOMValues</function>
-function presents a variable argument list programming interface
-for setting properties or features of the specified output method.
-This function returns NULL if it succeeds;
-otherwise,
-it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-No standard arguments are currently defined by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To query an output method, use 
-<function>XGetOMValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetOMValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetomvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetOMValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output method.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to get XOM values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetOMValues</function>
-function presents a variable argument list programming interface
-for querying properties or features of the specified output method.
-This function returns NULL if it succeeds;
-otherwise,
-it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the display associated with an output method, use
-<function>XDisplayOfOM</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayOfOM</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofom'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfOM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output method.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDisplayOfOM</function>
-function returns the display associated with the specified output method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the locale associated with an output method, use
-<function>XLocaleOfOM</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfOM</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleofom'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfOM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output method.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLocaleOfOM</function>
-returns the locale associated with the specified output method.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="X_Output_Method_Values">
-<title>X Output Method Values</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN X Output Method Values -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following table describes how <acronym>XOM</acronym> values are interpreted by an
-output method.
-The first column lists the <acronym>XOM</acronym> values.  The second column indicates
-how each of the <acronym>XOM</acronym> values are treated by a particular output style.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following key applies to this table.
-</para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Explanation</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be read using <function>XGetOMValues</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para></para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='left'><acronym>XOM</acronym> Value</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNRequiredCharSet</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNQueryOrientation</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNDirectionalDependentDrawing</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNContextualDrawing</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<sect3 id="Required_Char_Set">
-<title>Required Char Set</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Required Char Set -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNRequiredCharSet</symbol>
-argument returns the list of charsets that are required for loading the fonts
-needed for the locale.
-The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XOMCharSetList</structname>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XOMCharSetList</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOMCharSetList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     int    charset_count;
-     char   **charset_list;
-} XOMCharSetList;
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The charset_list member is a list of one or more null-terminated
-charset names, and the charset_count member is the number of
-charset names.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The required charset list is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or
-freed by the client.
-It will be freed by a call to 
-<function>XCloseOM</function>
-with the associated 
-<type>XOM</type>.
-Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Query_Orientation">
-<title>Query Orientation</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Query Orientation -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNQueryOrientation</symbol>
-argument returns the global orientation of text when drawn.
-Other than
-<constant>XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB</constant>,
-the set of orientations supported is locale-dependent.
-The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XOMOrientation</structname>.
-Clients are responsible for freeing the
-<structname>XOMOrientation</structname>
-structure by using
-<function>XFree</function>;
-this also frees the contents of the structure.
-</para>
-
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     int          num_orientation;
-     XOrientation *orientation;     /* Input Text description */
-} XOMOrientation;
-
-typedef enum {
-     XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB,
-     XOMOrientation_RTL_TTB,     
-     XOMOrientation_TTB_LTR,
-     XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL,
-     XOMOrientation_Context
-} XOrientation;
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The possible value for XOrientation may be:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<constant>XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB</constant>
-left-to-right, top-to-bottom global orientation
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<constant>XOMOrientation_RTL_TTB</constant>
-right-to-left, top-to-bottom global orientation
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<constant>XOMOrientation_TTB_LTR</constant>
-top-to-bottom, left-to-right global orientation
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<constant>XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL</constant>
-top-to-bottom, right-to-left global orientation
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<constant>XOMOrientation_Context</constant>
-contextual global orientation
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Directional_Dependent_Drawing">
-<title>Directional Dependent Drawing</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Directional Dependent Drawing -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNDirectionalDependentDrawing</symbol>
-argument indicates whether the text rendering functions
-implement implicit handling of directional text.  If this value
-is
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the output method has knowledge of directional
-dependencies and reorders text as necessary when
-rendering text.  If this value is
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-the output method does not implement any directional text
-handling, and all character directions are assumed to be left-to-right.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Regardless of the rendering order of characters,
-the origins of all characters are on the primary draw direction side
-of the drawing origin.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This OM value presents functionality identical to the
-<function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function>
-function.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Context_Dependent_Drawing">
-<title>Context Dependent Drawing</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Context Dependent Drawing -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNContextualDrawing</symbol>
-argument indicates whether the text rendering functions
-implement implicit context-dependent drawing.  If this value is
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the output method has knowledge of context dependencies and
-performs character shape editing, combining glyphs to present
-a single character as necessary.  The actual shape editing is
-dependent on the locale implementation and the font set used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This OM value presents functionality identical to the
-<function>XContextualDrawing</function>
-function.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Output_Context_Functions">
-<title>Output Context Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Output Context Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An output context is an abstraction that contains both the data
-required by an output method and the information required
-to display that data.
-There can be multiple output contexts for one output method.
-The programming interfaces for creating, reading, or modifying
-an output context use a variable argument list.
-The name elements of the argument lists are referred to as <acronym>XOC</acronym> values.
-It is intended that output methods be controlled by these <acronym>XOC</acronym> values.
-As new <acronym>XOC</acronym> values are created,
-they should be registered with the X Consortium.
-An
-<type>XOC</type>
-can be used anywhere an
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-can be used, and vice versa;
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-is retained for compatibility with previous releases.
-The concepts of output methods and output contexts include broader,
-more generalized abstraction than font set,
-supporting complex and more intelligent text display, and dealing not only
-with multiple fonts but also with context dependencies.
-However,
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-is widely used in several interfaces, so
-<type>XOC</type>
-is defined as an upward compatible type of
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create an output context, use
-<function>XCreateOC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateOC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreateoc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XOC <function>XCreateOC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output method.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XOC</acronym> values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateOC</function>
-function creates an output context within the specified output method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The base font names argument is mandatory at creation time, and
-the output context will not be created unless it is provided.
-All other output context values can be set later.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateOC</function>
-returns NULL if no output context could be created.
-NULL can be returned for any of the following reasons:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A required argument was not set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A read-only argument was set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-An argument name is not recognized.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The output method encountered an output method implementation-dependent error.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateOC</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To destroy an output context, use
-<function>XDestroyOC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyOC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyoc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XDestroyOC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>oc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDestroyOC</function>
-function destroys the specified output context.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the output method associated with an output context, use
-<function>XOMOfOC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOMOfOC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xomofoc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XOM <function>XOMOfOC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>oc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XOMOfOC</function>
-function returns the output method associated with the
-specified output context.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-Xlib provides two functions for setting and reading output context values,
-respectively,
-<function>XSetOCValues</function>
-and
-<function>XGetOCValues</function>.
-Both functions have a variable-length argument list.
-In that argument list, any <acronym>XOC</acronym> value's name must be denoted
-with a character string using the X Portable Character Set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set <acronym>XOC</acronym> values, use
-<function>XSetOCValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetOCValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetocvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetOCValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>oc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output context.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XOC</acronym> values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetOCValues</function>
-function returns NULL if no error occurred; 
-otherwise,
-it returns the name of the first argument that could not be set.
-An argument might not be set for any of the following reasons:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The argument is read-only.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The argument name is not recognized.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-An implementation-dependent error occurs.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each value to be set must be an appropriate datum,
-matching the data type imposed by the semantics of the argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetOCValues</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain <acronym>XOC</acronym> values, use
-<function>XGetOCValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetOCValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetocvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetOCValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>oc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the output context.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to get XOC values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetOCValues</function>
-function returns NULL if no error occurred; otherwise,
-it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.
-An argument might not be obtained for any of the following reasons:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The argument name is not recognized.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-An implementation-dependent error occurs.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each argument value
-following a name must point to a location where the value is to be stored.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="Output_Context_Values">
-<title>Output Context Values</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Output Context Values -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following table describes how <acronym>XOC</acronym> values are interpreted
-by an output method.
-The first column lists the <acronym>XOC</acronym> values.
-The second column indicates the alternative interfaces that function
-identically and are provided for compatibility with previous releases.
-The third column indicates how each of the <acronym>XOC</acronym> values is treated.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<para>
-The following keys apply to this table.
-</para>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Explanation</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>C</entry>
-      <entry>This value must be set with <function>XCreateOC</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>D</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be set using <function>XCreateOC</function>.
-      If it is not set,a default is provided.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be read using <function>XGetOCValues</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>S</entry>
-      <entry>This value must be set using <function>XSetOCValues</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para></para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='3'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='left'><acronym>XOC</acronym> Value</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Alternative Interface</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>BaseFontName</entry>
-      <entry><function>XCreateFontSet</function></entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>MissingCharSet</entry>
-      <entry><function>XCreateFontSet</function></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>DefaultString</entry>
-      <entry><function>XCreateFontSet</function></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Orientation</entry>
-      <entry>-</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>ResourceName</entry>
-      <entry>-</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>ResourceClass</entry>
-      <entry>-</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>FontInfo</entry>
-      <entry><function>XFontsOfFontSet</function></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>OMAutomatic</entry>
-      <entry>-</entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<sect3 id="Base_Font_Name">
-<title>Base Font Name</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Base Font Name -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNBaseFontName</symbol>
-argument is a list of base font names that Xlib uses
-to load the fonts needed for the locale.
-The base font names are a comma-separated list.  The string is null-terminated
-and is assumed to be in the Host Portable Character Encoding;
-otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-White space immediately on either side of a separating comma is ignored.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Use of <acronym>XLFD</acronym> font names permits Xlib to obtain the fonts needed for a
-variety of locales from a single locale-independent base font name.
-The single base font name should name a family of fonts whose members
-are encoded in the various charsets needed by the locales of interest.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An <acronym>XLFD</acronym> base font name can explicitly name a charset needed for the locale.
-This allows the user to specify an exact font for use with a charset required
-by a locale, fully controlling the font selection.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a base font name is not an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name,
-Xlib will attempt to obtain an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name from the font properties
-for the font.
-If Xlib is successful, the
-<function>XGetOCValues</function>
-function will return this <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name instead of the client-supplied name.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This argument must be set at creation time
-and cannot be changed.
-If no fonts exist for any of the required charsets,
-or if the locale definition in Xlib requires that a font exist
-for a particular charset and a font is not found for that charset,
-<function>XCreateOC</function>
-returns NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When querying for the
-<symbol>XNBaseFontName</symbol>
-<acronym>XOC</acronym> value,
-<function>XGetOCValues</function>
-returns a null-terminated string identifying the base font names that
-Xlib used to load the fonts needed for the locale.
-This string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by
-the client.
-The string will be freed by a call to
-<function>XDestroyOC</function>
-with the associated
-<type>XOC</type>.
-Until freed, the string contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Missing_CharSet">
-<title>Missing CharSet</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Missing CharSet -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNMissingCharSet</symbol>
-argument returns the list of required charsets that are missing from the
-font set.
-The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XOMCharSetList</structname>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If fonts exist for all of the charsets required by the current locale,
-charset_list is set to NULL and charset_count is set to zero.
-If no fonts exist for one or more of the required charsets,
-charset_list is set to a list of one or more null-terminated charset names
-for which no fonts exist, and charset_count is set to the number of
-missing charsets.
-The charsets are from the list of the required charsets for
-the encoding of the locale and do not include any charsets to which Xlib
-may be able to remap a required charset.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The missing charset list is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or
-freed by the client.
-It will be freed by a call to 
-<function>XDestroyOC</function>
-with the associated
-<type>XOC</type>.
-Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Default_String">
-<title>Default String</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Default String -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When a drawing or measuring function is called with an
-<type>XOC</type>
-that has missing charsets, some characters in the locale will not be
-drawable.
-The
-<symbol>XNDefaultString</symbol>
-argument returns a pointer to a string that represents the glyphs
-that are drawn with this
-<type>XOC</type>
-when the charsets of the available fonts do not include all glyphs
-required to draw a character.
-The string does not necessarily consist of valid characters
-in the current locale and is not necessarily drawn with
-the fonts loaded for the font set,
-but the client can draw or measure the default glyphs
-by including this string in a string being drawn or measured with the
-<type>XOC</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the
-<symbol>XNDefaultString</symbol>
-argument returned the empty string (""),
-no glyphs are drawn and the escapement is zero.
-The returned string is null-terminated.
-It is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.
-It will be freed by a call to
-<function>XDestroyOC</function>
-with the associated
-<type>XOC</type>.
-Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Orientation">
-<title>Orientation</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Orientation -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNOrientation</symbol>
-argument specifies the current orientation of text when drawn.  The value of
-this argument is one of the values returned by the
-<function>XGetOMValues</function>
-function with the
-<symbol>XNQueryOrientation</symbol>
-argument specified in the
-<type>XOrientation</type>
-list.
-The value of the argument is of type
-<type>XOrientation</type>.
-When
-<symbol>XNOrientation</symbol>
-is queried, the value specifies the current orientation.  
-When
-<symbol>XNOrientation</symbol>
-is set, a value is used to set the current orientation.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When 
-<constant>XOMOrientation_Context</constant>
-is set, the text orientation of the 
-text is determined according to an implementation-defined method
-(for example, ISO 6429 control sequences), and the initial text orientation for
-locale-dependent Xlib functions is assumed to 
-be
-<constant>XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB</constant>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNOrientation</symbol>
-value does not change the prime drawing direction 
-for Xlib drawing functions.  
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Resource_Name_and_Class">
-<title>Resource Name and Class</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Resource Name and Class -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNResourceName</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol>
-arguments are strings that specify the full name and class
-used by the client to obtain resources for the display of the output context.
-These values should be used as prefixes for name and class
-when looking up resources that may vary according to the output context.
-If these values are not set,
-the resources will not be fully specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It is not intended that values that can be set as <acronym>XOM</acronym> values be
-set as resources.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When querying for the
-<symbol>XNResourceName</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol>
-<acronym>XOC</acronym> value,
-<function>XGetOCValues</function>
-returns a null-terminated string.
-This string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by
-the client.
-The string will be freed by a call to
-<function>XDestroyOC</function>
-with the associated
-<type>XOC</type>
-or when the associated value is changed via
-<function>XSetOCValues</function>.
-Until freed, the string contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Font_Info">
-<title>Font Info</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Font Info -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNFontInfo</symbol>
-argument specifies a list of one or more 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures
-and font names for the fonts used for drawing by the given output context.
-The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XOMFontInfo</structname>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     int         num_font;
-     XFontStruct **font_struct_list;
-     char        **font_name_list;
-} XOMFontInfo;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-A list of pointers to the
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures is returned to font_struct_list.
-A list of pointers to null-terminated, fully-specified font name strings
-in the locale of the output context is returned to font_name_list.
-The font_name_list order corresponds to the font_struct_list order.
-The number of
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures and font names is returned to num_font.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because it is not guaranteed that a given character will be imaged using a
-single font glyph,
-there is no provision for mapping a character or default string 
-to the font properties, font ID, or direction hint for the font 
-for the character.
-The client may access the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-list to obtain these values for all the fonts currently in use.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib does not guarantee that fonts are loaded from the server
-at the creation of an 
-<type>XOC</type>.
-Xlib may choose to cache font data, loading it only as needed to draw text 
-or compute text dimensions.
-Therefore, existence of the per_char metrics in the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures in the
-<structname>XFontStructSet</structname>
-is undefined.
-Also, note that all properties in the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures are in the STRING encoding.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The client must not free the 
-<structname>XOMFontInfo</structname>
-struct itself; it will be freed when the
-<type>XOC</type>
-is closed.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="OM_Automatic">
-<title>OM Automatic</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN OM Automatic -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNOMAutomatic</symbol>
-argument returns whether the associated output context was created by
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-or not.  Because the
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-function not only destroys the output context but also closes the implicit
-output method associated with it,
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-should be used with any output context created by 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
-However, it is possible that a client does not know how the output context
-was created.
-Before a client destroys the output context,
-it can query whether
-<symbol>XNOMAutomatic</symbol>
-is set to determine whether 
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-or 
-<function>XDestroyOC</function>
-should be used to destroy the output context.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Creating_and_Freeing_a_Font_Set">
-<title>Creating and Freeing a Font Set</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating and Freeing a Font Set -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib international text drawing is done using a set of one or more fonts,
-as needed for the locale of the text.
-Fonts are loaded according to a list of base font names 
-supplied by the client and the charsets required by the locale.
-The
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-is an opaque type representing the state of a particular output thread
-and is equivalent to the type
-<type>XOC</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-The 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-function is a convenience function for creating an output context using
-only default values.  The returned
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-has an implicitly created
-<type>XOM</type>.
-This
-<type>XOM</type>
-has an OM value
-<symbol>XNOMAutomatic</symbol>
-automatically set to
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-so that the output context self indicates whether it was created by
-<function>XCreateOC</function>
-or
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateFontSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatefontset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XFontSet <function>XCreateFontSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *base_font_name_list</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***missing_charset_list_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *missing_charset_count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **def_string_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>base_font_name_list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the base font names.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>missing_charset_list_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the missing charsets.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>missing_charset_count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of missing charsets.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>def_string_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the string drawn for missing charsets.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-function creates a font set for the specified display.
-The font set is bound to the current locale when 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-is called.
-The font set may be used in subsequent calls to obtain font
-and character information and to image text in the locale of the font set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The base_font_name_list argument is a list of base font names
-that Xlib uses to load the fonts needed for the locale.
-The base font names are a comma-separated list.
-The string is null-terminated
-and is assumed to be in the Host Portable Character Encoding; 
-otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-White space immediately on either side of a separating comma is ignored.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Use of <acronym>XLFD</acronym> font names permits Xlib to obtain the fonts needed for a
-variety of locales from a single locale-independent base font name.
-The single base font name should name a family of fonts whose members
-are encoded in the various charsets needed by the locales of interest.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An <acronym>XLFD</acronym> base font name can explicitly name a charset needed for the locale.
-This allows the user to specify an exact font for use with a charset required
-by a locale, fully controlling the font selection.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a base font name is not an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name,
-Xlib will attempt to obtain an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name from the font properties
-for the font.
-If this action is successful in obtaining an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name, the
-<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>
-function will return this <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name instead of the client-supplied name.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib uses the following algorithm to select the fonts
-that will be used to display text with the 
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For each font charset required by the locale,
-the base font name list is searched for the first appearance of one 
-of the following cases that names a set of fonts that exist at the server:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The first <acronym>XLFD</acronym>-conforming base font name that specifies the required
-charset or a superset of the required charset in its 
-<structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>
-and 
-<structfield>CharSetEncoding</structfield>
-fields.
-The implementation may use a base font name whose specified charset
-is a superset of the required charset, for example,
-an ISO8859-1 font for an ASCII charset.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The first set of one or more <acronym>XLFD</acronym>-conforming base font names
-that specify one or more charsets that can be remapped to support the
-required charset.
-The Xlib implementation may recognize various mappings 
-from a required charset to one or more other charsets
-and use the fonts for those charsets.
-For example, JIS Roman is ASCII with tilde and backslash replaced 
-by yen and overbar;
-Xlib may load an ISO8859-1 font to support this character set
-if a JIS Roman font is not available.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The first <acronym>XLFD</acronym>-conforming font name or the first non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> font name
-for which an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> font name can be obtained, combined with the
-required charset (replacing the 
-<structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>
-and
-<structfield>CharSetEncoding</structfield>
-fields in the <acronym>XLFD</acronym> font name).
-As in case 1,
-the implementation may use a charset that is a superset
-of the required charset.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The first font name that can be mapped in some implementation-dependent
-manner to one or more fonts that support imaging text in the charset.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For example, assume that a locale required the charsets:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-ISO8859-1
-JISX0208.1983
-JISX0201.1976
-GB2312-1980.0
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The user could supply a base_font_name_list that explicitly specifies the
-charsets, ensuring that specific fonts are used if they exist.
-For example:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-"-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240-JISX0208.1983-0,\\
--JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-120-JISX0201.1976-0,\\
--GB-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240-GB2312-1980.0,\\
--Adobe-Courier-Bold-R-Normal--25-180-75-75-M-150-ISO8859-1"
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Alternatively, the user could supply a base_font_name_list
-that omits the charsets,
-letting Xlib select font charsets required for the locale.
-For example:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-"-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240,\\
--JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-120,\\
--GB-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240,\\
--Adobe-Courier-Bold-R-Normal--25-180-100-100-M-150"
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Alternatively, the user could simply supply a single base font name
-that allows Xlib to select from all available fonts
-that meet certain minimum <acronym>XLFD</acronym> property requirements.
-For example:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-"-*-*-*-R-Normal--*-180-100-100-*-*"
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-is unable to create the font set, 
-either because there is insufficient memory or because the current locale
-is not supported,
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-returns NULL, missing_charset_list_return is set to NULL,
-and missing_charset_count_return
-is set to zero.
-If fonts exist for all of the charsets required by the current locale,
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-returns a valid
-<type>XFontSet</type>,
-missing_charset_list_return is set to NULL,
-and missing_charset_count_return is set to zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If no font exists for one or more of the required charsets,
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-sets missing_charset_list_return to a
-list of one or more null-terminated charset names for which no font exists
-and sets missing_charset_count_return to the number of missing fonts.
-The charsets are from the list of the required charsets for
-the encoding of the locale and do not include any charsets to which Xlib
-may be able to remap a required charset.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If no font exists for any of the required charsets
-or if the locale definition in Xlib requires that a font exist
-for a particular charset and a font is not found for that charset, 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-returns NULL.
-Otherwise, 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-returns a valid 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-to font_set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When an Xmb/wc drawing or measuring function is called with an
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-that has missing charsets, some characters in the locale will not be
-drawable.
-If def_string_return is non-NULL,
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-returns a pointer to a string that represents the glyphs
-that are drawn with this 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-when the charsets of the available fonts do not include all font glyphs
-required to draw a codepoint.
-The string does not necessarily consist of valid characters 
-in the current locale and is not necessarily drawn with
-the fonts loaded for the font set,
-but the client can draw and measure the default glyphs
-by including this string in a string being drawn or measured with the 
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the string returned to def_string_return is the empty string (""),
-no glyphs are drawn, and the escapement is zero.
-The returned string is null-terminated.
-It is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.
-It will be freed by a call to 
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-with the associated 
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The client is responsible for constructing an error message from the
-missing charset and default string information and may choose to continue
-operation in the case that some fonts did not exist.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The returned 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-and missing charset list should be freed with 
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-and
-<function>XFreeStringList</function>,
-respectively.
-The client-supplied base_font_name_list may be freed 
-by the client after calling 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a list of 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures and full font names given an 
-<type>XFontSet</type>,
-use
-<function>XFontsOfFontSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontsOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfontsoffontset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XFontsOfFontSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> ***font_struct_list_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***font_name_list_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct_list_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the list of font structs.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_name_list_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the list of font names.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFontsOfFontSet</function>
-function returns a list of one or more 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>s
-and font names for the fonts used by the Xmb and Xwc layers
-for the given font set.
-A list of pointers to the
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures is returned to font_struct_list_return.
-A list of pointers to null-terminated, fully specified font name strings
-in the locale of the font set is returned to font_name_list_return.
-The font_name_list order corresponds to the font_struct_list order.
-The number of
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures and font names is returned as the value of the function.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because it is not guaranteed that a given character will be imaged using a
-single font glyph,
-there is no provision for mapping a character or default string 
-to the font properties, font ID, or direction hint for the font 
-for the character.
-The client may access the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-list to obtain these values for all the fonts currently in use.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib does not guarantee that fonts are loaded from the server
-at the creation of an 
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-Xlib may choose to cache font data, loading it only as needed to draw text 
-or compute text dimensions.
-Therefore, existence of the per_char metrics in the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures in the
-<structname>XFontStructSet</structname>
-is undefined.
-Also, note that all properties in the 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-structures are in the STRING encoding.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-and font name lists are owned by Xlib 
-and should not be modified or freed by the client.
-They will be freed by a call to
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-with the associated
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-Until freed, their contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the base font name list and the selected font name list given an
-<type>XFontSet</type>,
-use
-<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xbasefontnamelistoffontset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>
-function returns the original base font name list supplied
-by the client when the 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-was created.
-A null-terminated string containing a list of
-comma-separated font names is returned
-as the value of the function.
-White space may appear immediately on either side of separating commas.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-obtained an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name from the font properties for the font specified
-by a non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> base name, the
-<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>
-function will return the <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name instead of the non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> base name.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The base font name list is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or
-freed by the client.
-It will be freed by a call to 
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-with the associated 
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the locale name given an 
-<type>XFontSet</type>,
-use
-<function>XLocaleOfFontSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleoffontset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfFontSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLocaleOfFontSet</function>
-function
-returns the name of the locale bound to the specified
-<type>XFontSet</type>,
-as a null-terminated string.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The returned locale name string is owned by Xlib
-and should not be modified or freed by the client.
-It may be freed by a call to
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-with the associated 
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-The 
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-function is a convenience function for freeing an output context.
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-also frees its associated 
-<type>XOM</type>
-if the output context was created by
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XFreeFontSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-function frees the specified font set.
-The associated base font name list, font name list, 
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-list, and 
-<structname>XFontSetExtents</structname>,
-if any, are freed.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Obtaining_Font_Set_Metrics">
-<title>Obtaining Font Set Metrics</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Obtaining Font Set Metrics -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Metrics for the internationalized text drawing functions 
-are defined in terms of a primary draw direction, 
-which is the default direction in which the character origin advances
-for each succeeding character in the string.
-The Xlib interface is currently defined to support only a left-to-right
-primary draw direction.
-The drawing origin is the position passed to the drawing function 
-when the text is drawn.
-The baseline is a line drawn through the drawing origin parallel
-to the primary draw direction.
-Character ink is the pixels painted in the foreground color 
-and does not include interline or intercharacter spacing 
-or image text background pixels.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The drawing functions are allowed to implement implicit text
-directionality control, reversing the order in which characters are
-rendered along the primary draw direction in response to locale-specific
-lexical analysis of the string.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Regardless of the character rendering order,
-the origins of all characters are on the primary draw direction side
-of the drawing origin.
-The screen location of a particular character image may be determined with
-<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>
-or
-<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The drawing functions are allowed to implement context-dependent
-rendering, where the glyphs drawn for a string are not simply a
-concatenation of the glyphs that represent each individual character.
-A string of two characters drawn with 
-<function>XmbDrawString</function>
-may render differently than if the two characters 
-were drawn with separate calls to
-<function>XmbDrawString</function>.
-If the client appends or inserts a character 
-in a previously drawn string,
-the client may need to redraw some adjacent characters 
-to obtain proper rendering.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To find out about direction-dependent rendering, use
-<function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdirectionaldependentdrawing'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function>
-function returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the drawing functions implement implicit text directionality;
-otherwise, it returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To find out about context-dependent rendering, use
-<function>XContextualDrawing</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XContextualDrawing</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcontextualdrawing'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XContextualDrawing</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XContextualDrawing</function>
-function returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if text drawn with the font set might include context-dependent drawing;
-otherwise, it returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To find out about context-dependent or direction-dependent rendering, use
-<function>XContextDependentDrawing</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XContextDependentDrawing</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcontextdependentdrawing'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XContextDependentDrawing</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XContextDependentDrawing</function>
-function returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the drawing functions implement implicit text directionality or
-if text drawn with the font_set might include context-dependent drawing;
-otherwise, it returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The drawing functions do not interpret newline, tab, or other control
-characters.
-The behavior when nonprinting characters other than space are drawn
-is implementation-dependent.
-It is the client's responsibility to interpret control characters
-in a text stream.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The maximum character extents for the fonts that are used by the text
-drawing layers can be accessed by the 
-<structname>XFontSetExtents</structname>
-structure:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontSetExtents</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     XRectangle max_ink_extent;     /* over all drawable characters */
-     XRectangle max_logical_extent; /* over all drawable characters */
-} XFontSetExtents;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<structname>XRectangle</structname>
-structures used to return font set metrics are the usual Xlib screen-oriented 
-rectangles
-with x, y giving the upper left corner, and width and height always positive.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The max_ink_extent member gives the maximum extent, over all drawable characters, of
-the rectangles that bound the character glyph image drawn in the
-foreground color, relative to a constant origin.
-See 
-<function>XmbTextExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextExtents</function>
-for detailed semantics.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The max_logical_extent member gives the maximum extent,
-over all drawable characters, of the rectangles 
-that specify minimum spacing to other graphical features,
-relative to a constant origin.
-Other graphical features drawn by the client, for example,
-a border surrounding the text, should not intersect this rectangle.
-The max_logical_extent member should be used to compute minimum 
-interline spacing and the minimum area that must be allowed
-in a text field to draw a given number of arbitrary characters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Due to context-dependent rendering,
-appending a given character to a string may change 
-the string's extent by an amount other than that character's
-individual extent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The rectangles for a given character in a string can be obtained from
-<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>
-or
-<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the maximum extents structure given an
-<type>XFontSet</type>,
-use
-<function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtentsOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xextentsoffontset'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XFontSetExtents *<function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function>
-function returns an
-<structname>XFontSetExtents</structname>
-structure for the fonts used by the Xmb and Xwc layers
-for the given font set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<structname>XFontSetExtents</structname>
-structure is owned by Xlib and should not be modified
-or freed by the client.
-It will be freed by a call to 
-<function>XFreeFontSet</function>
-with the associated 
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the escapement in pixels of the specified text as a value,
-use
-<function>XmbTextEscapement</function>
-or 
-<function>XwcTextEscapement</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextEscapement</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextEscapement</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextescapement'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XmbTextEscapement</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwctextescapement'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XwcTextEscapement</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbTextEscapement</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextEscapement</function>
-functions return the escapement in pixels of the specified string as a value,
-using the fonts loaded for the specified font set.
-The escapement is the distance in pixels in the primary draw
-direction from the drawing origin to the origin of the next character to
-be drawn, assuming that the rendering of the next character is not
-dependent on the supplied string.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Regardless of the character rendering order,
-the escapement is always positive.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the overall_ink_return and overall_logical_return arguments,
-the overall bounding box of the string's image, and a logical bounding box,
-use
-<function>XmbTextExtents</function>
- or
-<function>XwcTextExtents</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextextents'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XmbTextExtents</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_ink_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_logical_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype id='xwctextextents'>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XwcTextExtents</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_ink_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_logical_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-<!-- .ds Ov dimensions -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_ink_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the overall ink dimensions.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_logical_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the overall logical dimensions.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbTextExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextExtents</function>
-functions set the components of the specified overall_ink_return and
-overall_logical_return
-arguments to the overall bounding box of the string's image
-and a logical bounding box for spacing purposes, respectively.
-They return the value returned by 
-<function>XmbTextEscapement</function>
-or
-<function>XwcTextEscapement</function>.
-These metrics are relative to the drawing origin of the string,
-using the fonts loaded for the specified font set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the overall_ink_return argument is non-NULL,
-it is set to the bounding box of the string's character ink.
-The overall_ink_return for a nondescending, horizontally drawn
-Latin character is conventionally entirely above the baseline;
-that is, overall_ink_return.height &lt;= -overall_ink_return.y.
-The overall_ink_return for a nonkerned character
-is entirely at, and to the right of, the origin;
-that is, overall_ink_return.x &gt;= 0.
-A character consisting of a single pixel at the origin would set
-overall_ink_return fields y = 0, x = 0, width = 1, and height = 1.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the overall_logical_return argument is non-NULL,
-it is set to the bounding box that provides minimum spacing
-to other graphical features for the string.
-Other graphical features, for example, a border surrounding the text,
-should not intersect this rectangle.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-has missing charsets,
-metrics for each unavailable character are taken 
-from the default string returned by 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-so that the metrics represent the text as it will actually be drawn.
-The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To determine the effective drawing origin for a character in a drawn string,
-the client should call 
-<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>
-on the entire string, then on the character,
-and subtract the x values of the returned 
-rectangles for the character.
-This is useful to redraw portions of a line of text
-or to justify words, but for context-dependent rendering,
-the client should not assume that it can redraw the character by itself
-and get the same rendering.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain per-character information for a text string,
-use
-<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>
-or
-<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextPerCharExtents</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextPerCharExtents</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextpercharextents'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *ink_array_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *logical_array_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> array_size</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_chars_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_ink_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_logical_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwctextpercharextents'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *ink_array_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *logical_array_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> array_size</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_chars_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_ink_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_logical_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ink_array_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the ink dimensions for each character.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>logical_array_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the logical dimensions for each character.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>array_size</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size of ink_array_return and logical_array_return.
-The caller must pass in arrays of this size.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_chars_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of characters in the string argument.
-<!-- .ds Ov extents of the entire string -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_ink_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the overall ink dimensions.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_logical_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the overall logical dimensions.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>
-functions return the text dimensions of each character of the specified text,
-using the fonts loaded for the specified font set.
-Each successive element of ink_array_return and logical_array_return
-is set to the successive character's drawn metrics,
-relative to the drawing origin of the string and one 
-rectangle
-for each character in the supplied text string.
-The number of elements of ink_array_return and logical_array_return
-that have been set is returned to num_chars_return.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each element of ink_array_return is set to the bounding box 
-of the corresponding character's drawn foreground color.
-Each element of logical_array_return is set to the bounding box 
-that provides minimum spacing to other graphical features
-for the corresponding character.
-Other graphical features should not intersect any of the
-logical_array_return rectangles.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that an 
-<structname>XRectangle</structname>
-represents the effective drawing dimensions of the character,
-regardless of the number of font glyphs that are used to draw
-the character or the direction in which the character is drawn.
-If multiple characters map to a single character glyph,
-the dimensions of all the 
-<structname>XRectangle</structname>s
-of those characters are the same.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-has missing charsets, metrics for each unavailable
-character are taken from the default string returned by 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-so that the metrics represent the text as it will actually be drawn.
-The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the array_size is too small for the number of characters in the
-supplied text, the functions return zero
-and num_chars_return is set to the number of rectangles required.
-Otherwise, the functions return a nonzero value.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the overall_ink_return or overall_logical_return argument is non-NULL,
-<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>
-and 
-<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>
-return the maximum extent of the string's metrics to overall_ink_return
-or overall_logical_return, as returned by 
-<function>XmbTextExtents</function>
-or 
-<function>XwcTextExtents</function>.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Drawing_Text_Using_Font_Sets">
-<title>Drawing Text Using Font Sets</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Drawing Text Using Font Sets -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The functions defined in this section
-draw text at a specified location in a drawable.
-They are similar to the functions
-<function>XDrawText</function>,
-<function>XDrawString</function>,
-and
-<function>XDrawImageString</function>
-except that they work with font sets instead of single fonts
-and interpret the text based on the locale of the font set
-instead of treating the bytes of the string as direct font indexes.
-See <link linkend="Drawing_Text">section 8.6</link> for details
-of the use of Graphics Contexts (GCs)
-and possible protocol errors.
-If a 
-<errorname>BadFont</errorname>
-error is generated,
-characters prior to the offending character may have been drawn.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The text is drawn using the fonts loaded for the specified font set;
-the font in the GC is ignored and may be modified by the functions.
-No validation that all fonts conform to some width rule is performed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The text functions
-<function>XmbDrawText</function>
-and
-<function>XwcDrawText</function>
-use the following structures:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextItem</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     char     *chars;    /* pointer to string */
-     int      nchars;    /* number of bytes */
-     int      delta;     /* pixel delta between strings */
-     XFontSet font_set;  /* fonts, None means don't change */
-} XmbTextItem;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextItem</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     wchar_t *chars;     /* pointer to wide char string */
-     int nchars;     /* number of wide characters */
-     int delta;     /* pixel delta between strings */
-     XFontSet font_set;     /* fonts, None means don't change */
-} XwcTextItem;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw text using multiple font sets in a given drawable, use
-<function>XmbDrawText</function>
-or
-<function>XwcDrawText</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawText</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawText</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawtext'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawText</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XmbTextItem<parameter> *items</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nitems</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawtext'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawText</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XwcTextItem<parameter> *items</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nitems</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>items</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of text items.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of text items in the array.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbDrawText</function>
-and 
-<function>XwcDrawText</function>
-functions allow complex spacing and font set shifts between text strings.
-Each text item is processed in turn, with the origin of a text
-element advanced in the primary draw direction by the escapement of the
-previous text item.
-A text item delta specifies an additional escapement of the text item
-drawing origin in the primary draw direction.
-A font_set member other than 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-in an item causes the font set to be used for this and subsequent text items
-in the text_items list.
-Leading text items with a font_set member set to
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-will not be drawn.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XmbDrawText</function>
-and
-<function>XwcDrawText</function>
-do not perform any context-dependent rendering between text segments.
-Clients may compute the drawing metrics by passing each text segment to
-<function>XmbTextExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextExtents</function>
-or 
-<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>.
-When the 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn 
-with the default string returned by 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
-The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw text using a single font set in a given drawable, use
-<function>XmbDrawString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcDrawString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawString</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawstring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawstring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbDrawString</function>
-and
-<function>XwcDrawString</function>
-functions draw the specified text with the foreground pixel.
-When the 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn 
-with the default string returned by 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
-The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To draw image text using a single font set in a given drawable, use
-<function>XmbDrawImageString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcDrawImageString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawimagestring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawImageString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawimagestring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawImageString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the font set.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-<!-- .ds Xy -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the character string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbDrawImageString</function>
-and
-<function>XwcDrawImageString</function>
-functions fill a destination rectangle with the background pixel defined
-in the GC and then paint the text with the foreground pixel.
-The filled rectangle is the rectangle returned to overall_logical_return by
-<function>XmbTextExtents</function>
-or 
-<function>XwcTextExtents</function>
-for the same text and 
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the 
-<type>XFontSet</type>
-has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn 
-with the default string returned by 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
-The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Input_Methods">
-<title>Input Methods</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Methods -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section provides discussions of the following X Input Method
-(<acronym>XIM</acronym>) topics:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Input method overview
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Input method management
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Input method functions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Input method values
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Input context functions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Input context values
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Input method callback semantics
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Event filtering
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Getting keyboard input
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Input method conventions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect2 id="Input_Method_Overview">
-<title>Input Method Overview</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Method Overview -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section provides definitions for terms and concepts used
-for internationalized text input and a brief overview of the
-intended use of the mechanisms provided by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A large number of languages in the world use alphabets
-consisting of a small set of symbols (letters) to form words.
-To enter text into a computer in an alphabetic language,
-a user usually has a keyboard on which there exist key symbols corresponding
-to the alphabet.
-Sometimes, a few characters of an alphabetic language are missing
-on the keyboard.
-Many computer users who speak a Latin-alphabet-based language 
-only have an English-based keyboard.
-They need to hit a combination of keystrokes
-to enter a character that does not exist directly on the keyboard.
-A number of algorithms have been developed for entering such characters.
-These are known as European input methods, compose input methods, 
-or dead-key input methods.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Japanese is an example of a language with a phonetic symbol set,
-where each symbol represents a specific sound.
-There are two phonetic symbol sets in Japanese:  Katakana and Hiragana.
-In general,
-Katakana is used for words that are of foreign origin,
-and Hiragana is used for writing native Japanese words.
-Collectively, the two systems are called Kana.
-Each set consists of 48 characters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Korean also has a phonetic symbol set, called Hangul.
-Each of the 24 basic phonetic symbols (14 consonants and 10 vowels)
-represents a specific sound.
-A syllable is composed of two or three parts: 
-the initial consonants, the vowels, and the optional last consonants.
-With Hangul,
-syllables can be treated as the basic units on which text processing is done.
-For example,
-a delete operation may work on a phonetic symbol or a syllable.
-Korean code sets include several thousands of these syllables.
-A user types the phonetic symbols that make up the syllables of the words
-to be entered.
-The display may change as each phonetic symbol is entered.
-For example,
-when the second phonetic symbol of a syllable is entered,
-the first phonetic symbol may change its shape and size.
-Likewise, when the third phonetic symbol is entered,
-the first two phonetic symbols may change their shape and size.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Not all languages rely solely on alphabetic or phonetic systems.
-Some languages, including Japanese and Korean, employ an
-ideographic writing system.
-In an ideographic system, rather than taking a small set of
-symbols and combining them in different ways to create words,
-each word consists of one unique symbol (or, occasionally, several symbols).
-The number of symbols can be very large: 
-approximately 50,000 have been identified in Hanzi,
-the Chinese ideographic system.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Two major aspects of ideographic systems impact their use with computers.
-First, the standard computer character sets in Japan, China, and Korea
-include roughly 8,000 characters,
-while sets in Taiwan have between 15,000 and 30,000 characters.
-This makes it necessary to use more than one byte to represent a character.
-Second, it obviously is impractical to have a keyboard that includes
-all of a given language's ideographic symbols.
-Therefore, a mechanism is required for entering characters
-so that a keyboard with a reasonable number of keys can be used.
-Those input methods are usually based on phonetics,
-but there also exist methods based on the graphical properties of
-characters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In Japan, both Kana and the ideographic system Kanji are used.
-In Korea, Hangul and sometimes the ideographic system Hanja are used.
-Now consider entering ideographs in Japan, Korea, China, and Taiwan.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In Japan, either Kana or English characters are typed and then a region
-is selected (sometimes automatically) for conversion to Kanji.
-Several Kanji characters may have the same phonetic representation.
-If that is the case with the string entered,
-a menu of characters is presented and
-the user must choose the appropriate one.
-If no choice is necessary or a preference has been established,
-the input method does the substitution directly.
-When Latin characters are converted to Kana or Kanji,
-it is called a romaji conversion.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In Korea, it is usually acceptable to keep Korean text in Hangul form,
-but some people may choose to write Hanja-originated words in Hanja
-rather than in Hangul.
-To change Hangul to Hanja,
-the user selects a region for conversion
-and then follows the same basic method as that described for Japanese.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Probably because there are well-accepted phonetic writing systems
-for Japanese and Korean,
-computer input methods in these countries for entering ideographs 
-are fairly standard.
-Keyboard keys have both English characters and phonetic symbols
-engraved on them, and the user can switch between the two sets.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The situation is different for Chinese.
-While there is a phonetic system called Pinyin promoted by authorities,
-there is no consensus for entering Chinese text.
-Some vendors use a phonetic decomposition (Pinyin or another),
-others use ideographic decomposition of Chinese words,
-with various implementations and keyboard layouts. 
-There are about 16 known methods, none of which is a clear standard. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Also, there are actually two ideographic sets used:
-Traditional Chinese (the original written Chinese)
-and Simplified Chinese.
-Several years ago,
-the People's Republic of China launched a campaign to simplify
-some ideographic characters and eliminate redundancies altogether.
-Under the plan, 
-characters would be streamlined every five years.
-Characters have been revised several times now, 
-resulting in the smaller, simpler set that makes up Simplified Chinese.
-</para>
-<sect3 id="Input_Method_Architecture">
-<title>Input Method Architecture</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Method Architecture -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-As shown in the previous section,
-there are many different input methods in use today,
-each varying with language, culture, and history. 
-A common feature of many input methods is that the user may type
-multiple keystrokes to compose a single character (or set
-of characters).
-The process of composing characters from keystrokes is called
-<emphasis remap='I'>preediting</emphasis>.
-It may require complex algorithms and large dictionaries 
-involving substantial computer resources.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Input methods may require one or more areas in which to show the
-feedback of the actual keystrokes, to propose disambiguation to the
-user, to list dictionaries, and so on.
-The input method areas of concern are as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The <emphasis remap='I'>status</emphasis> area is a logical extension of the
-LEDs that exist on the physical keyboard.
-It is a window that is intended to present the internal state
-of the input method that is critical to the user.
-The status area may consist of text data and bitmaps or some combination.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The <emphasis remap='I'>preedit</emphasis> area displays the
-intermediate text for those languages that are composing prior to 
-the client handling the data.   
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The <emphasis remap='I'>auxiliary</emphasis> area is used for pop-up menus and customizing
-dialogs that may be required for an input method.
-There may be multiple auxiliary areas for an input method.
-Auxiliary areas are managed by the input method independent of the client.
-Auxiliary areas are assumed to be separate dialogs,
-which are maintained by the input method.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-There are various user interaction styles used for preediting.
-The ones supported by Xlib are as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-For <emphasis remap='I'>on-the-spot</emphasis> input methods,
-preediting data will be displayed directly in the application window.
-Application data is moved to allow preedit data to appear
-at the point of insertion.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<emphasis remap='I'>Over-the-spot</emphasis> preediting means that the data is displayed in
-a preedit window that is placed over the point of insertion.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<emphasis remap='I'>Off-the-spot</emphasis> preediting means that the preedit window is
-inside the application window but not at the point of insertion.
-Often, this type of window is placed at the bottom of the application window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<emphasis remap='I'>Root-window</emphasis> preediting refers to input methods that use a preedit
-window that is the child of 
-<function>RootWindow</function>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It would require a lot of computing resources if portable applications
-had to include input methods for all the languages in the world.
-To avoid this,
-a goal of the Xlib design is to allow an application 
-to communicate with an input method placed in a separate process.
-Such a process is called an <emphasis remap='I'>input server</emphasis>.
-The server to which the application should connect is dependent on
-the environment when the application is started up,
-that is, the user language and the actual encoding to be used for it.
-The input method connection is said to be <emphasis remap='I'>locale-dependent</emphasis>.
-It is also user-dependent.
-For a given language, the user can choose, to some extent,
-the user interface style of input method (if choice is possible among
-several).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Using an input server implies communication overhead,
-but applications can be migrated without relinking.
-Input methods can be implemented either as a
-stub communicating to an input server or as a local library.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An input method may be based on a <emphasis remap='I'>front-end</emphasis> or a <emphasis remap='I'>back-end</emphasis>
-architecture.
-In a front-end architecture,
-there are two separate connections to the X server:
-keystrokes go directly from the X server to the input method on
-one connection and other events to the regular client connection.
-The input method is then acting as a filter and sends composed strings
-to the client.
-A front-end architecture requires synchronization between the
-two connections to avoid lost key events or locking issues.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In a back-end architecture,
-a single X server connection is used.
-A dispatching mechanism must decide on this channel to delegate appropriate
-keystrokes to the input method.
-For instance,
-it may retain a Help keystroke for its own purpose.
-In the case where the input method is a separate process (that is, a server),
-there must be a special communication protocol between the back-end client
-and the input server.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A front-end architecture introduces synchronization issues
-and a filtering mechanism for noncharacter keystrokes
-(Function keys, Help, and so on).
-A back-end architecture sometimes implies more communication overhead
-and more process switching.
-If all three processes (X server, input server, client)
-are running on a single workstation, 
-there are two process switches for each keystroke in a back-end
-architecture,
-but there is only one in a front-end architecture.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The abstraction used by a client to communicate with an input method
-is an opaque data structure represented by the 
-<type>XIM</type>
-data type.
-This data structure is returned by the 
-<function>XOpenIM</function>
-function, which opens an input method on a given display.
-Subsequent operations on this data structure encapsulate all communication
-between client and input method.
-There is no need for an X client to use any networking library 
-or natural language package to use an input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A single input server may be used for one or more languages,
-supporting one or more encoding schemes.
-But the strings returned from an input method will always be encoded
-in the (single) locale associated with the
-<type>XIM</type>
-object.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Input_Contexts">
-<title>Input Contexts</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Contexts -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides the ability to manage a multi-threaded state for text input.
-A client may be using multiple windows,
-each window with multiple text entry areas,
-and the user possibly switching among them at any time.
-The abstraction for representing the state of a particular input thread
-is called an <emphasis remap='I'>input context</emphasis>.
-The Xlib representation of an input context is an 
-<type>XIC</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An input context is the abstraction retaining the state, properties,
-and semantics of communication between a client and an input method.
-An input context is a combination of an input method, a locale
-specifying the encoding of the character strings to be returned,
-a client window, internal state information,
-and various layout or appearance characteristics.
-The input context concept somewhat matches for input the graphics context
-abstraction defined for graphics output.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-One input context belongs to exactly one input method.
-Different input contexts may be associated with the same input method,
-possibly with the same client window.
-An 
-<type>XIC</type>
-is created with the
-<function>XCreateIC</function>
-function, providing an 
-<type>XIM</type>
-argument and affiliating the input context to the input method
-for its lifetime. 
-When an input method is closed with 
-<function>XCloseIM</function>,
-all of its affiliated input contexts should not be used any more
-(and should preferably be destroyed before closing the input method).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Considering the example of a client window with multiple text entry areas,
-the application programmer could, for example, choose to implement as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-As many input contexts are created as text entry areas, and the client
-will get the input accumulated on each context each time it looks up
-in that context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A single context is created for a top-level window in the application.
-If such a window contains several text entry areas, 
-each time the user moves to another text entry area,
-the client has to indicate changes in the context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A range of choices can be made by application designers to use
-either a single or multiple input contexts,
-according to the needs of their application.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Getting_Keyboard_Input">
-<title>Getting Keyboard Input</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Getting Keyboard Input -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain characters from an input method,
-a client must call the function
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or 
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-with an input context created from that input method.
-Both a locale and display are bound to an input method when it is opened,
-and an input context inherits this locale and display.
-Any strings returned by 
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-will be encoded in that locale. 
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Focus_Management">
-<title>Focus Management</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Focus Management -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For each text entry area in which the
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-functions are used,
-there will be an associated input context.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the application focus moves to a text entry area,
-the application must set the input context focus to the
-input context associated with that area.
-The input context focus is set by calling 
-<function>XSetICFocus</function>
-with the appropriate input context.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Also, when the application focus moves out of a text entry area, the
-application should unset the focus for the associated input context
-by calling
-<function>XUnsetICFocus</function>.
-As an optimization, if
-<function>XSetICFocus</function>
-is called successively on two different input contexts,
-setting the focus on the second 
-will automatically unset the focus on the first.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set and unset the input context focus correctly,
-it is necessary to track application-level focus changes.
-Such focus changes do not necessarily correspond to X server focus changes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a single input context
-is being used to do input for
-multiple text entry areas, it will also be necessary
-to set the focus window of the
-input context whenever the focus window changes
-(see <link linkend="Focus_Window">section 13.5.6.3</link>).
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Geometry_Management">
-<title>Geometry Management</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Geometry Management -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In most input method architectures 
-(on-the-spot being the notable exception),
-the input method will perform the display of its own data.
-To provide better visual locality,
-it is often desirable to have the input method areas embedded within a client.
-To do this,
-the client may need to allocate space for an input method.
-Xlib provides support that allows the size and position of input method
-areas to be provided by a client.
-The input method areas that are supported for geometry management
-are the status area and the preedit area.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The fundamental concept on which geometry management for input method windows
-is based is the proper division of responsibilities between the
-client (or toolkit) and the input method.
-The division of responsibilities is as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The client is responsible for the geometry of the input method window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The input method is responsible for the contents of the input method window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An input method is able to suggest a size to the client,
-but it cannot suggest a placement.
-Also the input method can only suggest a size.
-It does not determine the size,
-and it must accept the size it is given.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Before a client provides geometry management for an input method,
-it must determine if geometry management is needed.
-The input method indicates the need for geometry management 
-by setting 
-<symbol>XIMPreeditArea</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>XIMStatusArea</symbol>
-in its 
-<structname>XIMStyles</structname>
-value returned by 
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>.
-When a client has decided that it will provide geometry management
-for an input method, 
-it indicates that decision by setting the
-<symbol>XNInputStyle</symbol>
-value in the 
-<type>XIC</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-After a client has established with the input method
-that it will do geometry management,
-the client must negotiate the geometry with the input method.
-The geometry is negotiated by the following steps:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The client suggests an area to the input method by setting the
-<symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>
-value for that area.
-If the client has no constraints for the input method,
-it either will not suggest an area or will set the width and height to zero.
-Otherwise, it will set one of the values.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The client will get the <acronym>XIC</acronym> value 
-<symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>.
-The input method will return its suggested size in this value.
-The input method should pay attention to any constraints suggested
-by the client.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The client sets the <acronym>XIC</acronym> value
-<symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-to inform the input method of the geometry of its window.  
-The client should try to honor the geometry requested by the input method.
-The input method must accept this geometry.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Clients doing geometry management must be aware that setting other
-<acronym>XIC</acronym> values may affect the geometry desired by an input method.
-For example, 
-<symbol>XNFontSet</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>XNLineSpace</symbol>
-may change the geometry desired by the input method.  
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The table of <acronym>XIC</acronym> values
-(see <link linkend="Input_Context_Values">section 13.5.6</link>)
-indicates the values that can cause the desired geometry to change
-when they are set.
-It is the responsibility of the client to renegotiate the geometry
-of the input method window when it is needed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In addition,
-a geometry management callback is provided
-by which an input method can initiate a geometry change.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Event_Filtering">
-<title>Event Filtering</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Event Filtering -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A filtering mechanism is provided to allow input methods
-to capture X events transparently to clients.
-It is expected that toolkits (or clients) using
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-will call this filter at some point in the event processing mechanism
-to make sure that events needed by an input method can be filtered
-by that input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If there were no filter,
-a client could receive and discard events that are necessary
-for the proper functioning of an input method.
-The following provides a few examples of such events:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Expose events on preedit window in local mode.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Events may be used by an input method to communicate with an input server.
-Such input server protocol-related events have to be intercepted
-if one does not want to disturb client code.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Key events can be sent to a filter before they are bound
-to translations such as those the X Toolkit Intrinsics library provides.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Clients are expected to get the <acronym>XIC</acronym> value 
-<symbol>XNFilterEvents</symbol>
-and augment the event mask for the client window with that event mask.
-This mask may be zero.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Callbacks">
-<title>Callbacks</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Callbacks -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When an on-the-spot input method is implemented,
-only the client can insert or delete preedit data in place
-and possibly scroll existing text.
-This means that the echo of the keystrokes has to be achieved 
-by the client itself, tightly coupled with the input method logic.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the user enters a keystroke,
-the client calls
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>.
-At this point, in the on-the-spot case,
-the echo of the keystroke in the preedit has not yet been done.
-Before returning to the client logic that handles the input characters,
-the look-up function
-must call the echoing logic to insert the new keystroke.
-If the keystrokes entered so far make up a character,
-the keystrokes entered need to be deleted,
-and the composed character will be returned.
-Hence, what happens is that, while being called by client code,
-the input method logic has to call back to the client before it returns.
-The client code, that is, a callback procedure,
-is called from the input method logic.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-There are a number of cases where the input method logic has to
-call back the client.
-Each of those cases is associated with a well-defined callback action.
-It is possible for the client to specify, for each input context,
-what callback is to be called for each action.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-There are also callbacks provided for feedback of status information
-and a callback to initiate a geometry request for an input method.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Visible_Position_Feedback_Masks">
-<title>Visible Position Feedback Masks</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Visible Position Feedback Masks -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In the on-the-spot input style, there is a problem when
-attempting to draw preedit strings that are longer than the
-available space.  Once the display area is exceeded, it is not
-clear how best to display the preedit string.
-The visible position feedback masks of
-<structname>XIMText</structname>
-help resolve this problem by allowing the input method to specify hints that
-indicate the essential portions of the preedit string.
-For example, such hints can help developers implement
-scrolling of a long preedit string within a short preedit display area.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Preedit_String_Management">
-<title>Preedit String Management</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit String Management -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-As highlighted before, the input method architecture provides
-preediting, which supports a type of preprocessor input composition.
-In this case, composition consists of interpreting a sequence
-of key events and returning a committed string via 
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>.
-This provides the basics for input methods.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In addition to preediting based on key events, a general framework
-is provided to give a client that desires it more advanced preediting based
-on the text within the client.  This framework is called 
-<emphasis remap='I'>string conversion</emphasis> and is provided using <acronym>XIC</acronym> values. 
-The fundamental concept of string conversion
-is to allow the input method to manipulate the client's
-text independent of any user preediting operation.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The need for string conversion is based on 
-language needs and input method capabilities.
-The following are some examples of string conversion:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Transliteration conversion provides language-specific conversions
-within the input method.
-In the case of Korean input, users wish to convert a Hangul string 
-into a Hanja string while in preediting, after preediting,
-or in other situations (for example, on a selected string).
-The conversion is triggered when the user
-presses a Hangul-to-Hanja key sequence (which may be input method specific).
-Sometimes the user may want to invoke the conversion after finishing
-preediting or on a user-selected string.  
-Thus, the string to be converted is in an application buffer, not in 
-the preedit area of the input method.  The string conversion services
-allow the client to request this transliteration conversion from the 
-input method.
-There are many other transliteration conversions defined for 
-various languages, for example, Kana-to-Kanji conversion in Japanese.
-<!-- .sp -->
-The key to remember is that transliteration conversions are triggered
-at the request of the user and returned to the client 
-immediately without affecting the preedit area of the input method.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Reconversion of a previously committed string or 
-a selected string is supported by many input methods as a 
-convenience to the user.
-For example, a user tends to mistype the commit key while
-preediting.  In that case, some input methods provide a special
-key sequence to request a ``reconvert'' operation on the 
-committed string, similiar to the undo facility provided by most
-text editors.
-Another example is where the user is proofreading a document 
-that has some misconversions from preediting and wants to correct
-the misconverted text.  Such reconversion is again triggered
-by the user invoking some special action, but reconversions should
-not affect the state of the preedit area.  
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Context-sensitive conversion is required for some languages
-and input methods that need to retrieve text that surrounds the
-current spot location (cursor position) of the client's buffer.
-Such text is needed when the preediting operation depends on 
-some surrounding characters (usually preceding the spot location).
-For example, 
-in Thai language input, certain character sequences may be invalid and
-the input method may want to check whether characters constitute a
-valid word.  Input methods that do such context-dependent
-checking need to retrieve the characters surrounding the current
-cursor position to obtain complete words.
-<!-- .sp -->
-Unlike other conversions, this conversion is not explicitly 
-requested by the user.
-Input methods that provide such context-sensitive conversion 
-continuously need to request context from the client, and any change
-in the context of the spot location may affect such conversions.
-The client's context would be needed if the user moves the cursor
-and starts editing again.
-<!-- .sp -->
-For this reason, an input method supporting this type of conversion
-should take notice of when the client calls
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-or
-<function>XwcResetIC</function>,
-which is usually an indication of a context change.  
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Context-sensitive conversions just need a copy of the client's text,
-while other conversions replace the client's text with new text
-to achieve the reconversion or transliteration.   Yet in all
-cases the result of a conversion, either immediately or via preediting,
-is returned by the
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-and
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-functions.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-String conversion support is dependent on the availability of the 
-<symbol>XNStringConversion</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>
-<acronym>XIC</acronym> values.
-Because the input method may not support string conversions,
-clients have to query the availability of string conversion
-operations by checking the supported <acronym>XIC</acronym> values list by calling
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with the
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-IM value.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The difference between these two values is whether the
-conversion is invoked by the client or the input method.  
-The 
-<symbol>XNStringConversion</symbol>
-<acronym>XIC</acronym> value is used by clients to request 
-a string conversion from the input method.  The client
-is responsible for determining which events are used 
-to trigger the string conversion and whether the string to be
-converted should be copied or deleted.  The type of conversion
-is determined by the input method; the client can only 
-pass the string to be converted.  The client is guaranteed that
-no
-<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>
-will be issued when this value is set; thus, the client need
-only set one of these values.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>
-<acronym>XIC</acronym> value is used by the client to notify the input method that
-it will accept requests from the input method for string conversion.
-If this value is set,
-it is the input method's responsibility to determine which
-events are used to trigger the string conversion.
-When such events occur, the input method issues a call to the
-client-supplied procedure to retrieve the string to be converted.  The client's
-callback procedure is notified whether to copy or delete the string and 
-is provided with hints as to the amount of text needed.
-The
-<structname>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</structname>
-specifies which text should be passed back to the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Finally, the input method may call the client's 
-<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>
-procedure multiple times if the string returned from the callback is
-not sufficient to perform a successful conversion.   The arguments
-to the client's procedure allow the input method to define a
-position (in character units) relative to the client's cursor position 
-and the size of the text needed.  By varying the position and size of
-the desired text in subsequent callbacks, the input method can retrieve 
-additional text.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Input_Method_Management">
-<title>Input Method Management</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Method Management -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The interface to input methods might appear to be simply creating
-an input method
-(<function>XOpenIM</function>)
-and freeing an input method
-(<function>XCloseIM</function>).
-However, input methods may 
-require complex communication with input method servers (IM servers),
-for example:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the X server, IM server, and X clients are started asynchronously,
-some clients may attempt to connect to the IM server before it is
-fully operational, and fail.
-Therefore, some mechanism is needed to allow clients to detect when an IM 
-server has started.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It is up to clients to decide what should be done when an IM server is 
-not available (for example, wait, or use some other IM server).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Some input methods may allow the underlying IM server to be switched. 
-Such customization may be desired without restarting the entire client.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To support management of input methods in these cases, the following 
-functions are provided:
-</para>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></entry>
-      <entry>This function allows clients to register a callback procedure
-      to be called when Xlib detects that an IM server is up and available.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XOpenIM</function></entry>
-      <entry>A client calls this function as a result of the callback procedure
-      being called.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XSetIMValues</function>, <function>XSetICValues</function></entry>
-      <entry>These functions use the <acronym>XIM</acronym> and <acronym>XIC</acronym> values,
-      <symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol>,
-      to allow a client 
-      to register a callback procedure to be called when Xlib detects that
-      an IM server that was associated with an opened 
-      input method is no longer available.
-      In addition, this function can be used to switch IM servers for those input 
-      methods that support such functionality.  The IM value for switching IM 
-      servers is implementation-dependent; see the description below about
-      switching IM servers.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></entry>
-      <entry>This function removes a callback procedure registered by the client.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Input methods that support switching of IM servers may exhibit some
-side-effects:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The input method will ensure that any new IM server supports any of the 
-input styles being used by input contexts already associated with the
-input method.
-However, the list of supported input styles may be different.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Geometry management requests on previously created input contexts
-may be initiated by the new IM server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<sect3 id="Hot_Keys">
-<title>Hot Keys</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Hot Keys -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Some clients need to guarantee which keys can be used to escape from the
-input method, regardless of the input method state;
-for example, the client-specific Help key or the keys to move the
-input focus.
-The HotKey mechanism allows clients 
-to specify a set of keys for this purpose.  However, the input 
-method might not allow clients to specify hot keys.
-Therefore, clients have to query support of hot keys by checking the
-supported <acronym>XIC</acronym> values list by calling
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with the
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-IM value.
-When the hot keys specified conflict with the key bindings of the 
-input method, hot keys take precedence over the key bindings of the input 
-method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Preedit_State_Operation">
-<title>Preedit State Operation</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit State Operation -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An input method may have several internal states, depending on its
-implementation and the locale.  However, one state that is
-independent of locale and implementation is whether the input method
-is currently performing a preediting operation.
-Xlib provides the ability for an application to manage the preedit state
-programmatically.  Two methods are provided for
-retrieving the preedit state of an input context.
-One method is to query the state by calling
-<function>XGetICValues</function>
-with the
-<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>
-<acronym>XIC</acronym> value.
-Another method is to receive notification whenever
-the preedit state is changed.  To receive such notification,
-an application needs to register a callback by calling
-<function>XSetICValues</function>
-with the
-<symbol>XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback</symbol>
-<acronym>XIC</acronym> value. 
-In order to change the preedit state programmatically, an application 
-needs to call 
-<function>XSetICValues</function>
-with
-<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Availability of the preedit state is input method dependent.  The input 
-method may not provide the ability to set the state or to
-retrieve the state programmatically.  Therefore, clients have to 
-query availability of preedit state operations by checking the 
-supported <acronym>XIC</acronym> values list by calling
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with the
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-IM value.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Input_Method_Functions">
-<title>Input Method Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Method Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To open a connection, use
-<function>XOpenIM</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenIM</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xopenim'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XIM <function>XOpenIM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> db</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_class</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>res_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the full resource name of the application.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>res_class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the full class name of the application.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XOpenIM</function>
-function opens an input method, 
-matching the current locale and modifiers specification.
-Current locale and modifiers are bound to the input method at opening time.
-The locale associated with an input method cannot be changed dynamically.
-This implies that the strings returned by
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>,
-for any input context affiliated with a given input method,
-will be encoded in the locale current at the time the input method is opened.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The specific input method to which this call will be routed
-is identified on the basis of the current locale. 
-<function>XOpenIM</function>
-will identify a default input method corresponding to the
-current locale.
-That default can be modified using 
-<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>
-for the input method modifier.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The db argument is the resource database to be used by the input method
-for looking up resources that are private to the input method.
-It is not intended that this database be used to look
-up values that can be set as IC values in an input context.
-If db is NULL,
-no database is passed to the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The res_name and res_class arguments specify the resource name 
-and class of the application. 
-They are intended to be used as prefixes by the input method
-when looking up resources that are common to all input contexts
-that may be created for this input method.
-The characters used for resource names and classes must be in the
-X Portable Character Set.
-The resources looked up are not fully specified
-if res_name or res_class is NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The res_name and res_class arguments are not assumed to exist beyond
-the call to
-<function>XOpenIM</function>.
-The specified resource database is assumed to exist for the lifetime
-of the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XOpenIM</function>
-returns NULL if no input method could be opened.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To close a connection, use
-<function>XCloseIM</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseIM</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcloseim'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XCloseIM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input method.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCloseIM</function>
-function closes the specified input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set input method attributes, use
-<function>XSetIMValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIMValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetimvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetIMValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input method.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XIM</acronym> values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetIMValues</function>
-function presents a variable argument list programming interface
-for setting attributes of the specified input method.
-It returns NULL if it succeeds;
-otherwise,
-it returns the name of the first argument that could not be set.
-Xlib does not attempt to set arguments from the supplied list that
-follow the failed argument;
-all arguments in the list preceding the failed argument have been set
-correctly.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To query an input method, use 
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIMValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetimvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetIMValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input method.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to get XIM values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-function presents a variable argument list programming interface
-for querying properties or features of the specified input method.
-This function returns NULL if it succeeds;
-otherwise,
-it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each <acronym>XIM</acronym> value argument (following a name) must point to
-a location where the <acronym>XIM</acronym> value is to be stored.
-That is, if the <acronym>XIM</acronym> value is of type T,
-the argument must be of type T*.
-If T itself is a pointer type,
-then
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-allocates memory to store the actual data,
-and the client is responsible for freeing this data by calling
-<function>XFree</function>
-with the returned pointer.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the display associated with an input method, use
-<function>XDisplayOfIM</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayOfIM</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofim'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfIM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input method.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDisplayOfIM</function>
-function returns the display associated with the specified input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the locale associated with an input method, use
-<function>XLocaleOfIM</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfIM</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleofim'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfIM</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input method.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLocaleOfIM</function>
-function returns the locale associated with the specified input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To register an input method instantiate callback, use
-<function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xregisteriminstantiatecallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> db</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_class</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIMProc<parameter> callback</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> *client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>res_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the full resource name of the application.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>res_class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the full class name of the application.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>callback</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the input method instantiate callback.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>
-function registers a callback to be invoked whenever a new input method
-becomes available for the specified display that matches the current
-locale and modifiers.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The function returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
- if it succeeds; otherwise, it returns 
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The generic prototype is as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='iminstantiatecallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>IMInstantiateCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-To unregister an input method instantiation callback, use
-<function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xunregisteriminstantiatecallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> db</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_class</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIMProc<parameter> callback</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> *client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>res_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the full resource name of the application.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>res_class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the full class name of the application.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>callback</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a pointer to the input method instantiate callback.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>
-function removes an input method instantiation callback previously
-registered.
-The function returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if it succeeds; otherwise, it returns 
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Input_Method_Values">
-<title>Input Method Values</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Method Values -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following table describes how <acronym>XIM</acronym> values are interpreted
-by an input method.
-The first column lists the <acronym>XIM</acronym> values.
-The second column indicates how each of the <acronym>XIM</acronym> values 
-are treated by that input style.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following keys apply to this table.
-</para>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Explanation</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>D</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be set using
-      <function>XSetIMValues</function>.
-      If it is not set,
-      a default is provided.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>S</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be set using <function>XSetIMValues</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be read using <function>XGetIMValues</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para></para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='left'><acronym>XIM</acronym> Value</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNQueryInputStyle</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNResourceName</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNVisiblePosition</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>
-is obsolete and its use is not recommended
-(see <link linkend="Preedit_Callback_Behavior">section 13.5.4.6</link>).
-</para>
-
-<sect3 id="Query_Input_Style">
-<title>Query Input Style</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Query Input Style -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A client should always query the input method to determine which input 
-styles are supported.
-The client should then find an input style it is capable of supporting.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the client cannot find an input style that it can support,
-it should negotiate with the user the continuation of the program
-(exit, choose another input method, and so on).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The argument value must be a pointer to a location
-where the returned value will be stored.
-The returned value is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XIMStyles</structname>.
-Clients are responsible for freeing the 
-<structname>XIMStyles</structname>
-structure.
-To do so, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XIMStyles</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-</para>
-
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStyle</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditArea</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditCallbacks</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditPosition</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditNothing</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditNone</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusArea</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusCallbacks</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusNothing</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusNone</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStyles</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef unsigned long XIMStyle;
-
-
-#define     XIMPreeditArea             0x0001L
-#define     XIMPreeditCallbacks        0x0002L
-#define     XIMPreeditPosition         0x0004L
-#define     XIMPreeditNothing          0x0008L
-#define     XIMPreeditNone             0x0010L
-
-#define     XIMStatusArea              0x0100L
-#define     XIMStatusCallbacks         0x0200L
-#define     XIMStatusNothing           0x0400L
-#define     XIMStatusNone              0x0800L
-
-typedef struct {
-      unsigned short count_styles;
-      XIMStyle * supported_styles;
-} XIMStyles;
-
-</literallayout>
-
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-An 
-<structname>XIMStyles</structname>
-structure contains the number of input styles supported
-in its count_styles field.
-This is also the size of the supported_styles array.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The supported styles is a list of bitmask combinations,
-which indicate the combination of styles for each of the areas supported.
-These areas are described later.
-Each element in the list should select one of the bitmask values for
-each area.
-The list describes the complete set of combinations supported.
-Only these combinations are supported by the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The preedit category defines what type of support is provided
-by the input method for preedit information.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditArea</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditPosition</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditCallbacks</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditNothing</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditNone</primary></indexterm>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditArea</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If chosen,
-      the input method would require the client to provide some area values
-      for it to do its preediting.
-      Refer to <acronym>XIC</acronym> values 
-      <symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-      and
-      <symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditPosition</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If chosen,
-      the input method would require the client to provide positional values. 
-      Refer to <acronym>XIC</acronym> values 
-      <symbol>XNSpotLocation</symbol>
-      and
-      <symbol>XNFocusWindow</symbol>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditCallbacks</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If chosen,
-      the input method would require the client to define the set of preedit callbacks.
-      Refer to <acronym>XIC</acronym> values 
-      <symbol>XNPreeditStartCallback</symbol>,
-      <symbol>XNPreeditDoneCallback</symbol>,
-      <symbol>XNPreeditDrawCallback</symbol>,
-      and
-      <symbol>XNPreeditCaretCallback</symbol>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditNothing</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>If chosen, the input method can function without any preedit values.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditNone</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The input method does not provide any preedit feedback.
-      Any preedit value is ignored.
-      This style is mutually exclusive with the other preedit styles.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The status category defines what type of support is provided
-by the input method for status information.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusArea</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusCallbacks</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusNothing</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusNone</primary></indexterm>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMStatusArea</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The input method requires the client to provide
-      some area values for it to do its status feedback.
-      See
-      <symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-      and
-      <symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMStatusCallbacks</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The input method requires the client to define the set of status callbacks,
-      <symbol>XNStatusStartCallback</symbol>,
-      <symbol>XNStatusDoneCallback</symbol>,
-      and
-      <symbol>XNStatusDrawCallback</symbol>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMStatusNothing</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The input method can function without any status values.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XIMStatusNone</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The input method does not provide any status feedback.
-      If chosen, any status value is ignored.
-      This style is mutually exclusive with the other status styles.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Resource_Name_and_Class_c">
-<title>Resource Name and Class</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Resource Name and Class -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNResourceName</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol>
-arguments are strings that specify the full name and class
-used by the input method.
-These values should be used as prefixes for the name and class
-when looking up resources that may vary according to the input method.
-If these values are not set,
-the resources will not be fully specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It is not intended that values that can be set as <acronym>XIM</acronym> values be
-set as resources.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Destroy_Callback">
-<title>Destroy Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Destroy Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol>
-argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XIMCallback</structname>.
-<symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol>
-is triggered when an input method stops its service for any reason. 
-After the callback is invoked, the input method is closed and the
-associated input context(s) are destroyed by Xlib.
-Therefore, the client should not call
-<function>XCloseIM</function>
-or
-<function>XDestroyIC</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The generic prototype of this callback function is as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DestroyCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='destroycallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>DestroyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input method.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-A DestroyCallback is always called with a NULL call_data argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Query_IM_IC_Values_List">
-<title>Query IM/IC Values List</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Query IM/IC Values List -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-are used to query about <acronym>XIM</acronym> and <acronym>XIC</acronym> values supported by the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The argument value must be a pointer to a location where the returned
-value will be stored.  The returned value is a pointer to a structure
-of type
-<structname>XIMValuesList</structname>.
-Clients are responsible for freeing the 
-<structname>XIMValuesList</structname>
-structure.
-To do so, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XIMValuesList</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     unsigned short count_values;
-     char **supported_values;
-} XIMValuesList;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Visible_Position">
-<title>Visible Position</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Visible Position -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<symbol>XNVisiblePosition</symbol>
-argument indicates whether the visible position masks of 
-<type>XIMFeedback</type>
-in
-<structname>XIMText</structname>
-are available.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The argument value must be a pointer to a location where the returned
-value will be stored.  The returned value is of type
-<type>Bool</type>.
-If the returned value is
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the input method uses the visible position masks of
-<type>XIMFeedback</type>
-in
-<structname>XIMText</structname>;
-otherwise, the input method does not use the masks.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because this <acronym>XIM</acronym> value is optional, a client should call
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with argument
-<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>
-before using this argument.
-If the 
-<symbol>XNVisiblePosition</symbol>
-does not exist in the IM values list returned from 
-<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>,
-the visible position masks of
-<type>XIMFeedback</type>
-in
-<structname>XIMText</structname>
-are not used to indicate the visible position.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Preedit_Callback_Behavior">
-<title>Preedit Callback Behavior</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit Callback Behavior -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>
-argument originally included in the X11R6 specification has been
-deprecated.\(dg
-<!-- .\" If XNR6PreeditCallbackBehavior is not deprecated, then its type -->
-<!-- .\" should be changed from *Bool to Bool. -->
-<!-- .FS \(dg -->
-During formulation of the X11R6 specification, the behavior of
-the R6 PreeditDrawCallbacks was going to differ significantly from
-that of the R5 callbacks.
-Late changes to the specification converged the R5 and R6 behaviors,
-eliminating the need for
-<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>.
-Unfortunately, this argument was not removed from the R6 specification
-before it was published.
-<!-- .FE -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>
-argument indicates whether the behavior of preedit callbacks regarding
-<structname>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct</structname>
-values follows Release 5 or Release 6 semantics.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The value is of type
-<type>Bool</type>.
-When querying for
-<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>,
-if the returned value is
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the input method uses the Release 6 behavior;
-otherwise, it uses the Release 5 behavior.
-The default value is
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-In order to use Release 6 semantics, the value of
-<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>
-must be set to
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because this <acronym>XIM</acronym> value is optional, a client should call
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with argument
-<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>
-before using this argument.
-If the
-<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>
-does not exist in the IM values list returned from
-<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>,
-the PreeditCallback behavior is Release 5 semantics.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Input_Context_Functions">
-<title>Input Context Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Context Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An input context is an abstraction that is used to contain both the data
-required (if any) by an input method and the information required
-to display that data.
-There may be multiple input contexts for one input method.
-The programming interfaces for creating, reading, or modifying
-an input context use a variable argument list.
-The name elements of the argument lists are referred to as <acronym>XIC</acronym> values.
-It is intended that input methods be controlled by these <acronym>XIC</acronym> values.
-As new <acronym>XIC</acronym> values are created,
-they should be registered with the X Consortium.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create an input context, use
-<function>XCreateIC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateIC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreateic'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XIC <function>XCreateIC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input method.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XIC</acronym> values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateIC</function>
-function creates a context within the specified input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Some of the arguments are mandatory at creation time, and
-the input context will not be created if those arguments are not provided.
-The mandatory arguments are the input style and the set of text callbacks
-(if the input style selected requires callbacks).
-All other input context values can be set later.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateIC</function>
-returns a NULL value if no input context could be created.
-A NULL value could be returned for any of the following reasons:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A required argument was not set.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A read-only argument was set (for example,
-<symbol>XNFilterEvents</symbol>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The argument name is not recognized.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The input method encountered an input method implementation-dependent error.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateIC</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To destroy an input context, use
-<function>XDestroyIC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyIC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyic'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XDestroyIC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<function>XDestroyIC</function>
-destroys the specified input context.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To communicate to and synchronize with input method
-for any changes in keyboard focus from the client side,
-use 
-<function>XSetICFocus</function>
-and
-<function>XUnsetICFocus</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetICFocus</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xseticfocus'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetICFocus</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetICFocus</function>
-function allows a client to notify an input method that the focus window
-attached to the specified input context has received keyboard focus.
-The input method should take action to provide appropriate feedback.
-Complete feedback specification is a matter of user interface policy.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Calling
-<function>XSetICFocus</function>
-does not affect the focus window value.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnsetICFocus</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xunseticfocus'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XUnsetICFocus</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUnsetICFocus</function>
-function allows a client to notify an input method that the specified input context
-has lost the keyboard focus and that no more input is expected on the focus window
-attached to that input context.
-The input method should take action to provide appropriate feedback.
-Complete feedback specification is a matter of user interface policy.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Calling
-<function>XUnsetICFocus</function>
-does not affect the focus window value;
-the client may still receive 
-events from the input method that are directed to the focus window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To reset the state of an input context to its initial state, use
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-or
-<function>XwcResetIC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbResetIC</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcResetIC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbresetic'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XmbResetIC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwcresetic'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>wchar_t *<function>XwcResetIC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-When
-<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>
-is set to
-<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>,
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-and
-<function>XwcResetIC</function>
-reset an input context to its initial state;
-when
-<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>
-is set to
-<symbol>XIMPreserveState</symbol>,
-the current input context state is preserved.
-In both cases, any input pending on that context is deleted.
-The input method is required to clear the preedit area, if any,
-and update the status accordingly.
-Calling 
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-or
-<function>XwcResetIC</function>
-does not change the focus.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The return value of
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-is its current preedit string as a multibyte string.
-If there is any preedit text drawn or visible to the user,
-then these procedures must return a non-NULL string.
-If there is no visible preedit text, 
-then it is input method implementation-dependent 
-whether these procedures return a non-NULL string or NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The client should free the returned string by calling
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the input method associated with an input context, use
-<function>XIMOfIC</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMOfIC</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='ximofic'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XIM <function>XIMOfIC</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XIMOfIC</function>
-function returns the input method associated with the specified input context.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-Xlib provides two functions for setting and reading <acronym>XIC</acronym> values, respectively,
-<function>XSetICValues</function>
-and
-<function>XGetICValues</function>.
-Both functions have a variable-length argument list.
-In that argument list, any <acronym>XIC</acronym> value's name must be denoted
-with a character string using the X Portable Character Set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set <acronym>XIC</acronym> values, use
-<function>XSetICValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetICValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xseticvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetICValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XIC</acronym> values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetICValues</function>
-function returns NULL if no error occurred; 
-otherwise,
-it returns the name of the first argument that could not be set.
-An argument might not be set for any of the following reasons:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The argument is read-only (for example,
-<symbol>XNFilterEvents</symbol>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The argument name is not recognized.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-An implementation-dependent error occurs.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each value to be set must be an appropriate datum,
-matching the data type imposed by the semantics of the argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetICValues</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain <acronym>XIC</acronym> values, use
-<function>XGetICValues</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetICValues</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgeticvalues'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetICValues</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-<!-- .ds Al \ to get XIC values -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      ...
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetICValues</function>
-function returns NULL if no error occurred; otherwise,
-it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.
-An argument could not be obtained for any of the following reasons:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The argument name is not recognized.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The input method encountered an implementation-dependent error.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each IC attribute value argument (following a name) must point to
-a location where the IC value is to be stored.
-That is, if the IC value is of type T,
-the argument must be of type T*.
-If T itself is a pointer type,
-then
-<function>XGetICValues</function>
-allocates memory to store the actual data,
-and the client is responsible for freeing this data by calling
-<function>XFree</function>
-with the returned pointer.
-The exception to this rule is for an IC value of type
-<type>XVaNestedList</type>
-(for preedit and status attributes).
-In this case,  the argument must also be of type
-<type>XVaNestedList</type>.
-Then, the rule of changing type T to T* and freeing the allocated data
-applies to each element of the nested list.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Input_Context_Values">
-<title>Input Context Values</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Context Values -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following tables describe how <acronym>XIC</acronym> values are interpreted
-by an input method depending on the input style chosen by the 
-user.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The first column lists the <acronym>XIC</acronym> values.
-The second column indicates which values are involved in affecting,
-negotiating, and setting the geometry of the input method windows.
-The subentries under the third column indicate the different
-input styles that are supported.
-Each of these columns indicates how each of the <acronym>XIC</acronym> values 
-are treated by that input style.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following keys apply to these tables.
-</para>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>
-      <entry align='left'>Explanation</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>C</entry>
-      <entry>This value must be set with <function>XCreateIC</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>D</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be set using 
-      <function>XCreateIC</function>.>
-      If it is not set,>
-      a default is provided.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be read using 
-      <function>XGetICValues</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>GN</entry>
-      <entry>This value may cause geometry negotiation when its value is set by means of
-      <function>XCreateIC</function>
-      or
-      <function>XSetICValues</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>GR</entry>
-      <entry>This value will be the response of the input method when any 
-      GN value is changed.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>GS</entry>
-      <entry>This value will cause the geometry of the input method window to be set.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>O</entry>
-      <entry>This value must be set once and only once.
-      It need not be set at create time.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>S</entry>
-      <entry>This value may be set with
-      <function>XSetICValues</function>.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>This value is ignored by the input method for the given input style.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para></para>
-
-<!-- .LP -->
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='7'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <colspec colname='c4'/>
-  <colspec colname='c5'/>
-  <colspec colname='c6'/>
-  <colspec colname='c7'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry><acronym>XIC</acronym> Value</entry>
-      <entry>Geometry Mangement</entry>
-      <entry>Preedit Callback</entry>
-      <entry>Preedit Position</entry>
-      <entry>Input Style Preedit Area</entry>
-      <entry>Preedit Nothing</entry>
-      <entry>Preedit None</entry>
-    </row>
-    </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Input Style</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Client Window</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>O-G</entry>
-      <entry>O-G</entry>
-      <entry>O-G</entry>
-      <entry>O-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Focus Window</entry>
-      <entry>GN</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Resource Name</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Resource Class</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Geometry Callback</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Filter Events</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Destroy Callback</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>String Conversion Callback</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>String Conversion</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Reset State</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>HotKey</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>HotKeyState</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><function>Preedit</function></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Area</entry>
-      <entry>GS</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Area Needed</entry>
-      <entry>GN-GR</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Spot Location</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Colormap</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Foreground</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Background</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Background Pixmap</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Font Set</entry>
-      <entry>GN</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Line Spacing</entry>
-      <entry>GN</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Cursor</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Preedit State</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Preedit State Notify Callback</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Preedit Callbacks</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>C-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para></para>
-
-<!-- .LP -->
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='6'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <colspec colname='c4'/>
-  <colspec colname='c5'/>
-  <colspec colname='c6'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry><acronym>XIC</acronym> Value</entry>
-      <entry>Geomentry Management</entry>
-      <entry>Status Callback</entry>
-      <entry>Status Area</entry>
-      <entry>Status Nothing</entry>
-      <entry>Status None</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Input Style</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-      <entry>C-G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Client Window</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>O-G</entry>
-      <entry>O-G</entry>
-      <entry>O-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Focus Window</entry>
-      <entry>GN</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Resource Name</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Resource Class</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Geometry Callback</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Filter Events</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-      <entry>G</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><type>Status</type></entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Area</entry>
-      <entry>GS</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Area Needed</entry>
-      <entry>GN-GR</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Colormap</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Foreground</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Background</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Background Pixmap</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Font Set</entry>
-      <entry>GN</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Line Spacing</entry>
-      <entry>GN</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Cursor</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>D-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Status Callbacks</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>C-S-G</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-      <entry>Ignored</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-<sect3 id="Input_Style">
-<title>Input Style</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Style -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNInputStyle</symbol>
-argument specifies the input style to be used.
-The value of this argument must be one of the values returned by the
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-function with the
-<symbol>XNQueryInputStyle</symbol>
-argument specified in the supported_styles list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that this argument must be set at creation time
-and cannot be changed.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Client_Window">
-<title>Client Window</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Client Window -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNClientWindow</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNClientWindow</symbol>
-argument specifies to the input method the client window in
-which the input method
-can display data or create subwindows.
-Geometry values for input method areas are given with respect to the client
-window.
-Dynamic change of client window is not supported.
-This argument may be set only once and
-should be set before any input is done using this input context.
-If it is not set,
-the input method may not operate correctly.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If an attempt is made to set this value a second time with
-<function>XSetICValues</function>,
-the string
-<symbol>XNClientWindow</symbol>
-will be returned by
-<function>XSetICValues</function>,
-and the client window will not be changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the client window is not a valid window ID on the display
-attached to the input method,
-a 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error can be generated when this value is used by the input method.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Focus_Window">
-<title>Focus Window</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Focus Window -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNFocusWindow</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNFocusWindow</symbol>
-argument specifies the focus window.
-The primary purpose of the 
-<symbol>XNFocusWindow</symbol>
-is to identify the window that will receive the key event when input
-is composed.
-In addition, the input method may possibly affect the focus window
-as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Select events on it
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Send events to it
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Modify its properties
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Grab the keyboard within that window  
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The associated value must be of type 
-<type>Window</type>.
-If the focus window is not a valid window ID on the display 
-attached to the input method,
-a 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error can be generated when this value is used by the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is left unspecified,
-the input method will use the client window as the default focus window.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Resource_Name_and_Class_b">
-<title>Resource Name and Class</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Resource Name and Class -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNResourceName</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNResourceClass</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNResourceName</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol>
-arguments are strings that specify the full name and class
-used by the client to obtain resources for the client window. 
-These values should be used as prefixes for name and class
-when looking up resources that may vary according to the input context.
-If these values are not set,
-the resources will not be fully specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It is not intended that values that can be set as <acronym>XIC</acronym> values be
-set as resources.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Geometry_Callback">
-<title>Geometry Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Geometry Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNGeometryCallback</primary></indexterm>
-The 
-<symbol>XNGeometryCallback</symbol>
-argument is a structure of type 
-<structname>XIMCallback</structname>
-(see <link linkend="Preedit_and_Status_Callbacks">section 13.5.6.13.12</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<symbol>XNGeometryCallback</symbol>
-argument specifies the geometry callback that a client can set.
-This callback is not required for correct operation of either 
-an input method or a client.
-It can be set for a client whose user interface policy permits
-an input method to request the dynamic change of that input 
-method's window.
-An input method that does dynamic change will need to filter any
-events that it uses to initiate the change.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Filter_Events">
-<title>Filter Events</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Filter Events -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNFilterEvents</primary></indexterm>
-The 
-<symbol>XNFilterEvents</symbol>
-argument returns the event mask that an input method needs
-to have selected for.
-The client is expected to augment its own event mask 
-for the client window with this one.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This argument is read-only, is set by the input method at create time,
-and is never changed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The type of this argument is 
-<type>unsigned</type>
-<type>long</type>.
-Setting this value will cause an error.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Destroy_Callback_b">
-<title>Destroy Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Destroy Callback  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol>
-argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XIMCallback</structname>
-(see <link linkend="Preedit_and_Status_Callbacks">section 13.5.6.13.12</link>).
-This callback is triggered when the input method
-stops its service for any reason; for example, when a connection to an IM
-server is broken.  After the destroy callback is called, 
-the input context is destroyed and the input method is closed.
-Therefore, the client should not call 
-<function>XDestroyIC</function>
-and
-<function>XCloseIM</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="String_Conversion_Callback">
-<title>String Conversion Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN String Conversion Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>
-argument is a structure of type
-<structname>XIMCallback</structname>
-(see <link linkend="Preedit_and_Status_Callbacks">section 13.5.6.13.12</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>
-argument specifies a string conversion callback.  This callback
-is not required for correct operation of
-either the input method or the client.  It can be set by a client
-to support string conversions that may be requested
-by the input method.  An input method that does string conversions
-will filter any events that it uses to initiate the conversion.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with argument
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-before using this argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="String_Conversion_">
-<title>String Conversion </title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN String Conversion -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNStringConversion</symbol>
-argument is a structure of type
-<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNStringConversion</symbol>
-argument specifies the string to be converted by an input method.
-This argument is not required for correct operation of either
-the input method or the client.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-String conversion facilitates the manipulation of text independent
-of preediting.
-It is essential for some input methods and clients to manipulate
-text by performing context-sensitive conversion,
-reconversion, or transliteration conversion on it.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with argument
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-before using this argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-
-typedef struct _XIMStringConversionText {
-     unsigned short              length;
-     XIMStringConversionFeedback *feedback;
-     Bool                        encoding_is_wchar;
-     union {
-          char     *mbs;
-          wchar_t  *wcs;
-     } string;
-} XIMStringConversionText;
-
-typedef unsigned long XIMStringConversionFeedback;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The feedback member is reserved for future use.  The text to be
-converted is defined by the string and length members.  The length
-is indicated in characters.  To prevent the library from freeing memory
-pointed to by an uninitialized pointer, the client should set the feedback
-element to NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Reset_State">
-<title>Reset State</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Reset State -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>
-argument specifies the state the input context will return to after calling
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-or
-<function>XwcResetIC</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The <acronym>XIC</acronym> state may be set to its initial state, as specified by the
-<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>
-value when
-<function>XCreateIC</function>
-was called, or it may be set to preserve the current state.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The valid masks for
-<type>XIMResetState</type>
-are as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMInitialState</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XINPreserveState</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef unsigned long XIMResetState;
-
-#define XIMInitialState  (1L)
-#define XIMPreserveState (1L&lt;&lt;1)
-
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If
-<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>
-is set, then
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-and
-<function>XwcResetIC</function>
-will return to the initial
-<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>
-state of the <acronym>XIC</acronym>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If
-<symbol>XIMPreserveState</symbol>
-is set, then 
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-and
-<function>XwcResetIC</function>
-will preserve the current state of the <acronym>XIC</acronym>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If
-<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>
-is left unspecified, the default is
-<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<type>XIMResetState</type>
-values other than those specified above will default to
-<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with argument
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-before using this argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Hot_Keys_b">
-<title>Hot Keys</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Hot Keys -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNHotKey</symbol>
-argument specifies the hot key list to the <acronym>XIC</acronym>.
-The hot key list is a pointer to the structure of type
-<structname>XIMHotKeyTriggers</structname>,
-which specifies the key events that must be received
-without any interruption of the input method.
-For the hot key list set with this argument to be utilized, the client
-must also set
-<symbol>XNHotKeyState</symbol>
-to
-<symbol>XIMHotKeyStateON</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with argument
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-before using this functionality.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XIMHotKeyTriggers</structname>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If an event for a key in the hot key list is found, then the process will
-receive the event and it will be processed inside the client.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     KeySym keysym;
-     unsigned int modifier;
-     unsigned int modifier_mask;
-} XIMHotKeyTrigger;
-
-typedef struct {
-     int num_hot_key;
-     XIMHotKeyTrigger *key;
-} XIMHotKeyTriggers;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The combination of modifier and modifier_mask are used to represent one of
-three states for each modifier:
-either the modifier must be on, or the modifier must be off, or the modifier
-is a ``don't care'' - it may be on or off.
-When a modifier_mask bit is set to 0, the state of the associated modifier
-is ignored when evaluating whether the key is hot or not.
-</para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='3'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry>Modifier Bit</entry>
-      <entry>Mask Bit</entry>
-      <entry>Meaning</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-      <entry>1</entry>
-      <entry>The modifier must be off.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>1</entry>
-      <entry>1</entry>
-      <entry>The modifier must be on.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry>n/a</entry>
-      <entry>0</entry>
-      <entry>Do not care if the modifier is on or off.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Hot_Key_State">
-<title>Hot Key State</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Hot Key State -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNHotKeyState</symbol>
-argument specifies the hot key state of the input method.
-This is usually used to switch the input method between hot key
-operation and normal input processing.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-XIMHotKeyState .
-</para>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef unsigned long XIMHotKeyState;
-
-#define XIMHotKeyStateON            (0x0001L)
-#define XIMHotKeyStateOFF           (0x0002L)
-
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If not specified, the default is
-<symbol>XIMHotKeyStateOFF</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Preedit_and_Status_Attributes">
-<title>Preedit and Status Attributes</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit and Status Attributes -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditAttributes</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStatusAttributes</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNPreeditAttributes</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>XNStatusAttributes</symbol>
-arguments specify to an input method the attributes to be used for the 
-preedit and status areas,
-if any.
-Those attributes are passed to 
-<function>XSetICValues</function>
-or
-<function>XGetICValues</function>
-as a nested variable-length list.
-The names to be used in these lists are described in the following sections.
-</para>
-<sect4 id="Area">
-<title>Area</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Area -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNArea</primary></indexterm>
-The value of the
-<symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-argument must be a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XRectangle</structname>.
-The interpretation of the
-<symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-argument is dependent on the input method style that has been set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the input method style is 
-<symbol>XIMPreeditPosition</symbol>,
-<symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-specifies the clipping region within which preediting will take place.
-If the focus window has been set,
-the coordinates are assumed to be relative to the focus window.
-Otherwise, the coordinates are assumed to be relative to the client window.
-If neither has been set,
-the results are undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If 
-<symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-is not specified, is set to NULL, or is invalid,
-the input method will default the clipping region
-to the geometry of the
-<symbol>XNFocusWindow</symbol>.
-If the area specified is NULL or invalid,
-the results are undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the input style is 
-<symbol>XIMPreeditArea</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>XIMStatusArea</symbol>,
-<symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-specifies the geometry provided by the client to the input method.
-The input method may use this area to display its data,
-either preedit or status depending on the area designated.
-The input method may create a window as a child of the client window
-with dimensions that fit the
-<symbol>XNArea</symbol>.
-The coordinates are relative to the client window.
-If the client window has not been set yet,
-the input method should save these values 
-and apply them when the client window is set.
-If 
-<symbol>XNArea</symbol>
-is not specified, is set to NULL, or is invalid,
-the results are undefined.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Area_Needed">
-<title>Area Needed</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Area Needed -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNAreaNeeded</primary></indexterm>
-When set, the
-<symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>
-argument specifies the geometry suggested by the client for this area
-(preedit or status).
-The value associated with the argument must be a pointer to a 
-structure of type 
-<structname>XRectangle</structname>.
-Note that the x, y values are not used
-and that nonzero values for width or height are the constraints 
-that the client wishes the input method to respect.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When read, the
-<symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>
-argument specifies the preferred geometry desired by the input method
-for the area.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This argument is only valid if the input style is 
-<symbol>XIMPreeditArea</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>XIMStatusArea</symbol>.
-It is used for geometry negotiation between the client and the input method
-and has no other effect on the input method 
-(see <link linkend="Geometry_Management">section 13.5.1.5</link>).
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Spot_Location">
-<title>Spot Location</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Spot Location -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNSpotLocation</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNSpotLocation</symbol>
-argument specifies to the input method the coordinates of the spot
-to be used by an input method executing with 
-<symbol>XNInputStyle</symbol>
-set to 
-<symbol>XIMPreeditPosition</symbol>.
-When specified to any input method other than 
-<symbol>XIMPreeditPosition</symbol>,
-this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is ignored.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The x coordinate specifies the position where the next character
-would be inserted.
-The y coordinate is the position of the baseline used
-by the current text line in the focus window.
-The x and y coordinates are relative to the focus window, if it has been set;
-otherwise, they are relative to the client window.
-If neither the focus window nor the client window has been set,
-the results are undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XPoint</structname>.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Colormap">
-<title>Colormap</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Colormap -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Two different arguments can be used to indicate what colormap the input method
-should use to allocate colors, a colormap ID, or a standard colormap name.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNColormap</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNColormap</symbol>
-argument is used to specify a colormap ID.
-The argument value is of type
-<type>Colormap</type>.
-An invalid argument may generate a 
-<errorname>BadColor</errorname>
-error when it is used by the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStdColormap</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNStdColormap</symbol>
-argument is used to indicate the name of the standard colormap
-in which the input method should allocate colors.
-The argument value is an 
-<type>Atom</type>
-that should be a valid atom for calling
-<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.
-An invalid argument may generate a
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-error when it is used by the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the colormap is left unspecified,
-the client window colormap becomes the default.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Foreground_and_Background">
-<title>Foreground and Background</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Foreground and Background -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNForeground</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNBackground</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNForeground</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>XNBackground</symbol>
-arguments specify the foreground and background pixel, respectively.
-The argument value is of type
-<type>unsigned</type>
-<type>long</type>.
-It must be a valid pixel in the input method colormap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If these values are left unspecified,
-the default is determined by the input method.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Background_Pixmap">
-<title>Background Pixmap</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Background Pixmap -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNBackgroundPixmap</symbol>
-argument specifies a background pixmap to be used as the background of the
-window.
-The value must be of type 
-<type>Pixmap</type>.
-An invalid argument may generate a
-<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>
-error when it is used by the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If this value is left unspecified,
-the default is determined by the input method.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Font_Set">
-<title>Font Set</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Font Set -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNFontSet</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNFontSet</symbol>
-argument specifies to the input method what font set is to be used.
-The argument value is of type
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If this value is left unspecified,
-the default is determined by the input method.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Line_Spacing">
-<title>Line Spacing</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Line Spacing -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNLineSpace</symbol>
-argument specifies to the input method what line spacing is to be used
-in the preedit window if more than one line is to be used.
-This argument is of type
-<type>int</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If this value is left unspecified,
-the default is determined by the input method.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Cursor">
-<title>Cursor</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Cursor -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNCursor</primary></indexterm>
-The
-<symbol>XNCursor</symbol>
-argument specifies to the input method what cursor is to be used
-in the specified window.
-This argument is of type 
-<type>Cursor</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An invalid argument may generate a
-<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>
-error when it is used by the input method.
-If this value is left unspecified,
-the default is determined by the input method.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Preedit_State">
-<title>Preedit State</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit State -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>
-argument specifies the state of input preediting for the input method.
-Input preediting can be on or off.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The valid mask names for
-<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>
-are as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditUnknown</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditEnable</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditDisable</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef unsigned long XIMPreeditState;
-
-#define XIMPreeditUnknown    0L
-#define XIMPreeditEnable     1L
-#define XIMPreeditDisable    (1L&lt;&lt;1)
-
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If a value of
-<symbol>XIMPreeditEnable</symbol>
-is set, then input preediting is turned on by the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a value of
-<symbol>XIMPreeditDisable</symbol>
-is set, then input preediting is turned off by the input method.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If
-<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>
-is left unspecified, then the state will be implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When
-<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>
-is set to
-<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>,
-the
-<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>
-value specified at the creation time will be reflected as the initial state for
-<function>XmbResetIC</function>
-and
-<function>XwcResetIC</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with argument
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-before using this argument.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Preedit_State_Notify_Callback">
-<title>Preedit State Notify Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit State Notify Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The preedit state notify callback is triggered by the input method
-when the preediting state has changed.
-The value of the
-<symbol>XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback</symbol>
-argument is a pointer to a structure of type
-<structname>XIMCallback</structname>.
-The generic prototype is as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditStateNotifyCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='preeditstatenotifycallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditStateNotifyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the current preedit state.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<structname>XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct _XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct {
-     XIMPreeditState state;
-} XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call
-<function>XGetIMValues</function>
-with argument
-<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>
-before using this argument.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-<sect4 id="Preedit_and_Status_Callbacks">
-<title>Preedit and Status Callbacks</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit and Status Callbacks -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A client that wants to support the input style
-<symbol>XIMPreeditCallbacks</symbol>
-must provide a set of preedit callbacks to the input method.
-The set of preedit callbacks is as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditStartCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditCaretCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNPreeditStartCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>This is called when the input method starts preedit.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNPreeditDoneCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>This is called when the input method stops preedit.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNPreeditDrawCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>This is called when a number of preedit keystrokes should be echoed.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNPreeditCaretCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>This is called to move the text insertion point within the preedit string.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A client that wants to support the input style
-<symbol>XIMStatusCallbacks</symbol>
-must provide a set of status callbacks to the input method.
-The set of status callbacks is as follows:
-</para>
-
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStatusStartCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStatusDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStatusDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNStatusStartCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>This is called when the input method initializes the status area.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNStatusDoneCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>This is called when the input method no longer needs the status area.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XNStatusDrawCallback</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>This is called when updating of the status area is required.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The value of any status or preedit argument is a pointer
-to a structure of type
-<structname>XIMCallback</structname>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMProc</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef void (*XIMProc)();
-
-typedef struct {
-     XPointer client_data;
-     XIMProc callback;
-} XIMCallback;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Each callback has some particular semantics and will carry the data
-that expresses the environment necessary to the client 
-into a specific data structure.
-This paragraph only describes the arguments to be used to set
-the callback.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Setting any of these values while doing preedit
-may cause unexpected results.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Input_Method_Callback_Semantics">
-<title>Input Method Callback Semantics</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Method Callback Semantics -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<acronym>XIM</acronym> callbacks are procedures defined by clients or text drawing packages
-that are to be called from the input method when selected events occur.
-Most clients will use a text editing package or a toolkit
-and, hence, will not need to define such callbacks.
-This section defines the callback semantics, when they are triggered,
-and what their arguments are.
-This information is mostly useful for X toolkit implementors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Callbacks are mostly provided so that clients (or text editing
-packages) can implement on-the-spot preediting in their own window.
-In that case,
-the input method needs to communicate and synchronize with the client.
-The input method needs to communicate changes in the preedit window 
-when it is under control of the client.
-Those callbacks allow the client to initialize the preedit area,
-display a new preedit string,
-move the text insertion point during preedit,
-terminate preedit, or update the status area.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-All callback procedures follow the generic prototype:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CallbackPrototype</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>CallbackPrototype</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>SomeType<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies data specific to the callback.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The call_data argument is a structure that expresses the arguments needed
-to achieve the semantics;
-that is,
-it is a specific data structure appropriate to the callback.
-In cases where no data is needed in the callback,
-this call_data argument is NULL.
-The client_data argument is a closure that has been initially specified
-by the client when specifying the callback and passed back.
-It may serve, for example, to inherit application context in the callback.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following paragraphs describe the programming semantics
-and specific data structure associated with the different reasons.
-</para>
-<sect3 id="Geometry_Callback_b">
-<title>Geometry Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Geometry Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The geometry callback is triggered by the input method 
-to indicate that it wants the client to negotiate geometry.
-The generic prototype is as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>GeometryCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>GeometryCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The callback is called with a NULL call_data argument.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Destroy_Callback_c">
-<title>Destroy Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Destroy Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The destroy callback is triggered by the input method 
-when it stops service for any reason.
-After the callback is invoked, the input context will be freed by Xlib.
-The generic prototype is as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DestroyCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='destroycallback_xic'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>DestroyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The callback is called with a NULL call_data argument.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="String_Conversion_Callback_b">
-<title>String Conversion Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN String Conversion Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The string conversion callback is triggered by the input method 
-to request the client to return the string to be converted.  The
-returned string may be either a multibyte or wide character string,
-with an encoding matching the locale bound to the input context.
-The callback prototype is as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StringConversionCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='stringconversioncallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StringConversionCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input method.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the amount of the string to be converted.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The callback is passed an
-<structname>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</structname>
-structure in the call_data argument.
-The text member is an
-<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>
-structure (see <link linkend="String_Conversion_">section 13.5.6.9</link>)
-to be filled in by the client
-and describes the text to be sent to the input method.
-The data pointed to by the 
-string and feedback elements of the
-<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>
-structure will be freed using
-<function>XFree</function>
-by the input method
-after the callback returns.  So the client should not point to 
-internal buffers that are critical to the client.
-Similarly, because the feedback element is currently reserved for future
-use, the client should set feedback to NULL to prevent the library from
-freeing memory at some random location due to an uninitialized pointer.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<structname>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef struct _XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct {
-     XIMStringConversionPosition position;          
-     XIMCaretDirection direction;
-     short factor;
-     XIMStringConversionOperation operation;
-     XIMStringConversionText *text;
-} XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct;
-
-typedef short XIMStringConversionPosition;
-
-typedef unsigned short XIMStringConversionOperation;
-
-#define XIMStringConversionSubstitution       (0x0001)
-#define XIMStringConversionRetrieval          (0x0001)
-
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<type>XIMStringConversionPosition</type>
-specifies the starting position of the string to be returned
-in the
-<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>
-structure.  The value identifies a position, in units of characters,
-relative to the client's cursor position in the client's buffer.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The ending position of the text buffer is determined by
-the direction and factor members.  Specifically, it is the character position 
-relative to the starting point as defined by the
-<structname>XIMCaretDirection</structname>.
-The factor member of 
-<structname>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</structname>
-specifies the number of
-<structname>XIMCaretDirection</structname>
-positions to be applied.  For example, if the direction specifies
-<constant>XIMLineEnd</constant>
-and factor is 1, then all characters from the starting position to 
-the end of the current display line are returned.  If the direction
-specifies
-<constant>XIMForwardChar</constant>
-or
-<constant>XIMBackwardChar</constant>,
-then the factor specifies a relative position, indicated in characters, 
-from the starting position.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<type>XIMStringConversionOperation</type>
-specifies whether the string to be converted should be 
-deleted (substitution) or copied (retrieval) from the client's
-buffer.  When the
-<type>XIMStringConversionOperation</type>
-is
-<symbol>XIMStringConversionSubstitution</symbol>,
-the client must delete the string to be converted from its own buffer.
-When the
-<type>XIMStringConversionOperation</type>
-is
-<symbol>XIMStringConversionRetrieval</symbol>,
-the client must not delete the string to be converted from its buffer.
-The substitute operation is typically used for reconversion and
-transliteration conversion,
-while the retrieval operation is typically used for context-sensitive 
-conversion.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Preedit_State_Callbacks">
-<title>Preedit State Callbacks</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit State Callbacks -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When the input method turns preediting on or off, a
-<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>
-or
-<function><replaceable>PreeditDoneCallback</replaceable></function>
-callback is triggered to let the toolkit do the setup
-or the cleanup for the preedit region.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditStartCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='preeditstartcallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-When preedit starts on the specified input context,
-the callback is called with a NULL call_data argument.
-<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>
-will return the maximum size of the preedit string.
-A positive number indicates the maximum number of bytes allowed
-in the preedit string, 
-and a value of -1 indicates there is no limit.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='preeditdonecallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditDoneCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-When preedit stops on the specified input context,
-the callback is called with a NULL call_data argument.
-The client can release the data allocated by
-<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>
-should initialize appropriate data needed for
-displaying preedit information and for handling further 
-<function><replaceable>PreeditDrawCallback</replaceable></function>
-calls.
-Once
-<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>
-is called, it will not be called again before
-<function><replaceable>PreeditDoneCallback</replaceable></function>
-has been called.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Preedit_Draw_Callback">
-<title>Preedit Draw Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit Draw Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This callback is triggered to draw and insert, delete or replace,
-preedit text in the preedit region.
-The preedit text may include unconverted input text such as Japanese Kana,
-converted text such as Japanese Kanji characters, or characters of both kinds.
-That string is either a multibyte or wide character string, 
-whose encoding matches the locale bound to the input context.
-The callback prototype
-is as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='preeditdrawcallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditDrawCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the preedit drawing information.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The callback is passed an 
-<structname>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct</structname>
-structure in the call_data argument.
-The text member of this structure contains the text to be drawn.
-After the string has been drawn,
-the caret should be moved to the specified location.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<structname>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct _XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct {
-     int caret;     /* Cursor offset within preedit string */
-     int chg_first;     /* Starting change position */
-     int chg_length;     /* Length of the change in character count */
-     XIMText *text;
-} XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The client must keep updating a buffer of the preedit text
-and the callback arguments referring to indexes in that buffer.
-The call_data fields have specific meanings according to the operation,
-as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-To indicate text deletion, 
-the call_data member specifies a NULL text field.
-The text to be deleted is then the current text in the buffer 
-from position chg_first (starting at zero) on a character length
-of chg_length.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-When text is non-NULL,
-it indicates insertion or replacement of text in the buffer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The chg_length member
-identifies the number of characters in the current preedit buffer
-that are affected by this call.
-A positive chg_length indicates that chg_length number of characters, starting
-at chg_first, must be deleted or must be replaced by text, whose length is
-specified in the
-<structname>XIMText</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A chg_length value of zero indicates that text must be inserted
-right at the position specified by chg_first.
-A value of zero for chg_first specifies the first character in the buffer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-chg_length and chg_first combine to identify the modification required to
-the preedit buffer; beginning at chg_first, replace chg_length number of
-characters with the text in the supplied
-<structname>XIMText</structname>
-structure. For example, suppose the preedit buffer contains the string "ABCDE".
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .ft C -->
-Text:      A B C D E
-          ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
-CharPos:  0 1 2 3 4 5
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .ft P -->
-</literallayout>
-The CharPos in the diagram shows the location of the character position
-relative to the character.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the value of chg_first is 1 and the value of chg_length is 3, this
-says to replace 3 characters beginning at character position 1 with the
-string in the
-<structname>XIMText</structname>
-structure.
-Hence, <acronym>BCD</acronym> would be replaced by the value in the structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Though chg_length and chg_first are both signed integers they will
-never have a negative value.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The caret member
-identifies the character position before which the cursor should
-be placed - after modification to the preedit buffer has been completed.
-For example, if caret is zero, the cursor is at
-the beginning of the buffer.  If the caret is one, the cursor is between
-the first and second character.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMText</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 1.5i 3i -->
-typedef struct _XIMText {
-     unsigned short length;
-     XIMFeedback * feedback;
-     Bool encoding_is_wchar; 
-     union {
-          char * multi_byte;
-          wchar_t * wide_char;
-     } string; 
-} XIMText;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The text string passed is actually a structure specifying as follows:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The length member is the text length in characters.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The encoding_is_wchar member is a value that indicates 
-if the text string is encoded in wide character or multibyte format.
-The text string may be passed either as multibyte or as wide character;
-the input method controls in which form data is passed.
-The client's
-callback routine must be able to handle data passed in either form.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The string member is the text string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-The feedback member indicates rendering type for each character in the
-string member.
-If string is NULL (indicating that only highlighting of the existing
-preedit buffer should be updated), feedback points to length highlight
-elements that should be applied to the existing preedit buffer, beginning
-at chg_first.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The feedback member expresses the types of rendering feedback
-the callback should apply when drawing text.
-Rendering of the text to be drawn is specified either in generic ways
-(for example, primary, secondary) or in specific ways (reverse, underline).
-When generic indications are given,
-the client is free to choose the rendering style.
-It is necessary, however, that primary and secondary be mapped 
-to two distinct rendering styles.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If an input method wants to control display of the preedit string, an 
-input method can indicate the visibility hints using feedbacks in
-a specific way.
-The 
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToForward</symbol>,
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToBackword</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToCenter</symbol>
-masks are exclusively used for these visibility hints.
-The 
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToForward</symbol>
-mask
-indicates that the preedit text is preferably displayed in the
-primary draw direction from the
-caret position in the preedit area forward.
-The 
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToBackword</symbol>
-mask
-indicates that the preedit text is preferably displayed from
-the caret position in the preedit area backward, relative to the primary
-draw direction.
-The 
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToCenter</symbol>
-mask
-indicates that the preedit text is preferably displayed with
-the caret position in the preedit area centered.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The insertion point of the preedit string could exist outside of
-the visible area when visibility hints are used.
-Only one of the 
-masks
-is valid for the entire preedit string, and only one character
-can hold one of these feedbacks for a given input context at one time.
-This feedback may be OR'ed together with another highlight (such as
-<symbol>XIMReverse</symbol>).
-Only the most recently set feedback is valid, and any previous
-feedback is automatically canceled.  This is a hint to the client, and
-the client is free to choose how to display the preedit string.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The feedback member also specifies how rendering of the text argument
-should be performed.
-If the feedback is NULL,
-the callback should apply the same feedback as is used for the surrounding
-characters in the preedit buffer; if chg_first is at a highlight boundary,
-the client can choose which of the two highlights to use.
-If feedback is not NULL, feedback specifies an array defining the
-rendering for each
-character of the string, and the length of the array is thus length.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If an input method wants to indicate that it is only updating the feedback of
-the preedit text without changing the content of it, 
-the
-<structname>XIMText</structname>
-structure will contain a NULL value for the string field,
-the number of characters affected (relative to chg_first)
-will be in the length field,
-and the feedback field will point to an array of 
-<type>XIMFeedback</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each element in the feedback array is a bitmask represented by a value of type
-<type>XIMFeedback</type>.
-The valid mask names are as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMReverse</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMUnderline</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMHighlight</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPrimary</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMSecondary</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMTertiary</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMVisibleToForward</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMVisibleToBackward</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMVisibleToCenter</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef unsigned long XIMFeedback;
-
-#define     XIMReverse                     1L
-#define     XIMUnderline                   (1L&lt;&lt;1)
-#define     XIMHighlight                   (1L&lt;&lt;2)
-#define     XIMPrimary                     (1L&lt;&lt;5)*
-#define     XIMSecondary                   (1L&lt;&lt;6)*
-#define     XIMTertiary                    (1L&lt;&lt;7)*
-#define     XIMVisibleToForward            (1L&lt;&lt;8)
-#define     XIMVisibleToBackward           (1L&lt;&lt;9)
-#define     XIMVisibleToCenter               (1L&lt;&lt;10)
-
-*† The values for XIMPrimary, XIMSecondary, and XIMTertiary were incorrectly defined in
-the R5 specification. The X Consortium’s X11R5 implementation correctly
-implemented the values for these highlights. The value of these highlights has
-been corrected in this specification to agree with the values in the
-Consortium’s X11R5 and X11R6 implementations.
-
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Characters drawn with the
-<symbol>XIMReverse</symbol>
-highlight should be drawn by swapping the foreground and background colors
-used to draw normal, unhighlighted characters.
-Characters drawn with the
-<symbol>XIMUnderline</symbol>
-highlight should be underlined.
-Characters drawn with the
-<symbol>XIMHighlight</symbol>,
-<symbol>XIMPrimary</symbol>,
-<symbol>XIMSecondary</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>XIMTertiary</symbol>
-highlights should be drawn in some unique manner that must be different
-from
-<symbol>XIMReverse</symbol>
-and
-<symbol>XIMUnderline</symbol>.
-<!-- .FS \(dg -->
-The values for
-<symbol>XIMPrimary</symbol>,
-<symbol>XIMSecondary</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>XIMTertiary</symbol>
-were incorrectly defined in the R5 specification.
-The X Consortium's X11R5
-implementation correctly implemented the values for these highlights.
-The value of these highlights has been corrected in this specification
-to agree with the values in the Consortium's X11R5 and X11R6 implementations.
-<!-- .FE -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Preedit_Caret_Callback">
-<title>Preedit Caret Callback</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Preedit Caret Callback -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An input method may have its own navigation keys to allow the user
-to move the text insertion point in the preedit area 
-(for example, to move backward or forward). 
-Consequently, input method needs to indicate to the client that it
-should move the text insertion point.
-It then calls the PreeditCaretCallback.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditCaretCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='preeditcaretcallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditCaretCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the preedit caret information.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The input method will trigger PreeditCaretCallback
-to move the text insertion point during preedit.
-The call_data argument contains a pointer to an 
-<structname>XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct</structname>
-structure,
-which indicates where the caret should be moved.
-The callback must move the insertion point to its new location
-and return, in field position, the new offset value from the initial position.  
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct _XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct {
-     int position;     /* Caret offset within preedit string */
-     XIMCaretDirection direction;     /* Caret moves direction */
-     XIMCaretStyle style;     /* Feedback of the caret */
-} XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<structname>XIMCaretStyle</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCaretStyle</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef enum {
-     XIMIsInvisible,     /* Disable caret feedback */ 
-     XIMIsPrimary,     /* <acronym>UI</acronym> defined caret feedback */
-     XIMIsSecondary,     /* <acronym>UI</acronym> defined caret feedback */
-} XIMCaretStyle;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<structname>XIMCaretDirection</structname>
-structure is defined as follows:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCaretDirection</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef enum {
-     XIMForwardChar, XIMBackwardChar,
-     XIMForwardWord, XIMBackwardWord,
-     XIMCaretUp, XIMCaretDown,
-     XIMNextLine, XIMPreviousLine,
-     XIMLineStart, XIMLineEnd, 
-     XIMAbsolutePosition,
-     XIMDontChange,
- } XIMCaretDirection;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-These values are defined as follows:
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMForwardChar</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMBackwardChar</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMForwardWord</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMBackwardWord</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCaretUp</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCaretDown</primary></indexterm>
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMForwardChar</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret forward one character position.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMBackwardChar</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret backward one character position.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMForwardWord</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret forward one word.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMBackwardWord</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret backward one word.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMCaretUp</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret up one line keeping the current horizontal offset.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMCaretDown</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret down one line keeping the current horizontal offset.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMPreviousLine</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret to the beginning of the previous line.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMNextLine</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret to the beginning of the next line.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMLineStart</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret to the beginning of the current display line that contains the caret.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMLineEnd</constant></entry>
-      <entry>Move the caret to the end of the current display line that contains the caret.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMAbsolutePosition</constant></entry>
-      <entry>The callback must move to the location specified by the position field
-      of the callback data, indicated in characters, starting from the beginning
-      of the preedit text.
-      Hence, a value of zero means move back to the beginning of the preedit text.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><constant>XIMDontChange</constant></entry>
-      <entry>The caret position does not change.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMNextLine</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreviousLine</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMLineStart</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMLineEnd</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMAbsolutePosition</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMDontChange</primary></indexterm>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Status_Callbacks">
-<title>Status Callbacks</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Status Callbacks -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-An input method may communicate changes in the status of an input context
-(for example, created, destroyed, or focus changes) with three status
-callbacks:  StatusStartCallback, StatusDoneCallback, and StatusDrawCallback.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-When the input context is created or gains focus, 
-the input method calls the StatusStartCallback callback.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusStartCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='statusstartcallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusStartCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The callback should initialize appropriate data for displaying status
-and for responding to StatusDrawCallback calls.  
-Once StatusStartCallback is called,
-it will not be called again before StatusDoneCallback has been called.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-When an input context
-is destroyed or when it loses focus, the input method calls StatusDoneCallback.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='statusdonecallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusDoneCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The callback may release any data allocated on 
-<function>StatusStart</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-When an input context status has to be updated, the input method calls
-StatusDrawCallback.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='statusdrawcallback'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusDrawCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the additional client data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the status drawing information.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The callback should update the status area by either drawing a string
-or imaging a bitmap in the status area.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XIMStatusDataType</structname>
-and
-<structname>XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct</structname>
-structures are defined as follows:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusDataType</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 1i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 1i 3i -->
-typedef enum {
-     XIMTextType,
-     XIMBitmapType,
-} XIMStatusDataType;
-
-typedef struct _XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct {
-     XIMStatusDataType type;
-     union {
-          XIMText *text;
-          Pixmap  bitmap;
-     } data;
-} XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The feedback styles
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToForward</symbol>,
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToBackword</symbol>,
-and
-<symbol>XIMVisibleToCenter</symbol>
-are not relevant and will not appear in the
-<type>XIMFeedback</type>
-element of the
-<structname>XIMText</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Event_Filtering_b">
-<title>Event Filtering</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Event Filtering -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides the ability for an input method
-to register a filter internal to Xlib.
-This filter is called by a client (or toolkit) by calling
-<function>XFilterEvent</function>
-after calling 
-<function>XNextEvent</function>.
-Any client that uses the 
-<type>XIM</type>
-interface should call
-<function>XFilterEvent</function>
-to allow input methods to process their events without knowledge
-of the client's dispatching mechanism.
-A client's user interface policy may determine the priority
-of event filters with respect to other event-handling mechanisms
-(for example, modal grabs).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Clients may not know how many filters there are, if any,
-and what they do.
-They may only know if an event has been filtered on return of 
-<function>XFilterEvent</function>.
-Clients should discard filtered events.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To filter an event, use
-<function>XFilterEvent</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFilterEvent</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfilterevent'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XFilterEvent</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Ev event to filter -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the (Ev.
-<!-- .ds Wi for which the filter is to be applied -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window (Wi.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If the window argument is
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-<function>XFilterEvent</function>
-applies the filter to the window specified in the
-<structname>XEvent</structname>
-structure.
-The window argument is provided so that layers above Xlib
-that do event redirection can indicate to which window an event
-has been redirected.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If
-<function>XFilterEvent</function>
-returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-then some input method has filtered the event,
-and the client should discard the event.
-If
-<function>XFilterEvent</function>
-returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-then the client should continue processing the event.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a grab has occurred in the client and
-<function>XFilterEvent</function>
-returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the client should ungrab the keyboard.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Getting_Keyboard_Input_b">
-<title>Getting Keyboard Input</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Getting Keyboard Input -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To get composed input from an input method,
-use
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbLookupString</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcLookupString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmblookupstring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XmbLookupString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XKeyPressedEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> bytes_buffer</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysym_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Status<parameter> *status_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwclookupstring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XwcLookupString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XKeyPressedEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> wchars_buffer</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysym_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Status<parameter> *status_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the input context.
-<!-- .ds Ev key event to be used -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the (Ev.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns a multibyte string or wide character string (if any)
-from the input method.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_buffer</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>wchars_buffer</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies space available in the return buffer.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the KeySym computed from the event if this argument is not NULL.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>status_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns a value indicating what kind of data is returned.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-and
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-functions return the string from the input method specified
-in the buffer_return argument.
-If no string is returned,
-the buffer_return argument is unchanged.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The KeySym into which the KeyCode from the event was mapped is returned
-in the keysym_return argument if it is non-NULL and the status_return
-argument indicates that a KeySym was returned.
-If both a string and a KeySym are returned,
-the KeySym value does not necessarily correspond to the string returned.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-returns the length of the string in bytes, and
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-returns the length of the string in characters.
-Both
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-and
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-return text in the encoding of the locale bound to the input method
-of the specified input context.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Each string returned by
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-and
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-begins in the initial state of the encoding of the locale
-(if the encoding of the locale is state-dependent).
-<!-- .NT -->
-<note><para>
-To insure proper input processing,
-it is essential that the client pass only 
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-events to
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-and
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>.
-Their behavior when a client passes a 
-<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>
-event is undefined.
-</para></note>
-<!-- .NE -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Clients should check the status_return argument before
-using the other returned values.
-These two functions both return a value to status_return 
-that indicates what has been returned in the other arguments.
-The possible values returned are:
-</para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='2'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XBufferOverflow</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>The input string to be returned is too large for the supplied buffer_return.
-      The required size
-      (<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-      in bytes;
-      <function>XwcLookupString</function>
-      in characters) is returned as the value of the function,
-      and the contents of buffer_return and keysym_return are not modified.
-      The client should recall the function with the same event
-      and a buffer of adequate size to obtain the string.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XLookupNone</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>No consistent input has been composed so far.
-      The contents of buffer_return and keysym_return are not modified, 
-      and the function returns zero.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XLookupChars</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Some input characters have been composed.
-      They are placed in the buffer_return argument,
-      and the string length is returned as the value of the function.
-      The string is encoded in the locale bound to the input context.
-      The content of the keysym_return argument is not modified.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XLookupKeySym</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>A KeySym has been returned instead of a string
-      and is returned in keysym_return.
-      The content of the buffer_return argument is not modified,
-      and the function returns zero.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><symbol>XLookupBoth</symbol></entry>
-      <entry>Both a KeySym and a string are returned;
-      <symbol>XLookupChars</symbol>
-      and
-      <symbol>XLookupKeySym</symbol>
-      occur simultaneously.</entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It does not make any difference if the input context passed as an argument to
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-and
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-is the one currently in possession of the focus or not.
-Input may have been composed within an input context before it lost the focus,
-and that input may be returned on subsequent calls to
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>
-even though it does not have any more keyboard focus.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Input_Method_Conventions">
-<title>Input Method Conventions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Input Method Conventions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The input method architecture is transparent to the client.
-However, clients should respect a number of conventions in order
-to work properly.
-Clients must also be aware of possible effects of synchronization
-between input method and library in the case of a remote input server.
-</para>
-<sect3 id="Client_Conventions">
-<title>Client Conventions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Client Conventions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A well-behaved client (or toolkit) should first query the input method style.
-If the client cannot satisfy the requirements of the supported styles
-(in terms of geometry management or callbacks),
-it should negotiate with the user continuation of the program
-or raise an exception or error of some sort.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="Synchronization_Conventions">
-<title>Synchronization Conventions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Synchronization Conventions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A 
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-event with a KeyCode of zero is used exclusively as a
-signal that an input method has composed input that can be returned by
-<function>XmbLookupString</function>
-or
-<function>XwcLookupString</function>.
-No other use is made of a 
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-event with KeyCode of zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Such an event may be generated by either a front-end
-or a back-end input method in an implementation-dependent manner.
-Some possible ways to generate this event include:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A synthetic event sent by an input method server
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-An artificial event created by a input method filter and pushed
-onto a client's event queue
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-A 
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-event whose KeyCode value is modified by an input method filter
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When callback support is specified by the client,
-input methods will not take action unless they explicitly
-called back the client and obtained no response
-(the callback is not specified or returned invalid data).
-</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="String_Constants">
-<title>String Constants</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN String Constants -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following symbols for string constants are defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.
-Although they are shown here with particular macro definitions,
-they may be implemented as macros, as global symbols, or as a
-mixture of the two.  The string pointer value itself
-is not significant; clients must not assume that inequality of two
-values implies inequality of the actual string data.
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#define XNVaNestedList                       "XNVaNestedList"
-#define XNSeparatorofNestedList              "separatorofNestedList"
-#define XNQueryInputStyle                    "queryInputStyle"
-#define XNClientWindow                       "clientWindow"
-#define XNInputStyle                         "inputStyle"
-#define XNFocusWindow                        "focusWindow"
-#define XNResourceName                       "resourceName"
-#define XNResourceClass                      "resourceClass"
-#define XNGeometryCallback                   "geometryCallback"
-#define XNDestroyCallback                    "destroyCallback"
-#define XNFilterEvents                       "filterEvents"
-#define XNPreeditStartCallback               "preeditStartCallback"
-#define XNPreeditDoneCallback                "preeditDoneCallback"
-#define XNPreeditDrawCallback                "preeditDrawCallback"
-#define XNPreeditCaretCallback               "preeditCaretCallback"
-#define XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback         "preeditStateNotifyCallback"
-#define XNPreeditAttributes                  "preeditAttributes"
-#define XNStatusStartCallback                "statusStartCallback"
-#define XNStatusDoneCallback                 "statusDoneCallback"
-#define XNStatusDrawCallback                 "statusDrawCallback"
-#define XNStatusAttributes                   "statusAttributes"
-#define XNArea                               "area"
-#define XNAreaNeeded                         "areaNeeded"
-#define XNSpotLocation                       "spotLocation"
-#define XNColormap                           "colorMap"
-#define XNStdColormap                        "stdColorMap"
-#define XNForeground                         "foreground"
-#define XNBackground                         "background"
-#define XNBackgroundPixmap                   "backgroundPixmap"
-#define XNFontSet                            "fontSet"
-#define XNLineSpace                          "lineSpace"
-#define XNCursor                             "cursor"
-#define XNQueryIMValuesList                  "queryIMValuesList"
-#define XNQueryICValuesList                  "queryICValuesList"
-#define XNStringConversionCallback           "stringConversionCallback"
-#define XNStringConversion                   "stringConversion"
-#define XNResetState                         "resetState"
-#define XNHotKey                             "hotkey"
-#define XNHotKeyState                        "hotkeyState"
-#define XNPreeditState                       "preeditState"
-#define XNVisiblePosition                    "visiblePosition"
-#define XNR6PreeditCallbackBehavior          "r6PreeditCallback"
-#define XNRequiredCharSet                    "requiredCharSet"
-#define XNQueryOrientation                   "queryOrientation"
-#define XNDirectionalDependentDrawing        "directionalDependentDrawing"
-#define XNContextualDrawing                  "contextualDrawing"
-#define XNBaseFontName                       "baseFontName"
-#define XNMissingCharSet                     "missingCharSet"
-#define XNDefaultString                      "defaultString"
-#define XNOrientation                        "orientation"
-#define XNFontInfo                           "fontInfo"
-#define XNOMAutomatic                        "omAutomatic"
-
-</literallayout>
-
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="locales_and_internationalized_text_functions">

+<title>Locales and Internationalized Text Functions</title>

+

+<para>

+An internationalized application is one that is adaptable to the requirements of different native

+languages, local customs, and character string encodings. The process of adapting the operation

+to a particular native language, local custom, or string encoding is called localization. A goal of

+internationalization is to permit localization without program source modifications or recompilation.

+</para>

+<para>

+As one of the localization mechanisms, Xlib provides an X Input Method (<acronym>XIM</acronym>)

+functional interface for internationalized text input and an X Output Method

+(<acronym>XOM</acronym>) functional interface for internationalized text output.

+</para>

+<para>

+Internationalization in X is based on the concept of a locale. A locale defines the localized

+behavior of a program at run time. Locales affect Xlib in its:

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>Encoding and processing of input method text</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Encoding of resource files and values</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Encoding and imaging of text strings</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Encoding and decoding for inter-client text communication</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+

+<para>

+•

+Encoding and decoding for inter-client text communication

+Characters from various languages are represented in a computer using an encoding.

+Different languages have different encodings, and there are even different

+encodings for the same characters in the same language.

+</para>

+<para>

+This chapter defines support for localized text imaging and text input and describes the locale

+mechanism that controls all locale-dependent Xlib functions. Sets of functions are provided for

+multibyte (char *) text as well as wide character (wchar_t) text in the form supported by the host

+C language environment. The multibyte and wide character functions are equivalent except for

+the form of the text argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+The Xlib internationalization functions are not meant to provide support for

+multilingual applications (mixing multiple languages within a single piece of text),

+but they make it possible to implement applications that work in limited

+fashion with more than one language in independent contexts.

+</para>

+<para>

+The remainder of this chapter discusses:

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>X locale management</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Locale and modifier dependencies</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Variable argument lists</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Output methods</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Input methods</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>String constants</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+

+<sect1 id="X_Locale_Management">

+<title>X Locale Management</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN X Locale Management -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+X supports one or more of the locales defined by the host environment.

+On implementations that conform to the ANSI C library,

+the locale announcement method is

+<function>setlocale</function>.

+This function configures the locale operation of both

+the host C library and Xlib.

+The operation of Xlib is governed by the LC_CTYPE category;

+this is called the <emphasis remap='I'>current locale</emphasis>.

+An implementation is permitted to provide implementation-dependent

+mechanisms for announcing the locale in addition to

+<function>setlocale</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+On implementations that do not conform to the ANSI C library, 

+the locale announcement method is Xlib implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The mechanism by which the semantic operation of Xlib is defined

+for a specific locale is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+X is not required to support all the locales supported by the host.

+To determine if the current locale is supported by X, use

+<function>XSupportsLocale</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>Bool XSupportsLocale()</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XSupportsLocale</function>

+function returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if Xlib functions are capable of operating under the current locale.

+If it returns 

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+Xlib locale-dependent functions for which the 

+<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>

+return status is defined will return 

+<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>.

+Other Xlib locale-dependent routines will operate in the ``C'' locale.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The client is responsible for selecting its locale and X modifiers.

+Clients should provide a means for the user to override the clients'

+locale selection at client invocation.

+Most single-display X clients operate in a single locale 

+for both X and the host processing environment.

+They will configure the locale by calling three functions: 

+the host locale configuration function,

+<function>XSupportsLocale</function>,

+and 

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The semantics of certain categories of X internationalization capabilities

+can be configured by setting modifiers.

+Modifiers are named by implementation-dependent and locale-specific strings.

+The only standard use for this capability at present

+is selecting one of several styles of keyboard input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To configure Xlib locale modifiers for the current locale, use

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetLocaleModifiers</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetlocalemodifiers'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *modifier_list</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier_list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the modifiers.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>

+function sets the X modifiers for the current locale setting.

+The modifier_list argument is a null-terminated string of the form

+``{@<emphasis remap='I'>category</emphasis>=<emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>}'', that is,

+having zero or more concatenated ``@<emphasis remap='I'>category</emphasis>=<emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>''

+entries, where <emphasis remap='I'>category</emphasis> is a category name 

+and <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> is the (possibly empty) setting for that category.

+The values are encoded in the current locale.

+Category names are restricted to the <acronym>POSIX</acronym> Portable Filename Character Set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The local host X locale modifiers announcer (on <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-compliant systems,

+the XMODIFIERS environment variable) is appended to the modifier_list to

+provide default values on the local host.

+If a given category appears more than once in the list,

+the first setting in the list is used.

+If a given category is not included in the full modifier list,

+the category is set to an implementation-dependent default

+for the current locale.

+An empty value for a category explicitly specifies the

+implementation-dependent default.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the function is successful, it returns a pointer to a string.

+The contents of the string are such that a subsequent call with that string

+(in the same locale) will restore the modifiers to the same settings.

+If modifier_list is a NULL pointer,

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>

+also returns a pointer to such a string,

+and the current locale modifiers are not changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If invalid values are given for one or more modifier categories supported by

+the locale, a NULL pointer is returned, and none of the

+current modifiers are changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+At program startup,

+the modifiers that are in effect are unspecified until

+the first successful call to set them.  Whenever the locale is changed, the

+modifiers that are in effect become unspecified until the next successful call

+to set them.

+Clients should always call

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>

+with a non-NULL modifier_list after setting the locale

+before they call any locale-dependent Xlib routine.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The only standard modifier category currently defined is ``im'',

+which identifies the desired input method.

+The values for input method are not standardized.

+A single locale may use multiple input methods,

+switching input method under user control.

+The modifier may specify the initial input method in effect

+or an ordered list of input methods.

+Multiple input methods may be specified in a single im value string

+in an implementation-dependent manner.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The returned modifiers string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or

+freed by the client.

+It may be freed by Xlib after the current locale or modifiers are changed.

+Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The recommended procedure for clients initializing their locale and modifiers

+is to obtain locale and modifier announcers separately from

+one of the following prioritized sources:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A command line option

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A resource

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The empty string ("")

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The first of these that is defined should be used.

+Note that when a locale command line option or locale resource is defined,

+the effect should be to set all categories to the specified locale,

+overriding any category-specific settings in the local host environment.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Locale_and_Modifier_Dependencies">

+<title>Locale and Modifier Dependencies</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Locale and Modifier Dependencies -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The internationalized Xlib functions operate in the current locale

+configured by the host environment and X locale modifiers set by

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>

+or in the locale and modifiers configured at the time

+some object supplied to the function was created.

+For each locale-dependent function,

+the following table describes the locale (and modifiers) dependency:

+</para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='3'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='center'>Locale from</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Affects the Function</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>In</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>

+      <emphasis role='bold'>Locale Query/Configuration:</emphasis></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry morerows='1'><function>setlocale</function></entry>

+      <entry><function>XSupportsLocale</function></entry>

+      <entry>Locale queried</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function></entry>

+      <entry>Locale modified</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>

+      <emphasis role='bold'>Resources:</emphasis></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>setlocale</function></entry>

+      <entry>

+        <para><function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function></para>

+        <para><function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function></para>

+      </entry>

+      <entry>Locale of <type>XrmDatabase</type></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><type>XrmDatabase</type></entry>

+      <entry>

+        <para><function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function></para>

+        <para><function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function></para>

+      </entry>

+      <entry>Locale of <type>XrmDatabase</type></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>

+      <emphasis role='bold'>Setting Standard Properties:</emphasis></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>setlocale</function></entry>

+      <entry><function>XmbSetWMProperties</function></entry>

+      <entry>Encoding of supplied/returned

+      text (some WM_ property

+      text in environment locale)</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>setlocale</function></entry>

+      <entry>

+        <para><function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function></para>

+        <para><function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function></para>

+        <para><function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function></para>

+        <para><function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function></para>

+      </entry>

+      <entry>Encoding of supplied/returned text</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>

+      <emphasis role='bold'>Text Input:</emphasis></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry morerows='2'><function>setlocale</function></entry>

+      <entry><function>XOpenIM</function></entry>

+      <entry><acronym>XIM</acronym> input method selection</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></entry>

+      <entry><acronym>XIM</acronym> selection</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></entry>

+      <entry><acronym>XIM</acronym> selection</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry morerows='1'><type>XIM</type></entry>

+      <entry><function>XCreateIC</function></entry>

+      <entry><acronym>XIC</acronym> input method configuration</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XLocaleOfIM</function>,  and so on</entry>

+      <entry>Queried locale</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry morerows='1'><type>XIC</type></entry>

+      <entry><function>XmbLookupString</function></entry>

+      <entry>Keyboard layout</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XwcLookupString</function></entry>

+      <entry>Encoding of returned text</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>

+      <emphasis role='bold'>Text Drawing:</emphasis></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry morerows='1'><function>setlocale</function></entry>

+      <entry><function>XOpenOM</function></entry>

+      <entry><acronym>XOM</acronym> output method selection</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XCreateFontSet</function></entry>

+      <entry>Charsets of fonts in XFontSet</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry morerows='1'><type>XOM</type></entry>

+      <entry><function>XCreateOC</function></entry>

+      <entry><acronym>XOC</acronym> output method configuration</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XLocaleOfOM</function>,  and so on</entry>

+      <entry>Queried locale</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry morerows='2'><type>XFontSet</type></entry>

+      <entry><function>XmbDrawText</function>,</entry>

+      <entry>Locale of supplied text</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XwcDrawText</function>, and so on</entry>

+      <entry>Locale of supplied text</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>

+        <para><function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function>,  and so on</para>

+        <para><function>XmbTextExtents</function>,</para>

+        <para><function>XwcTextExtents</function>,  and so on</para>

+      </entry>

+      <entry>Locale-dependent metrics</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry nameend='c3' namest='c1'>

+      <emphasis role='bold'>Xlib Errors:</emphasis></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>setlocale</function></entry>

+      <entry>

+        <para><function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function>,</para>

+        <para><function>XGetErrorText</function>,  and so on</para>

+      </entry>

+      <entry>Locale of error message</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Clients may assume that a locale-encoded text string returned 

+by an X function can be passed to a C library routine, or vice versa,

+if the locale is the same at the two calls.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All text strings processed by internationalized Xlib functions are assumed

+to begin in the initial state of the encoding of the locale, if the encoding

+is state-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All Xlib functions behave as if they do not change the current locale

+or X modifier setting.

+(This means that if they do change locale or call 

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>

+with a non-NULL argument, they must save and restore the current state on

+entry and exit.)

+Also, Xlib functions on implementations that conform to the ANSI C library do

+not alter the global state associated with the ANSI C functions 

+<function>mblen</function>,

+<function>mbtowc</function>,

+<function>wctomb</function>,

+and 

+<function>strtok</function>.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Variable_Argument_Lists">

+<title>Variable Argument Lists</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Variable Argument Lists -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Various functions in this chapter have arguments that conform

+to the ANSI C variable argument list calling convention.

+Each function denoted with an argument of the form ``...'' takes 

+a variable-length list of name and value pairs,

+where each name is a string and each value is of type 

+<type>XPointer</type>.

+A name argument that is NULL identifies the end of the list. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A variable-length argument list may contain a nested list.

+If the name 

+<symbol>XNVaNestedList</symbol>

+is specified in place of an argument name,

+then the following value is interpreted as an 

+<type>XVaNestedList</type>

+value that specifies a list of values logically inserted into the

+original list at the point of declaration.

+A NULL identifies the end of a nested list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate a nested variable argument list dynamically, use

+<function>XVaCreateNestedList</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVaCreateNestedList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xvacreatenestedlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XVaNestedList <function>XVaCreateNestedList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> dummy</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dummy</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an unused argument (required by ANSI C).

+<!-- .ds Al -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XVaCreateNestedList</function>

+function allocates memory and copies its arguments into

+a single list pointer,

+which may be used as a value for arguments requiring a list value.

+Any entries are copied as specified.

+Data passed by reference is not copied;

+the caller must ensure data remains valid for the lifetime

+of the nested list.

+The list should be freed using

+<function>XFree</function>

+when it is no longer needed.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Output_Methods">

+<title>Output Methods</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Output Methods -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section provides discussions of the following X Output Method

+(<acronym>XOM</acronym>) topics:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Output method overview

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Output method functions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Output method values

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Output context functions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Output context values

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Creating and freeing a font set

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Obtaining font set metrics

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Drawing text using font sets

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect2 id="Output_Method_Overview">

+<title>Output Method Overview</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Output Method Overview -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Locale-dependent text may include one or more text components, each of

+which may require different fonts and character set encodings.

+In some languages, each component might have a different

+drawing direction, and some components might contain

+context-dependent characters that change shape based on

+relationships with neighboring characters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When drawing such locale-dependent text, some locale-specific

+knowledge is required;

+for example, what fonts are required to draw the text,

+how the text can be separated into components, and which

+fonts are selected to draw each component.

+Further, when bidirectional text must be drawn,

+the internal representation order of the text must be changed

+into the visual representation order to be drawn.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An X Output Method provides a functional interface so that clients

+do not have to deal directly with such locale-dependent details.

+Output methods provide the following capabilities:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Creating a set of fonts required to draw locale-dependent text.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Drawing locale-dependent text with a font set without the caller

+needing to be aware of locale dependencies.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Obtaining the escapement and extents in pixels of locale-dependent text.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Determining if bidirectional or context-dependent drawing is required

+in a specific locale with a specific font set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Two different abstractions are used in the representation of

+the output method for clients.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The abstraction used to communicate with an output method

+is an opaque data structure represented by the 

+<type>XOM</type>

+data type.

+The abstraction for representing the state of a particular output thread

+is called an <emphasis remap='I'>output context</emphasis>.

+The Xlib representation of an output context is an 

+<type>XOC</type>,

+which is compatible with 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+in terms of its functional interface, but is 

+a broader, more generalized abstraction.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Output_Method_Functions">

+<title>Output Method Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Output Method Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To open an output method, use

+<function>XOpenOM</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenOM</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xopenom'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XOM <function>XOpenOM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> db</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_class</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>res_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the full resource name of the application.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>res_class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the full class name of the application.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XOpenOM</function>

+function opens an output method

+matching the current locale and modifiers specification.

+The current locale and modifiers are bound to the output method

+when

+<function>XOpenOM</function>

+is called.

+The locale associated with an output method cannot be changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The specific output method to which this call will be routed

+is identified on the basis of the current locale and modifiers.

+<function>XOpenOM</function>

+will identify a default output method corresponding to the

+current locale.

+That default can be modified using 

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>

+to set the output method modifier.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The db argument is the resource database to be used by the output method

+for looking up resources that are private to the output method.

+It is not intended that this database be used to look

+up values that can be set as OC values in an output context.

+If db is NULL,

+no database is passed to the output method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The res_name and res_class arguments specify the resource name 

+and class of the application. 

+They are intended to be used as prefixes by the output method

+when looking up resources that are common to all output contexts

+that may be created for this output method.

+The characters used for resource names and classes must be in the

+X Portable Character Set.

+The resources looked up are not fully specified

+if res_name or res_class is NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The res_name and res_class arguments are not assumed to exist beyond

+the call to

+<function>XOpenOM</function>.

+The specified resource database is assumed to exist for the lifetime

+of the output method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XOpenOM</function>

+returns NULL if no output method could be opened.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To close an output method, use

+<function>XCloseOM</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseOM</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcloseom'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XCloseOM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output method.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCloseOM</function>

+function closes the specified output method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set output method attributes, use 

+<function>XSetOMValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetOMValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetomvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetOMValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output method.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XOM</acronym> values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetOMValues</function>

+function presents a variable argument list programming interface

+for setting properties or features of the specified output method.

+This function returns NULL if it succeeds;

+otherwise,

+it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+No standard arguments are currently defined by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To query an output method, use 

+<function>XGetOMValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetOMValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetomvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetOMValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output method.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to get XOM values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetOMValues</function>

+function presents a variable argument list programming interface

+for querying properties or features of the specified output method.

+This function returns NULL if it succeeds;

+otherwise,

+it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the display associated with an output method, use

+<function>XDisplayOfOM</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayOfOM</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofom'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfOM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output method.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDisplayOfOM</function>

+function returns the display associated with the specified output method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the locale associated with an output method, use

+<function>XLocaleOfOM</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfOM</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleofom'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfOM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output method.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLocaleOfOM</function>

+returns the locale associated with the specified output method.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="X_Output_Method_Values">

+<title>X Output Method Values</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN X Output Method Values -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following table describes how <acronym>XOM</acronym> values are interpreted by an

+output method.

+The first column lists the <acronym>XOM</acronym> values.  The second column indicates

+how each of the <acronym>XOM</acronym> values are treated by a particular output style.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following key applies to this table.

+</para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Explanation</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be read using <function>XGetOMValues</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para></para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='left'><acronym>XOM</acronym> Value</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNRequiredCharSet</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNQueryOrientation</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNDirectionalDependentDrawing</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNContextualDrawing</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<sect3 id="Required_Char_Set">

+<title>Required Char Set</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Required Char Set -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNRequiredCharSet</symbol>

+argument returns the list of charsets that are required for loading the fonts

+needed for the locale.

+The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XOMCharSetList</structname>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XOMCharSetList</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOMCharSetList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     int    charset_count;

+     char   **charset_list;

+} XOMCharSetList;

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The charset_list member is a list of one or more null-terminated

+charset names, and the charset_count member is the number of

+charset names.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The required charset list is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or

+freed by the client.

+It will be freed by a call to 

+<function>XCloseOM</function>

+with the associated 

+<type>XOM</type>.

+Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Query_Orientation">

+<title>Query Orientation</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Query Orientation -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNQueryOrientation</symbol>

+argument returns the global orientation of text when drawn.

+Other than

+<constant>XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB</constant>,

+the set of orientations supported is locale-dependent.

+The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XOMOrientation</structname>.

+Clients are responsible for freeing the

+<structname>XOMOrientation</structname>

+structure by using

+<function>XFree</function>;

+this also frees the contents of the structure.

+</para>

+

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     int          num_orientation;

+     XOrientation *orientation;     /* Input Text description */

+} XOMOrientation;

+

+typedef enum {

+     XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB,

+     XOMOrientation_RTL_TTB,     

+     XOMOrientation_TTB_LTR,

+     XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL,

+     XOMOrientation_Context

+} XOrientation;

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The possible value for XOrientation may be:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<constant>XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB</constant>

+left-to-right, top-to-bottom global orientation

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<constant>XOMOrientation_RTL_TTB</constant>

+right-to-left, top-to-bottom global orientation

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<constant>XOMOrientation_TTB_LTR</constant>

+top-to-bottom, left-to-right global orientation

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<constant>XOMOrientation_TTB_RTL</constant>

+top-to-bottom, right-to-left global orientation

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<constant>XOMOrientation_Context</constant>

+contextual global orientation

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Directional_Dependent_Drawing">

+<title>Directional Dependent Drawing</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Directional Dependent Drawing -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNDirectionalDependentDrawing</symbol>

+argument indicates whether the text rendering functions

+implement implicit handling of directional text.  If this value

+is

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the output method has knowledge of directional

+dependencies and reorders text as necessary when

+rendering text.  If this value is

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+the output method does not implement any directional text

+handling, and all character directions are assumed to be left-to-right.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Regardless of the rendering order of characters,

+the origins of all characters are on the primary draw direction side

+of the drawing origin.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This OM value presents functionality identical to the

+<function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function>

+function.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Context_Dependent_Drawing">

+<title>Context Dependent Drawing</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Context Dependent Drawing -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNContextualDrawing</symbol>

+argument indicates whether the text rendering functions

+implement implicit context-dependent drawing.  If this value is

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the output method has knowledge of context dependencies and

+performs character shape editing, combining glyphs to present

+a single character as necessary.  The actual shape editing is

+dependent on the locale implementation and the font set used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This OM value presents functionality identical to the

+<function>XContextualDrawing</function>

+function.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Output_Context_Functions">

+<title>Output Context Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Output Context Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An output context is an abstraction that contains both the data

+required by an output method and the information required

+to display that data.

+There can be multiple output contexts for one output method.

+The programming interfaces for creating, reading, or modifying

+an output context use a variable argument list.

+The name elements of the argument lists are referred to as <acronym>XOC</acronym> values.

+It is intended that output methods be controlled by these <acronym>XOC</acronym> values.

+As new <acronym>XOC</acronym> values are created,

+they should be registered with the X Consortium.

+An

+<type>XOC</type>

+can be used anywhere an

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+can be used, and vice versa;

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+is retained for compatibility with previous releases.

+The concepts of output methods and output contexts include broader,

+more generalized abstraction than font set,

+supporting complex and more intelligent text display, and dealing not only

+with multiple fonts but also with context dependencies.

+However,

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+is widely used in several interfaces, so

+<type>XOC</type>

+is defined as an upward compatible type of

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create an output context, use

+<function>XCreateOC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateOC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateoc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XOC <function>XCreateOC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>om</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output method.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XOC</acronym> values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateOC</function>

+function creates an output context within the specified output method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The base font names argument is mandatory at creation time, and

+the output context will not be created unless it is provided.

+All other output context values can be set later.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateOC</function>

+returns NULL if no output context could be created.

+NULL can be returned for any of the following reasons:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A required argument was not set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A read-only argument was set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+An argument name is not recognized.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The output method encountered an output method implementation-dependent error.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateOC</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To destroy an output context, use

+<function>XDestroyOC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyOC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyoc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XDestroyOC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>oc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDestroyOC</function>

+function destroys the specified output context.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the output method associated with an output context, use

+<function>XOMOfOC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOMOfOC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xomofoc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XOM <function>XOMOfOC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>oc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XOMOfOC</function>

+function returns the output method associated with the

+specified output context.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+Xlib provides two functions for setting and reading output context values,

+respectively,

+<function>XSetOCValues</function>

+and

+<function>XGetOCValues</function>.

+Both functions have a variable-length argument list.

+In that argument list, any <acronym>XOC</acronym> value's name must be denoted

+with a character string using the X Portable Character Set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set <acronym>XOC</acronym> values, use

+<function>XSetOCValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetOCValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetocvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetOCValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>oc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output context.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XOC</acronym> values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetOCValues</function>

+function returns NULL if no error occurred; 

+otherwise,

+it returns the name of the first argument that could not be set.

+An argument might not be set for any of the following reasons:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The argument is read-only.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The argument name is not recognized.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+An implementation-dependent error occurs.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each value to be set must be an appropriate datum,

+matching the data type imposed by the semantics of the argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetOCValues</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain <acronym>XOC</acronym> values, use

+<function>XGetOCValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetOCValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetocvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetOCValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>oc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the output context.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to get XOC values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetOCValues</function>

+function returns NULL if no error occurred; otherwise,

+it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.

+An argument might not be obtained for any of the following reasons:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The argument name is not recognized.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+An implementation-dependent error occurs.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each argument value

+following a name must point to a location where the value is to be stored.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+

+<sect2 id="Output_Context_Values">

+<title>Output Context Values</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Output Context Values -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following table describes how <acronym>XOC</acronym> values are interpreted

+by an output method.

+The first column lists the <acronym>XOC</acronym> values.

+The second column indicates the alternative interfaces that function

+identically and are provided for compatibility with previous releases.

+The third column indicates how each of the <acronym>XOC</acronym> values is treated.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<para>

+The following keys apply to this table.

+</para>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Explanation</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>C</entry>

+      <entry>This value must be set with <function>XCreateOC</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>D</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be set using <function>XCreateOC</function>.

+      If it is not set,a default is provided.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be read using <function>XGetOCValues</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>S</entry>

+      <entry>This value must be set using <function>XSetOCValues</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para></para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='3'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='left'><acronym>XOC</acronym> Value</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Alternative Interface</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>BaseFontName</entry>

+      <entry><function>XCreateFontSet</function></entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>MissingCharSet</entry>

+      <entry><function>XCreateFontSet</function></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>DefaultString</entry>

+      <entry><function>XCreateFontSet</function></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Orientation</entry>

+      <entry>-</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>ResourceName</entry>

+      <entry>-</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>ResourceClass</entry>

+      <entry>-</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>FontInfo</entry>

+      <entry><function>XFontsOfFontSet</function></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>OMAutomatic</entry>

+      <entry>-</entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<sect3 id="Base_Font_Name">

+<title>Base Font Name</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Base Font Name -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNBaseFontName</symbol>

+argument is a list of base font names that Xlib uses

+to load the fonts needed for the locale.

+The base font names are a comma-separated list.  The string is null-terminated

+and is assumed to be in the Host Portable Character Encoding;

+otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+White space immediately on either side of a separating comma is ignored.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Use of <acronym>XLFD</acronym> font names permits Xlib to obtain the fonts needed for a

+variety of locales from a single locale-independent base font name.

+The single base font name should name a family of fonts whose members

+are encoded in the various charsets needed by the locales of interest.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An <acronym>XLFD</acronym> base font name can explicitly name a charset needed for the locale.

+This allows the user to specify an exact font for use with a charset required

+by a locale, fully controlling the font selection.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a base font name is not an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name,

+Xlib will attempt to obtain an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name from the font properties

+for the font.

+If Xlib is successful, the

+<function>XGetOCValues</function>

+function will return this <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name instead of the client-supplied name.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This argument must be set at creation time

+and cannot be changed.

+If no fonts exist for any of the required charsets,

+or if the locale definition in Xlib requires that a font exist

+for a particular charset and a font is not found for that charset,

+<function>XCreateOC</function>

+returns NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When querying for the

+<symbol>XNBaseFontName</symbol>

+<acronym>XOC</acronym> value,

+<function>XGetOCValues</function>

+returns a null-terminated string identifying the base font names that

+Xlib used to load the fonts needed for the locale.

+This string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by

+the client.

+The string will be freed by a call to

+<function>XDestroyOC</function>

+with the associated

+<type>XOC</type>.

+Until freed, the string contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Missing_CharSet">

+<title>Missing CharSet</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Missing CharSet -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNMissingCharSet</symbol>

+argument returns the list of required charsets that are missing from the

+font set.

+The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XOMCharSetList</structname>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If fonts exist for all of the charsets required by the current locale,

+charset_list is set to NULL and charset_count is set to zero.

+If no fonts exist for one or more of the required charsets,

+charset_list is set to a list of one or more null-terminated charset names

+for which no fonts exist, and charset_count is set to the number of

+missing charsets.

+The charsets are from the list of the required charsets for

+the encoding of the locale and do not include any charsets to which Xlib

+may be able to remap a required charset.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The missing charset list is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or

+freed by the client.

+It will be freed by a call to 

+<function>XDestroyOC</function>

+with the associated

+<type>XOC</type>.

+Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Default_String">

+<title>Default String</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Default String -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When a drawing or measuring function is called with an

+<type>XOC</type>

+that has missing charsets, some characters in the locale will not be

+drawable.

+The

+<symbol>XNDefaultString</symbol>

+argument returns a pointer to a string that represents the glyphs

+that are drawn with this

+<type>XOC</type>

+when the charsets of the available fonts do not include all glyphs

+required to draw a character.

+The string does not necessarily consist of valid characters

+in the current locale and is not necessarily drawn with

+the fonts loaded for the font set,

+but the client can draw or measure the default glyphs

+by including this string in a string being drawn or measured with the

+<type>XOC</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the

+<symbol>XNDefaultString</symbol>

+argument returned the empty string (""),

+no glyphs are drawn and the escapement is zero.

+The returned string is null-terminated.

+It is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.

+It will be freed by a call to

+<function>XDestroyOC</function>

+with the associated

+<type>XOC</type>.

+Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Orientation">

+<title>Orientation</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Orientation -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNOrientation</symbol>

+argument specifies the current orientation of text when drawn.  The value of

+this argument is one of the values returned by the

+<function>XGetOMValues</function>

+function with the

+<symbol>XNQueryOrientation</symbol>

+argument specified in the

+<type>XOrientation</type>

+list.

+The value of the argument is of type

+<type>XOrientation</type>.

+When

+<symbol>XNOrientation</symbol>

+is queried, the value specifies the current orientation.  

+When

+<symbol>XNOrientation</symbol>

+is set, a value is used to set the current orientation.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When 

+<constant>XOMOrientation_Context</constant>

+is set, the text orientation of the 

+text is determined according to an implementation-defined method

+(for example, ISO 6429 control sequences), and the initial text orientation for

+locale-dependent Xlib functions is assumed to 

+be

+<constant>XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB</constant>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNOrientation</symbol>

+value does not change the prime drawing direction 

+for Xlib drawing functions.  

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Resource_Name_and_Class">

+<title>Resource Name and Class</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Resource Name and Class -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNResourceName</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol>

+arguments are strings that specify the full name and class

+used by the client to obtain resources for the display of the output context.

+These values should be used as prefixes for name and class

+when looking up resources that may vary according to the output context.

+If these values are not set,

+the resources will not be fully specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It is not intended that values that can be set as <acronym>XOM</acronym> values be

+set as resources.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When querying for the

+<symbol>XNResourceName</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol>

+<acronym>XOC</acronym> value,

+<function>XGetOCValues</function>

+returns a null-terminated string.

+This string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by

+the client.

+The string will be freed by a call to

+<function>XDestroyOC</function>

+with the associated

+<type>XOC</type>

+or when the associated value is changed via

+<function>XSetOCValues</function>.

+Until freed, the string contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Font_Info">

+<title>Font Info</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Font Info -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNFontInfo</symbol>

+argument specifies a list of one or more 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures

+and font names for the fonts used for drawing by the given output context.

+The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XOMFontInfo</structname>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     int         num_font;

+     XFontStruct **font_struct_list;

+     char        **font_name_list;

+} XOMFontInfo;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+A list of pointers to the

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures is returned to font_struct_list.

+A list of pointers to null-terminated, fully-specified font name strings

+in the locale of the output context is returned to font_name_list.

+The font_name_list order corresponds to the font_struct_list order.

+The number of

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures and font names is returned to num_font.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because it is not guaranteed that a given character will be imaged using a

+single font glyph,

+there is no provision for mapping a character or default string 

+to the font properties, font ID, or direction hint for the font 

+for the character.

+The client may access the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+list to obtain these values for all the fonts currently in use.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib does not guarantee that fonts are loaded from the server

+at the creation of an 

+<type>XOC</type>.

+Xlib may choose to cache font data, loading it only as needed to draw text 

+or compute text dimensions.

+Therefore, existence of the per_char metrics in the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures in the

+<structname>XFontStructSet</structname>

+is undefined.

+Also, note that all properties in the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures are in the STRING encoding.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The client must not free the 

+<structname>XOMFontInfo</structname>

+struct itself; it will be freed when the

+<type>XOC</type>

+is closed.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="OM_Automatic">

+<title>OM Automatic</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN OM Automatic -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNOMAutomatic</symbol>

+argument returns whether the associated output context was created by

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+or not.  Because the

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+function not only destroys the output context but also closes the implicit

+output method associated with it,

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+should be used with any output context created by 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.

+However, it is possible that a client does not know how the output context

+was created.

+Before a client destroys the output context,

+it can query whether

+<symbol>XNOMAutomatic</symbol>

+is set to determine whether 

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+or 

+<function>XDestroyOC</function>

+should be used to destroy the output context.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Creating_and_Freeing_a_Font_Set">

+<title>Creating and Freeing a Font Set</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating and Freeing a Font Set -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib international text drawing is done using a set of one or more fonts,

+as needed for the locale of the text.

+Fonts are loaded according to a list of base font names 

+supplied by the client and the charsets required by the locale.

+The

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+is an opaque type representing the state of a particular output thread

+and is equivalent to the type

+<type>XOC</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+The 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+function is a convenience function for creating an output context using

+only default values.  The returned

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+has an implicitly created

+<type>XOM</type>.

+This

+<type>XOM</type>

+has an OM value

+<symbol>XNOMAutomatic</symbol>

+automatically set to

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+so that the output context self indicates whether it was created by

+<function>XCreateOC</function>

+or

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateFontSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatefontset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XFontSet <function>XCreateFontSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *base_font_name_list</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***missing_charset_list_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *missing_charset_count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **def_string_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>base_font_name_list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the base font names.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>missing_charset_list_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the missing charsets.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>missing_charset_count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of missing charsets.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>def_string_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the string drawn for missing charsets.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+function creates a font set for the specified display.

+The font set is bound to the current locale when 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+is called.

+The font set may be used in subsequent calls to obtain font

+and character information and to image text in the locale of the font set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The base_font_name_list argument is a list of base font names

+that Xlib uses to load the fonts needed for the locale.

+The base font names are a comma-separated list.

+The string is null-terminated

+and is assumed to be in the Host Portable Character Encoding; 

+otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+White space immediately on either side of a separating comma is ignored.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Use of <acronym>XLFD</acronym> font names permits Xlib to obtain the fonts needed for a

+variety of locales from a single locale-independent base font name.

+The single base font name should name a family of fonts whose members

+are encoded in the various charsets needed by the locales of interest.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An <acronym>XLFD</acronym> base font name can explicitly name a charset needed for the locale.

+This allows the user to specify an exact font for use with a charset required

+by a locale, fully controlling the font selection.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a base font name is not an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name,

+Xlib will attempt to obtain an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name from the font properties

+for the font.

+If this action is successful in obtaining an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name, the

+<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>

+function will return this <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name instead of the client-supplied name.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib uses the following algorithm to select the fonts

+that will be used to display text with the 

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For each font charset required by the locale,

+the base font name list is searched for the first appearance of one 

+of the following cases that names a set of fonts that exist at the server:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The first <acronym>XLFD</acronym>-conforming base font name that specifies the required

+charset or a superset of the required charset in its 

+<structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>

+and 

+<structfield>CharSetEncoding</structfield>

+fields.

+The implementation may use a base font name whose specified charset

+is a superset of the required charset, for example,

+an ISO8859-1 font for an ASCII charset.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The first set of one or more <acronym>XLFD</acronym>-conforming base font names

+that specify one or more charsets that can be remapped to support the

+required charset.

+The Xlib implementation may recognize various mappings 

+from a required charset to one or more other charsets

+and use the fonts for those charsets.

+For example, JIS Roman is ASCII with tilde and backslash replaced 

+by yen and overbar;

+Xlib may load an ISO8859-1 font to support this character set

+if a JIS Roman font is not available.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The first <acronym>XLFD</acronym>-conforming font name or the first non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> font name

+for which an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> font name can be obtained, combined with the

+required charset (replacing the 

+<structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>

+and

+<structfield>CharSetEncoding</structfield>

+fields in the <acronym>XLFD</acronym> font name).

+As in case 1,

+the implementation may use a charset that is a superset

+of the required charset.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The first font name that can be mapped in some implementation-dependent

+manner to one or more fonts that support imaging text in the charset.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For example, assume that a locale required the charsets:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+ISO8859-1

+JISX0208.1983

+JISX0201.1976

+GB2312-1980.0

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The user could supply a base_font_name_list that explicitly specifies the

+charsets, ensuring that specific fonts are used if they exist.

+For example:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+"-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240-JISX0208.1983-0,\\

+-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-120-JISX0201.1976-0,\\

+-GB-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240-GB2312-1980.0,\\

+-Adobe-Courier-Bold-R-Normal--25-180-75-75-M-150-ISO8859-1"

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Alternatively, the user could supply a base_font_name_list

+that omits the charsets,

+letting Xlib select font charsets required for the locale.

+For example:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+"-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240,\\

+-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-120,\\

+-GB-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240,\\

+-Adobe-Courier-Bold-R-Normal--25-180-100-100-M-150"

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Alternatively, the user could simply supply a single base font name

+that allows Xlib to select from all available fonts

+that meet certain minimum <acronym>XLFD</acronym> property requirements.

+For example:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+"-*-*-*-R-Normal--*-180-100-100-*-*"

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+is unable to create the font set, 

+either because there is insufficient memory or because the current locale

+is not supported,

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+returns NULL, missing_charset_list_return is set to NULL,

+and missing_charset_count_return

+is set to zero.

+If fonts exist for all of the charsets required by the current locale,

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+returns a valid

+<type>XFontSet</type>,

+missing_charset_list_return is set to NULL,

+and missing_charset_count_return is set to zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If no font exists for one or more of the required charsets,

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+sets missing_charset_list_return to a

+list of one or more null-terminated charset names for which no font exists

+and sets missing_charset_count_return to the number of missing fonts.

+The charsets are from the list of the required charsets for

+the encoding of the locale and do not include any charsets to which Xlib

+may be able to remap a required charset.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If no font exists for any of the required charsets

+or if the locale definition in Xlib requires that a font exist

+for a particular charset and a font is not found for that charset, 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+returns NULL.

+Otherwise, 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+returns a valid 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+to font_set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When an Xmb/wc drawing or measuring function is called with an

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+that has missing charsets, some characters in the locale will not be

+drawable.

+If def_string_return is non-NULL,

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+returns a pointer to a string that represents the glyphs

+that are drawn with this 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+when the charsets of the available fonts do not include all font glyphs

+required to draw a codepoint.

+The string does not necessarily consist of valid characters 

+in the current locale and is not necessarily drawn with

+the fonts loaded for the font set,

+but the client can draw and measure the default glyphs

+by including this string in a string being drawn or measured with the 

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the string returned to def_string_return is the empty string (""),

+no glyphs are drawn, and the escapement is zero.

+The returned string is null-terminated.

+It is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.

+It will be freed by a call to 

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+with the associated 

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The client is responsible for constructing an error message from the

+missing charset and default string information and may choose to continue

+operation in the case that some fonts did not exist.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The returned 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+and missing charset list should be freed with 

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+and

+<function>XFreeStringList</function>,

+respectively.

+The client-supplied base_font_name_list may be freed 

+by the client after calling 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a list of 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures and full font names given an 

+<type>XFontSet</type>,

+use

+<function>XFontsOfFontSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontsOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfontsoffontset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XFontsOfFontSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> ***font_struct_list_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***font_name_list_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_struct_list_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the list of font structs.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_name_list_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the list of font names.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFontsOfFontSet</function>

+function returns a list of one or more 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>s

+and font names for the fonts used by the Xmb and Xwc layers

+for the given font set.

+A list of pointers to the

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures is returned to font_struct_list_return.

+A list of pointers to null-terminated, fully specified font name strings

+in the locale of the font set is returned to font_name_list_return.

+The font_name_list order corresponds to the font_struct_list order.

+The number of

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures and font names is returned as the value of the function.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because it is not guaranteed that a given character will be imaged using a

+single font glyph,

+there is no provision for mapping a character or default string 

+to the font properties, font ID, or direction hint for the font 

+for the character.

+The client may access the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+list to obtain these values for all the fonts currently in use.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib does not guarantee that fonts are loaded from the server

+at the creation of an 

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+Xlib may choose to cache font data, loading it only as needed to draw text 

+or compute text dimensions.

+Therefore, existence of the per_char metrics in the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures in the

+<structname>XFontStructSet</structname>

+is undefined.

+Also, note that all properties in the 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+structures are in the STRING encoding.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+and font name lists are owned by Xlib 

+and should not be modified or freed by the client.

+They will be freed by a call to

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+with the associated

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+Until freed, their contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the base font name list and the selected font name list given an

+<type>XFontSet</type>,

+use

+<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xbasefontnamelistoffontset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>

+function returns the original base font name list supplied

+by the client when the 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+was created.

+A null-terminated string containing a list of

+comma-separated font names is returned

+as the value of the function.

+White space may appear immediately on either side of separating commas.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+obtained an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name from the font properties for the font specified

+by a non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> base name, the

+<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>

+function will return the <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name instead of the non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> base name.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The base font name list is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or

+freed by the client.

+It will be freed by a call to 

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+with the associated 

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the locale name given an 

+<type>XFontSet</type>,

+use

+<function>XLocaleOfFontSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleoffontset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfFontSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLocaleOfFontSet</function>

+function

+returns the name of the locale bound to the specified

+<type>XFontSet</type>,

+as a null-terminated string.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The returned locale name string is owned by Xlib

+and should not be modified or freed by the client.

+It may be freed by a call to

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+with the associated 

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+The 

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+function is a convenience function for freeing an output context.

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+also frees its associated 

+<type>XOM</type>

+if the output context was created by

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XFreeFontSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+function frees the specified font set.

+The associated base font name list, font name list, 

+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>

+list, and 

+<structname>XFontSetExtents</structname>,

+if any, are freed.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Obtaining_Font_Set_Metrics">

+<title>Obtaining Font Set Metrics</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Obtaining Font Set Metrics -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Metrics for the internationalized text drawing functions 

+are defined in terms of a primary draw direction, 

+which is the default direction in which the character origin advances

+for each succeeding character in the string.

+The Xlib interface is currently defined to support only a left-to-right

+primary draw direction.

+The drawing origin is the position passed to the drawing function 

+when the text is drawn.

+The baseline is a line drawn through the drawing origin parallel

+to the primary draw direction.

+Character ink is the pixels painted in the foreground color 

+and does not include interline or intercharacter spacing 

+or image text background pixels.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The drawing functions are allowed to implement implicit text

+directionality control, reversing the order in which characters are

+rendered along the primary draw direction in response to locale-specific

+lexical analysis of the string.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Regardless of the character rendering order,

+the origins of all characters are on the primary draw direction side

+of the drawing origin.

+The screen location of a particular character image may be determined with

+<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>

+or

+<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The drawing functions are allowed to implement context-dependent

+rendering, where the glyphs drawn for a string are not simply a

+concatenation of the glyphs that represent each individual character.

+A string of two characters drawn with 

+<function>XmbDrawString</function>

+may render differently than if the two characters 

+were drawn with separate calls to

+<function>XmbDrawString</function>.

+If the client appends or inserts a character 

+in a previously drawn string,

+the client may need to redraw some adjacent characters 

+to obtain proper rendering.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To find out about direction-dependent rendering, use

+<function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdirectionaldependentdrawing'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function>

+function returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the drawing functions implement implicit text directionality;

+otherwise, it returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To find out about context-dependent rendering, use

+<function>XContextualDrawing</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XContextualDrawing</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcontextualdrawing'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XContextualDrawing</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XContextualDrawing</function>

+function returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if text drawn with the font set might include context-dependent drawing;

+otherwise, it returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To find out about context-dependent or direction-dependent rendering, use

+<function>XContextDependentDrawing</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XContextDependentDrawing</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcontextdependentdrawing'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XContextDependentDrawing</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XContextDependentDrawing</function>

+function returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the drawing functions implement implicit text directionality or

+if text drawn with the font_set might include context-dependent drawing;

+otherwise, it returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The drawing functions do not interpret newline, tab, or other control

+characters.

+The behavior when nonprinting characters other than space are drawn

+is implementation-dependent.

+It is the client's responsibility to interpret control characters

+in a text stream.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The maximum character extents for the fonts that are used by the text

+drawing layers can be accessed by the 

+<structname>XFontSetExtents</structname>

+structure:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontSetExtents</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     XRectangle max_ink_extent;     /* over all drawable characters */

+     XRectangle max_logical_extent; /* over all drawable characters */

+} XFontSetExtents;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<structname>XRectangle</structname>

+structures used to return font set metrics are the usual Xlib screen-oriented 

+rectangles

+with x, y giving the upper left corner, and width and height always positive.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The max_ink_extent member gives the maximum extent, over all drawable characters, of

+the rectangles that bound the character glyph image drawn in the

+foreground color, relative to a constant origin.

+See 

+<function>XmbTextExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextExtents</function>

+for detailed semantics.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The max_logical_extent member gives the maximum extent,

+over all drawable characters, of the rectangles 

+that specify minimum spacing to other graphical features,

+relative to a constant origin.

+Other graphical features drawn by the client, for example,

+a border surrounding the text, should not intersect this rectangle.

+The max_logical_extent member should be used to compute minimum 

+interline spacing and the minimum area that must be allowed

+in a text field to draw a given number of arbitrary characters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Due to context-dependent rendering,

+appending a given character to a string may change 

+the string's extent by an amount other than that character's

+individual extent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The rectangles for a given character in a string can be obtained from

+<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>

+or

+<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the maximum extents structure given an

+<type>XFontSet</type>,

+use

+<function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtentsOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xextentsoffontset'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XFontSetExtents *<function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function>

+function returns an

+<structname>XFontSetExtents</structname>

+structure for the fonts used by the Xmb and Xwc layers

+for the given font set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<structname>XFontSetExtents</structname>

+structure is owned by Xlib and should not be modified

+or freed by the client.

+It will be freed by a call to 

+<function>XFreeFontSet</function>

+with the associated 

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the escapement in pixels of the specified text as a value,

+use

+<function>XmbTextEscapement</function>

+or 

+<function>XwcTextEscapement</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextEscapement</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextEscapement</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextescapement'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XmbTextEscapement</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwctextescapement'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XwcTextEscapement</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbTextEscapement</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextEscapement</function>

+functions return the escapement in pixels of the specified string as a value,

+using the fonts loaded for the specified font set.

+The escapement is the distance in pixels in the primary draw

+direction from the drawing origin to the origin of the next character to

+be drawn, assuming that the rendering of the next character is not

+dependent on the supplied string.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Regardless of the character rendering order,

+the escapement is always positive.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the overall_ink_return and overall_logical_return arguments,

+the overall bounding box of the string's image, and a logical bounding box,

+use

+<function>XmbTextExtents</function>

+ or

+<function>XwcTextExtents</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextExtents</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextExtents</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextextents'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XmbTextExtents</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_ink_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_logical_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype id='xwctextextents'>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XwcTextExtents</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_ink_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_logical_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+<!-- .ds Ov dimensions -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_ink_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the overall ink dimensions.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_logical_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the overall logical dimensions.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbTextExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextExtents</function>

+functions set the components of the specified overall_ink_return and

+overall_logical_return

+arguments to the overall bounding box of the string's image

+and a logical bounding box for spacing purposes, respectively.

+They return the value returned by 

+<function>XmbTextEscapement</function>

+or

+<function>XwcTextEscapement</function>.

+These metrics are relative to the drawing origin of the string,

+using the fonts loaded for the specified font set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the overall_ink_return argument is non-NULL,

+it is set to the bounding box of the string's character ink.

+The overall_ink_return for a nondescending, horizontally drawn

+Latin character is conventionally entirely above the baseline;

+that is, overall_ink_return.height &lt;= -overall_ink_return.y.

+The overall_ink_return for a nonkerned character

+is entirely at, and to the right of, the origin;

+that is, overall_ink_return.x &gt;= 0.

+A character consisting of a single pixel at the origin would set

+overall_ink_return fields y = 0, x = 0, width = 1, and height = 1.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the overall_logical_return argument is non-NULL,

+it is set to the bounding box that provides minimum spacing

+to other graphical features for the string.

+Other graphical features, for example, a border surrounding the text,

+should not intersect this rectangle.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+has missing charsets,

+metrics for each unavailable character are taken 

+from the default string returned by 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+so that the metrics represent the text as it will actually be drawn.

+The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To determine the effective drawing origin for a character in a drawn string,

+the client should call 

+<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>

+on the entire string, then on the character,

+and subtract the x values of the returned 

+rectangles for the character.

+This is useful to redraw portions of a line of text

+or to justify words, but for context-dependent rendering,

+the client should not assume that it can redraw the character by itself

+and get the same rendering.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain per-character information for a text string,

+use

+<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>

+or

+<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextPerCharExtents</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextPerCharExtents</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextpercharextents'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *ink_array_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *logical_array_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> array_size</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_chars_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_ink_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_logical_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwctextpercharextents'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *ink_array_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *logical_array_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> array_size</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_chars_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_ink_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *overall_logical_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ink_array_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the ink dimensions for each character.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>logical_array_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the logical dimensions for each character.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>array_size</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size of ink_array_return and logical_array_return.

+The caller must pass in arrays of this size.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_chars_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of characters in the string argument.

+<!-- .ds Ov extents of the entire string -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_ink_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the overall ink dimensions.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>overall_logical_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the overall logical dimensions.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>

+functions return the text dimensions of each character of the specified text,

+using the fonts loaded for the specified font set.

+Each successive element of ink_array_return and logical_array_return

+is set to the successive character's drawn metrics,

+relative to the drawing origin of the string and one 

+rectangle

+for each character in the supplied text string.

+The number of elements of ink_array_return and logical_array_return

+that have been set is returned to num_chars_return.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each element of ink_array_return is set to the bounding box 

+of the corresponding character's drawn foreground color.

+Each element of logical_array_return is set to the bounding box 

+that provides minimum spacing to other graphical features

+for the corresponding character.

+Other graphical features should not intersect any of the

+logical_array_return rectangles.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that an 

+<structname>XRectangle</structname>

+represents the effective drawing dimensions of the character,

+regardless of the number of font glyphs that are used to draw

+the character or the direction in which the character is drawn.

+If multiple characters map to a single character glyph,

+the dimensions of all the 

+<structname>XRectangle</structname>s

+of those characters are the same.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+has missing charsets, metrics for each unavailable

+character are taken from the default string returned by 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+so that the metrics represent the text as it will actually be drawn.

+The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the array_size is too small for the number of characters in the

+supplied text, the functions return zero

+and num_chars_return is set to the number of rectangles required.

+Otherwise, the functions return a nonzero value.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the overall_ink_return or overall_logical_return argument is non-NULL,

+<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>

+and 

+<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>

+return the maximum extent of the string's metrics to overall_ink_return

+or overall_logical_return, as returned by 

+<function>XmbTextExtents</function>

+or 

+<function>XwcTextExtents</function>.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Drawing_Text_Using_Font_Sets">

+<title>Drawing Text Using Font Sets</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Drawing Text Using Font Sets -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The functions defined in this section

+draw text at a specified location in a drawable.

+They are similar to the functions

+<function>XDrawText</function>,

+<function>XDrawString</function>,

+and

+<function>XDrawImageString</function>

+except that they work with font sets instead of single fonts

+and interpret the text based on the locale of the font set

+instead of treating the bytes of the string as direct font indexes.

+See <link linkend="Drawing_Text">section 8.6</link> for details

+of the use of Graphics Contexts (GCs)

+and possible protocol errors.

+If a 

+<errorname>BadFont</errorname>

+error is generated,

+characters prior to the offending character may have been drawn.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The text is drawn using the fonts loaded for the specified font set;

+the font in the GC is ignored and may be modified by the functions.

+No validation that all fonts conform to some width rule is performed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The text functions

+<function>XmbDrawText</function>

+and

+<function>XwcDrawText</function>

+use the following structures:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextItem</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     char     *chars;    /* pointer to string */

+     int      nchars;    /* number of bytes */

+     int      delta;     /* pixel delta between strings */

+     XFontSet font_set;  /* fonts, None means don't change */

+} XmbTextItem;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextItem</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     wchar_t *chars;     /* pointer to wide char string */

+     int nchars;     /* number of wide characters */

+     int delta;     /* pixel delta between strings */

+     XFontSet font_set;     /* fonts, None means don't change */

+} XwcTextItem;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw text using multiple font sets in a given drawable, use

+<function>XmbDrawText</function>

+or

+<function>XwcDrawText</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawText</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawText</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawtext'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawText</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XmbTextItem<parameter> *items</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nitems</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawtext'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawText</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XwcTextItem<parameter> *items</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nitems</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>items</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of text items.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of text items in the array.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbDrawText</function>

+and 

+<function>XwcDrawText</function>

+functions allow complex spacing and font set shifts between text strings.

+Each text item is processed in turn, with the origin of a text

+element advanced in the primary draw direction by the escapement of the

+previous text item.

+A text item delta specifies an additional escapement of the text item

+drawing origin in the primary draw direction.

+A font_set member other than 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+in an item causes the font set to be used for this and subsequent text items

+in the text_items list.

+Leading text items with a font_set member set to

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+will not be drawn.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XmbDrawText</function>

+and

+<function>XwcDrawText</function>

+do not perform any context-dependent rendering between text segments.

+Clients may compute the drawing metrics by passing each text segment to

+<function>XmbTextExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextExtents</function>

+or 

+<function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function>.

+When the 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn 

+with the default string returned by 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.

+The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw text using a single font set in a given drawable, use

+<function>XmbDrawString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcDrawString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawString</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawstring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawstring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbDrawString</function>

+and

+<function>XwcDrawString</function>

+functions draw the specified text with the foreground pixel.

+When the 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn 

+with the default string returned by 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.

+The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To draw image text using a single font set in a given drawable, use

+<function>XmbDrawImageString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcDrawImageString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawimagestring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawImageString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawimagestring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawImageString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_wchars</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>font_set</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the font set.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+<!-- .ds Xy -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the character string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_wchars</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of characters in the string argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbDrawImageString</function>

+and

+<function>XwcDrawImageString</function>

+functions fill a destination rectangle with the background pixel defined

+in the GC and then paint the text with the foreground pixel.

+The filled rectangle is the rectangle returned to overall_logical_return by

+<function>XmbTextExtents</function>

+or 

+<function>XwcTextExtents</function>

+for the same text and 

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the 

+<type>XFontSet</type>

+has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn 

+with the default string returned by 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.

+The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Input_Methods">

+<title>Input Methods</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Methods -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section provides discussions of the following X Input Method

+(<acronym>XIM</acronym>) topics:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Input method overview

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Input method management

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Input method functions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Input method values

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Input context functions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Input context values

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Input method callback semantics

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Event filtering

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Getting keyboard input

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Input method conventions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect2 id="Input_Method_Overview">

+<title>Input Method Overview</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Method Overview -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section provides definitions for terms and concepts used

+for internationalized text input and a brief overview of the

+intended use of the mechanisms provided by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A large number of languages in the world use alphabets

+consisting of a small set of symbols (letters) to form words.

+To enter text into a computer in an alphabetic language,

+a user usually has a keyboard on which there exist key symbols corresponding

+to the alphabet.

+Sometimes, a few characters of an alphabetic language are missing

+on the keyboard.

+Many computer users who speak a Latin-alphabet-based language 

+only have an English-based keyboard.

+They need to hit a combination of keystrokes

+to enter a character that does not exist directly on the keyboard.

+A number of algorithms have been developed for entering such characters.

+These are known as European input methods, compose input methods, 

+or dead-key input methods.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Japanese is an example of a language with a phonetic symbol set,

+where each symbol represents a specific sound.

+There are two phonetic symbol sets in Japanese:  Katakana and Hiragana.

+In general,

+Katakana is used for words that are of foreign origin,

+and Hiragana is used for writing native Japanese words.

+Collectively, the two systems are called Kana.

+Each set consists of 48 characters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Korean also has a phonetic symbol set, called Hangul.

+Each of the 24 basic phonetic symbols (14 consonants and 10 vowels)

+represents a specific sound.

+A syllable is composed of two or three parts: 

+the initial consonants, the vowels, and the optional last consonants.

+With Hangul,

+syllables can be treated as the basic units on which text processing is done.

+For example,

+a delete operation may work on a phonetic symbol or a syllable.

+Korean code sets include several thousands of these syllables.

+A user types the phonetic symbols that make up the syllables of the words

+to be entered.

+The display may change as each phonetic symbol is entered.

+For example,

+when the second phonetic symbol of a syllable is entered,

+the first phonetic symbol may change its shape and size.

+Likewise, when the third phonetic symbol is entered,

+the first two phonetic symbols may change their shape and size.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Not all languages rely solely on alphabetic or phonetic systems.

+Some languages, including Japanese and Korean, employ an

+ideographic writing system.

+In an ideographic system, rather than taking a small set of

+symbols and combining them in different ways to create words,

+each word consists of one unique symbol (or, occasionally, several symbols).

+The number of symbols can be very large: 

+approximately 50,000 have been identified in Hanzi,

+the Chinese ideographic system.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Two major aspects of ideographic systems impact their use with computers.

+First, the standard computer character sets in Japan, China, and Korea

+include roughly 8,000 characters,

+while sets in Taiwan have between 15,000 and 30,000 characters.

+This makes it necessary to use more than one byte to represent a character.

+Second, it obviously is impractical to have a keyboard that includes

+all of a given language's ideographic symbols.

+Therefore, a mechanism is required for entering characters

+so that a keyboard with a reasonable number of keys can be used.

+Those input methods are usually based on phonetics,

+but there also exist methods based on the graphical properties of

+characters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In Japan, both Kana and the ideographic system Kanji are used.

+In Korea, Hangul and sometimes the ideographic system Hanja are used.

+Now consider entering ideographs in Japan, Korea, China, and Taiwan.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In Japan, either Kana or English characters are typed and then a region

+is selected (sometimes automatically) for conversion to Kanji.

+Several Kanji characters may have the same phonetic representation.

+If that is the case with the string entered,

+a menu of characters is presented and

+the user must choose the appropriate one.

+If no choice is necessary or a preference has been established,

+the input method does the substitution directly.

+When Latin characters are converted to Kana or Kanji,

+it is called a romaji conversion.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In Korea, it is usually acceptable to keep Korean text in Hangul form,

+but some people may choose to write Hanja-originated words in Hanja

+rather than in Hangul.

+To change Hangul to Hanja,

+the user selects a region for conversion

+and then follows the same basic method as that described for Japanese.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Probably because there are well-accepted phonetic writing systems

+for Japanese and Korean,

+computer input methods in these countries for entering ideographs 

+are fairly standard.

+Keyboard keys have both English characters and phonetic symbols

+engraved on them, and the user can switch between the two sets.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The situation is different for Chinese.

+While there is a phonetic system called Pinyin promoted by authorities,

+there is no consensus for entering Chinese text.

+Some vendors use a phonetic decomposition (Pinyin or another),

+others use ideographic decomposition of Chinese words,

+with various implementations and keyboard layouts. 

+There are about 16 known methods, none of which is a clear standard. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Also, there are actually two ideographic sets used:

+Traditional Chinese (the original written Chinese)

+and Simplified Chinese.

+Several years ago,

+the People's Republic of China launched a campaign to simplify

+some ideographic characters and eliminate redundancies altogether.

+Under the plan, 

+characters would be streamlined every five years.

+Characters have been revised several times now, 

+resulting in the smaller, simpler set that makes up Simplified Chinese.

+</para>

+<sect3 id="Input_Method_Architecture">

+<title>Input Method Architecture</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Method Architecture -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+As shown in the previous section,

+there are many different input methods in use today,

+each varying with language, culture, and history. 

+A common feature of many input methods is that the user may type

+multiple keystrokes to compose a single character (or set

+of characters).

+The process of composing characters from keystrokes is called

+<emphasis remap='I'>preediting</emphasis>.

+It may require complex algorithms and large dictionaries 

+involving substantial computer resources.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Input methods may require one or more areas in which to show the

+feedback of the actual keystrokes, to propose disambiguation to the

+user, to list dictionaries, and so on.

+The input method areas of concern are as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The <emphasis remap='I'>status</emphasis> area is a logical extension of the

+LEDs that exist on the physical keyboard.

+It is a window that is intended to present the internal state

+of the input method that is critical to the user.

+The status area may consist of text data and bitmaps or some combination.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The <emphasis remap='I'>preedit</emphasis> area displays the

+intermediate text for those languages that are composing prior to 

+the client handling the data.   

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The <emphasis remap='I'>auxiliary</emphasis> area is used for pop-up menus and customizing

+dialogs that may be required for an input method.

+There may be multiple auxiliary areas for an input method.

+Auxiliary areas are managed by the input method independent of the client.

+Auxiliary areas are assumed to be separate dialogs,

+which are maintained by the input method.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+There are various user interaction styles used for preediting.

+The ones supported by Xlib are as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+For <emphasis remap='I'>on-the-spot</emphasis> input methods,

+preediting data will be displayed directly in the application window.

+Application data is moved to allow preedit data to appear

+at the point of insertion.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<emphasis remap='I'>Over-the-spot</emphasis> preediting means that the data is displayed in

+a preedit window that is placed over the point of insertion.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<emphasis remap='I'>Off-the-spot</emphasis> preediting means that the preedit window is

+inside the application window but not at the point of insertion.

+Often, this type of window is placed at the bottom of the application window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<emphasis remap='I'>Root-window</emphasis> preediting refers to input methods that use a preedit

+window that is the child of 

+<function>RootWindow</function>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It would require a lot of computing resources if portable applications

+had to include input methods for all the languages in the world.

+To avoid this,

+a goal of the Xlib design is to allow an application 

+to communicate with an input method placed in a separate process.

+Such a process is called an <emphasis remap='I'>input server</emphasis>.

+The server to which the application should connect is dependent on

+the environment when the application is started up,

+that is, the user language and the actual encoding to be used for it.

+The input method connection is said to be <emphasis remap='I'>locale-dependent</emphasis>.

+It is also user-dependent.

+For a given language, the user can choose, to some extent,

+the user interface style of input method (if choice is possible among

+several).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Using an input server implies communication overhead,

+but applications can be migrated without relinking.

+Input methods can be implemented either as a

+stub communicating to an input server or as a local library.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An input method may be based on a <emphasis remap='I'>front-end</emphasis> or a <emphasis remap='I'>back-end</emphasis>

+architecture.

+In a front-end architecture,

+there are two separate connections to the X server:

+keystrokes go directly from the X server to the input method on

+one connection and other events to the regular client connection.

+The input method is then acting as a filter and sends composed strings

+to the client.

+A front-end architecture requires synchronization between the

+two connections to avoid lost key events or locking issues.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In a back-end architecture,

+a single X server connection is used.

+A dispatching mechanism must decide on this channel to delegate appropriate

+keystrokes to the input method.

+For instance,

+it may retain a Help keystroke for its own purpose.

+In the case where the input method is a separate process (that is, a server),

+there must be a special communication protocol between the back-end client

+and the input server.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A front-end architecture introduces synchronization issues

+and a filtering mechanism for noncharacter keystrokes

+(Function keys, Help, and so on).

+A back-end architecture sometimes implies more communication overhead

+and more process switching.

+If all three processes (X server, input server, client)

+are running on a single workstation, 

+there are two process switches for each keystroke in a back-end

+architecture,

+but there is only one in a front-end architecture.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The abstraction used by a client to communicate with an input method

+is an opaque data structure represented by the 

+<type>XIM</type>

+data type.

+This data structure is returned by the 

+<function>XOpenIM</function>

+function, which opens an input method on a given display.

+Subsequent operations on this data structure encapsulate all communication

+between client and input method.

+There is no need for an X client to use any networking library 

+or natural language package to use an input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A single input server may be used for one or more languages,

+supporting one or more encoding schemes.

+But the strings returned from an input method will always be encoded

+in the (single) locale associated with the

+<type>XIM</type>

+object.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Input_Contexts">

+<title>Input Contexts</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Contexts -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides the ability to manage a multi-threaded state for text input.

+A client may be using multiple windows,

+each window with multiple text entry areas,

+and the user possibly switching among them at any time.

+The abstraction for representing the state of a particular input thread

+is called an <emphasis remap='I'>input context</emphasis>.

+The Xlib representation of an input context is an 

+<type>XIC</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An input context is the abstraction retaining the state, properties,

+and semantics of communication between a client and an input method.

+An input context is a combination of an input method, a locale

+specifying the encoding of the character strings to be returned,

+a client window, internal state information,

+and various layout or appearance characteristics.

+The input context concept somewhat matches for input the graphics context

+abstraction defined for graphics output.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+One input context belongs to exactly one input method.

+Different input contexts may be associated with the same input method,

+possibly with the same client window.

+An 

+<type>XIC</type>

+is created with the

+<function>XCreateIC</function>

+function, providing an 

+<type>XIM</type>

+argument and affiliating the input context to the input method

+for its lifetime. 

+When an input method is closed with 

+<function>XCloseIM</function>,

+all of its affiliated input contexts should not be used any more

+(and should preferably be destroyed before closing the input method).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Considering the example of a client window with multiple text entry areas,

+the application programmer could, for example, choose to implement as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+As many input contexts are created as text entry areas, and the client

+will get the input accumulated on each context each time it looks up

+in that context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A single context is created for a top-level window in the application.

+If such a window contains several text entry areas, 

+each time the user moves to another text entry area,

+the client has to indicate changes in the context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A range of choices can be made by application designers to use

+either a single or multiple input contexts,

+according to the needs of their application.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Getting_Keyboard_Input">

+<title>Getting Keyboard Input</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Getting Keyboard Input -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain characters from an input method,

+a client must call the function

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or 

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+with an input context created from that input method.

+Both a locale and display are bound to an input method when it is opened,

+and an input context inherits this locale and display.

+Any strings returned by 

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+will be encoded in that locale. 

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Focus_Management">

+<title>Focus Management</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Focus Management -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For each text entry area in which the

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+functions are used,

+there will be an associated input context.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the application focus moves to a text entry area,

+the application must set the input context focus to the

+input context associated with that area.

+The input context focus is set by calling 

+<function>XSetICFocus</function>

+with the appropriate input context.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Also, when the application focus moves out of a text entry area, the

+application should unset the focus for the associated input context

+by calling

+<function>XUnsetICFocus</function>.

+As an optimization, if

+<function>XSetICFocus</function>

+is called successively on two different input contexts,

+setting the focus on the second 

+will automatically unset the focus on the first.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set and unset the input context focus correctly,

+it is necessary to track application-level focus changes.

+Such focus changes do not necessarily correspond to X server focus changes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a single input context

+is being used to do input for

+multiple text entry areas, it will also be necessary

+to set the focus window of the

+input context whenever the focus window changes

+(see <link linkend="Focus_Window">section 13.5.6.3</link>).

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Geometry_Management">

+<title>Geometry Management</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Geometry Management -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In most input method architectures 

+(on-the-spot being the notable exception),

+the input method will perform the display of its own data.

+To provide better visual locality,

+it is often desirable to have the input method areas embedded within a client.

+To do this,

+the client may need to allocate space for an input method.

+Xlib provides support that allows the size and position of input method

+areas to be provided by a client.

+The input method areas that are supported for geometry management

+are the status area and the preedit area.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The fundamental concept on which geometry management for input method windows

+is based is the proper division of responsibilities between the

+client (or toolkit) and the input method.

+The division of responsibilities is as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The client is responsible for the geometry of the input method window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The input method is responsible for the contents of the input method window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An input method is able to suggest a size to the client,

+but it cannot suggest a placement.

+Also the input method can only suggest a size.

+It does not determine the size,

+and it must accept the size it is given.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Before a client provides geometry management for an input method,

+it must determine if geometry management is needed.

+The input method indicates the need for geometry management 

+by setting 

+<symbol>XIMPreeditArea</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>XIMStatusArea</symbol>

+in its 

+<structname>XIMStyles</structname>

+value returned by 

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>.

+When a client has decided that it will provide geometry management

+for an input method, 

+it indicates that decision by setting the

+<symbol>XNInputStyle</symbol>

+value in the 

+<type>XIC</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+After a client has established with the input method

+that it will do geometry management,

+the client must negotiate the geometry with the input method.

+The geometry is negotiated by the following steps:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The client suggests an area to the input method by setting the

+<symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>

+value for that area.

+If the client has no constraints for the input method,

+it either will not suggest an area or will set the width and height to zero.

+Otherwise, it will set one of the values.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The client will get the <acronym>XIC</acronym> value 

+<symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>.

+The input method will return its suggested size in this value.

+The input method should pay attention to any constraints suggested

+by the client.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The client sets the <acronym>XIC</acronym> value

+<symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+to inform the input method of the geometry of its window.  

+The client should try to honor the geometry requested by the input method.

+The input method must accept this geometry.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Clients doing geometry management must be aware that setting other

+<acronym>XIC</acronym> values may affect the geometry desired by an input method.

+For example, 

+<symbol>XNFontSet</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>XNLineSpace</symbol>

+may change the geometry desired by the input method.  

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The table of <acronym>XIC</acronym> values

+(see <link linkend="Input_Context_Values">section 13.5.6</link>)

+indicates the values that can cause the desired geometry to change

+when they are set.

+It is the responsibility of the client to renegotiate the geometry

+of the input method window when it is needed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In addition,

+a geometry management callback is provided

+by which an input method can initiate a geometry change.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Event_Filtering">

+<title>Event Filtering</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Event Filtering -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A filtering mechanism is provided to allow input methods

+to capture X events transparently to clients.

+It is expected that toolkits (or clients) using

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+will call this filter at some point in the event processing mechanism

+to make sure that events needed by an input method can be filtered

+by that input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If there were no filter,

+a client could receive and discard events that are necessary

+for the proper functioning of an input method.

+The following provides a few examples of such events:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Expose events on preedit window in local mode.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Events may be used by an input method to communicate with an input server.

+Such input server protocol-related events have to be intercepted

+if one does not want to disturb client code.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Key events can be sent to a filter before they are bound

+to translations such as those the X Toolkit Intrinsics library provides.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Clients are expected to get the <acronym>XIC</acronym> value 

+<symbol>XNFilterEvents</symbol>

+and augment the event mask for the client window with that event mask.

+This mask may be zero.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Callbacks">

+<title>Callbacks</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Callbacks -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When an on-the-spot input method is implemented,

+only the client can insert or delete preedit data in place

+and possibly scroll existing text.

+This means that the echo of the keystrokes has to be achieved 

+by the client itself, tightly coupled with the input method logic.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the user enters a keystroke,

+the client calls

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>.

+At this point, in the on-the-spot case,

+the echo of the keystroke in the preedit has not yet been done.

+Before returning to the client logic that handles the input characters,

+the look-up function

+must call the echoing logic to insert the new keystroke.

+If the keystrokes entered so far make up a character,

+the keystrokes entered need to be deleted,

+and the composed character will be returned.

+Hence, what happens is that, while being called by client code,

+the input method logic has to call back to the client before it returns.

+The client code, that is, a callback procedure,

+is called from the input method logic.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+There are a number of cases where the input method logic has to

+call back the client.

+Each of those cases is associated with a well-defined callback action.

+It is possible for the client to specify, for each input context,

+what callback is to be called for each action.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+There are also callbacks provided for feedback of status information

+and a callback to initiate a geometry request for an input method.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Visible_Position_Feedback_Masks">

+<title>Visible Position Feedback Masks</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Visible Position Feedback Masks -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In the on-the-spot input style, there is a problem when

+attempting to draw preedit strings that are longer than the

+available space.  Once the display area is exceeded, it is not

+clear how best to display the preedit string.

+The visible position feedback masks of

+<structname>XIMText</structname>

+help resolve this problem by allowing the input method to specify hints that

+indicate the essential portions of the preedit string.

+For example, such hints can help developers implement

+scrolling of a long preedit string within a short preedit display area.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Preedit_String_Management">

+<title>Preedit String Management</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit String Management -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+As highlighted before, the input method architecture provides

+preediting, which supports a type of preprocessor input composition.

+In this case, composition consists of interpreting a sequence

+of key events and returning a committed string via 

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>.

+This provides the basics for input methods.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In addition to preediting based on key events, a general framework

+is provided to give a client that desires it more advanced preediting based

+on the text within the client.  This framework is called 

+<emphasis remap='I'>string conversion</emphasis> and is provided using <acronym>XIC</acronym> values. 

+The fundamental concept of string conversion

+is to allow the input method to manipulate the client's

+text independent of any user preediting operation.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The need for string conversion is based on 

+language needs and input method capabilities.

+The following are some examples of string conversion:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Transliteration conversion provides language-specific conversions

+within the input method.

+In the case of Korean input, users wish to convert a Hangul string 

+into a Hanja string while in preediting, after preediting,

+or in other situations (for example, on a selected string).

+The conversion is triggered when the user

+presses a Hangul-to-Hanja key sequence (which may be input method specific).

+Sometimes the user may want to invoke the conversion after finishing

+preediting or on a user-selected string.  

+Thus, the string to be converted is in an application buffer, not in 

+the preedit area of the input method.  The string conversion services

+allow the client to request this transliteration conversion from the 

+input method.

+There are many other transliteration conversions defined for 

+various languages, for example, Kana-to-Kanji conversion in Japanese.

+<!-- .sp -->

+The key to remember is that transliteration conversions are triggered

+at the request of the user and returned to the client 

+immediately without affecting the preedit area of the input method.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Reconversion of a previously committed string or 

+a selected string is supported by many input methods as a 

+convenience to the user.

+For example, a user tends to mistype the commit key while

+preediting.  In that case, some input methods provide a special

+key sequence to request a ``reconvert'' operation on the 

+committed string, similiar to the undo facility provided by most

+text editors.

+Another example is where the user is proofreading a document 

+that has some misconversions from preediting and wants to correct

+the misconverted text.  Such reconversion is again triggered

+by the user invoking some special action, but reconversions should

+not affect the state of the preedit area.  

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Context-sensitive conversion is required for some languages

+and input methods that need to retrieve text that surrounds the

+current spot location (cursor position) of the client's buffer.

+Such text is needed when the preediting operation depends on 

+some surrounding characters (usually preceding the spot location).

+For example, 

+in Thai language input, certain character sequences may be invalid and

+the input method may want to check whether characters constitute a

+valid word.  Input methods that do such context-dependent

+checking need to retrieve the characters surrounding the current

+cursor position to obtain complete words.

+<!-- .sp -->

+Unlike other conversions, this conversion is not explicitly 

+requested by the user.

+Input methods that provide such context-sensitive conversion 

+continuously need to request context from the client, and any change

+in the context of the spot location may affect such conversions.

+The client's context would be needed if the user moves the cursor

+and starts editing again.

+<!-- .sp -->

+For this reason, an input method supporting this type of conversion

+should take notice of when the client calls

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+or

+<function>XwcResetIC</function>,

+which is usually an indication of a context change.  

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Context-sensitive conversions just need a copy of the client's text,

+while other conversions replace the client's text with new text

+to achieve the reconversion or transliteration.   Yet in all

+cases the result of a conversion, either immediately or via preediting,

+is returned by the

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+and

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+functions.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+String conversion support is dependent on the availability of the 

+<symbol>XNStringConversion</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>

+<acronym>XIC</acronym> values.

+Because the input method may not support string conversions,

+clients have to query the availability of string conversion

+operations by checking the supported <acronym>XIC</acronym> values list by calling

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with the

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+IM value.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The difference between these two values is whether the

+conversion is invoked by the client or the input method.  

+The 

+<symbol>XNStringConversion</symbol>

+<acronym>XIC</acronym> value is used by clients to request 

+a string conversion from the input method.  The client

+is responsible for determining which events are used 

+to trigger the string conversion and whether the string to be

+converted should be copied or deleted.  The type of conversion

+is determined by the input method; the client can only 

+pass the string to be converted.  The client is guaranteed that

+no

+<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>

+will be issued when this value is set; thus, the client need

+only set one of these values.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>

+<acronym>XIC</acronym> value is used by the client to notify the input method that

+it will accept requests from the input method for string conversion.

+If this value is set,

+it is the input method's responsibility to determine which

+events are used to trigger the string conversion.

+When such events occur, the input method issues a call to the

+client-supplied procedure to retrieve the string to be converted.  The client's

+callback procedure is notified whether to copy or delete the string and 

+is provided with hints as to the amount of text needed.

+The

+<structname>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</structname>

+specifies which text should be passed back to the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Finally, the input method may call the client's 

+<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>

+procedure multiple times if the string returned from the callback is

+not sufficient to perform a successful conversion.   The arguments

+to the client's procedure allow the input method to define a

+position (in character units) relative to the client's cursor position 

+and the size of the text needed.  By varying the position and size of

+the desired text in subsequent callbacks, the input method can retrieve 

+additional text.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Input_Method_Management">

+<title>Input Method Management</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Method Management -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The interface to input methods might appear to be simply creating

+an input method

+(<function>XOpenIM</function>)

+and freeing an input method

+(<function>XCloseIM</function>).

+However, input methods may 

+require complex communication with input method servers (IM servers),

+for example:

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the X server, IM server, and X clients are started asynchronously,

+some clients may attempt to connect to the IM server before it is

+fully operational, and fail.

+Therefore, some mechanism is needed to allow clients to detect when an IM 

+server has started.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It is up to clients to decide what should be done when an IM server is 

+not available (for example, wait, or use some other IM server).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Some input methods may allow the underlying IM server to be switched. 

+Such customization may be desired without restarting the entire client.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To support management of input methods in these cases, the following 

+functions are provided:

+</para>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></entry>

+      <entry>This function allows clients to register a callback procedure

+      to be called when Xlib detects that an IM server is up and available.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XOpenIM</function></entry>

+      <entry>A client calls this function as a result of the callback procedure

+      being called.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XSetIMValues</function>, <function>XSetICValues</function></entry>

+      <entry>These functions use the <acronym>XIM</acronym> and <acronym>XIC</acronym> values,

+      <symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol>,

+      to allow a client 

+      to register a callback procedure to be called when Xlib detects that

+      an IM server that was associated with an opened 

+      input method is no longer available.

+      In addition, this function can be used to switch IM servers for those input 

+      methods that support such functionality.  The IM value for switching IM 

+      servers is implementation-dependent; see the description below about

+      switching IM servers.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></entry>

+      <entry>This function removes a callback procedure registered by the client.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Input methods that support switching of IM servers may exhibit some

+side-effects:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The input method will ensure that any new IM server supports any of the 

+input styles being used by input contexts already associated with the

+input method.

+However, the list of supported input styles may be different.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Geometry management requests on previously created input contexts

+may be initiated by the new IM server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<sect3 id="Hot_Keys">

+<title>Hot Keys</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Hot Keys -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Some clients need to guarantee which keys can be used to escape from the

+input method, regardless of the input method state;

+for example, the client-specific Help key or the keys to move the

+input focus.

+The HotKey mechanism allows clients 

+to specify a set of keys for this purpose.  However, the input 

+method might not allow clients to specify hot keys.

+Therefore, clients have to query support of hot keys by checking the

+supported <acronym>XIC</acronym> values list by calling

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with the

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+IM value.

+When the hot keys specified conflict with the key bindings of the 

+input method, hot keys take precedence over the key bindings of the input 

+method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Preedit_State_Operation">

+<title>Preedit State Operation</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit State Operation -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An input method may have several internal states, depending on its

+implementation and the locale.  However, one state that is

+independent of locale and implementation is whether the input method

+is currently performing a preediting operation.

+Xlib provides the ability for an application to manage the preedit state

+programmatically.  Two methods are provided for

+retrieving the preedit state of an input context.

+One method is to query the state by calling

+<function>XGetICValues</function>

+with the

+<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>

+<acronym>XIC</acronym> value.

+Another method is to receive notification whenever

+the preedit state is changed.  To receive such notification,

+an application needs to register a callback by calling

+<function>XSetICValues</function>

+with the

+<symbol>XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback</symbol>

+<acronym>XIC</acronym> value. 

+In order to change the preedit state programmatically, an application 

+needs to call 

+<function>XSetICValues</function>

+with

+<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Availability of the preedit state is input method dependent.  The input 

+method may not provide the ability to set the state or to

+retrieve the state programmatically.  Therefore, clients have to 

+query availability of preedit state operations by checking the 

+supported <acronym>XIC</acronym> values list by calling

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with the

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+IM value.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Input_Method_Functions">

+<title>Input Method Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Method Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To open a connection, use

+<function>XOpenIM</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenIM</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xopenim'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XIM <function>XOpenIM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> db</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_class</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>res_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the full resource name of the application.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>res_class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the full class name of the application.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XOpenIM</function>

+function opens an input method, 

+matching the current locale and modifiers specification.

+Current locale and modifiers are bound to the input method at opening time.

+The locale associated with an input method cannot be changed dynamically.

+This implies that the strings returned by

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>,

+for any input context affiliated with a given input method,

+will be encoded in the locale current at the time the input method is opened.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The specific input method to which this call will be routed

+is identified on the basis of the current locale. 

+<function>XOpenIM</function>

+will identify a default input method corresponding to the

+current locale.

+That default can be modified using 

+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>

+for the input method modifier.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The db argument is the resource database to be used by the input method

+for looking up resources that are private to the input method.

+It is not intended that this database be used to look

+up values that can be set as IC values in an input context.

+If db is NULL,

+no database is passed to the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The res_name and res_class arguments specify the resource name 

+and class of the application. 

+They are intended to be used as prefixes by the input method

+when looking up resources that are common to all input contexts

+that may be created for this input method.

+The characters used for resource names and classes must be in the

+X Portable Character Set.

+The resources looked up are not fully specified

+if res_name or res_class is NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The res_name and res_class arguments are not assumed to exist beyond

+the call to

+<function>XOpenIM</function>.

+The specified resource database is assumed to exist for the lifetime

+of the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XOpenIM</function>

+returns NULL if no input method could be opened.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To close a connection, use

+<function>XCloseIM</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseIM</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcloseim'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XCloseIM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input method.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCloseIM</function>

+function closes the specified input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set input method attributes, use

+<function>XSetIMValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIMValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetimvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetIMValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input method.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XIM</acronym> values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable-length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetIMValues</function>

+function presents a variable argument list programming interface

+for setting attributes of the specified input method.

+It returns NULL if it succeeds;

+otherwise,

+it returns the name of the first argument that could not be set.

+Xlib does not attempt to set arguments from the supplied list that

+follow the failed argument;

+all arguments in the list preceding the failed argument have been set

+correctly.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To query an input method, use 

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIMValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetimvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetIMValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input method.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to get XIM values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+function presents a variable argument list programming interface

+for querying properties or features of the specified input method.

+This function returns NULL if it succeeds;

+otherwise,

+it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each <acronym>XIM</acronym> value argument (following a name) must point to

+a location where the <acronym>XIM</acronym> value is to be stored.

+That is, if the <acronym>XIM</acronym> value is of type T,

+the argument must be of type T*.

+If T itself is a pointer type,

+then

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+allocates memory to store the actual data,

+and the client is responsible for freeing this data by calling

+<function>XFree</function>

+with the returned pointer.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the display associated with an input method, use

+<function>XDisplayOfIM</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayOfIM</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofim'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfIM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input method.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDisplayOfIM</function>

+function returns the display associated with the specified input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the locale associated with an input method, use

+<function>XLocaleOfIM</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfIM</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleofim'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfIM</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input method.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLocaleOfIM</function>

+function returns the locale associated with the specified input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To register an input method instantiate callback, use

+<function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xregisteriminstantiatecallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> db</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_class</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIMProc<parameter> callback</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> *client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>res_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the full resource name of the application.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>res_class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the full class name of the application.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>callback</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the input method instantiate callback.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>

+function registers a callback to be invoked whenever a new input method

+becomes available for the specified display that matches the current

+locale and modifiers.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The function returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+ if it succeeds; otherwise, it returns 

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The generic prototype is as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='iminstantiatecallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>IMInstantiateCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+To unregister an input method instantiation callback, use

+<function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xunregisteriminstantiatecallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> db</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *res_class</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIMProc<parameter> callback</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> *client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>res_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the full resource name of the application.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>res_class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the full class name of the application.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>callback</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a pointer to the input method instantiate callback.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>

+function removes an input method instantiation callback previously

+registered.

+The function returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if it succeeds; otherwise, it returns 

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Input_Method_Values">

+<title>Input Method Values</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Method Values -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following table describes how <acronym>XIM</acronym> values are interpreted

+by an input method.

+The first column lists the <acronym>XIM</acronym> values.

+The second column indicates how each of the <acronym>XIM</acronym> values 

+are treated by that input style.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following keys apply to this table.

+</para>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Explanation</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>D</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be set using

+      <function>XSetIMValues</function>.

+      If it is not set,

+      a default is provided.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>S</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be set using <function>XSetIMValues</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be read using <function>XGetIMValues</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para></para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='left'><acronym>XIM</acronym> Value</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNQueryInputStyle</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNResourceName</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNVisiblePosition</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>

+is obsolete and its use is not recommended

+(see <link linkend="Preedit_Callback_Behavior">section 13.5.4.6</link>).

+</para>

+

+<sect3 id="Query_Input_Style">

+<title>Query Input Style</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Query Input Style -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A client should always query the input method to determine which input 

+styles are supported.

+The client should then find an input style it is capable of supporting.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the client cannot find an input style that it can support,

+it should negotiate with the user the continuation of the program

+(exit, choose another input method, and so on).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The argument value must be a pointer to a location

+where the returned value will be stored.

+The returned value is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XIMStyles</structname>.

+Clients are responsible for freeing the 

+<structname>XIMStyles</structname>

+structure.

+To do so, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XIMStyles</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+</para>

+

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStyle</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditArea</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditCallbacks</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditPosition</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditNothing</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditNone</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusArea</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusCallbacks</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusNothing</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusNone</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStyles</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef unsigned long XIMStyle;

+

+

+#define     XIMPreeditArea             0x0001L

+#define     XIMPreeditCallbacks        0x0002L

+#define     XIMPreeditPosition         0x0004L

+#define     XIMPreeditNothing          0x0008L

+#define     XIMPreeditNone             0x0010L

+

+#define     XIMStatusArea              0x0100L

+#define     XIMStatusCallbacks         0x0200L

+#define     XIMStatusNothing           0x0400L

+#define     XIMStatusNone              0x0800L

+

+typedef struct {

+      unsigned short count_styles;

+      XIMStyle * supported_styles;

+} XIMStyles;

+

+</literallayout>

+

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+An 

+<structname>XIMStyles</structname>

+structure contains the number of input styles supported

+in its count_styles field.

+This is also the size of the supported_styles array.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The supported styles is a list of bitmask combinations,

+which indicate the combination of styles for each of the areas supported.

+These areas are described later.

+Each element in the list should select one of the bitmask values for

+each area.

+The list describes the complete set of combinations supported.

+Only these combinations are supported by the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The preedit category defines what type of support is provided

+by the input method for preedit information.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditArea</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditPosition</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditCallbacks</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditNothing</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditNone</primary></indexterm>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditArea</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If chosen,

+      the input method would require the client to provide some area values

+      for it to do its preediting.

+      Refer to <acronym>XIC</acronym> values 

+      <symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+      and

+      <symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditPosition</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If chosen,

+      the input method would require the client to provide positional values. 

+      Refer to <acronym>XIC</acronym> values 

+      <symbol>XNSpotLocation</symbol>

+      and

+      <symbol>XNFocusWindow</symbol>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditCallbacks</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If chosen,

+      the input method would require the client to define the set of preedit callbacks.

+      Refer to <acronym>XIC</acronym> values 

+      <symbol>XNPreeditStartCallback</symbol>,

+      <symbol>XNPreeditDoneCallback</symbol>,

+      <symbol>XNPreeditDrawCallback</symbol>,

+      and

+      <symbol>XNPreeditCaretCallback</symbol>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditNothing</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>If chosen, the input method can function without any preedit values.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMPreeditNone</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The input method does not provide any preedit feedback.

+      Any preedit value is ignored.

+      This style is mutually exclusive with the other preedit styles.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The status category defines what type of support is provided

+by the input method for status information.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusArea</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusCallbacks</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusNothing</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusNone</primary></indexterm>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMStatusArea</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The input method requires the client to provide

+      some area values for it to do its status feedback.

+      See

+      <symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+      and

+      <symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMStatusCallbacks</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The input method requires the client to define the set of status callbacks,

+      <symbol>XNStatusStartCallback</symbol>,

+      <symbol>XNStatusDoneCallback</symbol>,

+      and

+      <symbol>XNStatusDrawCallback</symbol>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMStatusNothing</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The input method can function without any status values.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XIMStatusNone</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The input method does not provide any status feedback.

+      If chosen, any status value is ignored.

+      This style is mutually exclusive with the other status styles.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Resource_Name_and_Class_c">

+<title>Resource Name and Class</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Resource Name and Class -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNResourceName</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol>

+arguments are strings that specify the full name and class

+used by the input method.

+These values should be used as prefixes for the name and class

+when looking up resources that may vary according to the input method.

+If these values are not set,

+the resources will not be fully specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It is not intended that values that can be set as <acronym>XIM</acronym> values be

+set as resources.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Destroy_Callback">

+<title>Destroy Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Destroy Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol>

+argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XIMCallback</structname>.

+<symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol>

+is triggered when an input method stops its service for any reason. 

+After the callback is invoked, the input method is closed and the

+associated input context(s) are destroyed by Xlib.

+Therefore, the client should not call

+<function>XCloseIM</function>

+or

+<function>XDestroyIC</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The generic prototype of this callback function is as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DestroyCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='destroycallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>DestroyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input method.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+A DestroyCallback is always called with a NULL call_data argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Query_IM_IC_Values_List">

+<title>Query IM/IC Values List</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Query IM/IC Values List -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+are used to query about <acronym>XIM</acronym> and <acronym>XIC</acronym> values supported by the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The argument value must be a pointer to a location where the returned

+value will be stored.  The returned value is a pointer to a structure

+of type

+<structname>XIMValuesList</structname>.

+Clients are responsible for freeing the 

+<structname>XIMValuesList</structname>

+structure.

+To do so, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XIMValuesList</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     unsigned short count_values;

+     char **supported_values;

+} XIMValuesList;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Visible_Position">

+<title>Visible Position</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Visible Position -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<symbol>XNVisiblePosition</symbol>

+argument indicates whether the visible position masks of 

+<type>XIMFeedback</type>

+in

+<structname>XIMText</structname>

+are available.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The argument value must be a pointer to a location where the returned

+value will be stored.  The returned value is of type

+<type>Bool</type>.

+If the returned value is

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the input method uses the visible position masks of

+<type>XIMFeedback</type>

+in

+<structname>XIMText</structname>;

+otherwise, the input method does not use the masks.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because this <acronym>XIM</acronym> value is optional, a client should call

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with argument

+<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>

+before using this argument.

+If the 

+<symbol>XNVisiblePosition</symbol>

+does not exist in the IM values list returned from 

+<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>,

+the visible position masks of

+<type>XIMFeedback</type>

+in

+<structname>XIMText</structname>

+are not used to indicate the visible position.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Preedit_Callback_Behavior">

+<title>Preedit Callback Behavior</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit Callback Behavior -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>

+argument originally included in the X11R6 specification has been

+deprecated.\(dg

+<!-- .\" If XNR6PreeditCallbackBehavior is not deprecated, then its type -->

+<!-- .\" should be changed from *Bool to Bool. -->

+<!-- .FS \(dg -->

+During formulation of the X11R6 specification, the behavior of

+the R6 PreeditDrawCallbacks was going to differ significantly from

+that of the R5 callbacks.

+Late changes to the specification converged the R5 and R6 behaviors,

+eliminating the need for

+<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>.

+Unfortunately, this argument was not removed from the R6 specification

+before it was published.

+<!-- .FE -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>

+argument indicates whether the behavior of preedit callbacks regarding

+<structname>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct</structname>

+values follows Release 5 or Release 6 semantics.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The value is of type

+<type>Bool</type>.

+When querying for

+<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>,

+if the returned value is

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the input method uses the Release 6 behavior;

+otherwise, it uses the Release 5 behavior.

+The default value is

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+In order to use Release 6 semantics, the value of

+<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>

+must be set to

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because this <acronym>XIM</acronym> value is optional, a client should call

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with argument

+<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>

+before using this argument.

+If the

+<symbol>XNR6PreeditCallback</symbol>

+does not exist in the IM values list returned from

+<symbol>XNQueryIMValuesList</symbol>,

+the PreeditCallback behavior is Release 5 semantics.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Input_Context_Functions">

+<title>Input Context Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Context Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An input context is an abstraction that is used to contain both the data

+required (if any) by an input method and the information required

+to display that data.

+There may be multiple input contexts for one input method.

+The programming interfaces for creating, reading, or modifying

+an input context use a variable argument list.

+The name elements of the argument lists are referred to as <acronym>XIC</acronym> values.

+It is intended that input methods be controlled by these <acronym>XIC</acronym> values.

+As new <acronym>XIC</acronym> values are created,

+they should be registered with the X Consortium.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create an input context, use

+<function>XCreateIC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateIC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateic'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XIC <function>XCreateIC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>im</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input method.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XIC</acronym> values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateIC</function>

+function creates a context within the specified input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Some of the arguments are mandatory at creation time, and

+the input context will not be created if those arguments are not provided.

+The mandatory arguments are the input style and the set of text callbacks

+(if the input style selected requires callbacks).

+All other input context values can be set later.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateIC</function>

+returns a NULL value if no input context could be created.

+A NULL value could be returned for any of the following reasons:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A required argument was not set.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A read-only argument was set (for example,

+<symbol>XNFilterEvents</symbol>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The argument name is not recognized.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The input method encountered an input method implementation-dependent error.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateIC</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To destroy an input context, use

+<function>XDestroyIC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyIC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyic'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XDestroyIC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<function>XDestroyIC</function>

+destroys the specified input context.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To communicate to and synchronize with input method

+for any changes in keyboard focus from the client side,

+use 

+<function>XSetICFocus</function>

+and

+<function>XUnsetICFocus</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetICFocus</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xseticfocus'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetICFocus</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetICFocus</function>

+function allows a client to notify an input method that the focus window

+attached to the specified input context has received keyboard focus.

+The input method should take action to provide appropriate feedback.

+Complete feedback specification is a matter of user interface policy.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Calling

+<function>XSetICFocus</function>

+does not affect the focus window value.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnsetICFocus</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xunseticfocus'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XUnsetICFocus</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUnsetICFocus</function>

+function allows a client to notify an input method that the specified input context

+has lost the keyboard focus and that no more input is expected on the focus window

+attached to that input context.

+The input method should take action to provide appropriate feedback.

+Complete feedback specification is a matter of user interface policy.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Calling

+<function>XUnsetICFocus</function>

+does not affect the focus window value;

+the client may still receive 

+events from the input method that are directed to the focus window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To reset the state of an input context to its initial state, use

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+or

+<function>XwcResetIC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbResetIC</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcResetIC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbresetic'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XmbResetIC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwcresetic'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>wchar_t *<function>XwcResetIC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+When

+<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>

+is set to

+<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>,

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+and

+<function>XwcResetIC</function>

+reset an input context to its initial state;

+when

+<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>

+is set to

+<symbol>XIMPreserveState</symbol>,

+the current input context state is preserved.

+In both cases, any input pending on that context is deleted.

+The input method is required to clear the preedit area, if any,

+and update the status accordingly.

+Calling 

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+or

+<function>XwcResetIC</function>

+does not change the focus.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The return value of

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+is its current preedit string as a multibyte string.

+If there is any preedit text drawn or visible to the user,

+then these procedures must return a non-NULL string.

+If there is no visible preedit text, 

+then it is input method implementation-dependent 

+whether these procedures return a non-NULL string or NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The client should free the returned string by calling

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the input method associated with an input context, use

+<function>XIMOfIC</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMOfIC</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='ximofic'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XIM <function>XIMOfIC</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XIMOfIC</function>

+function returns the input method associated with the specified input context.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+Xlib provides two functions for setting and reading <acronym>XIC</acronym> values, respectively,

+<function>XSetICValues</function>

+and

+<function>XGetICValues</function>.

+Both functions have a variable-length argument list.

+In that argument list, any <acronym>XIC</acronym> value's name must be denoted

+with a character string using the X Portable Character Set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set <acronym>XIC</acronym> values, use

+<function>XSetICValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetICValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xseticvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XSetICValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to set <acronym>XIC</acronym> values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetICValues</function>

+function returns NULL if no error occurred; 

+otherwise,

+it returns the name of the first argument that could not be set.

+An argument might not be set for any of the following reasons:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The argument is read-only (for example,

+<symbol>XNFilterEvents</symbol>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The argument name is not recognized.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+An implementation-dependent error occurs.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each value to be set must be an appropriate datum,

+matching the data type imposed by the semantics of the argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetICValues</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain <acronym>XIC</acronym> values, use

+<function>XGetICValues</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetICValues</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgeticvalues'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XGetICValues</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+<!-- .ds Al \ to get XIC values -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      ...

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the variable length argument list(Al.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetICValues</function>

+function returns NULL if no error occurred; otherwise,

+it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained.

+An argument could not be obtained for any of the following reasons:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The argument name is not recognized.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The input method encountered an implementation-dependent error.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each IC attribute value argument (following a name) must point to

+a location where the IC value is to be stored.

+That is, if the IC value is of type T,

+the argument must be of type T*.

+If T itself is a pointer type,

+then

+<function>XGetICValues</function>

+allocates memory to store the actual data,

+and the client is responsible for freeing this data by calling

+<function>XFree</function>

+with the returned pointer.

+The exception to this rule is for an IC value of type

+<type>XVaNestedList</type>

+(for preedit and status attributes).

+In this case,  the argument must also be of type

+<type>XVaNestedList</type>.

+Then, the rule of changing type T to T* and freeing the allocated data

+applies to each element of the nested list.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Input_Context_Values">

+<title>Input Context Values</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Context Values -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following tables describe how <acronym>XIC</acronym> values are interpreted

+by an input method depending on the input style chosen by the 

+user.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The first column lists the <acronym>XIC</acronym> values.

+The second column indicates which values are involved in affecting,

+negotiating, and setting the geometry of the input method windows.

+The subentries under the third column indicate the different

+input styles that are supported.

+Each of these columns indicates how each of the <acronym>XIC</acronym> values 

+are treated by that input style.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following keys apply to these tables.

+</para>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='left'>Key</entry>

+      <entry align='left'>Explanation</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>C</entry>

+      <entry>This value must be set with <function>XCreateIC</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>D</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be set using 

+      <function>XCreateIC</function>.>

+      If it is not set,>

+      a default is provided.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be read using 

+      <function>XGetICValues</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>GN</entry>

+      <entry>This value may cause geometry negotiation when its value is set by means of

+      <function>XCreateIC</function>

+      or

+      <function>XSetICValues</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>GR</entry>

+      <entry>This value will be the response of the input method when any 

+      GN value is changed.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>GS</entry>

+      <entry>This value will cause the geometry of the input method window to be set.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>O</entry>

+      <entry>This value must be set once and only once.

+      It need not be set at create time.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>S</entry>

+      <entry>This value may be set with

+      <function>XSetICValues</function>.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>This value is ignored by the input method for the given input style.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para></para>

+

+<!-- .LP -->

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='7'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <colspec colname='c4'/>

+  <colspec colname='c5'/>

+  <colspec colname='c6'/>

+  <colspec colname='c7'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry><acronym>XIC</acronym> Value</entry>

+      <entry>Geometry Mangement</entry>

+      <entry>Preedit Callback</entry>

+      <entry>Preedit Position</entry>

+      <entry>Input Style Preedit Area</entry>

+      <entry>Preedit Nothing</entry>

+      <entry>Preedit None</entry>

+    </row>

+    </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Input Style</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Client Window</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>O-G</entry>

+      <entry>O-G</entry>

+      <entry>O-G</entry>

+      <entry>O-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Focus Window</entry>

+      <entry>GN</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Resource Name</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Resource Class</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Geometry Callback</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Filter Events</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Destroy Callback</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>String Conversion Callback</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>String Conversion</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Reset State</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>HotKey</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>HotKeyState</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><function>Preedit</function></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Area</entry>

+      <entry>GS</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Area Needed</entry>

+      <entry>GN-GR</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Spot Location</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Colormap</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Foreground</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Background</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Background Pixmap</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Font Set</entry>

+      <entry>GN</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Line Spacing</entry>

+      <entry>GN</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Cursor</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Preedit State</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Preedit State Notify Callback</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Preedit Callbacks</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>C-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para></para>

+

+<!-- .LP -->

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='6'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <colspec colname='c4'/>

+  <colspec colname='c5'/>

+  <colspec colname='c6'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry><acronym>XIC</acronym> Value</entry>

+      <entry>Geomentry Management</entry>

+      <entry>Status Callback</entry>

+      <entry>Status Area</entry>

+      <entry>Status Nothing</entry>

+      <entry>Status None</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Input Style</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+      <entry>C-G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Client Window</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>O-G</entry>

+      <entry>O-G</entry>

+      <entry>O-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Focus Window</entry>

+      <entry>GN</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Resource Name</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Resource Class</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Geometry Callback</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Filter Events</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+      <entry>G</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><type>Status</type></entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Area</entry>

+      <entry>GS</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Area Needed</entry>

+      <entry>GN-GR</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Colormap</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Foreground</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Background</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Background Pixmap</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Font Set</entry>

+      <entry>GN</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Line Spacing</entry>

+      <entry>GN</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Cursor</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>D-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Status Callbacks</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>C-S-G</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+      <entry>Ignored</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+<sect3 id="Input_Style">

+<title>Input Style</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Style -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNInputStyle</symbol>

+argument specifies the input style to be used.

+The value of this argument must be one of the values returned by the

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+function with the

+<symbol>XNQueryInputStyle</symbol>

+argument specified in the supported_styles list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that this argument must be set at creation time

+and cannot be changed.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Client_Window">

+<title>Client Window</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Client Window -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNClientWindow</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNClientWindow</symbol>

+argument specifies to the input method the client window in

+which the input method

+can display data or create subwindows.

+Geometry values for input method areas are given with respect to the client

+window.

+Dynamic change of client window is not supported.

+This argument may be set only once and

+should be set before any input is done using this input context.

+If it is not set,

+the input method may not operate correctly.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If an attempt is made to set this value a second time with

+<function>XSetICValues</function>,

+the string

+<symbol>XNClientWindow</symbol>

+will be returned by

+<function>XSetICValues</function>,

+and the client window will not be changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the client window is not a valid window ID on the display

+attached to the input method,

+a 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error can be generated when this value is used by the input method.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Focus_Window">

+<title>Focus Window</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Focus Window -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNFocusWindow</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNFocusWindow</symbol>

+argument specifies the focus window.

+The primary purpose of the 

+<symbol>XNFocusWindow</symbol>

+is to identify the window that will receive the key event when input

+is composed.

+In addition, the input method may possibly affect the focus window

+as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Select events on it

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Send events to it

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Modify its properties

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Grab the keyboard within that window  

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The associated value must be of type 

+<type>Window</type>.

+If the focus window is not a valid window ID on the display 

+attached to the input method,

+a 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error can be generated when this value is used by the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is left unspecified,

+the input method will use the client window as the default focus window.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Resource_Name_and_Class_b">

+<title>Resource Name and Class</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Resource Name and Class -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNResourceName</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNResourceClass</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNResourceName</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>XNResourceClass</symbol>

+arguments are strings that specify the full name and class

+used by the client to obtain resources for the client window. 

+These values should be used as prefixes for name and class

+when looking up resources that may vary according to the input context.

+If these values are not set,

+the resources will not be fully specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It is not intended that values that can be set as <acronym>XIC</acronym> values be

+set as resources.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Geometry_Callback">

+<title>Geometry Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Geometry Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNGeometryCallback</primary></indexterm>

+The 

+<symbol>XNGeometryCallback</symbol>

+argument is a structure of type 

+<structname>XIMCallback</structname>

+(see <link linkend="Preedit_and_Status_Callbacks">section 13.5.6.13.12</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<symbol>XNGeometryCallback</symbol>

+argument specifies the geometry callback that a client can set.

+This callback is not required for correct operation of either 

+an input method or a client.

+It can be set for a client whose user interface policy permits

+an input method to request the dynamic change of that input 

+method's window.

+An input method that does dynamic change will need to filter any

+events that it uses to initiate the change.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Filter_Events">

+<title>Filter Events</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Filter Events -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNFilterEvents</primary></indexterm>

+The 

+<symbol>XNFilterEvents</symbol>

+argument returns the event mask that an input method needs

+to have selected for.

+The client is expected to augment its own event mask 

+for the client window with this one.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This argument is read-only, is set by the input method at create time,

+and is never changed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The type of this argument is 

+<type>unsigned</type>

+<type>long</type>.

+Setting this value will cause an error.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Destroy_Callback_b">

+<title>Destroy Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Destroy Callback  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<symbol>XNDestroyCallback</symbol>

+argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XIMCallback</structname>

+(see <link linkend="Preedit_and_Status_Callbacks">section 13.5.6.13.12</link>).

+This callback is triggered when the input method

+stops its service for any reason; for example, when a connection to an IM

+server is broken.  After the destroy callback is called, 

+the input context is destroyed and the input method is closed.

+Therefore, the client should not call 

+<function>XDestroyIC</function>

+and

+<function>XCloseIM</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="String_Conversion_Callback">

+<title>String Conversion Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN String Conversion Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>

+argument is a structure of type

+<structname>XIMCallback</structname>

+(see <link linkend="Preedit_and_Status_Callbacks">section 13.5.6.13.12</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNStringConversionCallback</symbol>

+argument specifies a string conversion callback.  This callback

+is not required for correct operation of

+either the input method or the client.  It can be set by a client

+to support string conversions that may be requested

+by the input method.  An input method that does string conversions

+will filter any events that it uses to initiate the conversion.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with argument

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+before using this argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="String_Conversion_">

+<title>String Conversion </title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN String Conversion -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNStringConversion</symbol>

+argument is a structure of type

+<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNStringConversion</symbol>

+argument specifies the string to be converted by an input method.

+This argument is not required for correct operation of either

+the input method or the client.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+String conversion facilitates the manipulation of text independent

+of preediting.

+It is essential for some input methods and clients to manipulate

+text by performing context-sensitive conversion,

+reconversion, or transliteration conversion on it.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with argument

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+before using this argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+

+typedef struct _XIMStringConversionText {

+     unsigned short              length;

+     XIMStringConversionFeedback *feedback;

+     Bool                        encoding_is_wchar;

+     union {

+          char     *mbs;

+          wchar_t  *wcs;

+     } string;

+} XIMStringConversionText;

+

+typedef unsigned long XIMStringConversionFeedback;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The feedback member is reserved for future use.  The text to be

+converted is defined by the string and length members.  The length

+is indicated in characters.  To prevent the library from freeing memory

+pointed to by an uninitialized pointer, the client should set the feedback

+element to NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Reset_State">

+<title>Reset State</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Reset State -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>

+argument specifies the state the input context will return to after calling

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+or

+<function>XwcResetIC</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The <acronym>XIC</acronym> state may be set to its initial state, as specified by the

+<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>

+value when

+<function>XCreateIC</function>

+was called, or it may be set to preserve the current state.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The valid masks for

+<type>XIMResetState</type>

+are as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMInitialState</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XINPreserveState</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef unsigned long XIMResetState;

+

+#define XIMInitialState  (1L)

+#define XIMPreserveState (1L&lt;&lt;1)

+

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If

+<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>

+is set, then

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+and

+<function>XwcResetIC</function>

+will return to the initial

+<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>

+state of the <acronym>XIC</acronym>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If

+<symbol>XIMPreserveState</symbol>

+is set, then 

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+and

+<function>XwcResetIC</function>

+will preserve the current state of the <acronym>XIC</acronym>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If

+<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>

+is left unspecified, the default is

+<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<type>XIMResetState</type>

+values other than those specified above will default to

+<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with argument

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+before using this argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Hot_Keys_b">

+<title>Hot Keys</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Hot Keys -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNHotKey</symbol>

+argument specifies the hot key list to the <acronym>XIC</acronym>.

+The hot key list is a pointer to the structure of type

+<structname>XIMHotKeyTriggers</structname>,

+which specifies the key events that must be received

+without any interruption of the input method.

+For the hot key list set with this argument to be utilized, the client

+must also set

+<symbol>XNHotKeyState</symbol>

+to

+<symbol>XIMHotKeyStateON</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with argument

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+before using this functionality.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XIMHotKeyTriggers</structname>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If an event for a key in the hot key list is found, then the process will

+receive the event and it will be processed inside the client.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     KeySym keysym;

+     unsigned int modifier;

+     unsigned int modifier_mask;

+} XIMHotKeyTrigger;

+

+typedef struct {

+     int num_hot_key;

+     XIMHotKeyTrigger *key;

+} XIMHotKeyTriggers;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The combination of modifier and modifier_mask are used to represent one of

+three states for each modifier:

+either the modifier must be on, or the modifier must be off, or the modifier

+is a ``don't care'' - it may be on or off.

+When a modifier_mask bit is set to 0, the state of the associated modifier

+is ignored when evaluating whether the key is hot or not.

+</para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='3'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry>Modifier Bit</entry>

+      <entry>Mask Bit</entry>

+      <entry>Meaning</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+      <entry>1</entry>

+      <entry>The modifier must be off.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>1</entry>

+      <entry>1</entry>

+      <entry>The modifier must be on.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry>n/a</entry>

+      <entry>0</entry>

+      <entry>Do not care if the modifier is on or off.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Hot_Key_State">

+<title>Hot Key State</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Hot Key State -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNHotKeyState</symbol>

+argument specifies the hot key state of the input method.

+This is usually used to switch the input method between hot key

+operation and normal input processing.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+XIMHotKeyState .

+</para>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef unsigned long XIMHotKeyState;

+

+#define XIMHotKeyStateON            (0x0001L)

+#define XIMHotKeyStateOFF           (0x0002L)

+

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If not specified, the default is

+<symbol>XIMHotKeyStateOFF</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Preedit_and_Status_Attributes">

+<title>Preedit and Status Attributes</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit and Status Attributes -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditAttributes</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStatusAttributes</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNPreeditAttributes</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>XNStatusAttributes</symbol>

+arguments specify to an input method the attributes to be used for the 

+preedit and status areas,

+if any.

+Those attributes are passed to 

+<function>XSetICValues</function>

+or

+<function>XGetICValues</function>

+as a nested variable-length list.

+The names to be used in these lists are described in the following sections.

+</para>

+<sect4 id="Area">

+<title>Area</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Area -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNArea</primary></indexterm>

+The value of the

+<symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+argument must be a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XRectangle</structname>.

+The interpretation of the

+<symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+argument is dependent on the input method style that has been set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the input method style is 

+<symbol>XIMPreeditPosition</symbol>,

+<symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+specifies the clipping region within which preediting will take place.

+If the focus window has been set,

+the coordinates are assumed to be relative to the focus window.

+Otherwise, the coordinates are assumed to be relative to the client window.

+If neither has been set,

+the results are undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If 

+<symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+is not specified, is set to NULL, or is invalid,

+the input method will default the clipping region

+to the geometry of the

+<symbol>XNFocusWindow</symbol>.

+If the area specified is NULL or invalid,

+the results are undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the input style is 

+<symbol>XIMPreeditArea</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>XIMStatusArea</symbol>,

+<symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+specifies the geometry provided by the client to the input method.

+The input method may use this area to display its data,

+either preedit or status depending on the area designated.

+The input method may create a window as a child of the client window

+with dimensions that fit the

+<symbol>XNArea</symbol>.

+The coordinates are relative to the client window.

+If the client window has not been set yet,

+the input method should save these values 

+and apply them when the client window is set.

+If 

+<symbol>XNArea</symbol>

+is not specified, is set to NULL, or is invalid,

+the results are undefined.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Area_Needed">

+<title>Area Needed</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Area Needed -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNAreaNeeded</primary></indexterm>

+When set, the

+<symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>

+argument specifies the geometry suggested by the client for this area

+(preedit or status).

+The value associated with the argument must be a pointer to a 

+structure of type 

+<structname>XRectangle</structname>.

+Note that the x, y values are not used

+and that nonzero values for width or height are the constraints 

+that the client wishes the input method to respect.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When read, the

+<symbol>XNAreaNeeded</symbol>

+argument specifies the preferred geometry desired by the input method

+for the area.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This argument is only valid if the input style is 

+<symbol>XIMPreeditArea</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>XIMStatusArea</symbol>.

+It is used for geometry negotiation between the client and the input method

+and has no other effect on the input method 

+(see <link linkend="Geometry_Management">section 13.5.1.5</link>).

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Spot_Location">

+<title>Spot Location</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Spot Location -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNSpotLocation</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNSpotLocation</symbol>

+argument specifies to the input method the coordinates of the spot

+to be used by an input method executing with 

+<symbol>XNInputStyle</symbol>

+set to 

+<symbol>XIMPreeditPosition</symbol>.

+When specified to any input method other than 

+<symbol>XIMPreeditPosition</symbol>,

+this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is ignored.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The x coordinate specifies the position where the next character

+would be inserted.

+The y coordinate is the position of the baseline used

+by the current text line in the focus window.

+The x and y coordinates are relative to the focus window, if it has been set;

+otherwise, they are relative to the client window.

+If neither the focus window nor the client window has been set,

+the results are undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The value of the argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XPoint</structname>.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Colormap">

+<title>Colormap</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Colormap -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Two different arguments can be used to indicate what colormap the input method

+should use to allocate colors, a colormap ID, or a standard colormap name.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNColormap</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNColormap</symbol>

+argument is used to specify a colormap ID.

+The argument value is of type

+<type>Colormap</type>.

+An invalid argument may generate a 

+<errorname>BadColor</errorname>

+error when it is used by the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStdColormap</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNStdColormap</symbol>

+argument is used to indicate the name of the standard colormap

+in which the input method should allocate colors.

+The argument value is an 

+<type>Atom</type>

+that should be a valid atom for calling

+<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.

+An invalid argument may generate a

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+error when it is used by the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the colormap is left unspecified,

+the client window colormap becomes the default.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Foreground_and_Background">

+<title>Foreground and Background</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Foreground and Background -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNForeground</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNBackground</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNForeground</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>XNBackground</symbol>

+arguments specify the foreground and background pixel, respectively.

+The argument value is of type

+<type>unsigned</type>

+<type>long</type>.

+It must be a valid pixel in the input method colormap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If these values are left unspecified,

+the default is determined by the input method.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Background_Pixmap">

+<title>Background Pixmap</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Background Pixmap -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNBackgroundPixmap</symbol>

+argument specifies a background pixmap to be used as the background of the

+window.

+The value must be of type 

+<type>Pixmap</type>.

+An invalid argument may generate a

+<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>

+error when it is used by the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If this value is left unspecified,

+the default is determined by the input method.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Font_Set">

+<title>Font Set</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Font Set -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNFontSet</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNFontSet</symbol>

+argument specifies to the input method what font set is to be used.

+The argument value is of type

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If this value is left unspecified,

+the default is determined by the input method.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Line_Spacing">

+<title>Line Spacing</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Line Spacing -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNLineSpace</symbol>

+argument specifies to the input method what line spacing is to be used

+in the preedit window if more than one line is to be used.

+This argument is of type

+<type>int</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If this value is left unspecified,

+the default is determined by the input method.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Cursor">

+<title>Cursor</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Cursor -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNCursor</primary></indexterm>

+The

+<symbol>XNCursor</symbol>

+argument specifies to the input method what cursor is to be used

+in the specified window.

+This argument is of type 

+<type>Cursor</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An invalid argument may generate a

+<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>

+error when it is used by the input method.

+If this value is left unspecified,

+the default is determined by the input method.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Preedit_State">

+<title>Preedit State</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit State -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>

+argument specifies the state of input preediting for the input method.

+Input preediting can be on or off.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The valid mask names for

+<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>

+are as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditUnknown</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditEnable</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditDisable</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef unsigned long XIMPreeditState;

+

+#define XIMPreeditUnknown    0L

+#define XIMPreeditEnable     1L

+#define XIMPreeditDisable    (1L&lt;&lt;1)

+

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If a value of

+<symbol>XIMPreeditEnable</symbol>

+is set, then input preediting is turned on by the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a value of

+<symbol>XIMPreeditDisable</symbol>

+is set, then input preediting is turned off by the input method.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If

+<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>

+is left unspecified, then the state will be implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When

+<symbol>XNResetState</symbol>

+is set to

+<symbol>XIMInitialState</symbol>,

+the

+<symbol>XNPreeditState</symbol>

+value specified at the creation time will be reflected as the initial state for

+<function>XmbResetIC</function>

+and

+<function>XwcResetIC</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with argument

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+before using this argument.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Preedit_State_Notify_Callback">

+<title>Preedit State Notify Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit State Notify Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The preedit state notify callback is triggered by the input method

+when the preediting state has changed.

+The value of the

+<symbol>XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback</symbol>

+argument is a pointer to a structure of type

+<structname>XIMCallback</structname>.

+The generic prototype is as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditStateNotifyCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='preeditstatenotifycallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditStateNotifyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the current preedit state.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<structname>XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct _XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct {

+     XIMPreeditState state;

+} XIMPreeditStateNotifyCallbackStruct;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because this <acronym>XIC</acronym> value is optional, a client should call

+<function>XGetIMValues</function>

+with argument

+<symbol>XNQueryICValuesList</symbol>

+before using this argument.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+<sect4 id="Preedit_and_Status_Callbacks">

+<title>Preedit and Status Callbacks</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit and Status Callbacks -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A client that wants to support the input style

+<symbol>XIMPreeditCallbacks</symbol>

+must provide a set of preedit callbacks to the input method.

+The set of preedit callbacks is as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditStartCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNPreeditCaretCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNPreeditStartCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>This is called when the input method starts preedit.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNPreeditDoneCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>This is called when the input method stops preedit.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNPreeditDrawCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>This is called when a number of preedit keystrokes should be echoed.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNPreeditCaretCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>This is called to move the text insertion point within the preedit string.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A client that wants to support the input style

+<symbol>XIMStatusCallbacks</symbol>

+must provide a set of status callbacks to the input method.

+The set of status callbacks is as follows:

+</para>

+

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStatusStartCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStatusDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNStatusDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNStatusStartCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>This is called when the input method initializes the status area.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNStatusDoneCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>This is called when the input method no longer needs the status area.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XNStatusDrawCallback</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>This is called when updating of the status area is required.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The value of any status or preedit argument is a pointer

+to a structure of type

+<structname>XIMCallback</structname>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMProc</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef void (*XIMProc)();

+

+typedef struct {

+     XPointer client_data;

+     XIMProc callback;

+} XIMCallback;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Each callback has some particular semantics and will carry the data

+that expresses the environment necessary to the client 

+into a specific data structure.

+This paragraph only describes the arguments to be used to set

+the callback.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Setting any of these values while doing preedit

+may cause unexpected results.

+</para>

+</sect4>

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Input_Method_Callback_Semantics">

+<title>Input Method Callback Semantics</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Method Callback Semantics -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<acronym>XIM</acronym> callbacks are procedures defined by clients or text drawing packages

+that are to be called from the input method when selected events occur.

+Most clients will use a text editing package or a toolkit

+and, hence, will not need to define such callbacks.

+This section defines the callback semantics, when they are triggered,

+and what their arguments are.

+This information is mostly useful for X toolkit implementors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Callbacks are mostly provided so that clients (or text editing

+packages) can implement on-the-spot preediting in their own window.

+In that case,

+the input method needs to communicate and synchronize with the client.

+The input method needs to communicate changes in the preedit window 

+when it is under control of the client.

+Those callbacks allow the client to initialize the preedit area,

+display a new preedit string,

+move the text insertion point during preedit,

+terminate preedit, or update the status area.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+All callback procedures follow the generic prototype:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CallbackPrototype</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>CallbackPrototype</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>SomeType<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies data specific to the callback.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The call_data argument is a structure that expresses the arguments needed

+to achieve the semantics;

+that is,

+it is a specific data structure appropriate to the callback.

+In cases where no data is needed in the callback,

+this call_data argument is NULL.

+The client_data argument is a closure that has been initially specified

+by the client when specifying the callback and passed back.

+It may serve, for example, to inherit application context in the callback.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following paragraphs describe the programming semantics

+and specific data structure associated with the different reasons.

+</para>

+<sect3 id="Geometry_Callback_b">

+<title>Geometry Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Geometry Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The geometry callback is triggered by the input method 

+to indicate that it wants the client to negotiate geometry.

+The generic prototype is as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>GeometryCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>GeometryCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The callback is called with a NULL call_data argument.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Destroy_Callback_c">

+<title>Destroy Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Destroy Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The destroy callback is triggered by the input method 

+when it stops service for any reason.

+After the callback is invoked, the input context will be freed by Xlib.

+The generic prototype is as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DestroyCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='destroycallback_xic'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>DestroyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The callback is called with a NULL call_data argument.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="String_Conversion_Callback_b">

+<title>String Conversion Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN String Conversion Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The string conversion callback is triggered by the input method 

+to request the client to return the string to be converted.  The

+returned string may be either a multibyte or wide character string,

+with an encoding matching the locale bound to the input context.

+The callback prototype is as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StringConversionCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='stringconversioncallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StringConversionCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input method.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the amount of the string to be converted.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The callback is passed an

+<structname>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</structname>

+structure in the call_data argument.

+The text member is an

+<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>

+structure (see <link linkend="String_Conversion_">section 13.5.6.9</link>)

+to be filled in by the client

+and describes the text to be sent to the input method.

+The data pointed to by the 

+string and feedback elements of the

+<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>

+structure will be freed using

+<function>XFree</function>

+by the input method

+after the callback returns.  So the client should not point to 

+internal buffers that are critical to the client.

+Similarly, because the feedback element is currently reserved for future

+use, the client should set feedback to NULL to prevent the library from

+freeing memory at some random location due to an uninitialized pointer.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<structname>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef struct _XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct {

+     XIMStringConversionPosition position;          

+     XIMCaretDirection direction;

+     short factor;

+     XIMStringConversionOperation operation;

+     XIMStringConversionText *text;

+} XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct;

+

+typedef short XIMStringConversionPosition;

+

+typedef unsigned short XIMStringConversionOperation;

+

+#define XIMStringConversionSubstitution       (0x0001)

+#define XIMStringConversionRetrieval          (0x0001)

+

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<type>XIMStringConversionPosition</type>

+specifies the starting position of the string to be returned

+in the

+<structname>XIMStringConversionText</structname>

+structure.  The value identifies a position, in units of characters,

+relative to the client's cursor position in the client's buffer.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The ending position of the text buffer is determined by

+the direction and factor members.  Specifically, it is the character position 

+relative to the starting point as defined by the

+<structname>XIMCaretDirection</structname>.

+The factor member of 

+<structname>XIMStringConversionCallbackStruct</structname>

+specifies the number of

+<structname>XIMCaretDirection</structname>

+positions to be applied.  For example, if the direction specifies

+<constant>XIMLineEnd</constant>

+and factor is 1, then all characters from the starting position to 

+the end of the current display line are returned.  If the direction

+specifies

+<constant>XIMForwardChar</constant>

+or

+<constant>XIMBackwardChar</constant>,

+then the factor specifies a relative position, indicated in characters, 

+from the starting position.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<type>XIMStringConversionOperation</type>

+specifies whether the string to be converted should be 

+deleted (substitution) or copied (retrieval) from the client's

+buffer.  When the

+<type>XIMStringConversionOperation</type>

+is

+<symbol>XIMStringConversionSubstitution</symbol>,

+the client must delete the string to be converted from its own buffer.

+When the

+<type>XIMStringConversionOperation</type>

+is

+<symbol>XIMStringConversionRetrieval</symbol>,

+the client must not delete the string to be converted from its buffer.

+The substitute operation is typically used for reconversion and

+transliteration conversion,

+while the retrieval operation is typically used for context-sensitive 

+conversion.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Preedit_State_Callbacks">

+<title>Preedit State Callbacks</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit State Callbacks -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When the input method turns preediting on or off, a

+<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>

+or

+<function><replaceable>PreeditDoneCallback</replaceable></function>

+callback is triggered to let the toolkit do the setup

+or the cleanup for the preedit region.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditStartCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='preeditstartcallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+When preedit starts on the specified input context,

+the callback is called with a NULL call_data argument.

+<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>

+will return the maximum size of the preedit string.

+A positive number indicates the maximum number of bytes allowed

+in the preedit string, 

+and a value of -1 indicates there is no limit.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='preeditdonecallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditDoneCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+When preedit stops on the specified input context,

+the callback is called with a NULL call_data argument.

+The client can release the data allocated by

+<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>

+should initialize appropriate data needed for

+displaying preedit information and for handling further 

+<function><replaceable>PreeditDrawCallback</replaceable></function>

+calls.

+Once

+<function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function>

+is called, it will not be called again before

+<function><replaceable>PreeditDoneCallback</replaceable></function>

+has been called.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Preedit_Draw_Callback">

+<title>Preedit Draw Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit Draw Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This callback is triggered to draw and insert, delete or replace,

+preedit text in the preedit region.

+The preedit text may include unconverted input text such as Japanese Kana,

+converted text such as Japanese Kanji characters, or characters of both kinds.

+That string is either a multibyte or wide character string, 

+whose encoding matches the locale bound to the input context.

+The callback prototype

+is as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='preeditdrawcallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditDrawCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the preedit drawing information.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The callback is passed an 

+<structname>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct</structname>

+structure in the call_data argument.

+The text member of this structure contains the text to be drawn.

+After the string has been drawn,

+the caret should be moved to the specified location.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<structname>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct _XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct {

+     int caret;     /* Cursor offset within preedit string */

+     int chg_first;     /* Starting change position */

+     int chg_length;     /* Length of the change in character count */

+     XIMText *text;

+} XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The client must keep updating a buffer of the preedit text

+and the callback arguments referring to indexes in that buffer.

+The call_data fields have specific meanings according to the operation,

+as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+To indicate text deletion, 

+the call_data member specifies a NULL text field.

+The text to be deleted is then the current text in the buffer 

+from position chg_first (starting at zero) on a character length

+of chg_length.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+When text is non-NULL,

+it indicates insertion or replacement of text in the buffer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The chg_length member

+identifies the number of characters in the current preedit buffer

+that are affected by this call.

+A positive chg_length indicates that chg_length number of characters, starting

+at chg_first, must be deleted or must be replaced by text, whose length is

+specified in the

+<structname>XIMText</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A chg_length value of zero indicates that text must be inserted

+right at the position specified by chg_first.

+A value of zero for chg_first specifies the first character in the buffer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+chg_length and chg_first combine to identify the modification required to

+the preedit buffer; beginning at chg_first, replace chg_length number of

+characters with the text in the supplied

+<structname>XIMText</structname>

+structure. For example, suppose the preedit buffer contains the string "ABCDE".

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .ft C -->

+Text:      A B C D E

+          ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

+CharPos:  0 1 2 3 4 5

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .ft P -->

+</literallayout>

+The CharPos in the diagram shows the location of the character position

+relative to the character.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the value of chg_first is 1 and the value of chg_length is 3, this

+says to replace 3 characters beginning at character position 1 with the

+string in the

+<structname>XIMText</structname>

+structure.

+Hence, <acronym>BCD</acronym> would be replaced by the value in the structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Though chg_length and chg_first are both signed integers they will

+never have a negative value.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The caret member

+identifies the character position before which the cursor should

+be placed - after modification to the preedit buffer has been completed.

+For example, if caret is zero, the cursor is at

+the beginning of the buffer.  If the caret is one, the cursor is between

+the first and second character.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMText</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 1.5i 3i -->

+typedef struct _XIMText {

+     unsigned short length;

+     XIMFeedback * feedback;

+     Bool encoding_is_wchar; 

+     union {

+          char * multi_byte;

+          wchar_t * wide_char;

+     } string; 

+} XIMText;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The text string passed is actually a structure specifying as follows:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The length member is the text length in characters.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The encoding_is_wchar member is a value that indicates 

+if the text string is encoded in wide character or multibyte format.

+The text string may be passed either as multibyte or as wide character;

+the input method controls in which form data is passed.

+The client's

+callback routine must be able to handle data passed in either form.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The string member is the text string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+The feedback member indicates rendering type for each character in the

+string member.

+If string is NULL (indicating that only highlighting of the existing

+preedit buffer should be updated), feedback points to length highlight

+elements that should be applied to the existing preedit buffer, beginning

+at chg_first.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The feedback member expresses the types of rendering feedback

+the callback should apply when drawing text.

+Rendering of the text to be drawn is specified either in generic ways

+(for example, primary, secondary) or in specific ways (reverse, underline).

+When generic indications are given,

+the client is free to choose the rendering style.

+It is necessary, however, that primary and secondary be mapped 

+to two distinct rendering styles.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If an input method wants to control display of the preedit string, an 

+input method can indicate the visibility hints using feedbacks in

+a specific way.

+The 

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToForward</symbol>,

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToBackword</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToCenter</symbol>

+masks are exclusively used for these visibility hints.

+The 

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToForward</symbol>

+mask

+indicates that the preedit text is preferably displayed in the

+primary draw direction from the

+caret position in the preedit area forward.

+The 

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToBackword</symbol>

+mask

+indicates that the preedit text is preferably displayed from

+the caret position in the preedit area backward, relative to the primary

+draw direction.

+The 

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToCenter</symbol>

+mask

+indicates that the preedit text is preferably displayed with

+the caret position in the preedit area centered.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The insertion point of the preedit string could exist outside of

+the visible area when visibility hints are used.

+Only one of the 

+masks

+is valid for the entire preedit string, and only one character

+can hold one of these feedbacks for a given input context at one time.

+This feedback may be OR'ed together with another highlight (such as

+<symbol>XIMReverse</symbol>).

+Only the most recently set feedback is valid, and any previous

+feedback is automatically canceled.  This is a hint to the client, and

+the client is free to choose how to display the preedit string.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The feedback member also specifies how rendering of the text argument

+should be performed.

+If the feedback is NULL,

+the callback should apply the same feedback as is used for the surrounding

+characters in the preedit buffer; if chg_first is at a highlight boundary,

+the client can choose which of the two highlights to use.

+If feedback is not NULL, feedback specifies an array defining the

+rendering for each

+character of the string, and the length of the array is thus length.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If an input method wants to indicate that it is only updating the feedback of

+the preedit text without changing the content of it, 

+the

+<structname>XIMText</structname>

+structure will contain a NULL value for the string field,

+the number of characters affected (relative to chg_first)

+will be in the length field,

+and the feedback field will point to an array of 

+<type>XIMFeedback</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each element in the feedback array is a bitmask represented by a value of type

+<type>XIMFeedback</type>.

+The valid mask names are as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMReverse</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMUnderline</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMHighlight</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPrimary</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMSecondary</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMTertiary</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMVisibleToForward</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMVisibleToBackward</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMVisibleToCenter</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef unsigned long XIMFeedback;

+

+#define     XIMReverse                     1L

+#define     XIMUnderline                   (1L&lt;&lt;1)

+#define     XIMHighlight                   (1L&lt;&lt;2)

+#define     XIMPrimary                     (1L&lt;&lt;5)*

+#define     XIMSecondary                   (1L&lt;&lt;6)*

+#define     XIMTertiary                    (1L&lt;&lt;7)*

+#define     XIMVisibleToForward            (1L&lt;&lt;8)

+#define     XIMVisibleToBackward           (1L&lt;&lt;9)

+#define     XIMVisibleToCenter               (1L&lt;&lt;10)

+

+*† The values for XIMPrimary, XIMSecondary, and XIMTertiary were incorrectly defined in

+the R5 specification. The X Consortium’s X11R5 implementation correctly

+implemented the values for these highlights. The value of these highlights has

+been corrected in this specification to agree with the values in the

+Consortium’s X11R5 and X11R6 implementations.

+

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Characters drawn with the

+<symbol>XIMReverse</symbol>

+highlight should be drawn by swapping the foreground and background colors

+used to draw normal, unhighlighted characters.

+Characters drawn with the

+<symbol>XIMUnderline</symbol>

+highlight should be underlined.

+Characters drawn with the

+<symbol>XIMHighlight</symbol>,

+<symbol>XIMPrimary</symbol>,

+<symbol>XIMSecondary</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>XIMTertiary</symbol>

+highlights should be drawn in some unique manner that must be different

+from

+<symbol>XIMReverse</symbol>

+and

+<symbol>XIMUnderline</symbol>.

+<!-- .FS \(dg -->

+The values for

+<symbol>XIMPrimary</symbol>,

+<symbol>XIMSecondary</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>XIMTertiary</symbol>

+were incorrectly defined in the R5 specification.

+The X Consortium's X11R5

+implementation correctly implemented the values for these highlights.

+The value of these highlights has been corrected in this specification

+to agree with the values in the Consortium's X11R5 and X11R6 implementations.

+<!-- .FE -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Preedit_Caret_Callback">

+<title>Preedit Caret Callback</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Preedit Caret Callback -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An input method may have its own navigation keys to allow the user

+to move the text insertion point in the preedit area 

+(for example, to move backward or forward). 

+Consequently, input method needs to indicate to the client that it

+should move the text insertion point.

+It then calls the PreeditCaretCallback.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditCaretCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='preeditcaretcallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditCaretCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the preedit caret information.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The input method will trigger PreeditCaretCallback

+to move the text insertion point during preedit.

+The call_data argument contains a pointer to an 

+<structname>XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct</structname>

+structure,

+which indicates where the caret should be moved.

+The callback must move the insertion point to its new location

+and return, in field position, the new offset value from the initial position.  

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct _XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct {

+     int position;     /* Caret offset within preedit string */

+     XIMCaretDirection direction;     /* Caret moves direction */

+     XIMCaretStyle style;     /* Feedback of the caret */

+} XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<structname>XIMCaretStyle</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCaretStyle</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef enum {

+     XIMIsInvisible,     /* Disable caret feedback */ 

+     XIMIsPrimary,     /* <acronym>UI</acronym> defined caret feedback */

+     XIMIsSecondary,     /* <acronym>UI</acronym> defined caret feedback */

+} XIMCaretStyle;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<structname>XIMCaretDirection</structname>

+structure is defined as follows:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCaretDirection</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef enum {

+     XIMForwardChar, XIMBackwardChar,

+     XIMForwardWord, XIMBackwardWord,

+     XIMCaretUp, XIMCaretDown,

+     XIMNextLine, XIMPreviousLine,

+     XIMLineStart, XIMLineEnd, 

+     XIMAbsolutePosition,

+     XIMDontChange,

+ } XIMCaretDirection;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+These values are defined as follows:

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMForwardChar</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMBackwardChar</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMForwardWord</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMBackwardWord</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCaretUp</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMCaretDown</primary></indexterm>

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMForwardChar</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret forward one character position.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMBackwardChar</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret backward one character position.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMForwardWord</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret forward one word.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMBackwardWord</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret backward one word.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMCaretUp</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret up one line keeping the current horizontal offset.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMCaretDown</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret down one line keeping the current horizontal offset.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMPreviousLine</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret to the beginning of the previous line.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMNextLine</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret to the beginning of the next line.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMLineStart</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret to the beginning of the current display line that contains the caret.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMLineEnd</constant></entry>

+      <entry>Move the caret to the end of the current display line that contains the caret.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMAbsolutePosition</constant></entry>

+      <entry>The callback must move to the location specified by the position field

+      of the callback data, indicated in characters, starting from the beginning

+      of the preedit text.

+      Hence, a value of zero means move back to the beginning of the preedit text.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><constant>XIMDontChange</constant></entry>

+      <entry>The caret position does not change.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMNextLine</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMPreviousLine</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMLineStart</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMLineEnd</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMAbsolutePosition</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMDontChange</primary></indexterm>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Status_Callbacks">

+<title>Status Callbacks</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Status Callbacks -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+An input method may communicate changes in the status of an input context

+(for example, created, destroyed, or focus changes) with three status

+callbacks:  StatusStartCallback, StatusDoneCallback, and StatusDrawCallback.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+When the input context is created or gains focus, 

+the input method calls the StatusStartCallback callback.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusStartCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='statusstartcallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusStartCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The callback should initialize appropriate data for displaying status

+and for responding to StatusDrawCallback calls.  

+Once StatusStartCallback is called,

+it will not be called again before StatusDoneCallback has been called.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+When an input context

+is destroyed or when it loses focus, the input method calls StatusDoneCallback.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='statusdonecallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusDoneCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Not used for this callback and always passed as NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The callback may release any data allocated on 

+<function>StatusStart</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+When an input context status has to be updated, the input method calls

+StatusDrawCallback.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='statusdrawcallback'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusDrawCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> client_data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct<parameter> *call_data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the additional client data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the status drawing information.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The callback should update the status area by either drawing a string

+or imaging a bitmap in the status area.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XIMStatusDataType</structname>

+and

+<structname>XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct</structname>

+structures are defined as follows:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusDataType</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 1i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 1i 3i -->

+typedef enum {

+     XIMTextType,

+     XIMBitmapType,

+} XIMStatusDataType;

+

+typedef struct _XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct {

+     XIMStatusDataType type;

+     union {

+          XIMText *text;

+          Pixmap  bitmap;

+     } data;

+} XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The feedback styles

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToForward</symbol>,

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToBackword</symbol>,

+and

+<symbol>XIMVisibleToCenter</symbol>

+are not relevant and will not appear in the

+<type>XIMFeedback</type>

+element of the

+<structname>XIMText</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+</para>

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Event_Filtering_b">

+<title>Event Filtering</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Event Filtering -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides the ability for an input method

+to register a filter internal to Xlib.

+This filter is called by a client (or toolkit) by calling

+<function>XFilterEvent</function>

+after calling 

+<function>XNextEvent</function>.

+Any client that uses the 

+<type>XIM</type>

+interface should call

+<function>XFilterEvent</function>

+to allow input methods to process their events without knowledge

+of the client's dispatching mechanism.

+A client's user interface policy may determine the priority

+of event filters with respect to other event-handling mechanisms

+(for example, modal grabs).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Clients may not know how many filters there are, if any,

+and what they do.

+They may only know if an event has been filtered on return of 

+<function>XFilterEvent</function>.

+Clients should discard filtered events.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To filter an event, use

+<function>XFilterEvent</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFilterEvent</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfilterevent'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XFilterEvent</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Ev event to filter -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the (Ev.

+<!-- .ds Wi for which the filter is to be applied -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window (Wi.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If the window argument is

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+<function>XFilterEvent</function>

+applies the filter to the window specified in the

+<structname>XEvent</structname>

+structure.

+The window argument is provided so that layers above Xlib

+that do event redirection can indicate to which window an event

+has been redirected.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If

+<function>XFilterEvent</function>

+returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+then some input method has filtered the event,

+and the client should discard the event.

+If

+<function>XFilterEvent</function>

+returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+then the client should continue processing the event.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a grab has occurred in the client and

+<function>XFilterEvent</function>

+returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the client should ungrab the keyboard.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Getting_Keyboard_Input_b">

+<title>Getting Keyboard Input</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Getting Keyboard Input -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To get composed input from an input method,

+use

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbLookupString</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcLookupString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmblookupstring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XmbLookupString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XKeyPressedEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> bytes_buffer</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysym_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Status<parameter> *status_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwclookupstring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XwcLookupString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XKeyPressedEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> wchars_buffer</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysym_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Status<parameter> *status_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ic</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the input context.

+<!-- .ds Ev key event to be used -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the (Ev.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns a multibyte string or wide character string (if any)

+from the input method.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_buffer</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>wchars_buffer</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies space available in the return buffer.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the KeySym computed from the event if this argument is not NULL.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>status_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns a value indicating what kind of data is returned.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+and

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+functions return the string from the input method specified

+in the buffer_return argument.

+If no string is returned,

+the buffer_return argument is unchanged.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The KeySym into which the KeyCode from the event was mapped is returned

+in the keysym_return argument if it is non-NULL and the status_return

+argument indicates that a KeySym was returned.

+If both a string and a KeySym are returned,

+the KeySym value does not necessarily correspond to the string returned.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+returns the length of the string in bytes, and

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+returns the length of the string in characters.

+Both

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+and

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+return text in the encoding of the locale bound to the input method

+of the specified input context.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Each string returned by

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+and

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+begins in the initial state of the encoding of the locale

+(if the encoding of the locale is state-dependent).

+<!-- .NT -->

+<note><para>

+To insure proper input processing,

+it is essential that the client pass only 

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+events to

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+and

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>.

+Their behavior when a client passes a 

+<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>

+event is undefined.

+</para></note>

+<!-- .NE -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Clients should check the status_return argument before

+using the other returned values.

+These two functions both return a value to status_return 

+that indicates what has been returned in the other arguments.

+The possible values returned are:

+</para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='2'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XBufferOverflow</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>The input string to be returned is too large for the supplied buffer_return.

+      The required size

+      (<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+      in bytes;

+      <function>XwcLookupString</function>

+      in characters) is returned as the value of the function,

+      and the contents of buffer_return and keysym_return are not modified.

+      The client should recall the function with the same event

+      and a buffer of adequate size to obtain the string.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XLookupNone</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>No consistent input has been composed so far.

+      The contents of buffer_return and keysym_return are not modified, 

+      and the function returns zero.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XLookupChars</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Some input characters have been composed.

+      They are placed in the buffer_return argument,

+      and the string length is returned as the value of the function.

+      The string is encoded in the locale bound to the input context.

+      The content of the keysym_return argument is not modified.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XLookupKeySym</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>A KeySym has been returned instead of a string

+      and is returned in keysym_return.

+      The content of the buffer_return argument is not modified,

+      and the function returns zero.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><symbol>XLookupBoth</symbol></entry>

+      <entry>Both a KeySym and a string are returned;

+      <symbol>XLookupChars</symbol>

+      and

+      <symbol>XLookupKeySym</symbol>

+      occur simultaneously.</entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It does not make any difference if the input context passed as an argument to

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+and

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+is the one currently in possession of the focus or not.

+Input may have been composed within an input context before it lost the focus,

+and that input may be returned on subsequent calls to

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>

+even though it does not have any more keyboard focus.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Input_Method_Conventions">

+<title>Input Method Conventions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Input Method Conventions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The input method architecture is transparent to the client.

+However, clients should respect a number of conventions in order

+to work properly.

+Clients must also be aware of possible effects of synchronization

+between input method and library in the case of a remote input server.

+</para>

+<sect3 id="Client_Conventions">

+<title>Client Conventions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Client Conventions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A well-behaved client (or toolkit) should first query the input method style.

+If the client cannot satisfy the requirements of the supported styles

+(in terms of geometry management or callbacks),

+it should negotiate with the user continuation of the program

+or raise an exception or error of some sort.

+</para>

+</sect3>

+<sect3 id="Synchronization_Conventions">

+<title>Synchronization Conventions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Synchronization Conventions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A 

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+event with a KeyCode of zero is used exclusively as a

+signal that an input method has composed input that can be returned by

+<function>XmbLookupString</function>

+or

+<function>XwcLookupString</function>.

+No other use is made of a 

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+event with KeyCode of zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Such an event may be generated by either a front-end

+or a back-end input method in an implementation-dependent manner.

+Some possible ways to generate this event include:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A synthetic event sent by an input method server

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+An artificial event created by a input method filter and pushed

+onto a client's event queue

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+A 

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+event whose KeyCode value is modified by an input method filter

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When callback support is specified by the client,

+input methods will not take action unless they explicitly

+called back the client and obtained no response

+(the callback is not specified or returned invalid data).

+</para>

+</sect3>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="String_Constants">

+<title>String Constants</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN String Constants -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following symbols for string constants are defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.

+Although they are shown here with particular macro definitions,

+they may be implemented as macros, as global symbols, or as a

+mixture of the two.  The string pointer value itself

+is not significant; clients must not assume that inequality of two

+values implies inequality of the actual string data.

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#define XNVaNestedList                       "XNVaNestedList"

+#define XNSeparatorofNestedList              "separatorofNestedList"

+#define XNQueryInputStyle                    "queryInputStyle"

+#define XNClientWindow                       "clientWindow"

+#define XNInputStyle                         "inputStyle"

+#define XNFocusWindow                        "focusWindow"

+#define XNResourceName                       "resourceName"

+#define XNResourceClass                      "resourceClass"

+#define XNGeometryCallback                   "geometryCallback"

+#define XNDestroyCallback                    "destroyCallback"

+#define XNFilterEvents                       "filterEvents"

+#define XNPreeditStartCallback               "preeditStartCallback"

+#define XNPreeditDoneCallback                "preeditDoneCallback"

+#define XNPreeditDrawCallback                "preeditDrawCallback"

+#define XNPreeditCaretCallback               "preeditCaretCallback"

+#define XNPreeditStateNotifyCallback         "preeditStateNotifyCallback"

+#define XNPreeditAttributes                  "preeditAttributes"

+#define XNStatusStartCallback                "statusStartCallback"

+#define XNStatusDoneCallback                 "statusDoneCallback"

+#define XNStatusDrawCallback                 "statusDrawCallback"

+#define XNStatusAttributes                   "statusAttributes"

+#define XNArea                               "area"

+#define XNAreaNeeded                         "areaNeeded"

+#define XNSpotLocation                       "spotLocation"

+#define XNColormap                           "colorMap"

+#define XNStdColormap                        "stdColorMap"

+#define XNForeground                         "foreground"

+#define XNBackground                         "background"

+#define XNBackgroundPixmap                   "backgroundPixmap"

+#define XNFontSet                            "fontSet"

+#define XNLineSpace                          "lineSpace"

+#define XNCursor                             "cursor"

+#define XNQueryIMValuesList                  "queryIMValuesList"

+#define XNQueryICValuesList                  "queryICValuesList"

+#define XNStringConversionCallback           "stringConversionCallback"

+#define XNStringConversion                   "stringConversion"

+#define XNResetState                         "resetState"

+#define XNHotKey                             "hotkey"

+#define XNHotKeyState                        "hotkeyState"

+#define XNPreeditState                       "preeditState"

+#define XNVisiblePosition                    "visiblePosition"

+#define XNR6PreeditCallbackBehavior          "r6PreeditCallback"

+#define XNRequiredCharSet                    "requiredCharSet"

+#define XNQueryOrientation                   "queryOrientation"

+#define XNDirectionalDependentDrawing        "directionalDependentDrawing"

+#define XNContextualDrawing                  "contextualDrawing"

+#define XNBaseFontName                       "baseFontName"

+#define XNMissingCharSet                     "missingCharSet"

+#define XNDefaultString                      "defaultString"

+#define XNOrientation                        "orientation"

+#define XNFontInfo                           "fontInfo"

+#define XNOMAutomatic                        "omAutomatic"

+

+</literallayout>

+

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml
index 20693eb13..8d6dd2e09 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml
@@ -1,5223 +1,5223 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="inter_client_communication_functions">
-<title>Inter-Client Communication Functions</title>
-<para>
-The Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual, hereafter referred to as the <acronym>ICCCM</acronym>,
-details the X Consortium approved conventions that govern inter-client communications. These
-conventions ensure peer-to-peer client cooperation in the use of selections, cut buffers, and shared
-resources as well as client cooperation with window and session managers. For further information,
-see the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.
-</para>
-<para>
-Xlib provides a number of standard properties and programming interfaces that are <acronym>ICCCM</acronym>
-compliant. The predefined atoms for some of these properties are defined in the &lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;
-header file, where to avoid name conflicts with user symbols their #define name has an XA_ prefix.
-For further information about atoms and properties,
-see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-Xlib’s selection and cut buffer mechanisms provide the primary programming interfaces by which
-peer client applications communicate with each other
-(see sections <link linkend="Selections">4.5</link> and
-<link linkend="Using_Cut_Buffers">16.6</link>). The functions
-discussed in this chapter provide the primary programming interfaces by which client applications
-communicate with their window and session managers as well as share standard colormaps.
-</para>
-<para>
-The standard properties that are of special interest for communicating with window and session
-managers are:
-</para>
-
-<informaltable>
-  <tgroup cols='4'>
-  <colspec colname='c1'/>
-  <colspec colname='c2'/>
-  <colspec colname='c3'/>
-  <colspec colname='c4'/>
-  <thead>
-    <row>
-      <entry align='center'>Name</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Type</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Format</entry>
-      <entry align='center'>Description</entry>
-    </row>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_CLASS</property></entry>
-      <entry>STRING</entry>
-      <entry>8</entry>
-      <entry>Set by application programs to allow
-      window and session managers to
-      obtain the application’s resources
-      from the resource database.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property></entry>
-      <entry>TEXT</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>The string name of the machine on
-      which the client application is running.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property></entry>
-      <entry>WINDOWS</entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-      <entry>The list of window IDs that may
-      need a different colormap from that
-      of their top-level window.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_COMMAND</property></entry>
-      <entry>TEXT</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>The command and arguments, null
-      separated, used to invoke the application.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_HINTS</property></entry>
-      <entry><property>WM_HINTS</property></entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-      <entry>Additional hints set by the client for
-      use by the window manager. The C
-      type of this property is XWMHints.
-      </entry> 
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_ICON_NAME</property></entry>
-      <entry>TEXT</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>The name to be used in an icon.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property></entry>
-      <entry><property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property></entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-      <entry>The window manager may set this
-      property on the root window to
-      specify the icon sizes it supports.
-      The C type of this property is
-      XIconSize.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_NAME</property></entry>
-      <entry>TEXT</entry>
-      <entry></entry>
-      <entry>The name of the application.</entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property></entry>
-      <entry><property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property></entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-      <entry>Size hints for a window in its
-      normal state. The C type of this
-      property is XSizeHints.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property></entry>
-      <entry>ATOM</entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-      <entry>List of atoms that identify the 
-      communications protocols between the
-      client and window manager in
-      which the client is willing to participate.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_STATE</property></entry>
-      <entry><property>WM_STATE</property></entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-      <entry>Intended for communication
-      between window and session managers only.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-    <row>
-      <entry><property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property></entry>
-      <entry>WINDOW</entry>
-      <entry>32</entry>
-      <entry>Set by application programs to 
-      indicate to the window manager that a
-      transient top-level window, such as a
-      dialog box.
-      </entry>
-    </row>
-  </tbody>
-  </tgroup>
-</informaltable>
-
-<para>
-The remainder of this chapter discusses:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem><para>Client to window manager communication</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Client to session manager communication</para></listitem>
-  <listitem><para>Standard colormaps</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<sect1 id="Client_to_Window_Manager_Communication">
-<title>Client to Window Manager Communication</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Client to Window Manager Communication -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section discusses how to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Manipulate top-level windows
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Convert string lists
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read text properties
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_NAME</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_HINTS</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use window manager convenience functions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect2 id="Manipulating_Top_Level_Windows">
-<title>Manipulating Top-Level Windows</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Manipulating Top-Level Windows -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to change the visibility or size
-of top-level windows (that is, those that were created as children 
-of the root window).
-Note that the subwindows that you create are ignored by window managers.
-Therefore,
-you should use the basic window functions described in
-<link linkend="window_functions">chapter 3</link>
-to manipulate your application's subwindows.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To request that a top-level window be iconified, use
-<function>XIconifyWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIconifyWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xiconifywindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XIconifyWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XIconifyWindow</function>
-function sends a <property>WM_CHANGE_STATE</property> 
-<symbol>ClientMessage</symbol>
-event with a format of 32 and a first data element of 
-<symbol>IconicState</symbol>
-(as described in section 4.1.4 of the 
-<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>)
-and a window of w
-to the root window of the specified screen
-with an event mask set to
-<symbol>SubstructureNotifyMask</symbol> |
-<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>.
-Window managers may elect to receive this message and
-if the window is in its normal state, 
-may treat it as a request to change the window's state from normal to iconic.
-If the <property>WM_CHANGE_STATE</property> property cannot be interned, 
-<function>XIconifyWindow</function>
-does not send a message and returns a zero status.
-It returns a nonzero status if the client message is sent successfully;
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To request that a top-level window be withdrawn, use
-<function>XWithdrawWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWithdrawWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwithdrawwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XWithdrawWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XWithdrawWindow</function>
-function unmaps the specified window 
-and sends a synthetic 
-<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>
-event to the root window of the specified screen.
-Window managers may elect to receive this message 
-and may treat it as a request to change the window's state to withdrawn.
-When a window is in the withdrawn state, 
-neither its normal nor its iconic representations is visible.
-It returns a nonzero status if the 
-<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>
-event is successfully sent; 
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XWithdrawWindow</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To request that a top-level window be reconfigured, use
-<function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReconfigureWMWindow</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xreconfigurewmwindow'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> value_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XWindowChanges<parameter> *values</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies which values are to be set using information in
-the values structure.
-This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid configure window values bits.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function>
-function issues a 
-<systemitem>ConfigureWindow</systemitem>
-request on the specified top-level window.
-If the stacking mode is changed and the request fails with a 
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error, 
-the error is trapped by Xlib and a synthetic 
-<systemitem class="event">ConfigureRequestEvent</systemitem>
-containing the same configuration parameters is sent to the root 
-of the specified window.
-Window managers may elect to receive this event 
-and treat it as a request to reconfigure the indicated window.
-It returns a nonzero status if the request or event is successfully sent;
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Converting_String_Lists">
-<title>Converting String Lists</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Converting String Lists -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Many of the text properties allow a variety of types and formats.
-Because the data stored in these properties are not
-simple null-terminated strings, an
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure is used to describe the encoding, type, and length of the text 
-as well as its value.
-The
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure contains:
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	unsigned char *value;	/* property data */
-	Atom encoding;	/* type of property */
-	int format;	/* 8, 16, or 32 */
-	unsigned long nitems;	/* number of items in value */
-} XTextProperty;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Xlib provides functions to convert localized text to or from encodings
-that support the inter-client communication conventions for text.
-In addition, functions are provided for converting between lists of pointers 
-to character strings and text properties in the STRING encoding.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The functions for localized text return a signed integer error status 
-that encodes 
-<symbol>Success</symbol>
-as zero, specific error conditions as negative numbers, and partial conversion
-as a count of unconvertible characters.
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-
-#define #XNoMemory           -1
-#define #XLocaleNotSupported -2
-#define #XConverterNotFound  -3
-
-typedef enum {
-	XStringStyle,		/* STRING */
-	XCompoundTextStyle,	/* COMPOUND_TEXT */
-	XTextStyle,		/* text in owner's encoding (current locale) */
-	XStdICCTextStyle	/* STRING, else COMPOUND_TEXT */
-} XICCEncodingStyle;
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To convert a list of text strings to an 
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function>
-or
-<function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextlisttotextproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XICCEncodingStyle<parameter> style</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwctextlisttotextproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XICCEncodingStyle<parameter> style</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of null-terminated character strings.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of strings specified.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>style</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the manner in which the property is encoded.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function>
-functions set the specified 
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-value to a set of null-separated elements representing the concatenation
-of the specified list of null-terminated text strings.
-A final terminating null is stored at the end of the value field 
-of text_prop_return but is not included in the nitems member.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The functions set the encoding field of text_prop_return to an
-<type>Atom</type>
-for the specified display 
-naming the encoding determined by the specified style
-and convert the specified text list to this encoding for storage in
-the text_prop_return value field.
-If the style 
-<constant>XStringStyle</constant>
-or 
-<constant>XCompoundTextStyle</constant>
-is specified,
-this encoding is ``STRING'' or ``COMPOUND_TEXT'', respectively.
-If the style 
-<constant>XTextStyle</constant>
-is specified,
-this encoding is the encoding of the current locale.
-If the style 
-<constant>XStdICCTextStyle</constant>
-is specified,
-this encoding is ``STRING'' if the text is fully convertible to STRING,
-else ``COMPOUND_TEXT''.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If insufficient memory is available for the new value string,
-the functions return 
-<symbol>XNoMemory</symbol>.
-If the current locale is not supported,
-the functions return 
-<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>.
-In both of these error cases,
-the functions do not set text_prop_return.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To determine if the functions are guaranteed not to return
-<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>,
-use
-<function>XSupportsLocale</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the supplied text is not fully convertible to the specified encoding,
-the functions return the number of unconvertible characters.
-Each unconvertible character is converted to an implementation-defined and
-encoding-specific default string.
-Otherwise, the functions return 
-<symbol>Success</symbol>.
-Note that full convertibility to all styles except 
-<constant>XStringStyle</constant>
-is guaranteed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To free the storage for the value field, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain a list of text strings from an 
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-or
-<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextpropertytotextlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***list_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwctextpropertytotextlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> ***list_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns a list of null-terminated character strings.
-<!-- .ds Cn strings -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-and 
-<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-functions return a list of text strings in the current locale representing the
-null-separated elements of the specified
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-The data in text_prop must be format 8.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Multiple elements of the property (for example, the strings in a disjoint
-text selection) are separated by a null byte.
-The contents of the property are not required to be null-terminated;
-any terminating null should not be included in text_prop.nitems.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If insufficient memory is available for the list and its elements,
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-return 
-<symbol>XNoMemory</symbol>.
-If the current locale is not supported,
-the functions return
-<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>.
-Otherwise, if the encoding field of text_prop is not convertible 
-to the encoding of the current locale,
-the functions return
-<symbol>XConverterNotFound</symbol>.
-For supported locales,
-existence of a converter from COMPOUND_TEXT, STRING
-or the encoding of the current locale is guaranteed if
-<function>XSupportsLocale</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-for the current locale (but the actual text
-may contain unconvertible characters).
-Conversion of other encodings is implementation-dependent.
-In all of these error cases,
-the functions do not set any return values.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Otherwise, 
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-return the list of null-terminated text strings to list_return
-and the number of text strings to count_return.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the value field of text_prop is not fully convertible to the encoding of
-the current locale,
-the functions return the number of unconvertible characters.
-Each unconvertible character is converted to a string in the
-current locale that is specific to the current locale.
-To obtain the value of this string, 
-use
-<function>XDefaultString</function>.
-Otherwise,
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-and
-<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-return 
-<symbol>Success</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To free the storage for the list and its contents returned by
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>,
-use
-<function>XFreeStringList</function>.
-To free the storage for the list and its contents returned by
-<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>,
-use
-<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To free the in-memory data associated with the specified
-wide character string list, use
-<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcFreeStringList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwcfreestringlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XwcFreeStringList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the list of strings to be freed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>
-function frees memory allocated by
-<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the default string for text conversion in the current locale,
-use</para>
-
-<para>char *XDefaultString()</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDefaultString</function>
-function returns the default string used by Xlib for text conversion
-(for example, in 
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>).
-The default string is the string in the current locale that is output 
-when an unconvertible character is found during text conversion.
-If the string returned by
-<function>XDefaultString</function>
-is the empty string (""),
-no character is output in the converted text.
-<function>XDefaultString</function>
-does not return NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The string returned by 
-<function>XDefaultString</function>
-is independent of the default string for text drawing;
-see 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
-to obtain the default string for an
-<type>XFontSet</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The behavior when an invalid codepoint is supplied to any Xlib function is
-undefined.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The returned string is null-terminated.
-It is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.
-It may be freed after the current locale is changed.
-Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set the specified list of strings in the STRING encoding to a 
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XStringListToTextProperty</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStringListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xstringlisttotextproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XStringListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of null-terminated character strings.
-<!-- .ds Cn strings -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of (Cn.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XStringListToTextProperty</function>
-function sets the specified 
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-to be of type STRING (format 8) with a value representing the
-concatenation of the specified list of null-separated character strings.
-An extra null byte (which is not included in the nitems member) 
-is stored at the end of the value field of text_prop_return.
-The strings are assumed (without verification) to be in the STRING encoding.
-If insufficient memory is available for the new value string, 
-<function>XStringListToTextProperty</function>
-does not set any fields in the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure and returns a zero status.
-Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.
-To free the storage for the value field, use 
-<function>XFree</function>.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain a list of strings from a specified
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure in the STRING encoding, use
-<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextPropertyToStringList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xtextpropertytostringlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***list_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns a list of null-terminated character strings.
-<!-- .ds Cn strings -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>
-function returns a list of strings representing the null-separated elements 
-of the specified
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-The data in text_prop must be of type STRING and format 8. 
-Multiple elements of the property 
-(for example, the strings in a disjoint text selection) 
-are separated by NULL (encoding 0).
-The contents of the property are not null-terminated.
-If insufficient memory is available for the list and its elements, 
-<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>
-sets no return values and returns a zero status.
-Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.
-To free the storage for the list and its contents, use 
-<function>XFreeStringList</function>.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To free the in-memory data associated with the specified string list, use
-<function>XFreeStringList</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeStringList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfreestringlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XFreeStringList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the list of strings to be freed.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XFreeStringList</function>
-function releases memory allocated by 
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-and
-<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>
-and the missing charset list allocated by 
-<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_Text_Properties">
-<title>Setting and Reading Text Properties</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading Text Properties -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides two functions that you can use to set and read
-the text properties for a given window.
-You can use these functions to set and read those properties of type TEXT
-(<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, and <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property>).
-In addition,
-Xlib provides separate convenience functions that you can use to set each 
-of these properties.
-For further information about these convenience functions,
-see sections
-<link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NAME_Property">14.1.4</link>,
-<link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_ICON_NAME_Property">14.1.5</link>,
-<link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_COMMAND_Property">14.2.1</link>, and
-<link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">14.2.2</link>,
-respectively.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set one of a window's text properties, use
-<function>XSetTextProperty</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsettextproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetTextProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetTextProperty</function>
-function replaces the existing specified property for the named window 
-with the data, type, format, and number of items determined 
-by the value field, the encoding field, the format field, 
-and the nitems field, respectively, of the specified
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-If the property does not already exist,
-<function>XSetTextProperty</function>
-sets it for the specified window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetTextProperty</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read one of a window's text properties, use
-<function>XGetTextProperty</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgettextproperty'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetTextProperty</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetTextProperty</function>
-function reads the specified property from the window
-and stores the data in the returned
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-It stores the data in the value field,
-the type of the data in the encoding field,
-the format of the data in the format field, 
-and the number of items of data in the nitems field.
-An extra byte containing null (which is not included in the nitems member) 
-is stored at the end of the value field of text_prop_return.
-The particular interpretation of the property's encoding 
-and data as text is left to the calling application.
-If the specified property does not exist on the window,
-<function>XGetTextProperty</function>
-sets the value field to NULL, 
-the encoding field to
-<symbol>None</symbol>,
-the format field to zero, 
-and the nitems field to zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If it was able to read and store the data in the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure,
-<function>XGetTextProperty</function>
-returns a nonzero status; 
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetTextProperty</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NAME_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_NAME Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_NAME Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides convenience functions that you can use to set and read 
-the <property>WM_NAME</property> property for a given window.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_NAME</property> property with the supplied convenience function, use
-<function>XSetWMName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure to be used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWMName</function>
-convenience function calls
-<function>XSetTextProperty</function>
-to set the <property>WM_NAME</property> property.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_NAME</property> property with the supplied convenience function, use
-<function>XGetWMName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetWMName</function>
-convenience function calls
-<function>XGetTextProperty</function>
-to obtain the <property>WM_NAME</property> property.
-It returns a nonzero status on success;
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following two functions have been superseded by
-<function>XSetWMName</function>
-and
-<function>XGetWMName</function>,
-respectively. 
-You can use these additional convenience functions 
-for window names that are encoded as STRING properties.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To assign a name to a window, use
-<function>XStoreName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>name</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xstorename'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XStoreName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *window_name</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window name,
-which should be a null-terminated string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XStoreName</function>
-function assigns the name passed to window_name to the specified window.
-A window manager can display the window name in some prominent
-place, such as the title bar, to allow users to identify windows easily.
-Some window managers may display a window's name in the window's icon,
-although they are encouraged to use the window's icon name
-if one is provided by the application.
-If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XStoreName</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the name of a window, use
-<function>XFetchName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfetchname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XFetchName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **window_name_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the window name, which is a null-terminated string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFetchName</function>
-function returns the name of the specified window.
-If it succeeds,
-it returns a nonzero status; 
-otherwise, no name has been set for the window,
-and it returns zero.
-If the <property>WM_NAME</property> property has not been set for this window,
-<function>XFetchName</function>
-sets window_name_return to NULL.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-When finished with it, a client must free
-the window name string using
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XFetchName</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_ICON_NAME_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_ICON_NAME Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_ICON_NAME Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides convenience functions that you can use to set and read 
-the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property for a given window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property,
-use
-<function>XSetWMIconName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMIconName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmiconname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMIconName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure to be used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWMIconName</function>
-convenience function calls
-<function>XSetTextProperty</function>
-to set the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property,
-use
-<function>XGetWMIconName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMIconName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmiconname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMIconName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetWMIconName</function>
-convenience function calls
-<function>XGetTextProperty</function>
-to obtain the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property.
-It returns a nonzero status on success;
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The next two functions have been superseded by
-<function>XSetWMIconName</function>
-and
-<function>XGetWMIconName</function>,
-respectively.
-You can use these additional convenience functions 
-for window names that are encoded as STRING properties.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the name to be displayed in a window's icon, use
-<function>XSetIconName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>icon name</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIconName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xseticonname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetIconName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *icon_name</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the icon name,
-which should be a null-terminated string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-<function>XSetIconName</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the name a window wants displayed in its icon, use
-<function>XGetIconName</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIconName</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgeticonname'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetIconName</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **icon_name_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the window's icon name,
-which is a null-terminated string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetIconName</function>
-function returns the name to be displayed in the specified window's icon.
-If it succeeds, it returns a nonzero status; otherwise, 
-if no icon name has been set for the window,
-it returns zero.
-If you never assigned a name to the window,
-<function>XGetIconName</function>
-sets icon_name_return to NULL.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-When finished with it, a client must free
-the icon name string using
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetIconName</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_HINTS_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_HINTS Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_HINTS Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read 
-the <property>WM_HINTS</property> property for a given window.
-These functions use the flags and the
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure, as defined in the
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-header file.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To allocate an
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XAllocWMHints</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-  XWMHints *XAllocWMHints()
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAllocWMHints</function>
-function allocates and returns a pointer to an
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure.
-Note that all fields in the
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure are initially set to zero.
-If insufficient memory is available, 
-<function>XAllocWMHints</function>
-returns NULL.
-To free the memory allocated to this structure,
-use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure contains:
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-/* Window manager hints mask bits */
-
-#define         InputHint             (1L&lt;&lt;0)
-#define         StateHint             (1L&lt;&lt;1)
-#define         IconPixmapHint        (1L&lt;&lt;2)
-#define         IconWindowHint        (1L&lt;&lt;3)
-#define         IconPositionHint      (1L&lt;&lt;4)
-#define         IconMaskHint          (1L&lt;&lt;5)
-#define         WindowGroupHint       (1L&lt;&lt;6)
-#define         UrgencyHint           (1L&lt;&lt;8)
-#define         AllHints              (InputHint|StateHint|IconPixmapHint|
-                                       IconWIndowHint|IconPositionHint|
-                                       IconMaskHint|WindowGroupHint)
-
-
-/* Values */
-
-typedef struct {
-	long flags;	        /* marks which fields in this structure are defined */
-	Bool input;	        /* does this application rely on the window manager to
-			           get keyboard input? */
-	int initial_state;	/* see below */
-	Pixmap icon_pixmap;	/* pixmap to be used as icon */
-	Window icon_window;	/* window to be used as icon */
-	int icon_x, icon_y;	/* initial position of icon */
-	Pixmap icon_mask;	/* pixmap to be used as mask for icon_pixmap */
-	XID window_group;	/* id of related window group */
-	/* this structure may be extended in the future */
-} XWMHints;
-</literallayout>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The input member is used to communicate to the window manager the input focus
-model used by the application.
-Applications that expect input but never explicitly set focus to any 
-of their subwindows (that is, use the push model of focus management), 
-such as X Version 10 style applications that use real-estate
-driven focus, should set this member to 
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-Similarly, applications
-that set input focus to their subwindows only when it is given to their
-top-level window by a window manager should also set this member to 
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-Applications that manage their own input focus by explicitly setting
-focus to one of their subwindows whenever they want keyboard input 
-(that is, use the pull model of focus management) should set this member to 
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-Applications that never expect any keyboard input also should set this member
-to 
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Pull model window managers should make it possible for push model
-applications to get input by setting input focus to the top-level windows of
-applications whose input member is 
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-Push model window managers should
-make sure that pull model applications do not break them 
-by resetting input focus to 
-<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>
-when it is appropriate (for example, whenever an application whose
-input member is 
-<symbol>False</symbol>
-sets input focus to one of its subwindows).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The definitions for the initial_state flag are:
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#define      WithdrawnState 0
-#define      NormalState    1   /* most applications start this way */
-#define      IconicState    2   /* application wants to start as an icon */
-
-</literallayout>
-<para>
-The icon_mask specifies which pixels of the icon_pixmap should be used as the
-icon.  
-This allows for nonrectangular icons.
-Both icon_pixmap and icon_mask must be bitmaps.
-The icon_window lets an application provide a window for use as an icon
-for window managers that support such use.
-The window_group lets you specify that this window belongs to a group
-of other windows.
-For example, if a single application manipulates multiple 
-top-level windows, this allows you to provide enough
-information that a window manager can iconify all of the windows
-rather than just the one window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<symbol>UrgencyHint</symbol>
-flag, if set in the flags field, indicates that the client deems the window
-contents to be urgent, requiring the timely response of the user.  The
-window manager will make some effort to draw the user's attention to this
-window while this flag is set.  The client must provide some means by which the
-user can cause the urgency flag to be cleared (either mitigating
-the condition that made the window urgent or merely shutting off the alarm)
-or the window to be withdrawn.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_HINTS</property> property, use
-<function>XSetWMHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmhints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetWMHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XWMHints<parameter> *wmhints</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>wmhints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure to be used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWMHints</function>
-function sets the window manager hints that include icon information and location,
-the initial state of the window, and whether the application relies on the
-window manager to get keyboard input.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWMHints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_HINTS</property> property, use
-<function>XGetWMHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmhints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XWMHints *<function>XGetWMHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetWMHints</function>
-function reads the window manager hints and 
-returns NULL if no <property>WM_HINTS</property> property was set on the window 
-or returns a pointer to an 
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure if it succeeds.
-When finished with the data,
-free the space used for it by calling
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetWMHints</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NORMAL_HINTS_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_NORMAL_HINTS Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_NORMAL_HINTS Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or read 
-the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property for a given window.
-The functions use the flags and the
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure, as defined in the
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-header file.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The size of the
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure may grow in future releases, as new components are
-added to support new <acronym>ICCCM</acronym> features.
-Passing statically allocated instances of this structure into
-Xlib may result in memory corruption when running against a
-future release of the library.
-As such, it is recommended that only dynamically allocated
-instances of the structure be used.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To allocate an
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XAllocSizeHints</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-XSizeHints *XAllocSizeHints()
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAllocSizeHints</function>
-function allocates and returns a pointer to an
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure.
-Note that all fields in the
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure are initially set to zero.
-If insufficient memory is available, 
-<function>XAllocSizeHints</function>
-returns NULL.
-To free the memory allocated to this structure,
-use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure contains:
-</para>
-
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-/* Size hints mask bits */
-
-#define           USPosition         (1L&lt;&lt;0)  /* user specified x,y */
-#define           USSize             (1L&lt;&lt;1)  /* user specified width,height */
-#define           PPosition          (1L&lt;&lt;2)  /* program specified posistion */
-#define           PSize              (1L&lt;&lt;3)  /* program specified size */
-#define           PMinSize           (1L&lt;&lt;4)  /* program specified minimum size */
-#define           PMaxSize           (1L&lt;&lt;5)  /* program specified maximum size */
-#define           PResizeInc         (1L&lt;&lt;5)  /* program specified resize increments */
-#define           PAspect            (1L&lt;&lt;6)  /* program specified min and max aspect ratios */
-#define           PBaseSize          (1L&lt;&lt;8)
-#define           PWinGravity        (1L&lt;&lt;9)
-#define           PAllHints          (PPosition|Psize|
-                                      PMinSize|PMaxSize|
-                                      PResizeInc|PAspect)
-
-
-/* Values */
-
-typedef struct {
-	long flags;	        /* marks which fields in this structure are defined */
-	int x, y;	        /* Obsolete */
-	int width, height;	/* Obsolete */
-	int min_width, min_height;
-	int max_width, max_height;
-	int width_inc, height_inc;
-	struct {
-	       int x;	        /* numerator */
-	       int y;	        /* denominator */
-	} min_aspect, max_aspect;
-	int base_width, base_height;
-	int win_gravity;
-	/* this structure may be extended in the future */
-} XSizeHints;
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The x, y, width, and height members are now obsolete
-and are left solely for compatibility reasons.
-The min_width and min_height members specify the
-minimum window size that still allows the application to be useful.
-The max_width and max_height members specify the maximum window size.
-The width_inc and height_inc members define an arithmetic progression of
-sizes (minimum to maximum) into which the window prefers to be resized.
-The min_aspect and max_aspect members are expressed
-as ratios of x and y, 
-and they allow an application to specify the range of aspect
-ratios it prefers.
-The base_width and base_height members define the desired size of the window.
-The window manager will interpret the position of the window 
-and its border width to position the point of the outer rectangle 
-of the overall window specified by the win_gravity member.
-The outer rectangle of the window includes any borders or decorations
-supplied by the window manager.
-In other words,
-if the window manager decides to place the window where the client asked,
-the position on the parent window's border named by the win_gravity 
-will be placed where the client window would have been placed 
-in the absence of a window manager.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that use of the
-<symbol>PAllHints</symbol>
-macro is highly discouraged.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property, use
-<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmnormalhints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMNormalHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>
-function replaces the size hints for the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property 
-on the specified window.
-If the property does not already exist,
-<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>
-sets the size hints for the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property on the specified window.
-The property is stored with a type of <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> and a format of 32.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property, use
-<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmnormalhints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMNormalHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> *supplied_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the size hints for the window in its normal state.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>supplied_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the hints that were supplied by the user.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>
-function returns the size hints stored in the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property 
-on the specified window.
-If the property is of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>, is of format 32,
-and is long enough to contain either an old (pre-<acronym>ICCCM</acronym>) 
-or new size hints structure, 
-<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>
-sets the various fields of the 
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure, sets the supplied_return argument to the list of fields 
-that were supplied by the user (whether or not they contained defined values),
-and returns a nonzero status.
-Otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If 
-<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>
-returns successfully and a pre-<acronym>ICCCM</acronym> size hints property is read, 
-the supplied_return argument will contain the following bits:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-(USPosition|USSize|PPosition|PSize|PMinSize|
- PMaxSize|PResizeInc|PAspect)
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the property is large enough to contain the base size 
-and window gravity fields as well, 
-the supplied_return argument will also contain the following bits:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-PBaseSize|PWinGravity
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> property, use
-<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmsizehints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMSizeHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>
-function replaces the size hints for the specified property 
-on the named window.
-If the specified property does not already exist,
-<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>
-sets the size hints for the specified property
-on the named window.
-The property is stored with a type of <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> and a format of 32.
-To set a window's normal size hints, 
-you can use the 
-<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>
-function.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> property, use
-<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmsizehints'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMSizeHints</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> *supplied_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>supplied_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the hints that were supplied by the user.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>
-function returns the size hints stored in the specified property 
-on the named window.
-If the property is of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>, is of format 32, 
-and is long enough to contain either an old (pre-<acronym>ICCCM</acronym>) 
-or new size hints structure, 
-<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>
-sets the various fields of the 
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure, sets the supplied_return argument to the
-list of fields that were supplied by the user 
-(whether or not they contained defined values), 
-and returns a nonzero status.
-Otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-To get a window's normal size hints, 
-you can use the 
-<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>
-function.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If 
-<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>
-returns successfully and a pre-<acronym>ICCCM</acronym> size hints property is read, 
-the supplied_return argument will contain the following bits:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-(USPosition|USSize|PPosition|PSize|PMinSize|
- PMaxSize|PResizeInc|PAspect)
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the property is large enough to contain the base size 
-and window gravity fields as well, 
-the supplied_return argument will also contain the following bits:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-PBaseSize|PWinGravity
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-and 
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLASS_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_CLASS Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_CLASS Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and get 
-the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property for a given window.
-These functions use the
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure, which is defined in the
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-header file.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To allocate an
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XAllocClassHint</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocClassHint</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<para>
-
-  XClassHint *XAllocClassHint()
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAllocClassHint</function>
-function allocates and returns a pointer to an
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure.
-Note that the pointer fields in the
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure are initially set to NULL.
-If insufficient memory is available, 
-<function>XAllocClassHint</function>
-returns NULL.
-To free the memory allocated to this structure,
-use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-contains:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClassHint</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	char *res_name;
-	char *res_class;
-} XClassHint;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The res_name member contains the application name, 
-and the res_class member contains the application class. 
-Note that the name set in this property may differ from the name set as <property>WM_NAME</property>.
-That is, <property>WM_NAME</property> specifies what should be displayed in the title bar and,
-therefore, can contain temporal information (for example, the name of
-a file currently in an editor's buffer).
-On the other hand, 
-the name specified as part of <property>WM_CLASS</property> is the formal name of the application
-that should be used when retrieving the application's resources from the 
-resource database.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_CLASS</property> property, use
-<function>XSetClassHint</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClassHint</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetclasshint'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetClassHint</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XClassHint<parameter> *class_hints</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class_hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure that is to be used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetClassHint</function>
-function sets the class hint for the specified window.
-If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetClassHint</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors. 
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_CLASS</property> property, use
-<function>XGetClassHint</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetClassHint</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetclasshint'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetClassHint</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XClassHint<parameter> *class_hints_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class_hints_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the 
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetClassHint</function>
-function returns the class hint of the specified window to the members
-of the supplied structure.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-It returns a nonzero status on success;
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-To free res_name and res_class when finished with the strings,
-use
-<function>XFree</function>
-on each individually.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetClassHint</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_TRANSIENT_FOR_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read
-the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property for a given window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property, use
-<function>XSetTransientForHint</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTransientForHint</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsettransientforhint'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetTransientForHint</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> prop_window</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>prop_window</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window that the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property is to be set to.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetTransientForHint</function>
-function sets the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property of the specified window to the 
-specified prop_window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetTransientForHint</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property, use
-<function>XGetTransientForHint</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetTransientForHint</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgettransientforhint'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetTransientForHint</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *prop_window_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>prop_window_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property of the specified window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetTransientForHint</function>
-function returns the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property for the specified window.
-It returns a nonzero status on success;
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetTransientForHint</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_PROTOCOLS_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_PROTOCOLS Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_PROTOCOLS Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read
-the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property for a given window.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property, use
-<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMProtocols</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmprotocols'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XSetWMProtocols</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *protocols</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>protocols</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the list of protocols.
-<!-- .ds Cn protocols in the list -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>
-function replaces the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property on the specified window 
-with the list of atoms specified by the protocols argument.
-If the property does not already exist,
-<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>
-sets the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property on the specified window
-to the list of atoms specified by the protocols argument.
-The property is stored with a type of ATOM and a format of 32.
-If it cannot intern the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> atom, 
-<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>
-returns a zero status.
-Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property, use
-<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMProtocols</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmprotocols'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMProtocols</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> **protocols_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>protocols_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the list of protocols.
-<!-- .ds Cn protocols in the list -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>
-function returns the list of atoms stored in the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property 
-on the specified window.
-These atoms describe window manager protocols in which the owner 
-of this window is willing to participate.
-If the property exists, is of type ATOM, is of format 32, 
-and the atom <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> can be interned, 
-<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>
-sets the protocols_return argument to a list of atoms, 
-sets the count_return argument to the number of elements in the list, 
-and returns a nonzero status.
-Otherwise, it sets neither of the return arguments
-and returns a zero status.
-To release the list of atoms, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read
-the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property for a given window.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property, use
-<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMColormapWindows</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmcolormapwindows'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *colormap_windows</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap_windows</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the list of windows.
-<!-- .ds Cn windows in the list -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>
-function replaces the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property on the specified
-window with the list of windows specified by the colormap_windows argument.
-If the property does not already exist,
-<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>
-sets the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property on the specified
-window to the list of windows specified by the colormap_windows argument.
-The property is stored with a type of WINDOW and a format of 32.
-If it cannot intern the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> atom,
-<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>
-returns a zero status.
-Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property, use
-<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMColormapWindows</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmcolormapwindows'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> **colormap_windows_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap_windows_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the list of windows.
-<!-- .ds Cn windows in the list -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of (Cn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>
-function returns the list of window identifiers stored 
-in the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property on the specified window.
-These identifiers indicate the colormaps that the window manager
-may need to install for this window.
-If the property exists, is of type WINDOW, is of format 32, 
-and the atom <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> can be interned, 
-<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>
-sets the windows_return argument to a list of window identifiers, 
-sets the count_return argument to the number of elements in the list, 
-and returns a nonzero status.
-Otherwise, it sets neither of the return arguments
-and returns a zero status.
-To release the list of window identifiers, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_ICON_SIZE_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_ICON_SIZE Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_ICON_SIZE Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read 
-the <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property for a given window.
-These functions use the 
-<structname>XIconSize</structname>
-<indexterm><primary>XIconSize</primary></indexterm>
-structure, which is defined in the
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-header file.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To allocate an
-<structname>XIconSize</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XAllocIconSize</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-  XIconSize *XAllocIconSize()
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAllocIconSize</function>
-function allocates and returns a pointer to an
-<structname>XIconSize</structname>
-structure.
-Note that all fields in the
-<structname>XIconSize</structname>
-structure are initially set to zero.
-If insufficient memory is available, 
-<function>XAllocIconSize</function>
-returns NULL.
-To free the memory allocated to this structure,
-use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XIconSize</structname>
-structure contains:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIconSize</primary></indexterm>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-	int min_width, min_height;
-	int max_width, max_height;
-	int width_inc, height_inc;
-} XIconSize;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The width_inc and height_inc members define an arithmetic progression of
-sizes (minimum to maximum) that represent the supported icon sizes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property, use
-<function>XSetIconSizes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIconSizes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xseticonsizes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetIconSizes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIconSize<parameter> *size_list</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>size_list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of items in the size list.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetIconSizes</function>
-function is used only by window managers to set the supported icon sizes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetIconSizes</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property, use
-<function>XGetIconSizes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIconSizes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgeticonsizes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetIconSizes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XIconSize<parameter> **size_list_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>size_list_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the size list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of items in the size list.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetIconSizes</function>
-function returns zero if a window manager has not set icon sizes;
-otherwise, it returns nonzero.
-<function>XGetIconSizes</function>
-should be called by an application that
-wants to find out what icon sizes would be most appreciated by the
-window manager under which the application is running.
-The application
-should then use
-<function>XSetWMHints</function>
-to supply the window manager with an icon pixmap or window in one of the
-supported sizes.
-To free the data allocated in size_list_return, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetIconSizes</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Using_Window_Manager_Convenience_Functions">
-<title>Using Window Manager Convenience Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using Window Manager Convenience Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-function stores the standard set of window manager properties,
-with text properties in standard encodings
-for internationalized text communication.
-The standard window manager properties for a given window are
-<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_CLASS</property>,
-<property>WM_COMMAND</property>, <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property>, and <property>WM_LOCALE_NAME</property>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbSetWMProperties</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmbsetwmproperties'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XmbSetWMProperties</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *window_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *icon_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *argv[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> argc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *normal_hints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XWMHints<parameter> *wm_hints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XClassHint<parameter> *class_hints</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window name,
-which should be a null-terminated string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the icon name,
-which should be a null-terminated string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the application's argument list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of arguments.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>wm_hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class_hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure to be used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-convenience function provides a simple programming interface 
-for setting those essential window properties that are used 
-for communicating with other clients
-(particularly window and session managers).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the window_name argument is non-NULL,
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-sets the <property>WM_NAME</property> property.
-If the icon_name argument is non-NULL,
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-sets the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property.
-The window_name and icon_name arguments are null-terminated strings
-in the encoding of the current locale.
-If the arguments can be fully converted to the STRING encoding,
-the properties are created with type ``STRING''; 
-otherwise, the arguments are converted to Compound Text, 
-and the properties are created with type ``COMPOUND_TEXT''.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the normal_hints argument is non-NULL,
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-calls
-<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>,
-which sets the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NORMAL_HINTS_Property">section 14.1.7</link>).
-If the wm_hints argument is non-NULL, 
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-calls
-<function>XSetWMHints</function>,
-which sets the <property>WM_HINTS</property> property
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_HINTS_Property">section 14.1.6</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the argv argument is non-NULL,
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-sets the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property from argv and argc.
-An argc of zero indicates a zero-length command.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The hostname of the machine is stored using 
-<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">section 14.2.2</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the class_hints argument is non-NULL,
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-sets the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property.
-If the res_name member in the 
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure is set to the NULL pointer and the RESOURCE_NAME
-environment variable is set,
-the value of the environment variable is substituted for res_name.
-If the res_name member is NULL,
-the environment variable is not set, and argv and argv[0] are set,
-then the value of argv[0], stripped of any directory prefixes,
-is substituted for res_name.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-It is assumed that the supplied class_hints.res_name and argv,
-the RESOURCE_NAME environment variable, and the hostname of the machine
-are in the encoding of the locale announced for the LC_CTYPE category
-(on <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-compliant systems, the LC_CTYPE, else LANG environment variable).
-The corresponding <property>WM_CLASS</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, and <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> properties
-are typed according to the local host locale announcer.
-No encoding conversion is performed prior to storage in the properties.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For clients that need to process the property text in a locale,
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-sets the <property>WM_LOCALE_NAME</property> property to be the name of the current locale.
-The name is assumed to be in the Host Portable Character Encoding
-and is converted to STRING for storage in the property.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set a window's standard window manager properties
-with strings in client-specified encodings, use
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>.
-The standard window manager properties for a given window are
-<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_CLASS</property>,
-<property>WM_COMMAND</property>, and <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMProperties</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmproperties'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMProperties</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *window_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *icon_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **argv</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> argc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *normal_hints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XWMHints<parameter> *wm_hints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XClassHint<parameter> *class_hints</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window name,
-which should be a null-terminated string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the icon name,
-which should be a null-terminated string.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the application's argument list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of arguments.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>normal_hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>wm_hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XWMHints</structname>
-structure to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class_hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure to be used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-convenience function provides a single programming interface 
-for setting those essential window properties that are used 
-for communicating with other clients (particularly window and session
-managers).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the window_name argument is non-NULL, 
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-calls
-<function>XSetWMName</function>,
-which, in turn, sets the <property>WM_NAME</property> property
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NAME_Property">section 14.1.4</link>).
-If the icon_name argument is non-NULL,
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-calls
-<function>XSetWMIconName</function>,
-which sets the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_ICON_NAME_Property">section 14.1.5</link>).
-If the argv argument is non-NULL, 
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-calls
-<function>XSetCommand</function>,
-which sets the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_COMMAND_Property">section 14.2.1</link>).
-Note that an argc of zero is allowed to indicate a zero-length command.
-Note also that the hostname of this machine is stored using
-<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">section 14.2.2</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the normal_hints argument is non-NULL, 
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-calls
-<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>,
-which sets the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NORMAL_HINTS_Property">section 14.1.7</link>).
-If the wm_hints argument is non-NULL, 
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-calls
-<function>XSetWMHints</function>,
-which sets the <property>WM_HINTS</property> property
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_HINTS_Property">section 14.1.6</link>).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the class_hints argument is non-NULL, 
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-calls
-<function>XSetClassHint</function>,
-which sets the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property
-(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLASS_Property">section 14.1.8</link>).
-If the res_name member in the
-<structname>XClassHint</structname>
-structure is set to the NULL pointer and the RESOURCE_NAME environment 
-variable is set, 
-then the value of the environment variable is substituted for res_name.
-If the res_name member is NULL, 
-the environment variable is not set, 
-and argv and argv[0] are set, 
-then the value of argv[0], stripped of
-any directory prefixes, is substituted for res_name.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetWMProperties</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Client_to_Session_Manager_Communication">
-<title>Client to Session Manager Communication</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Client to Session Manager Communication -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section discusses how to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Set and read the <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_COMMAND_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_COMMAND Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_COMMAND Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read
-the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property for a given window.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property, use
-<function>XSetCommand</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetCommand</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetcommand'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetCommand</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **argv</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> argc</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the application's argument list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of arguments.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetCommand</function>
-function sets the command and arguments used to invoke the
-application.
-(Typically, argv is the argv array of your main program.)
-If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetCommand</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property, use
-<function>XGetCommand</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetCommand</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetcommand'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetCommand</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***argv_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *argc_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argv_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the application's argument list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argc_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of arguments returned.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetCommand</function>
-function reads the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property from the specified window 
-and returns a string list.
-If the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property exists, 
-it is of type STRING and format 8.
-If sufficient memory can be allocated to contain the string list, 
-<function>XGetCommand</function>
-fills in the argv_return and argc_return arguments
-and returns a nonzero status.
-Otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
-then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
-To free the memory allocated to the string list, use
-<function>XFreeStringList</function>.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">
-<title>Setting and Reading the WM_CLIENT_MACHINE Property</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_CLIENT_MACHINE Property -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read 
-the <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property for a given window.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set a window's <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property, use
-<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMClientMachine</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmclientmachine'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMClientMachine</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure to be used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>
-convenience function calls
-<function>XSetTextProperty</function>
-to set the <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To read a window's <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property, use
-<function>XGetWMClientMachine</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMClientMachine</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmclientmachine'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMClientMachine</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the
-<structname>XTextProperty</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetWMClientMachine</function>
-convenience function performs an 
-<function>XGetTextProperty</function>
-on the <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property.
-It returns a nonzero status on success;
-otherwise, it returns a zero status.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Standard_Colormaps">
-<title>Standard Colormaps</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Standard Colormaps  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Applications with color palettes, smooth-shaded drawings, or digitized
-images demand large numbers of colors.  
-In addition, these applications often require an efficient mapping 
-from color triples to pixel values that display the appropriate colors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-As an example, consider a three-dimensional display program that wants 
-to draw a smoothly shaded sphere.  
-At each pixel in the image of the sphere, 
-the program computes the intensity and color of light
-reflected back to the viewer.  
-The result of each computation is a triple of red, green, and blue (<acronym>RGB</acronym>)
-coefficients in the range 0.0 to 1.0.  
-To draw the sphere, the program needs a colormap that provides a
-large range of uniformly distributed colors.  
-The colormap should be arranged so that the program can
-convert its <acronym>RGB</acronym> triples into pixel values very quickly,
-because drawing the entire sphere requires many such
-conversions.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-On many current workstations,
-the display is limited to 256 or fewer colors.  
-Applications must allocate colors carefully, 
-not only to make sure they cover the entire range they need 
-but also to make use of as many of the available colors as possible.
-On a typical X display, 
-many applications are active at once.
-Most workstations have only one hardware look-up table for colors,
-so only one application colormap can be installed at a given time.
-The application using the installed colormap is displayed correctly, 
-and the other applications go technicolor and are
-displayed with false colors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-As another example, consider a user who is running an 
-image processing program to display earth-resources data.  
-The image processing program needs a colormap set up with 8 reds, 
-8 greens, and 4 blues, for a total of 256 colors.
-Because some colors are already in use in the default colormap, 
-the image processing program allocates and installs a new colormap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The user decides to alter some of the colors in the image
-by invoking a color palette program to mix and choose colors.
-The color palette program also needs a
-colormap with eight reds, eight greens, and four blues, so just like
-the image processing program, it must allocate and
-install a new colormap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Because only one colormap can be installed at a time,
-the color palette may be displayed incorrectly
-whenever the image processing program is active.
-Conversely, whenever the palette program is active, 
-the image may be displayed incorrectly.  
-The user can never match or compare colors in the palette and image.
-Contention for colormap resources can be reduced if applications
-with similar color needs share colormaps.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The image processing program and the color palette program 
-could share the same colormap if there existed a convention that described
-how the colormap was set up.  
-Whenever either program was active, 
-both would be displayed correctly.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The standard colormap properties define a set of commonly used
-colormaps.  
-Applications that share these colormaps and conventions display 
-true colors more often and provide a better interface to the user.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Standard colormaps allow applications to share commonly used color
-resources.  
-This allows many applications to be displayed in true colors
-simultaneously, even when each application needs an entirely filled
-colormap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Several standard colormaps are described in this section.
-Usually, a window manager creates these colormaps.
-Applications should use the standard colormaps if they already exist.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To allocate an
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XAllocStandardColormap</function>.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-XStandardColormap *XAllocStandardColormap()
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAllocStandardColormap</function>
-function allocates and returns a pointer to an
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure.
-Note that all fields in the
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure are initially set to zero.
-If insufficient memory is available, 
-<function>XAllocStandardColormap</function>
-returns NULL.
-To free the memory allocated to this structure,
-use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The 
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure contains:
-</para>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-/* Hints */
-
-#define       ReeaseByFreeingColormap  ((XID)1L)
-
-/* Values */
-
-typedef struct {
-	Colormap colormap;
-	unsigned long red_max;
-	unsigned long red_mult;
-	unsigned long green_max;
-	unsigned long green_mult;
-	unsigned long blue_max;
-	unsigned long blue_mult;
-	unsigned long base_pixel;
-	VisualID visualid;
-	XID killid;
-} XStandardColormap;
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The colormap member is the colormap created by the
-<function>XCreateColormap</function>
-function.
-The red_max, green_max, and blue_max members give the maximum
-red, green, and blue values, respectively.  
-Each color coefficient ranges from zero to its max, inclusive.  
-For example,
-a common colormap allocation is 3/3/2 (3 planes for red, 3
-planes for green, and 2 planes for blue).  
-This colormap would have red_max = 7, green_max = 7, 
-and blue_max = 3.  
-An alternate allocation that uses only 216 colors is red_max = 5, 
-green_max = 5, and blue_max = 5.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The red_mult, green_mult, and blue_mult members give the
-scale factors used to compose a full pixel value. 
-(See the discussion of the base_pixel members for further information.)
-For a 3/3/2 allocation, red_mult might be 32,
-green_mult might be 4, and blue_mult might be 1.  
-For a 6-colors-each allocation, red_mult might be 36, 
-green_mult might be 6, and blue_mult might be 1.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The base_pixel member gives the base pixel value used to
-compose a full pixel value.  
-Usually, the base_pixel is obtained from a call to the 
-<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>
-function.  
-Given integer red, green, and blue coefficients in their appropriate 
-ranges, one then can compute a corresponding pixel value by
-using the following expression:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 1.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 1.5i -->
-(r * red_mult + g * green_mult + b * blue_mult + base_pixel) &amp; 0xFFFFFFFF
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For 
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-colormaps, 
-only the colormap, red_max, red_mult, 
-and base_pixel members are defined. 
-The other members are ignored.  
-To compute a 
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-pixel value, use the following expression:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 1.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 1.5i -->
-(gray * red_mult + base_pixel) &amp; 0xFFFFFFFF
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Negative multipliers can be represented by converting the 2's
-complement representation of the multiplier into an unsigned long and
-storing the result in the appropriate _mult field.
-The step of masking by 0xFFFFFFFF effectively converts the resulting
-positive multiplier into a negative one.
-The masking step will take place automatically on many machine architectures,
-depending on the size of the integer type used to do the computation.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The visualid member gives the ID number of the visual from which the
-colormap was created.
-The killid member gives a resource ID that indicates whether
-the cells held by this standard colormap are to be released 
-by freeing the colormap ID or by calling the
-<function>XKillClient</function>
-function on the indicated resource.
-(Note that this method is necessary for allocating out of an existing colormap.)
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The properties containing the 
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-information have 
-the type RGB_COLOR_MAP.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The remainder of this section discusses standard colormap properties and atoms
-as well as how to manipulate standard colormaps.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="Standard_Colormap_Properties_and_Atoms">
-<title>Standard Colormap Properties and Atoms</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Standard Colormap Properties and Atoms  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Standard Colormaps</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Colormaps</primary><secondary>standard</secondary></indexterm>
-Several standard colormaps are available.  
-Each standard colormap is defined by a property, 
-and each such property is identified by an atom.  
-The following list names the atoms and describes the colormap
-associated with each one.
-The
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename>
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-header file contains the definitions for each of the following atoms,
-which are prefixed with XA_.
-</para>
-
-
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>RGB_DEFAULT_MAP</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-This atom names a property.
-The value of the property is an array of
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structures.
-Each entry in the array describes an <acronym>RGB</acronym> subset of the default color
-map for the Visual specified by visual_id.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-Some applications only need a few <acronym>RGB</acronym> colors and
-may be able to allocate them from the system default colormap.
-This is the ideal situation because the fewer colormaps that are
-active in the system the more applications are displayed
-with correct colors at all times.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-A typical allocation for the RGB_DEFAULT_MAP on 8-plane displays
-is 6 reds, 6 greens, and 6 blues.  
-This gives 216 uniformly distributed colors 
-(6 intensities of 36 different hues) and still leaves 40 elements 
-of a 256-element colormap available for special-purpose colors 
-for text, borders, and so on.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>RGB_BEST_MAP</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-This atom names a property.  The value of the property is an 
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-The property defines the best <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap available on
-the screen.
-(Of course, this is a subjective evaluation.)
-Many image processing and three-dimensional applications need to
-use all available colormap cells and to distribute as many
-perceptually distinct colors as possible over those cells.
-This implies that there may be more green values available than
-red, as well as more green or red than blue.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-For an 8-plane 
-<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>
-visual, 
-RGB_BEST_MAP is likely to be a 3/3/2 allocation.  
-For a 24-plane 
-<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>
-visual, 
-RGB_BEST_MAP is normally an 8/8/8 allocation.  
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>RGB_RED_MAP,RGB_GREEN_MAP,RGB_BLUE_MAP</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-These atoms name properties.
-The value of each property is an
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-The properties define all-red, all-green, and all-blue
-colormaps, respectively.  
-These maps are used by applications that want to make color-separated 
-images.  
-For example, a user might generate a full-color image 
-on an 8-plane display both by rendering an image three times 
-(once with high color resolution in red, once with green, 
-and once with blue) and by multiply exposing a single frame in a camera.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry> 
-    <term>RGB_GRAY_MAP</term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-This atom names a property.
-The value of the property is an 
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-The property describes the best 
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-colormap available on the screen.  
-As previously mentioned, 
-only the colormap, red_max, red_mult, and base_pixel members of the
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure are used for 
-<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
-colormaps.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="Setting_and_Obtaining_Standard_Colormaps">
-<title>Setting and Obtaining Standard Colormaps</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Setting and Obtaining Standard Colormaps -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and obtain an
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To set an
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure, use
-<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetRGBColormaps</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetrgbcolormaps'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XSetRGBColormaps</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XStandardColormap<parameter> *std_colormap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>std_colormap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure to be used.
-<!-- .ds Cn colormaps -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of (Cn.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>
-function replaces the <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap definition in the specified property 
-on the named window.
-If the property does not already exist,
-<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>
-sets the <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap definition in the specified property
-on the named window.
-The property is stored with a type of RGB_COLOR_MAP and a format of 32.
-Note that it is the caller's responsibility to honor the <acronym>ICCCM</acronym>
-restriction that only RGB_DEFAULT_MAP contain more than one definition.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>
-function usually is only used by window or session managers.
-To create a standard colormap, 
-follow this procedure:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Open a new connection to the same server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Grab the server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-See if the property is on the property list of the root window for the screen.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-If the desired property is not present:
-<!-- .RS -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Create a colormap (unless you are using the default colormap of the screen).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Determine the color characteristics of the visual.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Allocate cells in the colormap (or create it with
-<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Call 
-<function>XStoreColors</function>
-to store appropriate color values in the colormap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Fill in the descriptive members in the 
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Attach the property to the root window.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use
-<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>
-to make the resource permanent.
-<!-- .RE -->
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Ungrab the server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To obtain the 
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure associated with the specified property, use
-<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetRGBColormaps</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetrgbcolormaps'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetRGBColormaps</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XStandardColormap<parameter> **std_colormap_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the window.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>std_colormap_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the
-<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
-structure.
-<!-- .ds Cn colormaps -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of (Cn.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the property name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>
-function returns the <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap definitions stored 
-in the specified property on the named window.
-If the property exists, is of type RGB_COLOR_MAP, is of format 32, 
-and is long enough to contain a colormap definition,
-<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>
-allocates and fills in space for the returned colormaps
-and returns a nonzero status.
-If the visualid is not present, 
-<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>
-assumes the default visual for the screen on which the window is located; 
-if the killid is not present, 
-<symbol>None</symbol>
-is assumed, which indicates that the resources cannot be released.
-Otherwise, 
-none of the fields are set, and 
-<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>
-returns a zero status.
-Note that it is the caller's responsibility to honor the <acronym>ICCCM</acronym>
-restriction that only RGB_DEFAULT_MAP contain more than one definition.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
-errors.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="inter_client_communication_functions">

+<title>Inter-Client Communication Functions</title>

+<para>

+The Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual, hereafter referred to as the <acronym>ICCCM</acronym>,

+details the X Consortium approved conventions that govern inter-client communications. These

+conventions ensure peer-to-peer client cooperation in the use of selections, cut buffers, and shared

+resources as well as client cooperation with window and session managers. For further information,

+see the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.

+</para>

+<para>

+Xlib provides a number of standard properties and programming interfaces that are <acronym>ICCCM</acronym>

+compliant. The predefined atoms for some of these properties are defined in the &lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;

+header file, where to avoid name conflicts with user symbols their #define name has an XA_ prefix.

+For further information about atoms and properties,

+see <link linkend="Properties_and_Atoms">section 4.3</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+Xlib’s selection and cut buffer mechanisms provide the primary programming interfaces by which

+peer client applications communicate with each other

+(see sections <link linkend="Selections">4.5</link> and

+<link linkend="Using_Cut_Buffers">16.6</link>). The functions

+discussed in this chapter provide the primary programming interfaces by which client applications

+communicate with their window and session managers as well as share standard colormaps.

+</para>

+<para>

+The standard properties that are of special interest for communicating with window and session

+managers are:

+</para>

+

+<informaltable>

+  <tgroup cols='4'>

+  <colspec colname='c1'/>

+  <colspec colname='c2'/>

+  <colspec colname='c3'/>

+  <colspec colname='c4'/>

+  <thead>

+    <row>

+      <entry align='center'>Name</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Type</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Format</entry>

+      <entry align='center'>Description</entry>

+    </row>

+  </thead>

+  <tbody>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_CLASS</property></entry>

+      <entry>STRING</entry>

+      <entry>8</entry>

+      <entry>Set by application programs to allow

+      window and session managers to

+      obtain the application’s resources

+      from the resource database.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property></entry>

+      <entry>TEXT</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>The string name of the machine on

+      which the client application is running.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property></entry>

+      <entry>WINDOWS</entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+      <entry>The list of window IDs that may

+      need a different colormap from that

+      of their top-level window.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_COMMAND</property></entry>

+      <entry>TEXT</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>The command and arguments, null

+      separated, used to invoke the application.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_HINTS</property></entry>

+      <entry><property>WM_HINTS</property></entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+      <entry>Additional hints set by the client for

+      use by the window manager. The C

+      type of this property is XWMHints.

+      </entry> 

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_ICON_NAME</property></entry>

+      <entry>TEXT</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>The name to be used in an icon.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property></entry>

+      <entry><property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property></entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+      <entry>The window manager may set this

+      property on the root window to

+      specify the icon sizes it supports.

+      The C type of this property is

+      XIconSize.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_NAME</property></entry>

+      <entry>TEXT</entry>

+      <entry></entry>

+      <entry>The name of the application.</entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property></entry>

+      <entry><property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property></entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+      <entry>Size hints for a window in its

+      normal state. The C type of this

+      property is XSizeHints.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property></entry>

+      <entry>ATOM</entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+      <entry>List of atoms that identify the 

+      communications protocols between the

+      client and window manager in

+      which the client is willing to participate.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_STATE</property></entry>

+      <entry><property>WM_STATE</property></entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+      <entry>Intended for communication

+      between window and session managers only.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+    <row>

+      <entry><property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property></entry>

+      <entry>WINDOW</entry>

+      <entry>32</entry>

+      <entry>Set by application programs to 

+      indicate to the window manager that a

+      transient top-level window, such as a

+      dialog box.

+      </entry>

+    </row>

+  </tbody>

+  </tgroup>

+</informaltable>

+

+<para>

+The remainder of this chapter discusses:

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem><para>Client to window manager communication</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Client to session manager communication</para></listitem>

+  <listitem><para>Standard colormaps</para></listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<sect1 id="Client_to_Window_Manager_Communication">

+<title>Client to Window Manager Communication</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Client to Window Manager Communication -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section discusses how to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Manipulate top-level windows

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Convert string lists

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read text properties

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_NAME</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_HINTS</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use window manager convenience functions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect2 id="Manipulating_Top_Level_Windows">

+<title>Manipulating Top-Level Windows</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Manipulating Top-Level Windows -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to change the visibility or size

+of top-level windows (that is, those that were created as children 

+of the root window).

+Note that the subwindows that you create are ignored by window managers.

+Therefore,

+you should use the basic window functions described in

+<link linkend="window_functions">chapter 3</link>

+to manipulate your application's subwindows.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To request that a top-level window be iconified, use

+<function>XIconifyWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIconifyWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xiconifywindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XIconifyWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XIconifyWindow</function>

+function sends a <property>WM_CHANGE_STATE</property> 

+<symbol>ClientMessage</symbol>

+event with a format of 32 and a first data element of 

+<symbol>IconicState</symbol>

+(as described in section 4.1.4 of the 

+<emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>)

+and a window of w

+to the root window of the specified screen

+with an event mask set to

+<symbol>SubstructureNotifyMask</symbol> |

+<symbol>SubstructureRedirectMask</symbol>.

+Window managers may elect to receive this message and

+if the window is in its normal state, 

+may treat it as a request to change the window's state from normal to iconic.

+If the <property>WM_CHANGE_STATE</property> property cannot be interned, 

+<function>XIconifyWindow</function>

+does not send a message and returns a zero status.

+It returns a nonzero status if the client message is sent successfully;

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To request that a top-level window be withdrawn, use

+<function>XWithdrawWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWithdrawWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwithdrawwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XWithdrawWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XWithdrawWindow</function>

+function unmaps the specified window 

+and sends a synthetic 

+<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>

+event to the root window of the specified screen.

+Window managers may elect to receive this message 

+and may treat it as a request to change the window's state to withdrawn.

+When a window is in the withdrawn state, 

+neither its normal nor its iconic representations is visible.

+It returns a nonzero status if the 

+<symbol>UnmapNotify</symbol>

+event is successfully sent; 

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XWithdrawWindow</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To request that a top-level window be reconfigured, use

+<function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReconfigureWMWindow</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xreconfigurewmwindow'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen_number</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> value_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XWindowChanges<parameter> *values</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies which values are to be set using information in

+the values structure.

+This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid configure window values bits.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XWindowChanges</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function>

+function issues a 

+<systemitem>ConfigureWindow</systemitem>

+request on the specified top-level window.

+If the stacking mode is changed and the request fails with a 

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error, 

+the error is trapped by Xlib and a synthetic 

+<systemitem class="event">ConfigureRequestEvent</systemitem>

+containing the same configuration parameters is sent to the root 

+of the specified window.

+Window managers may elect to receive this event 

+and treat it as a request to reconfigure the indicated window.

+It returns a nonzero status if the request or event is successfully sent;

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Converting_String_Lists">

+<title>Converting String Lists</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Converting String Lists -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Many of the text properties allow a variety of types and formats.

+Because the data stored in these properties are not

+simple null-terminated strings, an

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure is used to describe the encoding, type, and length of the text 

+as well as its value.

+The

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure contains:

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	unsigned char *value;	/* property data */

+	Atom encoding;	/* type of property */

+	int format;	/* 8, 16, or 32 */

+	unsigned long nitems;	/* number of items in value */

+} XTextProperty;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Xlib provides functions to convert localized text to or from encodings

+that support the inter-client communication conventions for text.

+In addition, functions are provided for converting between lists of pointers 

+to character strings and text properties in the STRING encoding.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The functions for localized text return a signed integer error status 

+that encodes 

+<symbol>Success</symbol>

+as zero, specific error conditions as negative numbers, and partial conversion

+as a count of unconvertible characters.

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+

+#define #XNoMemory           -1

+#define #XLocaleNotSupported -2

+#define #XConverterNotFound  -3

+

+typedef enum {

+	XStringStyle,		/* STRING */

+	XCompoundTextStyle,	/* COMPOUND_TEXT */

+	XTextStyle,		/* text in owner's encoding (current locale) */

+	XStdICCTextStyle	/* STRING, else COMPOUND_TEXT */

+} XICCEncodingStyle;

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To convert a list of text strings to an 

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function>

+or

+<function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextlisttotextproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XICCEncodingStyle<parameter> style</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwctextlisttotextproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XICCEncodingStyle<parameter> style</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of null-terminated character strings.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of strings specified.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>style</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the manner in which the property is encoded.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function>

+functions set the specified 

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+value to a set of null-separated elements representing the concatenation

+of the specified list of null-terminated text strings.

+A final terminating null is stored at the end of the value field 

+of text_prop_return but is not included in the nitems member.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The functions set the encoding field of text_prop_return to an

+<type>Atom</type>

+for the specified display 

+naming the encoding determined by the specified style

+and convert the specified text list to this encoding for storage in

+the text_prop_return value field.

+If the style 

+<constant>XStringStyle</constant>

+or 

+<constant>XCompoundTextStyle</constant>

+is specified,

+this encoding is ``STRING'' or ``COMPOUND_TEXT'', respectively.

+If the style 

+<constant>XTextStyle</constant>

+is specified,

+this encoding is the encoding of the current locale.

+If the style 

+<constant>XStdICCTextStyle</constant>

+is specified,

+this encoding is ``STRING'' if the text is fully convertible to STRING,

+else ``COMPOUND_TEXT''.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If insufficient memory is available for the new value string,

+the functions return 

+<symbol>XNoMemory</symbol>.

+If the current locale is not supported,

+the functions return 

+<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>.

+In both of these error cases,

+the functions do not set text_prop_return.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To determine if the functions are guaranteed not to return

+<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>,

+use

+<function>XSupportsLocale</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the supplied text is not fully convertible to the specified encoding,

+the functions return the number of unconvertible characters.

+Each unconvertible character is converted to an implementation-defined and

+encoding-specific default string.

+Otherwise, the functions return 

+<symbol>Success</symbol>.

+Note that full convertibility to all styles except 

+<constant>XStringStyle</constant>

+is guaranteed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To free the storage for the value field, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain a list of text strings from an 

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+or

+<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextpropertytotextlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***list_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwctextpropertytotextlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> ***list_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns a list of null-terminated character strings.

+<!-- .ds Cn strings -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+and 

+<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+functions return a list of text strings in the current locale representing the

+null-separated elements of the specified

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+The data in text_prop must be format 8.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Multiple elements of the property (for example, the strings in a disjoint

+text selection) are separated by a null byte.

+The contents of the property are not required to be null-terminated;

+any terminating null should not be included in text_prop.nitems.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If insufficient memory is available for the list and its elements,

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+return 

+<symbol>XNoMemory</symbol>.

+If the current locale is not supported,

+the functions return

+<symbol>XLocaleNotSupported</symbol>.

+Otherwise, if the encoding field of text_prop is not convertible 

+to the encoding of the current locale,

+the functions return

+<symbol>XConverterNotFound</symbol>.

+For supported locales,

+existence of a converter from COMPOUND_TEXT, STRING

+or the encoding of the current locale is guaranteed if

+<function>XSupportsLocale</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+for the current locale (but the actual text

+may contain unconvertible characters).

+Conversion of other encodings is implementation-dependent.

+In all of these error cases,

+the functions do not set any return values.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Otherwise, 

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+return the list of null-terminated text strings to list_return

+and the number of text strings to count_return.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the value field of text_prop is not fully convertible to the encoding of

+the current locale,

+the functions return the number of unconvertible characters.

+Each unconvertible character is converted to a string in the

+current locale that is specific to the current locale.

+To obtain the value of this string, 

+use

+<function>XDefaultString</function>.

+Otherwise,

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+and

+<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+return 

+<symbol>Success</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To free the storage for the list and its contents returned by

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>,

+use

+<function>XFreeStringList</function>.

+To free the storage for the list and its contents returned by

+<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>,

+use

+<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To free the in-memory data associated with the specified

+wide character string list, use

+<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcFreeStringList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwcfreestringlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XwcFreeStringList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the list of strings to be freed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XwcFreeStringList</function>

+function frees memory allocated by

+<function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function>.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the default string for text conversion in the current locale,

+use</para>

+

+<para>char *XDefaultString()</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDefaultString</function>

+function returns the default string used by Xlib for text conversion

+(for example, in 

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>).

+The default string is the string in the current locale that is output 

+when an unconvertible character is found during text conversion.

+If the string returned by

+<function>XDefaultString</function>

+is the empty string (""),

+no character is output in the converted text.

+<function>XDefaultString</function>

+does not return NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The string returned by 

+<function>XDefaultString</function>

+is independent of the default string for text drawing;

+see 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>

+to obtain the default string for an

+<type>XFontSet</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The behavior when an invalid codepoint is supplied to any Xlib function is

+undefined.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The returned string is null-terminated.

+It is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.

+It may be freed after the current locale is changed.

+Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set the specified list of strings in the STRING encoding to a 

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XStringListToTextProperty</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStringListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xstringlisttotextproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XStringListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of null-terminated character strings.

+<!-- .ds Cn strings -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of (Cn.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XStringListToTextProperty</function>

+function sets the specified 

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+to be of type STRING (format 8) with a value representing the

+concatenation of the specified list of null-separated character strings.

+An extra null byte (which is not included in the nitems member) 

+is stored at the end of the value field of text_prop_return.

+The strings are assumed (without verification) to be in the STRING encoding.

+If insufficient memory is available for the new value string, 

+<function>XStringListToTextProperty</function>

+does not set any fields in the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure and returns a zero status.

+Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.

+To free the storage for the value field, use 

+<function>XFree</function>.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain a list of strings from a specified

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure in the STRING encoding, use

+<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextPropertyToStringList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xtextpropertytostringlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***list_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns a list of null-terminated character strings.

+<!-- .ds Cn strings -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>

+function returns a list of strings representing the null-separated elements 

+of the specified

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+The data in text_prop must be of type STRING and format 8. 

+Multiple elements of the property 

+(for example, the strings in a disjoint text selection) 

+are separated by NULL (encoding 0).

+The contents of the property are not null-terminated.

+If insufficient memory is available for the list and its elements, 

+<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>

+sets no return values and returns a zero status.

+Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.

+To free the storage for the list and its contents, use 

+<function>XFreeStringList</function>.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To free the in-memory data associated with the specified string list, use

+<function>XFreeStringList</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeStringList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfreestringlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XFreeStringList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the list of strings to be freed.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XFreeStringList</function>

+function releases memory allocated by 

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+and

+<function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>

+and the missing charset list allocated by 

+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_Text_Properties">

+<title>Setting and Reading Text Properties</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading Text Properties -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides two functions that you can use to set and read

+the text properties for a given window.

+You can use these functions to set and read those properties of type TEXT

+(<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, and <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property>).

+In addition,

+Xlib provides separate convenience functions that you can use to set each 

+of these properties.

+For further information about these convenience functions,

+see sections

+<link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NAME_Property">14.1.4</link>,

+<link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_ICON_NAME_Property">14.1.5</link>,

+<link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_COMMAND_Property">14.2.1</link>, and

+<link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">14.2.2</link>,

+respectively.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set one of a window's text properties, use

+<function>XSetTextProperty</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTextProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsettextproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetTextProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetTextProperty</function>

+function replaces the existing specified property for the named window 

+with the data, type, format, and number of items determined 

+by the value field, the encoding field, the format field, 

+and the nitems field, respectively, of the specified

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+If the property does not already exist,

+<function>XSetTextProperty</function>

+sets it for the specified window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetTextProperty</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read one of a window's text properties, use

+<function>XGetTextProperty</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetTextProperty</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgettextproperty'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetTextProperty</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetTextProperty</function>

+function reads the specified property from the window

+and stores the data in the returned

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+It stores the data in the value field,

+the type of the data in the encoding field,

+the format of the data in the format field, 

+and the number of items of data in the nitems field.

+An extra byte containing null (which is not included in the nitems member) 

+is stored at the end of the value field of text_prop_return.

+The particular interpretation of the property's encoding 

+and data as text is left to the calling application.

+If the specified property does not exist on the window,

+<function>XGetTextProperty</function>

+sets the value field to NULL, 

+the encoding field to

+<symbol>None</symbol>,

+the format field to zero, 

+and the nitems field to zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If it was able to read and store the data in the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure,

+<function>XGetTextProperty</function>

+returns a nonzero status; 

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetTextProperty</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NAME_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_NAME Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_NAME Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides convenience functions that you can use to set and read 

+the <property>WM_NAME</property> property for a given window.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_NAME</property> property with the supplied convenience function, use

+<function>XSetWMName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure to be used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWMName</function>

+convenience function calls

+<function>XSetTextProperty</function>

+to set the <property>WM_NAME</property> property.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_NAME</property> property with the supplied convenience function, use

+<function>XGetWMName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetWMName</function>

+convenience function calls

+<function>XGetTextProperty</function>

+to obtain the <property>WM_NAME</property> property.

+It returns a nonzero status on success;

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following two functions have been superseded by

+<function>XSetWMName</function>

+and

+<function>XGetWMName</function>,

+respectively. 

+You can use these additional convenience functions 

+for window names that are encoded as STRING properties.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To assign a name to a window, use

+<function>XStoreName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>name</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xstorename'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XStoreName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *window_name</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window name,

+which should be a null-terminated string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XStoreName</function>

+function assigns the name passed to window_name to the specified window.

+A window manager can display the window name in some prominent

+place, such as the title bar, to allow users to identify windows easily.

+Some window managers may display a window's name in the window's icon,

+although they are encouraged to use the window's icon name

+if one is provided by the application.

+If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XStoreName</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the name of a window, use

+<function>XFetchName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfetchname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XFetchName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **window_name_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the window name, which is a null-terminated string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFetchName</function>

+function returns the name of the specified window.

+If it succeeds,

+it returns a nonzero status; 

+otherwise, no name has been set for the window,

+and it returns zero.

+If the <property>WM_NAME</property> property has not been set for this window,

+<function>XFetchName</function>

+sets window_name_return to NULL.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+When finished with it, a client must free

+the window name string using

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XFetchName</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_ICON_NAME_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_ICON_NAME Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_ICON_NAME Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides convenience functions that you can use to set and read 

+the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property for a given window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property,

+use

+<function>XSetWMIconName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMIconName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmiconname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMIconName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure to be used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWMIconName</function>

+convenience function calls

+<function>XSetTextProperty</function>

+to set the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property,

+use

+<function>XGetWMIconName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMIconName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmiconname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMIconName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetWMIconName</function>

+convenience function calls

+<function>XGetTextProperty</function>

+to obtain the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property.

+It returns a nonzero status on success;

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The next two functions have been superseded by

+<function>XSetWMIconName</function>

+and

+<function>XGetWMIconName</function>,

+respectively.

+You can use these additional convenience functions 

+for window names that are encoded as STRING properties.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the name to be displayed in a window's icon, use

+<function>XSetIconName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>icon name</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIconName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xseticonname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetIconName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *icon_name</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the icon name,

+which should be a null-terminated string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+<function>XSetIconName</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the name a window wants displayed in its icon, use

+<function>XGetIconName</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIconName</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgeticonname'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetIconName</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **icon_name_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the window's icon name,

+which is a null-terminated string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetIconName</function>

+function returns the name to be displayed in the specified window's icon.

+If it succeeds, it returns a nonzero status; otherwise, 

+if no icon name has been set for the window,

+it returns zero.

+If you never assigned a name to the window,

+<function>XGetIconName</function>

+sets icon_name_return to NULL.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+When finished with it, a client must free

+the icon name string using

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetIconName</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_HINTS_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_HINTS Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_HINTS Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read 

+the <property>WM_HINTS</property> property for a given window.

+These functions use the flags and the

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure, as defined in the

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+header file.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To allocate an

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XAllocWMHints</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+  XWMHints *XAllocWMHints()

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAllocWMHints</function>

+function allocates and returns a pointer to an

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure.

+Note that all fields in the

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure are initially set to zero.

+If insufficient memory is available, 

+<function>XAllocWMHints</function>

+returns NULL.

+To free the memory allocated to this structure,

+use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure contains:

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+/* Window manager hints mask bits */

+

+#define         InputHint             (1L&lt;&lt;0)

+#define         StateHint             (1L&lt;&lt;1)

+#define         IconPixmapHint        (1L&lt;&lt;2)

+#define         IconWindowHint        (1L&lt;&lt;3)

+#define         IconPositionHint      (1L&lt;&lt;4)

+#define         IconMaskHint          (1L&lt;&lt;5)

+#define         WindowGroupHint       (1L&lt;&lt;6)

+#define         UrgencyHint           (1L&lt;&lt;8)

+#define         AllHints              (InputHint|StateHint|IconPixmapHint|

+                                       IconWIndowHint|IconPositionHint|

+                                       IconMaskHint|WindowGroupHint)

+

+

+/* Values */

+

+typedef struct {

+	long flags;	        /* marks which fields in this structure are defined */

+	Bool input;	        /* does this application rely on the window manager to

+			           get keyboard input? */

+	int initial_state;	/* see below */

+	Pixmap icon_pixmap;	/* pixmap to be used as icon */

+	Window icon_window;	/* window to be used as icon */

+	int icon_x, icon_y;	/* initial position of icon */

+	Pixmap icon_mask;	/* pixmap to be used as mask for icon_pixmap */

+	XID window_group;	/* id of related window group */

+	/* this structure may be extended in the future */

+} XWMHints;

+</literallayout>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The input member is used to communicate to the window manager the input focus

+model used by the application.

+Applications that expect input but never explicitly set focus to any 

+of their subwindows (that is, use the push model of focus management), 

+such as X Version 10 style applications that use real-estate

+driven focus, should set this member to 

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+Similarly, applications

+that set input focus to their subwindows only when it is given to their

+top-level window by a window manager should also set this member to 

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+Applications that manage their own input focus by explicitly setting

+focus to one of their subwindows whenever they want keyboard input 

+(that is, use the pull model of focus management) should set this member to 

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+Applications that never expect any keyboard input also should set this member

+to 

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Pull model window managers should make it possible for push model

+applications to get input by setting input focus to the top-level windows of

+applications whose input member is 

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+Push model window managers should

+make sure that pull model applications do not break them 

+by resetting input focus to 

+<symbol>PointerRoot</symbol>

+when it is appropriate (for example, whenever an application whose

+input member is 

+<symbol>False</symbol>

+sets input focus to one of its subwindows).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The definitions for the initial_state flag are:

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#define      WithdrawnState 0

+#define      NormalState    1   /* most applications start this way */

+#define      IconicState    2   /* application wants to start as an icon */

+

+</literallayout>

+<para>

+The icon_mask specifies which pixels of the icon_pixmap should be used as the

+icon.  

+This allows for nonrectangular icons.

+Both icon_pixmap and icon_mask must be bitmaps.

+The icon_window lets an application provide a window for use as an icon

+for window managers that support such use.

+The window_group lets you specify that this window belongs to a group

+of other windows.

+For example, if a single application manipulates multiple 

+top-level windows, this allows you to provide enough

+information that a window manager can iconify all of the windows

+rather than just the one window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<symbol>UrgencyHint</symbol>

+flag, if set in the flags field, indicates that the client deems the window

+contents to be urgent, requiring the timely response of the user.  The

+window manager will make some effort to draw the user's attention to this

+window while this flag is set.  The client must provide some means by which the

+user can cause the urgency flag to be cleared (either mitigating

+the condition that made the window urgent or merely shutting off the alarm)

+or the window to be withdrawn.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_HINTS</property> property, use

+<function>XSetWMHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmhints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetWMHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XWMHints<parameter> *wmhints</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>wmhints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure to be used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWMHints</function>

+function sets the window manager hints that include icon information and location,

+the initial state of the window, and whether the application relies on the

+window manager to get keyboard input.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWMHints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_HINTS</property> property, use

+<function>XGetWMHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmhints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XWMHints *<function>XGetWMHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetWMHints</function>

+function reads the window manager hints and 

+returns NULL if no <property>WM_HINTS</property> property was set on the window 

+or returns a pointer to an 

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure if it succeeds.

+When finished with the data,

+free the space used for it by calling

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetWMHints</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NORMAL_HINTS_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_NORMAL_HINTS Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_NORMAL_HINTS Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or read 

+the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property for a given window.

+The functions use the flags and the

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure, as defined in the

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+header file.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The size of the

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure may grow in future releases, as new components are

+added to support new <acronym>ICCCM</acronym> features.

+Passing statically allocated instances of this structure into

+Xlib may result in memory corruption when running against a

+future release of the library.

+As such, it is recommended that only dynamically allocated

+instances of the structure be used.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To allocate an

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XAllocSizeHints</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+XSizeHints *XAllocSizeHints()

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAllocSizeHints</function>

+function allocates and returns a pointer to an

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure.

+Note that all fields in the

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure are initially set to zero.

+If insufficient memory is available, 

+<function>XAllocSizeHints</function>

+returns NULL.

+To free the memory allocated to this structure,

+use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure contains:

+</para>

+

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+/* Size hints mask bits */

+

+#define           USPosition         (1L&lt;&lt;0)  /* user specified x,y */

+#define           USSize             (1L&lt;&lt;1)  /* user specified width,height */

+#define           PPosition          (1L&lt;&lt;2)  /* program specified posistion */

+#define           PSize              (1L&lt;&lt;3)  /* program specified size */

+#define           PMinSize           (1L&lt;&lt;4)  /* program specified minimum size */

+#define           PMaxSize           (1L&lt;&lt;5)  /* program specified maximum size */

+#define           PResizeInc         (1L&lt;&lt;5)  /* program specified resize increments */

+#define           PAspect            (1L&lt;&lt;6)  /* program specified min and max aspect ratios */

+#define           PBaseSize          (1L&lt;&lt;8)

+#define           PWinGravity        (1L&lt;&lt;9)

+#define           PAllHints          (PPosition|Psize|

+                                      PMinSize|PMaxSize|

+                                      PResizeInc|PAspect)

+

+

+/* Values */

+

+typedef struct {

+	long flags;	        /* marks which fields in this structure are defined */

+	int x, y;	        /* Obsolete */

+	int width, height;	/* Obsolete */

+	int min_width, min_height;

+	int max_width, max_height;

+	int width_inc, height_inc;

+	struct {

+	       int x;	        /* numerator */

+	       int y;	        /* denominator */

+	} min_aspect, max_aspect;

+	int base_width, base_height;

+	int win_gravity;

+	/* this structure may be extended in the future */

+} XSizeHints;

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The x, y, width, and height members are now obsolete

+and are left solely for compatibility reasons.

+The min_width and min_height members specify the

+minimum window size that still allows the application to be useful.

+The max_width and max_height members specify the maximum window size.

+The width_inc and height_inc members define an arithmetic progression of

+sizes (minimum to maximum) into which the window prefers to be resized.

+The min_aspect and max_aspect members are expressed

+as ratios of x and y, 

+and they allow an application to specify the range of aspect

+ratios it prefers.

+The base_width and base_height members define the desired size of the window.

+The window manager will interpret the position of the window 

+and its border width to position the point of the outer rectangle 

+of the overall window specified by the win_gravity member.

+The outer rectangle of the window includes any borders or decorations

+supplied by the window manager.

+In other words,

+if the window manager decides to place the window where the client asked,

+the position on the parent window's border named by the win_gravity 

+will be placed where the client window would have been placed 

+in the absence of a window manager.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that use of the

+<symbol>PAllHints</symbol>

+macro is highly discouraged.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property, use

+<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMNormalHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmnormalhints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMNormalHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>

+function replaces the size hints for the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property 

+on the specified window.

+If the property does not already exist,

+<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>

+sets the size hints for the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property on the specified window.

+The property is stored with a type of <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> and a format of 32.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property, use

+<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMNormalHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmnormalhints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMNormalHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> *supplied_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the size hints for the window in its normal state.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>supplied_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the hints that were supplied by the user.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>

+function returns the size hints stored in the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property 

+on the specified window.

+If the property is of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>, is of format 32,

+and is long enough to contain either an old (pre-<acronym>ICCCM</acronym>) 

+or new size hints structure, 

+<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>

+sets the various fields of the 

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure, sets the supplied_return argument to the list of fields 

+that were supplied by the user (whether or not they contained defined values),

+and returns a nonzero status.

+Otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If 

+<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>

+returns successfully and a pre-<acronym>ICCCM</acronym> size hints property is read, 

+the supplied_return argument will contain the following bits:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+(USPosition|USSize|PPosition|PSize|PMinSize|

+ PMaxSize|PResizeInc|PAspect)

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the property is large enough to contain the base size 

+and window gravity fields as well, 

+the supplied_return argument will also contain the following bits:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+PBaseSize|PWinGravity

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> property, use

+<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMSizeHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmsizehints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMSizeHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>

+function replaces the size hints for the specified property 

+on the named window.

+If the specified property does not already exist,

+<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>

+sets the size hints for the specified property

+on the named window.

+The property is stored with a type of <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> and a format of 32.

+To set a window's normal size hints, 

+you can use the 

+<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>

+function.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> property, use

+<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMSizeHints</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmsizehints'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMSizeHints</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> *supplied_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>supplied_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the hints that were supplied by the user.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>

+function returns the size hints stored in the specified property 

+on the named window.

+If the property is of type <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property>, is of format 32, 

+and is long enough to contain either an old (pre-<acronym>ICCCM</acronym>) 

+or new size hints structure, 

+<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>

+sets the various fields of the 

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure, sets the supplied_return argument to the

+list of fields that were supplied by the user 

+(whether or not they contained defined values), 

+and returns a nonzero status.

+Otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+To get a window's normal size hints, 

+you can use the 

+<function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>

+function.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If 

+<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>

+returns successfully and a pre-<acronym>ICCCM</acronym> size hints property is read, 

+the supplied_return argument will contain the following bits:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+(USPosition|USSize|PPosition|PSize|PMinSize|

+ PMaxSize|PResizeInc|PAspect)

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the property is large enough to contain the base size 

+and window gravity fields as well, 

+the supplied_return argument will also contain the following bits:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+PBaseSize|PWinGravity

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+and 

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLASS_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_CLASS Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_CLASS Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and get 

+the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property for a given window.

+These functions use the

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure, which is defined in the

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+header file.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To allocate an

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XAllocClassHint</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocClassHint</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<para>

+

+  XClassHint *XAllocClassHint()

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAllocClassHint</function>

+function allocates and returns a pointer to an

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure.

+Note that the pointer fields in the

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure are initially set to NULL.

+If insufficient memory is available, 

+<function>XAllocClassHint</function>

+returns NULL.

+To free the memory allocated to this structure,

+use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+contains:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClassHint</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	char *res_name;

+	char *res_class;

+} XClassHint;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The res_name member contains the application name, 

+and the res_class member contains the application class. 

+Note that the name set in this property may differ from the name set as <property>WM_NAME</property>.

+That is, <property>WM_NAME</property> specifies what should be displayed in the title bar and,

+therefore, can contain temporal information (for example, the name of

+a file currently in an editor's buffer).

+On the other hand, 

+the name specified as part of <property>WM_CLASS</property> is the formal name of the application

+that should be used when retrieving the application's resources from the 

+resource database.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_CLASS</property> property, use

+<function>XSetClassHint</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClassHint</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetclasshint'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetClassHint</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XClassHint<parameter> *class_hints</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class_hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure that is to be used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetClassHint</function>

+function sets the class hint for the specified window.

+If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetClassHint</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors. 

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_CLASS</property> property, use

+<function>XGetClassHint</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetClassHint</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetclasshint'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetClassHint</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XClassHint<parameter> *class_hints_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class_hints_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the 

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetClassHint</function>

+function returns the class hint of the specified window to the members

+of the supplied structure.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+It returns a nonzero status on success;

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+To free res_name and res_class when finished with the strings,

+use

+<function>XFree</function>

+on each individually.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetClassHint</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_TRANSIENT_FOR_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read

+the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property for a given window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property, use

+<function>XSetTransientForHint</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTransientForHint</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsettransientforhint'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetTransientForHint</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> prop_window</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>prop_window</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window that the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property is to be set to.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetTransientForHint</function>

+function sets the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property of the specified window to the 

+specified prop_window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetTransientForHint</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property, use

+<function>XGetTransientForHint</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetTransientForHint</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgettransientforhint'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetTransientForHint</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *prop_window_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>prop_window_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property of the specified window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetTransientForHint</function>

+function returns the <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property for the specified window.

+It returns a nonzero status on success;

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetTransientForHint</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_PROTOCOLS_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_PROTOCOLS Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_PROTOCOLS Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read

+the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property for a given window.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property, use

+<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMProtocols</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmprotocols'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XSetWMProtocols</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *protocols</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>protocols</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the list of protocols.

+<!-- .ds Cn protocols in the list -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>

+function replaces the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property on the specified window 

+with the list of atoms specified by the protocols argument.

+If the property does not already exist,

+<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>

+sets the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property on the specified window

+to the list of atoms specified by the protocols argument.

+The property is stored with a type of ATOM and a format of 32.

+If it cannot intern the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> atom, 

+<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>

+returns a zero status.

+Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWMProtocols</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property, use

+<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMProtocols</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmprotocols'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMProtocols</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> **protocols_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>protocols_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the list of protocols.

+<!-- .ds Cn protocols in the list -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>

+function returns the list of atoms stored in the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property 

+on the specified window.

+These atoms describe window manager protocols in which the owner 

+of this window is willing to participate.

+If the property exists, is of type ATOM, is of format 32, 

+and the atom <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> can be interned, 

+<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>

+sets the protocols_return argument to a list of atoms, 

+sets the count_return argument to the number of elements in the list, 

+and returns a nonzero status.

+Otherwise, it sets neither of the return arguments

+and returns a zero status.

+To release the list of atoms, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetWMProtocols</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read

+the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property for a given window.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property, use

+<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMColormapWindows</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmcolormapwindows'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *colormap_windows</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap_windows</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the list of windows.

+<!-- .ds Cn windows in the list -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>

+function replaces the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property on the specified

+window with the list of windows specified by the colormap_windows argument.

+If the property does not already exist,

+<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>

+sets the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property on the specified

+window to the list of windows specified by the colormap_windows argument.

+The property is stored with a type of WINDOW and a format of 32.

+If it cannot intern the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> atom,

+<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>

+returns a zero status.

+Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property, use

+<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMColormapWindows</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmcolormapwindows'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> **colormap_windows_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>colormap_windows_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the list of windows.

+<!-- .ds Cn windows in the list -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of (Cn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>

+function returns the list of window identifiers stored 

+in the <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property on the specified window.

+These identifiers indicate the colormaps that the window manager

+may need to install for this window.

+If the property exists, is of type WINDOW, is of format 32, 

+and the atom <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> can be interned, 

+<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>

+sets the windows_return argument to a list of window identifiers, 

+sets the count_return argument to the number of elements in the list, 

+and returns a nonzero status.

+Otherwise, it sets neither of the return arguments

+and returns a zero status.

+To release the list of window identifiers, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_ICON_SIZE_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_ICON_SIZE Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_ICON_SIZE Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read 

+the <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property for a given window.

+These functions use the 

+<structname>XIconSize</structname>

+<indexterm><primary>XIconSize</primary></indexterm>

+structure, which is defined in the

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+header file.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To allocate an

+<structname>XIconSize</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XAllocIconSize</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+  XIconSize *XAllocIconSize()

+</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAllocIconSize</function>

+function allocates and returns a pointer to an

+<structname>XIconSize</structname>

+structure.

+Note that all fields in the

+<structname>XIconSize</structname>

+structure are initially set to zero.

+If insufficient memory is available, 

+<function>XAllocIconSize</function>

+returns NULL.

+To free the memory allocated to this structure,

+use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XIconSize</structname>

+structure contains:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIconSize</primary></indexterm>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+	int min_width, min_height;

+	int max_width, max_height;

+	int width_inc, height_inc;

+} XIconSize;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The width_inc and height_inc members define an arithmetic progression of

+sizes (minimum to maximum) that represent the supported icon sizes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property, use

+<function>XSetIconSizes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIconSizes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xseticonsizes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetIconSizes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIconSize<parameter> *size_list</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>size_list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of items in the size list.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetIconSizes</function>

+function is used only by window managers to set the supported icon sizes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetIconSizes</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property, use

+<function>XGetIconSizes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIconSizes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgeticonsizes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetIconSizes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XIconSize<parameter> **size_list_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>size_list_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the size list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of items in the size list.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetIconSizes</function>

+function returns zero if a window manager has not set icon sizes;

+otherwise, it returns nonzero.

+<function>XGetIconSizes</function>

+should be called by an application that

+wants to find out what icon sizes would be most appreciated by the

+window manager under which the application is running.

+The application

+should then use

+<function>XSetWMHints</function>

+to supply the window manager with an icon pixmap or window in one of the

+supported sizes.

+To free the data allocated in size_list_return, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetIconSizes</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Using_Window_Manager_Convenience_Functions">

+<title>Using Window Manager Convenience Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using Window Manager Convenience Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+function stores the standard set of window manager properties,

+with text properties in standard encodings

+for internationalized text communication.

+The standard window manager properties for a given window are

+<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_CLASS</property>,

+<property>WM_COMMAND</property>, <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property>, and <property>WM_LOCALE_NAME</property>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbSetWMProperties</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmbsetwmproperties'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XmbSetWMProperties</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *window_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *icon_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *argv[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> argc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *normal_hints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XWMHints<parameter> *wm_hints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XClassHint<parameter> *class_hints</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window name,

+which should be a null-terminated string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the icon name,

+which should be a null-terminated string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the application's argument list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of arguments.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>wm_hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class_hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure to be used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+convenience function provides a simple programming interface 

+for setting those essential window properties that are used 

+for communicating with other clients

+(particularly window and session managers).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the window_name argument is non-NULL,

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+sets the <property>WM_NAME</property> property.

+If the icon_name argument is non-NULL,

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+sets the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property.

+The window_name and icon_name arguments are null-terminated strings

+in the encoding of the current locale.

+If the arguments can be fully converted to the STRING encoding,

+the properties are created with type ``STRING''; 

+otherwise, the arguments are converted to Compound Text, 

+and the properties are created with type ``COMPOUND_TEXT''.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the normal_hints argument is non-NULL,

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+calls

+<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>,

+which sets the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NORMAL_HINTS_Property">section 14.1.7</link>).

+If the wm_hints argument is non-NULL, 

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+calls

+<function>XSetWMHints</function>,

+which sets the <property>WM_HINTS</property> property

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_HINTS_Property">section 14.1.6</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the argv argument is non-NULL,

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+sets the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property from argv and argc.

+An argc of zero indicates a zero-length command.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The hostname of the machine is stored using 

+<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">section 14.2.2</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the class_hints argument is non-NULL,

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+sets the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property.

+If the res_name member in the 

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure is set to the NULL pointer and the RESOURCE_NAME

+environment variable is set,

+the value of the environment variable is substituted for res_name.

+If the res_name member is NULL,

+the environment variable is not set, and argv and argv[0] are set,

+then the value of argv[0], stripped of any directory prefixes,

+is substituted for res_name.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+It is assumed that the supplied class_hints.res_name and argv,

+the RESOURCE_NAME environment variable, and the hostname of the machine

+are in the encoding of the locale announced for the LC_CTYPE category

+(on <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-compliant systems, the LC_CTYPE, else LANG environment variable).

+The corresponding <property>WM_CLASS</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, and <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> properties

+are typed according to the local host locale announcer.

+No encoding conversion is performed prior to storage in the properties.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For clients that need to process the property text in a locale,

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+sets the <property>WM_LOCALE_NAME</property> property to be the name of the current locale.

+The name is assumed to be in the Host Portable Character Encoding

+and is converted to STRING for storage in the property.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XmbSetWMProperties</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set a window's standard window manager properties

+with strings in client-specified encodings, use

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>.

+The standard window manager properties for a given window are

+<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_CLASS</property>,

+<property>WM_COMMAND</property>, and <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMProperties</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmproperties'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMProperties</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *window_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *icon_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **argv</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> argc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *normal_hints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XWMHints<parameter> *wm_hints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XClassHint<parameter> *class_hints</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>window_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window name,

+which should be a null-terminated string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the icon name,

+which should be a null-terminated string.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the application's argument list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of arguments.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>normal_hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>wm_hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XWMHints</structname>

+structure to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class_hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure to be used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+convenience function provides a single programming interface 

+for setting those essential window properties that are used 

+for communicating with other clients (particularly window and session

+managers).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the window_name argument is non-NULL, 

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+calls

+<function>XSetWMName</function>,

+which, in turn, sets the <property>WM_NAME</property> property

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NAME_Property">section 14.1.4</link>).

+If the icon_name argument is non-NULL,

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+calls

+<function>XSetWMIconName</function>,

+which sets the <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property> property

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_ICON_NAME_Property">section 14.1.5</link>).

+If the argv argument is non-NULL, 

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+calls

+<function>XSetCommand</function>,

+which sets the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_COMMAND_Property">section 14.2.1</link>).

+Note that an argc of zero is allowed to indicate a zero-length command.

+Note also that the hostname of this machine is stored using

+<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">section 14.2.2</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the normal_hints argument is non-NULL, 

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+calls

+<function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>,

+which sets the <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_NORMAL_HINTS_Property">section 14.1.7</link>).

+If the wm_hints argument is non-NULL, 

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+calls

+<function>XSetWMHints</function>,

+which sets the <property>WM_HINTS</property> property

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_HINTS_Property">section 14.1.6</link>).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the class_hints argument is non-NULL, 

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+calls

+<function>XSetClassHint</function>,

+which sets the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property

+(see <link linkend="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLASS_Property">section 14.1.8</link>).

+If the res_name member in the

+<structname>XClassHint</structname>

+structure is set to the NULL pointer and the RESOURCE_NAME environment 

+variable is set, 

+then the value of the environment variable is substituted for res_name.

+If the res_name member is NULL, 

+the environment variable is not set, 

+and argv and argv[0] are set, 

+then the value of argv[0], stripped of

+any directory prefixes, is substituted for res_name.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetWMProperties</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Client_to_Session_Manager_Communication">

+<title>Client to Session Manager Communication</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Client to Session Manager Communication -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section discusses how to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Set and read the <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_COMMAND_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_COMMAND Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_COMMAND Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read

+the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property for a given window.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property, use

+<function>XSetCommand</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetCommand</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetcommand'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetCommand</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **argv</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> argc</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the application's argument list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of arguments.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetCommand</function>

+function sets the command and arguments used to invoke the

+application.

+(Typically, argv is the argv array of your main program.)

+If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetCommand</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property, use

+<function>XGetCommand</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetCommand</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetcommand'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetCommand</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> ***argv_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *argc_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argv_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the application's argument list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argc_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of arguments returned.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetCommand</function>

+function reads the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property from the specified window 

+and returns a string list.

+If the <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property exists, 

+it is of type STRING and format 8.

+If sufficient memory can be allocated to contain the string list, 

+<function>XGetCommand</function>

+fills in the argv_return and argc_return arguments

+and returns a nonzero status.

+Otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,

+then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.

+To free the memory allocated to the string list, use

+<function>XFreeStringList</function>.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Reading_the_WM_CLIENT_MACHINE_Property">

+<title>Setting and Reading the WM_CLIENT_MACHINE Property</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Reading the WM_CLIENT_MACHINE Property -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and read 

+the <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property for a given window.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set a window's <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property, use

+<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMClientMachine</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmclientmachine'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetWMClientMachine</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure to be used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>

+convenience function calls

+<function>XSetTextProperty</function>

+to set the <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To read a window's <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property, use

+<function>XGetWMClientMachine</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMClientMachine</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmclientmachine'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMClientMachine</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>text_prop_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the

+<structname>XTextProperty</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetWMClientMachine</function>

+convenience function performs an 

+<function>XGetTextProperty</function>

+on the <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property.

+It returns a nonzero status on success;

+otherwise, it returns a zero status.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Standard_Colormaps">

+<title>Standard Colormaps</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Standard Colormaps  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Applications with color palettes, smooth-shaded drawings, or digitized

+images demand large numbers of colors.  

+In addition, these applications often require an efficient mapping 

+from color triples to pixel values that display the appropriate colors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+As an example, consider a three-dimensional display program that wants 

+to draw a smoothly shaded sphere.  

+At each pixel in the image of the sphere, 

+the program computes the intensity and color of light

+reflected back to the viewer.  

+The result of each computation is a triple of red, green, and blue (<acronym>RGB</acronym>)

+coefficients in the range 0.0 to 1.0.  

+To draw the sphere, the program needs a colormap that provides a

+large range of uniformly distributed colors.  

+The colormap should be arranged so that the program can

+convert its <acronym>RGB</acronym> triples into pixel values very quickly,

+because drawing the entire sphere requires many such

+conversions.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+On many current workstations,

+the display is limited to 256 or fewer colors.  

+Applications must allocate colors carefully, 

+not only to make sure they cover the entire range they need 

+but also to make use of as many of the available colors as possible.

+On a typical X display, 

+many applications are active at once.

+Most workstations have only one hardware look-up table for colors,

+so only one application colormap can be installed at a given time.

+The application using the installed colormap is displayed correctly, 

+and the other applications go technicolor and are

+displayed with false colors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+As another example, consider a user who is running an 

+image processing program to display earth-resources data.  

+The image processing program needs a colormap set up with 8 reds, 

+8 greens, and 4 blues, for a total of 256 colors.

+Because some colors are already in use in the default colormap, 

+the image processing program allocates and installs a new colormap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The user decides to alter some of the colors in the image

+by invoking a color palette program to mix and choose colors.

+The color palette program also needs a

+colormap with eight reds, eight greens, and four blues, so just like

+the image processing program, it must allocate and

+install a new colormap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Because only one colormap can be installed at a time,

+the color palette may be displayed incorrectly

+whenever the image processing program is active.

+Conversely, whenever the palette program is active, 

+the image may be displayed incorrectly.  

+The user can never match or compare colors in the palette and image.

+Contention for colormap resources can be reduced if applications

+with similar color needs share colormaps.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The image processing program and the color palette program 

+could share the same colormap if there existed a convention that described

+how the colormap was set up.  

+Whenever either program was active, 

+both would be displayed correctly.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The standard colormap properties define a set of commonly used

+colormaps.  

+Applications that share these colormaps and conventions display 

+true colors more often and provide a better interface to the user.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Standard colormaps allow applications to share commonly used color

+resources.  

+This allows many applications to be displayed in true colors

+simultaneously, even when each application needs an entirely filled

+colormap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Several standard colormaps are described in this section.

+Usually, a window manager creates these colormaps.

+Applications should use the standard colormaps if they already exist.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To allocate an

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XAllocStandardColormap</function>.

+</para>

+

+<para>

+XStandardColormap *XAllocStandardColormap()

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAllocStandardColormap</function>

+function allocates and returns a pointer to an

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure.

+Note that all fields in the

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure are initially set to zero.

+If insufficient memory is available, 

+<function>XAllocStandardColormap</function>

+returns NULL.

+To free the memory allocated to this structure,

+use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The 

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure contains:

+</para>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+/* Hints */

+

+#define       ReeaseByFreeingColormap  ((XID)1L)

+

+/* Values */

+

+typedef struct {

+	Colormap colormap;

+	unsigned long red_max;

+	unsigned long red_mult;

+	unsigned long green_max;

+	unsigned long green_mult;

+	unsigned long blue_max;

+	unsigned long blue_mult;

+	unsigned long base_pixel;

+	VisualID visualid;

+	XID killid;

+} XStandardColormap;

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The colormap member is the colormap created by the

+<function>XCreateColormap</function>

+function.

+The red_max, green_max, and blue_max members give the maximum

+red, green, and blue values, respectively.  

+Each color coefficient ranges from zero to its max, inclusive.  

+For example,

+a common colormap allocation is 3/3/2 (3 planes for red, 3

+planes for green, and 2 planes for blue).  

+This colormap would have red_max = 7, green_max = 7, 

+and blue_max = 3.  

+An alternate allocation that uses only 216 colors is red_max = 5, 

+green_max = 5, and blue_max = 5.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The red_mult, green_mult, and blue_mult members give the

+scale factors used to compose a full pixel value. 

+(See the discussion of the base_pixel members for further information.)

+For a 3/3/2 allocation, red_mult might be 32,

+green_mult might be 4, and blue_mult might be 1.  

+For a 6-colors-each allocation, red_mult might be 36, 

+green_mult might be 6, and blue_mult might be 1.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The base_pixel member gives the base pixel value used to

+compose a full pixel value.  

+Usually, the base_pixel is obtained from a call to the 

+<function>XAllocColorPlanes</function>

+function.  

+Given integer red, green, and blue coefficients in their appropriate 

+ranges, one then can compute a corresponding pixel value by

+using the following expression:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 1.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 1.5i -->

+(r * red_mult + g * green_mult + b * blue_mult + base_pixel) &amp; 0xFFFFFFFF

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For 

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+colormaps, 

+only the colormap, red_max, red_mult, 

+and base_pixel members are defined. 

+The other members are ignored.  

+To compute a 

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+pixel value, use the following expression:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 1.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 1.5i -->

+(gray * red_mult + base_pixel) &amp; 0xFFFFFFFF

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Negative multipliers can be represented by converting the 2's

+complement representation of the multiplier into an unsigned long and

+storing the result in the appropriate _mult field.

+The step of masking by 0xFFFFFFFF effectively converts the resulting

+positive multiplier into a negative one.

+The masking step will take place automatically on many machine architectures,

+depending on the size of the integer type used to do the computation.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The visualid member gives the ID number of the visual from which the

+colormap was created.

+The killid member gives a resource ID that indicates whether

+the cells held by this standard colormap are to be released 

+by freeing the colormap ID or by calling the

+<function>XKillClient</function>

+function on the indicated resource.

+(Note that this method is necessary for allocating out of an existing colormap.)

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The properties containing the 

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+information have 

+the type RGB_COLOR_MAP.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The remainder of this section discusses standard colormap properties and atoms

+as well as how to manipulate standard colormaps.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="Standard_Colormap_Properties_and_Atoms">

+<title>Standard Colormap Properties and Atoms</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Standard Colormap Properties and Atoms  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Standard Colormaps</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Colormaps</primary><secondary>standard</secondary></indexterm>

+Several standard colormaps are available.  

+Each standard colormap is defined by a property, 

+and each such property is identified by an atom.  

+The following list names the atoms and describes the colormap

+associated with each one.

+The

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename>

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+header file contains the definitions for each of the following atoms,

+which are prefixed with XA_.

+</para>

+

+

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>RGB_DEFAULT_MAP</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+This atom names a property.

+The value of the property is an array of

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structures.

+Each entry in the array describes an <acronym>RGB</acronym> subset of the default color

+map for the Visual specified by visual_id.

+      </para>

+      <para>

+Some applications only need a few <acronym>RGB</acronym> colors and

+may be able to allocate them from the system default colormap.

+This is the ideal situation because the fewer colormaps that are

+active in the system the more applications are displayed

+with correct colors at all times.

+      </para>

+      <para>

+A typical allocation for the RGB_DEFAULT_MAP on 8-plane displays

+is 6 reds, 6 greens, and 6 blues.  

+This gives 216 uniformly distributed colors 

+(6 intensities of 36 different hues) and still leaves 40 elements 

+of a 256-element colormap available for special-purpose colors 

+for text, borders, and so on.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>RGB_BEST_MAP</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+This atom names a property.  The value of the property is an 

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>.

+      </para>

+      <para>

+The property defines the best <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap available on

+the screen.

+(Of course, this is a subjective evaluation.)

+Many image processing and three-dimensional applications need to

+use all available colormap cells and to distribute as many

+perceptually distinct colors as possible over those cells.

+This implies that there may be more green values available than

+red, as well as more green or red than blue.

+      </para>

+      <para>

+For an 8-plane 

+<symbol>PseudoColor</symbol>

+visual, 

+RGB_BEST_MAP is likely to be a 3/3/2 allocation.  

+For a 24-plane 

+<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>

+visual, 

+RGB_BEST_MAP is normally an 8/8/8 allocation.  

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>RGB_RED_MAP,RGB_GREEN_MAP,RGB_BLUE_MAP</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+These atoms name properties.

+The value of each property is an

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>.

+      </para>

+      <para>

+The properties define all-red, all-green, and all-blue

+colormaps, respectively.  

+These maps are used by applications that want to make color-separated 

+images.  

+For example, a user might generate a full-color image 

+on an 8-plane display both by rendering an image three times 

+(once with high color resolution in red, once with green, 

+and once with blue) and by multiply exposing a single frame in a camera.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry> 

+    <term>RGB_GRAY_MAP</term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+This atom names a property.

+The value of the property is an 

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>.

+      </para>

+      <para>

+The property describes the best 

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+colormap available on the screen.  

+As previously mentioned, 

+only the colormap, red_max, red_mult, and base_pixel members of the

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure are used for 

+<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>

+colormaps.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+</sect2>

+

+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Obtaining_Standard_Colormaps">

+<title>Setting and Obtaining Standard Colormaps</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Setting and Obtaining Standard Colormaps -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set and obtain an

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To set an

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure, use

+<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetRGBColormaps</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetrgbcolormaps'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XSetRGBColormaps</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XStandardColormap<parameter> *std_colormap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>std_colormap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure to be used.

+<!-- .ds Cn colormaps -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of (Cn.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>

+function replaces the <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap definition in the specified property 

+on the named window.

+If the property does not already exist,

+<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>

+sets the <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap definition in the specified property

+on the named window.

+The property is stored with a type of RGB_COLOR_MAP and a format of 32.

+Note that it is the caller's responsibility to honor the <acronym>ICCCM</acronym>

+restriction that only RGB_DEFAULT_MAP contain more than one definition.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>

+function usually is only used by window or session managers.

+To create a standard colormap, 

+follow this procedure:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Open a new connection to the same server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Grab the server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+See if the property is on the property list of the root window for the screen.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+If the desired property is not present:

+<!-- .RS -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Create a colormap (unless you are using the default colormap of the screen).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Determine the color characteristics of the visual.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Allocate cells in the colormap (or create it with

+<symbol>AllocAll</symbol>).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Call 

+<function>XStoreColors</function>

+to store appropriate color values in the colormap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Fill in the descriptive members in the 

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Attach the property to the root window.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use

+<function>XSetCloseDownMode</function>

+to make the resource permanent.

+<!-- .RE -->

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Ungrab the server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To obtain the 

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure associated with the specified property, use

+<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetRGBColormaps</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetrgbcolormaps'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XGetRGBColormaps</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XStandardColormap<parameter> **std_colormap_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *count_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the window.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>std_colormap_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the

+<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>

+structure.

+<!-- .ds Cn colormaps -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>count_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of (Cn.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the property name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>

+function returns the <acronym>RGB</acronym> colormap definitions stored 

+in the specified property on the named window.

+If the property exists, is of type RGB_COLOR_MAP, is of format 32, 

+and is long enough to contain a colormap definition,

+<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>

+allocates and fills in space for the returned colormaps

+and returns a nonzero status.

+If the visualid is not present, 

+<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>

+assumes the default visual for the screen on which the window is located; 

+if the killid is not present, 

+<symbol>None</symbol>

+is assumed, which indicates that the resources cannot be released.

+Otherwise, 

+none of the fields are set, and 

+<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>

+returns a zero status.

+Note that it is the caller's responsibility to honor the <acronym>ICCCM</acronym>

+restriction that only RGB_DEFAULT_MAP contain more than one definition.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>

+errors.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml
index 3c4a29695..c012ea7d0 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml
@@ -1,2483 +1,2483 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="resource_manager_functions">
-<title>Resource Manager Functions</title>
-<!-- .sp 2 -->
-<!-- .nr H1 15 -->
-<!-- .nr H2 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H3 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H4 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H5 0 -->
-<!-- .na -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- Chapter 15: Resource Manager Functions -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-A program often needs a variety of options in the X environment
-(for example, fonts, colors, icons, and cursors).
-Specifying all of these options on the command line is awkward
-because users may want to customize many aspects of the program
-and need a convenient way to establish these customizations as
-the default settings.
-The resource manager is provided for this purpose.
-Resource specifications are usually stored in human-readable files
-and in server properties.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The resource manager is a database manager with a twist.
-In most database systems, 
-you perform a query using an imprecise specification,
-and you get back a set of records.
-The resource manager, however, allows you to specify a large
-set of values with an imprecise specification, to query the database 
-with a precise specification, and to get back only a single value.
-This should be used by applications that need to know what the
-user prefers for colors, fonts, and other resources.
-It is this use as a database for dealing with X resources that
-inspired the name "Resource Manager,"
-although the resource manager can be and is used in other ways.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For example, 
-a user of your application may want to specify 
-that all windows should have a blue background 
-but that all mail-reading windows should have a red background.
-With well-engineered and coordinated applications,
-a user can define this information using only two lines of specifications.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-As an example of how the resource manager works,
-consider a mail-reading application called xmh.
-Assume that it is designed so that it uses a
-complex window hierarchy all the way down to individual command buttons,
-which may be actual small subwindows in some toolkits.
-These are often called objects or widgets.
-In such toolkit systems,
-each user interface object can be composed of other objects
-and can be assigned a name and a class.
-Fully qualified names or classes can have arbitrary numbers of component names,
-but a fully qualified name always has the same number of component names as a
-fully qualified class.
-This generally reflects the structure of the application as composed
-of these objects, starting with the application itself.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For example, the xmh mail program has a name "xmh" and is one
-of a class of "Mail" programs.
-By convention, the first character of class components is capitalized,
-and the first letter of name components is in lowercase.
-Each name and class finally has an attribute
-(for example, "foreground" or "font").
-If each window is properly assigned a name and class,
-it is easy for the user to specify attributes of any portion 
-of the application.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-At the top level, 
-the application might consist of a paned window (that is, a window divided
-into several sections) named "toc".
-One pane of the paned window is a button box window named "buttons"
-and is filled with command buttons. 
-One of these command buttons is used to incorporate
-new mail and has the name "incorporate".
-This window has a fully qualified name, "xmh.toc.buttons.incorporate",
-and a fully qualified class, "Xmh.Paned.Box.Command".
-Its fully qualified name is the name of its parent, "xmh.toc.buttons", 
-followed by its name, "incorporate".
-Its class is the class of its parent, "Xmh.Paned.Box", 
-followed by its particular class, "Command".  
-The fully qualified name of a resource is
-the attribute's name appended to the object's fully qualified
-name, and the fully qualified class is its class appended to the object's
-class.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The incorporate button might need the following resources: 
-Title string,
-Font,
-Foreground color for its inactive state,
-Background color for its inactive state,
-Foreground color for its active state, and
-Background color for its active state.
-Each resource is considered
-to be an attribute of the button and, as such, has a name and a class.
-For example, the foreground color for the button in
-its active state might be named "activeForeground",
-and its class might be "Foreground".
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When an application looks up a resource (for example, a color),
-it passes the complete name and complete class of the resource
-to a look-up routine.
-The resource manager compares this complete specification
-against the incomplete specifications of entries in the resource
-database, finds the best match, and returns the corresponding
-value for that entry.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The definitions for the resource manager are contained in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xresource.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xresource.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xresource.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xresource.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<sect1 id="Resource_File_Syntax">
-<title>Resource File Syntax</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Resource File Syntax -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The syntax of a resource file is a sequence of resource lines
-terminated by newline characters or the end of the file.
-The syntax of an individual resource line is:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA 1.5i 1.75i -->
-<!-- .ta 1.5i 1.75i -->
-ResourceLine     =     Comment | IncludeFile | ResourceSpec | &lt;empty line&gt;
-Comment     =     "!" {&lt;any character except null or newline&gt;}
-IncludeFile     =     "#" WhiteSpace "include" WhiteSpace FileName WhiteSpace
-FileName     =     &lt;valid filename for operating system&gt;
-ResourceSpec     =     WhiteSpace ResourceName WhiteSpace ":" WhiteSpace Value
-ResourceName     =     [Binding] {Component Binding} ComponentName
-Binding     =     "." | "*"
-WhiteSpace     =     {&lt;space&gt; | &lt;horizontal tab&gt;}
-Component     =     "?" | ComponentName
-ComponentName     =     NameChar {NameChar}
-NameChar     =     "a"-"z" | "A"-"Z" | "0"-"9" | "_" | "-"
-Value     =     {&lt;any character except null or unescaped newline&gt;}
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .\" End marker code here -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives.
-Curly braces ({......}) indicate zero or more repetitions
-of the enclosed elements.
-Square brackets ([......]) indicate that the enclosed element is optional.
-Quotes ("......") are used around literal characters.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-IncludeFile lines are interpreted by replacing the line with the
-contents of the specified file.
-The word "include" must be in lowercase.
-The file name is interpreted relative to the directory of the file in
-which the line occurs (for example, if the file name contains no
-directory or contains a relative directory specification).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If a ResourceName contains a contiguous sequence of two or more Binding
-characters, the sequence will be replaced with a single ".." character
-if the sequence contains only ".." characters;
-otherwise, the sequence will be replaced with a single "*" character.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A resource database never contains more than one entry for a given
-ResourceName.  If a resource file contains multiple lines with the
-same ResourceName, the last line in the file is used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Any white space characters before or after the name or colon in a ResourceSpec
-are ignored.
-To allow a Value to begin with white space,
-the two-character sequence "\\<emphasis remap='I'>space</emphasis>" (backslash followed by space)
-is recognized and replaced by a space character,
-and the two-character sequence "\\<emphasis remap='I'>tab</emphasis>"
-(backslash followed by horizontal tab)
-is recognized and replaced by a horizontal tab character.
-To allow a Value to contain embedded newline characters,
-the two-character sequence "\\n" is recognized and replaced by a
-newline character.
-To allow a Value to be broken across multiple lines in a text file,
-the two-character sequence "\\<emphasis remap='I'>newline</emphasis>"
-(backslash followed by newline) is
-recognized and removed from the value.
-To allow a Value to contain arbitrary character codes,
-the four-character sequence "\\<emphasis remap='I'>nnn</emphasis>",
-where each <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is a digit character in the range of "0"-"7",
-is recognized and replaced with a single byte that contains
-the octal value specified by the sequence.
-Finally, the two-character sequence "\newline" is recognized
-and replaced with a single backslash.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-As an example of these sequences,
-the following resource line contains a value consisting of four
-characters: a backslash, a null, a "z", and a newline:
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-magic.values: \\000\
-z\n
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Resource_Manager_Matching_Rules">
-<title>Resource Manager Matching Rules</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Resource Manager Matching Rules -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The algorithm for determining which resource database entry
-matches a given query is the heart of the resource manager.
-All queries must fully specify the name and class of the desired resource
-(use of the characters "*" and "?" is not permitted).
-The library supports up to 100 components in a full name or class.
-Resources are stored in the database with only partially specified
-names and classes, using pattern matching constructs.
-An asterisk (*) is a loose binding and is used to represent any number
-of intervening components, including none.
-A period (.) is a tight binding and is used to separate immediately
-adjacent components.
-A question mark (?) is used to match any single component name or class.
-A database entry cannot end in a loose binding;
-the final component (which cannot be the character "?") must be specified.
-The lookup algorithm searches the database for the entry that most
-closely matches (is most specific for) the full name and class being queried.
-When more than one database entry matches the full name and class,
-precedence rules are used to select just one.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The full name and class are scanned from left to right (from highest
-level in the hierarchy to lowest), one component at a time.
-At each level, the corresponding component and/or binding of each
-matching entry is determined, and these matching components and
-bindings are compared according to precedence rules.
-Each of the rules is applied at each level before moving to the next level,
-until a rule selects a single entry over all others.
-The rules, in order of precedence, are:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-An entry that contains a matching component (whether name, class,
-or the character "?")
-takes precedence over entries that elide the level (that is, entries
-that match the level in a loose binding).
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-An entry with a matching name takes precedence over both
-entries with a matching class and entries that match using the character "?".
-An entry with a matching class takes precedence over
-entries that match using the character "?".
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-An entry preceded by a tight binding takes precedence over entries
-preceded by a loose binding.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To illustrate these rules,
-consider the following resource database entries:
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA 2.5i 3.5i -->
-<!-- .ta 2.5i 3.5i -->
-xmh*Paned*activeForeground:     red     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry A)</emphasis>
-*incorporate.Foreground:     blue     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry B)</emphasis>
-xmh.toc*Command*activeForeground:     green     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry C)</emphasis>
-xmh.toc*?.Foreground:     white     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry D)</emphasis>
-xmh.toc*Command.activeForeground:     black     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry E)</emphasis>
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Consider a query for the resource:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA 3.5i -->
-<!-- .ta 3.5i -->
-xmh.toc.messagefunctions.incorporate.activeForeground     <emphasis remap='I'>(name)</emphasis>
-Xmh.Paned.Box.Command.Foreground     <emphasis remap='I'>(class)</emphasis>
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-At the first level (xmh, Xmh), rule 1 eliminates entry B.
-At the second level (toc, Paned), rule 2 eliminates entry A.
-At the third level (messagefunctions, Box), no entries are eliminated.
-At the fourth level (incorporate, Command), rule 2 eliminates entry D.
-At the fifth level (activeForeground, Foreground), rule 3 eliminates entry C.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Quarks">
-<title>Quarks</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Quarks -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Most uses of the resource manager involve defining names,
-classes, and representation types as string constants.
-However, always referring to strings in the resource manager can be slow,
-because it is so heavily used in some toolkits.
-To solve this problem, 
-a shorthand for a string is used in place of the string
-in many of the resource manager functions.
-Simple comparisons can be performed rather than string comparisons.
-The shorthand name for a string is called a quark and is the
-type 
-<type>XrmQuark</type>.
-On some occasions,
-you may want to allocate a quark that has no string equivalent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A quark is to a string what an atom is to a string in the server,
-but its use is entirely local to your application.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate a new quark, use
-<function>XrmUniqueQuark</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmUniqueQuark</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<para>XrmQuark XrmUniqueQuark()</para>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmUniqueQuark</function>
-function allocates a quark that is guaranteed not to represent any string that
-is known to the resource manager.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-Each name, class, and representation type is typedef'd as an
-<type>XrmQuark</type>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef int XrmQuark, *XrmQuarkList;
-typedef XrmQuark XrmName;
-typedef XrmQuark XrmClass;
-typedef XrmQuark XrmRepresentation;
-#define NULLQUARK ((XrmQuark) 0)
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Lists are represented as null-terminated arrays of quarks.
-The size of the array must be large enough for the number of components used.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef XrmQuarkList XrmNameList;
-typedef XrmQuarkList XrmClassList;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To convert a string to a quark, use
-<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>
-or
-<function>XrmPermStringToQuark</function>.
-</para>
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#define XrmStringToName(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)
-#define XrmStringToClass(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)
-#define XrmStringToRepresentation(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)
-</literallayout>
-
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToQuark</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPermStringToQuark</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtoquark'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XrmQuark <function>XrmStringToQuark</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Ql -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the string for which a quark(Ql is to be allocated.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-These functions can be used to convert from string to quark representation.
-If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the conversion is implementation-dependent.
-The string argument to
-<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>
-need not be permanently allocated storage.
-<function>XrmPermStringToQuark</function>
-is just like
-<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>,
-except that Xlib is permitted to assume the string argument is permanently
-allocated,
-and, hence, that it can be used as the value to be returned by
-<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-For any given quark, if
-<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>
-returns a non-NULL value,
-all future calls will return the same value (identical address).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To convert a quark to a string, use 
-<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>.
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#define XrmNameToString(name)  XrmQuarkToString(name)
-#define XrmClassToString(class)  XrmQuarkToString(name)
-#define XrmRepresentationToString(type)  XrmQuarkToString(type)
-</literallayout>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQuarkToString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmquarktostring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XrmQuarkToString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmQuark<parameter> quark</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>quark</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the quark for which the equivalent string is desired.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<!-- AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA -->
-<para>
-These functions can be used to convert from quark representation to string.
-The string pointed to by the return value must not be modified or freed.
-The returned string is byte-for-byte equal to the original
-string passed to one of the string-to-quark routines.
-If no string exists for that quark,
-<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>
-returns NULL.
-For any given quark, if
-<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>
-returns a non-NULL value,
-all future calls will return the same value (identical address).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To convert a string with one or more components to a quark list, use
-<function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function>.
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#define XrmStringToNameList(str,name)  XrmStringToQuarkList((str), (name))
-#define XrmStringToClassList(str,class)  XrmStringToQuarkList((str), (class))
-</literallayout>
-
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToQuarkList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtoquarklist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmQuarkList<parameter> quarks_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Ql \ list -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the string for which a quark(Ql is to be allocated.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>quarks_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the list of quarks.
-The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling 
-<function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function>
-function converts the null-terminated string (generally a fully qualified name)
-to a list of quarks.
-Note that the string must be in the valid ResourceName format 
-(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).
-If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the conversion is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A binding list is a list of type
-<type>XrmBindingList</type>
-and indicates if components of name or class lists are bound tightly or loosely
-(that is, if wildcarding of intermediate components is specified).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-typedef enum {XrmBindTightly, XrmBindLoosely} XrmBinding, *XrmBindingList;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<constant>XrmBindTightly</constant>
-indicates that a period separates the components, and
-<constant>XrmBindLoosely</constant>
-indicates that an asterisk separates the components.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To convert a string with one or more components to a binding list
-and a quark list, use
-<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtobindingquarklist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmBindingList<parameter> bindings_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmQuarkList<parameter> quarks_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Ql \ list -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the string for which a quark(Ql is to be allocated.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bindings_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the binding list.
-The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling 
-<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>quarks_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the list of quarks.
-The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling 
-<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Component names in the list are separated by a period or 
-an asterisk character.
-The string must be in the format of a valid ResourceName
-(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).
-If the string does not start with a period or an asterisk, 
-a tight binding is assumed.
-For example, the string ``*a.b*c'' becomes:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .75i 1.5i 2.25i -->
-<!-- .ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i -->
-quarks:       a         b         c
-bindings:     loose     tight     loose
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Creating_and_Storing_Databases">
-<title>Creating and Storing Databases</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating and Storing Databases -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-A resource database is an opaque type,
-<type>XrmDatabase</type>.
-Each database value is stored in an
-<type>XrmValue</type>
-structure.
-This structure consists of a size, an address, and a representation type.
-The size is specified in bytes.
-The representation type is a way for you to store data tagged by some 
-application-defined type (for example, the strings ``font'' or ``color'').
-It has nothing to do with the C data type or with its class. 
-The
-<type>XrmValue</type>
-structure is defined as:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmValue</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-typedef struct {
-     unsigned int size;
-     XPointer addr;
-} XrmValue, *XrmValuePtr;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To initialize the resource manager, use
-<function>XrmInitialize</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmInitialize</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrminitialize'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmInitialize</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>void<parameter> XrmInitialize(\|)</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-To retrieve a database from disk, use
-<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetfiledatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database file name.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>
-function opens the specified file,
-creates a new resource database, and loads it with the specifications
-read in from the specified file.
-The specified file should contain a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine
-format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>);
-the database that results from reading a file
-with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.
-The file is parsed in the current locale, 
-and the database is created in the current locale.
-If it cannot open the specified file,
-<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>
-returns NULL.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To store a copy of a database to disk, use
-<function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmputfiledatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *stored_db</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the database that is to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>stored_db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the file name for the stored database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function>
-function stores a copy of the specified database in the specified file.
-Text is written to the file as a sequence of entries in valid
-ResourceLine format
-(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).
-The file is written in the locale of the database.
-Entries containing resource names that are not in the Host Portable Character
-Encoding or containing values that are not in the encoding of the database
-locale, are written in an implementation-dependent manner.
-The order in which entries are written is implementation-dependent.
-Entries with representation types other than ``String'' are ignored.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a pointer to the screen-independent resources of a display, use
-<function>XResourceManagerString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResourceManagerString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xresourcemanagerstring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XResourceManagerString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XResourceManagerString</function>
-function returns the RESOURCE_MANAGER property from the server's root
-window of screen zero, which was returned when the connection was opened using
-<function>XOpenDisplay</function>.
-The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.
-The conversion is identical to that produced by 
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-for a single element STRING property.
-The returned string is owned by Xlib and should not be freed by the client.
-The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to
-<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.
-If no property exists, NULL is returned.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a pointer to the screen-specific resources of a screen, use
-<function>XScreenResourceString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenResourceString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xscreenresourcestring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XScreenResourceString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the screen.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XScreenResourceString</function>
-function returns the SCREEN_RESOURCES property from the root window of the
-specified screen.
-The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.
-The conversion is identical to that produced by 
-<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>
-for a single element STRING property.
-The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to
-<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.
-If no property exists, NULL is returned.
-The caller is responsible for freeing the returned string by using
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a database from a string, use
-<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetStringDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetstringdatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the database contents using a string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>
-function creates a new database and stores the resources specified
-in the specified null-terminated string.
-<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>
-is similar to
-<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>
-except that it reads the information out of a string instead of out of a file.
-The string should contain a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine
-format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>)
-terminated by a null character;
-the database that results from using a string
-with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.
-The string is parsed in the current locale, 
-and the database is created in the current locale.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the locale name of a database, use
-<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmlocaleofdatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function>
-function returns the name of the locale bound to the specified
-database, as a null-terminated string.
-The returned locale name string is owned by Xlib and should not be
-modified or freed by the client.
-Xlib is not permitted to free the string until the database is destroyed.
-Until the string is freed,
-it will not be modified by Xlib.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To destroy a resource database and free its allocated memory, use
-<function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmDestroyDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmdestroydatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If database is NULL,
-<function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function>
-returns immediately.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To associate a resource database with a display, use
-<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmSetDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmsetdatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmSetDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>
-function associates the specified resource database (or NULL)
-with the specified display.
-The database previously associated with the display (if any) is not destroyed.
-A client or toolkit may find this function convenient for retaining a database
-once it is constructed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the resource database associated with a display, use
-<function>XrmGetDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetdatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmGetDatabase</function>
-function returns the database associated with the specified display.
-It returns NULL if a database has not yet been set.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Merging_Resource_Databases">
-<title>Merging Resource Databases</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Merging Resource Databases -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To merge the contents of a resource file into a database, use
-<function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmCombineFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmcombinefiledatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *target_db</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> override</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database file name.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database into which the source 
-database is to be merged.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>override</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies whether source entries override target ones.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function>
-function merges the contents of a resource file into a database.
-If the same specifier is used for an entry in both the file and
-the database,
-the entry in the file will replace the entry in the database
-if override is
-<symbol>True</symbol>;
-otherwise, the entry in the file is discarded.
-The file is parsed in the current locale.
-If the file cannot be read,
-a zero status is returned;
-otherwise, a nonzero status is returned.
-If target_db contains NULL,
-<function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function>
-creates and returns a new database to it.
-Otherwise, the database pointed to by target_db is not destroyed by the merge.
-The database entries are merged without changing values or types,
-regardless of the locale of the database.
-The locale of the target database is not modified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To merge the contents of one database into another database, use
-<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmCombineDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmcombinedatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmCombineDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabasesource_db,<parameter> *target_db</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> override</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>source_db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database into which the source 
-database is to be merged.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>override</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies whether source entries override target ones.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>
-function merges the contents of one database into another.
-If the same specifier is used for an entry in both databases,
-the entry in the source_db will replace the entry in the target_db
-if override is
-<symbol>True</symbol>;
-otherwise, the entry in source_db is discarded.
-If target_db contains NULL,
-<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>
-simply stores source_db in it.
-Otherwise, source_db is destroyed by the merge, but the database pointed
-to by target_db is not destroyed.
-The database entries are merged without changing values or types,
-regardless of the locales of the databases.
-The locale of the target database is not modified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To merge the contents of one database into another database with override
-semantics, use
-<function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmMergeDatabases</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmmergedatabases'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmMergeDatabases</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabasesource_db,<parameter> *target_db</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>source_db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>target_db</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database into which the source 
-database is to be merged.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-Calling the
-<function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>
-function is equivalent to calling the
-<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>
-function with an override argument of
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Looking_Up_Resources">
-<title>Looking Up Resources</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Looking Up Resources -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To retrieve a resource from a resource database, use
-<function>XrmGetResource</function>,
-<function>XrmQGetResource</function>,
-or
-<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetResource</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetresource'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmGetResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *str_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *str_class</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **str_type_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the database that is to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>str_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the fully qualified name of the value being retrieved (as a string).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>str_class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the fully qualified class of the value being retrieved (as a string).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>str_type_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the representation type of the destination (as a string).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the value in the database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetResource</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetresource'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmNameList<parameter> quark_name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmClassList<parameter> quark_class</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmRepresentation<parameter> *quark_type_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the database that is to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>quark_name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the fully qualified name of the value being retrieved (as a quark).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>quark_class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the fully qualified class of the value being retrieved (as a quark).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>quark_type_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the representation type of the destination (as a quark).
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the value in the database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XrmGetResource</function>
-and 
-<function>XrmQGetResource</function>
-functions retrieve a resource from the specified database.
-Both take a fully qualified name/class pair, a destination
-resource representation, and the address of a value
-(size/address pair).  
-The value and returned type point into database memory;
-therefore, you must not modify the data.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The database only frees or overwrites entries on
-<function>XrmPutResource</function>,
-<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,
-or 
-<function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>.
-A client that is not storing new values into the database or
-is not merging the database should be safe using the address passed 
-back at any time until it exits.
-If a resource was found, both
-<function>XrmGetResource</function>
-and
-<function>XrmQGetResource</function>
-return 
-<symbol>True</symbol>;
-otherwise, they return 
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-Most applications and toolkits do not make random probes
-into a resource database to fetch resources.
-The X toolkit access pattern for a resource database is quite stylized.
-A series of from 1 to 20 probes is made with only the 
-last name/class differing in each probe.
-The 
-<function>XrmGetResource</function>
-function is at worst a
-2<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript> algorithm,
-where <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is the length of the name/class list.
-This can be improved upon by the application programmer by prefetching a list
-of database levels that might match the first part of a name/class list.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a list of database levels, use
-<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetSearchList</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetsearchlist'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmNameList<parameter> names</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmClassList<parameter> classes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmSearchList<parameter> list_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> list_length</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the database that is to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of resource names.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>classes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of resource classes.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns a search list for further use.
-The caller must allocate sufficient space for the list before calling 
-<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list_length</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of entries (not the byte size) allocated for list_return.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
-function takes a list of names and classes
-and returns a list of database levels where a match might occur.
-The returned list is in best-to-worst order and
-uses the same algorithm as 
-<function>XrmGetResource</function>
-for determining precedence.
-If list_return was large enough for the search list,
-<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>;
-otherwise, it returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The size of the search list that the caller must allocate is
-dependent upon the number of levels and wildcards in the resource specifiers 
-that are stored in the database.
-The worst case length is
-3<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript>,
-where <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is the number of name or class
-components in names or classes.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When using 
-<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
-followed by multiple probes for resources with a common name and class prefix,
-only the common prefix should be specified in the name and class list to 
-<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To search resource database levels for a given resource, use
-<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetSearchResource</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetsearchresource'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmSearchList<parameter> list</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmName<parameter> name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmClass<parameter> class</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmRepresentation<parameter> *type_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the search list returned by
-<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource name.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource class.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>type_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns data representation type.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the value in the database.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>
-function searches the specified database levels for the resource 
-that is fully identified by the specified name and class.
-The search stops with the first match.
-<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>
-returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the resource was found;
-otherwise, it returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A call to 
-<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
-with a name and class list containing all but the last component 
-of a resource name followed by a call to 
-<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>
-with the last component name and class returns the same database entry as 
-<function>XrmGetResource</function>
-and 
-<function>XrmQGetResource</function>
-with the fully qualified name and class.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Storing_into_a_Resource_Database">
-<title>Storing into a Resource Database</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Storing into a Resource Database -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To store resources into the database, use
-<function>XrmPutResource</function>
-or
-<function>XrmQPutResource</function>.
-Both functions take a partial resource specification, a
-representation type, and a value.
-This value is copied into the specified database.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutResource</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmputresource'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmPutResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *specifier</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *type</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>specifier</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a complete or partial specification of the resource.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the type of the resource.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If database contains NULL,
-<function>XrmPutResource</function>
-creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.
-<function>XrmPutResource</function>
-is a convenience function that calls
-<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>
-followed by:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-XrmQPutResource(database, bindings, quarks, XrmStringToQuark(type), value)
-</literallayout>
-If the specifier and type are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-The value is stored in the database without modification.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQPutResource</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmqputresource'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmQPutResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmBindingList<parameter> bindings</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmQuarkList<parameter> quarks</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmRepresentation<parameter> type</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bindings</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of bindings.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>quarks</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the complete or partial name or the class list of the resource.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the type of the resource.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If database contains NULL,
-<function>XrmQPutResource</function>
-creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.
-If a resource entry with the identical bindings and quarks already
-exists in the database, the previous type and value are replaced by the new
-specified type and value.
-The value is stored in the database without modification.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To add a resource that is specified as a string, use
-<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutStringResource</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmputstringresource'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmPutStringResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *specifier</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>specifier</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a complete or partial specification of the resource.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If database contains NULL,
-<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>
-creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.
-<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>
-adds a resource with the specified value to the specified database.
-<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>
-is a convenience function that first calls
-<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>
-on the specifier and then calls
-<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,
-using a ``String'' representation type.
-If the specifier is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-The value is stored in the database without modification.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To add a string resource using quarks as a specification, use
-<function>XrmQPutStringResource</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQPutStringResource</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmqputstringresource'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmQPutStringResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmBindingList<parameter> bindings</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmQuarkList<parameter> quarks</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bindings</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies a list of bindings.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>quarks</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the complete or partial name or the class list of the resource.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If database contains NULL,
-<function>XrmQPutStringResource</function>
-creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.
-<function>XrmQPutStringResource</function>
-is a convenience routine that constructs an
-<type>XrmValue</type>
-for the value string (by calling
-<function>strlen</function>
-to compute the size) and
-then calls
-<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,
-using a ``String'' representation type.
-The value is stored in the database without modification.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To add a single resource entry that is specified as a string that contains
-both a name and a value, use
-<function>XrmPutLineResource</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutLineResource</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmputlineresource'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmPutLineResource</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *line</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>line</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource name and value pair as a single string.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If database contains NULL,
-<function>XrmPutLineResource</function>
-creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.
-<function>XrmPutLineResource</function>
-adds a single resource entry to the specified database.
-The line should be in valid ResourceLine format
-(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>)
-terminated by a newline or null character;
-the database that results from using a string
-with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.
-The string is parsed in the locale of the database.
-If the
-<replaceable>ResourceName</replaceable>
-is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-Note that comment lines are not stored.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Enumerating_Database_Entries">
-<title>Enumerating Database Entries</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Enumerating Database Entries -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To enumerate the entries of a database, use
-<function>XrmEnumerateDatabase</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmEnumerateDatabase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#define       XrmEnumAllLevels       0
-#define       XrmEnumOneLevel        0
-</literallayout>
-
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmenumeratedatabase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmEnumerateDatabase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmNameList<parameter> name_prefix</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmClassList<parameter> class_prefix</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>name_prefix</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource name prefix.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class_prefix</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource class prefix.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of levels to enumerate.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the procedure that is to be called for each matching entry.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the procedure.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmEnumerateDatabase</function>
-function calls the specified procedure for each resource in the database
-that would match some completion of the given name/class resource prefix.
-The order in which resources are found is implementation-dependent.
-If mode is
-<symbol>XrmEnumOneLevel</symbol>,
-a resource must match the given name/class prefix with
-just a single name and class appended.  If mode is
-<symbol>XrmEnumAllLevels</symbol>,
-the resource must match the given name/class prefix with one or more names and
-classes appended.
-If the procedure returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>,
-the enumeration terminates and the function returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>.
-If the procedure always returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>,
-all matching resources are enumerated and the function returns
-<symbol>False</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The procedure is called with the following arguments:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-(*<emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>)(<emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>bindings</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>quarks</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>)
-     XrmDatabase *<emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>;
-     XrmBindingList <emphasis remap='I'>bindings</emphasis>;
-     XrmQuarkList <emphasis remap='I'>quarks</emphasis>;
-     XrmRepresentation *<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>;
-     XrmValue *<emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>;
-     XPointer <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>;
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .\" End marker code here -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The bindings and quarks lists are terminated by
-<symbol>NULLQUARK</symbol>.
-Note that pointers
-to the database and type are passed, but these values should not be modified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The procedure must not modify the database.
-If Xlib has been initialized for threads, the procedure is called with
-the database locked and the result of a call by the procedure to any
-Xlib function using the same database is not defined.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Parsing_Command_Line_Options">
-<title>Parsing Command Line Options</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Parsing Command Line Options  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<function>XrmParseCommand</function>
-function can be used to parse the command line arguments to a program
-and modify a resource database with selected entries from the command line.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmOptionKind</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef enum {
-     XrmoptionNoArg,     /* Value is specified in XrmOptionDescRec.value */
-     XrmoptionIsArg,     /* Value is the option string itself */
-     XrmoptionStickyArg,     /* Value is characters immediately following option */
-     XrmoptionSepArg,     /* Value is next argument in argv */
-     XrmoptionResArg,     /* Resource and value in next argument in argv */
-     XrmoptionSkipArg,     /* Ignore this option and the next argument in argv */
-     XrmoptionSkipLine,     /* Ignore this option and the rest of argv */
-     XrmoptionSkipNArgs     /* Ignore this option and the next
-          \ \ \ XrmOptionDescRec.value arguments in argv */
-} XrmOptionKind;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Note that
-<constant>XrmoptionSkipArg</constant>
-is equivalent to 
-<constant>XrmoptionSkipNArgs</constant>
-with the
-<structname>XrmOptionDescRec</structname>.<structfield>value</structfield>
-field containing the value one.
-Note also that the value zero for
-<constant>XrmoptionSkipNArgs</constant>
-indicates that only the option itself is to be skipped.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmOptionDescRec</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
-typedef struct {
-     char *option;     /* Option specification string in argv              */
-     char *specifier;     /* Binding and resource name (sans application name)    */
-     XrmOptionKind argKind;     /* Which style of option it is         */
-     XPointer value;     /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg or 
-          \ \ \ XrmoptionSkipNArgs   */
-} XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList;
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To load a resource database from a C command line, use
-<function>XrmParseCommand</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmParseCommand</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrmparsecommand'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XrmParseCommand</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XrmOptionDescList<parameter> table</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> table_count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *argc_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> **argv_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource database.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the table of command line arguments to be parsed.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>table_count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of entries in the table.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the application name.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argc_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of arguments and returns the number of remaining arguments.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>argv_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the command line arguments
-and returns the remaining arguments.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XrmParseCommand</function>
-function parses an (argc, argv) pair according to the specified option table,
-loads recognized options into the specified database with type ``String,''
-and modifies the (argc, argv) pair to remove all recognized options.
-If database contains NULL,
-<function>XrmParseCommand</function>
-creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.
-Otherwise, entries are added to the database specified.
-If a database is created, it is created in the current locale.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The specified table is used to parse the command line.
-Recognized options in the table are removed from argv,
-and entries are added to the specified resource database
-in the order they occur in argv.
-The table entries contain information on the option string,
-the option name, the style of option, 
-and a value to provide if the option kind is 
-<constant>XrmoptionNoArg</constant>.
-The option names are compared byte-for-byte to arguments in argv,
-independent of any locale.
-The resource values given in the table are stored in the resource database
-without modification.
-All resource database entries are created
-using a ``String'' representation type.
-The argc argument specifies the number of arguments in argv
-and is set on return to the remaining number of arguments that were not parsed.
-The name argument should be the name of your application
-for use in building the database entry.
-The name argument is prefixed to the resourceName in the option table
-before storing a database entry.
-The name argument is treated as a single component, even if it
-has embedded periods.
-No separating (binding) character is inserted,
-so the table must contain either a period (.) or an asterisk (*)
-as the first character in each resourceName entry.
-To specify a more completely qualified resource name,
-the resourceName entry can contain multiple components.
-If the name argument and the resourceNames are not in the
-Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The following provides a sample option table:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA 1.25i 3.25i 4.75i -->
-<!-- .ta 1.25i 3.25i 4.75i -->
-static XrmOptionDescRec opTable[] = {
-{"-background",     "*background",                 XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-bd",             "*borderColor",                XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-bg",             "*background",                 XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-borderwidth",    "*TopLevelShell.borderWidth",  XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-bordercolor",    "*borderColor",                XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-bw",             "*TopLevelShell.borderWidth",  XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-display",        ".display",                    XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-fg",             "*foreground",                 XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-fn",             "*font",                       XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-font",           "*font",                       XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-foreground",     "*foreground",                 XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-geometry",       ".TopLevelShell.geometry",     XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-iconic",         ".TopLevelShell.iconic",       XrmoptionNoArg,     (XPointer) "on"},
-{"-name",           ".name",                       XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-reverse",        "*reverseVideo",               XrmoptionNoArg,     (XPointer) "on"},
-{"-rv",             "*reverseVideo",               XrmoptionNoArg,     (XPointer) "on"},
-{"-synchronous",    "*synchronous",                XrmoptionNoArg,     (XPointer) "on"},
-{"-title",          ".TopLevelShell.title",        XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-{"-xrm",            NULL,                          XrmoptionResArg,    (XPointer) NULL},
-};
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-In this table, if the -background (or -bg) option is used to set
-background colors, the stored resource specifier matches all
-resources of attribute background.  
-If the -borderwidth option is used, 
-the stored resource specifier applies only to border width
-attributes of class TopLevelShell (that is, outer-most windows, including
-pop-up windows).  
-If the -title option is used to set a window name,
-only the topmost application windows receive the resource.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-When parsing the command line,
-any unique unambiguous abbreviation for an option name in the table is 
-considered a match for the option.
-Note that uppercase and lowercase matter.
-<!-- .bp -->
-
-</para>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="resource_manager_functions">

+<title>Resource Manager Functions</title>

+<!-- .sp 2 -->

+<!-- .nr H1 15 -->

+<!-- .nr H2 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H3 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H4 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H5 0 -->

+<!-- .na -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- Chapter 15: Resource Manager Functions -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+A program often needs a variety of options in the X environment

+(for example, fonts, colors, icons, and cursors).

+Specifying all of these options on the command line is awkward

+because users may want to customize many aspects of the program

+and need a convenient way to establish these customizations as

+the default settings.

+The resource manager is provided for this purpose.

+Resource specifications are usually stored in human-readable files

+and in server properties.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The resource manager is a database manager with a twist.

+In most database systems, 

+you perform a query using an imprecise specification,

+and you get back a set of records.

+The resource manager, however, allows you to specify a large

+set of values with an imprecise specification, to query the database 

+with a precise specification, and to get back only a single value.

+This should be used by applications that need to know what the

+user prefers for colors, fonts, and other resources.

+It is this use as a database for dealing with X resources that

+inspired the name "Resource Manager,"

+although the resource manager can be and is used in other ways.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For example, 

+a user of your application may want to specify 

+that all windows should have a blue background 

+but that all mail-reading windows should have a red background.

+With well-engineered and coordinated applications,

+a user can define this information using only two lines of specifications.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+As an example of how the resource manager works,

+consider a mail-reading application called xmh.

+Assume that it is designed so that it uses a

+complex window hierarchy all the way down to individual command buttons,

+which may be actual small subwindows in some toolkits.

+These are often called objects or widgets.

+In such toolkit systems,

+each user interface object can be composed of other objects

+and can be assigned a name and a class.

+Fully qualified names or classes can have arbitrary numbers of component names,

+but a fully qualified name always has the same number of component names as a

+fully qualified class.

+This generally reflects the structure of the application as composed

+of these objects, starting with the application itself.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For example, the xmh mail program has a name "xmh" and is one

+of a class of "Mail" programs.

+By convention, the first character of class components is capitalized,

+and the first letter of name components is in lowercase.

+Each name and class finally has an attribute

+(for example, "foreground" or "font").

+If each window is properly assigned a name and class,

+it is easy for the user to specify attributes of any portion 

+of the application.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+At the top level, 

+the application might consist of a paned window (that is, a window divided

+into several sections) named "toc".

+One pane of the paned window is a button box window named "buttons"

+and is filled with command buttons. 

+One of these command buttons is used to incorporate

+new mail and has the name "incorporate".

+This window has a fully qualified name, "xmh.toc.buttons.incorporate",

+and a fully qualified class, "Xmh.Paned.Box.Command".

+Its fully qualified name is the name of its parent, "xmh.toc.buttons", 

+followed by its name, "incorporate".

+Its class is the class of its parent, "Xmh.Paned.Box", 

+followed by its particular class, "Command".  

+The fully qualified name of a resource is

+the attribute's name appended to the object's fully qualified

+name, and the fully qualified class is its class appended to the object's

+class.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The incorporate button might need the following resources: 

+Title string,

+Font,

+Foreground color for its inactive state,

+Background color for its inactive state,

+Foreground color for its active state, and

+Background color for its active state.

+Each resource is considered

+to be an attribute of the button and, as such, has a name and a class.

+For example, the foreground color for the button in

+its active state might be named "activeForeground",

+and its class might be "Foreground".

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When an application looks up a resource (for example, a color),

+it passes the complete name and complete class of the resource

+to a look-up routine.

+The resource manager compares this complete specification

+against the incomplete specifications of entries in the resource

+database, finds the best match, and returns the corresponding

+value for that entry.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The definitions for the resource manager are contained in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xresource.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xresource.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xresource.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xresource.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<sect1 id="Resource_File_Syntax">

+<title>Resource File Syntax</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Resource File Syntax -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The syntax of a resource file is a sequence of resource lines

+terminated by newline characters or the end of the file.

+The syntax of an individual resource line is:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA 1.5i 1.75i -->

+<!-- .ta 1.5i 1.75i -->

+ResourceLine     =     Comment | IncludeFile | ResourceSpec | &lt;empty line&gt;

+Comment     =     "!" {&lt;any character except null or newline&gt;}

+IncludeFile     =     "#" WhiteSpace "include" WhiteSpace FileName WhiteSpace

+FileName     =     &lt;valid filename for operating system&gt;

+ResourceSpec     =     WhiteSpace ResourceName WhiteSpace ":" WhiteSpace Value

+ResourceName     =     [Binding] {Component Binding} ComponentName

+Binding     =     "." | "*"

+WhiteSpace     =     {&lt;space&gt; | &lt;horizontal tab&gt;}

+Component     =     "?" | ComponentName

+ComponentName     =     NameChar {NameChar}

+NameChar     =     "a"-"z" | "A"-"Z" | "0"-"9" | "_" | "-"

+Value     =     {&lt;any character except null or unescaped newline&gt;}

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .\" End marker code here -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives.

+Curly braces ({......}) indicate zero or more repetitions

+of the enclosed elements.

+Square brackets ([......]) indicate that the enclosed element is optional.

+Quotes ("......") are used around literal characters.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+IncludeFile lines are interpreted by replacing the line with the

+contents of the specified file.

+The word "include" must be in lowercase.

+The file name is interpreted relative to the directory of the file in

+which the line occurs (for example, if the file name contains no

+directory or contains a relative directory specification).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If a ResourceName contains a contiguous sequence of two or more Binding

+characters, the sequence will be replaced with a single ".." character

+if the sequence contains only ".." characters;

+otherwise, the sequence will be replaced with a single "*" character.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A resource database never contains more than one entry for a given

+ResourceName.  If a resource file contains multiple lines with the

+same ResourceName, the last line in the file is used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Any white space characters before or after the name or colon in a ResourceSpec

+are ignored.

+To allow a Value to begin with white space,

+the two-character sequence "\\<emphasis remap='I'>space</emphasis>" (backslash followed by space)

+is recognized and replaced by a space character,

+and the two-character sequence "\\<emphasis remap='I'>tab</emphasis>"

+(backslash followed by horizontal tab)

+is recognized and replaced by a horizontal tab character.

+To allow a Value to contain embedded newline characters,

+the two-character sequence "\\n" is recognized and replaced by a

+newline character.

+To allow a Value to be broken across multiple lines in a text file,

+the two-character sequence "\\<emphasis remap='I'>newline</emphasis>"

+(backslash followed by newline) is

+recognized and removed from the value.

+To allow a Value to contain arbitrary character codes,

+the four-character sequence "\\<emphasis remap='I'>nnn</emphasis>",

+where each <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is a digit character in the range of "0"-"7",

+is recognized and replaced with a single byte that contains

+the octal value specified by the sequence.

+Finally, the two-character sequence "\newline" is recognized

+and replaced with a single backslash.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+As an example of these sequences,

+the following resource line contains a value consisting of four

+characters: a backslash, a null, a "z", and a newline:

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+magic.values: \\000\

+z\n

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Resource_Manager_Matching_Rules">

+<title>Resource Manager Matching Rules</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Resource Manager Matching Rules -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The algorithm for determining which resource database entry

+matches a given query is the heart of the resource manager.

+All queries must fully specify the name and class of the desired resource

+(use of the characters "*" and "?" is not permitted).

+The library supports up to 100 components in a full name or class.

+Resources are stored in the database with only partially specified

+names and classes, using pattern matching constructs.

+An asterisk (*) is a loose binding and is used to represent any number

+of intervening components, including none.

+A period (.) is a tight binding and is used to separate immediately

+adjacent components.

+A question mark (?) is used to match any single component name or class.

+A database entry cannot end in a loose binding;

+the final component (which cannot be the character "?") must be specified.

+The lookup algorithm searches the database for the entry that most

+closely matches (is most specific for) the full name and class being queried.

+When more than one database entry matches the full name and class,

+precedence rules are used to select just one.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The full name and class are scanned from left to right (from highest

+level in the hierarchy to lowest), one component at a time.

+At each level, the corresponding component and/or binding of each

+matching entry is determined, and these matching components and

+bindings are compared according to precedence rules.

+Each of the rules is applied at each level before moving to the next level,

+until a rule selects a single entry over all others.

+The rules, in order of precedence, are:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+An entry that contains a matching component (whether name, class,

+or the character "?")

+takes precedence over entries that elide the level (that is, entries

+that match the level in a loose binding).

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+An entry with a matching name takes precedence over both

+entries with a matching class and entries that match using the character "?".

+An entry with a matching class takes precedence over

+entries that match using the character "?".

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+An entry preceded by a tight binding takes precedence over entries

+preceded by a loose binding.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To illustrate these rules,

+consider the following resource database entries:

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA 2.5i 3.5i -->

+<!-- .ta 2.5i 3.5i -->

+xmh*Paned*activeForeground:     red     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry A)</emphasis>

+*incorporate.Foreground:     blue     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry B)</emphasis>

+xmh.toc*Command*activeForeground:     green     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry C)</emphasis>

+xmh.toc*?.Foreground:     white     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry D)</emphasis>

+xmh.toc*Command.activeForeground:     black     <emphasis remap='I'>(entry E)</emphasis>

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Consider a query for the resource:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA 3.5i -->

+<!-- .ta 3.5i -->

+xmh.toc.messagefunctions.incorporate.activeForeground     <emphasis remap='I'>(name)</emphasis>

+Xmh.Paned.Box.Command.Foreground     <emphasis remap='I'>(class)</emphasis>

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+At the first level (xmh, Xmh), rule 1 eliminates entry B.

+At the second level (toc, Paned), rule 2 eliminates entry A.

+At the third level (messagefunctions, Box), no entries are eliminated.

+At the fourth level (incorporate, Command), rule 2 eliminates entry D.

+At the fifth level (activeForeground, Foreground), rule 3 eliminates entry C.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Quarks">

+<title>Quarks</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Quarks -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Most uses of the resource manager involve defining names,

+classes, and representation types as string constants.

+However, always referring to strings in the resource manager can be slow,

+because it is so heavily used in some toolkits.

+To solve this problem, 

+a shorthand for a string is used in place of the string

+in many of the resource manager functions.

+Simple comparisons can be performed rather than string comparisons.

+The shorthand name for a string is called a quark and is the

+type 

+<type>XrmQuark</type>.

+On some occasions,

+you may want to allocate a quark that has no string equivalent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A quark is to a string what an atom is to a string in the server,

+but its use is entirely local to your application.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate a new quark, use

+<function>XrmUniqueQuark</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmUniqueQuark</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<para>XrmQuark XrmUniqueQuark()</para>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmUniqueQuark</function>

+function allocates a quark that is guaranteed not to represent any string that

+is known to the resource manager.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+Each name, class, and representation type is typedef'd as an

+<type>XrmQuark</type>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef int XrmQuark, *XrmQuarkList;

+typedef XrmQuark XrmName;

+typedef XrmQuark XrmClass;

+typedef XrmQuark XrmRepresentation;

+#define NULLQUARK ((XrmQuark) 0)

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Lists are represented as null-terminated arrays of quarks.

+The size of the array must be large enough for the number of components used.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef XrmQuarkList XrmNameList;

+typedef XrmQuarkList XrmClassList;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To convert a string to a quark, use

+<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>

+or

+<function>XrmPermStringToQuark</function>.

+</para>

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#define XrmStringToName(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)

+#define XrmStringToClass(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)

+#define XrmStringToRepresentation(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)

+</literallayout>

+

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToQuark</primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPermStringToQuark</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtoquark'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XrmQuark <function>XrmStringToQuark</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Ql -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the string for which a quark(Ql is to be allocated.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+These functions can be used to convert from string to quark representation.

+If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the conversion is implementation-dependent.

+The string argument to

+<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>

+need not be permanently allocated storage.

+<function>XrmPermStringToQuark</function>

+is just like

+<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>,

+except that Xlib is permitted to assume the string argument is permanently

+allocated,

+and, hence, that it can be used as the value to be returned by

+<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+For any given quark, if

+<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>

+returns a non-NULL value,

+all future calls will return the same value (identical address).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To convert a quark to a string, use 

+<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>.

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#define XrmNameToString(name)  XrmQuarkToString(name)

+#define XrmClassToString(class)  XrmQuarkToString(name)

+#define XrmRepresentationToString(type)  XrmQuarkToString(type)

+</literallayout>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQuarkToString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmquarktostring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XrmQuarkToString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmQuark<parameter> quark</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>quark</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the quark for which the equivalent string is desired.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<!-- AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA -->

+<para>

+These functions can be used to convert from quark representation to string.

+The string pointed to by the return value must not be modified or freed.

+The returned string is byte-for-byte equal to the original

+string passed to one of the string-to-quark routines.

+If no string exists for that quark,

+<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>

+returns NULL.

+For any given quark, if

+<function>XrmQuarkToString</function>

+returns a non-NULL value,

+all future calls will return the same value (identical address).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To convert a string with one or more components to a quark list, use

+<function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function>.

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#define XrmStringToNameList(str,name)  XrmStringToQuarkList((str), (name))

+#define XrmStringToClassList(str,class)  XrmStringToQuarkList((str), (class))

+</literallayout>

+

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToQuarkList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtoquarklist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmQuarkList<parameter> quarks_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Ql \ list -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the string for which a quark(Ql is to be allocated.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>quarks_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the list of quarks.

+The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling 

+<function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function>

+function converts the null-terminated string (generally a fully qualified name)

+to a list of quarks.

+Note that the string must be in the valid ResourceName format 

+(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).

+If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the conversion is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A binding list is a list of type

+<type>XrmBindingList</type>

+and indicates if components of name or class lists are bound tightly or loosely

+(that is, if wildcarding of intermediate components is specified).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+typedef enum {XrmBindTightly, XrmBindLoosely} XrmBinding, *XrmBindingList;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<constant>XrmBindTightly</constant>

+indicates that a period separates the components, and

+<constant>XrmBindLoosely</constant>

+indicates that an asterisk separates the components.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To convert a string with one or more components to a binding list

+and a quark list, use

+<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtobindingquarklist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmBindingList<parameter> bindings_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmQuarkList<parameter> quarks_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Ql \ list -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the string for which a quark(Ql is to be allocated.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bindings_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the binding list.

+The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling 

+<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>quarks_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the list of quarks.

+The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling 

+<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Component names in the list are separated by a period or 

+an asterisk character.

+The string must be in the format of a valid ResourceName

+(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).

+If the string does not start with a period or an asterisk, 

+a tight binding is assumed.

+For example, the string ``*a.b*c'' becomes:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .75i 1.5i 2.25i -->

+<!-- .ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i -->

+quarks:       a         b         c

+bindings:     loose     tight     loose

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Creating_and_Storing_Databases">

+<title>Creating and Storing Databases</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating and Storing Databases -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+A resource database is an opaque type,

+<type>XrmDatabase</type>.

+Each database value is stored in an

+<type>XrmValue</type>

+structure.

+This structure consists of a size, an address, and a representation type.

+The size is specified in bytes.

+The representation type is a way for you to store data tagged by some 

+application-defined type (for example, the strings ``font'' or ``color'').

+It has nothing to do with the C data type or with its class. 

+The

+<type>XrmValue</type>

+structure is defined as:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmValue</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+typedef struct {

+     unsigned int size;

+     XPointer addr;

+} XrmValue, *XrmValuePtr;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To initialize the resource manager, use

+<function>XrmInitialize</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmInitialize</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrminitialize'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmInitialize</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>void<parameter> XrmInitialize(\|)</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+To retrieve a database from disk, use

+<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetfiledatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database file name.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>

+function opens the specified file,

+creates a new resource database, and loads it with the specifications

+read in from the specified file.

+The specified file should contain a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine

+format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>);

+the database that results from reading a file

+with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.

+The file is parsed in the current locale, 

+and the database is created in the current locale.

+If it cannot open the specified file,

+<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>

+returns NULL.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To store a copy of a database to disk, use

+<function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmputfiledatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *stored_db</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the database that is to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>stored_db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the file name for the stored database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function>

+function stores a copy of the specified database in the specified file.

+Text is written to the file as a sequence of entries in valid

+ResourceLine format

+(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).

+The file is written in the locale of the database.

+Entries containing resource names that are not in the Host Portable Character

+Encoding or containing values that are not in the encoding of the database

+locale, are written in an implementation-dependent manner.

+The order in which entries are written is implementation-dependent.

+Entries with representation types other than ``String'' are ignored.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a pointer to the screen-independent resources of a display, use

+<function>XResourceManagerString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResourceManagerString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xresourcemanagerstring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XResourceManagerString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XResourceManagerString</function>

+function returns the RESOURCE_MANAGER property from the server's root

+window of screen zero, which was returned when the connection was opened using

+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>.

+The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.

+The conversion is identical to that produced by 

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+for a single element STRING property.

+The returned string is owned by Xlib and should not be freed by the client.

+The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to

+<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.

+If no property exists, NULL is returned.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a pointer to the screen-specific resources of a screen, use

+<function>XScreenResourceString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenResourceString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xscreenresourcestring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XScreenResourceString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the screen.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XScreenResourceString</function>

+function returns the SCREEN_RESOURCES property from the root window of the

+specified screen.

+The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.

+The conversion is identical to that produced by 

+<function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function>

+for a single element STRING property.

+The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to

+<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.

+If no property exists, NULL is returned.

+The caller is responsible for freeing the returned string by using

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a database from a string, use

+<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetStringDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetstringdatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the database contents using a string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>

+function creates a new database and stores the resources specified

+in the specified null-terminated string.

+<function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>

+is similar to

+<function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>

+except that it reads the information out of a string instead of out of a file.

+The string should contain a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine

+format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>)

+terminated by a null character;

+the database that results from using a string

+with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.

+The string is parsed in the current locale, 

+and the database is created in the current locale.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the locale name of a database, use

+<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmlocaleofdatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function>

+function returns the name of the locale bound to the specified

+database, as a null-terminated string.

+The returned locale name string is owned by Xlib and should not be

+modified or freed by the client.

+Xlib is not permitted to free the string until the database is destroyed.

+Until the string is freed,

+it will not be modified by Xlib.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To destroy a resource database and free its allocated memory, use

+<function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmDestroyDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmdestroydatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If database is NULL,

+<function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function>

+returns immediately.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To associate a resource database with a display, use

+<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmSetDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmsetdatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmSetDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>

+function associates the specified resource database (or NULL)

+with the specified display.

+The database previously associated with the display (if any) is not destroyed.

+A client or toolkit may find this function convenient for retaining a database

+once it is constructed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the resource database associated with a display, use

+<function>XrmGetDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetdatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmGetDatabase</function>

+function returns the database associated with the specified display.

+It returns NULL if a database has not yet been set.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Merging_Resource_Databases">

+<title>Merging Resource Databases</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Merging Resource Databases -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To merge the contents of a resource file into a database, use

+<function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmCombineFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmcombinefiledatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *target_db</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> override</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database file name.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database into which the source 

+database is to be merged.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>override</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies whether source entries override target ones.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function>

+function merges the contents of a resource file into a database.

+If the same specifier is used for an entry in both the file and

+the database,

+the entry in the file will replace the entry in the database

+if override is

+<symbol>True</symbol>;

+otherwise, the entry in the file is discarded.

+The file is parsed in the current locale.

+If the file cannot be read,

+a zero status is returned;

+otherwise, a nonzero status is returned.

+If target_db contains NULL,

+<function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function>

+creates and returns a new database to it.

+Otherwise, the database pointed to by target_db is not destroyed by the merge.

+The database entries are merged without changing values or types,

+regardless of the locale of the database.

+The locale of the target database is not modified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To merge the contents of one database into another database, use

+<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmCombineDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmcombinedatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmCombineDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabasesource_db,<parameter> *target_db</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> override</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>source_db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database into which the source 

+database is to be merged.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>override</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies whether source entries override target ones.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>

+function merges the contents of one database into another.

+If the same specifier is used for an entry in both databases,

+the entry in the source_db will replace the entry in the target_db

+if override is

+<symbol>True</symbol>;

+otherwise, the entry in source_db is discarded.

+If target_db contains NULL,

+<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>

+simply stores source_db in it.

+Otherwise, source_db is destroyed by the merge, but the database pointed

+to by target_db is not destroyed.

+The database entries are merged without changing values or types,

+regardless of the locales of the databases.

+The locale of the target database is not modified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To merge the contents of one database into another database with override

+semantics, use

+<function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmMergeDatabases</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmmergedatabases'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmMergeDatabases</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabasesource_db,<parameter> *target_db</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>source_db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>target_db</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database into which the source 

+database is to be merged.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+Calling the

+<function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>

+function is equivalent to calling the

+<function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>

+function with an override argument of

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Looking_Up_Resources">

+<title>Looking Up Resources</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Looking Up Resources -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To retrieve a resource from a resource database, use

+<function>XrmGetResource</function>,

+<function>XrmQGetResource</function>,

+or

+<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetResource</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetresource'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmGetResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *str_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *str_class</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **str_type_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the database that is to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>str_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the fully qualified name of the value being retrieved (as a string).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>str_class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the fully qualified class of the value being retrieved (as a string).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>str_type_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the representation type of the destination (as a string).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the value in the database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetResource</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetresource'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmNameList<parameter> quark_name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmClassList<parameter> quark_class</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmRepresentation<parameter> *quark_type_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the database that is to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>quark_name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the fully qualified name of the value being retrieved (as a quark).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>quark_class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the fully qualified class of the value being retrieved (as a quark).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>quark_type_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the representation type of the destination (as a quark).

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the value in the database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XrmGetResource</function>

+and 

+<function>XrmQGetResource</function>

+functions retrieve a resource from the specified database.

+Both take a fully qualified name/class pair, a destination

+resource representation, and the address of a value

+(size/address pair).  

+The value and returned type point into database memory;

+therefore, you must not modify the data.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The database only frees or overwrites entries on

+<function>XrmPutResource</function>,

+<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,

+or 

+<function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>.

+A client that is not storing new values into the database or

+is not merging the database should be safe using the address passed 

+back at any time until it exits.

+If a resource was found, both

+<function>XrmGetResource</function>

+and

+<function>XrmQGetResource</function>

+return 

+<symbol>True</symbol>;

+otherwise, they return 

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+Most applications and toolkits do not make random probes

+into a resource database to fetch resources.

+The X toolkit access pattern for a resource database is quite stylized.

+A series of from 1 to 20 probes is made with only the 

+last name/class differing in each probe.

+The 

+<function>XrmGetResource</function>

+function is at worst a

+2<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript> algorithm,

+where <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is the length of the name/class list.

+This can be improved upon by the application programmer by prefetching a list

+of database levels that might match the first part of a name/class list.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a list of database levels, use

+<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetSearchList</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetsearchlist'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmNameList<parameter> names</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmClassList<parameter> classes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmSearchList<parameter> list_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> list_length</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the database that is to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of resource names.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>classes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of resource classes.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns a search list for further use.

+The caller must allocate sufficient space for the list before calling 

+<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list_length</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of entries (not the byte size) allocated for list_return.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>

+function takes a list of names and classes

+and returns a list of database levels where a match might occur.

+The returned list is in best-to-worst order and

+uses the same algorithm as 

+<function>XrmGetResource</function>

+for determining precedence.

+If list_return was large enough for the search list,

+<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>;

+otherwise, it returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The size of the search list that the caller must allocate is

+dependent upon the number of levels and wildcards in the resource specifiers 

+that are stored in the database.

+The worst case length is

+3<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript>,

+where <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is the number of name or class

+components in names or classes.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When using 

+<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>

+followed by multiple probes for resources with a common name and class prefix,

+only the common prefix should be specified in the name and class list to 

+<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To search resource database levels for a given resource, use

+<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetSearchResource</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetsearchresource'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmSearchList<parameter> list</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmName<parameter> name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmClass<parameter> class</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmRepresentation<parameter> *type_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the search list returned by

+<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource name.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource class.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>type_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns data representation type.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the value in the database.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>

+function searches the specified database levels for the resource 

+that is fully identified by the specified name and class.

+The search stops with the first match.

+<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>

+returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the resource was found;

+otherwise, it returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A call to 

+<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>

+with a name and class list containing all but the last component 

+of a resource name followed by a call to 

+<function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>

+with the last component name and class returns the same database entry as 

+<function>XrmGetResource</function>

+and 

+<function>XrmQGetResource</function>

+with the fully qualified name and class.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Storing_into_a_Resource_Database">

+<title>Storing into a Resource Database</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Storing into a Resource Database -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To store resources into the database, use

+<function>XrmPutResource</function>

+or

+<function>XrmQPutResource</function>.

+Both functions take a partial resource specification, a

+representation type, and a value.

+This value is copied into the specified database.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutResource</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmputresource'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmPutResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *specifier</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *type</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>specifier</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a complete or partial specification of the resource.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the type of the resource.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If database contains NULL,

+<function>XrmPutResource</function>

+creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.

+<function>XrmPutResource</function>

+is a convenience function that calls

+<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>

+followed by:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+XrmQPutResource(database, bindings, quarks, XrmStringToQuark(type), value)

+</literallayout>

+If the specifier and type are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+The value is stored in the database without modification.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQPutResource</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqputresource'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmQPutResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmBindingList<parameter> bindings</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmQuarkList<parameter> quarks</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmRepresentation<parameter> type</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmValue<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bindings</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of bindings.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>quarks</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the complete or partial name or the class list of the resource.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the type of the resource.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If database contains NULL,

+<function>XrmQPutResource</function>

+creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.

+If a resource entry with the identical bindings and quarks already

+exists in the database, the previous type and value are replaced by the new

+specified type and value.

+The value is stored in the database without modification.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To add a resource that is specified as a string, use

+<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutStringResource</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmputstringresource'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmPutStringResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *specifier</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>specifier</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a complete or partial specification of the resource.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If database contains NULL,

+<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>

+creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.

+<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>

+adds a resource with the specified value to the specified database.

+<function>XrmPutStringResource</function>

+is a convenience function that first calls

+<function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>

+on the specifier and then calls

+<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,

+using a ``String'' representation type.

+If the specifier is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+The value is stored in the database without modification.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To add a string resource using quarks as a specification, use

+<function>XrmQPutStringResource</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQPutStringResource</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqputstringresource'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmQPutStringResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmBindingList<parameter> bindings</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmQuarkList<parameter> quarks</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bindings</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies a list of bindings.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>quarks</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the complete or partial name or the class list of the resource.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If database contains NULL,

+<function>XrmQPutStringResource</function>

+creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.

+<function>XrmQPutStringResource</function>

+is a convenience routine that constructs an

+<type>XrmValue</type>

+for the value string (by calling

+<function>strlen</function>

+to compute the size) and

+then calls

+<function>XrmQPutResource</function>,

+using a ``String'' representation type.

+The value is stored in the database without modification.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To add a single resource entry that is specified as a string that contains

+both a name and a value, use

+<function>XrmPutLineResource</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutLineResource</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmputlineresource'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmPutLineResource</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *line</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>line</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource name and value pair as a single string.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If database contains NULL,

+<function>XrmPutLineResource</function>

+creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.

+<function>XrmPutLineResource</function>

+adds a single resource entry to the specified database.

+The line should be in valid ResourceLine format

+(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>)

+terminated by a newline or null character;

+the database that results from using a string

+with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.

+The string is parsed in the locale of the database.

+If the

+<replaceable>ResourceName</replaceable>

+is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+Note that comment lines are not stored.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Enumerating_Database_Entries">

+<title>Enumerating Database Entries</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Enumerating Database Entries -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To enumerate the entries of a database, use

+<function>XrmEnumerateDatabase</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmEnumerateDatabase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#define       XrmEnumAllLevels       0

+#define       XrmEnumOneLevel        0

+</literallayout>

+

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmenumeratedatabase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XrmEnumerateDatabase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmNameList<parameter> name_prefix</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmClassList<parameter> class_prefix</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> (*proc)()</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> arg</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>name_prefix</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource name prefix.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class_prefix</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource class prefix.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of levels to enumerate.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the procedure that is to be called for each matching entry.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the procedure.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmEnumerateDatabase</function>

+function calls the specified procedure for each resource in the database

+that would match some completion of the given name/class resource prefix.

+The order in which resources are found is implementation-dependent.

+If mode is

+<symbol>XrmEnumOneLevel</symbol>,

+a resource must match the given name/class prefix with

+just a single name and class appended.  If mode is

+<symbol>XrmEnumAllLevels</symbol>,

+the resource must match the given name/class prefix with one or more names and

+classes appended.

+If the procedure returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>,

+the enumeration terminates and the function returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>.

+If the procedure always returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>,

+all matching resources are enumerated and the function returns

+<symbol>False</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The procedure is called with the following arguments:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+(*<emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>)(<emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>bindings</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>quarks</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>)

+     XrmDatabase *<emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>;

+     XrmBindingList <emphasis remap='I'>bindings</emphasis>;

+     XrmQuarkList <emphasis remap='I'>quarks</emphasis>;

+     XrmRepresentation *<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>;

+     XrmValue *<emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>;

+     XPointer <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>;

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .\" End marker code here -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The bindings and quarks lists are terminated by

+<symbol>NULLQUARK</symbol>.

+Note that pointers

+to the database and type are passed, but these values should not be modified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The procedure must not modify the database.

+If Xlib has been initialized for threads, the procedure is called with

+the database locked and the result of a call by the procedure to any

+Xlib function using the same database is not defined.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Parsing_Command_Line_Options">

+<title>Parsing Command Line Options</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Parsing Command Line Options  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>

+function can be used to parse the command line arguments to a program

+and modify a resource database with selected entries from the command line.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmOptionKind</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef enum {

+     XrmoptionNoArg,     /* Value is specified in XrmOptionDescRec.value */

+     XrmoptionIsArg,     /* Value is the option string itself */

+     XrmoptionStickyArg,     /* Value is characters immediately following option */

+     XrmoptionSepArg,     /* Value is next argument in argv */

+     XrmoptionResArg,     /* Resource and value in next argument in argv */

+     XrmoptionSkipArg,     /* Ignore this option and the next argument in argv */

+     XrmoptionSkipLine,     /* Ignore this option and the rest of argv */

+     XrmoptionSkipNArgs     /* Ignore this option and the next

+          \ \ \ XrmOptionDescRec.value arguments in argv */

+} XrmOptionKind;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Note that

+<constant>XrmoptionSkipArg</constant>

+is equivalent to 

+<constant>XrmoptionSkipNArgs</constant>

+with the

+<structname>XrmOptionDescRec</structname>.<structfield>value</structfield>

+field containing the value one.

+Note also that the value zero for

+<constant>XrmoptionSkipNArgs</constant>

+indicates that only the option itself is to be skipped.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmOptionDescRec</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->

+typedef struct {

+     char *option;     /* Option specification string in argv              */

+     char *specifier;     /* Binding and resource name (sans application name)    */

+     XrmOptionKind argKind;     /* Which style of option it is         */

+     XPointer value;     /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg or 

+          \ \ \ XrmoptionSkipNArgs   */

+} XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList;

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To load a resource database from a C command line, use

+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmParseCommand</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrmparsecommand'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XrmParseCommand</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XrmOptionDescList<parameter> table</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> table_count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *argc_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> **argv_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource database.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the table of command line arguments to be parsed.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>table_count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of entries in the table.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the application name.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argc_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of arguments and returns the number of remaining arguments.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>argv_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the command line arguments

+and returns the remaining arguments.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>

+function parses an (argc, argv) pair according to the specified option table,

+loads recognized options into the specified database with type ``String,''

+and modifies the (argc, argv) pair to remove all recognized options.

+If database contains NULL,

+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>

+creates a new database and returns a pointer to it.

+Otherwise, entries are added to the database specified.

+If a database is created, it is created in the current locale.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The specified table is used to parse the command line.

+Recognized options in the table are removed from argv,

+and entries are added to the specified resource database

+in the order they occur in argv.

+The table entries contain information on the option string,

+the option name, the style of option, 

+and a value to provide if the option kind is 

+<constant>XrmoptionNoArg</constant>.

+The option names are compared byte-for-byte to arguments in argv,

+independent of any locale.

+The resource values given in the table are stored in the resource database

+without modification.

+All resource database entries are created

+using a ``String'' representation type.

+The argc argument specifies the number of arguments in argv

+and is set on return to the remaining number of arguments that were not parsed.

+The name argument should be the name of your application

+for use in building the database entry.

+The name argument is prefixed to the resourceName in the option table

+before storing a database entry.

+The name argument is treated as a single component, even if it

+has embedded periods.

+No separating (binding) character is inserted,

+so the table must contain either a period (.) or an asterisk (*)

+as the first character in each resourceName entry.

+To specify a more completely qualified resource name,

+the resourceName entry can contain multiple components.

+If the name argument and the resourceNames are not in the

+Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The following provides a sample option table:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA 1.25i 3.25i 4.75i -->

+<!-- .ta 1.25i 3.25i 4.75i -->

+static XrmOptionDescRec opTable[] = {

+{"-background",     "*background",                 XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-bd",             "*borderColor",                XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-bg",             "*background",                 XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-borderwidth",    "*TopLevelShell.borderWidth",  XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-bordercolor",    "*borderColor",                XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-bw",             "*TopLevelShell.borderWidth",  XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-display",        ".display",                    XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-fg",             "*foreground",                 XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-fn",             "*font",                       XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-font",           "*font",                       XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-foreground",     "*foreground",                 XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-geometry",       ".TopLevelShell.geometry",     XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-iconic",         ".TopLevelShell.iconic",       XrmoptionNoArg,     (XPointer) "on"},

+{"-name",           ".name",                       XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-reverse",        "*reverseVideo",               XrmoptionNoArg,     (XPointer) "on"},

+{"-rv",             "*reverseVideo",               XrmoptionNoArg,     (XPointer) "on"},

+{"-synchronous",    "*synchronous",                XrmoptionNoArg,     (XPointer) "on"},

+{"-title",          ".TopLevelShell.title",        XrmoptionSepArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+{"-xrm",            NULL,                          XrmoptionResArg,    (XPointer) NULL},

+};

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+In this table, if the -background (or -bg) option is used to set

+background colors, the stored resource specifier matches all

+resources of attribute background.  

+If the -borderwidth option is used, 

+the stored resource specifier applies only to border width

+attributes of class TopLevelShell (that is, outer-most windows, including

+pop-up windows).  

+If the -title option is used to set a window name,

+only the topmost application windows receive the resource.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+When parsing the command line,

+any unique unambiguous abbreviation for an option name in the table is 

+considered a match for the option.

+Note that uppercase and lowercase matter.

+<!-- .bp -->

+

+</para>

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml
index 01f25d4b4..602668faf 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml
@@ -1,4160 +1,4160 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
-<chapter id="application_utility_functions">
-<title>Application Utility Functions</title>
-<!-- .sp 2 -->
-<!-- .nr H1 16 -->
-<!-- .nr H2 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H3 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H4 0 -->
-<!-- .nr H5 0 -->
-<!-- .na -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- Chapter 16: Application Utility Functions  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-Once you have initialized the X system,
-you can use the Xlib utility functions to:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use keyboard utility functions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use Latin-1 keyboard event functions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Allocate permanent storage
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Parse the window geometry
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Manipulate regions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use cut buffers
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Determine the appropriate visual type
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Manipulate images
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Manipulate bitmaps
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Use the context manager
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-As a group,
-the functions discussed in this chapter provide the functionality that 
-is frequently needed and that spans toolkits.
-Many of these functions do not generate actual protocol requests to the server.
-</para>
-<sect1 id="Using_Keyboard_Utility_Functions">
-<title>Using Keyboard Utility Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using Keyboard Utility Functions  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section discusses mapping between KeyCodes and KeySyms,
-classifying KeySyms, and mapping between KeySyms and string names.
-The first three functions in this section operate on a cached copy of the
-server keyboard mapping.
-The first four KeySyms for each KeyCode
-are modified according to the rules given in section 12.7.
-To obtain the untransformed KeySyms defined for a key,
-use the functions described in section 12.7.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a KeySym for the KeyCode of an event, use
-<function>XLookupKeysym</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupKeysym</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlookupkeysym'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>KeySym <function>XLookupKeysym</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XKeyEvent<parameter> *key_event</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> index</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>key_event</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the 
-<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>
-event.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>index</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the index into the KeySyms list for the event's KeyCode.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLookupKeysym</function>
-function uses a given keyboard event and the index you specified to return
-the KeySym from the list that corresponds to the KeyCode member in the
-<type>XKeyPressedEvent</type>
-or
-<type>XKeyReleasedEvent</type>
-structure.
-If no KeySym is defined for the KeyCode of the event,
-<function>XLookupKeysym</function>
-returns
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a KeySym for a specific KeyCode, use
-<function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeycodeToKeysym</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xkeycodetokeysym'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>KeySym <function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> keycode</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> index</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeyCode.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>index</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the element of KeyCode vector.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>
-function uses internal Xlib tables
-and returns the KeySym defined for the specified KeyCode and
-the element of the KeyCode vector.
-If no symbol is defined,
-<function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>
-returns
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a KeyCode for a key having a specific KeySym, use
-<function>XKeysymToKeycode</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeysymToKeycode</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xkeysymtokeycode'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>KeyCode <function>XKeysymToKeycode</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be searched for.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If the specified KeySym is not defined for any KeyCode,
-<function>XKeysymToKeycode</function>
-returns zero.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-The mapping between KeyCodes and KeySyms is cached internal to Xlib.
-When this information is changed at the server, an Xlib function must
-be called to refresh the cache.
-To refresh the stored modifier and keymap information, use
-<function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrefreshkeyboardmapping'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XMappingEvent<parameter> *event_map</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_map</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the mapping event that is to be used.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function>
-function refreshes the stored modifier and keymap information.
-You usually call this function when a
-<symbol>MappingNotify</symbol>
-event with a request member of
-<symbol>MappingKeyboard</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>MappingModifier</symbol>
-occurs.
-The result is to update Xlib's knowledge of the keyboard.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the uppercase and lowercase forms of a KeySym, use
-<function>XConvertCase</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertCase</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xconvertcase'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>void <function>XConvertCase</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *lower_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *upper_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Fn converted -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>lower_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the lowercase form of keysym, or keysym.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>upper_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the uppercase form of keysym, or keysym.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XConvertCase</function>
-function returns the uppercase and lowercase forms of the specified Keysym,
-if the KeySym is subject to case conversion;
-otherwise, the specified KeySym is returned to both lower_return and
-upper_return.
-Support for conversion of other than Latin and Cyrillic KeySyms is
-implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-KeySyms have string names as well as numeric codes.
-To convert the name of the KeySym to the KeySym code, use
-<function>XStringToKeysym</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStringToKeysym</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xstringtokeysym'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>KeySym <function>XStringToKeysym</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the name of the KeySym that is to be converted.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Standard KeySym names are obtained from
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename>
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/keysymdef.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-by removing the XK_ prefix from each name.
-KeySyms that are not part of the Xlib standard also may be obtained
-with this function.
-The set of KeySyms that are available in this manner 
-and the mechanisms by which Xlib obtains them is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the KeySym name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-If the specified string does not match a valid KeySym,
-<function>XStringToKeysym</function>
-returns
-<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To convert a KeySym code to the name of the KeySym, use
-<function>XKeysymToString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeysymToString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xkeysymtostring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XKeysymToString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Fn converted -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The returned string is in a static area and must not be modified.
-The returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
-If the specified KeySym is not defined,
-<function>XKeysymToString</function>
-returns a NULL.
-</para>
-<sect2 id="KeySym_Classification_Macros">
-<title>KeySym Classification Macros</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN KeySym Classification Macros -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-You may want to test if a KeySym is, for example, 
-on the keypad or on one of the function keys.
-You can use KeySym macros to perform the following tests.
-</para>
-<para>IsCursorKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Fn tested -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsCursorKey</primary></indexterm>
-Returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the specified KeySym is a cursor key.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<para>IsFunctionKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Fn tested -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsFunctionKey</primary></indexterm>
-Returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the specified KeySym is a function key.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<para>IsKeypadKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Fn tested -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsKeypadKey</primary></indexterm>
-Returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the specified KeySym is a standard keypad key.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<para>IsPrivateKeypadKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsPrivateKeypadKey</primary></indexterm>
-Returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the specified KeySym is a vendor-private keypad key.
-</para>
-
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<para>IsMiscFunctionKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<!-- .ds Fn tested -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsMiscFunctionKey</primary></indexterm>
-Returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the specified KeySym is a miscellaneous function key.
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<para>IsModifierKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsModifierKey</primary></indexterm>
-Returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the specified KeySym is a modifier key.
-</para>
-
-<para>IsPFKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsPFKey</primary></indexterm>
-Returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the specified KeySym is a PF key.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Using_Latin_Keyboard_Event_Functions">
-<title>Using Latin-1 Keyboard Event Functions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using Latin-1 Keyboard Event Functions  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<link linkend="locales_and_internationalized_text_functions">Chapter 13</link>
-describes internationalized text input facilities,
-but sometimes it is expedient to write an application that
-only deals with Latin-1 characters and ASCII controls,
-so Xlib provides a simple function for that purpose.
-<function>XLookupString</function>
-handles the standard modifier semantics described in section 12.7.
-This function does not use any of the input method facilities
-described in chapter 13 and does not depend on the current locale.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To map a key event to an ISO Latin-1 string, use
-<function>XLookupString</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupString</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xlookupstring'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XLookupString</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XKeyEvent<parameter> *event_struct</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> bytes_buffer</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysym_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XComposeStatus<parameter> *status_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>event_struct</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the key event structure to be used.
-You can pass
-<type>XKeyPressedEvent</type>
-or
-<type>XKeyReleasedEvent</type>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the translated characters.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_buffer</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the length of the buffer.
-No more than bytes_buffer of translation are returned.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the KeySym computed from the event if this argument is not NULL.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>status_in_out</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies or returns the 
-<structname>XComposeStatus</structname>
-structure or NULL.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XLookupString</function>
-function translates a key event to a KeySym and a string.
-The KeySym is obtained by using the standard interpretation of the
-<symbol>Shift</symbol>,
-<symbol>Lock</symbol>,
-group, and numlock modifiers as defined in the X Protocol specification.
-If the KeySym has been rebound (see
-<function>XRebindKeysym</function>),
-the bound string will be stored in the buffer.
-Otherwise, the KeySym is mapped, if possible, to an ISO Latin-1 character
-or (if the Control modifier is on) to an ASCII control character,
-and that character is stored in the buffer.
-<function>XLookupString</function>
-returns the number of characters that are stored in the buffer.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If present (non-NULL),
-the
-<structname>XComposeStatus</structname>
-structure records the state,
-which is private to Xlib,
-that needs preservation across calls to
-<function>XLookupString</function>
-to implement compose processing.
-The creation of
-<structname>XComposeStatus</structname>
-structures is implementation-dependent;
-a portable program must pass NULL for this argument.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XLookupString</function>
-depends on the cached keyboard information mentioned in the
-previous section, so it is necessary to use
-<function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function>
-to keep this information up-to-date.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To rebind the meaning of a KeySym for
-<function>XLookupString</function>,
-use
-<function>XRebindKeysym</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRebindKeysym</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrebindkeysym'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRebindKeysym</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> list[&hairsp;]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> mod_count</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Fn rebound -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the KeySyms to be used as modifiers.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>mod_count</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of modifiers in the modifier list.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the string that is copied and will be returned by 
-<function>XLookupString</function>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XRebindKeysym</function>
-function can be used to rebind the meaning of a KeySym for the client.
-It does not redefine any key in the X server but merely
-provides an easy way for long strings to be attached to keys.
-<function>XLookupString</function>
-returns this string when the appropriate set of
-modifier keys are pressed and when the KeySym would have been used for
-the translation.
-No text conversions are performed;
-the client is responsible for supplying appropriately encoded strings.
-Note that you can rebind a KeySym that may not exist.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Allocating_Permanent_Storage">
-<title>Allocating Permanent Storage</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Allocating Permanent Storage -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To allocate some memory you will never give back, use
-<function>Xpermalloc</function>.
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Xpermalloc</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xpermalloc'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>Xpermalloc</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> size</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>Xpermalloc</function>
-function allocates storage that can never be freed for the life of the
-program.  The memory is allocated with alignment for the C type double.
-This function may provide some performance and space savings over
-the standard operating system memory allocator.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Parsing_the_Window_Geometry">
-<title>Parsing the Window Geometry</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Parsing the Window Geometry  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To parse standard window geometry strings, use
-<function>XParseGeometry</function>.
-<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>determining location</secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XParseGeometry</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xparsegeometry'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XParseGeometry</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *parsestring</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>parsestring</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the string you want to parse.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the x and y offsets.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the width and height determined.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-By convention,
-X applications use a standard string to indicate window size and placement.
-<function>XParseGeometry</function>
-makes it easier to conform to this standard because it allows you
-to parse the standard window geometry.
-Specifically, this function lets you parse strings of the form:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-[=][&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>&gt;{xX}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>&gt;][{+-}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>xoffset</emphasis>&gt;{+-}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>yoffset</emphasis>&gt;] 
-</literallayout>
-<!-- .\" End marker code here -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The fields map into the arguments associated with this function.
-(Items enclosed in &lt;&hairsp;&gt; are integers, items in [&hairsp;] are optional, and
-items enclosed in {&hairsp;} indicate ``choose one of.''
-Note that the brackets should not appear in the actual string.)
-If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
-the result is implementation-dependent.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<function>XParseGeometry</function>
-function returns a bitmask that indicates which of the four values (width,
-height, xoffset, and yoffset) were actually found in the string 
-and whether the x and y values are negative. 
-By convention, &minus;0 is not equal to +0, because the user needs to
-be able to say ``position the window relative to the right or bottom edge.''
-For each value found, the corresponding argument is updated.
-For each value not found, the argument is left unchanged.
-The bits are represented by
-<symbol>XValue</symbol>,
-<symbol>YValue</symbol>,
-<symbol>WidthValue</symbol>,
-<symbol>HeightValue</symbol>,
-<symbol>XNegative</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>YNegative</symbol>
-and are defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-They will be set whenever one of the values is defined 
-or one of the signs is set.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If the function returns either the 
-<symbol>XValue</symbol>
-or 
-<symbol>YValue</symbol>
-flag,
-you should place the window at the requested position.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To construct a window's geometry information, use
-<function>XWMGeometry</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWMGeometry</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwmgeometry'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XWMGeometry</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *user_geom</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *def_geom</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> bwidth</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *width_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *gravity_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>user_geom</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the user-specified geometry or NULL.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>def_geom</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the application's default geometry or NULL.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bwidth</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the border width.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the x and y offsets.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the width and height determined.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gravity_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the window gravity.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The 
-<function>XWMGeometry</function>
-function combines any geometry information (given in the format used by 
-<function>XParseGeometry</function>)
-specified by the user and by the calling program with size hints 
-(usually the ones to be stored in <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>) and returns the position, 
-size, and gravity
-(<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>,
-<symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol>,
-<symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol>,
-or
-<symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol>)
-that describe the window.
-If the base size is not set in the 
-<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
-structure, 
-the minimum size is used if set.
-Otherwise, a base size of zero is assumed.
-If no minimum size is set in the hints structure, 
-the base size is used.
-A mask (in the form returned by 
-<function>XParseGeometry</function>)
-that describes which values came from the user specification 
-and whether or not the position coordinates are relative
-to the right and bottom edges is returned.
-Note that these coordinates will have already been accounted for 
-in the x_return and y_return values.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that invalid geometry specifications can cause a width or height 
-of zero to be returned.
-The caller may pass the address of the hints win_gravity field 
-as gravity_return to update the hints directly.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="Manipulating_Regions">
-<title>Manipulating Regions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Manipulating Regions  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-Regions are arbitrary sets of pixel locations.
-Xlib provides functions for manipulating regions.
-The opaque type 
-<structname>Region</structname>
-is defined in 
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to manipulate regions.
-This section discusses how to:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Create, copy, or destroy regions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Move or shrink regions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Compute with regions
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Determine if regions are empty or equal
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  <listitem>
-    <para>
-Locate a point or rectangle in a region
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<sect2 id="Creating_Copying_or_Destroying_Regions">
-<title>Creating, Copying, or Destroying Regions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Creating, Copying, or Destroying Regions  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To create a new empty region, use
-<function>XCreateRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<para>Region XCreateRegion()</para>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To generate a region from a polygon, use
-<function>XPolygonRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPolygonRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xpolygonregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Region <function>XPolygonRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XPoint<parameter> points[]</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> n</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> fill_rule</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>points</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies an array of points.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of points in the polygon. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>fill_rule</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.
-You can pass 
-<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
-or
-<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XPolygonRegion</function>
-function returns a region for the polygon defined by the points array.
-For an explanation of fill_rule,
-see
-<function>XCreateGC</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set the clip-mask of a GC to a region, use
-<function>XSetRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsetregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSetRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the GC.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the region.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSetRegion</function>
-function sets the clip-mask in the GC to the specified region.
-The region is specified relative to the drawable's origin.
-The resulting GC clip origin is implementation-dependent.
-Once it is set in the GC,
-the region can be destroyed.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP  -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To deallocate the storage associated with a specified region, use
-<function>XDestroyRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDestroyRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the region.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Moving_or_Shrinking_Regions">
-<title>Moving or Shrinking Regions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Moving or Shrinking Regions  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To move a region by a specified amount, use 
-<function>XOffsetRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOffsetRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xoffsetregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XOffsetRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intdx,<parameter> dy</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the region.
-<!-- .ds Dy move -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dx</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dy</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates,
-which define the amount you want to (Dy the specified region.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To reduce a region by a specified amount, use
-<function>XShrinkRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XShrinkRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xshrinkregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XShrinkRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intdx,<parameter> dy</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the region.
-<!-- .ds Dy shrink -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dx</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dy</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates,
-which define the amount you want to (Dy the specified region.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Positive values shrink the size of the region, 
-and negative values expand the region.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Computing_with_Regions">
-<title>Computing with Regions</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Computing with Regions  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To generate the smallest rectangle enclosing a region, use
-<function>XClipBox</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClipBox</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xclipbox'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XClipBox</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *rect_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the region.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rect_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the smallest enclosing rectangle.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XClipBox</function>
-function returns the smallest rectangle enclosing the specified region.
-<!-- .sp -->
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To compute the intersection of two regions, use
-<function>XIntersectRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIntersectRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xintersectregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XIntersectRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>sra</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>srb</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dr_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the result of the computation.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To compute the union of two regions, use
-<function>XUnionRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnionRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xunionregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUnionRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>sra</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>srb</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dr_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the result of the computation.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a union of a source region and a rectangle, use
-<function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnionRectWithRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xunionrectwithregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *rectangle</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> src_region</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> dest_region_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rectangle</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the rectangle.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>src_region</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the source region to be used.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_region_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the destination region.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function>
-function updates the destination region from a union of the specified rectangle
-and the specified source region.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To subtract two regions, use
-<function>XSubtractRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSubtractRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsubtractregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XSubtractRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>sra</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>srb</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dr_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the result of the computation.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSubtractRegion</function>
-function subtracts srb from sra and stores the results in dr_return.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To calculate the difference between the union and intersection 
-of two regions, use
-<function>XXorRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XXorRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xxorregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XXorRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>sra</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>srb</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>dr_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the result of the computation.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Determining_if_Regions_Are_Empty_or_Equal">
-<title>Determining if Regions Are Empty or Equal</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Determining if Regions Are Empty or Equal  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To determine if the specified region is empty, use
-<function>XEmptyRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEmptyRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xemptyregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XEmptyRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the region.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XEmptyRegion</function>
-function returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the region is empty.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To determine if two regions have the same offset, size, and shape, use
-<function>XEqualRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEqualRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xequalregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XEqualRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Regionr1,<parameter> r2</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r1</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r2</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the two regions.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XEqualRegion</function>
-function returns
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the two regions have the same offset, size, and shape.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="Locating_a_Point_or_a_Rectangle_in_a_Region">
-<title>Locating a Point or a Rectangle in a Region</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Locating a Point or a Rectangle in a Region  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-To determine if a specified point resides in a specified region, use
-<function>XPointInRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPointInRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xpointinregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Bool <function>XPointInRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the region.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which define the point -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XPointInRegion</function>
-function returns 
-<symbol>True</symbol>
-if the point (x, y) is contained in the region r.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To determine if a specified rectangle is inside a region, use
-<function>XRectInRegion</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRectInRegion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrectinregion'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XRectInRegion</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the region.
-<!-- .ds Xy , which define the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the rectangle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.
-<!-- .ds Wh , which define the rectangle -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height(Wh.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XRectInRegion</function>
-function returns
-<symbol>RectangleIn</symbol>
-if the rectangle is entirely in the specified region,
-<symbol>RectangleOut</symbol>
-if the rectangle is entirely out of the specified region,
-and
-<symbol>RectanglePart</symbol>
-if the rectangle is partially in the specified region.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Using_Cut_Buffers">
-<title>Using Cut Buffers</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using Cut Buffers  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<indexterm><primary>Cut Buffers</primary></indexterm>
-Xlib provides functions to manipulate cut buffers,
-a very simple form of cut-and-paste inter-client communication.
-Selections are a much more powerful and useful mechanism for
-interchanging data between client
-(see <link linkend="Selections">section 4.5</link>)
-and generally should be used instead of cut buffers.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Cut buffers are implemented as properties on the first root window
-of the display.
-The buffers can only contain text, in the STRING encoding.
-The text encoding is not changed by Xlib when fetching or storing.
-Eight buffers are provided
-and can be accessed as a ring or as explicit buffers (numbered 0 through 7).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To store data in cut buffer 0, use 
-<function>XStoreBytes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBytes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xstorebytes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XStoreBytes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *bytes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN  -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the bytes, which are not necessarily ASCII or null-terminated.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes to be stored.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The data can have embedded null characters
-and need not be null-terminated.
-The cut buffer's contents can be retrieved later by
-any client calling
-<function>XFetchBytes</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XStoreBytes</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To store data in a specified cut buffer, use
-<function>XStoreBuffer</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBuffer</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xstorebuffer'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XStoreBuffer</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *bytes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> buffer</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the bytes, which are not necessarily ASCII or null-terminated.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes to be stored.
-<!-- .ds Fn in which you want to store the bytes -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer (Fn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If an invalid buffer is specified, the call has no effect.
-The data can have embedded null characters
-and need not be null-terminated.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XStoreBuffer</function>
-can generate a
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-error.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return data from cut buffer 0, use 
-<function>XFetchBytes</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBytes</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfetchbytes'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XFetchBytes</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nbytes_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of bytes in the buffer.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFetchBytes</function>
-function
-returns the number of bytes in the nbytes_return argument,
-if the buffer contains data.
-Otherwise, the function
-returns NULL and sets nbytes to 0.
-The appropriate amount of storage is allocated and the pointer returned.
-The client must free this storage when finished with it by calling
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To return data from a specified cut buffer, use 
-<function>XFetchBuffer</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBuffer</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfetchbuffer'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>char *<function>XFetchBuffer</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nbytes_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> buffer</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of bytes in the buffer.
-<!-- .ds Fn from which you want the stored data returned -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the buffer (Fn.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XFetchBuffer</function>
-function returns zero to the nbytes_return argument 
-if there is no data in the buffer or if an invalid
-buffer is specified.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To rotate the cut buffers, use 
-<function>XRotateBuffers</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateBuffers</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xrotatebuffers'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XRotateBuffers</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> rotate</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rotate</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies how much to rotate the cut buffers.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM  -->
-The
-<function>XRotateBuffers</function>
-function rotates the cut
-buffers, such that buffer 0 becomes buffer n, 
-buffer 1 becomes n + 1 mod 8, and so on.
-This cut buffer numbering is global to the display.
-Note that
-<function>XRotateBuffers</function>
-generates
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors if any of the eight buffers have not been created.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Determining_the_Appropriate_Visual_Type">
-<title>Determining the Appropriate Visual Type</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Determining the Appropriate Visual Type -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-A single display can support multiple screens.
-Each screen can have several different visual types supported 
-at different depths.
-You can use the functions described in this section to determine
-which visual to use for your application.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The functions in this section use the visual information masks and the
-<structname>XVisualInfo</structname>
-structure,
-which is defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-and contains:
-<!-- .sM -->
-</para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-
-/* Visual information mask bits */
-
-
-#define   VisualNoMask                 0x0
-#define   VisualIDMask                 0x1
-#define   VisualScreenMask             0x2
-#define   VisualDepthMask              0x4
-#define   VisualClassMask              0x8
-#define   VisualRedMaskMask            0x10
-#define   VisualGreenMaskMask          0x20
-#define   VisualBlueMaskMask           0x40
-#define   VisualColormapSizeMask       0x80
-#define   VisualBitsPerRGBMask         0x100
-#define   VisualAllMask                0x1FF
-
-</literallayout>
-
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
-<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
-/* Values */
-
-typedef struct {
-     Visual *visual;
-     VisualID visualid;
-     int screen;
-     unsigned int depth;
-     int class;
-     unsigned long red_mask;
-     unsigned long green_mask;
-     unsigned long blue_mask;
-     int colormap_size;
-     int bits_per_rgb;
-} XVisualInfo;
-</literallayout>
-
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-To obtain a list of visual information structures that match a specified
-template, use
-<function>XGetVisualInfo</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetVisualInfo</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetvisualinfo'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XVisualInfo *<function>XGetVisualInfo</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> vinfo_mask</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XVisualInfo<parameter> *vinfo_template</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nitems_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>vinfo_mask</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the visual mask value.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>vinfo_template</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the visual attributes that are to be used in matching the visual
-structures.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the number of matching visual structures.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetVisualInfo</function>
-function returns a list of visual structures that have attributes 
-equal to the attributes specified by vinfo_template.
-If no visual structures match the template using the specified vinfo_mask,
-<function>XGetVisualInfo</function>
-returns a NULL.
-To free the data returned by this function, use
-<function>XFree</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain the visual information that matches the specified depth and
-class of the screen, use
-<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMatchVisualInfo</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xmatchvisualinfo'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Status <function>XMatchVisualInfo</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> class</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XVisualInfo<parameter> *vinfo_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the depth of the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the class of the screen.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>vinfo_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the matched visual information.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>
-function returns the visual information for a visual that matches the specified
-depth and class for a screen.
-Because multiple visuals that match the specified depth and class can exist,
-the exact visual chosen is undefined.
-If a visual is found,
-<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>
-returns nonzero and the information on the visual to vinfo_return.
-Otherwise, when a visual is not found,
-<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>
-returns zero.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Manipulating_Images">
-<title>Manipulating Images</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Manipulating Images  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides several functions that perform basic operations on images.
-All operations on images are defined using an 
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure, 
-as defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-Because the number of different types of image formats can be very large,
-this hides details of image storage properly from applications.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-This section describes the functions for generic operations on images.
-Manufacturers can provide very fast implementations of these for the
-formats frequently encountered on their hardware.
-These functions are neither sufficient nor desirable to use for general image
-processing.
-Rather, they are here to provide minimal functions on screen format
-images.
-The basic operations for getting and putting images are
-<function>XGetImage</function>
-and 
-<function>XPutImage</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that no functions have been defined, as yet, to read and write images 
-to and from disk files.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure describes an image as it exists in the client's memory.  
-The user can request that some of the members such as height, width, 
-and xoffset be changed when the image is sent to the server.
-Note that bytes_per_line in concert with offset can be used to
-extract a subset of the image.
-Other members (for example, byte order, bitmap_unit, and so forth)
-are characteristics of both the image and the server.  
-If these members
-differ between the image and the server, 
-<function>XPutImage</function>
-makes the appropriate conversions.
-The first byte of the first line of
-plane n must be located at the address (data + (n * height * bytes_per_line)).
-For a description of the 
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure,
-see <link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">section 8.7</link>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To allocate an 
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure and initialize it with image format values from a display, use
-<function>XCreateImage</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateImage</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreateimage'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XImage *<function>XCreateImage</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Visual<parameter> *visual</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> offset</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> width</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> bitmap_pad</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> bytes_per_line</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the
-<structname>Visual</structname>
-structure.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the depth of the image.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the format for the image.
-You can pass
-<symbol>XYBitmap</symbol>,
-<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>,
-or 
-<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>offset</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of pixels to ignore at the beginning of the scanline.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the image data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the width of the image, in pixels.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the height of the image, in pixels.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bitmap_pad</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the quantum of a scanline (8, 16, or 32).
-In other words, the start of one scanline is separated in client memory from 
-the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits.  
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_per_line</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the number of bytes in the client image between
-the start of one scanline and the start of the next.  
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateImage</function>
-function allocates the memory needed for an
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure for the
-specified display but does not allocate space for the image itself.
-Rather, it initializes the structure byte-order, bit-order, and bitmap-unit
-values from the display and returns a pointer to the 
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure.
-The red, green, and blue mask values are defined for Z format images only
-and are derived from the 
-<structname>Visual</structname>
-structure passed in.
-Other values also are passed in.
-The offset permits the rapid displaying of the image without requiring each 
-scanline to be shifted into position.
-If you pass a zero value in bytes_per_line,
-Xlib assumes that the scanlines are contiguous
-in memory and calculates the value of bytes_per_line itself.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that when the image is created using
-<function>XCreateImage</function>,
-<function>XGetImage</function>,
-or
-<function>XSubImage</function>,
-the destroy procedure that the 
-<function>XDestroyImage</function>
-function calls frees both the image structure 
-and the data pointed to by the image structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The basic functions used to get a pixel, set a pixel, create a subimage,
-and add a constant value to an image are defined in the image object.
-The functions in this section are really macro invocations of the functions
-in the image object and are defined in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To obtain a pixel value in an image, use
-<function>XGetPixel</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPixel</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xgetpixel'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XGetPixel</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> x</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the image.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XGetPixel</function>
-function returns the specified pixel from the named image.
-The pixel value is returned in normalized format (that is,
-the least significant byte of the long is the least significant byte
-of the pixel).
-The image must contain the x and y coordinates.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To set a pixel value in an image, use
-<function>XPutPixel</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutPixel</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xputpixel'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XPutPixel</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> x</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixel</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the image.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>pixel</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the new pixel value.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XPutPixel</function>
-function overwrites the pixel in the named image with the specified pixel value.
-The input pixel value must be in normalized format
-(that is, the least significant byte of the long is the least significant
-byte of the pixel).
-The image must contain the x and y coordinates.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a subimage, use
-<function>XSubImage</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSubImage</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsubimage'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>XImage *<function>XSubImage</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> x</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> subimage_width</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> subimage_height</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the image.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the x and y coordinates.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>subimage_width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the width of the new subimage, in pixels.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>subimage_height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the height of the new subimage, in pixels.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XSubImage</function>
-function creates a new image that is a subsection of an existing one.
-It allocates the memory necessary for the new
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure
-and returns a pointer to the new image.
-The data is copied from the source image,
-and the image must contain the rectangle defined by x, y, subimage_width,
-and subimage_height.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To increment each pixel in an image by a constant value, use
-<function>XAddPixel</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddPixel</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xaddpixel'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XAddPixel</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>long<parameter> value</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the image.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the constant value that is to be added.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XAddPixel</function>
-function adds a constant value to every pixel in an image.
-It is useful when you have a base pixel value from allocating
-color resources and need to manipulate the image to that form.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To deallocate the memory allocated in a previous call to
-<function>XCreateImage</function>,
-use
-<function>XDestroyImage</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyImage</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyimage'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef><function>XDestroyImage</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>XImage *<parameter>ximage</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the image.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDestroyImage</function>
-function deallocates the memory associated with the
-<structname>XImage</structname>
-structure.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Note that when the image is created using
-<function>XCreateImage</function>,
-<function>XGetImage</function>,
-or 
-<function>XSubImage</function>,
-the destroy procedure that this macro calls
-frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure. 
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Manipulating_Bitmaps">
-<title>Manipulating Bitmaps</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Manipulating Bitmaps  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Xlib provides functions that you can use to read a bitmap from a file,
-save a bitmap to a file, or create a bitmap. 
-This section describes those functions that transfer bitmaps to and
-from the client's file system, thus allowing their reuse in a later
-connection (for example, from an entirely different client or to a
-different display or server).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The X version 11 bitmap file format is:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sM -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#define <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_width <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-#define <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_height <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-#define <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_x_hot <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
-#define <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_y_hot <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
-static unsigned char <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_bits[] = { 0x<emphasis remap='I'>NN</emphasis>,... }
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The lines for the variables ending with _x_hot and _y_hot suffixes are optional
-because they are present only if a hotspot has been defined for this bitmap.
-The lines for the other variables are required.
-The word ``unsigned'' is optional;
-that is, the type of the _bits array can be ``char'' or ``unsigned char''.
-The _bits array must be large enough to contain the size bitmap.
-The bitmap unit is 8.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To read a bitmap from a file and store it in a pixmap, use
-<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReadBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xreadbitmapfile'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XReadBitmapFile</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> *bitmap_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*x_hot_return,<parameter> *y_hot_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Dr \ that indicates the screen -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable(Dr. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the file name to use.
-The format of the file name is operating-system dependent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the width and height values of the read in bitmap file.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bitmap_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the bitmap that is created.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_hot_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y_hot_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the hotspot coordinates.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>
-function reads in a file containing a bitmap.
-The file is parsed in the encoding of the current locale.
-The ability to read other than the standard format 
-is implementation-dependent.
-If the file cannot be opened, 
-<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>
-returns 
-<returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>.
-If the file can be opened but does not contain valid bitmap data, 
-it returns 
-<returnvalue>BitmapFileInvalid</returnvalue>.
-If insufficient working storage is allocated,
-it returns
-<returnvalue>BitmapNoMemory</returnvalue>.
-If the file is readable and valid,
-it returns 
-<returnvalue>BitmapSuccess</returnvalue>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>
-returns the bitmap's height and width, as read
-from the file, to width_return and height_return.
-It then creates a pixmap of the appropriate size, 
-reads the bitmap data from the file into the pixmap,
-and assigns the pixmap to the caller's variable bitmap.  
-The caller must free the bitmap using 
-<function>XFreePixmap</function>
-when finished.
-If <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_x_hot and <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_y_hot exist,
-<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>
-returns them to x_hot_return and y_hot_return;
-otherwise, it returns &minus;1,&minus;1.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To read a bitmap from a file and return it as data, use
-<function>XReadBitmapFileData</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReadBitmapFileData</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xreadbitmapfiledata'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XReadBitmapFileData</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>int*x_hot_return,<parameter> *y_hot_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the file name to use.
-The format of the file name is operating-system dependent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the width and height values of the read in bitmap file.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the bitmap data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_hot_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y_hot_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Return the hotspot coordinates.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XReadBitmapFileData</function>
-function reads in a file containing a bitmap, in the same manner as
-<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>,
-but returns the data directly rather than creating a pixmap in the server.
-The bitmap data is returned in data_return; the client must free this
-storage when finished with it by calling
-<function>XFree</function>.
-The status and other return values are the same as for
-<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To write out a bitmap from a pixmap to a file, use
-<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xwritebitmapfile'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XWriteBitmapFile</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> bitmap</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>intx_hot,<parameter> y_hot</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the file name to use.
-The format of the file name is operating-system dependent.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bitmap</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the bitmap.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>x_hot</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>y_hot</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify where to place the hotspot coordinates (or &minus;1,&minus;1 if none are present)
-in the file.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
-function writes a bitmap out to a file in the X Version 11 format.
-The name used in the output file is derived from the file name
-by deleting the directory prefix.
-The file is written in the encoding of the current locale.
-If the file cannot be opened for writing, 
-it returns 
-<returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>.
-If insufficient memory is allocated,
-<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
-returns
-<returnvalue>BitmapNoMemory</returnvalue>;
-otherwise, on no error,
-it returns
-<returnvalue>BitmapSuccess</returnvalue>.
-If x_hot and y_hot are not &minus;1, &minus;1,
-<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
-writes them out as the hotspot coordinates for the bitmap.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a pixmap and then store bitmap-format data into it, use
-<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmapfrombitmapdata'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedlongfg,<parameter> bg</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Dr \ that indicates the screen -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable(Dr. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the data in bitmap format.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>fg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>bg</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the foreground and background pixel values to use.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the depth of the pixmap.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>
-function creates a pixmap of the given depth and then does a bitmap-format
-<function>XPutImage</function>
-of the data into it.
-The depth must be supported by the screen of the specified drawable,
-or a
-<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
-error results.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
-and
-<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To include a bitmap written out by 
-<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
-<indexterm><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
-in a program directly, as opposed to reading it in every time at run time, use
-<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateBitmapFromData</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xcreatebitmapfromdata'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-<!-- .ds Dr \ that indicates the screen -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the drawable(Dr. 
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the location of the bitmap data.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-<!-- .br -->
-<!-- .ns -->
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specify the width and height.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>
-function allows you to include in your C program (using
-<code>#include</code>)
-a bitmap file that was written out by
-<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>
-(X version 11 format only) without reading in the bitmap file.
-The following example creates a gray bitmap:
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<literallayout class="monospaced">
-#include "gray.bitmap"
-<!-- .sp 6p -->
-Pixmap bitmap;
-bitmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, window, gray_bits, gray_width, gray_height);
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-If insufficient working storage was allocated,
-<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>
-returns
-<symbol>None</symbol>.
-It is your responsibility to free the
-bitmap using
-<function>XFreePixmap</function>
-when finished.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>
-can generate
-<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
-and
-<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
-errors.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 id="Using_the_Context_Manager">
-<title>Using the Context Manager</title>
-<!-- .XS -->
-<!-- (SN Using the Context Manager  -->
-<!-- .XE -->
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-The context manager provides a way of associating data with an X resource ID
-(mostly typically a window) in your program.  
-Note that this is local to your program;
-the data is not stored in the server on a property list.
-Any amount of data in any number of pieces can be associated with a
-resource ID,
-and each piece of data has a type associated with it.  
-The context manager requires knowledge of the resource ID
-and type to store or retrieve data.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-Essentially, the context manager can be viewed as a two-dimensional, 
-sparse array:  one dimension is subscripted by the X resource ID
-and the other by a context type field.
-Each entry in the array contains a pointer to the data.
-Xlib provides context management functions with which you can
-save data values, get data values, delete entries, and create a unique
-context type.
-The symbols used are in
-<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.
-<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To save a data value that corresponds to a resource ID and context type, use
-<function>XSaveContext</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSaveContext</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xsavecontext'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XSaveContext</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> rid</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XContext<parameter> context</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rid</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource ID with which the data is associated.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>context</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the context type to which the data belongs.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the data to be associated with the window and type.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-If an entry with the specified resource ID and type already exists,
-<function>XSaveContext</function>
-overrides it with the specified context.
-The
-<function>XSaveContext</function>
-function returns a nonzero error code if an error has occurred
-and zero otherwise.
-Possible errors are
-<symbol>XCNOMEM</symbol>
-(out of memory).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To get the data associated with a resource ID and type, use
-<function>XFindContext</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFindContext</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xfindcontext'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XFindContext</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> rid</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XContext<parameter> context</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rid</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource ID with which the data is associated.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>context</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the context type to which the data belongs.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Returns the data.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-Because it is a return value,
-the data is a pointer.
-The
-<function>XFindContext</function>
-function returns a nonzero error code if an error has occurred
-and zero otherwise.
-Possible errors are
-<symbol>XCNOENT</symbol>
-(context-not-found).
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To delete an entry for a given resource ID and type, use
-<function>XDeleteContext</function>.
-</para>
-<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteContext</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis id='xdeletecontext'>
-<funcprototype>
-  <funcdef>int <function>XDeleteContext</function></funcdef>
-  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XID<parameter> rid</parameter></paramdef>
-  <paramdef>XContext<parameter> context</parameter></paramdef>
-</funcprototype>
-</funcsynopsis>
-<!-- .FN -->
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the connection to the X server.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>rid</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the resource ID with which the data is associated.
-      </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>
-      <emphasis remap='I'>context</emphasis>
-    </term>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>
-Specifies the context type to which the data belongs.
-    </para>
-  </listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .eM -->
-The
-<function>XDeleteContext</function>
-function deletes the entry for the given resource ID 
-and type from the data structure.
-This function returns the same error codes that
-<function>XFindContext</function>
-returns if called with the same arguments.
-<function>XDeleteContext</function>
-does not free the data whose address was saved.
-</para>
-<para>
-<!-- .LP -->
-<!-- .sp -->
-To create a unique context type that may be used in subsequent calls to
-<function>XSaveContext</function>
-and
-<function>XFindContext</function>,
-use
-<function>XUniqueContext</function>.
-</para>
-<para>XContext XuniqueContext()</para>
-
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>

+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"

+	  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">

+<chapter id="application_utility_functions">

+<title>Application Utility Functions</title>

+<!-- .sp 2 -->

+<!-- .nr H1 16 -->

+<!-- .nr H2 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H3 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H4 0 -->

+<!-- .nr H5 0 -->

+<!-- .na -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- Chapter 16: Application Utility Functions  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+Once you have initialized the X system,

+you can use the Xlib utility functions to:

+</para>

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use keyboard utility functions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use Latin-1 keyboard event functions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Allocate permanent storage

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Parse the window geometry

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Manipulate regions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use cut buffers

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Determine the appropriate visual type

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Manipulate images

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Manipulate bitmaps

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Use the context manager

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+As a group,

+the functions discussed in this chapter provide the functionality that 

+is frequently needed and that spans toolkits.

+Many of these functions do not generate actual protocol requests to the server.

+</para>

+<sect1 id="Using_Keyboard_Utility_Functions">

+<title>Using Keyboard Utility Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using Keyboard Utility Functions  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section discusses mapping between KeyCodes and KeySyms,

+classifying KeySyms, and mapping between KeySyms and string names.

+The first three functions in this section operate on a cached copy of the

+server keyboard mapping.

+The first four KeySyms for each KeyCode

+are modified according to the rules given in section 12.7.

+To obtain the untransformed KeySyms defined for a key,

+use the functions described in section 12.7.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a KeySym for the KeyCode of an event, use

+<function>XLookupKeysym</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupKeysym</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlookupkeysym'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>KeySym <function>XLookupKeysym</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XKeyEvent<parameter> *key_event</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> index</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>key_event</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the 

+<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>

+event.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>index</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the index into the KeySyms list for the event's KeyCode.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLookupKeysym</function>

+function uses a given keyboard event and the index you specified to return

+the KeySym from the list that corresponds to the KeyCode member in the

+<type>XKeyPressedEvent</type>

+or

+<type>XKeyReleasedEvent</type>

+structure.

+If no KeySym is defined for the KeyCode of the event,

+<function>XLookupKeysym</function>

+returns

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a KeySym for a specific KeyCode, use

+<function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeycodeToKeysym</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xkeycodetokeysym'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>KeySym <function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> keycode</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> index</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeyCode.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>index</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the element of KeyCode vector.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>

+function uses internal Xlib tables

+and returns the KeySym defined for the specified KeyCode and

+the element of the KeyCode vector.

+If no symbol is defined,

+<function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>

+returns

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a KeyCode for a key having a specific KeySym, use

+<function>XKeysymToKeycode</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeysymToKeycode</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xkeysymtokeycode'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>KeyCode <function>XKeysymToKeycode</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be searched for.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If the specified KeySym is not defined for any KeyCode,

+<function>XKeysymToKeycode</function>

+returns zero.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+The mapping between KeyCodes and KeySyms is cached internal to Xlib.

+When this information is changed at the server, an Xlib function must

+be called to refresh the cache.

+To refresh the stored modifier and keymap information, use

+<function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrefreshkeyboardmapping'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XMappingEvent<parameter> *event_map</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_map</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the mapping event that is to be used.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function>

+function refreshes the stored modifier and keymap information.

+You usually call this function when a

+<symbol>MappingNotify</symbol>

+event with a request member of

+<symbol>MappingKeyboard</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>MappingModifier</symbol>

+occurs.

+The result is to update Xlib's knowledge of the keyboard.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the uppercase and lowercase forms of a KeySym, use

+<function>XConvertCase</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertCase</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xconvertcase'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>void <function>XConvertCase</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *lower_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *upper_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Fn converted -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>lower_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the lowercase form of keysym, or keysym.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>upper_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the uppercase form of keysym, or keysym.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XConvertCase</function>

+function returns the uppercase and lowercase forms of the specified Keysym,

+if the KeySym is subject to case conversion;

+otherwise, the specified KeySym is returned to both lower_return and

+upper_return.

+Support for conversion of other than Latin and Cyrillic KeySyms is

+implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+KeySyms have string names as well as numeric codes.

+To convert the name of the KeySym to the KeySym code, use

+<function>XStringToKeysym</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStringToKeysym</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xstringtokeysym'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>KeySym <function>XStringToKeysym</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the name of the KeySym that is to be converted.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Standard KeySym names are obtained from

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename>

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/keysymdef.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+by removing the XK_ prefix from each name.

+KeySyms that are not part of the Xlib standard also may be obtained

+with this function.

+The set of KeySyms that are available in this manner 

+and the mechanisms by which Xlib obtains them is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the KeySym name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+If the specified string does not match a valid KeySym,

+<function>XStringToKeysym</function>

+returns

+<symbol>NoSymbol</symbol>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To convert a KeySym code to the name of the KeySym, use

+<function>XKeysymToString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeysymToString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xkeysymtostring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XKeysymToString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Fn converted -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The returned string is in a static area and must not be modified.

+The returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.

+If the specified KeySym is not defined,

+<function>XKeysymToString</function>

+returns a NULL.

+</para>

+<sect2 id="KeySym_Classification_Macros">

+<title>KeySym Classification Macros</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN KeySym Classification Macros -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+You may want to test if a KeySym is, for example, 

+on the keypad or on one of the function keys.

+You can use KeySym macros to perform the following tests.

+</para>

+<para>IsCursorKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Fn tested -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsCursorKey</primary></indexterm>

+Returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the specified KeySym is a cursor key.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<para>IsFunctionKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Fn tested -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsFunctionKey</primary></indexterm>

+Returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the specified KeySym is a function key.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<para>IsKeypadKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Fn tested -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsKeypadKey</primary></indexterm>

+Returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the specified KeySym is a standard keypad key.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<para>IsPrivateKeypadKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsPrivateKeypadKey</primary></indexterm>

+Returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the specified KeySym is a vendor-private keypad key.

+</para>

+

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<para>IsMiscFunctionKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<!-- .ds Fn tested -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsMiscFunctionKey</primary></indexterm>

+Returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the specified KeySym is a miscellaneous function key.

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<para>IsModifierKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsModifierKey</primary></indexterm>

+Returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the specified KeySym is a modifier key.

+</para>

+

+<para>IsPFKey(<emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>)</para>

+

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsPFKey</primary></indexterm>

+Returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the specified KeySym is a PF key.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Using_Latin_Keyboard_Event_Functions">

+<title>Using Latin-1 Keyboard Event Functions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using Latin-1 Keyboard Event Functions  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<link linkend="locales_and_internationalized_text_functions">Chapter 13</link>

+describes internationalized text input facilities,

+but sometimes it is expedient to write an application that

+only deals with Latin-1 characters and ASCII controls,

+so Xlib provides a simple function for that purpose.

+<function>XLookupString</function>

+handles the standard modifier semantics described in section 12.7.

+This function does not use any of the input method facilities

+described in chapter 13 and does not depend on the current locale.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To map a key event to an ISO Latin-1 string, use

+<function>XLookupString</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupString</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xlookupstring'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XLookupString</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XKeyEvent<parameter> *event_struct</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> bytes_buffer</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysym_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XComposeStatus<parameter> *status_in_out</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_struct</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the key event structure to be used.

+You can pass

+<type>XKeyPressedEvent</type>

+or

+<type>XKeyReleasedEvent</type>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the translated characters.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_buffer</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the length of the buffer.

+No more than bytes_buffer of translation are returned.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the KeySym computed from the event if this argument is not NULL.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>status_in_out</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies or returns the 

+<structname>XComposeStatus</structname>

+structure or NULL.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XLookupString</function>

+function translates a key event to a KeySym and a string.

+The KeySym is obtained by using the standard interpretation of the

+<symbol>Shift</symbol>,

+<symbol>Lock</symbol>,

+group, and numlock modifiers as defined in the X Protocol specification.

+If the KeySym has been rebound (see

+<function>XRebindKeysym</function>),

+the bound string will be stored in the buffer.

+Otherwise, the KeySym is mapped, if possible, to an ISO Latin-1 character

+or (if the Control modifier is on) to an ASCII control character,

+and that character is stored in the buffer.

+<function>XLookupString</function>

+returns the number of characters that are stored in the buffer.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If present (non-NULL),

+the

+<structname>XComposeStatus</structname>

+structure records the state,

+which is private to Xlib,

+that needs preservation across calls to

+<function>XLookupString</function>

+to implement compose processing.

+The creation of

+<structname>XComposeStatus</structname>

+structures is implementation-dependent;

+a portable program must pass NULL for this argument.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XLookupString</function>

+depends on the cached keyboard information mentioned in the

+previous section, so it is necessary to use

+<function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function>

+to keep this information up-to-date.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To rebind the meaning of a KeySym for

+<function>XLookupString</function>,

+use

+<function>XRebindKeysym</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRebindKeysym</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrebindkeysym'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRebindKeysym</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> list[&hairsp;]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mod_count</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_bytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Fn rebound -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySym that is to be (Fn.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the KeySyms to be used as modifiers.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>mod_count</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of modifiers in the modifier list.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the string that is copied and will be returned by 

+<function>XLookupString</function>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_bytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XRebindKeysym</function>

+function can be used to rebind the meaning of a KeySym for the client.

+It does not redefine any key in the X server but merely

+provides an easy way for long strings to be attached to keys.

+<function>XLookupString</function>

+returns this string when the appropriate set of

+modifier keys are pressed and when the KeySym would have been used for

+the translation.

+No text conversions are performed;

+the client is responsible for supplying appropriately encoded strings.

+Note that you can rebind a KeySym that may not exist.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Allocating_Permanent_Storage">

+<title>Allocating Permanent Storage</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Allocating Permanent Storage -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To allocate some memory you will never give back, use

+<function>Xpermalloc</function>.

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Xpermalloc</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xpermalloc'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>Xpermalloc</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> size</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>Xpermalloc</function>

+function allocates storage that can never be freed for the life of the

+program.  The memory is allocated with alignment for the C type double.

+This function may provide some performance and space savings over

+the standard operating system memory allocator.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Parsing_the_Window_Geometry">

+<title>Parsing the Window Geometry</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Parsing the Window Geometry  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To parse standard window geometry strings, use

+<function>XParseGeometry</function>.

+<indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>determining location</secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XParseGeometry</primary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xparsegeometry'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XParseGeometry</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *parsestring</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>parsestring</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the string you want to parse.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the x and y offsets.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the width and height determined.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+By convention,

+X applications use a standard string to indicate window size and placement.

+<function>XParseGeometry</function>

+makes it easier to conform to this standard because it allows you

+to parse the standard window geometry.

+Specifically, this function lets you parse strings of the form:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+[=][&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>&gt;{xX}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>&gt;][{+-}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>xoffset</emphasis>&gt;{+-}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>yoffset</emphasis>&gt;] 

+</literallayout>

+<!-- .\" End marker code here -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The fields map into the arguments associated with this function.

+(Items enclosed in &lt;&hairsp;&gt; are integers, items in [&hairsp;] are optional, and

+items enclosed in {&hairsp;} indicate ``choose one of.''

+Note that the brackets should not appear in the actual string.)

+If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,

+the result is implementation-dependent.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<function>XParseGeometry</function>

+function returns a bitmask that indicates which of the four values (width,

+height, xoffset, and yoffset) were actually found in the string 

+and whether the x and y values are negative. 

+By convention, &minus;0 is not equal to +0, because the user needs to

+be able to say ``position the window relative to the right or bottom edge.''

+For each value found, the corresponding argument is updated.

+For each value not found, the argument is left unchanged.

+The bits are represented by

+<symbol>XValue</symbol>,

+<symbol>YValue</symbol>,

+<symbol>WidthValue</symbol>,

+<symbol>HeightValue</symbol>,

+<symbol>XNegative</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>YNegative</symbol>

+and are defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+They will be set whenever one of the values is defined 

+or one of the signs is set.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If the function returns either the 

+<symbol>XValue</symbol>

+or 

+<symbol>YValue</symbol>

+flag,

+you should place the window at the requested position.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To construct a window's geometry information, use

+<function>XWMGeometry</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWMGeometry</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwmgeometry'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XWMGeometry</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *user_geom</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *def_geom</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> bwidth</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XSizeHints<parameter> *hints</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *width_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *gravity_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>user_geom</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the user-specified geometry or NULL.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>def_geom</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the application's default geometry or NULL.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bwidth</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the border width.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>hints</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the x and y offsets.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the width and height determined.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gravity_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the window gravity.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The 

+<function>XWMGeometry</function>

+function combines any geometry information (given in the format used by 

+<function>XParseGeometry</function>)

+specified by the user and by the calling program with size hints 

+(usually the ones to be stored in <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>) and returns the position, 

+size, and gravity

+(<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>,

+<symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol>,

+<symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol>,

+or

+<symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol>)

+that describe the window.

+If the base size is not set in the 

+<structname>XSizeHints</structname>

+structure, 

+the minimum size is used if set.

+Otherwise, a base size of zero is assumed.

+If no minimum size is set in the hints structure, 

+the base size is used.

+A mask (in the form returned by 

+<function>XParseGeometry</function>)

+that describes which values came from the user specification 

+and whether or not the position coordinates are relative

+to the right and bottom edges is returned.

+Note that these coordinates will have already been accounted for 

+in the x_return and y_return values.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that invalid geometry specifications can cause a width or height 

+of zero to be returned.

+The caller may pass the address of the hints win_gravity field 

+as gravity_return to update the hints directly.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="Manipulating_Regions">

+<title>Manipulating Regions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Manipulating Regions  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+Regions are arbitrary sets of pixel locations.

+Xlib provides functions for manipulating regions.

+The opaque type 

+<structname>Region</structname>

+is defined in 

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to manipulate regions.

+This section discusses how to:

+</para>

+

+<itemizedlist>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Create, copy, or destroy regions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Move or shrink regions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Compute with regions

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Determine if regions are empty or equal

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  <listitem>

+    <para>

+Locate a point or rectangle in a region

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+</itemizedlist>

+

+<sect2 id="Creating_Copying_or_Destroying_Regions">

+<title>Creating, Copying, or Destroying Regions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Creating, Copying, or Destroying Regions  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To create a new empty region, use

+<function>XCreateRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<para>Region XCreateRegion()</para>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To generate a region from a polygon, use

+<function>XPolygonRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPolygonRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xpolygonregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Region <function>XPolygonRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XPoint<parameter> points[]</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> n</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> fill_rule</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>points</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies an array of points.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of points in the polygon. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>fill_rule</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.

+You can pass 

+<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>

+or

+<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XPolygonRegion</function>

+function returns a region for the polygon defined by the points array.

+For an explanation of fill_rule,

+see

+<function>XCreateGC</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set the clip-mask of a GC to a region, use

+<function>XSetRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsetregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSetRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the GC.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the region.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSetRegion</function>

+function sets the clip-mask in the GC to the specified region.

+The region is specified relative to the drawable's origin.

+The resulting GC clip origin is implementation-dependent.

+Once it is set in the GC,

+the region can be destroyed.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP  -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To deallocate the storage associated with a specified region, use

+<function>XDestroyRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDestroyRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the region.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Moving_or_Shrinking_Regions">

+<title>Moving or Shrinking Regions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Moving or Shrinking Regions  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To move a region by a specified amount, use 

+<function>XOffsetRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOffsetRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xoffsetregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XOffsetRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intdx,<parameter> dy</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the region.

+<!-- .ds Dy move -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dx</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dy</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates,

+which define the amount you want to (Dy the specified region.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To reduce a region by a specified amount, use

+<function>XShrinkRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XShrinkRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xshrinkregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XShrinkRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intdx,<parameter> dy</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the region.

+<!-- .ds Dy shrink -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dx</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dy</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates,

+which define the amount you want to (Dy the specified region.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Positive values shrink the size of the region, 

+and negative values expand the region.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Computing_with_Regions">

+<title>Computing with Regions</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Computing with Regions  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To generate the smallest rectangle enclosing a region, use

+<function>XClipBox</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClipBox</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xclipbox'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XClipBox</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *rect_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the region.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rect_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the smallest enclosing rectangle.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XClipBox</function>

+function returns the smallest rectangle enclosing the specified region.

+<!-- .sp -->

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To compute the intersection of two regions, use

+<function>XIntersectRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIntersectRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xintersectregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XIntersectRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>sra</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>srb</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dr_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the result of the computation.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To compute the union of two regions, use

+<function>XUnionRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnionRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xunionregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUnionRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>sra</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>srb</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dr_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the result of the computation.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a union of a source region and a rectangle, use

+<function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnionRectWithRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xunionrectwithregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *rectangle</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> src_region</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> dest_region_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rectangle</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the rectangle.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>src_region</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the source region to be used.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dest_region_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the destination region.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function>

+function updates the destination region from a union of the specified rectangle

+and the specified source region.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To subtract two regions, use

+<function>XSubtractRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSubtractRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsubtractregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XSubtractRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>sra</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>srb</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dr_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the result of the computation.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSubtractRegion</function>

+function subtracts srb from sra and stores the results in dr_return.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To calculate the difference between the union and intersection 

+of two regions, use

+<function>XXorRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XXorRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xxorregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XXorRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>sra</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>srb</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>dr_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the result of the computation.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Determining_if_Regions_Are_Empty_or_Equal">

+<title>Determining if Regions Are Empty or Equal</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Determining if Regions Are Empty or Equal  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To determine if the specified region is empty, use

+<function>XEmptyRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEmptyRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xemptyregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XEmptyRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the region.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XEmptyRegion</function>

+function returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the region is empty.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To determine if two regions have the same offset, size, and shape, use

+<function>XEqualRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEqualRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xequalregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XEqualRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Regionr1,<parameter> r2</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r1</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r2</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the two regions.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XEqualRegion</function>

+function returns

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the two regions have the same offset, size, and shape.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+<sect2 id="Locating_a_Point_or_a_Rectangle_in_a_Region">

+<title>Locating a Point or a Rectangle in a Region</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Locating a Point or a Rectangle in a Region  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+To determine if a specified point resides in a specified region, use

+<function>XPointInRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPointInRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xpointinregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Bool <function>XPointInRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the region.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which define the point -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XPointInRegion</function>

+function returns 

+<symbol>True</symbol>

+if the point (x, y) is contained in the region r.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To determine if a specified rectangle is inside a region, use

+<function>XRectInRegion</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRectInRegion</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrectinregion'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XRectInRegion</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx,<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the region.

+<!-- .ds Xy , which define the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the rectangle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates(Xy.

+<!-- .ds Wh , which define the rectangle -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height(Wh.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XRectInRegion</function>

+function returns

+<symbol>RectangleIn</symbol>

+if the rectangle is entirely in the specified region,

+<symbol>RectangleOut</symbol>

+if the rectangle is entirely out of the specified region,

+and

+<symbol>RectanglePart</symbol>

+if the rectangle is partially in the specified region.

+</para>

+</sect2>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Using_Cut_Buffers">

+<title>Using Cut Buffers</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using Cut Buffers  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<indexterm><primary>Cut Buffers</primary></indexterm>

+Xlib provides functions to manipulate cut buffers,

+a very simple form of cut-and-paste inter-client communication.

+Selections are a much more powerful and useful mechanism for

+interchanging data between client

+(see <link linkend="Selections">section 4.5</link>)

+and generally should be used instead of cut buffers.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Cut buffers are implemented as properties on the first root window

+of the display.

+The buffers can only contain text, in the STRING encoding.

+The text encoding is not changed by Xlib when fetching or storing.

+Eight buffers are provided

+and can be accessed as a ring or as explicit buffers (numbered 0 through 7).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To store data in cut buffer 0, use 

+<function>XStoreBytes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBytes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xstorebytes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XStoreBytes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *bytes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN  -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the bytes, which are not necessarily ASCII or null-terminated.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes to be stored.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The data can have embedded null characters

+and need not be null-terminated.

+The cut buffer's contents can be retrieved later by

+any client calling

+<function>XFetchBytes</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XStoreBytes</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To store data in a specified cut buffer, use

+<function>XStoreBuffer</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBuffer</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xstorebuffer'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XStoreBuffer</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *bytes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nbytes</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> buffer</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the bytes, which are not necessarily ASCII or null-terminated.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes to be stored.

+<!-- .ds Fn in which you want to store the bytes -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer (Fn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If an invalid buffer is specified, the call has no effect.

+The data can have embedded null characters

+and need not be null-terminated.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XStoreBuffer</function>

+can generate a

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+error.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return data from cut buffer 0, use 

+<function>XFetchBytes</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBytes</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfetchbytes'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XFetchBytes</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nbytes_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of bytes in the buffer.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFetchBytes</function>

+function

+returns the number of bytes in the nbytes_return argument,

+if the buffer contains data.

+Otherwise, the function

+returns NULL and sets nbytes to 0.

+The appropriate amount of storage is allocated and the pointer returned.

+The client must free this storage when finished with it by calling

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To return data from a specified cut buffer, use 

+<function>XFetchBuffer</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBuffer</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfetchbuffer'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>char *<function>XFetchBuffer</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nbytes_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> buffer</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of bytes in the buffer.

+<!-- .ds Fn from which you want the stored data returned -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the buffer (Fn.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XFetchBuffer</function>

+function returns zero to the nbytes_return argument 

+if there is no data in the buffer or if an invalid

+buffer is specified.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To rotate the cut buffers, use 

+<function>XRotateBuffers</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateBuffers</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xrotatebuffers'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XRotateBuffers</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> rotate</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rotate</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies how much to rotate the cut buffers.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM  -->

+The

+<function>XRotateBuffers</function>

+function rotates the cut

+buffers, such that buffer 0 becomes buffer n, 

+buffer 1 becomes n + 1 mod 8, and so on.

+This cut buffer numbering is global to the display.

+Note that

+<function>XRotateBuffers</function>

+generates

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors if any of the eight buffers have not been created.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Determining_the_Appropriate_Visual_Type">

+<title>Determining the Appropriate Visual Type</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Determining the Appropriate Visual Type -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+A single display can support multiple screens.

+Each screen can have several different visual types supported 

+at different depths.

+You can use the functions described in this section to determine

+which visual to use for your application.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The functions in this section use the visual information masks and the

+<structname>XVisualInfo</structname>

+structure,

+which is defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+and contains:

+<!-- .sM -->

+</para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+

+/* Visual information mask bits */

+

+

+#define   VisualNoMask                 0x0

+#define   VisualIDMask                 0x1

+#define   VisualScreenMask             0x2

+#define   VisualDepthMask              0x4

+#define   VisualClassMask              0x8

+#define   VisualRedMaskMask            0x10

+#define   VisualGreenMaskMask          0x20

+#define   VisualBlueMaskMask           0x40

+#define   VisualColormapSizeMask       0x80

+#define   VisualBitsPerRGBMask         0x100

+#define   VisualAllMask                0x1FF

+

+</literallayout>

+

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->

+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->

+/* Values */

+

+typedef struct {

+     Visual *visual;

+     VisualID visualid;

+     int screen;

+     unsigned int depth;

+     int class;

+     unsigned long red_mask;

+     unsigned long green_mask;

+     unsigned long blue_mask;

+     int colormap_size;

+     int bits_per_rgb;

+} XVisualInfo;

+</literallayout>

+

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+To obtain a list of visual information structures that match a specified

+template, use

+<function>XGetVisualInfo</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetVisualInfo</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetvisualinfo'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XVisualInfo *<function>XGetVisualInfo</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> vinfo_mask</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XVisualInfo<parameter> *vinfo_template</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nitems_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>vinfo_mask</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the visual mask value.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>vinfo_template</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the visual attributes that are to be used in matching the visual

+structures.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>nitems_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the number of matching visual structures.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetVisualInfo</function>

+function returns a list of visual structures that have attributes 

+equal to the attributes specified by vinfo_template.

+If no visual structures match the template using the specified vinfo_mask,

+<function>XGetVisualInfo</function>

+returns a NULL.

+To free the data returned by this function, use

+<function>XFree</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain the visual information that matches the specified depth and

+class of the screen, use

+<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMatchVisualInfo</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xmatchvisualinfo'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Status <function>XMatchVisualInfo</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> screen</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> class</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XVisualInfo<parameter> *vinfo_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the depth of the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the class of the screen.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>vinfo_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the matched visual information.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>

+function returns the visual information for a visual that matches the specified

+depth and class for a screen.

+Because multiple visuals that match the specified depth and class can exist,

+the exact visual chosen is undefined.

+If a visual is found,

+<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>

+returns nonzero and the information on the visual to vinfo_return.

+Otherwise, when a visual is not found,

+<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>

+returns zero.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Manipulating_Images">

+<title>Manipulating Images</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Manipulating Images  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides several functions that perform basic operations on images.

+All operations on images are defined using an 

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure, 

+as defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+Because the number of different types of image formats can be very large,

+this hides details of image storage properly from applications.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+This section describes the functions for generic operations on images.

+Manufacturers can provide very fast implementations of these for the

+formats frequently encountered on their hardware.

+These functions are neither sufficient nor desirable to use for general image

+processing.

+Rather, they are here to provide minimal functions on screen format

+images.

+The basic operations for getting and putting images are

+<function>XGetImage</function>

+and 

+<function>XPutImage</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that no functions have been defined, as yet, to read and write images 

+to and from disk files.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure describes an image as it exists in the client's memory.  

+The user can request that some of the members such as height, width, 

+and xoffset be changed when the image is sent to the server.

+Note that bytes_per_line in concert with offset can be used to

+extract a subset of the image.

+Other members (for example, byte order, bitmap_unit, and so forth)

+are characteristics of both the image and the server.  

+If these members

+differ between the image and the server, 

+<function>XPutImage</function>

+makes the appropriate conversions.

+The first byte of the first line of

+plane n must be located at the address (data + (n * height * bytes_per_line)).

+For a description of the 

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure,

+see <link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">section 8.7</link>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To allocate an 

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure and initialize it with image format values from a display, use

+<function>XCreateImage</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateImage</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateimage'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XImage *<function>XCreateImage</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Visual<parameter> *visual</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> offset</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> width</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> bitmap_pad</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> bytes_per_line</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the

+<structname>Visual</structname>

+structure.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the depth of the image.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the format for the image.

+You can pass

+<symbol>XYBitmap</symbol>,

+<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>,

+or 

+<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>offset</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of pixels to ignore at the beginning of the scanline.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the image data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the width of the image, in pixels.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the height of the image, in pixels.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bitmap_pad</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the quantum of a scanline (8, 16, or 32).

+In other words, the start of one scanline is separated in client memory from 

+the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits.  

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_per_line</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the number of bytes in the client image between

+the start of one scanline and the start of the next.  

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateImage</function>

+function allocates the memory needed for an

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure for the

+specified display but does not allocate space for the image itself.

+Rather, it initializes the structure byte-order, bit-order, and bitmap-unit

+values from the display and returns a pointer to the 

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure.

+The red, green, and blue mask values are defined for Z format images only

+and are derived from the 

+<structname>Visual</structname>

+structure passed in.

+Other values also are passed in.

+The offset permits the rapid displaying of the image without requiring each 

+scanline to be shifted into position.

+If you pass a zero value in bytes_per_line,

+Xlib assumes that the scanlines are contiguous

+in memory and calculates the value of bytes_per_line itself.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that when the image is created using

+<function>XCreateImage</function>,

+<function>XGetImage</function>,

+or

+<function>XSubImage</function>,

+the destroy procedure that the 

+<function>XDestroyImage</function>

+function calls frees both the image structure 

+and the data pointed to by the image structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The basic functions used to get a pixel, set a pixel, create a subimage,

+and add a constant value to an image are defined in the image object.

+The functions in this section are really macro invocations of the functions

+in the image object and are defined in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To obtain a pixel value in an image, use

+<function>XGetPixel</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPixel</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xgetpixel'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>unsigned long <function>XGetPixel</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> x</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the image.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XGetPixel</function>

+function returns the specified pixel from the named image.

+The pixel value is returned in normalized format (that is,

+the least significant byte of the long is the least significant byte

+of the pixel).

+The image must contain the x and y coordinates.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To set a pixel value in an image, use

+<function>XPutPixel</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutPixel</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xputpixel'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XPutPixel</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> x</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> pixel</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the image.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>pixel</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the new pixel value.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XPutPixel</function>

+function overwrites the pixel in the named image with the specified pixel value.

+The input pixel value must be in normalized format

+(that is, the least significant byte of the long is the least significant

+byte of the pixel).

+The image must contain the x and y coordinates.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a subimage, use

+<function>XSubImage</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSubImage</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsubimage'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>XImage *<function>XSubImage</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> x</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int<parameter> y</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> subimage_width</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> subimage_height</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the image.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the x and y coordinates.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>subimage_width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the width of the new subimage, in pixels.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>subimage_height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the height of the new subimage, in pixels.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XSubImage</function>

+function creates a new image that is a subsection of an existing one.

+It allocates the memory necessary for the new

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure

+and returns a pointer to the new image.

+The data is copied from the source image,

+and the image must contain the rectangle defined by x, y, subimage_width,

+and subimage_height.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To increment each pixel in an image by a constant value, use

+<function>XAddPixel</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddPixel</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xaddpixel'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XAddPixel</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>long<parameter> value</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the image.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the constant value that is to be added.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XAddPixel</function>

+function adds a constant value to every pixel in an image.

+It is useful when you have a base pixel value from allocating

+color resources and need to manipulate the image to that form.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To deallocate the memory allocated in a previous call to

+<function>XCreateImage</function>,

+use

+<function>XDestroyImage</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyImage</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyimage'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef><function>XDestroyImage</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>XImage *<parameter>ximage</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>ximage</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the image.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDestroyImage</function>

+function deallocates the memory associated with the

+<structname>XImage</structname>

+structure.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Note that when the image is created using

+<function>XCreateImage</function>,

+<function>XGetImage</function>,

+or 

+<function>XSubImage</function>,

+the destroy procedure that this macro calls

+frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure. 

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Manipulating_Bitmaps">

+<title>Manipulating Bitmaps</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Manipulating Bitmaps  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Xlib provides functions that you can use to read a bitmap from a file,

+save a bitmap to a file, or create a bitmap. 

+This section describes those functions that transfer bitmaps to and

+from the client's file system, thus allowing their reuse in a later

+connection (for example, from an entirely different client or to a

+different display or server).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The X version 11 bitmap file format is:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sM -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#define <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_width <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+#define <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_height <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+#define <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_x_hot <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>

+#define <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_y_hot <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>

+static unsigned char <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_bits[] = { 0x<emphasis remap='I'>NN</emphasis>,... }

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The lines for the variables ending with _x_hot and _y_hot suffixes are optional

+because they are present only if a hotspot has been defined for this bitmap.

+The lines for the other variables are required.

+The word ``unsigned'' is optional;

+that is, the type of the _bits array can be ``char'' or ``unsigned char''.

+The _bits array must be large enough to contain the size bitmap.

+The bitmap unit is 8.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To read a bitmap from a file and store it in a pixmap, use

+<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReadBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xreadbitmapfile'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XReadBitmapFile</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> *bitmap_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*x_hot_return,<parameter> *y_hot_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Dr \ that indicates the screen -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable(Dr. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the file name to use.

+The format of the file name is operating-system dependent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the width and height values of the read in bitmap file.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bitmap_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the bitmap that is created.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_hot_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y_hot_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the hotspot coordinates.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>

+function reads in a file containing a bitmap.

+The file is parsed in the encoding of the current locale.

+The ability to read other than the standard format 

+is implementation-dependent.

+If the file cannot be opened, 

+<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>

+returns 

+<returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>.

+If the file can be opened but does not contain valid bitmap data, 

+it returns 

+<returnvalue>BitmapFileInvalid</returnvalue>.

+If insufficient working storage is allocated,

+it returns

+<returnvalue>BitmapNoMemory</returnvalue>.

+If the file is readable and valid,

+it returns 

+<returnvalue>BitmapSuccess</returnvalue>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>

+returns the bitmap's height and width, as read

+from the file, to width_return and height_return.

+It then creates a pixmap of the appropriate size, 

+reads the bitmap data from the file into the pixmap,

+and assigns the pixmap to the caller's variable bitmap.  

+The caller must free the bitmap using 

+<function>XFreePixmap</function>

+when finished.

+If <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_x_hot and <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_y_hot exist,

+<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>

+returns them to x_hot_return and y_hot_return;

+otherwise, it returns &minus;1,&minus;1.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To read a bitmap from a file and return it as data, use

+<function>XReadBitmapFileData</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReadBitmapFileData</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xreadbitmapfiledata'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XReadBitmapFileData</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>int*x_hot_return,<parameter> *y_hot_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the file name to use.

+The format of the file name is operating-system dependent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the width and height values of the read in bitmap file.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the bitmap data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_hot_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y_hot_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Return the hotspot coordinates.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XReadBitmapFileData</function>

+function reads in a file containing a bitmap, in the same manner as

+<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>,

+but returns the data directly rather than creating a pixmap in the server.

+The bitmap data is returned in data_return; the client must free this

+storage when finished with it by calling

+<function>XFree</function>.

+The status and other return values are the same as for

+<function>XReadBitmapFile</function>.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To write out a bitmap from a pixmap to a file, use

+<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xwritebitmapfile'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XWriteBitmapFile</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Pixmap<parameter> bitmap</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>intx_hot,<parameter> y_hot</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the file name to use.

+The format of the file name is operating-system dependent.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bitmap</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the bitmap.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>x_hot</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>y_hot</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify where to place the hotspot coordinates (or &minus;1,&minus;1 if none are present)

+in the file.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>

+function writes a bitmap out to a file in the X Version 11 format.

+The name used in the output file is derived from the file name

+by deleting the directory prefix.

+The file is written in the encoding of the current locale.

+If the file cannot be opened for writing, 

+it returns 

+<returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>.

+If insufficient memory is allocated,

+<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>

+returns

+<returnvalue>BitmapNoMemory</returnvalue>;

+otherwise, on no error,

+it returns

+<returnvalue>BitmapSuccess</returnvalue>.

+If x_hot and y_hot are not &minus;1, &minus;1,

+<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>

+writes them out as the hotspot coordinates for the bitmap.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a pixmap and then store bitmap-format data into it, use

+<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmapfrombitmapdata'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedlongfg,<parameter> bg</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> depth</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Dr \ that indicates the screen -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable(Dr. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the data in bitmap format.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>fg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>bg</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the foreground and background pixel values to use.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the depth of the pixmap.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>

+function creates a pixmap of the given depth and then does a bitmap-format

+<function>XPutImage</function>

+of the data into it.

+The depth must be supported by the screen of the specified drawable,

+or a

+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>

+error results.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,

+and

+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To include a bitmap written out by 

+<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>

+<indexterm><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>

+in a program directly, as opposed to reading it in every time at run time, use

+<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateBitmapFromData</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatebitmapfromdata'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>unsignedintwidth,<parameter> height</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+<!-- .ds Dr \ that indicates the screen -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the drawable(Dr. 

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the location of the bitmap data.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+<!-- .br -->

+<!-- .ns -->

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specify the width and height.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>

+function allows you to include in your C program (using

+<code>#include</code>)

+a bitmap file that was written out by

+<function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>

+(X version 11 format only) without reading in the bitmap file.

+The following example creates a gray bitmap:

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<literallayout class="monospaced">

+#include "gray.bitmap"

+<!-- .sp 6p -->

+Pixmap bitmap;

+bitmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, window, gray_bits, gray_width, gray_height);

+</literallayout>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+If insufficient working storage was allocated,

+<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>

+returns

+<symbol>None</symbol>.

+It is your responsibility to free the

+bitmap using

+<function>XFreePixmap</function>

+when finished.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>

+can generate

+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>

+and

+<errorname>BadGC</errorname>

+errors.

+</para>

+</sect1>

+<sect1 id="Using_the_Context_Manager">

+<title>Using the Context Manager</title>

+<!-- .XS -->

+<!-- (SN Using the Context Manager  -->

+<!-- .XE -->

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+The context manager provides a way of associating data with an X resource ID

+(mostly typically a window) in your program.  

+Note that this is local to your program;

+the data is not stored in the server on a property list.

+Any amount of data in any number of pieces can be associated with a

+resource ID,

+and each piece of data has a type associated with it.  

+The context manager requires knowledge of the resource ID

+and type to store or retrieve data.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+Essentially, the context manager can be viewed as a two-dimensional, 

+sparse array:  one dimension is subscripted by the X resource ID

+and the other by a context type field.

+Each entry in the array contains a pointer to the data.

+Xlib provides context management functions with which you can

+save data values, get data values, delete entries, and create a unique

+context type.

+The symbols used are in

+<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.

+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To save a data value that corresponds to a resource ID and context type, use

+<function>XSaveContext</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSaveContext</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xsavecontext'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XSaveContext</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> rid</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XContext<parameter> context</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> data</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rid</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource ID with which the data is associated.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>context</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the context type to which the data belongs.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the data to be associated with the window and type.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+If an entry with the specified resource ID and type already exists,

+<function>XSaveContext</function>

+overrides it with the specified context.

+The

+<function>XSaveContext</function>

+function returns a nonzero error code if an error has occurred

+and zero otherwise.

+Possible errors are

+<symbol>XCNOMEM</symbol>

+(out of memory).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To get the data associated with a resource ID and type, use

+<function>XFindContext</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFindContext</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xfindcontext'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XFindContext</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> rid</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XContext<parameter> context</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XPointer<parameter> *data_return</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rid</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource ID with which the data is associated.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>context</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the context type to which the data belongs.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>data_return</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Returns the data.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+Because it is a return value,

+the data is a pointer.

+The

+<function>XFindContext</function>

+function returns a nonzero error code if an error has occurred

+and zero otherwise.

+Possible errors are

+<symbol>XCNOENT</symbol>

+(context-not-found).

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To delete an entry for a given resource ID and type, use

+<function>XDeleteContext</function>.

+</para>

+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteContext</primary></indexterm>

+<!-- .sM -->

+<funcsynopsis id='xdeletecontext'>

+<funcprototype>

+  <funcdef>int <function>XDeleteContext</function></funcdef>

+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> rid</parameter></paramdef>

+  <paramdef>XContext<parameter> context</parameter></paramdef>

+</funcprototype>

+</funcsynopsis>

+<!-- .FN -->

+<variablelist>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the connection to the X server.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>rid</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the resource ID with which the data is associated.

+      </para>

+    </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+  <varlistentry>

+    <term>

+      <emphasis remap='I'>context</emphasis>

+    </term>

+    <listitem>

+      <para>

+Specifies the context type to which the data belongs.

+    </para>

+  </listitem>

+  </varlistentry>

+</variablelist>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .eM -->

+The

+<function>XDeleteContext</function>

+function deletes the entry for the given resource ID 

+and type from the data structure.

+This function returns the same error codes that

+<function>XFindContext</function>

+returns if called with the same arguments.

+<function>XDeleteContext</function>

+does not free the data whose address was saved.

+</para>

+<para>

+<!-- .LP -->

+<!-- .sp -->

+To create a unique context type that may be used in subsequent calls to

+<function>XSaveContext</function>

+and

+<function>XFindContext</function>,

+use

+<function>XUniqueContext</function>.

+</para>

+<para>XContext XuniqueContext()</para>

+

+</sect1>

+</chapter>

diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/Makefile.am b/libX11/specs/libX11/Makefile.am
index b87e568cd..f91320c09 100644
--- a/libX11/specs/libX11/Makefile.am
+++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/Makefile.am
@@ -1,38 +1,38 @@
-
-if ENABLE_SPECS
-
-# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)
-docbook = libX11.xml
-
-# Included chapters, appendix, images
-chapters =		\
-	AppA.xml	\
-	AppB.xml	\
-	AppC.xml	\
-	AppD.xml	\
-	CH01.xml	\
-	CH02.xml	\
-	CH03.xml	\
-	CH04.xml	\
-	CH05.xml	\
-	CH06.xml	\
-	CH07.xml	\
-	CH08.xml	\
-	CH09.xml	\
-	CH10.xml	\
-	CH11.xml	\
-	CH12.xml	\
-	CH13.xml	\
-	CH14.xml	\
-	CH15.xml	\
-	CH16.xml	\
-	credits.xml	\
-	glossary.xml
-
-# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed
-shelfdir = $(docdir)/libX11
-
-# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
-include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am
-
-endif ENABLE_SPECS
+

+if ENABLE_SPECS

+

+# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)

+docbook = libX11.xml

+

+# Included chapters, appendix, images

+chapters =		\

+	AppA.xml	\

+	AppB.xml	\

+	AppC.xml	\

+	AppD.xml	\

+	CH01.xml	\

+	CH02.xml	\

+	CH03.xml	\

+	CH04.xml	\

+	CH05.xml	\

+	CH06.xml	\

+	CH07.xml	\

+	CH08.xml	\

+	CH09.xml	\

+	CH10.xml	\

+	CH11.xml	\

+	CH12.xml	\

+	CH13.xml	\

+	CH14.xml	\

+	CH15.xml	\

+	CH16.xml	\

+	credits.xml	\

+	glossary.xml

+

+# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed

+shelfdir = $(docdir)/libX11

+

+# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets

+include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am

+

+endif ENABLE_SPECS

diff --git a/libX11/src/ConvSel.c b/libX11/src/ConvSel.c
index fb6e8e338..2dece58b5 100644
--- a/libX11/src/ConvSel.c
+++ b/libX11/src/ConvSel.c
@@ -49,5 +49,5 @@ XConvertSelection(
     req->time = time;
     UnlockDisplay(dpy);
     SyncHandle();
-    return 1;
+    return Success;
 }
diff --git a/libX11/src/CrGlCur.c b/libX11/src/CrGlCur.c
index 460660f81..4f332836b 100644
--- a/libX11/src/CrGlCur.c
+++ b/libX11/src/CrGlCur.c
@@ -1,260 +1,270 @@
-/*
-
-Copyright 1986, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-
-#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_XCURSOR
-
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-#define RTLD_LAZY 1
-#define LIBXCURSOR "Xcursor.dll"
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#if defined(hpux)
-#include <dl.h>
-#else
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-#endif
-#include "Cr.h"
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-#define LIBXCURSOR "cygXcursor-1.dll"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(hpux)
-typedef shl_t	XModuleType;
-#else
-typedef void *XModuleType;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LIBXCURSOR
-#define LIBXCURSOR "libXcursor.so.1"
-#endif
-
-static char libraryName[] = LIBXCURSOR;
-
-static XModuleType
-open_library (void)
-{
-    char	*library = libraryName;
-    char	*dot;
-    XModuleType	module;
-    for (;;)
-    {
-#if defined(hpux)
-	module = shl_load(library, BIND_DEFERRED, 0L);
-#else
-	module =  dlopen(library, RTLD_LAZY);
-#endif
-	if (module)
-	    return module;
-	dot = strrchr (library, '.');
-	if (!dot)
-	    break;
-	*dot = '\0';
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-static void *
-fetch_symbol (XModuleType module, const char *under_symbol)
-{
-    void *result = NULL;
-    const char *symbol = under_symbol + 1;
-#if defined(hpux)
-    int getsyms_cnt, i;
-    struct shl_symbol *symbols;
-
-    getsyms_cnt = shl_getsymbols(module, TYPE_PROCEDURE,
-				 EXPORT_SYMBOLS, malloc, &symbols);
-
-    for(i=0; i<getsyms_cnt; i++) {
-        if(!strcmp(symbols[i].name, symbol)) {
-	    result = symbols[i].value;
-	    break;
-         }
-    }
-
-    if(getsyms_cnt > 0) {
-        free(symbols);
-    }
-#else
-    result = dlsym (module, symbol);
-    if (!result)
-	result = dlsym (module, under_symbol);
-#endif
-    return result;
-}
-
-typedef void	(*NoticeCreateBitmapFunc) (Display	    *dpy,
-					   Pixmap	    pid,
-					   unsigned int width,
-					   unsigned int height);
-
-typedef void	(*NoticePutBitmapFunc) (Display	    *dpy,
-					Drawable    draw,
-					XImage	    *image);
-
-typedef Cursor	(*TryShapeBitmapCursorFunc) (Display	    *dpy,
-					     Pixmap	    source,
-					     Pixmap	    mask,
-					     XColor	    *foreground,
-					     XColor	    *background,
-					     unsigned int   x,
-					     unsigned int   y);
-
-typedef Cursor	(*TryShapeCursorFunc) (Display	    *dpy,
-				       Font	    source_font,
-				       Font	    mask_font,
-				       unsigned int source_char,
-				       unsigned int mask_char,
-				       XColor _Xconst *foreground,
-				       XColor _Xconst *background);
-
-static XModuleType  _XcursorModule;
-static Bool	    _XcursorModuleTried;
-
-#define GetFunc(type,name,ret) {\
-    static Bool	    been_here; \
-    static type	    staticFunc; \
-     \
-    _XLockMutex (_Xglobal_lock); \
-    if (!been_here) \
-    { \
-	been_here = True; \
-	if (!_XcursorModuleTried) \
-	{ \
-	    _XcursorModuleTried = True; \
-	    _XcursorModule = open_library (); \
-	} \
-	if (_XcursorModule) \
-	    staticFunc = (type) fetch_symbol (_XcursorModule, "_" name); \
-    } \
-    ret = staticFunc; \
-    _XUnlockMutex (_Xglobal_lock); \
-}
-
-static Cursor
-_XTryShapeCursor (Display	    *dpy,
-		  Font		    source_font,
-		  Font		    mask_font,
-		  unsigned int	    source_char,
-		  unsigned int	    mask_char,
-		  XColor _Xconst    *foreground,
-		  XColor _Xconst    *background)
-{
-    TryShapeCursorFunc		func;
-
-    GetFunc (TryShapeCursorFunc, "XcursorTryShapeCursor", func);
-    if (func)
-	return (*func) (dpy, source_font, mask_font, source_char, mask_char,
-			foreground, background);
-    return None;
-}
-
-void
-_XNoticeCreateBitmap (Display	    *dpy,
-		      Pixmap	    pid,
-		      unsigned int  width,
-		      unsigned int  height)
-{
-    NoticeCreateBitmapFunc  func;
-
-    GetFunc (NoticeCreateBitmapFunc, "XcursorNoticeCreateBitmap", func);
-    if (func)
-	(*func) (dpy, pid, width, height);
-}
-
-void
-_XNoticePutBitmap (Display	*dpy,
-		   Drawable	draw,
-		   XImage	*image)
-{
-    NoticePutBitmapFunc	func;
-
-    GetFunc (NoticePutBitmapFunc, "XcursorNoticePutBitmap", func);
-    if (func)
-	(*func) (dpy, draw, image);
-}
-
-Cursor
-_XTryShapeBitmapCursor (Display		*dpy,
-			Pixmap		source,
-			Pixmap		mask,
-			XColor		*foreground,
-			XColor		*background,
-			unsigned int	x,
-			unsigned int	y)
-{
-    TryShapeBitmapCursorFunc	func;
-
-    GetFunc (TryShapeBitmapCursorFunc, "XcursorTryShapeBitmapCursor", func);
-    if (func)
-	return (*func) (dpy, source, mask, foreground, background, x, y);
-    return None;
-}
-#endif
-
-Cursor XCreateGlyphCursor(
-     register Display *dpy,
-     Font source_font,
-     Font mask_font,
-     unsigned int source_char,
-     unsigned int mask_char,
-     XColor _Xconst *foreground,
-     XColor _Xconst *background)
-{
-    Cursor cid;
-    register xCreateGlyphCursorReq *req;
-
-#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_XCURSOR
-    cid = _XTryShapeCursor (dpy, source_font, mask_font,
-			    source_char, mask_char, foreground, background);
-    if (cid)
-	return cid;
-#endif
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReq(CreateGlyphCursor, req);
-    cid = req->cid = XAllocID(dpy);
-    req->source = source_font;
-    req->mask = mask_font;
-    req->sourceChar = source_char;
-    req->maskChar = mask_char;
-    req->foreRed = foreground->red;
-    req->foreGreen = foreground->green;
-    req->foreBlue = foreground->blue;
-    req->backRed = background->red;
-    req->backGreen = background->green;
-    req->backBlue = background->blue;
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-    return (cid);
-}
-
+/*

+

+Copyright 1986, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+

+#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_XCURSOR

+

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+#define RTLD_LAZY 1

+#define LIBXCURSOR "Xcursor.dll"

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <string.h>

+#if defined(hpux)

+#include <dl.h>

+#else

+#include <dlfcn.h>

+#endif

+#include "Cr.h"

+

+#ifdef __CYGWIN__

+#define LIBXCURSOR "cygXcursor-1.dll"

+#endif

+

+#if defined(hpux)

+typedef shl_t	XModuleType;

+#else

+#ifdef _MSC_VER

+#include <X11/XWindows.h>

+typedef HANDLE XModuleType;

+#define dlsym GetProcAddress

+#else

+typedef void *XModuleType;

+#endif

+#endif

+

+#ifndef LIBXCURSOR

+#define LIBXCURSOR "libXcursor.so.1"

+#endif

+

+static char libraryName[] = LIBXCURSOR;

+

+static XModuleType

+open_library (void)

+{

+    char	*library = libraryName;

+    char	*dot;

+    XModuleType	module;

+    for (;;)

+    {

+#if defined(hpux)

+	module = shl_load(library, BIND_DEFERRED, 0L);

+#else

+#ifdef _MSC_VER

+	module =  LoadLibrary(library);

+#else

+	module =  dlopen(library, RTLD_LAZY);

+#endif

+#endif

+	if (module)

+	    return module;

+	dot = strrchr (library, '.');

+	if (!dot)

+	    break;

+	*dot = '\0';

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+static void *

+fetch_symbol (XModuleType module, const char *under_symbol)

+{

+    void *result = NULL;

+    const char *symbol = under_symbol + 1;

+#if defined(hpux)

+    int getsyms_cnt, i;

+    struct shl_symbol *symbols;

+

+    getsyms_cnt = shl_getsymbols(module, TYPE_PROCEDURE,

+				 EXPORT_SYMBOLS, malloc, &symbols);

+

+    for(i=0; i<getsyms_cnt; i++) {

+        if(!strcmp(symbols[i].name, symbol)) {

+	    result = symbols[i].value;

+	    break;

+         }

+    }

+

+    if(getsyms_cnt > 0) {

+        free(symbols);

+    }

+#else

+    result = dlsym (module, symbol);

+    if (!result)

+	result = dlsym (module, under_symbol);

+#endif

+    return result;

+}

+

+typedef void	(*NoticeCreateBitmapFunc) (Display	    *dpy,

+					   Pixmap	    pid,

+					   unsigned int width,

+					   unsigned int height);

+

+typedef void	(*NoticePutBitmapFunc) (Display	    *dpy,

+					Drawable    draw,

+					XImage	    *image);

+

+typedef Cursor	(*TryShapeBitmapCursorFunc) (Display	    *dpy,

+					     Pixmap	    source,

+					     Pixmap	    mask,

+					     XColor	    *foreground,

+					     XColor	    *background,

+					     unsigned int   x,

+					     unsigned int   y);

+

+typedef Cursor	(*TryShapeCursorFunc) (Display	    *dpy,

+				       Font	    source_font,

+				       Font	    mask_font,

+				       unsigned int source_char,

+				       unsigned int mask_char,

+				       XColor _Xconst *foreground,

+				       XColor _Xconst *background);

+

+static XModuleType  _XcursorModule;

+static Bool	    _XcursorModuleTried;

+

+#define GetFunc(type,name,ret) {\

+    static Bool	    been_here; \

+    static type	    staticFunc; \

+     \

+    _XLockMutex (_Xglobal_lock); \

+    if (!been_here) \

+    { \

+	been_here = True; \

+	if (!_XcursorModuleTried) \

+	{ \

+	    _XcursorModuleTried = True; \

+	    _XcursorModule = open_library (); \

+	} \

+	if (_XcursorModule) \

+	    staticFunc = (type) fetch_symbol (_XcursorModule, "_" name); \

+    } \

+    ret = staticFunc; \

+    _XUnlockMutex (_Xglobal_lock); \

+}

+

+static Cursor

+_XTryShapeCursor (Display	    *dpy,

+		  Font		    source_font,

+		  Font		    mask_font,

+		  unsigned int	    source_char,

+		  unsigned int	    mask_char,

+		  XColor _Xconst    *foreground,

+		  XColor _Xconst    *background)

+{

+    TryShapeCursorFunc		func;

+

+    GetFunc (TryShapeCursorFunc, "XcursorTryShapeCursor", func);

+    if (func)

+	return (*func) (dpy, source_font, mask_font, source_char, mask_char,

+			foreground, background);

+    return None;

+}

+

+void

+_XNoticeCreateBitmap (Display	    *dpy,

+		      Pixmap	    pid,

+		      unsigned int  width,

+		      unsigned int  height)

+{

+    NoticeCreateBitmapFunc  func;

+

+    GetFunc (NoticeCreateBitmapFunc, "XcursorNoticeCreateBitmap", func);

+    if (func)

+	(*func) (dpy, pid, width, height);

+}

+

+void

+_XNoticePutBitmap (Display	*dpy,

+		   Drawable	draw,

+		   XImage	*image)

+{

+    NoticePutBitmapFunc	func;

+

+    GetFunc (NoticePutBitmapFunc, "XcursorNoticePutBitmap", func);

+    if (func)

+	(*func) (dpy, draw, image);

+}

+

+Cursor

+_XTryShapeBitmapCursor (Display		*dpy,

+			Pixmap		source,

+			Pixmap		mask,

+			XColor		*foreground,

+			XColor		*background,

+			unsigned int	x,

+			unsigned int	y)

+{

+    TryShapeBitmapCursorFunc	func;

+

+    GetFunc (TryShapeBitmapCursorFunc, "XcursorTryShapeBitmapCursor", func);

+    if (func)

+	return (*func) (dpy, source, mask, foreground, background, x, y);

+    return None;

+}

+#endif

+

+Cursor XCreateGlyphCursor(

+     register Display *dpy,

+     Font source_font,

+     Font mask_font,

+     unsigned int source_char,

+     unsigned int mask_char,

+     XColor _Xconst *foreground,

+     XColor _Xconst *background)

+{

+    Cursor cid;

+    register xCreateGlyphCursorReq *req;

+

+#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_XCURSOR

+    cid = _XTryShapeCursor (dpy, source_font, mask_font,

+			    source_char, mask_char, foreground, background);

+    if (cid)

+	return cid;

+#endif

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReq(CreateGlyphCursor, req);

+    cid = req->cid = XAllocID(dpy);

+    req->source = source_font;

+    req->mask = mask_font;

+    req->sourceChar = source_char;

+    req->maskChar = mask_char;

+    req->foreRed = foreground->red;

+    req->foreGreen = foreground->green;

+    req->foreBlue = foreground->blue;

+    req->backRed = background->red;

+    req->backGreen = background->green;

+    req->backBlue = background->blue;

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+    return (cid);

+}

+

diff --git a/libX11/src/FSWrap.c b/libX11/src/FSWrap.c
index 45a2c34e3..d97c39504 100644
--- a/libX11/src/FSWrap.c
+++ b/libX11/src/FSWrap.c
@@ -1,262 +1,262 @@
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991 by the Open Software Foundation
- * Copyright 1993 by the TOSHIBA Corp.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name Open Software Foundation
- * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- * software without specific, written prior permission.  Open Software
- * Foundation makes no representations about the suitability of this
- * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or
- * implied warranty.
- *
- * OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
- * THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
- * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATIONN BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- *		 M. Collins		OSF
- *
- *		 Katsuhisa Yano		TOSHIBA Corp.
- */
-
-/*
-
-Copyright 1991, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-
-
-#define	XMAXLIST	256
-
-char **
-_XParseBaseFontNameList(
-    char           *str,
-    int            *num)
-{
-    char           *plist[XMAXLIST];
-    char          **list;
-    char           *ptr, *psave;
-
-    *num = 0;
-    if (!str || !*str) {
-	return (char **)NULL;
-    }
-    while (*str && isspace(*str))
-	str++;
-    if (!*str)
-	return (char **)NULL;
-
-    if (!(ptr = strdup(str))) {
-	return (char **)NULL;
-    }
-
-    psave = ptr;
-    /* somebody who specifies more than XMAXLIST basefontnames will lose */
-    while (*num < (sizeof plist / sizeof plist[0])) {
-	char	*back;
-
-	plist[*num] = ptr;
-	if ((ptr = strchr(ptr, ','))) {
-	    back = ptr;
-	} else {
-	    back = plist[*num] + strlen(plist[*num]);
-	}
-	while (isspace(*(back - 1)))
-	    back--;
-	*back = '\0';
-	(*num)++;
-	if (!ptr)
-	    break;
-	ptr++;
-	while (*ptr && isspace(*ptr))
-	    ptr++;
-	if (!*ptr)
-	    break;
-    }
-    if (!(list = (char **) Xmalloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *) * (*num + 1)))) {
-	Xfree(psave);
-	return (char **)NULL;
-    }
-    memcpy((char *)list, (char *)plist, sizeof(char *) * (*num));
-    *(list + *num) = NULL;
-
-    return list;
-}
-
-static char **
-copy_string_list(
-    char **string_list,
-    int list_count)
-{
-    char **string_list_ret, **list_src, **list_dst, *dst;
-    int length, count;
-
-    if (string_list == NULL || list_count == 0)
-	return (char **) NULL;
-
-    string_list_ret = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * list_count);
-    if (string_list_ret == NULL)
-	return (char **) NULL;
-
-    list_src = string_list;
-    count = list_count;
-    for (length = 0; count-- > 0; list_src++)
-	length += strlen(*list_src) + 1;
-
-    dst = (char *) Xmalloc(length);
-    if (dst == NULL) {
-	Xfree(string_list_ret);
-	return (char **) NULL;
-    }
-
-    list_src = string_list;
-    count = list_count;
-    list_dst = string_list_ret;
-    for ( ;  count-- > 0; list_src++) {
-	strcpy(dst, *list_src);
-	*list_dst++ = dst;
-	dst += strlen(dst) + 1;
-    }
-
-    return string_list_ret;
-}
-
-XFontSet
-XCreateFontSet (
-    Display        *dpy,
-    _Xconst char   *base_font_name_list,
-    char         ***missing_charset_list,
-    int            *missing_charset_count,
-    char          **def_string)
-{
-    XOM om;
-    XOC oc;
-    XOMCharSetList *list;
-
-    *missing_charset_list = NULL;
-    *missing_charset_count = 0;
-
-    om = XOpenOM(dpy, NULL, NULL, NULL);
-    if (om == NULL)
-	return (XFontSet) NULL;
-
-    if ((oc = XCreateOC(om, XNBaseFontName, base_font_name_list, NULL))) {
-	list = &oc->core.missing_list;
-	oc->core.om_automatic = True;
-    } else
-	list = &om->core.required_charset;
-
-    *missing_charset_list = copy_string_list(list->charset_list,
-					     list->charset_count);
-    *missing_charset_count = list->charset_count;
-
-    if (list->charset_list && *missing_charset_list == NULL)
-	oc = NULL;
-
-    if (oc && def_string) {
-	*def_string = oc->core.default_string;
-	if (!*def_string)
-	    *def_string = "";
-    }
-
-    if (oc == NULL)
-	XCloseOM(om);
-
-    return (XFontSet) oc;
-}
-
-int
-XFontsOfFontSet(
-    XFontSet        font_set,
-    XFontStruct  ***font_struct_list,
-    char         ***font_name_list)
-{
-    *font_name_list   = font_set->core.font_info.font_name_list;
-    *font_struct_list = font_set->core.font_info.font_struct_list;
-    return font_set->core.font_info.num_font;
-}
-
-char *
-XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet(XFontSet font_set)
-{
-    return font_set->core.base_name_list;
-}
-
-char *
-XLocaleOfFontSet(XFontSet font_set)
-{
-    return font_set->core.om->core.lcd->core->name;
-}
-
-Bool
-XContextDependentDrawing(XFontSet font_set)
-{
-    return font_set->core.om->core.context_dependent;
-}
-
-Bool
-XDirectionalDependentDrawing(XFontSet font_set)
-{
-    return font_set->core.om->core.directional_dependent;
-}
-
-Bool
-XContextualDrawing(XFontSet font_set)
-{
-    return font_set->core.om->core.contextual_drawing;
-}
-
-XFontSetExtents *
-XExtentsOfFontSet(XFontSet font_set)
-{
-    if (!font_set)
-	return NULL;
-    return &font_set->core.font_set_extents;
-}
-
-void
-XFreeFontSet(
-    Display        *dpy,
-    XFontSet        font_set)
-{
-    XCloseOM(font_set->core.om);
-}
+

+/*

+ * Copyright 1991 by the Open Software Foundation

+ * Copyright 1993 by the TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name Open Software Foundation

+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

+ * software without specific, written prior permission.  Open Software

+ * Foundation makes no representations about the suitability of this

+ * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or

+ * implied warranty.

+ *

+ * OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO

+ * THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND

+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATIONN BE

+ * LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES

+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ *		 M. Collins		OSF

+ *

+ *		 Katsuhisa Yano		TOSHIBA Corp.

+ */

+

+/*

+

+Copyright 1991, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include <ctype.h>

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+

+#define	XMAXLIST	256

+

+char **

+_XParseBaseFontNameList(

+    char           *str,

+    int            *num)

+{

+    char           *plist[XMAXLIST];

+    char          **list;

+    char           *ptr, *psave;

+

+    *num = 0;

+    if (!str || !*str) {

+	return (char **)NULL;

+    }

+    while (*str && isspace(*str))

+	str++;

+    if (!*str)

+	return (char **)NULL;

+

+    if (!(ptr = strdup(str))) {

+	return (char **)NULL;

+    }

+

+    psave = ptr;

+    /* somebody who specifies more than XMAXLIST basefontnames will lose */

+    while (*num < (sizeof plist / sizeof plist[0])) {

+	char	*back;

+

+	plist[*num] = ptr;

+	if ((ptr = strchr(ptr, ','))) {

+	    back = ptr;

+	} else {

+	    back = plist[*num] + strlen(plist[*num]);

+	}

+	while (isspace(*(back - 1)))

+	    back--;

+	*back = '\0';

+	(*num)++;

+	if (!ptr)

+	    break;

+	ptr++;

+	while (*ptr && isspace(*ptr))

+	    ptr++;

+	if (!*ptr)

+	    break;

+    }

+    if (!(list = (char **) Xmalloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *) * (*num + 1)))) {

+	Xfree(psave);

+	return (char **)NULL;

+    }

+    memcpy((char *)list, (char *)plist, sizeof(char *) * (*num));

+    *(list + *num) = NULL;

+

+    return list;

+}

+

+static char **

+copy_string_list(

+    char **string_list,

+    int list_count)

+{

+    char **string_list_ret, **list_src, **list_dst, *dst;

+    int length, count;

+

+    if (string_list == NULL || list_count == 0)

+	return (char **) NULL;

+

+    string_list_ret = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * list_count);

+    if (string_list_ret == NULL)

+	return (char **) NULL;

+

+    list_src = string_list;

+    count = list_count;

+    for (length = 0; count-- > 0; list_src++)

+	length += strlen(*list_src) + 1;

+

+    dst = (char *) Xmalloc(length);

+    if (dst == NULL) {

+	Xfree(string_list_ret);

+	return (char **) NULL;

+    }

+

+    list_src = string_list;

+    count = list_count;

+    list_dst = string_list_ret;

+    for ( ;  count-- > 0; list_src++) {

+	strcpy(dst, *list_src);

+	*list_dst++ = dst;

+	dst += strlen(dst) + 1;

+    }

+

+    return string_list_ret;

+}

+

+XFontSet

+XCreateFontSet (

+    Display        *dpy,

+    _Xconst char   *base_font_name_list,

+    char         ***missing_charset_list,

+    int            *missing_charset_count,

+    char          **def_string)

+{

+    XOM om;

+    XOC oc;

+    XOMCharSetList *list;

+

+    *missing_charset_list = NULL;

+    *missing_charset_count = 0;

+

+    om = XOpenOM(dpy, NULL, NULL, NULL);

+    if (om == NULL)

+	return (XFontSet) NULL;

+

+    if ((oc = XCreateOC(om, XNBaseFontName, base_font_name_list, NULL))) {

+	list = &oc->core.missing_list;

+	oc->core.om_automatic = True;

+    } else

+	list = &om->core.required_charset;

+

+    *missing_charset_list = copy_string_list(list->charset_list,

+					     list->charset_count);

+    *missing_charset_count = list->charset_count;

+

+    if (list->charset_list && *missing_charset_list == NULL)

+	oc = NULL;

+

+    if (oc && def_string) {

+	*def_string = oc->core.default_string;

+	if (!*def_string)

+	    *def_string = "";

+    }

+

+    if (oc == NULL)

+	XCloseOM(om);

+

+    return (XFontSet) oc;

+}

+

+int

+XFontsOfFontSet(

+    XFontSet        font_set,

+    XFontStruct  ***font_struct_list,

+    char         ***font_name_list)

+{

+    *font_name_list   = font_set->core.font_info.font_name_list;

+    *font_struct_list = font_set->core.font_info.font_struct_list;

+    return font_set->core.font_info.num_font;

+}

+

+char *

+XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet(XFontSet font_set)

+{

+    return font_set->core.base_name_list;

+}

+

+char *

+XLocaleOfFontSet(XFontSet font_set)

+{

+    return font_set->core.om->core.lcd->core->name;

+}

+

+Bool

+XContextDependentDrawing(XFontSet font_set)

+{

+    return font_set->core.om->core.context_dependent;

+}

+

+Bool

+XDirectionalDependentDrawing(XFontSet font_set)

+{

+    return font_set->core.om->core.directional_dependent;

+}

+

+Bool

+XContextualDrawing(XFontSet font_set)

+{

+    return font_set->core.om->core.contextual_drawing;

+}

+

+XFontSetExtents *

+XExtentsOfFontSet(XFontSet font_set)

+{

+    if (!font_set)

+	return NULL;

+    return &font_set->core.font_set_extents;

+}

+

+void

+XFreeFontSet(

+    Display        *dpy,

+    XFontSet        font_set)

+{

+    XCloseOM(font_set->core.om);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/GetDflt.c b/libX11/src/GetDflt.c
index dfda1c64d..0443e2d1a 100644
--- a/libX11/src/GetDflt.c
+++ b/libX11/src/GetDflt.c
@@ -160,9 +160,13 @@ InitDefaults(
      * ~/.Xdefaults.  Next, if there is an XENVIRONMENT environment variable,
      * then load that file.
      */
-
+     
     if (dpy->xdefaults == NULL) {
+	#ifdef _MSC_VER
+	const char *slashDotXdefaults = ".Xdefaults";
+	#else
 	const char *slashDotXdefaults = "/.Xdefaults";
+	#endif
 
 	(void) GetHomeDir (fname, PATH_MAX - strlen (slashDotXdefaults) - 1);
 	(void) strcat (fname, slashDotXdefaults);
@@ -172,7 +176,11 @@ InitDefaults(
     }
 
     if (!(xenv = getenv ("XENVIRONMENT"))) {
+	#ifdef _MSC_VER
+	const char *slashDotXdefaultsDash = ".Xdefaults-";
+	#else
 	const char *slashDotXdefaultsDash = "/.Xdefaults-";
+	#endif
 	int len;
 
 	(void) GetHomeDir (fname, PATH_MAX - strlen (slashDotXdefaultsDash) - 1);
diff --git a/libX11/src/InitExt.c b/libX11/src/InitExt.c
index 19515ccd0..f14da412c 100644
--- a/libX11/src/InitExt.c
+++ b/libX11/src/InitExt.c
@@ -1,409 +1,410 @@
-/*
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <X11/Xlibint.h>
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/*
- * This routine is used to link a extension in so it will be called
- * at appropriate times.
- */
-
-XExtCodes *XInitExtension (
-	Display *dpy,
-	_Xconst char *name)
-{
-	XExtCodes codes;	/* temp. place for extension information. */
-	register _XExtension *ext;/* need a place to build it all */
-	if (!XQueryExtension(dpy, name,
-		&codes.major_opcode, &codes.first_event,
-		&codes.first_error)) return (NULL);
-
-	LockDisplay (dpy);
-	if (! (ext = (_XExtension *) Xcalloc (1, sizeof (_XExtension))) ||
-	    ! (ext->name = strdup(name))) {
-	    if (ext) Xfree((char *) ext);
-	    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	    return (XExtCodes *) NULL;
-	}
-	codes.extension = dpy->ext_number++;
-	ext->codes = codes;
-
-	/* chain it onto the display list */
-	ext->next = dpy->ext_procs;
-	dpy->ext_procs = ext;
-	UnlockDisplay (dpy);
-
-	return (&ext->codes);		/* tell him which extension */
-}
-
-XExtCodes *XAddExtension (Display *dpy)
-{
-    register _XExtension *ext;
-
-    LockDisplay (dpy);
-    if (! (ext = (_XExtension *) Xcalloc (1, sizeof (_XExtension)))) {
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (XExtCodes *) NULL;
-    }
-    ext->codes.extension = dpy->ext_number++;
-
-    /* chain it onto the display list */
-    ext->next = dpy->ext_procs;
-    dpy->ext_procs = ext;
-    UnlockDisplay (dpy);
-
-    return (&ext->codes);		/* tell him which extension */
-}
-
-static _XExtension *XLookupExtension (
-	register Display *dpy,	/* display */
-	register int extension)	/* extension number */
-{
-	register _XExtension *ext;
-	for (ext = dpy->ext_procs; ext; ext = ext->next)
-	    if (ext->codes.extension == extension) return (ext);
-	return (NULL);
-}
-
-XExtData **XEHeadOfExtensionList(XEDataObject object)
-{
-    return *(XExtData ***)&object;
-}
-
-int
-XAddToExtensionList(
-    XExtData **structure,
-    XExtData *ext_data)
-{
-    ext_data->next = *structure;
-    *structure = ext_data;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-XExtData *XFindOnExtensionList(
-    XExtData **structure,
-    int number)
-{
-    XExtData *ext;
-
-    ext = *structure;
-    while (ext && (ext->number != number))
-	ext = ext->next;
-    return ext;
-}
-
-/*
- * Routines to hang procs on the extension structure.
- */
-CreateGCType XESetCreateGC(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	CreateGCType proc)	/* routine to call when GC created */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register CreateGCType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->create_GC;
-	e->create_GC = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (CreateGCType)oldproc;
-}
-
-CopyGCType XESetCopyGC(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	CopyGCType proc)	/* routine to call when GC copied */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register CopyGCType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->copy_GC;
-	e->copy_GC = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (CopyGCType)oldproc;
-}
-
-FlushGCType XESetFlushGC(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	FlushGCType proc)	/* routine to call when GC copied */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register FlushGCType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->flush_GC;
-	e->flush_GC = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (FlushGCType)oldproc;
-}
-
-FreeGCType XESetFreeGC(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	FreeGCType proc)	/* routine to call when GC freed */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register FreeGCType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->free_GC;
-	e->free_GC = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (FreeGCType)oldproc;
-}
-
-CreateFontType XESetCreateFont(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	CreateFontType proc)	/* routine to call when font created */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register CreateFontType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->create_Font;
-	e->create_Font = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (CreateFontType)oldproc;
-}
-
-FreeFontType XESetFreeFont(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	FreeFontType proc)	/* routine to call when font freed */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register FreeFontType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->free_Font;
-	e->free_Font = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (FreeFontType)oldproc;
-}
-
-CloseDisplayType XESetCloseDisplay(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	CloseDisplayType proc)	/* routine to call when display closed */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register CloseDisplayType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->close_display;
-	e->close_display = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (CloseDisplayType)oldproc;
-}
-
-typedef Bool (*WireToEventType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XEvent*	/* re */,
-    xEvent*	/* event */
-);
-
-WireToEventType XESetWireToEvent(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int event_number,	/* event routine to replace */
-	WireToEventType proc)	/* routine to call when converting event */
-{
-	register WireToEventType oldproc;
-	if (proc == NULL) proc = (WireToEventType)_XUnknownWireEvent;
-	LockDisplay (dpy);
-	oldproc = dpy->event_vec[event_number];
-	dpy->event_vec[event_number] = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay (dpy);
-	return (WireToEventType)oldproc;
-}
-
-typedef Bool (*WireToEventCookieType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XGenericEventCookie*	/* re */,
-    xEvent*	/* event */
-);
-
-WireToEventCookieType XESetWireToEventCookie(
-    Display *dpy,       /* display */
-    int extension,      /* extension major opcode */
-    WireToEventCookieType proc /* routine to call for generic events */
-    )
-{
-	WireToEventCookieType oldproc;
-	if (proc == NULL) proc = (WireToEventCookieType)_XUnknownWireEventCookie;
-	LockDisplay (dpy);
-	oldproc = dpy->generic_event_vec[extension & 0x7F];
-	dpy->generic_event_vec[extension & 0x7F] = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay (dpy);
-	return (WireToEventCookieType)oldproc;
-}
-
-typedef Bool (*CopyEventCookieType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XGenericEventCookie*	/* in */,
-    XGenericEventCookie*	/* out */
-);
-
-CopyEventCookieType XESetCopyEventCookie(
-    Display *dpy,       /* display */
-    int extension,      /* extension major opcode */
-    CopyEventCookieType proc /* routine to copy generic events */
-    )
-{
-	CopyEventCookieType oldproc;
-	if (proc == NULL) proc = (CopyEventCookieType)_XUnknownCopyEventCookie;
-	LockDisplay (dpy);
-	oldproc = dpy->generic_event_copy_vec[extension & 0x7F];
-	dpy->generic_event_copy_vec[extension & 0x7F] = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay (dpy);
-	return (CopyEventCookieType)oldproc;
-}
-
-
-typedef Status (*EventToWireType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XEvent*	/* re */,
-    xEvent*	/* event */
-);
-
-EventToWireType XESetEventToWire(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int event_number,	/* event routine to replace */
-	EventToWireType proc)	/* routine to call when converting event */
-{
-	register EventToWireType oldproc;
-	if (proc == NULL) proc = (EventToWireType) _XUnknownNativeEvent;
-	LockDisplay (dpy);
-	oldproc = dpy->wire_vec[event_number];
-	dpy->wire_vec[event_number] = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (EventToWireType)oldproc;
-}
-
-typedef Bool (*WireToErrorType) (
-    Display*	/* display */,
-    XErrorEvent* /* he */,
-    xError*	/* we */
-);
-
-WireToErrorType XESetWireToError(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int error_number,	/* error routine to replace */
-	WireToErrorType proc)	/* routine to call when converting error */
-{
-	register WireToErrorType oldproc = NULL;
-	if (proc == NULL) proc = (WireToErrorType)_XDefaultWireError;
-	LockDisplay (dpy);
-	if (!dpy->error_vec) {
-	    int i;
-	    dpy->error_vec = Xmalloc(256 * sizeof(oldproc));
-	    for (i = 1; i < 256; i++)
-		dpy->error_vec[i] = _XDefaultWireError;
-	}
-	if (dpy->error_vec) {
-	    oldproc = dpy->error_vec[error_number];
-	    dpy->error_vec[error_number] = proc;
-	}
-	UnlockDisplay (dpy);
-	return (WireToErrorType)oldproc;
-}
-
-ErrorType XESetError(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	ErrorType proc)		/* routine to call when X error happens */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register ErrorType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->error;
-	e->error = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (ErrorType)oldproc;
-}
-
-ErrorStringType XESetErrorString(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	ErrorStringType proc)	/* routine to call when I/O error happens */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register ErrorStringType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->error_string;
-	e->error_string = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (ErrorStringType)oldproc;
-}
-
-PrintErrorType XESetPrintErrorValues(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	PrintErrorType proc)	/* routine to call to print */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register PrintErrorType oldproc;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->error_values;
-	e->error_values = proc;
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (PrintErrorType)oldproc;
-}
-
-BeforeFlushType XESetBeforeFlush(
-	Display *dpy,		/* display */
-	int extension,		/* extension number */
-	BeforeFlushType proc)	/* routine to call on flush */
-{
-	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */
-	register BeforeFlushType oldproc;
-	register _XExtension *ext;
-	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	oldproc = e->before_flush;
-	e->before_flush = proc;
-	for (ext = dpy->flushes; ext && ext != e; ext = ext->next)
-	    ;
-	if (!ext) {
-	    e->next_flush = dpy->flushes;
-	    dpy->flushes = e;
-	}
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return (BeforeFlushType)oldproc;
-}
+/*

+

+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <X11/Xlibint.h>

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+

+/*

+ * This routine is used to link a extension in so it will be called

+ * at appropriate times.

+ */

+

+XExtCodes *XInitExtension (

+	Display *dpy,

+	_Xconst char *name)

+{

+	XExtCodes codes;	/* temp. place for extension information. */

+	register _XExtension *ext;/* need a place to build it all */

+	if (!XQueryExtension(dpy, name,

+		&codes.major_opcode, &codes.first_event,

+		&codes.first_error)) return (NULL);

+

+	LockDisplay (dpy);

+	if (! (ext = (_XExtension *) Xcalloc (1, sizeof (_XExtension))) ||

+	    ! (ext->name = strdup(name))) {

+	    if (ext) Xfree((char *) ext);

+	    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	    return (XExtCodes *) NULL;

+	}

+	codes.extension = dpy->ext_number++;

+	ext->codes = codes;

+

+	/* chain it onto the display list */

+	ext->next = dpy->ext_procs;

+	dpy->ext_procs = ext;

+	UnlockDisplay (dpy);

+

+	return (&ext->codes);		/* tell him which extension */

+}

+

+XExtCodes *XAddExtension (Display *dpy)

+{

+    register _XExtension *ext;

+

+    LockDisplay (dpy);

+    if (! (ext = (_XExtension *) Xcalloc (1, sizeof (_XExtension)))) {

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (XExtCodes *) NULL;

+    }

+    ext->codes.extension = dpy->ext_number++;

+

+    /* chain it onto the display list */

+    ext->next = dpy->ext_procs;

+    dpy->ext_procs = ext;

+    UnlockDisplay (dpy);

+

+    return (&ext->codes);		/* tell him which extension */

+}

+

+static _XExtension *XLookupExtension (

+	register Display *dpy,	/* display */

+	register int extension)	/* extension number */

+{

+	register _XExtension *ext;

+	for (ext = dpy->ext_procs; ext; ext = ext->next)

+	    if (ext->codes.extension == extension) return (ext);

+	return (NULL);

+}

+

+XExtData **XEHeadOfExtensionList(XEDataObject object)

+{

+    return *(XExtData ***)&object;

+}

+

+int

+XAddToExtensionList(

+    XExtData **structure,

+    XExtData *ext_data)

+{

+    ext_data->next = *structure;

+    *structure = ext_data;

+    return 1;

+}

+

+XExtData *XFindOnExtensionList(

+    XExtData **structure,

+    int number)

+{

+    XExtData *ext;

+

+    ext = *structure;

+    while (ext && (ext->number != number))

+	ext = ext->next;

+    return ext;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Routines to hang procs on the extension structure.

+ */

+CreateGCType XESetCreateGC(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	CreateGCType proc)	/* routine to call when GC created */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register CreateGCType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->create_GC;

+	e->create_GC = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (CreateGCType)oldproc;

+}

+

+CopyGCType XESetCopyGC(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	CopyGCType proc)	/* routine to call when GC copied */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register CopyGCType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->copy_GC;

+	e->copy_GC = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (CopyGCType)oldproc;

+}

+

+FlushGCType XESetFlushGC(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	FlushGCType proc)	/* routine to call when GC copied */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register FlushGCType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->flush_GC;

+	e->flush_GC = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (FlushGCType)oldproc;

+}

+

+FreeGCType XESetFreeGC(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	FreeGCType proc)	/* routine to call when GC freed */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register FreeGCType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->free_GC;

+	e->free_GC = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (FreeGCType)oldproc;

+}

+

+CreateFontType XESetCreateFont(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	CreateFontType proc)	/* routine to call when font created */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register CreateFontType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->create_Font;

+	e->create_Font = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (CreateFontType)oldproc;

+}

+

+FreeFontType XESetFreeFont(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	FreeFontType proc)	/* routine to call when font freed */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register FreeFontType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->free_Font;

+	e->free_Font = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (FreeFontType)oldproc;

+}

+

+CloseDisplayType XESetCloseDisplay(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	CloseDisplayType proc)	/* routine to call when display closed */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register CloseDisplayType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->close_display;

+	e->close_display = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (CloseDisplayType)oldproc;

+}

+

+typedef Bool (*WireToEventType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XEvent*	/* re */,

+    xEvent*	/* event */

+);

+

+WireToEventType XESetWireToEvent(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int event_number,	/* event routine to replace */

+	WireToEventType proc)	/* routine to call when converting event */

+{

+	register WireToEventType oldproc;

+	if (proc == NULL) proc = (WireToEventType)_XUnknownWireEvent;

+	LockDisplay (dpy);

+	oldproc = dpy->event_vec[event_number];

+	dpy->event_vec[event_number] = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay (dpy);

+	return (WireToEventType)oldproc;

+}

+

+typedef Bool (*WireToEventCookieType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XGenericEventCookie*	/* re */,

+    xEvent*	/* event */

+);

+

+WireToEventCookieType XESetWireToEventCookie(

+    Display *dpy,       /* display */

+    int extension,      /* extension major opcode */

+    WireToEventCookieType proc /* routine to call for generic events */

+    )

+{

+	WireToEventCookieType oldproc;

+	if (proc == NULL) proc = (WireToEventCookieType)_XUnknownWireEventCookie;

+	LockDisplay (dpy);

+	oldproc = dpy->generic_event_vec[extension & 0x7F];

+	dpy->generic_event_vec[extension & 0x7F] = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay (dpy);

+	return (WireToEventCookieType)oldproc;

+}

+

+typedef Bool (*CopyEventCookieType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XGenericEventCookie*	/* in */,

+    XGenericEventCookie*	/* out */

+);

+

+CopyEventCookieType XESetCopyEventCookie(

+    Display *dpy,       /* display */

+    int extension,      /* extension major opcode */

+    CopyEventCookieType proc /* routine to copy generic events */

+    )

+{

+	CopyEventCookieType oldproc;

+	if (proc == NULL) proc = (CopyEventCookieType)_XUnknownCopyEventCookie;

+	LockDisplay (dpy);

+	oldproc = dpy->generic_event_copy_vec[extension & 0x7F];

+	dpy->generic_event_copy_vec[extension & 0x7F] = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay (dpy);

+	return (CopyEventCookieType)oldproc;

+}

+

+

+typedef Status (*EventToWireType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XEvent*	/* re */,

+    xEvent*	/* event */

+);

+

+EventToWireType XESetEventToWire(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int event_number,	/* event routine to replace */

+	EventToWireType proc)	/* routine to call when converting event */

+{

+	register EventToWireType oldproc;

+	if (proc == NULL) proc = (EventToWireType) _XUnknownNativeEvent;

+	LockDisplay (dpy);

+	oldproc = dpy->wire_vec[event_number];

+	dpy->wire_vec[event_number] = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (EventToWireType)oldproc;

+}

+

+typedef Bool (*WireToErrorType) (

+    Display*	/* display */,

+    XErrorEvent* /* he */,

+    xError*	/* we */

+);

+

+WireToErrorType XESetWireToError(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int error_number,	/* error routine to replace */

+	WireToErrorType proc)	/* routine to call when converting error */

+{

+	register WireToErrorType oldproc = NULL;

+	if (proc == NULL) proc = (WireToErrorType)_XDefaultWireError;

+	LockDisplay (dpy);

+	if (!dpy->error_vec) {

+	    int i;

+	    dpy->error_vec = Xmalloc(256 * sizeof(oldproc));

+	    for (i = 1; i < 256; i++)

+		dpy->error_vec[i] = _XDefaultWireError;

+	}

+	if (dpy->error_vec) {

+	    oldproc = dpy->error_vec[error_number];

+	    dpy->error_vec[error_number] = proc;

+	}

+	UnlockDisplay (dpy);

+	return (WireToErrorType)oldproc;

+}

+

+ErrorType XESetError(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	ErrorType proc)		/* routine to call when X error happens */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register ErrorType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->error;

+	e->error = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (ErrorType)oldproc;

+}

+

+ErrorStringType XESetErrorString(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	ErrorStringType proc)	/* routine to call when I/O error happens */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register ErrorStringType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->error_string;

+	e->error_string = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (ErrorStringType)oldproc;

+}

+

+PrintErrorType XESetPrintErrorValues(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	PrintErrorType proc)	/* routine to call to print */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register PrintErrorType oldproc;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->error_values;

+	e->error_values = proc;

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (PrintErrorType)oldproc;

+}

+

+BeforeFlushType XESetBeforeFlush(

+	Display *dpy,		/* display */

+	int extension,		/* extension number */

+	BeforeFlushType proc)	/* routine to call on flush */

+{

+	register _XExtension *e;	/* for lookup of extension */

+	register BeforeFlushType oldproc;

+	register _XExtension *ext;

+	if ((e = XLookupExtension (dpy, extension)) == NULL) return (NULL);

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	oldproc = e->before_flush;

+	e->before_flush = proc;

+	for (ext = dpy->flushes; ext && ext != e; ext = ext->next)

+	    ;

+	if (!ext) {

+	    e->next_flush = dpy->flushes;

+	    dpy->flushes = e;

+	}

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return (BeforeFlushType)oldproc;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/KeyBind.c b/libX11/src/KeyBind.c
index 221cedd8c..82d85fbe7 100644
--- a/libX11/src/KeyBind.c
+++ b/libX11/src/KeyBind.c
@@ -1,1078 +1,1078 @@
-/*
-
-Copyright 1985, 1987, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-/* Beware, here be monsters (still under construction... - JG */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <X11/Xlibint.h>
-#include <X11/Xutil.h>
-#define XK_MISCELLANY
-#define XK_LATIN1
-#define XK_LATIN2
-#define XK_LATIN3
-#define XK_LATIN4
-#define XK_LATIN8
-#define XK_LATIN9
-#define XK_CYRILLIC
-#define XK_GREEK
-#define XK_ARMENIAN
-#define XK_CAUCASUS
-#define XK_VIETNAMESE
-#define XK_XKB_KEYS
-#define XK_SINHALA
-#include <X11/keysymdef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef USE_OWN_COMPOSE
-#include "imComp.h"
-
-#endif
-
-#include "Xresource.h"
-#include "Key.h"
-
-#ifdef XKB
-#include "XKBlib.h"
-#include "XKBlibint.h"
-#define	XKeycodeToKeysym	_XKeycodeToKeysym
-#define	XKeysymToKeycode	_XKeysymToKeycode
-#define	XLookupKeysym		_XLookupKeysym
-#define	XRefreshKeyboardMapping	_XRefreshKeyboardMapping
-#define	XLookupString		_XLookupString
-/* XKBBind.c */
-#else
-#define	XkbKeysymToModifiers	_XKeysymToModifiers
-#endif
-
-#define AllMods (ShiftMask|LockMask|ControlMask| \
-		 Mod1Mask|Mod2Mask|Mod3Mask|Mod4Mask|Mod5Mask)
-
-static void
-ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(
-    Display *dpy,
-    register struct _XKeytrans *p);
-
-struct _XKeytrans {
-	struct _XKeytrans *next;/* next on list */
-	char *string;		/* string to return when the time comes */
-	int len;		/* length of string (since NULL is legit)*/
-	KeySym key;		/* keysym rebound */
-	unsigned int state;	/* modifier state */
-	KeySym *modifiers;	/* modifier keysyms you want */
-	int mlen;		/* length of modifier list */
-};
-
-static KeySym
-KeyCodetoKeySym(register Display *dpy, KeyCode keycode, int col)
-{
-    register int per = dpy->keysyms_per_keycode;
-    register KeySym *syms;
-    KeySym lsym, usym;
-
-    if ((col < 0) || ((col >= per) && (col > 3)) ||
-	((int)keycode < dpy->min_keycode) || ((int)keycode > dpy->max_keycode))
-      return NoSymbol;
-
-    syms = &dpy->keysyms[(keycode - dpy->min_keycode) * per];
-    if (col < 4) {
-	if (col > 1) {
-	    while ((per > 2) && (syms[per - 1] == NoSymbol))
-		per--;
-	    if (per < 3)
-		col -= 2;
-	}
-	if ((per <= (col|1)) || (syms[col|1] == NoSymbol)) {
-	    XConvertCase(syms[col&~1], &lsym, &usym);
-	    if (!(col & 1))
-		return lsym;
-	    else if (usym == lsym)
-		return NoSymbol;
-	    else
-		return usym;
-	}
-    }
-    return syms[col];
-}
-
-KeySym
-XKeycodeToKeysym(Display *dpy,
-#if NeedWidePrototypes
-		 unsigned int kc,
-#else
-		 KeyCode kc,
-#endif
-		 int col)
-{
-    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))
-	return NoSymbol;
-    return KeyCodetoKeySym(dpy, kc, col);
-}
-
-KeyCode
-XKeysymToKeycode(
-    Display *dpy,
-    KeySym ks)
-{
-    register int i, j;
-
-    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))
-	return (KeyCode) 0;
-    for (j = 0; j < dpy->keysyms_per_keycode; j++) {
-	for (i = dpy->min_keycode; i <= dpy->max_keycode; i++) {
-	    if (KeyCodetoKeySym(dpy, (KeyCode) i, j) == ks)
-		return i;
-	}
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-KeySym
-XLookupKeysym(
-    register XKeyEvent *event,
-    int col)
-{
-    if ((! event->display->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(event->display)))
-	return NoSymbol;
-    return KeyCodetoKeySym(event->display, event->keycode, col);
-}
-
-static void
-ResetModMap(
-    Display *dpy)
-{
-    register XModifierKeymap *map;
-    register int i, j, n;
-    KeySym sym;
-    register struct _XKeytrans *p;
-
-    map = dpy->modifiermap;
-    /* If any Lock key contains Caps_Lock, then interpret as Caps_Lock,
-     * else if any contains Shift_Lock, then interpret as Shift_Lock,
-     * else ignore Lock altogether.
-     */
-    dpy->lock_meaning = NoSymbol;
-    /* Lock modifiers are in the second row of the matrix */
-    n = 2 * map->max_keypermod;
-    for (i = map->max_keypermod; i < n; i++) {
-	for (j = 0; j < dpy->keysyms_per_keycode; j++) {
-	    sym = KeyCodetoKeySym(dpy, map->modifiermap[i], j);
-	    if (sym == XK_Caps_Lock) {
-		dpy->lock_meaning = XK_Caps_Lock;
-		break;
-	    } else if (sym == XK_Shift_Lock) {
-		dpy->lock_meaning = XK_Shift_Lock;
-	    }
-	    else if (sym == XK_ISO_Lock) {
-		dpy->lock_meaning = XK_Caps_Lock;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    /* Now find any Mod<n> modifier acting as the Group or Numlock modifier */
-    dpy->mode_switch = 0;
-    dpy->num_lock = 0;
-    n *= 4;
-    for (i = 3*map->max_keypermod; i < n; i++) {
-	for (j = 0; j < dpy->keysyms_per_keycode; j++) {
-	    sym = KeyCodetoKeySym(dpy, map->modifiermap[i], j);
-	    if (sym == XK_Mode_switch)
-		dpy->mode_switch |= 1 << (i / map->max_keypermod);
-	    if (sym == XK_Num_Lock)
-		dpy->num_lock |= 1 << (i / map->max_keypermod);
-	}
-    }
-    for (p = dpy->key_bindings; p; p = p->next)
-	ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(dpy, p);
-}
-
-static int
-InitModMap(
-    Display *dpy)
-{
-    register XModifierKeymap *map;
-
-    if (! (map = XGetModifierMapping(dpy)))
-	return 0;
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    if (dpy->modifiermap)
-	XFreeModifiermap(dpy->modifiermap);
-    dpy->modifiermap = map;
-    dpy->free_funcs->modifiermap = XFreeModifiermap;
-    if (dpy->keysyms)
-	ResetModMap(dpy);
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-int
-XRefreshKeyboardMapping(register XMappingEvent *event)
-{
-
-    if(event->request == MappingKeyboard) {
-	/* XXX should really only refresh what is necessary
-	 * for now, make initialize test fail
-	 */
-	LockDisplay(event->display);
-	if (event->display->keysyms) {
-	     Xfree ((char *)event->display->keysyms);
-	     event->display->keysyms = NULL;
-	}
-	UnlockDisplay(event->display);
-    }
-    if(event->request == MappingModifier) {
-	LockDisplay(event->display);
-	if (event->display->modifiermap) {
-	    XFreeModifiermap(event->display->modifiermap);
-	    event->display->modifiermap = NULL;
-	}
-	UnlockDisplay(event->display);
-	/* go ahead and get it now, since initialize test may not fail */
-	if (event->display->keysyms)
-	    (void) InitModMap(event->display);
-    }
-    return 1;
-}
-
-int
-_XKeyInitialize(
-    Display *dpy)
-{
-    int per, n;
-    KeySym *keysyms;
-
-    /*
-     * lets go get the keysyms from the server.
-     */
-    if (!dpy->keysyms) {
-	n = dpy->max_keycode - dpy->min_keycode + 1;
-	keysyms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpy, (KeyCode) dpy->min_keycode,
-				       n, &per);
-	/* keysyms may be NULL */
-	if (! keysyms) return 0;
-
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	if (dpy->keysyms)
-	    Xfree ((char *)dpy->keysyms);
-	dpy->keysyms = keysyms;
-	dpy->keysyms_per_keycode = per;
-	if (dpy->modifiermap)
-	    ResetModMap(dpy);
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    }
-    if (!dpy->modifiermap)
-        return InitModMap(dpy);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static void
-UCSConvertCase( register unsigned code,
-                KeySym *lower,
-                KeySym *upper )
-{
-    /* Case conversion for UCS, as in Unicode Data version 4.0.0 */
-    /* NB: Only converts simple one-to-one mappings. */
-
-    /* Tables are used where they take less space than     */
-    /* the code to work out the mappings. Zero values mean */
-    /* undefined code points.                              */
-
-    static unsigned short const IPAExt_upper_mapping[] = { /* part only */
-                            0x0181, 0x0186, 0x0255, 0x0189, 0x018A,
-    0x0258, 0x018F, 0x025A, 0x0190, 0x025C, 0x025D, 0x025E, 0x025F,
-    0x0193, 0x0261, 0x0262, 0x0194, 0x0264, 0x0265, 0x0266, 0x0267,
-    0x0197, 0x0196, 0x026A, 0x026B, 0x026C, 0x026D, 0x026E, 0x019C,
-    0x0270, 0x0271, 0x019D, 0x0273, 0x0274, 0x019F, 0x0276, 0x0277,
-    0x0278, 0x0279, 0x027A, 0x027B, 0x027C, 0x027D, 0x027E, 0x027F,
-    0x01A6, 0x0281, 0x0282, 0x01A9, 0x0284, 0x0285, 0x0286, 0x0287,
-    0x01AE, 0x0289, 0x01B1, 0x01B2, 0x028C, 0x028D, 0x028E, 0x028F,
-    0x0290, 0x0291, 0x01B7
-    };
-
-    static unsigned short const LatinExtB_upper_mapping[] = { /* first part only */
-    0x0180, 0x0181, 0x0182, 0x0182, 0x0184, 0x0184, 0x0186, 0x0187,
-    0x0187, 0x0189, 0x018A, 0x018B, 0x018B, 0x018D, 0x018E, 0x018F,
-    0x0190, 0x0191, 0x0191, 0x0193, 0x0194, 0x01F6, 0x0196, 0x0197,
-    0x0198, 0x0198, 0x019A, 0x019B, 0x019C, 0x019D, 0x0220, 0x019F,
-    0x01A0, 0x01A0, 0x01A2, 0x01A2, 0x01A4, 0x01A4, 0x01A6, 0x01A7,
-    0x01A7, 0x01A9, 0x01AA, 0x01AB, 0x01AC, 0x01AC, 0x01AE, 0x01AF,
-    0x01AF, 0x01B1, 0x01B2, 0x01B3, 0x01B3, 0x01B5, 0x01B5, 0x01B7,
-    0x01B8, 0x01B8, 0x01BA, 0x01BB, 0x01BC, 0x01BC, 0x01BE, 0x01F7,
-    0x01C0, 0x01C1, 0x01C2, 0x01C3, 0x01C4, 0x01C4, 0x01C4, 0x01C7,
-    0x01C7, 0x01C7, 0x01CA, 0x01CA, 0x01CA
-    };
-
-    static unsigned short const LatinExtB_lower_mapping[] = { /* first part only */
-    0x0180, 0x0253, 0x0183, 0x0183, 0x0185, 0x0185, 0x0254, 0x0188,
-    0x0188, 0x0256, 0x0257, 0x018C, 0x018C, 0x018D, 0x01DD, 0x0259,
-    0x025B, 0x0192, 0x0192, 0x0260, 0x0263, 0x0195, 0x0269, 0x0268,
-    0x0199, 0x0199, 0x019A, 0x019B, 0x026F, 0x0272, 0x019E, 0x0275,
-    0x01A1, 0x01A1, 0x01A3, 0x01A3, 0x01A5, 0x01A5, 0x0280, 0x01A8,
-    0x01A8, 0x0283, 0x01AA, 0x01AB, 0x01AD, 0x01AD, 0x0288, 0x01B0,
-    0x01B0, 0x028A, 0x028B, 0x01B4, 0x01B4, 0x01B6, 0x01B6, 0x0292,
-    0x01B9, 0x01B9, 0x01BA, 0x01BB, 0x01BD, 0x01BD, 0x01BE, 0x01BF,
-    0x01C0, 0x01C1, 0x01C2, 0x01C3, 0x01C6, 0x01C6, 0x01C6, 0x01C9,
-    0x01C9, 0x01C9, 0x01CC, 0x01CC, 0x01CC
-    };
-
-    static unsigned short const Greek_upper_mapping[] = {
-    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0374, 0x0375, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x037A, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x037E, 0x0000,
-    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0384, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x0387,
-    0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x0000, 0x038C, 0x0000, 0x038E, 0x038F,
-    0x0390, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,
-    0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F,
-    0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0x0000, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7,
-    0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x0386, 0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A,
-    0x03B0, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,
-    0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F,
-    0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0x03A3, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7,
-    0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x038C, 0x038E, 0x038F, 0x0000,
-    0x0392, 0x0398, 0x03D2, 0x03D3, 0x03D4, 0x03A6, 0x03A0, 0x03D7,
-    0x03D8, 0x03D8, 0x03DA, 0x03DA, 0x03DC, 0x03DC, 0x03DE, 0x03DE,
-    0x03E0, 0x03E0, 0x03E2, 0x03E2, 0x03E4, 0x03E4, 0x03E6, 0x03E6,
-    0x03E8, 0x03E8, 0x03EA, 0x03EA, 0x03EC, 0x03EC, 0x03EE, 0x03EE,
-    0x039A, 0x03A1, 0x03F9, 0x03F3, 0x03F4, 0x0395, 0x03F6, 0x03F7,
-    0x03F7, 0x03F9, 0x03FA, 0x03FA, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000
-    };
-
-    static unsigned short const Greek_lower_mapping[] = {
-    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0374, 0x0375, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x037A, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x037E, 0x0000,
-    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0384, 0x0385, 0x03AC, 0x0387,
-    0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF, 0x0000, 0x03CC, 0x0000, 0x03CD, 0x03CE,
-    0x0390, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7,
-    0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF,
-    0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x0000, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7,
-    0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF,
-    0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7,
-    0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF,
-    0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7,
-    0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0x0000,
-    0x03D0, 0x03D1, 0x03D2, 0x03D3, 0x03D4, 0x03D5, 0x03D6, 0x03D7,
-    0x03D9, 0x03D9, 0x03DB, 0x03DB, 0x03DD, 0x03DD, 0x03DF, 0x03DF,
-    0x03E1, 0x03E1, 0x03E3, 0x03E3, 0x03E5, 0x03E5, 0x03E7, 0x03E7,
-    0x03E9, 0x03E9, 0x03EB, 0x03EB, 0x03ED, 0x03ED, 0x03EF, 0x03EF,
-    0x03F0, 0x03F1, 0x03F2, 0x03F3, 0x03B8, 0x03F5, 0x03F6, 0x03F8,
-    0x03F8, 0x03F2, 0x03FB, 0x03FB, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000
-    };
-
-    static unsigned short const GreekExt_lower_mapping[] = {
-    0x1F00, 0x1F01, 0x1F02, 0x1F03, 0x1F04, 0x1F05, 0x1F06, 0x1F07,
-    0x1F00, 0x1F01, 0x1F02, 0x1F03, 0x1F04, 0x1F05, 0x1F06, 0x1F07,
-    0x1F10, 0x1F11, 0x1F12, 0x1F13, 0x1F14, 0x1F15, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F10, 0x1F11, 0x1F12, 0x1F13, 0x1F14, 0x1F15, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F20, 0x1F21, 0x1F22, 0x1F23, 0x1F24, 0x1F25, 0x1F26, 0x1F27,
-    0x1F20, 0x1F21, 0x1F22, 0x1F23, 0x1F24, 0x1F25, 0x1F26, 0x1F27,
-    0x1F30, 0x1F31, 0x1F32, 0x1F33, 0x1F34, 0x1F35, 0x1F36, 0x1F37,
-    0x1F30, 0x1F31, 0x1F32, 0x1F33, 0x1F34, 0x1F35, 0x1F36, 0x1F37,
-    0x1F40, 0x1F41, 0x1F42, 0x1F43, 0x1F44, 0x1F45, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F40, 0x1F41, 0x1F42, 0x1F43, 0x1F44, 0x1F45, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F50, 0x1F51, 0x1F52, 0x1F53, 0x1F54, 0x1F55, 0x1F56, 0x1F57,
-    0x0000, 0x1F51, 0x0000, 0x1F53, 0x0000, 0x1F55, 0x0000, 0x1F57,
-    0x1F60, 0x1F61, 0x1F62, 0x1F63, 0x1F64, 0x1F65, 0x1F66, 0x1F67,
-    0x1F60, 0x1F61, 0x1F62, 0x1F63, 0x1F64, 0x1F65, 0x1F66, 0x1F67,
-    0x1F70, 0x1F71, 0x1F72, 0x1F73, 0x1F74, 0x1F75, 0x1F76, 0x1F77,
-    0x1F78, 0x1F79, 0x1F7A, 0x1F7B, 0x1F7C, 0x1F7D, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F80, 0x1F81, 0x1F82, 0x1F83, 0x1F84, 0x1F85, 0x1F86, 0x1F87,
-    0x1F80, 0x1F81, 0x1F82, 0x1F83, 0x1F84, 0x1F85, 0x1F86, 0x1F87,
-    0x1F90, 0x1F91, 0x1F92, 0x1F93, 0x1F94, 0x1F95, 0x1F96, 0x1F97,
-    0x1F90, 0x1F91, 0x1F92, 0x1F93, 0x1F94, 0x1F95, 0x1F96, 0x1F97,
-    0x1FA0, 0x1FA1, 0x1FA2, 0x1FA3, 0x1FA4, 0x1FA5, 0x1FA6, 0x1FA7,
-    0x1FA0, 0x1FA1, 0x1FA2, 0x1FA3, 0x1FA4, 0x1FA5, 0x1FA6, 0x1FA7,
-    0x1FB0, 0x1FB1, 0x1FB2, 0x1FB3, 0x1FB4, 0x0000, 0x1FB6, 0x1FB7,
-    0x1FB0, 0x1FB1, 0x1F70, 0x1F71, 0x1FB3, 0x1FBD, 0x1FBE, 0x1FBF,
-    0x1FC0, 0x1FC1, 0x1FC2, 0x1FC3, 0x1FC4, 0x0000, 0x1FC6, 0x1FC7,
-    0x1F72, 0x1F73, 0x1F74, 0x1F75, 0x1FC3, 0x1FCD, 0x1FCE, 0x1FCF,
-    0x1FD0, 0x1FD1, 0x1FD2, 0x1FD3, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x1FD6, 0x1FD7,
-    0x1FD0, 0x1FD1, 0x1F76, 0x1F77, 0x0000, 0x1FDD, 0x1FDE, 0x1FDF,
-    0x1FE0, 0x1FE1, 0x1FE2, 0x1FE3, 0x1FE4, 0x1FE5, 0x1FE6, 0x1FE7,
-    0x1FE0, 0x1FE1, 0x1F7A, 0x1F7B, 0x1FE5, 0x1FED, 0x1FEE, 0x1FEF,
-    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x1FF2, 0x1FF3, 0x1FF4, 0x0000, 0x1FF6, 0x1FF7,
-    0x1F78, 0x1F79, 0x1F7C, 0x1F7D, 0x1FF3, 0x1FFD, 0x1FFE, 0x0000
-    };
-
-    static unsigned short const GreekExt_upper_mapping[] = {
-    0x1F08, 0x1F09, 0x1F0A, 0x1F0B, 0x1F0C, 0x1F0D, 0x1F0E, 0x1F0F,
-    0x1F08, 0x1F09, 0x1F0A, 0x1F0B, 0x1F0C, 0x1F0D, 0x1F0E, 0x1F0F,
-    0x1F18, 0x1F19, 0x1F1A, 0x1F1B, 0x1F1C, 0x1F1D, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F18, 0x1F19, 0x1F1A, 0x1F1B, 0x1F1C, 0x1F1D, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F28, 0x1F29, 0x1F2A, 0x1F2B, 0x1F2C, 0x1F2D, 0x1F2E, 0x1F2F,
-    0x1F28, 0x1F29, 0x1F2A, 0x1F2B, 0x1F2C, 0x1F2D, 0x1F2E, 0x1F2F,
-    0x1F38, 0x1F39, 0x1F3A, 0x1F3B, 0x1F3C, 0x1F3D, 0x1F3E, 0x1F3F,
-    0x1F38, 0x1F39, 0x1F3A, 0x1F3B, 0x1F3C, 0x1F3D, 0x1F3E, 0x1F3F,
-    0x1F48, 0x1F49, 0x1F4A, 0x1F4B, 0x1F4C, 0x1F4D, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F48, 0x1F49, 0x1F4A, 0x1F4B, 0x1F4C, 0x1F4D, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F50, 0x1F59, 0x1F52, 0x1F5B, 0x1F54, 0x1F5D, 0x1F56, 0x1F5F,
-    0x0000, 0x1F59, 0x0000, 0x1F5B, 0x0000, 0x1F5D, 0x0000, 0x1F5F,
-    0x1F68, 0x1F69, 0x1F6A, 0x1F6B, 0x1F6C, 0x1F6D, 0x1F6E, 0x1F6F,
-    0x1F68, 0x1F69, 0x1F6A, 0x1F6B, 0x1F6C, 0x1F6D, 0x1F6E, 0x1F6F,
-    0x1FBA, 0x1FBB, 0x1FC8, 0x1FC9, 0x1FCA, 0x1FCB, 0x1FDA, 0x1FDB,
-    0x1FF8, 0x1FF9, 0x1FEA, 0x1FEB, 0x1FFA, 0x1FFB, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-    0x1F88, 0x1F89, 0x1F8A, 0x1F8B, 0x1F8C, 0x1F8D, 0x1F8E, 0x1F8F,
-    0x1F88, 0x1F89, 0x1F8A, 0x1F8B, 0x1F8C, 0x1F8D, 0x1F8E, 0x1F8F,
-    0x1F98, 0x1F99, 0x1F9A, 0x1F9B, 0x1F9C, 0x1F9D, 0x1F9E, 0x1F9F,
-    0x1F98, 0x1F99, 0x1F9A, 0x1F9B, 0x1F9C, 0x1F9D, 0x1F9E, 0x1F9F,
-    0x1FA8, 0x1FA9, 0x1FAA, 0x1FAB, 0x1FAC, 0x1FAD, 0x1FAE, 0x1FAF,
-    0x1FA8, 0x1FA9, 0x1FAA, 0x1FAB, 0x1FAC, 0x1FAD, 0x1FAE, 0x1FAF,
-    0x1FB8, 0x1FB9, 0x1FB2, 0x1FBC, 0x1FB4, 0x0000, 0x1FB6, 0x1FB7,
-    0x1FB8, 0x1FB9, 0x1FBA, 0x1FBB, 0x1FBC, 0x1FBD, 0x0399, 0x1FBF,
-    0x1FC0, 0x1FC1, 0x1FC2, 0x1FCC, 0x1FC4, 0x0000, 0x1FC6, 0x1FC7,
-    0x1FC8, 0x1FC9, 0x1FCA, 0x1FCB, 0x1FCC, 0x1FCD, 0x1FCE, 0x1FCF,
-    0x1FD8, 0x1FD9, 0x1FD2, 0x1FD3, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x1FD6, 0x1FD7,
-    0x1FD8, 0x1FD9, 0x1FDA, 0x1FDB, 0x0000, 0x1FDD, 0x1FDE, 0x1FDF,
-    0x1FE8, 0x1FE9, 0x1FE2, 0x1FE3, 0x1FE4, 0x1FEC, 0x1FE6, 0x1FE7,
-    0x1FE8, 0x1FE9, 0x1FEA, 0x1FEB, 0x1FEC, 0x1FED, 0x1FEE, 0x1FEF,
-    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x1FF2, 0x1FFC, 0x1FF4, 0x0000, 0x1FF6, 0x1FF7,
-    0x1FF8, 0x1FF9, 0x1FFA, 0x1FFB, 0x1FFC, 0x1FFD, 0x1FFE, 0x0000
-    };
-
-    *lower = code;
-    *upper = code;
-
-    /* Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement, U+0000 to U+00FF */
-    if (code <= 0x00ff) {
-        if (code >= 0x0041 && code <= 0x005a)             /* A-Z */
-            *lower += 0x20;
-        else if (code >= 0x0061 && code <= 0x007a)        /* a-z */
-            *upper -= 0x20;
-        else if ( (code >= 0x00c0 && code <= 0x00d6) ||
-	          (code >= 0x00d8 && code <= 0x00de) )
-            *lower += 0x20;
-        else if ( (code >= 0x00e0 && code <= 0x00f6) ||
-	          (code >= 0x00f8 && code <= 0x00fe) )
-            *upper -= 0x20;
-        else if (code == 0x00ff)      /* y with diaeresis */
-            *upper = 0x0178;
-        else if (code == 0x00b5)      /* micro sign */
-            *upper = 0x039c;
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /* Latin Extended-A, U+0100 to U+017F */
-    if (code >= 0x0100 && code <= 0x017f) {
-        if ( (code >= 0x0100 && code <= 0x012f) ||
-             (code >= 0x0132 && code <= 0x0137) ||
-             (code >= 0x014a && code <= 0x0177) ) {
-            *upper = code & ~1;
-            *lower = code | 1;
-        }
-        else if ( (code >= 0x0139 && code <= 0x0148) ||
-                  (code >= 0x0179 && code <= 0x017e) ) {
-            if (code & 1)
-	        *lower += 1;
-            else
-	        *upper -= 1;
-        }
-        else if (code == 0x0130)
-            *lower = 0x0069;
-        else if (code == 0x0131)
-            *upper = 0x0049;
-        else if (code == 0x0178)
-            *lower = 0x00ff;
-        else if (code == 0x017f)
-            *upper = 0x0053;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /* Latin Extended-B, U+0180 to U+024F */
-    if (code >= 0x0180 && code <= 0x024f) {
-        if (code >= 0x01cd && code <= 0x01dc) {
-	    if (code & 1)
-	       *lower += 1;
-	    else
-	       *upper -= 1;
-        }
-        else if ( (code >= 0x01de && code <= 0x01ef) ||
-                  (code >= 0x01f4 && code <= 0x01f5) ||
-                  (code >= 0x01f8 && code <= 0x021f) ||
-                  (code >= 0x0222 && code <= 0x0233) ) {
-            *lower |= 1;
-            *upper &= ~1;
-        }
-        else if (code >= 0x0180 && code <= 0x01cc) {
-            *lower = LatinExtB_lower_mapping[code - 0x0180];
-            *upper = LatinExtB_upper_mapping[code - 0x0180];
-        }
-        else if (code == 0x01dd)
-            *upper = 0x018e;
-        else if (code == 0x01f1 || code == 0x01f2) {
-            *lower = 0x01f3;
-            *upper = 0x01f1;
-        }
-        else if (code == 0x01f3)
-            *upper = 0x01f1;
-        else if (code == 0x01f6)
-            *lower = 0x0195;
-        else if (code == 0x01f7)
-            *lower = 0x01bf;
-        else if (code == 0x0220)
-            *lower = 0x019e;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /* IPA Extensions, U+0250 to U+02AF */
-    if (code >= 0x0253 && code <= 0x0292) {
-        *upper = IPAExt_upper_mapping[code - 0x0253];
-    }
-
-    /* Combining Diacritical Marks, U+0300 to U+036F */
-    if (code == 0x0345) {
-        *upper = 0x0399;
-    }
-
-    /* Greek and Coptic, U+0370 to U+03FF */
-    if (code >= 0x0370 && code <= 0x03ff) {
-        *lower = Greek_lower_mapping[code - 0x0370];
-        *upper = Greek_upper_mapping[code - 0x0370];
-        if (*upper == 0)
-            *upper = code;
-        if (*lower == 0)
-            *lower = code;
-    }
-
-    /* Cyrillic and Cyrillic Supplementary, U+0400 to U+052F */
-    if ( (code >= 0x0400 && code <= 0x04ff) ||
-         (code >= 0x0500 && code <= 0x052f) ) {
-        if (code >= 0x0400 && code <= 0x040f)
-            *lower += 0x50;
-        else if (code >= 0x0410 && code <= 0x042f)
-            *lower += 0x20;
-        else if (code >= 0x0430 && code <= 0x044f)
-            *upper -= 0x20;
-        else if (code >= 0x0450 && code <= 0x045f)
-            *upper -= 0x50;
-        else if ( (code >= 0x0460 && code <= 0x0481) ||
-                  (code >= 0x048a && code <= 0x04bf) ||
-	          (code >= 0x04d0 && code <= 0x04f5) ||
-	          (code >= 0x04f8 && code <= 0x04f9) ||
-                  (code >= 0x0500 && code <= 0x050f) ) {
-            *upper &= ~1;
-            *lower |= 1;
-        }
-        else if (code >= 0x04c1 && code <= 0x04ce) {
-	    if (code & 1)
-	        *lower += 1;
-	    else
-	        *upper -= 1;
-        }
-    }
-
-    /* Armenian, U+0530 to U+058F */
-    if (code >= 0x0530 && code <= 0x058f) {
-        if (code >= 0x0531 && code <= 0x0556)
-            *lower += 0x30;
-        else if (code >=0x0561 && code <= 0x0586)
-            *upper -= 0x30;
-    }
-
-    /* Latin Extended Additional, U+1E00 to U+1EFF */
-    if (code >= 0x1e00 && code <= 0x1eff) {
-        if ( (code >= 0x1e00 && code <= 0x1e95) ||
-             (code >= 0x1ea0 && code <= 0x1ef9) ) {
-            *upper &= ~1;
-            *lower |= 1;
-        }
-        else if (code == 0x1e9b)
-            *upper = 0x1e60;
-    }
-
-    /* Greek Extended, U+1F00 to U+1FFF */
-    if (code >= 0x1f00 && code <= 0x1fff) {
-        *lower = GreekExt_lower_mapping[code - 0x1f00];
-        *upper = GreekExt_upper_mapping[code - 0x1f00];
-        if (*upper == 0)
-            *upper = code;
-        if (*lower == 0)
-            *lower = code;
-    }
-
-    /* Letterlike Symbols, U+2100 to U+214F */
-    if (code >= 0x2100 && code <= 0x214f) {
-        switch (code) {
-        case 0x2126: *lower = 0x03c9; break;
-        case 0x212a: *lower = 0x006b; break;
-        case 0x212b: *lower = 0x00e5; break;
-        }
-    }
-    /* Number Forms, U+2150 to U+218F */
-    else if (code >= 0x2160 && code <= 0x216f)
-        *lower += 0x10;
-    else if (code >= 0x2170 && code <= 0x217f)
-        *upper -= 0x10;
-    /* Enclosed Alphanumerics, U+2460 to U+24FF */
-    else if (code >= 0x24b6 && code <= 0x24cf)
-        *lower += 0x1a;
-    else if (code >= 0x24d0 && code <= 0x24e9)
-        *upper -= 0x1a;
-    /* Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms, U+FF00 to U+FFEF */
-    else if (code >= 0xff21 && code <= 0xff3a)
-        *lower += 0x20;
-    else if (code >= 0xff41 && code <= 0xff5a)
-        *upper -= 0x20;
-    /* Deseret, U+10400 to U+104FF */
-    else if (code >= 0x10400 && code <= 0x10427)
-        *lower += 0x28;
-    else if (code >= 0x10428 && code <= 0x1044f)
-        *upper -= 0x28;
-}
-
-void
-XConvertCase(
-    register KeySym sym,
-    KeySym *lower,
-    KeySym *upper)
-{
-    /* Latin 1 keysym */
-    if (sym < 0x100) {
-        UCSConvertCase(sym, lower, upper);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /* Unicode keysym */
-    if ((sym & 0xff000000) == 0x01000000) {
-        UCSConvertCase((sym & 0x00ffffff), lower, upper);
-        *upper |= 0x01000000;
-        *lower |= 0x01000000;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /* Legacy keysym */
-
-    *lower = sym;
-    *upper = sym;
-
-    switch(sym >> 8) {
-    case 1: /* Latin 2 */
-	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */
-	if (sym == XK_Aogonek)
-	    *lower = XK_aogonek;
-	else if (sym >= XK_Lstroke && sym <= XK_Sacute)
-	    *lower += (XK_lstroke - XK_Lstroke);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Scaron && sym <= XK_Zacute)
-	    *lower += (XK_scaron - XK_Scaron);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Zcaron && sym <= XK_Zabovedot)
-	    *lower += (XK_zcaron - XK_Zcaron);
-	else if (sym == XK_aogonek)
-	    *upper = XK_Aogonek;
-	else if (sym >= XK_lstroke && sym <= XK_sacute)
-	    *upper -= (XK_lstroke - XK_Lstroke);
-	else if (sym >= XK_scaron && sym <= XK_zacute)
-	    *upper -= (XK_scaron - XK_Scaron);
-	else if (sym >= XK_zcaron && sym <= XK_zabovedot)
-	    *upper -= (XK_zcaron - XK_Zcaron);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Racute && sym <= XK_Tcedilla)
-	    *lower += (XK_racute - XK_Racute);
-	else if (sym >= XK_racute && sym <= XK_tcedilla)
-	    *upper -= (XK_racute - XK_Racute);
-	break;
-    case 2: /* Latin 3 */
-	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */
-	if (sym >= XK_Hstroke && sym <= XK_Hcircumflex)
-	    *lower += (XK_hstroke - XK_Hstroke);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Gbreve && sym <= XK_Jcircumflex)
-	    *lower += (XK_gbreve - XK_Gbreve);
-	else if (sym >= XK_hstroke && sym <= XK_hcircumflex)
-	    *upper -= (XK_hstroke - XK_Hstroke);
-	else if (sym >= XK_gbreve && sym <= XK_jcircumflex)
-	    *upper -= (XK_gbreve - XK_Gbreve);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Cabovedot && sym <= XK_Scircumflex)
-	    *lower += (XK_cabovedot - XK_Cabovedot);
-	else if (sym >= XK_cabovedot && sym <= XK_scircumflex)
-	    *upper -= (XK_cabovedot - XK_Cabovedot);
-	break;
-    case 3: /* Latin 4 */
-	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */
-	if (sym >= XK_Rcedilla && sym <= XK_Tslash)
-	    *lower += (XK_rcedilla - XK_Rcedilla);
-	else if (sym >= XK_rcedilla && sym <= XK_tslash)
-	    *upper -= (XK_rcedilla - XK_Rcedilla);
-	else if (sym == XK_ENG)
-	    *lower = XK_eng;
-	else if (sym == XK_eng)
-	    *upper = XK_ENG;
-	else if (sym >= XK_Amacron && sym <= XK_Umacron)
-	    *lower += (XK_amacron - XK_Amacron);
-	else if (sym >= XK_amacron && sym <= XK_umacron)
-	    *upper -= (XK_amacron - XK_Amacron);
-	break;
-    case 6: /* Cyrillic */
-	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */
-	if (sym >= XK_Serbian_DJE && sym <= XK_Serbian_DZE)
-	    *lower -= (XK_Serbian_DJE - XK_Serbian_dje);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Serbian_dje && sym <= XK_Serbian_dze)
-	    *upper += (XK_Serbian_DJE - XK_Serbian_dje);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Cyrillic_YU && sym <= XK_Cyrillic_HARDSIGN)
-	    *lower -= (XK_Cyrillic_YU - XK_Cyrillic_yu);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Cyrillic_yu && sym <= XK_Cyrillic_hardsign)
-	    *upper += (XK_Cyrillic_YU - XK_Cyrillic_yu);
-        break;
-    case 7: /* Greek */
-	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */
-	if (sym >= XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent && sym <= XK_Greek_OMEGAaccent)
-	    *lower += (XK_Greek_alphaaccent - XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Greek_alphaaccent && sym <= XK_Greek_omegaaccent &&
-		 sym != XK_Greek_iotaaccentdieresis &&
-		 sym != XK_Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis)
-	    *upper -= (XK_Greek_alphaaccent - XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Greek_ALPHA && sym <= XK_Greek_OMEGA)
-	    *lower += (XK_Greek_alpha - XK_Greek_ALPHA);
-	else if (sym >= XK_Greek_alpha && sym <= XK_Greek_omega &&
-		 sym != XK_Greek_finalsmallsigma)
-	    *upper -= (XK_Greek_alpha - XK_Greek_ALPHA);
-        break;
-    case 0x13: /* Latin 9 */
-        if (sym == XK_OE)
-            *lower = XK_oe;
-        else if (sym == XK_oe)
-            *upper = XK_OE;
-        else if (sym == XK_Ydiaeresis)
-            *lower = XK_ydiaeresis;
-        break;
-    }
-}
-
-int
-_XTranslateKey(	register Display *dpy,
-		KeyCode keycode,
-		register unsigned int modifiers,
-		unsigned int *modifiers_return,
-		KeySym *keysym_return)
-{
-    int per;
-    register KeySym *syms;
-    KeySym sym, lsym, usym;
-
-    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))
-	return 0;
-    *modifiers_return = ((ShiftMask|LockMask)
-			 | dpy->mode_switch | dpy->num_lock);
-    if (((int)keycode < dpy->min_keycode) || ((int)keycode > dpy->max_keycode))
-    {
-	*keysym_return = NoSymbol;
-	return 1;
-    }
-    per = dpy->keysyms_per_keycode;
-    syms = &dpy->keysyms[(keycode - dpy->min_keycode) * per];
-    while ((per > 2) && (syms[per - 1] == NoSymbol))
-	per--;
-    if ((per > 2) && (modifiers & dpy->mode_switch)) {
-	syms += 2;
-	per -= 2;
-    }
-    if ((modifiers & dpy->num_lock) &&
-	(per > 1 && (IsKeypadKey(syms[1]) || IsPrivateKeypadKey(syms[1])))) {
-	if ((modifiers & ShiftMask) ||
-	    ((modifiers & LockMask) && (dpy->lock_meaning == XK_Shift_Lock)))
-	    *keysym_return = syms[0];
-	else
-	    *keysym_return = syms[1];
-    } else if (!(modifiers & ShiftMask) &&
-	(!(modifiers & LockMask) || (dpy->lock_meaning == NoSymbol))) {
-	if ((per == 1) || (syms[1] == NoSymbol))
-	    XConvertCase(syms[0], keysym_return, &usym);
-	else
-	    *keysym_return = syms[0];
-    } else if (!(modifiers & LockMask) ||
-	       (dpy->lock_meaning != XK_Caps_Lock)) {
-	if ((per == 1) || ((usym = syms[1]) == NoSymbol))
-	    XConvertCase(syms[0], &lsym, &usym);
-	*keysym_return = usym;
-    } else {
-	if ((per == 1) || ((sym = syms[1]) == NoSymbol))
-	    sym = syms[0];
-	XConvertCase(sym, &lsym, &usym);
-	if (!(modifiers & ShiftMask) && (sym != syms[0]) &&
-	    ((sym != usym) || (lsym == usym)))
-	    XConvertCase(syms[0], &lsym, &usym);
-	*keysym_return = usym;
-    }
-    if (*keysym_return == XK_VoidSymbol)
-	*keysym_return = NoSymbol;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-int
-_XTranslateKeySym(
-    Display *dpy,
-    register KeySym symbol,
-    unsigned int modifiers,
-    char *buffer,
-    int nbytes)
-{
-    register struct _XKeytrans *p;
-    int length;
-    unsigned long hiBytes;
-    register unsigned char c;
-
-    if (!symbol)
-	return 0;
-    /* see if symbol rebound, if so, return that string. */
-    for (p = dpy->key_bindings; p; p = p->next) {
-	if (((modifiers & AllMods) == p->state) && (symbol == p->key)) {
-	    length = p->len;
-	    if (length > nbytes) length = nbytes;
-	    memcpy (buffer, p->string, length);
-	    return length;
-	}
-    }
-    /* try to convert to Latin-1, handling control */
-    hiBytes = symbol >> 8;
-    if (!(nbytes &&
-	  ((hiBytes == 0) ||
-	   ((hiBytes == 0xFF) &&
-	    (((symbol >= XK_BackSpace) && (symbol <= XK_Clear)) ||
-	     (symbol == XK_Return) ||
-	     (symbol == XK_Escape) ||
-	     (symbol == XK_KP_Space) ||
-	     (symbol == XK_KP_Tab) ||
-	     (symbol == XK_KP_Enter) ||
-	     ((symbol >= XK_KP_Multiply) && (symbol <= XK_KP_9)) ||
-	     (symbol == XK_KP_Equal) ||
-	     (symbol == XK_Delete))))))
-	return 0;
-
-    /* if X keysym, convert to ascii by grabbing low 7 bits */
-    if (symbol == XK_KP_Space)
-	c = XK_space & 0x7F; /* patch encoding botch */
-    else if (hiBytes == 0xFF)
-	c = symbol & 0x7F;
-    else
-	c = symbol & 0xFF;
-    /* only apply Control key if it makes sense, else ignore it */
-    if (modifiers & ControlMask) {
-	if ((c >= '@' && c < '\177') || c == ' ') c &= 0x1F;
-	else if (c == '2') c = '\000';
-	else if (c >= '3' && c <= '7') c -= ('3' - '\033');
-	else if (c == '8') c = '\177';
-	else if (c == '/') c = '_' & 0x1F;
-    }
-    buffer[0] = c;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-int
-XLookupString (
-    register XKeyEvent *event,
-    char *buffer,	/* buffer */
-    int nbytes,	/* space in buffer for characters */
-    KeySym *keysym,
-    XComposeStatus *status)	/* not implemented */
-{
-    unsigned int modifiers;
-    KeySym symbol;
-
-    if (! _XTranslateKey(event->display, event->keycode, event->state,
-		  &modifiers, &symbol))
-	return 0;
-
-#ifdef USE_OWN_COMPOSE
-    if ( status ) {
-	static int been_here= 0;
-	if ( !been_here ) {
-	    XimCompInitTables();
-	    been_here = 1;
-	}
-	if ( !XimCompLegalStatus(status) ) {
-	    status->compose_ptr = NULL;
-	    status->chars_matched = 0;
-	}
-	if ( ((status->chars_matched>0)&&(status->compose_ptr!=NULL)) ||
-		XimCompIsComposeKey(symbol,event->keycode,status) ) {
-	    XimCompRtrn rtrn;
-	    switch (XimCompProcessSym(status,symbol,&rtrn)) {
-		case XIM_COMP_IGNORE:
-		    break;
-		case XIM_COMP_IN_PROGRESS:
-		    if ( keysym!=NULL )
-			*keysym = NoSymbol;
-		    return 0;
-		case XIM_COMP_FAIL:
-		{
-		    int n = 0, len= 0;
-		    for (n=len=0;rtrn.sym[n]!=XK_VoidSymbol;n++) {
-			if ( nbytes-len > 0 ) {
-			    len+= _XTranslateKeySym(event->display,rtrn.sym[n],
-							event->state,
-							buffer+len,nbytes-len);
-			}
-		    }
-		    if ( keysym!=NULL ) {
-			if ( n==1 )	*keysym = rtrn.sym[0];
-			else		*keysym = NoSymbol;
-		    }
-		    return len;
-		}
-		case XIM_COMP_SUCCEED:
-		{
-		    int len,n = 0;
-
-		    symbol = rtrn.matchSym;
-		    if ( keysym!=NULL )	*keysym = symbol;
-		    if ( rtrn.str[0]!='\0' ) {
-			strncpy(buffer,rtrn.str,nbytes-1);
-			buffer[nbytes-1]= '\0';
-			len = strlen(buffer);
-		    }
-		    else {
-			len = _XTranslateKeySym(event->display,symbol,
-							event->state,
-							buffer,nbytes);
-		    }
-		    for (n=0;rtrn.sym[n]!=XK_VoidSymbol;n++) {
-			if ( nbytes-len > 0 ) {
-			    len+= _XTranslateKeySym(event->display,rtrn.sym[n],
-							event->state,
-							buffer+len,nbytes-len);
-			}
-		    }
-		    return len;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (keysym)
-	*keysym = symbol;
-    /* arguable whether to use (event->state & ~modifiers) here */
-    return _XTranslateKeySym(event->display, symbol, event->state,
-			     buffer, nbytes);
-}
-
-static void
-_XFreeKeyBindings(
-    Display *dpy)
-{
-    register struct _XKeytrans *p, *np;
-
-    for (p = dpy->key_bindings; p; p = np) {
-	np = p->next;
-	Xfree(p->string);
-	Xfree((char *)p->modifiers);
-	Xfree((char *)p);
-    }
-}
-
-int
-XRebindKeysym (
-    Display *dpy,
-    KeySym keysym,
-    KeySym *mlist,
-    int nm,		/* number of modifiers in mlist */
-    _Xconst unsigned char *str,
-    int nbytes)
-{
-    register struct _XKeytrans *tmp, *p;
-    int nb;
-
-    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))
-	return 0;
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    tmp = dpy->key_bindings;
-    nb = sizeof(KeySym) * nm;
-
-    if ((! (p = (struct _XKeytrans *) Xcalloc( 1, sizeof(struct _XKeytrans)))) ||
-	((! (p->string = (char *) Xmalloc( (unsigned) nbytes))) &&
-	 (nbytes > 0)) ||
-	((! (p->modifiers = (KeySym *) Xmalloc( (unsigned) nb))) &&
-	 (nb > 0))) {
-	if (p) {
-	    if (p->string) Xfree(p->string);
-	    if (p->modifiers) Xfree((char *) p->modifiers);
-	    Xfree((char *) p);
-	}
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    dpy->key_bindings = p;
-    dpy->free_funcs->key_bindings = _XFreeKeyBindings;
-    p->next = tmp;	/* chain onto list */
-    memcpy (p->string, (char *) str, nbytes);
-    p->len = nbytes;
-    memcpy ((char *) p->modifiers, (char *) mlist, nb);
-    p->key = keysym;
-    p->mlen = nm;
-    ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(dpy, p);
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-unsigned
-_XKeysymToModifiers(
-    Display *dpy,
-    KeySym ks)
-{
-    CARD8 code,mods;
-    register KeySym *kmax;
-    register KeySym *k;
-    register XModifierKeymap *m;
-
-    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))
-	return 0;
-    kmax = dpy->keysyms +
-	   (dpy->max_keycode - dpy->min_keycode + 1) * dpy->keysyms_per_keycode;
-    k = dpy->keysyms;
-    m = dpy->modifiermap;
-    mods= 0;
-    while (k<kmax) {
-	if (*k == ks ) {
-	    register int j = m->max_keypermod<<3;
-
-	    code=(((k-dpy->keysyms)/dpy->keysyms_per_keycode)+dpy->min_keycode);
-
-	    while (--j >= 0) {
-		if (code == m->modifiermap[j])
-		    mods|= (1<<(j/m->max_keypermod));
-	    }
-	}
-	k++;
-    }
-    return mods;
-}
-
-/*
- * given a list of modifiers, computes the mask necessary for later matching.
- * This routine must lookup the key in the Keymap and then search to see
- * what modifier it is bound to, if any.  Sets the AnyModifier bit if it
- * can't map some keysym to a modifier.
- */
-static void
-ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(
-    Display *dpy,
-    register struct _XKeytrans *p)
-{
-    register int i;
-
-    p->state = AnyModifier;
-    for (i = 0; i < p->mlen; i++) {
-	p->state|= XkbKeysymToModifiers(dpy,p->modifiers[i]);
-    }
-    p->state &= AllMods;
-}
+/*

+

+Copyright 1985, 1987, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+/* Beware, here be monsters (still under construction... - JG */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <X11/Xlibint.h>

+#include <X11/Xutil.h>

+#define XK_MISCELLANY

+#define XK_LATIN1

+#define XK_LATIN2

+#define XK_LATIN3

+#define XK_LATIN4

+#define XK_LATIN8

+#define XK_LATIN9

+#define XK_CYRILLIC

+#define XK_GREEK

+#define XK_ARMENIAN

+#define XK_CAUCASUS

+#define XK_VIETNAMESE

+#define XK_XKB_KEYS

+#define XK_SINHALA

+#include <X11/keysymdef.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+

+#ifdef USE_OWN_COMPOSE

+#include "imComp.h"

+

+#endif

+

+#include "Xresource.h"

+#include "Key.h"

+

+#ifdef XKB

+#include "XKBlib.h"

+#include "XKBlibint.h"

+#define	XKeycodeToKeysym	_XKeycodeToKeysym

+#define	XKeysymToKeycode	_XKeysymToKeycode

+#define	XLookupKeysym		_XLookupKeysym

+#define	XRefreshKeyboardMapping	_XRefreshKeyboardMapping

+#define	XLookupString		_XLookupString

+/* XKBBind.c */

+#else

+#define	XkbKeysymToModifiers	_XKeysymToModifiers

+#endif

+

+#define AllMods (ShiftMask|LockMask|ControlMask| \

+		 Mod1Mask|Mod2Mask|Mod3Mask|Mod4Mask|Mod5Mask)

+

+static void

+ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(

+    Display *dpy,

+    register struct _XKeytrans *p);

+

+struct _XKeytrans {

+	struct _XKeytrans *next;/* next on list */

+	char *string;		/* string to return when the time comes */

+	int len;		/* length of string (since NULL is legit)*/

+	KeySym key;		/* keysym rebound */

+	unsigned int state;	/* modifier state */

+	KeySym *modifiers;	/* modifier keysyms you want */

+	int mlen;		/* length of modifier list */

+};

+

+static KeySym

+KeyCodetoKeySym(register Display *dpy, KeyCode keycode, int col)

+{

+    register int per = dpy->keysyms_per_keycode;

+    register KeySym *syms;

+    KeySym lsym, usym;

+

+    if ((col < 0) || ((col >= per) && (col > 3)) ||

+	((int)keycode < dpy->min_keycode) || ((int)keycode > dpy->max_keycode))

+      return NoSymbol;

+

+    syms = &dpy->keysyms[(keycode - dpy->min_keycode) * per];

+    if (col < 4) {

+	if (col > 1) {

+	    while ((per > 2) && (syms[per - 1] == NoSymbol))

+		per--;

+	    if (per < 3)

+		col -= 2;

+	}

+	if ((per <= (col|1)) || (syms[col|1] == NoSymbol)) {

+	    XConvertCase(syms[col&~1], &lsym, &usym);

+	    if (!(col & 1))

+		return lsym;

+	    else if (usym == lsym)

+		return NoSymbol;

+	    else

+		return usym;

+	}

+    }

+    return syms[col];

+}

+

+KeySym

+XKeycodeToKeysym(Display *dpy,

+#if NeedWidePrototypes

+		 unsigned int kc,

+#else

+		 KeyCode kc,

+#endif

+		 int col)

+{

+    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))

+	return NoSymbol;

+    return KeyCodetoKeySym(dpy, kc, col);

+}

+

+KeyCode

+XKeysymToKeycode(

+    Display *dpy,

+    KeySym ks)

+{

+    register int i, j;

+

+    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))

+	return (KeyCode) 0;

+    for (j = 0; j < dpy->keysyms_per_keycode; j++) {

+	for (i = dpy->min_keycode; i <= dpy->max_keycode; i++) {

+	    if (KeyCodetoKeySym(dpy, (KeyCode) i, j) == ks)

+		return i;

+	}

+    }

+    return 0;

+}

+

+KeySym

+XLookupKeysym(

+    register XKeyEvent *event,

+    int col)

+{

+    if ((! event->display->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(event->display)))

+	return NoSymbol;

+    return KeyCodetoKeySym(event->display, event->keycode, col);

+}

+

+static void

+ResetModMap(

+    Display *dpy)

+{

+    register XModifierKeymap *map;

+    register int i, j, n;

+    KeySym sym;

+    register struct _XKeytrans *p;

+

+    map = dpy->modifiermap;

+    /* If any Lock key contains Caps_Lock, then interpret as Caps_Lock,

+     * else if any contains Shift_Lock, then interpret as Shift_Lock,

+     * else ignore Lock altogether.

+     */

+    dpy->lock_meaning = NoSymbol;

+    /* Lock modifiers are in the second row of the matrix */

+    n = 2 * map->max_keypermod;

+    for (i = map->max_keypermod; i < n; i++) {

+	for (j = 0; j < dpy->keysyms_per_keycode; j++) {

+	    sym = KeyCodetoKeySym(dpy, map->modifiermap[i], j);

+	    if (sym == XK_Caps_Lock) {

+		dpy->lock_meaning = XK_Caps_Lock;

+		break;

+	    } else if (sym == XK_Shift_Lock) {

+		dpy->lock_meaning = XK_Shift_Lock;

+	    }

+	    else if (sym == XK_ISO_Lock) {

+		dpy->lock_meaning = XK_Caps_Lock;

+		break;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    /* Now find any Mod<n> modifier acting as the Group or Numlock modifier */

+    dpy->mode_switch = 0;

+    dpy->num_lock = 0;

+    n *= 4;

+    for (i = 3*map->max_keypermod; i < n; i++) {

+	for (j = 0; j < dpy->keysyms_per_keycode; j++) {

+	    sym = KeyCodetoKeySym(dpy, map->modifiermap[i], j);

+	    if (sym == XK_Mode_switch)

+		dpy->mode_switch |= 1 << (i / map->max_keypermod);

+	    if (sym == XK_Num_Lock)

+		dpy->num_lock |= 1 << (i / map->max_keypermod);

+	}

+    }

+    for (p = dpy->key_bindings; p; p = p->next)

+	ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(dpy, p);

+}

+

+static int

+InitModMap(

+    Display *dpy)

+{

+    register XModifierKeymap *map;

+

+    if (! (map = XGetModifierMapping(dpy)))

+	return 0;

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    if (dpy->modifiermap)

+	XFreeModifiermap(dpy->modifiermap);

+    dpy->modifiermap = map;

+    dpy->free_funcs->modifiermap = XFreeModifiermap;

+    if (dpy->keysyms)

+	ResetModMap(dpy);

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    return 1;

+}

+

+int

+XRefreshKeyboardMapping(register XMappingEvent *event)

+{

+

+    if(event->request == MappingKeyboard) {

+	/* XXX should really only refresh what is necessary

+	 * for now, make initialize test fail

+	 */

+	LockDisplay(event->display);

+	if (event->display->keysyms) {

+	     Xfree ((char *)event->display->keysyms);

+	     event->display->keysyms = NULL;

+	}

+	UnlockDisplay(event->display);

+    }

+    if(event->request == MappingModifier) {

+	LockDisplay(event->display);

+	if (event->display->modifiermap) {

+	    XFreeModifiermap(event->display->modifiermap);

+	    event->display->modifiermap = NULL;

+	}

+	UnlockDisplay(event->display);

+	/* go ahead and get it now, since initialize test may not fail */

+	if (event->display->keysyms)

+	    (void) InitModMap(event->display);

+    }

+    return 1;

+}

+

+int

+_XKeyInitialize(

+    Display *dpy)

+{

+    int per, n;

+    KeySym *keysyms;

+

+    /*

+     * lets go get the keysyms from the server.

+     */

+    if (!dpy->keysyms) {

+	n = dpy->max_keycode - dpy->min_keycode + 1;

+	keysyms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpy, (KeyCode) dpy->min_keycode,

+				       n, &per);

+	/* keysyms may be NULL */

+	if (! keysyms) return 0;

+

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	if (dpy->keysyms)

+	    Xfree ((char *)dpy->keysyms);

+	dpy->keysyms = keysyms;

+	dpy->keysyms_per_keycode = per;

+	if (dpy->modifiermap)

+	    ResetModMap(dpy);

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    }

+    if (!dpy->modifiermap)

+        return InitModMap(dpy);

+    return 1;

+}

+

+static void

+UCSConvertCase( register unsigned code,

+                KeySym *lower,

+                KeySym *upper )

+{

+    /* Case conversion for UCS, as in Unicode Data version 4.0.0 */

+    /* NB: Only converts simple one-to-one mappings. */

+

+    /* Tables are used where they take less space than     */

+    /* the code to work out the mappings. Zero values mean */

+    /* undefined code points.                              */

+

+    static unsigned short const IPAExt_upper_mapping[] = { /* part only */

+                            0x0181, 0x0186, 0x0255, 0x0189, 0x018A,

+    0x0258, 0x018F, 0x025A, 0x0190, 0x025C, 0x025D, 0x025E, 0x025F,

+    0x0193, 0x0261, 0x0262, 0x0194, 0x0264, 0x0265, 0x0266, 0x0267,

+    0x0197, 0x0196, 0x026A, 0x026B, 0x026C, 0x026D, 0x026E, 0x019C,

+    0x0270, 0x0271, 0x019D, 0x0273, 0x0274, 0x019F, 0x0276, 0x0277,

+    0x0278, 0x0279, 0x027A, 0x027B, 0x027C, 0x027D, 0x027E, 0x027F,

+    0x01A6, 0x0281, 0x0282, 0x01A9, 0x0284, 0x0285, 0x0286, 0x0287,

+    0x01AE, 0x0289, 0x01B1, 0x01B2, 0x028C, 0x028D, 0x028E, 0x028F,

+    0x0290, 0x0291, 0x01B7

+    };

+

+    static unsigned short const LatinExtB_upper_mapping[] = { /* first part only */

+    0x0180, 0x0181, 0x0182, 0x0182, 0x0184, 0x0184, 0x0186, 0x0187,

+    0x0187, 0x0189, 0x018A, 0x018B, 0x018B, 0x018D, 0x018E, 0x018F,

+    0x0190, 0x0191, 0x0191, 0x0193, 0x0194, 0x01F6, 0x0196, 0x0197,

+    0x0198, 0x0198, 0x019A, 0x019B, 0x019C, 0x019D, 0x0220, 0x019F,

+    0x01A0, 0x01A0, 0x01A2, 0x01A2, 0x01A4, 0x01A4, 0x01A6, 0x01A7,

+    0x01A7, 0x01A9, 0x01AA, 0x01AB, 0x01AC, 0x01AC, 0x01AE, 0x01AF,

+    0x01AF, 0x01B1, 0x01B2, 0x01B3, 0x01B3, 0x01B5, 0x01B5, 0x01B7,

+    0x01B8, 0x01B8, 0x01BA, 0x01BB, 0x01BC, 0x01BC, 0x01BE, 0x01F7,

+    0x01C0, 0x01C1, 0x01C2, 0x01C3, 0x01C4, 0x01C4, 0x01C4, 0x01C7,

+    0x01C7, 0x01C7, 0x01CA, 0x01CA, 0x01CA

+    };

+

+    static unsigned short const LatinExtB_lower_mapping[] = { /* first part only */

+    0x0180, 0x0253, 0x0183, 0x0183, 0x0185, 0x0185, 0x0254, 0x0188,

+    0x0188, 0x0256, 0x0257, 0x018C, 0x018C, 0x018D, 0x01DD, 0x0259,

+    0x025B, 0x0192, 0x0192, 0x0260, 0x0263, 0x0195, 0x0269, 0x0268,

+    0x0199, 0x0199, 0x019A, 0x019B, 0x026F, 0x0272, 0x019E, 0x0275,

+    0x01A1, 0x01A1, 0x01A3, 0x01A3, 0x01A5, 0x01A5, 0x0280, 0x01A8,

+    0x01A8, 0x0283, 0x01AA, 0x01AB, 0x01AD, 0x01AD, 0x0288, 0x01B0,

+    0x01B0, 0x028A, 0x028B, 0x01B4, 0x01B4, 0x01B6, 0x01B6, 0x0292,

+    0x01B9, 0x01B9, 0x01BA, 0x01BB, 0x01BD, 0x01BD, 0x01BE, 0x01BF,

+    0x01C0, 0x01C1, 0x01C2, 0x01C3, 0x01C6, 0x01C6, 0x01C6, 0x01C9,

+    0x01C9, 0x01C9, 0x01CC, 0x01CC, 0x01CC

+    };

+

+    static unsigned short const Greek_upper_mapping[] = {

+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0374, 0x0375, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x037A, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x037E, 0x0000,

+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0384, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x0387,

+    0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x0000, 0x038C, 0x0000, 0x038E, 0x038F,

+    0x0390, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,

+    0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F,

+    0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0x0000, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7,

+    0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x0386, 0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A,

+    0x03B0, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,

+    0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F,

+    0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0x03A3, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7,

+    0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x038C, 0x038E, 0x038F, 0x0000,

+    0x0392, 0x0398, 0x03D2, 0x03D3, 0x03D4, 0x03A6, 0x03A0, 0x03D7,

+    0x03D8, 0x03D8, 0x03DA, 0x03DA, 0x03DC, 0x03DC, 0x03DE, 0x03DE,

+    0x03E0, 0x03E0, 0x03E2, 0x03E2, 0x03E4, 0x03E4, 0x03E6, 0x03E6,

+    0x03E8, 0x03E8, 0x03EA, 0x03EA, 0x03EC, 0x03EC, 0x03EE, 0x03EE,

+    0x039A, 0x03A1, 0x03F9, 0x03F3, 0x03F4, 0x0395, 0x03F6, 0x03F7,

+    0x03F7, 0x03F9, 0x03FA, 0x03FA, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000

+    };

+

+    static unsigned short const Greek_lower_mapping[] = {

+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0374, 0x0375, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x037A, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x037E, 0x0000,

+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0384, 0x0385, 0x03AC, 0x0387,

+    0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF, 0x0000, 0x03CC, 0x0000, 0x03CD, 0x03CE,

+    0x0390, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7,

+    0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF,

+    0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x0000, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7,

+    0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF,

+    0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7,

+    0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF,

+    0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7,

+    0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0x0000,

+    0x03D0, 0x03D1, 0x03D2, 0x03D3, 0x03D4, 0x03D5, 0x03D6, 0x03D7,

+    0x03D9, 0x03D9, 0x03DB, 0x03DB, 0x03DD, 0x03DD, 0x03DF, 0x03DF,

+    0x03E1, 0x03E1, 0x03E3, 0x03E3, 0x03E5, 0x03E5, 0x03E7, 0x03E7,

+    0x03E9, 0x03E9, 0x03EB, 0x03EB, 0x03ED, 0x03ED, 0x03EF, 0x03EF,

+    0x03F0, 0x03F1, 0x03F2, 0x03F3, 0x03B8, 0x03F5, 0x03F6, 0x03F8,

+    0x03F8, 0x03F2, 0x03FB, 0x03FB, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000

+    };

+

+    static unsigned short const GreekExt_lower_mapping[] = {

+    0x1F00, 0x1F01, 0x1F02, 0x1F03, 0x1F04, 0x1F05, 0x1F06, 0x1F07,

+    0x1F00, 0x1F01, 0x1F02, 0x1F03, 0x1F04, 0x1F05, 0x1F06, 0x1F07,

+    0x1F10, 0x1F11, 0x1F12, 0x1F13, 0x1F14, 0x1F15, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F10, 0x1F11, 0x1F12, 0x1F13, 0x1F14, 0x1F15, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F20, 0x1F21, 0x1F22, 0x1F23, 0x1F24, 0x1F25, 0x1F26, 0x1F27,

+    0x1F20, 0x1F21, 0x1F22, 0x1F23, 0x1F24, 0x1F25, 0x1F26, 0x1F27,

+    0x1F30, 0x1F31, 0x1F32, 0x1F33, 0x1F34, 0x1F35, 0x1F36, 0x1F37,

+    0x1F30, 0x1F31, 0x1F32, 0x1F33, 0x1F34, 0x1F35, 0x1F36, 0x1F37,

+    0x1F40, 0x1F41, 0x1F42, 0x1F43, 0x1F44, 0x1F45, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F40, 0x1F41, 0x1F42, 0x1F43, 0x1F44, 0x1F45, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F50, 0x1F51, 0x1F52, 0x1F53, 0x1F54, 0x1F55, 0x1F56, 0x1F57,

+    0x0000, 0x1F51, 0x0000, 0x1F53, 0x0000, 0x1F55, 0x0000, 0x1F57,

+    0x1F60, 0x1F61, 0x1F62, 0x1F63, 0x1F64, 0x1F65, 0x1F66, 0x1F67,

+    0x1F60, 0x1F61, 0x1F62, 0x1F63, 0x1F64, 0x1F65, 0x1F66, 0x1F67,

+    0x1F70, 0x1F71, 0x1F72, 0x1F73, 0x1F74, 0x1F75, 0x1F76, 0x1F77,

+    0x1F78, 0x1F79, 0x1F7A, 0x1F7B, 0x1F7C, 0x1F7D, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F80, 0x1F81, 0x1F82, 0x1F83, 0x1F84, 0x1F85, 0x1F86, 0x1F87,

+    0x1F80, 0x1F81, 0x1F82, 0x1F83, 0x1F84, 0x1F85, 0x1F86, 0x1F87,

+    0x1F90, 0x1F91, 0x1F92, 0x1F93, 0x1F94, 0x1F95, 0x1F96, 0x1F97,

+    0x1F90, 0x1F91, 0x1F92, 0x1F93, 0x1F94, 0x1F95, 0x1F96, 0x1F97,

+    0x1FA0, 0x1FA1, 0x1FA2, 0x1FA3, 0x1FA4, 0x1FA5, 0x1FA6, 0x1FA7,

+    0x1FA0, 0x1FA1, 0x1FA2, 0x1FA3, 0x1FA4, 0x1FA5, 0x1FA6, 0x1FA7,

+    0x1FB0, 0x1FB1, 0x1FB2, 0x1FB3, 0x1FB4, 0x0000, 0x1FB6, 0x1FB7,

+    0x1FB0, 0x1FB1, 0x1F70, 0x1F71, 0x1FB3, 0x1FBD, 0x1FBE, 0x1FBF,

+    0x1FC0, 0x1FC1, 0x1FC2, 0x1FC3, 0x1FC4, 0x0000, 0x1FC6, 0x1FC7,

+    0x1F72, 0x1F73, 0x1F74, 0x1F75, 0x1FC3, 0x1FCD, 0x1FCE, 0x1FCF,

+    0x1FD0, 0x1FD1, 0x1FD2, 0x1FD3, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x1FD6, 0x1FD7,

+    0x1FD0, 0x1FD1, 0x1F76, 0x1F77, 0x0000, 0x1FDD, 0x1FDE, 0x1FDF,

+    0x1FE0, 0x1FE1, 0x1FE2, 0x1FE3, 0x1FE4, 0x1FE5, 0x1FE6, 0x1FE7,

+    0x1FE0, 0x1FE1, 0x1F7A, 0x1F7B, 0x1FE5, 0x1FED, 0x1FEE, 0x1FEF,

+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x1FF2, 0x1FF3, 0x1FF4, 0x0000, 0x1FF6, 0x1FF7,

+    0x1F78, 0x1F79, 0x1F7C, 0x1F7D, 0x1FF3, 0x1FFD, 0x1FFE, 0x0000

+    };

+

+    static unsigned short const GreekExt_upper_mapping[] = {

+    0x1F08, 0x1F09, 0x1F0A, 0x1F0B, 0x1F0C, 0x1F0D, 0x1F0E, 0x1F0F,

+    0x1F08, 0x1F09, 0x1F0A, 0x1F0B, 0x1F0C, 0x1F0D, 0x1F0E, 0x1F0F,

+    0x1F18, 0x1F19, 0x1F1A, 0x1F1B, 0x1F1C, 0x1F1D, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F18, 0x1F19, 0x1F1A, 0x1F1B, 0x1F1C, 0x1F1D, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F28, 0x1F29, 0x1F2A, 0x1F2B, 0x1F2C, 0x1F2D, 0x1F2E, 0x1F2F,

+    0x1F28, 0x1F29, 0x1F2A, 0x1F2B, 0x1F2C, 0x1F2D, 0x1F2E, 0x1F2F,

+    0x1F38, 0x1F39, 0x1F3A, 0x1F3B, 0x1F3C, 0x1F3D, 0x1F3E, 0x1F3F,

+    0x1F38, 0x1F39, 0x1F3A, 0x1F3B, 0x1F3C, 0x1F3D, 0x1F3E, 0x1F3F,

+    0x1F48, 0x1F49, 0x1F4A, 0x1F4B, 0x1F4C, 0x1F4D, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F48, 0x1F49, 0x1F4A, 0x1F4B, 0x1F4C, 0x1F4D, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F50, 0x1F59, 0x1F52, 0x1F5B, 0x1F54, 0x1F5D, 0x1F56, 0x1F5F,

+    0x0000, 0x1F59, 0x0000, 0x1F5B, 0x0000, 0x1F5D, 0x0000, 0x1F5F,

+    0x1F68, 0x1F69, 0x1F6A, 0x1F6B, 0x1F6C, 0x1F6D, 0x1F6E, 0x1F6F,

+    0x1F68, 0x1F69, 0x1F6A, 0x1F6B, 0x1F6C, 0x1F6D, 0x1F6E, 0x1F6F,

+    0x1FBA, 0x1FBB, 0x1FC8, 0x1FC9, 0x1FCA, 0x1FCB, 0x1FDA, 0x1FDB,

+    0x1FF8, 0x1FF9, 0x1FEA, 0x1FEB, 0x1FFA, 0x1FFB, 0x0000, 0x0000,

+    0x1F88, 0x1F89, 0x1F8A, 0x1F8B, 0x1F8C, 0x1F8D, 0x1F8E, 0x1F8F,

+    0x1F88, 0x1F89, 0x1F8A, 0x1F8B, 0x1F8C, 0x1F8D, 0x1F8E, 0x1F8F,

+    0x1F98, 0x1F99, 0x1F9A, 0x1F9B, 0x1F9C, 0x1F9D, 0x1F9E, 0x1F9F,

+    0x1F98, 0x1F99, 0x1F9A, 0x1F9B, 0x1F9C, 0x1F9D, 0x1F9E, 0x1F9F,

+    0x1FA8, 0x1FA9, 0x1FAA, 0x1FAB, 0x1FAC, 0x1FAD, 0x1FAE, 0x1FAF,

+    0x1FA8, 0x1FA9, 0x1FAA, 0x1FAB, 0x1FAC, 0x1FAD, 0x1FAE, 0x1FAF,

+    0x1FB8, 0x1FB9, 0x1FB2, 0x1FBC, 0x1FB4, 0x0000, 0x1FB6, 0x1FB7,

+    0x1FB8, 0x1FB9, 0x1FBA, 0x1FBB, 0x1FBC, 0x1FBD, 0x0399, 0x1FBF,

+    0x1FC0, 0x1FC1, 0x1FC2, 0x1FCC, 0x1FC4, 0x0000, 0x1FC6, 0x1FC7,

+    0x1FC8, 0x1FC9, 0x1FCA, 0x1FCB, 0x1FCC, 0x1FCD, 0x1FCE, 0x1FCF,

+    0x1FD8, 0x1FD9, 0x1FD2, 0x1FD3, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x1FD6, 0x1FD7,

+    0x1FD8, 0x1FD9, 0x1FDA, 0x1FDB, 0x0000, 0x1FDD, 0x1FDE, 0x1FDF,

+    0x1FE8, 0x1FE9, 0x1FE2, 0x1FE3, 0x1FE4, 0x1FEC, 0x1FE6, 0x1FE7,

+    0x1FE8, 0x1FE9, 0x1FEA, 0x1FEB, 0x1FEC, 0x1FED, 0x1FEE, 0x1FEF,

+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x1FF2, 0x1FFC, 0x1FF4, 0x0000, 0x1FF6, 0x1FF7,

+    0x1FF8, 0x1FF9, 0x1FFA, 0x1FFB, 0x1FFC, 0x1FFD, 0x1FFE, 0x0000

+    };

+

+    *lower = code;

+    *upper = code;

+

+    /* Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement, U+0000 to U+00FF */

+    if (code <= 0x00ff) {

+        if (code >= 0x0041 && code <= 0x005a)             /* A-Z */

+            *lower += 0x20;

+        else if (code >= 0x0061 && code <= 0x007a)        /* a-z */

+            *upper -= 0x20;

+        else if ( (code >= 0x00c0 && code <= 0x00d6) ||

+	          (code >= 0x00d8 && code <= 0x00de) )

+            *lower += 0x20;

+        else if ( (code >= 0x00e0 && code <= 0x00f6) ||

+	          (code >= 0x00f8 && code <= 0x00fe) )

+            *upper -= 0x20;

+        else if (code == 0x00ff)      /* y with diaeresis */

+            *upper = 0x0178;

+        else if (code == 0x00b5)      /* micro sign */

+            *upper = 0x039c;

+	return;

+    }

+

+    /* Latin Extended-A, U+0100 to U+017F */

+    if (code >= 0x0100 && code <= 0x017f) {

+        if ( (code >= 0x0100 && code <= 0x012f) ||

+             (code >= 0x0132 && code <= 0x0137) ||

+             (code >= 0x014a && code <= 0x0177) ) {

+            *upper = code & ~1;

+            *lower = code | 1;

+        }

+        else if ( (code >= 0x0139 && code <= 0x0148) ||

+                  (code >= 0x0179 && code <= 0x017e) ) {

+            if (code & 1)

+	        *lower += 1;

+            else

+	        *upper -= 1;

+        }

+        else if (code == 0x0130)

+            *lower = 0x0069;

+        else if (code == 0x0131)

+            *upper = 0x0049;

+        else if (code == 0x0178)

+            *lower = 0x00ff;

+        else if (code == 0x017f)

+            *upper = 0x0053;

+        return;

+    }

+

+    /* Latin Extended-B, U+0180 to U+024F */

+    if (code >= 0x0180 && code <= 0x024f) {

+        if (code >= 0x01cd && code <= 0x01dc) {

+	    if (code & 1)

+	       *lower += 1;

+	    else

+	       *upper -= 1;

+        }

+        else if ( (code >= 0x01de && code <= 0x01ef) ||

+                  (code >= 0x01f4 && code <= 0x01f5) ||

+                  (code >= 0x01f8 && code <= 0x021f) ||

+                  (code >= 0x0222 && code <= 0x0233) ) {

+            *lower |= 1;

+            *upper &= ~1;

+        }

+        else if (code >= 0x0180 && code <= 0x01cc) {

+            *lower = LatinExtB_lower_mapping[code - 0x0180];

+            *upper = LatinExtB_upper_mapping[code - 0x0180];

+        }

+        else if (code == 0x01dd)

+            *upper = 0x018e;

+        else if (code == 0x01f1 || code == 0x01f2) {

+            *lower = 0x01f3;

+            *upper = 0x01f1;

+        }

+        else if (code == 0x01f3)

+            *upper = 0x01f1;

+        else if (code == 0x01f6)

+            *lower = 0x0195;

+        else if (code == 0x01f7)

+            *lower = 0x01bf;

+        else if (code == 0x0220)

+            *lower = 0x019e;

+        return;

+    }

+

+    /* IPA Extensions, U+0250 to U+02AF */

+    if (code >= 0x0253 && code <= 0x0292) {

+        *upper = IPAExt_upper_mapping[code - 0x0253];

+    }

+

+    /* Combining Diacritical Marks, U+0300 to U+036F */

+    if (code == 0x0345) {

+        *upper = 0x0399;

+    }

+

+    /* Greek and Coptic, U+0370 to U+03FF */

+    if (code >= 0x0370 && code <= 0x03ff) {

+        *lower = Greek_lower_mapping[code - 0x0370];

+        *upper = Greek_upper_mapping[code - 0x0370];

+        if (*upper == 0)

+            *upper = code;

+        if (*lower == 0)

+            *lower = code;

+    }

+

+    /* Cyrillic and Cyrillic Supplementary, U+0400 to U+052F */

+    if ( (code >= 0x0400 && code <= 0x04ff) ||

+         (code >= 0x0500 && code <= 0x052f) ) {

+        if (code >= 0x0400 && code <= 0x040f)

+            *lower += 0x50;

+        else if (code >= 0x0410 && code <= 0x042f)

+            *lower += 0x20;

+        else if (code >= 0x0430 && code <= 0x044f)

+            *upper -= 0x20;

+        else if (code >= 0x0450 && code <= 0x045f)

+            *upper -= 0x50;

+        else if ( (code >= 0x0460 && code <= 0x0481) ||

+                  (code >= 0x048a && code <= 0x04bf) ||

+	          (code >= 0x04d0 && code <= 0x04f5) ||

+	          (code >= 0x04f8 && code <= 0x04f9) ||

+                  (code >= 0x0500 && code <= 0x050f) ) {

+            *upper &= ~1;

+            *lower |= 1;

+        }

+        else if (code >= 0x04c1 && code <= 0x04ce) {

+	    if (code & 1)

+	        *lower += 1;

+	    else

+	        *upper -= 1;

+        }

+    }

+

+    /* Armenian, U+0530 to U+058F */

+    if (code >= 0x0530 && code <= 0x058f) {

+        if (code >= 0x0531 && code <= 0x0556)

+            *lower += 0x30;

+        else if (code >=0x0561 && code <= 0x0586)

+            *upper -= 0x30;

+    }

+

+    /* Latin Extended Additional, U+1E00 to U+1EFF */

+    if (code >= 0x1e00 && code <= 0x1eff) {

+        if ( (code >= 0x1e00 && code <= 0x1e95) ||

+             (code >= 0x1ea0 && code <= 0x1ef9) ) {

+            *upper &= ~1;

+            *lower |= 1;

+        }

+        else if (code == 0x1e9b)

+            *upper = 0x1e60;

+    }

+

+    /* Greek Extended, U+1F00 to U+1FFF */

+    if (code >= 0x1f00 && code <= 0x1fff) {

+        *lower = GreekExt_lower_mapping[code - 0x1f00];

+        *upper = GreekExt_upper_mapping[code - 0x1f00];

+        if (*upper == 0)

+            *upper = code;

+        if (*lower == 0)

+            *lower = code;

+    }

+

+    /* Letterlike Symbols, U+2100 to U+214F */

+    if (code >= 0x2100 && code <= 0x214f) {

+        switch (code) {

+        case 0x2126: *lower = 0x03c9; break;

+        case 0x212a: *lower = 0x006b; break;

+        case 0x212b: *lower = 0x00e5; break;

+        }

+    }

+    /* Number Forms, U+2150 to U+218F */

+    else if (code >= 0x2160 && code <= 0x216f)

+        *lower += 0x10;

+    else if (code >= 0x2170 && code <= 0x217f)

+        *upper -= 0x10;

+    /* Enclosed Alphanumerics, U+2460 to U+24FF */

+    else if (code >= 0x24b6 && code <= 0x24cf)

+        *lower += 0x1a;

+    else if (code >= 0x24d0 && code <= 0x24e9)

+        *upper -= 0x1a;

+    /* Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms, U+FF00 to U+FFEF */

+    else if (code >= 0xff21 && code <= 0xff3a)

+        *lower += 0x20;

+    else if (code >= 0xff41 && code <= 0xff5a)

+        *upper -= 0x20;

+    /* Deseret, U+10400 to U+104FF */

+    else if (code >= 0x10400 && code <= 0x10427)

+        *lower += 0x28;

+    else if (code >= 0x10428 && code <= 0x1044f)

+        *upper -= 0x28;

+}

+

+void

+XConvertCase(

+    register KeySym sym,

+    KeySym *lower,

+    KeySym *upper)

+{

+    /* Latin 1 keysym */

+    if (sym < 0x100) {

+        UCSConvertCase(sym, lower, upper);

+	return;

+    }

+

+    /* Unicode keysym */

+    if ((sym & 0xff000000) == 0x01000000) {

+        UCSConvertCase((sym & 0x00ffffff), lower, upper);

+        *upper |= 0x01000000;

+        *lower |= 0x01000000;

+        return;

+    }

+

+    /* Legacy keysym */

+

+    *lower = sym;

+    *upper = sym;

+

+    switch(sym >> 8) {

+    case 1: /* Latin 2 */

+	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */

+	if (sym == XK_Aogonek)

+	    *lower = XK_aogonek;

+	else if (sym >= XK_Lstroke && sym <= XK_Sacute)

+	    *lower += (XK_lstroke - XK_Lstroke);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Scaron && sym <= XK_Zacute)

+	    *lower += (XK_scaron - XK_Scaron);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Zcaron && sym <= XK_Zabovedot)

+	    *lower += (XK_zcaron - XK_Zcaron);

+	else if (sym == XK_aogonek)

+	    *upper = XK_Aogonek;

+	else if (sym >= XK_lstroke && sym <= XK_sacute)

+	    *upper -= (XK_lstroke - XK_Lstroke);

+	else if (sym >= XK_scaron && sym <= XK_zacute)

+	    *upper -= (XK_scaron - XK_Scaron);

+	else if (sym >= XK_zcaron && sym <= XK_zabovedot)

+	    *upper -= (XK_zcaron - XK_Zcaron);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Racute && sym <= XK_Tcedilla)

+	    *lower += (XK_racute - XK_Racute);

+	else if (sym >= XK_racute && sym <= XK_tcedilla)

+	    *upper -= (XK_racute - XK_Racute);

+	break;

+    case 2: /* Latin 3 */

+	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */

+	if (sym >= XK_Hstroke && sym <= XK_Hcircumflex)

+	    *lower += (XK_hstroke - XK_Hstroke);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Gbreve && sym <= XK_Jcircumflex)

+	    *lower += (XK_gbreve - XK_Gbreve);

+	else if (sym >= XK_hstroke && sym <= XK_hcircumflex)

+	    *upper -= (XK_hstroke - XK_Hstroke);

+	else if (sym >= XK_gbreve && sym <= XK_jcircumflex)

+	    *upper -= (XK_gbreve - XK_Gbreve);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Cabovedot && sym <= XK_Scircumflex)

+	    *lower += (XK_cabovedot - XK_Cabovedot);

+	else if (sym >= XK_cabovedot && sym <= XK_scircumflex)

+	    *upper -= (XK_cabovedot - XK_Cabovedot);

+	break;

+    case 3: /* Latin 4 */

+	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */

+	if (sym >= XK_Rcedilla && sym <= XK_Tslash)

+	    *lower += (XK_rcedilla - XK_Rcedilla);

+	else if (sym >= XK_rcedilla && sym <= XK_tslash)

+	    *upper -= (XK_rcedilla - XK_Rcedilla);

+	else if (sym == XK_ENG)

+	    *lower = XK_eng;

+	else if (sym == XK_eng)

+	    *upper = XK_ENG;

+	else if (sym >= XK_Amacron && sym <= XK_Umacron)

+	    *lower += (XK_amacron - XK_Amacron);

+	else if (sym >= XK_amacron && sym <= XK_umacron)

+	    *upper -= (XK_amacron - XK_Amacron);

+	break;

+    case 6: /* Cyrillic */

+	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */

+	if (sym >= XK_Serbian_DJE && sym <= XK_Serbian_DZE)

+	    *lower -= (XK_Serbian_DJE - XK_Serbian_dje);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Serbian_dje && sym <= XK_Serbian_dze)

+	    *upper += (XK_Serbian_DJE - XK_Serbian_dje);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Cyrillic_YU && sym <= XK_Cyrillic_HARDSIGN)

+	    *lower -= (XK_Cyrillic_YU - XK_Cyrillic_yu);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Cyrillic_yu && sym <= XK_Cyrillic_hardsign)

+	    *upper += (XK_Cyrillic_YU - XK_Cyrillic_yu);

+        break;

+    case 7: /* Greek */

+	/* Assume the KeySym is a legal value (ignore discontinuities) */

+	if (sym >= XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent && sym <= XK_Greek_OMEGAaccent)

+	    *lower += (XK_Greek_alphaaccent - XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Greek_alphaaccent && sym <= XK_Greek_omegaaccent &&

+		 sym != XK_Greek_iotaaccentdieresis &&

+		 sym != XK_Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis)

+	    *upper -= (XK_Greek_alphaaccent - XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Greek_ALPHA && sym <= XK_Greek_OMEGA)

+	    *lower += (XK_Greek_alpha - XK_Greek_ALPHA);

+	else if (sym >= XK_Greek_alpha && sym <= XK_Greek_omega &&

+		 sym != XK_Greek_finalsmallsigma)

+	    *upper -= (XK_Greek_alpha - XK_Greek_ALPHA);

+        break;

+    case 0x13: /* Latin 9 */

+        if (sym == XK_OE)

+            *lower = XK_oe;

+        else if (sym == XK_oe)

+            *upper = XK_OE;

+        else if (sym == XK_Ydiaeresis)

+            *lower = XK_ydiaeresis;

+        break;

+    }

+}

+

+int

+_XTranslateKey(	register Display *dpy,

+		KeyCode keycode,

+		register unsigned int modifiers,

+		unsigned int *modifiers_return,

+		KeySym *keysym_return)

+{

+    int per;

+    register KeySym *syms;

+    KeySym sym, lsym, usym;

+

+    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))

+	return 0;

+    *modifiers_return = ((ShiftMask|LockMask)

+			 | dpy->mode_switch | dpy->num_lock);

+    if (((int)keycode < dpy->min_keycode) || ((int)keycode > dpy->max_keycode))

+    {

+	*keysym_return = NoSymbol;

+	return 1;

+    }

+    per = dpy->keysyms_per_keycode;

+    syms = &dpy->keysyms[(keycode - dpy->min_keycode) * per];

+    while ((per > 2) && (syms[per - 1] == NoSymbol))

+	per--;

+    if ((per > 2) && (modifiers & dpy->mode_switch)) {

+	syms += 2;

+	per -= 2;

+    }

+    if ((modifiers & dpy->num_lock) &&

+	(per > 1 && (IsKeypadKey(syms[1]) || IsPrivateKeypadKey(syms[1])))) {

+	if ((modifiers & ShiftMask) ||

+	    ((modifiers & LockMask) && (dpy->lock_meaning == XK_Shift_Lock)))

+	    *keysym_return = syms[0];

+	else

+	    *keysym_return = syms[1];

+    } else if (!(modifiers & ShiftMask) &&

+	(!(modifiers & LockMask) || (dpy->lock_meaning == NoSymbol))) {

+	if ((per == 1) || (syms[1] == NoSymbol))

+	    XConvertCase(syms[0], keysym_return, &usym);

+	else

+	    *keysym_return = syms[0];

+    } else if (!(modifiers & LockMask) ||

+	       (dpy->lock_meaning != XK_Caps_Lock)) {

+	if ((per == 1) || ((usym = syms[1]) == NoSymbol))

+	    XConvertCase(syms[0], &lsym, &usym);

+	*keysym_return = usym;

+    } else {

+	if ((per == 1) || ((sym = syms[1]) == NoSymbol))

+	    sym = syms[0];

+	XConvertCase(sym, &lsym, &usym);

+	if (!(modifiers & ShiftMask) && (sym != syms[0]) &&

+	    ((sym != usym) || (lsym == usym)))

+	    XConvertCase(syms[0], &lsym, &usym);

+	*keysym_return = usym;

+    }

+    if (*keysym_return == XK_VoidSymbol)

+	*keysym_return = NoSymbol;

+    return 1;

+}

+

+int

+_XTranslateKeySym(

+    Display *dpy,

+    register KeySym symbol,

+    unsigned int modifiers,

+    char *buffer,

+    int nbytes)

+{

+    register struct _XKeytrans *p;

+    int length;

+    unsigned long hiBytes;

+    register unsigned char c;

+

+    if (!symbol)

+	return 0;

+    /* see if symbol rebound, if so, return that string. */

+    for (p = dpy->key_bindings; p; p = p->next) {

+	if (((modifiers & AllMods) == p->state) && (symbol == p->key)) {

+	    length = p->len;

+	    if (length > nbytes) length = nbytes;

+	    memcpy (buffer, p->string, length);

+	    return length;

+	}

+    }

+    /* try to convert to Latin-1, handling control */

+    hiBytes = symbol >> 8;

+    if (!(nbytes &&

+	  ((hiBytes == 0) ||

+	   ((hiBytes == 0xFF) &&

+	    (((symbol >= XK_BackSpace) && (symbol <= XK_Clear)) ||

+	     (symbol == XK_Return) ||

+	     (symbol == XK_Escape) ||

+	     (symbol == XK_KP_Space) ||

+	     (symbol == XK_KP_Tab) ||

+	     (symbol == XK_KP_Enter) ||

+	     ((symbol >= XK_KP_Multiply) && (symbol <= XK_KP_9)) ||

+	     (symbol == XK_KP_Equal) ||

+	     (symbol == XK_Delete))))))

+	return 0;

+

+    /* if X keysym, convert to ascii by grabbing low 7 bits */

+    if (symbol == XK_KP_Space)

+	c = XK_space & 0x7F; /* patch encoding botch */

+    else if (hiBytes == 0xFF)

+	c = symbol & 0x7F;

+    else

+	c = symbol & 0xFF;

+    /* only apply Control key if it makes sense, else ignore it */

+    if (modifiers & ControlMask) {

+	if ((c >= '@' && c < '\177') || c == ' ') c &= 0x1F;

+	else if (c == '2') c = '\000';

+	else if (c >= '3' && c <= '7') c -= ('3' - '\033');

+	else if (c == '8') c = '\177';

+	else if (c == '/') c = '_' & 0x1F;

+    }

+    buffer[0] = c;

+    return 1;

+}

+

+/*ARGSUSED*/

+int

+XLookupString (

+    register XKeyEvent *event,

+    char *buffer,	/* buffer */

+    int nbytes,	/* space in buffer for characters */

+    KeySym *keysym,

+    XComposeStatus *status)	/* not implemented */

+{

+    unsigned int modifiers;

+    KeySym symbol;

+

+    if (! _XTranslateKey(event->display, event->keycode, event->state,

+		  &modifiers, &symbol))

+	return 0;

+

+#ifdef USE_OWN_COMPOSE

+    if ( status ) {

+	static int been_here= 0;

+	if ( !been_here ) {

+	    XimCompInitTables();

+	    been_here = 1;

+	}

+	if ( !XimCompLegalStatus(status) ) {

+	    status->compose_ptr = NULL;

+	    status->chars_matched = 0;

+	}

+	if ( ((status->chars_matched>0)&&(status->compose_ptr!=NULL)) ||

+		XimCompIsComposeKey(symbol,event->keycode,status) ) {

+	    XimCompRtrn rtrn;

+	    switch (XimCompProcessSym(status,symbol,&rtrn)) {

+		case XIM_COMP_IGNORE:

+		    break;

+		case XIM_COMP_IN_PROGRESS:

+		    if ( keysym!=NULL )

+			*keysym = NoSymbol;

+		    return 0;

+		case XIM_COMP_FAIL:

+		{

+		    int n = 0, len= 0;

+		    for (n=len=0;rtrn.sym[n]!=XK_VoidSymbol;n++) {

+			if ( nbytes-len > 0 ) {

+			    len+= _XTranslateKeySym(event->display,rtrn.sym[n],

+							event->state,

+							buffer+len,nbytes-len);

+			}

+		    }

+		    if ( keysym!=NULL ) {

+			if ( n==1 )	*keysym = rtrn.sym[0];

+			else		*keysym = NoSymbol;

+		    }

+		    return len;

+		}

+		case XIM_COMP_SUCCEED:

+		{

+		    int len,n = 0;

+

+		    symbol = rtrn.matchSym;

+		    if ( keysym!=NULL )	*keysym = symbol;

+		    if ( rtrn.str[0]!='\0' ) {

+			strncpy(buffer,rtrn.str,nbytes-1);

+			buffer[nbytes-1]= '\0';

+			len = strlen(buffer);

+		    }

+		    else {

+			len = _XTranslateKeySym(event->display,symbol,

+							event->state,

+							buffer,nbytes);

+		    }

+		    for (n=0;rtrn.sym[n]!=XK_VoidSymbol;n++) {

+			if ( nbytes-len > 0 ) {

+			    len+= _XTranslateKeySym(event->display,rtrn.sym[n],

+							event->state,

+							buffer+len,nbytes-len);

+			}

+		    }

+		    return len;

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+#endif

+

+    if (keysym)

+	*keysym = symbol;

+    /* arguable whether to use (event->state & ~modifiers) here */

+    return _XTranslateKeySym(event->display, symbol, event->state,

+			     buffer, nbytes);

+}

+

+static void

+_XFreeKeyBindings(

+    Display *dpy)

+{

+    register struct _XKeytrans *p, *np;

+

+    for (p = dpy->key_bindings; p; p = np) {

+	np = p->next;

+	Xfree(p->string);

+	Xfree((char *)p->modifiers);

+	Xfree((char *)p);

+    }

+}

+

+int

+XRebindKeysym (

+    Display *dpy,

+    KeySym keysym,

+    KeySym *mlist,

+    int nm,		/* number of modifiers in mlist */

+    _Xconst unsigned char *str,

+    int nbytes)

+{

+    register struct _XKeytrans *tmp, *p;

+    int nb;

+

+    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))

+	return 0;

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    tmp = dpy->key_bindings;

+    nb = sizeof(KeySym) * nm;

+

+    if ((! (p = (struct _XKeytrans *) Xcalloc( 1, sizeof(struct _XKeytrans)))) ||

+	((! (p->string = (char *) Xmalloc( (unsigned) nbytes))) &&

+	 (nbytes > 0)) ||

+	((! (p->modifiers = (KeySym *) Xmalloc( (unsigned) nb))) &&

+	 (nb > 0))) {

+	if (p) {

+	    if (p->string) Xfree(p->string);

+	    if (p->modifiers) Xfree((char *) p->modifiers);

+	    Xfree((char *) p);

+	}

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return 0;

+    }

+

+    dpy->key_bindings = p;

+    dpy->free_funcs->key_bindings = _XFreeKeyBindings;

+    p->next = tmp;	/* chain onto list */

+    memcpy (p->string, (char *) str, nbytes);

+    p->len = nbytes;

+    memcpy ((char *) p->modifiers, (char *) mlist, nb);

+    p->key = keysym;

+    p->mlen = nm;

+    ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(dpy, p);

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    return 0;

+}

+

+unsigned

+_XKeysymToModifiers(

+    Display *dpy,

+    KeySym ks)

+{

+    CARD8 code,mods;

+    register KeySym *kmax;

+    register KeySym *k;

+    register XModifierKeymap *m;

+

+    if ((! dpy->keysyms) && (! _XKeyInitialize(dpy)))

+	return 0;

+    kmax = dpy->keysyms +

+	   (dpy->max_keycode - dpy->min_keycode + 1) * dpy->keysyms_per_keycode;

+    k = dpy->keysyms;

+    m = dpy->modifiermap;

+    mods= 0;

+    while (k<kmax) {

+	if (*k == ks ) {

+	    register int j = m->max_keypermod<<3;

+

+	    code=(((k-dpy->keysyms)/dpy->keysyms_per_keycode)+dpy->min_keycode);

+

+	    while (--j >= 0) {

+		if (code == m->modifiermap[j])

+		    mods|= (1<<(j/m->max_keypermod));

+	    }

+	}

+	k++;

+    }

+    return mods;

+}

+

+/*

+ * given a list of modifiers, computes the mask necessary for later matching.

+ * This routine must lookup the key in the Keymap and then search to see

+ * what modifier it is bound to, if any.  Sets the AnyModifier bit if it

+ * can't map some keysym to a modifier.

+ */

+static void

+ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(

+    Display *dpy,

+    register struct _XKeytrans *p)

+{

+    register int i;

+

+    p->state = AnyModifier;

+    for (i = 0; i < p->mlen; i++) {

+	p->state|= XkbKeysymToModifiers(dpy,p->modifiers[i]);

+    }

+    p->state &= AllMods;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/Makefile.am b/libX11/src/Makefile.am
index 71e02e71b..ecf4a99aa 100644
--- a/libX11/src/Makefile.am
+++ b/libX11/src/Makefile.am
@@ -1,425 +1,425 @@
-if XKB
-XKB_SUBDIRS = xkb
-endif
-SUBDIRS = util xcms xlibi18n $(XKB_SUBDIRS)
-
-lib_LTLIBRARIES = libX11.la libX11-xcb.la
-
-BUILT_SOURCES=ks_tables.h
-CLEANFILES=ks_tables.h ks_tables_h
-
-AM_CPPFLAGS= \
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/include \
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/include/X11 \
-	-I$(top_builddir)/include \
-	-I$(top_builddir)/include/X11 \
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xcms \
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xkb \
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xlibi18n \
-	-D_BSD_SOURCE -DX11_t -DTRANS_CLIENT
-
-AM_CFLAGS= \
-	$(X11_CFLAGS) \
-	$(BIGFONT_CFLAGS) \
-	$(XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS) \
-	$(CWARNFLAGS)
-
-#
-# =============================== I18N =============================
-#
-
-I18N_LIBS = \
-	xlibi18n/libi18n.la
-
-#
-# =============================== XCMS =============================
-#
-
-XCMS_LIBS = \
-	xcms/libxcms.la
-
-#
-# =============================== XKB ==============================
-#
-
-XKB_LIBS = \
-	xkb/libxkb.la
-
-#
-# =============================== XLIB =============================
-#
-
-libX11_la_SOURCES = \
-                  AllCells.c \
-                  AllowEv.c \
-                  AllPlanes.c \
-                  AutoRep.c \
-                  Backgnd.c \
-                  BdrWidth.c \
-                  Bell.c \
-                  Border.c \
-                  ChAccCon.c \
-                  ChActPGb.c \
-                  ChClMode.c \
-                  ChCmap.c \
-                  ChGC.c \
-                  ChKeyCon.c \
-                  ChkIfEv.c \
-                  ChkMaskEv.c \
-                  ChkTypEv.c \
-                  ChkTypWEv.c \
-                  ChkWinEv.c \
-                  ChPntCon.c \
-                  ChProp.c \
-                  ChSaveSet.c \
-                  ChWAttrs.c \
-                  ChWindow.c \
-                  CirWin.c \
-                  CirWinDn.c \
-                  CirWinUp.c \
-                  ClDisplay.c \
-                  ClearArea.c \
-                  Clear.c \
-		  Cmap.h \
-                  ConfWind.c \
-                  Context.c \
-                  ConvSel.c \
-                  CopyArea.c \
-                  CopyCmap.c \
-                  CopyGC.c \
-                  CopyPlane.c \
-                  CrBFData.c \
-                  CrCmap.c \
-                  CrCursor.c \
-                  CrGC.c \
-                  CrGlCur.c \
-                  Cr.h \
-                  CrPFBData.c \
-                  CrPixmap.c \
-                  CrWindow.c \
-                  Cursor.c \
-                  DefCursor.c \
-                  DelProp.c \
-                  Depths.c \
-                  DestSubs.c \
-                  DestWind.c \
-                  DisName.c \
-                  DrArc.c \
-                  DrArcs.c \
-                  DrLine.c \
-                  DrLines.c \
-                  DrPoint.c \
-                  DrPoints.c \
-                  DrRect.c \
-                  DrRects.c \
-                  DrSegs.c \
-                  ErrDes.c \
-                  ErrHndlr.c \
-                  evtomask.c \
-                  EvToWire.c \
-                  FetchName.c \
-                  FillArc.c \
-                  FillArcs.c \
-                  FillPoly.c \
-                  FillRct.c \
-                  FillRcts.c \
-                  FilterEv.c \
-                  Flush.c \
-                  Font.c \
-                  FontInfo.c \
-                  FontNames.c \
-                  FreeCmap.c \
-                  FreeCols.c \
-                  FreeCurs.c \
-                  FreeEData.c \
-                  FreeEventData.c \
-                  FreeGC.c \
-                  FreePix.c \
-                  FSSaver.c \
-                  FSWrap.c \
-                  GCMisc.c \
-                  Geom.c \
-                  GetAtomNm.c \
-                  GetColor.c \
-                  GetDflt.c \
-                  GetEventData.c \
-                  GetFPath.c \
-                  GetFProp.c \
-                  GetGCVals.c \
-                  GetGeom.c \
-                  GetHColor.c \
-                  GetHints.c \
-                  GetIFocus.c \
-                  GetImage.c \
-                  GetKCnt.c \
-                  GetMoEv.c \
-                  GetNrmHint.c \
-                  GetPCnt.c \
-                  GetPntMap.c \
-                  GetProp.c \
-                  GetRGBCMap.c \
-                  GetSOwner.c \
-                  GetSSaver.c \
-                  GetStCmap.c \
-                  GetTxtProp.c \
-                  GetWAttrs.c \
-                  GetWMCMapW.c \
-                  GetWMProto.c \
-                  globals.c \
-                  GrButton.c \
-                  GrKeybd.c \
-                  GrKey.c \
-                  GrPointer.c \
-                  GrServer.c \
-                  Host.c \
-                  Iconify.c \
-                  IfEvent.c \
-		  imConv.c \
-                  ImText16.c \
-                  ImText.c \
-                  ImUtil.c \
-                  InitExt.c \
-                  InsCmap.c \
-                  IntAtom.c \
-                  KeyBind.c \
-                  Key.h \
-                  KeysymStr.c \
-                  KillCl.c \
-                  LiHosts.c \
-                  LiICmaps.c \
-                  LiProps.c \
-                  ListExt.c \
-                  LoadFont.c \
-                  LockDis.c \
-                  locking.c \
-                  locking.h \
-                  LookupCol.c \
-                  LowerWin.c \
-                  Macros.c \
-                  MapRaised.c \
-                  MapSubs.c \
-                  MapWindow.c \
-                  MaskEvent.c \
-                  Misc.c \
-                  ModMap.c \
-                  MoveWin.c \
-                  NextEvent.c \
-                  OCWrap.c \
-                  OMWrap.c \
-                  OpenDis.c \
-                  ParseCmd.c \
-                  ParseCol.c \
-                  ParseGeom.c \
-                  PeekEvent.c \
-                  PeekIfEv.c \
-                  Pending.c \
-                  PixFormats.c \
-                  PmapBgnd.c \
-                  PmapBord.c \
-                  poly.h \
-                  PolyReg.c \
-                  PolyTxt16.c \
-                  PolyTxt.c \
-                  PropAlloc.c \
-                  PutBEvent.c \
-                  PutImage.c \
-                  Quarks.c \
-                  QuBest.c \
-                  QuColor.c \
-                  QuColors.c \
-                  QuCurShp.c \
-                  QuExt.c \
-                  QuKeybd.c \
-                  QuPntr.c \
-                  QuStipShp.c \
-                  QuTextE16.c \
-                  QuTextExt.c \
-                  QuTileShp.c \
-                  QuTree.c \
-                  RaiseWin.c \
-                  RdBitF.c \
-                  RecolorC.c \
-                  ReconfWin.c \
-                  ReconfWM.c \
-                  Region.c \
-                  RegstFlt.c \
-                  RepWindow.c \
-                  RestackWs.c \
-                  RotProp.c \
-                  ScrResStr.c \
-                  SelInput.c \
-                  SendEvent.c \
-                  SetBack.c \
-                  SetClMask.c \
-                  SetClOrig.c \
-                  SetCRects.c \
-                  SetDashes.c \
-                  SetFont.c \
-                  SetFore.c \
-                  SetFPath.c \
-                  SetFunc.c \
-                  SetHints.c \
-                  SetIFocus.c \
-                  SetLocale.c \
-                  SetLStyle.c \
-                  SetNrmHint.c \
-                  SetPMask.c \
-                  SetPntMap.c \
-                  SetRGBCMap.c \
-                  SetSOwner.c \
-                  SetSSaver.c \
-                  SetState.c \
-                  SetStCmap.c \
-                  SetStip.c \
-                  SetTile.c \
-                  SetTSOrig.c \
-                  SetTxtProp.c \
-                  SetWMCMapW.c \
-                  SetWMProto.c \
-                  StBytes.c \
-                  StColor.c \
-                  StColors.c \
-                  StName.c \
-                  StNColor.c \
-                  StrKeysym.c \
-                  StrToText.c \
-                  Sync.c \
-                  Synchro.c \
-                  Text16.c \
-                  Text.c \
-                  TextExt16.c \
-                  TextExt.c \
-                  TextToStr.c \
-                  TrCoords.c \
-                  UndefCurs.c \
-                  UngrabBut.c \
-                  UngrabKbd.c \
-                  UngrabKey.c \
-                  UngrabPtr.c \
-                  UngrabSvr.c \
-                  UninsCmap.c \
-                  UnldFont.c \
-                  UnmapSubs.c \
-                  UnmapWin.c \
-                  utlist.h \
-                  VisUtil.c \
-                  WarpPtr.c \
-                  Window.c \
-                  WinEvent.c \
-                  Withdraw.c \
-                  WMGeom.c \
-                  WMProps.c \
-                  WrBitF.c \
-                  Xatomtype.h \
-                  xcb_disp.c \
-                  xcb_io.c \
-                  Xintatom.h \
-                  Xintconn.h \
-                  XlibAsync.c \
-                  XlibInt.c \
-                  Xprivate.h \
-                  XomGeneric.h \
-                  Xresinternal.h \
-                  Xrm.c \
-                  Xxcbint.h
-
-#
-# ========================= Extra stuff ============================
-#
-
-if OS2
-libX11_la_SOURCES+=os2Stubs.c
-endif OS2
-
-if UDC
-libX11_la_SOURCES+=udcInf.c
-endif
-
-if THRSTUBS
-libX11_la_SOURCES+=UIThrStubs.c
-endif
-
-x11datadir = @X11_DATADIR@
-x11data_DATA = XErrorDB
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-	$(x11data_DATA) \
-	os2Stubs.c \
-	udcInf.c \
-	UIThrStubs.c 
-
-libX11_xcb_la_SOURCES = x11_xcb.c Xxcbint.h
-libX11_xcb_la_LDFLAGS = -version-number 1:0:0 -no-undefined
-libX11_xcb_la_LIBADD = libX11.la
-
-#
-# Figure out which sub-libraries to link into Xlib
-#
-
-if XLOCALE
-USE_I18N_LIBS = $(I18N_LIBS)
-endif
-
-if XCMS
-USE_XCMS_LIBS = $(XCMS_LIBS)
-endif
-
-if XKB
-USE_XKB_LIBS = $(XKB_LIBS)
-endif
-
-libX11_la_LDFLAGS = -version-number 6:3:0 -no-undefined
-
-libX11_la_LIBADD = \
-	$(USE_I18N_LIBS) \
-	$(USE_XCMS_LIBS) \
-	$(USE_XKB_LIBS) \
-	$(X11_LIBS)
-
-preprocess: $(patsubst %.c,%.ii,$(libX11_la_SOURCES))
-.c.ii:
-	$(COMPILE) -E -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
-
-if LINT
-# Check source code with tools like lint & sparse
-
-ALL_LINT_FLAGS=$(LINT_FLAGS) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \
-		$(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS)
-
-lint:	$(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	for f in $(libX11_la_SOURCES) ; do \
-		$(LINT) $(ALL_LINT_FLAGS) $$f ; \
-	done
-	@for subdir in $(SUBDIRS) ; do \
-		echo "Making $@ in src/$$subdir"; \
-		(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) lint) ; \
-	done
-endif LINT
-
-if MAKE_LINT_LIB
-lintlibdir = $(libdir)
-
-lintlib_DATA = $(LINTLIB)
-
-lintlib_src = $(libX11_la_SOURCES) xcms/*.c xkb/*.c
-
-CLEANFILES += $(lintlib_DATA)
-
-$(LINTLIB): $(libX11_la_SOURCES)
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(LINT) -y -oX11 -x $(ALL_LINT_FLAGS) $(lintlib_src)
-endif MAKE_LINT_LIB
-
-#
-# Building ks_tables.h requires the makekeys utility
-#
-
-KEYSYMDEFS=@KEYSYMDEFS@
-
-ks_tables.h: $(KEYSYMDEFS) $(top_builddir)/src/util/makekeys$(EXEEXT)
-	$(top_builddir)/src/util/makekeys $(KEYSYMDEFS) > ks_tables_h
-	mv ks_tables_h $@
-
-$(top_builddir)/src/util/makekeys$(EXEEXT): force
-	cd util && $(MAKE)
-
-force:
+if XKB

+XKB_SUBDIRS = xkb

+endif

+SUBDIRS = util xcms xlibi18n $(XKB_SUBDIRS)

+

+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libX11.la libX11-xcb.la

+

+BUILT_SOURCES=ks_tables.h

+CLEANFILES=ks_tables.h ks_tables_h

+

+AM_CPPFLAGS= \

+	-I$(top_srcdir)/include \

+	-I$(top_srcdir)/include/X11 \

+	-I$(top_builddir)/include \

+	-I$(top_builddir)/include/X11 \

+	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xcms \

+	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xkb \

+	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xlibi18n \

+	-D_BSD_SOURCE -DX11_t -DTRANS_CLIENT

+

+AM_CFLAGS= \

+	$(X11_CFLAGS) \

+	$(BIGFONT_CFLAGS) \

+	$(XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS) \

+	$(CWARNFLAGS)

+

+#

+# =============================== I18N =============================

+#

+

+I18N_LIBS = \

+	xlibi18n/libi18n.la

+

+#

+# =============================== XCMS =============================

+#

+

+XCMS_LIBS = \

+	xcms/libxcms.la

+

+#

+# =============================== XKB ==============================

+#

+

+XKB_LIBS = \

+	xkb/libxkb.la

+

+#

+# =============================== XLIB =============================

+#

+

+libX11_la_SOURCES = \

+                  AllCells.c \

+                  AllowEv.c \

+                  AllPlanes.c \

+                  AutoRep.c \

+                  Backgnd.c \

+                  BdrWidth.c \

+                  Bell.c \

+                  Border.c \

+                  ChAccCon.c \

+                  ChActPGb.c \

+                  ChClMode.c \

+                  ChCmap.c \

+                  ChGC.c \

+                  ChKeyCon.c \

+                  ChkIfEv.c \

+                  ChkMaskEv.c \

+                  ChkTypEv.c \

+                  ChkTypWEv.c \

+                  ChkWinEv.c \

+                  ChPntCon.c \

+                  ChProp.c \

+                  ChSaveSet.c \

+                  ChWAttrs.c \

+                  ChWindow.c \

+                  CirWin.c \

+                  CirWinDn.c \

+                  CirWinUp.c \

+                  ClDisplay.c \

+                  ClearArea.c \

+                  Clear.c \

+		  Cmap.h \

+                  ConfWind.c \

+                  Context.c \

+                  ConvSel.c \

+                  CopyArea.c \

+                  CopyCmap.c \

+                  CopyGC.c \

+                  CopyPlane.c \

+                  CrBFData.c \

+                  CrCmap.c \

+                  CrCursor.c \

+                  CrGC.c \

+                  CrGlCur.c \

+                  Cr.h \

+                  CrPFBData.c \

+                  CrPixmap.c \

+                  CrWindow.c \

+                  Cursor.c \

+                  DefCursor.c \

+                  DelProp.c \

+                  Depths.c \

+                  DestSubs.c \

+                  DestWind.c \

+                  DisName.c \

+                  DrArc.c \

+                  DrArcs.c \

+                  DrLine.c \

+                  DrLines.c \

+                  DrPoint.c \

+                  DrPoints.c \

+                  DrRect.c \

+                  DrRects.c \

+                  DrSegs.c \

+                  ErrDes.c \

+                  ErrHndlr.c \

+                  evtomask.c \

+                  EvToWire.c \

+                  FetchName.c \

+                  FillArc.c \

+                  FillArcs.c \

+                  FillPoly.c \

+                  FillRct.c \

+                  FillRcts.c \

+                  FilterEv.c \

+                  Flush.c \

+                  Font.c \

+                  FontInfo.c \

+                  FontNames.c \

+                  FreeCmap.c \

+                  FreeCols.c \

+                  FreeCurs.c \

+                  FreeEData.c \

+                  FreeEventData.c \

+                  FreeGC.c \

+                  FreePix.c \

+                  FSSaver.c \

+                  FSWrap.c \

+                  GCMisc.c \

+                  Geom.c \

+                  GetAtomNm.c \

+                  GetColor.c \

+                  GetDflt.c \

+                  GetEventData.c \

+                  GetFPath.c \

+                  GetFProp.c \

+                  GetGCVals.c \

+                  GetGeom.c \

+                  GetHColor.c \

+                  GetHints.c \

+                  GetIFocus.c \

+                  GetImage.c \

+                  GetKCnt.c \

+                  GetMoEv.c \

+                  GetNrmHint.c \

+                  GetPCnt.c \

+                  GetPntMap.c \

+                  GetProp.c \

+                  GetRGBCMap.c \

+                  GetSOwner.c \

+                  GetSSaver.c \

+                  GetStCmap.c \

+                  GetTxtProp.c \

+                  GetWAttrs.c \

+                  GetWMCMapW.c \

+                  GetWMProto.c \

+                  globals.c \

+                  GrButton.c \

+                  GrKeybd.c \

+                  GrKey.c \

+                  GrPointer.c \

+                  GrServer.c \

+                  Host.c \

+                  Iconify.c \

+                  IfEvent.c \

+		  imConv.c \

+                  ImText16.c \

+                  ImText.c \

+                  ImUtil.c \

+                  InitExt.c \

+                  InsCmap.c \

+                  IntAtom.c \

+                  KeyBind.c \

+                  Key.h \

+                  KeysymStr.c \

+                  KillCl.c \

+                  LiHosts.c \

+                  LiICmaps.c \

+                  LiProps.c \

+                  ListExt.c \

+                  LoadFont.c \

+                  LockDis.c \

+                  locking.c \

+                  locking.h \

+                  LookupCol.c \

+                  LowerWin.c \

+                  Macros.c \

+                  MapRaised.c \

+                  MapSubs.c \

+                  MapWindow.c \

+                  MaskEvent.c \

+                  Misc.c \

+                  ModMap.c \

+                  MoveWin.c \

+                  NextEvent.c \

+                  OCWrap.c \

+                  OMWrap.c \

+                  OpenDis.c \

+                  ParseCmd.c \

+                  ParseCol.c \

+                  ParseGeom.c \

+                  PeekEvent.c \

+                  PeekIfEv.c \

+                  Pending.c \

+                  PixFormats.c \

+                  PmapBgnd.c \

+                  PmapBord.c \

+                  poly.h \

+                  PolyReg.c \

+                  PolyTxt16.c \

+                  PolyTxt.c \

+                  PropAlloc.c \

+                  PutBEvent.c \

+                  PutImage.c \

+                  Quarks.c \

+                  QuBest.c \

+                  QuColor.c \

+                  QuColors.c \

+                  QuCurShp.c \

+                  QuExt.c \

+                  QuKeybd.c \

+                  QuPntr.c \

+                  QuStipShp.c \

+                  QuTextE16.c \

+                  QuTextExt.c \

+                  QuTileShp.c \

+                  QuTree.c \

+                  RaiseWin.c \

+                  RdBitF.c \

+                  RecolorC.c \

+                  ReconfWin.c \

+                  ReconfWM.c \

+                  Region.c \

+                  RegstFlt.c \

+                  RepWindow.c \

+                  RestackWs.c \

+                  RotProp.c \

+                  ScrResStr.c \

+                  SelInput.c \

+                  SendEvent.c \

+                  SetBack.c \

+                  SetClMask.c \

+                  SetClOrig.c \

+                  SetCRects.c \

+                  SetDashes.c \

+                  SetFont.c \

+                  SetFore.c \

+                  SetFPath.c \

+                  SetFunc.c \

+                  SetHints.c \

+                  SetIFocus.c \

+                  SetLocale.c \

+                  SetLStyle.c \

+                  SetNrmHint.c \

+                  SetPMask.c \

+                  SetPntMap.c \

+                  SetRGBCMap.c \

+                  SetSOwner.c \

+                  SetSSaver.c \

+                  SetState.c \

+                  SetStCmap.c \

+                  SetStip.c \

+                  SetTile.c \

+                  SetTSOrig.c \

+                  SetTxtProp.c \

+                  SetWMCMapW.c \

+                  SetWMProto.c \

+                  StBytes.c \

+                  StColor.c \

+                  StColors.c \

+                  StName.c \

+                  StNColor.c \

+                  StrKeysym.c \

+                  StrToText.c \

+                  Sync.c \

+                  Synchro.c \

+                  Text16.c \

+                  Text.c \

+                  TextExt16.c \

+                  TextExt.c \

+                  TextToStr.c \

+                  TrCoords.c \

+                  UndefCurs.c \

+                  UngrabBut.c \

+                  UngrabKbd.c \

+                  UngrabKey.c \

+                  UngrabPtr.c \

+                  UngrabSvr.c \

+                  UninsCmap.c \

+                  UnldFont.c \

+                  UnmapSubs.c \

+                  UnmapWin.c \

+                  utlist.h \

+                  VisUtil.c \

+                  WarpPtr.c \

+                  Window.c \

+                  WinEvent.c \

+                  Withdraw.c \

+                  WMGeom.c \

+                  WMProps.c \

+                  WrBitF.c \

+                  Xatomtype.h \

+                  xcb_disp.c \

+                  xcb_io.c \

+                  Xintatom.h \

+                  Xintconn.h \

+                  XlibAsync.c \

+                  XlibInt.c \

+                  Xprivate.h \

+                  XomGeneric.h \

+                  Xresinternal.h \

+                  Xrm.c \

+                  Xxcbint.h

+

+#

+# ========================= Extra stuff ============================

+#

+

+if OS2

+libX11_la_SOURCES+=os2Stubs.c

+endif OS2

+

+if UDC

+libX11_la_SOURCES+=udcInf.c

+endif

+

+if THRSTUBS

+libX11_la_SOURCES+=UIThrStubs.c

+endif

+

+x11datadir = @X11_DATADIR@

+x11data_DATA = XErrorDB

+

+EXTRA_DIST = \

+	$(x11data_DATA) \

+	os2Stubs.c \

+	udcInf.c \

+	UIThrStubs.c 

+

+libX11_xcb_la_SOURCES = x11_xcb.c Xxcbint.h

+libX11_xcb_la_LDFLAGS = -version-number 1:0:0 -no-undefined

+libX11_xcb_la_LIBADD = libX11.la

+

+#

+# Figure out which sub-libraries to link into Xlib

+#

+

+if XLOCALE

+USE_I18N_LIBS = $(I18N_LIBS)

+endif

+

+if XCMS

+USE_XCMS_LIBS = $(XCMS_LIBS)

+endif

+

+if XKB

+USE_XKB_LIBS = $(XKB_LIBS)

+endif

+

+libX11_la_LDFLAGS = -version-number 6:3:0 -no-undefined

+

+libX11_la_LIBADD = \

+	$(USE_I18N_LIBS) \

+	$(USE_XCMS_LIBS) \

+	$(USE_XKB_LIBS) \

+	$(X11_LIBS)

+

+preprocess: $(patsubst %.c,%.ii,$(libX11_la_SOURCES))

+.c.ii:

+	$(COMPILE) -E -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<

+

+if LINT

+# Check source code with tools like lint & sparse

+

+ALL_LINT_FLAGS=$(LINT_FLAGS) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \

+		$(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS)

+

+lint:	$(BUILT_SOURCES)

+	for f in $(libX11_la_SOURCES) ; do \

+		$(LINT) $(ALL_LINT_FLAGS) $$f ; \

+	done

+	@for subdir in $(SUBDIRS) ; do \

+		echo "Making $@ in src/$$subdir"; \

+		(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) lint) ; \

+	done

+endif LINT

+

+if MAKE_LINT_LIB

+lintlibdir = $(libdir)

+

+lintlib_DATA = $(LINTLIB)

+

+lintlib_src = $(libX11_la_SOURCES) xcms/*.c xkb/*.c

+

+CLEANFILES += $(lintlib_DATA)

+

+$(LINTLIB): $(libX11_la_SOURCES)

+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(LINT) -y -oX11 -x $(ALL_LINT_FLAGS) $(lintlib_src)

+endif MAKE_LINT_LIB

+

+#

+# Building ks_tables.h requires the makekeys utility

+#

+

+KEYSYMDEFS=@KEYSYMDEFS@

+

+ks_tables.h: $(KEYSYMDEFS) $(top_builddir)/src/util/makekeys$(EXEEXT)

+	$(top_builddir)/src/util/makekeys $(KEYSYMDEFS) > ks_tables_h

+	mv ks_tables_h $@

+

+$(top_builddir)/src/util/makekeys$(EXEEXT): force

+	cd util && $(MAKE)

+

+force:

diff --git a/libX11/src/OpenDis.c b/libX11/src/OpenDis.c
index 0b779b0ad..e5336a847 100644
--- a/libX11/src/OpenDis.c
+++ b/libX11/src/OpenDis.c
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 #include <X11/Xatom.h>

 #include <X11/Xresource.h>

 #include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

 #include "Xintconn.h"

 

 #ifdef XKB

diff --git a/libX11/src/Quarks.c b/libX11/src/Quarks.c
index 7a704b101..aa64392f6 100644
--- a/libX11/src/Quarks.c
+++ b/libX11/src/Quarks.c
@@ -1,413 +1,413 @@
-
-/***********************************************************
-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard,
-
-                        All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-/*
-
-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include <X11/Xresource.h>
-#include "Xresinternal.h"
-
-/* Not cost effective, at least for vanilla MIT clients */
-/* #define PERMQ */
-
-#ifdef PERMQ
-typedef unsigned char Bits;
-#endif
-typedef unsigned long Entry; /* dont confuse with EntryRec from Xintatom.h */
-
-static XrmQuark nextQuark = 1;	/* next available quark number */
-static unsigned long quarkMask = 0;
-static Entry zero = 0;
-static Entry *quarkTable = &zero; /* crock */
-static unsigned long quarkRehash;
-static XrmString **stringTable = NULL;
-#ifdef PERMQ
-static Bits **permTable = NULL;
-#endif
-static XrmQuark nextUniq = -1;	/* next quark from XrmUniqueQuark */
-
-#define QUANTUMSHIFT	8
-#define QUANTUMMASK	((1 << QUANTUMSHIFT) - 1)
-#define CHUNKPER	8
-#define CHUNKMASK	((CHUNKPER << QUANTUMSHIFT) - 1)
-
-#define LARGEQUARK	((Entry)0x80000000L)
-#define QUARKSHIFT	18
-#define QUARKMASK	((LARGEQUARK - 1) >> QUARKSHIFT)
-#define XSIGMASK	((1L << QUARKSHIFT) - 1)
-
-#define STRQUANTSIZE	(sizeof(XrmString) * (QUANTUMMASK + 1))
-#ifdef PERMQ
-#define QUANTSIZE	(STRQUANTSIZE + \
-			 (sizeof(Bits) * ((QUANTUMMASK + 1) >> 3))
-#else
-#define QUANTSIZE	STRQUANTSIZE
-#endif
-
-#define HASH(sig) ((sig) & quarkMask)
-#define REHASHVAL(sig) ((((sig) % quarkRehash) + 2) | 1)
-#define REHASH(idx,rehash) ((idx + rehash) & quarkMask)
-#define NAME(q) stringTable[(q) >> QUANTUMSHIFT][(q) & QUANTUMMASK]
-#ifdef PERMQ
-#define BYTEREF(q) permTable[(q) >> QUANTUMSHIFT][((q) & QUANTUMMASK) >> 3]
-#define ISPERM(q) (BYTEREF(q) & (1 << ((q) & 7)))
-#define SETPERM(q) BYTEREF(q) |= (1 << ((q) & 7))
-#define CLEARPERM(q) BYTEREF(q) &= ~(1 << ((q) & 7))
-#endif
-
-/* Permanent memory allocation */
-
-#define WALIGN sizeof(unsigned long)
-#define DALIGN sizeof(double)
-
-#define NEVERFREETABLESIZE ((8192-12) & ~(DALIGN-1))
-static char *neverFreeTable = NULL;
-static int  neverFreeTableSize = 0;
-
-static char *permalloc(unsigned int length)
-{
-    char *ret;
-
-    if (neverFreeTableSize < length) {
-	if (length >= NEVERFREETABLESIZE)
-	    return Xmalloc(length);
-	if (! (ret = Xmalloc(NEVERFREETABLESIZE)))
-	    return (char *) NULL;
-	neverFreeTableSize = NEVERFREETABLESIZE;
-	neverFreeTable = ret;
-    }
-    ret = neverFreeTable;
-    neverFreeTable += length;
-    neverFreeTableSize -= length;
-    return(ret);
-}
-
-#ifndef WORD64
-typedef struct {char a; double b;} TestType1;
-typedef struct {char a; unsigned long b;} TestType2;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-static char *_Xpermalloc(unsigned int length);
-
-char *Xpermalloc(unsigned int length)
-{
-    char *p;
-
-    _XLockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    p = _Xpermalloc(length);
-    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    return p;
-}
-#define Xpermalloc _Xpermalloc
-
-static
-#endif /* XTHREADS */
-char *Xpermalloc(unsigned int length)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (neverFreeTableSize && length < NEVERFREETABLESIZE) {
-#ifndef WORD64
-	if ((sizeof(TestType1) !=
-	     (sizeof(TestType2) - sizeof(unsigned long) + sizeof(double))) &&
-	    !(length & (DALIGN-1)) &&
-	    ((i = (NEVERFREETABLESIZE - neverFreeTableSize) & (DALIGN-1)))) {
-	    neverFreeTableSize -= DALIGN - i;
-	    neverFreeTable += DALIGN - i;
-	} else
-#endif
-	    if ((i = (NEVERFREETABLESIZE - neverFreeTableSize) & (WALIGN-1))) {
-		neverFreeTableSize -= WALIGN - i;
-		neverFreeTable += WALIGN - i;
-	    }
-    }
-    return permalloc(length);
-}
-
-static Bool
-ExpandQuarkTable(void)
-{
-    unsigned long oldmask, newmask;
-    register char c, *s;
-    register Entry *oldentries, *entries;
-    register Entry entry;
-    register int oldidx, newidx, rehash;
-    Signature sig;
-    XrmQuark q;
-
-    oldentries = quarkTable;
-    if ((oldmask = quarkMask))
-	newmask = (oldmask << 1) + 1;
-    else {
-	if (!stringTable) {
-	    stringTable = (XrmString **)Xmalloc(sizeof(XrmString *) *
-						CHUNKPER);
-	    if (!stringTable)
-		return False;
-	    stringTable[0] = (XrmString *)NULL;
-	}
-#ifdef PERMQ
-	if (!permTable)
-	    permTable = (Bits **)Xmalloc(sizeof(Bits *) * CHUNKPER);
-	if (!permTable)
-	    return False;
-#endif
-	stringTable[0] = (XrmString *)Xpermalloc(QUANTSIZE);
-	if (!stringTable[0])
-	    return False;
-#ifdef PERMQ
-	permTable[0] = (Bits *)((char *)stringTable[0] + STRQUANTSIZE);
-#endif
-	newmask = 0x1ff;
-    }
-    entries = Xcalloc(newmask + 1, sizeof(Entry));
-    if (!entries)
-	return False;
-    quarkTable = entries;
-    quarkMask = newmask;
-    quarkRehash = quarkMask - 2;
-    for (oldidx = 0; oldidx <= oldmask; oldidx++) {
-	if ((entry = oldentries[oldidx])) {
-	    if (entry & LARGEQUARK)
-		q = entry & (LARGEQUARK-1);
-	    else
-		q = (entry >> QUARKSHIFT) & QUARKMASK;
-	    for (sig = 0, s = NAME(q); (c = *s++); )
-		sig = (sig << 1) + c;
-	    newidx = HASH(sig);
-	    if (entries[newidx]) {
-		rehash = REHASHVAL(sig);
-		do {
-		    newidx = REHASH(newidx, rehash);
-		} while (entries[newidx]);
-	    }
-	    entries[newidx] = entry;
-	}
-    }
-    if (oldmask)
-	Xfree((char *)oldentries);
-    return True;
-}
-
-XrmQuark
-_XrmInternalStringToQuark(
-    register _Xconst char *name, register int len, register Signature sig,
-    Bool permstring)
-{
-    register XrmQuark q;
-    register Entry entry;
-    register int idx, rehash;
-    register int i;
-    register char *s1, *s2;
-    char *new;
-
-    rehash = 0;
-    idx = HASH(sig);
-    _XLockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    while ((entry = quarkTable[idx])) {
-	if (entry & LARGEQUARK)
-	    q = entry & (LARGEQUARK-1);
-	else {
-	    if ((entry - sig) & XSIGMASK)
-		goto nomatch;
-	    q = (entry >> QUARKSHIFT) & QUARKMASK;
-	}
-	for (i = len, s1 = (char *)name, s2 = NAME(q); --i >= 0; ) {
-	    if (*s1++ != *s2++)
-		goto nomatch;
-	}
-	if (*s2) {
-nomatch:    if (!rehash)
-		rehash = REHASHVAL(sig);
-	    idx = REHASH(idx, rehash);
-	    continue;
-	}
-#ifdef PERMQ
-	if (permstring && !ISPERM(q)) {
-	    Xfree(NAME(q));
-	    NAME(q) = (char *)name;
-	    SETPERM(q);
-	}
-#endif
-	_XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-	return q;
-    }
-    if (nextUniq == nextQuark)
-	goto fail;
-    if ((nextQuark + (nextQuark >> 2)) > quarkMask) {
-	if (!ExpandQuarkTable())
-	    goto fail;
-	_XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-	return _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, len, sig, permstring);
-    }
-    q = nextQuark;
-    if (!(q & QUANTUMMASK)) {
-	if (!(q & CHUNKMASK)) {
-	    if (!(new = Xrealloc((char *)stringTable,
-				 sizeof(XrmString *) *
-				 ((q >> QUANTUMSHIFT) + CHUNKPER))))
-		goto fail;
-	    stringTable = (XrmString **)new;
-#ifdef PERMQ
-	    if (!(new = Xrealloc((char *)permTable,
-				 sizeof(Bits *) *
-				 ((q >> QUANTUMSHIFT) + CHUNKPER))))
-		goto fail;
-	    permTable = (Bits **)new;
-#endif
-	}
-	new = Xpermalloc(QUANTSIZE);
-	if (!new)
-	    goto fail;
-	stringTable[q >> QUANTUMSHIFT] = (XrmString *)new;
-#ifdef PERMQ
-	permTable[q >> QUANTUMSHIFT] = (Bits *)(new + STRQUANTSIZE);
-#endif
-    }
-    if (!permstring) {
-	s2 = (char *)name;
-#ifdef PERMQ
-	name = Xmalloc(len+1);
-#else
-	name = permalloc(len+1);
-#endif
-	if (!name)
-	    goto fail;
-	for (i = len, s1 = (char *)name; --i >= 0; )
-	    *s1++ = *s2++;
-	*s1++ = '\0';
-#ifdef PERMQ
-	CLEARPERM(q);
-    }
-    else {
-	SETPERM(q);
-#endif
-    }
-    NAME(q) = (char *)name;
-    if (q <= QUARKMASK)
-	entry = (q << QUARKSHIFT) | (sig & XSIGMASK);
-    else
-	entry = q | LARGEQUARK;
-    quarkTable[idx] = entry;
-    nextQuark++;
-    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    return q;
- fail:
-    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    return NULLQUARK;
-}
-
-XrmQuark
-XrmStringToQuark(
-    _Xconst char *name)
-{
-    register char c, *tname;
-    register Signature sig = 0;
-
-    if (!name)
-	return (NULLQUARK);
-
-    for (tname = (char *)name; (c = *tname++); )
-	sig = (sig << 1) + c;
-
-    return _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname-(char *)name-1, sig, False);
-}
-
-XrmQuark
-XrmPermStringToQuark(
-    _Xconst char *name)
-{
-    register char c, *tname;
-    register Signature sig = 0;
-
-    if (!name)
-	return (NULLQUARK);
-
-    for (tname = (char *)name; (c = *tname++); )
-	sig = (sig << 1) + c;
-
-    return _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname-(char *)name-1, sig, True);
-}
-
-XrmQuark XrmUniqueQuark(void)
-{
-    XrmQuark q;
-
-    _XLockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    if (nextUniq == nextQuark)
-	q = NULLQUARK;
-    else
-	q = nextUniq--;
-    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    return q;
-}
-
-XrmString XrmQuarkToString(register XrmQuark quark)
-{
-    XrmString s;
-
-    _XLockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    if (quark <= 0 || quark >= nextQuark)
-    	s = NULLSTRING;
-    else {
-#ifdef PERMQ
-	/* We have to mark the quark as permanent, since the caller might hold
-	 * onto the string pointer forver.
-	 */
-	SETPERM(quark);
-#endif
-	s = NAME(quark);
-    }
-    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);
-    return s;
-}
+

+/***********************************************************

+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard,

+

+                        All Rights Reserved

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

+supporting documentation, and that the name Digital not be

+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

+software without specific, written prior permission.

+

+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+SOFTWARE.

+

+******************************************************************/

+/*

+

+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include <X11/Xresource.h>

+#include "Xresinternal.h"

+

+/* Not cost effective, at least for vanilla MIT clients */

+/* #define PERMQ */

+

+#ifdef PERMQ

+typedef unsigned char Bits;

+#endif

+typedef unsigned long Entry; /* dont confuse with EntryRec from Xintatom.h */

+

+static XrmQuark nextQuark = 1;	/* next available quark number */

+static unsigned long quarkMask = 0;

+static Entry zero = 0;

+static Entry *quarkTable = &zero; /* crock */

+static unsigned long quarkRehash;

+static XrmString **stringTable = NULL;

+#ifdef PERMQ

+static Bits **permTable = NULL;

+#endif

+static XrmQuark nextUniq = -1;	/* next quark from XrmUniqueQuark */

+

+#define QUANTUMSHIFT	8

+#define QUANTUMMASK	((1 << QUANTUMSHIFT) - 1)

+#define CHUNKPER	8

+#define CHUNKMASK	((CHUNKPER << QUANTUMSHIFT) - 1)

+

+#define LARGEQUARK	((Entry)0x80000000L)

+#define QUARKSHIFT	18

+#define QUARKMASK	((LARGEQUARK - 1) >> QUARKSHIFT)

+#define XSIGMASK	((1L << QUARKSHIFT) - 1)

+

+#define STRQUANTSIZE	(sizeof(XrmString) * (QUANTUMMASK + 1))

+#ifdef PERMQ

+#define QUANTSIZE	(STRQUANTSIZE + \

+			 (sizeof(Bits) * ((QUANTUMMASK + 1) >> 3))

+#else

+#define QUANTSIZE	STRQUANTSIZE

+#endif

+

+#define HASH(sig) ((sig) & quarkMask)

+#define REHASHVAL(sig) ((((sig) % quarkRehash) + 2) | 1)

+#define REHASH(idx,rehash) ((idx + rehash) & quarkMask)

+#define NAME(q) stringTable[(q) >> QUANTUMSHIFT][(q) & QUANTUMMASK]

+#ifdef PERMQ

+#define BYTEREF(q) permTable[(q) >> QUANTUMSHIFT][((q) & QUANTUMMASK) >> 3]

+#define ISPERM(q) (BYTEREF(q) & (1 << ((q) & 7)))

+#define SETPERM(q) BYTEREF(q) |= (1 << ((q) & 7))

+#define CLEARPERM(q) BYTEREF(q) &= ~(1 << ((q) & 7))

+#endif

+

+/* Permanent memory allocation */

+

+#define WALIGN sizeof(unsigned long)

+#define DALIGN sizeof(double)

+

+#define NEVERFREETABLESIZE ((8192-12) & ~(DALIGN-1))

+static char *neverFreeTable = NULL;

+static int  neverFreeTableSize = 0;

+

+static char *permalloc(unsigned int length)

+{

+    char *ret;

+

+    if (neverFreeTableSize < length) {

+	if (length >= NEVERFREETABLESIZE)

+	    return Xmalloc(length);

+	if (! (ret = Xmalloc(NEVERFREETABLESIZE)))

+	    return (char *) NULL;

+	neverFreeTableSize = NEVERFREETABLESIZE;

+	neverFreeTable = ret;

+    }

+    ret = neverFreeTable;

+    neverFreeTable += length;

+    neverFreeTableSize -= length;

+    return(ret);

+}

+

+#ifndef WORD64

+typedef struct {char a; double b;} TestType1;

+typedef struct {char a; unsigned long b;} TestType2;

+#endif

+

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+static char *_Xpermalloc(unsigned int length);

+

+char *Xpermalloc(unsigned int length)

+{

+    char *p;

+

+    _XLockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    p = _Xpermalloc(length);

+    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    return p;

+}

+#define Xpermalloc _Xpermalloc

+

+static

+#endif /* XTHREADS */

+char *Xpermalloc(unsigned int length)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    if (neverFreeTableSize && length < NEVERFREETABLESIZE) {

+#ifndef WORD64

+	if ((sizeof(TestType1) !=

+	     (sizeof(TestType2) - sizeof(unsigned long) + sizeof(double))) &&

+	    !(length & (DALIGN-1)) &&

+	    ((i = (NEVERFREETABLESIZE - neverFreeTableSize) & (DALIGN-1)))) {

+	    neverFreeTableSize -= DALIGN - i;

+	    neverFreeTable += DALIGN - i;

+	} else

+#endif

+	    if ((i = (NEVERFREETABLESIZE - neverFreeTableSize) & (WALIGN-1))) {

+		neverFreeTableSize -= WALIGN - i;

+		neverFreeTable += WALIGN - i;

+	    }

+    }

+    return permalloc(length);

+}

+

+static Bool

+ExpandQuarkTable(void)

+{

+    unsigned long oldmask, newmask;

+    register char c, *s;

+    register Entry *oldentries, *entries;

+    register Entry entry;

+    register int oldidx, newidx, rehash;

+    Signature sig;

+    XrmQuark q;

+

+    oldentries = quarkTable;

+    if ((oldmask = quarkMask))

+	newmask = (oldmask << 1) + 1;

+    else {

+	if (!stringTable) {

+	    stringTable = (XrmString **)Xmalloc(sizeof(XrmString *) *

+						CHUNKPER);

+	    if (!stringTable)

+		return False;

+	    stringTable[0] = (XrmString *)NULL;

+	}

+#ifdef PERMQ

+	if (!permTable)

+	    permTable = (Bits **)Xmalloc(sizeof(Bits *) * CHUNKPER);

+	if (!permTable)

+	    return False;

+#endif

+	stringTable[0] = (XrmString *)Xpermalloc(QUANTSIZE);

+	if (!stringTable[0])

+	    return False;

+#ifdef PERMQ

+	permTable[0] = (Bits *)((char *)stringTable[0] + STRQUANTSIZE);

+#endif

+	newmask = 0x1ff;

+    }

+    entries = Xcalloc(newmask + 1, sizeof(Entry));

+    if (!entries)

+	return False;

+    quarkTable = entries;

+    quarkMask = newmask;

+    quarkRehash = quarkMask - 2;

+    for (oldidx = 0; oldidx <= oldmask; oldidx++) {

+	if ((entry = oldentries[oldidx])) {

+	    if (entry & LARGEQUARK)

+		q = entry & (LARGEQUARK-1);

+	    else

+		q = (entry >> QUARKSHIFT) & QUARKMASK;

+	    for (sig = 0, s = NAME(q); (c = *s++); )

+		sig = (sig << 1) + c;

+	    newidx = HASH(sig);

+	    if (entries[newidx]) {

+		rehash = REHASHVAL(sig);

+		do {

+		    newidx = REHASH(newidx, rehash);

+		} while (entries[newidx]);

+	    }

+	    entries[newidx] = entry;

+	}

+    }

+    if (oldmask)

+	Xfree((char *)oldentries);

+    return True;

+}

+

+XrmQuark

+_XrmInternalStringToQuark(

+    register _Xconst char *name, register int len, register Signature sig,

+    Bool permstring)

+{

+    register XrmQuark q;

+    register Entry entry;

+    register int idx, rehash;

+    register int i;

+    register char *s1, *s2;

+    char *new;

+

+    rehash = 0;

+    idx = HASH(sig);

+    _XLockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    while ((entry = quarkTable[idx])) {

+	if (entry & LARGEQUARK)

+	    q = entry & (LARGEQUARK-1);

+	else {

+	    if ((entry - sig) & XSIGMASK)

+		goto nomatch;

+	    q = (entry >> QUARKSHIFT) & QUARKMASK;

+	}

+	for (i = len, s1 = (char *)name, s2 = NAME(q); --i >= 0; ) {

+	    if (*s1++ != *s2++)

+		goto nomatch;

+	}

+	if (*s2) {

+nomatch:    if (!rehash)

+		rehash = REHASHVAL(sig);

+	    idx = REHASH(idx, rehash);

+	    continue;

+	}

+#ifdef PERMQ

+	if (permstring && !ISPERM(q)) {

+	    Xfree(NAME(q));

+	    NAME(q) = (char *)name;

+	    SETPERM(q);

+	}

+#endif

+	_XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+	return q;

+    }

+    if (nextUniq == nextQuark)

+	goto fail;

+    if ((nextQuark + (nextQuark >> 2)) > quarkMask) {

+	if (!ExpandQuarkTable())

+	    goto fail;

+	_XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+	return _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, len, sig, permstring);

+    }

+    q = nextQuark;

+    if (!(q & QUANTUMMASK)) {

+	if (!(q & CHUNKMASK)) {

+	    if (!(new = Xrealloc((char *)stringTable,

+				 sizeof(XrmString *) *

+				 ((q >> QUANTUMSHIFT) + CHUNKPER))))

+		goto fail;

+	    stringTable = (XrmString **)new;

+#ifdef PERMQ

+	    if (!(new = Xrealloc((char *)permTable,

+				 sizeof(Bits *) *

+				 ((q >> QUANTUMSHIFT) + CHUNKPER))))

+		goto fail;

+	    permTable = (Bits **)new;

+#endif

+	}

+	new = Xpermalloc(QUANTSIZE);

+	if (!new)

+	    goto fail;

+	stringTable[q >> QUANTUMSHIFT] = (XrmString *)new;

+#ifdef PERMQ

+	permTable[q >> QUANTUMSHIFT] = (Bits *)(new + STRQUANTSIZE);

+#endif

+    }

+    if (!permstring) {

+	s2 = (char *)name;

+#ifdef PERMQ

+	name = Xmalloc(len+1);

+#else

+	name = permalloc(len+1);

+#endif

+	if (!name)

+	    goto fail;

+	for (i = len, s1 = (char *)name; --i >= 0; )

+	    *s1++ = *s2++;

+	*s1++ = '\0';

+#ifdef PERMQ

+	CLEARPERM(q);

+    }

+    else {

+	SETPERM(q);

+#endif

+    }

+    NAME(q) = (char *)name;

+    if (q <= QUARKMASK)

+	entry = (q << QUARKSHIFT) | (sig & XSIGMASK);

+    else

+	entry = q | LARGEQUARK;

+    quarkTable[idx] = entry;

+    nextQuark++;

+    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    return q;

+ fail:

+    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    return NULLQUARK;

+}

+

+XrmQuark

+XrmStringToQuark(

+    _Xconst char *name)

+{

+    register char c, *tname;

+    register Signature sig = 0;

+

+    if (!name)

+	return (NULLQUARK);

+

+    for (tname = (char *)name; (c = *tname++); )

+	sig = (sig << 1) + c;

+

+    return _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname-(char *)name-1, sig, False);

+}

+

+XrmQuark

+XrmPermStringToQuark(

+    _Xconst char *name)

+{

+    register char c, *tname;

+    register Signature sig = 0;

+

+    if (!name)

+	return (NULLQUARK);

+

+    for (tname = (char *)name; (c = *tname++); )

+	sig = (sig << 1) + c;

+

+    return _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname-(char *)name-1, sig, True);

+}

+

+XrmQuark XrmUniqueQuark(void)

+{

+    XrmQuark q;

+

+    _XLockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    if (nextUniq == nextQuark)

+	q = NULLQUARK;

+    else

+	q = nextUniq--;

+    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    return q;

+}

+

+XrmString XrmQuarkToString(register XrmQuark quark)

+{

+    XrmString s;

+

+    _XLockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    if (quark <= 0 || quark >= nextQuark)

+    	s = NULLSTRING;

+    else {

+#ifdef PERMQ

+	/* We have to mark the quark as permanent, since the caller might hold

+	 * onto the string pointer forver.

+	 */

+	SETPERM(quark);

+#endif

+	s = NAME(quark);

+    }

+    _XUnlockMutex(_Xglobal_lock);

+    return s;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/RdBitF.c b/libX11/src/RdBitF.c
index ab7d800d3..6b920c609 100644
--- a/libX11/src/RdBitF.c
+++ b/libX11/src/RdBitF.c
@@ -1,261 +1,262 @@
-/*
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-/*
- *	Code to read bitmaps from disk files. Interprets
- *	data from X10 and X11 bitmap files and creates
- *	Pixmap representations of files. Returns Pixmap
- *	ID and specifics about image.
- *
- *	Modified for speedup by Jim Becker, changed image
- *	data parsing logic (removed some fscanf()s).
- *	Aug 5, 1988
- *
- * Note that this file and ../Xmu/RdBitF.c look very similar....  Keep them
- * that way (but don't use common source code so that people can have one
- * without the other).
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include "Xutil.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-
-#define MAX_SIZE 255
-
-/* shared data for the image read/parse logic */
-static const short hexTable[256] = {
-    ['0'] = 0,  ['1'] = 1,
-    ['2'] = 2,  ['3'] = 3,
-    ['4'] = 4,  ['5'] = 5,
-    ['6'] = 6,  ['7'] = 7,
-    ['8'] = 8,  ['9'] = 9,
-    ['A'] = 10, ['B'] = 11,
-    ['C'] = 12, ['D'] = 13,
-    ['E'] = 14, ['F'] = 15,
-    ['a'] = 10, ['b'] = 11,
-    ['c'] = 12, ['d'] = 13,
-    ['e'] = 14, ['f'] = 15,
-
-    [' '] = -1, [','] = -1,
-    ['}'] = -1, ['\n'] = -1,
-    ['\t'] = -1
-};
-
-/*
- *	read next hex value in the input stream, return -1 if EOF
- */
-static int
-NextInt (
-    FILE *fstream)
-{
-    int	ch;
-    int	value = 0;
-    int gotone = 0;
-    int done = 0;
-
-    /* loop, accumulate hex value until find delimiter  */
-    /* skip any initial delimiters found in read stream */
-
-    while (!done) {
-	ch = getc(fstream);
-	if (ch == EOF) {
-	    value	= -1;
-	    done++;
-	} else {
-	    /* trim high bits, check type and accumulate */
-	    ch &= 0xff;
-	    if (isascii(ch) && isxdigit(ch)) {
-		value = (value << 4) + hexTable[ch];
-		gotone++;
-	    } else if ((hexTable[ch]) < 0 && gotone)
-	      done++;
-	}
-    }
-    return value;
-}
-
-int
-XReadBitmapFileData (
-    _Xconst char *filename,
-    unsigned int *width,                /* RETURNED */
-    unsigned int *height,               /* RETURNED */
-    unsigned char **data,               /* RETURNED */
-    int *x_hot,                         /* RETURNED */
-    int *y_hot)                         /* RETURNED */
-{
-    FILE *fstream;			/* handle on file  */
-    unsigned char *bits = NULL;		/* working variable */
-    char line[MAX_SIZE];		/* input line from file */
-    int size;				/* number of bytes of data */
-    char name_and_type[MAX_SIZE];	/* an input line */
-    char *type;				/* for parsing */
-    int value;				/* from an input line */
-    int version10p;			/* boolean, old format */
-    int padding;			/* to handle alignment */
-    int bytes_per_line;			/* per scanline of data */
-    unsigned int ww = 0;		/* width */
-    unsigned int hh = 0;		/* height */
-    int hx = -1;			/* x hotspot */
-    int hy = -1;			/* y hotspot */
-
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-    filename = __XOS2RedirRoot(filename);
-#endif
-    if (!(fstream = fopen(filename, "r")))
-	return BitmapOpenFailed;
-
-    /* error cleanup and return macro	*/
-#define	RETURN(code) \
-{ if (bits) Xfree ((char *)bits); fclose (fstream); return code; }
-
-    while (fgets(line, MAX_SIZE, fstream)) {
-	if (strlen(line) == MAX_SIZE-1)
-	    RETURN (BitmapFileInvalid);
-	if (sscanf(line,"#define %s %d",name_and_type,&value) == 2) {
-	    if (!(type = strrchr(name_and_type, '_')))
-	      type = name_and_type;
-	    else
-	      type++;
-
-	    if (!strcmp("width", type))
-	      ww = (unsigned int) value;
-	    if (!strcmp("height", type))
-	      hh = (unsigned int) value;
-	    if (!strcmp("hot", type)) {
-		if (type-- == name_and_type || type-- == name_and_type)
-		  continue;
-		if (!strcmp("x_hot", type))
-		  hx = value;
-		if (!strcmp("y_hot", type))
-		  hy = value;
-	    }
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	if (sscanf(line, "static short %s = {", name_and_type) == 1)
-	  version10p = 1;
-	else if (sscanf(line,"static unsigned char %s = {",name_and_type) == 1)
-	  version10p = 0;
-	else if (sscanf(line, "static char %s = {", name_and_type) == 1)
-	  version10p = 0;
-	else
-	  continue;
-
-	if (!(type = strrchr(name_and_type, '_')))
-	  type = name_and_type;
-	else
-	  type++;
-
-	if (strcmp("bits[]", type))
-	  continue;
-
-	if (!ww || !hh)
-	  RETURN (BitmapFileInvalid);
-
-	if ((ww % 16) && ((ww % 16) < 9) && version10p)
-	  padding = 1;
-	else
-	  padding = 0;
-
-	bytes_per_line = (ww+7)/8 + padding;
-
-	size = bytes_per_line * hh;
-	bits = (unsigned char *) Xmalloc ((unsigned int) size);
-	if (!bits)
-	  RETURN (BitmapNoMemory);
-
-	if (version10p) {
-	    unsigned char *ptr;
-	    int bytes;
-
-	    for (bytes=0, ptr=bits; bytes<size; (bytes += 2)) {
-		if ((value = NextInt(fstream)) < 0)
-		  RETURN (BitmapFileInvalid);
-		*(ptr++) = value;
-		if (!padding || ((bytes+2) % bytes_per_line))
-		  *(ptr++) = value >> 8;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    unsigned char *ptr;
-	    int bytes;
-
-	    for (bytes=0, ptr=bits; bytes<size; bytes++, ptr++) {
-		if ((value = NextInt(fstream)) < 0)
-		  RETURN (BitmapFileInvalid);
-		*ptr=value;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/* If we got to this point, we read a full bitmap file. Break so we don't
-	 * start reading another one from the same file and leak the memory
-	 * allocated for the previous one. */
-	break;
-    }					/* end while */
-
-    fclose(fstream);
-    if (!bits)
-	return (BitmapFileInvalid);
-
-    *data = bits;
-    *width = ww;
-    *height = hh;
-    if (x_hot) *x_hot = hx;
-    if (y_hot) *y_hot = hy;
-
-    return (BitmapSuccess);
-}
-
-int
-XReadBitmapFile (
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    _Xconst char *filename,
-    unsigned int *width,                /* RETURNED */
-    unsigned int *height,               /* RETURNED */
-    Pixmap *pixmap,                     /* RETURNED */
-    int *x_hot,                         /* RETURNED */
-    int *y_hot)                         /* RETURNED */
-{
-    unsigned char *data;
-    int res;
-
-    res = XReadBitmapFileData(filename, width, height, &data, x_hot, y_hot);
-    if (res != BitmapSuccess)
-	return res;
-    *pixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, d, (char *)data, *width, *height);
-    Xfree((char *)data);
-    if (*pixmap == None)
-	return (BitmapNoMemory);
-    return (BitmapSuccess);
-}
+/*

+

+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+/*

+ *	Code to read bitmaps from disk files. Interprets

+ *	data from X10 and X11 bitmap files and creates

+ *	Pixmap representations of files. Returns Pixmap

+ *	ID and specifics about image.

+ *

+ *	Modified for speedup by Jim Becker, changed image

+ *	data parsing logic (removed some fscanf()s).

+ *	Aug 5, 1988

+ *

+ * Note that this file and ../Xmu/RdBitF.c look very similar....  Keep them

+ * that way (but don't use common source code so that people can have one

+ * without the other).

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include "Xutil.h"

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <ctype.h>

+

+

+#define MAX_SIZE 255

+

+/* shared data for the image read/parse logic */

+static const signed char hexTable[256] = {

+    0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, -1, -1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  ,-1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, -1,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, -1,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+  , 0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0

+};

+

+/*

+ *	read next hex value in the input stream, return -1 if EOF

+ */

+static int

+NextInt (

+    FILE *fstream)

+{

+    int	ch;

+    int	value = 0;

+    int gotone = 0;

+    int done = 0;

+

+    /* loop, accumulate hex value until find delimiter  */

+    /* skip any initial delimiters found in read stream */

+

+    while (!done) {

+	ch = getc(fstream);

+	if (ch == EOF) {

+	    value	= -1;

+	    done++;

+	} else {

+	    /* trim high bits, check type and accumulate */

+	    ch &= 0xff;

+	    if (isascii(ch) && isxdigit(ch)) {

+		value = (value << 4) + hexTable[ch];

+		gotone++;

+	    } else if ((hexTable[ch]) < 0 && gotone)

+	      done++;

+	}

+    }

+    return value;

+}

+

+int

+XReadBitmapFileData (

+    _Xconst char *filename,

+    unsigned int *width,                /* RETURNED */

+    unsigned int *height,               /* RETURNED */

+    unsigned char **data,               /* RETURNED */

+    int *x_hot,                         /* RETURNED */

+    int *y_hot)                         /* RETURNED */

+{

+    FILE *fstream;			/* handle on file  */

+    unsigned char *bits = NULL;		/* working variable */

+    char line[MAX_SIZE];		/* input line from file */

+    int size;				/* number of bytes of data */

+    char name_and_type[MAX_SIZE];	/* an input line */

+    char *type;				/* for parsing */

+    int value;				/* from an input line */

+    int version10p;			/* boolean, old format */

+    int padding;			/* to handle alignment */

+    int bytes_per_line;			/* per scanline of data */

+    unsigned int ww = 0;		/* width */

+    unsigned int hh = 0;		/* height */

+    int hx = -1;			/* x hotspot */

+    int hy = -1;			/* y hotspot */

+

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+    filename = __XOS2RedirRoot(filename);

+#endif

+    if (!(fstream = fopen(filename, "r")))

+	return BitmapOpenFailed;

+

+    /* error cleanup and return macro	*/

+#define	RETURN(code) \

+{ if (bits) Xfree ((char *)bits); fclose (fstream); return code; }

+

+    while (fgets(line, MAX_SIZE, fstream)) {

+	if (strlen(line) == MAX_SIZE-1)

+	    RETURN (BitmapFileInvalid);

+	if (sscanf(line,"#define %s %d",name_and_type,&value) == 2) {

+	    if (!(type = strrchr(name_and_type, '_')))

+	      type = name_and_type;

+	    else

+	      type++;

+

+	    if (!strcmp("width", type))

+	      ww = (unsigned int) value;

+	    if (!strcmp("height", type))

+	      hh = (unsigned int) value;

+	    if (!strcmp("hot", type)) {

+		if (type-- == name_and_type || type-- == name_and_type)

+		  continue;

+		if (!strcmp("x_hot", type))

+		  hx = value;

+		if (!strcmp("y_hot", type))

+		  hy = value;

+	    }

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+	if (sscanf(line, "static short %s = {", name_and_type) == 1)

+	  version10p = 1;

+	else if (sscanf(line,"static unsigned char %s = {",name_and_type) == 1)

+	  version10p = 0;

+	else if (sscanf(line, "static char %s = {", name_and_type) == 1)

+	  version10p = 0;

+	else

+	  continue;

+

+	if (!(type = strrchr(name_and_type, '_')))

+	  type = name_and_type;

+	else

+	  type++;

+

+	if (strcmp("bits[]", type))

+	  continue;

+

+	if (!ww || !hh)

+	  RETURN (BitmapFileInvalid);

+

+	if ((ww % 16) && ((ww % 16) < 9) && version10p)

+	  padding = 1;

+	else

+	  padding = 0;

+

+	bytes_per_line = (ww+7)/8 + padding;

+

+	size = bytes_per_line * hh;

+	bits = (unsigned char *) Xmalloc ((unsigned int) size);

+	if (!bits)

+	  RETURN (BitmapNoMemory);

+

+	if (version10p) {

+	    unsigned char *ptr;

+	    int bytes;

+

+	    for (bytes=0, ptr=bits; bytes<size; (bytes += 2)) {

+		if ((value = NextInt(fstream)) < 0)

+		  RETURN (BitmapFileInvalid);

+		*(ptr++) = value;

+		if (!padding || ((bytes+2) % bytes_per_line))

+		  *(ptr++) = value >> 8;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    unsigned char *ptr;

+	    int bytes;

+

+	    for (bytes=0, ptr=bits; bytes<size; bytes++, ptr++) {

+		if ((value = NextInt(fstream)) < 0)

+		  RETURN (BitmapFileInvalid);

+		*ptr=value;

+	    }

+	}

+

+	/* If we got to this point, we read a full bitmap file. Break so we don't

+	 * start reading another one from the same file and leak the memory

+	 * allocated for the previous one. */

+	break;

+    }					/* end while */

+

+    fclose(fstream);

+    if (!bits)

+	return (BitmapFileInvalid);

+

+    *data = bits;

+    *width = ww;

+    *height = hh;

+    if (x_hot) *x_hot = hx;

+    if (y_hot) *y_hot = hy;

+

+    return (BitmapSuccess);

+}

+

+int

+XReadBitmapFile (

+    Display *display,

+    Drawable d,

+    _Xconst char *filename,

+    unsigned int *width,                /* RETURNED */

+    unsigned int *height,               /* RETURNED */

+    Pixmap *pixmap,                     /* RETURNED */

+    int *x_hot,                         /* RETURNED */

+    int *y_hot)                         /* RETURNED */

+{

+    unsigned char *data;

+    int res;

+

+    res = XReadBitmapFileData(filename, width, height, &data, x_hot, y_hot);

+    if (res != BitmapSuccess)

+	return res;

+    *pixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, d, (char *)data, *width, *height);

+    Xfree((char *)data);

+    if (*pixmap == None)

+	return (BitmapNoMemory);

+    return (BitmapSuccess);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/SetLocale.c b/libX11/src/SetLocale.c
index c49cb2e4e..81c946cdf 100644
--- a/libX11/src/SetLocale.c
+++ b/libX11/src/SetLocale.c
@@ -1,253 +1,254 @@
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1990, 1991 by OMRON Corporation, NTT Software Corporation,
- *                      and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the names of OMRON, NTT Software, and NTT
- * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- * software without specific, written prior permission. OMRON, NTT Software,
- * and NTT make no representations about the suitability of this
- * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or
- * implied warranty.
- *
- * OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, AND NTT, DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
- * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
- * AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, OR NTT, BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- *	Authors: Li Yuhong		OMRON Corporation
- *		 Tetsuya Kato		NTT Software Corporation
- *		 Hiroshi Kuribayashi	OMRON Corporation
- *
- */
-/*
-
-Copyright 1987,1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include <X11/Xlocale.h>
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-
-#define MAXLOCALE	64	/* buffer size of locale name */
-
-#ifdef X_LOCALE
-
-/* alternative setlocale() for when the OS does not provide one */
-
-char *
-_Xsetlocale(
-    int		  category,
-    _Xconst char  *name
-)
-{
-    static char *xsl_name;
-    char *old_name;
-    XrmMethods methods;
-    XPointer state;
-
-    if (category != LC_CTYPE && category != LC_ALL)
-	return NULL;
-    if (!name) {
-	if (xsl_name)
-	    return xsl_name;
-	return "C";
-    }
-    if (!*name)
-	name = getenv("LC_CTYPE");
-    if (!name || !*name)
-	name = getenv("LANG");
-    if (name && strlen(name) >= MAXLOCALE)
-	name = NULL;
-    if (!name || !*name || !_XOpenLC((char *) name))
-	name = "C";
-    old_name = xsl_name;
-    xsl_name = (char *)name;
-    methods = _XrmInitParseInfo(&state);
-    xsl_name = old_name;
-    if (!methods)
-	return NULL;
-    name = (*methods->lcname)(state);
-    xsl_name = strdup(name);
-    if (!xsl_name) {
-	xsl_name = old_name;
-	(*methods->destroy)(state);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    if (old_name)
-	Xfree(old_name);
-    (*methods->destroy)(state);
-    return xsl_name;
-}
-
-#else /* X_LOCALE */
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
-char *
-_Xsetlocale(
-    int           category,
-    _Xconst char  *name
-)
-{
-    return setlocale(category, name);
-}
-#endif /* __APPLE__ || __CYGWIN__ */
-
-/*
- * _XlcMapOSLocaleName is an implementation dependent routine that derives
- * the LC_CTYPE locale name as used in the sample implementation from that
- * returned by setlocale.
- *
- * Should match the code in Xt ExtractLocaleName.
- *
- * This function name is a bit of a misnomer. Even the siname parameter
- * name is a misnomer. On most modern operating systems this function is
- * a no-op, simply returning the osname; but on older operating systems
- * like Ultrix, or HPUX 9.x and earlier, when you set LANG=german.88591
- * then the string returned by setlocale(LC_ALL, "") will look something
- * like: "german.88591 german.88591 ... german.88591". Then this function
- * will pick out the LC_CTYPE component and return a pointer to that.
- */
-
-char *
-_XlcMapOSLocaleName(
-    char *osname,
-    char *siname)
-{
-#if defined(hpux) || defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(sun) || defined(SVR4) || defined(sgi) || defined(__osf__) || defined(AIXV3) || defined(ultrix) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__UNIXOS2__) || defined(linux)
-# ifdef hpux
-#  ifndef _LastCategory
-   /* HPUX 9 and earlier */
-#   define SKIPCOUNT 2
-#   define STARTCHAR ':'
-#   define ENDCHAR ';'
-#  else
-   /* HPUX 10 */
-#   define ENDCHAR ' '
-#  endif
-# else
-#  ifdef ultrix
-#   define SKIPCOUNT 2
-#   define STARTCHAR '\001'
-#   define ENDCHAR '\001'
-#  else
-#   if defined(WIN32) || defined(__UNIXOS2__)
-#    define SKIPCOUNT 1
-#    define STARTCHAR '='
-#    define ENDCHAR ';'
-#    define WHITEFILL
-#   else
-#    if defined(__osf__) || (defined(AIXV3) && !defined(AIXV4))
-#     define STARTCHAR ' '
-#     define ENDCHAR ' '
-#    else
-#     if defined(linux)
-#      define STARTSTR "LC_CTYPE="
-#      define ENDCHAR ';'
-#     else
-#      if !defined(sun) || defined(SVR4)
-#       define STARTCHAR '/'
-#       define ENDCHAR '/'
-#      endif
-#     endif
-#    endif
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-    char           *start;
-    char           *end;
-    int             len;
-# ifdef SKIPCOUNT
-    int		    n;
-# endif
-
-    start = osname;
-# ifdef SKIPCOUNT
-    for (n = SKIPCOUNT;
-	 --n >= 0 && start && (start = strchr (start, STARTCHAR));
-	 start++)
-	;
-    if (!start)
-	start = osname;
-# endif
-# ifdef STARTCHAR
-    if (start && (start = strchr (start, STARTCHAR)))
-# elif  defined (STARTSTR)
-    if (start && (start = strstr (start,STARTSTR)))
-# endif
-    {
-# ifdef STARTCHAR
-	start++;
-# elif defined (STARTSTR)
-	start += strlen(STARTSTR);
-# endif
-	if ((end = strchr (start, ENDCHAR))) {
-	    len = end - start;
-	    if (len >= MAXLOCALE)
-		len = MAXLOCALE - 1;
-	    strncpy(siname, start, len);
-	    *(siname + len) = '\0';
-# ifdef WHITEFILL
-	    for (start = siname; start = strchr(start, ' '); )
-		*start++ = '-';
-# endif
-	    return siname;
-	} else  /* if no ENDCHAR is found we are at the end of the line */
-	    return start;
-    }
-# ifdef WHITEFILL
-    if (strchr(osname, ' ')) {
-	len = strlen(osname);
-	if (len >= MAXLOCALE - 1)
-	    len = MAXLOCALE - 1;
-	strncpy(siname, osname, len);
-	*(siname + len) = '\0';
-	for (start = siname; start = strchr(start, ' '); )
-	    *start++ = '-';
-	return siname;
-    }
-# endif
-# undef STARTCHAR
-# undef ENDCHAR
-# undef WHITEFILL
-#endif
-    return osname;
-}
-
-#endif  /* X_LOCALE */
+

+/*

+ * Copyright 1990, 1991 by OMRON Corporation, NTT Software Corporation,

+ *                      and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the names of OMRON, NTT Software, and NTT

+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

+ * software without specific, written prior permission. OMRON, NTT Software,

+ * and NTT make no representations about the suitability of this

+ * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or

+ * implied warranty.

+ *

+ * OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, AND NTT, DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD

+ * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY

+ * AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, OR NTT, BE

+ * LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES

+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ *	Authors: Li Yuhong		OMRON Corporation

+ *		 Tetsuya Kato		NTT Software Corporation

+ *		 Hiroshi Kuribayashi	OMRON Corporation

+ *

+ */

+/*

+

+Copyright 1987,1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include <X11/Xlocale.h>

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+#include <unistd.h>

+

+#define MAXLOCALE	64	/* buffer size of locale name */

+

+#ifdef X_LOCALE

+

+/* alternative setlocale() for when the OS does not provide one */

+

+char *

+_Xsetlocale(

+    int		  category,

+    _Xconst char  *name

+)

+{

+    static char *xsl_name;

+    char *old_name;

+    XrmMethods methods;

+    XPointer state;

+

+    if (category != LC_CTYPE && category != LC_ALL)

+	return NULL;

+    if (!name) {

+	if (xsl_name)

+	    return xsl_name;

+	return "C";

+    }

+    if (!*name)

+	name = getenv("LC_CTYPE");

+    if (!name || !*name)

+	name = getenv("LANG");

+    if (name && strlen(name) >= MAXLOCALE)

+	name = NULL;

+    if (!name || !*name || !_XOpenLC((char *) name))

+	name = "C";

+    old_name = xsl_name;

+    xsl_name = (char *)name;

+    methods = _XrmInitParseInfo(&state);

+    xsl_name = old_name;

+    if (!methods)

+	return NULL;

+    name = (*methods->lcname)(state);

+    xsl_name = strdup(name);

+    if (!xsl_name) {

+	xsl_name = old_name;

+	(*methods->destroy)(state);

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    if (old_name)

+	Xfree(old_name);

+    (*methods->destroy)(state);

+    return xsl_name;

+}

+

+#else /* X_LOCALE */

+

+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)

+char *

+_Xsetlocale(

+    int           category,

+    _Xconst char  *name

+)

+{

+    return setlocale(category, name);

+}

+#endif /* __APPLE__ || __CYGWIN__ */

+

+/*

+ * _XlcMapOSLocaleName is an implementation dependent routine that derives

+ * the LC_CTYPE locale name as used in the sample implementation from that

+ * returned by setlocale.

+ *

+ * Should match the code in Xt ExtractLocaleName.

+ *

+ * This function name is a bit of a misnomer. Even the siname parameter

+ * name is a misnomer. On most modern operating systems this function is

+ * a no-op, simply returning the osname; but on older operating systems

+ * like Ultrix, or HPUX 9.x and earlier, when you set LANG=german.88591

+ * then the string returned by setlocale(LC_ALL, "") will look something

+ * like: "german.88591 german.88591 ... german.88591". Then this function

+ * will pick out the LC_CTYPE component and return a pointer to that.

+ */

+

+char *

+_XlcMapOSLocaleName(

+    char *osname,

+    char *siname)

+{

+#if defined(hpux) || defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(sun) || defined(SVR4) || defined(sgi) || defined(__osf__) || defined(AIXV3) || defined(ultrix) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__UNIXOS2__) || defined(linux)

+# ifdef hpux

+#  ifndef _LastCategory

+   /* HPUX 9 and earlier */

+#   define SKIPCOUNT 2

+#   define STARTCHAR ':'

+#   define ENDCHAR ';'

+#  else

+   /* HPUX 10 */

+#   define ENDCHAR ' '

+#  endif

+# else

+#  ifdef ultrix

+#   define SKIPCOUNT 2

+#   define STARTCHAR '\001'

+#   define ENDCHAR '\001'

+#  else

+#   if defined(WIN32) || defined(__UNIXOS2__)

+#    define SKIPCOUNT 1

+#    define STARTCHAR '='

+#    define ENDCHAR ';'

+#    define WHITEFILL

+#   else

+#    if defined(__osf__) || (defined(AIXV3) && !defined(AIXV4))

+#     define STARTCHAR ' '

+#     define ENDCHAR ' '

+#    else

+#     if defined(linux)

+#      define STARTSTR "LC_CTYPE="

+#      define ENDCHAR ';'

+#     else

+#      if !defined(sun) || defined(SVR4)

+#       define STARTCHAR '/'

+#       define ENDCHAR '/'

+#      endif

+#     endif

+#    endif

+#   endif

+#  endif

+# endif

+

+    char           *start;

+    char           *end;

+    int             len;

+# ifdef SKIPCOUNT

+    int		    n;

+# endif

+

+    start = osname;

+# ifdef SKIPCOUNT

+    for (n = SKIPCOUNT;

+	 --n >= 0 && start && (start = strchr (start, STARTCHAR));

+	 start++)

+	;

+    if (!start)

+	start = osname;

+# endif

+# ifdef STARTCHAR

+    if (start && (start = strchr (start, STARTCHAR)))

+# elif  defined (STARTSTR)

+    if (start && (start = strstr (start,STARTSTR)))

+# endif

+    {

+# ifdef STARTCHAR

+	start++;

+# elif defined (STARTSTR)

+	start += strlen(STARTSTR);

+# endif

+	if ((end = strchr (start, ENDCHAR))) {

+	    len = end - start;

+	    if (len >= MAXLOCALE)

+		len = MAXLOCALE - 1;

+	    strncpy(siname, start, len);

+	    *(siname + len) = '\0';

+# ifdef WHITEFILL

+	    for (start = siname; start = strchr(start, ' '); )

+		*start++ = '-';

+# endif

+	    return siname;

+	} else  /* if no ENDCHAR is found we are at the end of the line */

+	    return start;

+    }

+# ifdef WHITEFILL

+    if (strchr(osname, ' ')) {

+	len = strlen(osname);

+	if (len >= MAXLOCALE - 1)

+	    len = MAXLOCALE - 1;

+	strncpy(siname, osname, len);

+	*(siname + len) = '\0';

+	for (start = siname; start = strchr(start, ' '); )

+	    *start++ = '-';

+	return siname;

+    }

+# endif

+# undef STARTCHAR

+# undef ENDCHAR

+# undef WHITEFILL

+#endif

+    return osname;

+}

+

+#endif  /* X_LOCALE */

diff --git a/libX11/src/StrKeysym.c b/libX11/src/StrKeysym.c
index 6e9c427f8..907db507b 100644
--- a/libX11/src/StrKeysym.c
+++ b/libX11/src/StrKeysym.c
@@ -39,12 +39,14 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 

 #ifndef KEYSYMDB

 #ifndef XKEYSYMDB

-#define KEYSYMDB "/usr/lib/X11/XKeysymDB"

+#define KEYSYMDB "XKeysymDB"

 #else

 #define KEYSYMDB XKEYSYMDB

 #endif

 #endif

 

+#include <unistd.h>

+

 static Bool initialized;

 static XrmDatabase keysymdb;

 static XrmQuark Qkeysym[2];

diff --git a/libX11/src/XlibInt.c b/libX11/src/XlibInt.c
index 3db151e29..305670214 100644
--- a/libX11/src/XlibInt.c
+++ b/libX11/src/XlibInt.c
@@ -1,2158 +1,2177 @@
-/*
-
-Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-/*
- *	XlibInt.c - Internal support routines for the C subroutine
- *	interface library (Xlib) to the X Window System Protocol V11.0.
- */
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-#define _XLIBINT_
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xprivate.h"
-#include <X11/Xpoll.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef WIN32
-#include <direct.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-#include "locking.h"
-
-/* these pointers get initialized by XInitThreads */
-LockInfoPtr _Xglobal_lock = NULL;
-void (*_XCreateMutex_fn)(LockInfoPtr) = NULL;
-/* struct _XCVList *(*_XCreateCVL_fn)() = NULL; */
-void (*_XFreeMutex_fn)(LockInfoPtr) = NULL;
-void (*_XLockMutex_fn)(
-    LockInfoPtr /* lock */
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-    , char * /* file */
-    , int /* line */
-#endif
-    ) = NULL;
-void (*_XUnlockMutex_fn)(
-    LockInfoPtr /* lock */
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-    , char * /* file */
-    , int /* line */
-#endif
-    ) = NULL;
-xthread_t (*_Xthread_self_fn)(void) = NULL;
-
-#define XThread_Self()	((*_Xthread_self_fn)())
-
-#endif /* XTHREADS */
-
-/* check for both EAGAIN and EWOULDBLOCK, because some supposedly POSIX
- * systems are broken and return EWOULDBLOCK when they should return EAGAIN
- */
-#ifdef WIN32
-#define ETEST() (WSAGetLastError() == WSAEWOULDBLOCK)
-#else
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin uses ENOBUFS to signal socket is full */
-#define ETEST() (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK || errno == ENOBUFS)
-#else
-#if defined(EAGAIN) && defined(EWOULDBLOCK)
-#define ETEST() (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
-#else
-#ifdef EAGAIN
-#define ETEST() (errno == EAGAIN)
-#else
-#define ETEST() (errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
-#endif /* EAGAIN */
-#endif /* EAGAIN && EWOULDBLOCK */
-#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
-#endif /* WIN32 */
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-#define ECHECK(err) (WSAGetLastError() == err)
-#define ESET(val) WSASetLastError(val)
-#else
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-#define ECHECK(err) (errno == err)
-#define ESET(val)
-#else
-#define ECHECK(err) (errno == err)
-#define ESET(val) errno = val
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(LOCALCONN) || defined(LACHMAN)
-#ifdef EMSGSIZE
-#define ESZTEST() (ECHECK(EMSGSIZE) || ECHECK(ERANGE))
-#else
-#define ESZTEST() ECHECK(ERANGE)
-#endif
-#else
-#ifdef EMSGSIZE
-#define ESZTEST() ECHECK(EMSGSIZE)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-#include <limits.h>
-#define MAX_PATH _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The following routines are internal routines used by Xlib for protocol
- * packet transmission and reception.
- *
- * _XIOError(Display *) will be called if any sort of system call error occurs.
- * This is assumed to be a fatal condition, i.e., XIOError should not return.
- *
- * _XError(Display *, xError *) will be called whenever an X_Error event is
- * received.  This is not assumed to be a fatal condition, i.e., it is
- * acceptable for this procedure to return.  However, XError should NOT
- * perform any operations (directly or indirectly) on the DISPLAY.
- *
- * Routines declared with a return type of 'Status' return 0 on failure,
- * and non 0 on success.  Routines with no declared return type don't
- * return anything.  Whenever possible routines that create objects return
- * the object they have created.
- */
-
-#define POLLFD_CACHE_SIZE 5
-
-/* initialize the struct array passed to poll() below */
-Bool _XPollfdCacheInit(
-    Display *dpy)
-{
-#ifdef USE_POLL
-    struct pollfd *pfp;
-
-    pfp = (struct pollfd *)Xmalloc(POLLFD_CACHE_SIZE * sizeof(struct pollfd));
-    if (!pfp)
-	return False;
-    pfp[0].fd = dpy->fd;
-    pfp[0].events = POLLIN;
-
-    dpy->filedes = (XPointer)pfp;
-#endif
-    return True;
-}
-
-void _XPollfdCacheAdd(
-    Display *dpy,
-    int fd)
-{
-#ifdef USE_POLL
-    struct pollfd *pfp = (struct pollfd *)dpy->filedes;
-
-    if (dpy->im_fd_length <= POLLFD_CACHE_SIZE) {
-	pfp[dpy->im_fd_length].fd = fd;
-	pfp[dpy->im_fd_length].events = POLLIN;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* ARGSUSED */
-void _XPollfdCacheDel(
-    Display *dpy,
-    int fd)			/* not used */
-{
-#ifdef USE_POLL
-    struct pollfd *pfp = (struct pollfd *)dpy->filedes;
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *conni;
-
-    /* just recalculate whole list */
-    if (dpy->im_fd_length <= POLLFD_CACHE_SIZE) {
-	int loc = 1;
-	for (conni = dpy->im_fd_info; conni; conni=conni->next) {
-	    pfp[loc].fd = conni->fd;
-	    pfp[loc].events = POLLIN;
-	    loc++;
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-static int sync_hazard(Display *dpy)
-{
-    unsigned long span = dpy->request - dpy->last_request_read;
-    unsigned long hazard = min((dpy->bufmax - dpy->buffer) / SIZEOF(xReq), 65535 - 10);
-    return span >= 65535 - hazard - 10;
-}
-
-static
-void sync_while_locked(Display *dpy)
-{
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-    if (dpy->lock)
-        (*dpy->lock->user_lock_display)(dpy);
-#endif
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-    InternalLockDisplay(dpy, /* don't skip user locks */ 0);
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-    if (dpy->lock)
-        (*dpy->lock->user_unlock_display)(dpy);
-#endif
-}
-
-void _XSeqSyncFunction(
-    register Display *dpy)
-{
-    xGetInputFocusReply rep;
-    register xReq *req;
-
-    if ((dpy->request - dpy->last_request_read) >= (65535 - BUFSIZE/SIZEOF(xReq))) {
-	GetEmptyReq(GetInputFocus, req);
-	(void) _XReply (dpy, (xReply *)&rep, 0, xTrue);
-	sync_while_locked(dpy);
-    } else if (sync_hazard(dpy))
-	_XSetPrivSyncFunction(dpy);
-}
-
-/* NOTE: only called if !XTHREADS, or when XInitThreads wasn't called. */
-static int
-_XPrivSyncFunction (Display *dpy)
-{
-#if XTHREADS
-    assert(!dpy->lock_fns);
-#endif
-    assert(dpy->synchandler == _XPrivSyncFunction);
-    assert((dpy->flags & XlibDisplayPrivSync) != 0);
-    dpy->synchandler = dpy->savedsynchandler;
-    dpy->savedsynchandler = NULL;
-    dpy->flags &= ~XlibDisplayPrivSync;
-    if(dpy->synchandler)
-        dpy->synchandler(dpy);
-    _XIDHandler(dpy);
-    _XSeqSyncFunction(dpy);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void _XSetPrivSyncFunction(Display *dpy)
-{
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-    if (dpy->lock_fns)
-        return;
-#endif
-    if (!(dpy->flags & XlibDisplayPrivSync)) {
-	dpy->savedsynchandler = dpy->synchandler;
-	dpy->synchandler = _XPrivSyncFunction;
-	dpy->flags |= XlibDisplayPrivSync;
-    }
-}
-
-void _XSetSeqSyncFunction(Display *dpy)
-{
-    if (sync_hazard(dpy))
-	_XSetPrivSyncFunction (dpy);
-}
-
-#ifdef LONG64
-void _XRead32(
-    Display *dpy,
-    register long *data,
-    long len)
-{
-    register int *buf;
-    register long i;
-
-    if (len) {
-	(void) _XRead(dpy, (char *)data, len);
-	i = len >> 2;
-	buf = (int *)data + i;
-	data += i;
-	while (--i >= 0)
-	    *--data = *--buf;
-    }
-}
-#endif /* LONG64 */
-
-#ifdef WORD64
-
-/*
- * XXX This is a *really* stupid way of doing this....
- * PACKBUFFERSIZE must be a multiple of 4.
- */
-
-#define PACKBUFFERSIZE 4096
-
-
-/*
- * _XRead32 - Read bytes from the socket unpacking each 32 bits
- *            into a long (64 bits on a CRAY computer).
- *
- */
-static void _doXRead32(
-        register Display *dpy,
-        register long *data
-        register long size,
-	register char *packbuffer)
-{
- long *lpack,*lp;
- long mask32 = 0x00000000ffffffff;
- long maskw, nwords, i, bits;
-
-        _XReadPad (dpy, packbuffer, size);
-
-        lp = data;
-        lpack = (long *) packbuffer;
-        nwords = size >> 2;
-        bits = 32;
-
-        for(i=0;i<nwords;i++){
-            maskw = mask32 << bits;
-           *lp++ = ( *lpack & maskw ) >> bits;
-            bits = bits ^32;
-            if(bits){
-               lpack++;
-            }
-        }
-}
-
-void _XRead32(
-    Display *dpy,
-    long *data,
-    long len)
-{
-    char packbuffer[PACKBUFFERSIZE];
-    unsigned nunits = PACKBUFFERSIZE >> 2;
-
-    for (; len > PACKBUFFERSIZE; len -= PACKBUFFERSIZE, data += nunits) {
-	_doXRead32 (dpy, data, PACKBUFFERSIZE, packbuffer);
-    }
-    if (len) _doXRead32 (dpy, data, len, packbuffer);
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- * _XRead16 - Read bytes from the socket unpacking each 16 bits
- *            into a long (64 bits on a CRAY computer).
- *
- */
-static _doXRead16(
-        register Display *dpy,
-        register short *data,
-        register long size,
-	char *packbuffer)
-{
-	long *lpack,*lp;
-	long mask16 = 0x000000000000ffff;
-	long maskw, nwords, i, bits;
-
-        (void) _XRead(dpy,packbuffer,size);	/* don't do a padded read... */
-
-        lp = (long *) data;
-        lpack = (long *) packbuffer;
-        nwords = size >> 1;  /* number of 16 bit words to be unpacked */
-        bits = 48;
-        for(i=0;i<nwords;i++){
-            maskw = mask16 << bits;
-           *lp++ = ( *lpack & maskw ) >> bits;
-            bits -= 16;
-            if(bits < 0){
-               lpack++;
-               bits = 48;
-            }
-        }
-}
-
-void _XRead16(
-    Display *dpy,
-    short *data,
-    long len)
-{
-    char packbuffer[PACKBUFFERSIZE];
-    unsigned nunits = PACKBUFFERSIZE >> 1;
-
-    for (; len > PACKBUFFERSIZE; len -= PACKBUFFERSIZE, data += nunits) {
-	_doXRead16 (dpy, data, PACKBUFFERSIZE, packbuffer);
-    }
-    if (len) _doXRead16 (dpy, data, len, packbuffer);
-}
-
-void _XRead16Pad(
-    Display *dpy,
-    short *data,
-    long size)
-{
-    int slop = (size & 3);
-    short slopbuf[3];
-
-    _XRead16 (dpy, data, size);
-    if (slop > 0) {
-	_XRead16 (dpy, slopbuf, 4 - slop);
-    }
-}
-#endif /* WORD64 */
-
-/*
- * The hard part about this is that we only get 16 bits from a reply.
- * We have three values that will march along, with the following invariant:
- *	dpy->last_request_read <= rep->sequenceNumber <= dpy->request
- * We have to keep
- *	dpy->request - dpy->last_request_read < 2^16
- * or else we won't know for sure what value to use in events.  We do this
- * by forcing syncs when we get close.
- */
-
-unsigned long
-_XSetLastRequestRead(
-    register Display *dpy,
-    register xGenericReply *rep)
-{
-    register unsigned long	newseq, lastseq;
-
-    lastseq = dpy->last_request_read;
-    /*
-     * KeymapNotify has no sequence number, but is always guaranteed
-     * to immediately follow another event, except when generated via
-     * SendEvent (hmmm).
-     */
-    if ((rep->type & 0x7f) == KeymapNotify)
-	return(lastseq);
-
-    newseq = (lastseq & ~((unsigned long)0xffff)) | rep->sequenceNumber;
-
-    if (newseq < lastseq) {
-	newseq += 0x10000;
-	if (newseq > dpy->request) {
-	    (void) fprintf (stderr,
-	    "Xlib: sequence lost (0x%lx > 0x%lx) in reply type 0x%x!\n",
-			    newseq, dpy->request,
-			    (unsigned int) rep->type);
-	    newseq -= 0x10000;
-	}
-    }
-
-    dpy->last_request_read = newseq;
-    return(newseq);
-}
-
-/*
- * Support for internal connections, such as an IM might use.
- * By Stephen Gildea, X Consortium, September 1993
- */
-
-/* _XRegisterInternalConnection
- * Each IM (or Xlib extension) that opens a file descriptor that Xlib should
- * include in its select/poll mask must call this function to register the
- * fd with Xlib.  Any XConnectionWatchProc registered by XAddConnectionWatch
- * will also be called.
- *
- * Whenever Xlib detects input available on fd, it will call callback
- * with call_data to process it.  If non-Xlib code calls select/poll
- * and detects input available, it must call XProcessInternalConnection,
- * which will call the associated callback.
- *
- * Non-Xlib code can learn about these additional fds by calling
- * XInternalConnectionNumbers or, more typically, by registering
- * a XConnectionWatchProc with XAddConnectionWatch
- * to be called when fds are registered or unregistered.
- *
- * Returns True if registration succeeded, False if not, typically
- * because could not allocate memory.
- * Assumes Display locked when called.
- */
-Status
-_XRegisterInternalConnection(
-    Display* dpy,
-    int fd,
-    _XInternalConnectionProc callback,
-    XPointer call_data
-)
-{
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *new_conni, **iptr;
-    struct _XConnWatchInfo *watchers;
-    XPointer *wd;
-
-    new_conni = (struct _XConnectionInfo*)Xmalloc(sizeof(struct _XConnectionInfo));
-    if (!new_conni)
-	return 0;
-    new_conni->watch_data = (XPointer *)Xmalloc(dpy->watcher_count * sizeof(XPointer));
-    if (!new_conni->watch_data) {
-	Xfree(new_conni);
-	return 0;
-    }
-    new_conni->fd = fd;
-    new_conni->read_callback = callback;
-    new_conni->call_data = call_data;
-    new_conni->next = NULL;
-    /* link new structure onto end of list */
-    for (iptr = &dpy->im_fd_info; *iptr; iptr = &(*iptr)->next)
-	;
-    *iptr = new_conni;
-    dpy->im_fd_length++;
-    _XPollfdCacheAdd(dpy, fd);
-
-    for (watchers=dpy->conn_watchers, wd=new_conni->watch_data;
-	 watchers;
-	 watchers=watchers->next, wd++) {
-	*wd = NULL;		/* for cleanliness */
-	(*watchers->fn) (dpy, watchers->client_data, fd, True, wd);
-    }
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/* _XUnregisterInternalConnection
- * Each IM (or Xlib extension) that closes a file descriptor previously
- * registered with _XRegisterInternalConnection must call this function.
- * Any XConnectionWatchProc registered by XAddConnectionWatch
- * will also be called.
- *
- * Assumes Display locked when called.
- */
-void
-_XUnregisterInternalConnection(
-    Display* dpy,
-    int fd
-)
-{
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *info_list, **prev;
-    struct _XConnWatchInfo *watch;
-    XPointer *wd;
-
-    for (prev = &dpy->im_fd_info; (info_list = *prev);
-	 prev = &info_list->next) {
-	if (info_list->fd == fd) {
-	    *prev = info_list->next;
-	    dpy->im_fd_length--;
-	    for (watch=dpy->conn_watchers, wd=info_list->watch_data;
-		 watch;
-		 watch=watch->next, wd++) {
-		(*watch->fn) (dpy, watch->client_data, fd, False, wd);
-	    }
-	    if (info_list->watch_data)
-		Xfree (info_list->watch_data);
-	    Xfree (info_list);
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    _XPollfdCacheDel(dpy, fd);
-}
-
-/* XInternalConnectionNumbers
- * Returns an array of fds and an array of corresponding call data.
- * Typically a XConnectionWatchProc registered with XAddConnectionWatch
- * will be used instead of this function to discover
- * additional fds to include in the select/poll mask.
- *
- * The list is allocated with Xmalloc and should be freed by the caller
- * with Xfree;
- */
-Status
-XInternalConnectionNumbers(
-    Display *dpy,
-    int **fd_return,
-    int *count_return
-)
-{
-    int count;
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *info_list;
-    int *fd_list;
-
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    count = 0;
-    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next)
-	count++;
-    fd_list = (int*) Xmalloc (count * sizeof(int));
-    if (!fd_list) {
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return 0;
-    }
-    count = 0;
-    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next) {
-	fd_list[count] = info_list->fd;
-	count++;
-    }
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-
-    *fd_return = fd_list;
-    *count_return = count;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-void _XProcessInternalConnection(
-    Display *dpy,
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *conn_info)
-{
-    dpy->flags |= XlibDisplayProcConni;
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    (*conn_info->read_callback) (dpy, conn_info->fd, conn_info->call_data);
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    dpy->flags &= ~XlibDisplayProcConni;
-}
-
-/* XProcessInternalConnection
- * Call the _XInternalConnectionProc registered by _XRegisterInternalConnection
- * for this fd.
- * The Display is NOT locked during the call.
- */
-void
-XProcessInternalConnection(
-    Display* dpy,
-    int fd
-)
-{
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *info_list;
-
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next) {
-	if (info_list->fd == fd) {
-	    _XProcessInternalConnection(dpy, info_list);
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-}
-
-/* XAddConnectionWatch
- * Register a callback to be called whenever _XRegisterInternalConnection
- * or _XUnregisterInternalConnection is called.
- * Callbacks are called with the Display locked.
- * If any connections are already registered, the callback is immediately
- * called for each of them.
- */
-Status
-XAddConnectionWatch(
-    Display* dpy,
-    XConnectionWatchProc callback,
-    XPointer client_data
-)
-{
-    struct _XConnWatchInfo *new_watcher, **wptr;
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *info_list;
-    XPointer *wd_array;
-
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-
-    /* allocate new watch data */
-    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next) {
-	wd_array = (XPointer *)Xrealloc((char *)info_list->watch_data,
-					(dpy->watcher_count + 1) *
-					sizeof(XPointer));
-	if (!wd_array) {
-	    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	    return 0;
-	}
-	info_list->watch_data = wd_array;
-	wd_array[dpy->watcher_count] = NULL;	/* for cleanliness */
-    }
-
-    new_watcher = (struct _XConnWatchInfo*)Xmalloc(sizeof(struct _XConnWatchInfo));
-    if (!new_watcher) {
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	return 0;
-    }
-    new_watcher->fn = callback;
-    new_watcher->client_data = client_data;
-    new_watcher->next = NULL;
-
-    /* link new structure onto end of list */
-    for (wptr = &dpy->conn_watchers; *wptr; wptr = &(*wptr)->next)
-	;
-    *wptr = new_watcher;
-    dpy->watcher_count++;
-
-    /* call new watcher on all currently registered fds */
-    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next) {
-	(*callback) (dpy, client_data, info_list->fd, True,
-		     info_list->watch_data + dpy->watcher_count - 1);
-    }
-
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/* XRemoveConnectionWatch
- * Unregister a callback registered by XAddConnectionWatch.
- * Both callback and client_data must match what was passed to
- * XAddConnectionWatch.
- */
-void
-XRemoveConnectionWatch(
-    Display* dpy,
-    XConnectionWatchProc callback,
-    XPointer client_data
-)
-{
-    struct _XConnWatchInfo *watch;
-    struct _XConnWatchInfo *previous = NULL;
-    struct _XConnectionInfo *conni;
-    int counter = 0;
-
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    for (watch=dpy->conn_watchers; watch; watch=watch->next) {
-	if (watch->fn == callback  &&  watch->client_data == client_data) {
-	    if (previous)
-		previous->next = watch->next;
-	    else
-		dpy->conn_watchers = watch->next;
-	    Xfree (watch);
-	    dpy->watcher_count--;
-	    /* remove our watch_data for each connection */
-	    for (conni=dpy->im_fd_info; conni; conni=conni->next) {
-		/* don't bother realloc'ing; these arrays are small anyway */
-		/* overlapping */
-		memmove(conni->watch_data+counter,
-			conni->watch_data+counter+1,
-			dpy->watcher_count - counter);
-	    }
-	    break;
-	}
-	previous = watch;
-	counter++;
-    }
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-}
-
-/* end of internal connections support */
-
-/* Cookie jar implementation
-   dpy->cookiejar is a linked list. _XEnq receives the events but leaves
-   them in the normal EQ. _XStoreEvent returns the cookie event (minus
-   data pointer) and adds it to the cookiejar. _XDeq just removes
-   the entry like any other event but resets the data pointer for
-   cookie events (to avoid double-free, the memory is re-used by Xlib).
-
-   _XFetchEventCookie (called from XGetEventData) removes a cookie from the
-   jar. _XFreeEventCookies removes all unclaimed cookies from the jar
-   (called by XNextEvent).
-
-   _XFreeDisplayStructure calls _XFreeEventCookies for each cookie in the
-   normal EQ.
- */
-
-#include "utlist.h"
-struct stored_event {
-    XGenericEventCookie ev;
-    struct stored_event *prev;
-    struct stored_event *next;
-};
-
-Bool
-_XIsEventCookie(Display *dpy, XEvent *ev)
-{
-    return (ev->xcookie.type == GenericEvent &&
-	    dpy->generic_event_vec[ev->xcookie.extension & 0x7F] != NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- * Free all events in the event list.
- */
-void
-_XFreeEventCookies(Display *dpy)
-{
-    struct stored_event **head, *e, *tmp;
-
-    if (!dpy->cookiejar)
-        return;
-
-    head = (struct stored_event**)&dpy->cookiejar;
-
-    DL_FOREACH_SAFE(*head, e, tmp) {
-        if (dpy->cookiejar == e)
-            dpy->cookiejar = NULL;
-        XFree(e->ev.data);
-        XFree(e);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Add an event to the display's event list. This event must be freed on the
- * next call to XNextEvent().
- */
-void
-_XStoreEventCookie(Display *dpy, XEvent *event)
-{
-    XGenericEventCookie* cookie = &event->xcookie;
-    struct stored_event **head, *add;
-
-    if (!_XIsEventCookie(dpy, event))
-        return;
-
-    head = (struct stored_event**)(&dpy->cookiejar);
-
-    add = Xmalloc(sizeof(struct stored_event));
-    if (!add) {
-        ESET(ENOMEM);
-        _XIOError(dpy);
-    }
-    add->ev = *cookie;
-    DL_APPEND(*head, add);
-    cookie->data = NULL; /* don't return data yet, must be claimed */
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the event with the given cookie and remove it from the list.
- */
-Bool
-_XFetchEventCookie(Display *dpy, XGenericEventCookie* ev)
-{
-    Bool ret = False;
-    struct stored_event **head, *event;
-    head = (struct stored_event**)&dpy->cookiejar;
-
-    if (!_XIsEventCookie(dpy, (XEvent*)ev))
-        return ret;
-
-    DL_FOREACH(*head, event) {
-        if (event->ev.cookie == ev->cookie &&
-            event->ev.extension == ev->extension &&
-            event->ev.evtype == ev->evtype) {
-            *ev = event->ev;
-            DL_DELETE(*head, event);
-            Xfree(event);
-            ret = True;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-Bool
-_XCopyEventCookie(Display *dpy, XGenericEventCookie *in, XGenericEventCookie *out)
-{
-    Bool ret = False;
-    int extension;
-
-    if (!_XIsEventCookie(dpy, (XEvent*)in) || !out)
-        return ret;
-
-    extension = in->extension & 0x7F;
-
-    if (!dpy->generic_event_copy_vec[extension])
-        return ret;
-
-    ret = ((*dpy->generic_event_copy_vec[extension])(dpy, in, out));
-    out->cookie = ret ? ++dpy->next_cookie  : 0;
-    return ret;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * _XEnq - Place event packets on the display's queue.
- * note that no squishing of move events in V11, since there
- * is pointer motion hints....
- */
-void _XEnq(
-	register Display *dpy,
-	register xEvent *event)
-{
-	register _XQEvent *qelt;
-	int type, extension;
-
-	if ((qelt = dpy->qfree)) {
-		/* If dpy->qfree is non-NULL do this, else malloc a new one. */
-		dpy->qfree = qelt->next;
-	}
-	else if ((qelt =
-	    (_XQEvent *) Xmalloc((unsigned)sizeof(_XQEvent))) == NULL) {
-		/* Malloc call failed! */
-		ESET(ENOMEM);
-		_XIOError(dpy);
-	}
-	qelt->next = NULL;
-
-	type = event->u.u.type & 0177;
-	extension = ((xGenericEvent*)event)->extension;
-
-	qelt->event.type = type;
-	/* If an extension has registerd a generic_event_vec handler, then
-	 * it can handle event cookies. Otherwise, proceed with the normal
-	 * event handlers.
-	 *
-	 * If the generic_event_vec is called, qelt->event is a event cookie
-	 * with the data pointer and the "free" pointer set. Data pointer is
-	 * some memory allocated by the extension.
-	 */
-        if (type == GenericEvent && dpy->generic_event_vec[extension & 0x7F]) {
-	    XGenericEventCookie *cookie = &qelt->event.xcookie;
-	    (*dpy->generic_event_vec[extension & 0x7F])(dpy, cookie, event);
-	    cookie->cookie = ++dpy->next_cookie;
-
-	    qelt->qserial_num = dpy->next_event_serial_num++;
-	    if (dpy->tail)	dpy->tail->next = qelt;
-	    else		dpy->head = qelt;
-
-	    dpy->tail = qelt;
-	    dpy->qlen++;
-	} else if ((*dpy->event_vec[type])(dpy, &qelt->event, event)) {
-	    qelt->qserial_num = dpy->next_event_serial_num++;
-	    if (dpy->tail)	dpy->tail->next = qelt;
-	    else 		dpy->head = qelt;
-
-	    dpy->tail = qelt;
-	    dpy->qlen++;
-	} else {
-	    /* ignored, or stashed away for many-to-one compression */
-	    qelt->next = dpy->qfree;
-	    dpy->qfree = qelt;
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * _XDeq - Remove event packet from the display's queue.
- */
-void _XDeq(
-    register Display *dpy,
-    register _XQEvent *prev,	/* element before qelt */
-    register _XQEvent *qelt)	/* element to be unlinked */
-{
-    if (prev) {
-	if ((prev->next = qelt->next) == NULL)
-	    dpy->tail = prev;
-    } else {
-	/* no prev, so removing first elt */
-	if ((dpy->head = qelt->next) == NULL)
-	    dpy->tail = NULL;
-    }
-    qelt->qserial_num = 0;
-    qelt->next = dpy->qfree;
-    dpy->qfree = qelt;
-    dpy->qlen--;
-
-    if (_XIsEventCookie(dpy, &qelt->event)) {
-	XGenericEventCookie* cookie = &qelt->event.xcookie;
-	/* dpy->qfree is re-used, reset memory to avoid double free on
-	 * _XFreeDisplayStructure */
-	cookie->data = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * EventToWire in separate file in that often not needed.
- */
-
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-Bool
-_XUnknownWireEvent(
-    register Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */
-    register XEvent *re,	/* pointer to where event should be reformatted */
-    register xEvent *event)	/* wire protocol event */
-{
-#ifdef notdef
-	(void) fprintf(stderr,
-	    "Xlib: unhandled wire event! event number = %d, display = %x\n.",
-			event->u.u.type, dpy);
-#endif
-	return(False);
-}
-
-Bool
-_XUnknownWireEventCookie(
-    Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */
-    XGenericEventCookie *re,	/* pointer to where event should be reformatted */
-    xEvent *event)	/* wire protocol event */
-{
-#ifdef notdef
-	fprintf(stderr,
-	    "Xlib: unhandled wire cookie event! extension number = %d, display = %x\n.",
-			((xGenericEvent*)event)->extension, dpy);
-#endif
-	return(False);
-}
-
-Bool
-_XUnknownCopyEventCookie(
-    Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */
-    XGenericEventCookie *in,	/* source */
-    XGenericEventCookie *out)	/* destination */
-{
-#ifdef notdef
-	fprintf(stderr,
-	    "Xlib: unhandled cookie event copy! extension number = %d, display = %x\n.",
-			in->extension, dpy);
-#endif
-	return(False);
-}
-
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-Status
-_XUnknownNativeEvent(
-    register Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */
-    register XEvent *re,	/* pointer to where event should be reformatted */
-    register xEvent *event)	/* wire protocol event */
-{
-#ifdef notdef
-	(void) fprintf(stderr,
- 	   "Xlib: unhandled native event! event number = %d, display = %x\n.",
-			re->type, dpy);
-#endif
-	return(0);
-}
-/*
- * reformat a wire event into an XEvent structure of the right type.
- */
-Bool
-_XWireToEvent(
-    register Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */
-    register XEvent *re,	/* pointer to where event should be reformatted */
-    register xEvent *event)	/* wire protocol event */
-{
-
-	re->type = event->u.u.type & 0x7f;
-	((XAnyEvent *)re)->serial = _XSetLastRequestRead(dpy,
-					(xGenericReply *)event);
-	((XAnyEvent *)re)->send_event = ((event->u.u.type & 0x80) != 0);
-	((XAnyEvent *)re)->display = dpy;
-
-	/* Ignore the leading bit of the event type since it is set when a
-		client sends an event rather than the server. */
-
-	switch (event-> u.u.type & 0177) {
-	      case KeyPress:
-	      case KeyRelease:
-	        {
-			register XKeyEvent *ev = (XKeyEvent*) re;
-			ev->root 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.root;
-			ev->window 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.event;
-			ev->subwindow 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.child;
-			ev->time 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.time;
-			ev->x 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventX);
-			ev->y 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventY);
-			ev->x_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX);
-			ev->y_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY);
-			ev->state	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.state;
-			ev->same_screen	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen;
-			ev->keycode 	= event->u.u.detail;
-		}
-	      	break;
-	      case ButtonPress:
-	      case ButtonRelease:
-	        {
-			register XButtonEvent *ev =  (XButtonEvent *) re;
-			ev->root 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.root;
-			ev->window 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.event;
-			ev->subwindow 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.child;
-			ev->time 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.time;
-			ev->x 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventX);
-			ev->y 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventY);
-			ev->x_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX);
-			ev->y_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY);
-			ev->state	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.state;
-			ev->same_screen	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen;
-			ev->button 	= event->u.u.detail;
-		}
-	        break;
-	      case MotionNotify:
-	        {
-			register XMotionEvent *ev =   (XMotionEvent *)re;
-			ev->root 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.root;
-			ev->window 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.event;
-			ev->subwindow 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.child;
-			ev->time 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.time;
-			ev->x 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventX);
-			ev->y 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventY);
-			ev->x_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX);
-			ev->y_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY);
-			ev->state	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.state;
-			ev->same_screen	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen;
-			ev->is_hint 	= event->u.u.detail;
-		}
-	        break;
-	      case EnterNotify:
-	      case LeaveNotify:
-		{
-			register XCrossingEvent *ev   = (XCrossingEvent *) re;
-			ev->root	= event->u.enterLeave.root;
-			ev->window	= event->u.enterLeave.event;
-			ev->subwindow	= event->u.enterLeave.child;
-			ev->time	= event->u.enterLeave.time;
-			ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.enterLeave.eventX);
-			ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.enterLeave.eventY);
-			ev->x_root	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.enterLeave.rootX);
-			ev->y_root	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.enterLeave.rootY);
-			ev->state	= event->u.enterLeave.state;
-			ev->mode	= event->u.enterLeave.mode;
-			ev->same_screen = (event->u.enterLeave.flags &
-				ELFlagSameScreen) && True;
-			ev->focus	= (event->u.enterLeave.flags &
-			  	ELFlagFocus) && True;
-			ev->detail	= event->u.u.detail;
-		}
-		  break;
-	      case FocusIn:
-	      case FocusOut:
-		{
-			register XFocusChangeEvent *ev = (XFocusChangeEvent *) re;
-			ev->window 	= event->u.focus.window;
-			ev->mode	= event->u.focus.mode;
-			ev->detail	= event->u.u.detail;
-		}
-		  break;
-	      case KeymapNotify:
-		{
-			register XKeymapEvent *ev = (XKeymapEvent *) re;
-			ev->window	= None;
-			memcpy(&ev->key_vector[1],
-			       (char *)((xKeymapEvent *) event)->map,
-			       sizeof (((xKeymapEvent *) event)->map));
-		}
-		break;
-	      case Expose:
-		{
-			register XExposeEvent *ev = (XExposeEvent *) re;
-			ev->window	= event->u.expose.window;
-			ev->x		= event->u.expose.x;
-			ev->y		= event->u.expose.y;
-			ev->width	= event->u.expose.width;
-			ev->height	= event->u.expose.height;
-			ev->count	= event->u.expose.count;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case GraphicsExpose:
-		{
-		    register XGraphicsExposeEvent *ev =
-			(XGraphicsExposeEvent *) re;
-		    ev->drawable	= event->u.graphicsExposure.drawable;
-		    ev->x		= event->u.graphicsExposure.x;
-		    ev->y		= event->u.graphicsExposure.y;
-		    ev->width		= event->u.graphicsExposure.width;
-		    ev->height		= event->u.graphicsExposure.height;
-		    ev->count		= event->u.graphicsExposure.count;
-		    ev->major_code	= event->u.graphicsExposure.majorEvent;
-		    ev->minor_code	= event->u.graphicsExposure.minorEvent;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case NoExpose:
-		{
-		    register XNoExposeEvent *ev = (XNoExposeEvent *) re;
-		    ev->drawable	= event->u.noExposure.drawable;
-		    ev->major_code	= event->u.noExposure.majorEvent;
-		    ev->minor_code	= event->u.noExposure.minorEvent;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case VisibilityNotify:
-		{
-		    register XVisibilityEvent *ev = (XVisibilityEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.visibility.window;
-		    ev->state		= event->u.visibility.state;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case CreateNotify:
-		{
-		    register XCreateWindowEvent *ev =
-			 (XCreateWindowEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.createNotify.window;
-		    ev->parent		= event->u.createNotify.parent;
-		    ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.createNotify.x);
-		    ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.createNotify.y);
-		    ev->width		= event->u.createNotify.width;
-		    ev->height		= event->u.createNotify.height;
-		    ev->border_width	= event->u.createNotify.borderWidth;
-		    ev->override_redirect	= event->u.createNotify.override;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case DestroyNotify:
-		{
-		    register XDestroyWindowEvent *ev =
-				(XDestroyWindowEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.destroyNotify.window;
-		    ev->event		= event->u.destroyNotify.event;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case UnmapNotify:
-		{
-		    register XUnmapEvent *ev = (XUnmapEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.unmapNotify.window;
-		    ev->event		= event->u.unmapNotify.event;
-		    ev->from_configure	= event->u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case MapNotify:
-		{
-		    register XMapEvent *ev = (XMapEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.mapNotify.window;
-		    ev->event		= event->u.mapNotify.event;
-		    ev->override_redirect	= event->u.mapNotify.override;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case MapRequest:
-		{
-		    register XMapRequestEvent *ev = (XMapRequestEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.mapRequest.window;
-		    ev->parent		= event->u.mapRequest.parent;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case ReparentNotify:
-		{
-		    register XReparentEvent *ev = (XReparentEvent *) re;
-		    ev->event		= event->u.reparent.event;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.reparent.window;
-		    ev->parent		= event->u.reparent.parent;
-		    ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.reparent.x);
-		    ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.reparent.y);
-		    ev->override_redirect	= event->u.reparent.override;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case ConfigureNotify:
-		{
-		    register XConfigureEvent *ev = (XConfigureEvent *) re;
-		    ev->event	= event->u.configureNotify.event;
-		    ev->window	= event->u.configureNotify.window;
-		    ev->above	= event->u.configureNotify.aboveSibling;
-		    ev->x	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.configureNotify.x);
-		    ev->y	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.configureNotify.y);
-		    ev->width	= event->u.configureNotify.width;
-		    ev->height	= event->u.configureNotify.height;
-		    ev->border_width  = event->u.configureNotify.borderWidth;
-		    ev->override_redirect = event->u.configureNotify.override;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case ConfigureRequest:
-		{
-		    register XConfigureRequestEvent *ev =
-		        (XConfigureRequestEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.configureRequest.window;
-		    ev->parent		= event->u.configureRequest.parent;
-		    ev->above		= event->u.configureRequest.sibling;
-		    ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.configureRequest.x);
-		    ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.configureRequest.y);
-		    ev->width		= event->u.configureRequest.width;
-		    ev->height		= event->u.configureRequest.height;
-		    ev->border_width	= event->u.configureRequest.borderWidth;
-		    ev->value_mask	= event->u.configureRequest.valueMask;
-		    ev->detail  	= event->u.u.detail;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case GravityNotify:
-		{
-		    register XGravityEvent *ev = (XGravityEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.gravity.window;
-		    ev->event		= event->u.gravity.event;
-		    ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.gravity.x);
-		    ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.gravity.y);
-		}
-		break;
-	      case ResizeRequest:
-		{
-		    register XResizeRequestEvent *ev =
-			(XResizeRequestEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.resizeRequest.window;
-		    ev->width		= event->u.resizeRequest.width;
-		    ev->height		= event->u.resizeRequest.height;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case CirculateNotify:
-		{
-		    register XCirculateEvent *ev = (XCirculateEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.circulate.window;
-		    ev->event		= event->u.circulate.event;
-		    ev->place		= event->u.circulate.place;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case CirculateRequest:
-		{
-		    register XCirculateRequestEvent *ev =
-		        (XCirculateRequestEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.circulate.window;
-		    ev->parent		= event->u.circulate.event;
-		    ev->place		= event->u.circulate.place;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case PropertyNotify:
-		{
-		    register XPropertyEvent *ev = (XPropertyEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.property.window;
-		    ev->atom		= event->u.property.atom;
-		    ev->time		= event->u.property.time;
-		    ev->state		= event->u.property.state;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case SelectionClear:
-		{
-		    register XSelectionClearEvent *ev =
-			 (XSelectionClearEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.selectionClear.window;
-		    ev->selection	= event->u.selectionClear.atom;
-		    ev->time		= event->u.selectionClear.time;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case SelectionRequest:
-		{
-		    register XSelectionRequestEvent *ev =
-		        (XSelectionRequestEvent *) re;
-		    ev->owner		= event->u.selectionRequest.owner;
-		    ev->requestor	= event->u.selectionRequest.requestor;
-		    ev->selection	= event->u.selectionRequest.selection;
-		    ev->target		= event->u.selectionRequest.target;
-		    ev->property	= event->u.selectionRequest.property;
-		    ev->time		= event->u.selectionRequest.time;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case SelectionNotify:
-		{
-		    register XSelectionEvent *ev = (XSelectionEvent *) re;
-		    ev->requestor	= event->u.selectionNotify.requestor;
-		    ev->selection	= event->u.selectionNotify.selection;
-		    ev->target		= event->u.selectionNotify.target;
-		    ev->property	= event->u.selectionNotify.property;
-		    ev->time		= event->u.selectionNotify.time;
-		}
-		break;
-	      case ColormapNotify:
-		{
-		    register XColormapEvent *ev = (XColormapEvent *) re;
-		    ev->window		= event->u.colormap.window;
-		    ev->colormap	= event->u.colormap.colormap;
-		    ev->new		= event->u.colormap.new;
-		    ev->state		= event->u.colormap.state;
-	        }
-		break;
-	      case ClientMessage:
-		{
-		   register int i;
-		   register XClientMessageEvent *ev
-		   			= (XClientMessageEvent *) re;
-		   ev->window		= event->u.clientMessage.window;
-		   ev->format		= event->u.u.detail;
-		   switch (ev->format) {
-			case 8:
-			   ev->message_type = event->u.clientMessage.u.b.type;
-			   for (i = 0; i < 20; i++)
-			     ev->data.b[i] = event->u.clientMessage.u.b.bytes[i];
-			   break;
-			case 16:
-			   ev->message_type = event->u.clientMessage.u.s.type;
-			   ev->data.s[0] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts0);
-			   ev->data.s[1] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts1);
-			   ev->data.s[2] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts2);
-			   ev->data.s[3] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts3);
-			   ev->data.s[4] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts4);
-			   ev->data.s[5] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts5);
-			   ev->data.s[6] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts6);
-			   ev->data.s[7] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts7);
-			   ev->data.s[8] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts8);
-			   ev->data.s[9] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts9);
-			   break;
-			case 32:
-			   ev->message_type = event->u.clientMessage.u.l.type;
-			   ev->data.l[0] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs0);
-			   ev->data.l[1] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs1);
-			   ev->data.l[2] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs2);
-			   ev->data.l[3] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs3);
-			   ev->data.l[4] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs4);
-			   break;
-			default: /* XXX should never occur */
-				break;
-		    }
-	        }
-		break;
-	      case MappingNotify:
-		{
-		   register XMappingEvent *ev = (XMappingEvent *)re;
-		   ev->window		= 0;
-		   ev->first_keycode 	= event->u.mappingNotify.firstKeyCode;
-		   ev->request 		= event->u.mappingNotify.request;
-		   ev->count 		= event->u.mappingNotify.count;
-		}
-		break;
-	      default:
-		return(_XUnknownWireEvent(dpy, re, event));
-	}
-	return(True);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * _XDefaultIOError - Default fatal system error reporting routine.  Called
- * when an X internal system error is encountered.
- */
-int _XDefaultIOError(
-	Display *dpy)
-{
-	if (ECHECK(EPIPE)) {
-	    (void) fprintf (stderr,
-	"X connection to %s broken (explicit kill or server shutdown).\r\n",
-			    DisplayString (dpy));
-	} else {
-	    (void) fprintf (stderr,
-			"XIO:  fatal IO error %d (%s) on X server \"%s\"\r\n",
-#ifdef WIN32
-			WSAGetLastError(), strerror(WSAGetLastError()),
-#else
-			errno, strerror (errno),
-#endif
-			DisplayString (dpy));
-	    (void) fprintf (stderr,
-	 "      after %lu requests (%lu known processed) with %d events remaining.\r\n",
-			NextRequest(dpy) - 1, LastKnownRequestProcessed(dpy),
-			QLength(dpy));
-
-	}
-	exit(1);
-        return(0); /* dummy - function should never return */
-}
-
-
-static int _XPrintDefaultError(
-    Display *dpy,
-    XErrorEvent *event,
-    FILE *fp)
-{
-    char buffer[BUFSIZ];
-    char mesg[BUFSIZ];
-    char number[32];
-    const char *mtype = "XlibMessage";
-    register _XExtension *ext = (_XExtension *)NULL;
-    _XExtension *bext = (_XExtension *)NULL;
-    XGetErrorText(dpy, event->error_code, buffer, BUFSIZ);
-    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "XError", "X Error", mesg, BUFSIZ);
-    (void) fprintf(fp, "%s:  %s\n  ", mesg, buffer);
-    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "MajorCode", "Request Major code %d",
-	mesg, BUFSIZ);
-    (void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->request_code);
-    if (event->request_code < 128) {
-	sprintf(number, "%d", event->request_code);
-	XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, "XRequest", number, "", buffer, BUFSIZ);
-    } else {
-	for (ext = dpy->ext_procs;
-	     ext && (ext->codes.major_opcode != event->request_code);
-	     ext = ext->next)
-	  ;
-	if (ext) {
-	    strncpy(buffer, ext->name, BUFSIZ);
-	    buffer[BUFSIZ - 1] = '\0';
-        } else
-	    buffer[0] = '\0';
-    }
-    (void) fprintf(fp, " (%s)\n", buffer);
-    if (event->request_code >= 128) {
-	XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "MinorCode", "Request Minor code %d",
-			      mesg, BUFSIZ);
-	fputs("  ", fp);
-	(void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->minor_code);
-	if (ext) {
-	    sprintf(mesg, "%s.%d", ext->name, event->minor_code);
-	    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, "XRequest", mesg, "", buffer, BUFSIZ);
-	    (void) fprintf(fp, " (%s)", buffer);
-	}
-	fputs("\n", fp);
-    }
-    if (event->error_code >= 128) {
-	/* kludge, try to find the extension that caused it */
-	buffer[0] = '\0';
-	for (ext = dpy->ext_procs; ext; ext = ext->next) {
-	    if (ext->error_string)
-		(*ext->error_string)(dpy, event->error_code, &ext->codes,
-				     buffer, BUFSIZ);
-	    if (buffer[0]) {
-		bext = ext;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    if (ext->codes.first_error &&
-		ext->codes.first_error < (int)event->error_code &&
-		(!bext || ext->codes.first_error > bext->codes.first_error))
-		bext = ext;
-	}
-	if (bext)
-	    sprintf(buffer, "%s.%d", bext->name,
-		    event->error_code - bext->codes.first_error);
-	else
-	    strcpy(buffer, "Value");
-	XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, buffer, "", mesg, BUFSIZ);
-	if (mesg[0]) {
-	    fputs("  ", fp);
-	    (void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->resourceid);
-	    fputs("\n", fp);
-	}
-	/* let extensions try to print the values */
-	for (ext = dpy->ext_procs; ext; ext = ext->next) {
-	    if (ext->error_values)
-		(*ext->error_values)(dpy, event, fp);
-	}
-    } else if ((event->error_code == BadWindow) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadPixmap) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadCursor) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadFont) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadDrawable) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadColor) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadGC) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadIDChoice) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadValue) ||
-	       (event->error_code == BadAtom)) {
-	if (event->error_code == BadValue)
-	    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "Value", "Value 0x%x",
-				  mesg, BUFSIZ);
-	else if (event->error_code == BadAtom)
-	    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "AtomID", "AtomID 0x%x",
-				  mesg, BUFSIZ);
-	else
-	    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "ResourceID", "ResourceID 0x%x",
-				  mesg, BUFSIZ);
-	fputs("  ", fp);
-	(void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->resourceid);
-	fputs("\n", fp);
-    }
-    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "ErrorSerial", "Error Serial #%d",
-			  mesg, BUFSIZ);
-    fputs("  ", fp);
-    (void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->serial);
-    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "CurrentSerial", "Current Serial #%d",
-			  mesg, BUFSIZ);
-    fputs("\n  ", fp);
-    (void) fprintf(fp, mesg, dpy->request);
-    fputs("\n", fp);
-    if (event->error_code == BadImplementation) return 0;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-int _XDefaultError(
-	Display *dpy,
-	XErrorEvent *event)
-{
-    if (_XPrintDefaultError (dpy, event, stderr) == 0) return 0;
-    exit(1);
-    /*NOTREACHED*/
-}
-
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-Bool _XDefaultWireError(Display *display, XErrorEvent *he, xError *we)
-{
-    return True;
-}
-
-/*
- * _XError - upcall internal or user protocol error handler
- */
-int _XError (
-    Display *dpy,
-    register xError *rep)
-{
-    /*
-     * X_Error packet encountered!  We need to unpack the error before
-     * giving it to the user.
-     */
-    XEvent event; /* make it a large event */
-    register _XAsyncHandler *async, *next;
-
-    event.xerror.serial = _XSetLastRequestRead(dpy, (xGenericReply *)rep);
-
-    for (async = dpy->async_handlers; async; async = next) {
-	next = async->next;
-	if ((*async->handler)(dpy, (xReply *)rep,
-			      (char *)rep, SIZEOF(xError), async->data))
-	    return 0;
-    }
-
-    event.xerror.display = dpy;
-    event.xerror.type = X_Error;
-    event.xerror.resourceid = rep->resourceID;
-    event.xerror.error_code = rep->errorCode;
-    event.xerror.request_code = rep->majorCode;
-    event.xerror.minor_code = rep->minorCode;
-    if (dpy->error_vec &&
-	!(*dpy->error_vec[rep->errorCode])(dpy, &event.xerror, rep))
-	return 0;
-    if (_XErrorFunction != NULL) {
-	int rtn_val;
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-	if (dpy->lock)
-	    (*dpy->lock->user_lock_display)(dpy);
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-#endif
-	rtn_val = (*_XErrorFunction)(dpy, (XErrorEvent *)&event); /* upcall */
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-	LockDisplay(dpy);
-	if (dpy->lock)
-	    (*dpy->lock->user_unlock_display)(dpy);
-#endif
-	return rtn_val;
-    } else {
-	return _XDefaultError(dpy, (XErrorEvent *)&event);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * _XIOError - call user connection error handler and exit
- */
-int
-_XIOError (
-    Display *dpy)
-{
-    dpy->flags |= XlibDisplayIOError;
-#ifdef WIN32
-    errno = WSAGetLastError();
-#endif
-
-    /* This assumes that the thread calling exit will call any atexit handlers.
-     * If this does not hold, then an alternate solution would involve
-     * registering an atexit handler to take over the lock, which would only
-     * assume that the same thread calls all the atexit handlers. */
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-    if (dpy->lock)
-	(*dpy->lock->user_lock_display)(dpy);
-#endif
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-
-    if (_XIOErrorFunction != NULL)
-	(*_XIOErrorFunction)(dpy);
-    else
-	_XDefaultIOError(dpy);
-    exit (1);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * This routine can be used to (cheaply) get some memory within a single
- * Xlib routine for scratch space.  A single buffer is reused each time
- * if possible.  To be MT safe, you can only call this between a call to
- * GetReq* and a call to Data* or _XSend*, or in a context when the thread
- * is guaranteed to not unlock the display.
- */
-char *_XAllocScratch(
-	register Display *dpy,
-	unsigned long nbytes)
-{
-	if (nbytes > dpy->scratch_length) {
-	    if (dpy->scratch_buffer) Xfree (dpy->scratch_buffer);
-	    if ((dpy->scratch_buffer = Xmalloc((unsigned) nbytes)))
-		dpy->scratch_length = nbytes;
-	    else dpy->scratch_length = 0;
-	}
-	return (dpy->scratch_buffer);
-}
-
-/*
- * Scratch space allocator you can call any time, multiple times, and be
- * MT safe, but you must hand the buffer back with _XFreeTemp.
- */
-char *_XAllocTemp(
-    register Display *dpy,
-    unsigned long nbytes)
-{
-    char *buf;
-
-    buf = _XAllocScratch(dpy, nbytes);
-    dpy->scratch_buffer = NULL;
-    dpy->scratch_length = 0;
-    return buf;
-}
-
-void _XFreeTemp(
-    register Display *dpy,
-    char *buf,
-    unsigned long nbytes)
-{
-    if (dpy->scratch_buffer)
-	Xfree(dpy->scratch_buffer);
-    dpy->scratch_buffer = buf;
-    dpy->scratch_length = nbytes;
-}
-
-/*
- * Given a visual id, find the visual structure for this id on this display.
- */
-Visual *_XVIDtoVisual(
-	Display *dpy,
-	VisualID id)
-{
-	register int i, j, k;
-	register Screen *sp;
-	register Depth *dp;
-	register Visual *vp;
-	for (i = 0; i < dpy->nscreens; i++) {
-		sp = &dpy->screens[i];
-		for (j = 0; j < sp->ndepths; j++) {
-			dp = &sp->depths[j];
-			/* if nvisuals == 0 then visuals will be NULL */
-			for (k = 0; k < dp->nvisuals; k++) {
-				vp = &dp->visuals[k];
-				if (vp->visualid == id) return (vp);
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	return (NULL);
-}
-
-int
-XFree (void *data)
-{
-	Xfree (data);
-	return 1;
-}
-
-#ifdef _XNEEDBCOPYFUNC
-void _Xbcopy(b1, b2, length)
-    register char *b1, *b2;
-    register length;
-{
-    if (b1 < b2) {
-	b2 += length;
-	b1 += length;
-	while (length--)
-	    *--b2 = *--b1;
-    } else {
-	while (length--)
-	    *b2++ = *b1++;
-    }
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DataRoutineIsProcedure
-void Data(
-	Display *dpy,
-	char *data,
-	long len)
-{
-	if (dpy->bufptr + (len) <= dpy->bufmax) {
-		memcpy(dpy->bufptr, data, (int)len);
-		dpy->bufptr += ((len) + 3) & ~3;
-	} else {
-		_XSend(dpy, data, len);
-	}
-}
-#endif /* DataRoutineIsProcedure */
-
-
-#ifdef LONG64
-int
-_XData32(
-    Display *dpy,
-    register long *data,
-    unsigned len)
-{
-    register int *buf;
-    register long i;
-
-    while (len) {
-	buf = (int *)dpy->bufptr;
-	i = dpy->bufmax - (char *)buf;
-	if (!i) {
-	    _XFlush(dpy);
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (len < i)
-	    i = len;
-	dpy->bufptr = (char *)buf + i;
-	len -= i;
-	i >>= 2;
-	while (--i >= 0)
-	    *buf++ = *data++;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-#endif /* LONG64 */
-
-#ifdef WORD64
-
-/*
- * XXX This is a *really* stupid way of doing this.  It should just use
- * dpy->bufptr directly, taking into account where in the word it is.
- */
-
-/*
- * Data16 - Place 16 bit data in the buffer.
- *
- * "dpy" is a pointer to a Display.
- * "data" is a pointer to the data.
- * "len" is the length in bytes of the data.
- */
-
-static doData16(
-    register Display *dpy,
-    short *data,
-    unsigned len,
-    char *packbuffer)
-{
-    long *lp,*lpack;
-    long i, nwords,bits;
-    long mask16 = 0x000000000000ffff;
-
-        lp = (long *)data;
-        lpack = (long *)packbuffer;
-
-/*  nwords is the number of 16 bit values to be packed,
- *  the low order 16 bits of each word will be packed
- *  into 64 bit words
- */
-        nwords = len >> 1;
-        bits = 48;
-
-        for(i=0;i<nwords;i++){
-	   if (bits == 48) *lpack = 0;
-           *lpack ^= (*lp & mask16) << bits;
-           bits -= 16 ;
-           lp++;
-           if(bits < 0){
-               lpack++;
-               bits = 48;
-           }
-        }
-        Data(dpy, packbuffer, len);
-}
-
-_XData16 (
-    Display *dpy,
-    short *data,
-    unsigned len)
-{
-    char packbuffer[PACKBUFFERSIZE];
-    unsigned nunits = PACKBUFFERSIZE >> 1;
-
-    for (; len > PACKBUFFERSIZE; len -= PACKBUFFERSIZE, data += nunits) {
-	doData16 (dpy, data, PACKBUFFERSIZE, packbuffer);
-    }
-    if (len) doData16 (dpy, data, len, packbuffer);
-}
-
-/*
- * Data32 - Place 32 bit data in the buffer.
- *
- * "dpy" is a pointer to a Display.
- * "data" is a pointer to the data.
- * "len" is the length in bytes of the data.
- */
-
-static doData32(
-    register Display *dpy
-    long *data,
-    unsigned len,
-    char *packbuffer)
-{
-    long *lp,*lpack;
-    long i,bits,nwords;
-    long mask32 = 0x00000000ffffffff;
-
-        lpack = (long *) packbuffer;
-        lp = data;
-
-/*  nwords is the number of 32 bit values to be packed
- *  the low order 32 bits of each word will be packed
- *  into 64 bit words
- */
-        nwords = len >> 2;
-        bits = 32;
-
-        for(i=0;i<nwords;i++){
-	   if (bits == 32) *lpack = 0;
-           *lpack ^= (*lp & mask32) << bits;
-           bits = bits ^32;
-           lp++;
-           if(bits)
-              lpack++;
-        }
-        Data(dpy, packbuffer, len);
-}
-
-void _XData32(
-    Display *dpy,
-    long *data,
-    unsigned len)
-{
-    char packbuffer[PACKBUFFERSIZE];
-    unsigned nunits = PACKBUFFERSIZE >> 2;
-
-    for (; len > PACKBUFFERSIZE; len -= PACKBUFFERSIZE, data += nunits) {
-	doData32 (dpy, data, PACKBUFFERSIZE, packbuffer);
-    }
-    if (len) doData32 (dpy, data, len, packbuffer);
-}
-
-#endif /* WORD64 */
-
-
-/* Make sure this produces the same string as DefineLocal/DefineSelf in xdm.
- * Otherwise, Xau will not be able to find your cookies in the Xauthority file.
- *
- * Note: POSIX says that the ``nodename'' member of utsname does _not_ have
- *       to have sufficient information for interfacing to the network,
- *       and so, you may be better off using gethostname (if it exists).
- */
-
-#if (defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) && !defined(AIXV3) && !defined(__QNX__)) || defined(hpux) || defined(SVR4)
-#define NEED_UTSNAME
-#include <sys/utsname.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * _XGetHostname - similar to gethostname but allows special processing.
- */
-int _XGetHostname (
-    char *buf,
-    int maxlen)
-{
-    int len;
-
-#ifdef NEED_UTSNAME
-    struct utsname name;
-
-    if (maxlen <= 0 || buf == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    uname (&name);
-    len = strlen (name.nodename);
-    if (len >= maxlen) len = maxlen - 1;
-    strncpy (buf, name.nodename, len);
-    buf[len] = '\0';
-#else
-    if (maxlen <= 0 || buf == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    buf[0] = '\0';
-    (void) gethostname (buf, maxlen);
-    buf [maxlen - 1] = '\0';
-    len = strlen(buf);
-#endif /* NEED_UTSNAME */
-    return len;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * _XScreenOfWindow - get the Screen of a given window
- */
-
-Screen *_XScreenOfWindow(Display *dpy, Window w)
-{
-    register int i;
-    Window root;
-    int x, y;				/* dummy variables */
-    unsigned int width, height, bw, depth;  /* dummy variables */
-
-    if (XGetGeometry (dpy, w, &root, &x, &y, &width, &height,
-		      &bw, &depth) == False) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    for (i = 0; i < ScreenCount (dpy); i++) {	/* find root from list */
-	if (root == RootWindow (dpy, i)) {
-	    return ScreenOfDisplay (dpy, i);
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-
-#if defined(WIN32)
-
-/*
- * These functions are intended to be used internally to Xlib only.
- * These functions will always prefix the path with a DOS drive in the
- * form "<drive-letter>:". As such, these functions are only suitable
- * for use by Xlib function that supply a root-based path to some
- * particular file, e.g. <ProjectRoot>/lib/X11/locale/locale.dir will
- * be converted to "C:/usr/X11R6.3/lib/X11/locale/locale.dir".
- */
-
-static int access_file (path, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)
-    char* path;
-    char* pathbuf;
-    int len_pathbuf;
-    char** pathret;
-{
-    if (access (path, F_OK) == 0) {
-	if (strlen (path) < len_pathbuf)
-	    *pathret = pathbuf;
-	else
-	    *pathret = Xmalloc (strlen (path) + 1);
-	if (*pathret) {
-	    strcpy (*pathret, path);
-	    return 1;
-	}
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int AccessFile (path, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)
-    char* path;
-    char* pathbuf;
-    int len_pathbuf;
-    char** pathret;
-{
-    unsigned long drives;
-    int i, len;
-    char* drive;
-    char buf[MAX_PATH];
-    char* bufp;
-
-    /* just try the "raw" name first and see if it works */
-    if (access_file (path, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret))
-	return 1;
-
-    /* try the places set in the environment */
-    drive = getenv ("_XBASEDRIVE");
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-    if (!drive)
-	drive = getenv ("X11ROOT");
-#endif
-    if (!drive)
-	drive = "C:";
-    len = strlen (drive) + strlen (path);
-    if (len < MAX_PATH) bufp = buf;
-    else bufp = Xmalloc (len + 1);
-    strcpy (bufp, drive);
-    strcat (bufp, path);
-    if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {
-	if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);
-	return 1;
-    }
-
-#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
-    /* one last place to look */
-    drive = getenv ("HOMEDRIVE");
-    if (drive) {
-	len = strlen (drive) + strlen (path);
-	if (len < MAX_PATH) bufp = buf;
-	else bufp = Xmalloc (len + 1);
-	strcpy (bufp, drive);
-	strcat (bufp, path);
-	if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {
-	    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);
-	    return 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* tried everywhere else, go fishing */
-#define C_DRIVE ('C' - 'A')
-#define Z_DRIVE ('Z' - 'A')
-    /* does OS/2 (with or with gcc-emx) have getdrives? */
-    drives = _getdrives ();
-    for (i = C_DRIVE; i <= Z_DRIVE; i++) { /* don't check on A: or B: */
-	if ((1 << i) & drives) {
-	    len = 2 + strlen (path);
-	    if (len < MAX_PATH) bufp = buf;
-	    else bufp = Xmalloc (len + 1);
-	    *bufp = 'A' + i;
-	    *(bufp + 1) = ':';
-	    *(bufp + 2) = '\0';
-	    strcat (bufp, path);
-	    if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {
-		if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);
-		return 1;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int _XOpenFile(path, flags)
-    _Xconst char* path;
-    int flags;
-{
-    char buf[MAX_PATH];
-    char* bufp = NULL;
-    int ret = -1;
-    UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
-
-    if (AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp))
-	ret = open (bufp, flags);
-
-    (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);
-
-    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-int _XOpenFileMode(path, flags, mode)
-    _Xconst char* path;
-    int flags;
-    mode_t mode;
-{
-    char buf[MAX_PATH];
-    char* bufp = NULL;
-    int ret = -1;
-    UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
-
-    if (AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp))
-	ret = open (bufp, flags, mode);
-
-    (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);
-
-    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-void* _XFopenFile(path, mode)
-    _Xconst char* path;
-    _Xconst char* mode;
-{
-    char buf[MAX_PATH];
-    char* bufp = NULL;
-    void* ret = NULL;
-    UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
-
-    if (AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp))
-	ret = fopen (bufp, mode);
-
-    (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);
-
-    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-int _XAccessFile(path)
-    _Xconst char* path;
-{
-    char buf[MAX_PATH];
-    char* bufp;
-    int ret = -1;
-    UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
-
-    ret = AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp);
-
-    (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);
-
-    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-#undef _Xdebug
-int _Xdebug = 0;
-int *_Xdebug_p = &_Xdebug;
-void (**_XCreateMutex_fn_p)(LockInfoPtr) = &_XCreateMutex_fn;
-void (**_XFreeMutex_fn_p)(LockInfoPtr) = &_XFreeMutex_fn;
-void (**_XLockMutex_fn_p)(LockInfoPtr
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-    , char * /* file */
-    , int /* line */
-#endif
-        ) = &_XLockMutex_fn;
-void (**_XUnlockMutex_fn_p)(LockInfoPtr
-#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)
-    , char * /* file */
-    , int /* line */
-#endif
-        ) = &_XUnlockMutex_fn;
-LockInfoPtr *_Xglobal_lock_p = &_Xglobal_lock;
-#endif
+/*

+

+Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+/*

+ *	XlibInt.c - Internal support routines for the C subroutine

+ *	interface library (Xlib) to the X Window System Protocol V11.0.

+ */

+

+#ifdef WIN32

+#define _XLIBINT_

+#include <X11\Xw32defs.h>

+#endif

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xprivate.h"

+#include <X11/Xpoll.h>

+#include <assert.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+#ifdef WIN32

+#include <direct.h>

+#endif

+

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+#include "locking.h"

+

+/* these pointers get initialized by XInitThreads */

+LockInfoPtr _Xglobal_lock = NULL;

+void (*_XCreateMutex_fn)(LockInfoPtr) = NULL;

+/* struct _XCVList *(*_XCreateCVL_fn)() = NULL; */

+void (*_XFreeMutex_fn)(LockInfoPtr) = NULL;

+void (*_XLockMutex_fn)(

+    LockInfoPtr /* lock */

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+    , char * /* file */

+    , int /* line */

+#endif

+    ) = NULL;

+void (*_XUnlockMutex_fn)(

+    LockInfoPtr /* lock */

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+    , char * /* file */

+    , int /* line */

+#endif

+    ) = NULL;

+xthread_t (*_Xthread_self_fn)(void) = NULL;

+

+#define XThread_Self()	((*_Xthread_self_fn)())

+

+#endif /* XTHREADS */

+

+/* check for both EAGAIN and EWOULDBLOCK, because some supposedly POSIX

+ * systems are broken and return EWOULDBLOCK when they should return EAGAIN

+ */

+#ifdef WIN32

+#define ETEST() (WSAGetLastError() == WSAEWOULDBLOCK)

+#else

+#ifdef __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin uses ENOBUFS to signal socket is full */

+#define ETEST() (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK || errno == ENOBUFS)

+#else

+#if defined(EAGAIN) && defined(EWOULDBLOCK)

+#define ETEST() (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK)

+#else

+#ifdef EAGAIN

+#define ETEST() (errno == EAGAIN)

+#else

+#define ETEST() (errno == EWOULDBLOCK)

+#endif /* EAGAIN */

+#endif /* EAGAIN && EWOULDBLOCK */

+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */

+#endif /* WIN32 */

+

+#ifdef WIN32

+#define ECHECK(err) (WSAGetLastError() == err)

+#define ESET(val) WSASetLastError(val)

+#else

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+#define ECHECK(err) (errno == err)

+#define ESET(val)

+#else

+#define ECHECK(err) (errno == err)

+#define ESET(val) errno = val

+#endif

+#endif

+

+#if defined(LOCALCONN) || defined(LACHMAN)

+#ifdef EMSGSIZE

+#define ESZTEST() (ECHECK(EMSGSIZE) || ECHECK(ERANGE))

+#else

+#define ESZTEST() ECHECK(ERANGE)

+#endif

+#else

+#ifdef EMSGSIZE

+#define ESZTEST() ECHECK(EMSGSIZE)

+#endif

+#endif

+

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+#include <limits.h>

+#define MAX_PATH _POSIX_PATH_MAX

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * The following routines are internal routines used by Xlib for protocol

+ * packet transmission and reception.

+ *

+ * _XIOError(Display *) will be called if any sort of system call error occurs.

+ * This is assumed to be a fatal condition, i.e., XIOError should not return.

+ *

+ * _XError(Display *, xError *) will be called whenever an X_Error event is

+ * received.  This is not assumed to be a fatal condition, i.e., it is

+ * acceptable for this procedure to return.  However, XError should NOT

+ * perform any operations (directly or indirectly) on the DISPLAY.

+ *

+ * Routines declared with a return type of 'Status' return 0 on failure,

+ * and non 0 on success.  Routines with no declared return type don't

+ * return anything.  Whenever possible routines that create objects return

+ * the object they have created.

+ */

+

+#define POLLFD_CACHE_SIZE 5

+

+#if _WIN32_WINNT < _WIN32_WINNT_VISTA

+struct pollfd {

+

+    SOCKET  fd;

+    SHORT   events;

+    SHORT   revents;

+

+};

+#define POLLRDNORM  0x0100

+#define POLLRDBAND  0x0200

+#define POLLIN      (POLLRDNORM | POLLRDBAND)

+#endif

+

+/* initialize the struct array passed to poll() below */

+Bool _XPollfdCacheInit(

+    Display *dpy)

+{

+#ifdef USE_POLL

+    struct pollfd *pfp;

+

+    pfp = (struct pollfd *)Xmalloc(POLLFD_CACHE_SIZE * sizeof(struct pollfd));

+    if (!pfp)

+	return False;

+    pfp[0].fd = dpy->fd;

+    pfp[0].events = POLLIN;

+

+    dpy->filedes = (XPointer)pfp;

+#endif

+    return True;

+}

+

+void _XPollfdCacheAdd(

+    Display *dpy,

+    int fd)

+{

+#ifdef USE_POLL

+    struct pollfd *pfp = (struct pollfd *)dpy->filedes;

+

+    if (dpy->im_fd_length <= POLLFD_CACHE_SIZE) {

+	pfp[dpy->im_fd_length].fd = fd;

+	pfp[dpy->im_fd_length].events = POLLIN;

+    }

+#endif

+}

+

+/* ARGSUSED */

+void _XPollfdCacheDel(

+    Display *dpy,

+    int fd)			/* not used */

+{

+#ifdef USE_POLL

+    struct pollfd *pfp = (struct pollfd *)dpy->filedes;

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *conni;

+

+    /* just recalculate whole list */

+    if (dpy->im_fd_length <= POLLFD_CACHE_SIZE) {

+	int loc = 1;

+	for (conni = dpy->im_fd_info; conni; conni=conni->next) {

+	    pfp[loc].fd = conni->fd;

+	    pfp[loc].events = POLLIN;

+	    loc++;

+	}

+    }

+#endif

+}

+

+#ifdef _MSC_VER

+#undef min

+#define min __min

+#endif

+

+static int sync_hazard(Display *dpy)

+{

+    unsigned long span = dpy->request - dpy->last_request_read;

+    unsigned long hazard = min((dpy->bufmax - dpy->buffer) / SIZEOF(xReq), 65535 - 10);

+    return span >= 65535 - hazard - 10;

+}

+

+static

+void sync_while_locked(Display *dpy)

+{

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+    if (dpy->lock)

+        (*dpy->lock->user_lock_display)(dpy);

+#endif

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+    InternalLockDisplay(dpy, /* don't skip user locks */ 0);

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+    if (dpy->lock)

+        (*dpy->lock->user_unlock_display)(dpy);

+#endif

+}

+

+void _XSeqSyncFunction(

+    register Display *dpy)

+{

+    xGetInputFocusReply rep;

+    register xReq *req;

+

+    if ((dpy->request - dpy->last_request_read) >= (65535 - BUFSIZE/SIZEOF(xReq))) {

+	GetEmptyReq(GetInputFocus, req);

+	(void) _XReply (dpy, (xReply *)&rep, 0, xTrue);

+	sync_while_locked(dpy);

+    } else if (sync_hazard(dpy))

+	_XSetPrivSyncFunction(dpy);

+}

+

+/* NOTE: only called if !XTHREADS, or when XInitThreads wasn't called. */

+static int

+_XPrivSyncFunction (Display *dpy)

+{

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+    assert(!dpy->lock_fns);

+#endif

+    assert(dpy->synchandler == _XPrivSyncFunction);

+    assert((dpy->flags & XlibDisplayPrivSync) != 0);

+    dpy->synchandler = dpy->savedsynchandler;

+    dpy->savedsynchandler = NULL;

+    dpy->flags &= ~XlibDisplayPrivSync;

+    if(dpy->synchandler)

+        dpy->synchandler(dpy);

+    _XIDHandler(dpy);

+    _XSeqSyncFunction(dpy);

+    return 0;

+}

+

+void _XSetPrivSyncFunction(Display *dpy)

+{

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+    if (dpy->lock_fns)

+        return;

+#endif

+    if (!(dpy->flags & XlibDisplayPrivSync)) {

+	dpy->savedsynchandler = dpy->synchandler;

+	dpy->synchandler = _XPrivSyncFunction;

+	dpy->flags |= XlibDisplayPrivSync;

+    }

+}

+

+void _XSetSeqSyncFunction(Display *dpy)

+{

+    if (sync_hazard(dpy))

+	_XSetPrivSyncFunction (dpy);

+}

+

+#ifdef LONG64

+void _XRead32(

+    Display *dpy,

+    register long *data,

+    long len)

+{

+    register int *buf;

+    register long i;

+

+    if (len) {

+	(void) _XRead(dpy, (char *)data, len);

+	i = len >> 2;

+	buf = (int *)data + i;

+	data += i;

+	while (--i >= 0)

+	    *--data = *--buf;

+    }

+}

+#endif /* LONG64 */

+

+#ifdef WORD64

+

+/*

+ * XXX This is a *really* stupid way of doing this....

+ * PACKBUFFERSIZE must be a multiple of 4.

+ */

+

+#define PACKBUFFERSIZE 4096

+

+

+/*

+ * _XRead32 - Read bytes from the socket unpacking each 32 bits

+ *            into a long (64 bits on a CRAY computer).

+ *

+ */

+static void _doXRead32(

+        register Display *dpy,

+        register long *data

+        register long size,

+	register char *packbuffer)

+{

+ long *lpack,*lp;

+ long mask32 = 0x00000000ffffffff;

+ long maskw, nwords, i, bits;

+

+        _XReadPad (dpy, packbuffer, size);

+

+        lp = data;

+        lpack = (long *) packbuffer;

+        nwords = size >> 2;

+        bits = 32;

+

+        for(i=0;i<nwords;i++){

+            maskw = mask32 << bits;

+           *lp++ = ( *lpack & maskw ) >> bits;

+            bits = bits ^32;

+            if(bits){

+               lpack++;

+            }

+        }

+}

+

+void _XRead32(

+    Display *dpy,

+    long *data,

+    long len)

+{

+    char packbuffer[PACKBUFFERSIZE];

+    unsigned nunits = PACKBUFFERSIZE >> 2;

+

+    for (; len > PACKBUFFERSIZE; len -= PACKBUFFERSIZE, data += nunits) {

+	_doXRead32 (dpy, data, PACKBUFFERSIZE, packbuffer);

+    }

+    if (len) _doXRead32 (dpy, data, len, packbuffer);

+}

+

+

+

+/*

+ * _XRead16 - Read bytes from the socket unpacking each 16 bits

+ *            into a long (64 bits on a CRAY computer).

+ *

+ */

+static _doXRead16(

+        register Display *dpy,

+        register short *data,

+        register long size,

+	char *packbuffer)

+{

+	long *lpack,*lp;

+	long mask16 = 0x000000000000ffff;

+	long maskw, nwords, i, bits;

+

+        (void) _XRead(dpy,packbuffer,size);	/* don't do a padded read... */

+

+        lp = (long *) data;

+        lpack = (long *) packbuffer;

+        nwords = size >> 1;  /* number of 16 bit words to be unpacked */

+        bits = 48;

+        for(i=0;i<nwords;i++){

+            maskw = mask16 << bits;

+           *lp++ = ( *lpack & maskw ) >> bits;

+            bits -= 16;

+            if(bits < 0){

+               lpack++;

+               bits = 48;

+            }

+        }

+}

+

+void _XRead16(

+    Display *dpy,

+    short *data,

+    long len)

+{

+    char packbuffer[PACKBUFFERSIZE];

+    unsigned nunits = PACKBUFFERSIZE >> 1;

+

+    for (; len > PACKBUFFERSIZE; len -= PACKBUFFERSIZE, data += nunits) {

+	_doXRead16 (dpy, data, PACKBUFFERSIZE, packbuffer);

+    }

+    if (len) _doXRead16 (dpy, data, len, packbuffer);

+}

+

+void _XRead16Pad(

+    Display *dpy,

+    short *data,

+    long size)

+{

+    int slop = (size & 3);

+    short slopbuf[3];

+

+    _XRead16 (dpy, data, size);

+    if (slop > 0) {

+	_XRead16 (dpy, slopbuf, 4 - slop);

+    }

+}

+#endif /* WORD64 */

+

+/*

+ * The hard part about this is that we only get 16 bits from a reply.

+ * We have three values that will march along, with the following invariant:

+ *	dpy->last_request_read <= rep->sequenceNumber <= dpy->request

+ * We have to keep

+ *	dpy->request - dpy->last_request_read < 2^16

+ * or else we won't know for sure what value to use in events.  We do this

+ * by forcing syncs when we get close.

+ */

+

+unsigned long

+_XSetLastRequestRead(

+    register Display *dpy,

+    register xGenericReply *rep)

+{

+    register unsigned long	newseq, lastseq;

+

+    lastseq = dpy->last_request_read;

+    /*

+     * KeymapNotify has no sequence number, but is always guaranteed

+     * to immediately follow another event, except when generated via

+     * SendEvent (hmmm).

+     */

+    if ((rep->type & 0x7f) == KeymapNotify)

+	return(lastseq);

+

+    newseq = (lastseq & ~((unsigned long)0xffff)) | rep->sequenceNumber;

+

+    if (newseq < lastseq) {

+	newseq += 0x10000;

+	if (newseq > dpy->request) {

+	    (void) fprintf (stderr,

+	    "Xlib: sequence lost (0x%lx > 0x%lx) in reply type 0x%x!\n",

+			    newseq, dpy->request,

+			    (unsigned int) rep->type);

+	    newseq -= 0x10000;

+	}

+    }

+

+    dpy->last_request_read = newseq;

+    return(newseq);

+}

+

+/*

+ * Support for internal connections, such as an IM might use.

+ * By Stephen Gildea, X Consortium, September 1993

+ */

+

+/* _XRegisterInternalConnection

+ * Each IM (or Xlib extension) that opens a file descriptor that Xlib should

+ * include in its select/poll mask must call this function to register the

+ * fd with Xlib.  Any XConnectionWatchProc registered by XAddConnectionWatch

+ * will also be called.

+ *

+ * Whenever Xlib detects input available on fd, it will call callback

+ * with call_data to process it.  If non-Xlib code calls select/poll

+ * and detects input available, it must call XProcessInternalConnection,

+ * which will call the associated callback.

+ *

+ * Non-Xlib code can learn about these additional fds by calling

+ * XInternalConnectionNumbers or, more typically, by registering

+ * a XConnectionWatchProc with XAddConnectionWatch

+ * to be called when fds are registered or unregistered.

+ *

+ * Returns True if registration succeeded, False if not, typically

+ * because could not allocate memory.

+ * Assumes Display locked when called.

+ */

+Status

+_XRegisterInternalConnection(

+    Display* dpy,

+    int fd,

+    _XInternalConnectionProc callback,

+    XPointer call_data

+)

+{

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *new_conni, **iptr;

+    struct _XConnWatchInfo *watchers;

+    XPointer *wd;

+

+    new_conni = (struct _XConnectionInfo*)Xmalloc(sizeof(struct _XConnectionInfo));

+    if (!new_conni)

+	return 0;

+    new_conni->watch_data = (XPointer *)Xmalloc(dpy->watcher_count * sizeof(XPointer));

+    if (!new_conni->watch_data) {

+	Xfree(new_conni);

+	return 0;

+    }

+    new_conni->fd = fd;

+    new_conni->read_callback = callback;

+    new_conni->call_data = call_data;

+    new_conni->next = NULL;

+    /* link new structure onto end of list */

+    for (iptr = &dpy->im_fd_info; *iptr; iptr = &(*iptr)->next)

+	;

+    *iptr = new_conni;

+    dpy->im_fd_length++;

+    _XPollfdCacheAdd(dpy, fd);

+

+    for (watchers=dpy->conn_watchers, wd=new_conni->watch_data;

+	 watchers;

+	 watchers=watchers->next, wd++) {

+	*wd = NULL;		/* for cleanliness */

+	(*watchers->fn) (dpy, watchers->client_data, fd, True, wd);

+    }

+

+    return 1;

+}

+

+/* _XUnregisterInternalConnection

+ * Each IM (or Xlib extension) that closes a file descriptor previously

+ * registered with _XRegisterInternalConnection must call this function.

+ * Any XConnectionWatchProc registered by XAddConnectionWatch

+ * will also be called.

+ *

+ * Assumes Display locked when called.

+ */

+void

+_XUnregisterInternalConnection(

+    Display* dpy,

+    int fd

+)

+{

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *info_list, **prev;

+    struct _XConnWatchInfo *watch;

+    XPointer *wd;

+

+    for (prev = &dpy->im_fd_info; (info_list = *prev);

+	 prev = &info_list->next) {

+	if (info_list->fd == fd) {

+	    *prev = info_list->next;

+	    dpy->im_fd_length--;

+	    for (watch=dpy->conn_watchers, wd=info_list->watch_data;

+		 watch;

+		 watch=watch->next, wd++) {

+		(*watch->fn) (dpy, watch->client_data, fd, False, wd);

+	    }

+	    if (info_list->watch_data)

+		Xfree (info_list->watch_data);

+	    Xfree (info_list);

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    _XPollfdCacheDel(dpy, fd);

+}

+

+/* XInternalConnectionNumbers

+ * Returns an array of fds and an array of corresponding call data.

+ * Typically a XConnectionWatchProc registered with XAddConnectionWatch

+ * will be used instead of this function to discover

+ * additional fds to include in the select/poll mask.

+ *

+ * The list is allocated with Xmalloc and should be freed by the caller

+ * with Xfree;

+ */

+Status

+XInternalConnectionNumbers(

+    Display *dpy,

+    int **fd_return,

+    int *count_return

+)

+{

+    int count;

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *info_list;

+    int *fd_list;

+

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    count = 0;

+    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next)

+	count++;

+    fd_list = (int*) Xmalloc (count * sizeof(int));

+    if (!fd_list) {

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return 0;

+    }

+    count = 0;

+    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next) {

+	fd_list[count] = info_list->fd;

+	count++;

+    }

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+

+    *fd_return = fd_list;

+    *count_return = count;

+    return 1;

+}

+

+void _XProcessInternalConnection(

+    Display *dpy,

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *conn_info)

+{

+    dpy->flags |= XlibDisplayProcConni;

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    (*conn_info->read_callback) (dpy, conn_info->fd, conn_info->call_data);

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    dpy->flags &= ~XlibDisplayProcConni;

+}

+

+/* XProcessInternalConnection

+ * Call the _XInternalConnectionProc registered by _XRegisterInternalConnection

+ * for this fd.

+ * The Display is NOT locked during the call.

+ */

+void

+XProcessInternalConnection(

+    Display* dpy,

+    int fd

+)

+{

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *info_list;

+

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next) {

+	if (info_list->fd == fd) {

+	    _XProcessInternalConnection(dpy, info_list);

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+}

+

+/* XAddConnectionWatch

+ * Register a callback to be called whenever _XRegisterInternalConnection

+ * or _XUnregisterInternalConnection is called.

+ * Callbacks are called with the Display locked.

+ * If any connections are already registered, the callback is immediately

+ * called for each of them.

+ */

+Status

+XAddConnectionWatch(

+    Display* dpy,

+    XConnectionWatchProc callback,

+    XPointer client_data

+)

+{

+    struct _XConnWatchInfo *new_watcher, **wptr;

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *info_list;

+    XPointer *wd_array;

+

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+

+    /* allocate new watch data */

+    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next) {

+	wd_array = (XPointer *)Xrealloc((char *)info_list->watch_data,

+					(dpy->watcher_count + 1) *

+					sizeof(XPointer));

+	if (!wd_array) {

+	    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	    return 0;

+	}

+	info_list->watch_data = wd_array;

+	wd_array[dpy->watcher_count] = NULL;	/* for cleanliness */

+    }

+

+    new_watcher = (struct _XConnWatchInfo*)Xmalloc(sizeof(struct _XConnWatchInfo));

+    if (!new_watcher) {

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	return 0;

+    }

+    new_watcher->fn = callback;

+    new_watcher->client_data = client_data;

+    new_watcher->next = NULL;

+

+    /* link new structure onto end of list */

+    for (wptr = &dpy->conn_watchers; *wptr; wptr = &(*wptr)->next)

+	;

+    *wptr = new_watcher;

+    dpy->watcher_count++;

+

+    /* call new watcher on all currently registered fds */

+    for (info_list=dpy->im_fd_info; info_list; info_list=info_list->next) {

+	(*callback) (dpy, client_data, info_list->fd, True,

+		     info_list->watch_data + dpy->watcher_count - 1);

+    }

+

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    return 1;

+}

+

+/* XRemoveConnectionWatch

+ * Unregister a callback registered by XAddConnectionWatch.

+ * Both callback and client_data must match what was passed to

+ * XAddConnectionWatch.

+ */

+void

+XRemoveConnectionWatch(

+    Display* dpy,

+    XConnectionWatchProc callback,

+    XPointer client_data

+)

+{

+    struct _XConnWatchInfo *watch;

+    struct _XConnWatchInfo *previous = NULL;

+    struct _XConnectionInfo *conni;

+    int counter = 0;

+

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    for (watch=dpy->conn_watchers; watch; watch=watch->next) {

+	if (watch->fn == callback  &&  watch->client_data == client_data) {

+	    if (previous)

+		previous->next = watch->next;

+	    else

+		dpy->conn_watchers = watch->next;

+	    Xfree (watch);

+	    dpy->watcher_count--;

+	    /* remove our watch_data for each connection */

+	    for (conni=dpy->im_fd_info; conni; conni=conni->next) {

+		/* don't bother realloc'ing; these arrays are small anyway */

+		/* overlapping */

+		memmove(conni->watch_data+counter,

+			conni->watch_data+counter+1,

+			dpy->watcher_count - counter);

+	    }

+	    break;

+	}

+	previous = watch;

+	counter++;

+    }

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+}

+

+/* end of internal connections support */

+

+/* Cookie jar implementation

+   dpy->cookiejar is a linked list. _XEnq receives the events but leaves

+   them in the normal EQ. _XStoreEvent returns the cookie event (minus

+   data pointer) and adds it to the cookiejar. _XDeq just removes

+   the entry like any other event but resets the data pointer for

+   cookie events (to avoid double-free, the memory is re-used by Xlib).

+

+   _XFetchEventCookie (called from XGetEventData) removes a cookie from the

+   jar. _XFreeEventCookies removes all unclaimed cookies from the jar

+   (called by XNextEvent).

+

+   _XFreeDisplayStructure calls _XFreeEventCookies for each cookie in the

+   normal EQ.

+ */

+

+#include "utlist.h"

+struct stored_event {

+    XGenericEventCookie ev;

+    struct stored_event *prev;

+    struct stored_event *next;

+};

+

+Bool

+_XIsEventCookie(Display *dpy, XEvent *ev)

+{

+    return (ev->xcookie.type == GenericEvent &&

+	    dpy->generic_event_vec[ev->xcookie.extension & 0x7F] != NULL);

+}

+

+/**

+ * Free all events in the event list.

+ */

+void

+_XFreeEventCookies(Display *dpy)

+{

+    struct stored_event **head, *e, *tmp;

+

+    if (!dpy->cookiejar)

+        return;

+

+    head = (struct stored_event**)&dpy->cookiejar;

+

+    DL_FOREACH_SAFE(*head, e, tmp) {

+        if (dpy->cookiejar == e)

+            dpy->cookiejar = NULL;

+        XFree(e->ev.data);

+        XFree(e);

+    }

+}

+

+/**

+ * Add an event to the display's event list. This event must be freed on the

+ * next call to XNextEvent().

+ */

+void

+_XStoreEventCookie(Display *dpy, XEvent *event)

+{

+    XGenericEventCookie* cookie = &event->xcookie;

+    struct stored_event **head, *add;

+

+    if (!_XIsEventCookie(dpy, event))

+        return;

+

+    head = (struct stored_event**)(&dpy->cookiejar);

+

+    add = Xmalloc(sizeof(struct stored_event));

+    if (!add) {

+        ESET(ENOMEM);

+        _XIOError(dpy);

+    }

+    add->ev = *cookie;

+    DL_APPEND(*head, add);

+    cookie->data = NULL; /* don't return data yet, must be claimed */

+}

+

+/**

+ * Return the event with the given cookie and remove it from the list.

+ */

+Bool

+_XFetchEventCookie(Display *dpy, XGenericEventCookie* ev)

+{

+    Bool ret = False;

+    struct stored_event **head, *event;

+    head = (struct stored_event**)&dpy->cookiejar;

+

+    if (!_XIsEventCookie(dpy, (XEvent*)ev))

+        return ret;

+

+    DL_FOREACH(*head, event) {

+        if (event->ev.cookie == ev->cookie &&

+            event->ev.extension == ev->extension &&

+            event->ev.evtype == ev->evtype) {

+            *ev = event->ev;

+            DL_DELETE(*head, event);

+            Xfree(event);

+            ret = True;

+            break;

+        }

+    }

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+Bool

+_XCopyEventCookie(Display *dpy, XGenericEventCookie *in, XGenericEventCookie *out)

+{

+    Bool ret = False;

+    int extension;

+

+    if (!_XIsEventCookie(dpy, (XEvent*)in) || !out)

+        return ret;

+

+    extension = in->extension & 0x7F;

+

+    if (!dpy->generic_event_copy_vec[extension])

+        return ret;

+

+    ret = ((*dpy->generic_event_copy_vec[extension])(dpy, in, out));

+    out->cookie = ret ? ++dpy->next_cookie  : 0;

+    return ret;

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * _XEnq - Place event packets on the display's queue.

+ * note that no squishing of move events in V11, since there

+ * is pointer motion hints....

+ */

+void _XEnq(

+	register Display *dpy,

+	register xEvent *event)

+{

+	register _XQEvent *qelt;

+	int type, extension;

+

+	if ((qelt = dpy->qfree)) {

+		/* If dpy->qfree is non-NULL do this, else malloc a new one. */

+		dpy->qfree = qelt->next;

+	}

+	else if ((qelt =

+	    (_XQEvent *) Xmalloc((unsigned)sizeof(_XQEvent))) == NULL) {

+		/* Malloc call failed! */

+		ESET(ENOMEM);

+		_XIOError(dpy);

+	}

+	qelt->next = NULL;

+

+	type = event->u.u.type & 0177;

+	extension = ((xGenericEvent*)event)->extension;

+

+	qelt->event.type = type;

+	/* If an extension has registerd a generic_event_vec handler, then

+	 * it can handle event cookies. Otherwise, proceed with the normal

+	 * event handlers.

+	 *

+	 * If the generic_event_vec is called, qelt->event is a event cookie

+	 * with the data pointer and the "free" pointer set. Data pointer is

+	 * some memory allocated by the extension.

+	 */

+        if (type == GenericEvent && dpy->generic_event_vec[extension & 0x7F]) {

+	    XGenericEventCookie *cookie = &qelt->event.xcookie;

+	    (*dpy->generic_event_vec[extension & 0x7F])(dpy, cookie, event);

+	    cookie->cookie = ++dpy->next_cookie;

+

+	    qelt->qserial_num = dpy->next_event_serial_num++;

+	    if (dpy->tail)	dpy->tail->next = qelt;

+	    else		dpy->head = qelt;

+

+	    dpy->tail = qelt;

+	    dpy->qlen++;

+	} else if ((*dpy->event_vec[type])(dpy, &qelt->event, event)) {

+	    qelt->qserial_num = dpy->next_event_serial_num++;

+	    if (dpy->tail)	dpy->tail->next = qelt;

+	    else 		dpy->head = qelt;

+

+	    dpy->tail = qelt;

+	    dpy->qlen++;

+	} else {

+	    /* ignored, or stashed away for many-to-one compression */

+	    qelt->next = dpy->qfree;

+	    dpy->qfree = qelt;

+	}

+}

+

+/*

+ * _XDeq - Remove event packet from the display's queue.

+ */

+void _XDeq(

+    register Display *dpy,

+    register _XQEvent *prev,	/* element before qelt */

+    register _XQEvent *qelt)	/* element to be unlinked */

+{

+    if (prev) {

+	if ((prev->next = qelt->next) == NULL)

+	    dpy->tail = prev;

+    } else {

+	/* no prev, so removing first elt */

+	if ((dpy->head = qelt->next) == NULL)

+	    dpy->tail = NULL;

+    }

+    qelt->qserial_num = 0;

+    qelt->next = dpy->qfree;

+    dpy->qfree = qelt;

+    dpy->qlen--;

+

+    if (_XIsEventCookie(dpy, &qelt->event)) {

+	XGenericEventCookie* cookie = &qelt->event.xcookie;

+	/* dpy->qfree is re-used, reset memory to avoid double free on

+	 * _XFreeDisplayStructure */

+	cookie->data = NULL;

+    }

+}

+

+/*

+ * EventToWire in separate file in that often not needed.

+ */

+

+/*ARGSUSED*/

+Bool

+_XUnknownWireEvent(

+    register Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */

+    register XEvent *re,	/* pointer to where event should be reformatted */

+    register xEvent *event)	/* wire protocol event */

+{

+#ifdef notdef

+	(void) fprintf(stderr,

+	    "Xlib: unhandled wire event! event number = %d, display = %x\n.",

+			event->u.u.type, dpy);

+#endif

+	return(False);

+}

+

+Bool

+_XUnknownWireEventCookie(

+    Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */

+    XGenericEventCookie *re,	/* pointer to where event should be reformatted */

+    xEvent *event)	/* wire protocol event */

+{

+#ifdef notdef

+	fprintf(stderr,

+	    "Xlib: unhandled wire cookie event! extension number = %d, display = %x\n.",

+			((xGenericEvent*)event)->extension, dpy);

+#endif

+	return(False);

+}

+

+Bool

+_XUnknownCopyEventCookie(

+    Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */

+    XGenericEventCookie *in,	/* source */

+    XGenericEventCookie *out)	/* destination */

+{

+#ifdef notdef

+	fprintf(stderr,

+	    "Xlib: unhandled cookie event copy! extension number = %d, display = %x\n.",

+			in->extension, dpy);

+#endif

+	return(False);

+}

+

+/*ARGSUSED*/

+Status

+_XUnknownNativeEvent(

+    register Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */

+    register XEvent *re,	/* pointer to where event should be reformatted */

+    register xEvent *event)	/* wire protocol event */

+{

+#ifdef notdef

+	(void) fprintf(stderr,

+ 	   "Xlib: unhandled native event! event number = %d, display = %x\n.",

+			re->type, dpy);

+#endif

+	return(0);

+}

+/*

+ * reformat a wire event into an XEvent structure of the right type.

+ */

+Bool

+_XWireToEvent(

+    register Display *dpy,	/* pointer to display structure */

+    register XEvent *re,	/* pointer to where event should be reformatted */

+    register xEvent *event)	/* wire protocol event */

+{

+

+	re->type = event->u.u.type & 0x7f;

+	((XAnyEvent *)re)->serial = _XSetLastRequestRead(dpy,

+					(xGenericReply *)event);

+	((XAnyEvent *)re)->send_event = ((event->u.u.type & 0x80) != 0);

+	((XAnyEvent *)re)->display = dpy;

+

+	/* Ignore the leading bit of the event type since it is set when a

+		client sends an event rather than the server. */

+

+	switch (event-> u.u.type & 0177) {

+	      case KeyPress:

+	      case KeyRelease:

+	        {

+			register XKeyEvent *ev = (XKeyEvent*) re;

+			ev->root 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.root;

+			ev->window 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.event;

+			ev->subwindow 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.child;

+			ev->time 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.time;

+			ev->x 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventX);

+			ev->y 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventY);

+			ev->x_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX);

+			ev->y_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY);

+			ev->state	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.state;

+			ev->same_screen	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen;

+			ev->keycode 	= event->u.u.detail;

+		}

+	      	break;

+	      case ButtonPress:

+	      case ButtonRelease:

+	        {

+			register XButtonEvent *ev =  (XButtonEvent *) re;

+			ev->root 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.root;

+			ev->window 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.event;

+			ev->subwindow 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.child;

+			ev->time 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.time;

+			ev->x 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventX);

+			ev->y 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventY);

+			ev->x_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX);

+			ev->y_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY);

+			ev->state	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.state;

+			ev->same_screen	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen;

+			ev->button 	= event->u.u.detail;

+		}

+	        break;

+	      case MotionNotify:

+	        {

+			register XMotionEvent *ev =   (XMotionEvent *)re;

+			ev->root 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.root;

+			ev->window 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.event;

+			ev->subwindow 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.child;

+			ev->time 	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.time;

+			ev->x 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventX);

+			ev->y 		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.eventY);

+			ev->x_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX);

+			ev->y_root 	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY);

+			ev->state	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.state;

+			ev->same_screen	= event->u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen;

+			ev->is_hint 	= event->u.u.detail;

+		}

+	        break;

+	      case EnterNotify:

+	      case LeaveNotify:

+		{

+			register XCrossingEvent *ev   = (XCrossingEvent *) re;

+			ev->root	= event->u.enterLeave.root;

+			ev->window	= event->u.enterLeave.event;

+			ev->subwindow	= event->u.enterLeave.child;

+			ev->time	= event->u.enterLeave.time;

+			ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.enterLeave.eventX);

+			ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.enterLeave.eventY);

+			ev->x_root	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.enterLeave.rootX);

+			ev->y_root	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.enterLeave.rootY);

+			ev->state	= event->u.enterLeave.state;

+			ev->mode	= event->u.enterLeave.mode;

+			ev->same_screen = (event->u.enterLeave.flags &

+				ELFlagSameScreen) && True;

+			ev->focus	= (event->u.enterLeave.flags &

+			  	ELFlagFocus) && True;

+			ev->detail	= event->u.u.detail;

+		}

+		  break;

+	      case FocusIn:

+	      case FocusOut:

+		{

+			register XFocusChangeEvent *ev = (XFocusChangeEvent *) re;

+			ev->window 	= event->u.focus.window;

+			ev->mode	= event->u.focus.mode;

+			ev->detail	= event->u.u.detail;

+		}

+		  break;

+	      case KeymapNotify:

+		{

+			register XKeymapEvent *ev = (XKeymapEvent *) re;

+			ev->window	= None;

+			memcpy(&ev->key_vector[1],

+			       (char *)((xKeymapEvent *) event)->map,

+			       sizeof (((xKeymapEvent *) event)->map));

+		}

+		break;

+	      case Expose:

+		{

+			register XExposeEvent *ev = (XExposeEvent *) re;

+			ev->window	= event->u.expose.window;

+			ev->x		= event->u.expose.x;

+			ev->y		= event->u.expose.y;

+			ev->width	= event->u.expose.width;

+			ev->height	= event->u.expose.height;

+			ev->count	= event->u.expose.count;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case GraphicsExpose:

+		{

+		    register XGraphicsExposeEvent *ev =

+			(XGraphicsExposeEvent *) re;

+		    ev->drawable	= event->u.graphicsExposure.drawable;

+		    ev->x		= event->u.graphicsExposure.x;

+		    ev->y		= event->u.graphicsExposure.y;

+		    ev->width		= event->u.graphicsExposure.width;

+		    ev->height		= event->u.graphicsExposure.height;

+		    ev->count		= event->u.graphicsExposure.count;

+		    ev->major_code	= event->u.graphicsExposure.majorEvent;

+		    ev->minor_code	= event->u.graphicsExposure.minorEvent;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case NoExpose:

+		{

+		    register XNoExposeEvent *ev = (XNoExposeEvent *) re;

+		    ev->drawable	= event->u.noExposure.drawable;

+		    ev->major_code	= event->u.noExposure.majorEvent;

+		    ev->minor_code	= event->u.noExposure.minorEvent;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case VisibilityNotify:

+		{

+		    register XVisibilityEvent *ev = (XVisibilityEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.visibility.window;

+		    ev->state		= event->u.visibility.state;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case CreateNotify:

+		{

+		    register XCreateWindowEvent *ev =

+			 (XCreateWindowEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.createNotify.window;

+		    ev->parent		= event->u.createNotify.parent;

+		    ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.createNotify.x);

+		    ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.createNotify.y);

+		    ev->width		= event->u.createNotify.width;

+		    ev->height		= event->u.createNotify.height;

+		    ev->border_width	= event->u.createNotify.borderWidth;

+		    ev->override_redirect	= event->u.createNotify.override;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case DestroyNotify:

+		{

+		    register XDestroyWindowEvent *ev =

+				(XDestroyWindowEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.destroyNotify.window;

+		    ev->event		= event->u.destroyNotify.event;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case UnmapNotify:

+		{

+		    register XUnmapEvent *ev = (XUnmapEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.unmapNotify.window;

+		    ev->event		= event->u.unmapNotify.event;

+		    ev->from_configure	= event->u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case MapNotify:

+		{

+		    register XMapEvent *ev = (XMapEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.mapNotify.window;

+		    ev->event		= event->u.mapNotify.event;

+		    ev->override_redirect	= event->u.mapNotify.override;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case MapRequest:

+		{

+		    register XMapRequestEvent *ev = (XMapRequestEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.mapRequest.window;

+		    ev->parent		= event->u.mapRequest.parent;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case ReparentNotify:

+		{

+		    register XReparentEvent *ev = (XReparentEvent *) re;

+		    ev->event		= event->u.reparent.event;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.reparent.window;

+		    ev->parent		= event->u.reparent.parent;

+		    ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.reparent.x);

+		    ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.reparent.y);

+		    ev->override_redirect	= event->u.reparent.override;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case ConfigureNotify:

+		{

+		    register XConfigureEvent *ev = (XConfigureEvent *) re;

+		    ev->event	= event->u.configureNotify.event;

+		    ev->window	= event->u.configureNotify.window;

+		    ev->above	= event->u.configureNotify.aboveSibling;

+		    ev->x	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.configureNotify.x);

+		    ev->y	= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.configureNotify.y);

+		    ev->width	= event->u.configureNotify.width;

+		    ev->height	= event->u.configureNotify.height;

+		    ev->border_width  = event->u.configureNotify.borderWidth;

+		    ev->override_redirect = event->u.configureNotify.override;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case ConfigureRequest:

+		{

+		    register XConfigureRequestEvent *ev =

+		        (XConfigureRequestEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.configureRequest.window;

+		    ev->parent		= event->u.configureRequest.parent;

+		    ev->above		= event->u.configureRequest.sibling;

+		    ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.configureRequest.x);

+		    ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.configureRequest.y);

+		    ev->width		= event->u.configureRequest.width;

+		    ev->height		= event->u.configureRequest.height;

+		    ev->border_width	= event->u.configureRequest.borderWidth;

+		    ev->value_mask	= event->u.configureRequest.valueMask;

+		    ev->detail  	= event->u.u.detail;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case GravityNotify:

+		{

+		    register XGravityEvent *ev = (XGravityEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.gravity.window;

+		    ev->event		= event->u.gravity.event;

+		    ev->x		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.gravity.x);

+		    ev->y		= cvtINT16toInt(event->u.gravity.y);

+		}

+		break;

+	      case ResizeRequest:

+		{

+		    register XResizeRequestEvent *ev =

+			(XResizeRequestEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.resizeRequest.window;

+		    ev->width		= event->u.resizeRequest.width;

+		    ev->height		= event->u.resizeRequest.height;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case CirculateNotify:

+		{

+		    register XCirculateEvent *ev = (XCirculateEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.circulate.window;

+		    ev->event		= event->u.circulate.event;

+		    ev->place		= event->u.circulate.place;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case CirculateRequest:

+		{

+		    register XCirculateRequestEvent *ev =

+		        (XCirculateRequestEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.circulate.window;

+		    ev->parent		= event->u.circulate.event;

+		    ev->place		= event->u.circulate.place;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case PropertyNotify:

+		{

+		    register XPropertyEvent *ev = (XPropertyEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.property.window;

+		    ev->atom		= event->u.property.atom;

+		    ev->time		= event->u.property.time;

+		    ev->state		= event->u.property.state;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case SelectionClear:

+		{

+		    register XSelectionClearEvent *ev =

+			 (XSelectionClearEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.selectionClear.window;

+		    ev->selection	= event->u.selectionClear.atom;

+		    ev->time		= event->u.selectionClear.time;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case SelectionRequest:

+		{

+		    register XSelectionRequestEvent *ev =

+		        (XSelectionRequestEvent *) re;

+		    ev->owner		= event->u.selectionRequest.owner;

+		    ev->requestor	= event->u.selectionRequest.requestor;

+		    ev->selection	= event->u.selectionRequest.selection;

+		    ev->target		= event->u.selectionRequest.target;

+		    ev->property	= event->u.selectionRequest.property;

+		    ev->time		= event->u.selectionRequest.time;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case SelectionNotify:

+		{

+		    register XSelectionEvent *ev = (XSelectionEvent *) re;

+		    ev->requestor	= event->u.selectionNotify.requestor;

+		    ev->selection	= event->u.selectionNotify.selection;

+		    ev->target		= event->u.selectionNotify.target;

+		    ev->property	= event->u.selectionNotify.property;

+		    ev->time		= event->u.selectionNotify.time;

+		}

+		break;

+	      case ColormapNotify:

+		{

+		    register XColormapEvent *ev = (XColormapEvent *) re;

+		    ev->window		= event->u.colormap.window;

+		    ev->colormap	= event->u.colormap.colormap;

+		    ev->new		= event->u.colormap.new;

+		    ev->state		= event->u.colormap.state;

+	        }

+		break;

+	      case ClientMessage:

+		{

+		   register int i;

+		   register XClientMessageEvent *ev

+		   			= (XClientMessageEvent *) re;

+		   ev->window		= event->u.clientMessage.window;

+		   ev->format		= event->u.u.detail;

+		   switch (ev->format) {

+			case 8:

+			   ev->message_type = event->u.clientMessage.u.b.type;

+			   for (i = 0; i < 20; i++)

+			     ev->data.b[i] = event->u.clientMessage.u.b.bytes[i];

+			   break;

+			case 16:

+			   ev->message_type = event->u.clientMessage.u.s.type;

+			   ev->data.s[0] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts0);

+			   ev->data.s[1] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts1);

+			   ev->data.s[2] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts2);

+			   ev->data.s[3] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts3);

+			   ev->data.s[4] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts4);

+			   ev->data.s[5] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts5);

+			   ev->data.s[6] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts6);

+			   ev->data.s[7] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts7);

+			   ev->data.s[8] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts8);

+			   ev->data.s[9] = cvtINT16toShort(event->u.clientMessage.u.s.shorts9);

+			   break;

+			case 32:

+			   ev->message_type = event->u.clientMessage.u.l.type;

+			   ev->data.l[0] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs0);

+			   ev->data.l[1] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs1);

+			   ev->data.l[2] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs2);

+			   ev->data.l[3] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs3);

+			   ev->data.l[4] = cvtINT32toLong(event->u.clientMessage.u.l.longs4);

+			   break;

+			default: /* XXX should never occur */

+				break;

+		    }

+	        }

+		break;

+	      case MappingNotify:

+		{

+		   register XMappingEvent *ev = (XMappingEvent *)re;

+		   ev->window		= 0;

+		   ev->first_keycode 	= event->u.mappingNotify.firstKeyCode;

+		   ev->request 		= event->u.mappingNotify.request;

+		   ev->count 		= event->u.mappingNotify.count;

+		}

+		break;

+	      default:

+		return(_XUnknownWireEvent(dpy, re, event));

+	}

+	return(True);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * _XDefaultIOError - Default fatal system error reporting routine.  Called

+ * when an X internal system error is encountered.

+ */

+int _XDefaultIOError(

+	Display *dpy)

+{

+	if (ECHECK(EPIPE)) {

+	    (void) fprintf (stderr,

+	"X connection to %s broken (explicit kill or server shutdown).\r\n",

+			    DisplayString (dpy));

+	} else {

+	    (void) fprintf (stderr,

+			"XIO:  fatal IO error %d (%s) on X server \"%s\"\r\n",

+#ifdef WIN32

+			WSAGetLastError(), strerror(WSAGetLastError()),

+#else

+			errno, strerror (errno),

+#endif

+			DisplayString (dpy));

+	    (void) fprintf (stderr,

+	 "      after %lu requests (%lu known processed) with %d events remaining.\r\n",

+			NextRequest(dpy) - 1, LastKnownRequestProcessed(dpy),

+			QLength(dpy));

+

+	}

+	exit(1);

+        return(0); /* dummy - function should never return */

+}

+

+

+static int _XPrintDefaultError(

+    Display *dpy,

+    XErrorEvent *event,

+    FILE *fp)

+{

+    char buffer[BUFSIZ];

+    char mesg[BUFSIZ];

+    char number[32];

+    const char *mtype = "XlibMessage";

+    register _XExtension *ext = (_XExtension *)NULL;

+    _XExtension *bext = (_XExtension *)NULL;

+    XGetErrorText(dpy, event->error_code, buffer, BUFSIZ);

+    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "XError", "X Error", mesg, BUFSIZ);

+    (void) fprintf(fp, "%s:  %s\n  ", mesg, buffer);

+    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "MajorCode", "Request Major code %d",

+	mesg, BUFSIZ);

+    (void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->request_code);

+    if (event->request_code < 128) {

+	sprintf(number, "%d", event->request_code);

+	XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, "XRequest", number, "", buffer, BUFSIZ);

+    } else {

+	for (ext = dpy->ext_procs;

+	     ext && (ext->codes.major_opcode != event->request_code);

+	     ext = ext->next)

+	  ;

+	if (ext) {

+	    strncpy(buffer, ext->name, BUFSIZ);

+	    buffer[BUFSIZ - 1] = '\0';

+        } else

+	    buffer[0] = '\0';

+    }

+    (void) fprintf(fp, " (%s)\n", buffer);

+    if (event->request_code >= 128) {

+	XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "MinorCode", "Request Minor code %d",

+			      mesg, BUFSIZ);

+	fputs("  ", fp);

+	(void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->minor_code);

+	if (ext) {

+	    sprintf(mesg, "%s.%d", ext->name, event->minor_code);

+	    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, "XRequest", mesg, "", buffer, BUFSIZ);

+	    (void) fprintf(fp, " (%s)", buffer);

+	}

+	fputs("\n", fp);

+    }

+    if (event->error_code >= 128) {

+	/* kludge, try to find the extension that caused it */

+	buffer[0] = '\0';

+	for (ext = dpy->ext_procs; ext; ext = ext->next) {

+	    if (ext->error_string)

+		(*ext->error_string)(dpy, event->error_code, &ext->codes,

+				     buffer, BUFSIZ);

+	    if (buffer[0]) {

+		bext = ext;

+		break;

+	    }

+	    if (ext->codes.first_error &&

+		ext->codes.first_error < (int)event->error_code &&

+		(!bext || ext->codes.first_error > bext->codes.first_error))

+		bext = ext;

+	}

+	if (bext)

+	    sprintf(buffer, "%s.%d", bext->name,

+		    event->error_code - bext->codes.first_error);

+	else

+	    strcpy(buffer, "Value");

+	XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, buffer, "", mesg, BUFSIZ);

+	if (mesg[0]) {

+	    fputs("  ", fp);

+	    (void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->resourceid);

+	    fputs("\n", fp);

+	}

+	/* let extensions try to print the values */

+	for (ext = dpy->ext_procs; ext; ext = ext->next) {

+	    if (ext->error_values)

+		(*ext->error_values)(dpy, event, fp);

+	}

+    } else if ((event->error_code == BadWindow) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadPixmap) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadCursor) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadFont) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadDrawable) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadColor) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadGC) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadIDChoice) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadValue) ||

+	       (event->error_code == BadAtom)) {

+	if (event->error_code == BadValue)

+	    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "Value", "Value 0x%x",

+				  mesg, BUFSIZ);

+	else if (event->error_code == BadAtom)

+	    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "AtomID", "AtomID 0x%x",

+				  mesg, BUFSIZ);

+	else

+	    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "ResourceID", "ResourceID 0x%x",

+				  mesg, BUFSIZ);

+	fputs("  ", fp);

+	(void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->resourceid);

+	fputs("\n", fp);

+    }

+    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "ErrorSerial", "Error Serial #%d",

+			  mesg, BUFSIZ);

+    fputs("  ", fp);

+    (void) fprintf(fp, mesg, event->serial);

+    XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, mtype, "CurrentSerial", "Current Serial #%d",

+			  mesg, BUFSIZ);

+    fputs("\n  ", fp);

+    (void) fprintf(fp, mesg, dpy->request);

+    fputs("\n", fp);

+    if (event->error_code == BadImplementation) return 0;

+    return 1;

+}

+

+int _XDefaultError(

+	Display *dpy,

+	XErrorEvent *event)

+{

+    if (_XPrintDefaultError (dpy, event, stderr) == 0) return 0;

+    exit(1);

+    /*NOTREACHED*/

+}

+

+/*ARGSUSED*/

+Bool _XDefaultWireError(Display *display, XErrorEvent *he, xError *we)

+{

+    return True;

+}

+

+/*

+ * _XError - upcall internal or user protocol error handler

+ */

+int _XError (

+    Display *dpy,

+    register xError *rep)

+{

+    /*

+     * X_Error packet encountered!  We need to unpack the error before

+     * giving it to the user.

+     */

+    XEvent event; /* make it a large event */

+    register _XAsyncHandler *async, *next;

+

+    event.xerror.serial = _XSetLastRequestRead(dpy, (xGenericReply *)rep);

+

+    for (async = dpy->async_handlers; async; async = next) {

+	next = async->next;

+	if ((*async->handler)(dpy, (xReply *)rep,

+			      (char *)rep, SIZEOF(xError), async->data))

+	    return 0;

+    }

+

+    event.xerror.display = dpy;

+    event.xerror.type = X_Error;

+    event.xerror.resourceid = rep->resourceID;

+    event.xerror.error_code = rep->errorCode;

+    event.xerror.request_code = rep->majorCode;

+    event.xerror.minor_code = rep->minorCode;

+    if (dpy->error_vec &&

+	!(*dpy->error_vec[rep->errorCode])(dpy, &event.xerror, rep))

+	return 0;

+    if (_XErrorFunction != NULL) {

+	int rtn_val;

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+	if (dpy->lock)

+	    (*dpy->lock->user_lock_display)(dpy);

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+#endif

+	rtn_val = (*_XErrorFunction)(dpy, (XErrorEvent *)&event); /* upcall */

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+	LockDisplay(dpy);

+	if (dpy->lock)

+	    (*dpy->lock->user_unlock_display)(dpy);

+#endif

+	return rtn_val;

+    } else {

+	return _XDefaultError(dpy, (XErrorEvent *)&event);

+    }

+}

+

+/*

+ * _XIOError - call user connection error handler and exit

+ */

+int

+_XIOError (

+    Display *dpy)

+{

+    dpy->flags |= XlibDisplayIOError;

+#ifdef WIN32

+    errno = WSAGetLastError();

+#endif

+

+    /* This assumes that the thread calling exit will call any atexit handlers.

+     * If this does not hold, then an alternate solution would involve

+     * registering an atexit handler to take over the lock, which would only

+     * assume that the same thread calls all the atexit handlers. */

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+    if (dpy->lock)

+	(*dpy->lock->user_lock_display)(dpy);

+#endif

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+

+    if (_XIOErrorFunction != NULL)

+	(*_XIOErrorFunction)(dpy);

+    else

+	_XDefaultIOError(dpy);

+    exit (1);

+    return 0;

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * This routine can be used to (cheaply) get some memory within a single

+ * Xlib routine for scratch space.  A single buffer is reused each time

+ * if possible.  To be MT safe, you can only call this between a call to

+ * GetReq* and a call to Data* or _XSend*, or in a context when the thread

+ * is guaranteed to not unlock the display.

+ */

+char *_XAllocScratch(

+	register Display *dpy,

+	unsigned long nbytes)

+{

+	if (nbytes > dpy->scratch_length) {

+	    if (dpy->scratch_buffer) Xfree (dpy->scratch_buffer);

+	    if ((dpy->scratch_buffer = Xmalloc((unsigned) nbytes)))

+		dpy->scratch_length = nbytes;

+	    else dpy->scratch_length = 0;

+	}

+	return (dpy->scratch_buffer);

+}

+

+/*

+ * Scratch space allocator you can call any time, multiple times, and be

+ * MT safe, but you must hand the buffer back with _XFreeTemp.

+ */

+char *_XAllocTemp(

+    register Display *dpy,

+    unsigned long nbytes)

+{

+    char *buf;

+

+    buf = _XAllocScratch(dpy, nbytes);

+    dpy->scratch_buffer = NULL;

+    dpy->scratch_length = 0;

+    return buf;

+}

+

+void _XFreeTemp(

+    register Display *dpy,

+    char *buf,

+    unsigned long nbytes)

+{

+    if (dpy->scratch_buffer)

+	Xfree(dpy->scratch_buffer);

+    dpy->scratch_buffer = buf;

+    dpy->scratch_length = nbytes;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Given a visual id, find the visual structure for this id on this display.

+ */

+Visual *_XVIDtoVisual(

+	Display *dpy,

+	VisualID id)

+{

+	register int i, j, k;

+	register Screen *sp;

+	register Depth *dp;

+	register Visual *vp;

+	for (i = 0; i < dpy->nscreens; i++) {

+		sp = &dpy->screens[i];

+		for (j = 0; j < sp->ndepths; j++) {

+			dp = &sp->depths[j];

+			/* if nvisuals == 0 then visuals will be NULL */

+			for (k = 0; k < dp->nvisuals; k++) {

+				vp = &dp->visuals[k];

+				if (vp->visualid == id) return (vp);

+			}

+		}

+	}

+	return (NULL);

+}

+

+int

+XFree (void *data)

+{

+	Xfree (data);

+	return 1;

+}

+

+#ifdef _XNEEDBCOPYFUNC

+void _Xbcopy(b1, b2, length)

+    register char *b1, *b2;

+    register length;

+{

+    if (b1 < b2) {

+	b2 += length;

+	b1 += length;

+	while (length--)

+	    *--b2 = *--b1;

+    } else {

+	while (length--)

+	    *b2++ = *b1++;

+    }

+}

+#endif

+

+#ifdef DataRoutineIsProcedure

+void Data(

+	Display *dpy,

+	char *data,

+	long len)

+{

+	if (dpy->bufptr + (len) <= dpy->bufmax) {

+		memcpy(dpy->bufptr, data, (int)len);

+		dpy->bufptr += ((len) + 3) & ~3;

+	} else {

+		_XSend(dpy, data, len);

+	}

+}

+#endif /* DataRoutineIsProcedure */

+

+

+#ifdef LONG64

+int

+_XData32(

+    Display *dpy,

+    register long *data,

+    unsigned len)

+{

+    register int *buf;

+    register long i;

+

+    while (len) {

+	buf = (int *)dpy->bufptr;

+	i = dpy->bufmax - (char *)buf;

+	if (!i) {

+	    _XFlush(dpy);

+	    continue;

+	}

+	if (len < i)

+	    i = len;

+	dpy->bufptr = (char *)buf + i;

+	len -= i;

+	i >>= 2;

+	while (--i >= 0)

+	    *buf++ = *data++;

+    }

+    return 0;

+}

+#endif /* LONG64 */

+

+#ifdef WORD64

+

+/*

+ * XXX This is a *really* stupid way of doing this.  It should just use

+ * dpy->bufptr directly, taking into account where in the word it is.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Data16 - Place 16 bit data in the buffer.

+ *

+ * "dpy" is a pointer to a Display.

+ * "data" is a pointer to the data.

+ * "len" is the length in bytes of the data.

+ */

+

+static doData16(

+    register Display *dpy,

+    short *data,

+    unsigned len,

+    char *packbuffer)

+{

+    long *lp,*lpack;

+    long i, nwords,bits;

+    long mask16 = 0x000000000000ffff;

+

+        lp = (long *)data;

+        lpack = (long *)packbuffer;

+

+/*  nwords is the number of 16 bit values to be packed,

+ *  the low order 16 bits of each word will be packed

+ *  into 64 bit words

+ */

+        nwords = len >> 1;

+        bits = 48;

+

+        for(i=0;i<nwords;i++){

+	   if (bits == 48) *lpack = 0;

+           *lpack ^= (*lp & mask16) << bits;

+           bits -= 16 ;

+           lp++;

+           if(bits < 0){

+               lpack++;

+               bits = 48;

+           }

+        }

+        Data(dpy, packbuffer, len);

+}

+

+_XData16 (

+    Display *dpy,

+    short *data,

+    unsigned len)

+{

+    char packbuffer[PACKBUFFERSIZE];

+    unsigned nunits = PACKBUFFERSIZE >> 1;

+

+    for (; len > PACKBUFFERSIZE; len -= PACKBUFFERSIZE, data += nunits) {

+	doData16 (dpy, data, PACKBUFFERSIZE, packbuffer);

+    }

+    if (len) doData16 (dpy, data, len, packbuffer);

+}

+

+/*

+ * Data32 - Place 32 bit data in the buffer.

+ *

+ * "dpy" is a pointer to a Display.

+ * "data" is a pointer to the data.

+ * "len" is the length in bytes of the data.

+ */

+

+static doData32(

+    register Display *dpy

+    long *data,

+    unsigned len,

+    char *packbuffer)

+{

+    long *lp,*lpack;

+    long i,bits,nwords;

+    long mask32 = 0x00000000ffffffff;

+

+        lpack = (long *) packbuffer;

+        lp = data;

+

+/*  nwords is the number of 32 bit values to be packed

+ *  the low order 32 bits of each word will be packed

+ *  into 64 bit words

+ */

+        nwords = len >> 2;

+        bits = 32;

+

+        for(i=0;i<nwords;i++){

+	   if (bits == 32) *lpack = 0;

+           *lpack ^= (*lp & mask32) << bits;

+           bits = bits ^32;

+           lp++;

+           if(bits)

+              lpack++;

+        }

+        Data(dpy, packbuffer, len);

+}

+

+void _XData32(

+    Display *dpy,

+    long *data,

+    unsigned len)

+{

+    char packbuffer[PACKBUFFERSIZE];

+    unsigned nunits = PACKBUFFERSIZE >> 2;

+

+    for (; len > PACKBUFFERSIZE; len -= PACKBUFFERSIZE, data += nunits) {

+	doData32 (dpy, data, PACKBUFFERSIZE, packbuffer);

+    }

+    if (len) doData32 (dpy, data, len, packbuffer);

+}

+

+#endif /* WORD64 */

+

+

+/* Make sure this produces the same string as DefineLocal/DefineSelf in xdm.

+ * Otherwise, Xau will not be able to find your cookies in the Xauthority file.

+ *

+ * Note: POSIX says that the ``nodename'' member of utsname does _not_ have

+ *       to have sufficient information for interfacing to the network,

+ *       and so, you may be better off using gethostname (if it exists).

+ */

+

+#if (defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) && !defined(AIXV3) && !defined(__QNX__)) || defined(hpux) || defined(SVR4)

+#define NEED_UTSNAME

+#include <sys/utsname.h>

+#else

+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H

+#include <unistd.h>

+#endif

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * _XGetHostname - similar to gethostname but allows special processing.

+ */

+int _XGetHostname (

+    char *buf,

+    int maxlen)

+{

+    int len;

+

+#ifdef NEED_UTSNAME

+    struct utsname name;

+

+    if (maxlen <= 0 || buf == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    uname (&name);

+    len = strlen (name.nodename);

+    if (len >= maxlen) len = maxlen - 1;

+    strncpy (buf, name.nodename, len);

+    buf[len] = '\0';

+#else

+    if (maxlen <= 0 || buf == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    buf[0] = '\0';

+    (void) gethostname (buf, maxlen);

+    buf [maxlen - 1] = '\0';

+    len = strlen(buf);

+#endif /* NEED_UTSNAME */

+    return len;

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * _XScreenOfWindow - get the Screen of a given window

+ */

+

+Screen *_XScreenOfWindow(Display *dpy, Window w)

+{

+    register int i;

+    Window root;

+    int x, y;				/* dummy variables */

+    unsigned int width, height, bw, depth;  /* dummy variables */

+

+    if (XGetGeometry (dpy, w, &root, &x, &y, &width, &height,

+		      &bw, &depth) == False) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    for (i = 0; i < ScreenCount (dpy); i++) {	/* find root from list */

+	if (root == RootWindow (dpy, i)) {

+	    return ScreenOfDisplay (dpy, i);

+	}

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+

+#if defined(WIN32)

+

+/*

+ * These functions are intended to be used internally to Xlib only.

+ * These functions will always prefix the path with a DOS drive in the

+ * form "<drive-letter>:". As such, these functions are only suitable

+ * for use by Xlib function that supply a root-based path to some

+ * particular file, e.g. <ProjectRoot>/lib/X11/locale/locale.dir will

+ * be converted to "C:/usr/X11R6.3/lib/X11/locale/locale.dir".

+ */

+

+static int access_file (path, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)

+    char* path;

+    char* pathbuf;

+    int len_pathbuf;

+    char** pathret;

+{

+    if (access (path, F_OK) == 0) {

+	if (strlen (path) < len_pathbuf)

+	    *pathret = pathbuf;

+	else

+	    *pathret = Xmalloc (strlen (path) + 1);

+	if (*pathret) {

+	    strcpy (*pathret, path);

+	    return 1;

+	}

+    }

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int AccessFile (path, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)

+    char* path;

+    char* pathbuf;

+    int len_pathbuf;

+    char** pathret;

+{

+    unsigned long drives;

+    int i, len;

+    char* drive;

+    char buf[MAX_PATH];

+    char* bufp;

+

+    /* just try the "raw" name first and see if it works */

+    if (access_file (path, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret))

+	return 1;

+

+    /* try the places set in the environment */

+    drive = getenv ("_XBASEDRIVE");

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+    if (!drive)

+	drive = getenv ("X11ROOT");

+#endif

+    if (!drive)

+	drive = "C:";

+    len = strlen (drive) + strlen (path);

+    if (len < MAX_PATH) bufp = buf;

+    else bufp = Xmalloc (len + 1);

+    strcpy (bufp, drive);

+    strcat (bufp, path);

+    if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {

+	if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);

+	return 1;

+    }

+

+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__

+    /* one last place to look */

+    drive = getenv ("HOMEDRIVE");

+    if (drive) {

+	len = strlen (drive) + strlen (path);

+	if (len < MAX_PATH) bufp = buf;

+	else bufp = Xmalloc (len + 1);

+	strcpy (bufp, drive);

+	strcat (bufp, path);

+	if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {

+	    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);

+	    return 1;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* tried everywhere else, go fishing */

+#define C_DRIVE ('C' - 'A')

+#define Z_DRIVE ('Z' - 'A')

+    /* does OS/2 (with or with gcc-emx) have getdrives? */

+    drives = _getdrives ();

+    for (i = C_DRIVE; i <= Z_DRIVE; i++) { /* don't check on A: or B: */

+	if ((1 << i) & drives) {

+	    len = 2 + strlen (path);

+	    if (len < MAX_PATH) bufp = buf;

+	    else bufp = Xmalloc (len + 1);

+	    *bufp = 'A' + i;

+	    *(bufp + 1) = ':';

+	    *(bufp + 2) = '\0';

+	    strcat (bufp, path);

+	    if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {

+		if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);

+		return 1;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+#endif

+    return 0;

+}

+

+int _XOpenFile(path, flags)

+    _Xconst char* path;

+    int flags;

+{

+    char buf[MAX_PATH];

+    char* bufp = NULL;

+    int ret = -1;

+    UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);

+

+    if (AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp))

+	ret = open (bufp, flags);

+

+    (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);

+

+    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+int _XOpenFileMode(path, flags, mode)

+    _Xconst char* path;

+    int flags;

+    mode_t mode;

+{

+    char buf[MAX_PATH];

+    char* bufp = NULL;

+    int ret = -1;

+    UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);

+

+    if (AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp))

+	ret = open (bufp, flags, mode);

+

+    (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);

+

+    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+void* _XFopenFile(path, mode)

+    _Xconst char* path;

+    _Xconst char* mode;

+{

+    char buf[MAX_PATH];

+    char* bufp = NULL;

+    void* ret = NULL;

+    UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);

+

+    if (AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp))

+	ret = fopen (bufp, mode);

+

+    (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);

+

+    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+int _XAccessFile(path)

+    _Xconst char* path;

+{

+    char buf[MAX_PATH];

+    char* bufp;

+    int ret = -1;

+    UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);

+

+    ret = AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp);

+

+    (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);

+

+    if (bufp != buf) Xfree (bufp);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+#endif

+

+#ifdef WIN32

+#undef _Xdebug

+int _Xdebug = 0;

+int *_Xdebug_p = &_Xdebug;

+void (**_XCreateMutex_fn_p)(LockInfoPtr) = &_XCreateMutex_fn;

+void (**_XFreeMutex_fn_p)(LockInfoPtr) = &_XFreeMutex_fn;

+void (**_XLockMutex_fn_p)(LockInfoPtr

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+    , char * /* file */

+    , int /* line */

+#endif

+        ) = &_XLockMutex_fn;

+void (**_XUnlockMutex_fn_p)(LockInfoPtr

+#if defined(XTHREADS_WARN) || defined(XTHREADS_FILE_LINE)

+    , char * /* file */

+    , int /* line */

+#endif

+        ) = &_XUnlockMutex_fn;

+LockInfoPtr *_Xglobal_lock_p = &_Xglobal_lock;

+#endif

diff --git a/libX11/src/Xrm.c b/libX11/src/Xrm.c
index 53467aedc..7dff61e68 100644
--- a/libX11/src/Xrm.c
+++ b/libX11/src/Xrm.c
@@ -1,2660 +1,2660 @@
-
-/***********************************************************
-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard
-
-                        All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-/*
-
-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include	<stdio.h>
-#include	<ctype.h>
-#include	"Xlibint.h"
-#include	<X11/Xresource.h>
-#include	"Xlcint.h"
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-#include	"locking.h"
-#endif
-#include	<X11/Xos.h>
-#include	<sys/stat.h>
-#include "Xresinternal.h"
-#include "Xresource.h"
-
-/*
-
-These Xrm routines allow very fast lookup of resources in the resource
-database.  Several usage patterns are exploited:
-
-(1) Widgets get a lot of resources at one time.  Rather than look up each from
-scratch, we can precompute the prioritized list of database levels once, then
-search for each resource starting at the beginning of the list.
-
-(2) Many database levels don't contain any leaf resource nodes.  There is no
-point in looking for resources on a level that doesn't contain any.  This
-information is kept on a per-level basis.
-
-(3) Sometimes the widget instance tree is structured such that you get the same
-class name repeated on the fully qualified widget name.  This can result in the
-same database level occuring multiple times on the search list.  The code below
-only checks to see if you get two identical search lists in a row, rather than
-look back through all database levels, but in practice this removes all
-duplicates I've ever observed.
-
-Joel McCormack
-
-*/
-
-/*
-
-The Xrm representation has been completely redesigned to substantially reduce
-memory and hopefully improve performance.
-
-The database is structured into two kinds of tables: LTables that contain
-only values, and NTables that contain only other tables.
-
-Some invariants:
-
-The next pointer of the top-level node table points to the top-level leaf
-table, if any.
-
-Within an LTable, for a given name, the tight value always precedes the
-loose value, and if both are present the loose value is always right after
-the tight value.
-
-Within an NTable, all of the entries for a given name are contiguous,
-in the order tight NTable, loose NTable, tight LTable, loose LTable.
-
-Bob Scheifler
-
-*/
-
-static XrmQuark XrmQString, XrmQANY;
-
-typedef	Bool (*DBEnumProc)(
-    XrmDatabase*	/* db */,
-    XrmBindingList	/* bindings */,
-    XrmQuarkList	/* quarks */,
-    XrmRepresentation*	/* type */,
-    XrmValue*		/* value */,
-    XPointer		/* closure */
-);
-
-typedef struct _VEntry {
-    struct _VEntry	*next;		/* next in chain */
-    XrmQuark		name;		/* name of this entry */
-    unsigned int	tight:1;	/* 1 if it is a tight binding */
-    unsigned int	string:1;	/* 1 if type is String */
-    unsigned int	size:30;	/* size of value */
-} VEntryRec, *VEntry;
-
-
-typedef struct _DEntry {
-    VEntryRec		entry;		/* entry */
-    XrmRepresentation	type;		/* representation type */
-} DEntryRec, *DEntry;
-
-/* the value is right after the structure */
-#define StringValue(ve) (XPointer)((ve) + 1)
-#define RepType(ve) ((DEntry)(ve))->type
-/* the value is right after the structure */
-#define DataValue(ve) (XPointer)(((DEntry)(ve)) + 1)
-#define RawValue(ve) (char *)((ve)->string ? StringValue(ve) : DataValue(ve))
-
-typedef struct _NTable {
-    struct _NTable	*next;		/* next in chain */
-    XrmQuark		name;		/* name of this entry */
-    unsigned int	tight:1;	/* 1 if it is a tight binding */
-    unsigned int	leaf:1;		/* 1 if children are values */
-    unsigned int	hasloose:1;	/* 1 if has loose children */
-    unsigned int	hasany:1;	/* 1 if has ANY entry */
-    unsigned int	pad:4;		/* unused */
-    unsigned int	mask:8;		/* hash size - 1 */
-    unsigned int	entries:16;	/* number of children */
-} NTableRec, *NTable;
-
-/* the buckets are right after the structure */
-#define NodeBuckets(ne) ((NTable *)((ne) + 1))
-#define NodeHash(ne,q) NodeBuckets(ne)[(q) & (ne)->mask]
-
-/* leaf tables have an extra level of indirection for the buckets,
- * so that resizing can be done without invalidating a search list.
- * This is completely ugly, and wastes some memory, but the Xlib
- * spec doesn't really specify whether invalidation is OK, and the
- * old implementation did not invalidate.
- */
-typedef struct _LTable {
-    NTableRec		table;
-    VEntry		*buckets;
-} LTableRec, *LTable;
-
-#define LeafHash(le,q) (le)->buckets[(q) & (le)->table.mask]
-
-/* An XrmDatabase just holds a pointer to the first top-level table.
- * The type name is no longer descriptive, but better to not change
- * the Xresource.h header file.  This type also gets used to define
- * XrmSearchList, which is a complete crock, but we'll just leave it
- * and caste types as required.
- */
-typedef struct _XrmHashBucketRec {
-    NTable table;
-    XPointer mbstate;
-    XrmMethods methods;
-#ifdef XTHREADS
-    LockInfoRec linfo;
-#endif
-} XrmHashBucketRec;
-
-/* closure used in get/put resource */
-typedef struct _VClosure {
-    XrmRepresentation	*type;		/* type of value */
-    XrmValuePtr		value;		/* value itself */
-} VClosureRec, *VClosure;
-
-/* closure used in get search list */
-typedef struct _SClosure {
-    LTable		*list;		/* search list */
-    int			idx;		/* index of last filled element */
-    int			limit;		/* maximum index */
-} SClosureRec, *SClosure;
-
-/* placed in XrmSearchList to indicate next table is loose only */
-#define LOOSESEARCH ((LTable)1)
-
-/* closure used in enumerate database */
-typedef struct _EClosure {
-    XrmDatabase db;			/* the database */
-    DBEnumProc proc;			/* the user proc */
-    XPointer closure;			/* the user closure */
-    XrmBindingList bindings;		/* binding list */
-    XrmQuarkList quarks;		/* quark list */
-    int mode;				/* XrmEnum<kind> */
-} EClosureRec, *EClosure;
-
-/* types for typecasting ETable based functions to NTable based functions */
-typedef Bool (*getNTableSProcp)(
-    NTable              table,
-    XrmNameList         names,
-    XrmClassList        classes,
-    SClosure            closure);
-typedef Bool (*getNTableVProcp)(
-    NTable              table,
-    XrmNameList         names,
-    XrmClassList        classes,
-    VClosure            closure);
-typedef Bool (*getNTableEProcp)(
-    NTable              table,
-    XrmNameList         names,
-    XrmClassList        classes,
-    register int        level,
-    EClosure            closure);
-
-/* predicate to determine when to resize a hash table */
-#define GrowthPred(n,m) ((unsigned)(n) > (((m) + 1) << 2))
-
-#define GROW(prev) \
-    if (GrowthPred((*prev)->entries, (*prev)->mask)) \
-	GrowTable(prev)
-
-/* pick a reasonable value for maximum depth of resource database */
-#define MAXDBDEPTH 100
-
-/* macro used in get/search functions */
-
-/* find an entry named ename, with leafness given by leaf */
-#define NFIND(ename) \
-    q = ename; \
-    entry = NodeHash(table, q); \
-    while (entry && entry->name != q) \
-	entry = entry->next; \
-    if (leaf && entry && !entry->leaf) { \
-	entry = entry->next; \
-	if (entry && !entry->leaf) \
-	    entry = entry->next; \
-	if (entry && entry->name != q) \
-	    entry = (NTable)NULL; \
-    }
-
-/* resourceQuarks keeps track of what quarks have been associated with values
- * in all LTables.  If a quark has never been used in an LTable, we don't need
- * to bother looking for it.
- */
-
-static unsigned char *resourceQuarks = (unsigned char *)NULL;
-static XrmQuark maxResourceQuark = -1;
-
-/* determines if a quark has been used for a value in any database */
-#define IsResourceQuark(q)  ((q) > 0 && (q) <= maxResourceQuark && \
-			     resourceQuarks[(q) >> 3] & (1 << ((q) & 7)))
-
-typedef unsigned char XrmBits;
-
-#define BSLASH  ((XrmBits) (1 << 5))
-#define NORMAL	((XrmBits) (1 << 4))
-#define EOQ	((XrmBits) (1 << 3))
-#define SEP	((XrmBits) (1 << 2))
-#define ENDOF	((XrmBits) (1 << 1))
-#define SPACE	(NORMAL|EOQ|SEP|(XrmBits)0)
-#define RSEP	(NORMAL|EOQ|SEP|(XrmBits)1)
-#define EOS	(EOQ|SEP|ENDOF|(XrmBits)0)
-#define EOL	(EOQ|SEP|ENDOF|(XrmBits)1)
-#define BINDING	(NORMAL|EOQ)
-#define ODIGIT	(NORMAL|(XrmBits)1)
-
-#define next_char(ch,str) xrmtypes[(unsigned char)((ch) = *(++(str)))]
-#define next_mbchar(ch,len,str) xrmtypes[(unsigned char)(ch = (*db->methods->mbchar)(db->mbstate, str, &len), str += len, ch)]
-
-#define is_space(bits)		((bits) == SPACE)
-#define is_EOQ(bits)		((bits) & EOQ)
-#define is_EOF(bits)		((bits) == EOS)
-#define is_EOL(bits)		((bits) & ENDOF)
-#define is_binding(bits)	((bits) == BINDING)
-#define is_odigit(bits)		((bits) == ODIGIT)
-#define is_separator(bits)	((bits) & SEP)
-#define is_nonpcs(bits)		(!(bits))
-#define is_normal(bits)		((bits) & NORMAL)
-#define is_simple(bits)		((bits) & (NORMAL|BSLASH))
-#define is_special(bits)	((bits) & (ENDOF|BSLASH))
-
-/* parsing types */
-static XrmBits const xrmtypes[256] = {
-    EOS,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
-    0,SPACE,EOL,0,0,
-#if defined(WIN32) || defined(__UNIXOS2__)
-                    EOL,	/* treat CR the same as LF, just in case */
-#else
-                    0,
-#endif
-                      0,0,
-    0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
-    0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
-    SPACE,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,BINDING,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,BINDING,NORMAL,
-    ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,RSEP,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,BSLASH,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,
-    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,0
-    /* The rest will be automatically initialized to zero. */
-};
-
-void XrmInitialize(void)
-{
-    XrmQString = XrmPermStringToQuark("String");
-    XrmQANY = XrmPermStringToQuark("?");
-}
-
-XrmDatabase XrmGetDatabase(
-    Display *display)
-{
-    XrmDatabase retval;
-    LockDisplay(display);
-    retval = display->db;
-    UnlockDisplay(display);
-    return retval;
-}
-
-void XrmSetDatabase(
-    Display *display,
-    XrmDatabase database)
-{
-    LockDisplay(display);
-    /* destroy database if set up imlicitely by XGetDefault() */
-    if (display->db && (display->flags & XlibDisplayDfltRMDB)) {
-	XrmDestroyDatabase(display->db);
-	display->flags &= ~XlibDisplayDfltRMDB;
-    }
-    display->db = database;
-    UnlockDisplay(display);
-}
-
-void
-XrmStringToQuarkList(
-    register _Xconst char  *name,
-    register XrmQuarkList quarks)   /* RETURN */
-{
-    register XrmBits		bits;
-    register Signature  	sig = 0;
-    register char       	ch, *tname;
-    register int 		i = 0;
-
-    if ((tname = (char *)name)) {
-	tname--;
-	while (!is_EOF(bits = next_char(ch, tname))) {
-	    if (is_binding (bits)) {
-		if (i) {
-		    /* Found a complete name */
-		    *quarks++ = _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name,tname - name,
-							  sig, False);
-		    i = 0;
-		    sig = 0;
-		}
-		name = tname+1;
-	    }
-	    else {
-		sig = (sig << 1) + ch; /* Compute the signature. */
-		i++;
-	    }
-	}
-	*quarks++ = _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname - name, sig, False);
-    }
-    *quarks = NULLQUARK;
-}
-
-void
-XrmStringToBindingQuarkList(
-    register _Xconst char   *name,
-    register XrmBindingList bindings,   /* RETURN */
-    register XrmQuarkList   quarks)     /* RETURN */
-{
-    register XrmBits		bits;
-    register Signature  	sig = 0;
-    register char       	ch, *tname;
-    register XrmBinding 	binding;
-    register int 		i = 0;
-
-    if ((tname = (char *)name)) {
-	tname--;
-	binding = XrmBindTightly;
-	while (!is_EOF(bits = next_char(ch, tname))) {
-	    if (is_binding (bits)) {
-		if (i) {
-		    /* Found a complete name */
-		    *bindings++ = binding;
-		    *quarks++ = _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname - name,
-							  sig, False);
-
-		    i = 0;
-		    sig = 0;
-		    binding = XrmBindTightly;
-		}
-		name = tname+1;
-
-		if (ch == '*')
-		    binding = XrmBindLoosely;
-	    }
-	    else {
-		sig = (sig << 1) + ch; /* Compute the signature. */
-		i++;
-	    }
-	}
-	*bindings = binding;
-	*quarks++ = _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname - name, sig, False);
-    }
-    *quarks = NULLQUARK;
-}
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-
-static void PrintQuarkList(
-    XrmQuarkList    quarks,
-    FILE	    *stream)
-{
-    Bool	    firstNameSeen;
-
-    for (firstNameSeen = False; *quarks; quarks++) {
-	if (firstNameSeen) {
-	    (void) fprintf(stream, ".");
-	}
-	firstNameSeen = True;
-	(void) fputs(XrmQuarkToString(*quarks), stream);
-    }
-} /* PrintQuarkList */
-
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-
-/*
- * Fallback methods for Xrm parsing.
- * Simulate a C locale. No state needed here.
- */
-
-static void
-c_mbnoop(
-    XPointer state)
-{
-}
-
-static char
-c_mbchar(
-    XPointer state,
-    const char *str,
-    int *lenp)
-{
-    *lenp = 1;
-    return *str;
-}
-
-static const char *
-c_lcname(
-    XPointer state)
-{
-    return "C";
-}
-
-static const XrmMethodsRec mb_methods = {
-    c_mbnoop,	/* mbinit */
-    c_mbchar,	/* mbchar */
-    c_mbnoop,	/* mbfinish */
-    c_lcname,	/* lcname */
-    c_mbnoop	/* destroy */
-};
-
-
-static XrmDatabase NewDatabase(void)
-{
-    register XrmDatabase db;
-
-    db = (XrmDatabase) Xmalloc(sizeof(XrmHashBucketRec));
-    if (db) {
-	_XCreateMutex(&db->linfo);
-	db->table = (NTable)NULL;
-	db->mbstate = (XPointer)NULL;
-	db->methods = _XrmInitParseInfo(&db->mbstate);
-	if (!db->methods)
-	    db->methods = &mb_methods;
-    }
-    return db;
-}
-
-/* move all values from ftable to ttable, and free ftable's buckets.
- * ttable is quaranteed empty to start with.
- */
-static void MoveValues(
-    LTable ftable,
-    register LTable ttable)
-{
-    register VEntry fentry, nfentry;
-    register VEntry *prev;
-    register VEntry *bucket;
-    register VEntry tentry;
-    register int i;
-
-    for (i = ftable->table.mask, bucket = ftable->buckets; i >= 0; i--) {
-	for (fentry = *bucket++; fentry; fentry = nfentry) {
-	    prev = &LeafHash(ttable, fentry->name);
-	    tentry = *prev;
-	    *prev = fentry;
-	    /* chain on all with same name, to preserve invariant order */
-	    while ((nfentry = fentry->next) && nfentry->name == fentry->name)
-		fentry = nfentry;
-	    fentry->next = tentry;
-	}
-    }
-    Xfree((char *)ftable->buckets);
-}
-
-/* move all tables from ftable to ttable, and free ftable.
- * ttable is quaranteed empty to start with.
- */
-static void MoveTables(
-    NTable ftable,
-    register NTable ttable)
-{
-    register NTable fentry, nfentry;
-    register NTable *prev;
-    register NTable *bucket;
-    register NTable tentry;
-    register int i;
-
-    for (i = ftable->mask, bucket = NodeBuckets(ftable); i >= 0; i--) {
-	for (fentry = *bucket++; fentry; fentry = nfentry) {
-	    prev = &NodeHash(ttable, fentry->name);
-	    tentry = *prev;
-	    *prev = fentry;
-	    /* chain on all with same name, to preserve invariant order */
-	    while ((nfentry = fentry->next) && nfentry->name == fentry->name)
-		fentry = nfentry;
-	    fentry->next = tentry;
-	}
-    }
-    Xfree((char *)ftable);
-}
-
-/* grow the table, based on current number of entries */
-static void GrowTable(
-    NTable *prev)
-{
-    register NTable table;
-    register int i;
-
-    table = *prev;
-    i = table->mask;
-    if (i == 255) /* biggest it gets */
-	return;
-    while (i < 255 && GrowthPred(table->entries, i))
-	i = (i << 1) + 1;
-    i++; /* i is now the new size */
-    if (table->leaf) {
-	register LTable ltable;
-	LTableRec otable;
-
-	ltable = (LTable)table;
-	/* cons up a copy to make MoveValues look symmetric */
-	otable = *ltable;
-	ltable->buckets = Xcalloc(i, sizeof(VEntry));
-	if (!ltable->buckets) {
-	    ltable->buckets = otable.buckets;
-	    return;
-	}
-	ltable->table.mask = i - 1;
-	MoveValues(&otable, ltable);
-    } else {
-	register NTable ntable;
-
-	ntable = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(NTableRec) + (i * sizeof(NTable)));
-	if (!ntable)
-	    return;
-	*ntable = *table;
-	ntable->mask = i - 1;
-	*prev = ntable;
-	MoveTables(table, ntable);
-    }
-}
-
-/* merge values from ftable into *pprev, destroy ftable in the process */
-static void MergeValues(
-    LTable ftable,
-    NTable *pprev,
-    Bool override)
-{
-    register VEntry fentry, tentry;
-    register VEntry *prev;
-    register LTable ttable;
-    VEntry *bucket;
-    int i;
-    register XrmQuark q;
-
-    ttable = (LTable)*pprev;
-    if (ftable->table.hasloose)
-	ttable->table.hasloose = 1;
-    for (i = ftable->table.mask, bucket = ftable->buckets;
-	 i >= 0;
-	 i--, bucket++) {
-	for (fentry = *bucket; fentry; ) {
-	    q = fentry->name;
-	    prev = &LeafHash(ttable, q);
-	    tentry = *prev;
-	    while (tentry && tentry->name != q)
-		tentry = *(prev = &tentry->next);
-	    /* note: test intentionally uses fentry->name instead of q */
-	    /* permits serendipitous inserts */
-	    while (tentry && tentry->name == fentry->name) {
-		/* if tentry is earlier, skip it */
-		if (!fentry->tight && tentry->tight) {
-		    tentry = *(prev = &tentry->next);
-		    continue;
-		}
-		if (fentry->tight != tentry->tight) {
-		    /* no match, chain in fentry */
-		    *prev = fentry;
-		    prev = &fentry->next;
-		    fentry = *prev;
-		    *prev = tentry;
-		    ttable->table.entries++;
-		} else if (override) {
-		    /* match, chain in fentry, splice out and free tentry */
-		    *prev = fentry;
-		    prev = &fentry->next;
-		    fentry = *prev;
-		    *prev = tentry->next;
-		    /* free the overridden entry */
-		    Xfree((char *)tentry);
-		    /* get next tentry */
-		    tentry = *prev;
-		} else {
-		    /* match, discard fentry */
-		    prev = &tentry->next;
-		    tentry = fentry; /* use as a temp var */
-		    fentry = fentry->next;
-		    /* free the overpowered entry */
-		    Xfree((char *)tentry);
-		    /* get next tentry */
-		    tentry = *prev;
-		}
-		if (!fentry)
-		    break;
-	    }
-	    /* at this point, tentry cannot match any fentry named q */
-	    /* chain in all bindings together, preserve invariant order */
-	    while (fentry && fentry->name == q) {
-		*prev = fentry;
-		prev = &fentry->next;
-		fentry = *prev;
-		*prev = tentry;
-		ttable->table.entries++;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    Xfree((char *)ftable->buckets);
-    Xfree((char *)ftable);
-    /* resize if necessary, now that we're all done */
-    GROW(pprev);
-}
-
-/* merge tables from ftable into *pprev, destroy ftable in the process */
-static void MergeTables(
-    NTable ftable,
-    NTable *pprev,
-    Bool override)
-{
-    register NTable fentry, tentry;
-    NTable nfentry;
-    register NTable *prev;
-    register NTable ttable;
-    NTable *bucket;
-    int i;
-    register XrmQuark q;
-
-    ttable = *pprev;
-    if (ftable->hasloose)
-	ttable->hasloose = 1;
-    if (ftable->hasany)
-	ttable->hasany = 1;
-    for (i = ftable->mask, bucket = NodeBuckets(ftable);
-	 i >= 0;
-	 i--, bucket++) {
-	for (fentry = *bucket; fentry; ) {
-	    q = fentry->name;
-	    prev = &NodeHash(ttable, q);
-	    tentry = *prev;
-	    while (tentry && tentry->name != q)
-		tentry = *(prev = &tentry->next);
-	    /* note: test intentionally uses fentry->name instead of q */
-	    /* permits serendipitous inserts */
-	    while (tentry && tentry->name == fentry->name) {
-		/* if tentry is earlier, skip it */
-		if ((fentry->leaf && !tentry->leaf) ||
-		    (!fentry->tight && tentry->tight &&
-		     (fentry->leaf || !tentry->leaf))) {
-		    tentry = *(prev = &tentry->next);
-		    continue;
-		}
-		nfentry = fentry->next;
-		if (fentry->leaf != tentry->leaf ||
-		    fentry->tight != tentry->tight) {
-		    /* no match, just chain in */
-		    *prev = fentry;
-		    *(prev = &fentry->next) = tentry;
-		    ttable->entries++;
-		} else {
-		    if (fentry->leaf)
-			MergeValues((LTable)fentry, prev, override);
-		    else
-			MergeTables(fentry, prev, override);
-		    /* bump to next tentry */
-		    tentry = *(prev = &(*prev)->next);
-		}
-		/* bump to next fentry */
-		fentry = nfentry;
-		if (!fentry)
-		    break;
-	    }
-	    /* at this point, tentry cannot match any fentry named q */
-	    /* chain in all bindings together, preserve invariant order */
-	    while (fentry && fentry->name == q) {
-		*prev = fentry;
-		prev = &fentry->next;
-		fentry = *prev;
-		*prev = tentry;
-		ttable->entries++;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    Xfree((char *)ftable);
-    /* resize if necessary, now that we're all done */
-    GROW(pprev);
-}
-
-void XrmCombineDatabase(
-    XrmDatabase	from, XrmDatabase *into,
-    Bool override)
-{
-    register NTable *prev;
-    register NTable ftable, ttable, nftable;
-
-    if (!*into) {
-	*into = from;
-    } else if (from) {
-	_XLockMutex(&from->linfo);
-	_XLockMutex(&(*into)->linfo);
-	if ((ftable = from->table)) {
-	    prev = &(*into)->table;
-	    ttable = *prev;
-	    if (!ftable->leaf) {
-		nftable = ftable->next;
-		if (ttable && !ttable->leaf) {
-		    /* both have node tables, merge them */
-		    MergeTables(ftable, prev, override);
-		    /* bump to into's leaf table, if any */
-		    ttable = *(prev = &(*prev)->next);
-		} else {
-		    /* into has no node table, link from's in */
-		    *prev = ftable;
-		    *(prev = &ftable->next) = ttable;
-		}
-		/* bump to from's leaf table, if any */
-		ftable = nftable;
-	    } else {
-		/* bump to into's leaf table, if any */
-		if (ttable && !ttable->leaf)
-		    ttable = *(prev = &ttable->next);
-	    }
-	    if (ftable) {
-		/* if into has a leaf, merge, else insert */
-		if (ttable)
-		    MergeValues((LTable)ftable, prev, override);
-		else
-		    *prev = ftable;
-	    }
-	}
-	(from->methods->destroy)(from->mbstate);
-	_XUnlockMutex(&from->linfo);
-	_XFreeMutex(&from->linfo);
-	Xfree((char *)from);
-	_XUnlockMutex(&(*into)->linfo);
-    }
-}
-
-void XrmMergeDatabases(
-    XrmDatabase	from, XrmDatabase *into)
-{
-    XrmCombineDatabase(from, into, True);
-}
-
-/* store a value in the database, overriding any existing entry */
-static void PutEntry(
-    XrmDatabase		db,
-    XrmBindingList	bindings,
-    XrmQuarkList	quarks,
-    XrmRepresentation	type,
-    XrmValuePtr		value)
-{
-    register NTable *pprev, *prev;
-    register NTable table;
-    register XrmQuark q;
-    register VEntry *vprev;
-    register VEntry entry;
-    NTable *nprev, *firstpprev;
-
-#define NEWTABLE(q,i) \
-    table = (NTable)Xmalloc(sizeof(LTableRec)); \
-    if (!table) \
-	return; \
-    table->name = q; \
-    table->hasloose = 0; \
-    table->hasany = 0; \
-    table->mask = 0; \
-    table->entries = 0; \
-    if (quarks[i]) { \
-	table->leaf = 0; \
-	nprev = NodeBuckets(table); \
-    } else { \
-	table->leaf = 1; \
-	if (!(nprev = (NTable *)Xmalloc(sizeof(VEntry *)))) {\
-	    Xfree(table); \
-	    return; \
-        } \
-	((LTable)table)->buckets = (VEntry *)nprev; \
-    } \
-    *nprev = (NTable)NULL; \
-    table->next = *prev; \
-    *prev = table
-
-    if (!db || !*quarks)
-	return;
-    table = *(prev = &db->table);
-    /* if already at leaf, bump to the leaf table */
-    if (!quarks[1] && table && !table->leaf)
-	table = *(prev = &table->next);
-    pprev = prev;
-    if (!table || (quarks[1] && table->leaf)) {
-	/* no top-level node table, create one and chain it in */
-	NEWTABLE(NULLQUARK,1);
-	table->tight = 1; /* arbitrary */
-	prev = nprev;
-    } else {
-	/* search along until we need a value */
-	while (quarks[1]) {
-	    q = *quarks;
-	    table = *(prev = &NodeHash(table, q));
-	    while (table && table->name != q)
-		table = *(prev = &table->next);
-	    if (!table)
-		break; /* not found */
-	    if (quarks[2]) {
-		if (table->leaf)
-		    break; /* not found */
-	    } else {
-		if (!table->leaf) {
-		    /* bump to leaf table, if any */
-		    table = *(prev = &table->next);
-		    if (!table || table->name != q)
-			break; /* not found */
-		    if (!table->leaf) {
-			/* bump to leaf table, if any */
-			table = *(prev = &table->next);
-			if (!table || table->name != q)
-			    break; /* not found */
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	    if (*bindings == XrmBindTightly) {
-		if (!table->tight)
-		    break; /* not found */
-	    } else {
-		if (table->tight) {
-		    /* bump to loose table, if any */
-		    table = *(prev = &table->next);
-		    if (!table || table->name != q ||
-			!quarks[2] != table->leaf)
-			break; /* not found */
-		}
-	    }
-	    /* found that one, bump to next quark */
-	    pprev = prev;
-	    quarks++;
-	    bindings++;
-	}
-	if (!quarks[1]) {
-	    /* found all the way to a leaf */
-	    q = *quarks;
-	    entry = *(vprev = &LeafHash((LTable)table, q));
-	    while (entry && entry->name != q)
-		entry = *(vprev = &entry->next);
-	    /* if want loose and have tight, bump to next entry */
-	    if (entry && *bindings == XrmBindLoosely && entry->tight)
-		entry = *(vprev = &entry->next);
-	    if (entry && entry->name == q &&
-		(*bindings == XrmBindTightly) == entry->tight) {
-		/* match, need to override */
-		if ((type == XrmQString) == entry->string &&
-		    entry->size == value->size) {
-		    /* update type if not String, can be different */
-		    if (!entry->string)
-			RepType(entry) = type;
-		    /* identical size, just overwrite value */
-		    memcpy(RawValue(entry), (char *)value->addr, value->size);
-		    return;
-		}
-		/* splice out and free old entry */
-		*vprev = entry->next;
-		Xfree((char *)entry);
-		(*pprev)->entries--;
-	    }
-	    /* this is where to insert */
-	    prev = (NTable *)vprev;
-	}
-    }
-    /* keep the top table, because we may have to grow it */
-    firstpprev = pprev;
-    /* iterate until we get to the leaf */
-    while (quarks[1]) {
-	/* build a new table and chain it in */
-	NEWTABLE(*quarks,2);
-	if (*quarks++ == XrmQANY)
-	    (*pprev)->hasany = 1;
-	if (*bindings++ == XrmBindTightly) {
-	    table->tight = 1;
-	} else {
-	    table->tight = 0;
-	    (*pprev)->hasloose = 1;
-	}
-	(*pprev)->entries++;
-	pprev = prev;
-	prev = nprev;
-    }
-    /* now allocate the value entry */
-    entry = (VEntry)Xmalloc(((type == XrmQString) ?
-			     sizeof(VEntryRec) : sizeof(DEntryRec)) +
-			    value->size);
-    if (!entry)
-	return;
-    entry->name = q = *quarks;
-    if (*bindings == XrmBindTightly) {
-	entry->tight = 1;
-    } else {
-	entry->tight = 0;
-	(*pprev)->hasloose = 1;
-    }
-    /* chain it in, with a bit of type cast ugliness */
-    entry->next = *((VEntry *)prev);
-    *((VEntry *)prev) = entry;
-    entry->size = value->size;
-    if (type == XrmQString) {
-	entry->string = 1;
-    } else {
-	entry->string = 0;
-	RepType(entry) = type;
-    }
-    /* save a copy of the value */
-    memcpy(RawValue(entry), (char *)value->addr, value->size);
-    (*pprev)->entries++;
-    /* this is a new leaf, need to remember it for search lists */
-    if (q > maxResourceQuark) {
-	unsigned oldsize = (maxResourceQuark + 1) >> 3;
-	unsigned size = ((q | 0x7f) + 1) >> 3; /* reallocate in chunks */
-	if (resourceQuarks) {
-	    unsigned char *prevQuarks = resourceQuarks;
-
-	    resourceQuarks = (unsigned char *)Xrealloc((char *)resourceQuarks,
-						       size);
-	    if (!resourceQuarks) {
-		Xfree(prevQuarks);
-	    }
-	} else
-	    resourceQuarks = (unsigned char *)Xmalloc(size);
-	if (resourceQuarks) {
-	    bzero((char *)&resourceQuarks[oldsize], size - oldsize);
-	    maxResourceQuark = (size << 3) - 1;
-	} else {
-	    maxResourceQuark = -1;
-	}
-    }
-    if (q > 0 && resourceQuarks)
-	resourceQuarks[q >> 3] |= 1 << (q & 0x7);
-    GROW(firstpprev);
-
-#undef NEWTABLE
-}
-
-void XrmQPutResource(
-    XrmDatabase		*pdb,
-    XrmBindingList      bindings,
-    XrmQuarkList	quarks,
-    XrmRepresentation	type,
-    XrmValuePtr		value)
-{
-    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();
-    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-    PutEntry(*pdb, bindings, quarks, type, value);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-}
-
-void
-XrmPutResource(
-    XrmDatabase     *pdb,
-    _Xconst char    *specifier,
-    _Xconst char    *type,
-    XrmValuePtr	    value)
-{
-    XrmBinding	    bindings[MAXDBDEPTH+1];
-    XrmQuark	    quarks[MAXDBDEPTH+1];
-
-    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();
-    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-    XrmStringToBindingQuarkList(specifier, bindings, quarks);
-    PutEntry(*pdb, bindings, quarks, XrmStringToQuark(type), value);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-}
-
-void
-XrmQPutStringResource(
-    XrmDatabase     *pdb,
-    XrmBindingList  bindings,
-    XrmQuarkList    quarks,
-    _Xconst char    *str)
-{
-    XrmValue	value;
-
-    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();
-    value.addr = (XPointer) str;
-    value.size = strlen(str)+1;
-    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-    PutEntry(*pdb, bindings, quarks, XrmQString, &value);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-}
-
-/*	Function Name: GetDatabase
- *	Description: Parses a string and stores it as a database.
- *	Arguments: db - the database.
- *                 str - a pointer to the string containing the database.
- *                 filename - source filename, if any.
- *                 doall - whether to do all lines or just one
- */
-
-/*
- * This function is highly optimized to inline as much as possible.
- * Be very careful with modifications, or simplifications, as they
- * may adversely affect the performance.
- *
- * Chris Peterson, MIT X Consortium		5/17/90.
- */
-
-/*
- * Xlib spec says max 100 quarks in a lookup, will stop and return if
- * return if any single production's lhs has more than 100 components.
- */
-#define QLIST_SIZE 100
-
-/*
- * This should be big enough to handle things like the XKeysymDB or biggish
- * ~/.Xdefaults or app-defaults files. Anything bigger will be allocated on
- * the heap.
- */
-#define DEF_BUFF_SIZE 8192
-
-static void GetIncludeFile(
-    XrmDatabase db,
-    _Xconst char *base,
-    _Xconst char *fname,
-    int fnamelen);
-
-static void GetDatabase(
-    XrmDatabase db,
-    _Xconst register char *str,
-    _Xconst char *filename,
-    Bool doall)
-{
-    char *rhs;
-    char *lhs, lhs_s[DEF_BUFF_SIZE];
-    XrmQuark quarks[QLIST_SIZE + 1];	/* allow for a terminal NullQuark */
-    XrmBinding bindings[QLIST_SIZE + 1];
-
-    register char *ptr;
-    register XrmBits bits = 0;
-    register char c;
-    register Signature sig;
-    register char *ptr_max;
-    register int num_quarks;
-    register XrmBindingList t_bindings;
-
-    int len, alloc_chars;
-    unsigned long str_len;
-    XrmValue value;
-    Bool only_pcs;
-    Bool dolines;
-
-    if (!db)
-	return;
-
-    /*
-     * if strlen (str) < DEF_BUFF_SIZE allocate buffers on the stack for
-     * speed otherwise malloc the buffer. From a buffer overflow standpoint
-     * we can be sure that neither: a) a component on the lhs, or b) a
-     * value on the rhs, will be longer than the overall length of str,
-     * i.e. strlen(str).
-     *
-     * This should give good performance when parsing "*foo: bar" type
-     * databases as might be passed with -xrm command line options; but
-     * with larger databases, e.g. .Xdefaults, app-defaults, or KeysymDB
-     * files, the size of the buffers will be overly large. One way
-     * around this would be to double-parse each production with a resulting
-     * performance hit. In any event we can be assured that a lhs component
-     * name or a rhs value won't be longer than str itself.
-     */
-
-    str_len = strlen (str);
-    if (DEF_BUFF_SIZE > str_len) lhs = lhs_s;
-    else if ((lhs = (char*) Xmalloc (str_len)) == NULL)
-	return;
-
-    alloc_chars = DEF_BUFF_SIZE < str_len ? str_len : DEF_BUFF_SIZE;
-    if ((rhs = (char*) Xmalloc (alloc_chars)) == NULL) {
-	if (lhs != lhs_s) Xfree (lhs);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    (*db->methods->mbinit)(db->mbstate);
-    str--;
-    dolines = True;
-    while (!is_EOF(bits) && dolines) {
-	dolines = doall;
-
-	/*
-	 * First: Remove extra whitespace.
-	 */
-
-	do {
-	    bits = next_char(c, str);
-	} while is_space(bits);
-
-	/*
-	 * Ignore empty lines.
-	 */
-
-	if (is_EOL(bits))
-	    continue;		/* start a new line. */
-
-	/*
-	 * Second: check the first character in a line to see if it is
-	 * "!" signifying a comment, or "#" signifying a directive.
-	 */
-
-	if (c == '!') { /* Comment, spin to next newline */
-	    while (is_simple(bits = next_char(c, str))) {}
-	    if (is_EOL(bits))
-		continue;
-	    while (!is_EOL(bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str))) {}
-	    str--;
-	    continue;		/* start a new line. */
-	}
-
-	if (c == '#') { /* Directive */
-	    /* remove extra whitespace */
-	    only_pcs = True;
-	    while (is_space(bits = next_char(c, str))) {};
-	    /* only "include" directive is currently defined */
-	    if (!strncmp(str, "include", 7)) {
-		str += (7-1);
-		/* remove extra whitespace */
-		while (is_space(bits = next_char(c, str))) {};
-		/* must have a starting " */
-		if (c == '"') {
-		    _Xconst char *fname = str+1;
-		    len = 0;
-		    do {
-			if (only_pcs) {
-			    bits = next_char(c, str);
-			    if (is_nonpcs(bits))
-				only_pcs = False;
-			}
-			if (!only_pcs)
-			    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-		    } while (c != '"' && !is_EOL(bits));
-		    /* must have an ending " */
-		    if (c == '"')
-			GetIncludeFile(db, filename, fname, str - len - fname);
-		}
-	    }
-	    /* spin to next newline */
-	    if (only_pcs) {
-		while (is_simple(bits))
-		    bits = next_char(c, str);
-		if (is_EOL(bits))
-		    continue;
-	    }
-	    while (!is_EOL(bits))
-		bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-	    str--;
-	    continue;		/* start a new line. */
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Third: loop through the LHS of the resource specification
-	 * storing characters and converting this to a Quark.
-	 */
-
-	num_quarks = 0;
-	t_bindings = bindings;
-
-	sig = 0;
-	ptr = lhs;
-	*t_bindings = XrmBindTightly;
-	for(;;) {
-	    if (!is_binding(bits)) {
-		while (!is_EOQ(bits)) {
-		    *ptr++ = c;
-		    sig = (sig << 1) + c; /* Compute the signature. */
-		    bits = next_char(c, str);
-		}
-
-		quarks[num_quarks++] =
-			_XrmInternalStringToQuark(lhs, ptr - lhs, sig, False);
-
-		if (num_quarks > QLIST_SIZE) {
-		    Xfree(rhs);
-		    if (lhs != lhs_s) Xfree (lhs);
-		    (*db->methods->mbfinish)(db->mbstate);
-		    return;
-		}
-
-		if (is_separator(bits))  {
-		    if (!is_space(bits))
-			break;
-
-		    /* Remove white space */
-		    do {
-			*ptr++ = c;
-			sig = (sig << 1) + c; /* Compute the signature. */
-		    } while (is_space(bits = next_char(c, str)));
-
-		    /*
-		     * The spec doesn't permit it, but support spaces
-		     * internal to resource name/class
-		     */
-
-		    if (is_separator(bits))
-			break;
-		    num_quarks--;
-		    continue;
-		}
-
-		if (c == '.')
-		    *(++t_bindings) = XrmBindTightly;
-		else
-		    *(++t_bindings) = XrmBindLoosely;
-
-		sig = 0;
-		ptr = lhs;
-	    }
-	    else {
-		/*
-		 * Magic unspecified feature #254.
-		 *
-		 * If two separators appear with no Text between them then
-		 * ignore them.
-		 *
-		 * If anyone of those separators is a '*' then the binding
-		 * will be loose, otherwise it will be tight.
-		 */
-
-		if (c == '*')
-		    *t_bindings = XrmBindLoosely;
-	    }
-
-	    bits = next_char(c, str);
-	}
-
-	quarks[num_quarks] = NULLQUARK;
-
-	/*
-	 * Make sure that there is a ':' in this line.
-	 */
-
-	if (c != ':') {
-	    char oldc;
-
-	    /*
-	     * A parsing error has occured, toss everything on the line
-	     * a new_line can still be escaped with a '\'.
-	     */
-
-	    while (is_normal(bits))
-		bits = next_char(c, str);
-	    if (is_EOL(bits))
-		continue;
-	    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-	    do {
-		oldc = c;
-		bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-	    } while (c && (c != '\n' || oldc == '\\'));
-	    str--;
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * I now have a quark and binding list for the entire left hand
-	 * side.  "c" currently points to the ":" separating the left hand
-	 * side for the right hand side.  It is time to begin processing
-	 * the right hand side.
-	 */
-
-	/*
-	 * Fourth: Remove more whitespace
-	 */
-
-	for(;;) {
-	    if (is_space(bits = next_char(c, str)))
-		continue;
-	    if (c != '\\')
-		break;
-	    bits = next_char(c, str);
-	    if (c == '\n')
-		continue;
-	    str--;
-	    bits = BSLASH;
-	    c = '\\';
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Fifth: Process the right hand side.
-	 */
-
-	ptr = rhs;
-	ptr_max = ptr + alloc_chars - 4;
-	only_pcs = True;
-	len = 1;
-
-	for(;;) {
-
-	    /*
-	     * Tight loop for the normal case:  Non backslash, non-end of value
-	     * character that will fit into the allocated buffer.
-	     */
-
-	    if (only_pcs) {
-		while (is_normal(bits) && ptr < ptr_max) {
-		    *ptr++ = c;
-		    bits = next_char(c, str);
-		}
-		if (is_EOL(bits))
-		    break;
-		if (is_nonpcs(bits)) {
-		    only_pcs = False;
-		    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-		}
-	    }
-	    while (!is_special(bits) && ptr + len <= ptr_max) {
-		len = -len;
-		while (len)
-		    *ptr++ = str[len++];
-		if (*str == '\0') {
-		    bits = EOS;
-		    break;
-		}
-		bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-	    }
-
-	    if (is_EOL(bits)) {
-		str--;
-		break;
-	    }
-
-	    if (c == '\\') {
-		/*
-		 * We need to do some magic after a backslash.
-		 */
-		Bool read_next = True;
-
-		if (only_pcs) {
-		    bits = next_char(c, str);
-		    if (is_nonpcs(bits))
-			only_pcs = False;
-		}
-		if (!only_pcs)
-		    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-
-		if (is_EOL(bits)) {
-		    if (is_EOF(bits))
-			continue;
-		} else if (c == 'n') {
-		    /*
-		     * "\n" means insert a newline.
-		     */
-		    *ptr++ = '\n';
-		} else if (c == '\\') {
-		    /*
-		     * "\\" completes to just one backslash.
-		     */
-		    *ptr++ = '\\';
-		} else {
-		    /*
-		     * pick up to three octal digits after the '\'.
-		     */
-		    char temp[3];
-		    int count = 0;
-		    while (is_odigit(bits) && count < 3) {
-			temp[count++] = c;
-			if (only_pcs) {
-			    bits = next_char(c, str);
-			    if (is_nonpcs(bits))
-				only_pcs = False;
-			}
-			if (!only_pcs)
-			    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-		    }
-
-		    /*
-		     * If we found three digits then insert that octal code
-		     * into the value string as a character.
-		     */
-
-		    if (count == 3) {
-			*ptr++ = (unsigned char) ((temp[0] - '0') * 0100 +
-						  (temp[1] - '0') * 010 +
-						  (temp[2] - '0'));
-		    }
-		    else {
-			int tcount;
-
-			/*
-			 * Otherwise just insert those characters into the
-			 * string, since no special processing is needed on
-			 * numerics we can skip the special processing.
-			 */
-
-			for (tcount = 0; tcount < count; tcount++) {
-			    *ptr++ = temp[tcount]; /* print them in
-						      the correct order */
-			}
-		    }
-		    read_next = False;
-		}
-		if (read_next) {
-		    if (only_pcs) {
-			bits = next_char(c, str);
-			if (is_nonpcs(bits))
-			    only_pcs = False;
-		    }
-		    if (!only_pcs)
-			bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * It is important to make sure that there is room for at least
-	     * four more characters in the buffer, since I can add that
-	     * many characters into the buffer after a backslash has occured.
-	     */
-
-	    if (ptr + len > ptr_max) {
-		char * temp_str;
-
-		alloc_chars += BUFSIZ/10;
-		temp_str = Xrealloc(rhs, sizeof(char) * alloc_chars);
-
-		if (!temp_str) {
-		    Xfree(rhs);
-		    if (lhs != lhs_s) Xfree (lhs);
-		    (*db->methods->mbfinish)(db->mbstate);
-		    return;
-		}
-
-		ptr = temp_str + (ptr - rhs); /* reset pointer. */
-		rhs = temp_str;
-		ptr_max = rhs + alloc_chars - 4;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Lastly: Terminate the value string, and store this entry
-	 * 	   into the database.
-	 */
-
-	*ptr++ = '\0';
-
-	/* Store it in database */
-	value.size = ptr - rhs;
-	value.addr = (XPointer) rhs;
-
-	PutEntry(db, bindings, quarks, XrmQString, &value);
-    }
-
-    if (lhs != lhs_s) Xfree (lhs);
-    Xfree (rhs);
-
-    (*db->methods->mbfinish)(db->mbstate);
-}
-
-void
-XrmPutStringResource(
-    XrmDatabase *pdb,
-    _Xconst char*specifier,
-    _Xconst char*str)
-{
-    XrmValue	value;
-    XrmBinding	bindings[MAXDBDEPTH+1];
-    XrmQuark	quarks[MAXDBDEPTH+1];
-
-    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();
-    XrmStringToBindingQuarkList(specifier, bindings, quarks);
-    value.addr = (XPointer) str;
-    value.size = strlen(str)+1;
-    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-    PutEntry(*pdb, bindings, quarks, XrmQString, &value);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-}
-
-
-void
-XrmPutLineResource(
-    XrmDatabase *pdb,
-    _Xconst char*line)
-{
-    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();
-    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-    GetDatabase(*pdb, line, (char *)NULL, False);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);
-}
-
-XrmDatabase
-XrmGetStringDatabase(
-    _Xconst char    *data)
-{
-    XrmDatabase     db;
-
-    db = NewDatabase();
-    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    GetDatabase(db, data, (char *)NULL, True);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    return db;
-}
-
-/*	Function Name: ReadInFile
- *	Description: Reads the file into a buffer.
- *	Arguments: filename - the name of the file.
- *	Returns: An allocated string containing the contents of the file.
- */
-
-static char *
-ReadInFile(_Xconst char *filename)
-{
-    register int fd, size;
-    char * filebuf;
-
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-    filename = __XOS2RedirRoot(filename);
-#endif
-
-    /*
-     * MS-Windows and OS/2 note: Default open mode includes O_TEXT
-     */
-    if ( (fd = _XOpenFile (filename, O_RDONLY)) == -1 )
-	return (char *)NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * MS-Windows and OS/2 note: depending on how the sources are
-     * untarred, the newlines in resource files may or may not have
-     * been expanded to CRLF. Either way the size returned by fstat
-     * is sufficient to read the file into because in text-mode any
-     * CRLFs in a file will be converted to newlines (LF) with the
-     * result that the number of bytes actually read with be <=
-     * to the size returned by fstat.
-     */
-    {
-	struct stat status_buffer;
-	if ( (fstat(fd, &status_buffer)) == -1 ) {
-	    close (fd);
-	    return (char *)NULL;
-	} else
-	    size = status_buffer.st_size;
-    }
-
-    if (!(filebuf = Xmalloc(size + 1))) { /* leave room for '\0' */
-	close(fd);
-	return (char *)NULL;
-    }
-    size = read (fd, filebuf, size);
-
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-    { /* kill CRLF */
-      int i,k;
-      for (i=k=0; i<size; i++)
-	if (filebuf[i] != 0x0d) {
-	   filebuf[k++] = filebuf[i];
-	}
-	filebuf[k] = 0;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (size < 0) {
-	close (fd);
-	Xfree(filebuf);
-	return (char *)NULL;
-    }
-    close (fd);
-
-    filebuf[size] = '\0';	/* NULL terminate it. */
-    return filebuf;
-}
-
-static void
-GetIncludeFile(
-    XrmDatabase db,
-    _Xconst char *base,
-    _Xconst char *fname,
-    int fnamelen)
-{
-    int len;
-    char *str;
-    char realfname[BUFSIZ];
-
-    if (fnamelen <= 0 || fnamelen >= BUFSIZ)
-	return;
-    if (*fname != '/' && base && (str = strrchr(base, '/'))) {
-	len = str - base + 1;
-	if (len + fnamelen >= BUFSIZ)
-	    return;
-	strncpy(realfname, base, len);
-	strncpy(realfname + len, fname, fnamelen);
-	realfname[len + fnamelen] = '\0';
-    } else {
-	strncpy(realfname, fname, fnamelen);
-	realfname[fnamelen] = '\0';
-    }
-    if (!(str = ReadInFile(realfname)))
-	return;
-    GetDatabase(db, str, realfname, True);
-    Xfree(str);
-}
-
-XrmDatabase
-XrmGetFileDatabase(
-    _Xconst char    *filename)
-{
-    XrmDatabase db;
-    char *str;
-
-    if (!(str = ReadInFile(filename)))
-	return (XrmDatabase)NULL;
-
-    db = NewDatabase();
-    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    GetDatabase(db, str, filename, True);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    Xfree(str);
-    return db;
-}
-
-Status
-XrmCombineFileDatabase(
-    _Xconst char    *filename,
-    XrmDatabase     *target,
-    Bool             override)
-{
-    XrmDatabase db;
-    char *str;
-
-    if (!(str = ReadInFile(filename)))
-	return 0;
-    if (override) {
-	db = *target;
-	if (!db)
-	    *target = db = NewDatabase();
-    } else
-	db = NewDatabase();
-    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    GetDatabase(db, str, filename, True);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    Xfree(str);
-    if (!override)
-	XrmCombineDatabase(db, target, False);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/* call the user proc for every value in the table, arbitrary order.
- * stop if user proc returns True.  level is current depth in database.
- */
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-static Bool EnumLTable(
-    LTable		table,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    register int	level,
-    register EClosure	closure)
-{
-    register VEntry *bucket;
-    register int i;
-    register VEntry entry;
-    XrmValue value;
-    XrmRepresentation type;
-    Bool tightOk;
-
-    closure->bindings[level] = (table->table.tight ?
-				XrmBindTightly : XrmBindLoosely);
-    closure->quarks[level] = table->table.name;
-    level++;
-    tightOk = !*names;
-    closure->quarks[level + 1] = NULLQUARK;
-    for (i = table->table.mask, bucket = table->buckets;
-	 i >= 0;
-	 i--, bucket++) {
-	for (entry = *bucket; entry; entry = entry->next) {
-	    if (entry->tight && !tightOk)
-		continue;
-	    closure->bindings[level] = (entry->tight ?
-					XrmBindTightly : XrmBindLoosely);
-	    closure->quarks[level] = entry->name;
-	    value.size = entry->size;
-	    if (entry->string) {
-		type = XrmQString;
-		value.addr = StringValue(entry);
-	    } else {
-		type = RepType(entry);
-		value.addr = DataValue(entry);
-	    }
-	    if ((*closure->proc)(&closure->db, closure->bindings+1,
-				 closure->quarks+1, &type, &value,
-				 closure->closure))
-		return True;
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-static Bool EnumAllNTable(
-    NTable		table,
-    register int	level,
-    register EClosure	closure)
-{
-    register NTable *bucket;
-    register int i;
-    register NTable entry;
-    XrmQuark empty = NULLQUARK;
-
-    if (level >= MAXDBDEPTH)
-	return False;
-    for (i = table->mask, bucket = NodeBuckets(table);
-	 i >= 0;
-	 i--, bucket++) {
-	for (entry = *bucket; entry; entry = entry->next) {
-	    if (entry->leaf) {
-		if (EnumLTable((LTable)entry, &empty, &empty, level, closure))
-		    return True;
-	    } else {
-		closure->bindings[level] = (entry->tight ?
-					    XrmBindTightly : XrmBindLoosely);
-		closure->quarks[level] = entry->name;
-		if (EnumAllNTable(entry, level+1, closure))
-		    return True;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-/* recurse on every table in the table, arbitrary order.
- * stop if user proc returns True.  level is current depth in database.
- */
-static Bool EnumNTable(
-    NTable		table,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    register int	level,
-    register EClosure	closure)
-{
-    register NTable	entry;
-    register XrmQuark	q;
-    register unsigned int leaf;
-    Bool (*get)(
-            NTable		table,
-            XrmNameList		names,
-            XrmClassList 	classes,
-            register int	level,
-            EClosure		closure);
-    Bool bilevel;
-
-/* find entries named ename, leafness leaf, tight or loose, and call get */
-#define ITIGHTLOOSE(ename) \
-    NFIND(ename); \
-    if (entry) { \
-	if (leaf == entry->leaf) { \
-	    if (!leaf && !entry->tight && entry->next && \
-		entry->next->name == q && entry->next->tight && \
-		(bilevel || entry->next->hasloose) && \
-		EnumLTable((LTable)entry->next, names+1, classes+1, \
-			   level, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	    if ((*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	    if (entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && \
-		entry->name == q && leaf == entry->leaf && \
-		(*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	} else if (entry->leaf) { \
-	    if ((bilevel || entry->hasloose) && \
-		EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure))\
-		return True; \
-	    if (entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && \
-		entry->name == q && (bilevel || entry->hasloose) && \
-		EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure))\
-		return True; \
-	} \
-    }
-
-/* find entries named ename, leafness leaf, loose only, and call get */
-#define ILOOSE(ename) \
-    NFIND(ename); \
-    if (entry && entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && entry->name != q) \
-	entry = (NTable)NULL; \
-    if (entry) { \
-	if (leaf == entry->leaf) { \
-	    if ((*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	} else if (entry->leaf && (bilevel || entry->hasloose)) { \
-	    if (EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure))\
-		return True; \
-	} \
-    }
-
-    if (level >= MAXDBDEPTH)
-	return False;
-    closure->bindings[level] = (table->tight ?
-				XrmBindTightly : XrmBindLoosely);
-    closure->quarks[level] = table->name;
-    level++;
-    if (!*names) {
-	if (EnumAllNTable(table, level, closure))
-	    return True;
-    } else {
-	if (names[1] || closure->mode == XrmEnumAllLevels) {
-	    get = EnumNTable; /* recurse */
-	    leaf = 0;
-	    bilevel = !names[1];
-	} else {
-	    get = (getNTableEProcp)EnumLTable; /* bottom of recursion */
-	    leaf = 1;
-	    bilevel = False;
-	}
-	if (table->hasloose && closure->mode == XrmEnumAllLevels) {
-	    NTable *bucket;
-	    int i;
-	    XrmQuark empty = NULLQUARK;
-
-	    for (i = table->mask, bucket = NodeBuckets(table);
-		 i >= 0;
-		 i--, bucket++) {
-		q = NULLQUARK;
-		for (entry = *bucket; entry; entry = entry->next) {
-		    if (!entry->tight && entry->name != q &&
-			entry->name != *names && entry->name != *classes) {
-			q = entry->name;
-			if (entry->leaf) {
-			    if (EnumLTable((LTable)entry, &empty, &empty,
-					   level, closure))
-				return True;
-			} else {
-			    if (EnumNTable(entry, &empty, &empty,
-					   level, closure))
-				return True;
-			}
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-	ITIGHTLOOSE(*names);   /* do name, tight and loose */
-	ITIGHTLOOSE(*classes); /* do class, tight and loose */
-	if (table->hasany) {
-	    ITIGHTLOOSE(XrmQANY); /* do ANY, tight and loose */
-	}
-	if (table->hasloose) {
-	    while (1) {
-		names++;
-		classes++;
-		if (!*names)
-		    break;
-		if (!names[1] && closure->mode != XrmEnumAllLevels) {
-		    get = (getNTableEProcp)EnumLTable; /* bottom of recursion */
-		    leaf = 1;
-		}
-		ILOOSE(*names);   /* loose names */
-		ILOOSE(*classes); /* loose classes */
-		if (table->hasany) {
-		    ILOOSE(XrmQANY); /* loose ANY */
-		}
-	    }
-	    names--;
-	    classes--;
-	}
-    }
-    /* now look for matching leaf nodes */
-    entry = table->next;
-    if (!entry)
-	return False;
-    if (entry->leaf) {
-	if (entry->tight && !table->tight)
-	    entry = entry->next;
-    } else {
-	entry = entry->next;
-	if (!entry || !entry->tight)
-	    return False;
-    }
-    if (!entry || entry->name != table->name)
-	return False;
-    /* found one */
-    level--;
-    if ((!*names || entry->hasloose) &&
-	EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names, classes, level, closure))
-	return True;
-    if (entry->tight && entry == table->next && (entry = entry->next) &&
-	entry->name == table->name && (!*names || entry->hasloose))
-	return EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names, classes, level, closure);
-    return False;
-
-#undef ITIGHTLOOSE
-#undef ILOOSE
-}
-
-/* call the proc for every value in the database, arbitrary order.
- * stop if the proc returns True.
- */
-Bool XrmEnumerateDatabase(
-    XrmDatabase		db,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList	classes,
-    int			mode,
-    DBEnumProc		proc,
-    XPointer		closure)
-{
-    XrmBinding  bindings[MAXDBDEPTH+2];
-    XrmQuark	quarks[MAXDBDEPTH+2];
-    register NTable table;
-    EClosureRec	eclosure;
-    Bool retval = False;
-
-    if (!db)
-	return False;
-    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    eclosure.db = db;
-    eclosure.proc = proc;
-    eclosure.closure = closure;
-    eclosure.bindings = bindings;
-    eclosure.quarks = quarks;
-    eclosure.mode = mode;
-    table = db->table;
-    if (table && !table->leaf && !*names && mode == XrmEnumOneLevel)
-	table = table->next;
-    if (table) {
-	if (!table->leaf)
-	    retval = EnumNTable(table, names, classes, 0, &eclosure);
-	else
-	    retval = EnumLTable((LTable)table, names, classes, 0, &eclosure);
-    }
-    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    return retval;
-}
-
-static void PrintBindingQuarkList(
-    XrmBindingList      bindings,
-    XrmQuarkList	quarks,
-    FILE		*stream)
-{
-    Bool	firstNameSeen;
-
-    for (firstNameSeen = False; *quarks; bindings++, quarks++) {
-	if (*bindings == XrmBindLoosely) {
-	    (void) fprintf(stream, "*");
-	} else if (firstNameSeen) {
-	    (void) fprintf(stream, ".");
-	}
-	firstNameSeen = True;
-	(void) fputs(XrmQuarkToString(*quarks), stream);
-    }
-}
-
-/* output out the entry in correct file syntax */
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-static Bool DumpEntry(
-    XrmDatabase		*db,
-    XrmBindingList      bindings,
-    XrmQuarkList	quarks,
-    XrmRepresentation   *type,
-    XrmValuePtr		value,
-    XPointer		data)
-{
-    FILE			*stream = (FILE *)data;
-    register unsigned int	i;
-    register char		*s;
-    register char		c;
-
-    if (*type != XrmQString)
-	(void) putc('!', stream);
-    PrintBindingQuarkList(bindings, quarks, stream);
-    s = value->addr;
-    i = value->size;
-    if (*type == XrmQString) {
-	(void) fputs(":\t", stream);
-	if (i)
-	    i--;
-    }
-    else
-	(void) fprintf(stream, "=%s:\t", XrmRepresentationToString(*type));
-    if (i && (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t'))
-	(void) putc('\\', stream); /* preserve leading whitespace */
-    while (i--) {
-	c = *s++;
-	if (c == '\n') {
-	    if (i)
-		(void) fputs("\\n\\\n", stream);
-	    else
-		(void) fputs("\\n", stream);
-	} else if (c == '\\')
-	    (void) fputs("\\\\", stream);
-	else if ((c < ' ' && c != '\t') ||
-		 ((unsigned char)c >= 0x7f && (unsigned char)c < 0xa0))
-	    (void) fprintf(stream, "\\%03o", (unsigned char)c);
-	else
-	    (void) putc(c, stream);
-    }
-    (void) putc('\n', stream);
-    return ferror(stream) != 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-
-void PrintTable(
-    NTable table,
-    FILE *file)
-{
-    XrmBinding  bindings[MAXDBDEPTH+1];
-    XrmQuark	quarks[MAXDBDEPTH+1];
-    EClosureRec closure;
-    XrmQuark	empty = NULLQUARK;
-
-    closure.db = (XrmDatabase)NULL;
-    closure.proc = DumpEntry;
-    closure.closure = (XPointer)file;
-    closure.bindings = bindings;
-    closure.quarks = quarks;
-    closure.mode = XrmEnumAllLevels;
-    if (table->leaf)
-	EnumLTable((LTable)table, &empty, &empty, 0, &closure);
-    else
-	EnumNTable(table, &empty, &empty, 0, &closure);
-}
-
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-void
-XrmPutFileDatabase(
-    XrmDatabase db,
-    _Xconst char *fileName)
-{
-    FILE	*file;
-    XrmQuark empty = NULLQUARK;
-
-    if (!db) return;
-    if (!(file = fopen(fileName, "w"))) return;
-    if (XrmEnumerateDatabase(db, &empty, &empty, XrmEnumAllLevels,
-			     DumpEntry, (XPointer) file))
-	unlink((char *)fileName);
-    fclose(file);
-}
-
-/* macros used in get/search functions */
-
-/* find entries named ename, leafness leaf, tight or loose, and call get */
-#define GTIGHTLOOSE(ename,looseleaf) \
-    NFIND(ename); \
-    if (entry) { \
-	if (leaf == entry->leaf) { \
-	    if (!leaf && !entry->tight && entry->next && \
-		entry->next->name == q && entry->next->tight && \
-		entry->next->hasloose && \
-		looseleaf((LTable)entry->next, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	    if ((*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	    if (entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && \
-		entry->name == q && leaf == entry->leaf && \
-		(*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	} else if (entry->leaf) { \
-	    if (entry->hasloose && \
-		looseleaf((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	    if (entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && \
-		entry->name == q && entry->hasloose && \
-		looseleaf((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	} \
-    }
-
-/* find entries named ename, leafness leaf, loose only, and call get */
-#define GLOOSE(ename,looseleaf) \
-    NFIND(ename); \
-    if (entry && entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && entry->name != q) \
-	entry = (NTable)NULL; \
-    if (entry) { \
-	if (leaf == entry->leaf) { \
-	    if ((*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	} else if (entry->leaf && entry->hasloose) { \
-	    if (looseleaf((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \
-		return True; \
-	} \
-    }
-
-/* add tight/loose entry to the search list, return True if list is full */
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-static Bool AppendLEntry(
-    LTable		table,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    register SClosure	closure)
-{
-    /* check for duplicate */
-    if (closure->idx >= 0 && closure->list[closure->idx] == table)
-	return False;
-    if (closure->idx == closure->limit)
-	return True;
-    /* append it */
-    closure->idx++;
-    closure->list[closure->idx] = table;
-    return False;
-}
-
-/* add loose entry to the search list, return True if list is full */
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-static Bool AppendLooseLEntry(
-    LTable		table,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    register SClosure	closure)
-{
-    /* check for duplicate */
-    if (closure->idx >= 0 && closure->list[closure->idx] == table)
-	return False;
-    if (closure->idx >= closure->limit - 1)
-	return True;
-    /* append it */
-    closure->idx++;
-    closure->list[closure->idx] = LOOSESEARCH;
-    closure->idx++;
-    closure->list[closure->idx] = table;
-    return False;
-}
-
-/* search for a leaf table */
-static Bool SearchNEntry(
-    NTable		table,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    SClosure		closure)
-{
-    register NTable	entry;
-    register XrmQuark	q;
-    register unsigned int leaf;
-    Bool		(*get)(
-            NTable		table,
-            XrmNameList		names,
-            XrmClassList 	classes,
-            SClosure		closure);
-
-    if (names[1]) {
-	get = SearchNEntry; /* recurse */
-	leaf = 0;
-    } else {
-	get = (getNTableSProcp)AppendLEntry; /* bottom of recursion */
-	leaf = 1;
-    }
-    GTIGHTLOOSE(*names, AppendLooseLEntry);   /* do name, tight and loose */
-    GTIGHTLOOSE(*classes, AppendLooseLEntry); /* do class, tight and loose */
-    if (table->hasany) {
-	GTIGHTLOOSE(XrmQANY, AppendLooseLEntry); /* do ANY, tight and loose */
-    }
-    if (table->hasloose) {
-	while (1) {
-	    names++;
-	    classes++;
-	    if (!*names)
-		break;
-	    if (!names[1]) {
-		get = (getNTableSProcp)AppendLEntry; /* bottom of recursion */
-		leaf = 1;
-	    }
-	    GLOOSE(*names, AppendLooseLEntry);   /* loose names */
-	    GLOOSE(*classes, AppendLooseLEntry); /* loose classes */
-	    if (table->hasany) {
-		GLOOSE(XrmQANY, AppendLooseLEntry); /* loose ANY */
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    /* now look for matching leaf nodes */
-    entry = table->next;
-    if (!entry)
-	return False;
-    if (entry->leaf) {
-	if (entry->tight && !table->tight)
-	    entry = entry->next;
-    } else {
-	entry = entry->next;
-	if (!entry || !entry->tight)
-	    return False;
-    }
-    if (!entry || entry->name != table->name)
-	return False;
-    /* found one */
-    if (entry->hasloose &&
-	AppendLooseLEntry((LTable)entry, names, classes, closure))
-	return True;
-    if (entry->tight && entry == table->next && (entry = entry->next) &&
-	entry->name == table->name && entry->hasloose)
-	return AppendLooseLEntry((LTable)entry, names, classes, closure);
-    return False;
-}
-
-Bool XrmQGetSearchList(
-    XrmDatabase     db,
-    XrmNameList	    names,
-    XrmClassList    classes,
-    XrmSearchList   searchList,	/* RETURN */
-    int		    listLength)
-{
-    register NTable	table;
-    SClosureRec		closure;
-
-    if (listLength <= 0)
-	return False;
-    closure.list = (LTable *)searchList;
-    closure.idx = -1;
-    closure.limit = listLength - 2;
-    if (db) {
-	_XLockMutex(&db->linfo);
-	table = db->table;
-	if (*names) {
-	    if (table && !table->leaf) {
-		if (SearchNEntry(table, names, classes, &closure)) {
-		    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-		    return False;
-		}
-	    } else if (table && table->hasloose &&
-		       AppendLooseLEntry((LTable)table, names, classes,
-					 &closure)) {
-		_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if (table && !table->leaf)
-		table = table->next;
-	    if (table &&
-		AppendLEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, &closure)) {
-		_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-		return False;
-	    }
-	}
-	_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    }
-    closure.list[closure.idx + 1] = (LTable)NULL;
-    return True;
-}
-
-Bool XrmQGetSearchResource(
-	     XrmSearchList	searchList,
-    register XrmName		name,
-    register XrmClass		class,
-    	     XrmRepresentation	*pType,  /* RETURN */
-    	     XrmValue		*pValue) /* RETURN */
-{
-    register LTable *list;
-    register LTable table;
-    register VEntry entry = NULL;
-    int flags;
-
-/* find tight or loose entry */
-#define VTIGHTLOOSE(q) \
-    entry = LeafHash(table, q); \
-    while (entry && entry->name != q) \
-	entry = entry->next; \
-    if (entry) \
-	break
-
-/* find loose entry */
-#define VLOOSE(q) \
-    entry = LeafHash(table, q); \
-    while (entry && entry->name != q) \
-	entry = entry->next; \
-    if (entry) { \
-	if (!entry->tight) \
-	    break; \
-	if ((entry = entry->next) && entry->name == q) \
-	    break; \
-    }
-
-    list = (LTable *)searchList;
-    /* figure out which combination of name and class we need to search for */
-    flags = 0;
-    if (IsResourceQuark(name))
-	flags = 2;
-    if (IsResourceQuark(class))
-	flags |= 1;
-    if (!flags) {
-	/* neither name nor class has ever been used to name a resource */
-	table = (LTable)NULL;
-    } else if (flags == 3) {
-	/* both name and class */
-	while ((table = *list++)) {
-	    if (table != LOOSESEARCH) {
-		VTIGHTLOOSE(name);  /* do name, tight and loose */
-		VTIGHTLOOSE(class); /* do class, tight and loose */
-	    } else {
-		table = *list++;
-		VLOOSE(name);  /* do name, loose only */
-		VLOOSE(class); /* do class, loose only */
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	/* just one of name or class */
-	if (flags == 1)
-	    name = class;
-	while ((table = *list++)) {
-	    if (table != LOOSESEARCH) {
-		VTIGHTLOOSE(name); /* tight and loose */
-	    } else {
-		table = *list++;
-		VLOOSE(name); /* loose only */
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    if (table) {
-	/* found a match */
-	if (entry->string) {
-	    *pType = XrmQString;
-	    pValue->addr = StringValue(entry);
-	} else {
-	    *pType = RepType(entry);
-	    pValue->addr = DataValue(entry);
-	}
-	pValue->size = entry->size;
-	return True;
-    }
-    *pType = NULLQUARK;
-    pValue->addr = (XPointer)NULL;
-    pValue->size = 0;
-    return False;
-
-#undef VTIGHTLOOSE
-#undef VLOOSE
-}
-
-/* look for a tight/loose value */
-static Bool GetVEntry(
-    LTable		table,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    VClosure		closure)
-{
-    register VEntry entry;
-    register XrmQuark q;
-
-    /* try name first */
-    q = *names;
-    entry = LeafHash(table, q);
-    while (entry && entry->name != q)
-	entry = entry->next;
-    if (!entry) {
-	/* not found, try class */
-	q = *classes;
-	entry = LeafHash(table, q);
-	while (entry && entry->name != q)
-	    entry = entry->next;
-	if (!entry)
-	    return False;
-    }
-    if (entry->string) {
-	*closure->type = XrmQString;
-	closure->value->addr = StringValue(entry);
-    } else {
-	*closure->type = RepType(entry);
-	closure->value->addr = DataValue(entry);
-    }
-    closure->value->size = entry->size;
-    return True;
-}
-
-/* look for a loose value */
-static Bool GetLooseVEntry(
-    LTable		table,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    VClosure		closure)
-{
-    register VEntry	entry;
-    register XrmQuark	q;
-
-#define VLOOSE(ename) \
-    q = ename; \
-    entry = LeafHash(table, q); \
-    while (entry && entry->name != q) \
-	entry = entry->next; \
-    if (entry && entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && entry->name != q) \
-	entry = (VEntry)NULL;
-
-    /* bump to last component */
-    while (names[1]) {
-	names++;
-	classes++;
-    }
-    VLOOSE(*names);  /* do name, loose only */
-    if (!entry) {
-	VLOOSE(*classes); /* do class, loose only */
-	if (!entry)
-	    return False;
-    }
-    if (entry->string) {
-	*closure->type = XrmQString;
-	closure->value->addr = StringValue(entry);
-    } else {
-	*closure->type = RepType(entry);
-	closure->value->addr = DataValue(entry);
-    }
-    closure->value->size = entry->size;
-    return True;
-
-#undef VLOOSE
-}
-
-/* recursive search for a value */
-static Bool GetNEntry(
-    NTable		table,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    VClosure		closure)
-{
-    register NTable	entry;
-    register XrmQuark	q;
-    register unsigned int leaf;
-    Bool		(*get)(
-            NTable              table,
-            XrmNameList         names,
-            XrmClassList        classes,
-            VClosure            closure);
-    NTable		otable;
-
-    if (names[2]) {
-	get = GetNEntry; /* recurse */
-	leaf = 0;
-    } else {
-	get = (getNTableVProcp)GetVEntry; /* bottom of recursion */
-	leaf = 1;
-    }
-    GTIGHTLOOSE(*names, GetLooseVEntry);   /* do name, tight and loose */
-    GTIGHTLOOSE(*classes, GetLooseVEntry); /* do class, tight and loose */
-    if (table->hasany) {
-	GTIGHTLOOSE(XrmQANY, GetLooseVEntry); /* do ANY, tight and loose */
-    }
-    if (table->hasloose) {
-	while (1) {
-	    names++;
-	    classes++;
-	    if (!names[1])
-		break;
-	    if (!names[2]) {
-		get = (getNTableVProcp)GetVEntry; /* bottom of recursion */
-		leaf = 1;
-	    }
-	    GLOOSE(*names, GetLooseVEntry);   /* do name, loose only */
-	    GLOOSE(*classes, GetLooseVEntry); /* do class, loose only */
-	    if (table->hasany) {
-		GLOOSE(XrmQANY, GetLooseVEntry); /* do ANY, loose only */
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    /* look for matching leaf tables */
-    otable = table;
-    table = table->next;
-    if (!table)
-	return False;
-    if (table->leaf) {
-	if (table->tight && !otable->tight)
-	    table = table->next;
-    } else {
-	table = table->next;
-	if (!table || !table->tight)
-	    return False;
-    }
-    if (!table || table->name != otable->name)
-	return False;
-    /* found one */
-    if (table->hasloose &&
-	GetLooseVEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, closure))
-	return True;
-    if (table->tight && table == otable->next) {
-	table = table->next;
-	if (table && table->name == otable->name && table->hasloose)
-	    return GetLooseVEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, closure);
-    }
-    return False;
-}
-
-Bool XrmQGetResource(
-    XrmDatabase         db,
-    XrmNameList		names,
-    XrmClassList 	classes,
-    XrmRepresentation	*pType,  /* RETURN */
-    XrmValuePtr		pValue)  /* RETURN */
-{
-    register NTable table;
-    VClosureRec closure;
-
-    if (db && *names) {
-	_XLockMutex(&db->linfo);
-	closure.type = pType;
-	closure.value = pValue;
-	table = db->table;
-	if (names[1]) {
-	    if (table && !table->leaf) {
-		if (GetNEntry(table, names, classes, &closure)) {
-		    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-		    return True;
-		}
-	    } else if (table && table->hasloose &&
-		    GetLooseVEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, &closure)) {
-		_XUnlockMutex (&db->linfo);
-		return True;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if (table && !table->leaf)
-		table = table->next;
-	    if (table && GetVEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, &closure)) {
-		_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-		return True;
-	    }
-	}
-	_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    }
-    *pType = NULLQUARK;
-    pValue->addr = (XPointer)NULL;
-    pValue->size = 0;
-    return False;
-}
-
-Bool
-XrmGetResource(XrmDatabase db, _Xconst char *name_str, _Xconst char *class_str,
-	       XrmString *pType_str, XrmValuePtr pValue)
-{
-    XrmName		names[MAXDBDEPTH+1];
-    XrmClass		classes[MAXDBDEPTH+1];
-    XrmRepresentation   fromType;
-    Bool		result;
-
-    XrmStringToNameList(name_str, names);
-    XrmStringToClassList(class_str, classes);
-    result = XrmQGetResource(db, names, classes, &fromType, pValue);
-    (*pType_str) = XrmQuarkToString(fromType);
-    return result;
-}
-
-/* destroy all values, plus table itself */
-static void DestroyLTable(
-    LTable table)
-{
-    register int i;
-    register VEntry *buckets;
-    register VEntry entry, next;
-
-    buckets = table->buckets;
-    for (i = table->table.mask; i >= 0; i--, buckets++) {
-	for (next = *buckets; (entry = next); ) {
-	    next = entry->next;
-	    Xfree((char *)entry);
-	}
-    }
-    Xfree((char *)table->buckets);
-    Xfree((char *)table);
-}
-
-/* destroy all contained tables, plus table itself */
-static void DestroyNTable(
-    NTable table)
-{
-    register int i;
-    register NTable *buckets;
-    register NTable entry, next;
-
-    buckets = NodeBuckets(table);
-    for (i = table->mask; i >= 0; i--, buckets++) {
-	for (next = *buckets; (entry = next); ) {
-	    next = entry->next;
-	    if (entry->leaf)
-		DestroyLTable((LTable)entry);
-	    else
-		DestroyNTable(entry);
-	}
-    }
-    Xfree((char *)table);
-}
-
-const char *
-XrmLocaleOfDatabase(
-    XrmDatabase db)
-{
-    const char* retval;
-    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    retval = (*db->methods->lcname)(db->mbstate);
-    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-    return retval;
-}
-
-void XrmDestroyDatabase(
-    XrmDatabase   db)
-{
-    register NTable table, next;
-
-    if (db) {
-	_XLockMutex(&db->linfo);
-	for (next = db->table; (table = next); ) {
-	    next = table->next;
-	    if (table->leaf)
-		DestroyLTable((LTable)table);
-	    else
-		DestroyNTable(table);
-	}
-	_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);
-	_XFreeMutex(&db->linfo);
-	(*db->methods->destroy)(db->mbstate);
-	Xfree((char *)db);
-    }
-}
+

+/***********************************************************

+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard

+

+                        All Rights Reserved

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

+supporting documentation, and that the name Digital not be

+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

+software without specific, written prior permission.

+

+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+SOFTWARE.

+

+******************************************************************/

+/*

+

+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation.

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

+from The Open Group.

+

+*/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include	<stdio.h>

+#include	<ctype.h>

+#include	"Xlibint.h"

+#include	<X11/Xresource.h>

+#include	"Xlcint.h"

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+#include	"locking.h"

+#endif

+#include	<X11/Xos.h>

+#include	<sys/stat.h>

+#include "Xresinternal.h"

+#include "Xresource.h"

+

+/*

+

+These Xrm routines allow very fast lookup of resources in the resource

+database.  Several usage patterns are exploited:

+

+(1) Widgets get a lot of resources at one time.  Rather than look up each from

+scratch, we can precompute the prioritized list of database levels once, then

+search for each resource starting at the beginning of the list.

+

+(2) Many database levels don't contain any leaf resource nodes.  There is no

+point in looking for resources on a level that doesn't contain any.  This

+information is kept on a per-level basis.

+

+(3) Sometimes the widget instance tree is structured such that you get the same

+class name repeated on the fully qualified widget name.  This can result in the

+same database level occuring multiple times on the search list.  The code below

+only checks to see if you get two identical search lists in a row, rather than

+look back through all database levels, but in practice this removes all

+duplicates I've ever observed.

+

+Joel McCormack

+

+*/

+

+/*

+

+The Xrm representation has been completely redesigned to substantially reduce

+memory and hopefully improve performance.

+

+The database is structured into two kinds of tables: LTables that contain

+only values, and NTables that contain only other tables.

+

+Some invariants:

+

+The next pointer of the top-level node table points to the top-level leaf

+table, if any.

+

+Within an LTable, for a given name, the tight value always precedes the

+loose value, and if both are present the loose value is always right after

+the tight value.

+

+Within an NTable, all of the entries for a given name are contiguous,

+in the order tight NTable, loose NTable, tight LTable, loose LTable.

+

+Bob Scheifler

+

+*/

+

+static XrmQuark XrmQString, XrmQANY;

+

+typedef	Bool (*DBEnumProc)(

+    XrmDatabase*	/* db */,

+    XrmBindingList	/* bindings */,

+    XrmQuarkList	/* quarks */,

+    XrmRepresentation*	/* type */,

+    XrmValue*		/* value */,

+    XPointer		/* closure */

+);

+

+typedef struct _VEntry {

+    struct _VEntry	*next;		/* next in chain */

+    XrmQuark		name;		/* name of this entry */

+    unsigned int	tight:1;	/* 1 if it is a tight binding */

+    unsigned int	string:1;	/* 1 if type is String */

+    unsigned int	size:30;	/* size of value */

+} VEntryRec, *VEntry;

+

+

+typedef struct _DEntry {

+    VEntryRec		entry;		/* entry */

+    XrmRepresentation	type;		/* representation type */

+} DEntryRec, *DEntry;

+

+/* the value is right after the structure */

+#define StringValue(ve) (XPointer)((ve) + 1)

+#define RepType(ve) ((DEntry)(ve))->type

+/* the value is right after the structure */

+#define DataValue(ve) (XPointer)(((DEntry)(ve)) + 1)

+#define RawValue(ve) (char *)((ve)->string ? StringValue(ve) : DataValue(ve))

+

+typedef struct _NTable {

+    struct _NTable	*next;		/* next in chain */

+    XrmQuark		name;		/* name of this entry */

+    unsigned int	tight:1;	/* 1 if it is a tight binding */

+    unsigned int	leaf:1;		/* 1 if children are values */

+    unsigned int	hasloose:1;	/* 1 if has loose children */

+    unsigned int	hasany:1;	/* 1 if has ANY entry */

+    unsigned int	pad:4;		/* unused */

+    unsigned int	mask:8;		/* hash size - 1 */

+    unsigned int	entries:16;	/* number of children */

+} NTableRec, *NTable;

+

+/* the buckets are right after the structure */

+#define NodeBuckets(ne) ((NTable *)((ne) + 1))

+#define NodeHash(ne,q) NodeBuckets(ne)[(q) & (ne)->mask]

+

+/* leaf tables have an extra level of indirection for the buckets,

+ * so that resizing can be done without invalidating a search list.

+ * This is completely ugly, and wastes some memory, but the Xlib

+ * spec doesn't really specify whether invalidation is OK, and the

+ * old implementation did not invalidate.

+ */

+typedef struct _LTable {

+    NTableRec		table;

+    VEntry		*buckets;

+} LTableRec, *LTable;

+

+#define LeafHash(le,q) (le)->buckets[(q) & (le)->table.mask]

+

+/* An XrmDatabase just holds a pointer to the first top-level table.

+ * The type name is no longer descriptive, but better to not change

+ * the Xresource.h header file.  This type also gets used to define

+ * XrmSearchList, which is a complete crock, but we'll just leave it

+ * and caste types as required.

+ */

+typedef struct _XrmHashBucketRec {

+    NTable table;

+    XPointer mbstate;

+    XrmMethods methods;

+#ifdef XTHREADS

+    LockInfoRec linfo;

+#endif

+} XrmHashBucketRec;

+

+/* closure used in get/put resource */

+typedef struct _VClosure {

+    XrmRepresentation	*type;		/* type of value */

+    XrmValuePtr		value;		/* value itself */

+} VClosureRec, *VClosure;

+

+/* closure used in get search list */

+typedef struct _SClosure {

+    LTable		*list;		/* search list */

+    int			idx;		/* index of last filled element */

+    int			limit;		/* maximum index */

+} SClosureRec, *SClosure;

+

+/* placed in XrmSearchList to indicate next table is loose only */

+#define LOOSESEARCH ((LTable)1)

+

+/* closure used in enumerate database */

+typedef struct _EClosure {

+    XrmDatabase db;			/* the database */

+    DBEnumProc proc;			/* the user proc */

+    XPointer closure;			/* the user closure */

+    XrmBindingList bindings;		/* binding list */

+    XrmQuarkList quarks;		/* quark list */

+    int mode;				/* XrmEnum<kind> */

+} EClosureRec, *EClosure;

+

+/* types for typecasting ETable based functions to NTable based functions */

+typedef Bool (*getNTableSProcp)(

+    NTable              table,

+    XrmNameList         names,

+    XrmClassList        classes,

+    SClosure            closure);

+typedef Bool (*getNTableVProcp)(

+    NTable              table,

+    XrmNameList         names,

+    XrmClassList        classes,

+    VClosure            closure);

+typedef Bool (*getNTableEProcp)(

+    NTable              table,

+    XrmNameList         names,

+    XrmClassList        classes,

+    register int        level,

+    EClosure            closure);

+

+/* predicate to determine when to resize a hash table */

+#define GrowthPred(n,m) ((unsigned)(n) > (((m) + 1) << 2))

+

+#define GROW(prev) \

+    if (GrowthPred((*prev)->entries, (*prev)->mask)) \

+	GrowTable(prev)

+

+/* pick a reasonable value for maximum depth of resource database */

+#define MAXDBDEPTH 100

+

+/* macro used in get/search functions */

+

+/* find an entry named ename, with leafness given by leaf */

+#define NFIND(ename) \

+    q = ename; \

+    entry = NodeHash(table, q); \

+    while (entry && entry->name != q) \

+	entry = entry->next; \

+    if (leaf && entry && !entry->leaf) { \

+	entry = entry->next; \

+	if (entry && !entry->leaf) \

+	    entry = entry->next; \

+	if (entry && entry->name != q) \

+	    entry = (NTable)NULL; \

+    }

+

+/* resourceQuarks keeps track of what quarks have been associated with values

+ * in all LTables.  If a quark has never been used in an LTable, we don't need

+ * to bother looking for it.

+ */

+

+static unsigned char *resourceQuarks = (unsigned char *)NULL;

+static XrmQuark maxResourceQuark = -1;

+

+/* determines if a quark has been used for a value in any database */

+#define IsResourceQuark(q)  ((q) > 0 && (q) <= maxResourceQuark && \

+			     resourceQuarks[(q) >> 3] & (1 << ((q) & 7)))

+

+typedef unsigned char XrmBits;

+

+#define BSLASH  ((XrmBits) (1 << 5))

+#define NORMAL	((XrmBits) (1 << 4))

+#define EOQ	((XrmBits) (1 << 3))

+#define SEP	((XrmBits) (1 << 2))

+#define ENDOF	((XrmBits) (1 << 1))

+#define SPACE	(NORMAL|EOQ|SEP|(XrmBits)0)

+#define RSEP	(NORMAL|EOQ|SEP|(XrmBits)1)

+#define EOS	(EOQ|SEP|ENDOF|(XrmBits)0)

+#define EOL	(EOQ|SEP|ENDOF|(XrmBits)1)

+#define BINDING	(NORMAL|EOQ)

+#define ODIGIT	(NORMAL|(XrmBits)1)

+

+#define next_char(ch,str) xrmtypes[(unsigned char)((ch) = *(++(str)))]

+#define next_mbchar(ch,len,str) xrmtypes[(unsigned char)(ch = (*db->methods->mbchar)(db->mbstate, str, &len), str += len, ch)]

+

+#define is_space(bits)		((bits) == SPACE)

+#define is_EOQ(bits)		((bits) & EOQ)

+#define is_EOF(bits)		((bits) == EOS)

+#define is_EOL(bits)		((bits) & ENDOF)

+#define is_binding(bits)	((bits) == BINDING)

+#define is_odigit(bits)		((bits) == ODIGIT)

+#define is_separator(bits)	((bits) & SEP)

+#define is_nonpcs(bits)		(!(bits))

+#define is_normal(bits)		((bits) & NORMAL)

+#define is_simple(bits)		((bits) & (NORMAL|BSLASH))

+#define is_special(bits)	((bits) & (ENDOF|BSLASH))

+

+/* parsing types */

+static XrmBits const xrmtypes[256] = {

+    EOS,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,

+    0,SPACE,EOL,0,0,

+#if defined(WIN32) || defined(__UNIXOS2__)

+                    EOL,	/* treat CR the same as LF, just in case */

+#else

+                    0,

+#endif

+                      0,0,

+    0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,

+    0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,

+    SPACE,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,BINDING,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,BINDING,NORMAL,

+    ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,ODIGIT,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,RSEP,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,BSLASH,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,

+    NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,NORMAL,0

+    /* The rest will be automatically initialized to zero. */

+};

+

+void XrmInitialize(void)

+{

+    XrmQString = XrmPermStringToQuark("String");

+    XrmQANY = XrmPermStringToQuark("?");

+}

+

+XrmDatabase XrmGetDatabase(

+    Display *display)

+{

+    XrmDatabase retval;

+    LockDisplay(display);

+    retval = display->db;

+    UnlockDisplay(display);

+    return retval;

+}

+

+void XrmSetDatabase(

+    Display *display,

+    XrmDatabase database)

+{

+    LockDisplay(display);

+    /* destroy database if set up imlicitely by XGetDefault() */

+    if (display->db && (display->flags & XlibDisplayDfltRMDB)) {

+	XrmDestroyDatabase(display->db);

+	display->flags &= ~XlibDisplayDfltRMDB;

+    }

+    display->db = database;

+    UnlockDisplay(display);

+}

+

+void

+XrmStringToQuarkList(

+    register _Xconst char  *name,

+    register XrmQuarkList quarks)   /* RETURN */

+{

+    register XrmBits		bits;

+    register Signature  	sig = 0;

+    register char       	ch, *tname;

+    register int 		i = 0;

+

+    if ((tname = (char *)name)) {

+	tname--;

+	while (!is_EOF(bits = next_char(ch, tname))) {

+	    if (is_binding (bits)) {

+		if (i) {

+		    /* Found a complete name */

+		    *quarks++ = _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name,tname - name,

+							  sig, False);

+		    i = 0;

+		    sig = 0;

+		}

+		name = tname+1;

+	    }

+	    else {

+		sig = (sig << 1) + ch; /* Compute the signature. */

+		i++;

+	    }

+	}

+	*quarks++ = _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname - name, sig, False);

+    }

+    *quarks = NULLQUARK;

+}

+

+void

+XrmStringToBindingQuarkList(

+    register _Xconst char   *name,

+    register XrmBindingList bindings,   /* RETURN */

+    register XrmQuarkList   quarks)     /* RETURN */

+{

+    register XrmBits		bits;

+    register Signature  	sig = 0;

+    register char       	ch, *tname;

+    register XrmBinding 	binding;

+    register int 		i = 0;

+

+    if ((tname = (char *)name)) {

+	tname--;

+	binding = XrmBindTightly;

+	while (!is_EOF(bits = next_char(ch, tname))) {

+	    if (is_binding (bits)) {

+		if (i) {

+		    /* Found a complete name */

+		    *bindings++ = binding;

+		    *quarks++ = _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname - name,

+							  sig, False);

+

+		    i = 0;

+		    sig = 0;

+		    binding = XrmBindTightly;

+		}

+		name = tname+1;

+

+		if (ch == '*')

+		    binding = XrmBindLoosely;

+	    }

+	    else {

+		sig = (sig << 1) + ch; /* Compute the signature. */

+		i++;

+	    }

+	}

+	*bindings = binding;

+	*quarks++ = _XrmInternalStringToQuark(name, tname - name, sig, False);

+    }

+    *quarks = NULLQUARK;

+}

+

+#ifdef DEBUG

+

+static void PrintQuarkList(

+    XrmQuarkList    quarks,

+    FILE	    *stream)

+{

+    Bool	    firstNameSeen;

+

+    for (firstNameSeen = False; *quarks; quarks++) {

+	if (firstNameSeen) {

+	    (void) fprintf(stream, ".");

+	}

+	firstNameSeen = True;

+	(void) fputs(XrmQuarkToString(*quarks), stream);

+    }

+} /* PrintQuarkList */

+

+#endif /* DEBUG */

+

+

+/*

+ * Fallback methods for Xrm parsing.

+ * Simulate a C locale. No state needed here.

+ */

+

+static void

+c_mbnoop(

+    XPointer state)

+{

+}

+

+static char

+c_mbchar(

+    XPointer state,

+    const char *str,

+    int *lenp)

+{

+    *lenp = 1;

+    return *str;

+}

+

+static const char *

+c_lcname(

+    XPointer state)

+{

+    return "C";

+}

+

+static const XrmMethodsRec mb_methods = {

+    c_mbnoop,	/* mbinit */

+    c_mbchar,	/* mbchar */

+    c_mbnoop,	/* mbfinish */

+    c_lcname,	/* lcname */

+    c_mbnoop	/* destroy */

+};

+

+

+static XrmDatabase NewDatabase(void)

+{

+    register XrmDatabase db;

+

+    db = (XrmDatabase) Xmalloc(sizeof(XrmHashBucketRec));

+    if (db) {

+	_XCreateMutex(&db->linfo);

+	db->table = (NTable)NULL;

+	db->mbstate = (XPointer)NULL;

+	db->methods = _XrmInitParseInfo(&db->mbstate);

+	if (!db->methods)

+	    db->methods = &mb_methods;

+    }

+    return db;

+}

+

+/* move all values from ftable to ttable, and free ftable's buckets.

+ * ttable is quaranteed empty to start with.

+ */

+static void MoveValues(

+    LTable ftable,

+    register LTable ttable)

+{

+    register VEntry fentry, nfentry;

+    register VEntry *prev;

+    register VEntry *bucket;

+    register VEntry tentry;

+    register int i;

+

+    for (i = ftable->table.mask, bucket = ftable->buckets; i >= 0; i--) {

+	for (fentry = *bucket++; fentry; fentry = nfentry) {

+	    prev = &LeafHash(ttable, fentry->name);

+	    tentry = *prev;

+	    *prev = fentry;

+	    /* chain on all with same name, to preserve invariant order */

+	    while ((nfentry = fentry->next) && nfentry->name == fentry->name)

+		fentry = nfentry;

+	    fentry->next = tentry;

+	}

+    }

+    Xfree((char *)ftable->buckets);

+}

+

+/* move all tables from ftable to ttable, and free ftable.

+ * ttable is quaranteed empty to start with.

+ */

+static void MoveTables(

+    NTable ftable,

+    register NTable ttable)

+{

+    register NTable fentry, nfentry;

+    register NTable *prev;

+    register NTable *bucket;

+    register NTable tentry;

+    register int i;

+

+    for (i = ftable->mask, bucket = NodeBuckets(ftable); i >= 0; i--) {

+	for (fentry = *bucket++; fentry; fentry = nfentry) {

+	    prev = &NodeHash(ttable, fentry->name);

+	    tentry = *prev;

+	    *prev = fentry;

+	    /* chain on all with same name, to preserve invariant order */

+	    while ((nfentry = fentry->next) && nfentry->name == fentry->name)

+		fentry = nfentry;

+	    fentry->next = tentry;

+	}

+    }

+    Xfree((char *)ftable);

+}

+

+/* grow the table, based on current number of entries */

+static void GrowTable(

+    NTable *prev)

+{

+    register NTable table;

+    register int i;

+

+    table = *prev;

+    i = table->mask;

+    if (i == 255) /* biggest it gets */

+	return;

+    while (i < 255 && GrowthPred(table->entries, i))

+	i = (i << 1) + 1;

+    i++; /* i is now the new size */

+    if (table->leaf) {

+	register LTable ltable;

+	LTableRec otable;

+

+	ltable = (LTable)table;

+	/* cons up a copy to make MoveValues look symmetric */

+	otable = *ltable;

+	ltable->buckets = Xcalloc(i, sizeof(VEntry));

+	if (!ltable->buckets) {

+	    ltable->buckets = otable.buckets;

+	    return;

+	}

+	ltable->table.mask = i - 1;

+	MoveValues(&otable, ltable);

+    } else {

+	register NTable ntable;

+

+	ntable = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(NTableRec) + (i * sizeof(NTable)));

+	if (!ntable)

+	    return;

+	*ntable = *table;

+	ntable->mask = i - 1;

+	*prev = ntable;

+	MoveTables(table, ntable);

+    }

+}

+

+/* merge values from ftable into *pprev, destroy ftable in the process */

+static void MergeValues(

+    LTable ftable,

+    NTable *pprev,

+    Bool override)

+{

+    register VEntry fentry, tentry;

+    register VEntry *prev;

+    register LTable ttable;

+    VEntry *bucket;

+    int i;

+    register XrmQuark q;

+

+    ttable = (LTable)*pprev;

+    if (ftable->table.hasloose)

+	ttable->table.hasloose = 1;

+    for (i = ftable->table.mask, bucket = ftable->buckets;

+	 i >= 0;

+	 i--, bucket++) {

+	for (fentry = *bucket; fentry; ) {

+	    q = fentry->name;

+	    prev = &LeafHash(ttable, q);

+	    tentry = *prev;

+	    while (tentry && tentry->name != q)

+		tentry = *(prev = &tentry->next);

+	    /* note: test intentionally uses fentry->name instead of q */

+	    /* permits serendipitous inserts */

+	    while (tentry && tentry->name == fentry->name) {

+		/* if tentry is earlier, skip it */

+		if (!fentry->tight && tentry->tight) {

+		    tentry = *(prev = &tentry->next);

+		    continue;

+		}

+		if (fentry->tight != tentry->tight) {

+		    /* no match, chain in fentry */

+		    *prev = fentry;

+		    prev = &fentry->next;

+		    fentry = *prev;

+		    *prev = tentry;

+		    ttable->table.entries++;

+		} else if (override) {

+		    /* match, chain in fentry, splice out and free tentry */

+		    *prev = fentry;

+		    prev = &fentry->next;

+		    fentry = *prev;

+		    *prev = tentry->next;

+		    /* free the overridden entry */

+		    Xfree((char *)tentry);

+		    /* get next tentry */

+		    tentry = *prev;

+		} else {

+		    /* match, discard fentry */

+		    prev = &tentry->next;

+		    tentry = fentry; /* use as a temp var */

+		    fentry = fentry->next;

+		    /* free the overpowered entry */

+		    Xfree((char *)tentry);

+		    /* get next tentry */

+		    tentry = *prev;

+		}

+		if (!fentry)

+		    break;

+	    }

+	    /* at this point, tentry cannot match any fentry named q */

+	    /* chain in all bindings together, preserve invariant order */

+	    while (fentry && fentry->name == q) {

+		*prev = fentry;

+		prev = &fentry->next;

+		fentry = *prev;

+		*prev = tentry;

+		ttable->table.entries++;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    Xfree((char *)ftable->buckets);

+    Xfree((char *)ftable);

+    /* resize if necessary, now that we're all done */

+    GROW(pprev);

+}

+

+/* merge tables from ftable into *pprev, destroy ftable in the process */

+static void MergeTables(

+    NTable ftable,

+    NTable *pprev,

+    Bool override)

+{

+    register NTable fentry, tentry;

+    NTable nfentry;

+    register NTable *prev;

+    register NTable ttable;

+    NTable *bucket;

+    int i;

+    register XrmQuark q;

+

+    ttable = *pprev;

+    if (ftable->hasloose)

+	ttable->hasloose = 1;

+    if (ftable->hasany)

+	ttable->hasany = 1;

+    for (i = ftable->mask, bucket = NodeBuckets(ftable);

+	 i >= 0;

+	 i--, bucket++) {

+	for (fentry = *bucket; fentry; ) {

+	    q = fentry->name;

+	    prev = &NodeHash(ttable, q);

+	    tentry = *prev;

+	    while (tentry && tentry->name != q)

+		tentry = *(prev = &tentry->next);

+	    /* note: test intentionally uses fentry->name instead of q */

+	    /* permits serendipitous inserts */

+	    while (tentry && tentry->name == fentry->name) {

+		/* if tentry is earlier, skip it */

+		if ((fentry->leaf && !tentry->leaf) ||

+		    (!fentry->tight && tentry->tight &&

+		     (fentry->leaf || !tentry->leaf))) {

+		    tentry = *(prev = &tentry->next);

+		    continue;

+		}

+		nfentry = fentry->next;

+		if (fentry->leaf != tentry->leaf ||

+		    fentry->tight != tentry->tight) {

+		    /* no match, just chain in */

+		    *prev = fentry;

+		    *(prev = &fentry->next) = tentry;

+		    ttable->entries++;

+		} else {

+		    if (fentry->leaf)

+			MergeValues((LTable)fentry, prev, override);

+		    else

+			MergeTables(fentry, prev, override);

+		    /* bump to next tentry */

+		    tentry = *(prev = &(*prev)->next);

+		}

+		/* bump to next fentry */

+		fentry = nfentry;

+		if (!fentry)

+		    break;

+	    }

+	    /* at this point, tentry cannot match any fentry named q */

+	    /* chain in all bindings together, preserve invariant order */

+	    while (fentry && fentry->name == q) {

+		*prev = fentry;

+		prev = &fentry->next;

+		fentry = *prev;

+		*prev = tentry;

+		ttable->entries++;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    Xfree((char *)ftable);

+    /* resize if necessary, now that we're all done */

+    GROW(pprev);

+}

+

+void XrmCombineDatabase(

+    XrmDatabase	from, XrmDatabase *into,

+    Bool override)

+{

+    register NTable *prev;

+    register NTable ftable, ttable, nftable;

+

+    if (!*into) {

+	*into = from;

+    } else if (from) {

+	_XLockMutex(&from->linfo);

+	_XLockMutex(&(*into)->linfo);

+	if ((ftable = from->table)) {

+	    prev = &(*into)->table;

+	    ttable = *prev;

+	    if (!ftable->leaf) {

+		nftable = ftable->next;

+		if (ttable && !ttable->leaf) {

+		    /* both have node tables, merge them */

+		    MergeTables(ftable, prev, override);

+		    /* bump to into's leaf table, if any */

+		    ttable = *(prev = &(*prev)->next);

+		} else {

+		    /* into has no node table, link from's in */

+		    *prev = ftable;

+		    *(prev = &ftable->next) = ttable;

+		}

+		/* bump to from's leaf table, if any */

+		ftable = nftable;

+	    } else {

+		/* bump to into's leaf table, if any */

+		if (ttable && !ttable->leaf)

+		    ttable = *(prev = &ttable->next);

+	    }

+	    if (ftable) {

+		/* if into has a leaf, merge, else insert */

+		if (ttable)

+		    MergeValues((LTable)ftable, prev, override);

+		else

+		    *prev = ftable;

+	    }

+	}

+	(from->methods->destroy)(from->mbstate);

+	_XUnlockMutex(&from->linfo);

+	_XFreeMutex(&from->linfo);

+	Xfree((char *)from);

+	_XUnlockMutex(&(*into)->linfo);

+    }

+}

+

+void XrmMergeDatabases(

+    XrmDatabase	from, XrmDatabase *into)

+{

+    XrmCombineDatabase(from, into, True);

+}

+

+/* store a value in the database, overriding any existing entry */

+static void PutEntry(

+    XrmDatabase		db,

+    XrmBindingList	bindings,

+    XrmQuarkList	quarks,

+    XrmRepresentation	type,

+    XrmValuePtr		value)

+{

+    register NTable *pprev, *prev;

+    register NTable table;

+    register XrmQuark q;

+    register VEntry *vprev;

+    register VEntry entry;

+    NTable *nprev, *firstpprev;

+

+#define NEWTABLE(q,i) \

+    table = (NTable)Xmalloc(sizeof(LTableRec)); \

+    if (!table) \

+	return; \

+    table->name = q; \

+    table->hasloose = 0; \

+    table->hasany = 0; \

+    table->mask = 0; \

+    table->entries = 0; \

+    if (quarks[i]) { \

+	table->leaf = 0; \

+	nprev = NodeBuckets(table); \

+    } else { \

+	table->leaf = 1; \

+	if (!(nprev = (NTable *)Xmalloc(sizeof(VEntry *)))) {\

+	    Xfree(table); \

+	    return; \

+        } \

+	((LTable)table)->buckets = (VEntry *)nprev; \

+    } \

+    *nprev = (NTable)NULL; \

+    table->next = *prev; \

+    *prev = table

+

+    if (!db || !*quarks)

+	return;

+    table = *(prev = &db->table);

+    /* if already at leaf, bump to the leaf table */

+    if (!quarks[1] && table && !table->leaf)

+	table = *(prev = &table->next);

+    pprev = prev;

+    if (!table || (quarks[1] && table->leaf)) {

+	/* no top-level node table, create one and chain it in */

+	NEWTABLE(NULLQUARK,1);

+	table->tight = 1; /* arbitrary */

+	prev = nprev;

+    } else {

+	/* search along until we need a value */

+	while (quarks[1]) {

+	    q = *quarks;

+	    table = *(prev = &NodeHash(table, q));

+	    while (table && table->name != q)

+		table = *(prev = &table->next);

+	    if (!table)

+		break; /* not found */

+	    if (quarks[2]) {

+		if (table->leaf)

+		    break; /* not found */

+	    } else {

+		if (!table->leaf) {

+		    /* bump to leaf table, if any */

+		    table = *(prev = &table->next);

+		    if (!table || table->name != q)

+			break; /* not found */

+		    if (!table->leaf) {

+			/* bump to leaf table, if any */

+			table = *(prev = &table->next);

+			if (!table || table->name != q)

+			    break; /* not found */

+		    }

+		}

+	    }

+	    if (*bindings == XrmBindTightly) {

+		if (!table->tight)

+		    break; /* not found */

+	    } else {

+		if (table->tight) {

+		    /* bump to loose table, if any */

+		    table = *(prev = &table->next);

+		    if (!table || table->name != q ||

+			!quarks[2] != table->leaf)

+			break; /* not found */

+		}

+	    }

+	    /* found that one, bump to next quark */

+	    pprev = prev;

+	    quarks++;

+	    bindings++;

+	}

+	if (!quarks[1]) {

+	    /* found all the way to a leaf */

+	    q = *quarks;

+	    entry = *(vprev = &LeafHash((LTable)table, q));

+	    while (entry && entry->name != q)

+		entry = *(vprev = &entry->next);

+	    /* if want loose and have tight, bump to next entry */

+	    if (entry && *bindings == XrmBindLoosely && entry->tight)

+		entry = *(vprev = &entry->next);

+	    if (entry && entry->name == q &&

+		(*bindings == XrmBindTightly) == entry->tight) {

+		/* match, need to override */

+		if ((type == XrmQString) == entry->string &&

+		    entry->size == value->size) {

+		    /* update type if not String, can be different */

+		    if (!entry->string)

+			RepType(entry) = type;

+		    /* identical size, just overwrite value */

+		    memcpy(RawValue(entry), (char *)value->addr, value->size);

+		    return;

+		}

+		/* splice out and free old entry */

+		*vprev = entry->next;

+		Xfree((char *)entry);

+		(*pprev)->entries--;

+	    }

+	    /* this is where to insert */

+	    prev = (NTable *)vprev;

+	}

+    }

+    /* keep the top table, because we may have to grow it */

+    firstpprev = pprev;

+    /* iterate until we get to the leaf */

+    while (quarks[1]) {

+	/* build a new table and chain it in */

+	NEWTABLE(*quarks,2);

+	if (*quarks++ == XrmQANY)

+	    (*pprev)->hasany = 1;

+	if (*bindings++ == XrmBindTightly) {

+	    table->tight = 1;

+	} else {

+	    table->tight = 0;

+	    (*pprev)->hasloose = 1;

+	}

+	(*pprev)->entries++;

+	pprev = prev;

+	prev = nprev;

+    }

+    /* now allocate the value entry */

+    entry = (VEntry)Xmalloc(((type == XrmQString) ?

+			     sizeof(VEntryRec) : sizeof(DEntryRec)) +

+			    value->size);

+    if (!entry)

+	return;

+    entry->name = q = *quarks;

+    if (*bindings == XrmBindTightly) {

+	entry->tight = 1;

+    } else {

+	entry->tight = 0;

+	(*pprev)->hasloose = 1;

+    }

+    /* chain it in, with a bit of type cast ugliness */

+    entry->next = *((VEntry *)prev);

+    *((VEntry *)prev) = entry;

+    entry->size = value->size;

+    if (type == XrmQString) {

+	entry->string = 1;

+    } else {

+	entry->string = 0;

+	RepType(entry) = type;

+    }

+    /* save a copy of the value */

+    memcpy(RawValue(entry), (char *)value->addr, value->size);

+    (*pprev)->entries++;

+    /* this is a new leaf, need to remember it for search lists */

+    if (q > maxResourceQuark) {

+	unsigned oldsize = (maxResourceQuark + 1) >> 3;

+	unsigned size = ((q | 0x7f) + 1) >> 3; /* reallocate in chunks */

+	if (resourceQuarks) {

+	    unsigned char *prevQuarks = resourceQuarks;

+

+	    resourceQuarks = (unsigned char *)Xrealloc((char *)resourceQuarks,

+						       size);

+	    if (!resourceQuarks) {

+		Xfree(prevQuarks);

+	    }

+	} else

+	    resourceQuarks = (unsigned char *)Xmalloc(size);

+	if (resourceQuarks) {

+	    bzero((char *)&resourceQuarks[oldsize], size - oldsize);

+	    maxResourceQuark = (size << 3) - 1;

+	} else {

+	    maxResourceQuark = -1;

+	}

+    }

+    if (q > 0 && resourceQuarks)

+	resourceQuarks[q >> 3] |= 1 << (q & 0x7);

+    GROW(firstpprev);

+

+#undef NEWTABLE

+}

+

+void XrmQPutResource(

+    XrmDatabase		*pdb,

+    XrmBindingList      bindings,

+    XrmQuarkList	quarks,

+    XrmRepresentation	type,

+    XrmValuePtr		value)

+{

+    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();

+    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+    PutEntry(*pdb, bindings, quarks, type, value);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+}

+

+void

+XrmPutResource(

+    XrmDatabase     *pdb,

+    _Xconst char    *specifier,

+    _Xconst char    *type,

+    XrmValuePtr	    value)

+{

+    XrmBinding	    bindings[MAXDBDEPTH+1];

+    XrmQuark	    quarks[MAXDBDEPTH+1];

+

+    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();

+    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+    XrmStringToBindingQuarkList(specifier, bindings, quarks);

+    PutEntry(*pdb, bindings, quarks, XrmStringToQuark(type), value);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+}

+

+void

+XrmQPutStringResource(

+    XrmDatabase     *pdb,

+    XrmBindingList  bindings,

+    XrmQuarkList    quarks,

+    _Xconst char    *str)

+{

+    XrmValue	value;

+

+    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();

+    value.addr = (XPointer) str;

+    value.size = strlen(str)+1;

+    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+    PutEntry(*pdb, bindings, quarks, XrmQString, &value);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+}

+

+/*	Function Name: GetDatabase

+ *	Description: Parses a string and stores it as a database.

+ *	Arguments: db - the database.

+ *                 str - a pointer to the string containing the database.

+ *                 filename - source filename, if any.

+ *                 doall - whether to do all lines or just one

+ */

+

+/*

+ * This function is highly optimized to inline as much as possible.

+ * Be very careful with modifications, or simplifications, as they

+ * may adversely affect the performance.

+ *

+ * Chris Peterson, MIT X Consortium		5/17/90.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Xlib spec says max 100 quarks in a lookup, will stop and return if

+ * return if any single production's lhs has more than 100 components.

+ */

+#define QLIST_SIZE 100

+

+/*

+ * This should be big enough to handle things like the XKeysymDB or biggish

+ * ~/.Xdefaults or app-defaults files. Anything bigger will be allocated on

+ * the heap.

+ */

+#define DEF_BUFF_SIZE 8192

+

+static void GetIncludeFile(

+    XrmDatabase db,

+    _Xconst char *base,

+    _Xconst char *fname,

+    int fnamelen);

+

+static void GetDatabase(

+    XrmDatabase db,

+    _Xconst register char *str,

+    _Xconst char *filename,

+    Bool doall)

+{

+    char *rhs;

+    char *lhs, lhs_s[DEF_BUFF_SIZE];

+    XrmQuark quarks[QLIST_SIZE + 1];	/* allow for a terminal NullQuark */

+    XrmBinding bindings[QLIST_SIZE + 1];

+

+    register char *ptr;

+    register XrmBits bits = 0;

+    register char c;

+    register Signature sig;

+    register char *ptr_max;

+    register int num_quarks;

+    register XrmBindingList t_bindings;

+

+    int len, alloc_chars;

+    unsigned long str_len;

+    XrmValue value;

+    Bool only_pcs;

+    Bool dolines;

+

+    if (!db)

+	return;

+

+    /*

+     * if strlen (str) < DEF_BUFF_SIZE allocate buffers on the stack for

+     * speed otherwise malloc the buffer. From a buffer overflow standpoint

+     * we can be sure that neither: a) a component on the lhs, or b) a

+     * value on the rhs, will be longer than the overall length of str,

+     * i.e. strlen(str).

+     *

+     * This should give good performance when parsing "*foo: bar" type

+     * databases as might be passed with -xrm command line options; but

+     * with larger databases, e.g. .Xdefaults, app-defaults, or KeysymDB

+     * files, the size of the buffers will be overly large. One way

+     * around this would be to double-parse each production with a resulting

+     * performance hit. In any event we can be assured that a lhs component

+     * name or a rhs value won't be longer than str itself.

+     */

+

+    str_len = strlen (str);

+    if (DEF_BUFF_SIZE > str_len) lhs = lhs_s;

+    else if ((lhs = (char*) Xmalloc (str_len)) == NULL)

+	return;

+

+    alloc_chars = DEF_BUFF_SIZE < str_len ? str_len : DEF_BUFF_SIZE;

+    if ((rhs = (char*) Xmalloc (alloc_chars)) == NULL) {

+	if (lhs != lhs_s) Xfree (lhs);

+	return;

+    }

+

+    (*db->methods->mbinit)(db->mbstate);

+    str--;

+    dolines = True;

+    while (!is_EOF(bits) && dolines) {

+	dolines = doall;

+

+	/*

+	 * First: Remove extra whitespace.

+	 */

+

+	do {

+	    bits = next_char(c, str);

+	} while is_space(bits);

+

+	/*

+	 * Ignore empty lines.

+	 */

+

+	if (is_EOL(bits))

+	    continue;		/* start a new line. */

+

+	/*

+	 * Second: check the first character in a line to see if it is

+	 * "!" signifying a comment, or "#" signifying a directive.

+	 */

+

+	if (c == '!') { /* Comment, spin to next newline */

+	    while (is_simple(bits = next_char(c, str))) {}

+	    if (is_EOL(bits))

+		continue;

+	    while (!is_EOL(bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str))) {}

+	    str--;

+	    continue;		/* start a new line. */

+	}

+

+	if (c == '#') { /* Directive */

+	    /* remove extra whitespace */

+	    only_pcs = True;

+	    while (is_space(bits = next_char(c, str))) {};

+	    /* only "include" directive is currently defined */

+	    if (!strncmp(str, "include", 7)) {

+		str += (7-1);

+		/* remove extra whitespace */

+		while (is_space(bits = next_char(c, str))) {};

+		/* must have a starting " */

+		if (c == '"') {

+		    _Xconst char *fname = str+1;

+		    len = 0;

+		    do {

+			if (only_pcs) {

+			    bits = next_char(c, str);

+			    if (is_nonpcs(bits))

+				only_pcs = False;

+			}

+			if (!only_pcs)

+			    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+		    } while (c != '"' && !is_EOL(bits));

+		    /* must have an ending " */

+		    if (c == '"')

+			GetIncludeFile(db, filename, fname, str - len - fname);

+		}

+	    }

+	    /* spin to next newline */

+	    if (only_pcs) {

+		while (is_simple(bits))

+		    bits = next_char(c, str);

+		if (is_EOL(bits))

+		    continue;

+	    }

+	    while (!is_EOL(bits))

+		bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+	    str--;

+	    continue;		/* start a new line. */

+	}

+

+	/*

+	 * Third: loop through the LHS of the resource specification

+	 * storing characters and converting this to a Quark.

+	 */

+

+	num_quarks = 0;

+	t_bindings = bindings;

+

+	sig = 0;

+	ptr = lhs;

+	*t_bindings = XrmBindTightly;

+	for(;;) {

+	    if (!is_binding(bits)) {

+		while (!is_EOQ(bits)) {

+		    *ptr++ = c;

+		    sig = (sig << 1) + c; /* Compute the signature. */

+		    bits = next_char(c, str);

+		}

+

+		quarks[num_quarks++] =

+			_XrmInternalStringToQuark(lhs, ptr - lhs, sig, False);

+

+		if (num_quarks > QLIST_SIZE) {

+		    Xfree(rhs);

+		    if (lhs != lhs_s) Xfree (lhs);

+		    (*db->methods->mbfinish)(db->mbstate);

+		    return;

+		}

+

+		if (is_separator(bits))  {

+		    if (!is_space(bits))

+			break;

+

+		    /* Remove white space */

+		    do {

+			*ptr++ = c;

+			sig = (sig << 1) + c; /* Compute the signature. */

+		    } while (is_space(bits = next_char(c, str)));

+

+		    /*

+		     * The spec doesn't permit it, but support spaces

+		     * internal to resource name/class

+		     */

+

+		    if (is_separator(bits))

+			break;

+		    num_quarks--;

+		    continue;

+		}

+

+		if (c == '.')

+		    *(++t_bindings) = XrmBindTightly;

+		else

+		    *(++t_bindings) = XrmBindLoosely;

+

+		sig = 0;

+		ptr = lhs;

+	    }

+	    else {

+		/*

+		 * Magic unspecified feature #254.

+		 *

+		 * If two separators appear with no Text between them then

+		 * ignore them.

+		 *

+		 * If anyone of those separators is a '*' then the binding

+		 * will be loose, otherwise it will be tight.

+		 */

+

+		if (c == '*')

+		    *t_bindings = XrmBindLoosely;

+	    }

+

+	    bits = next_char(c, str);

+	}

+

+	quarks[num_quarks] = NULLQUARK;

+

+	/*

+	 * Make sure that there is a ':' in this line.

+	 */

+

+	if (c != ':') {

+	    char oldc;

+

+	    /*

+	     * A parsing error has occured, toss everything on the line

+	     * a new_line can still be escaped with a '\'.

+	     */

+

+	    while (is_normal(bits))

+		bits = next_char(c, str);

+	    if (is_EOL(bits))

+		continue;

+	    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+	    do {

+		oldc = c;

+		bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+	    } while (c && (c != '\n' || oldc == '\\'));

+	    str--;

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+	/*

+	 * I now have a quark and binding list for the entire left hand

+	 * side.  "c" currently points to the ":" separating the left hand

+	 * side for the right hand side.  It is time to begin processing

+	 * the right hand side.

+	 */

+

+	/*

+	 * Fourth: Remove more whitespace

+	 */

+

+	for(;;) {

+	    if (is_space(bits = next_char(c, str)))

+		continue;

+	    if (c != '\\')

+		break;

+	    bits = next_char(c, str);

+	    if (c == '\n')

+		continue;

+	    str--;

+	    bits = BSLASH;

+	    c = '\\';

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	/*

+	 * Fifth: Process the right hand side.

+	 */

+

+	ptr = rhs;

+	ptr_max = ptr + alloc_chars - 4;

+	only_pcs = True;

+	len = 1;

+

+	for(;;) {

+

+	    /*

+	     * Tight loop for the normal case:  Non backslash, non-end of value

+	     * character that will fit into the allocated buffer.

+	     */

+

+	    if (only_pcs) {

+		while (is_normal(bits) && ptr < ptr_max) {

+		    *ptr++ = c;

+		    bits = next_char(c, str);

+		}

+		if (is_EOL(bits))

+		    break;

+		if (is_nonpcs(bits)) {

+		    only_pcs = False;

+		    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+		}

+	    }

+	    while (!is_special(bits) && ptr + len <= ptr_max) {

+		len = -len;

+		while (len)

+		    *ptr++ = str[len++];

+		if (*str == '\0') {

+		    bits = EOS;

+		    break;

+		}

+		bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+	    }

+

+	    if (is_EOL(bits)) {

+		str--;

+		break;

+	    }

+

+	    if (c == '\\') {

+		/*

+		 * We need to do some magic after a backslash.

+		 */

+		Bool read_next = True;

+

+		if (only_pcs) {

+		    bits = next_char(c, str);

+		    if (is_nonpcs(bits))

+			only_pcs = False;

+		}

+		if (!only_pcs)

+		    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+

+		if (is_EOL(bits)) {

+		    if (is_EOF(bits))

+			continue;

+		} else if (c == 'n') {

+		    /*

+		     * "\n" means insert a newline.

+		     */

+		    *ptr++ = '\n';

+		} else if (c == '\\') {

+		    /*

+		     * "\\" completes to just one backslash.

+		     */

+		    *ptr++ = '\\';

+		} else {

+		    /*

+		     * pick up to three octal digits after the '\'.

+		     */

+		    char temp[3];

+		    int count = 0;

+		    while (is_odigit(bits) && count < 3) {

+			temp[count++] = c;

+			if (only_pcs) {

+			    bits = next_char(c, str);

+			    if (is_nonpcs(bits))

+				only_pcs = False;

+			}

+			if (!only_pcs)

+			    bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+		    }

+

+		    /*

+		     * If we found three digits then insert that octal code

+		     * into the value string as a character.

+		     */

+

+		    if (count == 3) {

+			*ptr++ = (unsigned char) ((temp[0] - '0') * 0100 +

+						  (temp[1] - '0') * 010 +

+						  (temp[2] - '0'));

+		    }

+		    else {

+			int tcount;

+

+			/*

+			 * Otherwise just insert those characters into the

+			 * string, since no special processing is needed on

+			 * numerics we can skip the special processing.

+			 */

+

+			for (tcount = 0; tcount < count; tcount++) {

+			    *ptr++ = temp[tcount]; /* print them in

+						      the correct order */

+			}

+		    }

+		    read_next = False;

+		}

+		if (read_next) {

+		    if (only_pcs) {

+			bits = next_char(c, str);

+			if (is_nonpcs(bits))

+			    only_pcs = False;

+		    }

+		    if (!only_pcs)

+			bits = next_mbchar(c, len, str);

+		}

+	    }

+

+	    /*

+	     * It is important to make sure that there is room for at least

+	     * four more characters in the buffer, since I can add that

+	     * many characters into the buffer after a backslash has occured.

+	     */

+

+	    if (ptr + len > ptr_max) {

+		char * temp_str;

+

+		alloc_chars += BUFSIZ/10;

+		temp_str = Xrealloc(rhs, sizeof(char) * alloc_chars);

+

+		if (!temp_str) {

+		    Xfree(rhs);

+		    if (lhs != lhs_s) Xfree (lhs);

+		    (*db->methods->mbfinish)(db->mbstate);

+		    return;

+		}

+

+		ptr = temp_str + (ptr - rhs); /* reset pointer. */

+		rhs = temp_str;

+		ptr_max = rhs + alloc_chars - 4;

+	    }

+	}

+

+	/*

+	 * Lastly: Terminate the value string, and store this entry

+	 * 	   into the database.

+	 */

+

+	*ptr++ = '\0';

+

+	/* Store it in database */

+	value.size = ptr - rhs;

+	value.addr = (XPointer) rhs;

+

+	PutEntry(db, bindings, quarks, XrmQString, &value);

+    }

+

+    if (lhs != lhs_s) Xfree (lhs);

+    Xfree (rhs);

+

+    (*db->methods->mbfinish)(db->mbstate);

+}

+

+void

+XrmPutStringResource(

+    XrmDatabase *pdb,

+    _Xconst char*specifier,

+    _Xconst char*str)

+{

+    XrmValue	value;

+    XrmBinding	bindings[MAXDBDEPTH+1];

+    XrmQuark	quarks[MAXDBDEPTH+1];

+

+    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();

+    XrmStringToBindingQuarkList(specifier, bindings, quarks);

+    value.addr = (XPointer) str;

+    value.size = strlen(str)+1;

+    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+    PutEntry(*pdb, bindings, quarks, XrmQString, &value);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+}

+

+

+void

+XrmPutLineResource(

+    XrmDatabase *pdb,

+    _Xconst char*line)

+{

+    if (!*pdb) *pdb = NewDatabase();

+    _XLockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+    GetDatabase(*pdb, line, (char *)NULL, False);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&(*pdb)->linfo);

+}

+

+XrmDatabase

+XrmGetStringDatabase(

+    _Xconst char    *data)

+{

+    XrmDatabase     db;

+

+    db = NewDatabase();

+    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    GetDatabase(db, data, (char *)NULL, True);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    return db;

+}

+

+/*	Function Name: ReadInFile

+ *	Description: Reads the file into a buffer.

+ *	Arguments: filename - the name of the file.

+ *	Returns: An allocated string containing the contents of the file.

+ */

+

+static char *

+ReadInFile(_Xconst char *filename)

+{

+    register int fd, size;

+    char * filebuf;

+

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+    filename = __XOS2RedirRoot(filename);

+#endif

+

+    /*

+     * MS-Windows and OS/2 note: Default open mode includes O_TEXT

+     */

+    if ( (fd = _XOpenFile (filename, O_RDONLY)) == -1 )

+	return (char *)NULL;

+

+    /*

+     * MS-Windows and OS/2 note: depending on how the sources are

+     * untarred, the newlines in resource files may or may not have

+     * been expanded to CRLF. Either way the size returned by fstat

+     * is sufficient to read the file into because in text-mode any

+     * CRLFs in a file will be converted to newlines (LF) with the

+     * result that the number of bytes actually read with be <=

+     * to the size returned by fstat.

+     */

+    {

+	struct stat status_buffer;

+	if ( (fstat(fd, &status_buffer)) == -1 ) {

+	    close (fd);

+	    return (char *)NULL;

+	} else

+	    size = status_buffer.st_size;

+    }

+

+    if (!(filebuf = Xmalloc(size + 1))) { /* leave room for '\0' */

+	close(fd);

+	return (char *)NULL;

+    }

+    size = read (fd, filebuf, size);

+

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+    { /* kill CRLF */

+      int i,k;

+      for (i=k=0; i<size; i++)

+	if (filebuf[i] != 0x0d) {

+	   filebuf[k++] = filebuf[i];

+	}

+	filebuf[k] = 0;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    if (size < 0) {

+	close (fd);

+	Xfree(filebuf);

+	return (char *)NULL;

+    }

+    close (fd);

+

+    filebuf[size] = '\0';	/* NULL terminate it. */

+    return filebuf;

+}

+

+static void

+GetIncludeFile(

+    XrmDatabase db,

+    _Xconst char *base,

+    _Xconst char *fname,

+    int fnamelen)

+{

+    int len;

+    char *str;

+    char realfname[BUFSIZ];

+

+    if (fnamelen <= 0 || fnamelen >= BUFSIZ)

+	return;

+    if (*fname != '/' && base && (str = strrchr(base, '/'))) {

+	len = str - base + 1;

+	if (len + fnamelen >= BUFSIZ)

+	    return;

+	strncpy(realfname, base, len);

+	strncpy(realfname + len, fname, fnamelen);

+	realfname[len + fnamelen] = '\0';

+    } else {

+	strncpy(realfname, fname, fnamelen);

+	realfname[fnamelen] = '\0';

+    }

+    if (!(str = ReadInFile(realfname)))

+	return;

+    GetDatabase(db, str, realfname, True);

+    Xfree(str);

+}

+

+XrmDatabase

+XrmGetFileDatabase(

+    _Xconst char    *filename)

+{

+    XrmDatabase db;

+    char *str;

+

+    if (!(str = ReadInFile(filename)))

+	return (XrmDatabase)NULL;

+

+    db = NewDatabase();

+    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    GetDatabase(db, str, filename, True);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    Xfree(str);

+    return db;

+}

+

+Status

+XrmCombineFileDatabase(

+    _Xconst char    *filename,

+    XrmDatabase     *target,

+    Bool             override)

+{

+    XrmDatabase db;

+    char *str;

+

+    if (!(str = ReadInFile(filename)))

+	return 0;

+    if (override) {

+	db = *target;

+	if (!db)

+	    *target = db = NewDatabase();

+    } else

+	db = NewDatabase();

+    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    GetDatabase(db, str, filename, True);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    Xfree(str);

+    if (!override)

+	XrmCombineDatabase(db, target, False);

+    return 1;

+}

+

+/* call the user proc for every value in the table, arbitrary order.

+ * stop if user proc returns True.  level is current depth in database.

+ */

+/*ARGSUSED*/

+static Bool EnumLTable(

+    LTable		table,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    register int	level,

+    register EClosure	closure)

+{

+    register VEntry *bucket;

+    register int i;

+    register VEntry entry;

+    XrmValue value;

+    XrmRepresentation type;

+    Bool tightOk;

+

+    closure->bindings[level] = (table->table.tight ?

+				XrmBindTightly : XrmBindLoosely);

+    closure->quarks[level] = table->table.name;

+    level++;

+    tightOk = !*names;

+    closure->quarks[level + 1] = NULLQUARK;

+    for (i = table->table.mask, bucket = table->buckets;

+	 i >= 0;

+	 i--, bucket++) {

+	for (entry = *bucket; entry; entry = entry->next) {

+	    if (entry->tight && !tightOk)

+		continue;

+	    closure->bindings[level] = (entry->tight ?

+					XrmBindTightly : XrmBindLoosely);

+	    closure->quarks[level] = entry->name;

+	    value.size = entry->size;

+	    if (entry->string) {

+		type = XrmQString;

+		value.addr = StringValue(entry);

+	    } else {

+		type = RepType(entry);

+		value.addr = DataValue(entry);

+	    }

+	    if ((*closure->proc)(&closure->db, closure->bindings+1,

+				 closure->quarks+1, &type, &value,

+				 closure->closure))

+		return True;

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+static Bool EnumAllNTable(

+    NTable		table,

+    register int	level,

+    register EClosure	closure)

+{

+    register NTable *bucket;

+    register int i;

+    register NTable entry;

+    XrmQuark empty = NULLQUARK;

+

+    if (level >= MAXDBDEPTH)

+	return False;

+    for (i = table->mask, bucket = NodeBuckets(table);

+	 i >= 0;

+	 i--, bucket++) {

+	for (entry = *bucket; entry; entry = entry->next) {

+	    if (entry->leaf) {

+		if (EnumLTable((LTable)entry, &empty, &empty, level, closure))

+		    return True;

+	    } else {

+		closure->bindings[level] = (entry->tight ?

+					    XrmBindTightly : XrmBindLoosely);

+		closure->quarks[level] = entry->name;

+		if (EnumAllNTable(entry, level+1, closure))

+		    return True;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+/* recurse on every table in the table, arbitrary order.

+ * stop if user proc returns True.  level is current depth in database.

+ */

+static Bool EnumNTable(

+    NTable		table,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    register int	level,

+    register EClosure	closure)

+{

+    register NTable	entry;

+    register XrmQuark	q;

+    register unsigned int leaf;

+    Bool (*get)(

+            NTable		table,

+            XrmNameList		names,

+            XrmClassList 	classes,

+            register int	level,

+            EClosure		closure);

+    Bool bilevel;

+

+/* find entries named ename, leafness leaf, tight or loose, and call get */

+#define ITIGHTLOOSE(ename) \

+    NFIND(ename); \

+    if (entry) { \

+	if (leaf == entry->leaf) { \

+	    if (!leaf && !entry->tight && entry->next && \

+		entry->next->name == q && entry->next->tight && \

+		(bilevel || entry->next->hasloose) && \

+		EnumLTable((LTable)entry->next, names+1, classes+1, \

+			   level, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	    if ((*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	    if (entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && \

+		entry->name == q && leaf == entry->leaf && \

+		(*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	} else if (entry->leaf) { \

+	    if ((bilevel || entry->hasloose) && \

+		EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure))\

+		return True; \

+	    if (entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && \

+		entry->name == q && (bilevel || entry->hasloose) && \

+		EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure))\

+		return True; \

+	} \

+    }

+

+/* find entries named ename, leafness leaf, loose only, and call get */

+#define ILOOSE(ename) \

+    NFIND(ename); \

+    if (entry && entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && entry->name != q) \

+	entry = (NTable)NULL; \

+    if (entry) { \

+	if (leaf == entry->leaf) { \

+	    if ((*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	} else if (entry->leaf && (bilevel || entry->hasloose)) { \

+	    if (EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, level, closure))\

+		return True; \

+	} \

+    }

+

+    if (level >= MAXDBDEPTH)

+	return False;

+    closure->bindings[level] = (table->tight ?

+				XrmBindTightly : XrmBindLoosely);

+    closure->quarks[level] = table->name;

+    level++;

+    if (!*names) {

+	if (EnumAllNTable(table, level, closure))

+	    return True;

+    } else {

+	if (names[1] || closure->mode == XrmEnumAllLevels) {

+	    get = EnumNTable; /* recurse */

+	    leaf = 0;

+	    bilevel = !names[1];

+	} else {

+	    get = (getNTableEProcp)EnumLTable; /* bottom of recursion */

+	    leaf = 1;

+	    bilevel = False;

+	}

+	if (table->hasloose && closure->mode == XrmEnumAllLevels) {

+	    NTable *bucket;

+	    int i;

+	    XrmQuark empty = NULLQUARK;

+

+	    for (i = table->mask, bucket = NodeBuckets(table);

+		 i >= 0;

+		 i--, bucket++) {

+		q = NULLQUARK;

+		for (entry = *bucket; entry; entry = entry->next) {

+		    if (!entry->tight && entry->name != q &&

+			entry->name != *names && entry->name != *classes) {

+			q = entry->name;

+			if (entry->leaf) {

+			    if (EnumLTable((LTable)entry, &empty, &empty,

+					   level, closure))

+				return True;

+			} else {

+			    if (EnumNTable(entry, &empty, &empty,

+					   level, closure))

+				return True;

+			}

+		    }

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+

+	ITIGHTLOOSE(*names);   /* do name, tight and loose */

+	ITIGHTLOOSE(*classes); /* do class, tight and loose */

+	if (table->hasany) {

+	    ITIGHTLOOSE(XrmQANY); /* do ANY, tight and loose */

+	}

+	if (table->hasloose) {

+	    while (1) {

+		names++;

+		classes++;

+		if (!*names)

+		    break;

+		if (!names[1] && closure->mode != XrmEnumAllLevels) {

+		    get = (getNTableEProcp)EnumLTable; /* bottom of recursion */

+		    leaf = 1;

+		}

+		ILOOSE(*names);   /* loose names */

+		ILOOSE(*classes); /* loose classes */

+		if (table->hasany) {

+		    ILOOSE(XrmQANY); /* loose ANY */

+		}

+	    }

+	    names--;

+	    classes--;

+	}

+    }

+    /* now look for matching leaf nodes */

+    entry = table->next;

+    if (!entry)

+	return False;

+    if (entry->leaf) {

+	if (entry->tight && !table->tight)

+	    entry = entry->next;

+    } else {

+	entry = entry->next;

+	if (!entry || !entry->tight)

+	    return False;

+    }

+    if (!entry || entry->name != table->name)

+	return False;

+    /* found one */

+    level--;

+    if ((!*names || entry->hasloose) &&

+	EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names, classes, level, closure))

+	return True;

+    if (entry->tight && entry == table->next && (entry = entry->next) &&

+	entry->name == table->name && (!*names || entry->hasloose))

+	return EnumLTable((LTable)entry, names, classes, level, closure);

+    return False;

+

+#undef ITIGHTLOOSE

+#undef ILOOSE

+}

+

+/* call the proc for every value in the database, arbitrary order.

+ * stop if the proc returns True.

+ */

+Bool XrmEnumerateDatabase(

+    XrmDatabase		db,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList	classes,

+    int			mode,

+    DBEnumProc		proc,

+    XPointer		closure)

+{

+    XrmBinding  bindings[MAXDBDEPTH+2];

+    XrmQuark	quarks[MAXDBDEPTH+2];

+    register NTable table;

+    EClosureRec	eclosure;

+    Bool retval = False;

+

+    if (!db)

+	return False;

+    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    eclosure.db = db;

+    eclosure.proc = proc;

+    eclosure.closure = closure;

+    eclosure.bindings = bindings;

+    eclosure.quarks = quarks;

+    eclosure.mode = mode;

+    table = db->table;

+    if (table && !table->leaf && !*names && mode == XrmEnumOneLevel)

+	table = table->next;

+    if (table) {

+	if (!table->leaf)

+	    retval = EnumNTable(table, names, classes, 0, &eclosure);

+	else

+	    retval = EnumLTable((LTable)table, names, classes, 0, &eclosure);

+    }

+    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    return retval;

+}

+

+static void PrintBindingQuarkList(

+    XrmBindingList      bindings,

+    XrmQuarkList	quarks,

+    FILE		*stream)

+{

+    Bool	firstNameSeen;

+

+    for (firstNameSeen = False; *quarks; bindings++, quarks++) {

+	if (*bindings == XrmBindLoosely) {

+	    (void) fprintf(stream, "*");

+	} else if (firstNameSeen) {

+	    (void) fprintf(stream, ".");

+	}

+	firstNameSeen = True;

+	(void) fputs(XrmQuarkToString(*quarks), stream);

+    }

+}

+

+/* output out the entry in correct file syntax */

+/*ARGSUSED*/

+static Bool DumpEntry(

+    XrmDatabase		*db,

+    XrmBindingList      bindings,

+    XrmQuarkList	quarks,

+    XrmRepresentation   *type,

+    XrmValuePtr		value,

+    XPointer		data)

+{

+    FILE			*stream = (FILE *)data;

+    register unsigned int	i;

+    register char		*s;

+    register char		c;

+

+    if (*type != XrmQString)

+	(void) putc('!', stream);

+    PrintBindingQuarkList(bindings, quarks, stream);

+    s = value->addr;

+    i = value->size;

+    if (*type == XrmQString) {

+	(void) fputs(":\t", stream);

+	if (i)

+	    i--;

+    }

+    else

+	(void) fprintf(stream, "=%s:\t", XrmRepresentationToString(*type));

+    if (i && (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t'))

+	(void) putc('\\', stream); /* preserve leading whitespace */

+    while (i--) {

+	c = *s++;

+	if (c == '\n') {

+	    if (i)

+		(void) fputs("\\n\\\n", stream);

+	    else

+		(void) fputs("\\n", stream);

+	} else if (c == '\\')

+	    (void) fputs("\\\\", stream);

+	else if ((c < ' ' && c != '\t') ||

+		 ((unsigned char)c >= 0x7f && (unsigned char)c < 0xa0))

+	    (void) fprintf(stream, "\\%03o", (unsigned char)c);

+	else

+	    (void) putc(c, stream);

+    }

+    (void) putc('\n', stream);

+    return ferror(stream) != 0;

+}

+

+#ifdef DEBUG

+

+void PrintTable(

+    NTable table,

+    FILE *file)

+{

+    XrmBinding  bindings[MAXDBDEPTH+1];

+    XrmQuark	quarks[MAXDBDEPTH+1];

+    EClosureRec closure;

+    XrmQuark	empty = NULLQUARK;

+

+    closure.db = (XrmDatabase)NULL;

+    closure.proc = DumpEntry;

+    closure.closure = (XPointer)file;

+    closure.bindings = bindings;

+    closure.quarks = quarks;

+    closure.mode = XrmEnumAllLevels;

+    if (table->leaf)

+	EnumLTable((LTable)table, &empty, &empty, 0, &closure);

+    else

+	EnumNTable(table, &empty, &empty, 0, &closure);

+}

+

+#endif /* DEBUG */

+

+void

+XrmPutFileDatabase(

+    XrmDatabase db,

+    _Xconst char *fileName)

+{

+    FILE	*file;

+    XrmQuark empty = NULLQUARK;

+

+    if (!db) return;

+    if (!(file = fopen(fileName, "w"))) return;

+    if (XrmEnumerateDatabase(db, &empty, &empty, XrmEnumAllLevels,

+			     DumpEntry, (XPointer) file))

+	unlink((char *)fileName);

+    fclose(file);

+}

+

+/* macros used in get/search functions */

+

+/* find entries named ename, leafness leaf, tight or loose, and call get */

+#define GTIGHTLOOSE(ename,looseleaf) \

+    NFIND(ename); \

+    if (entry) { \

+	if (leaf == entry->leaf) { \

+	    if (!leaf && !entry->tight && entry->next && \

+		entry->next->name == q && entry->next->tight && \

+		entry->next->hasloose && \

+		looseleaf((LTable)entry->next, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	    if ((*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	    if (entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && \

+		entry->name == q && leaf == entry->leaf && \

+		(*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	} else if (entry->leaf) { \

+	    if (entry->hasloose && \

+		looseleaf((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	    if (entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && \

+		entry->name == q && entry->hasloose && \

+		looseleaf((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	} \

+    }

+

+/* find entries named ename, leafness leaf, loose only, and call get */

+#define GLOOSE(ename,looseleaf) \

+    NFIND(ename); \

+    if (entry && entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && entry->name != q) \

+	entry = (NTable)NULL; \

+    if (entry) { \

+	if (leaf == entry->leaf) { \

+	    if ((*get)(entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	} else if (entry->leaf && entry->hasloose) { \

+	    if (looseleaf((LTable)entry, names+1, classes+1, closure)) \

+		return True; \

+	} \

+    }

+

+/* add tight/loose entry to the search list, return True if list is full */

+/*ARGSUSED*/

+static Bool AppendLEntry(

+    LTable		table,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    register SClosure	closure)

+{

+    /* check for duplicate */

+    if (closure->idx >= 0 && closure->list[closure->idx] == table)

+	return False;

+    if (closure->idx == closure->limit)

+	return True;

+    /* append it */

+    closure->idx++;

+    closure->list[closure->idx] = table;

+    return False;

+}

+

+/* add loose entry to the search list, return True if list is full */

+/*ARGSUSED*/

+static Bool AppendLooseLEntry(

+    LTable		table,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    register SClosure	closure)

+{

+    /* check for duplicate */

+    if (closure->idx >= 0 && closure->list[closure->idx] == table)

+	return False;

+    if (closure->idx >= closure->limit - 1)

+	return True;

+    /* append it */

+    closure->idx++;

+    closure->list[closure->idx] = LOOSESEARCH;

+    closure->idx++;

+    closure->list[closure->idx] = table;

+    return False;

+}

+

+/* search for a leaf table */

+static Bool SearchNEntry(

+    NTable		table,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    SClosure		closure)

+{

+    register NTable	entry;

+    register XrmQuark	q;

+    register unsigned int leaf;

+    Bool		(*get)(

+            NTable		table,

+            XrmNameList		names,

+            XrmClassList 	classes,

+            SClosure		closure);

+

+    if (names[1]) {

+	get = SearchNEntry; /* recurse */

+	leaf = 0;

+    } else {

+	get = (getNTableSProcp)AppendLEntry; /* bottom of recursion */

+	leaf = 1;

+    }

+    GTIGHTLOOSE(*names, AppendLooseLEntry);   /* do name, tight and loose */

+    GTIGHTLOOSE(*classes, AppendLooseLEntry); /* do class, tight and loose */

+    if (table->hasany) {

+	GTIGHTLOOSE(XrmQANY, AppendLooseLEntry); /* do ANY, tight and loose */

+    }

+    if (table->hasloose) {

+	while (1) {

+	    names++;

+	    classes++;

+	    if (!*names)

+		break;

+	    if (!names[1]) {

+		get = (getNTableSProcp)AppendLEntry; /* bottom of recursion */

+		leaf = 1;

+	    }

+	    GLOOSE(*names, AppendLooseLEntry);   /* loose names */

+	    GLOOSE(*classes, AppendLooseLEntry); /* loose classes */

+	    if (table->hasany) {

+		GLOOSE(XrmQANY, AppendLooseLEntry); /* loose ANY */

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    /* now look for matching leaf nodes */

+    entry = table->next;

+    if (!entry)

+	return False;

+    if (entry->leaf) {

+	if (entry->tight && !table->tight)

+	    entry = entry->next;

+    } else {

+	entry = entry->next;

+	if (!entry || !entry->tight)

+	    return False;

+    }

+    if (!entry || entry->name != table->name)

+	return False;

+    /* found one */

+    if (entry->hasloose &&

+	AppendLooseLEntry((LTable)entry, names, classes, closure))

+	return True;

+    if (entry->tight && entry == table->next && (entry = entry->next) &&

+	entry->name == table->name && entry->hasloose)

+	return AppendLooseLEntry((LTable)entry, names, classes, closure);

+    return False;

+}

+

+Bool XrmQGetSearchList(

+    XrmDatabase     db,

+    XrmNameList	    names,

+    XrmClassList    classes,

+    XrmSearchList   searchList,	/* RETURN */

+    int		    listLength)

+{

+    register NTable	table;

+    SClosureRec		closure;

+

+    if (listLength <= 0)

+	return False;

+    closure.list = (LTable *)searchList;

+    closure.idx = -1;

+    closure.limit = listLength - 2;

+    if (db) {

+	_XLockMutex(&db->linfo);

+	table = db->table;

+	if (*names) {

+	    if (table && !table->leaf) {

+		if (SearchNEntry(table, names, classes, &closure)) {

+		    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+		    return False;

+		}

+	    } else if (table && table->hasloose &&

+		       AppendLooseLEntry((LTable)table, names, classes,

+					 &closure)) {

+		_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    if (table && !table->leaf)

+		table = table->next;

+	    if (table &&

+		AppendLEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, &closure)) {

+		_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+		return False;

+	    }

+	}

+	_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    }

+    closure.list[closure.idx + 1] = (LTable)NULL;

+    return True;

+}

+

+Bool XrmQGetSearchResource(

+	     XrmSearchList	searchList,

+    register XrmName		name,

+    register XrmClass		class,

+    	     XrmRepresentation	*pType,  /* RETURN */

+    	     XrmValue		*pValue) /* RETURN */

+{

+    register LTable *list;

+    register LTable table;

+    register VEntry entry = NULL;

+    int flags;

+

+/* find tight or loose entry */

+#define VTIGHTLOOSE(q) \

+    entry = LeafHash(table, q); \

+    while (entry && entry->name != q) \

+	entry = entry->next; \

+    if (entry) \

+	break

+

+/* find loose entry */

+#define VLOOSE(q) \

+    entry = LeafHash(table, q); \

+    while (entry && entry->name != q) \

+	entry = entry->next; \

+    if (entry) { \

+	if (!entry->tight) \

+	    break; \

+	if ((entry = entry->next) && entry->name == q) \

+	    break; \

+    }

+

+    list = (LTable *)searchList;

+    /* figure out which combination of name and class we need to search for */

+    flags = 0;

+    if (IsResourceQuark(name))

+	flags = 2;

+    if (IsResourceQuark(class))

+	flags |= 1;

+    if (!flags) {

+	/* neither name nor class has ever been used to name a resource */

+	table = (LTable)NULL;

+    } else if (flags == 3) {

+	/* both name and class */

+	while ((table = *list++)) {

+	    if (table != LOOSESEARCH) {

+		VTIGHTLOOSE(name);  /* do name, tight and loose */

+		VTIGHTLOOSE(class); /* do class, tight and loose */

+	    } else {

+		table = *list++;

+		VLOOSE(name);  /* do name, loose only */

+		VLOOSE(class); /* do class, loose only */

+	    }

+	}

+    } else {

+	/* just one of name or class */

+	if (flags == 1)

+	    name = class;

+	while ((table = *list++)) {

+	    if (table != LOOSESEARCH) {

+		VTIGHTLOOSE(name); /* tight and loose */

+	    } else {

+		table = *list++;

+		VLOOSE(name); /* loose only */

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    if (table) {

+	/* found a match */

+	if (entry->string) {

+	    *pType = XrmQString;

+	    pValue->addr = StringValue(entry);

+	} else {

+	    *pType = RepType(entry);

+	    pValue->addr = DataValue(entry);

+	}

+	pValue->size = entry->size;

+	return True;

+    }

+    *pType = NULLQUARK;

+    pValue->addr = (XPointer)NULL;

+    pValue->size = 0;

+    return False;

+

+#undef VTIGHTLOOSE

+#undef VLOOSE

+}

+

+/* look for a tight/loose value */

+static Bool GetVEntry(

+    LTable		table,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    VClosure		closure)

+{

+    register VEntry entry;

+    register XrmQuark q;

+

+    /* try name first */

+    q = *names;

+    entry = LeafHash(table, q);

+    while (entry && entry->name != q)

+	entry = entry->next;

+    if (!entry) {

+	/* not found, try class */

+	q = *classes;

+	entry = LeafHash(table, q);

+	while (entry && entry->name != q)

+	    entry = entry->next;

+	if (!entry)

+	    return False;

+    }

+    if (entry->string) {

+	*closure->type = XrmQString;

+	closure->value->addr = StringValue(entry);

+    } else {

+	*closure->type = RepType(entry);

+	closure->value->addr = DataValue(entry);

+    }

+    closure->value->size = entry->size;

+    return True;

+}

+

+/* look for a loose value */

+static Bool GetLooseVEntry(

+    LTable		table,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    VClosure		closure)

+{

+    register VEntry	entry;

+    register XrmQuark	q;

+

+#define VLOOSE(ename) \

+    q = ename; \

+    entry = LeafHash(table, q); \

+    while (entry && entry->name != q) \

+	entry = entry->next; \

+    if (entry && entry->tight && (entry = entry->next) && entry->name != q) \

+	entry = (VEntry)NULL;

+

+    /* bump to last component */

+    while (names[1]) {

+	names++;

+	classes++;

+    }

+    VLOOSE(*names);  /* do name, loose only */

+    if (!entry) {

+	VLOOSE(*classes); /* do class, loose only */

+	if (!entry)

+	    return False;

+    }

+    if (entry->string) {

+	*closure->type = XrmQString;

+	closure->value->addr = StringValue(entry);

+    } else {

+	*closure->type = RepType(entry);

+	closure->value->addr = DataValue(entry);

+    }

+    closure->value->size = entry->size;

+    return True;

+

+#undef VLOOSE

+}

+

+/* recursive search for a value */

+static Bool GetNEntry(

+    NTable		table,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    VClosure		closure)

+{

+    register NTable	entry;

+    register XrmQuark	q;

+    register unsigned int leaf;

+    Bool		(*get)(

+            NTable              table,

+            XrmNameList         names,

+            XrmClassList        classes,

+            VClosure            closure);

+    NTable		otable;

+

+    if (names[2]) {

+	get = GetNEntry; /* recurse */

+	leaf = 0;

+    } else {

+	get = (getNTableVProcp)GetVEntry; /* bottom of recursion */

+	leaf = 1;

+    }

+    GTIGHTLOOSE(*names, GetLooseVEntry);   /* do name, tight and loose */

+    GTIGHTLOOSE(*classes, GetLooseVEntry); /* do class, tight and loose */

+    if (table->hasany) {

+	GTIGHTLOOSE(XrmQANY, GetLooseVEntry); /* do ANY, tight and loose */

+    }

+    if (table->hasloose) {

+	while (1) {

+	    names++;

+	    classes++;

+	    if (!names[1])

+		break;

+	    if (!names[2]) {

+		get = (getNTableVProcp)GetVEntry; /* bottom of recursion */

+		leaf = 1;

+	    }

+	    GLOOSE(*names, GetLooseVEntry);   /* do name, loose only */

+	    GLOOSE(*classes, GetLooseVEntry); /* do class, loose only */

+	    if (table->hasany) {

+		GLOOSE(XrmQANY, GetLooseVEntry); /* do ANY, loose only */

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    /* look for matching leaf tables */

+    otable = table;

+    table = table->next;

+    if (!table)

+	return False;

+    if (table->leaf) {

+	if (table->tight && !otable->tight)

+	    table = table->next;

+    } else {

+	table = table->next;

+	if (!table || !table->tight)

+	    return False;

+    }

+    if (!table || table->name != otable->name)

+	return False;

+    /* found one */

+    if (table->hasloose &&

+	GetLooseVEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, closure))

+	return True;

+    if (table->tight && table == otable->next) {

+	table = table->next;

+	if (table && table->name == otable->name && table->hasloose)

+	    return GetLooseVEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, closure);

+    }

+    return False;

+}

+

+Bool XrmQGetResource(

+    XrmDatabase         db,

+    XrmNameList		names,

+    XrmClassList 	classes,

+    XrmRepresentation	*pType,  /* RETURN */

+    XrmValuePtr		pValue)  /* RETURN */

+{

+    register NTable table;

+    VClosureRec closure;

+

+    if (db && *names) {

+	_XLockMutex(&db->linfo);

+	closure.type = pType;

+	closure.value = pValue;

+	table = db->table;

+	if (names[1]) {

+	    if (table && !table->leaf) {

+		if (GetNEntry(table, names, classes, &closure)) {

+		    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+		    return True;

+		}

+	    } else if (table && table->hasloose &&

+		    GetLooseVEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, &closure)) {

+		_XUnlockMutex (&db->linfo);

+		return True;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    if (table && !table->leaf)

+		table = table->next;

+	    if (table && GetVEntry((LTable)table, names, classes, &closure)) {

+		_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+		return True;

+	    }

+	}

+	_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    }

+    *pType = NULLQUARK;

+    pValue->addr = (XPointer)NULL;

+    pValue->size = 0;

+    return False;

+}

+

+Bool

+XrmGetResource(XrmDatabase db, _Xconst char *name_str, _Xconst char *class_str,

+	       XrmString *pType_str, XrmValuePtr pValue)

+{

+    XrmName		names[MAXDBDEPTH+1];

+    XrmClass		classes[MAXDBDEPTH+1];

+    XrmRepresentation   fromType;

+    Bool		result;

+

+    XrmStringToNameList(name_str, names);

+    XrmStringToClassList(class_str, classes);

+    result = XrmQGetResource(db, names, classes, &fromType, pValue);

+    (*pType_str) = XrmQuarkToString(fromType);

+    return result;

+}

+

+/* destroy all values, plus table itself */

+static void DestroyLTable(

+    LTable table)

+{

+    register int i;

+    register VEntry *buckets;

+    register VEntry entry, next;

+

+    buckets = table->buckets;

+    for (i = table->table.mask; i >= 0; i--, buckets++) {

+	for (next = *buckets; (entry = next); ) {

+	    next = entry->next;

+	    Xfree((char *)entry);

+	}

+    }

+    Xfree((char *)table->buckets);

+    Xfree((char *)table);

+}

+

+/* destroy all contained tables, plus table itself */

+static void DestroyNTable(

+    NTable table)

+{

+    register int i;

+    register NTable *buckets;

+    register NTable entry, next;

+

+    buckets = NodeBuckets(table);

+    for (i = table->mask; i >= 0; i--, buckets++) {

+	for (next = *buckets; (entry = next); ) {

+	    next = entry->next;

+	    if (entry->leaf)

+		DestroyLTable((LTable)entry);

+	    else

+		DestroyNTable(entry);

+	}

+    }

+    Xfree((char *)table);

+}

+

+const char *

+XrmLocaleOfDatabase(

+    XrmDatabase db)

+{

+    const char* retval;

+    _XLockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    retval = (*db->methods->lcname)(db->mbstate);

+    _XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+    return retval;

+}

+

+void XrmDestroyDatabase(

+    XrmDatabase   db)

+{

+    register NTable table, next;

+

+    if (db) {

+	_XLockMutex(&db->linfo);

+	for (next = db->table; (table = next); ) {

+	    next = table->next;

+	    if (table->leaf)

+		DestroyLTable((LTable)table);

+	    else

+		DestroyNTable(table);

+	}

+	_XUnlockMutex(&db->linfo);

+	_XFreeMutex(&db->linfo);

+	(*db->methods->destroy)(db->mbstate);

+	Xfree((char *)db);

+    }

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/config.h b/libX11/src/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..abbac6e3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/src/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/* src/config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to 1 if `struct sockaddr_in' has a `sin_len' member */
+/* #undef BSD44SOCKETS */
+
+/* Include compose table cache support */
+#define COMPOSECACHE 1
+
+/* Has getresuid() & getresgid() functions */
+/* #undef HASGETRESUID */
+
+/* Has issetugid() function */
+/* #undef HASSETUGID */
+
+/* Has shm*() functions */
+//MH#define HAS_SHM 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `authdes_create' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_AUTHDES_CREATE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `authdes_seccreate' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_AUTHDES_SECCREATE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <endian.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_ENDIAN_H 1
+
+/* Use dlopen to load shared libraries */
+#define HAVE_DLOPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dl.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DL_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
+#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+
+/* launchd support available */
+/* #undef HAVE_LAUNCHD */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */
+#define HAVE_POLL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
+#define HAVE_MMAP 1
+
+/* Use shl_load to load shared libraries */
+/* #undef HAVE_SHL_LOAD */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `socklen_t'. */
+#define HAVE_SOCKLEN_T 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/poll.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_POLL_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtol' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+
+/* Support IPv6 for TCP connections */
+/* #undef IPv6 */
+
+/* Support dynamically loaded font modules */
+#define LOADABLEFONTS 1
+
+/* Support os-specific local connections */
+/* #undef LOCALCONN */
+
+/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
+   */
+#define LT_OBJDIR ".libs/"
+
+/* Disable XLOCALEDIR environment variable */
+#define NO_XLOCALEDIR 1
+
+/* Name of package */
+#define PACKAGE "libX11"
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg"
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "libX11"
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "libX11 1.1.5"
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "libX11"
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.1.5"
+
+/* Major version of this package */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR 1
+
+/* Minor version of this package */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR 1
+
+/* Patch version of this package */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL 5
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
+/* #undef RETSIGTYPE */
+
+/* Support Secure RPC ("SUN-DES-1") authentication for X11 clients */
+/* #undef SECURE_RPC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Support TCP socket connections */
+#define TCPCONN 1
+
+/* launchd support available */
+/* #undef TRANS_REOPEN */
+
+/* Support UNIX socket connections */
+#define UNIXCONN 1
+
+/* Split some i18n functions into loadable modules */
+/* #undef USE_DYNAMIC_LC */
+
+/* Use the X cursor library to load cursors */
+#define USE_DYNAMIC_XCURSOR 1
+
+/* poll() function is available */
+#define USE_POLL 1
+
+/* Use XCB for low-level protocol implementation */
+#define USE_XCB 1
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#define VERSION "1.1.5"
+
+/* Support bdf format bitmap font files */
+#define XFONT_BDFFORMAT 1
+
+/* Location of libX11 data */
+#define X11_DATADIR "/usr/share/X11"
+
+/* Location of libX11 library data */
+#define X11_LIBDIR "/usr/lib/X11"
+
+/* Include support for XCMS */
+#define XCMS 1
+
+/* Location of error message database */
+#define XERRORDB "XErrorDB"
+
+/* Enable XF86BIGFONT extension */
+/* #undef XF86BIGFONT */
+
+/* Use XKB */
+#define XKB 1
+
+/* Location of keysym database */
+#define XKEYSYMDB "XKeysymDB"
+
+/* support for X Locales */
+#define XLOCALE 1
+
+/* Location of libX11 locale data */
+#define XLOCALEDATADIR "locale"
+
+/* Location of libX11 locale data */
+#define XLOCALEDIR "locale"
+
+/* Location of libX11 locale libraries */
+#define XLOCALELIBDIR "locale"
+
+/* Whether libX11 is compiled with thread support */
+#define XTHREADS /**/
+
+/* Whether libX11 needs to use MT safe API's */
+#define XUSE_MTSAFE_API /**/
+
+/* Enable GNU and other extensions to the C environment for glibc */
+/* #undef _GNU_SOURCE */
+
+/* Support bitmap font files */
+#define XFONT_BITMAP 1
+
+/* Support built-in fonts */
+#define XFONT_BUILTINS 1
+
+/* Support the X Font Services Protocol */
+#define XFONT_FC 1
+
+/* Support fonts in files */
+#define XFONT_FONTFILE 1
+
+/* Support FreeType rasterizer for nearly all font file formats */
+#define XFONT_FREETYPE 1
+
+/* Support pcf format bitmap font files */
+#define XFONT_PCFFORMAT 1
+
+/* Support snf format bitmap font files */
+#define XFONT_SNFFORMAT 1
+
+/* Support Speedo font files */
+#define XFONT_SPEEDO 1
+
+/* Support IBM Type 1 rasterizer for Type1 font files */
+#define XFONT_TYPE1 1
+
+/* Support bzip2 for bitmap fonts */
+/* #undef X_BZIP2_FONT_COMPRESSION */
+
+/* Support gzip for bitmap fonts */
+#define X_GZIP_FONT_COMPRESSION 1
+
+#define INCL_WINSOCK_API_TYPEDEFS 1
+#include <X11/Xwinsock.h>
+#include <X11/Xwindows.h>
diff --git a/libX11/src/genhextable.py b/libX11/src/genhextable.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a45a9e83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/src/genhextable.py
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+import sys

+

+HexTable={

+    '0' : 0,  '1' : 1,

+    '2' : 2,  '3' : 3,

+    '4' : 4,  '5' : 5,

+    '6' : 6,  '7' : 7,

+    '8' : 8,  '9' : 9,

+    'A' : 10, 'B' : 11,

+    'C' : 12, 'D' : 13,

+    'E' : 14, 'F' : 15,

+    'a' : 10, 'b' : 11,

+    'c' : 12, 'd' : 13,

+    'e' : 14, 'f' : 15,

+

+    ' ' : -1, ',' : -1,

+    '}' : -1, '\n' : -1,

+    '\t' : -1

+}

+

+OutHexTable=[0]*256

+

+for Char,Val in HexTable.iteritems():

+  OutHexTable[ord(Char)]=Val

+  

+print "static const short hexTable[256] = {"

+i=0

+for Item in OutHexTable:

+  if i==0:

+    PreFix="   "

+  elif i%16 == 0:

+    PreFix="\n  ,"

+  else:

+    PreFix=", "

+  i+=1

+  Val="%d"%Item

+  if len(Val)==1: Val = " "+Val

+  sys.stdout.write("%s%s"%(PreFix,Val))

+print "\n};"  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/libX11/src/makefile b/libX11/src/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e89f573c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/src/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+LIBRARY=libx11
+
+DEFINES += X11_t TRANS_CLIENT
+
+CSRCS = \
+                  AllCells.c \
+                  AllowEv.c \
+                  AllPlanes.c \
+                  AutoRep.c \
+                  Backgnd.c \
+                  BdrWidth.c \
+                  Bell.c \
+                  Border.c \
+                  ChAccCon.c \
+                  ChActPGb.c \
+                  ChClMode.c \
+                  ChCmap.c \
+                  ChGC.c \
+                  ChKeyCon.c \
+                  ChkIfEv.c \
+                  ChkMaskEv.c \
+                  ChkTypEv.c \
+                  ChkTypWEv.c \
+                  ChkWinEv.c \
+                  ChPntCon.c \
+                  ChProp.c \
+                  ChSaveSet.c \
+                  ChWAttrs.c \
+                  ChWindow.c \
+                  CirWin.c \
+                  CirWinDn.c \
+                  CirWinUp.c \
+                  ClDisplay.c \
+                  ClearArea.c \
+                  Clear.c \
+                  ConfWind.c \
+                  Context.c \
+                  ConvSel.c \
+                  CopyArea.c \
+                  CopyCmap.c \
+                  CopyGC.c \
+                  CopyPlane.c \
+                  CrBFData.c \
+                  CrCmap.c \
+                  CrCursor.c \
+                  CrGC.c \
+                  CrGlCur.c \
+                  CrPFBData.c \
+                  CrPixmap.c \
+                  CrWindow.c \
+                  Cursor.c \
+                  DefCursor.c \
+                  DelProp.c \
+                  Depths.c \
+                  DestSubs.c \
+                  DestWind.c \
+                  DisName.c \
+                  DrArc.c \
+                  DrArcs.c \
+                  DrLine.c \
+                  DrLines.c \
+                  DrPoint.c \
+                  DrPoints.c \
+                  DrRect.c \
+                  DrRects.c \
+                  DrSegs.c \
+                  ErrDes.c \
+                  ErrHndlr.c \
+                  evtomask.c \
+                  EvToWire.c \
+                  FetchName.c \
+                  FillArc.c \
+                  FillArcs.c \
+                  FillPoly.c \
+                  FillRct.c \
+                  FillRcts.c \
+                  FilterEv.c \
+                  Flush.c \
+                  Font.c \
+                  FontInfo.c \
+                  FontNames.c \
+                  FreeCmap.c \
+                  FreeCols.c \
+                  FreeCurs.c \
+                  FreeEData.c \
+                  FreeEventData.c \
+                  FreeGC.c \
+                  FreePix.c \
+                  FSSaver.c \
+                  FSWrap.c \
+                  GCMisc.c \
+                  Geom.c \
+                  GetAtomNm.c \
+                  GetColor.c \
+                  GetDflt.c \
+                  GetEventData.c \
+                  GetFPath.c \
+                  GetFProp.c \
+                  GetGCVals.c \
+                  GetGeom.c \
+                  GetHColor.c \
+                  GetHints.c \
+                  GetIFocus.c \
+                  GetImage.c \
+                  GetKCnt.c \
+                  GetMoEv.c \
+                  GetNrmHint.c \
+                  GetPCnt.c \
+                  GetPntMap.c \
+                  GetProp.c \
+                  GetRGBCMap.c \
+                  GetSOwner.c \
+                  GetSSaver.c \
+                  GetStCmap.c \
+                  GetTxtProp.c \
+                  GetWAttrs.c \
+                  GetWMCMapW.c \
+                  GetWMProto.c \
+                  globals.c \
+                  GrButton.c \
+                  GrKeybd.c \
+                  GrKey.c \
+                  GrPointer.c \
+                  GrServer.c \
+                  Host.c \
+                  Iconify.c \
+                  IfEvent.c \
+                  imConv.c \
+                  ImText16.c \
+                  ImText.c \
+                  ImUtil.c \
+                  InitExt.c \
+                  InsCmap.c \
+                  IntAtom.c \
+                  KeyBind.c \
+                  KeysymStr.c \
+                  KillCl.c \
+                  LiHosts.c \
+                  LiICmaps.c \
+                  LiProps.c \
+                  ListExt.c \
+                  LoadFont.c \
+                  LockDis.c \
+                  locking.c \
+                  LookupCol.c \
+                  LowerWin.c \
+                  Macros.c \
+                  MapRaised.c \
+                  MapSubs.c \
+                  MapWindow.c \
+                  MaskEvent.c \
+                  Misc.c \
+                  ModMap.c \
+                  MoveWin.c \
+                  NextEvent.c \
+                  OCWrap.c \
+                  OMWrap.c \
+                  OpenDis.c \
+                  ParseCmd.c \
+                  ParseCol.c \
+                  ParseGeom.c \
+                  PeekEvent.c \
+                  PeekIfEv.c \
+                  Pending.c \
+                  PixFormats.c \
+                  PmapBgnd.c \
+                  PmapBord.c \
+                  PolyReg.c \
+                  PolyTxt16.c \
+                  PolyTxt.c \
+                  PropAlloc.c \
+                  PutBEvent.c \
+                  PutImage.c \
+                  Quarks.c \
+                  QuBest.c \
+                  QuColor.c \
+                  QuColors.c \
+                  QuCurShp.c \
+                  QuExt.c \
+                  QuKeybd.c \
+                  QuPntr.c \
+                  QuStipShp.c \
+                  QuTextE16.c \
+                  QuTextExt.c \
+                  QuTileShp.c \
+                  QuTree.c \
+                  RaiseWin.c \
+                  RdBitF.c \
+                  RecolorC.c \
+                  ReconfWin.c \
+                  ReconfWM.c \
+                  Region.c \
+                  RegstFlt.c \
+                  RepWindow.c \
+                  RestackWs.c \
+                  RotProp.c \
+                  ScrResStr.c \
+                  SelInput.c \
+                  SendEvent.c \
+                  SetBack.c \
+                  SetClMask.c \
+                  SetClOrig.c \
+                  SetCRects.c \
+                  SetDashes.c \
+                  SetFont.c \
+                  SetFore.c \
+                  SetFPath.c \
+                  SetFunc.c \
+                  SetHints.c \
+                  SetIFocus.c \
+                  SetLocale.c \
+                  SetLStyle.c \
+                  SetNrmHint.c \
+                  SetPMask.c \
+                  SetPntMap.c \
+                  SetRGBCMap.c \
+                  SetSOwner.c \
+                  SetSSaver.c \
+                  SetState.c \
+                  SetStCmap.c \
+                  SetStip.c \
+                  SetTile.c \
+                  SetTSOrig.c \
+                  SetTxtProp.c \
+                  SetWMCMapW.c \
+                  SetWMProto.c \
+                  StBytes.c \
+                  StColor.c \
+                  StColors.c \
+                  StName.c \
+                  StNColor.c \
+                  StrKeysym.c \
+                  StrToText.c \
+                  Sync.c \
+                  Synchro.c \
+                  Text16.c \
+                  Text.c \
+                  TextExt16.c \
+                  TextExt.c \
+                  TextToStr.c \
+                  TrCoords.c \
+                  UndefCurs.c \
+                  UngrabBut.c \
+                  UngrabKbd.c \
+                  UngrabKey.c \
+                  UngrabPtr.c \
+                  UngrabSvr.c \
+                  UninsCmap.c \
+                  UnldFont.c \
+                  UnmapSubs.c \
+                  UnmapWin.c \
+                  VisUtil.c \
+                  WarpPtr.c \
+                  Window.c \
+                  WinEvent.c \
+                  Withdraw.c \
+                  WMGeom.c \
+                  WMProps.c \
+                  WrBitF.c \
+                  xcb_disp.c \
+                  xcb_io.c \
+                  XlibAsync.c \
+                  XlibInt.c \
+                  Xrm.c \
+
+
+INCLUDES := . xcms xlibi18n xkb $(MHMAKECONF)\X11 $(OBJDIR) $(INCLUDES)
+
+KEYSYMDEF = $(MHMAKECONF)/X11/keysymdef.h
+
+$(OBJDIR)\$(LIBRARY).lib: $(OBJDIR)\ks_tables.h
+
+load_makefile util\makefile MAKESERVER=$(MAKESERVER) DEBUG=$(DEBUG)
+
+$(OBJDIR)\ks_tables.h: $(KEYSYMDEF) util\$(OBJDIR)\makekeys.exe
+	util\$(OBJDIR)\makekeys $(relpath $<) > $(relpath $@)
+
+
diff --git a/libX11/src/util/makefile b/libX11/src/util/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27da68335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/src/util/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+TTYAPP=makekeys
+
+DEFINES += X11_t TRANS_CLIENT
+
+CSRCS = makekeys.c
+
diff --git a/libX11/src/util/makekeys.c b/libX11/src/util/makekeys.c
index 85ce75268..fb758b9cb 100644
--- a/libX11/src/util/makekeys.c
+++ b/libX11/src/util/makekeys.c
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ from The Open Group.
 #include <X11/keysymdef.h>

 #include <stdio.h>

 #include <stdlib.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

 

 typedef unsigned long Signature;

 

@@ -157,7 +158,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
     num_found = 0;

     for (z = ksnum; z < KTNUM; z++) {

 	max_rehash = 0;

-	for (name = tab, i = z; --i >= 0;)

+	for (name = &tab[0], i = z; --i >= 0;)

 		*name++ = 0;

 	for (i = 0; i < ksnum; i++) {

 	    name = info[i].name;

diff --git a/libX11/src/xcb_io.c b/libX11/src/xcb_io.c
index bac9bdf0b..63be2c5a8 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xcb_io.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xcb_io.c
@@ -22,6 +22,9 @@
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H

 #include <sys/select.h>

 #endif

+#include <sys/time.h>

+

+#include <X11/Xtrans/Xtrans.h>

 

 #define xcb_fail_assert(_message, _var) { \

 	unsigned int _var = 1; \

diff --git a/libX11/src/xcms/LRGB.c b/libX11/src/xcms/LRGB.c
index 5ecb7d120..2dc5a20cf 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xcms/LRGB.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xcms/LRGB.c
@@ -1,1844 +1,1844 @@
-
-/*
- * Code and supporting documentation (c) Copyright 1990 1991 Tektronix, Inc.
- * 	All Rights Reserved
- *
- * This file is a component of an X Window System-specific implementation
- * of Xcms based on the TekColor Color Management System.  Permission is
- * hereby granted to use, copy, modify, sell, and otherwise distribute this
- * software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee, provided
- * that this copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice is reproduced in
- * all copies of this software and in supporting documentation.  TekColor
- * is a trademark of Tektronix, Inc.
- *
- * Tektronix makes no representation about the suitability of this software
- * for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" and with all faults.
- *
- * TEKTRONIX DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
- * PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL TEKTRONIX BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
- * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
- * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- *
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsLRGB.c
- *
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		This file contains the conversion routines:
- *		    1. CIE XYZ to RGB intensity
- *		    2. RGB intensity to device RGB
- *		    3. device RGB to RGB intensity
- *		    4. RGB intensity to CIE XYZ
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xcmsint.h"
-#include "Cv.h"
-
-/*
- *      LOCAL DEFINES
- *		#define declarations local to this package.
- */
-#define EPS	0.001
-#ifndef MIN
-#define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
-#endif /* MIN */
-#ifndef MAX
-#define MAX(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
-#endif /* MAX */
-#ifndef MIN3
-#define MIN3(x,y,z) ((x) > (MIN((y), (z))) ? (MIN((y), (z))) : (x))
-#endif /* MIN3 */
-#ifndef MAX3
-#define MAX3(x,y,z) ((x) > (MAX((y), (z))) ? (x) : (MAX((y), (z))))
-#endif /* MAX3 */
-
-/*
- *      LOCAL TYPEDEFS
- *              typedefs local to this package (for use with local vars).
- *
- */
-
-/*
- *      FORWARD DECLARATIONS
- */
-static void LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData(XPointer pScreenDataTemp);
-static int LINEAR_RGB_InitSCCData(Display *dpy,
-    int screenNumber, XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo);
-static int XcmsLRGB_RGB_ParseString(register char *spec, XcmsColor *pColor);
-static int XcmsLRGB_RGBi_ParseString(register char *spec, XcmsColor *pColor);
-static Status
-_XcmsGetTableType0(
-    IntensityTbl *pTbl,
-    int	  format,
-    char **pChar,
-    unsigned long *pCount);
-static Status
-_XcmsGetTableType1(
-    IntensityTbl *pTbl,
-    int	  format,
-    char **pChar,
-    unsigned long *pCount);
-
-/*
- *      LOCALS VARIABLES
- *		Variables local to this package.
- *		    Usage example:
- *		        static int	ExampleLocalVar;
- */
-
-static unsigned short const MASK[17] = {
-    0x0000,	/*  0 bitsPerRGB */
-    0x8000,	/*  1 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xc000,	/*  2 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xe000,	/*  3 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xf000,	/*  4 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xf800,	/*  5 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xfc00,	/*  6 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xfe00,	/*  7 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xff00,	/*  8 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xff80,	/*  9 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xffc0,	/* 10 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xffe0,	/* 11 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xfff0,	/* 12 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xfff8,	/* 13 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xfffc,	/* 14 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xfffe,	/* 15 bitsPerRGB */
-    0xffff	/* 16 bitsPerRGB */
-};
-
-
-    /*
-     * A NULL terminated array of function pointers that when applied
-     * in series will convert an XcmsColor structure from XcmsRGBFormat
-     * to XcmsCIEXYZFormat.
-     */
-static XcmsConversionProc Fl_RGB_to_CIEXYZ[] = {
-    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsRGBToRGBi,
-    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ,
-    NULL
-};
-
-    /*
-     * A NULL terminated array of function pointers that when applied
-     * in series will convert an XcmsColor structure from XcmsCIEXYZFormat
-     * to XcmsRGBFormat.
-     */
-static XcmsConversionProc Fl_CIEXYZ_to_RGB[] = {
-    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi,
-    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsRGBiToRGB,
-    NULL
-};
-
-    /*
-     * A NULL terminated array of function pointers that when applied
-     * in series will convert an XcmsColor structure from XcmsRGBiFormat
-     * to XcmsCIEXYZFormat.
-     */
-static XcmsConversionProc Fl_RGBi_to_CIEXYZ[] = {
-    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ,
-    NULL
-};
-
-    /*
-     * A NULL terminated array of function pointers that when applied
-     * in series will convert an XcmsColor structure from XcmsCIEXYZFormat
-     * to XcmsRGBiFormat.
-     */
-static XcmsConversionProc Fl_CIEXYZ_to_RGBi[] = {
-    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi,
-    NULL
-};
-
-    /*
-     * RGBi Color Spaces
-     */
-XcmsColorSpace	XcmsRGBiColorSpace =
-    {
-	_XcmsRGBi_prefix,	/* prefix */
-	XcmsRGBiFormat,		/* id */
-	XcmsLRGB_RGBi_ParseString,	/* parseString */
-	Fl_RGBi_to_CIEXYZ,	/* to_CIEXYZ */
-	Fl_CIEXYZ_to_RGBi,	/* from_CIEXYZ */
-	1
-    };
-
-    /*
-     * RGB Color Spaces
-     */
-XcmsColorSpace	XcmsRGBColorSpace =
-    {
-	_XcmsRGB_prefix,		/* prefix */
-	XcmsRGBFormat,		/* id */
-	XcmsLRGB_RGB_ParseString,	/* parseString */
-	Fl_RGB_to_CIEXYZ,	/* to_CIEXYZ */
-	Fl_CIEXYZ_to_RGB,	/* from_CIEXYZ */
-	1
-    };
-
-    /*
-     * Device-Independent Color Spaces known to the
-     * LINEAR_RGB Screen Color Characteristics Function Set.
-     */
-static XcmsColorSpace	*DDColorSpaces[] = {
-    &XcmsRGBColorSpace,
-    &XcmsRGBiColorSpace,
-    NULL
-};
-
-
-/*
- *      GLOBALS
- *              Variables declared in this package that are allowed
- *		to be used globally.
- */
-
-    /*
-     * LINEAR_RGB Screen Color Characteristics Function Set.
-     */
-XcmsFunctionSet	XcmsLinearRGBFunctionSet =
-    {
-	&DDColorSpaces[0],	/* pDDColorSpaces */
-	LINEAR_RGB_InitSCCData,	/* pInitScrnFunc */
-	LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData	/* pFreeSCCData */
-    };
-
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Contents of Default SCCData should be replaced if other
- *		data should be used as default.
- *
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * NAME		Tektronix 19" (Sony) CRT
- * PART_NUMBER		119-2451-00
- * MODEL		Tek4300, Tek4800
- */
-
-static IntensityRec const Default_RGB_RedTuples[] = {
-    /* {unsigned short value, XcmsFloat intensity} */
-            { 0x0000,    0.000000 },
-            { 0x0909,    0.000000 },
-            { 0x0a0a,    0.000936 },
-            { 0x0f0f,    0.001481 },
-            { 0x1414,    0.002329 },
-            { 0x1919,    0.003529 },
-            { 0x1e1e,    0.005127 },
-            { 0x2323,    0.007169 },
-            { 0x2828,    0.009699 },
-            { 0x2d2d,    0.012759 },
-            { 0x3232,    0.016392 },
-            { 0x3737,    0.020637 },
-            { 0x3c3c,    0.025533 },
-            { 0x4141,    0.031119 },
-            { 0x4646,    0.037431 },
-            { 0x4b4b,    0.044504 },
-            { 0x5050,    0.052373 },
-            { 0x5555,    0.061069 },
-            { 0x5a5a,    0.070624 },
-            { 0x5f5f,    0.081070 },
-            { 0x6464,    0.092433 },
-            { 0x6969,    0.104744 },
-            { 0x6e6e,    0.118026 },
-            { 0x7373,    0.132307 },
-            { 0x7878,    0.147610 },
-            { 0x7d7d,    0.163958 },
-            { 0x8282,    0.181371 },
-            { 0x8787,    0.199871 },
-            { 0x8c8c,    0.219475 },
-            { 0x9191,    0.240202 },
-            { 0x9696,    0.262069 },
-            { 0x9b9b,    0.285089 },
-            { 0xa0a0,    0.309278 },
-            { 0xa5a5,    0.334647 },
-            { 0xaaaa,    0.361208 },
-            { 0xafaf,    0.388971 },
-            { 0xb4b4,    0.417945 },
-            { 0xb9b9,    0.448138 },
-            { 0xbebe,    0.479555 },
-            { 0xc3c3,    0.512202 },
-            { 0xc8c8,    0.546082 },
-            { 0xcdcd,    0.581199 },
-            { 0xd2d2,    0.617552 },
-            { 0xd7d7,    0.655144 },
-            { 0xdcdc,    0.693971 },
-            { 0xe1e1,    0.734031 },
-            { 0xe6e6,    0.775322 },
-            { 0xebeb,    0.817837 },
-            { 0xf0f0,    0.861571 },
-            { 0xf5f5,    0.906515 },
-            { 0xfafa,    0.952662 },
-            { 0xffff,    1.000000 }
-};
-
-static IntensityRec const Default_RGB_GreenTuples[] = {
-    /* {unsigned short value, XcmsFloat intensity} */
-            { 0x0000,    0.000000 },
-            { 0x1313,    0.000000 },
-            { 0x1414,    0.000832 },
-            { 0x1919,    0.001998 },
-            { 0x1e1e,    0.003612 },
-            { 0x2323,    0.005736 },
-            { 0x2828,    0.008428 },
-            { 0x2d2d,    0.011745 },
-            { 0x3232,    0.015740 },
-            { 0x3737,    0.020463 },
-            { 0x3c3c,    0.025960 },
-            { 0x4141,    0.032275 },
-            { 0x4646,    0.039449 },
-            { 0x4b4b,    0.047519 },
-            { 0x5050,    0.056520 },
-            { 0x5555,    0.066484 },
-            { 0x5a5a,    0.077439 },
-            { 0x5f5f,    0.089409 },
-            { 0x6464,    0.102418 },
-            { 0x6969,    0.116485 },
-            { 0x6e6e,    0.131625 },
-            { 0x7373,    0.147853 },
-            { 0x7878,    0.165176 },
-            { 0x7d7d,    0.183604 },
-            { 0x8282,    0.203140 },
-            { 0x8787,    0.223783 },
-            { 0x8c8c,    0.245533 },
-            { 0x9191,    0.268384 },
-            { 0x9696,    0.292327 },
-            { 0x9b9b,    0.317351 },
-            { 0xa0a0,    0.343441 },
-            { 0xa5a5,    0.370580 },
-            { 0xaaaa,    0.398747 },
-            { 0xafaf,    0.427919 },
-            { 0xb4b4,    0.458068 },
-            { 0xb9b9,    0.489165 },
-            { 0xbebe,    0.521176 },
-            { 0xc3c3,    0.554067 },
-            { 0xc8c8,    0.587797 },
-            { 0xcdcd,    0.622324 },
-            { 0xd2d2,    0.657604 },
-            { 0xd7d7,    0.693588 },
-            { 0xdcdc,    0.730225 },
-            { 0xe1e1,    0.767459 },
-            { 0xe6e6,    0.805235 },
-            { 0xebeb,    0.843491 },
-            { 0xf0f0,    0.882164 },
-            { 0xf5f5,    0.921187 },
-            { 0xfafa,    0.960490 },
-            { 0xffff,    1.000000 }
-};
-
-static IntensityRec const Default_RGB_BlueTuples[] = {
-    /* {unsigned short value, XcmsFloat intensity} */
-            { 0x0000,    0.000000 },
-            { 0x0e0e,    0.000000 },
-            { 0x0f0f,    0.001341 },
-            { 0x1414,    0.002080 },
-            { 0x1919,    0.003188 },
-            { 0x1e1e,    0.004729 },
-            { 0x2323,    0.006766 },
-            { 0x2828,    0.009357 },
-            { 0x2d2d,    0.012559 },
-            { 0x3232,    0.016424 },
-            { 0x3737,    0.021004 },
-            { 0x3c3c,    0.026344 },
-            { 0x4141,    0.032489 },
-            { 0x4646,    0.039481 },
-            { 0x4b4b,    0.047357 },
-            { 0x5050,    0.056154 },
-            { 0x5555,    0.065903 },
-            { 0x5a5a,    0.076634 },
-            { 0x5f5f,    0.088373 },
-            { 0x6464,    0.101145 },
-            { 0x6969,    0.114968 },
-            { 0x6e6e,    0.129862 },
-            { 0x7373,    0.145841 },
-            { 0x7878,    0.162915 },
-            { 0x7d7d,    0.181095 },
-            { 0x8282,    0.200386 },
-            { 0x8787,    0.220791 },
-            { 0x8c8c,    0.242309 },
-            { 0x9191,    0.264937 },
-            { 0x9696,    0.288670 },
-            { 0x9b9b,    0.313499 },
-            { 0xa0a0,    0.339410 },
-            { 0xa5a5,    0.366390 },
-            { 0xaaaa,    0.394421 },
-            { 0xafaf,    0.423481 },
-            { 0xb4b4,    0.453547 },
-            { 0xb9b9,    0.484592 },
-            { 0xbebe,    0.516587 },
-            { 0xc3c3,    0.549498 },
-            { 0xc8c8,    0.583291 },
-            { 0xcdcd,    0.617925 },
-            { 0xd2d2,    0.653361 },
-            { 0xd7d7,    0.689553 },
-            { 0xdcdc,    0.726454 },
-            { 0xe1e1,    0.764013 },
-            { 0xe6e6,    0.802178 },
-            { 0xebeb,    0.840891 },
-            { 0xf0f0,    0.880093 },
-            { 0xf5f5,    0.919723 },
-            { 0xfafa,    0.959715 },
-	    { 0xffff,    1.00000 }
-};
-
-static IntensityTbl Default_RGB_RedTbl = {
-    /* IntensityRec *pBase */
-	(IntensityRec *) Default_RGB_RedTuples,
-    /* unsigned int nEntries */
-	52
-};
-
-static IntensityTbl Default_RGB_GreenTbl = {
-    /* IntensityRec *pBase */
-	(IntensityRec *)Default_RGB_GreenTuples,
-    /* unsigned int nEntries */
-	50
-};
-
-static IntensityTbl Default_RGB_BlueTbl = {
-    /* IntensityRec *pBase */
-	(IntensityRec *)Default_RGB_BlueTuples,
-    /* unsigned int nEntries */
-	51
-};
-
-static LINEAR_RGB_SCCData Default_RGB_SCCData = {
-    /* XcmsFloat XYZtoRGBmatrix[3][3] */
-  {
-    { 3.48340481253539000, -1.52176374927285200, -0.55923133354049780 },
-    {-1.07152751306193600,  1.96593795204372400,  0.03673691339553462 },
-    { 0.06351179790497788, -0.20020501000496480,  0.81070942031648220 }
-  },
-
-    /* XcmsFloat RGBtoXYZmatrix[3][3] */
-  {
-    { 0.38106149108714790, 0.32025712365352110, 0.24834578525933100 },
-    { 0.20729745115140850, 0.68054638776373240, 0.11215616108485920 },
-    { 0.02133944350088028, 0.14297193020246480, 1.24172892629665500 }
-  },
-
-    /* IntensityTbl *pRedTbl */
-	&Default_RGB_RedTbl,
-
-    /* IntensityTbl *pGreenTbl */
-	&Default_RGB_GreenTbl,
-
-    /* IntensityTbl *pBlueTbl */
-	&Default_RGB_BlueTbl
-};
-
-/************************************************************************
- *									*
- *			PRIVATE ROUTINES				*
- *									*
- ************************************************************************/
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		LINEAR_RGB_InitSCCData()
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static Status
-LINEAR_RGB_InitSCCData(
-    Display *dpy,
-    int screenNumber,
-    XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		XcmsFailure if failed.
- *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.
- *
- */
-{
-    Atom  CorrectAtom = XInternAtom (dpy, XDCCC_CORRECT_ATOM_NAME, True);
-    Atom  MatrixAtom  = XInternAtom (dpy, XDCCC_MATRIX_ATOM_NAME, True);
-    int	  format_return, count, cType, nTables;
-    unsigned long nitems, nbytes_return;
-    char *property_return, *pChar;
-    XcmsFloat *pValue;
-#ifdef ALLDEBUG
-    IntensityRec *pIRec;
-#endif /* ALLDEBUG */
-    VisualID visualID;
-
-    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData, *pScreenDefaultData;
-    XcmsIntensityMap *pNewMap;
-
-    /*
-     * Allocate memory for pScreenData
-     */
-    if (!(pScreenData = pScreenDefaultData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)
-		      Xcalloc (1, sizeof(LINEAR_RGB_SCCData)))) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     *  1. Get the XYZ->RGB and RGB->XYZ matrices
-     */
-
-    if (MatrixAtom == None ||
-	!_XcmsGetProperty (dpy, RootWindow(dpy, screenNumber), MatrixAtom,
-	   &format_return, &nitems, &nbytes_return, &property_return) ||
-	   nitems != 18 || format_return != 32) {
-	/*
-	 * As per the XDCCC, there must be 18 data items and each must be
-	 * in 32 bits !
-	 */
-	goto FreeSCCData;
-
-    } else {
-
-	/*
-	 * RGBtoXYZ and XYZtoRGB matrices
-	 */
-	pValue = (XcmsFloat *) pScreenData;
-	pChar = property_return;
-	for (count = 0; count < 18; count++) {
-	    *pValue++ = (long)_XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar,
-		    &nitems) / (XcmsFloat)XDCCC_NUMBER;
-	}
-	Xfree ((char *)property_return);
-	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.X =
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][0] +
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][1] +
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][2];
-	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y =
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][0] +
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][1] +
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][2];
-	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Z =
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][0] +
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][1] +
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][2];
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the Screen White Point
-	 */
-	if ((pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y < (1.0 - EPS) )
-		|| (pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y > (1.0 + EPS))) {
-	    goto FreeSCCData;
-	} else {
-	    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y = 1.0;
-	}
-	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.format = XcmsCIEXYZFormat;
-	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.pixel = 0;
-
-#ifdef PDEBUG
-	printf ("RGB to XYZ Matrix values:\n");
-	printf ("       %f %f %f\n       %f %f %f\n       %f %f %f\n",
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][0],
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][1],
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][2],
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][0],
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][1],
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][2],
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][0],
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][1],
-		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][2]);
-	printf ("XYZ to RGB Matrix values:\n");
-	printf ("       %f %f %f\n       %f %f %f\n       %f %f %f\n",
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[0][0],
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[0][1],
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[0][2],
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[1][0],
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[1][1],
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[1][2],
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[2][0],
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[2][1],
-		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[2][2]);
-	printf ("Screen White Pt value: %f %f %f\n",
-		pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.X,
-		pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y,
-		pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Z);
-#endif /* PDEBUG */
-    }
-
-    /*
-     *	2. Get the Intensity Profile
-     */
-    if (CorrectAtom == None ||
-	!_XcmsGetProperty (dpy, RootWindow(dpy, screenNumber), CorrectAtom,
-	   &format_return, &nitems, &nbytes_return, &property_return)) {
-	goto FreeSCCData;
-    }
-
-    pChar = property_return;
-
-    while (nitems) {
-	switch (format_return) {
-	  case 8:
-	    /*
-	     * Must have at least:
-	     *		VisualID0
-	     *		VisualID1
-	     *		VisualID2
-	     *		VisualID3
-	     *		type
-	     *		count
-	     *		length
-	     *		intensity1
-	     *		intensity2
-	     */
-	    if (nitems < 9) {
-		goto Free_property_return;
-	    }
-	    count = 3;
-	    break;
-	  case 16:
-	    /*
-	     * Must have at least:
-	     *		VisualID0
-	     *		VisualID3
-	     *		type
-	     *		count
-	     *		length
-	     *		intensity1
-	     *		intensity2
-	     */
-	    if (nitems < 7) {
-		goto Free_property_return;
-	    }
-	    count = 1;
-	    break;
-	  case 32:
-	    /*
-	     * Must have at least:
-	     *		VisualID0
-	     *		type
-	     *		count
-	     *		length
-	     *		intensity1
-	     *		intensity2
-	     */
-	    if (nitems < 6) {
-		goto Free_property_return;
-	    }
-	    count = 0;
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    goto Free_property_return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Get VisualID
-	 */
-	visualID = _XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar, &nitems);
-	while (count--) {
-	    visualID = visualID << format_return;
-	    visualID |= _XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar, &nitems);
-	}
-
-	if (visualID == 0) {
-	    /*
-	     * This is a shared intensity table
-	     */
-	    pScreenData = pScreenDefaultData;
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * This is a per-Visual intensity table
-	     */
-	    if (!(pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)
-			      Xcalloc (1, sizeof(LINEAR_RGB_SCCData)))) {
-		goto Free_property_return;
-	    }
-	    /* copy matrices */
-	    memcpy((char *)pScreenData, (char *)pScreenDefaultData,
-		   18 * sizeof(XcmsFloat));
-
-	    /* Create, initialize, and add map */
-	    if (!(pNewMap = (XcmsIntensityMap *)
-			      Xcalloc (1, sizeof(XcmsIntensityMap)))) {
-		Xfree((char *)pScreenData);
-		goto Free_property_return;
-	    }
-	    pNewMap->visualID = visualID;
-	    pNewMap->screenData = (XPointer)pScreenData;
-	    pNewMap->pFreeScreenData = LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData;
-	    pNewMap->pNext =
-		    (XcmsIntensityMap *)dpy->cms.perVisualIntensityMaps;
-	    dpy->cms.perVisualIntensityMaps = (XPointer)pNewMap;
-	    dpy->free_funcs->intensityMaps = _XcmsFreeIntensityMaps;
-	}
-
-	cType = _XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar, &nitems);
-	nTables = _XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar, &nitems);
-
-	if (cType == 0) {
-
-	    /* Red Intensity Table */
-	    if (!(pScreenData->pRedTbl = (IntensityTbl *)
-		    Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {
-		goto Free_property_return;
-	    }
-	    if (_XcmsGetTableType0(pScreenData->pRedTbl, format_return, &pChar,
-		    &nitems) == XcmsFailure) {
-		goto FreeRedTbl;
-	    }
-
-	    if (nTables == 1) {
-		/* Green Intensity Table */
-		pScreenData->pGreenTbl = pScreenData->pRedTbl;
-		/* Blue Intensity Table */
-		pScreenData->pBlueTbl = pScreenData->pRedTbl;
-	    } else {
-		/* Green Intensity Table */
-		if (!(pScreenData->pGreenTbl = (IntensityTbl *)
-			Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {
-		    goto FreeRedTblElements;
-		}
-		if (_XcmsGetTableType0(pScreenData->pGreenTbl, format_return, &pChar,
-			&nitems) == XcmsFailure) {
-		    goto FreeGreenTbl;
-		}
-
-		/* Blue Intensity Table */
-		if (!(pScreenData->pBlueTbl = (IntensityTbl *)
-			Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {
-		    goto FreeGreenTblElements;
-		}
-		if (_XcmsGetTableType0(pScreenData->pBlueTbl, format_return, &pChar,
-			&nitems) == XcmsFailure) {
-		    goto FreeBlueTbl;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else if (cType == 1) {
-	    /* Red Intensity Table */
-	    if (!(pScreenData->pRedTbl = (IntensityTbl *)
-		    Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {
-		goto Free_property_return;
-	    }
-	    if (_XcmsGetTableType1(pScreenData->pRedTbl, format_return, &pChar,
-		    &nitems) == XcmsFailure) {
-		goto FreeRedTbl;
-	    }
-
-	    if (nTables == 1) {
-
-		/* Green Intensity Table */
-		pScreenData->pGreenTbl = pScreenData->pRedTbl;
-		/* Blue Intensity Table */
-		pScreenData->pBlueTbl = pScreenData->pRedTbl;
-
-	    } else {
-
-		/* Green Intensity Table */
-		if (!(pScreenData->pGreenTbl = (IntensityTbl *)
-			Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {
-		    goto FreeRedTblElements;
-		}
-		if (_XcmsGetTableType1(pScreenData->pGreenTbl, format_return, &pChar,
-			&nitems) == XcmsFailure) {
-		    goto FreeGreenTbl;
-		}
-
-		/* Blue Intensity Table */
-		if (!(pScreenData->pBlueTbl = (IntensityTbl *)
-			Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {
-		    goto FreeGreenTblElements;
-		}
-		if (_XcmsGetTableType1(pScreenData->pBlueTbl, format_return, &pChar,
-			&nitems) == XcmsFailure) {
-		    goto FreeBlueTbl;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    goto Free_property_return;
-	}
-
-#ifdef ALLDEBUG
-	printf ("Intensity Table  RED    %d\n", pScreenData->pRedTbl->nEntries);
-	pIRec = (IntensityRec *) pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase;
-	for (count = 0; count < pScreenData->pRedTbl->nEntries; count++, pIRec++) {
-	    printf ("\t0x%4x\t%f\n", pIRec->value, pIRec->intensity);
-	}
-	if (pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase != pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase) {
-	    printf ("Intensity Table  GREEN  %d\n", pScreenData->pGreenTbl->nEntries);
-	    pIRec = (IntensityRec *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase;
-	    for (count = 0; count < pScreenData->pGreenTbl->nEntries; count++, pIRec++) {
-		printf ("\t0x%4x\t%f\n", pIRec->value, pIRec->intensity);
-	    }
-	}
-	if (pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase != pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase) {
-	    printf ("Intensity Table  BLUE   %d\n", pScreenData->pBlueTbl->nEntries);
-	    pIRec = (IntensityRec *) pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase;
-	    for (count = 0; count < pScreenData->pBlueTbl->nEntries; count++, pIRec++) {
-		printf ("\t0x%4x\t%f\n", pIRec->value, pIRec->intensity);
-	    }
-	}
-#endif /* ALLDEBUG */
-    }
-
-    Xfree ((char *)property_return);
-
-    /* Free the old memory and use the new structure created. */
-    LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData(pPerScrnInfo->screenData);
-
-    pPerScrnInfo->functionSet = (XPointer) &XcmsLinearRGBFunctionSet;
-
-    pPerScrnInfo->screenData = (XPointer) pScreenData;
-
-    pPerScrnInfo->state = XcmsInitSuccess;
-
-    return(XcmsSuccess);
-
-FreeBlueTblElements:
-    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase);
-
-FreeBlueTbl:
-    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl);
-
-FreeGreenTblElements:
-    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase);
-
-FreeGreenTbl:
-    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl);
-
-FreeRedTblElements:
-    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase);
-
-FreeRedTbl:
-    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl);
-
-Free_property_return:
-    Xfree ((char *)property_return);
-
-FreeSCCData:
-    Xfree((char *)pScreenDefaultData);
-    pPerScrnInfo->state = XcmsInitNone;
-    return(XcmsFailure);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData()
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static void
-LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData(
-    XPointer pScreenDataTemp)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		0 if failed.
- *		1 if succeeded with no modifications.
- *
- */
-{
-    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *) pScreenDataTemp;
-
-    if (pScreenData && pScreenData != &Default_RGB_SCCData) {
-	if (pScreenData->pRedTbl) {
-	    if (pScreenData->pGreenTbl) {
-		if (pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase !=
-		    pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase) {
-		    if (pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase) {
-			Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase);
-		    }
-		}
-		if (pScreenData->pGreenTbl != pScreenData->pRedTbl) {
-		    Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl);
-		}
-	    }
-	    if (pScreenData->pBlueTbl) {
-		if (pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase !=
-		    pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase) {
-		    if (pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase) {
-			Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase);
-		    }
-		}
-		if (pScreenData->pBlueTbl != pScreenData->pRedTbl) {
-		    Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl);
-		}
-	    }
-	    if (pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase) {
-		Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase);
-	    }
-	    Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl);
-	}
-	Xfree ((char *)pScreenData);
-    }
-}
-
-
-
-/************************************************************************
- *									*
- *			API PRIVATE ROUTINES				*
- *									*
- ************************************************************************/
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		_XcmsGetTableType0
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static Status
-_XcmsGetTableType0(
-    IntensityTbl *pTbl,
-    int	  format,
-    char **pChar,
-    unsigned long *pCount)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		XcmsFailure if failed.
- *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.
- *
- */
-{
-    unsigned int nElements;
-    IntensityRec *pIRec;
-
-    nElements = pTbl->nEntries =
-	    _XcmsGetElement(format, pChar, pCount) + 1;
-    if (!(pIRec = pTbl->pBase = (IntensityRec *)
-	  Xcalloc (nElements, sizeof(IntensityRec)))) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    switch (format) {
-      case 8:
-	for (; nElements--; pIRec++) {
-	    /* 0xFFFF/0xFF = 0x101 */
-	    pIRec->value = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount) * 0x101;
-	    pIRec->intensity =
-		    _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount) / (XcmsFloat)255.0;
-	}
-	break;
-      case 16:
-	for (; nElements--; pIRec++) {
-	    pIRec->value = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount);
-	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)
-		    / (XcmsFloat)65535.0;
-	}
-	break;
-      case 32:
-	for (; nElements--; pIRec++) {
-	    pIRec->value = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount);
-	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)
-		    / (XcmsFloat)4294967295.0;
-	}
-	break;
-      default:
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-    return(XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		_XcmsGetTableType1
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static Status
-_XcmsGetTableType1(
-    IntensityTbl *pTbl,
-    int	  format,
-    char **pChar,
-    unsigned long *pCount)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		XcmsFailure if failed.
- *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.
- *
- */
-{
-    int count;
-    unsigned int max_index;
-    IntensityRec *pIRec;
-
-    max_index = _XcmsGetElement(format, pChar, pCount);
-    pTbl->nEntries = max_index + 1;
-    if (!(pIRec = pTbl->pBase = (IntensityRec *)
-	  Xcalloc (max_index+1, sizeof(IntensityRec)))) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    switch (format) {
-      case 8:
-	for (count = 0; count < max_index+1; count++, pIRec++) {
-	    pIRec->value = (count * 65535) / max_index;
-	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)
-		    / (XcmsFloat)255.0;
-	}
-	break;
-      case 16:
-	for (count = 0; count < max_index+1; count++, pIRec++) {
-	    pIRec->value = (count * 65535) / max_index;
-	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)
-		    / (XcmsFloat)65535.0;
-	}
-	break;
-      case 32:
-	for (count = 0; count < max_index+1; count++, pIRec++) {
-	    pIRec->value = (count * 65535) / max_index;
-	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)
-		    / (XcmsFloat)4294967295.0;
-	}
-	break;
-      default:
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    return(XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		ValueCmp
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static int
-_XcmsValueCmp(
-    IntensityRec *p1, IntensityRec *p2)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Compares the value component of two IntensityRec
- *		structures.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		0 if p1->value is equal to p2->value
- *		< 0 if p1->value is less than p2->value
- *		> 0 if p1->value is greater than p2->value
- *
- */
-{
-    return (p1->value - p2->value);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		IntensityCmp
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static int
-_XcmsIntensityCmp(
-    IntensityRec *p1, IntensityRec *p2)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Compares the intensity component of two IntensityRec
- *		structures.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		0 if equal;
- *		< 0 if first precedes second
- *		> 0 if first succeeds second
- *
- */
-{
-    if (p1->intensity < p2->intensity) {
-	return (-1);
-    }
-    if (p1->intensity > p2->intensity) {
-	return (XcmsSuccess);
-    }
-    return (XcmsFailure);
-}
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		ValueInterpolation
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-/* ARGSUSED */
-static int
-_XcmsValueInterpolation(
-    IntensityRec *key, IntensityRec *lo, IntensityRec *hi, IntensityRec *answer,
-    int bitsPerRGB)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Based on a given value, performs a linear interpolation
- *		on the intensities between two IntensityRec structures.
- *		Note that the bitsPerRGB parameter is ignored.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		Returns 0 if failed; otherwise non-zero.
- */
-{
-    XcmsFloat ratio;
-
-    ratio = ((XcmsFloat)key->value - (XcmsFloat)lo->value) /
-	((XcmsFloat)hi->value - (XcmsFloat)lo->value);
-    answer->value = key->value;
-    answer->intensity = (hi->intensity - lo->intensity) * ratio;
-    answer->intensity += lo->intensity;
-    return (XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		IntensityInterpolation
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static int
-_XcmsIntensityInterpolation(
-    IntensityRec *key, IntensityRec *lo, IntensityRec *hi, IntensityRec *answer,
-    int bitsPerRGB)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Based on a given intensity, performs a linear interpolation
- *		on the values between two IntensityRec structures.
- *		The bitsPerRGB parameter is necessary to perform rounding
- *		to the correct number of significant bits.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		Returns 0 if failed; otherwise non-zero.
- */
-{
-    XcmsFloat ratio;
-    long target, up, down;
-    int shift = 16 - bitsPerRGB;
-    int max_color = (1 << bitsPerRGB) - 1;
-
-    ratio = (key->intensity - lo->intensity) / (hi->intensity - lo->intensity);
-    answer->intensity = key->intensity;
-    target = hi->value - lo->value;
-    target *= ratio;
-    target += lo->value;
-
-    /*
-     * Ok now, lets find the closest in respects to bits per RGB
-     */
-    up = ((target >> shift) * 0xFFFF) / max_color;
-    if (up < target) {
-	down = up;
-	up = (MIN((down >> shift) + 1, max_color) * 0xFFFF) / max_color;
-    } else {
-	down = (MAX((up >> shift) - 1, 0) * 0xFFFF) / max_color;
-    }
-    answer->value = ((up - target) < (target - down) ? up : down);
-    answer->value &= MASK[bitsPerRGB];
-    return (XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-
-
-typedef int (*comparProcp)(
-    char *p1,
-    char *p2);
-typedef int (*interpolProcp)(
-    char *key,
-    char *lo,
-    char *hi,
-    char *answer,
-    int bitsPerRGB);
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		_XcmsTableSearch
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static int
-_XcmsTableSearch(
-    char *key,
-    int bitsPerRGB,
-    char *base,
-    unsigned nel,
-    unsigned nKeyPtrSize,
-    int (*compar)(
-        char *p1,
-        char *p2),
-    int (*interpol)(
-        char *key,
-        char *lo,
-        char *hi,
-        char *answer,
-        int bitsPerRGB),
-    char *answer)
-
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		A binary search through the specificied table.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		Returns 0 if failed; otherwise non-zero.
- *
- */
-{
-    char *hi, *lo, *mid, *last;
-    int result;
-
-    last = hi = base + ((nel - 1) * nKeyPtrSize);
-    mid = lo = base;
-
-    /* use only the significants bits, then scale into 16 bits */
-    ((IntensityRec *)key)->value = ((unsigned long)
-	    (((IntensityRec *)key)->value >> (16 - bitsPerRGB)) * 0xFFFF)
-	    / ((1 << bitsPerRGB) - 1);
-
-    /* Special case so that zero intensity always maps to zero value */
-    if ((*compar) (key,lo) <= 0) {
-	memcpy (answer, lo, nKeyPtrSize);
-	((IntensityRec *)answer)->value &= MASK[bitsPerRGB];
-	return XcmsSuccess;
-    }
-    while (mid != last) {
-	last = mid;
-	mid = lo + (((unsigned)(hi - lo) / nKeyPtrSize) / 2) * nKeyPtrSize;
-	result = (*compar) (key, mid);
-	if (result == 0) {
-
-	    memcpy(answer, mid, nKeyPtrSize);
-	    ((IntensityRec *)answer)->value &= MASK[bitsPerRGB];
-	    return (XcmsSuccess);
-	} else if (result < 0) {
-	    hi = mid;
-	} else {
-	    lo = mid;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If we got to here, we didn't find a solution, so we
-     * need to apply interpolation.
-     */
-    return ((*interpol)(key, lo, hi, answer, bitsPerRGB));
-}
-
-
-/*
- *      NAME
- *		_XcmsMatVec - multiply a 3 x 3 by a 3 x 1 vector
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static void _XcmsMatVec(
-    XcmsFloat *pMat, XcmsFloat *pIn, XcmsFloat *pOut)
-/*
- *      DESCRIPTION
- *		Multiply the passed vector by the passed matrix to return a
- *		vector. Matrix is 3x3, vectors are of length 3.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		void
- */
-{
-    int i, j;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
-	pOut[i] = 0.0;
-	for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)
-	    pOut[i] += *(pMat+(i*3)+j) * pIn[j];
-    }
-}
-
-
-/************************************************************************
- *									*
- *			 PUBLIC ROUTINES				*
- *									*
- ************************************************************************/
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsLRGB_RGB_ParseString
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static int
-XcmsLRGB_RGB_ParseString(
-    register char *spec,
-    XcmsColor *pColor)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		This routines takes a string and attempts to convert
- *		it into a XcmsColor structure with XcmsRGBFormat.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		0 if failed, non-zero otherwise.
- */
-{
-    register int n, i;
-    unsigned short r, g, b;
-    char c;
-    char *pchar;
-    unsigned short *pShort;
-
-    /*
-     * Check for old # format
-     */
-    if (*spec == '#') {
-	/*
-	 * Attempt to parse the value portion.
-	 */
-	spec++;
-	n = strlen(spec);
-	if (n != 3 && n != 6 && n != 9 && n != 12) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-
-	n /= 3;
-	g = b = 0;
-	do {
-	    r = g;
-	    g = b;
-	    b = 0;
-	    for (i = n; --i >= 0; ) {
-		c = *spec++;
-		b <<= 4;
-		if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
-		    b |= c - '0';
-		/* assume string in lowercase
-		else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
-		    b |= c - ('A' - 10);
-		*/
-		else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
-		    b |= c - ('a' - 10);
-		else return (XcmsFailure);
-	    }
-	} while (*spec != '\0');
-
-	/*
-	 * Succeeded !
-	 */
-	n <<= 2;
-	n = 16 - n;
-	/* shift instead of scale, to match old broken semantics */
-	pColor->spec.RGB.red = r << n;
-	pColor->spec.RGB.green = g << n;
-	pColor->spec.RGB.blue =  b << n;
-    } else {
-	if ((pchar = strchr(spec, ':')) == NULL) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-	n = (int)(pchar - spec);
-
-	/*
-	 * Check for proper prefix.
-	 */
-	if (strncmp(spec, _XcmsRGB_prefix, n) != 0) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Attempt to parse the value portion.
-	 */
-	spec += (n + 1);
-	pShort = &pColor->spec.RGB.red;
-	for (i = 0; i < 3; i++, pShort++, spec++) {
-	    n = 0;
-	    *pShort = 0;
-	    while (*spec != '/' && *spec != '\0') {
-		if (++n > 4) {
-		    return(XcmsFailure);
-		}
-		c = *spec++;
-		*pShort <<= 4;
-		if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
-		    *pShort |= c - '0';
-		/* assume string in lowercase
-		else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
-		    *pShort |= c - ('A' - 10);
-		*/
-		else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
-		    *pShort |= c - ('a' - 10);
-		else return (XcmsFailure);
-	    }
-	    if (n == 0)
-		return (XcmsFailure);
-	    if (n < 4) {
-		*pShort = ((unsigned long)*pShort * 0xFFFF) / ((1 << n*4) - 1);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    pColor->format = XcmsRGBFormat;
-    pColor->pixel = 0;
-    return (XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsLRGB_RGBi_ParseString
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-static int
-XcmsLRGB_RGBi_ParseString(
-    register char *spec,
-    XcmsColor *pColor)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		This routines takes a string and attempts to convert
- *		it into a XcmsColor structure with XcmsRGBiFormat.
- *		The assumed RGBi string syntax is:
- *		    RGBi:<r>/<g>/<b>
- *		Where r, g, and b are in string input format for floats
- *		consisting of:
- *		    a. an optional sign
- *		    b. a string of numbers possibly containing a decimal point,
- *		    c. an optional exponent field containing an 'E' or 'e'
- *			followed by a possibly signed integer string.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		0 if failed, non-zero otherwise.
- */
-{
-    int n;
-    char *pchar;
-
-    if ((pchar = strchr(spec, ':')) == NULL) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-    n = (int)(pchar - spec);
-
-    /*
-     * Check for proper prefix.
-     */
-    if (strncmp(spec, _XcmsRGBi_prefix, n) != 0) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Attempt to parse the value portion.
-     */
-    if (sscanf(spec + n + 1, "%lf/%lf/%lf",
-	    &pColor->spec.RGBi.red,
-	    &pColor->spec.RGBi.green,
-	    &pColor->spec.RGBi.blue) != 3) {
-        char *s; /* Maybe failed due to locale */
-        int f;
-        if ((s = strdup(spec))) {
-            for (f = 0; s[f]; ++f)
-                if (s[f] == '.')
-                    s[f] = ',';
-                else if (s[f] == ',')
-                    s[f] = '.';
-	    if (sscanf(s + n + 1, "%lf/%lf/%lf",
-		       &pColor->spec.RGBi.red,
-		       &pColor->spec.RGBi.green,
-		       &pColor->spec.RGBi.blue) != 3) {
-                free(s);
-                return(XcmsFailure);
-            }
-            free(s);
-        } else
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Succeeded !
-     */
-    pColor->format = XcmsRGBiFormat;
-    pColor->pixel = 0;
-    return (XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi - convert CIE XYZ to RGB
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-/* ARGSUSED */
-Status
-XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi(
-    XcmsCCC ccc,
-    XcmsColor *pXcmsColors_in_out,/* pointer to XcmsColors to convert 	*/
-    unsigned int nColors,	/* Number of colors			*/
-    Bool *pCompressed)		/* pointer to an array of Bool		*/
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Converts color specifications in an array of XcmsColor
- *		structures from RGB format to RGBi format.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		XcmsFailure if failed,
- *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded without gamut compression.
- *		XcmsSuccessWithCompression if succeeded with gamut
- *			compression.
- */
-{
-    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData;
-    XcmsFloat tmp[3];
-    int hasCompressed = 0;
-    unsigned int i;
-    XcmsColor *pColor = pXcmsColors_in_out;
-
-    if (ccc == NULL) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)ccc->pPerScrnInfo->screenData;
-
-    /*
-     * XcmsColors should be White Point Adjusted, if necessary, by now!
-     */
-
-    /*
-     * NEW!!! for extended gamut compression
-     *
-     * 1. Need to zero out pCompressed
-     *
-     * 2. Need to save initial address of pColor
-     *
-     * 3. Need to save initial address of pCompressed
-     */
-
-    for (i = 0; i < nColors; i++) {
-
-	/* Make sure format is XcmsCIEXYZFormat */
-	if (pColor->format != XcmsCIEXYZFormat) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-
-	/* Multiply [A]-1 * [XYZ] to get RGB intensity */
-	_XcmsMatVec((XcmsFloat *) pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix,
-		(XcmsFloat *) &pColor->spec, tmp);
-
-	if ((MIN3 (tmp[0], tmp[1], tmp[2]) < -EPS) ||
-	    (MAX3 (tmp[0], tmp[1], tmp[2]) > (1.0 + EPS))) {
-
-	    /*
-	     * RGBi out of screen's gamut
-	     */
-
-	    if (ccc->gamutCompProc == NULL) {
-		/*
-		 * Aha!! Here's that little trick that will allow
-		 * gamut compression routines to get the out of bound
-		 * RGBi.
-		 */
-		memcpy((char *)&pColor->spec, (char *)tmp, sizeof(tmp));
-		pColor->format = XcmsRGBiFormat;
-		return(XcmsFailure);
-	    } else if ((*ccc->gamutCompProc)(ccc, pXcmsColors_in_out, nColors,
-		    i, pCompressed) == 0) {
-		return(XcmsFailure);
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * The gamut compression function should return colors in CIEXYZ
-	     *	Also check again to if the new color is within gamut.
-	     */
-	    if (pColor->format != XcmsCIEXYZFormat) {
-		return(XcmsFailure);
-	    }
-	    _XcmsMatVec((XcmsFloat *) pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix,
-		    (XcmsFloat *) &pColor->spec, tmp);
-	    if ((MIN3 (tmp[0], tmp[1], tmp[2]) < -EPS) ||
-		(MAX3 (tmp[0], tmp[1], tmp[2]) > (1.0 + EPS))) {
-		return(XcmsFailure);
-	    }
-	    hasCompressed++;
-	}
-	memcpy((char *)&pColor->spec, (char *)tmp, sizeof(tmp));
-	/* These if statements are done to ensure the fudge factor is */
-	/* is taken into account. */
-	if (pColor->spec.RGBi.red < 0.0) {
-		pColor->spec.RGBi.red = 0.0;
-	} else if (pColor->spec.RGBi.red > 1.0) {
-		pColor->spec.RGBi.red = 1.0;
-	}
-	if (pColor->spec.RGBi.green < 0.0) {
-		pColor->spec.RGBi.green = 0.0;
-	} else if (pColor->spec.RGBi.green > 1.0) {
-		pColor->spec.RGBi.green = 1.0;
-	}
-	if (pColor->spec.RGBi.blue < 0.0) {
-		pColor->spec.RGBi.blue = 0.0;
-	} else if (pColor->spec.RGBi.blue > 1.0) {
-		pColor->spec.RGBi.blue = 1.0;
-	}
-	(pColor++)->format = XcmsRGBiFormat;
-    }
-    return (hasCompressed ? XcmsSuccessWithCompression : XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		LINEAR_RGBi_to_CIEXYZ - convert RGBi to CIEXYZ
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-/* ARGSUSED */
-Status
-XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ(
-    XcmsCCC ccc,
-    XcmsColor *pXcmsColors_in_out,/* pointer to XcmsColors to convert 	*/
-    unsigned int nColors,	/* Number of colors			*/
-    Bool *pCompressed)		/* pointer to a bit array		*/
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Converts color specifications in an array of XcmsColor
- *		structures from RGBi format to CIEXYZ format.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		XcmsFailure if failed,
- *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.
- */
-{
-    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData;
-    XcmsFloat tmp[3];
-
-    /*
-     * pCompressed ignored in this function.
-     */
-
-    if (ccc == NULL) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)ccc->pPerScrnInfo->screenData;
-
-    /*
-     * XcmsColors should be White Point Adjusted, if necessary, by now!
-     */
-
-    while (nColors--) {
-
-	/* Multiply [A]-1 * [XYZ] to get RGB intensity */
-	_XcmsMatVec((XcmsFloat *) pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix,
-		(XcmsFloat *) &pXcmsColors_in_out->spec, tmp);
-
-	memcpy((char *)&pXcmsColors_in_out->spec, (char *)tmp, sizeof(tmp));
-	(pXcmsColors_in_out++)->format = XcmsCIEXYZFormat;
-    }
-    return(XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsRGBiToRGB
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-/* ARGSUSED */
-Status
-XcmsRGBiToRGB(
-    XcmsCCC ccc,
-    XcmsColor *pXcmsColors_in_out,/* pointer to XcmsColors to convert 	*/
-    unsigned int nColors,	/* Number of colors			*/
-    Bool *pCompressed)		/* pointer to a bit array		*/
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Converts color specifications in an array of XcmsColor
- *		structures from RGBi format to RGB format.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		XcmsFailure if failed,
- *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded without gamut compression.
- *		XcmsSuccessWithCompression if succeeded with gamut
- *			compression.
- */
-{
-    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData;
-    XcmsRGB tmpRGB;
-    IntensityRec keyIRec, answerIRec;
-
-    /*
-     * pCompressed ignored in this function.
-     */
-
-    if (ccc == NULL) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)ccc->pPerScrnInfo->screenData;
-
-    while (nColors--) {
-
-	/* Make sure format is XcmsRGBiFormat */
-	if (pXcmsColors_in_out->format != XcmsRGBiFormat) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-
-	keyIRec.intensity = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGBi.red;
-	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,
-		(char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase,
-		(unsigned)pScreenData->pRedTbl->nEntries,
-		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),
-		(comparProcp)_XcmsIntensityCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsIntensityInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-	tmpRGB.red = answerIRec.value;
-
-	keyIRec.intensity = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGBi.green;
-	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,
-		(char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase,
-		(unsigned)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->nEntries,
-		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),
-		(comparProcp)_XcmsIntensityCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsIntensityInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-	tmpRGB.green = answerIRec.value;
-
-	keyIRec.intensity = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGBi.blue;
-	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,
-		(char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase,
-		(unsigned)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->nEntries,
-		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),
-		(comparProcp)_XcmsIntensityCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsIntensityInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-	tmpRGB.blue = answerIRec.value;
-
-	memcpy((char *)&pXcmsColors_in_out->spec, (char *)&tmpRGB, sizeof(XcmsRGB));
-	(pXcmsColors_in_out++)->format = XcmsRGBFormat;
-    }
-    return(XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsRGBToRGBi
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-/* ARGSUSED */
-Status
-XcmsRGBToRGBi(
-    XcmsCCC ccc,
-    XcmsColor *pXcmsColors_in_out,/* pointer to XcmsColors to convert 	*/
-    unsigned int nColors,	/* Number of colors			*/
-    Bool *pCompressed)		/* pointer to a bit array		*/
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Converts color specifications in an array of XcmsColor
- *		structures from RGB format to RGBi format.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		XcmsFailure if failed,
- *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.
- */
-{
-    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData;
-    XcmsRGBi tmpRGBi;
-    IntensityRec keyIRec, answerIRec;
-
-    /*
-     * pCompressed ignored in this function.
-     */
-
-    if (ccc == NULL) {
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)ccc->pPerScrnInfo->screenData;
-
-    while (nColors--) {
-
-	/* Make sure format is XcmsRGBFormat */
-	if (pXcmsColors_in_out->format != XcmsRGBFormat) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-
-	keyIRec.value = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGB.red;
-	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,
-		(char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase,
-		(unsigned)pScreenData->pRedTbl->nEntries,
-		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),
-		(comparProcp)_XcmsValueCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsValueInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-	tmpRGBi.red = answerIRec.intensity;
-
-	keyIRec.value = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGB.green;
-	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,
-		(char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase,
-		(unsigned)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->nEntries,
-		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),
-		(comparProcp)_XcmsValueCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsValueInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-	tmpRGBi.green = answerIRec.intensity;
-
-	keyIRec.value = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGB.blue;
-	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,
-		(char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase,
-		(unsigned)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->nEntries,
-		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),
-		(comparProcp)_XcmsValueCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsValueInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {
-	    return(XcmsFailure);
-	}
-	tmpRGBi.blue = answerIRec.intensity;
-
-	memcpy((char *)&pXcmsColors_in_out->spec, (char *)&tmpRGBi, sizeof(XcmsRGBi));
-	(pXcmsColors_in_out++)->format = XcmsRGBiFormat;
-    }
-    return(XcmsSuccess);
-}
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		_XcmsInitScrnDefaultInfo
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-/* ARGSUSED */
-int
-_XcmsLRGB_InitScrnDefault(
-    Display *dpy,
-    int screenNumber,
-    XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Given a display and screen number, this routine attempts
- *		to initialize the Xcms per Screen Info structure
- *		(XcmsPerScrnInfo) with defaults.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		Returns zero if initialization failed; non-zero otherwise.
- */
-{
-    pPerScrnInfo->screenData = (XPointer)&Default_RGB_SCCData;
-    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.X =
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][0] +
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][1] +
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][2];
-    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y =
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][0] +
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][1] +
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][2];
-    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Z =
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][0] +
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][1] +
-		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][2];
-    if ((pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y < (1.0 - EPS) )
-	    || (pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y > (1.0 + EPS))) {
-	pPerScrnInfo->screenData = (XPointer)NULL;
-	pPerScrnInfo->state = XcmsInitNone;
-	return(0);
-    }
-    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y = 1.0;
-    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.format = XcmsCIEXYZFormat;
-    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.pixel = 0;
-    pPerScrnInfo->functionSet = (XPointer)&XcmsLinearRGBFunctionSet;
-    pPerScrnInfo->state = XcmsInitFailure; /* default initialization */
-    return(1);
-}
+

+/*

+ * Code and supporting documentation (c) Copyright 1990 1991 Tektronix, Inc.

+ * 	All Rights Reserved

+ *

+ * This file is a component of an X Window System-specific implementation

+ * of Xcms based on the TekColor Color Management System.  Permission is

+ * hereby granted to use, copy, modify, sell, and otherwise distribute this

+ * software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee, provided

+ * that this copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice is reproduced in

+ * all copies of this software and in supporting documentation.  TekColor

+ * is a trademark of Tektronix, Inc.

+ *

+ * Tektronix makes no representation about the suitability of this software

+ * for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" and with all faults.

+ *

+ * TEKTRONIX DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A

+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL TEKTRONIX BE LIABLE FOR ANY

+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER

+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF

+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ *

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsLRGB.c

+ *

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		This file contains the conversion routines:

+ *		    1. CIE XYZ to RGB intensity

+ *		    2. RGB intensity to device RGB

+ *		    3. device RGB to RGB intensity

+ *		    4. RGB intensity to CIE XYZ

+ *

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xcmsint.h"

+#include "Cv.h"

+

+/*

+ *      LOCAL DEFINES

+ *		#define declarations local to this package.

+ */

+#define EPS	0.001

+#ifndef MIN

+#define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))

+#endif /* MIN */

+#ifndef MAX

+#define MAX(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))

+#endif /* MAX */

+#ifndef MIN3

+#define MIN3(x,y,z) ((x) > (MIN((y), (z))) ? (MIN((y), (z))) : (x))

+#endif /* MIN3 */

+#ifndef MAX3

+#define MAX3(x,y,z) ((x) > (MAX((y), (z))) ? (x) : (MAX((y), (z))))

+#endif /* MAX3 */

+

+/*

+ *      LOCAL TYPEDEFS

+ *              typedefs local to this package (for use with local vars).

+ *

+ */

+

+/*

+ *      FORWARD DECLARATIONS

+ */

+static void LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData(XPointer pScreenDataTemp);

+static int LINEAR_RGB_InitSCCData(Display *dpy,

+    int screenNumber, XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo);

+static int XcmsLRGB_RGB_ParseString(register char *spec, XcmsColor *pColor);

+static int XcmsLRGB_RGBi_ParseString(register char *spec, XcmsColor *pColor);

+static Status

+_XcmsGetTableType0(

+    IntensityTbl *pTbl,

+    int	  format,

+    char **pChar,

+    unsigned long *pCount);

+static Status

+_XcmsGetTableType1(

+    IntensityTbl *pTbl,

+    int	  format,

+    char **pChar,

+    unsigned long *pCount);

+

+/*

+ *      LOCALS VARIABLES

+ *		Variables local to this package.

+ *		    Usage example:

+ *		        static int	ExampleLocalVar;

+ */

+

+static unsigned short const MASK[17] = {

+    0x0000,	/*  0 bitsPerRGB */

+    0x8000,	/*  1 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xc000,	/*  2 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xe000,	/*  3 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xf000,	/*  4 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xf800,	/*  5 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xfc00,	/*  6 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xfe00,	/*  7 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xff00,	/*  8 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xff80,	/*  9 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xffc0,	/* 10 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xffe0,	/* 11 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xfff0,	/* 12 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xfff8,	/* 13 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xfffc,	/* 14 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xfffe,	/* 15 bitsPerRGB */

+    0xffff	/* 16 bitsPerRGB */

+};

+

+

+    /*

+     * A NULL terminated array of function pointers that when applied

+     * in series will convert an XcmsColor structure from XcmsRGBFormat

+     * to XcmsCIEXYZFormat.

+     */

+static XcmsConversionProc Fl_RGB_to_CIEXYZ[] = {

+    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsRGBToRGBi,

+    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ,

+    NULL

+};

+

+    /*

+     * A NULL terminated array of function pointers that when applied

+     * in series will convert an XcmsColor structure from XcmsCIEXYZFormat

+     * to XcmsRGBFormat.

+     */

+static XcmsConversionProc Fl_CIEXYZ_to_RGB[] = {

+    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi,

+    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsRGBiToRGB,

+    NULL

+};

+

+    /*

+     * A NULL terminated array of function pointers that when applied

+     * in series will convert an XcmsColor structure from XcmsRGBiFormat

+     * to XcmsCIEXYZFormat.

+     */

+static XcmsConversionProc Fl_RGBi_to_CIEXYZ[] = {

+    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ,

+    NULL

+};

+

+    /*

+     * A NULL terminated array of function pointers that when applied

+     * in series will convert an XcmsColor structure from XcmsCIEXYZFormat

+     * to XcmsRGBiFormat.

+     */

+static XcmsConversionProc Fl_CIEXYZ_to_RGBi[] = {

+    (XcmsConversionProc)XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi,

+    NULL

+};

+

+    /*

+     * RGBi Color Spaces

+     */

+XcmsColorSpace	XcmsRGBiColorSpace =

+    {

+	_XcmsRGBi_prefix,	/* prefix */

+	XcmsRGBiFormat,		/* id */

+	XcmsLRGB_RGBi_ParseString,	/* parseString */

+	Fl_RGBi_to_CIEXYZ,	/* to_CIEXYZ */

+	Fl_CIEXYZ_to_RGBi,	/* from_CIEXYZ */

+	1

+    };

+

+    /*

+     * RGB Color Spaces

+     */

+XcmsColorSpace	XcmsRGBColorSpace =

+    {

+	_XcmsRGB_prefix,		/* prefix */

+	XcmsRGBFormat,		/* id */

+	XcmsLRGB_RGB_ParseString,	/* parseString */

+	Fl_RGB_to_CIEXYZ,	/* to_CIEXYZ */

+	Fl_CIEXYZ_to_RGB,	/* from_CIEXYZ */

+	1

+    };

+

+    /*

+     * Device-Independent Color Spaces known to the

+     * LINEAR_RGB Screen Color Characteristics Function Set.

+     */

+static XcmsColorSpace	*DDColorSpaces[] = {

+    &XcmsRGBColorSpace,

+    &XcmsRGBiColorSpace,

+    NULL

+};

+

+

+/*

+ *      GLOBALS

+ *              Variables declared in this package that are allowed

+ *		to be used globally.

+ */

+

+    /*

+     * LINEAR_RGB Screen Color Characteristics Function Set.

+     */

+XcmsFunctionSet	XcmsLinearRGBFunctionSet =

+    {

+	&DDColorSpaces[0],	/* pDDColorSpaces */

+	LINEAR_RGB_InitSCCData,	/* pInitScrnFunc */

+	LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData	/* pFreeSCCData */

+    };

+

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Contents of Default SCCData should be replaced if other

+ *		data should be used as default.

+ *

+ *

+ */

+

+/*

+ * NAME		Tektronix 19" (Sony) CRT

+ * PART_NUMBER		119-2451-00

+ * MODEL		Tek4300, Tek4800

+ */

+

+static IntensityRec const Default_RGB_RedTuples[] = {

+    /* {unsigned short value, XcmsFloat intensity} */

+            { 0x0000,    0.000000 },

+            { 0x0909,    0.000000 },

+            { 0x0a0a,    0.000936 },

+            { 0x0f0f,    0.001481 },

+            { 0x1414,    0.002329 },

+            { 0x1919,    0.003529 },

+            { 0x1e1e,    0.005127 },

+            { 0x2323,    0.007169 },

+            { 0x2828,    0.009699 },

+            { 0x2d2d,    0.012759 },

+            { 0x3232,    0.016392 },

+            { 0x3737,    0.020637 },

+            { 0x3c3c,    0.025533 },

+            { 0x4141,    0.031119 },

+            { 0x4646,    0.037431 },

+            { 0x4b4b,    0.044504 },

+            { 0x5050,    0.052373 },

+            { 0x5555,    0.061069 },

+            { 0x5a5a,    0.070624 },

+            { 0x5f5f,    0.081070 },

+            { 0x6464,    0.092433 },

+            { 0x6969,    0.104744 },

+            { 0x6e6e,    0.118026 },

+            { 0x7373,    0.132307 },

+            { 0x7878,    0.147610 },

+            { 0x7d7d,    0.163958 },

+            { 0x8282,    0.181371 },

+            { 0x8787,    0.199871 },

+            { 0x8c8c,    0.219475 },

+            { 0x9191,    0.240202 },

+            { 0x9696,    0.262069 },

+            { 0x9b9b,    0.285089 },

+            { 0xa0a0,    0.309278 },

+            { 0xa5a5,    0.334647 },

+            { 0xaaaa,    0.361208 },

+            { 0xafaf,    0.388971 },

+            { 0xb4b4,    0.417945 },

+            { 0xb9b9,    0.448138 },

+            { 0xbebe,    0.479555 },

+            { 0xc3c3,    0.512202 },

+            { 0xc8c8,    0.546082 },

+            { 0xcdcd,    0.581199 },

+            { 0xd2d2,    0.617552 },

+            { 0xd7d7,    0.655144 },

+            { 0xdcdc,    0.693971 },

+            { 0xe1e1,    0.734031 },

+            { 0xe6e6,    0.775322 },

+            { 0xebeb,    0.817837 },

+            { 0xf0f0,    0.861571 },

+            { 0xf5f5,    0.906515 },

+            { 0xfafa,    0.952662 },

+            { 0xffff,    1.000000 }

+};

+

+static IntensityRec const Default_RGB_GreenTuples[] = {

+    /* {unsigned short value, XcmsFloat intensity} */

+            { 0x0000,    0.000000 },

+            { 0x1313,    0.000000 },

+            { 0x1414,    0.000832 },

+            { 0x1919,    0.001998 },

+            { 0x1e1e,    0.003612 },

+            { 0x2323,    0.005736 },

+            { 0x2828,    0.008428 },

+            { 0x2d2d,    0.011745 },

+            { 0x3232,    0.015740 },

+            { 0x3737,    0.020463 },

+            { 0x3c3c,    0.025960 },

+            { 0x4141,    0.032275 },

+            { 0x4646,    0.039449 },

+            { 0x4b4b,    0.047519 },

+            { 0x5050,    0.056520 },

+            { 0x5555,    0.066484 },

+            { 0x5a5a,    0.077439 },

+            { 0x5f5f,    0.089409 },

+            { 0x6464,    0.102418 },

+            { 0x6969,    0.116485 },

+            { 0x6e6e,    0.131625 },

+            { 0x7373,    0.147853 },

+            { 0x7878,    0.165176 },

+            { 0x7d7d,    0.183604 },

+            { 0x8282,    0.203140 },

+            { 0x8787,    0.223783 },

+            { 0x8c8c,    0.245533 },

+            { 0x9191,    0.268384 },

+            { 0x9696,    0.292327 },

+            { 0x9b9b,    0.317351 },

+            { 0xa0a0,    0.343441 },

+            { 0xa5a5,    0.370580 },

+            { 0xaaaa,    0.398747 },

+            { 0xafaf,    0.427919 },

+            { 0xb4b4,    0.458068 },

+            { 0xb9b9,    0.489165 },

+            { 0xbebe,    0.521176 },

+            { 0xc3c3,    0.554067 },

+            { 0xc8c8,    0.587797 },

+            { 0xcdcd,    0.622324 },

+            { 0xd2d2,    0.657604 },

+            { 0xd7d7,    0.693588 },

+            { 0xdcdc,    0.730225 },

+            { 0xe1e1,    0.767459 },

+            { 0xe6e6,    0.805235 },

+            { 0xebeb,    0.843491 },

+            { 0xf0f0,    0.882164 },

+            { 0xf5f5,    0.921187 },

+            { 0xfafa,    0.960490 },

+            { 0xffff,    1.000000 }

+};

+

+static IntensityRec const Default_RGB_BlueTuples[] = {

+    /* {unsigned short value, XcmsFloat intensity} */

+            { 0x0000,    0.000000 },

+            { 0x0e0e,    0.000000 },

+            { 0x0f0f,    0.001341 },

+            { 0x1414,    0.002080 },

+            { 0x1919,    0.003188 },

+            { 0x1e1e,    0.004729 },

+            { 0x2323,    0.006766 },

+            { 0x2828,    0.009357 },

+            { 0x2d2d,    0.012559 },

+            { 0x3232,    0.016424 },

+            { 0x3737,    0.021004 },

+            { 0x3c3c,    0.026344 },

+            { 0x4141,    0.032489 },

+            { 0x4646,    0.039481 },

+            { 0x4b4b,    0.047357 },

+            { 0x5050,    0.056154 },

+            { 0x5555,    0.065903 },

+            { 0x5a5a,    0.076634 },

+            { 0x5f5f,    0.088373 },

+            { 0x6464,    0.101145 },

+            { 0x6969,    0.114968 },

+            { 0x6e6e,    0.129862 },

+            { 0x7373,    0.145841 },

+            { 0x7878,    0.162915 },

+            { 0x7d7d,    0.181095 },

+            { 0x8282,    0.200386 },

+            { 0x8787,    0.220791 },

+            { 0x8c8c,    0.242309 },

+            { 0x9191,    0.264937 },

+            { 0x9696,    0.288670 },

+            { 0x9b9b,    0.313499 },

+            { 0xa0a0,    0.339410 },

+            { 0xa5a5,    0.366390 },

+            { 0xaaaa,    0.394421 },

+            { 0xafaf,    0.423481 },

+            { 0xb4b4,    0.453547 },

+            { 0xb9b9,    0.484592 },

+            { 0xbebe,    0.516587 },

+            { 0xc3c3,    0.549498 },

+            { 0xc8c8,    0.583291 },

+            { 0xcdcd,    0.617925 },

+            { 0xd2d2,    0.653361 },

+            { 0xd7d7,    0.689553 },

+            { 0xdcdc,    0.726454 },

+            { 0xe1e1,    0.764013 },

+            { 0xe6e6,    0.802178 },

+            { 0xebeb,    0.840891 },

+            { 0xf0f0,    0.880093 },

+            { 0xf5f5,    0.919723 },

+            { 0xfafa,    0.959715 },

+	    { 0xffff,    1.00000 }

+};

+

+static IntensityTbl Default_RGB_RedTbl = {

+    /* IntensityRec *pBase */

+	(IntensityRec *) Default_RGB_RedTuples,

+    /* unsigned int nEntries */

+	52

+};

+

+static IntensityTbl Default_RGB_GreenTbl = {

+    /* IntensityRec *pBase */

+	(IntensityRec *)Default_RGB_GreenTuples,

+    /* unsigned int nEntries */

+	50

+};

+

+static IntensityTbl Default_RGB_BlueTbl = {

+    /* IntensityRec *pBase */

+	(IntensityRec *)Default_RGB_BlueTuples,

+    /* unsigned int nEntries */

+	51

+};

+

+static LINEAR_RGB_SCCData Default_RGB_SCCData = {

+    /* XcmsFloat XYZtoRGBmatrix[3][3] */

+  {

+    { 3.48340481253539000, -1.52176374927285200, -0.55923133354049780 },

+    {-1.07152751306193600,  1.96593795204372400,  0.03673691339553462 },

+    { 0.06351179790497788, -0.20020501000496480,  0.81070942031648220 }

+  },

+

+    /* XcmsFloat RGBtoXYZmatrix[3][3] */

+  {

+    { 0.38106149108714790, 0.32025712365352110, 0.24834578525933100 },

+    { 0.20729745115140850, 0.68054638776373240, 0.11215616108485920 },

+    { 0.02133944350088028, 0.14297193020246480, 1.24172892629665500 }

+  },

+

+    /* IntensityTbl *pRedTbl */

+	&Default_RGB_RedTbl,

+

+    /* IntensityTbl *pGreenTbl */

+	&Default_RGB_GreenTbl,

+

+    /* IntensityTbl *pBlueTbl */

+	&Default_RGB_BlueTbl

+};

+

+/************************************************************************

+ *									*

+ *			PRIVATE ROUTINES				*

+ *									*

+ ************************************************************************/

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		LINEAR_RGB_InitSCCData()

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static Status

+LINEAR_RGB_InitSCCData(

+    Display *dpy,

+    int screenNumber,

+    XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		XcmsFailure if failed.

+ *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.

+ *

+ */

+{

+    Atom  CorrectAtom = XInternAtom (dpy, XDCCC_CORRECT_ATOM_NAME, True);

+    Atom  MatrixAtom  = XInternAtom (dpy, XDCCC_MATRIX_ATOM_NAME, True);

+    int	  format_return, count, cType, nTables;

+    unsigned long nitems, nbytes_return;

+    char *property_return, *pChar;

+    XcmsFloat *pValue;

+#ifdef ALLDEBUG

+    IntensityRec *pIRec;

+#endif /* ALLDEBUG */

+    VisualID visualID;

+

+    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData, *pScreenDefaultData;

+    XcmsIntensityMap *pNewMap;

+

+    /*

+     * Allocate memory for pScreenData

+     */

+    if (!(pScreenData = pScreenDefaultData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)

+		      Xcalloc (1, sizeof(LINEAR_RGB_SCCData)))) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    /*

+     *  1. Get the XYZ->RGB and RGB->XYZ matrices

+     */

+

+    if (MatrixAtom == None ||

+	!_XcmsGetProperty (dpy, RootWindow(dpy, screenNumber), MatrixAtom,

+	   &format_return, &nitems, &nbytes_return, &property_return) ||

+	   nitems != 18 || format_return != 32) {

+	/*

+	 * As per the XDCCC, there must be 18 data items and each must be

+	 * in 32 bits !

+	 */

+	goto FreeSCCData;

+

+    } else {

+

+	/*

+	 * RGBtoXYZ and XYZtoRGB matrices

+	 */

+	pValue = (XcmsFloat *) pScreenData;

+	pChar = property_return;

+	for (count = 0; count < 18; count++) {

+	    *pValue++ = (long)_XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar,

+		    &nitems) / (XcmsFloat)XDCCC_NUMBER;

+	}

+	Xfree ((char *)property_return);

+	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.X =

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][0] +

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][1] +

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][2];

+	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y =

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][0] +

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][1] +

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][2];

+	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Z =

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][0] +

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][1] +

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][2];

+

+	/*

+	 * Compute the Screen White Point

+	 */

+	if ((pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y < (1.0 - EPS) )

+		|| (pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y > (1.0 + EPS))) {

+	    goto FreeSCCData;

+	} else {

+	    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y = 1.0;

+	}

+	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.format = XcmsCIEXYZFormat;

+	pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.pixel = 0;

+

+#ifdef PDEBUG

+	printf ("RGB to XYZ Matrix values:\n");

+	printf ("       %f %f %f\n       %f %f %f\n       %f %f %f\n",

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][0],

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][1],

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][2],

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][0],

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][1],

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][2],

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][0],

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][1],

+		pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][2]);

+	printf ("XYZ to RGB Matrix values:\n");

+	printf ("       %f %f %f\n       %f %f %f\n       %f %f %f\n",

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[0][0],

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[0][1],

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[0][2],

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[1][0],

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[1][1],

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[1][2],

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[2][0],

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[2][1],

+		pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix[2][2]);

+	printf ("Screen White Pt value: %f %f %f\n",

+		pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.X,

+		pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y,

+		pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Z);

+#endif /* PDEBUG */

+    }

+

+    /*

+     *	2. Get the Intensity Profile

+     */

+    if (CorrectAtom == None ||

+	!_XcmsGetProperty (dpy, RootWindow(dpy, screenNumber), CorrectAtom,

+	   &format_return, &nitems, &nbytes_return, &property_return)) {

+	goto FreeSCCData;

+    }

+

+    pChar = property_return;

+

+    while (nitems) {

+	switch (format_return) {

+	  case 8:

+	    /*

+	     * Must have at least:

+	     *		VisualID0

+	     *		VisualID1

+	     *		VisualID2

+	     *		VisualID3

+	     *		type

+	     *		count

+	     *		length

+	     *		intensity1

+	     *		intensity2

+	     */

+	    if (nitems < 9) {

+		goto Free_property_return;

+	    }

+	    count = 3;

+	    break;

+	  case 16:

+	    /*

+	     * Must have at least:

+	     *		VisualID0

+	     *		VisualID3

+	     *		type

+	     *		count

+	     *		length

+	     *		intensity1

+	     *		intensity2

+	     */

+	    if (nitems < 7) {

+		goto Free_property_return;

+	    }

+	    count = 1;

+	    break;

+	  case 32:

+	    /*

+	     * Must have at least:

+	     *		VisualID0

+	     *		type

+	     *		count

+	     *		length

+	     *		intensity1

+	     *		intensity2

+	     */

+	    if (nitems < 6) {

+		goto Free_property_return;

+	    }

+	    count = 0;

+	    break;

+	  default:

+	    goto Free_property_return;

+	}

+

+	/*

+	 * Get VisualID

+	 */

+	visualID = _XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar, &nitems);

+	while (count--) {

+	    visualID = visualID << format_return;

+	    visualID |= _XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar, &nitems);

+	}

+

+	if (visualID == 0) {

+	    /*

+	     * This is a shared intensity table

+	     */

+	    pScreenData = pScreenDefaultData;

+	} else {

+	    /*

+	     * This is a per-Visual intensity table

+	     */

+	    if (!(pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)

+			      Xcalloc (1, sizeof(LINEAR_RGB_SCCData)))) {

+		goto Free_property_return;

+	    }

+	    /* copy matrices */

+	    memcpy((char *)pScreenData, (char *)pScreenDefaultData,

+		   18 * sizeof(XcmsFloat));

+

+	    /* Create, initialize, and add map */

+	    if (!(pNewMap = (XcmsIntensityMap *)

+			      Xcalloc (1, sizeof(XcmsIntensityMap)))) {

+		Xfree((char *)pScreenData);

+		goto Free_property_return;

+	    }

+	    pNewMap->visualID = visualID;

+	    pNewMap->screenData = (XPointer)pScreenData;

+	    pNewMap->pFreeScreenData = LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData;

+	    pNewMap->pNext =

+		    (XcmsIntensityMap *)dpy->cms.perVisualIntensityMaps;

+	    dpy->cms.perVisualIntensityMaps = (XPointer)pNewMap;

+	    dpy->free_funcs->intensityMaps = _XcmsFreeIntensityMaps;

+	}

+

+	cType = _XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar, &nitems);

+	nTables = _XcmsGetElement(format_return, &pChar, &nitems);

+

+	if (cType == 0) {

+

+	    /* Red Intensity Table */

+	    if (!(pScreenData->pRedTbl = (IntensityTbl *)

+		    Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {

+		goto Free_property_return;

+	    }

+	    if (_XcmsGetTableType0(pScreenData->pRedTbl, format_return, &pChar,

+		    &nitems) == XcmsFailure) {

+		goto FreeRedTbl;

+	    }

+

+	    if (nTables == 1) {

+		/* Green Intensity Table */

+		pScreenData->pGreenTbl = pScreenData->pRedTbl;

+		/* Blue Intensity Table */

+		pScreenData->pBlueTbl = pScreenData->pRedTbl;

+	    } else {

+		/* Green Intensity Table */

+		if (!(pScreenData->pGreenTbl = (IntensityTbl *)

+			Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {

+		    goto FreeRedTblElements;

+		}

+		if (_XcmsGetTableType0(pScreenData->pGreenTbl, format_return, &pChar,

+			&nitems) == XcmsFailure) {

+		    goto FreeGreenTbl;

+		}

+

+		/* Blue Intensity Table */

+		if (!(pScreenData->pBlueTbl = (IntensityTbl *)

+			Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {

+		    goto FreeGreenTblElements;

+		}

+		if (_XcmsGetTableType0(pScreenData->pBlueTbl, format_return, &pChar,

+			&nitems) == XcmsFailure) {

+		    goto FreeBlueTbl;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else if (cType == 1) {

+	    /* Red Intensity Table */

+	    if (!(pScreenData->pRedTbl = (IntensityTbl *)

+		    Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {

+		goto Free_property_return;

+	    }

+	    if (_XcmsGetTableType1(pScreenData->pRedTbl, format_return, &pChar,

+		    &nitems) == XcmsFailure) {

+		goto FreeRedTbl;

+	    }

+

+	    if (nTables == 1) {

+

+		/* Green Intensity Table */

+		pScreenData->pGreenTbl = pScreenData->pRedTbl;

+		/* Blue Intensity Table */

+		pScreenData->pBlueTbl = pScreenData->pRedTbl;

+

+	    } else {

+

+		/* Green Intensity Table */

+		if (!(pScreenData->pGreenTbl = (IntensityTbl *)

+			Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {

+		    goto FreeRedTblElements;

+		}

+		if (_XcmsGetTableType1(pScreenData->pGreenTbl, format_return, &pChar,

+			&nitems) == XcmsFailure) {

+		    goto FreeGreenTbl;

+		}

+

+		/* Blue Intensity Table */

+		if (!(pScreenData->pBlueTbl = (IntensityTbl *)

+			Xcalloc (1, sizeof(IntensityTbl)))) {

+		    goto FreeGreenTblElements;

+		}

+		if (_XcmsGetTableType1(pScreenData->pBlueTbl, format_return, &pChar,

+			&nitems) == XcmsFailure) {

+		    goto FreeBlueTbl;

+		}

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    goto Free_property_return;

+	}

+

+#ifdef ALLDEBUG

+	printf ("Intensity Table  RED    %d\n", pScreenData->pRedTbl->nEntries);

+	pIRec = (IntensityRec *) pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase;

+	for (count = 0; count < pScreenData->pRedTbl->nEntries; count++, pIRec++) {

+	    printf ("\t0x%4x\t%f\n", pIRec->value, pIRec->intensity);

+	}

+	if (pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase != pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase) {

+	    printf ("Intensity Table  GREEN  %d\n", pScreenData->pGreenTbl->nEntries);

+	    pIRec = (IntensityRec *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase;

+	    for (count = 0; count < pScreenData->pGreenTbl->nEntries; count++, pIRec++) {

+		printf ("\t0x%4x\t%f\n", pIRec->value, pIRec->intensity);

+	    }

+	}

+	if (pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase != pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase) {

+	    printf ("Intensity Table  BLUE   %d\n", pScreenData->pBlueTbl->nEntries);

+	    pIRec = (IntensityRec *) pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase;

+	    for (count = 0; count < pScreenData->pBlueTbl->nEntries; count++, pIRec++) {

+		printf ("\t0x%4x\t%f\n", pIRec->value, pIRec->intensity);

+	    }

+	}

+#endif /* ALLDEBUG */

+    }

+

+    Xfree ((char *)property_return);

+

+    /* Free the old memory and use the new structure created. */

+    LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData(pPerScrnInfo->screenData);

+

+    pPerScrnInfo->functionSet = (XPointer) &XcmsLinearRGBFunctionSet;

+

+    pPerScrnInfo->screenData = (XPointer) pScreenData;

+

+    pPerScrnInfo->state = XcmsInitSuccess;

+

+    return(XcmsSuccess);

+

+FreeBlueTblElements:

+    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase);

+

+FreeBlueTbl:

+    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl);

+

+FreeGreenTblElements:

+    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase);

+

+FreeGreenTbl:

+    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl);

+

+FreeRedTblElements:

+    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase);

+

+FreeRedTbl:

+    Xfree((char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl);

+

+Free_property_return:

+    Xfree ((char *)property_return);

+

+FreeSCCData:

+    Xfree((char *)pScreenDefaultData);

+    pPerScrnInfo->state = XcmsInitNone;

+    return(XcmsFailure);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData()

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static void

+LINEAR_RGB_FreeSCCData(

+    XPointer pScreenDataTemp)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		0 if failed.

+ *		1 if succeeded with no modifications.

+ *

+ */

+{

+    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *) pScreenDataTemp;

+

+    if (pScreenData && pScreenData != &Default_RGB_SCCData) {

+	if (pScreenData->pRedTbl) {

+	    if (pScreenData->pGreenTbl) {

+		if (pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase !=

+		    pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase) {

+		    if (pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase) {

+			Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase);

+		    }

+		}

+		if (pScreenData->pGreenTbl != pScreenData->pRedTbl) {

+		    Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl);

+		}

+	    }

+	    if (pScreenData->pBlueTbl) {

+		if (pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase !=

+		    pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase) {

+		    if (pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase) {

+			Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase);

+		    }

+		}

+		if (pScreenData->pBlueTbl != pScreenData->pRedTbl) {

+		    Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl);

+		}

+	    }

+	    if (pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase) {

+		Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase);

+	    }

+	    Xfree ((char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl);

+	}

+	Xfree ((char *)pScreenData);

+    }

+}

+

+

+

+/************************************************************************

+ *									*

+ *			API PRIVATE ROUTINES				*

+ *									*

+ ************************************************************************/

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		_XcmsGetTableType0

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static Status

+_XcmsGetTableType0(

+    IntensityTbl *pTbl,

+    int	  format,

+    char **pChar,

+    unsigned long *pCount)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		XcmsFailure if failed.

+ *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.

+ *

+ */

+{

+    unsigned int nElements;

+    IntensityRec *pIRec;

+

+    nElements = pTbl->nEntries =

+	    _XcmsGetElement(format, pChar, pCount) + 1;

+    if (!(pIRec = pTbl->pBase = (IntensityRec *)

+	  Xcalloc (nElements, sizeof(IntensityRec)))) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    switch (format) {

+      case 8:

+	for (; nElements--; pIRec++) {

+	    /* 0xFFFF/0xFF = 0x101 */

+	    pIRec->value = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount) * 0x101;

+	    pIRec->intensity =

+		    _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount) / (XcmsFloat)255.0;

+	}

+	break;

+      case 16:

+	for (; nElements--; pIRec++) {

+	    pIRec->value = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount);

+	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)

+		    / (XcmsFloat)65535.0;

+	}

+	break;

+      case 32:

+	for (; nElements--; pIRec++) {

+	    pIRec->value = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount);

+	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)

+		    / (XcmsFloat)4294967295.0;

+	}

+	break;

+      default:

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+    return(XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		_XcmsGetTableType1

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static Status

+_XcmsGetTableType1(

+    IntensityTbl *pTbl,

+    int	  format,

+    char **pChar,

+    unsigned long *pCount)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		XcmsFailure if failed.

+ *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.

+ *

+ */

+{

+    int count;

+    unsigned int max_index;

+    IntensityRec *pIRec;

+

+    max_index = _XcmsGetElement(format, pChar, pCount);

+    pTbl->nEntries = max_index + 1;

+    if (!(pIRec = pTbl->pBase = (IntensityRec *)

+	  Xcalloc (max_index+1, sizeof(IntensityRec)))) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    switch (format) {

+      case 8:

+	for (count = 0; count < max_index+1; count++, pIRec++) {

+	    pIRec->value = (count * 65535) / max_index;

+	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)

+		    / (XcmsFloat)255.0;

+	}

+	break;

+      case 16:

+	for (count = 0; count < max_index+1; count++, pIRec++) {

+	    pIRec->value = (count * 65535) / max_index;

+	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)

+		    / (XcmsFloat)65535.0;

+	}

+	break;

+      case 32:

+	for (count = 0; count < max_index+1; count++, pIRec++) {

+	    pIRec->value = (count * 65535) / max_index;

+	    pIRec->intensity = _XcmsGetElement (format, pChar, pCount)

+		    / (XcmsFloat)4294967295.0;

+	}

+	break;

+      default:

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    return(XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		ValueCmp

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static int

+_XcmsValueCmp(

+    IntensityRec *p1, IntensityRec *p2)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Compares the value component of two IntensityRec

+ *		structures.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		0 if p1->value is equal to p2->value

+ *		< 0 if p1->value is less than p2->value

+ *		> 0 if p1->value is greater than p2->value

+ *

+ */

+{

+    return (p1->value - p2->value);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		IntensityCmp

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static int

+_XcmsIntensityCmp(

+    IntensityRec *p1, IntensityRec *p2)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Compares the intensity component of two IntensityRec

+ *		structures.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		0 if equal;

+ *		< 0 if first precedes second

+ *		> 0 if first succeeds second

+ *

+ */

+{

+    if (p1->intensity < p2->intensity) {

+	return (-1);

+    }

+    if (p1->intensity > p2->intensity) {

+	return (XcmsSuccess);

+    }

+    return (XcmsFailure);

+}

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		ValueInterpolation

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+/* ARGSUSED */

+static int

+_XcmsValueInterpolation(

+    IntensityRec *key, IntensityRec *lo, IntensityRec *hi, IntensityRec *answer,

+    int bitsPerRGB)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Based on a given value, performs a linear interpolation

+ *		on the intensities between two IntensityRec structures.

+ *		Note that the bitsPerRGB parameter is ignored.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		Returns 0 if failed; otherwise non-zero.

+ */

+{

+    XcmsFloat ratio;

+

+    ratio = ((XcmsFloat)key->value - (XcmsFloat)lo->value) /

+	((XcmsFloat)hi->value - (XcmsFloat)lo->value);

+    answer->value = key->value;

+    answer->intensity = (hi->intensity - lo->intensity) * ratio;

+    answer->intensity += lo->intensity;

+    return (XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		IntensityInterpolation

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static int

+_XcmsIntensityInterpolation(

+    IntensityRec *key, IntensityRec *lo, IntensityRec *hi, IntensityRec *answer,

+    int bitsPerRGB)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Based on a given intensity, performs a linear interpolation

+ *		on the values between two IntensityRec structures.

+ *		The bitsPerRGB parameter is necessary to perform rounding

+ *		to the correct number of significant bits.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		Returns 0 if failed; otherwise non-zero.

+ */

+{

+    XcmsFloat ratio;

+    long target, up, down;

+    int shift = 16 - bitsPerRGB;

+    int max_color = (1 << bitsPerRGB) - 1;

+

+    ratio = (key->intensity - lo->intensity) / (hi->intensity - lo->intensity);

+    answer->intensity = key->intensity;

+    target = hi->value - lo->value;

+    target *= ratio;

+    target += lo->value;

+

+    /*

+     * Ok now, lets find the closest in respects to bits per RGB

+     */

+    up = ((target >> shift) * 0xFFFF) / max_color;

+    if (up < target) {

+	down = up;

+	up = (MIN((down >> shift) + 1, max_color) * 0xFFFF) / max_color;

+    } else {

+	down = (MAX((up >> shift) - 1, 0) * 0xFFFF) / max_color;

+    }

+    answer->value = ((up - target) < (target - down) ? up : down);

+    answer->value &= MASK[bitsPerRGB];

+    return (XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+

+

+typedef int (*comparProcp)(

+    char *p1,

+    char *p2);

+typedef int (*interpolProcp)(

+    char *key,

+    char *lo,

+    char *hi,

+    char *answer,

+    int bitsPerRGB);

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		_XcmsTableSearch

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static int

+_XcmsTableSearch(

+    char *key,

+    int bitsPerRGB,

+    char *base,

+    unsigned nel,

+    unsigned nKeyPtrSize,

+    int (*compar)(

+        char *p1,

+        char *p2),

+    int (*interpol)(

+        char *key,

+        char *lo,

+        char *hi,

+        char *answer,

+        int bitsPerRGB),

+    char *answer)

+

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		A binary search through the specificied table.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		Returns 0 if failed; otherwise non-zero.

+ *

+ */

+{

+    char *hi, *lo, *mid, *last;

+    int result;

+

+    last = hi = base + ((nel - 1) * nKeyPtrSize);

+    mid = lo = base;

+

+    /* use only the significants bits, then scale into 16 bits */

+    ((IntensityRec *)key)->value = ((unsigned long)

+	    (((IntensityRec *)key)->value >> (16 - bitsPerRGB)) * 0xFFFF)

+	    / ((1 << bitsPerRGB) - 1);

+

+    /* Special case so that zero intensity always maps to zero value */

+    if ((*compar) (key,lo) <= 0) {

+	memcpy (answer, lo, nKeyPtrSize);

+	((IntensityRec *)answer)->value &= MASK[bitsPerRGB];

+	return XcmsSuccess;

+    }

+    while (mid != last) {

+	last = mid;

+	mid = lo + (((unsigned)(hi - lo) / nKeyPtrSize) / 2) * nKeyPtrSize;

+	result = (*compar) (key, mid);

+	if (result == 0) {

+

+	    memcpy(answer, mid, nKeyPtrSize);

+	    ((IntensityRec *)answer)->value &= MASK[bitsPerRGB];

+	    return (XcmsSuccess);

+	} else if (result < 0) {

+	    hi = mid;

+	} else {

+	    lo = mid;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * If we got to here, we didn't find a solution, so we

+     * need to apply interpolation.

+     */

+    return ((*interpol)(key, lo, hi, answer, bitsPerRGB));

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *      NAME

+ *		_XcmsMatVec - multiply a 3 x 3 by a 3 x 1 vector

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static void _XcmsMatVec(

+    XcmsFloat *pMat, XcmsFloat *pIn, XcmsFloat *pOut)

+/*

+ *      DESCRIPTION

+ *		Multiply the passed vector by the passed matrix to return a

+ *		vector. Matrix is 3x3, vectors are of length 3.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		void

+ */

+{

+    int i, j;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {

+	pOut[i] = 0.0;

+	for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)

+	    pOut[i] += *(pMat+(i*3)+j) * pIn[j];

+    }

+}

+

+

+/************************************************************************

+ *									*

+ *			 PUBLIC ROUTINES				*

+ *									*

+ ************************************************************************/

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsLRGB_RGB_ParseString

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static int

+XcmsLRGB_RGB_ParseString(

+    register char *spec,

+    XcmsColor *pColor)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		This routines takes a string and attempts to convert

+ *		it into a XcmsColor structure with XcmsRGBFormat.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		0 if failed, non-zero otherwise.

+ */

+{

+    register int n, i;

+    unsigned short r, g, b;

+    char c;

+    char *pchar;

+    unsigned short *pShort;

+

+    /*

+     * Check for old # format

+     */

+    if (*spec == '#') {

+	/*

+	 * Attempt to parse the value portion.

+	 */

+	spec++;

+	n = strlen(spec);

+	if (n != 3 && n != 6 && n != 9 && n != 12) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+

+	n /= 3;

+	g = b = 0;

+	do {

+	    r = g;

+	    g = b;

+	    b = 0;

+	    for (i = n; --i >= 0; ) {

+		c = *spec++;

+		b <<= 4;

+		if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')

+		    b |= c - '0';

+		/* assume string in lowercase

+		else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')

+		    b |= c - ('A' - 10);

+		*/

+		else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')

+		    b |= c - ('a' - 10);

+		else return (XcmsFailure);

+	    }

+	} while (*spec != '\0');

+

+	/*

+	 * Succeeded !

+	 */

+	n <<= 2;

+	n = 16 - n;

+	/* shift instead of scale, to match old broken semantics */

+	pColor->spec.RGB.red = r << n;

+	pColor->spec.RGB.green = g << n;

+	pColor->spec.RGB.blue =  b << n;

+    } else {

+	if ((pchar = strchr(spec, ':')) == NULL) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+	n = (int)(pchar - spec);

+

+	/*

+	 * Check for proper prefix.

+	 */

+	if (strncmp(spec, _XcmsRGB_prefix, n) != 0) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+

+	/*

+	 * Attempt to parse the value portion.

+	 */

+	spec += (n + 1);

+	pShort = &pColor->spec.RGB.red;

+	for (i = 0; i < 3; i++, pShort++, spec++) {

+	    n = 0;

+	    *pShort = 0;

+	    while (*spec != '/' && *spec != '\0') {

+		if (++n > 4) {

+		    return(XcmsFailure);

+		}

+		c = *spec++;

+		*pShort <<= 4;

+		if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')

+		    *pShort |= c - '0';

+		/* assume string in lowercase

+		else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')

+		    *pShort |= c - ('A' - 10);

+		*/

+		else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')

+		    *pShort |= c - ('a' - 10);

+		else return (XcmsFailure);

+	    }

+	    if (n == 0)

+		return (XcmsFailure);

+	    if (n < 4) {

+		*pShort = ((unsigned long)*pShort * 0xFFFF) / ((1 << n*4) - 1);

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    pColor->format = XcmsRGBFormat;

+    pColor->pixel = 0;

+    return (XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsLRGB_RGBi_ParseString

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+static int

+XcmsLRGB_RGBi_ParseString(

+    register char *spec,

+    XcmsColor *pColor)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		This routines takes a string and attempts to convert

+ *		it into a XcmsColor structure with XcmsRGBiFormat.

+ *		The assumed RGBi string syntax is:

+ *		    RGBi:<r>/<g>/<b>

+ *		Where r, g, and b are in string input format for floats

+ *		consisting of:

+ *		    a. an optional sign

+ *		    b. a string of numbers possibly containing a decimal point,

+ *		    c. an optional exponent field containing an 'E' or 'e'

+ *			followed by a possibly signed integer string.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		0 if failed, non-zero otherwise.

+ */

+{

+    int n;

+    char *pchar;

+

+    if ((pchar = strchr(spec, ':')) == NULL) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+    n = (int)(pchar - spec);

+

+    /*

+     * Check for proper prefix.

+     */

+    if (strncmp(spec, _XcmsRGBi_prefix, n) != 0) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Attempt to parse the value portion.

+     */

+    if (sscanf(spec + n + 1, "%lf/%lf/%lf",

+	    &pColor->spec.RGBi.red,

+	    &pColor->spec.RGBi.green,

+	    &pColor->spec.RGBi.blue) != 3) {

+        char *s; /* Maybe failed due to locale */

+        int f;

+        if ((s = strdup(spec))) {

+            for (f = 0; s[f]; ++f)

+                if (s[f] == '.')

+                    s[f] = ',';

+                else if (s[f] == ',')

+                    s[f] = '.';

+	    if (sscanf(s + n + 1, "%lf/%lf/%lf",

+		       &pColor->spec.RGBi.red,

+		       &pColor->spec.RGBi.green,

+		       &pColor->spec.RGBi.blue) != 3) {

+                free(s);

+                return(XcmsFailure);

+            }

+            free(s);

+        } else

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Succeeded !

+     */

+    pColor->format = XcmsRGBiFormat;

+    pColor->pixel = 0;

+    return (XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi - convert CIE XYZ to RGB

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+/* ARGSUSED */

+Status

+XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi(

+    XcmsCCC ccc,

+    XcmsColor *pXcmsColors_in_out,/* pointer to XcmsColors to convert 	*/

+    unsigned int nColors,	/* Number of colors			*/

+    Bool *pCompressed)		/* pointer to an array of Bool		*/

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Converts color specifications in an array of XcmsColor

+ *		structures from RGB format to RGBi format.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		XcmsFailure if failed,

+ *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded without gamut compression.

+ *		XcmsSuccessWithCompression if succeeded with gamut

+ *			compression.

+ */

+{

+    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData;

+    XcmsFloat tmp[3];

+    int hasCompressed = 0;

+    unsigned int i;

+    XcmsColor *pColor = pXcmsColors_in_out;

+

+    if (ccc == NULL) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)ccc->pPerScrnInfo->screenData;

+

+    /*

+     * XcmsColors should be White Point Adjusted, if necessary, by now!

+     */

+

+    /*

+     * NEW!!! for extended gamut compression

+     *

+     * 1. Need to zero out pCompressed

+     *

+     * 2. Need to save initial address of pColor

+     *

+     * 3. Need to save initial address of pCompressed

+     */

+

+    for (i = 0; i < nColors; i++) {

+

+	/* Make sure format is XcmsCIEXYZFormat */

+	if (pColor->format != XcmsCIEXYZFormat) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+

+	/* Multiply [A]-1 * [XYZ] to get RGB intensity */

+	_XcmsMatVec((XcmsFloat *) pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix,

+		(XcmsFloat *) &pColor->spec, tmp);

+

+	if ((MIN3 (tmp[0], tmp[1], tmp[2]) < -EPS) ||

+	    (MAX3 (tmp[0], tmp[1], tmp[2]) > (1.0 + EPS))) {

+

+	    /*

+	     * RGBi out of screen's gamut

+	     */

+

+	    if (ccc->gamutCompProc == NULL) {

+		/*

+		 * Aha!! Here's that little trick that will allow

+		 * gamut compression routines to get the out of bound

+		 * RGBi.

+		 */

+		memcpy((char *)&pColor->spec, (char *)tmp, sizeof(tmp));

+		pColor->format = XcmsRGBiFormat;

+		return(XcmsFailure);

+	    } else if ((*ccc->gamutCompProc)(ccc, pXcmsColors_in_out, nColors,

+		    i, pCompressed) == 0) {

+		return(XcmsFailure);

+	    }

+

+	    /*

+	     * The gamut compression function should return colors in CIEXYZ

+	     *	Also check again to if the new color is within gamut.

+	     */

+	    if (pColor->format != XcmsCIEXYZFormat) {

+		return(XcmsFailure);

+	    }

+	    _XcmsMatVec((XcmsFloat *) pScreenData->XYZtoRGBmatrix,

+		    (XcmsFloat *) &pColor->spec, tmp);

+	    if ((MIN3 (tmp[0], tmp[1], tmp[2]) < -EPS) ||

+		(MAX3 (tmp[0], tmp[1], tmp[2]) > (1.0 + EPS))) {

+		return(XcmsFailure);

+	    }

+	    hasCompressed++;

+	}

+	memcpy((char *)&pColor->spec, (char *)tmp, sizeof(tmp));

+	/* These if statements are done to ensure the fudge factor is */

+	/* is taken into account. */

+	if (pColor->spec.RGBi.red < 0.0) {

+		pColor->spec.RGBi.red = 0.0;

+	} else if (pColor->spec.RGBi.red > 1.0) {

+		pColor->spec.RGBi.red = 1.0;

+	}

+	if (pColor->spec.RGBi.green < 0.0) {

+		pColor->spec.RGBi.green = 0.0;

+	} else if (pColor->spec.RGBi.green > 1.0) {

+		pColor->spec.RGBi.green = 1.0;

+	}

+	if (pColor->spec.RGBi.blue < 0.0) {

+		pColor->spec.RGBi.blue = 0.0;

+	} else if (pColor->spec.RGBi.blue > 1.0) {

+		pColor->spec.RGBi.blue = 1.0;

+	}

+	(pColor++)->format = XcmsRGBiFormat;

+    }

+    return (hasCompressed ? XcmsSuccessWithCompression : XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		LINEAR_RGBi_to_CIEXYZ - convert RGBi to CIEXYZ

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+/* ARGSUSED */

+Status

+XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ(

+    XcmsCCC ccc,

+    XcmsColor *pXcmsColors_in_out,/* pointer to XcmsColors to convert 	*/

+    unsigned int nColors,	/* Number of colors			*/

+    Bool *pCompressed)		/* pointer to a bit array		*/

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Converts color specifications in an array of XcmsColor

+ *		structures from RGBi format to CIEXYZ format.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		XcmsFailure if failed,

+ *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.

+ */

+{

+    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData;

+    XcmsFloat tmp[3];

+

+    /*

+     * pCompressed ignored in this function.

+     */

+

+    if (ccc == NULL) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)ccc->pPerScrnInfo->screenData;

+

+    /*

+     * XcmsColors should be White Point Adjusted, if necessary, by now!

+     */

+

+    while (nColors--) {

+

+	/* Multiply [A]-1 * [XYZ] to get RGB intensity */

+	_XcmsMatVec((XcmsFloat *) pScreenData->RGBtoXYZmatrix,

+		(XcmsFloat *) &pXcmsColors_in_out->spec, tmp);

+

+	memcpy((char *)&pXcmsColors_in_out->spec, (char *)tmp, sizeof(tmp));

+	(pXcmsColors_in_out++)->format = XcmsCIEXYZFormat;

+    }

+    return(XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsRGBiToRGB

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+/* ARGSUSED */

+Status

+XcmsRGBiToRGB(

+    XcmsCCC ccc,

+    XcmsColor *pXcmsColors_in_out,/* pointer to XcmsColors to convert 	*/

+    unsigned int nColors,	/* Number of colors			*/

+    Bool *pCompressed)		/* pointer to a bit array		*/

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Converts color specifications in an array of XcmsColor

+ *		structures from RGBi format to RGB format.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		XcmsFailure if failed,

+ *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded without gamut compression.

+ *		XcmsSuccessWithCompression if succeeded with gamut

+ *			compression.

+ */

+{

+    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData;

+    XcmsRGB tmpRGB;

+    IntensityRec keyIRec, answerIRec;

+

+    /*

+     * pCompressed ignored in this function.

+     */

+

+    if (ccc == NULL) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)ccc->pPerScrnInfo->screenData;

+

+    while (nColors--) {

+

+	/* Make sure format is XcmsRGBiFormat */

+	if (pXcmsColors_in_out->format != XcmsRGBiFormat) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+

+	keyIRec.intensity = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGBi.red;

+	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,

+		(char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase,

+		(unsigned)pScreenData->pRedTbl->nEntries,

+		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),

+		(comparProcp)_XcmsIntensityCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsIntensityInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+	tmpRGB.red = answerIRec.value;

+

+	keyIRec.intensity = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGBi.green;

+	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,

+		(char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase,

+		(unsigned)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->nEntries,

+		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),

+		(comparProcp)_XcmsIntensityCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsIntensityInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+	tmpRGB.green = answerIRec.value;

+

+	keyIRec.intensity = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGBi.blue;

+	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,

+		(char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase,

+		(unsigned)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->nEntries,

+		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),

+		(comparProcp)_XcmsIntensityCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsIntensityInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+	tmpRGB.blue = answerIRec.value;

+

+	memcpy((char *)&pXcmsColors_in_out->spec, (char *)&tmpRGB, sizeof(XcmsRGB));

+	(pXcmsColors_in_out++)->format = XcmsRGBFormat;

+    }

+    return(XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsRGBToRGBi

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+/* ARGSUSED */

+Status

+XcmsRGBToRGBi(

+    XcmsCCC ccc,

+    XcmsColor *pXcmsColors_in_out,/* pointer to XcmsColors to convert 	*/

+    unsigned int nColors,	/* Number of colors			*/

+    Bool *pCompressed)		/* pointer to a bit array		*/

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Converts color specifications in an array of XcmsColor

+ *		structures from RGB format to RGBi format.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		XcmsFailure if failed,

+ *		XcmsSuccess if succeeded.

+ */

+{

+    LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *pScreenData;

+    XcmsRGBi tmpRGBi;

+    IntensityRec keyIRec, answerIRec;

+

+    /*

+     * pCompressed ignored in this function.

+     */

+

+    if (ccc == NULL) {

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    pScreenData = (LINEAR_RGB_SCCData *)ccc->pPerScrnInfo->screenData;

+

+    while (nColors--) {

+

+	/* Make sure format is XcmsRGBFormat */

+	if (pXcmsColors_in_out->format != XcmsRGBFormat) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+

+	keyIRec.value = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGB.red;

+	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,

+		(char *)pScreenData->pRedTbl->pBase,

+		(unsigned)pScreenData->pRedTbl->nEntries,

+		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),

+		(comparProcp)_XcmsValueCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsValueInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+	tmpRGBi.red = answerIRec.intensity;

+

+	keyIRec.value = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGB.green;

+	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,

+		(char *)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->pBase,

+		(unsigned)pScreenData->pGreenTbl->nEntries,

+		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),

+		(comparProcp)_XcmsValueCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsValueInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+	tmpRGBi.green = answerIRec.intensity;

+

+	keyIRec.value = pXcmsColors_in_out->spec.RGB.blue;

+	if (!_XcmsTableSearch((char *)&keyIRec, ccc->visual->bits_per_rgb,

+		(char *)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->pBase,

+		(unsigned)pScreenData->pBlueTbl->nEntries,

+		(unsigned)sizeof(IntensityRec),

+		(comparProcp)_XcmsValueCmp, (interpolProcp)_XcmsValueInterpolation, (char *)&answerIRec)) {

+	    return(XcmsFailure);

+	}

+	tmpRGBi.blue = answerIRec.intensity;

+

+	memcpy((char *)&pXcmsColors_in_out->spec, (char *)&tmpRGBi, sizeof(XcmsRGBi));

+	(pXcmsColors_in_out++)->format = XcmsRGBiFormat;

+    }

+    return(XcmsSuccess);

+}

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		_XcmsInitScrnDefaultInfo

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+/* ARGSUSED */

+int

+_XcmsLRGB_InitScrnDefault(

+    Display *dpy,

+    int screenNumber,

+    XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Given a display and screen number, this routine attempts

+ *		to initialize the Xcms per Screen Info structure

+ *		(XcmsPerScrnInfo) with defaults.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		Returns zero if initialization failed; non-zero otherwise.

+ */

+{

+    pPerScrnInfo->screenData = (XPointer)&Default_RGB_SCCData;

+    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.X =

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][0] +

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][1] +

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[0][2];

+    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y =

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][0] +

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][1] +

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[1][2];

+    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Z =

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][0] +

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][1] +

+		Default_RGB_SCCData.RGBtoXYZmatrix[2][2];

+    if ((pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y < (1.0 - EPS) )

+	    || (pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y > (1.0 + EPS))) {

+	pPerScrnInfo->screenData = (XPointer)NULL;

+	pPerScrnInfo->state = XcmsInitNone;

+	return(0);

+    }

+    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.spec.CIEXYZ.Y = 1.0;

+    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.format = XcmsCIEXYZFormat;

+    pPerScrnInfo->screenWhitePt.pixel = 0;

+    pPerScrnInfo->functionSet = (XPointer)&XcmsLinearRGBFunctionSet;

+    pPerScrnInfo->state = XcmsInitFailure; /* default initialization */

+    return(1);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xcms/PrOfId.c b/libX11/src/xcms/PrOfId.c
index a96d28cec..1ec36d96c 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xcms/PrOfId.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xcms/PrOfId.c
@@ -1,97 +1,97 @@
-
-/*
- * Code and supporting documentation (c) Copyright 1990 1991 Tektronix, Inc.
- * 	All Rights Reserved
- *
- * This file is a component of an X Window System-specific implementation
- * of Xcms based on the TekColor Color Management System.  Permission is
- * hereby granted to use, copy, modify, sell, and otherwise distribute this
- * software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee, provided
- * that this copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice is reproduced in
- * all copies of this software and in supporting documentation.  TekColor
- * is a trademark of Tektronix, Inc.
- *
- * Tektronix makes no representation about the suitability of this software
- * for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" and with all faults.
- *
- * TEKTRONIX DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
- * PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL TEKTRONIX BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
- * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
- * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- *
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsPrOfId.c
- *
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Source for XcmsPrefixOfFormat()
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xcmsint.h"
-#include "Cv.h"
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsPrefixOfId
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-char *
-XcmsPrefixOfFormat(
-    XcmsColorFormat	id)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		Returns the color space prefix for the specified color
- *		space ID if the color space is found in the Color
- *		Conversion Context.
- *
- *	RETURNS
- *		Returns a color space prefix.
- *
- *	CAVEATS
- *		Space is allocated for the returned string, therefore,
- *		the application is responsible for freeing (using XFree)
- *		the space.
- *
- */
-{
-    XcmsColorSpace	**papColorSpaces;
-
-    /*
-     * First try Device-Independent color spaces
-     */
-    papColorSpaces = _XcmsDIColorSpaces;
-    if (papColorSpaces != NULL) {
-	while (*papColorSpaces != NULL) {
-	    if ((*papColorSpaces)->id == id) {
-		return strdup((*papColorSpaces)->prefix);
-	    }
-	    papColorSpaces++;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Next try Device-Dependent color spaces
-     */
-    papColorSpaces = _XcmsDDColorSpaces;
-    if (papColorSpaces != NULL) {
-	while (*papColorSpaces != NULL) {
-	    if ((*papColorSpaces)->id == id) {
-		return strdup((*papColorSpaces)->prefix);
-	    }
-	    papColorSpaces++;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return(NULL);
-}
+

+/*

+ * Code and supporting documentation (c) Copyright 1990 1991 Tektronix, Inc.

+ * 	All Rights Reserved

+ *

+ * This file is a component of an X Window System-specific implementation

+ * of Xcms based on the TekColor Color Management System.  Permission is

+ * hereby granted to use, copy, modify, sell, and otherwise distribute this

+ * software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee, provided

+ * that this copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice is reproduced in

+ * all copies of this software and in supporting documentation.  TekColor

+ * is a trademark of Tektronix, Inc.

+ *

+ * Tektronix makes no representation about the suitability of this software

+ * for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" and with all faults.

+ *

+ * TEKTRONIX DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A

+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL TEKTRONIX BE LIABLE FOR ANY

+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER

+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF

+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ *

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsPrOfId.c

+ *

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Source for XcmsPrefixOfFormat()

+ *

+ *

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xcmsint.h"

+#include "Cv.h"

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsPrefixOfId

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+char *

+XcmsPrefixOfFormat(

+    XcmsColorFormat	id)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		Returns the color space prefix for the specified color

+ *		space ID if the color space is found in the Color

+ *		Conversion Context.

+ *

+ *	RETURNS

+ *		Returns a color space prefix.

+ *

+ *	CAVEATS

+ *		Space is allocated for the returned string, therefore,

+ *		the application is responsible for freeing (using XFree)

+ *		the space.

+ *

+ */

+{

+    XcmsColorSpace	**papColorSpaces;

+

+    /*

+     * First try Device-Independent color spaces

+     */

+    papColorSpaces = _XcmsDIColorSpaces;

+    if (papColorSpaces != NULL) {

+	while (*papColorSpaces != NULL) {

+	    if ((*papColorSpaces)->id == id) {

+		return strdup((*papColorSpaces)->prefix);

+	    }

+	    papColorSpaces++;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Next try Device-Dependent color spaces

+     */

+    papColorSpaces = _XcmsDDColorSpaces;

+    if (papColorSpaces != NULL) {

+	while (*papColorSpaces != NULL) {

+	    if ((*papColorSpaces)->id == id) {

+		return strdup((*papColorSpaces)->prefix);

+	    }

+	    papColorSpaces++;

+	}

+    }

+

+    return(NULL);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xcms/cmsProp.c b/libX11/src/xcms/cmsProp.c
index 2826ee7be..b732b800f 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xcms/cmsProp.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xcms/cmsProp.c
@@ -1,149 +1,149 @@
-
-/*
- *
- * Code and supporting documentation (c) Copyright 1990 1991 Tektronix, Inc.
- * 	All Rights Reserved
- *
- * This file is a component of an X Window System-specific implementation
- * of Xcms based on the TekColor Color Management System.  Permission is
- * hereby granted to use, copy, modify, sell, and otherwise distribute this
- * software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee, provided
- * that this copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice is reproduced in
- * all copies of this software and in supporting documentation.  TekColor
- * is a trademark of Tektronix, Inc.
- *
- * Tektronix makes no representation about the suitability of this software
- * for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" and with all faults.
- *
- * TEKTRONIX DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
- * PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL TEKTRONIX BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
- * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
- * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- *	NAME
- *		XcmsProp.c
- *
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *		This utility routines for manipulating properties.
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xcmsint.h"
-#include "Cv.h"
-
-
-/************************************************************************
- *									*
- *			API PRIVATE ROUTINES				*
- *									*
- ************************************************************************/
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		_XcmsGetElement -- get an element value from the property passed
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-unsigned long
-_XcmsGetElement(
-    int             format,
-    char            **pValue,
-    unsigned long   *pCount)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *	    Get the next element from the property and return it.
- *	    Also increment the pointer the amount needed.
- *
- *	Returns
- *	    unsigned long
- */
-{
-    unsigned long value;
-
-    switch (format) {
-      case 32:
-	value = *((unsigned long *)(*pValue)) & 0xFFFFFFFF;
-	*pValue += sizeof(unsigned long);
-	*pCount -= 1;
-	break;
-      case 16:
-	value = *((unsigned short *)(*pValue));
-	*pValue += sizeof(unsigned short);
-	*pCount -= 1;
-	break;
-      case 8:
-	value = *((unsigned char *) (*pValue));
-	*pValue += 1;
-	*pCount -= 1;
-	break;
-      default:
-	value = 0;
-	break;
-    }
-    return(value);
-}
-
-
-/*
- *	NAME
- *		_XcmsGetProperty -- Determine the existance of a property
- *
- *	SYNOPSIS
- */
-int
-_XcmsGetProperty(
-    Display *pDpy,
-    Window  w,
-    Atom property,
-    int             *pFormat,
-    unsigned long   *pNItems,
-    unsigned long   *pNBytes,
-    char            **pValue)
-/*
- *	DESCRIPTION
- *
- *	Returns
- *	    0 if property does not exist.
- *	    1 if property exists.
- */
-{
-    char *prop_ret;
-    int format_ret;
-    long len = 6516;
-    unsigned long nitems_ret, after_ret;
-    Atom atom_ret;
-    int xgwp_ret;
-
-    while (True) {
-	xgwp_ret = XGetWindowProperty (pDpy, w, property, 0, len, False,
-				       XA_INTEGER, &atom_ret, &format_ret,
-				       &nitems_ret, &after_ret,
-				       (unsigned char **)&prop_ret);
-	if (xgwp_ret == Success && after_ret > 0) {
-	    len += nitems_ret * (format_ret >> 3);
-	    XFree (prop_ret);
-	} else {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (xgwp_ret != Success || format_ret == 0 || nitems_ret == 0) {
-	/* the property does not exist or is of an unexpected type or
-           getting window property failed */
-	return(XcmsFailure);
-    }
-
-    *pFormat = format_ret;
-    *pNItems = nitems_ret;
-    *pNBytes = nitems_ret * (format_ret >> 3);
-    *pValue = prop_ret;
-    return(XcmsSuccess);
-}
+

+/*

+ *

+ * Code and supporting documentation (c) Copyright 1990 1991 Tektronix, Inc.

+ * 	All Rights Reserved

+ *

+ * This file is a component of an X Window System-specific implementation

+ * of Xcms based on the TekColor Color Management System.  Permission is

+ * hereby granted to use, copy, modify, sell, and otherwise distribute this

+ * software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee, provided

+ * that this copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice is reproduced in

+ * all copies of this software and in supporting documentation.  TekColor

+ * is a trademark of Tektronix, Inc.

+ *

+ * Tektronix makes no representation about the suitability of this software

+ * for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" and with all faults.

+ *

+ * TEKTRONIX DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A

+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL TEKTRONIX BE LIABLE FOR ANY

+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER

+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF

+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ *	NAME

+ *		XcmsProp.c

+ *

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *		This utility routines for manipulating properties.

+ *

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xcmsint.h"

+#include "Cv.h"

+

+

+/************************************************************************

+ *									*

+ *			API PRIVATE ROUTINES				*

+ *									*

+ ************************************************************************/

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		_XcmsGetElement -- get an element value from the property passed

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+unsigned long

+_XcmsGetElement(

+    int             format,

+    char            **pValue,

+    unsigned long   *pCount)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *	    Get the next element from the property and return it.

+ *	    Also increment the pointer the amount needed.

+ *

+ *	Returns

+ *	    unsigned long

+ */

+{

+    unsigned long value;

+

+    switch (format) {

+      case 32:

+	value = *((unsigned long *)(*pValue)) & 0xFFFFFFFF;

+	*pValue += sizeof(unsigned long);

+	*pCount -= 1;

+	break;

+      case 16:

+	value = *((unsigned short *)(*pValue));

+	*pValue += sizeof(unsigned short);

+	*pCount -= 1;

+	break;

+      case 8:

+	value = *((unsigned char *) (*pValue));

+	*pValue += 1;

+	*pCount -= 1;

+	break;

+      default:

+	value = 0;

+	break;

+    }

+    return(value);

+}

+

+

+/*

+ *	NAME

+ *		_XcmsGetProperty -- Determine the existance of a property

+ *

+ *	SYNOPSIS

+ */

+int

+_XcmsGetProperty(

+    Display *pDpy,

+    Window  w,

+    Atom property,

+    int             *pFormat,

+    unsigned long   *pNItems,

+    unsigned long   *pNBytes,

+    char            **pValue)

+/*

+ *	DESCRIPTION

+ *

+ *	Returns

+ *	    0 if property does not exist.

+ *	    1 if property exists.

+ */

+{

+    char *prop_ret;

+    int format_ret;

+    long len = 6516;

+    unsigned long nitems_ret, after_ret;

+    Atom atom_ret;

+    int xgwp_ret;

+

+    while (True) {

+	xgwp_ret = XGetWindowProperty (pDpy, w, property, 0, len, False,

+				       XA_INTEGER, &atom_ret, &format_ret,

+				       &nitems_ret, &after_ret,

+				       (unsigned char **)&prop_ret);

+	if (xgwp_ret == Success && after_ret > 0) {

+	    len += nitems_ret * (format_ret >> 3);

+	    XFree (prop_ret);

+	} else {

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    if (xgwp_ret != Success || format_ret == 0 || nitems_ret == 0) {

+	/* the property does not exist or is of an unexpected type or

+           getting window property failed */

+	return(XcmsFailure);

+    }

+

+    *pFormat = format_ret;

+    *pNItems = nitems_ret;

+    *pNBytes = nitems_ret * (format_ret >> 3);

+    *pValue = prop_ret;

+    return(XcmsSuccess);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xcms/config.h b/libX11/src/xcms/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a01921855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/src/xcms/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
diff --git a/libX11/src/xcms/makefile b/libX11/src/xcms/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00fab124a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/src/xcms/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+LIBRARY = libxcms
+
+DEFINES += HAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+CSRCS = \
+		  AddDIC.c \
+                  AddSF.c \
+                  CCC.c \
+                  CvColW.c \
+                  CvCols.c \
+                  HVC.c \
+                  HVCGcC.c \
+                  HVCGcV.c \
+                  HVCGcVC.c \
+                  HVCMnV.c \
+                  HVCMxC.c \
+                  HVCMxV.c \
+                  HVCMxVC.c \
+                  HVCMxVs.c \
+                  HVCWpAj.c \
+                  IdOfPr.c \
+                  LRGB.c \
+                  Lab.c \
+                  LabGcC.c \
+                  LabGcL.c \
+                  LabGcLC.c \
+                  LabMnL.c \
+                  LabMxC.c \
+                  LabMxL.c \
+                  LabMxLC.c \
+                  LabWpAj.c \
+                  Luv.c \
+                  LuvGcC.c \
+                  LuvGcL.c \
+                  LuvGcLC.c \
+                  LuvMnL.c \
+                  LuvMxC.c \
+                  LuvMxL.c \
+                  LuvMxLC.c \
+                  LuvWpAj.c \
+                  OfCCC.c \
+                  PrOfId.c \
+                  QBlack.c \
+                  QBlue.c \
+                  QGreen.c \
+                  QRed.c \
+                  QWhite.c \
+                  QuCol.c \
+                  QuCols.c \
+                  SetCCC.c \
+                  SetGetCols.c \
+                  StCol.c \
+                  StCols.c \
+                  UNDEFINED.c \
+                  XRGB.c \
+                  XYZ.c \
+                  cmsAllCol.c \
+                  cmsAllNCol.c \
+                  cmsCmap.c \
+                  cmsColNm.c \
+                  cmsGlobls.c \
+                  cmsInt.c \
+                  cmsLkCol.c \
+                  cmsMath.c \
+                  cmsProp.c \
+                  cmsTrig.c \
+                  uvY.c \
+                  xyY.c
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\include\X11 ..\..\src\xlibi18n ..\..\src
+
diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/Makefile b/libX11/src/xkb/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f6b7e859
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+LIBRARY = libxkb
+
+CSRCS = \
+	XKB.c \
+	XKBBind.c \
+	XKBCompat.c \
+	XKBCtrls.c \
+	XKBCvt.c \
+	XKBGetMap.c \
+	XKBGetByName.c \
+	XKBNames.c \
+	XKBRdBuf.c \
+	XKBSetMap.c \
+	XKBUse.c \
+	XKBleds.c \
+	XKBBell.c \
+	XKBGeom.c \
+	XKBSetGeom.c \
+	XKBExtDev.c \
+	XKBList.c \
+	XKBMisc.c \
+	XKBMAlloc.c \
+	XKBGAlloc.c \
+	XKBAlloc.c
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\include\X11 ..\..\src\xlibi18n
+
diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/XKB.c b/libX11/src/xkb/XKB.c
index f926cb997..374e27d2d 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xkb/XKB.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/XKB.c
@@ -28,6 +28,11 @@ THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 #include <config.h>
 #endif
 #include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef XKB_IN_SERVER
+#define XkbVirtualModsToReal    SrvXkbVirtualModsToReal
+#endif
+
 #include "Xlibint.h"
 #include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
 #include "XKBlibint.h"
diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBBind.c b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBBind.c
index 2e4b1fe68..4904b461f 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBBind.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBBind.c
@@ -31,6 +31,34 @@ from The Open Group.
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

 #include <config.h>

 #endif

+

+#ifdef XKB_IN_SERVER

+#define XkbAllocClientMap   SrvXkbAllocClientMap

+#define XkbAllocServerMap   SrvXkbAllocServerMap

+#define XkbChangeTypesOfKey   SrvXkbChangeTypesOfKey

+#define XkbCopyKeyTypes     SrvXkbCopyKeyTypes

+#define XkbFreeClientMap    SrvXkbFreeClientMap

+#define XkbFreeServerMap    SrvXkbFreeServerMap

+#define XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols SrvXkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols

+#define XkbApplyCompatMapToKey    SrvXkbApplyCompatMapToKey

+#define XkbResizeKeyActions   SrvXkbResizeKeyActions

+#define XkbResizeKeySyms    SrvXkbResizeKeySyms

+#define XkbResizeKeyType    SrvXkbResizeKeyType

+#define XkbAllocCompatMap   SrvXkbAllocCompatMap

+#define XkbAllocControls    SrvXkbAllocControls

+#define XkbAllocIndicatorMaps   SrvXkbAllocIndicatorMaps

+#define XkbAllocKeyboard    SrvXkbAllocKeyboard

+#define XkbAllocNames     SrvXkbAllocNames

+#define XkbFreeCompatMap    SrvXkbFreeCompatMap

+#define XkbFreeKeyboard     SrvXkbFreeKeyboard

+#define XkbFreeNames      SrvXkbFreeNames

+#define XkbLatchModifiers   SrvXkbLatchModifiers

+#define XkbLatchGroup     SrvXkbLatchGroup

+#define XkbVirtualModsToReal    SrvXkbVirtualModsToReal

+#define XkbChangeKeycodeRange   SrvXkbChangeKeycodeRange

+#define XkbApplyVirtualModChanges SrvXkbApplyVirtualModChanges

+#endif

+

 #include "XKBlib.h"

 #include <X11/Xlibint.h>

 #include <X11/Xutil.h>

diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGAlloc.c b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGAlloc.c
index 7679496e3..9dd1e4912 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGAlloc.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGAlloc.c
@@ -1,1011 +1,1012 @@
-/************************************************************
-Copyright (c) 1993 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
-software and its documentation for any purpose and without
-fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
-notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
-notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific prior written permission.
-Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability
-of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
-without any express or implied warranty.
-
-SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
-SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
-AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON
-GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
-DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
-OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION  WITH
-THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#elif defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef XKB_IN_SERVER
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XKBlibint.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBgeom.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
-
-#else
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBsrv.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBgeom.h>
-
-#endif /* XKB_IN_SERVER */
-
-#ifdef X_NOT_POSIX
-#define Size_t unsigned int
-#else
-#define Size_t size_t
-#endif
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(	Bool			freeAll,
-			int			first,
-			int 			count,
-			unsigned short *	num_inout,
-			unsigned short *	sz_inout,
-			char **			elems,
-			unsigned int		elem_sz)
-{
-    if ((freeAll)||(*elems==NULL)) {
-	*num_inout= *sz_inout= 0;
-	if (*elems!=NULL) {
-	    _XkbFree(*elems);
-	    *elems= NULL;
-	}
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if ((first>=(*num_inout))||(first<0)||(count<1))
-	return;
-
-    if (first+count>=(*num_inout)) {
-	/* truncating the array is easy */
-	(*num_inout)= first;
-    }
-    else {
-	char *	ptr;
-	int 	extra;
-	ptr= *elems;
-	extra= ((*num_inout)-(first+count))*elem_sz;
-	if (extra>0)
-	    memmove(&ptr[first*elem_sz],&ptr[(first+count)*elem_sz],extra);
-	(*num_inout)-= count;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-typedef void (*ContentsClearFunc)(
-		char *		/* priv */
-);
-
-static void
-_XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(	Bool			freeAll,
-				int			first,
-				int 			count,
-				unsigned short *	num_inout,
-				unsigned short *	sz_inout,
-				char **			elems,
-				unsigned int		elem_sz,
-				ContentsClearFunc	freeFunc)
-{
-register int i;
-register char *ptr;
-
-    if (freeAll) {
-	first= 0;
-	count= (*num_inout);
-    }
-    else if ((first>=(*num_inout))||(first<0)||(count<1))
-	return;
-    else if (first+count>(*num_inout))
-	count= (*num_inout)-first;
-    if (*elems==NULL)
-	return;
-
-    if (freeFunc) {
-	ptr= *elems;
-	ptr+= first*elem_sz;
-	for (i=0;i<count;i++) {
-	    (*freeFunc)(ptr);
-	    ptr+= elem_sz;
-	}
-    }
-    if (freeAll) {
-	(*num_inout)= (*sz_inout)= 0;
-	if (*elems) {
-	    _XkbFree(*elems);
-	    *elems= NULL;
-	}
-    }
-    else if (first+count>=(*num_inout))
-	*num_inout= first;
-    else {
-	i= ((*num_inout)-(first+count))*elem_sz;
-	ptr= *elems;
-	memmove(&ptr[first*elem_sz],&ptr[(first+count)*elem_sz],i);
-	(*num_inout)-= count;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearProperty(char *prop_in)
-{
-XkbPropertyPtr	prop= (XkbPropertyPtr)prop_in;
-
-    if (prop->name) {
-	_XkbFree(prop->name);
-	prop->name= NULL;
-    }
-    if (prop->value) {
-	_XkbFree(prop->value);
-	prop->value= NULL;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomProperties(	XkbGeometryPtr	geom,
-			int		first,
-			int		count,
-			Bool		freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&geom->num_properties,&geom->sz_properties,
-				(char **)&geom->properties,
-				sizeof(XkbPropertyRec),_XkbClearProperty);
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases(	XkbGeometryPtr	geom,
-			int		first,
-			int		count,
-			Bool		freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&geom->num_key_aliases,&geom->sz_key_aliases,
-				(char **)&geom->key_aliases,
-				sizeof(XkbKeyAliasRec));
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearColor(char *color_in)
-{
-XkbColorPtr	color= (XkbColorPtr)color_in;
-
-    if (color->spec)
-	_XkbFree(color->spec);
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomColors(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&geom->num_colors,&geom->sz_colors,
-				(char **)&geom->colors,
-				sizeof(XkbColorRec),_XkbClearColor);
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomPoints(XkbOutlinePtr outline,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&outline->num_points,&outline->sz_points,
-				(char **)&outline->points,
-				sizeof(XkbPointRec));
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearOutline(char *outline_in)
-{
-XkbOutlinePtr	outline= (XkbOutlinePtr)outline_in;
-
-    if (outline->points!=NULL)
-	XkbFreeGeomPoints(outline,0,outline->num_points,True);
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomOutlines(XkbShapePtr	shape,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&shape->num_outlines,&shape->sz_outlines,
-				(char **)&shape->outlines,
-				sizeof(XkbOutlineRec),_XkbClearOutline);
-
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearShape(char *shape_in)
-{
-XkbShapePtr	shape= (XkbShapePtr)shape_in;
-
-    if (shape->outlines)
-	XkbFreeGeomOutlines(shape,0,shape->num_outlines,True);
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomShapes(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&geom->num_shapes,&geom->sz_shapes,
-				(char **)&geom->shapes,
-				sizeof(XkbShapeRec),_XkbClearShape);
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys(XkbOverlayRowPtr row,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&row->num_keys,&row->sz_keys,
-				(char **)&row->keys,
-				sizeof(XkbOverlayKeyRec));
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearOverlayRow(char *row_in)
-{
-XkbOverlayRowPtr	row= (XkbOverlayRowPtr)row_in;
-
-    if (row->keys!=NULL)
-	XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys(row,0,row->num_keys,True);
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows(XkbOverlayPtr overlay,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&overlay->num_rows,&overlay->sz_rows,
-				(char **)&overlay->rows,
-				sizeof(XkbOverlayRowRec),_XkbClearOverlayRow);
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearOverlay(char *overlay_in)
-{
-XkbOverlayPtr	overlay= (XkbOverlayPtr)overlay_in;
-
-    if (overlay->rows!=NULL)
-	XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows(overlay,0,overlay->num_rows,True);
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomOverlays(XkbSectionPtr section,int first,int	count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&section->num_overlays,&section->sz_overlays,
-				(char **)&section->overlays,
-				sizeof(XkbOverlayRec),_XkbClearOverlay);
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomKeys(XkbRowPtr row,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&row->num_keys,&row->sz_keys,
-				(char **)&row->keys,
-				sizeof(XkbKeyRec));
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearRow(char *row_in)
-{
-XkbRowPtr	row= (XkbRowPtr)row_in;
-
-    if (row->keys!=NULL)
-	XkbFreeGeomKeys(row,0,row->num_keys,True);
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomRows(XkbSectionPtr section,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&section->num_rows,&section->sz_rows,
-				(char **)&section->rows,
-				sizeof(XkbRowRec),_XkbClearRow);
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearSection(char *section_in)
-{
-XkbSectionPtr	section= (XkbSectionPtr)section_in;
-
-    if (section->rows!=NULL)
-	XkbFreeGeomRows(section,0,section->num_rows,True);
-    if (section->doodads!=NULL) {
-	XkbFreeGeomDoodads(section->doodads,section->num_doodads,True);
-	section->doodads= NULL;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomSections(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)
-{
-    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,
-				&geom->num_sections,&geom->sz_sections,
-				(char **)&geom->sections,
-				sizeof(XkbSectionRec),_XkbClearSection);
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbClearDoodad(char *doodad_in)
-{
-XkbDoodadPtr	doodad= (XkbDoodadPtr)doodad_in;
-
-    switch (doodad->any.type) {
-   	case XkbTextDoodad:
-	    {
-		if (doodad->text.text!=NULL) {
-		    _XkbFree(doodad->text.text);
-		    doodad->text.text= NULL;
-		}
-		if (doodad->text.font!=NULL) {
-		    _XkbFree(doodad->text.font);
-		    doodad->text.font= NULL;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-   	case XkbLogoDoodad:
-	    {
-		if (doodad->logo.logo_name!=NULL) {
-		    _XkbFree(doodad->logo.logo_name);
-		    doodad->logo.logo_name= NULL;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeomDoodads(XkbDoodadPtr doodads,int nDoodads,Bool freeAll)
-{
-register int 		i;
-register XkbDoodadPtr	doodad;
-
-    if (doodads) {
-	for (i=0,doodad= doodads;i<nDoodads;i++,doodad++) {
-	    _XkbClearDoodad((char *)doodad);
-	}
-	if (freeAll)
-	    _XkbFree(doodads);
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-void
-XkbFreeGeometry(XkbGeometryPtr geom,unsigned which,Bool freeMap)
-{
-    if (geom==NULL)
-	return;
-    if (freeMap)
-	which= XkbGeomAllMask;
-    if ((which&XkbGeomPropertiesMask)&&(geom->properties!=NULL))
-	XkbFreeGeomProperties(geom,0,geom->num_properties,True);
-    if ((which&XkbGeomColorsMask)&&(geom->colors!=NULL))
-	XkbFreeGeomColors(geom,0,geom->num_colors,True);
-    if ((which&XkbGeomShapesMask)&&(geom->shapes!=NULL))
-	XkbFreeGeomShapes(geom,0,geom->num_shapes,True);
-    if ((which&XkbGeomSectionsMask)&&(geom->sections!=NULL))
-	XkbFreeGeomSections(geom,0,geom->num_sections,True);
-    if ((which&XkbGeomDoodadsMask)&&(geom->doodads!= NULL)) {
-	XkbFreeGeomDoodads(geom->doodads,geom->num_doodads,True);
-	geom->doodads= NULL;
-	geom->num_doodads= geom->sz_doodads= 0;
-    }
-    if ((which&XkbGeomKeyAliasesMask)&&(geom->key_aliases!=NULL))
-	XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases(geom,0,geom->num_key_aliases,True);
-    if (freeMap) {
-	if (geom->label_font!=NULL) {
-	    _XkbFree(geom->label_font);
-	    geom->label_font= NULL;
-	}
-	_XkbFree(geom);
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static Status
-_XkbGeomAlloc(	XPointer *		old,
-		unsigned short *	num,
-		unsigned short *	total,
-		int			num_new,
-		Size_t			sz_elem)
-{
-    if (num_new<1)
-	return Success;
-    if ((*old)==NULL)
-	*num= *total= 0;
-
-    if ((*num)+num_new<=(*total))
-	return Success;
-
-    *total= (*num)+num_new;
-    if ((*old)!=NULL)
-	 (*old)= (XPointer)_XkbRealloc((*old),(*total)*sz_elem);
-    else (*old)= (XPointer)_XkbCalloc((*total),sz_elem);
-    if ((*old)==NULL) {
-	*total= *num= 0;
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    if (*num>0) {
-	char *tmp= (char *)(*old);
-	bzero(&tmp[sz_elem*(*num)],(num_new*sz_elem));
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-#define	_XkbAllocProps(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->properties,\
-				&(g)->num_properties,&(g)->sz_properties,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbPropertyRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocColors(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->colors,\
-				&(g)->num_colors,&(g)->sz_colors,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbColorRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocShapes(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->shapes,\
-				&(g)->num_shapes,&(g)->sz_shapes,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbShapeRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocSections(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->sections,\
-				&(g)->num_sections,&(g)->sz_sections,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbSectionRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocDoodads(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->doodads,\
-				&(g)->num_doodads,&(g)->sz_doodads,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbDoodadRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocKeyAliases(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->key_aliases,\
-				&(g)->num_key_aliases,&(g)->sz_key_aliases,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbKeyAliasRec))
-
-#define	_XkbAllocOutlines(s,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(s)->outlines,\
-				&(s)->num_outlines,&(s)->sz_outlines,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbOutlineRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocRows(s,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(s)->rows,\
-				&(s)->num_rows,&(s)->sz_rows,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbRowRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocPoints(o,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(o)->points,\
-				&(o)->num_points,&(o)->sz_points,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbPointRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocKeys(r,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(r)->keys,\
-				&(r)->num_keys,&(r)->sz_keys,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbKeyRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocOverlays(s,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(s)->overlays,\
-				&(s)->num_overlays,&(s)->sz_overlays,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbOverlayRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocOverlayRows(o,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(o)->rows,\
-				&(o)->num_rows,&(o)->sz_rows,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbOverlayRowRec))
-#define	_XkbAllocOverlayKeys(r,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(r)->keys,\
-				&(r)->num_keys,&(r)->sz_keys,\
-				(n),sizeof(XkbOverlayKeyRec))
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomProps(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nProps)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocProps(geom,nProps);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomColors(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nColors)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocColors(geom,nColors);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nKeyAliases)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocKeyAliases(geom,nKeyAliases);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomShapes(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nShapes)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocShapes(geom,nShapes);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomSections(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nSections)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocSections(geom,nSections);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomOverlays(XkbSectionPtr section,int nOverlays)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocOverlays(section,nOverlays);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows(XkbOverlayPtr overlay,int nRows)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocOverlayRows(overlay,nRows);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys(XkbOverlayRowPtr row,int nKeys)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocOverlayKeys(row,nKeys);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomDoodads(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nDoodads)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocDoodads(geom,nDoodads);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads(XkbSectionPtr section,int nDoodads)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocDoodads(section,nDoodads);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomOutlines(XkbShapePtr shape,int nOL)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocOutlines(shape,nOL);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomRows(XkbSectionPtr section,int nRows)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocRows(section,nRows);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomPoints(XkbOutlinePtr ol,int nPts)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocPoints(ol,nPts);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeomKeys(XkbRowPtr row,int nKeys)
-{
-    return _XkbAllocKeys(row,nKeys);
-}
-
-Status
-XkbAllocGeometry(XkbDescPtr xkb,XkbGeometrySizesPtr sizes)
-{
-XkbGeometryPtr	geom;
-Status		rtrn;
-
-    if (xkb->geom==NULL) {
-	xkb->geom= _XkbTypedCalloc(1,XkbGeometryRec);
-	if (!xkb->geom)
-	    return BadAlloc;
-    }
-    geom= xkb->geom;
-    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomPropertiesMask)&&
-	((rtrn=_XkbAllocProps(geom,sizes->num_properties))!=Success)) {
-	goto BAIL;
-    }
-    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomColorsMask)&&
-	((rtrn=_XkbAllocColors(geom,sizes->num_colors))!=Success)) {
-	goto BAIL;
-    }
-    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomShapesMask)&&
-	((rtrn=_XkbAllocShapes(geom,sizes->num_shapes))!=Success)) {
-	goto BAIL;
-    }
-    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomSectionsMask)&&
-	((rtrn=_XkbAllocSections(geom,sizes->num_sections))!=Success)) {
-	goto BAIL;
-    }
-    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomDoodadsMask)&&
-	((rtrn=_XkbAllocDoodads(geom,sizes->num_doodads))!=Success)) {
-	goto BAIL;
-    }
-    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomKeyAliasesMask)&&
-	((rtrn=_XkbAllocKeyAliases(geom,sizes->num_key_aliases))!=Success)) {
-	goto BAIL;
-    }
-    return Success;
-BAIL:
-    XkbFreeGeometry(geom,XkbGeomAllMask,True);
-    xkb->geom= NULL;
-    return rtrn;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-XkbPropertyPtr
-XkbAddGeomProperty(XkbGeometryPtr geom,char *name,char *value)
-{
-register int i;
-register XkbPropertyPtr prop;
-
-    if ((!geom)||(!name)||(!value))
-	return NULL;
-    for (i=0,prop=geom->properties;i<geom->num_properties;i++,prop++) {
-	if ((prop->name)&&(strcmp(name,prop->name)==0)) {
-	    if (prop->value)
-		_XkbFree(prop->value);
-	    prop->value= strdup(value);
-	    return prop;
-	}
-    }
-    if ((geom->num_properties>=geom->sz_properties)&&
-					(_XkbAllocProps(geom,1)!=Success)) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    prop= &geom->properties[geom->num_properties];
-    prop->name= strdup(name);
-    if (!prop->name)
-	return NULL;
-    prop->value= strdup(value);
-    if (!prop->value) {
-	_XkbFree(prop->name);
-	prop->name= NULL;
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    geom->num_properties++;
-    return prop;
-}
-
-XkbKeyAliasPtr
-XkbAddGeomKeyAlias(XkbGeometryPtr geom,char *aliasStr,char *realStr)
-{
-register int i;
-register XkbKeyAliasPtr alias;
-
-    if ((!geom)||(!aliasStr)||(!realStr)||(!aliasStr[0])||(!realStr[0]))
-	return NULL;
-    for (i=0,alias=geom->key_aliases;i<geom->num_key_aliases;i++,alias++) {
-	if (strncmp(alias->alias,aliasStr,XkbKeyNameLength)==0) {
-	    bzero(alias->real,XkbKeyNameLength);
-	    strncpy(alias->real,realStr,XkbKeyNameLength);
-	    return alias;
-	}
-    }
-    if ((geom->num_key_aliases>=geom->sz_key_aliases)&&
-				(_XkbAllocKeyAliases(geom,1)!=Success)) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    alias= &geom->key_aliases[geom->num_key_aliases];
-    bzero(alias,sizeof(XkbKeyAliasRec));
-    strncpy(alias->alias,aliasStr,XkbKeyNameLength);
-    strncpy(alias->real,realStr,XkbKeyNameLength);
-    geom->num_key_aliases++;
-    return alias;
-}
-
-XkbColorPtr
-XkbAddGeomColor(XkbGeometryPtr geom,char *spec,unsigned int pixel)
-{
-register int i;
-register XkbColorPtr color;
-
-    if ((!geom)||(!spec))
-	return NULL;
-    for (i=0,color=geom->colors;i<geom->num_colors;i++,color++) {
-	if ((color->spec)&&(strcmp(color->spec,spec)==0)) {
-	    color->pixel= pixel;
-	    return color;
-	}
-    }
-    if ((geom->num_colors>=geom->sz_colors)&&
-					(_XkbAllocColors(geom,1)!=Success)) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    color= &geom->colors[geom->num_colors];
-    color->pixel= pixel;
-    color->spec= strdup(spec);
-    if (!color->spec)
-	return NULL;
-    geom->num_colors++;
-    return color;
-}
-
-XkbOutlinePtr
-XkbAddGeomOutline(XkbShapePtr shape,int sz_points)
-{
-XkbOutlinePtr	outline;
-
-    if ((!shape)||(sz_points<0))
-	return NULL;
-    if ((shape->num_outlines>=shape->sz_outlines)&&
-					(_XkbAllocOutlines(shape,1)!=Success)) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    outline= &shape->outlines[shape->num_outlines];
-    bzero(outline,sizeof(XkbOutlineRec));
-    if ((sz_points>0)&&(_XkbAllocPoints(outline,sz_points)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    shape->num_outlines++;
-    return outline;
-}
-
-XkbShapePtr
-XkbAddGeomShape(XkbGeometryPtr geom,Atom name,int sz_outlines)
-{
-XkbShapePtr	shape;
-register int	i;
-
-    if ((!geom)||(!name)||(sz_outlines<0))
-	return NULL;
-    if (geom->num_shapes>0) {
-	for (shape=geom->shapes,i=0;i<geom->num_shapes;i++,shape++) {
-	    if (name==shape->name)
-		return shape;
-	}
-    }
-    if ((geom->num_shapes>=geom->sz_shapes)&&
-					(_XkbAllocShapes(geom,1)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    shape= &geom->shapes[geom->num_shapes];
-    bzero(shape,sizeof(XkbShapeRec));
-    if ((sz_outlines>0)&&(_XkbAllocOutlines(shape,sz_outlines)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    shape->name= name;
-    shape->primary= shape->approx= NULL;
-    geom->num_shapes++;
-    return shape;
-}
-
-XkbKeyPtr
-XkbAddGeomKey(XkbRowPtr row)
-{
-XkbKeyPtr	key;
-    if (!row)
-	return NULL;
-    if ((row->num_keys>=row->sz_keys)&&(_XkbAllocKeys(row,1)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    key= &row->keys[row->num_keys++];
-    bzero(key,sizeof(XkbKeyRec));
-    return key;
-}
-
-XkbRowPtr
-XkbAddGeomRow(XkbSectionPtr section,int sz_keys)
-{
-XkbRowPtr	row;
-
-    if ((!section)||(sz_keys<0))
-	return NULL;
-    if ((section->num_rows>=section->sz_rows)&&
-    					(_XkbAllocRows(section,1)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    row= &section->rows[section->num_rows];
-    bzero(row,sizeof(XkbRowRec));
-    if ((sz_keys>0)&&(_XkbAllocKeys(row,sz_keys)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    section->num_rows++;
-    return row;
-}
-
-XkbSectionPtr
-XkbAddGeomSection(	XkbGeometryPtr	geom,
-			Atom		name,
-			int		sz_rows,
-			int		sz_doodads,
-			int		sz_over)
-{
-register int	i;
-XkbSectionPtr	section;
-
-    if ((!geom)||(name==None)||(sz_rows<0))
-	return NULL;
-    for (i=0,section=geom->sections;i<geom->num_sections;i++,section++) {
-	if (section->name!=name)
-	    continue;
-	if (((sz_rows>0)&&(_XkbAllocRows(section,sz_rows)!=Success))||
-	    ((sz_doodads>0)&&(_XkbAllocDoodads(section,sz_doodads)!=Success))||
-	    ((sz_over>0)&&(_XkbAllocOverlays(section,sz_over)!=Success)))
-	    return NULL;
-	return section;
-    }
-    if ((geom->num_sections>=geom->sz_sections)&&
-					(_XkbAllocSections(geom,1)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    section= &geom->sections[geom->num_sections];
-    if ((sz_rows>0)&&(_XkbAllocRows(section,sz_rows)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    if ((sz_doodads>0)&&(_XkbAllocDoodads(section,sz_doodads)!=Success)) {
-	if (section->rows) {
-	    _XkbFree(section->rows);
-	    section->rows= NULL;
-	    section->sz_rows= section->num_rows= 0;
-	}
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    section->name= name;
-    geom->num_sections++;
-    return section;
-}
-
-XkbDoodadPtr
-XkbAddGeomDoodad(XkbGeometryPtr geom,XkbSectionPtr section,Atom name)
-{
-XkbDoodadPtr	old,doodad;
-register int	i,nDoodads;
-
-    if ((!geom)||(name==None))
-	return NULL;
-    if ((section!=NULL)&&(section->num_doodads>0)) {
-	old= section->doodads;
-	nDoodads= section->num_doodads;
-    }
-    else {
-	old= geom->doodads;
-	nDoodads= geom->num_doodads;
-    }
-    for (i=0,doodad=old;i<nDoodads;i++,doodad++) {
-	if (doodad->any.name==name)
-	    return doodad;
-    }
-    if (section) {
-	if ((section->num_doodads>=geom->sz_doodads)&&
-	    (_XkbAllocDoodads(section,1)!=Success)) {
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-	doodad= &section->doodads[section->num_doodads++];
-    }
-    else {
-	if ((geom->num_doodads>=geom->sz_doodads)&&
-					(_XkbAllocDoodads(geom,1)!=Success))
-	    return NULL;
-	doodad= &geom->doodads[geom->num_doodads++];
-    }
-    bzero(doodad,sizeof(XkbDoodadRec));
-    doodad->any.name= name;
-    return doodad;
-}
-
-XkbOverlayKeyPtr
-XkbAddGeomOverlayKey(	XkbOverlayPtr		overlay,
-			XkbOverlayRowPtr 	row,
-			char *			over,
-			char *			under)
-{
-register int	i;
-XkbOverlayKeyPtr key;
-XkbSectionPtr	section;
-XkbRowPtr	row_under;
-Bool		found;
-
-    if ((!overlay)||(!row)||(!over)||(!under))
-	return NULL;
-    section= overlay->section_under;
-    if (row->row_under>=section->num_rows)
-	return NULL;
-    row_under= &section->rows[row->row_under];
-    for (i=0,found=False;i<row_under->num_keys;i++) {
-	if (strncmp(under,row_under->keys[i].name.name,XkbKeyNameLength)==0) {
-	    found= True;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (!found)
-   	return NULL;
-    if ((row->num_keys>=row->sz_keys)&&(_XkbAllocOverlayKeys(row,1)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    key= &row->keys[row->num_keys];
-    strncpy(key->under.name,under,XkbKeyNameLength);
-    strncpy(key->over.name,over,XkbKeyNameLength);
-    row->num_keys++;
-    return key;
-}
-
-XkbOverlayRowPtr
-XkbAddGeomOverlayRow(XkbOverlayPtr overlay,int row_under,int sz_keys)
-{
-register int		i;
-XkbOverlayRowPtr	row;
-
-    if ((!overlay)||(sz_keys<0))
-	return NULL;
-    if (row_under>=overlay->section_under->num_rows)
-	return NULL;
-    for (i=0;i<overlay->num_rows;i++) {
-	if (overlay->rows[i].row_under==row_under) {
-	    row= &overlay->rows[i];
-	    if ((row->sz_keys<sz_keys)&&
-				(_XkbAllocOverlayKeys(row,sz_keys)!=Success)) {
-		return NULL;
-	    }
-	    return &overlay->rows[i];
-	}
-    }
-    if ((overlay->num_rows>=overlay->sz_rows)&&
-				(_XkbAllocOverlayRows(overlay,1)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    row= &overlay->rows[overlay->num_rows];
-    bzero(row,sizeof(XkbOverlayRowRec));
-    if ((sz_keys>0)&&(_XkbAllocOverlayKeys(row,sz_keys)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    row->row_under= row_under;
-    overlay->num_rows++;
-    return row;
-}
-
-XkbOverlayPtr
-XkbAddGeomOverlay(XkbSectionPtr section,Atom name,int sz_rows)
-{
-register int	i;
-XkbOverlayPtr	overlay;
-
-    if ((!section)||(name==None)||(sz_rows==0))
-	return NULL;
-
-    for (i=0,overlay=section->overlays;i<section->num_overlays;i++,overlay++) {
-	if (overlay->name==name) {
-	    if ((sz_rows>0)&&(_XkbAllocOverlayRows(overlay,sz_rows)!=Success))
-		return NULL;
-	    return overlay;
-	}
-    }
-    if ((section->num_overlays>=section->sz_overlays)&&
-				(_XkbAllocOverlays(section,1)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    overlay= &section->overlays[section->num_overlays];
-    if ((sz_rows>0)&&(_XkbAllocOverlayRows(overlay,sz_rows)!=Success))
-	return NULL;
-    overlay->name= name;
-    overlay->section_under= section;
-    section->num_overlays++;
-    return overlay;
-}
+/************************************************************

+Copyright (c) 1993 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this

+software and its documentation for any purpose and without

+fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright

+notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

+notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be

+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific prior written permission.

+Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability

+of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"

+without any express or implied warranty.

+

+SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS

+SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY

+AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON

+GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL

+DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE

+OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION  WITH

+THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+********************************************************/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dix-config.h>

+#elif defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+

+#ifndef XKB_IN_SERVER

+

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XKBlibint.h"

+#include <X11/extensions/XKBgeom.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>

+

+#else

+

+#include <X11/X.h>

+#include <X11/Xproto.h>

+#include "misc.h"

+#include "inputstr.h"

+#include <X11/extensions/XKBsrv.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/XKBgeom.h>

+

+#endif /* XKB_IN_SERVER */

+

+#ifdef X_NOT_POSIX

+#define Size_t unsigned int

+#else

+#define Size_t size_t

+#endif

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(	Bool			freeAll,

+			int			first,

+			int 			count,

+			unsigned short *	num_inout,

+			unsigned short *	sz_inout,

+			char **			elems,

+			unsigned int		elem_sz)

+{

+    if ((freeAll)||(*elems==NULL)) {

+	*num_inout= *sz_inout= 0;

+	if (*elems!=NULL) {

+	    _XkbFree(*elems);

+	    *elems= NULL;

+	}

+	return;

+    }

+

+    if ((first>=(*num_inout))||(first<0)||(count<1))

+	return;

+

+    if (first+count>=(*num_inout)) {

+	/* truncating the array is easy */

+	(*num_inout)= first;

+    }

+    else {

+	char *	ptr;

+	int 	extra;

+	ptr= *elems;

+	extra= ((*num_inout)-(first+count))*elem_sz;

+	if (extra>0)

+	    memmove(&ptr[first*elem_sz],&ptr[(first+count)*elem_sz],extra);

+	(*num_inout)-= count;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+typedef void (*ContentsClearFunc)(

+		char *		/* priv */

+);

+

+static void

+_XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(	Bool			freeAll,

+				int			first,

+				int 			count,

+				unsigned short *	num_inout,

+				unsigned short *	sz_inout,

+				char **			elems,

+				unsigned int		elem_sz,

+				ContentsClearFunc	freeFunc)

+{

+register int i;

+register char *ptr;

+

+    if (freeAll) {

+	first= 0;

+	count= (*num_inout);

+    }

+    else if ((first>=(*num_inout))||(first<0)||(count<1))

+	return;

+    else if (first+count>(*num_inout))

+	count= (*num_inout)-first;

+    if (*elems==NULL)

+	return;

+

+    if (freeFunc) {

+	ptr= *elems;

+	ptr+= first*elem_sz;

+	for (i=0;i<count;i++) {

+	    (*freeFunc)(ptr);

+	    ptr+= elem_sz;

+	}

+    }

+    if (freeAll) {

+	(*num_inout)= (*sz_inout)= 0;

+	if (*elems) {

+	    _XkbFree(*elems);

+	    *elems= NULL;

+	}

+    }

+    else if (first+count>=(*num_inout))

+	*num_inout= first;

+    else {

+	i= ((*num_inout)-(first+count))*elem_sz;

+	ptr= *elems;

+	memmove(&ptr[first*elem_sz],&ptr[(first+count)*elem_sz],i);

+	(*num_inout)-= count;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearProperty(char *prop_in)

+{

+XkbPropertyPtr	prop= (XkbPropertyPtr)prop_in;

+

+    if (prop->name) {

+	_XkbFree(prop->name);

+	prop->name= NULL;

+    }

+    if (prop->value) {

+	_XkbFree(prop->value);

+	prop->value= NULL;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomProperties(	XkbGeometryPtr	geom,

+			int		first,

+			int		count,

+			Bool		freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&geom->num_properties,&geom->sz_properties,

+				(char **)&geom->properties,

+				sizeof(XkbPropertyRec),_XkbClearProperty);

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases(	XkbGeometryPtr	geom,

+			int		first,

+			int		count,

+			Bool		freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&geom->num_key_aliases,&geom->sz_key_aliases,

+				(char **)&geom->key_aliases,

+				sizeof(XkbKeyAliasRec));

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearColor(char *color_in)

+{

+XkbColorPtr	color= (XkbColorPtr)color_in;

+

+    if (color->spec)

+	_XkbFree(color->spec);

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomColors(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&geom->num_colors,&geom->sz_colors,

+				(char **)&geom->colors,

+				sizeof(XkbColorRec),_XkbClearColor);

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomPoints(XkbOutlinePtr outline,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&outline->num_points,&outline->sz_points,

+				(char **)&outline->points,

+				sizeof(XkbPointRec));

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearOutline(char *outline_in)

+{

+XkbOutlinePtr	outline= (XkbOutlinePtr)outline_in;

+

+    if (outline->points!=NULL)

+	XkbFreeGeomPoints(outline,0,outline->num_points,True);

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomOutlines(XkbShapePtr	shape,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&shape->num_outlines,&shape->sz_outlines,

+				(char **)&shape->outlines,

+				sizeof(XkbOutlineRec),_XkbClearOutline);

+

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearShape(char *shape_in)

+{

+XkbShapePtr	shape= (XkbShapePtr)shape_in;

+

+    if (shape->outlines)

+	XkbFreeGeomOutlines(shape,0,shape->num_outlines,True);

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomShapes(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&geom->num_shapes,&geom->sz_shapes,

+				(char **)&geom->shapes,

+				sizeof(XkbShapeRec),_XkbClearShape);

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys(XkbOverlayRowPtr row,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&row->num_keys,&row->sz_keys,

+				(char **)&row->keys,

+				sizeof(XkbOverlayKeyRec));

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearOverlayRow(char *row_in)

+{

+XkbOverlayRowPtr	row= (XkbOverlayRowPtr)row_in;

+

+    if (row->keys!=NULL)

+	XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys(row,0,row->num_keys,True);

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows(XkbOverlayPtr overlay,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&overlay->num_rows,&overlay->sz_rows,

+				(char **)&overlay->rows,

+				sizeof(XkbOverlayRowRec),_XkbClearOverlayRow);

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearOverlay(char *overlay_in)

+{

+XkbOverlayPtr	overlay= (XkbOverlayPtr)overlay_in;

+

+    if (overlay->rows!=NULL)

+	XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows(overlay,0,overlay->num_rows,True);

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomOverlays(XkbSectionPtr section,int first,int	count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&section->num_overlays,&section->sz_overlays,

+				(char **)&section->overlays,

+				sizeof(XkbOverlayRec),_XkbClearOverlay);

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomKeys(XkbRowPtr row,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&row->num_keys,&row->sz_keys,

+				(char **)&row->keys,

+				sizeof(XkbKeyRec));

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearRow(char *row_in)

+{

+XkbRowPtr	row= (XkbRowPtr)row_in;

+

+    if (row->keys!=NULL)

+	XkbFreeGeomKeys(row,0,row->num_keys,True);

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomRows(XkbSectionPtr section,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&section->num_rows,&section->sz_rows,

+				(char **)&section->rows,

+				sizeof(XkbRowRec),_XkbClearRow);

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearSection(char *section_in)

+{

+XkbSectionPtr	section= (XkbSectionPtr)section_in;

+

+    if (section->rows!=NULL)

+	XkbFreeGeomRows(section,0,section->num_rows,True);

+    if (section->doodads!=NULL) {

+	XkbFreeGeomDoodads(section->doodads,section->num_doodads,True);

+	section->doodads= NULL;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomSections(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int first,int count,Bool freeAll)

+{

+    _XkbFreeGeomNonLeafElems(freeAll,first,count,

+				&geom->num_sections,&geom->sz_sections,

+				(char **)&geom->sections,

+				sizeof(XkbSectionRec),_XkbClearSection);

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbClearDoodad(char *doodad_in)

+{

+XkbDoodadPtr	doodad= (XkbDoodadPtr)doodad_in;

+

+    switch (doodad->any.type) {

+   	case XkbTextDoodad:

+	    {

+		if (doodad->text.text!=NULL) {

+		    _XkbFree(doodad->text.text);

+		    doodad->text.text= NULL;

+		}

+		if (doodad->text.font!=NULL) {

+		    _XkbFree(doodad->text.font);

+		    doodad->text.font= NULL;

+		}

+	    }

+	    break;

+   	case XkbLogoDoodad:

+	    {

+		if (doodad->logo.logo_name!=NULL) {

+		    _XkbFree(doodad->logo.logo_name);

+		    doodad->logo.logo_name= NULL;

+		}

+	    }

+	    break;

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeomDoodads(XkbDoodadPtr doodads,int nDoodads,Bool freeAll)

+{

+register int 		i;

+register XkbDoodadPtr	doodad;

+

+    if (doodads) {

+	for (i=0,doodad= doodads;i<nDoodads;i++,doodad++) {

+	    _XkbClearDoodad((char *)doodad);

+	}

+	if (freeAll)

+	    _XkbFree(doodads);

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+void

+XkbFreeGeometry(XkbGeometryPtr geom,unsigned which,Bool freeMap)

+{

+    if (geom==NULL)

+	return;

+    if (freeMap)

+	which= XkbGeomAllMask;

+    if ((which&XkbGeomPropertiesMask)&&(geom->properties!=NULL))

+	XkbFreeGeomProperties(geom,0,geom->num_properties,True);

+    if ((which&XkbGeomColorsMask)&&(geom->colors!=NULL))

+	XkbFreeGeomColors(geom,0,geom->num_colors,True);

+    if ((which&XkbGeomShapesMask)&&(geom->shapes!=NULL))

+	XkbFreeGeomShapes(geom,0,geom->num_shapes,True);

+    if ((which&XkbGeomSectionsMask)&&(geom->sections!=NULL))

+	XkbFreeGeomSections(geom,0,geom->num_sections,True);

+    if ((which&XkbGeomDoodadsMask)&&(geom->doodads!= NULL)) {

+	XkbFreeGeomDoodads(geom->doodads,geom->num_doodads,True);

+	geom->doodads= NULL;

+	geom->num_doodads= geom->sz_doodads= 0;

+    }

+    if ((which&XkbGeomKeyAliasesMask)&&(geom->key_aliases!=NULL))

+	XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases(geom,0,geom->num_key_aliases,True);

+    if (freeMap) {

+	if (geom->label_font!=NULL) {

+	    _XkbFree(geom->label_font);

+	    geom->label_font= NULL;

+	}

+	_XkbFree(geom);

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static Status

+_XkbGeomAlloc(	XPointer *		old,

+		unsigned short *	num,

+		unsigned short *	total,

+		int			num_new,

+		Size_t			sz_elem)

+{

+    if (num_new<1)

+	return Success;

+    if ((*old)==NULL)

+	*num= *total= 0;

+

+    if ((*num)+num_new<=(*total))

+	return Success;

+

+    *total= (*num)+num_new;

+    if ((*old)!=NULL)

+	 (*old)= (XPointer)_XkbRealloc((*old),(*total)*sz_elem);

+    else (*old)= (XPointer)_XkbCalloc((*total),sz_elem);

+    if ((*old)==NULL) {

+	*total= *num= 0;

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    if (*num>0) {

+	char *tmp= (char *)(*old);

+	bzero(&tmp[sz_elem*(*num)],(num_new*sz_elem));

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+#define	_XkbAllocProps(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->properties,\

+				&(g)->num_properties,&(g)->sz_properties,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbPropertyRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocColors(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->colors,\

+				&(g)->num_colors,&(g)->sz_colors,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbColorRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocShapes(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->shapes,\

+				&(g)->num_shapes,&(g)->sz_shapes,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbShapeRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocSections(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->sections,\

+				&(g)->num_sections,&(g)->sz_sections,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbSectionRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocDoodads(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->doodads,\

+				&(g)->num_doodads,&(g)->sz_doodads,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbDoodadRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocKeyAliases(g,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(g)->key_aliases,\

+				&(g)->num_key_aliases,&(g)->sz_key_aliases,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbKeyAliasRec))

+

+#define	_XkbAllocOutlines(s,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(s)->outlines,\

+				&(s)->num_outlines,&(s)->sz_outlines,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbOutlineRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocRows(s,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(s)->rows,\

+				&(s)->num_rows,&(s)->sz_rows,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbRowRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocPoints(o,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(o)->points,\

+				&(o)->num_points,&(o)->sz_points,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbPointRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocKeys(r,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(r)->keys,\

+				&(r)->num_keys,&(r)->sz_keys,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbKeyRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocOverlays(s,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(s)->overlays,\

+				&(s)->num_overlays,&(s)->sz_overlays,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbOverlayRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocOverlayRows(o,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(o)->rows,\

+				&(o)->num_rows,&(o)->sz_rows,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbOverlayRowRec))

+#define	_XkbAllocOverlayKeys(r,n) _XkbGeomAlloc((XPointer *)&(r)->keys,\

+				&(r)->num_keys,&(r)->sz_keys,\

+				(n),sizeof(XkbOverlayKeyRec))

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomProps(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nProps)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocProps(geom,nProps);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomColors(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nColors)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocColors(geom,nColors);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nKeyAliases)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocKeyAliases(geom,nKeyAliases);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomShapes(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nShapes)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocShapes(geom,nShapes);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomSections(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nSections)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocSections(geom,nSections);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomOverlays(XkbSectionPtr section,int nOverlays)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocOverlays(section,nOverlays);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows(XkbOverlayPtr overlay,int nRows)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocOverlayRows(overlay,nRows);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys(XkbOverlayRowPtr row,int nKeys)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocOverlayKeys(row,nKeys);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomDoodads(XkbGeometryPtr geom,int nDoodads)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocDoodads(geom,nDoodads);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads(XkbSectionPtr section,int nDoodads)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocDoodads(section,nDoodads);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomOutlines(XkbShapePtr shape,int nOL)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocOutlines(shape,nOL);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomRows(XkbSectionPtr section,int nRows)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocRows(section,nRows);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomPoints(XkbOutlinePtr ol,int nPts)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocPoints(ol,nPts);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeomKeys(XkbRowPtr row,int nKeys)

+{

+    return _XkbAllocKeys(row,nKeys);

+}

+

+Status

+XkbAllocGeometry(XkbDescPtr xkb,XkbGeometrySizesPtr sizes)

+{

+XkbGeometryPtr	geom;

+Status		rtrn;

+

+    if (xkb->geom==NULL) {

+	xkb->geom= _XkbTypedCalloc(1,XkbGeometryRec);

+	if (!xkb->geom)

+	    return BadAlloc;

+    }

+    geom= xkb->geom;

+    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomPropertiesMask)&&

+	((rtrn=_XkbAllocProps(geom,sizes->num_properties))!=Success)) {

+	goto BAIL;

+    }

+    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomColorsMask)&&

+	((rtrn=_XkbAllocColors(geom,sizes->num_colors))!=Success)) {

+	goto BAIL;

+    }

+    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomShapesMask)&&

+	((rtrn=_XkbAllocShapes(geom,sizes->num_shapes))!=Success)) {

+	goto BAIL;

+    }

+    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomSectionsMask)&&

+	((rtrn=_XkbAllocSections(geom,sizes->num_sections))!=Success)) {

+	goto BAIL;

+    }

+    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomDoodadsMask)&&

+	((rtrn=_XkbAllocDoodads(geom,sizes->num_doodads))!=Success)) {

+	goto BAIL;

+    }

+    if ((sizes->which&XkbGeomKeyAliasesMask)&&

+	((rtrn=_XkbAllocKeyAliases(geom,sizes->num_key_aliases))!=Success)) {

+	goto BAIL;

+    }

+    return Success;

+BAIL:

+    XkbFreeGeometry(geom,XkbGeomAllMask,True);

+    xkb->geom= NULL;

+    return rtrn;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+XkbPropertyPtr

+XkbAddGeomProperty(XkbGeometryPtr geom,char *name,char *value)

+{

+register int i;

+register XkbPropertyPtr prop;

+

+    if ((!geom)||(!name)||(!value))

+	return NULL;

+    for (i=0,prop=geom->properties;i<geom->num_properties;i++,prop++) {

+	if ((prop->name)&&(strcmp(name,prop->name)==0)) {

+	    if (prop->value)

+		_XkbFree(prop->value);

+	    prop->value= strdup(value);

+	    return prop;

+	}

+    }

+    if ((geom->num_properties>=geom->sz_properties)&&

+					(_XkbAllocProps(geom,1)!=Success)) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    prop= &geom->properties[geom->num_properties];

+    prop->name= strdup(name);

+    if (!prop->name)

+	return NULL;

+    prop->value= strdup(value);

+    if (!prop->value) {

+	_XkbFree(prop->name);

+	prop->name= NULL;

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    geom->num_properties++;

+    return prop;

+}

+

+XkbKeyAliasPtr

+XkbAddGeomKeyAlias(XkbGeometryPtr geom,char *aliasStr,char *realStr)

+{

+register int i;

+register XkbKeyAliasPtr alias;

+

+    if ((!geom)||(!aliasStr)||(!realStr)||(!aliasStr[0])||(!realStr[0]))

+	return NULL;

+    for (i=0,alias=geom->key_aliases;i<geom->num_key_aliases;i++,alias++) {

+	if (strncmp(alias->alias,aliasStr,XkbKeyNameLength)==0) {

+	    bzero(alias->real,XkbKeyNameLength);

+	    strncpy(alias->real,realStr,XkbKeyNameLength);

+	    return alias;

+	}

+    }

+    if ((geom->num_key_aliases>=geom->sz_key_aliases)&&

+				(_XkbAllocKeyAliases(geom,1)!=Success)) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    alias= &geom->key_aliases[geom->num_key_aliases];

+    bzero(alias,sizeof(XkbKeyAliasRec));

+    strncpy(alias->alias,aliasStr,XkbKeyNameLength);

+    strncpy(alias->real,realStr,XkbKeyNameLength);

+    geom->num_key_aliases++;

+    return alias;

+}

+

+XkbColorPtr

+XkbAddGeomColor(XkbGeometryPtr geom,char *spec,unsigned int pixel)

+{

+register int i;

+register XkbColorPtr color;

+

+    if ((!geom)||(!spec))

+	return NULL;

+    for (i=0,color=geom->colors;i<geom->num_colors;i++,color++) {

+	if ((color->spec)&&(strcmp(color->spec,spec)==0)) {

+	    color->pixel= pixel;

+	    return color;

+	}

+    }

+    if ((geom->num_colors>=geom->sz_colors)&&

+					(_XkbAllocColors(geom,1)!=Success)) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    color= &geom->colors[geom->num_colors];

+    color->pixel= pixel;

+    color->spec= strdup(spec);

+    if (!color->spec)

+	return NULL;

+    geom->num_colors++;

+    return color;

+}

+

+XkbOutlinePtr

+XkbAddGeomOutline(XkbShapePtr shape,int sz_points)

+{

+XkbOutlinePtr	outline;

+

+    if ((!shape)||(sz_points<0))

+	return NULL;

+    if ((shape->num_outlines>=shape->sz_outlines)&&

+					(_XkbAllocOutlines(shape,1)!=Success)) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    outline= &shape->outlines[shape->num_outlines];

+    bzero(outline,sizeof(XkbOutlineRec));

+    if ((sz_points>0)&&(_XkbAllocPoints(outline,sz_points)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    shape->num_outlines++;

+    return outline;

+}

+

+XkbShapePtr

+XkbAddGeomShape(XkbGeometryPtr geom,Atom name,int sz_outlines)

+{

+XkbShapePtr	shape;

+register int	i;

+

+    if ((!geom)||(!name)||(sz_outlines<0))

+	return NULL;

+    if (geom->num_shapes>0) {

+	for (shape=geom->shapes,i=0;i<geom->num_shapes;i++,shape++) {

+	    if (name==shape->name)

+		return shape;

+	}

+    }

+    if ((geom->num_shapes>=geom->sz_shapes)&&

+					(_XkbAllocShapes(geom,1)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    shape= &geom->shapes[geom->num_shapes];

+    bzero(shape,sizeof(XkbShapeRec));

+    if ((sz_outlines>0)&&(_XkbAllocOutlines(shape,sz_outlines)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    shape->name= name;

+    shape->primary= shape->approx= NULL;

+    geom->num_shapes++;

+    return shape;

+}

+

+XkbKeyPtr

+XkbAddGeomKey(XkbRowPtr row)

+{

+XkbKeyPtr	key;

+    if (!row)

+	return NULL;

+    if ((row->num_keys>=row->sz_keys)&&(_XkbAllocKeys(row,1)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    key= &row->keys[row->num_keys++];

+    bzero(key,sizeof(XkbKeyRec));

+    return key;

+}

+

+XkbRowPtr

+XkbAddGeomRow(XkbSectionPtr section,int sz_keys)

+{

+XkbRowPtr	row;

+

+    if ((!section)||(sz_keys<0))

+	return NULL;

+    if ((section->num_rows>=section->sz_rows)&&

+    					(_XkbAllocRows(section,1)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    row= &section->rows[section->num_rows];

+    bzero(row,sizeof(XkbRowRec));

+    if ((sz_keys>0)&&(_XkbAllocKeys(row,sz_keys)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    section->num_rows++;

+    return row;

+}

+

+XkbSectionPtr

+XkbAddGeomSection(	XkbGeometryPtr	geom,

+			Atom		name,

+			int		sz_rows,

+			int		sz_doodads,

+			int		sz_over)

+{

+register int	i;

+XkbSectionPtr	section;

+

+    if ((!geom)||(name==None)||(sz_rows<0))

+	return NULL;

+    for (i=0,section=geom->sections;i<geom->num_sections;i++,section++) {

+	if (section->name!=name)

+	    continue;

+	if (((sz_rows>0)&&(_XkbAllocRows(section,sz_rows)!=Success))||

+	    ((sz_doodads>0)&&(_XkbAllocDoodads(section,sz_doodads)!=Success))||

+	    ((sz_over>0)&&(_XkbAllocOverlays(section,sz_over)!=Success)))

+	    return NULL;

+	return section;

+    }

+    if ((geom->num_sections>=geom->sz_sections)&&

+					(_XkbAllocSections(geom,1)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    section= &geom->sections[geom->num_sections];

+    if ((sz_rows>0)&&(_XkbAllocRows(section,sz_rows)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    if ((sz_doodads>0)&&(_XkbAllocDoodads(section,sz_doodads)!=Success)) {

+	if (section->rows) {

+	    _XkbFree(section->rows);

+	    section->rows= NULL;

+	    section->sz_rows= section->num_rows= 0;

+	}

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    section->name= name;

+    geom->num_sections++;

+    return section;

+}

+

+XkbDoodadPtr

+XkbAddGeomDoodad(XkbGeometryPtr geom,XkbSectionPtr section,Atom name)

+{

+XkbDoodadPtr	old,doodad;

+register int	i,nDoodads;

+

+    if ((!geom)||(name==None))

+	return NULL;

+    if ((section!=NULL)&&(section->num_doodads>0)) {

+	old= section->doodads;

+	nDoodads= section->num_doodads;

+    }

+    else {

+	old= geom->doodads;

+	nDoodads= geom->num_doodads;

+    }

+    for (i=0,doodad=old;i<nDoodads;i++,doodad++) {

+	if (doodad->any.name==name)

+	    return doodad;

+    }

+    if (section) {

+	if ((section->num_doodads>=geom->sz_doodads)&&

+	    (_XkbAllocDoodads(section,1)!=Success)) {

+	    return NULL;

+	}

+	doodad= &section->doodads[section->num_doodads++];

+    }

+    else {

+	if ((geom->num_doodads>=geom->sz_doodads)&&

+					(_XkbAllocDoodads(geom,1)!=Success))

+	    return NULL;

+	doodad= &geom->doodads[geom->num_doodads++];

+    }

+    bzero(doodad,sizeof(XkbDoodadRec));

+    doodad->any.name= name;

+    return doodad;

+}

+

+XkbOverlayKeyPtr

+XkbAddGeomOverlayKey(	XkbOverlayPtr		overlay,

+			XkbOverlayRowPtr 	row,

+			char *			over,

+			char *			under)

+{

+register int	i;

+XkbOverlayKeyPtr key;

+XkbSectionPtr	section;

+XkbRowPtr	row_under;

+Bool		found;

+

+    if ((!overlay)||(!row)||(!over)||(!under))

+	return NULL;

+    section= overlay->section_under;

+    if (row->row_under>=section->num_rows)

+	return NULL;

+    row_under= &section->rows[row->row_under];

+    for (i=0,found=False;i<row_under->num_keys;i++) {

+	if (strncmp(under,row_under->keys[i].name.name,XkbKeyNameLength)==0) {

+	    found= True;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    if (!found)

+   	return NULL;

+    if ((row->num_keys>=row->sz_keys)&&(_XkbAllocOverlayKeys(row,1)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    key= &row->keys[row->num_keys];

+    strncpy(key->under.name,under,XkbKeyNameLength);

+    strncpy(key->over.name,over,XkbKeyNameLength);

+    row->num_keys++;

+    return key;

+}

+

+XkbOverlayRowPtr

+XkbAddGeomOverlayRow(XkbOverlayPtr overlay,int row_under,int sz_keys)

+{

+register int		i;

+XkbOverlayRowPtr	row;

+

+    if ((!overlay)||(sz_keys<0))

+	return NULL;

+    if (row_under>=overlay->section_under->num_rows)

+	return NULL;

+    for (i=0;i<overlay->num_rows;i++) {

+	if (overlay->rows[i].row_under==row_under) {

+	    row= &overlay->rows[i];

+	    if ((row->sz_keys<sz_keys)&&

+				(_XkbAllocOverlayKeys(row,sz_keys)!=Success)) {

+		return NULL;

+	    }

+	    return &overlay->rows[i];

+	}

+    }

+    if ((overlay->num_rows>=overlay->sz_rows)&&

+				(_XkbAllocOverlayRows(overlay,1)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    row= &overlay->rows[overlay->num_rows];

+    bzero(row,sizeof(XkbOverlayRowRec));

+    if ((sz_keys>0)&&(_XkbAllocOverlayKeys(row,sz_keys)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    row->row_under= row_under;

+    overlay->num_rows++;

+    return row;

+}

+

+XkbOverlayPtr

+XkbAddGeomOverlay(XkbSectionPtr section,Atom name,int sz_rows)

+{

+register int	i;

+XkbOverlayPtr	overlay;

+

+    if ((!section)||(name==None)||(sz_rows==0))

+	return NULL;

+

+    for (i=0,overlay=section->overlays;i<section->num_overlays;i++,overlay++) {

+	if (overlay->name==name) {

+	    if ((sz_rows>0)&&(_XkbAllocOverlayRows(overlay,sz_rows)!=Success))

+		return NULL;

+	    return overlay;

+	}

+    }

+    if ((section->num_overlays>=section->sz_overlays)&&

+				(_XkbAllocOverlays(section,1)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    overlay= &section->overlays[section->num_overlays];

+    if ((sz_rows>0)&&(_XkbAllocOverlayRows(overlay,sz_rows)!=Success))

+	return NULL;

+    overlay->name= name;

+    overlay->section_under= section;

+    section->num_overlays++;

+    return overlay;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGeom.c b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGeom.c
index 7594a3de4..d8fe3ce32 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGeom.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGeom.c
@@ -1,692 +1,688 @@
-/************************************************************
-Copyright (c) 1993 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
-software and its documentation for any purpose and without
-fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
-notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
-notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
-of the software without specific prior written permission.
-Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability
-of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
-without any express or implied warranty.
-
-SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
-SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
-AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON
-GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
-DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
-OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION  WITH
-THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-
-#define NEED_MAP_READERS
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBgeom.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
-#include "XKBlibint.h"
-
-#ifndef MINSHORT
-#define	MINSHORT	-32768
-#endif
-#ifndef MAXSHORT
-#define	MAXSHORT	32767
-#endif
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static void
-_XkbCheckBounds(XkbBoundsPtr bounds,int	x,int y)
-{
-    if (x<bounds->x1)	bounds->x1= x;
-    if (x>bounds->x2)	bounds->x2= x;
-    if (y<bounds->y1)	bounds->y1= y;
-    if (y>bounds->y2)	bounds->y2= y;
-    return;
-}
-
-Bool
-XkbComputeShapeBounds(XkbShapePtr shape)
-{
-register int	o,p;
-XkbOutlinePtr	outline;
-XkbPointPtr	pt;
-
-    if ((!shape)||(shape->num_outlines<1))
-	return False;
-    shape->bounds.x1= shape->bounds.y1= MAXSHORT;
-    shape->bounds.x2= shape->bounds.y2= MINSHORT;
-    for (outline=shape->outlines,o=0;o<shape->num_outlines;o++,outline++) {
-	for (pt=outline->points,p=0;p<outline->num_points;p++,pt++) {
-	    _XkbCheckBounds(&shape->bounds,pt->x,pt->y);
-	}
-        if (outline->num_points<2) {
-            _XkbCheckBounds(&shape->bounds,0,0);
-        }
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Bool
-XkbComputeShapeTop(XkbShapePtr shape,XkbBoundsPtr bounds)
-{
-register int	p;
-XkbOutlinePtr	outline;
-XkbPointPtr	pt;
-
-    if ((!shape)||(shape->num_outlines<1))
-	return False;
-    if (shape->approx)	outline= shape->approx;
-    else		outline= &shape->outlines[shape->num_outlines-1];
-    if (outline->num_points<2) {
-	 bounds->x1= bounds->y1= 0;
-	 bounds->x2= bounds->y2= 0;
-    }
-    else {
-	bounds->x1= bounds->y1= MAXSHORT;
-	bounds->x2= bounds->y2= MINSHORT;
-    }
-    for (pt=outline->points,p=0;p<outline->num_points;p++,pt++) {
-	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pt->x,pt->y);
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Bool
-XkbComputeRowBounds(XkbGeometryPtr geom,XkbSectionPtr section,XkbRowPtr row)
-{
-register int	k,pos;
-XkbKeyPtr	key;
-XkbBoundsPtr	bounds,sbounds;
-
-    if ((!geom)||(!section)||(!row))
-	return False;
-    bounds= &row->bounds;
-    bzero(bounds,sizeof(XkbBoundsRec));
-    for (key=row->keys,pos=k=0;k<row->num_keys;k++,key++) {
-	sbounds= &XkbKeyShape(geom,key)->bounds;
-	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos,0);
-	if (!row->vertical) {
-	    if (key->gap!=0) {
-		pos+= key->gap;
-		_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos,0);
-	    }
-	    _XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos+sbounds->x1,sbounds->y1);
-	    _XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos+sbounds->x2,sbounds->y2);
-	    pos+= sbounds->x2;
-	}
-	else {
-	    if (key->gap!=0) {
-		pos+= key->gap;
-		_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,0,pos);
-	    }
-	    _XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos+sbounds->x1,sbounds->y1);
-	    _XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos+sbounds->x2,sbounds->y2);
-	    pos+= sbounds->y2;
-	}
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-Bool
-XkbComputeSectionBounds(XkbGeometryPtr geom,XkbSectionPtr section)
-{
-register int	i;
-XkbShapePtr	shape;
-XkbRowPtr	row;
-XkbDoodadPtr	doodad;
-XkbBoundsPtr	bounds,rbounds;
-
-    if ((!geom)||(!section))
-	return False;
-    bounds= &section->bounds;
-    bzero(bounds,sizeof(XkbBoundsRec));
-    for (i=0,row=section->rows;i<section->num_rows;i++,row++) {
-	if (!XkbComputeRowBounds(geom,section,row))
-	    return False;
-	rbounds= &row->bounds;
-	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,row->left+rbounds->x1,row->top+rbounds->y1);
-	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,row->left+rbounds->x2,row->top+rbounds->y2);
-    }
-    for (i=0,doodad=section->doodads;i<section->num_doodads;i++,doodad++) {
-	static XkbBoundsRec	tbounds;
-	switch (doodad->any.type) {
-	    case XkbOutlineDoodad:
-	    case XkbSolidDoodad:
-		shape= XkbShapeDoodadShape(geom,&doodad->shape);
-		rbounds= &shape->bounds;
-		break;
-	    case XkbTextDoodad:
-		tbounds.x1= doodad->text.left;
-		tbounds.y1= doodad->text.top;
-		tbounds.x2= tbounds.x1+doodad->text.width;
-		tbounds.y2= tbounds.y1+doodad->text.height;
-		rbounds= &tbounds;
-		break;
-	    case XkbIndicatorDoodad:
-		shape= XkbIndicatorDoodadShape(geom,&doodad->indicator);
-		rbounds= &shape->bounds;
-		break;
-	    case XkbLogoDoodad:
-		shape= XkbLogoDoodadShape(geom,&doodad->logo);
-		rbounds= &shape->bounds;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		tbounds.x1= tbounds.x2= doodad->any.left;
-		tbounds.y1= tbounds.y2= doodad->any.top;
-		rbounds= &tbounds;
-		break;
-	}
-	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,rbounds->x1,rbounds->y1);
-	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,rbounds->x2,rbounds->y2);
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-char *
-XkbFindOverlayForKey(XkbGeometryPtr geom,XkbSectionPtr wanted,char *under)
-{
-int		s;
-XkbSectionPtr	section;
-
-    if ((geom==NULL)||(under==NULL)||(geom->num_sections<1))
-	return NULL;
-
-    if (wanted)
-	 section= wanted;
-    else section= geom->sections;
-
-    for (s=0;s<geom->num_sections;s++,section++) {
-	XkbOverlayPtr	ol;
-	int		o;
-
-	if (section->num_overlays<1)
-	    continue;
-	for (o=0,ol=section->overlays;o<section->num_overlays;o++,ol++) {
-	    XkbOverlayRowPtr	row;
-	    int			r;
-
-	    for (r=0,row=ol->rows;r<ol->num_rows;r++,row++) {
-		XkbOverlayKeyPtr	key;
-		int			k;
-		for (k=0,key=row->keys;k<row->num_keys;k++,key++) {
-		    if (strncmp(under,key->under.name,XkbKeyNameLength)==0)
-			return key->over.name;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	if (wanted!=NULL)
-	    break;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-static Status
-_XkbReadGeomProperties(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,
-			XkbGeometryPtr 		geom,
-			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)
-{
-Status	rtrn;
-
-    if (rep->nProperties<1)
-	return Success;
-    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomProps(geom,rep->nProperties))==Success) {
-	register int i;
-	register Bool ok;
-	char *name,*value;
-	ok= True;
-	for (i=0;(i<rep->nProperties)&&ok;i++) {
-	    name=NULL;
-	    value=NULL;
-	    ok= _XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&name)&&ok;
-	    ok= _XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&value)&&ok;
-	    ok= ok&&(XkbAddGeomProperty(geom,name,value)!=NULL);
-	    if (name)
-		_XkbFree(name);
-	    if (value)
-		_XkbFree(value);
-	}
-	if (ok)	rtrn= Success;
-	else	rtrn= BadLength;
-    }
-    return rtrn;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XkbReadGeomKeyAliases(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,
-			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,
-			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)
-{
-Status	rtrn;
-
-    if (rep->nKeyAliases<1)
-	return Success;
-    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases(geom,rep->nKeyAliases))==Success) {
-	if (!_XkbCopyFromReadBuffer(buf,(char *)geom->key_aliases,
-					(rep->nKeyAliases*XkbKeyNameLength*2)))
-	    return BadLength;
-	geom->num_key_aliases= rep->nKeyAliases;
-	return Success;
-    }
-    else { /* alloc failed, just skip the aliases */
-	_XkbSkipReadBufferData(buf,(rep->nKeyAliases*XkbKeyNameLength*2));
-    }
-    return rtrn;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XkbReadGeomColors(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,
-			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,
-			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)
-{
-Status	rtrn;
-
-    if (rep->nColors<1)
-	return Success;
-    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomColors(geom,rep->nColors))==Success) {
-	register int i;
-	char *spec;
-	for (i=0;i<rep->nColors;i++) {
-	    spec = NULL;
-	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&spec))
-		rtrn = BadLength;
-	    else if (XkbAddGeomColor(geom,spec,geom->num_colors)==NULL)
-		rtrn = BadAlloc;
-	    if (spec)
-		_XkbFree(spec);
-	    if (rtrn != Success)
-		return rtrn;
-	}
-	return Success;
-    }
-    return rtrn;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XkbReadGeomShapes(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,
-			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,
-			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)
-{
-register int i;
-Status	rtrn;
-
-    if (rep->nShapes<1)
-	return Success;
-    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomShapes(geom,rep->nShapes))!=Success)
-	return rtrn;
-    for (i=0;i<rep->nShapes;i++) {
-	xkbShapeWireDesc *shapeWire;
-	XkbShapePtr	 shape;
-	register int	 o;
-	shapeWire= (xkbShapeWireDesc *)
-		   _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbShapeWireDesc));
-	if (!shapeWire)
-	    return BadLength;
-	shape= XkbAddGeomShape(geom,shapeWire->name,shapeWire->nOutlines);
-	if (!shape)
-	   return BadAlloc;
-	for (o=0;o<shapeWire->nOutlines;o++) {
-	    xkbOutlineWireDesc *olWire;
-	    XkbOutlinePtr	ol;
-	    register int	p;
-	    XkbPointPtr		pt;
-	    olWire=  (xkbOutlineWireDesc *)
-		 _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbOutlineWireDesc));
-	    if (!olWire)
-		return BadLength;
-	    ol= XkbAddGeomOutline(shape,olWire->nPoints);
-	    if (!ol)
-		return BadAlloc;
-	    ol->corner_radius=  olWire->cornerRadius;
-	    for (p=0,pt=ol->points;p<olWire->nPoints;p++,pt++) {
-		xkbPointWireDesc *	ptWire;
-		ptWire= (xkbPointWireDesc *)
-		    _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbPointWireDesc));
-		if (!ptWire)
-		    return BadLength;
-		pt->x= ptWire->x;
-		pt->y= ptWire->y;
-	    }
-	    ol->num_points= olWire->nPoints;
-	}
-	if (shapeWire->primaryNdx!=XkbNoShape)
-	     shape->primary= &shape->outlines[shapeWire->primaryNdx];
-	else shape->primary= NULL;
-	if (shapeWire->approxNdx!=XkbNoShape)
-	     shape->approx= &shape->outlines[shapeWire->approxNdx];
-	else shape->approx= NULL;
-	XkbComputeShapeBounds(shape);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XkbReadGeomDoodad(	XkbReadBufferPtr 	buf,
-			XkbGeometryPtr 		geom,
-			XkbSectionPtr 		section)
-{
-XkbDoodadPtr		doodad;
-xkbDoodadWireDesc *	doodadWire;
-
-    doodadWire= (xkbDoodadWireDesc *)
-		   _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbDoodadWireDesc));
-    if (!doodadWire)
-	return 	BadLength;
-    doodad= XkbAddGeomDoodad(geom,section,doodadWire->any.name);
-    if (!doodad)
-	return BadAlloc;
-    doodad->any.type= doodadWire->any.type;
-    doodad->any.priority= doodadWire->any.priority;
-    doodad->any.top= doodadWire->any.top;
-    doodad->any.left= doodadWire->any.left;
-    doodad->any.angle= doodadWire->any.angle;
-    switch (doodad->any.type) {
-	case XkbOutlineDoodad:
-	case XkbSolidDoodad:
-	    doodad->shape.color_ndx= doodadWire->shape.colorNdx;
-	    doodad->shape.shape_ndx= doodadWire->shape.shapeNdx;
-	    break;
-	case XkbTextDoodad:
-	    doodad->text.width= doodadWire->text.width;
-	    doodad->text.height= doodadWire->text.height;
-	    doodad->text.color_ndx= doodadWire->text.colorNdx;
-	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&doodad->text.text))
-		return BadLength;
-	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&doodad->text.font))
-		return BadLength;
-	    break;
-	case XkbIndicatorDoodad:
-	    doodad->indicator.shape_ndx= doodadWire->indicator.shapeNdx;
-	    doodad->indicator.on_color_ndx= doodadWire->indicator.onColorNdx;
-	    doodad->indicator.off_color_ndx= doodadWire->indicator.offColorNdx;
-	    break;
-	case XkbLogoDoodad:
-	    doodad->logo.color_ndx= doodadWire->logo.colorNdx;
-	    doodad->logo.shape_ndx= doodadWire->logo.shapeNdx;
-	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&doodad->logo.logo_name))
-		return BadLength;
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    return BadValue;
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XkbReadGeomOverlay(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,
-			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,
-			XkbSectionPtr		section)
-{
-XkbOverlayPtr		ol;
-xkbOverlayWireDesc *	olWire;
-register int		r;
-
-    olWire= (xkbOverlayWireDesc *)
-		   _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbOverlayWireDesc));
-    if (olWire==NULL)
-	return BadLength;
-    ol= XkbAddGeomOverlay(section,olWire->name,olWire->nRows);
-    if (ol==NULL)
-	return BadLength;
-    for (r=0;r<olWire->nRows;r++) {
-	register int 			k;
-	XkbOverlayRowPtr		row;
-	xkbOverlayRowWireDesc *		rowWire;
-	xkbOverlayKeyWireDesc *		keyWire;
-	rowWire= (xkbOverlayRowWireDesc *)
-			_XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbOverlayRowWireDesc));
-	if (rowWire==NULL)
-	    return BadLength;
-	row= XkbAddGeomOverlayRow(ol,rowWire->rowUnder,rowWire->nKeys);
-	row->row_under= rowWire->rowUnder;
-	if (!row)
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	if (rowWire->nKeys<1)
-	    continue;
-	keyWire= (xkbOverlayKeyWireDesc *)
-     			_XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,
-				SIZEOF(xkbOverlayKeyWireDesc)*rowWire->nKeys);
-	if (keyWire==NULL)
-	    return BadLength;
-	for (k=0;k<rowWire->nKeys;k++,keyWire++,row->num_keys++) {
-	    memcpy(row->keys[row->num_keys].over.name,keyWire->over,
-	    						XkbKeyNameLength);
-	    memcpy(row->keys[row->num_keys].under.name,keyWire->under,
-	    						XkbKeyNameLength);
-	}
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XkbReadGeomSections(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,
-			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,
-			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)
-{
-register int 		s;
-XkbSectionPtr		section;
-xkbSectionWireDesc *	sectionWire;
-Status			rtrn;
-
-    if (rep->nSections<1)
-	return Success;
-    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomSections(geom,rep->nSections))!=Success)
-	return rtrn;
-    for (s=0;s<rep->nSections;s++) {
-	sectionWire= (xkbSectionWireDesc *)
-			_XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbSectionWireDesc));
-	if (!sectionWire)
-	    return BadLength;
-	section= XkbAddGeomSection(geom,sectionWire->name,sectionWire->nRows,
-						sectionWire->nDoodads,
-						sectionWire->nOverlays);
-	if (!section)
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	section->top= sectionWire->top;
-	section->left= sectionWire->left;
-	section->width= sectionWire->width;
-	section->height= sectionWire->height;
-	section->angle= sectionWire->angle;
-	section->priority= sectionWire->priority;
-	if (sectionWire->nRows>0) {
-	    register int 	r;
-	    XkbRowPtr		row;
-	    xkbRowWireDesc *	rowWire;
-	    for (r=0;r<sectionWire->nRows;r++) {
-		rowWire= (xkbRowWireDesc *)
-			 _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbRowWireDesc));
-		if (!rowWire)
-		    return BadLength;
-		row= XkbAddGeomRow(section,rowWire->nKeys);
-		if (!row)
-		    return BadAlloc;
-		row->top= rowWire->top;
-		row->left= rowWire->left;
-		row->vertical= rowWire->vertical;
-		if (rowWire->nKeys>0) {
-		    register int	k;
-		    XkbKeyPtr		key;
-		    xkbKeyWireDesc *	keyWire;
-		    for (k=0;k<rowWire->nKeys;k++) {
-			keyWire= (xkbKeyWireDesc *)
-			      _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbKeyWireDesc));
-			if (!keyWire)
-			    return BadLength;
-			key= XkbAddGeomKey(row);
-			if (!key)
-			    return BadAlloc;
-			memcpy(key->name.name,keyWire->name,XkbKeyNameLength);
-			key->gap= keyWire->gap;
-			key->shape_ndx= keyWire->shapeNdx;
-			key->color_ndx= keyWire->colorNdx;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	if (sectionWire->nDoodads>0) {
-	    register int d;
-	    for (d=0;d<sectionWire->nDoodads;d++) {
-		if ((rtrn=_XkbReadGeomDoodad(buf,geom,section))!=Success)
-		    return rtrn;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (sectionWire->nOverlays>0) {
-	    register int o;
-	    for (o=0;o<sectionWire->nOverlays;o++) {
-		if ((rtrn=_XkbReadGeomOverlay(buf,geom,section))!=Success)
-		    return rtrn;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XkbReadGeomDoodads(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,
-			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,
-			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)
-{
-register int d;
-Status	rtrn;
-
-    if (rep->nDoodads<1)
-	return Success;
-    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomDoodads(geom,rep->nDoodads))!=Success)
-	return rtrn;
-    for (d=0;d<rep->nDoodads;d++) {
-	if ((rtrn=_XkbReadGeomDoodad(buf,geom,NULL))!=Success)
-	    return rtrn;
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-Status
-_XkbReadGetGeometryReply(	Display * dpy,
-				xkbGetGeometryReply * rep,
-				XkbDescPtr xkb,
-				int * nread_rtrn)
-{
-XkbGeometryPtr	geom;
-
-    geom= _XkbTypedCalloc(1,XkbGeometryRec);
-    if (!geom)
-	return BadAlloc;
-    if (xkb->geom)
-	XkbFreeGeometry(xkb->geom,XkbGeomAllMask,True);
-    xkb->geom= geom;
-
-    geom->name= rep->name;
-    geom->width_mm= rep->widthMM;
-    geom->height_mm= rep->heightMM;
-    if (rep->length) {
-	XkbReadBufferRec	buf;
-	int			left;
-	if (_XkbInitReadBuffer(dpy,&buf,(int)rep->length*4)) {
-	    Status status= Success;
-	    if (nread_rtrn)
-		*nread_rtrn= (int)rep->length*4;
-	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(&buf,&geom->label_font))
-		status= BadLength;
-	    if (status==Success)
-		status= _XkbReadGeomProperties(&buf,geom,rep);
-	    if (status==Success)
-		status= _XkbReadGeomColors(&buf,geom,rep);
-	    if (status==Success)
-		status= _XkbReadGeomShapes(&buf,geom,rep);
-	    if (status==Success)
-		status= _XkbReadGeomSections(&buf,geom,rep);
-	    if (status==Success)
-		status= _XkbReadGeomDoodads(&buf,geom,rep);
-	    if (status==Success)
-		status= _XkbReadGeomKeyAliases(&buf,geom,rep);
-	    left= _XkbFreeReadBuffer(&buf);
-	    if ((status!=Success) || left || buf.error) {
-		if (status==Success)
-		    status= BadLength;
-		XkbFreeGeometry(geom,XkbGeomAllMask,True);
-		xkb->geom= NULL;
-		return status;
-	    }
-	    geom->base_color= &geom->colors[rep->baseColorNdx];
-	    geom->label_color= &geom->colors[rep->labelColorNdx];
-	}
-	else {
-	    XkbFreeGeometry(geom,XkbGeomAllMask,True);
-	    xkb->geom= NULL;
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	}
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-Status
-XkbGetGeometry(Display *dpy,XkbDescPtr xkb)
-{
-xkbGetGeometryReq	*req;
-xkbGetGeometryReply	 rep;
-Status			 status;
-
-    if ( (!xkb) || (dpy->flags & XlibDisplayNoXkb) ||
-	(!dpy->xkb_info && !XkbUseExtension(dpy,NULL,NULL)))
-	return BadAccess;
-
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReq(kbGetGeometry, req);
-    req->reqType = dpy->xkb_info->codes->major_opcode;
-    req->xkbReqType = X_kbGetGeometry;
-    req->deviceSpec = xkb->device_spec;
-    req->name= None;
-    if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *)&rep, 0, xFalse))
-	status = BadImplementation;
-    else if (!rep.found)
-	status = BadName;
-    else
-	status = _XkbReadGetGeometryReply(dpy,&rep,xkb,NULL);
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-    return status;
-}
-
-Status
-XkbGetNamedGeometry(Display *dpy,XkbDescPtr xkb,Atom name)
-{
-xkbGetGeometryReq	*req;
-xkbGetGeometryReply	 rep;
-Status			 status;
-
-    if ( (name==None) || (dpy->flags & XlibDisplayNoXkb) ||
-	(!dpy->xkb_info && !XkbUseExtension(dpy,NULL,NULL)) )
-	return BadAccess;
-
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReq(kbGetGeometry, req);
-    req->reqType = dpy->xkb_info->codes->major_opcode;
-    req->xkbReqType = X_kbGetGeometry;
-    req->deviceSpec = xkb->device_spec;
-    req->name= (CARD32)name;
-    if ((!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *)&rep, 0, xFalse))||(!rep.found))
-	status = BadImplementation;
-    else if (!rep.found)
-	status = BadName;
-    else
-	status = _XkbReadGetGeometryReply(dpy,&rep,xkb,NULL);
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-    return status;
-}
-
+/************************************************************

+Copyright (c) 1993 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.

+

+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this

+software and its documentation for any purpose and without

+fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright

+notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

+notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be

+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution

+of the software without specific prior written permission.

+Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability

+of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"

+without any express or implied warranty.

+

+SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS

+SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY

+AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON

+GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL

+DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE

+OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION  WITH

+THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+

+********************************************************/

+

+#ifdef DEBUG

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#endif

+

+#define NEED_MAP_READERS

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include <X11/extensions/XKBgeom.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>

+#include "XKBlibint.h"

+

+#define	MINSHORT	-32768

+#define	MAXSHORT	32767

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static void

+_XkbCheckBounds(XkbBoundsPtr bounds,int	x,int y)

+{

+    if (x<bounds->x1)	bounds->x1= x;

+    if (x>bounds->x2)	bounds->x2= x;

+    if (y<bounds->y1)	bounds->y1= y;

+    if (y>bounds->y2)	bounds->y2= y;

+    return;

+}

+

+Bool

+XkbComputeShapeBounds(XkbShapePtr shape)

+{

+register int	o,p;

+XkbOutlinePtr	outline;

+XkbPointPtr	pt;

+

+    if ((!shape)||(shape->num_outlines<1))

+	return False;

+    shape->bounds.x1= shape->bounds.y1= MAXSHORT;

+    shape->bounds.x2= shape->bounds.y2= MINSHORT;

+    for (outline=shape->outlines,o=0;o<shape->num_outlines;o++,outline++) {

+	for (pt=outline->points,p=0;p<outline->num_points;p++,pt++) {

+	    _XkbCheckBounds(&shape->bounds,pt->x,pt->y);

+	}

+        if (outline->num_points<2) {

+            _XkbCheckBounds(&shape->bounds,0,0);

+        }

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Bool

+XkbComputeShapeTop(XkbShapePtr shape,XkbBoundsPtr bounds)

+{

+register int	p;

+XkbOutlinePtr	outline;

+XkbPointPtr	pt;

+

+    if ((!shape)||(shape->num_outlines<1))

+	return False;

+    if (shape->approx)	outline= shape->approx;

+    else		outline= &shape->outlines[shape->num_outlines-1];

+    if (outline->num_points<2) {

+	 bounds->x1= bounds->y1= 0;

+	 bounds->x2= bounds->y2= 0;

+    }

+    else {

+	bounds->x1= bounds->y1= MAXSHORT;

+	bounds->x2= bounds->y2= MINSHORT;

+    }

+    for (pt=outline->points,p=0;p<outline->num_points;p++,pt++) {

+	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pt->x,pt->y);

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Bool

+XkbComputeRowBounds(XkbGeometryPtr geom,XkbSectionPtr section,XkbRowPtr row)

+{

+register int	k,pos;

+XkbKeyPtr	key;

+XkbBoundsPtr	bounds,sbounds;

+

+    if ((!geom)||(!section)||(!row))

+	return False;

+    bounds= &row->bounds;

+    bzero(bounds,sizeof(XkbBoundsRec));

+    for (key=row->keys,pos=k=0;k<row->num_keys;k++,key++) {

+	sbounds= &XkbKeyShape(geom,key)->bounds;

+	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos,0);

+	if (!row->vertical) {

+	    if (key->gap!=0) {

+		pos+= key->gap;

+		_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos,0);

+	    }

+	    _XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos+sbounds->x1,sbounds->y1);

+	    _XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos+sbounds->x2,sbounds->y2);

+	    pos+= sbounds->x2;

+	}

+	else {

+	    if (key->gap!=0) {

+		pos+= key->gap;

+		_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,0,pos);

+	    }

+	    _XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos+sbounds->x1,sbounds->y1);

+	    _XkbCheckBounds(bounds,pos+sbounds->x2,sbounds->y2);

+	    pos+= sbounds->y2;

+	}

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+Bool

+XkbComputeSectionBounds(XkbGeometryPtr geom,XkbSectionPtr section)

+{

+register int	i;

+XkbShapePtr	shape;

+XkbRowPtr	row;

+XkbDoodadPtr	doodad;

+XkbBoundsPtr	bounds,rbounds;

+

+    if ((!geom)||(!section))

+	return False;

+    bounds= &section->bounds;

+    bzero(bounds,sizeof(XkbBoundsRec));

+    for (i=0,row=section->rows;i<section->num_rows;i++,row++) {

+	if (!XkbComputeRowBounds(geom,section,row))

+	    return False;

+	rbounds= &row->bounds;

+	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,row->left+rbounds->x1,row->top+rbounds->y1);

+	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,row->left+rbounds->x2,row->top+rbounds->y2);

+    }

+    for (i=0,doodad=section->doodads;i<section->num_doodads;i++,doodad++) {

+	static XkbBoundsRec	tbounds;

+	switch (doodad->any.type) {

+	    case XkbOutlineDoodad:

+	    case XkbSolidDoodad:

+		shape= XkbShapeDoodadShape(geom,&doodad->shape);

+		rbounds= &shape->bounds;

+		break;

+	    case XkbTextDoodad:

+		tbounds.x1= doodad->text.left;

+		tbounds.y1= doodad->text.top;

+		tbounds.x2= tbounds.x1+doodad->text.width;

+		tbounds.y2= tbounds.y1+doodad->text.height;

+		rbounds= &tbounds;

+		break;

+	    case XkbIndicatorDoodad:

+		shape= XkbIndicatorDoodadShape(geom,&doodad->indicator);

+		rbounds= &shape->bounds;

+		break;

+	    case XkbLogoDoodad:

+		shape= XkbLogoDoodadShape(geom,&doodad->logo);

+		rbounds= &shape->bounds;

+		break;

+	    default:

+		tbounds.x1= tbounds.x2= doodad->any.left;

+		tbounds.y1= tbounds.y2= doodad->any.top;

+		rbounds= &tbounds;

+		break;

+	}

+	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,rbounds->x1,rbounds->y1);

+	_XkbCheckBounds(bounds,rbounds->x2,rbounds->y2);

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+char *

+XkbFindOverlayForKey(XkbGeometryPtr geom,XkbSectionPtr wanted,char *under)

+{

+int		s;

+XkbSectionPtr	section;

+

+    if ((geom==NULL)||(under==NULL)||(geom->num_sections<1))

+	return NULL;

+

+    if (wanted)

+	 section= wanted;

+    else section= geom->sections;

+

+    for (s=0;s<geom->num_sections;s++,section++) {

+	XkbOverlayPtr	ol;

+	int		o;

+

+	if (section->num_overlays<1)

+	    continue;

+	for (o=0,ol=section->overlays;o<section->num_overlays;o++,ol++) {

+	    XkbOverlayRowPtr	row;

+	    int			r;

+

+	    for (r=0,row=ol->rows;r<ol->num_rows;r++,row++) {

+		XkbOverlayKeyPtr	key;

+		int			k;

+		for (k=0,key=row->keys;k<row->num_keys;k++,key++) {

+		    if (strncmp(under,key->under.name,XkbKeyNameLength)==0)

+			return key->over.name;

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+	if (wanted!=NULL)

+	    break;

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+/***====================================================================***/

+

+static Status

+_XkbReadGeomProperties(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,

+			XkbGeometryPtr 		geom,

+			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)

+{

+Status	rtrn;

+

+    if (rep->nProperties<1)

+	return Success;

+    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomProps(geom,rep->nProperties))==Success) {

+	register int i;

+	register Bool ok;

+	char *name,*value;

+	ok= True;

+	for (i=0;(i<rep->nProperties)&&ok;i++) {

+	    name=NULL;

+	    value=NULL;

+	    ok= _XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&name)&&ok;

+	    ok= _XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&value)&&ok;

+	    ok= ok&&(XkbAddGeomProperty(geom,name,value)!=NULL);

+	    if (name)

+		_XkbFree(name);

+	    if (value)

+		_XkbFree(value);

+	}

+	if (ok)	rtrn= Success;

+	else	rtrn= BadLength;

+    }

+    return rtrn;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XkbReadGeomKeyAliases(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,

+			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,

+			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)

+{

+Status	rtrn;

+

+    if (rep->nKeyAliases<1)

+	return Success;

+    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases(geom,rep->nKeyAliases))==Success) {

+	if (!_XkbCopyFromReadBuffer(buf,(char *)geom->key_aliases,

+					(rep->nKeyAliases*XkbKeyNameLength*2)))

+	    return BadLength;

+	geom->num_key_aliases= rep->nKeyAliases;

+	return Success;

+    }

+    else { /* alloc failed, just skip the aliases */

+	_XkbSkipReadBufferData(buf,(rep->nKeyAliases*XkbKeyNameLength*2));

+    }

+    return rtrn;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XkbReadGeomColors(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,

+			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,

+			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)

+{

+Status	rtrn;

+

+    if (rep->nColors<1)

+	return Success;

+    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomColors(geom,rep->nColors))==Success) {

+	register int i;

+	char *spec;

+	for (i=0;i<rep->nColors;i++) {

+	    spec = NULL;

+	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&spec))

+		rtrn = BadLength;

+	    else if (XkbAddGeomColor(geom,spec,geom->num_colors)==NULL)

+		rtrn = BadAlloc;

+	    if (spec)

+		_XkbFree(spec);

+	    if (rtrn != Success)

+		return rtrn;

+	}

+	return Success;

+    }

+    return rtrn;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XkbReadGeomShapes(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,

+			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,

+			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)

+{

+register int i;

+Status	rtrn;

+

+    if (rep->nShapes<1)

+	return Success;

+    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomShapes(geom,rep->nShapes))!=Success)

+	return rtrn;

+    for (i=0;i<rep->nShapes;i++) {

+	xkbShapeWireDesc *shapeWire;

+	XkbShapePtr	 shape;

+	register int	 o;

+	shapeWire= (xkbShapeWireDesc *)

+		   _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbShapeWireDesc));

+	if (!shapeWire)

+	    return BadLength;

+	shape= XkbAddGeomShape(geom,shapeWire->name,shapeWire->nOutlines);

+	if (!shape)

+	   return BadAlloc;

+	for (o=0;o<shapeWire->nOutlines;o++) {

+	    xkbOutlineWireDesc *olWire;

+	    XkbOutlinePtr	ol;

+	    register int	p;

+	    XkbPointPtr		pt;

+	    olWire=  (xkbOutlineWireDesc *)

+		 _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbOutlineWireDesc));

+	    if (!olWire)

+		return BadLength;

+	    ol= XkbAddGeomOutline(shape,olWire->nPoints);

+	    if (!ol)

+		return BadAlloc;

+	    ol->corner_radius=  olWire->cornerRadius;

+	    for (p=0,pt=ol->points;p<olWire->nPoints;p++,pt++) {

+		xkbPointWireDesc *	ptWire;

+		ptWire= (xkbPointWireDesc *)

+		    _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbPointWireDesc));

+		if (!ptWire)

+		    return BadLength;

+		pt->x= ptWire->x;

+		pt->y= ptWire->y;

+	    }

+	    ol->num_points= olWire->nPoints;

+	}

+	if (shapeWire->primaryNdx!=XkbNoShape)

+	     shape->primary= &shape->outlines[shapeWire->primaryNdx];

+	else shape->primary= NULL;

+	if (shapeWire->approxNdx!=XkbNoShape)

+	     shape->approx= &shape->outlines[shapeWire->approxNdx];

+	else shape->approx= NULL;

+	XkbComputeShapeBounds(shape);

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XkbReadGeomDoodad(	XkbReadBufferPtr 	buf,

+			XkbGeometryPtr 		geom,

+			XkbSectionPtr 		section)

+{

+XkbDoodadPtr		doodad;

+xkbDoodadWireDesc *	doodadWire;

+

+    doodadWire= (xkbDoodadWireDesc *)

+		   _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbDoodadWireDesc));

+    if (!doodadWire)

+	return 	BadLength;

+    doodad= XkbAddGeomDoodad(geom,section,doodadWire->any.name);

+    if (!doodad)

+	return BadAlloc;

+    doodad->any.type= doodadWire->any.type;

+    doodad->any.priority= doodadWire->any.priority;

+    doodad->any.top= doodadWire->any.top;

+    doodad->any.left= doodadWire->any.left;

+    doodad->any.angle= doodadWire->any.angle;

+    switch (doodad->any.type) {

+	case XkbOutlineDoodad:

+	case XkbSolidDoodad:

+	    doodad->shape.color_ndx= doodadWire->shape.colorNdx;

+	    doodad->shape.shape_ndx= doodadWire->shape.shapeNdx;

+	    break;

+	case XkbTextDoodad:

+	    doodad->text.width= doodadWire->text.width;

+	    doodad->text.height= doodadWire->text.height;

+	    doodad->text.color_ndx= doodadWire->text.colorNdx;

+	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&doodad->text.text))

+		return BadLength;

+	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&doodad->text.font))

+		return BadLength;

+	    break;

+	case XkbIndicatorDoodad:

+	    doodad->indicator.shape_ndx= doodadWire->indicator.shapeNdx;

+	    doodad->indicator.on_color_ndx= doodadWire->indicator.onColorNdx;

+	    doodad->indicator.off_color_ndx= doodadWire->indicator.offColorNdx;

+	    break;

+	case XkbLogoDoodad:

+	    doodad->logo.color_ndx= doodadWire->logo.colorNdx;

+	    doodad->logo.shape_ndx= doodadWire->logo.shapeNdx;

+	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(buf,&doodad->logo.logo_name))

+		return BadLength;

+	    break;

+	default:

+	    return BadValue;

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XkbReadGeomOverlay(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,

+			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,

+			XkbSectionPtr		section)

+{

+XkbOverlayPtr		ol;

+xkbOverlayWireDesc *	olWire;

+register int		r;

+

+    olWire= (xkbOverlayWireDesc *)

+		   _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbOverlayWireDesc));

+    if (olWire==NULL)

+	return BadLength;

+    ol= XkbAddGeomOverlay(section,olWire->name,olWire->nRows);

+    if (ol==NULL)

+	return BadLength;

+    for (r=0;r<olWire->nRows;r++) {

+	register int 			k;

+	XkbOverlayRowPtr		row;

+	xkbOverlayRowWireDesc *		rowWire;

+	xkbOverlayKeyWireDesc *		keyWire;

+	rowWire= (xkbOverlayRowWireDesc *)

+			_XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbOverlayRowWireDesc));

+	if (rowWire==NULL)

+	    return BadLength;

+	row= XkbAddGeomOverlayRow(ol,rowWire->rowUnder,rowWire->nKeys);

+	row->row_under= rowWire->rowUnder;

+	if (!row)

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	if (rowWire->nKeys<1)

+	    continue;

+	keyWire= (xkbOverlayKeyWireDesc *)

+     			_XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,

+				SIZEOF(xkbOverlayKeyWireDesc)*rowWire->nKeys);

+	if (keyWire==NULL)

+	    return BadLength;

+	for (k=0;k<rowWire->nKeys;k++,keyWire++,row->num_keys++) {

+	    memcpy(row->keys[row->num_keys].over.name,keyWire->over,

+	    						XkbKeyNameLength);

+	    memcpy(row->keys[row->num_keys].under.name,keyWire->under,

+	    						XkbKeyNameLength);

+	}

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XkbReadGeomSections(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,

+			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,

+			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)

+{

+register int 		s;

+XkbSectionPtr		section;

+xkbSectionWireDesc *	sectionWire;

+Status			rtrn;

+

+    if (rep->nSections<1)

+	return Success;

+    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomSections(geom,rep->nSections))!=Success)

+	return rtrn;

+    for (s=0;s<rep->nSections;s++) {

+	sectionWire= (xkbSectionWireDesc *)

+			_XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbSectionWireDesc));

+	if (!sectionWire)

+	    return BadLength;

+	section= XkbAddGeomSection(geom,sectionWire->name,sectionWire->nRows,

+						sectionWire->nDoodads,

+						sectionWire->nOverlays);

+	if (!section)

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	section->top= sectionWire->top;

+	section->left= sectionWire->left;

+	section->width= sectionWire->width;

+	section->height= sectionWire->height;

+	section->angle= sectionWire->angle;

+	section->priority= sectionWire->priority;

+	if (sectionWire->nRows>0) {

+	    register int 	r;

+	    XkbRowPtr		row;

+	    xkbRowWireDesc *	rowWire;

+	    for (r=0;r<sectionWire->nRows;r++) {

+		rowWire= (xkbRowWireDesc *)

+			 _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbRowWireDesc));

+		if (!rowWire)

+		    return BadLength;

+		row= XkbAddGeomRow(section,rowWire->nKeys);

+		if (!row)

+		    return BadAlloc;

+		row->top= rowWire->top;

+		row->left= rowWire->left;

+		row->vertical= rowWire->vertical;

+		if (rowWire->nKeys>0) {

+		    register int	k;

+		    XkbKeyPtr		key;

+		    xkbKeyWireDesc *	keyWire;

+		    for (k=0;k<rowWire->nKeys;k++) {

+			keyWire= (xkbKeyWireDesc *)

+			      _XkbGetReadBufferPtr(buf,SIZEOF(xkbKeyWireDesc));

+			if (!keyWire)

+			    return BadLength;

+			key= XkbAddGeomKey(row);

+			if (!key)

+			    return BadAlloc;

+			memcpy(key->name.name,keyWire->name,XkbKeyNameLength);

+			key->gap= keyWire->gap;

+			key->shape_ndx= keyWire->shapeNdx;

+			key->color_ndx= keyWire->colorNdx;

+		    }

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+	if (sectionWire->nDoodads>0) {

+	    register int d;

+	    for (d=0;d<sectionWire->nDoodads;d++) {

+		if ((rtrn=_XkbReadGeomDoodad(buf,geom,section))!=Success)

+		    return rtrn;

+	    }

+	}

+	if (sectionWire->nOverlays>0) {

+	    register int o;

+	    for (o=0;o<sectionWire->nOverlays;o++) {

+		if ((rtrn=_XkbReadGeomOverlay(buf,geom,section))!=Success)

+		    return rtrn;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XkbReadGeomDoodads(	XkbReadBufferPtr	buf,

+			XkbGeometryPtr		geom,

+			xkbGetGeometryReply *	rep)

+{

+register int d;

+Status	rtrn;

+

+    if (rep->nDoodads<1)

+	return Success;

+    if ((rtrn=XkbAllocGeomDoodads(geom,rep->nDoodads))!=Success)

+	return rtrn;

+    for (d=0;d<rep->nDoodads;d++) {

+	if ((rtrn=_XkbReadGeomDoodad(buf,geom,NULL))!=Success)

+	    return rtrn;

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+Status

+_XkbReadGetGeometryReply(	Display * dpy,

+				xkbGetGeometryReply * rep,

+				XkbDescPtr xkb,

+				int * nread_rtrn)

+{

+XkbGeometryPtr	geom;

+

+    geom= _XkbTypedCalloc(1,XkbGeometryRec);

+    if (!geom)

+	return BadAlloc;

+    if (xkb->geom)

+	XkbFreeGeometry(xkb->geom,XkbGeomAllMask,True);

+    xkb->geom= geom;

+

+    geom->name= rep->name;

+    geom->width_mm= rep->widthMM;

+    geom->height_mm= rep->heightMM;

+    if (rep->length) {

+	XkbReadBufferRec	buf;

+	int			left;

+	if (_XkbInitReadBuffer(dpy,&buf,(int)rep->length*4)) {

+	    Status status= Success;

+	    if (nread_rtrn)

+		*nread_rtrn= (int)rep->length*4;

+	    if (!_XkbGetReadBufferCountedString(&buf,&geom->label_font))

+		status= BadLength;

+	    if (status==Success)

+		status= _XkbReadGeomProperties(&buf,geom,rep);

+	    if (status==Success)

+		status= _XkbReadGeomColors(&buf,geom,rep);

+	    if (status==Success)

+		status= _XkbReadGeomShapes(&buf,geom,rep);

+	    if (status==Success)

+		status= _XkbReadGeomSections(&buf,geom,rep);

+	    if (status==Success)

+		status= _XkbReadGeomDoodads(&buf,geom,rep);

+	    if (status==Success)

+		status= _XkbReadGeomKeyAliases(&buf,geom,rep);

+	    left= _XkbFreeReadBuffer(&buf);

+	    if ((status!=Success) || left || buf.error) {

+		if (status==Success)

+		    status= BadLength;

+		XkbFreeGeometry(geom,XkbGeomAllMask,True);

+		xkb->geom= NULL;

+		return status;

+	    }

+	    geom->base_color= &geom->colors[rep->baseColorNdx];

+	    geom->label_color= &geom->colors[rep->labelColorNdx];

+	}

+	else {

+	    XkbFreeGeometry(geom,XkbGeomAllMask,True);

+	    xkb->geom= NULL;

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	}

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+Status

+XkbGetGeometry(Display *dpy,XkbDescPtr xkb)

+{

+xkbGetGeometryReq	*req;

+xkbGetGeometryReply	 rep;

+Status			 status;

+

+    if ( (!xkb) || (dpy->flags & XlibDisplayNoXkb) ||

+	(!dpy->xkb_info && !XkbUseExtension(dpy,NULL,NULL)))

+	return BadAccess;

+

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReq(kbGetGeometry, req);

+    req->reqType = dpy->xkb_info->codes->major_opcode;

+    req->xkbReqType = X_kbGetGeometry;

+    req->deviceSpec = xkb->device_spec;

+    req->name= None;

+    if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *)&rep, 0, xFalse))

+	status = BadImplementation;

+    else if (!rep.found)

+	status = BadName;

+    else

+	status = _XkbReadGetGeometryReply(dpy,&rep,xkb,NULL);

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+    return status;

+}

+

+Status

+XkbGetNamedGeometry(Display *dpy,XkbDescPtr xkb,Atom name)

+{

+xkbGetGeometryReq	*req;

+xkbGetGeometryReply	 rep;

+Status			 status;

+

+    if ( (name==None) || (dpy->flags & XlibDisplayNoXkb) ||

+	(!dpy->xkb_info && !XkbUseExtension(dpy,NULL,NULL)) )

+	return BadAccess;

+

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReq(kbGetGeometry, req);

+    req->reqType = dpy->xkb_info->codes->major_opcode;

+    req->xkbReqType = X_kbGetGeometry;

+    req->deviceSpec = xkb->device_spec;

+    req->name= (CARD32)name;

+    if ((!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *)&rep, 0, xFalse))||(!rep.found))

+	status = BadImplementation;

+    else if (!rep.found)

+	status = BadName;

+    else

+	status = _XkbReadGetGeometryReply(dpy,&rep,xkb,NULL);

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+    return status;

+}

+

diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGetMap.c b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGetMap.c
index eff088341..96370c6d3 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGetMap.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBGetMap.c
@@ -28,6 +28,34 @@ THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

 #include <config.h>

 #endif

+

+#ifdef XKB_IN_SERVER

+#define XkbAllocClientMap   SrvXkbAllocClientMap

+#define XkbAllocServerMap   SrvXkbAllocServerMap

+#define XkbChangeTypesOfKey   SrvXkbChangeTypesOfKey

+#define XkbCopyKeyTypes     SrvXkbCopyKeyTypes

+#define XkbFreeClientMap    SrvXkbFreeClientMap

+#define XkbFreeServerMap    SrvXkbFreeServerMap

+#define XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols SrvXkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols

+#define XkbApplyCompatMapToKey    SrvXkbApplyCompatMapToKey

+#define XkbResizeKeyActions   SrvXkbResizeKeyActions

+#define XkbResizeKeySyms    SrvXkbResizeKeySyms

+#define XkbResizeKeyType    SrvXkbResizeKeyType

+#define XkbAllocCompatMap   SrvXkbAllocCompatMap

+#define XkbAllocControls    SrvXkbAllocControls

+#define XkbAllocIndicatorMaps   SrvXkbAllocIndicatorMaps

+#define XkbAllocKeyboard    SrvXkbAllocKeyboard

+#define XkbAllocNames     SrvXkbAllocNames

+#define XkbFreeCompatMap    SrvXkbFreeCompatMap

+#define XkbFreeKeyboard     SrvXkbFreeKeyboard

+#define XkbFreeNames      SrvXkbFreeNames

+#define XkbLatchModifiers   SrvXkbLatchModifiers

+#define XkbLatchGroup     SrvXkbLatchGroup

+#define XkbVirtualModsToReal    SrvXkbVirtualModsToReal

+#define XkbChangeKeycodeRange   SrvXkbChangeKeycodeRange

+#define XkbApplyVirtualModChanges SrvXkbApplyVirtualModChanges

+#endif

+

 #include "Xlibint.h"

 #include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>

 #include "XKBlibint.h"

diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBMisc.c b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBMisc.c
index 4aa1f733a..ac1e8c062 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBMisc.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBMisc.c
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <X11/X.h>
+#define XkbVirtualModsToReal    SrvXkbVirtualModsToReal
 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
 #include "misc.h"
 #include "inputstr.h"
diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBSetGeom.c b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBSetGeom.c
index 439b75e01..5b9f5887c 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBSetGeom.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBSetGeom.c
@@ -36,12 +36,8 @@ THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 #include <X11/extensions/XKBgeom.h>

 #include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>

 

-#ifndef MINSHORT

 #define	MINSHORT	-32768

-#endif

-#ifndef MAXSHORT

 #define	MAXSHORT	32767

-#endif

 

 /***====================================================================***/

 

diff --git a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBUse.c b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBUse.c
index efca018f6..a16d6963a 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xkb/XKBUse.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xkb/XKBUse.c
@@ -29,6 +29,34 @@ THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>

 #include <ctype.h>

+

+#ifdef XKB_IN_SERVER

+#define XkbAllocClientMap   SrvXkbAllocClientMap

+#define XkbAllocServerMap   SrvXkbAllocServerMap

+#define XkbChangeTypesOfKey   SrvXkbChangeTypesOfKey

+#define XkbCopyKeyTypes     SrvXkbCopyKeyTypes

+#define XkbFreeClientMap    SrvXkbFreeClientMap

+#define XkbFreeServerMap    SrvXkbFreeServerMap

+#define XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols SrvXkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols

+#define XkbApplyCompatMapToKey    SrvXkbApplyCompatMapToKey

+#define XkbResizeKeyActions   SrvXkbResizeKeyActions

+#define XkbResizeKeySyms    SrvXkbResizeKeySyms

+#define XkbResizeKeyType    SrvXkbResizeKeyType

+#define XkbAllocCompatMap   SrvXkbAllocCompatMap

+#define XkbAllocControls    SrvXkbAllocControls

+#define XkbAllocIndicatorMaps   SrvXkbAllocIndicatorMaps

+#define XkbAllocKeyboard    SrvXkbAllocKeyboard

+#define XkbAllocNames     SrvXkbAllocNames

+#define XkbFreeCompatMap    SrvXkbFreeCompatMap

+#define XkbFreeKeyboard     SrvXkbFreeKeyboard

+#define XkbFreeNames      SrvXkbFreeNames

+#define XkbLatchModifiers   SrvXkbLatchModifiers

+#define XkbLatchGroup     SrvXkbLatchGroup

+#define XkbVirtualModsToReal    SrvXkbVirtualModsToReal

+#define XkbChangeKeycodeRange   SrvXkbChangeKeycodeRange

+#define XkbApplyVirtualModChanges SrvXkbApplyVirtualModChanges

+#endif

+

 #include "Xlibint.h"

 #include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>

 #include "XKBlibint.h"

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XDefaultIMIF.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XDefaultIMIF.c
index e97d2f444..80199669e 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XDefaultIMIF.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XDefaultIMIF.c
@@ -1,469 +1,470 @@
-/*
-Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1991, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this
-permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
-portions of the Software.
-
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE
-EVEN IF ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group
-
-OSF/1, OSF/Motif and Motif are registered trademarks, and OSF, the OSF
-logo, LBX, X Window System, and Xinerama are trademarks of the Open
-Group. All other trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned herein
-are the property of their respective owners. No right, title or
-interest in or to any trademark, service mark, logo or trade name of
-Sun Microsystems, Inc. or its licensors is granted.
-
-*/
-/*
- * Copyright 2000 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "XlcGeneric.h"
-
-#ifndef MAXINT
-#define MAXINT          (~((unsigned int)1 << (8 * sizeof(int)) - 1))
-#endif /* !MAXINT */
-
-typedef struct _StaticXIM *StaticXIM;
-
-typedef struct _XIMStaticXIMRec {
-    /* for CT => MB,WC converter */
-    XlcConv		 ctom_conv;
-    XlcConv		 ctow_conv;
-} XIMStaticXIMRec;
-
-typedef enum {
-    CREATE_IC = 1,
-    SET_ICVAL = 2,
-    GET_ICVAL = 3
-} XICOp_t;
-
-typedef struct _StaticXIM {
-    XIMMethods		methods;
-    XIMCoreRec		core;
-    XIMStaticXIMRec	*private;
-} StaticXIMRec;
-
-static Status _CloseIM(
-	XIM
-);
-
-static char *_SetIMValues(
-	XIM, XIMArg *
-);
-
-static char *_GetIMValues(
-	XIM, XIMArg*
-);
-
-static XIC _CreateIC(
-	XIM, XIMArg*
-);
-
-static _Xconst XIMMethodsRec local_im_methods = {
-    _CloseIM,		/* close */
-    _SetIMValues,	/* set_values */
-    _GetIMValues, 	/* get_values */
-    _CreateIC,		/* create_ic */
-    NULL,		/* ctstombs */
-    NULL		/* ctstowcs */
-};
-
-static void _DestroyIC(
-		       XIC
-);
-static void _SetFocus(
-		      XIC
-);
-static void _UnsetFocus(
-			XIC
-);
-static char* _SetICValues(
-			 XIC, XIMArg *
-);
-static char* _GetICValues(
-			 XIC, XIMArg *
-);
-static char *_MbReset(
-		      XIC
-);
-static wchar_t *_WcReset(
-			 XIC
-);
-static int _MbLookupString(
-	XIC, XKeyEvent *, char *, int, KeySym *, Status *
-);
-static int _WcLookupString(
-	XIC, XKeyEvent *, wchar_t *, int, KeySym *, Status *
-);
-
-static _Xconst XICMethodsRec local_ic_methods = {
-    _DestroyIC, 	/* destroy */
-    _SetFocus,		/* set_focus */
-    _UnsetFocus,	/* unset_focus */
-    _SetICValues,	/* set_values */
-    _GetICValues,	/* get_values */
-    _MbReset,		/* mb_reset */
-    _WcReset,		/* wc_reset */
-    NULL,		/* utf8_reset */		/* ??? */
-    _MbLookupString,	/* mb_lookup_string */
-    _WcLookupString,	/* wc_lookup_string */
-    NULL		/* utf8_lookup_string */	/* ??? */
-};
-
-XIM
-_XDefaultOpenIM(
-    XLCd                lcd,
-    Display             *dpy,
-    XrmDatabase         rdb,
-    char                *res_name,
-    char                *res_class)
-{
-    StaticXIM im;
-    XIMStaticXIMRec *local_impart;
-    XlcConv ctom_conv, ctow_conv;
-    int i;
-    char *mod;
-    char buf[BUFSIZ];
-
-    if (!(ctom_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,
-			XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte))) {
-	return((XIM)NULL);
-    }
-
-    if (!(ctow_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,
-			XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar))) {
-	return((XIM)NULL);
-    }
-
-    if ((im = (StaticXIM)Xmalloc(sizeof(StaticXIMRec))) == (StaticXIM)NULL) {
-	return((XIM)NULL);
-    }
-    if ((local_impart = (XIMStaticXIMRec*)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMStaticXIMRec)))
-	== (XIMStaticXIMRec *)NULL) {
-	Xfree(im);
-	return((XIM)NULL);
-    }
-    memset(im, 0, sizeof(StaticXIMRec));
-    memset(local_impart, 0, sizeof(XIMStaticXIMRec));
-
-    buf[0] = '\0';
-    i = 0;
-    if ((lcd->core->modifiers) && (*lcd->core->modifiers)) {
-#define	MODIFIER "@im="
-	mod = strstr(lcd->core->modifiers, MODIFIER);
-	if (mod) {
-	    mod += strlen(MODIFIER);
-	    while (*mod && *mod != '@' && i < BUFSIZ - 1) {
-		buf[i++] = *mod++;
-	    }
-	    buf[i] = '\0';
-	}
-    }
-#undef MODIFIER
-    if ((im->core.im_name = Xmalloc(i+1)) == NULL)
-	goto Error2;
-    strcpy(im->core.im_name, buf);
-
-    im->private = local_impart;
-    im->methods        = (XIMMethods)&local_im_methods;
-    im->core.lcd       = lcd;
-    im->core.ic_chain  = (XIC)NULL;
-    im->core.display   = dpy;
-    im->core.rdb       = rdb;
-    im->core.res_name  = NULL;
-    im->core.res_class = NULL;
-
-    local_impart->ctom_conv = ctom_conv;
-    local_impart->ctow_conv = ctow_conv;
-
-    if ((res_name != NULL) && (*res_name != '\0')){
-	im->core.res_name  = strdup(res_name);
-    }
-    if ((res_class != NULL) && (*res_class != '\0')){
-	im->core.res_class = strdup(res_class);
-    }
-
-    return (XIM)im;
-Error2 :
-    Xfree(im->private);
-    Xfree(im->core.im_name);
-    Xfree(im);
-    _XlcCloseConverter(ctom_conv);
-    _XlcCloseConverter(ctow_conv);
-    return(NULL);
-}
-
-static Status
-_CloseIM(XIM xim)
-{
-    StaticXIM im = (StaticXIM)xim;
-    _XlcCloseConverter(im->private->ctom_conv);
-    _XlcCloseConverter(im->private->ctow_conv);
-    XFree(im->private);
-    XFree(im->core.im_name);
-    if (im->core.res_name) XFree(im->core.res_name);
-    if (im->core.res_class) XFree(im->core.res_class);
-    return 1; /*bugID 4163122*/
-}
-
-static char *
-_SetIMValues(
-    XIM xim,
-    XIMArg *arg)
-{
-    return(arg->name);		/* evil */
-}
-
-static char *
-_GetIMValues(
-    XIM xim,
-    XIMArg *values)
-{
-    XIMArg *p;
-    XIMStyles *styles;
-
-    for (p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	if (strcmp(p->name, XNQueryInputStyle) == 0) {
-	    styles = (XIMStyles *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMStyles));
-	    *(XIMStyles **)p->value = styles;
-	    styles->count_styles = 1;
-	    styles->supported_styles =
-		(XIMStyle*)Xmalloc(styles->count_styles * sizeof(XIMStyle));
-	    styles->supported_styles[0] = (XIMPreeditNone | XIMStatusNone);
-	} else {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    return (p->name);
-}
-
-static char*
-_SetICValueData(XIC ic, XIMArg *values, XICOp_t mode)
-{
-    XIMArg *p;
-    char *return_name = NULL;
-
-    for (p = values; p != NULL && p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	if(strcmp(p->name, XNInputStyle) == 0) {
-	    if (mode == CREATE_IC)
-		ic->core.input_style = (XIMStyle)p->value;
-	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNClientWindow) == 0) {
-	    ic->core.client_window = (Window)p->value ;
-	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNFocusWindow) == 0) {
-	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value ;
-	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNPreeditAttributes) == 0
-		   || strcmp(p->name, XNStatusAttributes) == 0) {
-            return_name = _SetICValueData(ic, (XIMArg*)p->value, mode);
-            if (return_name) break;
-        } else {
-            return_name = p->name;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    return(return_name);
-}
-
-static char*
-_GetICValueData(XIC ic, XIMArg *values, XICOp_t mode)
-{
-    XIMArg *p;
-    char *return_name = NULL;
-
-    for (p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	if(strcmp(p->name, XNInputStyle) == 0) {
-	    *((XIMStyle *)(p->value)) = ic->core.input_style;
-	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNClientWindow) == 0) {
-	    *((Window *)(p->value)) = ic->core.client_window;
-	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNFocusWindow) == 0) {
-	    *((Window *)(p->value)) = ic->core.focus_window;
-	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNFilterEvents) == 0) {
-	    *((unsigned long *)(p->value))= ic->core.filter_events;
-	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNPreeditAttributes) == 0
-		   || strcmp(p->name, XNStatusAttributes) == 0) {
-	    return_name = _GetICValueData(ic, (XIMArg*)p->value, mode);
-	    if (return_name) break;
-	} else {
-	    return_name = p->name;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    return(return_name);
-}
-
-static XIC
-_CreateIC(XIM im, XIMArg *arg)
-{
-    XIC ic;
-
-    if ((ic = (XIC)Xmalloc(sizeof(XICRec))) == (XIC)NULL) {
-	return ((XIC)NULL);
-    }
-    memset(ic, 0, sizeof(XICRec));
-
-    ic->methods = (XICMethods)&local_ic_methods;
-    ic->core.im = im;
-    ic->core.filter_events = KeyPressMask;
-
-    if (_SetICValueData(ic, arg, CREATE_IC) != NULL)
-	goto err_return;
-    if (!(ic->core.input_style))
-	goto err_return;
-
-    return (XIC)ic;
-err_return:
-    XFree(ic);
-    return ((XIC)NULL);
-}
-
-static void
-_DestroyIC(XIC ic)
-{
-/*BugId4255571. This Xfree() should be removed because XDestroyIC() still need ic after invoking _DestroyIC() and there is a XFree(ic) at the end of XDestroyIC() already.
-   if(ic)
-   	XFree(ic); */
-}
-
-static void
-_SetFocus(XIC ic)
-{
-}
-
-static void
-_UnsetFocus(XIC ic)
-{
-}
-
-static char*
-_SetICValues(XIC ic, XIMArg *args)
-{
-    char *ret = NULL;
-    if (!ic) {
-        return (args->name);
-    }
-    ret = _SetICValueData(ic, args, SET_ICVAL);
-    return(ret);
-}
-
-static char*
-_GetICValues(XIC ic, XIMArg *args)
-{
-    char *ret = NULL;
-    if (!ic) {
-        return (args->name);
-    }
-    ret = _GetICValueData(ic, args, GET_ICVAL);
-    return(ret);
-}
-
-static char *
-_MbReset(XIC xic)
-{
-    return(NULL);
-}
-
-static wchar_t *
-_WcReset(XIC xic)
-{
-    return(NULL);
-}
-
-static int
-_MbLookupString(
-    XIC xic,
-    XKeyEvent *ev,
-    char * buffer,
-    int bytes,
-    KeySym *keysym,
-    Status *status)
-{
-    XComposeStatus NotSupportedYet ;
-    int length;
-
-    length = XLookupString(ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, &NotSupportedYet);
-
-    if (keysym && *keysym == NoSymbol){
-	*status = XLookupNone;
-    } else if (length > 0) {
-	*status = XLookupBoth;
-    } else {
-	*status = XLookupKeySym;
-    }
-    return(length);
-}
-
-static int
-_WcLookupString(
-    XIC xic,
-    XKeyEvent *ev,
-    wchar_t * buffer,
-    int wlen,
-    KeySym *keysym,
-    Status *status)
-{
-    XComposeStatus NotSupportedYet ;
-    int length;
-    /* In single-byte, mb_len = wc_len */
-    char *mb_buf = (char *)Xmalloc(wlen);
-
-    length = XLookupString(ev, mb_buf, wlen, keysym, &NotSupportedYet);
-
-    if (keysym && *keysym == NoSymbol){
-	*status = XLookupNone;
-    } else if (length > 0) {
-	*status = XLookupBoth;
-    } else {
-	*status = XLookupKeySym;
-    }
-    mbstowcs(buffer, mb_buf, length);
-    XFree(mb_buf);
-    return(length);
-}
+/*

+Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1991, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,

+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to

+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to

+the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this

+permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial

+portions of the Software.

+

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE

+EVEN IF ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

+

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

+

+

+X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group

+

+OSF/1, OSF/Motif and Motif are registered trademarks, and OSF, the OSF

+logo, LBX, X Window System, and Xinerama are trademarks of the Open

+Group. All other trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned herein

+are the property of their respective owners. No right, title or

+interest in or to any trademark, service mark, logo or trade name of

+Sun Microsystems, Inc. or its licensors is granted.

+

+*/

+/*

+ * Copyright 2000 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+ * Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "XlcGeneric.h"

+

+#ifndef MAXINT

+#define MAXINT          (~((unsigned int)1 << (8 * sizeof(int)) - 1))

+#endif /* !MAXINT */

+

+typedef struct _StaticXIM *StaticXIM;

+

+typedef struct _XIMStaticXIMRec {

+    /* for CT => MB,WC converter */

+    XlcConv		 ctom_conv;

+    XlcConv		 ctow_conv;

+} XIMStaticXIMRec;

+

+typedef enum {

+    CREATE_IC = 1,

+    SET_ICVAL = 2,

+    GET_ICVAL = 3

+} XICOp_t;

+

+typedef struct _StaticXIM {

+    XIMMethods		methods;

+    XIMCoreRec		core;

+    XIMStaticXIMRec	*private;

+} StaticXIMRec;

+

+static Status _CloseIM(

+	XIM

+);

+

+static char *_SetIMValues(

+	XIM, XIMArg *

+);

+

+static char *_GetIMValues(

+	XIM, XIMArg*

+);

+

+static XIC _CreateIC(

+	XIM, XIMArg*

+);

+

+static _Xconst XIMMethodsRec local_im_methods = {

+    _CloseIM,		/* close */

+    _SetIMValues,	/* set_values */

+    _GetIMValues, 	/* get_values */

+    _CreateIC,		/* create_ic */

+    NULL,		/* ctstombs */

+    NULL		/* ctstowcs */

+};

+

+static void _DestroyIC(

+		       XIC

+);

+static void _SetFocus(

+		      XIC

+);

+static void _UnsetFocus(

+			XIC

+);

+static char* _SetICValues(

+			 XIC, XIMArg *

+);

+static char* _GetICValues(

+			 XIC, XIMArg *

+);

+static char *_MbReset(

+		      XIC

+);

+static wchar_t *_WcReset(

+			 XIC

+);

+static int _MbLookupString(

+	XIC, XKeyEvent *, char *, int, KeySym *, Status *

+);

+static int _WcLookupString(

+	XIC, XKeyEvent *, wchar_t *, int, KeySym *, Status *

+);

+

+static _Xconst XICMethodsRec local_ic_methods = {

+    _DestroyIC, 	/* destroy */

+    _SetFocus,		/* set_focus */

+    _UnsetFocus,	/* unset_focus */

+    _SetICValues,	/* set_values */

+    _GetICValues,	/* get_values */

+    _MbReset,		/* mb_reset */

+    _WcReset,		/* wc_reset */

+    NULL,		/* utf8_reset */		/* ??? */

+    _MbLookupString,	/* mb_lookup_string */

+    _WcLookupString,	/* wc_lookup_string */

+    NULL		/* utf8_lookup_string */	/* ??? */

+};

+

+XIM

+_XDefaultOpenIM(

+    XLCd                lcd,

+    Display             *dpy,

+    XrmDatabase         rdb,

+    char                *res_name,

+    char                *res_class)

+{

+    StaticXIM im;

+    XIMStaticXIMRec *local_impart;

+    XlcConv ctom_conv, ctow_conv;

+    int i;

+    char *mod;

+    char buf[BUFSIZ];

+

+    if (!(ctom_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,

+			XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNMultiByte))) {

+	return((XIM)NULL);

+    }

+

+    if (!(ctow_conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd,

+			XlcNCompoundText, lcd, XlcNWideChar))) {

+	return((XIM)NULL);

+    }

+

+    if ((im = (StaticXIM)Xmalloc(sizeof(StaticXIMRec))) == (StaticXIM)NULL) {

+	return((XIM)NULL);

+    }

+    if ((local_impart = (XIMStaticXIMRec*)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMStaticXIMRec)))

+	== (XIMStaticXIMRec *)NULL) {

+	Xfree(im);

+	return((XIM)NULL);

+    }

+    memset(im, 0, sizeof(StaticXIMRec));

+    memset(local_impart, 0, sizeof(XIMStaticXIMRec));

+

+    buf[0] = '\0';

+    i = 0;

+    if ((lcd->core->modifiers) && (*lcd->core->modifiers)) {

+#define	MODIFIER "@im="

+	mod = strstr(lcd->core->modifiers, MODIFIER);

+	if (mod) {

+	    mod += strlen(MODIFIER);

+	    while (*mod && *mod != '@' && i < BUFSIZ - 1) {

+		buf[i++] = *mod++;

+	    }

+	    buf[i] = '\0';

+	}

+    }

+#undef MODIFIER

+    if ((im->core.im_name = Xmalloc(i+1)) == NULL)

+	goto Error2;

+    strcpy(im->core.im_name, buf);

+

+    im->private = local_impart;

+    im->methods        = (XIMMethods)&local_im_methods;

+    im->core.lcd       = lcd;

+    im->core.ic_chain  = (XIC)NULL;

+    im->core.display   = dpy;

+    im->core.rdb       = rdb;

+    im->core.res_name  = NULL;

+    im->core.res_class = NULL;

+

+    local_impart->ctom_conv = ctom_conv;

+    local_impart->ctow_conv = ctow_conv;

+

+    if ((res_name != NULL) && (*res_name != '\0')){

+	im->core.res_name  = strdup(res_name);

+    }

+    if ((res_class != NULL) && (*res_class != '\0')){

+	im->core.res_class = strdup(res_class);

+    }

+

+    return (XIM)im;

+Error2 :

+    Xfree(im->private);

+    Xfree(im->core.im_name);

+    Xfree(im);

+    _XlcCloseConverter(ctom_conv);

+    _XlcCloseConverter(ctow_conv);

+    return(NULL);

+}

+

+static Status

+_CloseIM(XIM xim)

+{

+    StaticXIM im = (StaticXIM)xim;

+    _XlcCloseConverter(im->private->ctom_conv);

+    _XlcCloseConverter(im->private->ctow_conv);

+    XFree(im->private);

+    XFree(im->core.im_name);

+    if (im->core.res_name) XFree(im->core.res_name);

+    if (im->core.res_class) XFree(im->core.res_class);

+    return 1; /*bugID 4163122*/

+}

+

+static char *

+_SetIMValues(

+    XIM xim,

+    XIMArg *arg)

+{

+    return(arg->name);		/* evil */

+}

+

+static char *

+_GetIMValues(

+    XIM xim,

+    XIMArg *values)

+{

+    XIMArg *p;

+    XIMStyles *styles;

+

+    for (p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	if (strcmp(p->name, XNQueryInputStyle) == 0) {

+	    styles = (XIMStyles *)Xmalloc(sizeof(XIMStyles));

+	    *(XIMStyles **)p->value = styles;

+	    styles->count_styles = 1;

+	    styles->supported_styles =

+		(XIMStyle*)Xmalloc(styles->count_styles * sizeof(XIMStyle));

+	    styles->supported_styles[0] = (XIMPreeditNone | XIMStatusNone);

+	} else {

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    return (p->name);

+}

+

+static char*

+_SetICValueData(XIC ic, XIMArg *values, XICOp_t mode)

+{

+    XIMArg *p;

+    char *return_name = NULL;

+

+    for (p = values; p != NULL && p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	if(strcmp(p->name, XNInputStyle) == 0) {

+	    if (mode == CREATE_IC)

+		ic->core.input_style = (XIMStyle)p->value;

+	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNClientWindow) == 0) {

+	    ic->core.client_window = (Window)p->value ;

+	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNFocusWindow) == 0) {

+	    ic->core.focus_window = (Window)p->value ;

+	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNPreeditAttributes) == 0

+		   || strcmp(p->name, XNStatusAttributes) == 0) {

+            return_name = _SetICValueData(ic, (XIMArg*)p->value, mode);

+            if (return_name) break;

+        } else {

+            return_name = p->name;

+            break;

+        }

+    }

+    return(return_name);

+}

+

+static char*

+_GetICValueData(XIC ic, XIMArg *values, XICOp_t mode)

+{

+    XIMArg *p;

+    char *return_name = NULL;

+

+    for (p = values; p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	if(strcmp(p->name, XNInputStyle) == 0) {

+	    *((XIMStyle *)(p->value)) = ic->core.input_style;

+	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNClientWindow) == 0) {

+	    *((Window *)(p->value)) = ic->core.client_window;

+	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNFocusWindow) == 0) {

+	    *((Window *)(p->value)) = ic->core.focus_window;

+	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNFilterEvents) == 0) {

+	    *((unsigned long *)(p->value))= ic->core.filter_events;

+	} else if (strcmp(p->name, XNPreeditAttributes) == 0

+		   || strcmp(p->name, XNStatusAttributes) == 0) {

+	    return_name = _GetICValueData(ic, (XIMArg*)p->value, mode);

+	    if (return_name) break;

+	} else {

+	    return_name = p->name;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    return(return_name);

+}

+

+static XIC

+_CreateIC(XIM im, XIMArg *arg)

+{

+    XIC ic;

+

+    if ((ic = (XIC)Xmalloc(sizeof(XICRec))) == (XIC)NULL) {

+	return ((XIC)NULL);

+    }

+    memset(ic, 0, sizeof(XICRec));

+

+    ic->methods = (XICMethods)&local_ic_methods;

+    ic->core.im = im;

+    ic->core.filter_events = KeyPressMask;

+

+    if (_SetICValueData(ic, arg, CREATE_IC) != NULL)

+	goto err_return;

+    if (!(ic->core.input_style))

+	goto err_return;

+

+    return (XIC)ic;

+err_return:

+    XFree(ic);

+    return ((XIC)NULL);

+}

+

+static void

+_DestroyIC(XIC ic)

+{

+/*BugId4255571. This Xfree() should be removed because XDestroyIC() still need ic after invoking _DestroyIC() and there is a XFree(ic) at the end of XDestroyIC() already.

+   if(ic)

+   	XFree(ic); */

+}

+

+static void

+_SetFocus(XIC ic)

+{

+}

+

+static void

+_UnsetFocus(XIC ic)

+{

+}

+

+static char*

+_SetICValues(XIC ic, XIMArg *args)

+{

+    char *ret = NULL;

+    if (!ic) {

+        return (args->name);

+    }

+    ret = _SetICValueData(ic, args, SET_ICVAL);

+    return(ret);

+}

+

+static char*

+_GetICValues(XIC ic, XIMArg *args)

+{

+    char *ret = NULL;

+    if (!ic) {

+        return (args->name);

+    }

+    ret = _GetICValueData(ic, args, GET_ICVAL);

+    return(ret);

+}

+

+static char *

+_MbReset(XIC xic)

+{

+    return(NULL);

+}

+

+static wchar_t *

+_WcReset(XIC xic)

+{

+    return(NULL);

+}

+

+static int

+_MbLookupString(

+    XIC xic,

+    XKeyEvent *ev,

+    char * buffer,

+    int bytes,

+    KeySym *keysym,

+    Status *status)

+{

+    XComposeStatus NotSupportedYet ;

+    int length;

+

+    length = XLookupString(ev, buffer, bytes, keysym, &NotSupportedYet);

+

+    if (keysym && *keysym == NoSymbol){

+	*status = XLookupNone;

+    } else if (length > 0) {

+	*status = XLookupBoth;

+    } else {

+	*status = XLookupKeySym;

+    }

+    return(length);

+}

+

+static int

+_WcLookupString(

+    XIC xic,

+    XKeyEvent *ev,

+    wchar_t * buffer,

+    int wlen,

+    KeySym *keysym,

+    Status *status)

+{

+    XComposeStatus NotSupportedYet ;

+    int length;

+    /* In single-byte, mb_len = wc_len */

+    char *mb_buf = (char *)Xmalloc(wlen);

+

+    length = XLookupString(ev, mb_buf, wlen, keysym, &NotSupportedYet);

+

+    if (keysym && *keysym == NoSymbol){

+	*status = XLookupNone;

+    } else if (length > 0) {

+	*status = XLookupBoth;

+    } else {

+	*status = XLookupKeySym;

+    }

+    mbstowcs(buffer, mb_buf, length);

+    XFree(mb_buf);

+    return(length);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XDefaultOMIF.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XDefaultOMIF.c
index b1dc66df6..ad1983a0d 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XDefaultOMIF.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XDefaultOMIF.c
@@ -1,1261 +1,1263 @@
-/*
-Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1991, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this
-permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
-portions of the Software.
-
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE
-EVEN IF ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group
-
-OSF/1, OSF/Motif and Motif are registered trademarks, and OSF, the OSF
-logo, LBX, X Window System, and Xinerama are trademarks of the Open
-Group. All other trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned herein
-are the property of their respective owners. No right, title or
-interest in or to any trademark, service mark, logo or trade name of
-Sun Microsystems, Inc. or its licensors is granted.
-
-*/
-/*
- * Copyright 2000 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "Xlcint.h"
-#include "XlcPublic.h"
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#define MAXFONTS		100
-
-#define XOM_GENERIC(om)		(&((XOMGeneric) om)->gen)
-#define XOC_GENERIC(font_set)	(&((XOCGeneric) font_set)->gen)
-
-#define DefineLocalBuf		char local_buf[BUFSIZ]
-#define AllocLocalBuf(length)	(length > BUFSIZ ? (char *)Xmalloc(length) : local_buf)
-#define FreeLocalBuf(ptr)	if (ptr != local_buf) Xfree(ptr)
-
-typedef struct _FontDataRec {
-    char *name;
-} FontDataRec, *FontData;
-
-typedef struct _OMDataRec {
-    int font_data_count;
-    FontData font_data;
-} OMDataRec, *OMData;
-
-typedef struct _XOMGenericPart {
-    OMData data;
-} XOMGenericPart;
-
-typedef struct _XOMGenericRec {
-    XOMMethods methods;
-    XOMCoreRec core;
-    XOMGenericPart gen;
-} XOMGenericRec, *XOMGeneric;
-
-typedef struct _FontSetRec {
-    int id;
-    int font_data_count;
-    FontData font_data;
-    char *font_name;
-    XFontStruct *info;
-    XFontStruct *font;
-} FontSetRec, *FontSet;
-
-typedef struct _XOCGenericPart {
-    XlcConv wcs_to_cs;
-    FontSet font_set;
-} XOCGenericPart;
-
-typedef struct _XOCGenericRec {
-    XOCMethods methods;
-    XOCCoreRec core;
-    XOCGenericPart gen;
-} XOCGenericRec, *XOCGeneric;
-
-static Bool
-init_fontset(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen;
-    FontSet font_set;
-    OMData data;
-
-    data = XOM_GENERIC(oc->core.om)->data;
-
-    font_set = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(FontSetRec));
-    if (font_set == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    gen->font_set = font_set;
-
-    font_set->font_data_count = data->font_data_count;
-    font_set->font_data = data->font_data;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static char *
-get_prop_name(
-    Display *dpy,
-    XFontStruct	*fs)
-{
-    unsigned long fp;
-
-    if (XGetFontProperty(fs, XA_FONT, &fp))
-	return XGetAtomName(dpy, fp);
-
-    return (char *) NULL;
-}
-
-static FontData
-check_charset(
-    FontSet font_set,
-    char *font_name)
-{
-    FontData font_data;
-    char *last;
-    int count;
-    ssize_t length, name_len;
-
-    name_len = strlen(font_name);
-    last = font_name + name_len;
-
-    count = font_set->font_data_count;
-    font_data = font_set->font_data;
-
-    for ( ; count-- > 0; font_data++) {
-	length = strlen(font_data->name);
-
-	if (length > name_len)
-	    return(NULL);
-
-	if (_XlcCompareISOLatin1(last - length, font_data->name) == 0)
-	    return font_data;
-    }
-    return (FontData) NULL;
-}
-
-#if 0 /* Unused */
-static int
-check_fontname(
-    XOC oc,
-    char *name)
-{
-    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontData data;
-    FontSet font_set;
-    XFontStruct *fs_list;
-    char **fn_list, *fname, *prop_fname = NULL;
-    int list_num, i;
-    int list2_num;
-    char **fn2_list = NULL;
-    int found_num = 0;
-
-    fn_list = XListFonts(dpy, name, MAXFONTS, &list_num);
-    if (fn_list == NULL)
-	return found_num;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < list_num; i++) {
-	fname = fn_list[i];
-
-	font_set = gen->font_set;
-
-	if ((data = check_charset(font_set, fname)) == NULL) {
-	    if ((fn2_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, name, MAXFONTS,
-					       &list2_num, &fs_list))
-		&& (prop_fname = get_prop_name(dpy, fs_list))
-		&& (data = check_charset(font_set, prop_fname)))
-		fname = prop_fname;
-	}
-	if (data) {
-	    font_set->font_name = strdup(fname);
-	    if (font_set->font_name) {
-		found_num++;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (fn2_list) {
-	    XFreeFontInfo(fn2_list, fs_list, list2_num);
-	    fn2_list = NULL;
-	    if (prop_fname) {
-		Xfree(prop_fname);
-		prop_fname = NULL;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (found_num == 1)
-	    break;
-    }
-    XFreeFontNames(fn_list);
-    return found_num;
-}
-#endif
-
-static Bool
-load_font(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;
-
-    if (font_set->font_name == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    if (font_set->font == NULL) {
-	font_set->font = XLoadQueryFont(dpy, font_set->font_name);
-	if (font_set->font == NULL)
-	    return False;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-#if 0
-static Bool
-load_font_info(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;
-    char **fn_list;
-    int fn_num;
-
-    if (font_set->font_name == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    if (font_set->info == NULL) {
-	fn_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, font_set->font_name, 1, &fn_num,
-				     &font_set->info);
-	if (font_set->info == NULL)
-	    return False;
-	if (fn_num > 0)
-	    font_set->info->fid = XLoadFont(dpy, font_set->font_name);
-
-	if (fn_list) XFreeFontNames(fn_list);
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-#endif
-
-static void
-set_fontset_extents(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XRectangle *ink = &oc->core.font_set_extents.max_ink_extent;
-    XRectangle *logical = &oc->core.font_set_extents.max_logical_extent;
-    XFontStruct **font_list, *font;
-    XCharStruct overall;
-    int logical_ascent, logical_descent;
-
-    font_list = oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list;
-    font = *font_list++;
-    overall = font->max_bounds;
-    overall.lbearing = font->min_bounds.lbearing;
-    logical_ascent = font->ascent;
-    logical_descent = font->descent;
-
-    ink->x = overall.lbearing;
-    ink->y = -(overall.ascent);
-    ink->width = overall.rbearing - overall.lbearing;
-    ink->height = overall.ascent + overall.descent;
-
-    logical->x = 0;
-    logical->y = -(logical_ascent);
-    logical->width = overall.width;
-    logical->height = logical_ascent + logical_descent;
-}
-
-static Bool
-init_core_part(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set;
-    XFontStruct **font_struct_list;
-    char **font_name_list, *font_name_buf;
-    int	count, length;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-    count = length = 0;
-
-    if (font_set->font_name != NULL) {
-	length += strlen(font_set->font_name) + 1;
-	count++;
-    }
-    if (count == 0)
-        return False;
-
-    font_struct_list = (XFontStruct **) Xmalloc(sizeof(XFontStruct *));
-    if (font_struct_list == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    font_name_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *));
-    if (font_name_list == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    font_name_buf = (char *) Xmalloc(length);
-    if (font_name_buf == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    oc->core.font_info.num_font = 1;
-    oc->core.font_info.font_name_list = font_name_list;
-    oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list = font_struct_list;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-
-    if (font_set->font_name != NULL) {
-	font_set->id = 1;
-	if (font_set->font)
-	    *font_struct_list++ = font_set->font;
-	else
-	    *font_struct_list++ = font_set->info;
-	strcpy(font_name_buf, font_set->font_name);
-	Xfree(font_set->font_name);
-	*font_name_list++ = font_set->font_name = font_name_buf;
-	font_name_buf += strlen(font_name_buf) + 1;
-    }
-
-    set_fontset_extents(oc);
-
-    return True;
-
-err:
-    if (font_name_list)
-	Xfree(font_name_list);
-    Xfree(font_struct_list);
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-static char *
-get_font_name(
-    XOC oc,
-    char *pattern)
-{
-    char **list, *name;
-    int count;
-    XFontStruct *fs;
-    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-
-    list = XListFonts(dpy, pattern, 1, &count);
-    if (list != NULL) {
-	name = strdup(*list);
-
-	XFreeFontNames(list);
-    } else {
-	fs = XLoadQueryFont(dpy, pattern);
-	if (fs == NULL) return NULL;
-
-	name = get_prop_name(dpy, fs);
-	XFreeFont(dpy, fs);
-    }
-    return name;
-}
-
-static int
-parse_fontname(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set;
-    FontData font_data;
-    char *pattern, *last, buf[BUFSIZ];
-    int font_data_count, found_num = 0;
-    ssize_t length;
-    int count, num_fields;
-    char *base_name, *font_name, **name_list, **cur_name_list;
-    char *charset_p = NULL;
-    Bool append_charset;
-    /*
-       append_charset flag should be set to True when the XLFD fontname
-       doesn't contain a chaset part.
-     */
-
-    name_list = _XParseBaseFontNameList(oc->core.base_name_list, &count);
-    if (name_list == NULL)
-	return -1;
-    cur_name_list = name_list;
-
-    while (count-- > 0) {
-        pattern = *cur_name_list++;
-	if (pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0')
-	    continue;
-
-	append_charset = False;
-
-	if (strchr(pattern, '*') == NULL &&
-	    (font_name = get_font_name(oc, pattern))) {
-
-	    font_set = gen->font_set;
-
-	    font_data = check_charset(font_set, font_name);
-	    if (font_data == NULL) {
-		Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-		char **fn_list = NULL, *prop_fname = NULL;
-		int list_num;
-		XFontStruct *fs_list;
-		if ((fn_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, font_name,
-						  MAXFONTS,
-						  &list_num, &fs_list))
-		    && (prop_fname = get_prop_name(dpy, fs_list))
-		    && (font_data = check_charset(font_set, prop_fname))) {
-		    if (fn_list) {
-			XFreeFontInfo(fn_list, fs_list, list_num);
-			fn_list = NULL;
-		    }
-		    font_name = prop_fname;
-		}
-	    }
-	    if (font_data == NULL)
-		continue;
-
-	    font_set->font_name = strdup(font_name);
-	    Xfree(font_name);
-	    if (font_set->font_name == NULL) {
-		goto err;
-	    }
-	    found_num++;
-	    goto found;
-	}
-/*
-1266793
-Limit the length of the string copy to prevent stack corruption.
-	strcpy(buf, pattern);
-*/
-	strncpy(buf, pattern, BUFSIZ);
-	buf[BUFSIZ-1] = '\0';
-	length = strlen(buf);
-	last = buf + length - 1;
-
-	for (num_fields = 0, base_name = buf; *base_name != '\0'; base_name++)
-	    if (*base_name == '-') num_fields++;
-	if (strchr(pattern, '*') == NULL) {
-	    if (num_fields == 12) {
-		append_charset = True;
-		*++last = '-';
-		last++;
-	    } else
-		continue;
-	} else {
-	    if (num_fields == 13 || num_fields == 14) {
-	    /*
-	     * There are 14 fields in an XLFD name -- make certain the
-	     * charset (& encoding) is placed in the correct field.
-	     */
-		append_charset = True;
-		last = strrchr (buf, '-');
-		if (num_fields == 14) {
-		    *last = '\0';
-		    last = strrchr (buf, '-');
-		}
-		last++;
-	    } else if (*last == '*') {
-		append_charset = True;
-		if (length > 3 && *(last-3) == '-' && *(last-2) == '*'
-		    && *(last-1) == '-') {
-		    last -= 2;
-		}
-		*++last = '-';
-		last++;
-	    } else {
-		last = strrchr (buf, '-');
-		charset_p = last;
-		charset_p = strrchr (buf, '-');
-		while (*(--charset_p) != '-');
-		charset_p++;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	font_set = gen->font_set;
-
-	font_data = font_set->font_data;
-	font_data_count = font_set->font_data_count;
-	for ( ; font_data_count-- > 0; font_data++) {
-	    if (append_charset)
-		{
-/*
-1266793
-Limit the length of the string copy to prevent stack corruption.
-		strcpy(last, font_data->name);
-*/
-		strncpy(last, font_data->name, BUFSIZ - length);
-		buf[BUFSIZ-1] = '\0';
-		}
-	    else {
-		if (_XlcCompareISOLatin1(charset_p,
-					 font_data->name)) {
-		    continue;
-		}
-	    }
-	    if ((font_set->font_name = get_font_name(oc, buf)))
-		break;
-	}
-	if (font_set->font_name != NULL) {
-	    found_num++;
-	    goto found;
-	}
-    }
-  found:
-    base_name = strdup(oc->core.base_name_list);
-    if (base_name == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    oc->core.base_name_list = base_name;
-
-    XFreeStringList(name_list);
-
-    return found_num;
-err:
-    XFreeStringList(name_list);
-
-    return -1;
-}
-
-static Bool
-set_missing_list(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    FontSet font_set;
-    char **charset_list, *charset_buf;
-    int	count, length;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-    count = length = 0;
-
-    if (!font_set->info && !font_set->font) {
-	length += strlen(font_set->font_data->name) + 1;
-	count++;
-    }
-
-    if (count == 0)
-	return True;
-
-    charset_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *));
-    if (charset_list == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    charset_buf = (char *) Xmalloc(length);
-    if (charset_buf == NULL) {
-	Xfree(charset_list);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    oc->core.missing_list.charset_list = charset_list;
-
-    font_set = gen->font_set;
-
-    if (!font_set->info && !font_set->font) {
-	strcpy(charset_buf, font_set->font_data->name);
-	*charset_list++ = charset_buf;
-	charset_buf += strlen(charset_buf) + 1;
-    }
-    return True;
-}
-
-static Bool
-create_fontset(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    int found_num;
-
-    if (init_fontset(oc) == False)
-        return False;
-
-    found_num = parse_fontname(oc);
-    if (found_num <= 0) {
-	if (found_num == 0)
-	    set_missing_list(oc);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    if (load_font(oc) == False)
-	return False;
-
-    if (init_core_part(oc) == False)
-	return False;
-
-    if (set_missing_list(oc) == False)
-	return False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static void
-destroy_oc(
-    XOC oc)
-{
-    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;
-    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);
-    XFontStruct **font_list, *font;
-
-    if (gen->font_set)
-	Xfree(gen->font_set);
-
-    if (oc->core.base_name_list)
-	Xfree(oc->core.base_name_list);
-
-    if (oc->core.font_info.font_name_list)
-	XFreeStringList(oc->core.font_info.font_name_list);
-
-    if ((font_list = oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list)) {
-	if ((font = *font_list)) {
-	    if (font->fid)
-		XFreeFont(dpy, font);
-	    else
-		XFreeFontInfo(NULL, font, 1);
-	}
-	Xfree(oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list);
-    }
-
-    if (oc->core.missing_list.charset_list)
-	XFreeStringList(oc->core.missing_list.charset_list);
-
-#ifdef notdef
-    if (oc->core.res_name)
-	Xfree(oc->core.res_name);
-    if (oc->core.res_class)
-	Xfree(oc->core.res_class);
-#endif
-
-    Xfree(oc);
-}
-
-static char *
-set_oc_values(
-    XOC oc,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    if (oc->core.resources == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return _XlcSetValues((XPointer) oc, oc->core.resources,
-			 oc->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcSetMask);
-}
-
-static char *
-get_oc_values(
-    XOC oc,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    if (oc->core.resources == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) oc, oc->core.resources,
-			 oc->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcGetMask);
-}
-
-static Bool
-wcs_to_mbs(
-    XOC oc,
-    char *to,
-    _Xconst wchar_t *from,
-    int length)
-{
-    XlcConv conv = XOC_GENERIC(oc)->wcs_to_cs;
-    XLCd lcd;
-    int ret, to_left = length;
-
-    if (conv == NULL) {
-	lcd = oc->core.om->core.lcd;
-	conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar, lcd, XlcNMultiByte);
-	if (conv == NULL)
-	    return False;
-	XOC_GENERIC(oc)->wcs_to_cs = conv;
-    } else
-	_XlcResetConverter(conv);
-
-    ret = _XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *) &from, &length, (XPointer *) &to,
-		      &to_left, NULL, 0);
-    if (ret != 0 || length > 0)
-	return False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static int
-_XmbDefaultTextEscapement(XOC oc, _Xconst char *text, int length)
-{
-    return XTextWidth(*oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list, text, length);
-}
-
-static int
-_XwcDefaultTextEscapement(XOC oc, _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length)
-{
-    DefineLocalBuf;
-    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);
-    int ret = 0;
-
-    if (buf == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    ret = _XmbDefaultTextEscapement(oc, buf, length);
-
-err:
-    FreeLocalBuf(buf);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static int
-_XmbDefaultTextExtents(XOC oc, _Xconst char *text, int length,
-		       XRectangle *overall_ink, XRectangle *overall_logical)
-{
-    int direction, logical_ascent, logical_descent;
-    XCharStruct overall;
-
-    XTextExtents(*oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list, text, length, &direction,
-		 &logical_ascent, &logical_descent, &overall);
-
-    if (overall_ink) {
-	overall_ink->x = overall.lbearing;
-	overall_ink->y = -(overall.ascent);
-	overall_ink->width = overall.rbearing - overall.lbearing;
-	overall_ink->height = overall.ascent + overall.descent;
-    }
-
-    if (overall_logical) {
-	overall_logical->x = 0;
-        overall_logical->y = -(logical_ascent);
-	overall_logical->width = overall.width;
-        overall_logical->height = logical_ascent + logical_descent;
-    }
-
-    return overall.width;
-}
-
-static int
-_XwcDefaultTextExtents(XOC oc, _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length,
-		       XRectangle *overall_ink, XRectangle *overall_logical)
-{
-    DefineLocalBuf;
-    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);
-    int ret = 0;
-
-    if (buf == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    ret = _XmbDefaultTextExtents(oc, buf, length, overall_ink, overall_logical);
-
-err:
-    FreeLocalBuf(buf);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents(XOC oc, _Xconst char *text, int length,
-			      XRectangle *ink_buf, XRectangle *logical_buf,
-			      int buf_size, int *num_chars,
-			      XRectangle *overall_ink,
-			      XRectangle *overall_logical)
-{
-    XFontStruct *font = *oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list;
-    XCharStruct *def, *cs, overall;
-    Bool first = True;
-
-    if (buf_size < length)
-	return 0;
-
-    bzero((char *) &overall, sizeof(XCharStruct));
-    *num_chars = 0;
-
-    CI_GET_DEFAULT_INFO_1D(font, def)
-
-    while (length-- > 0) {
-	CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_1D(font, *text, def, cs)
-	text++;
-	if (cs == NULL)
-	    continue;
-
-	ink_buf->x = overall.width + cs->lbearing;
-	ink_buf->y = -(cs->ascent);
-	ink_buf->width = cs->rbearing - cs->lbearing;
-	ink_buf->height = cs->ascent + cs->descent;
-	ink_buf++;
-
-	logical_buf->x = overall.width;
-	logical_buf->y = -(font->ascent);
-	logical_buf->width = cs->width;
-	logical_buf->height = font->ascent + font->descent;
-	logical_buf++;
-
-	if (first) {
-	    overall = *cs;
-	    first = False;
-	} else {
-	    overall.ascent = max(overall.ascent, cs->ascent);
-	    overall.descent = max(overall.descent, cs->descent);
-	    overall.lbearing = min(overall.lbearing, overall.width +
-				   cs->lbearing);
-	    overall.rbearing = max(overall.rbearing, overall.width +
-				   cs->rbearing);
-	    overall.width += cs->width;
-	}
-   	(*num_chars)++;
-    }
-
-    if (overall_ink) {
-	overall_ink->x = overall.lbearing;
-	overall_ink->y = -(overall.ascent);
-	overall_ink->width = overall.rbearing - overall.lbearing;
-	overall_ink->height = overall.ascent + overall.descent;
-    }
-
-    if (overall_logical) {
-	overall_logical->x = 0;
-	overall_logical->y = -(font->ascent);
-	overall_logical->width = overall.width;
-	overall_logical->height = font->ascent + font->descent;
-    }
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static Status
-_XwcDefaultTextPerCharExtents(XOC oc, _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length,
-			      XRectangle *ink_buf, XRectangle *logical_buf,
-			      int buf_size, int *num_chars,
-			      XRectangle *overall_ink,
-			      XRectangle *overall_logical)
-{
-    DefineLocalBuf;
-    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);
-    Status ret = 0;
-
-    if (buf == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    ret = _XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents(oc, buf, length, ink_buf, logical_buf,
-					buf_size, num_chars, overall_ink,
-					overall_logical);
-
-err:
-    FreeLocalBuf(buf);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static int
-_XmbDefaultDrawString(Display *dpy, Drawable d, XOC oc, GC gc, int x, int y,
-		      _Xconst char *text, int length)
-{
-    XFontStruct *font = *oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list;
-
-    XSetFont(dpy, gc, font->fid);
-    XDrawString(dpy, d, gc, x, y, text, length);
-
-    return XTextWidth(font, text, length);
-}
-
-static int
-_XwcDefaultDrawString(Display *dpy, Drawable d, XOC oc, GC gc, int x, int y,
-		      _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length)
-{
-    DefineLocalBuf;
-    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);
-    int ret = 0;
-
-    if (buf == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    ret = _XmbDefaultDrawString(dpy, d, oc, gc, x, y, buf, length);
-
-err:
-    FreeLocalBuf(buf);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static void
-_XmbDefaultDrawImageString(Display *dpy, Drawable d, XOC oc, GC gc, int x,
-			   int y, _Xconst char *text, int length)
-{
-    XSetFont(dpy, gc, (*oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list)->fid);
-    XDrawImageString(dpy, d, gc, x, y, text, length);
-}
-
-static void
-_XwcDefaultDrawImageString(Display *dpy, Drawable d, XOC oc, GC gc, int x,
-			   int y, _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length)
-{
-    DefineLocalBuf;
-    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);
-
-    if (buf == NULL)
-	return;
-
-    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    _XmbDefaultDrawImageString(dpy, d, oc, gc, x, y, buf, length);
-
-err:
-    FreeLocalBuf(buf);
-}
-
-static _Xconst XOCMethodsRec oc_default_methods = {
-    destroy_oc,
-    set_oc_values,
-    get_oc_values,
-    _XmbDefaultTextEscapement,
-    _XmbDefaultTextExtents,
-    _XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents,
-    _XmbDefaultDrawString,
-    _XmbDefaultDrawImageString,
-    _XwcDefaultTextEscapement,
-    _XwcDefaultTextExtents,
-    _XwcDefaultTextPerCharExtents,
-    _XwcDefaultDrawString,
-    _XwcDefaultDrawImageString
-};
-
-static XlcResource oc_resources[] = {
-    { XNBaseFontName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.base_name_list), XlcCreateMask | XlcGetMask },
-    { XNOMAutomatic, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.om_automatic), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNMissingCharSet, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMCharSetList),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.missing_list), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNDefaultString, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.default_string), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNOrientation, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOrientation),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.orientation), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },
-    { XNResourceName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.res_name), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },
-    { XNResourceClass, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.res_class), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },
-    { XNFontInfo, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMFontInfo),
-      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.font_info), XlcGetMask }
-};
-
-static XOC
-create_oc(
-    XOM om,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XOC oc;
-
-    oc = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XOCGenericRec));
-    if (oc == NULL)
-	return (XOC) NULL;
-
-    oc->core.om = om;
-
-    if (oc_resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)
-	_XlcCompileResourceList(oc_resources, XlcNumber(oc_resources));
-
-    if (_XlcSetValues((XPointer) oc, oc_resources, XlcNumber(oc_resources),
-		      args, num_args, XlcCreateMask | XlcDefaultMask))
-	goto err;
-
-    if (oc->core.base_name_list == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    oc->core.resources = oc_resources;
-    oc->core.num_resources = XlcNumber(oc_resources);
-
-    if (create_fontset(oc) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    oc->methods = (XOCMethods)&oc_default_methods;
-
-    return oc;
-
-err:
-    destroy_oc(oc);
-
-    return (XOC) NULL;
-}
-
-static Status
-close_om(
-    XOM om)
-{
-    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);
-    OMData data;
-    FontData font_data;
-    int count;
-
-    if ((data = gen->data)) {
-	if (data->font_data) {
-	  for (font_data = data->font_data, count = data->font_data_count;
-	       count-- > 0 ; font_data++) {
-	    if (font_data->name)
-		Xfree(font_data->name);
-	  }
-	  Xfree(data->font_data);
-	}
-	Xfree(gen->data);
-    }
-
-    if (om->core.res_name)
-	Xfree(om->core.res_name);
-    if (om->core.res_class)
-	Xfree(om->core.res_class);
-    if (om->core.required_charset.charset_list)
-	XFreeStringList(om->core.required_charset.charset_list);
-    else
-	Xfree((char*)om->core.required_charset.charset_list);
-    if (om->core.orientation_list.orientation)
-	Xfree(om->core.orientation_list.orientation);
-
-    Xfree(om);
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static char *
-set_om_values(
-    XOM om,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    if (om->core.resources == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return _XlcSetValues((XPointer) om, om->core.resources,
-			 om->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcSetMask);
-}
-
-static char *
-get_om_values(
-    XOM om,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    if (om->core.resources == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) om, om->core.resources,
-			 om->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcGetMask);
-}
-
-static _Xconst XOMMethodsRec methods = {
-    close_om,
-    set_om_values,
-    get_om_values,
-    create_oc
-};
-
-static XlcResource om_resources[] = {
-    { XNRequiredCharSet, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMCharSetList),
-      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.required_charset), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNQueryOrientation, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMOrientation),
-      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.orientation_list), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNDirectionalDependentDrawing, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),
-      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.directional_dependent), XlcGetMask },
-    { XNContextualDrawing, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),
-      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.contextual_drawing), XlcGetMask }
-};
-
-static OMData
-add_data(
-    XOM om)
-{
-    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);
-    OMData new;
-
-    new = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(OMDataRec));
-
-    if (new == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-
-    gen->data = new;
-
-    return new;
-}
-
-static _Xconst char *supported_charset_list[] = {
-    "ISO8859-1",
-/* fix for bug4332979 */
-    "adobe-fontspecific",
-/* fix for bug4237353: "JISX0201.1976-0" entry should be removed from
-   supported_charset_list because it is not a supported_charset for C locale
-    "JISX0201.1976-0", */
-    "SUNOLCURSOR-1",
-    "SUNOLGLYPH-1"
-};
-
-static Bool
-init_om(
-    XOM om)
-{
-    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);
-    OMData data;
-    FontData font_data;
-    char **required_list;
-    XOrientation *orientation;
-    char **value, buf[BUFSIZ], *bufptr;
-    int count, length = 0;
-
-    value = (char**)supported_charset_list;
-    count = XlcNumber(supported_charset_list);
-
-    data = add_data(om);
-    if (data == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    font_data = Xcalloc(count, sizeof(FontDataRec));
-    if (font_data == NULL)
-	return False;
-    data->font_data = font_data;
-    data->font_data_count = count;
-
-    for ( ; count-- > 0; font_data++) {
-/*
-1266793
-This one is fine.  *value points to one of the local strings in
-supported_charset_list[].
-*/
-	strcpy(buf, *value++);
-	font_data->name = strdup(buf);
-	if (font_data->name == NULL)
-	    return False;
-    }
-
-    length += strlen(data->font_data->name) + 1;
-
-    /* required charset list */
-    required_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *));
-    if (required_list == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    bufptr = (char *) Xmalloc(length);
-    if (bufptr == NULL) {
-	Xfree(required_list);
-	return False;
-    }
-
-    om->core.required_charset.charset_list = required_list;
-    om->core.required_charset.charset_count = 1; /* always 1 */
-
-    data = gen->data;
-
-    strcpy(bufptr, data->font_data->name);
-    *required_list++ = bufptr;
-    bufptr += strlen(bufptr) + 1;
-
-    /* orientation list */
-    orientation = (XOrientation *) Xmalloc(sizeof(XOrientation));
-    if (orientation == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    *orientation = XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB;
-    om->core.orientation_list.orientation = orientation;
-    om->core.orientation_list.num_orientation = 1;
-
-    /* directional dependent drawing */
-    om->core.directional_dependent = False;
-
-    /* contexual drawing */
-    om->core.contextual_drawing = False;
-
-    /* context dependent */
-    om->core.context_dependent = False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-XOM
-_XDefaultOpenOM(XLCd lcd, Display *dpy, XrmDatabase rdb,
-		_Xconst char *res_name, _Xconst char *res_class)
-{
-    XOM om;
-
-    om = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XOMGenericRec));
-    if (om == NULL)
-	return (XOM) NULL;
-
-    om->methods = (XOMMethods)&methods;
-    om->core.lcd = lcd;
-    om->core.display = dpy;
-    om->core.rdb = rdb;
-    if (res_name) {
-	om->core.res_name = strdup(res_name);
-	if (om->core.res_name == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-    }
-    if (res_class) {
-	om->core.res_class = strdup(res_class);
-	if (om->core.res_class == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-    }
-
-    if (om_resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)
-	_XlcCompileResourceList(om_resources, XlcNumber(om_resources));
-
-    om->core.resources = om_resources;
-    om->core.num_resources = XlcNumber(om_resources);
-
-    if (init_om(om) == False)
-	goto err;
-
-    return om;
-err:
-    close_om(om);
-
-    return (XOM) NULL;
-}
+/*

+Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1991, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,

+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to

+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to

+the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this

+permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial

+portions of the Software.

+

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE

+EVEN IF ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

+

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

+

+

+X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group

+

+OSF/1, OSF/Motif and Motif are registered trademarks, and OSF, the OSF

+logo, LBX, X Window System, and Xinerama are trademarks of the Open

+Group. All other trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned herein

+are the property of their respective owners. No right, title or

+interest in or to any trademark, service mark, logo or trade name of

+Sun Microsystems, Inc. or its licensors is granted.

+

+*/

+/*

+ * Copyright 2000 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+ * Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "Xlcint.h"

+#include "XlcPublic.h"

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include <stdint.h>

+

+#define MAXFONTS		100

+

+#define XOM_GENERIC(om)		(&((XOMGeneric) om)->gen)

+#define XOC_GENERIC(font_set)	(&((XOCGeneric) font_set)->gen)

+

+#define DefineLocalBuf		char local_buf[BUFSIZ]

+#define AllocLocalBuf(length)	(length > BUFSIZ ? (char *)Xmalloc(length) : local_buf)

+#define FreeLocalBuf(ptr)	if (ptr != local_buf) Xfree(ptr)

+

+typedef struct _FontDataRec {

+    char *name;

+} FontDataRec, *FontData;

+

+typedef struct _OMDataRec {

+    int font_data_count;

+    FontData font_data;

+} OMDataRec, *OMData;

+

+typedef struct _XOMGenericPart {

+    OMData data;

+} XOMGenericPart;

+

+typedef struct _XOMGenericRec {

+    XOMMethods methods;

+    XOMCoreRec core;

+    XOMGenericPart gen;

+} XOMGenericRec, *XOMGeneric;

+

+typedef struct _FontSetRec {

+    int id;

+    int font_data_count;

+    FontData font_data;

+    char *font_name;

+    XFontStruct *info;

+    XFontStruct *font;

+} FontSetRec, *FontSet;

+

+typedef struct _XOCGenericPart {

+    XlcConv wcs_to_cs;

+    FontSet font_set;

+} XOCGenericPart;

+

+typedef struct _XOCGenericRec {

+    XOCMethods methods;

+    XOCCoreRec core;

+    XOCGenericPart gen;

+} XOCGenericRec, *XOCGeneric;

+

+static Bool

+init_fontset(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen;

+    FontSet font_set;

+    OMData data;

+

+    data = XOM_GENERIC(oc->core.om)->data;

+

+    font_set = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(FontSetRec));

+    if (font_set == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    gen->font_set = font_set;

+

+    font_set->font_data_count = data->font_data_count;

+    font_set->font_data = data->font_data;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static char *

+get_prop_name(

+    Display *dpy,

+    XFontStruct	*fs)

+{

+    unsigned long fp;

+

+    if (XGetFontProperty(fs, XA_FONT, &fp))

+	return XGetAtomName(dpy, fp);

+

+    return (char *) NULL;

+}

+

+static FontData

+check_charset(

+    FontSet font_set,

+    char *font_name)

+{

+    FontData font_data;

+    char *last;

+    int count;

+    ssize_t length, name_len;

+

+    name_len = strlen(font_name);

+    last = font_name + name_len;

+

+    count = font_set->font_data_count;

+    font_data = font_set->font_data;

+

+    for ( ; count-- > 0; font_data++) {

+	length = strlen(font_data->name);

+

+	if (length > name_len)

+	    return(NULL);

+

+	if (_XlcCompareISOLatin1(last - length, font_data->name) == 0)

+	    return font_data;

+    }

+    return (FontData) NULL;

+}

+

+#if 0 /* Unused */

+static int

+check_fontname(

+    XOC oc,

+    char *name)

+{

+    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontData data;

+    FontSet font_set;

+    XFontStruct *fs_list;

+    char **fn_list, *fname, *prop_fname = NULL;

+    int list_num, i;

+    int list2_num;

+    char **fn2_list = NULL;

+    int found_num = 0;

+

+    fn_list = XListFonts(dpy, name, MAXFONTS, &list_num);

+    if (fn_list == NULL)

+	return found_num;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < list_num; i++) {

+	fname = fn_list[i];

+

+	font_set = gen->font_set;

+

+	if ((data = check_charset(font_set, fname)) == NULL) {

+	    if ((fn2_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, name, MAXFONTS,

+					       &list2_num, &fs_list))

+		&& (prop_fname = get_prop_name(dpy, fs_list))

+		&& (data = check_charset(font_set, prop_fname)))

+		fname = prop_fname;

+	}

+	if (data) {

+	    font_set->font_name = strdup(fname);

+	    if (font_set->font_name) {

+		found_num++;

+	    }

+	}

+	if (fn2_list) {

+	    XFreeFontInfo(fn2_list, fs_list, list2_num);

+	    fn2_list = NULL;

+	    if (prop_fname) {

+		Xfree(prop_fname);

+		prop_fname = NULL;

+	    }

+	}

+	if (found_num == 1)

+	    break;

+    }

+    XFreeFontNames(fn_list);

+    return found_num;

+}

+#endif

+

+static Bool

+load_font(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;

+

+    if (font_set->font_name == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    if (font_set->font == NULL) {

+	font_set->font = XLoadQueryFont(dpy, font_set->font_name);

+	if (font_set->font == NULL)

+	    return False;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+#if 0

+static Bool

+load_font_info(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set = gen->font_set;

+    char **fn_list;

+    int fn_num;

+

+    if (font_set->font_name == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    if (font_set->info == NULL) {

+	fn_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, font_set->font_name, 1, &fn_num,

+				     &font_set->info);

+	if (font_set->info == NULL)

+	    return False;

+	if (fn_num > 0)

+	    font_set->info->fid = XLoadFont(dpy, font_set->font_name);

+

+	if (fn_list) XFreeFontNames(fn_list);

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+#endif

+

+static void

+set_fontset_extents(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XRectangle *ink = &oc->core.font_set_extents.max_ink_extent;

+    XRectangle *logical = &oc->core.font_set_extents.max_logical_extent;

+    XFontStruct **font_list, *font;

+    XCharStruct overall;

+    int logical_ascent, logical_descent;

+

+    font_list = oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list;

+    font = *font_list++;

+    overall = font->max_bounds;

+    overall.lbearing = font->min_bounds.lbearing;

+    logical_ascent = font->ascent;

+    logical_descent = font->descent;

+

+    ink->x = overall.lbearing;

+    ink->y = -(overall.ascent);

+    ink->width = overall.rbearing - overall.lbearing;

+    ink->height = overall.ascent + overall.descent;

+

+    logical->x = 0;

+    logical->y = -(logical_ascent);

+    logical->width = overall.width;

+    logical->height = logical_ascent + logical_descent;

+}

+

+static Bool

+init_core_part(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set;

+    XFontStruct **font_struct_list;

+    char **font_name_list, *font_name_buf;

+    int	count, length;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+    count = length = 0;

+

+    if (font_set->font_name != NULL) {

+	length += strlen(font_set->font_name) + 1;

+	count++;

+    }

+    if (count == 0)

+        return False;

+

+    font_struct_list = (XFontStruct **) Xmalloc(sizeof(XFontStruct *));

+    if (font_struct_list == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    font_name_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *));

+    if (font_name_list == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    font_name_buf = (char *) Xmalloc(length);

+    if (font_name_buf == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    oc->core.font_info.num_font = 1;

+    oc->core.font_info.font_name_list = font_name_list;

+    oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list = font_struct_list;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+

+    if (font_set->font_name != NULL) {

+	font_set->id = 1;

+	if (font_set->font)

+	    *font_struct_list++ = font_set->font;

+	else

+	    *font_struct_list++ = font_set->info;

+	strcpy(font_name_buf, font_set->font_name);

+	Xfree(font_set->font_name);

+	*font_name_list++ = font_set->font_name = font_name_buf;

+	font_name_buf += strlen(font_name_buf) + 1;

+    }

+

+    set_fontset_extents(oc);

+

+    return True;

+

+err:

+    if (font_name_list)

+	Xfree(font_name_list);

+    Xfree(font_struct_list);

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+static char *

+get_font_name(

+    XOC oc,

+    char *pattern)

+{

+    char **list, *name;

+    int count;

+    XFontStruct *fs;

+    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+

+    list = XListFonts(dpy, pattern, 1, &count);

+    if (list != NULL) {

+	name = strdup(*list);

+

+	XFreeFontNames(list);

+    } else {

+	fs = XLoadQueryFont(dpy, pattern);

+	if (fs == NULL) return NULL;

+

+	name = get_prop_name(dpy, fs);

+	XFreeFont(dpy, fs);

+    }

+    return name;

+}

+

+static int

+parse_fontname(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set;

+    FontData font_data;

+    char *pattern, *last, buf[BUFSIZ];

+    int font_data_count, found_num = 0;

+    ssize_t length;

+    int count, num_fields;

+    char *base_name, *font_name, **name_list, **cur_name_list;

+    char *charset_p = NULL;

+    Bool append_charset;

+    /*

+       append_charset flag should be set to True when the XLFD fontname

+       doesn't contain a chaset part.

+     */

+

+    name_list = _XParseBaseFontNameList(oc->core.base_name_list, &count);

+    if (name_list == NULL)

+	return -1;

+    cur_name_list = name_list;

+

+    while (count-- > 0) {

+        pattern = *cur_name_list++;

+	if (pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0')

+	    continue;

+

+	append_charset = False;

+

+	if (strchr(pattern, '*') == NULL &&

+	    (font_name = get_font_name(oc, pattern))) {

+

+	    font_set = gen->font_set;

+

+	    font_data = check_charset(font_set, font_name);

+	    if (font_data == NULL) {

+		Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+		char **fn_list = NULL, *prop_fname = NULL;

+		int list_num;

+		XFontStruct *fs_list;

+		if ((fn_list = XListFontsWithInfo(dpy, font_name,

+						  MAXFONTS,

+						  &list_num, &fs_list))

+		    && (prop_fname = get_prop_name(dpy, fs_list))

+		    && (font_data = check_charset(font_set, prop_fname))) {

+		    if (fn_list) {

+			XFreeFontInfo(fn_list, fs_list, list_num);

+			fn_list = NULL;

+		    }

+		    font_name = prop_fname;

+		}

+	    }

+	    if (font_data == NULL)

+		continue;

+

+	    font_set->font_name = strdup(font_name);

+	    Xfree(font_name);

+	    if (font_set->font_name == NULL) {

+		goto err;

+	    }

+	    found_num++;

+	    goto found;

+	}

+/*

+1266793

+Limit the length of the string copy to prevent stack corruption.

+	strcpy(buf, pattern);

+*/

+	strncpy(buf, pattern, BUFSIZ);

+	buf[BUFSIZ-1] = '\0';

+	length = strlen(buf);

+	last = buf + length - 1;

+

+	for (num_fields = 0, base_name = buf; *base_name != '\0'; base_name++)

+	    if (*base_name == '-') num_fields++;

+	if (strchr(pattern, '*') == NULL) {

+	    if (num_fields == 12) {

+		append_charset = True;

+		*++last = '-';

+		last++;

+	    } else

+		continue;

+	} else {

+	    if (num_fields == 13 || num_fields == 14) {

+	    /*

+	     * There are 14 fields in an XLFD name -- make certain the

+	     * charset (& encoding) is placed in the correct field.

+	     */

+		append_charset = True;

+		last = strrchr (buf, '-');

+		if (num_fields == 14) {

+		    *last = '\0';

+		    last = strrchr (buf, '-');

+		}

+		last++;

+	    } else if (*last == '*') {

+		append_charset = True;

+		if (length > 3 && *(last-3) == '-' && *(last-2) == '*'

+		    && *(last-1) == '-') {

+		    last -= 2;

+		}

+		*++last = '-';

+		last++;

+	    } else {

+		last = strrchr (buf, '-');

+		charset_p = last;

+		charset_p = strrchr (buf, '-');

+		while (*(--charset_p) != '-');

+		charset_p++;

+	    }

+	}

+

+	font_set = gen->font_set;

+

+	font_data = font_set->font_data;

+	font_data_count = font_set->font_data_count;

+	for ( ; font_data_count-- > 0; font_data++) {

+	    if (append_charset)

+		{

+/*

+1266793

+Limit the length of the string copy to prevent stack corruption.

+		strcpy(last, font_data->name);

+*/

+		strncpy(last, font_data->name, BUFSIZ - length);

+		buf[BUFSIZ-1] = '\0';

+		}

+	    else {

+		if (_XlcCompareISOLatin1(charset_p,

+					 font_data->name)) {

+		    continue;

+		}

+	    }

+	    if ((font_set->font_name = get_font_name(oc, buf)))

+		break;

+	}

+	if (font_set->font_name != NULL) {

+	    found_num++;

+	    goto found;

+	}

+    }

+  found:

+    base_name = strdup(oc->core.base_name_list);

+    if (base_name == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    oc->core.base_name_list = base_name;

+

+    XFreeStringList(name_list);

+

+    return found_num;

+err:

+    XFreeStringList(name_list);

+

+    return -1;

+}

+

+static Bool

+set_missing_list(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    FontSet font_set;

+    char **charset_list, *charset_buf;

+    int	count, length;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+    count = length = 0;

+

+    if (!font_set->info && !font_set->font) {

+	length += strlen(font_set->font_data->name) + 1;

+	count++;

+    }

+

+    if (count == 0)

+	return True;

+

+    charset_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *));

+    if (charset_list == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    charset_buf = (char *) Xmalloc(length);

+    if (charset_buf == NULL) {

+	Xfree(charset_list);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    oc->core.missing_list.charset_list = charset_list;

+

+    font_set = gen->font_set;

+

+    if (!font_set->info && !font_set->font) {

+	strcpy(charset_buf, font_set->font_data->name);

+	*charset_list++ = charset_buf;

+	charset_buf += strlen(charset_buf) + 1;

+    }

+    return True;

+}

+

+static Bool

+create_fontset(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    int found_num;

+

+    if (init_fontset(oc) == False)

+        return False;

+

+    found_num = parse_fontname(oc);

+    if (found_num <= 0) {

+	if (found_num == 0)

+	    set_missing_list(oc);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    if (load_font(oc) == False)

+	return False;

+

+    if (init_core_part(oc) == False)

+	return False;

+

+    if (set_missing_list(oc) == False)

+	return False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static void

+destroy_oc(

+    XOC oc)

+{

+    Display *dpy = oc->core.om->core.display;

+    XOCGenericPart *gen = XOC_GENERIC(oc);

+    XFontStruct **font_list, *font;

+

+    if (gen->font_set)

+	Xfree(gen->font_set);

+

+    if (oc->core.base_name_list)

+	Xfree(oc->core.base_name_list);

+

+    if (oc->core.font_info.font_name_list)

+	XFreeStringList(oc->core.font_info.font_name_list);

+

+    if ((font_list = oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list)) {

+	if ((font = *font_list)) {

+	    if (font->fid)

+		XFreeFont(dpy, font);

+	    else

+		XFreeFontInfo(NULL, font, 1);

+	}

+	Xfree(oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list);

+    }

+

+    if (oc->core.missing_list.charset_list)

+	XFreeStringList(oc->core.missing_list.charset_list);

+

+#ifdef notdef

+    if (oc->core.res_name)

+	Xfree(oc->core.res_name);

+    if (oc->core.res_class)

+	Xfree(oc->core.res_class);

+#endif

+

+    Xfree(oc);

+}

+

+static char *

+set_oc_values(

+    XOC oc,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    if (oc->core.resources == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return _XlcSetValues((XPointer) oc, oc->core.resources,

+			 oc->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcSetMask);

+}

+

+static char *

+get_oc_values(

+    XOC oc,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    if (oc->core.resources == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) oc, oc->core.resources,

+			 oc->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcGetMask);

+}

+

+static Bool

+wcs_to_mbs(

+    XOC oc,

+    char *to,

+    _Xconst wchar_t *from,

+    int length)

+{

+    XlcConv conv = XOC_GENERIC(oc)->wcs_to_cs;

+    XLCd lcd;

+    int ret, to_left = length;

+

+    if (conv == NULL) {

+	lcd = oc->core.om->core.lcd;

+	conv = _XlcOpenConverter(lcd, XlcNWideChar, lcd, XlcNMultiByte);

+	if (conv == NULL)

+	    return False;

+	XOC_GENERIC(oc)->wcs_to_cs = conv;

+    } else

+	_XlcResetConverter(conv);

+

+    ret = _XlcConvert(conv, (XPointer *) &from, &length, (XPointer *) &to,

+		      &to_left, NULL, 0);

+    if (ret != 0 || length > 0)

+	return False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static int

+_XmbDefaultTextEscapement(XOC oc, _Xconst char *text, int length)

+{

+    return XTextWidth(*oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list, text, length);

+}

+

+static int

+_XwcDefaultTextEscapement(XOC oc, _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length)

+{

+    DefineLocalBuf;

+    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);

+    int ret = 0;

+

+    if (buf == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    ret = _XmbDefaultTextEscapement(oc, buf, length);

+

+err:

+    FreeLocalBuf(buf);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+static int

+_XmbDefaultTextExtents(XOC oc, _Xconst char *text, int length,

+		       XRectangle *overall_ink, XRectangle *overall_logical)

+{

+    int direction, logical_ascent, logical_descent;

+    XCharStruct overall;

+

+    XTextExtents(*oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list, text, length, &direction,

+		 &logical_ascent, &logical_descent, &overall);

+

+    if (overall_ink) {

+	overall_ink->x = overall.lbearing;

+	overall_ink->y = -(overall.ascent);

+	overall_ink->width = overall.rbearing - overall.lbearing;

+	overall_ink->height = overall.ascent + overall.descent;

+    }

+

+    if (overall_logical) {

+	overall_logical->x = 0;

+        overall_logical->y = -(logical_ascent);

+	overall_logical->width = overall.width;

+        overall_logical->height = logical_ascent + logical_descent;

+    }

+

+    return overall.width;

+}

+

+static int

+_XwcDefaultTextExtents(XOC oc, _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length,

+		       XRectangle *overall_ink, XRectangle *overall_logical)

+{

+    DefineLocalBuf;

+    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);

+    int ret = 0;

+

+    if (buf == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    ret = _XmbDefaultTextExtents(oc, buf, length, overall_ink, overall_logical);

+

+err:

+    FreeLocalBuf(buf);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents(XOC oc, _Xconst char *text, int length,

+			      XRectangle *ink_buf, XRectangle *logical_buf,

+			      int buf_size, int *num_chars,

+			      XRectangle *overall_ink,

+			      XRectangle *overall_logical)

+{

+    XFontStruct *font = *oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list;

+    XCharStruct *def, *cs, overall;

+    Bool first = True;

+

+    if (buf_size < length)

+	return 0;

+

+    bzero((char *) &overall, sizeof(XCharStruct));

+    *num_chars = 0;

+

+    CI_GET_DEFAULT_INFO_1D(font, def)

+

+    while (length-- > 0) {

+	CI_GET_CHAR_INFO_1D(font, *text, def, cs)

+	text++;

+	if (cs == NULL)

+	    continue;

+

+	ink_buf->x = overall.width + cs->lbearing;

+	ink_buf->y = -(cs->ascent);

+	ink_buf->width = cs->rbearing - cs->lbearing;

+	ink_buf->height = cs->ascent + cs->descent;

+	ink_buf++;

+

+	logical_buf->x = overall.width;

+	logical_buf->y = -(font->ascent);

+	logical_buf->width = cs->width;

+	logical_buf->height = font->ascent + font->descent;

+	logical_buf++;

+

+	if (first) {

+	    overall = *cs;

+	    first = False;

+	} else {

+	    overall.ascent = max(overall.ascent, cs->ascent);

+	    overall.descent = max(overall.descent, cs->descent);

+	    overall.lbearing = min(overall.lbearing, overall.width +

+				   cs->lbearing);

+	    overall.rbearing = max(overall.rbearing, overall.width +

+				   cs->rbearing);

+	    overall.width += cs->width;

+	}

+   	(*num_chars)++;

+    }

+

+    if (overall_ink) {

+	overall_ink->x = overall.lbearing;

+	overall_ink->y = -(overall.ascent);

+	overall_ink->width = overall.rbearing - overall.lbearing;

+	overall_ink->height = overall.ascent + overall.descent;

+    }

+

+    if (overall_logical) {

+	overall_logical->x = 0;

+	overall_logical->y = -(font->ascent);

+	overall_logical->width = overall.width;

+	overall_logical->height = font->ascent + font->descent;

+    }

+

+    return 1;

+}

+

+static Status

+_XwcDefaultTextPerCharExtents(XOC oc, _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length,

+			      XRectangle *ink_buf, XRectangle *logical_buf,

+			      int buf_size, int *num_chars,

+			      XRectangle *overall_ink,

+			      XRectangle *overall_logical)

+{

+    DefineLocalBuf;

+    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);

+    Status ret = 0;

+

+    if (buf == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    ret = _XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents(oc, buf, length, ink_buf, logical_buf,

+					buf_size, num_chars, overall_ink,

+					overall_logical);

+

+err:

+    FreeLocalBuf(buf);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+static int

+_XmbDefaultDrawString(Display *dpy, Drawable d, XOC oc, GC gc, int x, int y,

+		      _Xconst char *text, int length)

+{

+    XFontStruct *font = *oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list;

+

+    XSetFont(dpy, gc, font->fid);

+    XDrawString(dpy, d, gc, x, y, text, length);

+

+    return XTextWidth(font, text, length);

+}

+

+static int

+_XwcDefaultDrawString(Display *dpy, Drawable d, XOC oc, GC gc, int x, int y,

+		      _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length)

+{

+    DefineLocalBuf;

+    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);

+    int ret = 0;

+

+    if (buf == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    ret = _XmbDefaultDrawString(dpy, d, oc, gc, x, y, buf, length);

+

+err:

+    FreeLocalBuf(buf);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+static void

+_XmbDefaultDrawImageString(Display *dpy, Drawable d, XOC oc, GC gc, int x,

+			   int y, _Xconst char *text, int length)

+{

+    XSetFont(dpy, gc, (*oc->core.font_info.font_struct_list)->fid);

+    XDrawImageString(dpy, d, gc, x, y, text, length);

+}

+

+static void

+_XwcDefaultDrawImageString(Display *dpy, Drawable d, XOC oc, GC gc, int x,

+			   int y, _Xconst wchar_t *text, int length)

+{

+    DefineLocalBuf;

+    char *buf = AllocLocalBuf(length);

+

+    if (buf == NULL)

+	return;

+

+    if (wcs_to_mbs(oc, buf, text, length) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    _XmbDefaultDrawImageString(dpy, d, oc, gc, x, y, buf, length);

+

+err:

+    FreeLocalBuf(buf);

+}

+

+static _Xconst XOCMethodsRec oc_default_methods = {

+    destroy_oc,

+    set_oc_values,

+    get_oc_values,

+    _XmbDefaultTextEscapement,

+    _XmbDefaultTextExtents,

+    _XmbDefaultTextPerCharExtents,

+    _XmbDefaultDrawString,

+    _XmbDefaultDrawImageString,

+    _XwcDefaultTextEscapement,

+    _XwcDefaultTextExtents,

+    _XwcDefaultTextPerCharExtents,

+    _XwcDefaultDrawString,

+    _XwcDefaultDrawImageString

+};

+

+static XlcResource oc_resources[] = {

+    { XNBaseFontName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.base_name_list), XlcCreateMask | XlcGetMask },

+    { XNOMAutomatic, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.om_automatic), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNMissingCharSet, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMCharSetList),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.missing_list), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNDefaultString, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.default_string), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNOrientation, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOrientation),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.orientation), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },

+    { XNResourceName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.res_name), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },

+    { XNResourceClass, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.res_class), XlcSetMask | XlcGetMask },

+    { XNFontInfo, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMFontInfo),

+      XOffsetOf(XOCRec, core.font_info), XlcGetMask }

+};

+

+static XOC

+create_oc(

+    XOM om,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XOC oc;

+

+    oc = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XOCGenericRec));

+    if (oc == NULL)

+	return (XOC) NULL;

+

+    oc->core.om = om;

+

+    if (oc_resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)

+	_XlcCompileResourceList(oc_resources, XlcNumber(oc_resources));

+

+    if (_XlcSetValues((XPointer) oc, oc_resources, XlcNumber(oc_resources),

+		      args, num_args, XlcCreateMask | XlcDefaultMask))

+	goto err;

+

+    if (oc->core.base_name_list == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    oc->core.resources = oc_resources;

+    oc->core.num_resources = XlcNumber(oc_resources);

+

+    if (create_fontset(oc) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    oc->methods = (XOCMethods)&oc_default_methods;

+

+    return oc;

+

+err:

+    destroy_oc(oc);

+

+    return (XOC) NULL;

+}

+

+static Status

+close_om(

+    XOM om)

+{

+    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);

+    OMData data;

+    FontData font_data;

+    int count;

+

+    if ((data = gen->data)) {

+	if (data->font_data) {

+	  for (font_data = data->font_data, count = data->font_data_count;

+	       count-- > 0 ; font_data++) {

+	    if (font_data->name)

+		Xfree(font_data->name);

+	  }

+	  Xfree(data->font_data);

+	}

+	Xfree(gen->data);

+    }

+

+    if (om->core.res_name)

+	Xfree(om->core.res_name);

+    if (om->core.res_class)

+	Xfree(om->core.res_class);

+    if (om->core.required_charset.charset_list)

+	XFreeStringList(om->core.required_charset.charset_list);

+    else

+	Xfree((char*)om->core.required_charset.charset_list);

+    if (om->core.orientation_list.orientation)

+	Xfree(om->core.orientation_list.orientation);

+

+    Xfree(om);

+

+    return 1;

+}

+

+static char *

+set_om_values(

+    XOM om,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    if (om->core.resources == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return _XlcSetValues((XPointer) om, om->core.resources,

+			 om->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcSetMask);

+}

+

+static char *

+get_om_values(

+    XOM om,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    if (om->core.resources == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) om, om->core.resources,

+			 om->core.num_resources, args, num_args, XlcGetMask);

+}

+

+static _Xconst XOMMethodsRec methods = {

+    close_om,

+    set_om_values,

+    get_om_values,

+    create_oc

+};

+

+static XlcResource om_resources[] = {

+    { XNRequiredCharSet, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMCharSetList),

+      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.required_charset), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNQueryOrientation, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XOMOrientation),

+      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.orientation_list), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNDirectionalDependentDrawing, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),

+      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.directional_dependent), XlcGetMask },

+    { XNContextualDrawing, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),

+      XOffsetOf(XOMRec, core.contextual_drawing), XlcGetMask }

+};

+

+static OMData

+add_data(

+    XOM om)

+{

+    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);

+    OMData new;

+

+    new = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(OMDataRec));

+

+    if (new == NULL)

+        return NULL;

+

+    gen->data = new;

+

+    return new;

+}

+

+static _Xconst char *supported_charset_list[] = {

+    "ISO8859-1",

+/* fix for bug4332979 */

+    "adobe-fontspecific",

+/* fix for bug4237353: "JISX0201.1976-0" entry should be removed from

+   supported_charset_list because it is not a supported_charset for C locale

+    "JISX0201.1976-0", */

+    "SUNOLCURSOR-1",

+    "SUNOLGLYPH-1"

+};

+

+static Bool

+init_om(

+    XOM om)

+{

+    XOMGenericPart *gen = XOM_GENERIC(om);

+    OMData data;

+    FontData font_data;

+    char **required_list;

+    XOrientation *orientation;

+    char **value, buf[BUFSIZ], *bufptr;

+    int count, length = 0;

+

+    value = (char**)supported_charset_list;

+    count = XlcNumber(supported_charset_list);

+

+    data = add_data(om);

+    if (data == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    font_data = Xcalloc(count, sizeof(FontDataRec));

+    if (font_data == NULL)

+	return False;

+    data->font_data = font_data;

+    data->font_data_count = count;

+

+    for ( ; count-- > 0; font_data++) {

+/*

+1266793

+This one is fine.  *value points to one of the local strings in

+supported_charset_list[].

+*/

+	strcpy(buf, *value++);

+	font_data->name = strdup(buf);

+	if (font_data->name == NULL)

+	    return False;

+    }

+

+    length += strlen(data->font_data->name) + 1;

+

+    /* required charset list */

+    required_list = (char **) Xmalloc(sizeof(char *));

+    if (required_list == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    bufptr = (char *) Xmalloc(length);

+    if (bufptr == NULL) {

+	Xfree(required_list);

+	return False;

+    }

+

+    om->core.required_charset.charset_list = required_list;

+    om->core.required_charset.charset_count = 1; /* always 1 */

+

+    data = gen->data;

+

+    strcpy(bufptr, data->font_data->name);

+    *required_list++ = bufptr;

+    bufptr += strlen(bufptr) + 1;

+

+    /* orientation list */

+    orientation = (XOrientation *) Xmalloc(sizeof(XOrientation));

+    if (orientation == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    *orientation = XOMOrientation_LTR_TTB;

+    om->core.orientation_list.orientation = orientation;

+    om->core.orientation_list.num_orientation = 1;

+

+    /* directional dependent drawing */

+    om->core.directional_dependent = False;

+

+    /* contexual drawing */

+    om->core.contextual_drawing = False;

+

+    /* context dependent */

+    om->core.context_dependent = False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+XOM

+_XDefaultOpenOM(XLCd lcd, Display *dpy, XrmDatabase rdb,

+		_Xconst char *res_name, _Xconst char *res_class)

+{

+    XOM om;

+

+    om = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XOMGenericRec));

+    if (om == NULL)

+	return (XOM) NULL;

+

+    om->methods = (XOMMethods)&methods;

+    om->core.lcd = lcd;

+    om->core.display = dpy;

+    om->core.rdb = rdb;

+    if (res_name) {

+	om->core.res_name = strdup(res_name);

+	if (om->core.res_name == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+    }

+    if (res_class) {

+	om->core.res_class = strdup(res_class);

+	if (om->core.res_class == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+    }

+

+    if (om_resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)

+	_XlcCompileResourceList(om_resources, XlcNumber(om_resources));

+

+    om->core.resources = om_resources;

+    om->core.num_resources = XlcNumber(om_resources);

+

+    if (init_om(om) == False)

+	goto err;

+

+    return om;

+err:

+    close_om(om);

+

+    return (XOM) NULL;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XimProto.h b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XimProto.h
index 6b0096dd6..9551301a2 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XimProto.h
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XimProto.h
@@ -143,6 +143,13 @@ PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 /*
  * byte order
  */
+#ifdef BIGENDIAN
+#undef BIGENDIAN
+#endif
+#ifdef LITTLEENDIAN
+#undef LITTLEENDIAN
+#endif
+
 #define BIGENDIAN	(CARD8)0x42	/* MSB first */
 #define LITTLEENDIAN	(CARD8)0x6c	/* LSB first */
 
diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XlcDL.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XlcDL.c
index 75e193c05..4a05c40e4 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XlcDL.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/XlcDL.c
@@ -1,612 +1,612 @@
-/*
-Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1991, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this
-permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
-portions of the Software.
-
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE
-EVEN IF ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group
-
-OSF/1, OSF/Motif and Motif are registered trademarks, and OSF, the OSF
-logo, LBX, X Window System, and Xinerama are trademarks of the Open
-Group. All other trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned herein
-are the property of their respective owners. No right, title or
-interest in or to any trademark, service mark, logo or trade name of
-Sun Microsystems, Inc. or its licensors is granted.
-
-*/
-/*
- * Copyright 2000 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#else
-# if defined(hpux)
-#  define HAVE_DL_H
-# else
-#  define HAVE_DLFCN_H
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DL_H
-#include <dl.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XlcPublic.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-
-#define XI18N_DLREL		2
-
-#define	iscomment(ch)	((ch) == '\0' || (ch) == '#')
-
-typedef enum {
-  XLC_OBJECT,
-  XIM_OBJECT,
-  XOM_OBJECT
-} XI18NDLType;
-
-typedef struct {
-  XI18NDLType type;
-  int	locale_name_len;
-  char *locale_name;
-  char *dl_name;
-  char *open;
-  char *im_register;
-  char *im_unregister;
-  int dl_release;
-  unsigned int refcount;
-#if defined(hpux)
-  shl_t dl_module;
-#else
-  void *dl_module;
-#endif
-} XI18NObjectsListRec, *XI18NObjectsList;
-
-#define OBJECT_INIT_LEN 8
-#define OBJECT_INC_LEN 4
-static int lc_len = 0;
-static XI18NObjectsListRec *xi18n_objects_list = NULL;
-static int lc_count = 0;
-
-static int
-parse_line(char *line, char **argv, int argsize)
-{
-    int argc = 0;
-    char *p = line;
-
-    while (argc < argsize) {
-	while (isspace(*p)) {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (iscomment(*p)){
-	    break;
-	}
-	argv[argc++] = p;
-	while (!isspace(*p)) {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (iscomment(*p)) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	*p++ = '\0';
-    }
-    return argc;
-}
-
-static char *
-strdup_with_underscore(const char *symbol)
-{
-	char *result;
-
-	if ((result = malloc(strlen(symbol) + 2)) == NULL)
-		return NULL;
-	result[0] = '_';
-	strcpy(result + 1, symbol);
-	return result;
-}
-
-#ifndef hpux
-static void *
-try_both_dlsym (void *handle, char *name)
-{
-    void    *ret;
-
-    ret = dlsym (handle, name);
-    if (!ret)
-    {
-	 name = strdup_with_underscore (name);
-	 if (name)
-	 {
-	     ret = dlsym (handle, name);
-	     free (name);
-	 }
-    }
-    return ret;
-}
-#endif
-
-static void
-resolve_object(char *path, const char *lc_name)
-{
-    char filename[BUFSIZ];
-    FILE *fp;
-    char buf[BUFSIZ];
-
-    if (lc_len == 0) { /* True only for the 1st time */
-      lc_len = OBJECT_INIT_LEN;
-      xi18n_objects_list = (XI18NObjectsList)
-	  Xmalloc(sizeof(XI18NObjectsListRec) * lc_len);
-      if (!xi18n_objects_list) return;
-    }
-/*
-1266793
-Limit the length of path to prevent stack buffer corruption.
-    sprintf(filename, "%s/%s", path, "XI18N_OBJS");
-*/
-    sprintf(filename, "%.*s/%s", BUFSIZ - 12, path, "XI18N_OBJS");
-    fp = fopen(filename, "r");
-    if (fp == (FILE *)NULL){
-	return;
-    }
-
-    while (fgets(buf, BUFSIZ, fp) != NULL){
-	char *p = buf;
-	int n;
-	char *args[6];
-	while (isspace(*p)){
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (iscomment(*p)){
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	if (lc_count == lc_len) {
-	  lc_len += OBJECT_INC_LEN;
-	  xi18n_objects_list = (XI18NObjectsList)
-	    Xrealloc(xi18n_objects_list,
-		     sizeof(XI18NObjectsListRec) * lc_len);
-	  if (!xi18n_objects_list) return;
-	}
-	n = parse_line(p, args, 6);
-
-	if (n == 3 || n == 5) {
-	  if (!strcmp(args[0], "XLC")){
-	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].type = XLC_OBJECT;
-	  } else if (!strcmp(args[0], "XOM")){
-	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].type = XOM_OBJECT;
-	  } else if (!strcmp(args[0], "XIM")){
-	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].type = XIM_OBJECT;
-	  }
-	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].dl_name = strdup(args[1]);
-	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].open = strdup(args[2]);
-	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].dl_release = XI18N_DLREL;
-	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].locale_name = strdup(lc_name);
-	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].refcount = 0;
-	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].dl_module = (void*)NULL;
-	  if (n == 5) {
-	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].im_register = strdup(args[3]);
-	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].im_unregister = strdup(args[4]);
-	  } else {
-	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].im_register = NULL;
-	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].im_unregister = NULL;
-	  }
-	  lc_count++;
-	}
-    }
-    fclose(fp);
-}
-
-static char*
-__lc_path(const char *dl_name, const char *lc_dir)
-{
-    char *path;
-    size_t len;
-
-    /*
-     * reject this for possible security issue
-     */
-    if (strstr (dl_name, "../"))
-	return NULL;
-
-    len = (lc_dir ? strlen(lc_dir) : 0 ) +
-	(dl_name ? strlen(dl_name) : 0) + 10;
-#if defined POSTLOCALELIBDIR
-    len += (strlen(POSTLOCALELIBDIR) + 1);
-#endif
-    path = Xmalloc(len + 1);
-
-    if (strchr(dl_name, '/') != NULL) {
-	char *slash_p;
-	slash_p = strrchr(lc_dir, '/');
-	*slash_p = '\0';
-	strcpy(path, lc_dir); strcat(path, "/");
-#if defined POSTLOCALELIBDIR
-	strcat(path, POSTLOCALELIBDIR); strcat(path, "/");
-#endif
-	strcat(path, dl_name); strcat(path, ".so.2");
-	*slash_p = '/';
-    } else {
-	strcpy(path, lc_dir); strcat(path, "/");
-#if defined POSTLOCALELIBDIR
-	strcat(path, POSTLOCALELIBDIR); strcat(path, "/");
-#endif
-	strcat(path, dl_name); strcat(path, ".so.2");
-    }
-    return path;
-}
-
-/* We reference count dlopen() and dlclose() of modules; unfortunately,
- * since XCloseIM, XCloseOM, XlcClose aren't wrapped, but directly
- * call the close method of the object, we leak a reference count every
- * time we open then close a module. Fixing this would require
- * either creating proxy objects or hooks for close_im/close_om
- * in XLCd
- */
-static Bool
-open_object(
-     XI18NObjectsList object,
-     char *lc_dir)
-{
-  char *path;
-
-  if (object->refcount == 0) {
-      path = __lc_path(object->dl_name, lc_dir);
-      if (!path)
-	  return False;
-#if defined(hpux)
-      object->dl_module = shl_load(path, BIND_DEFERRED, 0L);
-#else
-      object->dl_module = dlopen(path, RTLD_LAZY);
-#endif
-      Xfree(path);
-
-      if (!object->dl_module)
-	  return False;
-    }
-
-  object->refcount++;
-  return True;
-}
-
-static void *
-fetch_symbol(
-     XI18NObjectsList object,
-     char *symbol)
-{
-    void *result = NULL;
-#if defined(hpux)
-    int getsyms_cnt, i;
-    struct shl_symbol *symbols;
-#endif
-
-    if (symbol == NULL)
-    	return NULL;
-
-#if defined(hpux)
-    getsyms_cnt = shl_getsymbols(object->dl_module, TYPE_PROCEDURE,
-				 EXPORT_SYMBOLS, malloc, &symbols);
-
-    for(i=0; i<getsyms_cnt; i++) {
-        if(!strcmp(symbols[i].name, symbol)) {
-	    result = symbols[i].value;
-	    break;
-         }
-    }
-
-    if(getsyms_cnt > 0) {
-        free(symbols);
-    }
-#else
-    result = try_both_dlsym(object->dl_module, symbol);
-#endif
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-static void
-close_object(XI18NObjectsList object)
-{
-  object->refcount--;
-  if (object->refcount == 0)
-    {
-#if defined(hpux)
-        shl_unload(object->dl_module);
-#else
-        dlclose(object->dl_module);
-#endif
-        object->dl_module = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-
-typedef XLCd (*dynamicLoadProc)(const char *);
-
-XLCd
-_XlcDynamicLoad(const char *lc_name)
-{
-    XLCd lcd = (XLCd)NULL;
-    dynamicLoadProc lc_loader = (dynamicLoadProc)NULL;
-    int count;
-    XI18NObjectsList objects_list;
-    char lc_dir[BUFSIZE], lc_lib_dir[BUFSIZE];
-
-    if (lc_name == NULL) return (XLCd)NULL;
-
-    if (_XlcLocaleDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, (char *)lc_name) == (char *)NULL)
-        return (XLCd)NULL;
-    if (_XlcLocaleLibDirName(lc_lib_dir, BUFSIZE, (char *)lc_name) == (char*)NULL)
-	return (XLCd)NULL;
-
-    resolve_object(lc_dir, lc_name);
-    resolve_object(lc_lib_dir, lc_name);
-
-    objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;
-    count = lc_count;
-    for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {
-        if (objects_list->type != XLC_OBJECT ||
-	    strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;
-	if (!open_object (objects_list, lc_dir) && \
-            !open_object (objects_list, lc_lib_dir))
-	    continue;
-
-	lc_loader = (dynamicLoadProc)fetch_symbol (objects_list, objects_list->open);
-	if (!lc_loader) continue;
-	lcd = (*lc_loader)(lc_name);
-	if (lcd != (XLCd)NULL) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	close_object (objects_list);
-    }
-    return (XLCd)lcd;
-}
-
-
-typedef XIM (*dynamicOpenProcp)(XLCd, Display *, XrmDatabase, char *, char *);
-
-static XIM
-_XDynamicOpenIM(XLCd lcd, Display *display, XrmDatabase rdb,
-		char *res_name, char *res_class)
-{
-  XIM im = (XIM)NULL;
-  char lc_dir[BUFSIZE];
-  char *lc_name;
-  dynamicOpenProcp im_openIM = (dynamicOpenProcp)NULL;
-  int count;
-  XI18NObjectsList objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;
-
-  lc_name = lcd->core->name;
-
-  if (_XlcLocaleLibDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, lc_name) == NULL) return (XIM)0;
-
-  count = lc_count;
-  for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {
-    if (objects_list->type != XIM_OBJECT ||
-	strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;
-
-    if (!open_object (objects_list, lc_dir))
-        continue;
-
-    im_openIM = (dynamicOpenProcp)fetch_symbol(objects_list, objects_list->open);
-    if (!im_openIM) continue;
-    im = (*im_openIM)(lcd, display, rdb, res_name, res_class);
-    if (im != (XIM)NULL) {
-        break;
-    }
-
-    close_object (objects_list);
-  }
-  return (XIM)im;
-}
-
-typedef Bool (*dynamicRegisterCBProcp)(
-    XLCd, Display *, XrmDatabase, char *, char *, XIDProc, XPointer);
-
-static Bool
-_XDynamicRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(
-    XLCd	 lcd,
-    Display	*display,
-    XrmDatabase	 rdb,
-    char	*res_name,
-    char        *res_class,
-    XIDProc	 callback,
-    XPointer	 client_data)
-{
-  char lc_dir[BUFSIZE];
-  char *lc_name;
-  dynamicRegisterCBProcp im_registerIM = (dynamicRegisterCBProcp)NULL;
-  Bool ret_flag = False;
-  int count;
-  XI18NObjectsList objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;
-#if defined(hpux)
-  int getsyms_cnt, i;
-  struct shl_symbol *symbols;
-#endif
-
-  lc_name = lcd->core->name;
-
-  if (_XlcLocaleLibDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, lc_name) == NULL) return False;
-
-  count = lc_count;
-  for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {
-    if (objects_list->type != XIM_OBJECT ||
-	strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;
-
-    if (!open_object (objects_list, lc_dir))
-        continue;
-    im_registerIM = (dynamicRegisterCBProcp)fetch_symbol(objects_list,
-					    objects_list->im_register);
-    if (!im_registerIM) continue;
-    ret_flag = (*im_registerIM)(lcd, display, rdb,
-				res_name, res_class,
-				callback, client_data);
-    if (ret_flag) break;
-
-    close_object (objects_list);
-  }
-  return (Bool)ret_flag;
-}
-
-typedef Bool (*dynamicUnregisterProcp)(
-    XLCd, Display *, XrmDatabase, char *, char *, XIDProc, XPointer);
-
-static Bool
-_XDynamicUnRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(
-    XLCd	 lcd,
-    Display	*display,
-    XrmDatabase	 rdb,
-    char	*res_name,
-    char        *res_class,
-    XIDProc	 callback,
-    XPointer	 client_data)
-{
-  char lc_dir[BUFSIZE];
-  char *lc_name;
-  dynamicUnregisterProcp im_unregisterIM = (dynamicUnregisterProcp)NULL;
-  Bool ret_flag = False;
-  int count;
-  XI18NObjectsList objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;
-#if defined(hpux)
-  int getsyms_cnt, i;
-  struct shl_symbol *symbols;
-#endif
-
-  lc_name = lcd->core->name;
-  if (_XlcLocaleDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, lc_name) == NULL) return False;
-
-  count = lc_count;
-  for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {
-    if (objects_list->type != XIM_OBJECT ||
-	strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;
-
-    if (!objects_list->refcount) /* Must already be opened */
-        continue;
-
-    im_unregisterIM = (dynamicUnregisterProcp)fetch_symbol(objects_list,
-					      objects_list->im_unregister);
-
-    if (!im_unregisterIM) continue;
-    ret_flag = (*im_unregisterIM)(lcd, display, rdb,
-				  res_name, res_class,
-				  callback, client_data);
-    if (ret_flag) {
-        close_object (objects_list); /* opened in RegisterIMInstantiateCallback */
-	break;
-    }
-  }
-  return (Bool)ret_flag;
-}
-
-Bool
-_XInitDynamicIM(XLCd lcd)
-{
-    if(lcd == (XLCd)NULL)
-	return False;
-    lcd->methods->open_im = _XDynamicOpenIM;
-    lcd->methods->register_callback = _XDynamicRegisterIMInstantiateCallback;
-    lcd->methods->unregister_callback = _XDynamicUnRegisterIMInstantiateCallback;
-    return True;
-}
-
-
-typedef XOM (*dynamicIOpenProcp)(
-        XLCd, Display *, XrmDatabase, _Xconst char *, _Xconst char *);
-
-static XOM
-_XDynamicOpenOM(XLCd lcd, Display *display, XrmDatabase rdb,
-		_Xconst char *res_name, _Xconst char *res_class)
-{
-  XOM om = (XOM)NULL;
-  int count;
-  char lc_dir[BUFSIZE];
-  char *lc_name;
-  dynamicIOpenProcp om_openOM = (dynamicIOpenProcp)NULL;
-  XI18NObjectsList objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;
-#if defined(hpux)
-  int getsyms_cnt, i;
-  struct shl_symbol *symbols;
-#endif
-
-  lc_name = lcd->core->name;
-
-  if (_XlcLocaleLibDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, lc_name) == NULL) return (XOM)0;
-
-  count = lc_count;
-  for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {
-    if (objects_list->type != XOM_OBJECT ||
-	strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;
-    if (!open_object (objects_list, lc_dir))
-        continue;
-
-    om_openOM = (dynamicIOpenProcp)fetch_symbol(objects_list, objects_list->open);
-    if (!om_openOM) continue;
-    om = (*om_openOM)(lcd, display, rdb, res_name, res_class);
-    if (om != (XOM)NULL) {
-        break;
-    }
-    close_object(objects_list);
-  }
-  return (XOM)om;
-}
-
-Bool
-_XInitDynamicOM(XLCd lcd)
-{
-    if(lcd == (XLCd)NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    lcd->methods->open_om = _XDynamicOpenOM;
-
-    return True;
-}
+/*

+Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1991, 1998  The Open Group

+

+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,

+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to

+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to

+the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this

+permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial

+portions of the Software.

+

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE

+EVEN IF ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

+

+

+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

+

+

+X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group

+

+OSF/1, OSF/Motif and Motif are registered trademarks, and OSF, the OSF

+logo, LBX, X Window System, and Xinerama are trademarks of the Open

+Group. All other trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned herein

+are the property of their respective owners. No right, title or

+interest in or to any trademark, service mark, logo or trade name of

+Sun Microsystems, Inc. or its licensors is granted.

+

+*/

+/*

+ * Copyright 2000 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

+ * Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+# include <config.h>

+#else

+# if defined(hpux)

+#  define HAVE_DL_H

+# else

+#  define HAVE_DLFCN_H

+# endif

+#endif

+

+#include <stdio.h>

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DL_H

+#include <dl.h>

+#endif

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H

+#include <dlfcn.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <ctype.h>

+

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XlcPublic.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+

+#define XI18N_DLREL		2

+

+#define	iscomment(ch)	((ch) == '\0' || (ch) == '#')

+

+typedef enum {

+  XLC_OBJECT,

+  XIM_OBJECT,

+  XOM_OBJECT

+} XI18NDLType;

+

+typedef struct {

+  XI18NDLType type;

+  int	locale_name_len;

+  char *locale_name;

+  char *dl_name;

+  char *open;

+  char *im_register;

+  char *im_unregister;

+  int dl_release;

+  unsigned int refcount;

+#if defined(hpux)

+  shl_t dl_module;

+#else

+  void *dl_module;

+#endif

+} XI18NObjectsListRec, *XI18NObjectsList;

+

+#define OBJECT_INIT_LEN 8

+#define OBJECT_INC_LEN 4

+static int lc_len = 0;

+static XI18NObjectsListRec *xi18n_objects_list = NULL;

+static int lc_count = 0;

+

+static int

+parse_line(char *line, char **argv, int argsize)

+{

+    int argc = 0;

+    char *p = line;

+

+    while (argc < argsize) {

+	while (isspace(*p)) {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (iscomment(*p)){

+	    break;

+	}

+	argv[argc++] = p;

+	while (!isspace(*p)) {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (iscomment(*p)) {

+	    break;

+	}

+	*p++ = '\0';

+    }

+    return argc;

+}

+

+static char *

+strdup_with_underscore(const char *symbol)

+{

+	char *result;

+

+	if ((result = malloc(strlen(symbol) + 2)) == NULL)

+		return NULL;

+	result[0] = '_';

+	strcpy(result + 1, symbol);

+	return result;

+}

+

+#ifndef hpux

+static void *

+try_both_dlsym (void *handle, char *name)

+{

+    void    *ret;

+

+    ret = dlsym (handle, name);

+    if (!ret)

+    {

+	 name = strdup_with_underscore (name);

+	 if (name)

+	 {

+	     ret = dlsym (handle, name);

+	     free (name);

+	 }

+    }

+    return ret;

+}

+#endif

+

+static void

+resolve_object(char *path, const char *lc_name)

+{

+    char filename[BUFSIZ];

+    FILE *fp;

+    char buf[BUFSIZ];

+

+    if (lc_len == 0) { /* True only for the 1st time */

+      lc_len = OBJECT_INIT_LEN;

+      xi18n_objects_list = (XI18NObjectsList)

+	  Xmalloc(sizeof(XI18NObjectsListRec) * lc_len);

+      if (!xi18n_objects_list) return;

+    }

+/*

+1266793

+Limit the length of path to prevent stack buffer corruption.

+    sprintf(filename, "%s/%s", path, "XI18N_OBJS");

+*/

+    sprintf(filename, "%.*s/%s", BUFSIZ - 12, path, "XI18N_OBJS");

+    fp = fopen(filename, "r");

+    if (fp == (FILE *)NULL){

+	return;

+    }

+

+    while (fgets(buf, BUFSIZ, fp) != NULL){

+	char *p = buf;

+	int n;

+	char *args[6];

+	while (isspace(*p)){

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (iscomment(*p)){

+	    continue;

+	}

+

+	if (lc_count == lc_len) {

+	  lc_len += OBJECT_INC_LEN;

+	  xi18n_objects_list = (XI18NObjectsList)

+	    Xrealloc(xi18n_objects_list,

+		     sizeof(XI18NObjectsListRec) * lc_len);

+	  if (!xi18n_objects_list) return;

+	}

+	n = parse_line(p, args, 6);

+

+	if (n == 3 || n == 5) {

+	  if (!strcmp(args[0], "XLC")){

+	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].type = XLC_OBJECT;

+	  } else if (!strcmp(args[0], "XOM")){

+	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].type = XOM_OBJECT;

+	  } else if (!strcmp(args[0], "XIM")){

+	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].type = XIM_OBJECT;

+	  }

+	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].dl_name = strdup(args[1]);

+	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].open = strdup(args[2]);

+	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].dl_release = XI18N_DLREL;

+	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].locale_name = strdup(lc_name);

+	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].refcount = 0;

+	  xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].dl_module = (void*)NULL;

+	  if (n == 5) {

+	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].im_register = strdup(args[3]);

+	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].im_unregister = strdup(args[4]);

+	  } else {

+	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].im_register = NULL;

+	    xi18n_objects_list[lc_count].im_unregister = NULL;

+	  }

+	  lc_count++;

+	}

+    }

+    fclose(fp);

+}

+

+static char*

+__lc_path(const char *dl_name, const char *lc_dir)

+{

+    char *path;

+    size_t len;

+

+    /*

+     * reject this for possible security issue

+     */

+    if (strstr (dl_name, "../"))

+	return NULL;

+

+    len = (lc_dir ? strlen(lc_dir) : 0 ) +

+	(dl_name ? strlen(dl_name) : 0) + 10;

+#if defined POSTLOCALELIBDIR

+    len += (strlen(POSTLOCALELIBDIR) + 1);

+#endif

+    path = Xmalloc(len + 1);

+

+    if (strchr(dl_name, '/') != NULL) {

+	char *slash_p;

+	slash_p = strrchr(lc_dir, '/');

+	*slash_p = '\0';

+	strcpy(path, lc_dir); strcat(path, "/");

+#if defined POSTLOCALELIBDIR

+	strcat(path, POSTLOCALELIBDIR); strcat(path, "/");

+#endif

+	strcat(path, dl_name); strcat(path, ".so.2");

+	*slash_p = '/';

+    } else {

+	strcpy(path, lc_dir); strcat(path, "/");

+#if defined POSTLOCALELIBDIR

+	strcat(path, POSTLOCALELIBDIR); strcat(path, "/");

+#endif

+	strcat(path, dl_name); strcat(path, ".so.2");

+    }

+    return path;

+}

+

+/* We reference count dlopen() and dlclose() of modules; unfortunately,

+ * since XCloseIM, XCloseOM, XlcClose aren't wrapped, but directly

+ * call the close method of the object, we leak a reference count every

+ * time we open then close a module. Fixing this would require

+ * either creating proxy objects or hooks for close_im/close_om

+ * in XLCd

+ */

+static Bool

+open_object(

+     XI18NObjectsList object,

+     char *lc_dir)

+{

+  char *path;

+

+  if (object->refcount == 0) {

+      path = __lc_path(object->dl_name, lc_dir);

+      if (!path)

+	  return False;

+#if defined(hpux)

+      object->dl_module = shl_load(path, BIND_DEFERRED, 0L);

+#else

+      object->dl_module = dlopen(path, RTLD_LAZY);

+#endif

+      Xfree(path);

+

+      if (!object->dl_module)

+	  return False;

+    }

+

+  object->refcount++;

+  return True;

+}

+

+static void *

+fetch_symbol(

+     XI18NObjectsList object,

+     char *symbol)

+{

+    void *result = NULL;

+#if defined(hpux)

+    int getsyms_cnt, i;

+    struct shl_symbol *symbols;

+#endif

+

+    if (symbol == NULL)

+    	return NULL;

+

+#if defined(hpux)

+    getsyms_cnt = shl_getsymbols(object->dl_module, TYPE_PROCEDURE,

+				 EXPORT_SYMBOLS, malloc, &symbols);

+

+    for(i=0; i<getsyms_cnt; i++) {

+        if(!strcmp(symbols[i].name, symbol)) {

+	    result = symbols[i].value;

+	    break;

+         }

+    }

+

+    if(getsyms_cnt > 0) {

+        free(symbols);

+    }

+#else

+    result = try_both_dlsym(object->dl_module, symbol);

+#endif

+

+    return result;

+}

+

+static void

+close_object(XI18NObjectsList object)

+{

+  object->refcount--;

+  if (object->refcount == 0)

+    {

+#if defined(hpux)

+        shl_unload(object->dl_module);

+#else

+        dlclose(object->dl_module);

+#endif

+        object->dl_module = NULL;

+    }

+}

+

+

+typedef XLCd (*dynamicLoadProc)(const char *);

+

+XLCd

+_XlcDynamicLoad(const char *lc_name)

+{

+    XLCd lcd = (XLCd)NULL;

+    dynamicLoadProc lc_loader = (dynamicLoadProc)NULL;

+    int count;

+    XI18NObjectsList objects_list;

+    char lc_dir[BUFSIZE], lc_lib_dir[BUFSIZE];

+

+    if (lc_name == NULL) return (XLCd)NULL;

+

+    if (_XlcLocaleDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, (char *)lc_name) == (char *)NULL)

+        return (XLCd)NULL;

+    if (_XlcLocaleLibDirName(lc_lib_dir, BUFSIZE, (char *)lc_name) == (char*)NULL)

+	return (XLCd)NULL;

+

+    resolve_object(lc_dir, lc_name);

+    resolve_object(lc_lib_dir, lc_name);

+

+    objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;

+    count = lc_count;

+    for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {

+        if (objects_list->type != XLC_OBJECT ||

+	    strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;

+	if (!open_object (objects_list, lc_dir) && \

+            !open_object (objects_list, lc_lib_dir))

+	    continue;

+

+	lc_loader = (dynamicLoadProc)fetch_symbol (objects_list, objects_list->open);

+	if (!lc_loader) continue;

+	lcd = (*lc_loader)(lc_name);

+	if (lcd != (XLCd)NULL) {

+	    break;

+	}

+

+	close_object (objects_list);

+    }

+    return (XLCd)lcd;

+}

+

+

+typedef XIM (*dynamicOpenProcp)(XLCd, Display *, XrmDatabase, char *, char *);

+

+static XIM

+_XDynamicOpenIM(XLCd lcd, Display *display, XrmDatabase rdb,

+		char *res_name, char *res_class)

+{

+  XIM im = (XIM)NULL;

+  char lc_dir[BUFSIZE];

+  char *lc_name;

+  dynamicOpenProcp im_openIM = (dynamicOpenProcp)NULL;

+  int count;

+  XI18NObjectsList objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;

+

+  lc_name = lcd->core->name;

+

+  if (_XlcLocaleLibDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, lc_name) == NULL) return (XIM)0;

+

+  count = lc_count;

+  for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {

+    if (objects_list->type != XIM_OBJECT ||

+	strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;

+

+    if (!open_object (objects_list, lc_dir))

+        continue;

+

+    im_openIM = (dynamicOpenProcp)fetch_symbol(objects_list, objects_list->open);

+    if (!im_openIM) continue;

+    im = (*im_openIM)(lcd, display, rdb, res_name, res_class);

+    if (im != (XIM)NULL) {

+        break;

+    }

+

+    close_object (objects_list);

+  }

+  return (XIM)im;

+}

+

+typedef Bool (*dynamicRegisterCBProcp)(

+    XLCd, Display *, XrmDatabase, char *, char *, XIDProc, XPointer);

+

+static Bool

+_XDynamicRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(

+    XLCd	 lcd,

+    Display	*display,

+    XrmDatabase	 rdb,

+    char	*res_name,

+    char        *res_class,

+    XIDProc	 callback,

+    XPointer	 client_data)

+{

+  char lc_dir[BUFSIZE];

+  char *lc_name;

+  dynamicRegisterCBProcp im_registerIM = (dynamicRegisterCBProcp)NULL;

+  Bool ret_flag = False;

+  int count;

+  XI18NObjectsList objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;

+#if defined(hpux)

+  int getsyms_cnt, i;

+  struct shl_symbol *symbols;

+#endif

+

+  lc_name = lcd->core->name;

+

+  if (_XlcLocaleLibDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, lc_name) == NULL) return False;

+

+  count = lc_count;

+  for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {

+    if (objects_list->type != XIM_OBJECT ||

+	strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;

+

+    if (!open_object (objects_list, lc_dir))

+        continue;

+    im_registerIM = (dynamicRegisterCBProcp)fetch_symbol(objects_list,

+					    objects_list->im_register);

+    if (!im_registerIM) continue;

+    ret_flag = (*im_registerIM)(lcd, display, rdb,

+				res_name, res_class,

+				callback, client_data);

+    if (ret_flag) break;

+

+    close_object (objects_list);

+  }

+  return (Bool)ret_flag;

+}

+

+typedef Bool (*dynamicUnregisterProcp)(

+    XLCd, Display *, XrmDatabase, char *, char *, XIDProc, XPointer);

+

+static Bool

+_XDynamicUnRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(

+    XLCd	 lcd,

+    Display	*display,

+    XrmDatabase	 rdb,

+    char	*res_name,

+    char        *res_class,

+    XIDProc	 callback,

+    XPointer	 client_data)

+{

+  char lc_dir[BUFSIZE];

+  char *lc_name;

+  dynamicUnregisterProcp im_unregisterIM = (dynamicUnregisterProcp)NULL;

+  Bool ret_flag = False;

+  int count;

+  XI18NObjectsList objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;

+#if defined(hpux)

+  int getsyms_cnt, i;

+  struct shl_symbol *symbols;

+#endif

+

+  lc_name = lcd->core->name;

+  if (_XlcLocaleDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, lc_name) == NULL) return False;

+

+  count = lc_count;

+  for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {

+    if (objects_list->type != XIM_OBJECT ||

+	strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;

+

+    if (!objects_list->refcount) /* Must already be opened */

+        continue;

+

+    im_unregisterIM = (dynamicUnregisterProcp)fetch_symbol(objects_list,

+					      objects_list->im_unregister);

+

+    if (!im_unregisterIM) continue;

+    ret_flag = (*im_unregisterIM)(lcd, display, rdb,

+				  res_name, res_class,

+				  callback, client_data);

+    if (ret_flag) {

+        close_object (objects_list); /* opened in RegisterIMInstantiateCallback */

+	break;

+    }

+  }

+  return (Bool)ret_flag;

+}

+

+Bool

+_XInitDynamicIM(XLCd lcd)

+{

+    if(lcd == (XLCd)NULL)

+	return False;

+    lcd->methods->open_im = _XDynamicOpenIM;

+    lcd->methods->register_callback = _XDynamicRegisterIMInstantiateCallback;

+    lcd->methods->unregister_callback = _XDynamicUnRegisterIMInstantiateCallback;

+    return True;

+}

+

+

+typedef XOM (*dynamicIOpenProcp)(

+        XLCd, Display *, XrmDatabase, _Xconst char *, _Xconst char *);

+

+static XOM

+_XDynamicOpenOM(XLCd lcd, Display *display, XrmDatabase rdb,

+		_Xconst char *res_name, _Xconst char *res_class)

+{

+  XOM om = (XOM)NULL;

+  int count;

+  char lc_dir[BUFSIZE];

+  char *lc_name;

+  dynamicIOpenProcp om_openOM = (dynamicIOpenProcp)NULL;

+  XI18NObjectsList objects_list = xi18n_objects_list;

+#if defined(hpux)

+  int getsyms_cnt, i;

+  struct shl_symbol *symbols;

+#endif

+

+  lc_name = lcd->core->name;

+

+  if (_XlcLocaleLibDirName(lc_dir, BUFSIZE, lc_name) == NULL) return (XOM)0;

+

+  count = lc_count;

+  for (; count-- > 0; objects_list++) {

+    if (objects_list->type != XOM_OBJECT ||

+	strcmp(objects_list->locale_name, lc_name)) continue;

+    if (!open_object (objects_list, lc_dir))

+        continue;

+

+    om_openOM = (dynamicIOpenProcp)fetch_symbol(objects_list, objects_list->open);

+    if (!om_openOM) continue;

+    om = (*om_openOM)(lcd, display, rdb, res_name, res_class);

+    if (om != (XOM)NULL) {

+        break;

+    }

+    close_object(objects_list);

+  }

+  return (XOM)om;

+}

+

+Bool

+_XInitDynamicOM(XLCd lcd)

+{

+    if(lcd == (XLCd)NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    lcd->methods->open_om = _XDynamicOpenOM;

+

+    return True;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcCharSet.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcCharSet.c
index 5d287811c..6be5f5d16 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcCharSet.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcCharSet.c
@@ -1,225 +1,225 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
- * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising
- * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the
- * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
- * without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
- * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
- * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
- * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.
- *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XlcPublic.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-
-/* The list of all known XlcCharSets. They are identified by their name. */
-
-typedef struct _XlcCharSetListRec {
-    XlcCharSet charset;
-    struct _XlcCharSetListRec *next;
-} XlcCharSetListRec, *XlcCharSetList;
-
-static XlcCharSetList charset_list = NULL;
-
-/* Returns the charset with the given name (including side suffix).
-   Returns NULL if not found. */
-XlcCharSet
-_XlcGetCharSet(
-    const char *name)
-{
-    XlcCharSetList list;
-    XrmQuark xrm_name;
-
-    xrm_name = XrmStringToQuark(name);
-
-    for (list = charset_list; list; list = list->next) {
-	if (xrm_name == list->charset->xrm_name)
-	    return (XlcCharSet) list->charset;
-    }
-
-    return (XlcCharSet) NULL;
-}
-
-/* Returns the charset with the given encoding (no side suffix) and
-   responsible for at least the given side (XlcGL or XlcGR).
-   Returns NULL if not found. */
-XlcCharSet
-_XlcGetCharSetWithSide(
-    const char *encoding_name,
-    XlcSide side)
-{
-    XlcCharSetList list;
-    XrmQuark xrm_encoding_name;
-
-    xrm_encoding_name = XrmStringToQuark(encoding_name);
-
-    for (list = charset_list; list; list = list->next) {
-	if (list->charset->xrm_encoding_name == xrm_encoding_name
-	    && (list->charset->side == XlcGLGR || list->charset->side == side))
-	    return (XlcCharSet) list->charset;
-    }
-
-    return (XlcCharSet) NULL;
-}
-
-/* Registers an XlcCharSet in the list of character sets.
-   Returns True if successful. */
-Bool
-_XlcAddCharSet(
-    XlcCharSet charset)
-{
-    XlcCharSetList list;
-
-    if (_XlcGetCharSet(charset->name))
-	return False;
-
-    list = (XlcCharSetList) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcCharSetListRec));
-    if (list == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    list->charset = charset;
-    list->next = charset_list;
-    charset_list = list;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-/* List of resources for XlcCharSet. */
-static XlcResource resources[] = {
-    { XlcNName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, name), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNEncodingName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, encoding_name), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNSide, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XlcSide),
-      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, side), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNCharSize, NULLQUARK, sizeof(int),
-      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, char_size), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNSetSize, NULLQUARK, sizeof(int),
-      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, set_size), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNControlSequence, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, ct_sequence), XlcGetMask }
-};
-
-/* Retrieves a number of attributes of an XlcCharSet.
-   Return NULL if successful, otherwise the name of the first argument
-   specifiying a nonexistent attribute. */
-static char *
-get_values(
-    XlcCharSet charset,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    if (resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)
-	_XlcCompileResourceList(resources, XlcNumber(resources));
-
-    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) charset, resources, XlcNumber(resources),
-			 args, num_args, XlcGetMask);
-}
-
-/* Retrieves a number of attributes of an XlcCharSet.
-   Return NULL if successful, otherwise the name of the first argument
-   specifiying a nonexistent attribute. */
-char *
-_XlcGetCSValues(XlcCharSet charset, ...)
-{
-    va_list var;
-    XlcArgList args;
-    char *ret;
-    int num_args;
-
-    va_start(var, charset);
-    _XlcCountVaList(var, &num_args);
-    va_end(var);
-
-    va_start(var, charset);
-    _XlcVaToArgList(var, num_args, &args);
-    va_end(var);
-
-    if (args == (XlcArgList) NULL)
-	return (char *) NULL;
-
-    ret = get_values(charset, args, num_args);
-
-    Xfree(args);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/* Creates a new XlcCharSet, given its name (including side suffix) and
-   Compound Text ESC sequence (normally at most 4 bytes). */
-XlcCharSet
-_XlcCreateDefaultCharSet(
-    const char *name,
-    const char *ct_sequence)
-{
-    XlcCharSet charset;
-    int name_len, ct_sequence_len;
-    const char *colon;
-    char *tmp;
-
-    charset = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XlcCharSetRec));
-    if (charset == NULL)
-	return (XlcCharSet) NULL;
-
-    name_len = strlen(name);
-    ct_sequence_len = strlen(ct_sequence);
-
-    /* Fill in name and xrm_name.  */
-    tmp = (char *) Xmalloc(name_len + 1 + ct_sequence_len + 1);
-    if (tmp == NULL) {
-	Xfree((char *) charset);
-	return (XlcCharSet) NULL;
-    }
-    memcpy(tmp, name, name_len+1);
-    charset->name = tmp;
-    charset->xrm_name = XrmStringToQuark(charset->name);
-
-    /* Fill in encoding_name and xrm_encoding_name.  */
-    if ((colon = strchr(charset->name, ':')) != NULL) {
-        unsigned int length = colon - charset->name;
-        char *encoding_tmp = (char *) Xmalloc(length + 1);
-        if (encoding_tmp == NULL) {
-            Xfree((char *) charset->name);
-            Xfree((char *) charset);
-            return (XlcCharSet) NULL;
-        }
-        memcpy(encoding_tmp, charset->name, length);
-        encoding_tmp[length] = '\0';
-        charset->encoding_name = encoding_tmp;
-        charset->xrm_encoding_name = XrmStringToQuark(charset->encoding_name);
-    } else {
-        charset->encoding_name = charset->name;
-        charset->xrm_encoding_name = charset->xrm_name;
-    }
-
-    /* Fill in ct_sequence.  */
-    tmp += name_len + 1;
-    memcpy(tmp, ct_sequence, ct_sequence_len+1);
-    charset->ct_sequence = tmp;
-
-    /* Fill in side, char_size, set_size. */
-    if (!_XlcParseCharSet(charset))
-        /* If ct_sequence is not usable in Compound Text, remove it. */
-        charset->ct_sequence = "";
-
-    return (XlcCharSet) charset;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided

+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising

+ * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the

+ * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"

+ * without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XlcPublic.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+

+/* The list of all known XlcCharSets. They are identified by their name. */

+

+typedef struct _XlcCharSetListRec {

+    XlcCharSet charset;

+    struct _XlcCharSetListRec *next;

+} XlcCharSetListRec, *XlcCharSetList;

+

+static XlcCharSetList charset_list = NULL;

+

+/* Returns the charset with the given name (including side suffix).

+   Returns NULL if not found. */

+XlcCharSet

+_XlcGetCharSet(

+    const char *name)

+{

+    XlcCharSetList list;

+    XrmQuark xrm_name;

+

+    xrm_name = XrmStringToQuark(name);

+

+    for (list = charset_list; list; list = list->next) {

+	if (xrm_name == list->charset->xrm_name)

+	    return (XlcCharSet) list->charset;

+    }

+

+    return (XlcCharSet) NULL;

+}

+

+/* Returns the charset with the given encoding (no side suffix) and

+   responsible for at least the given side (XlcGL or XlcGR).

+   Returns NULL if not found. */

+XlcCharSet

+_XlcGetCharSetWithSide(

+    const char *encoding_name,

+    XlcSide side)

+{

+    XlcCharSetList list;

+    XrmQuark xrm_encoding_name;

+

+    xrm_encoding_name = XrmStringToQuark(encoding_name);

+

+    for (list = charset_list; list; list = list->next) {

+	if (list->charset->xrm_encoding_name == xrm_encoding_name

+	    && (list->charset->side == XlcGLGR || list->charset->side == side))

+	    return (XlcCharSet) list->charset;

+    }

+

+    return (XlcCharSet) NULL;

+}

+

+/* Registers an XlcCharSet in the list of character sets.

+   Returns True if successful. */

+Bool

+_XlcAddCharSet(

+    XlcCharSet charset)

+{

+    XlcCharSetList list;

+

+    if (_XlcGetCharSet(charset->name))

+	return False;

+

+    list = (XlcCharSetList) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcCharSetListRec));

+    if (list == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    list->charset = charset;

+    list->next = charset_list;

+    charset_list = list;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+/* List of resources for XlcCharSet. */

+static XlcResource resources[] = {

+    { XlcNName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, name), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNEncodingName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, encoding_name), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNSide, NULLQUARK, sizeof(XlcSide),

+      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, side), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNCharSize, NULLQUARK, sizeof(int),

+      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, char_size), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNSetSize, NULLQUARK, sizeof(int),

+      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, set_size), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNControlSequence, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XlcCharSetRec, ct_sequence), XlcGetMask }

+};

+

+/* Retrieves a number of attributes of an XlcCharSet.

+   Return NULL if successful, otherwise the name of the first argument

+   specifiying a nonexistent attribute. */

+static char *

+get_values(

+    XlcCharSet charset,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    if (resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)

+	_XlcCompileResourceList(resources, XlcNumber(resources));

+

+    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) charset, resources, XlcNumber(resources),

+			 args, num_args, XlcGetMask);

+}

+

+/* Retrieves a number of attributes of an XlcCharSet.

+   Return NULL if successful, otherwise the name of the first argument

+   specifiying a nonexistent attribute. */

+char *

+_XlcGetCSValues(XlcCharSet charset, ...)

+{

+    va_list var;

+    XlcArgList args;

+    char *ret;

+    int num_args;

+

+    va_start(var, charset);

+    _XlcCountVaList(var, &num_args);

+    va_end(var);

+

+    va_start(var, charset);

+    _XlcVaToArgList(var, num_args, &args);

+    va_end(var);

+

+    if (args == (XlcArgList) NULL)

+	return (char *) NULL;

+

+    ret = get_values(charset, args, num_args);

+

+    Xfree(args);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/* Creates a new XlcCharSet, given its name (including side suffix) and

+   Compound Text ESC sequence (normally at most 4 bytes). */

+XlcCharSet

+_XlcCreateDefaultCharSet(

+    const char *name,

+    const char *ct_sequence)

+{

+    XlcCharSet charset;

+    int name_len, ct_sequence_len;

+    const char *colon;

+    char *tmp;

+

+    charset = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XlcCharSetRec));

+    if (charset == NULL)

+	return (XlcCharSet) NULL;

+

+    name_len = strlen(name);

+    ct_sequence_len = strlen(ct_sequence);

+

+    /* Fill in name and xrm_name.  */

+    tmp = (char *) Xmalloc(name_len + 1 + ct_sequence_len + 1);

+    if (tmp == NULL) {

+	Xfree((char *) charset);

+	return (XlcCharSet) NULL;

+    }

+    memcpy(tmp, name, name_len+1);

+    charset->name = tmp;

+    charset->xrm_name = XrmStringToQuark(charset->name);

+

+    /* Fill in encoding_name and xrm_encoding_name.  */

+    if ((colon = strchr(charset->name, ':')) != NULL) {

+        unsigned int length = colon - charset->name;

+        char *encoding_tmp = (char *) Xmalloc(length + 1);

+        if (encoding_tmp == NULL) {

+            Xfree((char *) charset->name);

+            Xfree((char *) charset);

+            return (XlcCharSet) NULL;

+        }

+        memcpy(encoding_tmp, charset->name, length);

+        encoding_tmp[length] = '\0';

+        charset->encoding_name = encoding_tmp;

+        charset->xrm_encoding_name = XrmStringToQuark(charset->encoding_name);

+    } else {

+        charset->encoding_name = charset->name;

+        charset->xrm_encoding_name = charset->xrm_name;

+    }

+

+    /* Fill in ct_sequence.  */

+    tmp += name_len + 1;

+    memcpy(tmp, ct_sequence, ct_sequence_len+1);

+    charset->ct_sequence = tmp;

+

+    /* Fill in side, char_size, set_size. */

+    if (!_XlcParseCharSet(charset))

+        /* If ct_sequence is not usable in Compound Text, remove it. */

+        charset->ct_sequence = "";

+

+    return (XlcCharSet) charset;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcDB.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcDB.c
index 97b22ac44..7d3ba88c5 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcDB.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcDB.c
@@ -1,1339 +1,1342 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright IBM Corporation 1993
- *
- * All Rights Reserved
- *
- * License to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
- * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
- * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
- * supporting documentation, and that the name of IBM not be
- * used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- * software without specific, written prior permission.
- *
- * IBM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
- * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS, AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
- * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
- * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
-*/
-/*
- *  (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED
- *  This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint
- *  Development Agreement for the CDE/Motif PST.
- */
-
-
-
-#ifndef	NOT_X_ENV
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/Xresource.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-
-#else	/* NOT_X_ENV */
-
-#define	Xmalloc	malloc
-#define	Xrealloc	realloc
-#define	Xfree	free
-
-#endif	/* NOT_X_ENV */
-
-/* specifying NOT_X_ENV allows users to just use
-   the database parsing routine. */
-/* For UDC/VW */
-#ifndef	BUFSIZE
-#define	BUFSIZE	2048
-#endif
-
-#ifdef COMMENT
-#ifdef  BUFSIZE
-#undef BUFSIZE
-#endif
-#define BUFSIZE 6144 /* 2048*3 */
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-typedef struct _DatabaseRec {
-    char *category;
-    char *name;
-    char **value;
-    int value_num;
-    struct _DatabaseRec *next;
-} DatabaseRec, *Database;
-
-typedef enum {
-    S_NULL,	/* outside category */
-    S_CATEGORY,	/* inside category */
-    S_NAME,	/* has name, expecting values */
-    S_VALUE
-} ParseState;
-
-typedef enum {
-    T_NEWLINE,
-    T_COMMENT,
-    T_SEMICOLON,
-    T_DOUBLE_QUOTE,
-    T_LEFT_BRACE,
-    T_RIGHT_BRACE,
-    T_SPACE,
-    T_TAB,
-    T_BACKSLASH,
-    T_NUMERIC_HEX,
-    T_NUMERIC_DEC,
-    T_NUMERIC_OCT,
-    T_DEFAULT
-} Token;
-
-typedef struct {
-    Token token;	/* token id */
-    int len;		/* length of token sequence */
-} TokenTable;
-
-static int f_newline (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_comment (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_semicolon (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_double_quote (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_left_brace (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_right_brace (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_white (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_backslash (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_numeric (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-static int f_default (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);
-
-static const TokenTable token_tbl[] = {
-    { T_NEWLINE,      1 },
-    { T_COMMENT,      1 },
-    { T_SEMICOLON,    1 },
-    { T_DOUBLE_QUOTE, 1 },
-    { T_LEFT_BRACE,   1 },
-    { T_RIGHT_BRACE,  1 },
-    { T_SPACE,        1 },
-    { T_TAB,          1 },
-    { T_BACKSLASH,    1 },
-    { T_NUMERIC_HEX,  2 },
-    { T_NUMERIC_DEC,  2 },
-    { T_NUMERIC_OCT,  2 },
-    { T_DEFAULT,      1 } /* any character */
-};
-
-#define	SYM_CR          '\r'
-#define	SYM_NEWLINE	'\n'
-#define	SYM_COMMENT	'#'
-#define	SYM_SEMICOLON	';'
-#define	SYM_DOUBLE_QUOTE	'"'
-#define	SYM_LEFT_BRACE	'{'
-#define	SYM_RIGHT_BRACE	'}'
-#define	SYM_SPACE	' '
-#define	SYM_TAB		'\t'
-#define	SYM_BACKSLASH	'\\'
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-#define MAX_NAME_NEST	64
-
-typedef struct {
-    ParseState pre_state;
-    char *category;
-    char *name[MAX_NAME_NEST];
-    int nest_depth;
-    char **value;
-    int value_len;
-    int value_num;
-    int bufsize;        /* bufMaxSize >= bufsize >= 0 */
-    int bufMaxSize;     /* default : BUFSIZE */
-    char *buf;
-} DBParseInfo;
-
-static DBParseInfo parse_info;
-
-static void
-init_parse_info (void)
-{
-    static int allocated /* = 0 */;
-    char *ptr;
-    int size;
-    if (!allocated) {
-	bzero(&parse_info, sizeof(DBParseInfo));
-	parse_info.buf = (char *)Xmalloc(BUFSIZE);
-	parse_info.bufMaxSize = BUFSIZE;
-	allocated = 1;
-	return;
-    }
-    ptr = parse_info.buf;
-    size = parse_info.bufMaxSize;
-    bzero(&parse_info, sizeof(DBParseInfo));
-    parse_info.buf = ptr;
-    parse_info.bufMaxSize = size;
-}
-
-static void
-clear_parse_info (void)
-{
-    int i;
-    char *ptr;
-    int size;
-    parse_info.pre_state = S_NULL;
-    if (parse_info.category != NULL) {
-	Xfree(parse_info.category);
-    }
-    for (i = 0; i <= parse_info.nest_depth; ++i) {
-	if (parse_info.name[i]) {
-	    Xfree(parse_info.name[i]);
-	}
-    }
-    if (parse_info.value) {
-	if (*parse_info.value) {
-	    Xfree(*parse_info.value);
-	}
-	Xfree((char *)parse_info.value);
-    }
-    ptr = parse_info.buf;
-    size = parse_info.bufMaxSize;
-    bzero(&parse_info, sizeof(DBParseInfo));
-    parse_info.buf = ptr;
-    parse_info.bufMaxSize = size;
-}
-
-static Bool
-realloc_parse_info(
-    int len)
-{
-    char *p;
-
-    parse_info.bufMaxSize = BUFSIZE * ((parse_info.bufsize + len)/BUFSIZE + 1);
-    p = (char *)Xrealloc(parse_info.buf, parse_info.bufMaxSize);
-    if (p == NULL)
-        return False;
-    parse_info.buf = p;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-typedef struct _Line {
-    char *str;
-    int cursize;
-    int maxsize;
-    int seq;
-} Line;
-
-static void
-free_line(
-    Line *line)
-{
-    if (line->str != NULL) {
-	Xfree(line->str);
-    }
-    bzero(line, sizeof(Line));
-}
-
-static int
-realloc_line(
-    Line *line,
-    int size)
-{
-    char *str = line->str;
-
-    if (str != NULL) {
-	str = (char *)Xrealloc(str, size);
-    } else {
-	str = (char *)Xmalloc(size);
-    }
-    if (str == NULL) {
-	/* malloc error */
-	if (line->str != NULL) {
-	    Xfree(line->str);
-	}
-	bzero(line, sizeof(Line));
-	return 0;
-    }
-    line->str = str;
-    line->maxsize = size;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-#define	iswhite(ch)	((ch) == SYM_SPACE   || (ch) == SYM_TAB)
-
-static void
-zap_comment(
-    char *str,
-    int *quoted)
-{
-    char *p = str;
-#ifdef	never
-    *quoted = 0;
-    if (*p == SYM_COMMENT) {
-	int len = strlen(str);
-	if (p[len - 1] == SYM_NEWLINE || p[len - 1] == SYM_CR) {
-	    *p++ = SYM_NEWLINE;
-	}
-	*p = '\0';
-    }
-#else
-    while (*p) {
-	if (*p == SYM_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
-	    if (p == str || p[-1] != SYM_BACKSLASH) {
-		/* unescaped double quote changes quoted state. */
-		*quoted = *quoted ? 0 : 1;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (*p == SYM_COMMENT && !*quoted) {
-	    int pos = p - str;
-	    if (pos == 0 ||
-	        (iswhite(p[-1]) && (pos == 1 || p[-2] != SYM_BACKSLASH))) {
-		int len = strlen(p);
-		if (len > 0 && (p[len - 1] == SYM_NEWLINE || p[len-1] == SYM_CR)) {
-		    /* newline is the identifier for finding end of value.
-		       therefore, it should not be removed. */
-		    *p++ = SYM_NEWLINE;
-		}
-		*p = '\0';
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	++p;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-static int
-read_line(
-    FILE *fd,
-    Line *line)
-{
-    char buf[BUFSIZE], *p;
-    int len;
-    int quoted = 0;	/* quoted by double quote? */
-    char *str;
-    int cur;
-
-    str = line->str;
-    cur = line->cursize = 0;
-
-    while ((p = fgets(buf, BUFSIZE, fd)) != NULL) {
-	++line->seq;
-	zap_comment(p, &quoted);	/* remove comment line */
-	len = strlen(p);
-	if (len == 0) {
-	    if (cur > 0) {
-		break;
-	    }
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (cur + len + 1 > line->maxsize) {
-	    /* need to reallocate buffer. */
-	    if (! realloc_line(line, line->maxsize + BUFSIZE)) {
-		return -1;	/* realloc error. */
-	    }
-	    str = line->str;
-	}
-	strncpy(str + cur, p, len);
-
-	cur += len;
-	str[cur] = '\0';
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__  /* Take out carriage returns under OS/2 */
-	if (cur>1) {
-	   if (str[cur-2] == '\r' && str[cur-1] == '\n') {
-	      str[cur-2] = '\n';
-	      str[cur-1] = '\0';
-	      cur--;
-	   }
-	}
-#endif
-	if (!quoted && cur > 1 && str[cur - 2] == SYM_BACKSLASH &&
-	    (str[cur - 1] == SYM_NEWLINE || str[cur-1] == SYM_CR)) {
-	    /* the line is ended backslash followed by newline.
-	       need to concatinate the next line. */
-	    cur -= 2;
-	    str[cur] = '\0';
-	} else if (len < BUFSIZE - 1 || buf[len - 1] == SYM_NEWLINE ||
-		   buf[len - 1] == SYM_CR) {
-	    /* the line is shorter than BUFSIZE. */
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (quoted) {
-	/* error.  still in quoted state. */
-	return -1;
-    }
-    return line->cursize = cur;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-static Token
-get_token(
-    const char *str)
-{
-    switch (*str) {
-    case SYM_NEWLINE:
-    case SYM_CR:		return T_NEWLINE;
-    case SYM_COMMENT:		return T_COMMENT;
-    case SYM_SEMICOLON:		return T_SEMICOLON;
-    case SYM_DOUBLE_QUOTE:	return T_DOUBLE_QUOTE;
-    case SYM_LEFT_BRACE:	return T_LEFT_BRACE;
-    case SYM_RIGHT_BRACE:	return T_RIGHT_BRACE;
-    case SYM_SPACE:		return T_SPACE;
-    case SYM_TAB:		return T_TAB;
-    case SYM_BACKSLASH:
-	switch (str[1]) {
-	case 'x': return T_NUMERIC_HEX;
-	case 'd': return T_NUMERIC_DEC;
-	case 'o': return T_NUMERIC_OCT;
-	}
-	return T_BACKSLASH;
-    default:
-	return T_DEFAULT;
-    }
-}
-
-static int
-get_word(
-    const char *str,
-    char *word)
-{
-    const char *p = str;
-    char *w = word;
-    Token token;
-    int token_len;
-
-    while (*p != '\0') {
-	token = get_token(p);
-	token_len = token_tbl[token].len;
-	if (token == T_BACKSLASH) {
-	    p += token_len;
-	    if (*p == '\0')
-		break;
-	    token = get_token(p);
-	    token_len = token_tbl[token].len;
-	} else if (token != T_COMMENT && token != T_DEFAULT) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	strncpy(w, p, token_len);
-	p += token_len; w += token_len;
-    }
-    *w = '\0';
-    return p - str;	/* return number of scanned chars */
-}
-
-static int
-get_quoted_word(
-    const char *str,
-    char *word)
-{
-    const char *p = str;
-    char *w = word;
-    Token token;
-    int token_len;
-
-    if (*p == SYM_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
-	++p;
-    }
-    while (*p != '\0') {
-	token = get_token(p);
-	token_len = token_tbl[token].len;
-	if (token == T_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
-	    p += token_len;
-	    goto found;
-	}
-	if (token == T_BACKSLASH) {
-	    p += token_len;
-	    if (*p == '\0') {
-		break;
-	    }
-	    token = get_token(p);
-	    token_len = token_tbl[token].len;
-	}
-	strncpy(w, p, token_len);
-	p += token_len; w += token_len;
-    }
-    /* error. cannot detect next double quote */
-    return 0;
-
- found:;
-    *w = '\0';
-    return p - str;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-static int
-append_value_list (void)
-{
-    char **value_list = parse_info.value;
-    char *value;
-    int value_num = parse_info.value_num;
-    int value_len = parse_info.value_len;
-    char *str = parse_info.buf;
-    int len = parse_info.bufsize;
-    char *p;
-
-    if (len < 1) {
-	return 1; /* return with no error */
-    }
-
-    if (value_list == (char **)NULL) {
-	value_list = (char **)Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
-	*value_list = NULL;
-    } else {
-	char **prev_list = value_list;
-
-	value_list = (char **)
-	    Xrealloc(value_list, sizeof(char *) * (value_num + 2));
-	if (value_list == NULL) {
-	    Xfree(prev_list);
-	}
-    }
-    if (value_list == (char **)NULL)
-	goto err2;
-
-    value = *value_list;
-    if (value == NULL) {
-	value = (char *)Xmalloc(value_len + len + 1);
-    } else {
-	char *prev_value = value;
-
-	value = (char *)Xrealloc(value, value_len + len + 1);
-	if (value == NULL) {
-	    Xfree(prev_value);
-	}
-    }
-    if (value == NULL) {
-	goto err1;
-    }
-    if (value != *value_list) {
-	int i;
-	ssize_t delta;
-	delta = value - *value_list;
-	*value_list = value;
-	for (i = 1; i < value_num; ++i) {
-	    value_list[i] += delta;
-	}
-    }
-
-    value_list[value_num] = p = &value[value_len];
-    value_list[value_num + 1] = NULL;
-    strncpy(p, str, len);
-    p[len] = 0;
-
-    parse_info.value = value_list;
-    parse_info.value_num = value_num + 1;
-    parse_info.value_len = value_len + len + 1;
-    parse_info.bufsize = 0;
-    return 1;
-
- err1:
-    if (value_list) {
-	Xfree((char **)value_list);
-    }
-    if (value) {
-	Xfree(value);
-    }
- err2:
-    parse_info.value = (char **)NULL;
-    parse_info.value_num = 0;
-    parse_info.value_len = 0;
-    parse_info.bufsize = 0;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-construct_name(
-    char *name,
-    int size)
-{
-    int i;
-    int len = 0;
-    char *p = name;
-
-    for (i = 0; i <= parse_info.nest_depth; ++i) {
-	len += strlen(parse_info.name[i]) + 1;
-    }
-    if (len >= size)
-	return 0;
-
-    strcpy(p, parse_info.name[0]);
-    p += strlen(parse_info.name[0]);
-    for (i = 1; i <= parse_info.nest_depth; ++i) {
-	*p++ = '.';
-	strcpy(p, parse_info.name[i]);
-	p += strlen(parse_info.name[i]);
-    }
-    return *name != '\0';
-}
-
-static int
-store_to_database(
-    Database *db)
-{
-    Database new = (Database)NULL;
-    char name[BUFSIZE];
-
-    if (parse_info.pre_state == S_VALUE) {
-	if (! append_value_list()) {
-	    goto err;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] == NULL) {
-	goto err;
-    }
-
-    new = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(DatabaseRec));
-    if (new == (Database)NULL) {
-	goto err;
-    }
-
-    new->category = strdup(parse_info.category);
-    if (new->category == NULL) {
-	goto err;
-    }
-
-    if (! construct_name(name, sizeof(name))) {
-	goto err;
-    }
-    new->name = strdup(name);
-    if (new->name == NULL) {
-	goto err;
-    }
-    new->next = *db;
-    new->value = parse_info.value;
-    new->value_num = parse_info.value_num;
-    *db = new;
-
-    Xfree(parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth]);
-    parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] = NULL;
-
-    parse_info.value = (char **)NULL;
-    parse_info.value_num = 0;
-    parse_info.value_len = 0;
-
-    return 1;
-
- err:
-    if (new) {
-	if (new->category) {
-	    Xfree(new->category);
-	}
-	if (new->name) {
-	    Xfree(new->name);
-	}
-	Xfree(new);
-    }
-    if (parse_info.value) {
-	if (*parse_info.value) {
-	    Xfree(*parse_info.value);
-	}
-	Xfree((char **)parse_info.value);
-	parse_info.value = (char **)NULL;
-	parse_info.value_num = 0;
-	parse_info.value_len = 0;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-#define END_MARK	"END"
-#define	END_MARK_LEN	3 /*strlen(END_MARK)*/
-
-static int
-check_category_end(
-    const char *str)
-{
-    const char *p;
-    int len;
-
-    p = str;
-    if (strncmp(p, END_MARK, END_MARK_LEN)) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    p += END_MARK_LEN;
-
-    while (iswhite(*p)) {
-	++p;
-    }
-    len = strlen(parse_info.category);
-    if (strncmp(p, parse_info.category, len)) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    p += len;
-    return p - str;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-static int
-f_newline(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {
-    case S_NULL:
-    case S_CATEGORY:
-	break;
-    case S_NAME:
-	return 0; /* no value */
-    case S_VALUE:
-	if (!store_to_database(db))
-	    return 0;
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_CATEGORY;
-	break;
-    default:
-	return 0;
-    }
-    return token_tbl[token].len;
-}
-
-static int
-f_comment(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    /* NOTE: comment is already handled in read_line(),
-       so this function is not necessary. */
-
-    const char *p = str;
-
-    while (*p != SYM_NEWLINE && *p != SYM_CR && *p != '\0') {
-	++p;	/* zap to the end of line */
-    }
-    return p - str;
-}
-
-static int
-f_white(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    const char *p = str;
-
-    while (iswhite(*p)) {
-	++p;
-    }
-    return p - str;
-}
-
-static int
-f_semicolon(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {
-    case S_NULL:
-    case S_CATEGORY:
-    case S_NAME:
-	return 0;
-    case S_VALUE:
-	if (! append_value_list())
-	    return 0;
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_VALUE;
-	break;
-    default:
-	return 0;
-    }
-    return token_tbl[token].len;
-}
-
-static int
-f_left_brace(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {
-    case S_NULL:
-    case S_CATEGORY:
-    case S_VALUE:
-	return 0;
-    case S_NAME:
-	if (parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] == NULL
-	    || parse_info.nest_depth + 1 > MAX_NAME_NEST)
-	    return 0;
-	++parse_info.nest_depth;
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_CATEGORY;
-	break;
-    default:
-	return 0;
-    }
-    return token_tbl[token].len;
-}
-
-static int
-f_right_brace(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    if (parse_info.nest_depth < 1)
-	return 0;
-
-    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {
-    case S_NULL:
-    case S_NAME:
-	return 0;
-    case S_VALUE:
-	if (! store_to_database(db))
-	    return 0;
-	/* fall into next case */
-    case S_CATEGORY:
-	if (parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] != NULL) {
-	    Xfree(parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth]);
-	    parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] = NULL;
-	}
-	--parse_info.nest_depth;
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_CATEGORY;
-	break;
-    default:
-	return 0;
-    }
-    return token_tbl[token].len;
-}
-
-static int
-f_double_quote(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    char word[BUFSIZE];
-    char* wordp;
-    int len;
-
-    if ((len = strlen (str)) < sizeof word)
-	wordp = word;
-    else
-	wordp = Xmalloc (len + 1);
-    if (wordp == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    len = 0;
-    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {
-    case S_NULL:
-    case S_CATEGORY:
-	goto err;
-    case S_NAME:
-    case S_VALUE:
-	len = get_quoted_word(str, wordp);
-	if (len < 1)
-	    goto err;
-	if ((parse_info.bufsize + (int)strlen(wordp) + 1)
-					>= parse_info.bufMaxSize) {
-	    if (realloc_parse_info(strlen(wordp)+1) == False) {
-		goto err;
-	    }
-	}
-	strcpy(&parse_info.buf[parse_info.bufsize], wordp);
-	parse_info.bufsize += strlen(wordp);
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_VALUE;
-	break;
-    default:
-	goto err;
-    }
-    if (wordp != word)
-	Xfree (wordp);
-    return len;	/* including length of token */
-
-err:
-    if (wordp != word)
-	Xfree (wordp);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-f_backslash(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    return f_default(str, token, db);
-}
-
-static int
-f_numeric(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    char word[BUFSIZE];
-    const char *p;
-    char* wordp;
-    int len;
-    int token_len;
-
-    if ((len = strlen (str)) < sizeof word)
-	wordp = word;
-    else
-	wordp = Xmalloc (len + 1);
-    if (wordp == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {
-    case S_NULL:
-    case S_CATEGORY:
-	goto err;
-    case S_NAME:
-    case S_VALUE:
-	token_len = token_tbl[token].len;
-	p = str + token_len;
-	len = get_word(p, wordp);
-	if (len < 1)
-	    goto err;
-	if ((parse_info.bufsize + token_len + (int)strlen(wordp) + 1)
-					>= parse_info.bufMaxSize) {
-	    if (realloc_parse_info(token_len + strlen(wordp) + 1) == False)
-		goto err;
-	}
-	strncpy(&parse_info.buf[parse_info.bufsize], str, token_len);
-	strcpy(&parse_info.buf[parse_info.bufsize + token_len], wordp);
-	parse_info.bufsize += token_len + strlen(wordp);
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_VALUE;
-	break;
-    default:
-	goto err;
-    }
-    if (wordp != word)
-	Xfree (wordp);
-    return len + token_len;
-
-err:
-    if (wordp != word)
-	Xfree (wordp);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-f_default(
-    const char *str,
-    Token token,
-    Database *db)
-{
-    char word[BUFSIZE], *p;
-    char* wordp;
-    int len;
-
-    if ((len = strlen (str)) < sizeof word)
-	wordp = word;
-    else
-	wordp = Xmalloc (len + 1);
-    if (wordp == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
-    len = get_word(str, wordp);
-    if (len < 1)
-	goto err;
-
-    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {
-    case S_NULL:
-	if (parse_info.category != NULL)
-	    goto err;
-	p = strdup(wordp);
-	if (p == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-	parse_info.category = p;
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_CATEGORY;
-	break;
-    case S_CATEGORY:
-	if (parse_info.nest_depth == 0) {
-	    if (check_category_end(str)) {
-		/* end of category is detected.
-		   clear context and zap to end of this line */
-		clear_parse_info();
-		len = strlen(str);
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	p = strdup(wordp);
-	if (p == NULL)
-	    goto err;
-	if (parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] != NULL) {
-	    Xfree(parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth]);
-	}
-	parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] = p;
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_NAME;
-	break;
-    case S_NAME:
-    case S_VALUE:
-	if ((parse_info.bufsize + (int)strlen(wordp) + 1)
-					>= parse_info.bufMaxSize) {
-	    if (realloc_parse_info(strlen(wordp) + 1) == False)
-		goto err;
-	}
-	strcpy(&parse_info.buf[parse_info.bufsize], wordp);
-	parse_info.bufsize += strlen(wordp);
-	parse_info.pre_state = S_VALUE;
-	break;
-    default:
-	goto err;
-    }
-    if (wordp != word)
-	Xfree (wordp);
-    return len;
-
-err:
-    if (wordp != word)
-	Xfree (wordp);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-static void
-PrintDatabase(
-    Database db)
-{
-    Database p = db;
-    int i = 0, j;
-
-    printf("***\n*** BEGIN Database\n***\n");
-    while (p) {
-	printf("%3d: ", i++);
-	printf("%s, %s, ", p->category, p->name);
-	printf("\t[%d: ", p->value_num);
-	for (j = 0; j < p->value_num; ++j) {
-	    printf("%s, ", p->value[j]);
-	}
-	printf("]\n");
-	p = p->next;
-    }
-    printf("***\n*** END   Database\n***\n");
-}
-#endif
-
-static void
-DestroyDatabase(
-    Database db)
-{
-    Database p = db;
-
-    while (p) {
-	if (p->category != NULL) {
-	    Xfree(p->category);
-	}
-	if (p->name != NULL) {
-	    Xfree(p->name);
-	}
-	if (p->value != (char **)NULL) {
-	    if (*p->value != NULL) {
-		Xfree(*p->value);
-	    }
-	    Xfree((char *)p->value);
-	}
-	db = p->next;
-	Xfree((char *)p);
-	p = db;
-    }
-}
-
-static int
-CountDatabase(
-    Database db)
-{
-    Database p = db;
-    int cnt = 0;
-
-    while (p) {
-	++cnt;
-	p = p->next;
-    }
-    return cnt;
-}
-
-static Database
-CreateDatabase(
-    char *dbfile)
-{
-    Database db = (Database)NULL;
-    FILE *fd;
-    Line line;
-    char *p;
-    Token token;
-    int len;
-    int error = 0;
-
-    fd = _XFopenFile(dbfile, "r");
-    if (fd == (FILE *)NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    bzero(&line, sizeof(Line));
-    init_parse_info();
-
-    do {
-	int rc = read_line(fd, &line);
-	if (rc < 0) {
-	    error = 1;
-	    break;
-	} else if (rc == 0) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	p = line.str;
-	while (*p) {
-            int (*parse_proc)(const char *str, Token token, Database *db) = NULL;
-
-	    token = get_token(p);
-
-            switch (token_tbl[token].token) {
-            case T_NEWLINE:
-                parse_proc = f_newline;
-                break;
-            case T_COMMENT:
-                parse_proc = f_comment;
-                break;
-            case T_SEMICOLON:
-                parse_proc = f_semicolon;
-                break;
-            case T_DOUBLE_QUOTE:
-                parse_proc = f_double_quote;
-                break;
-            case T_LEFT_BRACE:
-                parse_proc = f_left_brace;
-                break;
-            case T_RIGHT_BRACE:
-                parse_proc = f_right_brace;
-                break;
-            case T_SPACE:
-            case T_TAB:
-                parse_proc = f_white;
-                break;
-            case T_BACKSLASH:
-                parse_proc = f_backslash;
-                break;
-            case T_NUMERIC_HEX:
-            case T_NUMERIC_DEC:
-            case T_NUMERIC_OCT:
-                parse_proc = f_numeric;
-                break;
-            case T_DEFAULT:
-                parse_proc = f_default;
-                break;
-            }
-
-            len = parse_proc(p, token, &db);
-
-	    if (len < 1) {
-		error = 1;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    p += len;
-	}
-    } while (!error);
-
-    if (parse_info.pre_state != S_NULL) {
-	clear_parse_info();
-	error = 1;
-    }
-    if (error) {
-#ifdef	DEBUG
-	fprintf(stderr, "database format error at line %d.\n", line.seq);
-#endif
-	DestroyDatabase(db);
-	db = (Database)NULL;
-    }
-
-    fclose(fd);
-    free_line(&line);
-
-#ifdef	DEBUG
-    PrintDatabase(db);
-#endif
-
-    return db;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef	NOT_X_ENV
-
-/* locale framework functions */
-
-typedef struct _XlcDatabaseRec {
-    XrmQuark category_q;
-    XrmQuark name_q;
-    Database db;
-    struct _XlcDatabaseRec *next;
-} XlcDatabaseRec, *XlcDatabase;
-
-typedef	struct _XlcDatabaseListRec {
-    XrmQuark name_q;
-    XlcDatabase lc_db;
-    Database database;
-    int ref_count;
-    struct _XlcDatabaseListRec *next;
-} XlcDatabaseListRec, *XlcDatabaseList;
-
-/* database cache list (per file) */
-static XlcDatabaseList _db_list = (XlcDatabaseList)NULL;
-
-/************************************************************************/
-/*	_XlcGetResource(lcd, category, class, value, count)		*/
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/*	This function retrieves XLocale database information.		*/
-/************************************************************************/
-void
-_XlcGetResource(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    const char *category,
-    const char *class,
-    char ***value,
-    int *count)
-{
-    XLCdPublicMethodsPart *methods = XLC_PUBLIC_METHODS(lcd);
-
-    (*methods->get_resource)(lcd, category, class, value, count);
-    return;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-/*	_XlcGetLocaleDataBase(lcd, category, class, value, count)	*/
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/*	This function retrieves XLocale database information.		*/
-/************************************************************************/
-void
-_XlcGetLocaleDataBase(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    const char *category,
-    const char *name,
-    char ***value,
-    int *count)
-{
-    XlcDatabase lc_db = (XlcDatabase)XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db);
-    XrmQuark category_q, name_q;
-
-    category_q = XrmStringToQuark(category);
-    name_q = XrmStringToQuark(name);
-    for (; lc_db->db; ++lc_db) {
-	if (category_q == lc_db->category_q && name_q == lc_db->name_q) {
-	    *value = lc_db->db->value;
-	    *count = lc_db->db->value_num;
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-    *value = (char **)NULL;
-    *count = 0;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-/*	_XlcDestroyLocaleDataBase(lcd)					*/
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/*	This function destroy the XLocale Database that bound to the 	*/
-/*	specified lcd.  If the XLocale Database is refered from some 	*/
-/*	other lcd, this function just decreases reference count of 	*/
-/*	the database.  If no locale refers the database, this function	*/
-/*	remove it from the cache list and free work area.		*/
-/************************************************************************/
-void
-_XlcDestroyLocaleDataBase(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XlcDatabase lc_db = (XlcDatabase)XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db);
-    XlcDatabaseList p, prev;
-
-    for (p = _db_list, prev = (XlcDatabaseList)NULL; p;
-	 prev = p, p = p->next) {
-	if (p->lc_db == lc_db) {
-	    if ((-- p->ref_count) < 1) {
-		if (p->lc_db != (XlcDatabase)NULL) {
-		    Xfree((char *)p->lc_db);
-		}
-		DestroyDatabase(p->database);
-		if (prev == (XlcDatabaseList)NULL) {
-		    _db_list = p->next;
-		} else {
-		    prev->next = p->next;
-		}
-		Xfree((char*)p);
-	    }
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db) = (XPointer)NULL;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-/*	_XlcCreateLocaleDataBase(lcd)					*/
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/*	This function create an XLocale database which correspond to	*/
-/*	the specified XLCd.						*/
-/************************************************************************/
-XPointer
-_XlcCreateLocaleDataBase(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XlcDatabaseList list, new;
-    Database p, database = (Database)NULL;
-    XlcDatabase lc_db = (XlcDatabase)NULL;
-    XrmQuark name_q;
-    char *name;
-    int i, n;
-
-    name = _XlcFileName(lcd, "locale");
-    if (name == NULL)
-	return (XPointer)NULL;
-
-#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
-    name_q = XrmStringToQuark(name);
-#else
-    name_q = XrmStringToQuark((char*)__XOS2RedirRoot(name));
-#endif
-    for (list = _db_list; list; list = list->next) {
-	if (name_q == list->name_q) {
-	    list->ref_count++;
-	    Xfree (name);
-	    return XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db) = (XPointer)list->lc_db;
-	}
-    }
-
-    database = CreateDatabase(name);
-    if (database == (Database)NULL) {
-	Xfree (name);
-	return (XPointer)NULL;
-    }
-    n = CountDatabase(database);
-    lc_db = Xcalloc(n + 1, sizeof(XlcDatabaseRec));
-    if (lc_db == (XlcDatabase)NULL)
-	goto err;
-    for (p = database, i = 0; p && i < n; p = p->next, ++i) {
-	lc_db[i].category_q = XrmStringToQuark(p->category);
-	lc_db[i].name_q = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);
-	lc_db[i].db = p;
-    }
-
-    new = (XlcDatabaseList)Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcDatabaseListRec));
-    if (new == (XlcDatabaseList)NULL) {
-	goto err;
-    }
-    new->name_q = name_q;
-    new->lc_db = lc_db;
-    new->database = database;
-    new->ref_count = 1;
-    new->next = _db_list;
-    _db_list = new;
-
-    Xfree (name);
-    return XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db) = (XPointer)lc_db;
-
- err:
-    DestroyDatabase(database);
-    if (lc_db != (XlcDatabase)NULL) {
-	Xfree((char *)lc_db);
-    }
-    Xfree (name);
-    return (XPointer)NULL;
-}
-
-#endif	/* NOT_X_ENV */
+/*

+ *

+ * Copyright IBM Corporation 1993

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved

+ *

+ * License to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

+ * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

+ * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

+ * supporting documentation, and that the name of IBM not be

+ * used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

+ * software without specific, written prior permission.

+ *

+ * IBM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS, AND

+ * NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+*/

+/*

+ *  (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED

+ *  This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint

+ *  Development Agreement for the CDE/Motif PST.

+ */

+

+

+

+#ifndef	NOT_X_ENV

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <X11/Xlib.h>

+#include <X11/Xresource.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+

+#else	/* NOT_X_ENV */

+

+#define	Xmalloc	malloc

+#define	Xrealloc	realloc

+#define	Xfree	free

+

+#endif	/* NOT_X_ENV */

+

+#include <stdint.h>

+

+/* specifying NOT_X_ENV allows users to just use

+   the database parsing routine. */

+/* For UDC/VW */

+#ifndef	BUFSIZE

+#define	BUFSIZE	2048

+#endif

+

+#ifdef COMMENT

+#ifdef  BUFSIZE

+#undef BUFSIZE

+#endif

+#define BUFSIZE 6144 /* 2048*3 */

+#endif

+

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+

+typedef struct _DatabaseRec {

+    char *category;

+    char *name;

+    char **value;

+    int value_num;

+    struct _DatabaseRec *next;

+} DatabaseRec, *Database;

+

+typedef enum {

+    S_NULL,	/* outside category */

+    S_CATEGORY,	/* inside category */

+    S_NAME,	/* has name, expecting values */

+    S_VALUE

+} ParseState;

+

+typedef enum {

+    T_NEWLINE,

+    T_COMMENT,

+    T_SEMICOLON,

+    T_DOUBLE_QUOTE,

+    T_LEFT_BRACE,

+    T_RIGHT_BRACE,

+    T_SPACE,

+    T_TAB,

+    T_BACKSLASH,

+    T_NUMERIC_HEX,

+    T_NUMERIC_DEC,

+    T_NUMERIC_OCT,

+    T_DEFAULT

+} Token;

+

+typedef struct {

+    Token token;	/* token id */

+    int len;		/* length of token sequence */

+} TokenTable;

+

+static int f_newline (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_comment (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_semicolon (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_double_quote (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_left_brace (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_right_brace (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_white (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_backslash (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_numeric (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+static int f_default (const char *str, Token token, Database *db);

+

+static const TokenTable token_tbl[] = {

+    { T_NEWLINE,      1 },

+    { T_COMMENT,      1 },

+    { T_SEMICOLON,    1 },

+    { T_DOUBLE_QUOTE, 1 },

+    { T_LEFT_BRACE,   1 },

+    { T_RIGHT_BRACE,  1 },

+    { T_SPACE,        1 },

+    { T_TAB,          1 },

+    { T_BACKSLASH,    1 },

+    { T_NUMERIC_HEX,  2 },

+    { T_NUMERIC_DEC,  2 },

+    { T_NUMERIC_OCT,  2 },

+    { T_DEFAULT,      1 } /* any character */

+};

+

+#define	SYM_CR          '\r'

+#define	SYM_NEWLINE	'\n'

+#define	SYM_COMMENT	'#'

+#define	SYM_SEMICOLON	';'

+#define	SYM_DOUBLE_QUOTE	'"'

+#define	SYM_LEFT_BRACE	'{'

+#define	SYM_RIGHT_BRACE	'}'

+#define	SYM_SPACE	' '

+#define	SYM_TAB		'\t'

+#define	SYM_BACKSLASH	'\\'

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+#define MAX_NAME_NEST	64

+

+typedef struct {

+    ParseState pre_state;

+    char *category;

+    char *name[MAX_NAME_NEST];

+    int nest_depth;

+    char **value;

+    int value_len;

+    int value_num;

+    int bufsize;        /* bufMaxSize >= bufsize >= 0 */

+    int bufMaxSize;     /* default : BUFSIZE */

+    char *buf;

+} DBParseInfo;

+

+static DBParseInfo parse_info;

+

+static void

+init_parse_info (void)

+{

+    static int allocated /* = 0 */;

+    char *ptr;

+    int size;

+    if (!allocated) {

+	bzero(&parse_info, sizeof(DBParseInfo));

+	parse_info.buf = (char *)Xmalloc(BUFSIZE);

+	parse_info.bufMaxSize = BUFSIZE;

+	allocated = 1;

+	return;

+    }

+    ptr = parse_info.buf;

+    size = parse_info.bufMaxSize;

+    bzero(&parse_info, sizeof(DBParseInfo));

+    parse_info.buf = ptr;

+    parse_info.bufMaxSize = size;

+}

+

+static void

+clear_parse_info (void)

+{

+    int i;

+    char *ptr;

+    int size;

+    parse_info.pre_state = S_NULL;

+    if (parse_info.category != NULL) {

+	Xfree(parse_info.category);

+    }

+    for (i = 0; i <= parse_info.nest_depth; ++i) {

+	if (parse_info.name[i]) {

+	    Xfree(parse_info.name[i]);

+	}

+    }

+    if (parse_info.value) {

+	if (*parse_info.value) {

+	    Xfree(*parse_info.value);

+	}

+	Xfree((char *)parse_info.value);

+    }

+    ptr = parse_info.buf;

+    size = parse_info.bufMaxSize;

+    bzero(&parse_info, sizeof(DBParseInfo));

+    parse_info.buf = ptr;

+    parse_info.bufMaxSize = size;

+}

+

+static Bool

+realloc_parse_info(

+    int len)

+{

+    char *p;

+

+    parse_info.bufMaxSize = BUFSIZE * ((parse_info.bufsize + len)/BUFSIZE + 1);

+    p = (char *)Xrealloc(parse_info.buf, parse_info.bufMaxSize);

+    if (p == NULL)

+        return False;

+    parse_info.buf = p;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+typedef struct _Line {

+    char *str;

+    int cursize;

+    int maxsize;

+    int seq;

+} Line;

+

+static void

+free_line(

+    Line *line)

+{

+    if (line->str != NULL) {

+	Xfree(line->str);

+    }

+    bzero(line, sizeof(Line));

+}

+

+static int

+realloc_line(

+    Line *line,

+    int size)

+{

+    char *str = line->str;

+

+    if (str != NULL) {

+	str = (char *)Xrealloc(str, size);

+    } else {

+	str = (char *)Xmalloc(size);

+    }

+    if (str == NULL) {

+	/* malloc error */

+	if (line->str != NULL) {

+	    Xfree(line->str);

+	}

+	bzero(line, sizeof(Line));

+	return 0;

+    }

+    line->str = str;

+    line->maxsize = size;

+    return 1;

+}

+

+#define	iswhite(ch)	((ch) == SYM_SPACE   || (ch) == SYM_TAB)

+

+static void

+zap_comment(

+    char *str,

+    int *quoted)

+{

+    char *p = str;

+#ifdef	never

+    *quoted = 0;

+    if (*p == SYM_COMMENT) {

+	int len = strlen(str);

+	if (p[len - 1] == SYM_NEWLINE || p[len - 1] == SYM_CR) {

+	    *p++ = SYM_NEWLINE;

+	}

+	*p = '\0';

+    }

+#else

+    while (*p) {

+	if (*p == SYM_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {

+	    if (p == str || p[-1] != SYM_BACKSLASH) {

+		/* unescaped double quote changes quoted state. */

+		*quoted = *quoted ? 0 : 1;

+	    }

+	}

+	if (*p == SYM_COMMENT && !*quoted) {

+	    int pos = p - str;

+	    if (pos == 0 ||

+	        (iswhite(p[-1]) && (pos == 1 || p[-2] != SYM_BACKSLASH))) {

+		int len = strlen(p);

+		if (len > 0 && (p[len - 1] == SYM_NEWLINE || p[len-1] == SYM_CR)) {

+		    /* newline is the identifier for finding end of value.

+		       therefore, it should not be removed. */

+		    *p++ = SYM_NEWLINE;

+		}

+		*p = '\0';

+		break;

+	    }

+	}

+	++p;

+    }

+#endif

+}

+

+static int

+read_line(

+    FILE *fd,

+    Line *line)

+{

+    char buf[BUFSIZE], *p;

+    int len;

+    int quoted = 0;	/* quoted by double quote? */

+    char *str;

+    int cur;

+

+    str = line->str;

+    cur = line->cursize = 0;

+

+    while ((p = fgets(buf, BUFSIZE, fd)) != NULL) {

+	++line->seq;

+	zap_comment(p, &quoted);	/* remove comment line */

+	len = strlen(p);

+	if (len == 0) {

+	    if (cur > 0) {

+		break;

+	    }

+	    continue;

+	}

+	if (cur + len + 1 > line->maxsize) {

+	    /* need to reallocate buffer. */

+	    if (! realloc_line(line, line->maxsize + BUFSIZE)) {

+		return -1;	/* realloc error. */

+	    }

+	    str = line->str;

+	}

+	strncpy(str + cur, p, len);

+

+	cur += len;

+	str[cur] = '\0';

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__  /* Take out carriage returns under OS/2 */

+	if (cur>1) {

+	   if (str[cur-2] == '\r' && str[cur-1] == '\n') {

+	      str[cur-2] = '\n';

+	      str[cur-1] = '\0';

+	      cur--;

+	   }

+	}

+#endif

+	if (!quoted && cur > 1 && str[cur - 2] == SYM_BACKSLASH &&

+	    (str[cur - 1] == SYM_NEWLINE || str[cur-1] == SYM_CR)) {

+	    /* the line is ended backslash followed by newline.

+	       need to concatinate the next line. */

+	    cur -= 2;

+	    str[cur] = '\0';

+	} else if (len < BUFSIZE - 1 || buf[len - 1] == SYM_NEWLINE ||

+		   buf[len - 1] == SYM_CR) {

+	    /* the line is shorter than BUFSIZE. */

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    if (quoted) {

+	/* error.  still in quoted state. */

+	return -1;

+    }

+    return line->cursize = cur;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+static Token

+get_token(

+    const char *str)

+{

+    switch (*str) {

+    case SYM_NEWLINE:

+    case SYM_CR:		return T_NEWLINE;

+    case SYM_COMMENT:		return T_COMMENT;

+    case SYM_SEMICOLON:		return T_SEMICOLON;

+    case SYM_DOUBLE_QUOTE:	return T_DOUBLE_QUOTE;

+    case SYM_LEFT_BRACE:	return T_LEFT_BRACE;

+    case SYM_RIGHT_BRACE:	return T_RIGHT_BRACE;

+    case SYM_SPACE:		return T_SPACE;

+    case SYM_TAB:		return T_TAB;

+    case SYM_BACKSLASH:

+	switch (str[1]) {

+	case 'x': return T_NUMERIC_HEX;

+	case 'd': return T_NUMERIC_DEC;

+	case 'o': return T_NUMERIC_OCT;

+	}

+	return T_BACKSLASH;

+    default:

+	return T_DEFAULT;

+    }

+}

+

+static int

+get_word(

+    const char *str,

+    char *word)

+{

+    const char *p = str;

+    char *w = word;

+    Token token;

+    int token_len;

+

+    while (*p != '\0') {

+	token = get_token(p);

+	token_len = token_tbl[token].len;

+	if (token == T_BACKSLASH) {

+	    p += token_len;

+	    if (*p == '\0')

+		break;

+	    token = get_token(p);

+	    token_len = token_tbl[token].len;

+	} else if (token != T_COMMENT && token != T_DEFAULT) {

+	    break;

+	}

+	strncpy(w, p, token_len);

+	p += token_len; w += token_len;

+    }

+    *w = '\0';

+    return p - str;	/* return number of scanned chars */

+}

+

+static int

+get_quoted_word(

+    const char *str,

+    char *word)

+{

+    const char *p = str;

+    char *w = word;

+    Token token;

+    int token_len;

+

+    if (*p == SYM_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {

+	++p;

+    }

+    while (*p != '\0') {

+	token = get_token(p);

+	token_len = token_tbl[token].len;

+	if (token == T_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {

+	    p += token_len;

+	    goto found;

+	}

+	if (token == T_BACKSLASH) {

+	    p += token_len;

+	    if (*p == '\0') {

+		break;

+	    }

+	    token = get_token(p);

+	    token_len = token_tbl[token].len;

+	}

+	strncpy(w, p, token_len);

+	p += token_len; w += token_len;

+    }

+    /* error. cannot detect next double quote */

+    return 0;

+

+ found:;

+    *w = '\0';

+    return p - str;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+static int

+append_value_list (void)

+{

+    char **value_list = parse_info.value;

+    char *value;

+    int value_num = parse_info.value_num;

+    int value_len = parse_info.value_len;

+    char *str = parse_info.buf;

+    int len = parse_info.bufsize;

+    char *p;

+

+    if (len < 1) {

+	return 1; /* return with no error */

+    }

+

+    if (value_list == (char **)NULL) {

+	value_list = (char **)Xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);

+	*value_list = NULL;

+    } else {

+	char **prev_list = value_list;

+

+	value_list = (char **)

+	    Xrealloc(value_list, sizeof(char *) * (value_num + 2));

+	if (value_list == NULL) {

+	    Xfree(prev_list);

+	}

+    }

+    if (value_list == (char **)NULL)

+	goto err2;

+

+    value = *value_list;

+    if (value == NULL) {

+	value = (char *)Xmalloc(value_len + len + 1);

+    } else {

+	char *prev_value = value;

+

+	value = (char *)Xrealloc(value, value_len + len + 1);

+	if (value == NULL) {

+	    Xfree(prev_value);

+	}

+    }

+    if (value == NULL) {

+	goto err1;

+    }

+    if (value != *value_list) {

+	int i;

+	ssize_t delta;

+	delta = value - *value_list;

+	*value_list = value;

+	for (i = 1; i < value_num; ++i) {

+	    value_list[i] += delta;

+	}

+    }

+

+    value_list[value_num] = p = &value[value_len];

+    value_list[value_num + 1] = NULL;

+    strncpy(p, str, len);

+    p[len] = 0;

+

+    parse_info.value = value_list;

+    parse_info.value_num = value_num + 1;

+    parse_info.value_len = value_len + len + 1;

+    parse_info.bufsize = 0;

+    return 1;

+

+ err1:

+    if (value_list) {

+	Xfree((char **)value_list);

+    }

+    if (value) {

+	Xfree(value);

+    }

+ err2:

+    parse_info.value = (char **)NULL;

+    parse_info.value_num = 0;

+    parse_info.value_len = 0;

+    parse_info.bufsize = 0;

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+construct_name(

+    char *name,

+    int size)

+{

+    int i;

+    int len = 0;

+    char *p = name;

+

+    for (i = 0; i <= parse_info.nest_depth; ++i) {

+	len += strlen(parse_info.name[i]) + 1;

+    }

+    if (len >= size)

+	return 0;

+

+    strcpy(p, parse_info.name[0]);

+    p += strlen(parse_info.name[0]);

+    for (i = 1; i <= parse_info.nest_depth; ++i) {

+	*p++ = '.';

+	strcpy(p, parse_info.name[i]);

+	p += strlen(parse_info.name[i]);

+    }

+    return *name != '\0';

+}

+

+static int

+store_to_database(

+    Database *db)

+{

+    Database new = (Database)NULL;

+    char name[BUFSIZE];

+

+    if (parse_info.pre_state == S_VALUE) {

+	if (! append_value_list()) {

+	    goto err;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] == NULL) {

+	goto err;

+    }

+

+    new = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(DatabaseRec));

+    if (new == (Database)NULL) {

+	goto err;

+    }

+

+    new->category = strdup(parse_info.category);

+    if (new->category == NULL) {

+	goto err;

+    }

+

+    if (! construct_name(name, sizeof(name))) {

+	goto err;

+    }

+    new->name = strdup(name);

+    if (new->name == NULL) {

+	goto err;

+    }

+    new->next = *db;

+    new->value = parse_info.value;

+    new->value_num = parse_info.value_num;

+    *db = new;

+

+    Xfree(parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth]);

+    parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] = NULL;

+

+    parse_info.value = (char **)NULL;

+    parse_info.value_num = 0;

+    parse_info.value_len = 0;

+

+    return 1;

+

+ err:

+    if (new) {

+	if (new->category) {

+	    Xfree(new->category);

+	}

+	if (new->name) {

+	    Xfree(new->name);

+	}

+	Xfree(new);

+    }

+    if (parse_info.value) {

+	if (*parse_info.value) {

+	    Xfree(*parse_info.value);

+	}

+	Xfree((char **)parse_info.value);

+	parse_info.value = (char **)NULL;

+	parse_info.value_num = 0;

+	parse_info.value_len = 0;

+    }

+    return 0;

+}

+

+#define END_MARK	"END"

+#define	END_MARK_LEN	3 /*strlen(END_MARK)*/

+

+static int

+check_category_end(

+    const char *str)

+{

+    const char *p;

+    int len;

+

+    p = str;

+    if (strncmp(p, END_MARK, END_MARK_LEN)) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    p += END_MARK_LEN;

+

+    while (iswhite(*p)) {

+	++p;

+    }

+    len = strlen(parse_info.category);

+    if (strncmp(p, parse_info.category, len)) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    p += len;

+    return p - str;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+static int

+f_newline(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {

+    case S_NULL:

+    case S_CATEGORY:

+	break;

+    case S_NAME:

+	return 0; /* no value */

+    case S_VALUE:

+	if (!store_to_database(db))

+	    return 0;

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_CATEGORY;

+	break;

+    default:

+	return 0;

+    }

+    return token_tbl[token].len;

+}

+

+static int

+f_comment(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    /* NOTE: comment is already handled in read_line(),

+       so this function is not necessary. */

+

+    const char *p = str;

+

+    while (*p != SYM_NEWLINE && *p != SYM_CR && *p != '\0') {

+	++p;	/* zap to the end of line */

+    }

+    return p - str;

+}

+

+static int

+f_white(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    const char *p = str;

+

+    while (iswhite(*p)) {

+	++p;

+    }

+    return p - str;

+}

+

+static int

+f_semicolon(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {

+    case S_NULL:

+    case S_CATEGORY:

+    case S_NAME:

+	return 0;

+    case S_VALUE:

+	if (! append_value_list())

+	    return 0;

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_VALUE;

+	break;

+    default:

+	return 0;

+    }

+    return token_tbl[token].len;

+}

+

+static int

+f_left_brace(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {

+    case S_NULL:

+    case S_CATEGORY:

+    case S_VALUE:

+	return 0;

+    case S_NAME:

+	if (parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] == NULL

+	    || parse_info.nest_depth + 1 > MAX_NAME_NEST)

+	    return 0;

+	++parse_info.nest_depth;

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_CATEGORY;

+	break;

+    default:

+	return 0;

+    }

+    return token_tbl[token].len;

+}

+

+static int

+f_right_brace(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    if (parse_info.nest_depth < 1)

+	return 0;

+

+    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {

+    case S_NULL:

+    case S_NAME:

+	return 0;

+    case S_VALUE:

+	if (! store_to_database(db))

+	    return 0;

+	/* fall into next case */

+    case S_CATEGORY:

+	if (parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] != NULL) {

+	    Xfree(parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth]);

+	    parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] = NULL;

+	}

+	--parse_info.nest_depth;

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_CATEGORY;

+	break;

+    default:

+	return 0;

+    }

+    return token_tbl[token].len;

+}

+

+static int

+f_double_quote(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    char word[BUFSIZE];

+    char* wordp;

+    int len;

+

+    if ((len = strlen (str)) < sizeof word)

+	wordp = word;

+    else

+	wordp = Xmalloc (len + 1);

+    if (wordp == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    len = 0;

+    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {

+    case S_NULL:

+    case S_CATEGORY:

+	goto err;

+    case S_NAME:

+    case S_VALUE:

+	len = get_quoted_word(str, wordp);

+	if (len < 1)

+	    goto err;

+	if ((parse_info.bufsize + (int)strlen(wordp) + 1)

+					>= parse_info.bufMaxSize) {

+	    if (realloc_parse_info(strlen(wordp)+1) == False) {

+		goto err;

+	    }

+	}

+	strcpy(&parse_info.buf[parse_info.bufsize], wordp);

+	parse_info.bufsize += strlen(wordp);

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_VALUE;

+	break;

+    default:

+	goto err;

+    }

+    if (wordp != word)

+	Xfree (wordp);

+    return len;	/* including length of token */

+

+err:

+    if (wordp != word)

+	Xfree (wordp);

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+f_backslash(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    return f_default(str, token, db);

+}

+

+static int

+f_numeric(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    char word[BUFSIZE];

+    const char *p;

+    char* wordp;

+    int len;

+    int token_len;

+

+    if ((len = strlen (str)) < sizeof word)

+	wordp = word;

+    else

+	wordp = Xmalloc (len + 1);

+    if (wordp == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {

+    case S_NULL:

+    case S_CATEGORY:

+	goto err;

+    case S_NAME:

+    case S_VALUE:

+	token_len = token_tbl[token].len;

+	p = str + token_len;

+	len = get_word(p, wordp);

+	if (len < 1)

+	    goto err;

+	if ((parse_info.bufsize + token_len + (int)strlen(wordp) + 1)

+					>= parse_info.bufMaxSize) {

+	    if (realloc_parse_info(token_len + strlen(wordp) + 1) == False)

+		goto err;

+	}

+	strncpy(&parse_info.buf[parse_info.bufsize], str, token_len);

+	strcpy(&parse_info.buf[parse_info.bufsize + token_len], wordp);

+	parse_info.bufsize += token_len + strlen(wordp);

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_VALUE;

+	break;

+    default:

+	goto err;

+    }

+    if (wordp != word)

+	Xfree (wordp);

+    return len + token_len;

+

+err:

+    if (wordp != word)

+	Xfree (wordp);

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int

+f_default(

+    const char *str,

+    Token token,

+    Database *db)

+{

+    char word[BUFSIZE], *p;

+    char* wordp;

+    int len;

+

+    if ((len = strlen (str)) < sizeof word)

+	wordp = word;

+    else

+	wordp = Xmalloc (len + 1);

+    if (wordp == NULL)

+	return 0;

+

+    len = get_word(str, wordp);

+    if (len < 1)

+	goto err;

+

+    switch (parse_info.pre_state) {

+    case S_NULL:

+	if (parse_info.category != NULL)

+	    goto err;

+	p = strdup(wordp);

+	if (p == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+	parse_info.category = p;

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_CATEGORY;

+	break;

+    case S_CATEGORY:

+	if (parse_info.nest_depth == 0) {

+	    if (check_category_end(str)) {

+		/* end of category is detected.

+		   clear context and zap to end of this line */

+		clear_parse_info();

+		len = strlen(str);

+		break;

+	    }

+	}

+	p = strdup(wordp);

+	if (p == NULL)

+	    goto err;

+	if (parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] != NULL) {

+	    Xfree(parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth]);

+	}

+	parse_info.name[parse_info.nest_depth] = p;

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_NAME;

+	break;

+    case S_NAME:

+    case S_VALUE:

+	if ((parse_info.bufsize + (int)strlen(wordp) + 1)

+					>= parse_info.bufMaxSize) {

+	    if (realloc_parse_info(strlen(wordp) + 1) == False)

+		goto err;

+	}

+	strcpy(&parse_info.buf[parse_info.bufsize], wordp);

+	parse_info.bufsize += strlen(wordp);

+	parse_info.pre_state = S_VALUE;

+	break;

+    default:

+	goto err;

+    }

+    if (wordp != word)

+	Xfree (wordp);

+    return len;

+

+err:

+    if (wordp != word)

+	Xfree (wordp);

+    return 0;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef DEBUG

+static void

+PrintDatabase(

+    Database db)

+{

+    Database p = db;

+    int i = 0, j;

+

+    printf("***\n*** BEGIN Database\n***\n");

+    while (p) {

+	printf("%3d: ", i++);

+	printf("%s, %s, ", p->category, p->name);

+	printf("\t[%d: ", p->value_num);

+	for (j = 0; j < p->value_num; ++j) {

+	    printf("%s, ", p->value[j]);

+	}

+	printf("]\n");

+	p = p->next;

+    }

+    printf("***\n*** END   Database\n***\n");

+}

+#endif

+

+static void

+DestroyDatabase(

+    Database db)

+{

+    Database p = db;

+

+    while (p) {

+	if (p->category != NULL) {

+	    Xfree(p->category);

+	}

+	if (p->name != NULL) {

+	    Xfree(p->name);

+	}

+	if (p->value != (char **)NULL) {

+	    if (*p->value != NULL) {

+		Xfree(*p->value);

+	    }

+	    Xfree((char *)p->value);

+	}

+	db = p->next;

+	Xfree((char *)p);

+	p = db;

+    }

+}

+

+static int

+CountDatabase(

+    Database db)

+{

+    Database p = db;

+    int cnt = 0;

+

+    while (p) {

+	++cnt;

+	p = p->next;

+    }

+    return cnt;

+}

+

+static Database

+CreateDatabase(

+    char *dbfile)

+{

+    Database db = (Database)NULL;

+    FILE *fd;

+    Line line;

+    char *p;

+    Token token;

+    int len;

+    int error = 0;

+

+    fd = _XFopenFile(dbfile, "r");

+    if (fd == (FILE *)NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    bzero(&line, sizeof(Line));

+    init_parse_info();

+

+    do {

+	int rc = read_line(fd, &line);

+	if (rc < 0) {

+	    error = 1;

+	    break;

+	} else if (rc == 0) {

+	    break;

+	}

+	p = line.str;

+	while (*p) {

+            int (*parse_proc)(const char *str, Token token, Database *db) = NULL;

+

+	    token = get_token(p);

+

+            switch (token_tbl[token].token) {

+            case T_NEWLINE:

+                parse_proc = f_newline;

+                break;

+            case T_COMMENT:

+                parse_proc = f_comment;

+                break;

+            case T_SEMICOLON:

+                parse_proc = f_semicolon;

+                break;

+            case T_DOUBLE_QUOTE:

+                parse_proc = f_double_quote;

+                break;

+            case T_LEFT_BRACE:

+                parse_proc = f_left_brace;

+                break;

+            case T_RIGHT_BRACE:

+                parse_proc = f_right_brace;

+                break;

+            case T_SPACE:

+            case T_TAB:

+                parse_proc = f_white;

+                break;

+            case T_BACKSLASH:

+                parse_proc = f_backslash;

+                break;

+            case T_NUMERIC_HEX:

+            case T_NUMERIC_DEC:

+            case T_NUMERIC_OCT:

+                parse_proc = f_numeric;

+                break;

+            case T_DEFAULT:

+                parse_proc = f_default;

+                break;

+            }

+

+            len = parse_proc(p, token, &db);

+

+	    if (len < 1) {

+		error = 1;

+		break;

+	    }

+	    p += len;

+	}

+    } while (!error);

+

+    if (parse_info.pre_state != S_NULL) {

+	clear_parse_info();

+	error = 1;

+    }

+    if (error) {

+#ifdef	DEBUG

+	fprintf(stderr, "database format error at line %d.\n", line.seq);

+#endif

+	DestroyDatabase(db);

+	db = (Database)NULL;

+    }

+

+    fclose(fd);

+    free_line(&line);

+

+#ifdef	DEBUG

+    PrintDatabase(db);

+#endif

+

+    return db;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+#ifndef	NOT_X_ENV

+

+/* locale framework functions */

+

+typedef struct _XlcDatabaseRec {

+    XrmQuark category_q;

+    XrmQuark name_q;

+    Database db;

+    struct _XlcDatabaseRec *next;

+} XlcDatabaseRec, *XlcDatabase;

+

+typedef	struct _XlcDatabaseListRec {

+    XrmQuark name_q;

+    XlcDatabase lc_db;

+    Database database;

+    int ref_count;

+    struct _XlcDatabaseListRec *next;

+} XlcDatabaseListRec, *XlcDatabaseList;

+

+/* database cache list (per file) */

+static XlcDatabaseList _db_list = (XlcDatabaseList)NULL;

+

+/************************************************************************/

+/*	_XlcGetResource(lcd, category, class, value, count)		*/

+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

+/*	This function retrieves XLocale database information.		*/

+/************************************************************************/

+void

+_XlcGetResource(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    const char *category,

+    const char *class,

+    char ***value,

+    int *count)

+{

+    XLCdPublicMethodsPart *methods = XLC_PUBLIC_METHODS(lcd);

+

+    (*methods->get_resource)(lcd, category, class, value, count);

+    return;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+/*	_XlcGetLocaleDataBase(lcd, category, class, value, count)	*/

+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

+/*	This function retrieves XLocale database information.		*/

+/************************************************************************/

+void

+_XlcGetLocaleDataBase(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    const char *category,

+    const char *name,

+    char ***value,

+    int *count)

+{

+    XlcDatabase lc_db = (XlcDatabase)XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db);

+    XrmQuark category_q, name_q;

+

+    category_q = XrmStringToQuark(category);

+    name_q = XrmStringToQuark(name);

+    for (; lc_db->db; ++lc_db) {

+	if (category_q == lc_db->category_q && name_q == lc_db->name_q) {

+	    *value = lc_db->db->value;

+	    *count = lc_db->db->value_num;

+	    return;

+	}

+    }

+    *value = (char **)NULL;

+    *count = 0;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+/*	_XlcDestroyLocaleDataBase(lcd)					*/

+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

+/*	This function destroy the XLocale Database that bound to the 	*/

+/*	specified lcd.  If the XLocale Database is refered from some 	*/

+/*	other lcd, this function just decreases reference count of 	*/

+/*	the database.  If no locale refers the database, this function	*/

+/*	remove it from the cache list and free work area.		*/

+/************************************************************************/

+void

+_XlcDestroyLocaleDataBase(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XlcDatabase lc_db = (XlcDatabase)XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db);

+    XlcDatabaseList p, prev;

+

+    for (p = _db_list, prev = (XlcDatabaseList)NULL; p;

+	 prev = p, p = p->next) {

+	if (p->lc_db == lc_db) {

+	    if ((-- p->ref_count) < 1) {

+		if (p->lc_db != (XlcDatabase)NULL) {

+		    Xfree((char *)p->lc_db);

+		}

+		DestroyDatabase(p->database);

+		if (prev == (XlcDatabaseList)NULL) {

+		    _db_list = p->next;

+		} else {

+		    prev->next = p->next;

+		}

+		Xfree((char*)p);

+	    }

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db) = (XPointer)NULL;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+/*	_XlcCreateLocaleDataBase(lcd)					*/

+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

+/*	This function create an XLocale database which correspond to	*/

+/*	the specified XLCd.						*/

+/************************************************************************/

+XPointer

+_XlcCreateLocaleDataBase(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XlcDatabaseList list, new;

+    Database p, database = (Database)NULL;

+    XlcDatabase lc_db = (XlcDatabase)NULL;

+    XrmQuark name_q;

+    char *name;

+    int i, n;

+

+    name = _XlcFileName(lcd, "locale");

+    if (name == NULL)

+	return (XPointer)NULL;

+

+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__

+    name_q = XrmStringToQuark(name);

+#else

+    name_q = XrmStringToQuark((char*)__XOS2RedirRoot(name));

+#endif

+    for (list = _db_list; list; list = list->next) {

+	if (name_q == list->name_q) {

+	    list->ref_count++;

+	    Xfree (name);

+	    return XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db) = (XPointer)list->lc_db;

+	}

+    }

+

+    database = CreateDatabase(name);

+    if (database == (Database)NULL) {

+	Xfree (name);

+	return (XPointer)NULL;

+    }

+    n = CountDatabase(database);

+    lc_db = Xcalloc(n + 1, sizeof(XlcDatabaseRec));

+    if (lc_db == (XlcDatabase)NULL)

+	goto err;

+    for (p = database, i = 0; p && i < n; p = p->next, ++i) {

+	lc_db[i].category_q = XrmStringToQuark(p->category);

+	lc_db[i].name_q = XrmStringToQuark(p->name);

+	lc_db[i].db = p;

+    }

+

+    new = (XlcDatabaseList)Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcDatabaseListRec));

+    if (new == (XlcDatabaseList)NULL) {

+	goto err;

+    }

+    new->name_q = name_q;

+    new->lc_db = lc_db;

+    new->database = database;

+    new->ref_count = 1;

+    new->next = _db_list;

+    _db_list = new;

+

+    Xfree (name);

+    return XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, xlocale_db) = (XPointer)lc_db;

+

+ err:

+    DestroyDatabase(database);

+    if (lc_db != (XlcDatabase)NULL) {

+	Xfree((char *)lc_db);

+    }

+    Xfree (name);

+    return (XPointer)NULL;

+}

+

+#endif	/* NOT_X_ENV */

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcDynamic.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcDynamic.c
index f6df94cbb..8d022d885 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcDynamic.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcDynamic.c
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ from The Open Group.
 #include "Xlcint.h"
 
 #ifndef XLOCALEDIR
-#define XLOCALEDIR "/usr/lib/X11/locale"
+#define XLOCALEDIR "locale"
 #endif
 
 #define LCLIBNAME    "xi18n.so"
diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcFile.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcFile.c
index 4e4439773..5a9b0f4ab 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcFile.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcFile.c
@@ -1,829 +1,829 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright IBM Corporation 1993
- *
- * All Rights Reserved
- *
- * License to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
- * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
- * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
- * supporting documentation, and that the name of IBM not be
- * used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- * software without specific, written prior permission.
- *
- * IBM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
- * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS, AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
- * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
- * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-# define seteuid setuid
-#endif
-#define	iscomment(ch)	((ch) == '#' || (ch) == '\0')
-#if defined(WIN32)
-#define isreadable(f)	(_XAccessFile(f))
-#else
-#define isreadable(f)	((access((f), R_OK) != -1) ? 1 : 0)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
-#define LC_PATHDELIM ':'
-#else
-#define LC_PATHDELIM ';'
-#endif
-
-#define XLC_BUFSIZE 256
-
-#ifndef X_NOT_POSIX
-#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
-#include <limits.h>
-#else
-#define _POSIX_SOURCE
-#include <limits.h>
-#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#ifdef WIN32
-#define PATH_MAX 512
-#else
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
-#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-#define PATH_MAX 1024
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#define NUM_LOCALEDIR	64
-
-/* Splits a NUL terminated line into constituents, at colons and newline
-   characters. Leading whitespace is removed from constituents. The
-   constituents are stored at argv[0..argsize-1]. The number of stored
-   constituents (<= argsize) is returned. The line is destructively
-   modified. */
-static int
-parse_line(
-    char *line,
-    char **argv,
-    int argsize)
-{
-    int argc = 0;
-    char *p = line;
-
-    while (argc < argsize) {
-	while (isspace(*p)) {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (*p == '\0') {
-	    break;
-	}
-	argv[argc++] = p;
-	while (*p != ':' && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0') {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (*p == '\0') {
-	    break;
-	}
-	*p++ = '\0';
-    }
-
-    return argc;
-}
-
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
-
-/* fg021216: entries in locale files are separated by colons while under
-   OS/2, path entries are separated by semicolon, so we need two functions */
-
-static int
-parse_line1(
-    char *line,
-    char **argv,
-    int argsize)
-{
-    int argc = 0;
-    char *p = line;
-
-    while (argc < argsize) {
-	while (isspace(*p)) {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (*p == '\0') {
-	    break;
-	}
-	argv[argc++] = p;
-	while (*p != ';' && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0') {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (*p == '\0') {
-	    break;
-	}
-	*p++ = '\0';
-    }
-
-    return argc;
-}
-#elif defined(WIN32)
-
-/* this is parse_line but skips drive letters at the beginning of the entry */
-static int
-parse_line1(
-    char *line,
-    char **argv,
-    int argsize)
-{
-    int argc = 0;
-    char *p = line;
-
-    while (argc < argsize) {
-	while (isspace(*p)) {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (*p == '\0') {
-	    break;
-	}
-	argv[argc++] = p;
-        if (isalpha(*p) && p[1] == ':') {
-            p+= 2; /* skip drive letters */
-        }
-	while (*p != ':' && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0') {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (*p == '\0') {
-	    break;
-	}
-	*p++ = '\0';
-    }
-
-    return argc;
-}
-
-#endif   /* __UNIXOS2__ */
-
-/* Splits a colon separated list of directories, and returns the constituent
-   paths (without trailing slash). At most argsize constituents are stored
-   at argv[0..argsize-1]. The number of stored constituents is returned. */
-static int
-_XlcParsePath(
-    char *path,
-    char **argv,
-    int argsize)
-{
-    char *p = path;
-    int n, i;
-
-#if !defined(__UNIXOS2__) && !defined(WIN32)
-    n = parse_line(path, argv, argsize);
-#else
-    n = parse_line1(path, argv, argsize);
-#endif
-    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
-	int len;
-	p = argv[i];
-	len = strlen(p);
-	if (len > 0 && p[len - 1] == '/') {
-	    /* eliminate trailing slash */
-	    p[len - 1] = '\0';
-	}
-    }
-    return n;
-}
-
-#ifndef XLOCALEDIR
-#define XLOCALEDIR "/usr/lib/X11/locale"
-#endif
-
-void
-xlocaledir(
-    char *buf,
-    int buf_len)
-{
-    char *p = buf;
-    int len = 0;
-
-#ifndef NO_XLOCALEDIR
-    char *dir;
-    int priv = 1;
-
-    dir = getenv("XLOCALEDIR");
-
-    if (dir) {
-#ifndef WIN32
-	/*
-	 * Only use the user-supplied path if the process isn't priviledged.
-	 */
-	if (getuid() == geteuid() && getgid() == getegid()) {
-#if defined(HASSETUGID)
-	    priv = issetugid();
-#elif defined(HASGETRESUID)
-	    {
-		uid_t ruid, euid, suid;
-		gid_t rgid, egid, sgid;
-		if ((getresuid(&ruid, &euid, &suid) == 0) &&
-		    (getresgid(&rgid, &egid, &sgid) == 0))
-		    priv = (euid != suid) || (egid != sgid);
-	    }
-#else
-	    /*
-	     * If there are saved ID's the process might still be priviledged
-	     * even though the above test succeeded.  If issetugid() and
-	     * getresgid() aren't available, test this by trying to set
-	     * euid to 0.
-	     *
-	     * Note: this only protects setuid-root clients.  It doesn't
-	     * protect other setuid or any setgid clients.  If this tradeoff
-	     * isn't acceptable, set DisableXLocaleDirEnv to YES in host.def.
-	     */
-	    unsigned int oldeuid;
-	    oldeuid = geteuid();
-	    if (seteuid(0) != 0) {
-		priv = 0;
-	    } else {
-		if (seteuid(oldeuid) == -1) {
-		    /* XXX ouch, coudn't get back to original uid
-		     what can we do ??? */
-		    _exit(127);
-		}
-		priv = 1;
-	    }
-#endif
-	}
-#else
-	priv = 0;
-#endif
-	if (!priv) {
-	    len = strlen(dir);
-	    strncpy(p, dir, buf_len);
-	    if (len < buf_len) {
-	        p[len++] = LC_PATHDELIM;
-	        p += len;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#endif /* NO_XLOCALEDIR */
-
-    if (len < buf_len)
-#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
-      strncpy(p, XLOCALEDIR, buf_len - len);
-#else
-      strncpy(p,__XOS2RedirRoot(XLOCALEDIR), buf_len - len);
-#endif
-    buf[buf_len-1] = '\0';
-}
-
-static void
-xlocalelibdir(
-    char *buf,
-    int buf_len)
-{
-    char *p = buf;
-    int len = 0;
-
-#ifndef NO_XLOCALEDIR
-    char *dir;
-    int priv = 1;
-
-    dir = getenv("XLOCALELIBDIR");
-
-    if (dir) {
-#ifndef WIN32
-	/*
-	 * Only use the user-supplied path if the process isn't priviledged.
-	 */
-	if (getuid() == geteuid() && getgid() == getegid()) {
-#if defined(HASSETUGID)
-	    priv = issetugid();
-#elif defined(HASGETRESUID)
-	    {
-		uid_t ruid, euid, suid;
-		gid_t rgid, egid, sgid;
-		if ((getresuid(&ruid, &euid, &suid) == 0) &&
-		    (getresgid(&rgid, &egid, &sgid) == 0))
-		    priv = (euid != suid) || (egid != sgid);
-	    }
-#else
-	    /*
-	     * If there are saved ID's the process might still be priviledged
-	     * even though the above test succeeded.  If issetugid() and
-	     * getresgid() aren't available, test this by trying to set
-	     * euid to 0.
-	     *
-	     * Note: this only protects setuid-root clients.  It doesn't
-	     * protect other setuid or any setgid clients.  If this tradeoff
-	     * isn't acceptable, set DisableXLocaleDirEnv to YES in host.def.
-	     */
-	    unsigned int oldeuid;
-	    oldeuid = geteuid();
-	    if (seteuid(0) != 0) {
-		priv = 0;
-	    } else {
-		if (seteuid(oldeuid) == -1) {
-		    /* XXX ouch, coudn't get back to original uid
-		     what can we do ??? */
-		    _exit(127);
-		}
-		priv = 1;
-	    }
-#endif
-	}
-#else
-	priv = 0;
-#endif
-	if (!priv) {
-	    len = strlen(dir);
-	    strncpy(p, dir, buf_len);
-	    if (len < buf_len) {
-	        p[len++] = LC_PATHDELIM;
-	        p += len;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#endif /* NO_XLOCALEDIR */
-
-    if (len < buf_len)
-#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
-      strncpy(p, XLOCALELIBDIR, buf_len - len);
-#else
-      strncpy(p,__XOS2RedirRoot(XLOCALELIBDIR), buf_len - len);
-#endif
-    buf[buf_len-1] = '\0';
-}
-
-/* Mapping direction */
-typedef enum {
-  LtoR,		/* Map first field to second field */
-  RtoL		/* Map second field to first field */
-} MapDirection;
-
-static char *
-resolve_name(
-    const char *lc_name,
-    char *file_name,
-    MapDirection direction)
-{
-    FILE *fp;
-    char buf[XLC_BUFSIZE], *name = NULL;
-
-    fp = _XFopenFile (file_name, "r");
-    if (fp == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    while (fgets(buf, XLC_BUFSIZE, fp) != NULL) {
-	char *p = buf;
-	int n;
-	char *args[2], *from, *to;
-#ifdef __UNIXOS2__  /* Take out CR under OS/2 */
-	int len;
-
-	len = strlen(p);
-	if (len > 1) {
-	    if (*(p+len-2) == '\r' && *(p+len-1) == '\n') {
-		*(p+len-2) = '\n';
-		*(p+len-1) = '\0';
-	    }
-	}
-#endif
-	while (isspace(*p)) {
-	    ++p;
-	}
-	if (iscomment(*p)) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	n = parse_line(p, args, 2);		/* get first 2 fields */
-	if (n != 2) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (direction == LtoR) {
-	    from = args[0], to = args[1];	/* left to right */
-	} else {
-	    from = args[1], to = args[0];	/* right to left */
-	}
-	if (! strcmp(from, lc_name)) {
-	    name = strdup(to);
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    fclose(fp);
-    return name;
-}
-
-#define	c_tolower(ch)	((ch) >= 'A' && (ch) <= 'Z' ? (ch) - 'A' + 'a' : (ch))
-
-static char *
-lowercase(
-    char *dst,
-    const char *src)
-{
-    const char *s;
-    char *t;
-
-    for (s = src, t = dst; *s; ++s, ++t)
-	*t = c_tolower(*s);
-    *t = '\0';
-    return dst;
-}
-
-/*
- * normalize_lcname(): remove any '_' and '-' and convert any character
- * to lower case after the <language>_<territory> part. If result is identical
- * to argument, free result and
- * return NULL.
- */
-static char *
-normalize_lcname (const char *name)
-{
-    char *p, *ret;
-    const char *tmp = name;
-
-    p = ret = Xmalloc(strlen(name) + 1);
-    if (!p)
-	return NULL;
-
-    if (tmp) {
-	while (*tmp && *tmp != '.' && *tmp != '@')
-	    *p++ = *tmp++;
-	while (*tmp) {
-	    if (*tmp != '-')
-		*p++ = c_tolower(*tmp);
-	    tmp++;
-	}
-    }
-    *p = '\0';
-
-    if (strcmp(ret, name) == 0) {
-	Xfree(ret);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-char *
-_XlcFileName(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    const char *category)
-{
-    char *siname;
-    char cat[XLC_BUFSIZE], dir[XLC_BUFSIZE];
-    int i, n;
-    char *args[NUM_LOCALEDIR];
-    char *file_name = NULL;
-
-    if (lcd == (XLCd)NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    siname = XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, siname);
-
-    if (category)
-	lowercase(cat, category);
-    else
-	cat[0] = '\0';
-    xlocaledir(dir,XLC_BUFSIZE);
-    n = _XlcParsePath(dir, args, NUM_LOCALEDIR);
-    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
-	char buf[PATH_MAX], *name;
-
-	name = NULL;
-	if ((5 + (args[i] ? strlen (args[i]) : 0) + strlen(cat)) < PATH_MAX) {
-	    sprintf(buf, "%s/%s.dir", args[i], cat);
-	    name = resolve_name(siname, buf, RtoL);
-	}
-	if (name == NULL) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (*name == '/') {
-	    /* supposed to be absolute path name */
-	    file_name = name;
-	} else {
-	    file_name = Xmalloc(2 + (args[i] ? strlen (args[i]) : 0) +
-				(name ? strlen (name) : 0));
-	    if (file_name != NULL)
-		sprintf(file_name, "%s/%s", args[i], name);
-	    Xfree(name);
-	}
-	if (isreadable(file_name)) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	Xfree(file_name);
-	file_name = NULL;
-	/* Then, try with next dir */
-    }
-    return file_name;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-#ifndef LOCALE_ALIAS
-#define LOCALE_ALIAS    "locale.alias"
-#endif
-
-int
-_XlcResolveLocaleName(
-    const char* lc_name,
-    XLCdPublicPart* pub)
-{
-    char dir[PATH_MAX], buf[PATH_MAX], *name = NULL;
-    char *dst;
-    int i, n, sinamelen;
-    char *args[NUM_LOCALEDIR];
-    static const char locale_alias[] = LOCALE_ALIAS;
-    char *tmp_siname;
-    char *nlc_name = NULL;
-
-    xlocaledir (dir, PATH_MAX);
-    n = _XlcParsePath(dir, args, NUM_LOCALEDIR);
-    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
-	if ((2 + (args[i] ? strlen (args[i]) : 0) +
-	    strlen (locale_alias)) < PATH_MAX) {
-	    sprintf (buf, "%s/%s", args[i], locale_alias);
-	    name = resolve_name (lc_name, buf, LtoR);
-	    if (!name) {
-		if (!nlc_name)
-		    nlc_name = normalize_lcname(lc_name);
-		if (nlc_name)
-		    name = resolve_name (nlc_name, buf, LtoR);
-	    }
-	}
-	if (name != NULL) {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (nlc_name) Xfree(nlc_name);
-
-    if (name == NULL) {
-	/* vendor locale name == Xlocale name, no expansion of alias */
-	pub->siname = strdup (lc_name);
-    } else {
-	pub->siname = name;
-    }
-
-    sinamelen = strlen (pub->siname);
-    if (sinamelen == 1 && pub->siname[0] == 'C') {
-	pub->language = pub->siname;
-	pub->territory = pub->codeset = NULL;
-	return 1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * pub->siname is in the format <lang>_<terr>.<codeset>, typical would
-     * be "en_US.ISO8859-1", "en_US.utf8", "ru_RU.KOI-8", or ja_JP.SJIS,
-     * although it could be ja.SJIS too.
-     */
-    tmp_siname = Xrealloc (pub->siname, 2 * (sinamelen + 1));
-    if (tmp_siname == NULL) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    pub->siname = tmp_siname;
-
-    /* language */
-    dst = &pub->siname[sinamelen + 1];
-    strcpy (dst, pub->siname);
-    pub->language = dst;
-
-    /* territory */
-    dst = strchr (dst, '_');
-    if (dst) {
-	*dst = '\0';
-	pub->territory = ++dst;
-    } else
-	dst = &pub->siname[sinamelen + 1];
-
-    /* codeset */
-    dst = strchr (dst, '.');
-    if (dst) {
-	*dst = '\0';
-	pub->codeset = ++dst;
-    }
-
-    return (pub->siname[0] != '\0') ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-int
-_XlcResolveI18NPath(char *buf, int buf_len)
-{
-    if (buf != NULL) {
-	xlocaledir(buf, buf_len);
-    }
-    return 1;
-}
-
-char *
-_XlcLocaleDirName(char *dir_name, size_t dir_len, char *lc_name)
-{
-    char dir[PATH_MAX], buf[PATH_MAX], *name = NULL;
-    int i, n;
-    char *args[NUM_LOCALEDIR];
-    static char locale_alias[] = LOCALE_ALIAS;
-    char *target_name = (char*)0;
-    char *target_dir = (char*)0;
-    char *nlc_name = NULL;
-    static char*  last_dir_name = 0;
-    static size_t last_dir_len = 0;
-    static char*  last_lc_name = 0;
-
-    if (last_lc_name != 0 && strcmp (last_lc_name, lc_name) == 0
-       && dir_len >= last_dir_len) {
-        strcpy (dir_name, last_dir_name);
-        return dir_name;
-    }
-
-    xlocaledir (dir, PATH_MAX);
-    n = _XlcParsePath(dir, args, 256);
-    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
-
-	if ((2 + (args[i] ? strlen(args[i]) : 0) +
- 	     strlen(locale_alias)) < PATH_MAX) {
- 	    sprintf (buf, "%s/%s", args[i], locale_alias);
- 	    name = resolve_name(lc_name, buf, LtoR);
-	    if (!name) {
-		if (!nlc_name)
-		    nlc_name = normalize_lcname(lc_name);
-		if (nlc_name)
-		    name = resolve_name (nlc_name, buf, LtoR);
-	    }
- 	}
-
- 	/* If name is not an alias, use lc_name for locale.dir search */
- 	if (name == NULL)
- 	    name = lc_name;
-
- 	/* look at locale.dir */
-
- 	target_dir = args[i];
- 	if (!target_dir) {
- 	    /* something wrong */
- 	    if (name != lc_name)
- 		Xfree(name);
- 	    continue;
- 	}
- 	if ((1 + strlen (target_dir) + strlen("locale.dir")) < PATH_MAX) {
- 	    sprintf(buf, "%s/locale.dir", target_dir);
- 	    target_name = resolve_name(name, buf, RtoL);
- 	}
- 	if (name != lc_name)
- 	    Xfree(name);
- 	if (target_name != NULL) {
- 	    char *p = 0;
- 	    if ((p = strstr(target_name, "/XLC_LOCALE"))) {
- 		*p = '\0';
- 		break;
- 	    }
- 	    Xfree(target_name);
- 	    target_name = NULL;
- 	}
- 	name = NULL;
-    }
-    if (nlc_name) Xfree(nlc_name);
-
-    if (target_name == NULL) {
- 	/* vendor locale name == Xlocale name, no expansion of alias */
- 	target_dir = args[0];
- 	target_name = lc_name;
-    }
-    /* snprintf(dir_name, dir_len, "%s/%", target_dir, target_name); */
-    strncpy(dir_name, target_dir, dir_len - 1);
-    if (strlen(target_dir) >= dir_len - 1) {
-	dir_name[dir_len - 1] = '\0';
-    } else  {
-	strcat(dir_name, "/");
-	strncat(dir_name, target_name, dir_len - strlen(dir_name) - 1);
-	if (strlen(target_name) >= dir_len - strlen(dir_name) - 1)
-	    dir_name[dir_len - 1] = '\0';
-    }
-    if (target_name != lc_name)
- 	Xfree(target_name);
-
-    if (last_dir_name != 0)
-	Xfree (last_dir_name);
-    if (last_lc_name != 0)
-	Xfree (last_lc_name);
-    last_dir_len = strlen (dir_name) + 1;
-    last_dir_name = Xmalloc (last_dir_len);
-    strcpy (last_dir_name, dir_name);
-    last_lc_name = strdup (lc_name);
-
-    return dir_name;
-}
-
-char *
-_XlcLocaleLibDirName(char *dir_name, size_t dir_len, char *lc_name)
-{
-    char dir[PATH_MAX], buf[PATH_MAX], *name = NULL;
-    int i, n;
-    char *args[NUM_LOCALEDIR];
-    static char locale_alias[] = LOCALE_ALIAS;
-    char *target_name = (char*)0;
-    char *target_dir = (char*)0;
-    char *nlc_name = NULL;
-    static char*  last_dir_name = 0;
-    static size_t last_dir_len = 0;
-    static char*  last_lc_name = 0;
-
-    if (last_lc_name != 0 && strcmp (last_lc_name, lc_name) == 0
-       && dir_len >= last_dir_len) {
-	strcpy (dir_name, last_dir_name);
-	return dir_name;
-    }
-
-    xlocalelibdir (dir, PATH_MAX);
-    n = _XlcParsePath(dir, args, 256);
-    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
-
-	if ((2 + (args[i] ? strlen(args[i]) : 0) +
- 	     strlen(locale_alias)) < PATH_MAX) {
- 	    sprintf (buf, "%s/%s", args[i], locale_alias);
- 	    name = resolve_name(lc_name, buf, LtoR);
-	    if (!name) {
-		if (!nlc_name)
-		    nlc_name = normalize_lcname(lc_name);
-		if (nlc_name)
-		    name = resolve_name (nlc_name, buf, LtoR);
-	    }
- 	}
-
- 	/* If name is not an alias, use lc_name for locale.dir search */
- 	if (name == NULL)
- 	    name = lc_name;
-
- 	/* look at locale.dir */
-
- 	target_dir = args[i];
- 	if (!target_dir) {
- 	    /* something wrong */
- 	    if (name != lc_name)
- 		Xfree(name);
- 	    continue;
- 	}
- 	if ((1 + strlen (target_dir) + strlen("locale.dir")) < PATH_MAX) {
- 	    sprintf(buf, "%s/locale.dir", target_dir);
- 	    target_name = resolve_name(name, buf, RtoL);
- 	}
- 	if (name != lc_name)
- 	    Xfree(name);
- 	if (target_name != NULL) {
- 	    char *p = 0;
- 	    if ((p = strstr(target_name, "/XLC_LOCALE"))) {
- 		*p = '\0';
- 		break;
- 	    }
- 	    Xfree(target_name);
- 	    target_name = NULL;
- 	}
- 	name = NULL;
-    }
-    if (nlc_name) Xfree(nlc_name);
-
-    if (target_name == NULL) {
- 	/* vendor locale name == Xlocale name, no expansion of alias */
- 	target_dir = args[0];
- 	target_name = lc_name;
-    }
-    /* snprintf(dir_name, dir_len, "%s/%", target_dir, target_name); */
-    strncpy(dir_name, target_dir, dir_len - 1);
-    if (strlen(target_dir) >= dir_len - 1) {
-	dir_name[dir_len - 1] = '\0';
-    } else  {
-	strcat(dir_name, "/");
-	strncat(dir_name, target_name, dir_len - strlen(dir_name) - 1);
-	if (strlen(target_name) >= dir_len - strlen(dir_name) - 1)
-	    dir_name[dir_len - 1] = '\0';
-    }
-    if (target_name != lc_name)
- 	Xfree(target_name);
-
-    if (last_dir_name != 0)
-	Xfree (last_dir_name);
-    if (last_lc_name != 0)
-	Xfree (last_lc_name);
-    last_dir_len = strlen (dir_name) + 1;
-    last_dir_name = Xmalloc (last_dir_len);
-    strcpy (last_dir_name, dir_name);
-    last_lc_name = strdup (lc_name);
-
-    return dir_name;
-}
+/*

+ *

+ * Copyright IBM Corporation 1993

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved

+ *

+ * License to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

+ * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

+ * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

+ * supporting documentation, and that the name of IBM not be

+ * used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

+ * software without specific, written prior permission.

+ *

+ * IBM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS, AND

+ * NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+*/

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdlib.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <ctype.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+# define seteuid setuid

+#endif

+#define	iscomment(ch)	((ch) == '#' || (ch) == '\0')

+#if defined(WIN32)

+#define isreadable(f)	(_XAccessFile(f))

+#else

+#define isreadable(f)	((access((f), R_OK) != -1) ? 1 : 0)

+#endif

+

+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__

+#define LC_PATHDELIM ':'

+#else

+#define LC_PATHDELIM ';'

+#endif

+

+#define XLC_BUFSIZE 256

+

+#ifndef X_NOT_POSIX

+#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE

+#include <limits.h>

+#else

+#define _POSIX_SOURCE

+#include <limits.h>

+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE

+#endif

+#endif

+#ifndef PATH_MAX

+#ifdef WIN32

+#define PATH_MAX 512

+#else

+#include <sys/param.h>

+#endif

+#ifndef PATH_MAX

+#ifdef MAXPATHLEN

+#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN

+#else

+#define PATH_MAX 1024

+#endif

+#endif

+#endif

+

+#define NUM_LOCALEDIR	64

+

+/* Splits a NUL terminated line into constituents, at colons and newline

+   characters. Leading whitespace is removed from constituents. The

+   constituents are stored at argv[0..argsize-1]. The number of stored

+   constituents (<= argsize) is returned. The line is destructively

+   modified. */

+static int

+parse_line(

+    char *line,

+    char **argv,

+    int argsize)

+{

+    int argc = 0;

+    char *p = line;

+

+    while (argc < argsize) {

+	while (isspace(*p)) {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (*p == '\0') {

+	    break;

+	}

+	argv[argc++] = p;

+	while (*p != ':' && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0') {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (*p == '\0') {

+	    break;

+	}

+	*p++ = '\0';

+    }

+

+    return argc;

+}

+

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__

+

+/* fg021216: entries in locale files are separated by colons while under

+   OS/2, path entries are separated by semicolon, so we need two functions */

+

+static int

+parse_line1(

+    char *line,

+    char **argv,

+    int argsize)

+{

+    int argc = 0;

+    char *p = line;

+

+    while (argc < argsize) {

+	while (isspace(*p)) {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (*p == '\0') {

+	    break;

+	}

+	argv[argc++] = p;

+	while (*p != ';' && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0') {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (*p == '\0') {

+	    break;

+	}

+	*p++ = '\0';

+    }

+

+    return argc;

+}

+#elif defined(WIN32)

+

+/* this is parse_line but skips drive letters at the beginning of the entry */

+static int

+parse_line1(

+    char *line,

+    char **argv,

+    int argsize)

+{

+    int argc = 0;

+    char *p = line;

+

+    while (argc < argsize) {

+	while (isspace(*p)) {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (*p == '\0') {

+	    break;

+	}

+	argv[argc++] = p;

+        if (isalpha(*p) && p[1] == ':') {

+            p+= 2; /* skip drive letters */

+        }

+	while (*p != ':' && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0') {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (*p == '\0') {

+	    break;

+	}

+	*p++ = '\0';

+    }

+

+    return argc;

+}

+

+#endif   /* __UNIXOS2__ */

+

+/* Splits a colon separated list of directories, and returns the constituent

+   paths (without trailing slash). At most argsize constituents are stored

+   at argv[0..argsize-1]. The number of stored constituents is returned. */

+static int

+_XlcParsePath(

+    char *path,

+    char **argv,

+    int argsize)

+{

+    char *p = path;

+    int n, i;

+

+#if !defined(__UNIXOS2__) && !defined(WIN32)

+    n = parse_line(path, argv, argsize);

+#else

+    n = parse_line1(path, argv, argsize);

+#endif

+    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {

+	int len;

+	p = argv[i];

+	len = strlen(p);

+	if (len > 0 && p[len - 1] == '/') {

+	    /* eliminate trailing slash */

+	    p[len - 1] = '\0';

+	}

+    }

+    return n;

+}

+

+#ifndef XLOCALEDIR

+#define XLOCALEDIR "locale"

+#endif

+

+void

+xlocaledir(

+    char *buf,

+    int buf_len)

+{

+    char *p = buf;

+    int len = 0;

+

+#ifndef NO_XLOCALEDIR

+    char *dir;

+    int priv = 1;

+

+    dir = getenv("XLOCALEDIR");

+

+    if (dir) {

+#ifndef WIN32

+	/*

+	 * Only use the user-supplied path if the process isn't priviledged.

+	 */

+	if (getuid() == geteuid() && getgid() == getegid()) {

+#if defined(HASSETUGID)

+	    priv = issetugid();

+#elif defined(HASGETRESUID)

+	    {

+		uid_t ruid, euid, suid;

+		gid_t rgid, egid, sgid;

+		if ((getresuid(&ruid, &euid, &suid) == 0) &&

+		    (getresgid(&rgid, &egid, &sgid) == 0))

+		    priv = (euid != suid) || (egid != sgid);

+	    }

+#else

+	    /*

+	     * If there are saved ID's the process might still be priviledged

+	     * even though the above test succeeded.  If issetugid() and

+	     * getresgid() aren't available, test this by trying to set

+	     * euid to 0.

+	     *

+	     * Note: this only protects setuid-root clients.  It doesn't

+	     * protect other setuid or any setgid clients.  If this tradeoff

+	     * isn't acceptable, set DisableXLocaleDirEnv to YES in host.def.

+	     */

+	    unsigned int oldeuid;

+	    oldeuid = geteuid();

+	    if (seteuid(0) != 0) {

+		priv = 0;

+	    } else {

+		if (seteuid(oldeuid) == -1) {

+		    /* XXX ouch, coudn't get back to original uid

+		     what can we do ??? */

+		    _exit(127);

+		}

+		priv = 1;

+	    }

+#endif

+	}

+#else

+	priv = 0;

+#endif

+	if (!priv) {

+	    len = strlen(dir);

+	    strncpy(p, dir, buf_len);

+	    if (len < buf_len) {

+	        p[len++] = LC_PATHDELIM;

+	        p += len;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+#endif /* NO_XLOCALEDIR */

+

+    if (len < buf_len)

+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__

+      strncpy(p, XLOCALEDIR, buf_len - len);

+#else

+      strncpy(p,__XOS2RedirRoot(XLOCALEDIR), buf_len - len);

+#endif

+    buf[buf_len-1] = '\0';

+}

+

+static void

+xlocalelibdir(

+    char *buf,

+    int buf_len)

+{

+    char *p = buf;

+    int len = 0;

+

+#ifndef NO_XLOCALEDIR

+    char *dir;

+    int priv = 1;

+

+    dir = getenv("XLOCALELIBDIR");

+

+    if (dir) {

+#ifndef WIN32

+	/*

+	 * Only use the user-supplied path if the process isn't priviledged.

+	 */

+	if (getuid() == geteuid() && getgid() == getegid()) {

+#if defined(HASSETUGID)

+	    priv = issetugid();

+#elif defined(HASGETRESUID)

+	    {

+		uid_t ruid, euid, suid;

+		gid_t rgid, egid, sgid;

+		if ((getresuid(&ruid, &euid, &suid) == 0) &&

+		    (getresgid(&rgid, &egid, &sgid) == 0))

+		    priv = (euid != suid) || (egid != sgid);

+	    }

+#else

+	    /*

+	     * If there are saved ID's the process might still be priviledged

+	     * even though the above test succeeded.  If issetugid() and

+	     * getresgid() aren't available, test this by trying to set

+	     * euid to 0.

+	     *

+	     * Note: this only protects setuid-root clients.  It doesn't

+	     * protect other setuid or any setgid clients.  If this tradeoff

+	     * isn't acceptable, set DisableXLocaleDirEnv to YES in host.def.

+	     */

+	    unsigned int oldeuid;

+	    oldeuid = geteuid();

+	    if (seteuid(0) != 0) {

+		priv = 0;

+	    } else {

+		if (seteuid(oldeuid) == -1) {

+		    /* XXX ouch, coudn't get back to original uid

+		     what can we do ??? */

+		    _exit(127);

+		}

+		priv = 1;

+	    }

+#endif

+	}

+#else

+	priv = 0;

+#endif

+	if (!priv) {

+	    len = strlen(dir);

+	    strncpy(p, dir, buf_len);

+	    if (len < buf_len) {

+	        p[len++] = LC_PATHDELIM;

+	        p += len;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+#endif /* NO_XLOCALEDIR */

+

+    if (len < buf_len)

+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__

+      strncpy(p, XLOCALELIBDIR, buf_len - len);

+#else

+      strncpy(p,__XOS2RedirRoot(XLOCALELIBDIR), buf_len - len);

+#endif

+    buf[buf_len-1] = '\0';

+}

+

+/* Mapping direction */

+typedef enum {

+  LtoR,		/* Map first field to second field */

+  RtoL		/* Map second field to first field */

+} MapDirection;

+

+static char *

+resolve_name(

+    const char *lc_name,

+    char *file_name,

+    MapDirection direction)

+{

+    FILE *fp;

+    char buf[XLC_BUFSIZE], *name = NULL;

+

+    fp = _XFopenFile (file_name, "r");

+    if (fp == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    while (fgets(buf, XLC_BUFSIZE, fp) != NULL) {

+	char *p = buf;

+	int n;

+	char *args[2], *from, *to;

+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__  /* Take out CR under OS/2 */

+	int len;

+

+	len = strlen(p);

+	if (len > 1) {

+	    if (*(p+len-2) == '\r' && *(p+len-1) == '\n') {

+		*(p+len-2) = '\n';

+		*(p+len-1) = '\0';

+	    }

+	}

+#endif

+	while (isspace(*p)) {

+	    ++p;

+	}

+	if (iscomment(*p)) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+	n = parse_line(p, args, 2);		/* get first 2 fields */

+	if (n != 2) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+	if (direction == LtoR) {

+	    from = args[0], to = args[1];	/* left to right */

+	} else {

+	    from = args[1], to = args[0];	/* right to left */

+	}

+	if (! strcmp(from, lc_name)) {

+	    name = strdup(to);

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    fclose(fp);

+    return name;

+}

+

+#define	c_tolower(ch)	((ch) >= 'A' && (ch) <= 'Z' ? (ch) - 'A' + 'a' : (ch))

+

+static char *

+lowercase(

+    char *dst,

+    const char *src)

+{

+    const char *s;

+    char *t;

+

+    for (s = src, t = dst; *s; ++s, ++t)

+	*t = c_tolower(*s);

+    *t = '\0';

+    return dst;

+}

+

+/*

+ * normalize_lcname(): remove any '_' and '-' and convert any character

+ * to lower case after the <language>_<territory> part. If result is identical

+ * to argument, free result and

+ * return NULL.

+ */

+static char *

+normalize_lcname (const char *name)

+{

+    char *p, *ret;

+    const char *tmp = name;

+

+    p = ret = Xmalloc(strlen(name) + 1);

+    if (!p)

+	return NULL;

+

+    if (tmp) {

+	while (*tmp && *tmp != '.' && *tmp != '@')

+	    *p++ = *tmp++;

+	while (*tmp) {

+	    if (*tmp != '-')

+		*p++ = c_tolower(*tmp);

+	    tmp++;

+	}

+    }

+    *p = '\0';

+

+    if (strcmp(ret, name) == 0) {

+	Xfree(ret);

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+char *

+_XlcFileName(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    const char *category)

+{

+    char *siname;

+    char cat[XLC_BUFSIZE], dir[XLC_BUFSIZE];

+    int i, n;

+    char *args[NUM_LOCALEDIR];

+    char *file_name = NULL;

+

+    if (lcd == (XLCd)NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    siname = XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, siname);

+

+    if (category)

+	lowercase(cat, category);

+    else

+	cat[0] = '\0';

+    xlocaledir(dir,XLC_BUFSIZE);

+    n = _XlcParsePath(dir, args, NUM_LOCALEDIR);

+    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {

+	char buf[PATH_MAX], *name;

+

+	name = NULL;

+	if ((5 + (args[i] ? strlen (args[i]) : 0) + strlen(cat)) < PATH_MAX) {

+	    sprintf(buf, "%s/%s.dir", args[i], cat);

+	    name = resolve_name(siname, buf, RtoL);

+	}

+	if (name == NULL) {

+	    continue;

+	}

+	if (*name == '/') {

+	    /* supposed to be absolute path name */

+	    file_name = name;

+	} else {

+	    file_name = Xmalloc(2 + (args[i] ? strlen (args[i]) : 0) +

+				(name ? strlen (name) : 0));

+	    if (file_name != NULL)

+		sprintf(file_name, "%s/%s", args[i], name);

+	    Xfree(name);

+	}

+	if (isreadable(file_name)) {

+	    break;

+	}

+	Xfree(file_name);

+	file_name = NULL;

+	/* Then, try with next dir */

+    }

+    return file_name;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+#ifndef LOCALE_ALIAS

+#define LOCALE_ALIAS    "locale.alias"

+#endif

+

+int

+_XlcResolveLocaleName(

+    const char* lc_name,

+    XLCdPublicPart* pub)

+{

+    char dir[PATH_MAX], buf[PATH_MAX], *name = NULL;

+    char *dst;

+    int i, n, sinamelen;

+    char *args[NUM_LOCALEDIR];

+    static const char locale_alias[] = LOCALE_ALIAS;

+    char *tmp_siname;

+    char *nlc_name = NULL;

+

+    xlocaledir (dir, PATH_MAX);

+    n = _XlcParsePath(dir, args, NUM_LOCALEDIR);

+    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {

+	if ((2 + (args[i] ? strlen (args[i]) : 0) +

+	    strlen (locale_alias)) < PATH_MAX) {

+	    sprintf (buf, "%s/%s", args[i], locale_alias);

+	    name = resolve_name (lc_name, buf, LtoR);

+	    if (!name) {

+		if (!nlc_name)

+		    nlc_name = normalize_lcname(lc_name);

+		if (nlc_name)

+		    name = resolve_name (nlc_name, buf, LtoR);

+	    }

+	}

+	if (name != NULL) {

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    if (nlc_name) Xfree(nlc_name);

+

+    if (name == NULL) {

+	/* vendor locale name == Xlocale name, no expansion of alias */

+	pub->siname = strdup (lc_name);

+    } else {

+	pub->siname = name;

+    }

+

+    sinamelen = strlen (pub->siname);

+    if (sinamelen == 1 && pub->siname[0] == 'C') {

+	pub->language = pub->siname;

+	pub->territory = pub->codeset = NULL;

+	return 1;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * pub->siname is in the format <lang>_<terr>.<codeset>, typical would

+     * be "en_US.ISO8859-1", "en_US.utf8", "ru_RU.KOI-8", or ja_JP.SJIS,

+     * although it could be ja.SJIS too.

+     */

+    tmp_siname = Xrealloc (pub->siname, 2 * (sinamelen + 1));

+    if (tmp_siname == NULL) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    pub->siname = tmp_siname;

+

+    /* language */

+    dst = &pub->siname[sinamelen + 1];

+    strcpy (dst, pub->siname);

+    pub->language = dst;

+

+    /* territory */

+    dst = strchr (dst, '_');

+    if (dst) {

+	*dst = '\0';

+	pub->territory = ++dst;

+    } else

+	dst = &pub->siname[sinamelen + 1];

+

+    /* codeset */

+    dst = strchr (dst, '.');

+    if (dst) {

+	*dst = '\0';

+	pub->codeset = ++dst;

+    }

+

+    return (pub->siname[0] != '\0') ? 1 : 0;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+int

+_XlcResolveI18NPath(char *buf, int buf_len)

+{

+    if (buf != NULL) {

+	xlocaledir(buf, buf_len);

+    }

+    return 1;

+}

+

+char *

+_XlcLocaleDirName(char *dir_name, size_t dir_len, char *lc_name)

+{

+    char dir[PATH_MAX], buf[PATH_MAX], *name = NULL;

+    int i, n;

+    char *args[NUM_LOCALEDIR];

+    static char locale_alias[] = LOCALE_ALIAS;

+    char *target_name = (char*)0;

+    char *target_dir = (char*)0;

+    char *nlc_name = NULL;

+    static char*  last_dir_name = 0;

+    static size_t last_dir_len = 0;

+    static char*  last_lc_name = 0;

+

+    if (last_lc_name != 0 && strcmp (last_lc_name, lc_name) == 0

+       && dir_len >= last_dir_len) {

+        strcpy (dir_name, last_dir_name);

+        return dir_name;

+    }

+

+    xlocaledir (dir, PATH_MAX);

+    n = _XlcParsePath(dir, args, 256);

+    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {

+

+	if ((2 + (args[i] ? strlen(args[i]) : 0) +

+ 	     strlen(locale_alias)) < PATH_MAX) {

+ 	    sprintf (buf, "%s/%s", args[i], locale_alias);

+ 	    name = resolve_name(lc_name, buf, LtoR);

+	    if (!name) {

+		if (!nlc_name)

+		    nlc_name = normalize_lcname(lc_name);

+		if (nlc_name)

+		    name = resolve_name (nlc_name, buf, LtoR);

+	    }

+ 	}

+

+ 	/* If name is not an alias, use lc_name for locale.dir search */

+ 	if (name == NULL)

+ 	    name = lc_name;

+

+ 	/* look at locale.dir */

+

+ 	target_dir = args[i];

+ 	if (!target_dir) {

+ 	    /* something wrong */

+ 	    if (name != lc_name)

+ 		Xfree(name);

+ 	    continue;

+ 	}

+ 	if ((1 + strlen (target_dir) + strlen("locale.dir")) < PATH_MAX) {

+ 	    sprintf(buf, "%s/locale.dir", target_dir);

+ 	    target_name = resolve_name(name, buf, RtoL);

+ 	}

+ 	if (name != lc_name)

+ 	    Xfree(name);

+ 	if (target_name != NULL) {

+ 	    char *p = 0;

+ 	    if ((p = strstr(target_name, "/XLC_LOCALE"))) {

+ 		*p = '\0';

+ 		break;

+ 	    }

+ 	    Xfree(target_name);

+ 	    target_name = NULL;

+ 	}

+ 	name = NULL;

+    }

+    if (nlc_name) Xfree(nlc_name);

+

+    if (target_name == NULL) {

+ 	/* vendor locale name == Xlocale name, no expansion of alias */

+ 	target_dir = args[0];

+ 	target_name = lc_name;

+    }

+    /* snprintf(dir_name, dir_len, "%s/%", target_dir, target_name); */

+    strncpy(dir_name, target_dir, dir_len - 1);

+    if (strlen(target_dir) >= dir_len - 1) {

+	dir_name[dir_len - 1] = '\0';

+    } else  {

+	strcat(dir_name, "/");

+	strncat(dir_name, target_name, dir_len - strlen(dir_name) - 1);

+	if (strlen(target_name) >= dir_len - strlen(dir_name) - 1)

+	    dir_name[dir_len - 1] = '\0';

+    }

+    if (target_name != lc_name)

+ 	Xfree(target_name);

+

+    if (last_dir_name != 0)

+	Xfree (last_dir_name);

+    if (last_lc_name != 0)

+	Xfree (last_lc_name);

+    last_dir_len = strlen (dir_name) + 1;

+    last_dir_name = Xmalloc (last_dir_len);

+    strcpy (last_dir_name, dir_name);

+    last_lc_name = strdup (lc_name);

+

+    return dir_name;

+}

+

+char *

+_XlcLocaleLibDirName(char *dir_name, size_t dir_len, char *lc_name)

+{

+    char dir[PATH_MAX], buf[PATH_MAX], *name = NULL;

+    int i, n;

+    char *args[NUM_LOCALEDIR];

+    static char locale_alias[] = LOCALE_ALIAS;

+    char *target_name = (char*)0;

+    char *target_dir = (char*)0;

+    char *nlc_name = NULL;

+    static char*  last_dir_name = 0;

+    static size_t last_dir_len = 0;

+    static char*  last_lc_name = 0;

+

+    if (last_lc_name != 0 && strcmp (last_lc_name, lc_name) == 0

+       && dir_len >= last_dir_len) {

+	strcpy (dir_name, last_dir_name);

+	return dir_name;

+    }

+

+    xlocalelibdir (dir, PATH_MAX);

+    n = _XlcParsePath(dir, args, 256);

+    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {

+

+	if ((2 + (args[i] ? strlen(args[i]) : 0) +

+ 	     strlen(locale_alias)) < PATH_MAX) {

+ 	    sprintf (buf, "%s/%s", args[i], locale_alias);

+ 	    name = resolve_name(lc_name, buf, LtoR);

+	    if (!name) {

+		if (!nlc_name)

+		    nlc_name = normalize_lcname(lc_name);

+		if (nlc_name)

+		    name = resolve_name (nlc_name, buf, LtoR);

+	    }

+ 	}

+

+ 	/* If name is not an alias, use lc_name for locale.dir search */

+ 	if (name == NULL)

+ 	    name = lc_name;

+

+ 	/* look at locale.dir */

+

+ 	target_dir = args[i];

+ 	if (!target_dir) {

+ 	    /* something wrong */

+ 	    if (name != lc_name)

+ 		Xfree(name);

+ 	    continue;

+ 	}

+ 	if ((1 + strlen (target_dir) + strlen("locale.dir")) < PATH_MAX) {

+ 	    sprintf(buf, "%s/locale.dir", target_dir);

+ 	    target_name = resolve_name(name, buf, RtoL);

+ 	}

+ 	if (name != lc_name)

+ 	    Xfree(name);

+ 	if (target_name != NULL) {

+ 	    char *p = 0;

+ 	    if ((p = strstr(target_name, "/XLC_LOCALE"))) {

+ 		*p = '\0';

+ 		break;

+ 	    }

+ 	    Xfree(target_name);

+ 	    target_name = NULL;

+ 	}

+ 	name = NULL;

+    }

+    if (nlc_name) Xfree(nlc_name);

+

+    if (target_name == NULL) {

+ 	/* vendor locale name == Xlocale name, no expansion of alias */

+ 	target_dir = args[0];

+ 	target_name = lc_name;

+    }

+    /* snprintf(dir_name, dir_len, "%s/%", target_dir, target_name); */

+    strncpy(dir_name, target_dir, dir_len - 1);

+    if (strlen(target_dir) >= dir_len - 1) {

+	dir_name[dir_len - 1] = '\0';

+    } else  {

+	strcat(dir_name, "/");

+	strncat(dir_name, target_name, dir_len - strlen(dir_name) - 1);

+	if (strlen(target_name) >= dir_len - strlen(dir_name) - 1)

+	    dir_name[dir_len - 1] = '\0';

+    }

+    if (target_name != lc_name)

+ 	Xfree(target_name);

+

+    if (last_dir_name != 0)

+	Xfree (last_dir_name);

+    if (last_lc_name != 0)

+	Xfree (last_lc_name);

+    last_dir_len = strlen (dir_name) + 1;

+    last_dir_name = Xmalloc (last_dir_len);

+    strcpy (last_dir_name, dir_name);

+    last_lc_name = strdup (lc_name);

+

+    return dir_name;

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcGeneric.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcGeneric.c
index 619cb47f9..7001e69fd 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcGeneric.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcGeneric.c
@@ -1,1180 +1,1181 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
- * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising
- * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the
- * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
- * without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
- * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
- * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
- * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.
- *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp
- */
-/*
- *  (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED
- *  This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint
- *  Development Agreement for the CDE/Motif PST.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XlcGeneric.h"
-
-static XLCd create (const char *name, XLCdMethods methods);
-static Bool initialize (XLCd lcd);
-static void destroy (XLCd lcd);
-
-static XLCdPublicMethodsRec genericMethods = {
-    { NULL },                   /* use default methods */
-    {
-	NULL,
-	create,
-	initialize,
-	destroy,
-	NULL
-    }
-};
-
-XLCdMethods _XlcGenericMethods = (XLCdMethods) &genericMethods;
-
-static XLCd
-create(
-    const char *name,
-    XLCdMethods methods)
-{
-    XLCd lcd;
-    XLCdPublicMethods new;
-
-    lcd = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XLCdRec));
-    if (lcd == NULL)
-        return (XLCd) NULL;
-
-    lcd->core = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XLCdGenericRec));
-    if (lcd->core == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    new = (XLCdPublicMethods) Xmalloc(sizeof(XLCdPublicMethodsRec));
-    if (new == NULL)
-	goto err;
-    memcpy(new,methods,sizeof(XLCdPublicMethodsRec));
-    lcd->methods = (XLCdMethods) new;
-
-    return lcd;
-
-err:
-    Xfree(lcd);
-    return (XLCd) NULL;
-}
-
-static Bool
-string_to_encoding(
-    const char *str,
-    char *encoding)
-{
-    char *next;
-    long value;
-    int base;
-
-    while (*str) {
-	if (*str == '\\') {
-	    switch (*(str + 1)) {
-		case 'x':
-		case 'X':
-		    base = 16;
-		    break;
-		default:
-		    base = 8;
-		    break;
-	    }
-	    value = strtol(str + 2, &next, base);
-	    if (str + 2 != next) {
-		*((unsigned char *) encoding++) = (unsigned char) value;
-		str = next;
-		continue;
-	    }
-	}
-	*encoding++ = *str++;
-    }
-
-    *encoding = '\0';
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static Bool
-string_to_ulong(
-    const char *str,
-    unsigned long *value)
-{
-     const char *tmp1 = str;
-     int base;
-
-     if (*tmp1++ != '\\') {
-	  tmp1--;
-	  base = 10;
-     } else {
-	  switch (*tmp1++) {
-	  case 'x':
-	       base = 16;
-	       break;
-	  case 'o':
-	       base = 8;
-	       break;
-	  case 'd':
-	       base = 10;
-	       break;
-	  default:
-	       return(False);
-	  }
-     }
-     *value = (unsigned long) strtol(tmp1, NULL, base);
-     return(True);
-}
-
-
-static Bool
-add_charset(
-    CodeSet codeset,
-    XlcCharSet charset)
-{
-    XlcCharSet *new_list;
-    int num;
-
-    if ((num = codeset->num_charsets))
-        new_list = (XlcCharSet *) Xrealloc(codeset->charset_list,
-                                        (num + 1) * sizeof(XlcCharSet));
-    else
-        new_list = (XlcCharSet *) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcCharSet));
-
-    if (new_list == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    new_list[num] = charset;
-    codeset->charset_list = new_list;
-    codeset->num_charsets = num + 1;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static CodeSet
-add_codeset(
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen)
-{
-    CodeSet new, *new_list;
-    int num;
-
-    new = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(CodeSetRec));
-    if (new == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-
-    if ((num = gen->codeset_num))
-        new_list = (CodeSet *) Xrealloc(gen->codeset_list,
-                                        (num + 1) * sizeof(CodeSet));
-    else
-        new_list = (CodeSet *) Xmalloc(sizeof(CodeSet));
-
-    if (new_list == NULL)
-        goto err;
-
-    new_list[num] = new;
-    gen->codeset_list = new_list;
-    gen->codeset_num = num + 1;
-
-    return new;
-
-err:
-    Xfree(new);
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-static Bool
-add_parse_list(
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen,
-    EncodingType type,
-    const char *encoding,
-    CodeSet codeset)
-{
-    ParseInfo new, *new_list;
-    char *str;
-    unsigned char ch;
-    int num;
-
-    str = strdup(encoding);
-    if (str == NULL)
-        return False;
-
-    new = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(ParseInfoRec));
-    if (new == NULL)
-        goto err;
-
-    if (gen->mb_parse_table == NULL) {
-        gen->mb_parse_table = Xcalloc(1, 256); /* 2^8 */
-        if (gen->mb_parse_table == NULL)
-            goto err;
-    }
-
-    if ((num = gen->mb_parse_list_num))
-        new_list = (ParseInfo *) Xrealloc(gen->mb_parse_list,
-                                          (num + 2) * sizeof(ParseInfo));
-    else {
-        new_list = (ParseInfo *) Xmalloc(2 * sizeof(ParseInfo));
-    }
-
-    if (new_list == NULL)
-        goto err;
-
-    new_list[num] = new;
-    new_list[num + 1] = NULL;
-    gen->mb_parse_list = new_list;
-    gen->mb_parse_list_num = num + 1;
-
-    ch = (unsigned char) *str;
-    if (gen->mb_parse_table[ch] == 0)
-        gen->mb_parse_table[ch] = num + 1;
-
-    new->type = type;
-    new->encoding = str;
-    new->codeset = codeset;
-
-    if (codeset->parse_info == NULL)
-        codeset->parse_info = new;
-
-    return True;
-
-err:
-    Xfree(str);
-    if (new)
-        Xfree(new);
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-static void
-free_charset(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);
-    ParseInfo *parse_info;
-    int num;
-
-    if (gen->mb_parse_table)
-        Xfree(gen->mb_parse_table);
-    if ((num = gen->mb_parse_list_num) > 0) {
-        for (parse_info = gen->mb_parse_list; num-- > 0; parse_info++) {
-            if ((*parse_info)->encoding)
-                Xfree((*parse_info)->encoding);
-            Xfree(*parse_info);
-        }
-        Xfree(gen->mb_parse_list);
-    }
-
-    if ((num = gen->codeset_num) > 0)
-        Xfree(gen->codeset_list);
-}
-
-/* For VW/UDC */
-
-#define FORWARD  (unsigned long)'+'
-#define BACKWARD (unsigned long)'-'
-
-static const char *
-getscope(
-    const char *str,
-    FontScope scp)
-{
-    unsigned long start = 0;
-    unsigned long end = 0;
-    unsigned long dest = 0;
-    unsigned long shift = 0;
-    unsigned long direction = 0;
-    sscanf(str,"[\\x%lx,\\x%lx]->\\x%lx", &start, &end, &dest);
-    if (dest) {
-        if (dest >= start) {
-            shift = dest - start;
-            direction = FORWARD ;
-        } else {
-            shift = start - dest;
-            direction = BACKWARD;
-        }
-    }
-    scp->start = start      ;
-    scp->end   = end        ;
-    scp->shift = shift      ;
-    scp->shift_direction
-               = direction  ;
-    /* .......... */
-    while (*str) {
-        if (*str == ',' && *(str+1) == '[')
-            break;
-        str++;
-    }
-    return str+1;
-}
-
-static int
-count_scopemap(
-    const char *str)
-{
-    const char *ptr;
-    int num=0;
-    for (ptr=str; *ptr; ptr++) {
-        if (*ptr == ']') {
-            num++;
-        }
-    }
-    return num;
-}
-
-FontScope
-_XlcParse_scopemaps(
-    const char *str,
-    int *size)
-{
-    int num=0,i;
-    FontScope scope,sc_ptr;
-    const char *str_sc;
-
-    num = count_scopemap(str);
-    scope = (FontScope) Xmalloc(num * sizeof(FontScopeRec));
-    if (scope == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    for (i=0, str_sc=str, sc_ptr=scope; i < num; i++, sc_ptr++) {
-	str_sc = getscope(str_sc, sc_ptr);
-    }
-    *size = num;
-    return scope;
-}
-
-void
-_XlcDbg_printValue(
-    const char *str,
-    char **value,
-    int num)
-{
-/*
-    int i;
-    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
-        fprintf(stderr, "%s value[%d] = %s\n", str, i, value[i]);
-*/
-}
-
-static void
-dmpscope(
-    const char* name,
-    FontScope sc,
-    int num)
-{
-/*
-    int i;
-    fprintf(stderr, "dmpscope %s\n", name);
-    for (i=0; i<num; i++)
-        fprintf(stderr,"%x %x %x %x \n",
-                sc[i].start,
-                sc[i].end,
-                sc[i].shift,
-                sc[i].shift_direction);
-    fprintf(stderr, "dmpscope end\n");
-*/
-}
-
-static XlcCharSet
-srch_charset_define(
-    const char *name,
-    int *new)
-{
-    XlcCharSet charset;
-
-    *new = 0;
-    charset = _XlcGetCharSet(name);
-    if (charset == NULL &&
-        (charset = _XlcCreateDefaultCharSet(name, ""))) {
-        _XlcAddCharSet(charset);
-        *new = 1;
-        charset->source = CSsrcXLC;
-    }
-    return charset;
-}
-
-static void
-read_charset_define(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen)
-{
-    int i;
-    char csd[16], cset_name[256];
-    char name[BUFSIZ];
-    XlcCharSet charsetd;
-    char **value;
-    int num, new = 0;
-    XlcSide side = XlcUnknown;
-    char *tmp;
-
-    for (i=0; ; i++) { /* loop start */
-        charsetd = 0;
-        sprintf(csd, "csd%d", i);
-
-        /* charset_name  */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "charset_name");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);
-        _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-	    /* hackers will get truncated -- C'est la vie */
-            strncpy(cset_name,value[0], sizeof cset_name - 1);
-	    cset_name[(sizeof cset_name) - 1] = '\0';
-            sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd , "side");
-            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);
-            if (num > 0) {
-                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-                if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "none", 4)) {
-                    side =  XlcGLGR;
-                } else if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "GL", 2)) {
-                    side =  XlcGL;
-                    strcat(cset_name,":GL");
-                } else {
-                    side =  XlcGR;
-                    strcat(cset_name,":GR");
-                }
-                if (charsetd == NULL &&
-                    (charsetd = srch_charset_define(cset_name,&new)) == NULL)
-                    return;
-            }
-        } else {
-            if (i == 0)
-                continue;
-            else
-                break;
-        }
-        if (new) {
-            tmp = strdup(cset_name);
-            if (tmp == NULL)
-                return;
-            charsetd->name = tmp;
-        }
-        /* side   */
-        charsetd->side = side ;
-        /* length */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "length");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-            charsetd->char_size = atoi(value[0]);
-        }
-        /* gc_number */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "gc_number");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-            charsetd->set_size = atoi(value[0]);
-        }
-        /* string_encoding */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "string_encoding");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-            if (!strcmp("False",value[0])) {
-                charsetd->string_encoding = False;
-            } else {
-                charsetd->string_encoding = True;
-            }
-        }
-        /* sequence */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "sequence");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-/*
-            if (charsetd->ct_sequence) {
-                Xfree(charsetd->ct_sequence);
-            }
-*/
-            tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(strlen(value[0])+1);
-            if (tmp == NULL)
-                return;
-            charsetd->ct_sequence = tmp;
-            string_to_encoding(value[0],tmp);
-        }
-        /* encoding_name */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "encoding_name");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-/*
-            if (charsetd->encoding_name) {
-                Xfree(charsetd->encoding_name);
-            }
-*/
-            tmp = strdup(value[0]);
-            charsetd->encoding_name = tmp;
-            charsetd->xrm_encoding_name = XrmStringToQuark(tmp);
-        }
-        _XlcAddCT(charsetd->name, charsetd->ct_sequence);
-    }
-}
-
-static SegConv
-add_conversion(
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen)
-{
-    SegConv new_list;
-    int num;
-
-    if ((num = gen->segment_conv_num) > 0) {
-        new_list = (SegConv) Xrealloc(gen->segment_conv,
-                                        (num + 1) * sizeof(SegConvRec));
-    } else {
-        new_list = (SegConv) Xmalloc(sizeof(SegConvRec));
-    }
-
-    if (new_list == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-
-    gen->segment_conv = new_list;
-    gen->segment_conv_num = num + 1;
-
-    return &new_list[num];
-
-}
-
-static void
-read_segmentconversion(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen)
-{
-    int i;
-    char conv[16];
-    char name[BUFSIZ];
-    char **value;
-    int num,new;
-    SegConv conversion;
-    for (i=0 ; ; i++) { /* loop start */
-        conversion = 0;
-        sprintf(conv, "conv%d", i);
-
-        /* length                */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "length");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            if (conversion == NULL &&
-                (conversion = add_conversion(gen)) == NULL) {
-                return;
-            }
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-        } else {
-            if (i == 0)
-                continue;
-            else
-                break;
-        }
-        conversion->length = atoi(value[0]);
-
-        /* source_encoding       */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "source_encoding");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            char *tmp;
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-            tmp = strdup(value[0]);
-            if (tmp == NULL)
-                return;
-            conversion->source_encoding = tmp;
-            conversion->source = srch_charset_define(tmp,&new);
-        }
-        /* destination_encoding  */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "destination_encoding");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            char *tmp;
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-            tmp = strdup(value[0]);
-            if (tmp == NULL)
-                return;
-            conversion->destination_encoding = tmp;
-            conversion->dest = srch_charset_define(tmp,&new);
-        }
-        /* range                 */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "range");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-            sscanf(value[0],"\\x%lx,\\x%lx",
-                   &(conversion->range.start), &(conversion->range.end));
-        }
-        /* conversion            */
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "conversion");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-            conversion->conv =
-                _XlcParse_scopemaps(value[0],&conversion->conv_num);
-        }
-    }  /* loop end */
-}
-
-static ExtdSegment
-create_ctextseg(
-    char **value,
-    int num)
-{
-    ExtdSegment ret;
-    char* ptr;
-    char* cset_name = NULL;
-    int i,new;
-    FontScope scope;
-    ret = (ExtdSegment)Xmalloc(sizeof(ExtdSegmentRec));
-    if (ret == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-    ret->name = strdup(value[0]);
-    if (ret->name == NULL) {
-        Xfree (ret);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    cset_name = (char*) Xmalloc (strlen(ret->name) + 1);
-    if (cset_name == NULL) {
-        Xfree (ret->name);
-        Xfree (ret);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    if (strchr(value[0],':')) {
-        ptr = strchr(ret->name,':');
-        *ptr = '\0';
-        ptr++;
-        if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(ptr, "GL", 2)) {
-            ret->side =  XlcGL;
-            sprintf(cset_name,"%s:%s",ret->name,"GL");
-        } else {
-            ret->side =  XlcGR;
-            sprintf(cset_name,"%s:%s",ret->name,"GR");
-        }
-    } else {
-        ret->side =  XlcGLGR;
-        strcpy(cset_name,ret->name);
-    }
-    ret->area = (FontScope)Xmalloc((num - 1)*sizeof(FontScopeRec));
-    if (ret->area == NULL) {
-	Xfree (cset_name);
-	Xfree (ret->name);
-	Xfree (ret);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    ret->area_num = num - 1;
-    scope = ret->area ;
-    for (i = 1; i < num; i++) {
-        sscanf(value[i],"\\x%lx,\\x%lx",
-               &scope[i-1].start, &scope[i-1].end);
-    }
-    ret->charset = srch_charset_define(cset_name,&new);
-    Xfree (cset_name);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-/* For VW/UDC end */
-
-static Bool
-load_generic(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);
-    char **value;
-    int num;
-    unsigned long l;
-    int i;
-    int M,ii;
-    XlcCharSet charset;
-
-    gen->codeset_num = 0;
-
-    /***** wc_encoding_mask *****/
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "wc_encoding_mask", &value, &num);
-    if (num > 0) {
-	if (string_to_ulong(value[0], &l) == False)
-	    goto err;
-	gen->wc_encode_mask = l;
-    }
-    /***** wc_shift_bits *****/
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "wc_shift_bits", &value, &num);
-    if (num > 0)
-	gen->wc_shift_bits = atoi(value[0]);
-    if (gen->wc_shift_bits < 1)
-	gen->wc_shift_bits = 8;
-    /***** use_stdc_env *****/
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "use_stdc_env", &value, &num);
-    if (num > 0 && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "True"))
-	gen->use_stdc_env = True;
-    else
-	gen->use_stdc_env = False;
-    /***** force_convert_to_mb *****/
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "force_convert_to_mb", &value, &num);
-    if (num > 0 && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "True"))
-	gen->force_convert_to_mb = True;
-    else
-	gen->force_convert_to_mb = False;
-
-    for (i = 0; ; i++) {
-	CodeSetRec *codeset = NULL;
-	char cs[16];
-	char name[BUFSIZ];
-
-	sprintf(cs, "cs%d", i);
-
-	/***** codeset.side *****/
-	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs , "side");
-	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-	if (num > 0) {
-	    char *tmp;
-
-	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)
-		goto err;
-
-            /* 3.4.1 side */
-            if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "none", 4)) {
-                codeset->side =  XlcNONE;
-            } else if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "GL", 2)) {
-                codeset->side =  XlcGL;
-            } else {
-                codeset->side =  XlcGR;
-            }
-
-	    tmp = strrchr(value[0], ':');
-	    if (tmp != NULL && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1(tmp + 1, "Default")) {
-		if (codeset->side == XlcGR)
-		    gen->initial_state_GR = codeset;
-		else
-		    gen->initial_state_GL = codeset;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/***** codeset.length *****/
-	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs , "length");
-	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-	if (num > 0) {
-	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)
-		goto err;
-	    codeset->length = atoi(value[0]);
-	    if (codeset->length < 1)
-		codeset->length = 1;
-	}
-
-	/***** codeset.mb_encoding *****/
-	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "mb_encoding");
-	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-	if (num > 0) {
-	    static struct {
-		const char *str;
-		EncodingType type;
-	    } shifts[] = {
-		{"<SS>", E_SS},
-		{"<LSL>", E_LSL},
-		{"<LSR>", E_LSR},
-		{0}
-	    };
-	    int j;
-
-	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)
-		goto err;
-	    for ( ; num-- > 0; value++) {
-		char encoding[256];
-		char *tmp = *value;
-		EncodingType type = E_SS;    /* for BC */
-		for (j = 0; shifts[j].str; j++) {
-		    if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(tmp, shifts[j].str,
-					       strlen(shifts[j].str))) {
-			type = shifts[j].type;
-			tmp += strlen(shifts[j].str);
-			break;
-		    }
-		}
-		if (strlen (tmp) > sizeof encoding ||
-		    string_to_encoding(tmp, encoding) == False)
-			goto err;
-		add_parse_list(gen, type, encoding, codeset);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/***** codeset.wc_encoding *****/
-	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "wc_encoding");
-	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-	if (num > 0) {
-	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)
-		goto err;
-	    if (string_to_ulong(value[0], &l) == False)
-		goto err;
-	    codeset->wc_encoding = l;
-	}
-
-	/***** codeset.ct_encoding *****/
-	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "ct_encoding");
-	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-	if (num > 0) {
-	    char *encoding;
-
-	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)
-		goto err;
-	    for ( ; num-- > 0; value++) {
-		if (strlen (*value) > sizeof name)
-		    goto err;
-		string_to_encoding(*value, name);
-		charset = NULL;
-		if ((encoding = strchr(name, ':')) &&
-		    (encoding = strchr(encoding + 1, ':'))) {
-		    *encoding++ = '\0';
-		    charset = _XlcAddCT(name, encoding);
-		}
-		if (charset == NULL) {
-		    charset = _XlcGetCharSet(name);
-		    if (charset == NULL &&
-			(charset = _XlcCreateDefaultCharSet(name, ""))) {
-			charset->side = codeset->side;
-			charset->char_size = codeset->length;
-			_XlcAddCharSet(charset);
-		    }
-		}
-		if (charset) {
-		    if (add_charset(codeset, charset) == False)
-			goto err;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (codeset == NULL)
-	    break;
-	codeset->cs_num = i;
-        /* For VW/UDC */
-        /***** 3.4.2 byteM (1 <= M <= length)*****/
-        for (M=1; M-1  < codeset->length; M++) {
-            unsigned long start,end;
-            ByteInfo tmpb;
-
-            sprintf(name,"%s.%s%d",cs,"byte",M);
-            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-
-            if (M == 1) {
-                if (num < 1) {
-                    codeset->byteM = NULL;
-                    break ;
-                }
-                codeset->byteM =
-                    (ByteInfoListRec *)Xmalloc(
-                         (codeset->length)*sizeof(ByteInfoListRec));
-                if (codeset->byteM == NULL) {
-                    goto err;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if (num > 0) {
-                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-                (codeset->byteM)[M-1].M = M;
-                (codeset->byteM)[M-1].byteinfo_num = num;
-                (codeset->byteM)[M-1].byteinfo =
-                    (ByteInfo)Xmalloc( num * sizeof(ByteInfoRec));
-                for (ii = 0 ; ii < num ; ii++) {
-                    tmpb = (codeset->byteM)[M-1].byteinfo ;
-                    /* default 0x00 - 0xff */
-                    sscanf(value[ii],"\\x%lx,\\x%lx",&start,&end);
-                    tmpb[ii].start = (unsigned char)start;
-                    tmpb[ii].end  = (unsigned char)end;
-                }
-            }
-            /* .... */
-        }
-
-
-        /***** codeset.mb_conversion *****/
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "mb_conversion");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-                codeset->mbconv = Xmalloc(sizeof(ConversionRec));
-                codeset->mbconv->convlist =
-                _XlcParse_scopemaps(value[0],&(codeset->mbconv->conv_num));
-                dmpscope("mb_conv",codeset->mbconv->convlist,
-                         codeset->mbconv->conv_num);
-                /* [\x%x,\x%x]->\x%x,... */
-        }
-        /***** codeset.ct_conversion *****/
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "ct_conversion");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-                codeset->ctconv = Xmalloc(sizeof(ConversionRec));
-                codeset->ctconv->convlist =
-                _XlcParse_scopemaps(value[0],&(codeset->ctconv->conv_num));
-                dmpscope("ctconv",codeset->ctconv->convlist,
-                         codeset->ctconv->conv_num);
-                /* [\x%x,\x%x]->\x%x,... */
-        }
-        /***** codeset.ct_conversion_file *****/
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "ct_conversion_file");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-                /* [\x%x,\x%x]->\x%x,... */
-        }
-        /***** codeset.ct_extended_segment *****/
-        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "ct_extended_segment");
-        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);
-        if (num > 0) {
-                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);
-                codeset->ctextseg = create_ctextseg(value,num);
-                /* [\x%x,\x%x]->\x%x,... */
-        }
-        /* For VW/UDC end */
-
-    }
-
-    read_charset_define(lcd,gen);       /* For VW/UDC */
-    read_segmentconversion(lcd,gen);    /* For VW/UDC */
-
-    if (gen->initial_state_GL == NULL) {
-       CodeSetRec *codeset;
-       for (i = 0; i < gen->codeset_num; i++) {
-          codeset = gen->codeset_list[i];
-          if (codeset->side == XlcGL)
-             gen->initial_state_GL = codeset;
-       }
-    }
-
-    if (gen->initial_state_GR == NULL) {
-       CodeSetRec *codeset;
-       for (i = 0; i < gen->codeset_num; i++) {
-          codeset = gen->codeset_list[i];
-          if (codeset->side == XlcGR)
-             gen->initial_state_GR = codeset;
-       }
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < gen->codeset_num; i++) {
-       CodeSetRec *codeset = gen->codeset_list[i];
-       for (ii = 0; ii < codeset->num_charsets; ii++) {
-          charset = codeset->charset_list[ii];
-          if (! strcmp(charset->encoding_name, "ISO8859-1"))
-              charset->string_encoding = True;
-          if ( charset->string_encoding )
-              codeset->string_encoding = True;
-       }
-    }
-    return True;
-
-err:
-    free_charset(lcd);
-
-    return False;
-}
-
-#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_LC
-/* override the open_om and open_im methods which were set by
-   super_class's initialize method() */
-
-static Bool
-initialize_core(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    _XInitDynamicOM(lcd);
-
-    _XInitDynamicIM(lcd);
-
-    return True;
-}
-#endif
-
-static Bool
-initialize(XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdPublicMethods superclass = (XLCdPublicMethods) _XlcPublicMethods;
-
-    XLC_PUBLIC_METHODS(lcd)->superclass = superclass;
-
-    if (superclass->pub.initialize) {
-	if ((*superclass->pub.initialize)(lcd) == False)
-	    return False;
-    }
-
-#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_LC
-    if (initialize_core(lcd) == False)
-	return False;
-#endif
-
-    if (load_generic(lcd) == False)
-	return False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-/* VW/UDC start 95.01.08 */
-static void
-freeByteM(
-    CodeSet codeset)
-{
-    int i;
-    ByteInfoList blst;
-    if (codeset->byteM == NULL) {
-	return ;
-    }
-    blst = codeset->byteM;
-    for (i = 0; i < codeset->length; i++) {
-	if (blst[i].byteinfo) {
-	    Xfree(blst[i].byteinfo);
-	    blst[i].byteinfo = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-    Xfree(codeset->byteM);
-    codeset->byteM = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-freeConversion(
-    CodeSet codeset)
-{
-    Conversion mbconv,ctconv;
-    if (codeset->mbconv) {
-	mbconv = codeset->mbconv;
-	/*  ...  */
-	if (mbconv->convlist) {
-	    Xfree(mbconv->convlist);
-	    mbconv->convlist = NULL;
-	}
-	Xfree(mbconv);
-	codeset->mbconv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (codeset->ctconv) {
-	ctconv = codeset->ctconv;
-	/*  ...  */
-	if (ctconv->convlist) {
-	    Xfree(ctconv->convlist);
-	    ctconv->convlist = NULL;
-	}
-	Xfree(ctconv);
-	codeset->ctconv = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-freeExtdSegment(
-    CodeSet codeset)
-{
-    ExtdSegment ctextseg;
-    if (codeset->ctextseg == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-    ctextseg = codeset->ctextseg;
-    if (ctextseg->name) {
-	Xfree(ctextseg->name);
-	ctextseg->name = NULL;
-    }
-    if (ctextseg->area) {
-	Xfree(ctextseg->area);
-	ctextseg->area = NULL;
-    }
-    Xfree(codeset->ctextseg);
-    codeset->ctextseg = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-freeParseInfo(
-    CodeSet codeset)
-{
-    ParseInfo parse_info;
-    if (codeset->parse_info == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-    parse_info = codeset->parse_info;
-    if (parse_info->encoding) {
-	Xfree(parse_info->encoding);
-	parse_info->encoding = NULL;
-    }
-    Xfree(codeset->parse_info);
-    codeset->parse_info = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-destroy_CodeSetList(
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen)
-{
-    CodeSet *codeset = gen->codeset_list;
-    int i;
-    if (gen->codeset_num == 0) {
-	return;
-    }
-    for (i=0;i<gen->codeset_num;i++) {
-        freeByteM(codeset[i]);
-	freeConversion(codeset[i]);
-	freeExtdSegment(codeset[i]);
-	freeParseInfo(codeset[i]);
-	if (codeset[i]->charset_list) {
-	    Xfree(codeset[i]->charset_list);
-	    codeset[i]->charset_list = NULL;
-	}
-	Xfree(codeset[i]); codeset[i]=NULL;
-    }
-    Xfree(codeset); gen->codeset_list = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-destroy_SegConv(
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen)
-{
-    SegConv seg = gen->segment_conv;
-    int i;
-    if (gen->segment_conv_num == 0) {
-	return;
-    }
-    for (i=0;i<gen->segment_conv_num;i++) {
-	if (seg[i].source_encoding) {
-	    Xfree(seg[i].source_encoding);
-	    seg[i].source_encoding = NULL;
-	}
-	if (seg[i].destination_encoding) {
-	    Xfree(seg[i].destination_encoding);
-	    seg[i].destination_encoding = NULL;
-	}
-	if (seg[i].conv) {
-	    Xfree(seg[i].conv); seg[i].conv = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-    Xfree(seg); gen->segment_conv = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-destroy_gen(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdGenericPart *gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);
-    destroy_SegConv(gen);
-    destroy_CodeSetList(gen);
-    if (gen->mb_parse_table) {
-	Xfree(gen->mb_parse_table);
-	gen->mb_parse_table = NULL;
-    }
-    if (gen->mb_parse_list) {
-	Xfree(gen->mb_parse_list);
-	gen->mb_parse_list = NULL;
-    }
-}
-/* VW/UDC end 95.01.08 */
-
-static void
-destroy(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdPublicMethods superclass = XLC_PUBLIC_METHODS(lcd)->superclass;
-
-    destroy_gen(lcd); /* ADD 1996.01.08 */
-    if (superclass && superclass->pub.destroy)
-	(*superclass->pub.destroy)(lcd);
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided

+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising

+ * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the

+ * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"

+ * without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp

+ */

+/*

+ *  (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED

+ *  This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint

+ *  Development Agreement for the CDE/Motif PST.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XlcGeneric.h"

+

+static XLCd create (const char *name, XLCdMethods methods);

+static Bool initialize (XLCd lcd);

+static void destroy (XLCd lcd);

+

+static XLCdPublicMethodsRec genericMethods = {

+    { NULL },                   /* use default methods */

+    {

+	NULL,

+	create,

+	initialize,

+	destroy,

+	NULL

+    }

+};

+

+XLCdMethods _XlcGenericMethods = (XLCdMethods) &genericMethods;

+

+static XLCd

+create(

+    const char *name,

+    XLCdMethods methods)

+{

+    XLCd lcd;

+    XLCdPublicMethods new;

+

+    lcd = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XLCdRec));

+    if (lcd == NULL)

+        return (XLCd) NULL;

+

+    lcd->core = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XLCdGenericRec));

+    if (lcd->core == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    new = (XLCdPublicMethods) Xmalloc(sizeof(XLCdPublicMethodsRec));

+    if (new == NULL)

+	goto err;

+    memcpy(new,methods,sizeof(XLCdPublicMethodsRec));

+    lcd->methods = (XLCdMethods) new;

+

+    return lcd;

+

+err:

+    Xfree(lcd);

+    return (XLCd) NULL;

+}

+

+static Bool

+string_to_encoding(

+    const char *str,

+    char *encoding)

+{

+    char *next;

+    long value;

+    int base;

+

+    while (*str) {

+	if (*str == '\\') {

+	    switch (*(str + 1)) {

+		case 'x':

+		case 'X':

+		    base = 16;

+		    break;

+		default:

+		    base = 8;

+		    break;

+	    }

+	    value = strtol(str + 2, &next, base);

+	    if (str + 2 != next) {

+		*((unsigned char *) encoding++) = (unsigned char) value;

+		str = next;

+		continue;

+	    }

+	}

+	*encoding++ = *str++;

+    }

+

+    *encoding = '\0';

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static Bool

+string_to_ulong(

+    const char *str,

+    unsigned long *value)

+{

+     const char *tmp1 = str;

+     int base;

+

+     if (*tmp1++ != '\\') {

+	  tmp1--;

+	  base = 10;

+     } else {

+	  switch (*tmp1++) {

+	  case 'x':

+	       base = 16;

+	       break;

+	  case 'o':

+	       base = 8;

+	       break;

+	  case 'd':

+	       base = 10;

+	       break;

+	  default:

+	       return(False);

+	  }

+     }

+     *value = (unsigned long) strtol(tmp1, NULL, base);

+     return(True);

+}

+

+

+static Bool

+add_charset(

+    CodeSet codeset,

+    XlcCharSet charset)

+{

+    XlcCharSet *new_list;

+    int num;

+

+    if ((num = codeset->num_charsets))

+        new_list = (XlcCharSet *) Xrealloc(codeset->charset_list,

+                                        (num + 1) * sizeof(XlcCharSet));

+    else

+        new_list = (XlcCharSet *) Xmalloc(sizeof(XlcCharSet));

+

+    if (new_list == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    new_list[num] = charset;

+    codeset->charset_list = new_list;

+    codeset->num_charsets = num + 1;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static CodeSet

+add_codeset(

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen)

+{

+    CodeSet new, *new_list;

+    int num;

+

+    new = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(CodeSetRec));

+    if (new == NULL)

+        return NULL;

+

+    if ((num = gen->codeset_num))

+        new_list = (CodeSet *) Xrealloc(gen->codeset_list,

+                                        (num + 1) * sizeof(CodeSet));

+    else

+        new_list = (CodeSet *) Xmalloc(sizeof(CodeSet));

+

+    if (new_list == NULL)

+        goto err;

+

+    new_list[num] = new;

+    gen->codeset_list = new_list;

+    gen->codeset_num = num + 1;

+

+    return new;

+

+err:

+    Xfree(new);

+

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+static Bool

+add_parse_list(

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen,

+    EncodingType type,

+    const char *encoding,

+    CodeSet codeset)

+{

+    ParseInfo new, *new_list;

+    char *str;

+    unsigned char ch;

+    int num;

+

+    str = strdup(encoding);

+    if (str == NULL)

+        return False;

+

+    new = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(ParseInfoRec));

+    if (new == NULL)

+        goto err;

+

+    if (gen->mb_parse_table == NULL) {

+        gen->mb_parse_table = Xcalloc(1, 256); /* 2^8 */

+        if (gen->mb_parse_table == NULL)

+            goto err;

+    }

+

+    if ((num = gen->mb_parse_list_num))

+        new_list = (ParseInfo *) Xrealloc(gen->mb_parse_list,

+                                          (num + 2) * sizeof(ParseInfo));

+    else {

+        new_list = (ParseInfo *) Xmalloc(2 * sizeof(ParseInfo));

+    }

+

+    if (new_list == NULL)

+        goto err;

+

+    new_list[num] = new;

+    new_list[num + 1] = NULL;

+    gen->mb_parse_list = new_list;

+    gen->mb_parse_list_num = num + 1;

+

+    ch = (unsigned char) *str;

+    if (gen->mb_parse_table[ch] == 0)

+        gen->mb_parse_table[ch] = num + 1;

+

+    new->type = type;

+    new->encoding = str;

+    new->codeset = codeset;

+

+    if (codeset->parse_info == NULL)

+        codeset->parse_info = new;

+

+    return True;

+

+err:

+    Xfree(str);

+    if (new)

+        Xfree(new);

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+static void

+free_charset(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);

+    ParseInfo *parse_info;

+    int num;

+

+    if (gen->mb_parse_table)

+        Xfree(gen->mb_parse_table);

+    if ((num = gen->mb_parse_list_num) > 0) {

+        for (parse_info = gen->mb_parse_list; num-- > 0; parse_info++) {

+            if ((*parse_info)->encoding)

+                Xfree((*parse_info)->encoding);

+            Xfree(*parse_info);

+        }

+        Xfree(gen->mb_parse_list);

+    }

+

+    if ((num = gen->codeset_num) > 0)

+        Xfree(gen->codeset_list);

+}

+

+/* For VW/UDC */

+

+#define FORWARD  (unsigned long)'+'

+#define BACKWARD (unsigned long)'-'

+

+static const char *

+getscope(

+    const char *str,

+    FontScope scp)

+{

+    unsigned long start = 0;

+    unsigned long end = 0;

+    unsigned long dest = 0;

+    unsigned long shift = 0;

+    unsigned long direction = 0;

+    sscanf(str,"[\\x%lx,\\x%lx]->\\x%lx", &start, &end, &dest);

+    if (dest) {

+        if (dest >= start) {

+            shift = dest - start;

+            direction = FORWARD ;

+        } else {

+            shift = start - dest;

+            direction = BACKWARD;

+        }

+    }

+    scp->start = start      ;

+    scp->end   = end        ;

+    scp->shift = shift      ;

+    scp->shift_direction

+               = direction  ;

+    /* .......... */

+    while (*str) {

+        if (*str == ',' && *(str+1) == '[')

+            break;

+        str++;

+    }

+    return str+1;

+}

+

+static int

+count_scopemap(

+    const char *str)

+{

+    const char *ptr;

+    int num=0;

+    for (ptr=str; *ptr; ptr++) {

+        if (*ptr == ']') {

+            num++;

+        }

+    }

+    return num;

+}

+

+FontScope

+_XlcParse_scopemaps(

+    const char *str,

+    int *size)

+{

+    int num=0,i;

+    FontScope scope,sc_ptr;

+    const char *str_sc;

+

+    num = count_scopemap(str);

+    scope = (FontScope) Xmalloc(num * sizeof(FontScopeRec));

+    if (scope == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    for (i=0, str_sc=str, sc_ptr=scope; i < num; i++, sc_ptr++) {

+	str_sc = getscope(str_sc, sc_ptr);

+    }

+    *size = num;

+    return scope;

+}

+

+void

+_XlcDbg_printValue(

+    const char *str,

+    char **value,

+    int num)

+{

+/*

+    int i;

+    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)

+        fprintf(stderr, "%s value[%d] = %s\n", str, i, value[i]);

+*/

+}

+

+static void

+dmpscope(

+    const char* name,

+    FontScope sc,

+    int num)

+{

+/*

+    int i;

+    fprintf(stderr, "dmpscope %s\n", name);

+    for (i=0; i<num; i++)

+        fprintf(stderr,"%x %x %x %x \n",

+                sc[i].start,

+                sc[i].end,

+                sc[i].shift,

+                sc[i].shift_direction);

+    fprintf(stderr, "dmpscope end\n");

+*/

+}

+

+static XlcCharSet

+srch_charset_define(

+    const char *name,

+    int *new)

+{

+    XlcCharSet charset;

+

+    *new = 0;

+    charset = _XlcGetCharSet(name);

+    if (charset == NULL &&

+        (charset = _XlcCreateDefaultCharSet(name, ""))) {

+        _XlcAddCharSet(charset);

+        *new = 1;

+        charset->source = CSsrcXLC;

+    }

+    return charset;

+}

+

+static void

+read_charset_define(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen)

+{

+    int i;

+    char csd[16], cset_name[256];

+    char name[BUFSIZ];

+    XlcCharSet charsetd;

+    char **value;

+    int num, new = 0;

+    XlcSide side = XlcUnknown;

+    char *tmp;

+

+    for (i=0; ; i++) { /* loop start */

+        charsetd = 0;

+        sprintf(csd, "csd%d", i);

+

+        /* charset_name  */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "charset_name");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);

+        _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+	    /* hackers will get truncated -- C'est la vie */

+            strncpy(cset_name,value[0], sizeof cset_name - 1);

+	    cset_name[(sizeof cset_name) - 1] = '\0';

+            sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd , "side");

+            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);

+            if (num > 0) {

+                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+                if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "none", 4)) {

+                    side =  XlcGLGR;

+                } else if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "GL", 2)) {

+                    side =  XlcGL;

+                    strcat(cset_name,":GL");

+                } else {

+                    side =  XlcGR;

+                    strcat(cset_name,":GR");

+                }

+                if (charsetd == NULL &&

+                    (charsetd = srch_charset_define(cset_name,&new)) == NULL)

+                    return;

+            }

+        } else {

+            if (i == 0)

+                continue;

+            else

+                break;

+        }

+        if (new) {

+            tmp = strdup(cset_name);

+            if (tmp == NULL)

+                return;

+            charsetd->name = tmp;

+        }

+        /* side   */

+        charsetd->side = side ;

+        /* length */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "length");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+            charsetd->char_size = atoi(value[0]);

+        }

+        /* gc_number */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "gc_number");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+            charsetd->set_size = atoi(value[0]);

+        }

+        /* string_encoding */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "string_encoding");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+            if (!strcmp("False",value[0])) {

+                charsetd->string_encoding = False;

+            } else {

+                charsetd->string_encoding = True;

+            }

+        }

+        /* sequence */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "sequence");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+/*

+            if (charsetd->ct_sequence) {

+                Xfree(charsetd->ct_sequence);

+            }

+*/

+            tmp = (char *)Xmalloc(strlen(value[0])+1);

+            if (tmp == NULL)

+                return;

+            charsetd->ct_sequence = tmp;

+            string_to_encoding(value[0],tmp);

+        }

+        /* encoding_name */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", csd, "encoding_name");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+/*

+            if (charsetd->encoding_name) {

+                Xfree(charsetd->encoding_name);

+            }

+*/

+            tmp = strdup(value[0]);

+            charsetd->encoding_name = tmp;

+            charsetd->xrm_encoding_name = XrmStringToQuark(tmp);

+        }

+        _XlcAddCT(charsetd->name, charsetd->ct_sequence);

+    }

+}

+

+static SegConv

+add_conversion(

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen)

+{

+    SegConv new_list;

+    int num;

+

+    if ((num = gen->segment_conv_num) > 0) {

+        new_list = (SegConv) Xrealloc(gen->segment_conv,

+                                        (num + 1) * sizeof(SegConvRec));

+    } else {

+        new_list = (SegConv) Xmalloc(sizeof(SegConvRec));

+    }

+

+    if (new_list == NULL)

+        return NULL;

+

+    gen->segment_conv = new_list;

+    gen->segment_conv_num = num + 1;

+

+    return &new_list[num];

+

+}

+

+static void

+read_segmentconversion(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen)

+{

+    int i;

+    char conv[16];

+    char name[BUFSIZ];

+    char **value;

+    int num,new;

+    SegConv conversion;

+    for (i=0 ; ; i++) { /* loop start */

+        conversion = 0;

+        sprintf(conv, "conv%d", i);

+

+        /* length                */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "length");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            if (conversion == NULL &&

+                (conversion = add_conversion(gen)) == NULL) {

+                return;

+            }

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+        } else {

+            if (i == 0)

+                continue;

+            else

+                break;

+        }

+        conversion->length = atoi(value[0]);

+

+        /* source_encoding       */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "source_encoding");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            char *tmp;

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+            tmp = strdup(value[0]);

+            if (tmp == NULL)

+                return;

+            conversion->source_encoding = tmp;

+            conversion->source = srch_charset_define(tmp,&new);

+        }

+        /* destination_encoding  */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "destination_encoding");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            char *tmp;

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+            tmp = strdup(value[0]);

+            if (tmp == NULL)

+                return;

+            conversion->destination_encoding = tmp;

+            conversion->dest = srch_charset_define(tmp,&new);

+        }

+        /* range                 */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "range");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+            sscanf(value[0],"\\x%lx,\\x%lx",

+                   &(conversion->range.start), &(conversion->range.end));

+        }

+        /* conversion            */

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", conv, "conversion");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_SEGMENTCONVERSION", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+            _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+            conversion->conv =

+                _XlcParse_scopemaps(value[0],&conversion->conv_num);

+        }

+    }  /* loop end */

+}

+

+static ExtdSegment

+create_ctextseg(

+    char **value,

+    int num)

+{

+    ExtdSegment ret;

+    char* ptr;

+    char* cset_name = NULL;

+    int i,new;

+    FontScope scope;

+    ret = (ExtdSegment)Xmalloc(sizeof(ExtdSegmentRec));

+    if (ret == NULL)

+        return NULL;

+    ret->name = strdup(value[0]);

+    if (ret->name == NULL) {

+        Xfree (ret);

+        return NULL;

+    }

+    cset_name = (char*) Xmalloc (strlen(ret->name) + 1);

+    if (cset_name == NULL) {

+        Xfree (ret->name);

+        Xfree (ret);

+        return NULL;

+    }

+    if (strchr(value[0],':')) {

+        ptr = strchr(ret->name,':');

+        *ptr = '\0';

+        ptr++;

+        if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(ptr, "GL", 2)) {

+            ret->side =  XlcGL;

+            sprintf(cset_name,"%s:%s",ret->name,"GL");

+        } else {

+            ret->side =  XlcGR;

+            sprintf(cset_name,"%s:%s",ret->name,"GR");

+        }

+    } else {

+        ret->side =  XlcGLGR;

+        strcpy(cset_name,ret->name);

+    }

+    ret->area = (FontScope)Xmalloc((num - 1)*sizeof(FontScopeRec));

+    if (ret->area == NULL) {

+	Xfree (cset_name);

+	Xfree (ret->name);

+	Xfree (ret);

+        return NULL;

+    }

+    ret->area_num = num - 1;

+    scope = ret->area ;

+    for (i = 1; i < num; i++) {

+        sscanf(value[i],"\\x%lx,\\x%lx",

+               &scope[i-1].start, &scope[i-1].end);

+    }

+    ret->charset = srch_charset_define(cset_name,&new);

+    Xfree (cset_name);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+/* For VW/UDC end */

+

+static Bool

+load_generic(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);

+    char **value;

+    int num;

+    unsigned long l;

+    int i;

+    int M,ii;

+    XlcCharSet charset;

+

+    gen->codeset_num = 0;

+

+    /***** wc_encoding_mask *****/

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "wc_encoding_mask", &value, &num);

+    if (num > 0) {

+	if (string_to_ulong(value[0], &l) == False)

+	    goto err;

+	gen->wc_encode_mask = l;

+    }

+    /***** wc_shift_bits *****/

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "wc_shift_bits", &value, &num);

+    if (num > 0)

+	gen->wc_shift_bits = atoi(value[0]);

+    if (gen->wc_shift_bits < 1)

+	gen->wc_shift_bits = 8;

+    /***** use_stdc_env *****/

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "use_stdc_env", &value, &num);

+    if (num > 0 && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "True"))

+	gen->use_stdc_env = True;

+    else

+	gen->use_stdc_env = False;

+    /***** force_convert_to_mb *****/

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "force_convert_to_mb", &value, &num);

+    if (num > 0 && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "True"))

+	gen->force_convert_to_mb = True;

+    else

+	gen->force_convert_to_mb = False;

+

+    for (i = 0; ; i++) {

+	CodeSetRec *codeset = NULL;

+	char cs[16];

+	char name[BUFSIZ];

+

+	sprintf(cs, "cs%d", i);

+

+	/***** codeset.side *****/

+	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs , "side");

+	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+	if (num > 0) {

+	    char *tmp;

+

+	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)

+		goto err;

+

+            /* 3.4.1 side */

+            if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "none", 4)) {

+                codeset->side =  XlcNONE;

+            } else if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(value[0], "GL", 2)) {

+                codeset->side =  XlcGL;

+            } else {

+                codeset->side =  XlcGR;

+            }

+

+	    tmp = strrchr(value[0], ':');

+	    if (tmp != NULL && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1(tmp + 1, "Default")) {

+		if (codeset->side == XlcGR)

+		    gen->initial_state_GR = codeset;

+		else

+		    gen->initial_state_GL = codeset;

+	    }

+	}

+

+	/***** codeset.length *****/

+	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs , "length");

+	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+	if (num > 0) {

+	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)

+		goto err;

+	    codeset->length = atoi(value[0]);

+	    if (codeset->length < 1)

+		codeset->length = 1;

+	}

+

+	/***** codeset.mb_encoding *****/

+	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "mb_encoding");

+	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+	if (num > 0) {

+	    static struct {

+		const char *str;

+		EncodingType type;

+	    } shifts[] = {

+		{"<SS>", E_SS},

+		{"<LSL>", E_LSL},

+		{"<LSR>", E_LSR},

+		{0}

+	    };

+	    int j;

+

+	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)

+		goto err;

+	    for ( ; num-- > 0; value++) {

+		char encoding[256];

+		char *tmp = *value;

+		EncodingType type = E_SS;    /* for BC */

+		for (j = 0; shifts[j].str; j++) {

+		    if (!_XlcNCompareISOLatin1(tmp, shifts[j].str,

+					       strlen(shifts[j].str))) {

+			type = shifts[j].type;

+			tmp += strlen(shifts[j].str);

+			break;

+		    }

+		}

+		if (strlen (tmp) > sizeof encoding ||

+		    string_to_encoding(tmp, encoding) == False)

+			goto err;

+		add_parse_list(gen, type, encoding, codeset);

+	    }

+	}

+

+	/***** codeset.wc_encoding *****/

+	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "wc_encoding");

+	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+	if (num > 0) {

+	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)

+		goto err;

+	    if (string_to_ulong(value[0], &l) == False)

+		goto err;

+	    codeset->wc_encoding = l;

+	}

+

+	/***** codeset.ct_encoding *****/

+	sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "ct_encoding");

+	_XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+	if (num > 0) {

+	    char *encoding;

+

+	    if (codeset == NULL && (codeset = add_codeset(gen)) == NULL)

+		goto err;

+	    for ( ; num-- > 0; value++) {

+		if (strlen (*value) > sizeof name)

+		    goto err;

+		string_to_encoding(*value, name);

+		charset = NULL;

+		if ((encoding = strchr(name, ':')) &&

+		    (encoding = strchr(encoding + 1, ':'))) {

+		    *encoding++ = '\0';

+		    charset = _XlcAddCT(name, encoding);

+		}

+		if (charset == NULL) {

+		    charset = _XlcGetCharSet(name);

+		    if (charset == NULL &&

+			(charset = _XlcCreateDefaultCharSet(name, ""))) {

+			charset->side = codeset->side;

+			charset->char_size = codeset->length;

+			_XlcAddCharSet(charset);

+		    }

+		}

+		if (charset) {

+		    if (add_charset(codeset, charset) == False)

+			goto err;

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+

+	if (codeset == NULL)

+	    break;

+	codeset->cs_num = i;

+        /* For VW/UDC */

+        /***** 3.4.2 byteM (1 <= M <= length)*****/

+        for (M=1; M-1  < codeset->length; M++) {

+            unsigned long start,end;

+            ByteInfo tmpb;

+

+            sprintf(name,"%s.%s%d",cs,"byte",M);

+            _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+

+            if (M == 1) {

+                if (num < 1) {

+                    codeset->byteM = NULL;

+                    break ;

+                }

+                codeset->byteM =

+                    (ByteInfoListRec *)Xmalloc(

+                         (codeset->length)*sizeof(ByteInfoListRec));

+                if (codeset->byteM == NULL) {

+                    goto err;

+                }

+            }

+

+            if (num > 0) {

+                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+                (codeset->byteM)[M-1].M = M;

+                (codeset->byteM)[M-1].byteinfo_num = num;

+                (codeset->byteM)[M-1].byteinfo =

+                    (ByteInfo)Xmalloc( num * sizeof(ByteInfoRec));

+                for (ii = 0 ; ii < num ; ii++) {

+                    tmpb = (codeset->byteM)[M-1].byteinfo ;

+                    /* default 0x00 - 0xff */

+                    sscanf(value[ii],"\\x%lx,\\x%lx",&start,&end);

+                    tmpb[ii].start = (unsigned char)start;

+                    tmpb[ii].end  = (unsigned char)end;

+                }

+            }

+            /* .... */

+        }

+

+

+        /***** codeset.mb_conversion *****/

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "mb_conversion");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+                codeset->mbconv = Xmalloc(sizeof(ConversionRec));

+                codeset->mbconv->convlist =

+                _XlcParse_scopemaps(value[0],&(codeset->mbconv->conv_num));

+                dmpscope("mb_conv",codeset->mbconv->convlist,

+                         codeset->mbconv->conv_num);

+                /* [\x%x,\x%x]->\x%x,... */

+        }

+        /***** codeset.ct_conversion *****/

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "ct_conversion");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+                codeset->ctconv = Xmalloc(sizeof(ConversionRec));

+                codeset->ctconv->convlist =

+                _XlcParse_scopemaps(value[0],&(codeset->ctconv->conv_num));

+                dmpscope("ctconv",codeset->ctconv->convlist,

+                         codeset->ctconv->conv_num);

+                /* [\x%x,\x%x]->\x%x,... */

+        }

+        /***** codeset.ct_conversion_file *****/

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "ct_conversion_file");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+                /* [\x%x,\x%x]->\x%x,... */

+        }

+        /***** codeset.ct_extended_segment *****/

+        sprintf(name, "%s.%s", cs, "ct_extended_segment");

+        _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", name, &value, &num);

+        if (num > 0) {

+                _XlcDbg_printValue(name,value,num);

+                codeset->ctextseg = create_ctextseg(value,num);

+                /* [\x%x,\x%x]->\x%x,... */

+        }

+        /* For VW/UDC end */

+

+    }

+

+    read_charset_define(lcd,gen);       /* For VW/UDC */

+    read_segmentconversion(lcd,gen);    /* For VW/UDC */

+

+    if (gen->initial_state_GL == NULL) {

+       CodeSetRec *codeset;

+       for (i = 0; i < gen->codeset_num; i++) {

+          codeset = gen->codeset_list[i];

+          if (codeset->side == XlcGL)

+             gen->initial_state_GL = codeset;

+       }

+    }

+

+    if (gen->initial_state_GR == NULL) {

+       CodeSetRec *codeset;

+       for (i = 0; i < gen->codeset_num; i++) {

+          codeset = gen->codeset_list[i];

+          if (codeset->side == XlcGR)

+             gen->initial_state_GR = codeset;

+       }

+    }

+

+    for (i = 0; i < gen->codeset_num; i++) {

+       CodeSetRec *codeset = gen->codeset_list[i];

+       for (ii = 0; ii < codeset->num_charsets; ii++) {

+          charset = codeset->charset_list[ii];

+          if (! strcmp(charset->encoding_name, "ISO8859-1"))

+              charset->string_encoding = True;

+          if ( charset->string_encoding )

+              codeset->string_encoding = True;

+       }

+    }

+    return True;

+

+err:

+    free_charset(lcd);

+

+    return False;

+}

+

+#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_LC

+/* override the open_om and open_im methods which were set by

+   super_class's initialize method() */

+

+static Bool

+initialize_core(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    _XInitDynamicOM(lcd);

+

+    _XInitDynamicIM(lcd);

+

+    return True;

+}

+#endif

+

+static Bool

+initialize(XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdPublicMethods superclass = (XLCdPublicMethods) _XlcPublicMethods;

+

+    XLC_PUBLIC_METHODS(lcd)->superclass = superclass;

+

+    if (superclass->pub.initialize) {

+	if ((*superclass->pub.initialize)(lcd) == False)

+	    return False;

+    }

+

+#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_LC

+    if (initialize_core(lcd) == False)

+	return False;

+#endif

+

+    if (load_generic(lcd) == False)

+	return False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+/* VW/UDC start 95.01.08 */

+static void

+freeByteM(

+    CodeSet codeset)

+{

+    int i;

+    ByteInfoList blst;

+    if (codeset->byteM == NULL) {

+	return ;

+    }

+    blst = codeset->byteM;

+    for (i = 0; i < codeset->length; i++) {

+	if (blst[i].byteinfo) {

+	    Xfree(blst[i].byteinfo);

+	    blst[i].byteinfo = NULL;

+	}

+    }

+    Xfree(codeset->byteM);

+    codeset->byteM = NULL;

+}

+

+static void

+freeConversion(

+    CodeSet codeset)

+{

+    Conversion mbconv,ctconv;

+    if (codeset->mbconv) {

+	mbconv = codeset->mbconv;

+	/*  ...  */

+	if (mbconv->convlist) {

+	    Xfree(mbconv->convlist);

+	    mbconv->convlist = NULL;

+	}

+	Xfree(mbconv);

+	codeset->mbconv = NULL;

+    }

+    if (codeset->ctconv) {

+	ctconv = codeset->ctconv;

+	/*  ...  */

+	if (ctconv->convlist) {

+	    Xfree(ctconv->convlist);

+	    ctconv->convlist = NULL;

+	}

+	Xfree(ctconv);

+	codeset->ctconv = NULL;

+    }

+}

+

+static void

+freeExtdSegment(

+    CodeSet codeset)

+{

+    ExtdSegment ctextseg;

+    if (codeset->ctextseg == NULL) {

+	return;

+    }

+    ctextseg = codeset->ctextseg;

+    if (ctextseg->name) {

+	Xfree(ctextseg->name);

+	ctextseg->name = NULL;

+    }

+    if (ctextseg->area) {

+	Xfree(ctextseg->area);

+	ctextseg->area = NULL;

+    }

+    Xfree(codeset->ctextseg);

+    codeset->ctextseg = NULL;

+}

+

+static void

+freeParseInfo(

+    CodeSet codeset)

+{

+    ParseInfo parse_info;

+    if (codeset->parse_info == NULL) {

+	return;

+    }

+    parse_info = codeset->parse_info;

+    if (parse_info->encoding) {

+	Xfree(parse_info->encoding);

+	parse_info->encoding = NULL;

+    }

+    Xfree(codeset->parse_info);

+    codeset->parse_info = NULL;

+}

+

+static void

+destroy_CodeSetList(

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen)

+{

+    CodeSet *codeset = gen->codeset_list;

+    int i;

+    if (gen->codeset_num == 0) {

+	return;

+    }

+    for (i=0;i<gen->codeset_num;i++) {

+        freeByteM(codeset[i]);

+	freeConversion(codeset[i]);

+	freeExtdSegment(codeset[i]);

+	freeParseInfo(codeset[i]);

+	if (codeset[i]->charset_list) {

+	    Xfree(codeset[i]->charset_list);

+	    codeset[i]->charset_list = NULL;

+	}

+	Xfree(codeset[i]); codeset[i]=NULL;

+    }

+    Xfree(codeset); gen->codeset_list = NULL;

+}

+

+static void

+destroy_SegConv(

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen)

+{

+    SegConv seg = gen->segment_conv;

+    int i;

+    if (gen->segment_conv_num == 0) {

+	return;

+    }

+    for (i=0;i<gen->segment_conv_num;i++) {

+	if (seg[i].source_encoding) {

+	    Xfree(seg[i].source_encoding);

+	    seg[i].source_encoding = NULL;

+	}

+	if (seg[i].destination_encoding) {

+	    Xfree(seg[i].destination_encoding);

+	    seg[i].destination_encoding = NULL;

+	}

+	if (seg[i].conv) {

+	    Xfree(seg[i].conv); seg[i].conv = NULL;

+	}

+    }

+    Xfree(seg); gen->segment_conv = NULL;

+}

+

+static void

+destroy_gen(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdGenericPart *gen = XLC_GENERIC_PART(lcd);

+    destroy_SegConv(gen);

+    destroy_CodeSetList(gen);

+    if (gen->mb_parse_table) {

+	Xfree(gen->mb_parse_table);

+	gen->mb_parse_table = NULL;

+    }

+    if (gen->mb_parse_list) {

+	Xfree(gen->mb_parse_list);

+	gen->mb_parse_list = NULL;

+    }

+}

+/* VW/UDC end 95.01.08 */

+

+static void

+destroy(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdPublicMethods superclass = XLC_PUBLIC_METHODS(lcd)->superclass;

+

+    destroy_gen(lcd); /* ADD 1996.01.08 */

+    if (superclass && superclass->pub.destroy)

+	(*superclass->pub.destroy)(lcd);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcPublic.c b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcPublic.c
index 1b1fb548a..5082f05bb 100644
--- a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcPublic.c
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/lcPublic.c
@@ -1,314 +1,315 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
- * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising
- * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the
- * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
- * without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
- * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
- * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
- * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.
- *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "Xlibint.h"
-#include "XlcPubI.h"
-
-static const char *
-default_string(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    return XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, default_string);
-}
-
-static XLCd create (const char *name, XLCdMethods methods);
-static Bool initialize (XLCd lcd);
-static void destroy (XLCd lcd);
-static char *get_values (XLCd lcd, XlcArgList args, int num_args);
-
-static XLCdPublicMethodsRec publicMethods = {
-    {
-	destroy,
-	_XlcDefaultMapModifiers,
-	NULL,
-	NULL,
-	_XrmDefaultInitParseInfo,
-	_XmbTextPropertyToTextList,
-	_XwcTextPropertyToTextList,
-	_Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList,
-	_XmbTextListToTextProperty,
-	_XwcTextListToTextProperty,
-	_Xutf8TextListToTextProperty,
-	_XwcFreeStringList,
-	default_string,
-	NULL,
-	NULL
-    },
-    {
-	NULL,
-	create,
-	initialize,
-	destroy,
-	get_values,
-	_XlcGetLocaleDataBase
-    }
-};
-
-XLCdMethods _XlcPublicMethods = (XLCdMethods) &publicMethods;
-
-static XLCd
-create(
-    const char *name,
-    XLCdMethods methods)
-{
-    XLCd lcd;
-    XLCdPublicMethods new;
-
-    lcd = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XLCdRec));
-    if (lcd == NULL)
-        return (XLCd) NULL;
-
-    lcd->core = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XLCdPublicRec));
-    if (lcd->core == NULL)
-	goto err;
-
-    new = (XLCdPublicMethods) Xmalloc(sizeof(XLCdPublicMethodsRec));
-    if (new == NULL)
-	goto err;
-    memcpy(new,methods,sizeof(XLCdPublicMethodsRec));
-    lcd->methods = (XLCdMethods) new;
-
-    return lcd;
-
-err:
-    Xfree(lcd);
-    return (XLCd) NULL;
-}
-
-static Bool
-load_public(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdPublicPart *pub = XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd);
-    char **values, *str;
-    int num;
-
-    if(_XlcCreateLocaleDataBase(lcd) == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "mb_cur_max", &values, &num);
-    if (num > 0) {
-	pub->mb_cur_max = atoi(values[0]);
-	if (pub->mb_cur_max < 1)
-	    pub->mb_cur_max = 1;
-    } else
-	pub->mb_cur_max = 1;
-
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "state_depend_encoding", &values, &num);
-    if (num > 0 && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1(values[0], "True"))
-	pub->is_state_depend = True;
-    else
-	pub->is_state_depend = False;
-
-    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "encoding_name", &values, &num);
-    str = (num > 0) ? values[0] : "STRING";
-    pub->encoding_name = strdup(str);
-    if (pub->encoding_name == NULL)
-	return False;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static Bool
-initialize_core(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdMethods methods = lcd->methods;
-    XLCdMethods core = &publicMethods.core;
-
-    if (methods->close == NULL)
-	methods->close = core->close;
-
-    if (methods->map_modifiers == NULL)
-	methods->map_modifiers = core->map_modifiers;
-
-    if (methods->open_om == NULL)
-#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_LC
-	_XInitDefaultOM(lcd);
-#else
-	_XInitOM(lcd);
-#endif
-
-    if (methods->open_im == NULL)
-#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_LC
-	_XInitDefaultIM(lcd);
-#else
-	_XInitIM(lcd);
-#endif
-
-    if (methods->init_parse_info == NULL)
-	methods->init_parse_info = core->init_parse_info;
-
-    if (methods->mb_text_prop_to_list == NULL)
-	methods->mb_text_prop_to_list = core->mb_text_prop_to_list;
-
-    if (methods->wc_text_prop_to_list == NULL)
-	methods->wc_text_prop_to_list = core->wc_text_prop_to_list;
-
-    if (methods->utf8_text_prop_to_list == NULL)
-	methods->utf8_text_prop_to_list = core->utf8_text_prop_to_list;
-
-    if (methods->mb_text_list_to_prop == NULL)
-	methods->mb_text_list_to_prop = core->mb_text_list_to_prop;
-
-    if (methods->wc_text_list_to_prop == NULL)
-	methods->wc_text_list_to_prop = core->wc_text_list_to_prop;
-
-    if (methods->utf8_text_list_to_prop == NULL)
-	methods->utf8_text_list_to_prop = core->utf8_text_list_to_prop;
-
-    if (methods->wc_free_string_list == NULL)
-	methods->wc_free_string_list = core->wc_free_string_list;
-
-    if (methods->default_string == NULL)
-	methods->default_string = core->default_string;
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-static Bool
-initialize(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdPublicMethodsPart *methods = XLC_PUBLIC_METHODS(lcd);
-    XLCdPublicMethodsPart *pub_methods = &publicMethods.pub;
-    XLCdPublicPart *pub = XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd);
-    char *name;
-#if !defined(X_LOCALE)
-    int len;
-    char sinamebuf[256];
-    char* siname;
-#endif
-
-    _XlcInitCTInfo();
-
-    if (initialize_core(lcd) == False)
-	return False;
-
-    name = lcd->core->name;
-#if !defined(X_LOCALE)
-    /*
-     * _XlMapOSLocaleName will return the same string or a substring
-     * of name, so strlen(name) is okay
-     */
-    if ((len = strlen(name)) < sizeof sinamebuf)
-        siname = sinamebuf;
-    else
-        siname = Xmalloc (len + 1);
-    if (siname == NULL)
-        return False;
-    name = _XlcMapOSLocaleName(name, siname);
-#endif
-    /* _XlcResolveLocaleName will lookup the SI's name for the locale */
-    if (_XlcResolveLocaleName(name, pub) == 0) {
-#if !defined(X_LOCALE)
-	if (siname != sinamebuf) Xfree (siname);
-#endif
-	return False;
-    }
-#if !defined(X_LOCALE)
-    if (siname != sinamebuf)
-        Xfree (siname);
-#endif
-
-    if (pub->default_string == NULL)
-	pub->default_string = "";
-
-    if (methods->get_values == NULL)
-	methods->get_values = pub_methods->get_values;
-
-    if (methods->get_resource == NULL)
-	methods->get_resource = pub_methods->get_resource;
-
-    return load_public(lcd);
-}
-
-static void
-destroy_core(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    if (lcd->core) {
-	if (lcd->core->name)
-            Xfree(lcd->core->name);
-	Xfree(lcd->core);
-    }
-
-    if (lcd->methods)
-	Xfree(lcd->methods);
-
-    Xfree(lcd);
-}
-
-static void
-destroy(
-    XLCd lcd)
-{
-    XLCdPublicPart *pub = XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd);
-
-    _XlcDestroyLocaleDataBase(lcd);
-
-    if (pub->siname)
-	Xfree(pub->siname);
-    if (pub->encoding_name)
-	Xfree(pub->encoding_name);
-
-    destroy_core(lcd);
-}
-
-static XlcResource resources[] = {
-    { XlcNCodeset, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.codeset), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNDefaultString, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.default_string), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNEncodingName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.encoding_name), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNLanguage, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.language), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNMbCurMax, NULLQUARK, sizeof(int),
-      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.mb_cur_max), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNStateDependentEncoding, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),
-      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.is_state_depend), XlcGetMask },
-    { XlcNTerritory, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),
-      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.territory), XlcGetMask }
-};
-
-static char *
-get_values(
-    XLCd lcd,
-    XlcArgList args,
-    int num_args)
-{
-    XLCdPublic pub = (XLCdPublic) lcd->core;
-
-    if (resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)
-	_XlcCompileResourceList(resources, XlcNumber(resources));
-
-    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) pub, resources, XlcNumber(resources), args,
-			 num_args, XlcGetMask);
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided

+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising

+ * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the

+ * suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"

+ * without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

+ * ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

+ * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Author: Katsuhisa Yano	TOSHIBA Corp.

+ *			   	mopi@osa.ilab.toshiba.co.jp

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include "Xlibint.h"

+#include "XlcPubI.h"

+

+static const char *

+default_string(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    return XLC_PUBLIC(lcd, default_string);

+}

+

+static XLCd create (const char *name, XLCdMethods methods);

+static Bool initialize (XLCd lcd);

+static void destroy (XLCd lcd);

+static char *get_values (XLCd lcd, XlcArgList args, int num_args);

+

+static XLCdPublicMethodsRec publicMethods = {

+    {

+	destroy,

+	_XlcDefaultMapModifiers,

+	NULL,

+	NULL,

+	_XrmDefaultInitParseInfo,

+	_XmbTextPropertyToTextList,

+	_XwcTextPropertyToTextList,

+	_Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList,

+	_XmbTextListToTextProperty,

+	_XwcTextListToTextProperty,

+	_Xutf8TextListToTextProperty,

+	_XwcFreeStringList,

+	default_string,

+	NULL,

+	NULL

+    },

+    {

+	NULL,

+	create,

+	initialize,

+	destroy,

+	get_values,

+	_XlcGetLocaleDataBase

+    }

+};

+

+XLCdMethods _XlcPublicMethods = (XLCdMethods) &publicMethods;

+

+static XLCd

+create(

+    const char *name,

+    XLCdMethods methods)

+{

+    XLCd lcd;

+    XLCdPublicMethods new;

+

+    lcd = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XLCdRec));

+    if (lcd == NULL)

+        return (XLCd) NULL;

+

+    lcd->core = Xcalloc(1, sizeof(XLCdPublicRec));

+    if (lcd->core == NULL)

+	goto err;

+

+    new = (XLCdPublicMethods) Xmalloc(sizeof(XLCdPublicMethodsRec));

+    if (new == NULL)

+	goto err;

+    memcpy(new,methods,sizeof(XLCdPublicMethodsRec));

+    lcd->methods = (XLCdMethods) new;

+

+    return lcd;

+

+err:

+    Xfree(lcd);

+    return (XLCd) NULL;

+}

+

+static Bool

+load_public(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdPublicPart *pub = XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd);

+    char **values, *str;

+    int num;

+

+    if(_XlcCreateLocaleDataBase(lcd) == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "mb_cur_max", &values, &num);

+    if (num > 0) {

+	pub->mb_cur_max = atoi(values[0]);

+	if (pub->mb_cur_max < 1)

+	    pub->mb_cur_max = 1;

+    } else

+	pub->mb_cur_max = 1;

+

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "state_depend_encoding", &values, &num);

+    if (num > 0 && !_XlcCompareISOLatin1(values[0], "True"))

+	pub->is_state_depend = True;

+    else

+	pub->is_state_depend = False;

+

+    _XlcGetResource(lcd, "XLC_XLOCALE", "encoding_name", &values, &num);

+    str = (num > 0) ? values[0] : "STRING";

+    pub->encoding_name = strdup(str);

+    if (pub->encoding_name == NULL)

+	return False;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static Bool

+initialize_core(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdMethods methods = lcd->methods;

+    XLCdMethods core = &publicMethods.core;

+

+    if (methods->close == NULL)

+	methods->close = core->close;

+

+    if (methods->map_modifiers == NULL)

+	methods->map_modifiers = core->map_modifiers;

+

+    if (methods->open_om == NULL)

+#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_LC

+	_XInitDefaultOM(lcd);

+#else

+	_XInitOM(lcd);

+#endif

+

+    if (methods->open_im == NULL)

+#ifdef USE_DYNAMIC_LC

+	_XInitDefaultIM(lcd);

+#else

+	_XInitIM(lcd);

+#endif

+

+    if (methods->init_parse_info == NULL)

+	methods->init_parse_info = core->init_parse_info;

+

+    if (methods->mb_text_prop_to_list == NULL)

+	methods->mb_text_prop_to_list = core->mb_text_prop_to_list;

+

+    if (methods->wc_text_prop_to_list == NULL)

+	methods->wc_text_prop_to_list = core->wc_text_prop_to_list;

+

+    if (methods->utf8_text_prop_to_list == NULL)

+	methods->utf8_text_prop_to_list = core->utf8_text_prop_to_list;

+

+    if (methods->mb_text_list_to_prop == NULL)

+	methods->mb_text_list_to_prop = core->mb_text_list_to_prop;

+

+    if (methods->wc_text_list_to_prop == NULL)

+	methods->wc_text_list_to_prop = core->wc_text_list_to_prop;

+

+    if (methods->utf8_text_list_to_prop == NULL)

+	methods->utf8_text_list_to_prop = core->utf8_text_list_to_prop;

+

+    if (methods->wc_free_string_list == NULL)

+	methods->wc_free_string_list = core->wc_free_string_list;

+

+    if (methods->default_string == NULL)

+	methods->default_string = core->default_string;

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+static Bool

+initialize(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdPublicMethodsPart *methods = XLC_PUBLIC_METHODS(lcd);

+    XLCdPublicMethodsPart *pub_methods = &publicMethods.pub;

+    XLCdPublicPart *pub = XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd);

+    char *name;

+#if !defined(X_LOCALE)

+    int len;

+    char sinamebuf[256];

+    char* siname;

+#endif

+

+    _XlcInitCTInfo();

+

+    if (initialize_core(lcd) == False)

+	return False;

+

+    name = lcd->core->name;

+#if !defined(X_LOCALE)

+    /*

+     * _XlMapOSLocaleName will return the same string or a substring

+     * of name, so strlen(name) is okay

+     */

+    if ((len = strlen(name)) < sizeof sinamebuf)

+        siname = sinamebuf;

+    else

+        siname = Xmalloc (len + 1);

+    if (siname == NULL)

+        return False;

+    name = _XlcMapOSLocaleName(name, siname);

+#endif

+    /* _XlcResolveLocaleName will lookup the SI's name for the locale */

+    if (_XlcResolveLocaleName(name, pub) == 0) {

+#if !defined(X_LOCALE)

+	if (siname != sinamebuf) Xfree (siname);

+#endif

+	return False;

+    }

+#if !defined(X_LOCALE)

+    if (siname != sinamebuf)

+        Xfree (siname);

+#endif

+

+    if (pub->default_string == NULL)

+	pub->default_string = "";

+

+    if (methods->get_values == NULL)

+	methods->get_values = pub_methods->get_values;

+

+    if (methods->get_resource == NULL)

+	methods->get_resource = pub_methods->get_resource;

+

+    return load_public(lcd);

+}

+

+static void

+destroy_core(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    if (lcd->core) {

+	if (lcd->core->name)

+            Xfree(lcd->core->name);

+	Xfree(lcd->core);

+    }

+

+    if (lcd->methods)

+	Xfree(lcd->methods);

+

+    Xfree(lcd);

+}

+

+static void

+destroy(

+    XLCd lcd)

+{

+    XLCdPublicPart *pub = XLC_PUBLIC_PART(lcd);

+

+    _XlcDestroyLocaleDataBase(lcd);

+

+    if (pub->siname)

+	Xfree(pub->siname);

+    if (pub->encoding_name)

+	Xfree(pub->encoding_name);

+

+    destroy_core(lcd);

+}

+

+static XlcResource resources[] = {

+    { XlcNCodeset, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.codeset), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNDefaultString, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.default_string), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNEncodingName, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.encoding_name), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNLanguage, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.language), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNMbCurMax, NULLQUARK, sizeof(int),

+      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.mb_cur_max), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNStateDependentEncoding, NULLQUARK, sizeof(Bool),

+      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.is_state_depend), XlcGetMask },

+    { XlcNTerritory, NULLQUARK, sizeof(char *),

+      XOffsetOf(XLCdPublicRec, pub.territory), XlcGetMask }

+};

+

+static char *

+get_values(

+    XLCd lcd,

+    XlcArgList args,

+    int num_args)

+{

+    XLCdPublic pub = (XLCdPublic) lcd->core;

+

+    if (resources[0].xrm_name == NULLQUARK)

+	_XlcCompileResourceList(resources, XlcNumber(resources));

+

+    return _XlcGetValues((XPointer) pub, resources, XlcNumber(resources), args,

+			 num_args, XlcGetMask);

+}

diff --git a/libX11/src/xlibi18n/makefile b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5be81d350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libX11/src/xlibi18n/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#AM_CFLAGS= \
+#	-I$(top_srcdir)/include \
+#	-I$(top_srcdir)/include/X11 \
+#	-I$(top_builddir)/include \
+#	-I$(top_builddir)/include/X11 \
+#	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xcms \
+#	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xkb \
+#	-I$(top_srcdir)/src/xlibi18n \
+#	-I$(top_srcdir)/src \
+#	$(X11_CFLAGS) \
+#	$(BIGFONT_CFLAGS) \
+#	$(XDMCP_CFLAGS) \
+#	-D_BSD_SOURCE \
+#	$(XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS)
+
+LIBRARY = libi18n
+
+
+#
+# Dynamic loading code for i18n modules
+#
+#if XLIB_LOADABLE_I18N
+#XI18N_DL_SOURCES = \
+#                  XlcDL.c \
+#                  XlcSL.c
+#else
+#
+# Static interfaces to input/output methods
+#
+#IM_LIBS = \
+#	${top_builddir}/modules/im/ximcp/libximcp.la
+
+#LC_LIBS = \
+#	${top_builddir}/modules/lc/def/libxlcDef.la \
+#	${top_builddir}/modules/lc/gen/libxlibi18n.la \
+#	${top_builddir}/modules/lc/Utf8/libxlcUTF8Load.la \
+#	${top_builddir}/modules/lc/xlocale/libxlocale.la
+
+#OM_LIBS = \
+#	${top_builddir}/modules/om/generic/libxomGeneric.la
+#endif
+
+#libi18n_la_LIBADD = \
+#	 $(IM_LIBS) $(LC_LIBS) $(OM_LIBS)
+
+INCLUDES += ..\..\include\X11
+DEFINES += XLOCALELIBDIR="\".\""
+
+CSRCS = \
+	$(XI18N_DL_SOURCES) \
+	XDefaultIMIF.c \
+	XDefaultOMIF.c \
+	xim_trans.c\
+	ICWrap.c\
+	IMWrap.c\
+	imKStoUCS.c\
+	lcCT.c\
+	lcCharSet.c\
+	lcConv.c\
+	lcDB.c\
+	lcDynamic.c\
+	lcFile.c\
+	lcGeneric.c\
+	lcInit.c\
+	lcPrTxt.c\
+	lcPubWrap.c\
+	lcPublic.c\
+	lcRM.c\
+	lcStd.c\
+	lcTxtPr.c\
+	lcUTF8.c\
+	lcUtil.c\
+	lcWrap.c\
+	mbWMProps.c\
+	mbWrap.c\
+	utf8WMProps.c\
+	utf8Wrap.c\
+	wcWrap.c
+	
+